Table of Contents

As submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2008
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
FORM 10
 
 
GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
(doing business as Freddie Mac)
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Chartered by Congress under the laws of the United States of America
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
52-0904874
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
 
(703) 903-2000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
 
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
 
None
 
 
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
 
Voting Common Stock, par value $0.21 per share
(Title of class)
 
 

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

             
Large accelerated filer  ¨
  Accelerated filer  ¨   Non-accelerated filer  x
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  ¨
 
 


Table of Contents

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
       
Page
 
      1
    3
    20
    30
      30
      31
      32
   
        EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  32
      39
      59
      78
      81
      88
      92
      94
      95
      100
   
        CREDIT RISKS
  108
   
        OPERATIONAL RISKS
  129
      131
      133
   
        EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  133
      139
      153
      167
      168
      172
      175
      175
      179
   
        CREDIT RISKS
  179
      194
      196
    198
    198
    201
    205
    242
    244
    246
    248
    249
    251
 
            i Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

         
       
Page
 
    253
      254
      256
      257
      258
      259
      260
      272
      277
      279
      285
      289
      290
      292
      293
      295
      298
      300
      301
      303
      307
      313
      318
      320
      321
      321
      327
      328
      329
      330
      331
      332
      333
      335
      338
      340
      343
      346
      347
      347
      348
      349
      350
      351
      352
      352
      361
      362
      367
    368
    368
      369
      370
 
            ii Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
We regularly communicate information concerning our business activities to investors, securities analysts, the news media and others as part of our normal operations. Some of these communications, including the “BUSINESS,” “RECENT EVENTS,” “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A” sections of this Registration Statement, contain “forward-looking statements” pertaining to our current expectations and objectives for financial reporting, remediation efforts, future business plans, capital plans, results of operations, financial condition and market trends and developments. Forward-looking statements are often accompanied by, and identified with, terms such as “seek,” “forecasts,” “objective,” “believe,” “expect,” “trend,” “future,” “intend,” “could,” and similar phrases. These statements are not historical facts, but rather represent our expectations based on current information, plans, estimates and projections. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. You should be careful about relying on any forward-looking statements and should also consider all risks, uncertainties and other factors described in this Registration Statement in considering any forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from those discussed as a result of various factors, including those factors described in the “RISK FACTORS” section of this Registration Statement. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in these and other forward-looking statements by management include, among others:
 
  •  changes in applicable legislative or regulatory requirements, including enactment of government-sponsored enterprise, or GSE, oversight legislation, changes to our charter, affordable housing goals, regulatory capital requirements, the exercise or assertion of regulatory or administrative authority beyond historical practice, or regulation of the subprime or non-traditional mortgage market;
 
  •  our ability to effectively identify and manage credit risk and/or changes to the credit environment;
 
  •  changes in general economic conditions, including the risk of U.S. or global economic recession, regional employment rates, liquidity of the markets and availability of credit in the markets;
 
  •  our ability to effectively implement our business strategies and manage the risks in our business, including our efforts to improve the supply and liquidity of, and demand for, our products;
 
  •  changes in our assumptions or estimates regarding rates of growth in our business, spreads we expect to earn, required capital levels, the timing and impact of capital transactions;
 
  •  changes in pricing or valuation methodologies, models, assumptions, estimates and/or other measurement techniques;
 
  •  further adverse rating actions by credit rating agencies in respect of structured credit products, other credit-related exposures, or mortgage or bond insurers;
 
  •  our ability to manage and forecast our capital levels;
 
  •  our ability to effectively identify and manage interest-rate and other market risks, including the levels and volatilities of interest rates, as well as the shape and slope of the yield curves;
 
  •  incomplete or inaccurate information provided by customers and counterparties, or adverse changes in the financial condition of our customers and counterparties;
 
  •  our ability to effectively identify, assess, evaluate, manage, mitigate or remediate control deficiencies and risks, including material weaknesses and significant deficiencies, in our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures;
 
  •  our ability to effectively and timely implement the remediation plan undertaken as a result of the restatement of our consolidated financial statements and the consent order entered into with the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, or OFHEO, including particular initiatives relating to technical infrastructure and controls over financial reporting;
 
  •  our ability to effectively manage and implement changes, developments or impacts of accounting or tax standards and interpretations;
 
  •  changes in the loans available for us to purchase, such as increases or decreases in the conforming loan limits;
 
  •  the availability of debt financing and equity capital in sufficient quantity and at attractive rates to support growth in our retained portfolio, to refinance maturing debt and to meet regulatory capital requirements;
 
            1 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
  •  the rate of growth in total outstanding U.S. residential mortgage debt, the size of the U.S. residential mortgage market and homeownership rates, supply and demand of available multifamily housing;
 
  •  direct and indirect impacts of continuing deterioration of subprime and other real estate markets;
 
  •  the levels and volatility of interest rates, mortgage-to-debt option adjusted spreads, and home prices;
 
  •  volatility of reported results due to changes in fair value of certain instruments or assets;
 
  •  the availability of options, interest-rate and currency swaps and other derivative financial instruments of the types and quantities and with acceptable counterparties needed for investment funding and risk management purposes;
 
  •  changes to our underwriting and disclosure requirements or investment standards for mortgage-related products;
 
  •  the ability of our financial, accounting, data processing and other operating systems or infrastructure and those of our vendors to process the complexity and volume of our transactions;
 
  •  preferences of originators in selling into the secondary market and borrower preferences for fixed-rate mortgages or adjustable-rate mortgages, or ARMs;
 
  •  investor preferences for mortgage loans and mortgage-related and debt securities versus other investments;
 
  •  the occurrence of a major natural or other disaster in geographic areas that would adversely affect our Total mortgage portfolio holdings;
 
  •  other factors and assumptions described in this Registration Statement, including in the sections titled “BUSINESS,” “RISK FACTORS,” “RECENT EVENTS,” “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A”;
 
  •  our assumptions and estimates regarding the foregoing and our ability to anticipate the foregoing factors and their impacts; and
 
  •  market reactions to the foregoing.
 
We undertake no obligation to update forward-looking statements we make to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Registration Statement or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
 
            2 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
Freddie Mac is a stockholder-owned company chartered by Congress in 1970 to stabilize the nation’s residential mortgage markets and expand opportunities for homeownership and affordable rental housing. Our mission is to provide liquidity, stability and affordability to the U.S. housing market. We fulfill our mission by purchasing residential mortgages and mortgage-related securities in the secondary mortgage market and securitizing them into mortgage-related securities that can be sold to investors. We are one of the largest purchasers of mortgage loans in the U.S. Our purchases of mortgage assets provide lenders with a steady flow of low-cost mortgage fundings. We purchase single-family and multifamily mortgage-related securities for our investments portfolio. We also purchase multifamily residential mortgages in the secondary mortgage market and hold those loans for investment. We finance purchases of our mortgage-related securities and mortgage loans, and manage our interest-rate and other market risks, primarily by issuing a variety of debt instruments and entering into derivative contracts in the capital markets. See “ANNUAL MD&A — PORTFOLIO BALANCES AND ACTIVITIES — Table 44 — Total Mortgage Portfolio and Segment Portfolio Composition” and “INTERIM MD&A — PORTFOLIO BALANCES AND ACTIVITIES — Table 100 — Total Mortgage Portfolio and Segment Portfolio Composition” for an overview of our various portfolios.
 
Though we are chartered by Congress, our business is funded with private capital. We are responsible for making payments on our securities. Neither the U.S. government nor any other agency or instrumentality of the U.S. government is obligated to fund our mortgage purchase or financing activities or to guarantee our securities and other obligations.
 
Our Charter and Mission
 
The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, which we refer to as our charter, forms the framework for our business activities, the products we bring to market and the services we provide to the nation’s residential housing and mortgage industries. Our charter also determines the types of mortgage loans that we are permitted to purchase, as described in the Single-family Guarantee segment and the Multifamily segment.
 
Our mission is defined in our charter:
 
  •  to provide stability in the secondary market for residential mortgages;
 
  •  to respond appropriately to the private capital market;
 
  •  to provide ongoing assistance to the secondary market for residential mortgages (including activities relating to mortgages for low-and moderate-income families involving an economic return that may be less than the return earned on other activities); and
 
  •  to promote access to mortgage credit throughout the U.S. (including central cities, rural areas and other underserved areas).
 
Our activities in the secondary mortgage market benefit consumers by providing lenders a steady flow of low-cost mortgage funding. This flow of funds helps moderate cyclical swings in the housing market, equalizes the flow of mortgage funds regionally throughout the U.S. and makes mortgage funds available in a variety of economic conditions. In addition, the supply of cash made available to lenders through this process reduces mortgage rates on loans within the dollar limits set in accordance with our charter. These lower rates help make homeownership affordable for more families and individuals than would be possible without our participation in the secondary mortgage market.
 
To facilitate our mission, our charter provides us with special attributes including:
 
  •  exemption from the registration and reporting requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. We are, however, subject to the general antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws and have committed to the voluntary registration of our common stock with the SEC under the Exchange Act;
 
  •  favorable treatment of our securities under various investment laws and other regulations;
 
  •  discretionary authority of the Secretary of the Treasury to purchase up to $2.25 billion of our securities; and
 
  •  exemption from state and local taxes, except for taxes on real property that we own.
 
Market Overview
 
We conduct business in the U.S. residential mortgage market and the global securities market. Our participation in these markets links America’s homebuyers with the world’s capital markets. In general terms, the U.S. residential mortgage market consists of a primary mortgage market that links homebuyers and lenders and a secondary mortgage market that links lenders and investors. In the primary market, residential mortgage lenders such as mortgage banking companies, commercial banks, savings institutions, credit unions and other financial institutions originate or provide mortgages to borrowers. They obtain the funds they lend to mortgage borrowers in a variety of ways, including by selling mortgages into the secondary market. Our charter does not permit us to originate loans in the primary mortgage market.
 
            3 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

The secondary market consists of institutions engaged in buying and selling mortgages in the form of whole loans ( i.e. , mortgages that have not been securitized) and mortgage-related securities. We participate in the secondary mortgage market by purchasing mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities for investment and by issuing guaranteed mortgage-related securities called Mortgage Participation Certificates, or PCs. We do not lend money directly to homeowners. The following diagram illustrates how we create PCs that can be sold to investors or held by us to provide liquidity to the mortgage market:
 
(MORTGAGE SECURITIZATIONS GRAPHIC)
 
We guarantee the PCs created in this process in exchange for a combination of management and guarantee fees paid on a monthly basis as a percentage of the underlying unpaid principal balance of the loans and initial upfront cash payments referred to as credit or delivery fees. Our guarantee increases the marketability of the PCs, providing liquidity to the mortgage market. Various other participants also play significant roles in the residential mortgage market. Mortgage brokers advise prospective borrowers about mortgage products and lending rates, and they connect borrowers with lenders. Mortgage servicers administer mortgage loans by collecting payments of principal and interest from borrowers as well as amounts related to property taxes and insurance. They remit the principal and interest payments to us, less a servicing fee, and we pass these payments through to mortgage investors, less a fee we charge to provide our guarantee ( i.e. , the management and guarantee fee). In addition, private mortgage insurance companies and other financial institutions sometimes provide third-party insurance for mortgage loans or pools of loans. Our charter requires third-party insurance or other credit protections on some loans that we purchase.
 
With the exceptions noted below, our charter also prohibits us from purchasing first-lien conventional (not guaranteed or insured by any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. government) single-family mortgages if the outstanding principal balance at the time of purchase exceeds 80 percent of the value of the property securing the mortgage unless we have one or more of the following credit protections:
 
  •  mortgage insurance from an approved mortgage insurer;
 
  •  a seller’s agreement to repurchase or replace (for periods and under conditions as we may determine) any mortgage that has defaulted; or
 
  •  retention by the seller of at least a 10 percent participation interest in the mortgages.
 
This requirement does not apply to multifamily mortgages or to mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration, or FHA, or partially guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs, or VA.
 
            4 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Under our charter, so far as practicable, we may only purchase mortgages that are of a quality, type and class that generally meet the purchase standards of private institutional mortgage investors. This means the mortgages we purchase must be readily marketable to institutional mortgage investors.
 
Residential Mortgage Debt Market
 
We compete in the large and growing U.S. residential mortgage debt market. This market consists of a primary mortgage market in which lenders originate mortgage loans for homebuyers and a secondary mortgage market in which the mortgage loans are resold. At March 31, 2008, our total mortgage portfolio, which includes our retained portfolio and credit guarantee portfolio, was $2.1 trillion, while the total U.S. residential mortgage debt outstanding, which includes single-family and multifamily loans, was approximately $12 trillion. See “PORTFOLIO BALANCES AND ACTIVITIES” in both “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A” for further information on the composition of our mortgage portfolios.
 
Growth in the U.S. residential mortgage debt market is affected by several factors, including changes in interest rates, employment rates in various regions of the country, homeownership rates, home price appreciation, lender preferences regarding credit risk and borrower preferences regarding mortgage debt. The amount of residential mortgage debt available for us to purchase and the mix of available loan products are also affected by several factors, including the volume of single-family mortgages meeting the requirements of our charter and the mortgage purchase and securitization activity of other financial institutions. See “RISK FACTORS” for additional information.
 
Table 1 provides important indicators for the U.S. residential mortgage market.
 
Table 1 — Mortgage Market Indicators
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Home sale units (in thousands) (1)
    5,713       6,728       7,463  
House price appreciation (2)
    (0.3 )%     4.1 %     9.6 %
Single-family originations (in billions) (3)
  $ 2,430     $ 2,980     $ 3,120  
Adjustable-rate mortgage share (4)
    10 %     22 %     30 %
Refinance share (5)
    45 %     41 %     44 %
U.S. single-family mortgage debt outstanding (in billions) (6)
  $ 11,158     $ 10,452     $ 9,379  
U.S. multifamily mortgage debt outstanding (in billions) (6)
  $ 837     $ 741     $ 688  
(1)  Includes sales of new and existing homes in the U.S. and excludes condos/co-ops. Source: National Association of Realtors news release dated February 25, 2008 (sales of existing homes) and U.S. Census Bureau news release dated January 28, 2008 (sales of new homes).
(2)  Source: Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight’s 4Q 2007 House Price Index Report dated February 26, 2008 (purchase-only U.S. index).
(3)  Source: Inside Mortgage Finance estimates of originations of single-family first-and second liens dated February 8, 2008.
(4)  Adjustable-rate mortgage share of the number of conventional one-family mortgages for home purchase. Data for 2007 and 2006 are annual averages of monthly figures and 2005 is an annual composite. Source: Federal Housing Finance Board’s Monthly Interest Rate Survey release dated January 24, 2008.
(5)  Refinance share of the number of conventional mortgage applications. Source: Mortgage Bankers Association’s Mortgage Applications Survey. Data reflect annual averages of weekly figures.
(6)  Source: Federal Reserve Flow of Funds Accounts of the United States dated June 5, 2008.
 
Our Customers
 
Our customers are predominantly lenders in the primary mortgage market that originate mortgages for homeowners and apartment owners. These lenders include mortgage banking companies, commercial banks, savings banks, community banks, credit unions, state and local housing finance agencies and savings and loan associations.
 
We acquire a significant portion of our mortgages from several large lenders. These lenders are among the largest mortgage loan originators in the U.S. We have contracts with a number of mortgage lenders that include a commitment by the lender to sell us a minimum percentage or dollar amount of its mortgage origination volume. These contracts typically last for one year. If a mortgage lender fails to meet its contractual commitment, we have a variety of contractual remedies, including the right to assess certain fees. Our mortgage purchase contracts contain no penalty or liquidated damages clauses based on our inability to take delivery of presented mortgage loans. However, if we were to fail to meet our contractual commitment, we could be deemed to be in breach of our contract and could be liable for damages in a lawsuit. As the mortgage industry has been consolidating, we, as well as our competitors, have been seeking increased business from a decreasing number of key lenders. For the year ended December 31, 2007, and for the three months ended March 31, 2008, three mortgage lenders each accounted for more than 10% of our single-family mortgage purchase volume. These three lenders collectively accounted for approximately 45% and 42%, of total volume for the year ended December 31, 2007, and the three months ended March 31, 2008, respectively and our top ten lenders represented approximately 79% of our single-family mortgage purchase volume for the same two periods. Further, our top three multifamily lenders collectively represented approximately 44% of our multifamily purchase volume and our top ten multifamily lenders represented approximately 80% of our multifamily purchase volume for the year ended December 31, 2007, and the three months ended March 31, 2008. See “RISK FACTORS — Competitive and Market Risks” for additional information.
 
            5 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Our Business Segments
 
We manage our business through three reportable segments:
 
  •  Single-family Guarantee;
 
  •  Investments; and
 
  •  Multifamily.
 
Certain activities that are not part of a segment are included in the All Other category. For a summary and description of our financial performance and financial condition on a consolidated as well as segment basis, see “MD&A” and “FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA” and the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements.
 
Single-family Guarantee Segment
 
In our Single-family guarantee segment, we purchase single-family mortgages originated by our lender customers in the primary mortgage market. We securitize certain of the mortgages we have purchased and issue mortgage-related securities that can be sold to investors or held by us, in our Investments segment. We guarantee the payment of principal and interest on these mortgage-related securities in exchange for a combination of management and guarantee fees paid on a monthly basis as a percentage of the underlying unpaid principal balance of the loans and initial upfront cash payments referred to as credit or delivery fees.
 
Earnings for this segment consist primarily of guarantee fee revenues, including amortization of upfront payments, less related credit costs and operating expenses.
 
Loan and Security Purchases
 
Our charter establishes requirements for and limitations on the mortgages and mortgage-related securities we may purchase, as described below. In the Single-family Guarantee segment, we purchase and securitize “single-family mortgages,” which are mortgages that are secured by one- to four-family properties. The primary types of single-family mortgages we purchase are 40-year, 30-year, 20-year, 15-year and 10-year fixed-rate mortgages, interest-only mortgages, adjustable rate mortgages or ARMs, and balloon/reset mortgages.
 
Our charter places a dollar amount cap, called the “conforming loan limit,” on the original principal balance of single-family mortgage loans we purchase. This limit is determined annually each October using a methodology based on changes in the national average price of a one-family residence, as surveyed by the Federal Housing Finance Board. For 2006 to 2008, the conforming loan limit for a one-family residence was set at $417,000. Higher limits apply to two-to four-family residences. The conforming loan limits are 50% higher for mortgages secured by properties in Alaska, Guam, Hawaii and the U.S. Virgin Islands. No comparable limits apply to our purchases of multifamily mortgages. As part of the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008, these conforming loan limits were temporarily increased. See “Regulation and Supervision — Legislation — Temporary Increase in Conforming Loan Limits .”
 
Loan and Credit Quality
 
Our charter requires that we obtain additional credit protection if the unpaid principal balance of a conventional single-family mortgage that we purchase exceeds 80% of the value of the property securing the mortgage. See “CREDIT RISKS — Mortgage Credit Risk — Underwriting Requirements and Quality Control Standards ” for additional information.
 
Guarantees
 
In our Single-family Guarantee segment, we guarantee the payment of principal and interest on single-family mortgage-related securities, including those held in our retained portfolio, in exchange for a combination of management and guarantee fees paid on a monthly basis as a percentage of the underlying unpaid principal balance of the loans, and initial upfront cash payments referred to as credit or delivery fees. Earnings for this segment consist primarily of guarantee fee revenues, including amortization of upfront payments, less related credit costs and operating expenses. Also included is the interest earned on assets held in the Investments segment related to single-family guarantee activities, net of allocated funding costs and amounts related to net float benefits.
 
Through our Single-family Guarantee segment, we seek to issue guarantees with fee terms that we believe offer attractive long-term returns relative to anticipated credit costs. In addition, we seek to improve our share of the total residential mortgage securitization market by improving customer service, expanding our customer base, and expanding the types of mortgages we guarantee and the products we offer. We may make trade-offs in our pricing and our risk profile in order to maintain market share, support liquidity in various segments of the residential mortgage market, support the price performance of our PCs and acquire business in pursuit of our affordable housing goals and subgoals.
 
We provide guarantees to many of our larger customers through contracts that require them to sell or securitize a specified minimum share of their eligible loan originations to us, subject to certain conditions and exclusions. The purchase and securitization of mortgage loans from customers under these longer-term contracts have fixed pricing schedules for our
 
            6 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

management and guarantee fees that are negotiated at the outset of the contract. We call these transactions “flow” activity and they represent the majority of our purchase volumes. The remainder of our purchases and securitizations of mortgage loans occurs in “bulk” transactions for which purchase prices and management and guarantee fees are negotiated on an individual transaction basis. Mortgage purchase volumes from individual customers can fluctuate significantly.
 
Securitization Activities
 
We securitize substantially all of the newly or recently originated single-family mortgages we have purchased and issue mortgage-related securities called PCs that can be sold to investors or held by us. We guarantee the payment of principal and interest on these mortgage-related securities in exchange for compensation, which we refer to as management and guarantee fees. We generally hold PCs instead of single-family mortgage loans for investment purposes primarily to provide flexibility in determining what to sell or hold and to allow for cost effective interest-rate risk management.
 
The compensation we receive in exchange for our guarantee activities includes a combination of management and guarantee fees paid on a monthly basis as a percentage of the underlying unpaid principal balance of the loans and initial upfront cash payments referred to as credit or delivery fees. We recognize the fair value of the right to receive ongoing management and guarantee fees as a guarantee asset at the inception of a guarantee. We subsequently account for the guarantee asset like a debt security, which performs similar to an interest-only security, classified as trading and reflect changes in the fair value of the guarantee asset in earnings. We recognize a guarantee obligation at inception equal to the fair value of the compensation received, including any upfront credit or delivery fees, less upfront payments paid by us to buy-up the monthly management and guarantee fee, plus any upfront payments received by us to buy-down the monthly management and guarantee fee rate, plus any seller provided credit enhancements. The guarantee obligation represents deferred revenue that is amortized into earnings as we are relieved from risk under the guarantee.
 
The guarantee we provide increases the marketability of our mortgage-related securities, providing additional liquidity to the mortgage market. The types of mortgage-related securities we guarantee include the following:
 
  •  PCs we issue;
 
  •  single-class and multi-class Structured Securities (including Structured Transactions) we issue; and
 
  •  securities related to tax-exempt multifamily housing revenue bonds (see Multifamily segment).
 
PCs
 
Our PCs are pass-through securities that represent undivided beneficial interests in trusts that own pools of mortgages we have purchased. For our fixed-rate PCs, we guarantee the timely payment of interest and the timely payment of principal. For our ARM PCs, we guarantee the timely payment of the weighted average coupon interest rate for the underlying mortgage loans. We do not guarantee the timely payment of principal for ARM PCs; however, we do guarantee the full and final payment of principal. In exchange for providing this guarantee, we receive a contractual management and guarantee fee and other up-front credit-related fees. We issue most of our PCs in transactions in which our customers exchange mortgage loans for PCs. We refer to these transactions as Guarantor Swaps. The following diagram illustrates a Guarantor Swap transaction:
 
Guarantor Swap
 
(GUARANTOR SWAP FLOW CHART)
 
            7 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

We also issue PCs in exchange for cash. The following diagram illustrates an exchange for cash in a “cash auction” of PCs:
 
Cash Auction of PCs
 
(CASH AUCTION OF PCS FLOW CHART)
 
Other investors purchase our PCs, including pension funds, insurance companies, securities dealers, money managers, commercial banks, foreign central banks and other fixed-income investors. PCs differ from U.S. Treasury securities and other fixed-income investments in two ways. First, they can be prepaid at any time because homeowners can pay off the underlying mortgages at any time prior to a loan’s maturity. Because homeowners have the right to prepay their mortgage, the securities implicitly have a call option that significantly reduces the average life of the security as compared to the contractual loan maturity. Consequently, mortgage-backed securities generally provide a higher nominal yield than certain other fixed-income products. Second, PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, as are U.S. Treasury securities. However, we guarantee the payment of interest and principal on all our PCs, as discussed above.
 
Our PCs provide investors with many benefits. The U.S. mortgage-backed securities market makes up more than one-quarter of the U.S. fixed-income securities market, the largest in size in terms of volume of outstanding securities. As part of this market, Freddie Mac’s mortgage-backed securities are among the most liquid and widely held in the world. Freddie Mac securities offer transparency by providing loan-level disclosure on our mortgage-backed securities. This allows investors the ability to further analyze our securities over time, including being able to better compare the prepayment behavior of the loans backing our securities. PCs are a valuable fixed-income investment for a broad range of both domestic and foreign investors, offering attractive yields, high liquidity, improving price performance and opportunities to use PCs to obtain financing through dollar roll or other financing transactions.
 
Structured Securities
 
Our Structured Securities represent beneficial interests in pools of PCs and certain other types of mortgage-related assets. We create Structured Securities primarily by using PCs or previously issued Structured Securities as collateral. Similar to our PCs, we guarantee the payment of principal and interest to the holders of all tranches of our Structured Securities. By issuing Structured Securities, we seek to provide liquidity to alternative sectors of the mortgage market. We do not charge a management and guarantee fee for Structured Securities, other than Structured Transactions discussed below, because the
 
            8 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

underlying collateral is already guaranteed, so there is no incremental credit risk to guarantee. The following diagram illustrates how we create a Structured Security:
 
Structured Security
 
(STRUCTURED SECUTITY FLOW CHART)
 
We issue single-class Structured Securities and multi-class Structured Securities. Because the collateral underlying Structured Securities consists of other guaranteed mortgage-related security, there are no concentrations of credit risk in any of the classes of Structured Securities that are issued, and there are no economic residual interests in the underlying securitization trust.
 
Single-class Structured Securities involve the straight pass through all of the cash flows of the underlying collateral. Multi-class Structured Securities divide all of the cash flows of the underlying mortgage-related assets into two or more classes designed to meet the investment criteria and portfolio needs of different investors by creating classes of securities with varying maturities, payment priorities and coupons, each of which represents a beneficial ownership interest in a separate portion of the cash flows of the underlying collateral. Usually, the cash flows are divided to modify the relative exposure of different classes to interest-rate risk, or to create various coupon structures. The simplest division of cash flows is into principal-only and interest-only classes. Other securities we issue can involve the creation of sequential and planned or targeted amortization classes. In a sequential payment class structure, one or more classes receive all or a disproportionate percentage of the principal payments on the underlying mortgage assets for a period of time until that class or classes is retired, following which the principal payments are directed to other classes. Planned or targeted amortization classes involve the creation of classes that have relatively more predictable amortization schedules across different prepayment scenarios, thus reducing prepayment risk, extension risk, or both.
 
Our principal multi-class Structured Securities qualify for tax treatment as Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits, or REMICs. We issue many of our Structured Securities in transactions in which securities dealers or investors sell us the mortgage-related assets underlying the Structured Securities in exchange for the Structured Securities. For Structured Securities that we issue to third parties in exchange for guaranteed mortgage-related securities, we receive a transaction fee. This transaction fee is compensation for facilitating the transaction, as well as future administrative responsibilities. We do not receive a management and guarantee fee for these transactions because the underlying collateral consists of guaranteed securities, and therefore there is no incremental guarantee obligation. We also sell Structured Securities to securities dealers in exchange for cash.
 
Structured Transactions
 
We also issue Structured Securities to third parties in exchange for non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities. We refer to these as Structured Transactions. The non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities are transferred to trusts that were
 
            9 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

specifically created for the purpose of issuing the Structured Transactions. The following diagram illustrates a Structured Transaction:
 
Structured Transactions
 
(STRUCTURED TRANSACTIONS FLOW CHART)
 
Structured Transactions can generally be segregated into two different types. In the most common type, we purchase only the senior tranches from a non-Freddie Mac senior-subordinated securitization, place these senior tranches into a securitization trust, provide a guarantee of the principal and interest of the senior tranches, and issue the Structured Transaction. For all other Structured Transactions, we purchase single class pass through securities, place them in a securitization trust, guarantee the principal and interest, and issue the Structured Transaction. In exchange for providing our guarantee, we may receive a management and guarantee fee.
 
Although Structured Transactions generally have underlying mortgage loans with varying risk characteristics, we do not issue tranches that have concentrations of credit risk, as all cash flows of the underlying collateral are passed through to the holders of the securities and there are no economic residual interests in the securitization trusts. Further, the senior tranches we purchase as collateral for the Structured Transactions benefit from credit protections from the related subordinated tranches, which we do not purchase. Additionally, there are other credit enhancements and structural features retained by the seller, such as excess interest or overcollateralization, that provide credit protection to our interests, and reduce the likelihood that we will have to perform under our guarantee. Structured Transactions backed by single class pass through securities do not benefit from structural or other credit enhancement protections.
 
During 2007, we entered into long-term standby commitments for mortgage assets held by third parties that require us to purchase loans from lenders when the loans subject to these commitments meet certain delinquency criteria. During the first half of 2008, a majority of the long-term standby commitments were converted to PCs or Structured Transactions.
 
For information about the relative size of our of our securitization products, refer to Table 46 — Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities and Table 47 — Single-Class and Multi-Class PCs and Structured Securities in “ANNUAL MD&A — PORTFOLIO BALANCES AND ACTIVITIES” and Table 102 — Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities in “INTERIM MD&A — PORTFOLIO BALANCES AND ACTIVITIES.” For information about the relative performance of these securities, refer to our CREDIT RISKS sections under both “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A.”
 
PC Trust Documents
 
In December 2007, we introduced trusts into our security issuance process. Under our PC master trust agreement, we established trusts for all of our PCs issued both prior and subsequent to December 2007. In addition, each PC trust, regardless of the date of its formation, is governed by a pool supplement documenting the formation of the PC trust and the
 
            10 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

issuance of the related PCs by that trust. The PC master trust agreement, along with the pool supplement, offering circular, any offering circular supplement, and any amendments, are the “PC trust documents” that govern each individual PC trust.
 
In accordance with the terms of our PC trust documents, we have the option, and in some instances the requirement, to purchase specified mortgage loans from the trust. We purchase these mortgages at an amount equal to the current unpaid principal balance, less any outstanding advances of principal on the mortgage that have been paid to the PC holder.
 
In accordance with the terms of our PC trust documents, we have the right, but are not required, to purchase a mortgage loan from a PC trust under a variety of circumstances. Generally, we elect to purchase mortgages that back our PCs and Structured Securities from the underlying loan pools when they are significantly past due. Through November 2007, our general practice was to purchase the mortgage loans out of PCs after the loans became 120 days delinquent. In December 2007, we changed our practice to purchase mortgages that are 120 days or more delinquent from pools underlying our PCs when:
 
  •  the mortgages have been modified;
 
  •  a foreclosure sale occurs;
 
  •  the mortgages are delinquent for 24 months; or
 
  •  the cost of guarantee payments to PC holders, including advances of interest at the security coupon rate, exceeds the cost of holding the nonperforming loans in our portfolio.
 
In accordance with the terms of our PC trust documents, we are required to purchase a mortgage loan from a PC trust in the following situations:
 
  •  if a court of competent jurisdiction or a federal government agency, duly authorized to oversee or regulate our mortgage purchase business, determines that our purchase of the mortgage was unauthorized and a cure is not practicable without unreasonable effort or expense, or if such a court or government agency requires us to repurchase the mortgage;
 
  •  if a borrower exercises its option to convert the interest rate from an adjustable rate to a fixed rate on a convertible ARM; and
 
  •  in the case of balloon loans, shortly before the mortgage reaches its scheduled balloon repayment date.
 
The To Be Announced Market
 
Because our PCs are homogeneous, issued in high volume and highly liquid, they trade on a “generic” basis by PC coupon rate, also referred to as trading in the To Be Announced, or TBA, market. A TBA trade in Freddie Mac securities represents a contract for the purchase or sale of PCs to be delivered at a future date; however, the specific PCs that will be delivered to fulfill the trade obligation, and thus the specific characteristics of the mortgages underlying those PCs, are not known ( i.e. , “announced”) at the time of the trade, but only shortly before the trade is settled. The use of the TBA market increases the liquidity of mortgage investments and improves the distribution of investment capital available for residential mortgage financing, thereby helping us to accomplish our statutory mission.
 
The Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association publishes guidelines pertaining to the types of mortgages that are eligible for TBA trades. On February 15, 2008, the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association announced that the higher loan balances, which are now eligible for purchase by the Federal Housing Administration, or FHA, or the government-sponsored entities, or GSEs ( i.e. , Freddie Mac and the Federal National Mortgage Association, or Fannie Mae) under the temporary increase to conforming loan limits in the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008, described in “Regulation and Supervision — Legislation — Temporary Increase in Conforming Loan Limits ,” will not be eligible for inclusion in TBA pools. By segregating these mortgages with higher loan balances from TBA eligible securities, we minimize any impact to the existing TBA market for our securities.
 
Credit Risk
 
Our Single-family Guarantee segment is responsible for pricing and managing credit risk related to single-family loans, including and single-family loans underlying our PCs. For more information regarding credit risk, see “CREDIT RISKS” under both “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A” and “NOTE 5: MORTGAGE LOANS AND LOAN LOSS RESERVES” to both our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements.
 
Investments Segment
 
Our Investments business is responsible for investment activity in mortgages and mortgage-related securities, other investments, debt financing, and for managing our interest-rate risk, liquidity and capital positions. We invest principally in mortgage-related securities and single-family mortgages through our mortgage-related investment portfolio.
 
We seek to generate attractive returns on our portfolio of mortgage-related investment portfolio while maintaining a disciplined approach to interest-rate risk and capital management. We seek to accomplish this objective through opportunistic purchases, sales and restructuring of mortgage assets or repurchase of liabilities. Although we are primarily a buy and hold
 
            11 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

investor in mortgage assets, we may sell assets to reduce risk, to respond to capital constraints, to provide liquidity or to structure certain transactions that improve our returns. We estimate our expected investment returns using an option-adjusted spread, or OAS, approach. However, our Investments segment activities may include the purchase of mortgages and mortgage-related securities with less attractive investment returns and with incremental risk in order to achieve our affordable housing goals and subgoals. We also maintain a cash and non-mortgage-related securities investment portfolio in this segment to help manage our liquidity needs.
 
Debt Financing
 
We fund our investment activities in our Investments and Multifamily segments by issuing short-term and long-term debt. Competition for funding can vary with economic and financial market conditions and regulatory environments. See “LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES” under both “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A” for a description of our funding activities.
 
Risk Management
 
Our Investment segment has responsibility for managing our interest rate and liquidity risk. We use derivatives to: (a) regularly adjust or rebalance our funding mix in order to more closely match changes in the interest-rate characteristics of our mortgage-related assets; (b) economically hedge forecasted issuances of debt and synthetically create callable and non-callable funding; and (c) economically hedge foreign-currency exposure. For more information regarding our derivatives, see “QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK” under both “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A” and “NOTE 11: DERIVATIVES” to our audited consolidated financial statements and “NOTE 10: DERIVATIVES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements.
 
PC and Structured Securities Support Activities
 
We support the liquidity and depth of the market for PCs through a variety of activities, including educating dealers and investors about the merits of trading and investing in PCs, enhancing disclosure related to the collateral underlying our securities and introducing new mortgage-related securities products and initiatives. We support the price performance of our PCs through a variety of strategies, including the purchase and sale by our retained portfolio of PCs and other agency securities, including securities issued by Fannie Mae, a similarly chartered GSE, as well as through the issuance of Structured Securities. Purchases and sales by our retained portfolio influence the relative supply and demand for securities, and the issuance of Structured Securities increases demand for PCs. Increasing demand for our PCs helps support the price performance of our PCs.
 
While some purchases of PCs may result in expected returns that are below our normal thresholds, this strategy is not expected to have a material effect on our long-term economic returns. Depending upon market conditions, including the relative prices, supply of and demand for PCs and comparable Fannie Mae securities, as well as other factors, there may be substantial variability in any period in the total amount of securities we purchase or sell for our retained portfolio in accordance with this strategy. We may increase, reduce or discontinue these or other related activities at any time, which could affect the liquidity and depth of the market for PCs.
 
Multifamily Segment
 
Our Multifamily segment activities include purchases of multifamily mortgages for investment and guarantees of payments of principal and interest on multifamily mortgage-related securities and mortgages underlying multifamily housing revenue bonds. The assets of the Multifamily segment include mortgages that finance multifamily rental apartments. We seek to generate attractive investment returns on our multifamily mortgage loans while fulfilling our mission to supply affordable rental housing. We also issue guarantees that we believe offer attractive long-term returns relative to anticipated credit costs.
 
Multifamily mortgages are secured by properties with five or more residential rental units, including apartment communities. These are generally structured as balloon mortgages with terms ranging from five to ten years with a thirty year amortization schedule. Our multifamily mortgage products, services and initiatives are designed to finance affordable rental housing for low-and moderate-income families.
 
We do not typically securitize multifamily mortgages, because our multifamily loans are typically large, customized, non-homogenous loans, that are not as conducive to securitization and the market for private-label multifamily securitizations is currently relatively illiquid. Accordingly, we typically hold multifamily loans for investment purposes. We also buy senior classes of commercial mortgage-backed securities, or CMBS, backed by pools of multifamily mortgages, which are held in our Investments segment. The vast majority of the apartment units we finance are affordable to low- and moderate-income families.
 
The multifamily property market is affected by employment strength, the relative affordability of single-family home prices, and construction cycles, all of which influence the supply and demand for apartments and pricing for rentals. Our multifamily loan purchases are largely through established institutional channels where we are generally providing either post or mid-construction financing to large apartment project operators with established track records. Property location and
 
            12 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

leasing cash flows provide support to capitalization values on multifamily properties, on which investors base lending decisions.
 
Our Multifamily segment also includes certain equity investments in various limited partnerships that sponsor low-and moderate-income multifamily rental apartments, which benefit from low-income housing tax credits, or LIHTC. These activities support our mission to supply financing for affordable rental housing. We guarantee the payment of principal and interest on multifamily mortgage loans and securities that are originated and held by state and municipal housing finance agencies to support tax-exempt and taxable multifamily housing revenue bonds. By engaging in these activities, we provide liquidity to this sector of the mortgage market.
 
Our Competition
 
Our principal competitors are Fannie Mae, the Federal Home Loan Banks, other financial institutions that retain or securitize mortgages, such as commercial and investment banks, dealers, thrift institutions, and insurance companies. We compete on the basis of price, products, structure and service.
 
Employees
 
At June 30, 2008, we had 5,085 full-time and 104 part-time employees. Our principal offices are located in McLean, Virginia.
 
Available Information
 
While we are exempt from Exchange Act registration and reporting requirements, we have committed to register our common stock under the Exchange Act. Once this process is complete, we will be subject to the financial reporting requirements applicable to registrants under the Exchange Act, including the requirement to file with the SEC annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. In addition, OFHEO issued a supplemental disclosure regulation under which we will file proxy statements and our officers and directors will file insider transaction reports to the SEC in accordance with rules promulgated under the Exchange Act.
 
Our financial disclosure documents are available free of charge on our website at www.freddiemac.com. (We do not intend this internet address to be an active link and are not using references to this internet address here or elsewhere in this Registration Statement to incorporate additional information into this Registration Statement.) When our Registration Statement becomes effective, we will make available free of charge through our website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all other SEC reports and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. In addition, our Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, and other information filed with the SEC, will be available for review and copying free of charge at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding companies that file electronically with the SEC. Our corporate governance guidelines, codes of conduct for employees and members of the board of directors (and any amendments or waivers that would be required to be disclosed) and the charters of the board’s five standing committees (Audit; Finance and Capital Deployment; Mission, Sourcing and Technology; Governance, Nominating and Risk Oversight; and Compensation and Human Resources Committees) are also available on our website at www.freddiemac.com. Printed copies of these documents may be obtained upon request from our Investor Relations department.
 
Regulation and Supervision
 
In addition to the limitations on our business activities described above in “BUSINESS — Our Charter and Mission,” we are subject to regulation and oversight by HUD and OFHEO under our charter and the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, or the GSE Act. We are also subject to certain regulation by other government agencies.
 
Department of Housing and Urban Development
 
HUD has general regulatory authority over Freddie Mac, including authority over new programs, affordable housing goals and fair lending. HUD periodically conducts reviews of our activities to ensure conformity with our charter and other regulatory obligations.
 
Housing Goals and Home Purchase Subgoals
 
HUD establishes annual affordable housing goals, which are set forth below in Table 2. The goals, which are set as a percentage of the total number of dwelling units underlying our total mortgage purchases, have risen steadily since they became permanent in 1995. The goals are intended to expand housing opportunities for low- and moderate-income families, low-income families living in low-income areas, very low-income families and families living in HUD-defined underserved areas. The goal relating to low-income families living in low-income areas and very low-income families is referred to as the “special affordable” housing goal. This special affordable housing goal also includes a multifamily subgoal that sets an
 
            13 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

annual minimum dollar volume of qualifying multifamily mortgage purchases. In addition, HUD has established three subgoals that are expressed as percentages of the total number of mortgages we purchased that finance the purchase of single-family, owner-occupied properties located in metropolitan areas.
 
Table 2 — Housing Goals and Home Purchase Subgoals for 2007 and 2008 (1)
 
                 
    Housing Goals  
    2008     2007  
 
Low- and moderate-income goal
    56 %     55 %
Underserved areas goal
    39       38  
Special affordable goal
    27       25  
Multifamily special affordable volume target (in billions)
  $ 3.92     $ 3.92  
 
                 
    Home Purchase
 
    Subgoals  
    2008     2007  
 
Low- and moderate-income subgoal
    47 %     47 %
Underserved areas subgoal
    34       33  
Special affordable subgoal
    18       18  
(1)  An individual mortgage may qualify for more than one of the goals or subgoals. Each of the goal and subgoal percentages will be determined independently and cannot be aggregated to determine a percentage of total purchases that qualifies for these goals or subgoals.
 
Our performance with respect to the goals and subgoals is summarized in Table 3. HUD ultimately determined that we met the goals and subgoals for 2006. In March 2008, we reported to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, or HUD, that we did not achieve two home purchase subgoals (the low-and moderate-income subgoal and the special affordable housing subgoal) for 2007. We believe that achievement of these two home purchase subgoals was infeasible in 2007 under the terms of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, or the GSE Act, and accordingly submitted an infeasibility analysis to HUD. In April 2008, HUD notified us that it had determined that, given the declining affordability of the primary market since 2005, the scope of market turmoil in 2007, and the collapse of the non-agency, or private label, secondary mortgage market, the availability of subgoal-qualifying home purchase loans was reduced significantly and therefore achievement of these subgoals was infeasible. Consequently, we will not submit a housing plan to HUD. In 2008, we expect that the market conditions discussed above and the tightened credit and underwriting environment will continue to make achieving our affordable housing goals and subgoals challenging.
 
            14 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 3 — Housing Goals and Home Purchase Subgoals and Reported Results (1)
 
Housing Goals and Actual Results
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    Goal     Result     Goal     Result  
 
Low- and moderate-income goal
    53 %     55.9 %     52 %     54.0 %
Underserved areas goal
    38       42.7       37       42.3  
Special affordable goal
    23       26.4       22       24.3  
Multifamily special affordable volume target (in billions)
  $ 3.92     $ 13.58     $ 3.92     $ 12.35  
 
Home Purchase Subgoals and Actual Results
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    Subgoal     Result     Subgoal     Result  
 
Low- and moderate-income subgoal
    46 %     47.0 %     45 %     46.8 %
Underserved areas subgoal
    33       33.6       32       35.5  
Special affordable subgoal
    17       17.0       17       17.7  
(1)  An individual mortgage may qualify for more than one of the goals or subgoals. Each of the goal and subgoal percentages and each of our percentage results is determined independently and cannot be aggregated to determine a percentage of total purchases that qualifies for these goals or subgoals.
 
From time to time, we make significant adjustments to our mortgage loan sourcing and purchase strategies in an effort to meet the increased housing goals and subgoals. These strategies include entering into some purchase and securitization transactions with lower expected economic returns than our typical transactions. At times, we also relax some of our underwriting criteria to obtain goals-qualifying mortgage loans and may make additional investments in higher-risk mortgage loan products that are more likely to serve the borrowers targeted by HUD’s goals and subgoals. Efforts to meet the goals and subgoals could further increase our credit losses. We continue to evaluate the cost of these activities.
 
Declining market conditions and regulatory changes during 2007 made meeting our affordable housing goals and subgoals more challenging than in previous years. The increased difficulty we are experiencing has been driven by a combination of factors, including:
 
  •  the decreased affordability of single-family homes that began in 2005;
 
  •  deteriorating conditions in the mortgage credit markets, which have resulted in significant decreases in the number of originations of subprime mortgages; and
 
  •  increases in the levels of the goals and subgoals.
 
We anticipate that these market conditions will continue to affect our affordable housing activities in 2008. See also “RISK FACTORS — Legal and Regulatory Risks.” However, we view the purchase of mortgage loans that are eligible to count toward our affordable housing goals to be a principal part of our mission and business and we are committed to facilitating the financing of affordable housing for low- and moderate-income families.
 
If the Secretary of HUD finds that we failed to meet a housing goal established under section 1332, 1333, or 1334 of the GSE Act and that achievement of the housing goal was feasible, the GSE Act states that the Secretary shall require the submission of a housing plan with respect to the housing goal for approval by the Secretary. The housing plan must describe the actions we would take to achieve the unmet goal in the future. HUD has the authority to take enforcement actions against us, including issuing a cease and desist order or assessing civil money penalties, if we: (a) fail to submit a required housing plan or fail to make a good faith effort to comply with a plan approved by HUD; or (b) fail to submit certain data relating to our mortgage purchases, information or reports as required by law. See “RISK FACTORS — Legal and Regulatory Risks.” While the GSE Act is silent on this issue, HUD has indicated that it has authority under the GSE Act to establish and enforce a separate specific subgoal within the special affordable housing goal.
 
New Program Approval
 
We are required under our charter and the GSE Act to obtain the approval of the Secretary of HUD for any new program for purchasing, servicing, selling, lending on the security of, or otherwise dealing in, conventional mortgages that is significantly different from:
 
  •  programs that HUD has approved;
 
  •  programs that HUD had approved or we had engaged in before the date of enactment of the GSE Act; or
 
  •  programs that represent an expansion of programs above limits expressly contained in any prior approval regarding the dollar volume or number of mortgages or securities involved.
 
HUD must approve any such new program unless the Secretary determines that the new program is not authorized under our charter or that the program is not in the public interest.
 
            15 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Fair Lending
 
Our mortgage purchase activities are subject to federal anti-discrimination laws. In addition, the GSE Act prohibits discriminatory practices in our mortgage purchase activities, requires us to submit data to HUD to assist in its fair lending investigations of primary market lenders and requires us to undertake remedial actions against lenders found to have engaged in discriminatory lending practices. In addition, HUD periodically reviews and comments on our underwriting and appraisal guidelines for consistency with the Fair Housing Act and the GSE Act.
 
Anti-Predatory Lending
 
Predatory lending practices are in direct opposition to our mission, our goals and our practices. We have instituted anti-predatory lending policies intended to prevent the purchase or assignment of mortgage loans with unacceptable terms or conditions or resulting from unacceptable practices. In addition to the purchase policies we have instituted, we promote consumer education and financial literacy efforts to help borrowers avoid abusive lending practices and we provide competitive mortgage products to reputable mortgage originators so that borrowers have a greater choice of financing options.
 
Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight
 
OFHEO is the safety and soundness regulator for Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. The GSE Act established OFHEO as a separate office within HUD, substantially independent of the HUD Secretary. The Director who heads OFHEO is appointed by the President and confirmed by the Senate. The OFHEO Director is responsible for ensuring that Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae are adequately capitalized and operating safely in accordance with the GSE Act. In this regard, OFHEO is authorized to:
 
  •  issue regulations to carry out its responsibilities;
 
  •  conduct examinations;
 
  •  require reports of financial condition and operation;
 
  •  develop and apply critical, minimum and risk-based capital standards, including classifying each enterprise’s capital levels not less than quarterly;
 
  •  prohibit excessive executive compensation under prescribed standards; and
 
  •  impose temporary and final cease-and-desist orders and civil money penalties, provided certain conditions are met.
 
From time to time, OFHEO has adopted guidance on a number of different topics, including accounting practices, corporate governance and compensation practices.
 
OFHEO also has exclusive administrative enforcement authority that is similar to that of other federal financial institutions regulatory agencies. That authority can be exercised in the event we fail to meet regulatory capital requirements; violate our charter, the GSE Act, OFHEO regulations, or a written agreement with or order issued by OFHEO; or engage in conduct that threatens to cause a significant depletion of our core capital. Core capital consists of the par value of outstanding common stock (common stock issued less common stock held in treasury), the par value of outstanding non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock, additional paid-in capital and retained earnings, as determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.
 
Consent Order
 
On December 9, 2003, we entered into a consent order and settlement with OFHEO that concluded its special investigation of the company related to the restatement of our previously issued consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001 and the revision of fourth quarter and full-year consolidated financial statements for 2002. Under the terms of the consent order, we agreed to undertake certain remedial actions related to governance, corporate culture, internal controls, accounting practices, disclosure and oversight. The consent order required us to make various submissions to OFHEO, to take various actions on an ongoing basis and to complete a variety of actions. We submitted all required submissions in a timely manner; are in compliance with all provisions requiring ongoing actions; and, except for the separation of the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, we have completed all actions required to be completed. We provide OFHEO with quarterly reports of the status of our progress against the ongoing requirements and against the one remaining item under the consent order. OFHEO public statements have indicated its intention to lift the consent order in the near term.
 
Voluntary, Temporary Growth Limit
 
In response to a request by OFHEO on August 1, 2006, we announced that we would voluntarily and temporarily limit the growth of our retained portfolio to 2.0% annually. On September 19, 2007, OFHEO provided an interpretation regarding the methodology for calculating the voluntary, temporary growth limit. Consistent with OFHEO’s February 27, 2008 announcement of the removal of the growth limit on March 1, 2008, the growth limit has expired.
 
            16 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Capital Standards and Dividend Restrictions
 
The GSE Act established regulatory capital requirements for us that include ratio-based minimum and critical capital requirements and a risk-based capital requirement designed to ensure that we maintain sufficient capital to survive a sustained severe downturn in the economic environment. These standards determine the amounts of core capital and total capital that we must maintain to meet regulatory capital requirements. Total capital includes core capital and general reserves for mortgage and foreclosure losses and any other amounts available to absorb losses that OFHEO includes by regulation.
 
  •  Minimum Capital.   The minimum capital standard requires us to hold an amount of core capital that is generally equal to the sum of 2.50% of aggregate on-balance sheet assets and approximately 0.45% of the sum of outstanding mortgage-related securities we guaranteed and other aggregate off-balance sheet obligations. As discussed below, in 2004 OFHEO implemented a framework for monitoring our capital adequacy, which includes a mandatory target capital surplus over the minimum capital requirement.
 
  •  Critical Capital.   The critical capital standard requires us to hold an amount of core capital that is generally equal to the sum of 1.25% of aggregate on-balance sheet assets and approximately 0.25% of the sum of outstanding mortgage-related securities we guaranteed and other aggregate off-balance sheet obligations.
 
  •  Risk-Based Capital.   The risk-based capital standard requires the application of a stress test to determine the amount of total capital that we must hold to absorb projected losses resulting from adverse interest-rate and credit-risk conditions specified by the GSE Act and adds 30% additional capital to provide for management and operations risk. The adverse interest-rate conditions prescribed by the GSE Act include one scenario in which 10-year Treasury yields rise by as much as 75% (up-rate scenario) and one in which they fall by as much as 50% (down-rate scenario). The credit risk component of the stress tests simulates the performance of our mortgage portfolio based on loss rates for a benchmark region. The criteria for the benchmark region are established by the GSE Act and are intended to capture the credit-loss experience of the region that experienced the highest historical rates of default and severity of mortgage losses for two consecutive origination years.
 
The GSE Act requires OFHEO to classify our capital adequacy at least quarterly. OFHEO has always classified us as “adequately capitalized,” the highest possible classification.
 
To be classified as “adequately capitalized,” we must meet both the risk-based and minimum capital standards. If we fail to meet the risk-based capital standard, we cannot be classified higher than “undercapitalized.” If we fail to meet the minimum capital requirement but exceed the critical capital requirement, we cannot be classified higher than “significantly undercapitalized.” If we fail to meet the critical capital standard, we must be classified as “critically undercapitalized.” In addition, OFHEO has discretion to reduce our capital classification by one level if OFHEO determines that we are engaging in conduct OFHEO did not approve that could result in a rapid depletion of core capital or determines that the value of property subject to mortgage loans we hold or guarantee has decreased significantly. If a dividend payment on our common or preferred stock would cause us to fail to meet our minimum capital or risk-based capital requirements, we would not be able to make the payment without prior written approval from OFHEO.
 
When we are classified as adequately capitalized, we generally can pay a dividend on our common or preferred stock or make other capital distributions (which include common stock repurchases and preferred stock redemptions) without prior OFHEO approval so long as the payment would not decrease total capital to an amount less than our risk-based capital requirement and would not decrease our core capital to an amount less than our minimum capital requirement.
 
If we were classified as undercapitalized, we would be prohibited from making a capital distribution that would reduce our core capital to an amount less than our minimum capital requirement. We also would be required to submit a capital restoration plan for OFHEO approval, which could adversely affect our ability to make capital distributions.
 
If we were classified as significantly undercapitalized, we would be prohibited from making any capital distribution that would reduce our core capital to less than the critical capital level. We would otherwise be able to make a capital distribution only if OFHEO determined that the distribution will: (a) enhance our ability to meet the risk-based capital standard and the minimum capital standard promptly; (b) contribute to our long-term financial safety and soundness; or (c) otherwise be in the public interest. Also, under this classification, OFHEO could take action to limit our growth, require us to acquire new capital or restrict us from activities that create excessive risk. We also would be required to submit a capital restoration plan for OFHEO approval, which could adversely affect our ability to make capital distributions.
 
If we were classified as critically undercapitalized, OFHEO would be required to appoint a conservator for us, unless OFHEO made a written finding that it should not do so and the Secretary of the Treasury concurred in that determination. We would be able to make a capital distribution only if OFHEO determined that the distribution would: (a) enhance our ability to meet the risk-based capital standard and the minimum capital standard promptly; (b) contribute to our long-term financial safety and soundness; or (c) otherwise be in the public interest.
 
            17 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

In a letter dated January 28, 2004, OFHEO created a framework for monitoring our capital. The letter directed that we:
 
  •  maintain a mandatory target capital surplus of 30% over our minimum capital requirement, subject to certain conditions and variations;
 
  •  submit weekly reports concerning our capital levels; and
 
  •  obtain OFHEO’s prior approval of certain capital transactions, including common stock repurchases, redemption of any preferred stock and payment of dividends on preferred stock above stated contractual rates.
 
Our failure to manage to the mandatory target capital surplus would result in an OFHEO inquiry regarding the reason for such failure. If OFHEO were to determine that we had acted unreasonably regarding our compliance with the framework, as set forth in OFHEO’s letter, OFHEO could seek to require us to submit a remedial plan or take other remedial steps. We reported to OFHEO that our estimated capital surplus at November 30, 2007 was below the 30% mandatory target capital surplus applicable at that time. In order to manage to the 30% mandatory target capital surplus and to improve business flexibility, we reduced our common stock dividend for the fourth quarter of 2007, issued $6.0 billion of non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock and reduced the size of our retained and cash and investments portfolio. See “RISK FACTORS — Competitive and Market Risks — Market uncertainty and volatility may adversely affect our business, profitability, results of operations and capital management .” However, as of December 31, 2007, we reported to OFHEO that we exceeded each of our regulatory capital requirements in addition to the 30% mandatory target capital surplus.
 
On March 19, 2008, OFHEO, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac announced an initiative to increase mortgage market liquidity. In conjunction with this initiative, OFHEO reduced our mandatory target capital surplus to 20% above our statutory minimum capital requirement, and we announced that we will begin the process to raise capital and maintain overall capital levels well in excess of requirements while the mortgage markets recover. We estimated at March 31, 2008 that we exceeded each of our regulatory capital requirements, in addition to the 20% mandatory target capital surplus.
 
In connection with this initiative, we committed to OFHEO to raise $5.5 billion of new core capital through one or more offerings, which will include both common and preferred securities. The timing, amount and mix of securities to be offered will depend on a variety of factors, including prevailing market conditions and our SEC registration process, and is subject to approval by our board of directors. OFHEO has informed us that, upon completion of these offerings, our mandatory target capital surplus will be reduced from 20% to 15%. OFHEO has also informed us that it intends a further reduction of our mandatory target capital surplus from 15% to 10% upon completion of our SEC registration process, our completion of the remaining Consent Order requirement ( i.e. , the separation of the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer), our continued commitment to maintain capital well above OFHEO’s regulatory requirement and no material adverse changes to ongoing regulatory compliance. We reduced the dividend on our common stock in December 2007, and do not currently anticipate further decreases in dividend payments.
 
For additional information about the OFHEO mandatory target capital surplus framework, see “LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES — Capital Adequacy” under both “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A” and “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements. Also, see “RISK FACTORS — Legal and Regulatory Risks — Developments affecting our legislative and regulatory environment could materially harm our business prospects or competitive position ” for more information.
 
Guidance on Non-traditional Mortgage Product Risks and Subprime Lending
 
In October 2006, five federal financial institution regulatory agencies jointly issued Interagency Guidance that clarified how financial institutions should offer non-traditional mortgage products in a safe and sound manner and in a way that clearly discloses the risks that borrowers may assume. In June 2007, the same financial institution regulatory agencies published the final interagency Subprime Statement, which addressed risks relating to subprime short-term hybrid ARMs. The Interagency Guidance and the Subprime Statement set forth principles that regulate financial institutions originating certain non-traditional mortgages (interest-only mortgages and option ARMs) and subprime short-term hybrid ARMs with respect to their underwriting practices. These principles included providing borrowers with clear and balanced information about the relative benefits and risks of these products sufficiently early in the process to enable them to make informed decisions.
 
OFHEO has directed us to adopt practices consistent with the risk management, underwriting and consumer protection principles of the Interagency Guidance and the Subprime Statement. These principles apply to our purchases of non-traditional mortgages and subprime short-term hybrid ARMs and our related investment activities. In response, in July 2007, we informed our customers of new underwriting and disclosure requirements for non-traditional mortgages. In September 2007, we informed our customers and other counterparties of similar new requirements for subprime short-term hybrid ARMs. These new requirements are consistent with our announcement in February 2007 that we would implement stricter investment standards for certain subprime ARMs originated after September 1, 2007, and develop new mortgage products providing lenders with more choices to offer subprime borrowers. See “RISK FACTORS — Legal and Regulatory Risks.”
 
            18 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Department of the Treasury
 
Under our charter, the Secretary of the Treasury has approval authority over our issuances of notes, debentures and substantially identical types of unsecured debt obligations (including the interest rates and maturities of these securities), as well as new types of mortgage-related securities issued subsequent to the enactment of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989. The Secretary of the Treasury has performed this debt securities approval function by coordinating GSE debt offerings with Treasury funding activities. The Treasury Department has proposed certain changes to its process for approving our debt offerings. The impact of these changes, if adopted, on our debt issuance activities will depend on their ultimate content and the manner in which they are implemented.
 
Securities and Exchange Commission
 
While we are exempt from Securities Act and Exchange Act registration and reporting requirements, we have committed to register our common stock under the Exchange Act. Once this process is complete, we will be subject to the financial reporting requirements applicable to registrants under the Exchange Act, including the requirement to file with the SEC annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. In addition, OFHEO issued a supplemental disclosure regulation under which we will file proxy statements and our officers and directors will file insider transaction reports to the SEC in accordance with rules promulgated under the Exchange Act. After our common stock is registered under the Exchange Act, we will continue to be exempt from certain federal securities law requirements, including the following:
 
  •  Securities we issue or guarantee are “exempted securities” under the Securities Act and may be sold without registration under the Securities Act;
 
  •  Securities we issue or guarantee are “exempted securities” under the Exchange Act and, although we are voluntarily registering our common stock under the Exchange Act, our equity securities are “exempted securities” and are not required to be registered under the Exchange Act;
 
  •  Sections 14(a) and 14(c) of the Exchange Act are inapplicable to us, although we will file proxy statements with the SEC under OFHEO’s supplemental disclosure regulation;
 
  •  Section 16 of the Exchange Act is inapplicable to our officers, directors and shareholders, although our officers and directors will file insider transaction reports to the SEC in accordance with OFHEO’s supplemental disclosure regulation;
 
  •  Regulation 14E under the Exchange Act is inapplicable to us and our securities;
 
  •  We are excluded from the definitions of “government securities broker” and “government securities dealer” under the Exchange Act;
 
  •  The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 does not apply to securities issued by us; and
 
  •  We are exempt from the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as we are an “agency, authority or instrumentality” of the United States for purposes of such Acts.
 
Legislation
 
GSE Regulatory Oversight Legislation
 
We face a highly uncertain regulatory environment in light of GSE regulatory oversight legislation currently under consideration in Congress. On July 11, 2008, the Senate passed comprehensive housing legislation that includes GSE oversight provisions. This legislation would give our regulator substantial authority to assess our safety and soundness and to regulate our portfolio investments, including requiring reductions in those investments, consistent with our mission and safe and sound operations. This legislation includes provisions that would enhance the regulator’s authority to require us to maintain higher minimum and risk-based capital levels and to regulate our business activities, which could constrain our ability to respond quickly to a changing marketplace. This legislation would require us to set aside an amount equal to 4.2 basis points for each dollar of unpaid principal balance of total new business purchases and allocate or transfer such amounts to new affordable housing programs established in HUD and Treasury. In addition, the legislation would increase the conventional conforming loan limits in high-cost areas to the lesser of 150 percent of the conventional conforming loan limits or the median area home price.
 
On May 8, 2008, the House of Representatives passed similar comprehensive housing legislation that would give our regulator authority to assess our safety and soundness and to regulate our portfolio investments. This legislation would also enhance our regulator’s authority to require us to maintain higher minimum and risk-based capital levels and to regulate our new business activities. There are several differences between the legislation under consideration in the Senate and House. For example, the House bill would for 2008 through 2012 require Freddie Mac to make annual contributions to an affordable housing fund equal to 1.2 basis points of the average aggregate unpaid principal balance of our total mortgage portfolio. In addition, the House bill would increase the conventional conforming loan limits in high-cost areas to the greater of the
 
            19 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

conventional conforming loan limit or 125 percent of the area median home price, up to a maximum of 175 percent of the conventional conforming loan limit.
 
We cannot predict the prospects for the enactment, timing or content of any final legislation. The provisions of this legislation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to fulfill our mission, future earnings, stock price and stockholder returns, ability to meet our regulatory capital requirements, rate of growth of fair value of net assets attributable to common stockholders and our ability to recruit and retain qualified officers and directors.
 
Temporary Increase in Conforming Loan Limits
 
On February 13, 2008, the President signed into law the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 that includes a temporary increase in conventional conforming loan limits. The law raises the conforming loan limits for mortgages originated in certain high-cost areas from July 1, 2007 though December 31, 2008 to the higher of the applicable 2008 conforming loan limits, set at $417,000 for a mortgage secured by a one-unit single-family residence, or 125% of the median house price for a geographic area, not to exceed $729,750 for a one-unit, single-family residence. We began accepting these “conforming jumbo” mortgages for securitization as PCs and purchase into our retained portfolio in April 2008.
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
 
Before you invest in our securities, you should know that making such an investment involves risks, including the risks described below and in “BUSINESS,” “FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS,” “RECENT EVENTS,” “ANNUAL MD&A,” ‘‘INTERIM MD&A” and elsewhere in this Registration Statement. These risks could lead to circumstances where our business, financial condition and/or results of operations could be adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our securities could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. Some of these risks are managed under our risk management framework, as described in “QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK” and “CREDIT RISKS” under “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A” and “ANNUAL MD&A — OPERATIONAL RISKS.”
 
Competitive and Market Risks
 
We are subject to mortgage credit risks and increased credit costs related to these risks could adversely affect our financial condition and/or results of operations.
 
We are exposed to mortgage credit risk within our total mortgage portfolio, which consists of mortgage loans, PCs, Structured Securities and other mortgage guarantees we have issued in our guarantee business. Mortgage credit risk is the risk that a borrower will fail to make timely payments on a mortgage or an issuer will fail to make timely payments on a security we own or guarantee. Factors that affect the level of our mortgage credit risk include the credit profile of the borrower, the features of the mortgage loan, the type of property securing the mortgage and local and regional economic conditions, including regional unemployment rates and home price appreciation. Recent changes in mortgage pricing and uncertainty may limit borrowers’ future ability to refinance in response to lower interest rates. Borrowers of the mortgage loans and securities held in our retained portfolio and underlying our guarantees may fail to make required payments of principal and interest on those loans, exposing us to the risk of credit losses.
 
The proportion of higher risk mortgage loans that were originated in the market during the last four years increased significantly. We have increased our securitization volume of non-traditional mortgage products, such as interest-only loans and loans originated with less documentation in the last two years in response to the prevalence of these products within the origination market. Total non-traditional mortgage products, including those designated as Alt-A and interest-only loans, made up approximately 30% and 24% of our total mortgage purchase volume in the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our increased purchases of these mortgages and issuances of guarantees of them expose us to greater credit risks. In addition, we have increased purchases of mortgages that were underwritten by our sellers/servicers using alternative automated underwriting systems or agreed-upon underwriting standards that differ from our system or guidelines. Those differences may increase our credit risk and may result in increases in credit losses. Furthermore, significant purchases pursuant to the temporary increase in conforming loan limits may also expose us to greater credit risks. In addition, if a recession occurs that negatively impacts national or regional economic conditions, we could experience significantly higher delinquencies and credit losses which will likely reduce our earnings or cause losses in future periods and will adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.
 
Market uncertainty and volatility may adversely affect our business, profitability and results of operations.
 
The mortgage credit markets experienced difficult conditions and volatility during 2007 which continued in the first quarter of 2008. These deteriorating conditions in the mortgage market resulted in a decrease in availability of corporate credit and liquidity within the mortgage industry and have caused disruptions to normal operations of major mortgage originators, including some of our largest customers. These conditions resulted in less liquidity, greater volatility, widening of credit spreads and a lack of price transparency. We operate in these markets and are subject to potential adverse effects on
 
            20 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

our results of operations and financial position due to our activities involving securities, mortgages, derivatives and other mortgage commitments with our customers.
 
The turmoil in the housing and credit markets creates additional risk regarding the reliability of our models, particularly since we may be required to make manual adjustments to our models in response to rapid changes in economic conditions. This may increase the risk that our models could produce unreliable results.
 
Our ability to manage our regulatory capital requirements may be adversely affected by market conditions, and actions that we may be required to take to maintain our regulatory capital could adversely affect stockholders.
 
Our ability to manage our regulatory capital may be adversely affected by mortgage and stock market conditions and volatility. Factors that could adversely affect the adequacy of our capital for future periods include our ability to execute planned capital raising transactions; GAAP net losses; continued declines in home prices; increases in our credit and interest-rate risk profiles; adverse changes in interest-rate or implied volatility; adverse OAS changes; impairments of non-agency mortgage-related securities; counterparty downgrades; downgrades of non-agency mortgage-related securities (with respect to risk-based capital); legislative or regulatory actions that increase capital requirements; or changes in accounting practices or standards. Adverse market conditions may limit our ability to raise new core capital, and may affect the timing, amount, type and mix of securities issued to raise new core capital.
 
To help manage to our regulatory capital requirements and the 20% mandatory capital surplus, we are considering measures such as reducing or rebalancing risk, limiting growth or reducing the size of our retained portfolio, slowing purchases into our credit guarantee portfolio, issuing additional preferred or convertible preferred stock, issuing common stock, and reducing the dividend on our common stock. Our ability to execute any of these actions or their effectiveness may be limited and we might not be able to manage to our regulatory capital requirements and the 20% mandatory target capital surplus. For example, our ability to issue additional preferred or common stock will depend, in part, on market conditions, and we may not be able to raise additional capital when needed. Issuances of new preferred or common equity may be dilutive to existing stockholders and may carry other terms and conditions that could adversely affect the value of the common or preferred stock held by existing stockholders.
 
If we are not able to manage to the 20% mandatory target capital surplus, OFHEO may, among other things, seek to require us to (a) submit a plan for remediation or (b) take other remedial steps. In addition, OFHEO has discretion to reduce our capital classification by one level if OFHEO determines that we are engaging in conduct OFHEO did not approve that could result in a rapid depletion of core capital or determines that the value of property subject to mortgage loans we hold or guarantee has decreased significantly. See “BUSINESS— Regulation and Supervision —Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight — Capital Standards and Dividend Restrictions ” and “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL—Classification” in our audited consolidated financial statements for information regarding additional potential actions OFHEO may seek to take against us. See “RECENT EVENTS” for information concerning Treasury’s proposed plan for temporary authority to provide various types of support to Freddie Mac should it become necessary. The terms of any such support, if it were to be made available, are uncertain, but they could have an adverse impact on existing common and preferred stockholders.
 
While it is difficult to predict how long these conditions will exist and how our markets or products will ultimately be affected, these factors could adversely impact our business and results of operations, as well as our ability to provide liquidity to the mortgage markets.
 
Higher credit losses and increased expected future credit costs could adversely affect our financial condition and/or results of operations.
 
We face the risk that our credit losses could be higher than expected. Higher credit losses on our guarantees could require us to increase our allowances for credit losses through charges to earnings. Other credit exposures could also result in financial losses. Although we regularly review credit exposures to specific customers and counterparties, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee. In addition, concerns about, or default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other institutions. This risk may also adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, clearinghouses, banks, securities firms and exchanges with which we interact. These potential risks could ultimately cause liquidity problems or losses for us as well.
 
Changes in the mortgage credit environment also affect our credit guarantee activities through the valuation of our guarantee obligation. If expected future credit costs increase and we are not able to increase our management and guarantee fees due to competitive pressures or other factors, then the overall profitability of our new business would be lower and could result in losses on guarantees at their inception. Moreover, an increase in expected future credit costs increases the fair value of our existing guarantee obligation.
 
We are exposed to increased credit risk related to subprime and Alt-A mortgage loans that back our non-agency mortgage-related securities investments.
 
We invest in non-agency mortgage-related securities that are backed by Alt-A and subprime mortgage loans. See “CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Retained Portfolio” under both “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A” for information about the credit ratings for these securities and the extent to which these securities have been downgraded. In recent months, mortgage loan delinquencies and credit losses generally have increased, particularly in the subprime and Alt-A sectors. In addition, home prices in many areas have declined, after extended periods during which home prices appreciated. If delinquency and loss rates on subprime and Alt-A mortgages continue to increase, or there is a further decline in home prices, we could experience reduced yields or losses on our investments in non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime or Alt-A loans. In addition, the fair value of these investments has declined and may be further adversely affected by additional ratings downgrades or market events. These factors could negatively affect our core capital and results of operations, if we were to conclude that other than temporary impairments occurred.
 
            21 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

We depend on our institutional counterparties to provide services that are critical to our business and our results of operations or financial condition may be adversely affected if one or more of our institutional counterparties is unable to meet their obligations to us.
 
We face the risk that one or more of the institutional counterparties that has entered into a business contract or arrangement with us may fail to meet its obligations. Our primary exposures to institutional counterparty risk are with:
 
  •  mortgage insurers;
 
  •  mortgage sellers/servicers;
 
  •  issuers, guarantors or third party providers of credit enhancements (including bond insurers);
 
  •  mortgage investors;
 
  •  multifamily mortgage guarantors;
 
  •  issuers, guarantors and insurers of investments held in both our retained portfolio and our cash and investments portfolio; and
 
  •  derivatives counterparties.
 
In some cases, our business with institutional counterparties is concentrated. A significant failure by a major institutional counterparty could have a material adverse effect on our retained portfolio, cash and investments portfolio or credit guarantee activities. See “NOTE 17: CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT AND OTHER RISKS” to our audited consolidated financial statements and “NOTE 15: CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT AND OTHER RISKS” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information. For the three months ended March 31, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2007, our ten largest mortgage seller/servicers represented approximately 80% and 79%, respectively, of our single-family mortgage purchase volume. We are exposed to the risk that we could lose purchase volume to the extent these arrangements are terminated or modified and not replaced from other lenders.
 
Some of our counterparties also may become subject to serious liquidity problems affecting, either temporarily or permanently, their businesses, which may adversely affect their ability to meet their obligations to us. Challenging market conditions have adversely affected and are expected to continue to adversely affect the liquidity and financial condition of a number of our counterparties, including some seller/servicers, mortgage insurers and bond insurers. Some of our largest seller/servicers have experienced ratings downgrades and liquidity constraints. A default by a counterparty with significant obligations to us could adversely affect our ability to conduct our operations efficiently and at cost-effective rates, which in turn could adversely affect our results of operations or our financial condition.
 
We are also exposed to risk relating to the potential insolvency or non-performance of mortgage insurers and bond insurers. At March 31, 2008, our top four mortgage insurers; Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corp, Radian Guaranty Inc., Genworth Mortgage Insurance Corporation and PMI Mortgage Insurance Co., each accounted for more than 10% of our overall mortgage insurance coverage and collectively represented approximately 75% of our overall mortgage insurance coverage. As of March 31, 2008, the top four of our bond insurers; Ambac Assurance Corporation, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, MBIA Inc., and Financial Security Assurance Inc., each accounted for more than 10% of our overall bond insurance coverage (including secondary policies), and collectively represented approximately 91% of our bond insurance coverage. See “CREDIT RISKS — Institutional Credit Risk” under both “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A” for additional information regarding our credit risks to our counterparties and how we manage them.
 
Our financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected if mortgage seller/servicers fail to perform their obligation to repurchase loans sold to us in breach of representations and warranties.
 
We require seller/servicers to make certain representations and warranties regarding the loans they sell to us. If loans are sold to us in breach of those representations and warranties, we have the contractual right to require the seller/servicer to repurchase those loans from us. Our institutional credit risk exposure to our seller/servicer counterparties includes the risk that they will not perform their obligation to repurchase loans, which could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. The risk of such a failure has increased as deteriorating market conditions have affected the liquidity and financial condition of some of our largest seller/servicers. See “CREDIT RISKS — Institutional Credit Risk — Mortgage Seller/Servicers ” under both “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A” for additional information on our institutional credit risk related to our mortgage seller/servicers.
 
A continued decline in U.S. housing prices or other changes in the U.S. housing market could negatively impact our business and earnings.
 
The national averages for new and existing home prices in the U.S. declined in 2007 for the first time in many years. This decline follows a decade of strong appreciation and dramatic price increases in the past few years. A continued declining trend in home price appreciation in any of the geographic markets we serve could result in a continued increase in delinquencies or defaults and a level of credit-related losses higher than our expectations when our guarantees were issued,
 
            22 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

which could significantly reduce our earnings. For more information, see “ANNUAL MD&A — CREDIT RISKS” and “INTERIM MD&A — CREDIT RISKS.”
 
If the conforming loan limits are decreased as a result of a decline in the index upon which such limits are based, we may face operational and legal challenges associated with changing our mortgage purchase commitments to conform with the lower limits and there could be fewer loans available for us to purchase. In October 2007, the Federal Housing Finance Board reported that the national average price of a one-family residence had declined slightly. OFHEO subsequently announced that the conforming loan limits would be maintained at the 2007 limits for 2008 and deferred any changes for one year. But, see “BUSINESS — Regulation and Supervision — Legislation — Temporary Increase in Conforming Loan Limits ” regarding the temporary increase to the conforming loan limits in the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 for additional information.
 
Our business volumes are closely tied to the rate of growth in total outstanding U.S. residential mortgage debt and the size of the U.S. residential mortgage market. The rate of growth in total residential mortgage debt declined to 7.1% in 2007 from 11.3% in 2006. If the rate of growth in total outstanding U.S. residential mortgage debt were to continue to decline, there could be fewer mortgage loans available for us to purchase, which could reduce our earnings and margins, as we could face more competition to purchase a smaller number of loans.
 
Changes in general business and economic conditions may adversely affect our business and earnings.
 
Our business and earnings may continue to be adversely affected by changes in general business and economic conditions, including changes in the markets for our portfolio investments or our mortgage-related and debt securities. These conditions include employment rates, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, the value of the U.S. dollar as compared to foreign currencies, and the strength of the U.S. economy and the local economies in which we conduct business. An economic downturn or increase in the unemployment rate could result in fewer mortgages for us to purchase, an increase in mortgage delinquencies or defaults and a higher level of credit-related losses than we estimated, which could reduce our earnings or reduce the fair value of our net assets. Various factors could cause the economy to slow down or even decline, including higher energy costs, higher interest rates, pressure on housing prices, reduced consumer or corporate spending, natural disasters such as hurricanes, terrorist activities, military conflicts and the normal cyclical nature of the economy.
 
Competition from banking and non-banking companies may harm our business.
 
We operate in a highly competitive environment and we expect competition to increase as financial services companies continue to consolidate to produce larger companies that are able to offer similar mortgage-related products at competitive prices. Increased competition in the secondary mortgage market and a decreased rate of growth in residential mortgage debt outstanding may make it more difficult for us to purchase mortgages to meet our mission objectives while providing favorable returns for our business. Furthermore, competitive pricing pressures may make our products less attractive in the market and negatively impact our profitability.
 
We also compete for low-cost debt funding with Fannie Mae, the Federal Home Loan Banks and other institutions that hold mortgage portfolios. Competition for debt funding from these entities can vary with changes in economic, financial market and regulatory environments. Increased competition for low-cost debt funding may result in a higher cost to finance our business, which could decrease our net income.
 
We may face limited availability of financing, variation in our funding costs and uncertainty in our securitization financing.
 
The amount, type and cost of our funding, including financing from other financial institutions and the capital markets, directly impacts our interest expense and results of operations and can therefore affect our ability to grow our assets. A number of factors could make such financing more difficult to obtain, more expensive or unavailable on any terms, both domestically and internationally (where funding transactions may be on terms more or less favorable than in the U.S.).
 
Foreign investors, particularly in Asia, hold a significant portion of our debt securities and are an important source of funding for our business. Foreign investors’ willingness to purchase and hold our debt securities can be influenced by many factors, including changes in the world economies, changes in foreign-currency exchange rates, regulatory and political factors, as well as the availability of and preferences for other investments. If foreign investors were to divest their holdings or reduce their purchases of our debt securities, our funding costs may increase. The willingness of foreign investors to purchase or hold our debt securities, and any changes to such willingness, may materially affect our liquidity, our business and results of operations. Foreign investors are also significant purchasers of mortgage-related securities and changes in the strength and stability of foreign demand for mortgage-related securities could affect the overall market for those securities and the returns available to us on our portfolio investments.
 
Other GSEs also issue significant amounts of agency debt, which may negatively impact the prices we are able to obtain for our debt securities. An inability to issue debt securities at attractive rates in amounts sufficient to fund our business
 
            23 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

activities and meet our obligations could have an adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. See “LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES — Liquidity — Debt Securities ” under both “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A” for a more detailed description of our debt issuance programs.
 
We maintain secured intraday lines of credit to provide additional intraday liquidity to fund our activities through the Fedwire system. These lines of credit may require us to post collateral to third parties. In certain limited circumstances, these secured counterparties may be able to repledge the collateral underlying our financing without our consent. In addition, because these secured intraday lines of credit are uncommitted, we may not be able to continue to draw on them if and when needed.
 
Our PCs and Structured Securities are also an integral part of our mortgage purchase program and any decline in the price performance of or demand for our PCs could have an adverse effect on the profitability of our securitization financing activities. There is a risk that our PC and Structured Securities support activities may not be sufficient to support the liquidity and depth of the market for PCs.
 
A reduction in our credit ratings could adversely affect our liquidity.
 
Nationally recognized statistical rating organizations play an important role in determining, by means of the ratings they assign to issuers and their debt, the availability and cost of debt funding. We currently receive ratings from three nationally recognized statistical rating organizations for our unsecured borrowings. Our credit ratings are important to our liquidity. GAAP net losses and significant deterioration in our capital levels, as well as actions by governmental entities or others, sustained declines in our long-term profitability and other factors could adversely affect our credit ratings. A reduction in our credit ratings could adversely affect our liquidity, competitive position, or the supply or cost of equity capital or debt financing available to us. A significant increase in our borrowing costs could cause us to sustain losses or impair our liquidity by requiring us to find other sources of financing.
 
The value of mortgage-related securities guaranteed by us and held in our retained portfolio may decline if we did not or were unable to perform under our guarantee or if investor confidence in our ability to perform under our guarantee were to diminish.
 
We classify the mortgage-related securities in our retained portfolio as either available-for-sale or trading, and account for them at fair value on our consolidated balance sheets. A substantial portion of the mortgage-related securities in our retained portfolio are securities guaranteed by us. Our valuation of these securities is consistent with GAAP and the legal structure of the guarantee transaction, which includes the Freddie Mac guarantee to the securitization trust. The valuation of our guaranteed mortgage securities necessarily reflects investor confidence in our ability to perform under our guarantee and the liquidity that our guarantee provides. If we did not or were unable to perform under our guarantee, or if investor confidence in our ability to perform under our guarantee were to diminish, the value of our guaranteed securities may decline, thereby reducing the value of the securities reported on our consolidated balance sheets and our ability to sell or otherwise use these securities for liquidity purposes, and adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Fluctuations in interest rates could negatively impact our reported net interest income, earnings and fair value of net assets.
 
Our portfolio investment activities and credit guarantee activities expose us to interest-rate and other market risks and credit risks. Changes in interest rates — up or down — could adversely affect our net interest yield. Although the yield we earn on our assets and our funding costs tend to move in the same direction in response to changes in interest rates, either can rise or fall faster than the other, causing our net interest yield to expand or compress. For example, when interest rates rise, our funding costs may rise faster than the yield we earn on our assets, causing our net interest yield to compress until the effect of the increase is fully reflected in asset yields. Changes in the slope of the yield curve could also reduce our net interest yield.
 
Changes in interest rates could reduce our GAAP net income materially, especially if actual conditions vary considerably from our expectations. For example, if interest rates rise or fall faster than estimated or the slope of the yield curve varies other than as expected, we may incur significant losses. Changes in interest rates may also affect prepayment assumptions, thus potentially impacting the fair value of our assets, including investments in our retained portfolio, our derivative portfolio and our guarantee asset. When interest rates fall, borrowers are more likely to prepay their mortgage loans by refinancing them at a lower rate. An increased likelihood of prepayment on the mortgages underlying our mortgage-related securities may adversely impact the performance of these securities. An increased likelihood of prepayment on the mortgage loans we hold may also negatively impact the performance of our retained portfolio. Interest rates can fluctuate for a number of reasons, including changes in the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies, such as the Federal Reserve. Federal Reserve policies directly and indirectly influence the yield on our interest-earning assets and the cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. The availability of derivative financial instruments (such as options and interest-rate and foreign-currency swaps) from acceptable counterparties of the types and in the quantities needed could also affect our ability to effectively manage the risks related to our investment funding. Our strategies and efforts to manage our
 
            24 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

exposures to these risks may not be as effective as they have been in the past. See “QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK” under both “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A” for a description of the types of market risks to which we are exposed and how we manage those risks.
 
Changes in OAS could materially impact our fair value of net assets and affect future earnings.
 
OAS is an estimate of the yield spread between a given security and an agency debt yield curve. The OAS between the mortgage and agency debt sectors can significantly affect the fair value of our net assets. The fair value impact of changes in OAS for a given period represents an estimate of the net unrealized increase or decrease in the fair value of net assets arising from net fluctuations in OAS during that period. We do not attempt to hedge or actively manage the impact of changes in mortgage-to-debt OAS. Changes in market conditions, including changes in interest rates, may cause fluctuations in the OAS. A widening of the OAS on a given asset typically causes a decline in the current fair value of that asset and may adversely affect current earnings or financial condition, but may increase the number of attractive opportunities to purchase new assets for our retained portfolio. Conversely, a narrowing or tightening of the OAS typically causes an increase in the current fair value of that asset, but may reduce the number of attractive opportunities to purchase new assets for our retained portfolio. Consequently, a tightening of the OAS may adversely affect future earnings or financial condition. See “CONSOLIDATED FAIR VALUE BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Discussion of Fair Value Results” under “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A” for a more detailed description of the impacts of changes in mortgage-to-debt OAS.
 
The loss of business volume from key lenders could result in a decline in our market share and revenues.
 
Our business depends on our ability to acquire a steady flow of mortgage loans. We purchase a significant percentage of our single-family mortgages from several large mortgage originators. During the three months ended March 31, 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, approximately 80%, 79% and 76%, respectively, of our guaranteed mortgage securities issuances originated from purchase volume associated with our ten largest customers. Three of our customers each accounted for greater than 10% of our mortgage securitization volume for the year ended December 31, 2007. We enter into mortgage purchase volume commitments with many of our customers that are renewed annually and provide for a minimum level of mortgage volume that these customers will deliver to us. In July 2008, Bank of America Corporation completed its acquisition of Countrywide Financial Corp. Together these companies accounted for approximately 22%, 28% and 16% of our securitization volume in the first quarter of 2008 and in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Because the transaction has only recently been completed, it is uncertain how the transaction will affect the volume of our securitization business in the future. The mortgage industry has been consolidating and a decreasing number of large lenders originate most single-family mortgages. The loss of business from any one of our major lenders could adversely affect our market share, our revenues and the performance of our guaranteed mortgage-related securities.
 
Negative publicity causing damage to our reputation could adversely affect our business prospects, earnings or capital.
 
Reputation risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion could adversely affect our ability to keep and attract customers or otherwise impair our customer relationships, adversely affect our ability to obtain financing, impede our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel, hinder our business prospects or adversely impact the trading price of our securities. Perceptions regarding the practices of our competitors or our industry as a whole may also adversely impact our reputation. Adverse reputation impacts on third parties with whom we have important relationships may impair market confidence or investor confidence in our business operations as well. In addition, negative publicity could expose us to adverse legal and regulatory consequences, including greater regulatory scrutiny or adverse regulatory or legislative changes. These adverse consequences could result from our actual or alleged action or failure to act in any number of activities, including corporate governance, regulatory compliance, financial reporting and disclosure, purchases of products perceived to be predatory, safeguarding or using nonpublic personal information, or from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to our actual or alleged conduct. Negative public opinion associated with our accounting restatement and material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and related problems could continue to have adverse consequences.
 
Business and Operational Risks
 
Deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls could result in errors, affect operating results and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported results.
 
We face continuing challenges because of deficiencies in our accounting infrastructure and controls and the operational complexities of our business. There are a number of factors that may impede our efforts to establish and maintain effective internal control and a sound accounting infrastructure, including: the complexity our business activities and related GAAP requirements; uncertainty regarding the operating effectiveness and sustainability of newly established controls; and the uncertain impacts of recent housing and credit market volatility on the reliability of our models used to develop our accounting estimates. We cannot be certain that our efforts to improve our internal control over financial reporting will ultimately be successful.
 
            25 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, provide only reasonable assurance that material errors in our financial statements will be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting increases the risks of a material error in our reported financial results and delay in our financial reporting timeline. Depending on the nature of a failure and any required remediation, ineffective controls could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
Delays in meeting our financial reporting obligations could affect our ability to maintain the listing of our securities on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE. Ineffective controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which may have an adverse effect on the trading price of our securities.
 
We rely on internal models for financial accounting and reporting purposes, to make business decisions, and to manage risks, and our business could be adversely affected if those models fail to produce reliable results.
 
We make significant use of business and financial models for financial accounting and reporting purposes and to manage risk. For example, we use models in determining the fair value of financial instruments for which independent price quotations are not available or reliable or in extrapolating third-party values to our portfolio. We also use models to measure and monitor our exposures to interest-rate and other market risks and credit risk. The information provided by these models is also used in making business decisions relating to strategies, initiatives, transactions and products.
 
Models are inherently imperfect predictors of actual results because they are based on assumptions and/or historical experience. Our models could produce unreliable results for a number of reasons, including incorrect coding of the models, invalid or incorrect assumptions underlying the models, the need for manual adjustments to respond to rapid changes in economic conditions, incorrect data being used by the models or actual results that do not conform to historical trends and experience. In addition, the complexity of the models and the impact of the recent turmoil in the housing and credit markets create additional risk regarding the reliability of our models. The valuations, risk metrics, amortization results and loan loss reserve estimations produced by our internal models may be different from actual results, which could adversely affect our business results, cash flows, fair value of net assets, business prospects and future earnings. Changes in any of our models or in any of the assumptions, judgments or estimates used in the models may cause the results generated by the model to be materially different. The different results could cause a revision of previously reported financial condition or results of operations, depending on when the change to the model, assumption, judgment or estimate is implemented. Any such changes may also cause difficulties in comparisons of the financial condition or results of operations of prior or future periods. If our models are not reliable we could also make poor business decisions, impacting loan purchases, management and guarantee fee pricing, asset and liability management, or other decisions. Furthermore, any strategies we employ to attempt to manage the risks associated with our use of models may not be effective. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES — Valuation of Financial Instruments”, “INTERIM MD&A — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES — Fair Value Measurements” and “QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks” under both “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A” for more information on our use of models.
 
Changes in our accounting policies, as well as estimates we make, could materially affect how we report our financial condition or results of operations.
 
Our accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our financial condition and results of operations. We have identified certain accounting policies and estimates as being “critical” to the presentation of our financial condition and results of operations because they require management to make particularly subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and for which materially different amounts could be recorded using different assumptions or estimates. For a description of our critical accounting policies, see “CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES” under both “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A”. As new information becomes available and we update the assumptions underlying our estimates, we could be required to revise previously reported financial results.
 
From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, and the SEC can change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be difficult to predict and could materially impact how we report our financial condition and results of operations. We could be required to apply a new or revised standard retrospectively, which may result in the revision of prior period financial statements by material amounts.
 
We may be required to establish a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, which could materially affect our results of operations and capital position in the future.
 
As of March 31, 2008, we had approximately $16.6 billion of net deferred tax assets as reported on our consolidated balance sheet. The realization of these deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of sufficient future taxable income. We currently believe that it is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient taxable income in the future to
 
            26 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

utilize these deferred tax assets. However, if future events differ from current forecasts, a valuation allowance may need to be established which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and capital position.
 
A failure in our operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could impair our liquidity, disrupt our business, damage our reputation and cause losses.
 
Shortcomings or failures in our internal processes, people or systems could lead to impairment of our liquidity, financial loss, disruption of our business, liability to customers, legislative or regulatory intervention or reputational damage. For example, our business is highly dependent on our ability to process a large number of transactions on a daily basis. The transactions we process have become increasingly complex and are subject to various legal and regulatory standards. Our financial, accounting, data processing or other operating systems and facilities may fail to operate properly or become disabled, adversely affecting our ability to process these transactions. The inability of our systems to accommodate an increasing volume of transactions or new types of transactions or products could constrain our ability to pursue new business initiatives.
 
We also face the risk of operational failure or termination of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our securities and derivatives transactions. Any such failure or termination could adversely affect our ability to effect transactions, service our customers and manage our exposure to risk.
 
Most of our key business activities are conducted in our principal offices located in McLean, Virginia. Despite the contingency plans and facilities we have in place, our ability to conduct business may be adversely impacted by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our business and the communities in which we are located. Potential disruptions may include those involving electrical, communications, transportation or other services we use or that are provided to us. If a disruption occurs and our employees are unable to occupy our offices or communicate with or travel to other locations, our ability to service and interact with our customers or counterparties may suffer and we may not be able to successfully implement contingency plans that depend on communication or travel.
 
We are exposed to the risk that a catastrophic event, such as a terrorist event or natural disaster, could result in a significant business disruption and an inability to process transactions through normal business processes. To mitigate this risk, we maintain and test business continuity plans and have established backup facilities for critical business processes and systems away from, although in the same metropolitan area as, our main offices. However, these measures may not be sufficient to respond to the full range of catastrophic events that may occur.
 
Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses or other malicious code and other events that could have a security impact. If one or more of such events occur, this potentially could jeopardize confidential and other information, including nonpublic personal information and sensitive business data, processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or the operations of our customers or counterparties, which could result in significant losses or reputational damage. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are not fully insured.
 
We rely on third parties for certain functions that are critical to financial reporting, our retained portfolio activity and mortgage loan underwriting. Any failures by those vendors could disrupt our business operations.
 
We outsource certain key functions to external parties, including but not limited to (a) processing functions for trade capture, market risk management analytics, and asset valuation, (b) custody and recordkeeping for our investments portfolios, and (c) processing functions for mortgage loan underwriting. We may enter into other key outsourcing relationships in the future. If one or more of these key external parties were not able to perform their functions for a period of time, at an acceptable service level, or for increased volumes, our business operations could be constrained, disrupted or otherwise negatively impacted. Our use of vendors also exposes us to the risk of a loss of intellectual property or of confidential information or other harm. Financial or operational difficulties of an outside vendor could also hurt our operations if those difficulties interfere with the vendor’s ability to provide services to us.
 
Our risk management and loss mitigation efforts may not effectively mitigate the risks we seek to manage.
 
We could incur substantial losses and our business operations could be disrupted if we are unable to effectively identify, manage, monitor and mitigate operational risks, interest-rate and other market risks and credit risks related to our business. Our risk management policies, procedures and techniques may not be sufficient to mitigate the risks we have identified or to appropriately identify additional risks to which we are subject. See “QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK” under both “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A”, “CREDIT RISKS”
 
            27 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

under both “ANNUAL MD&A” and “INTERIM MD&A” and “ANNUAL MD&A — OPERATIONAL RISKS” for a discussion of our approach to managing the risks we face.
 
Our ability to hire, train and retain qualified employees affects our business and operations.
 
Our continued success depends, in large part, on our ability to hire and retain highly qualified people. Our business is complex and many of our positions require specific skills. Competition for highly qualified personnel is intense and our business and operations could be adversely affected if we are not able to retain our key personnel or if we are not successful in attracting, training or retaining other highly qualified personnel in the future. Furthermore, there is a risk that we may not have sufficient personnel or personnel with sufficient training in key roles.
 
Legal and Regulatory Risks
 
Developments affecting our legislative and regulatory environment could materially harm our business prospects or competitive position.
 
Various developments or factors may adversely affect our legislative or regulatory environment, including:
 
  •  any changes affecting our charter, affordable housing goals or capital (including our ability to manage to the mandatory target capital surplus);
 
  •  the interpretation of these developments or factors by our regulators;
 
  •  the adequacy of internal systems, controls and processes related to these developments or factors;
 
  •  the exercise or assertion of regulatory or administrative authority beyond current practice;
 
  •  the imposition of additional remedial measures;
 
  •  voluntary agreements with our regulators; or
 
  •  the enactment of new legislation.
 
HUD may periodically review certain of our activities to ensure conformity with our mission and charter. In addition, the Treasury Department has proposed certain changes to its process for approving our debt offerings. Our business activities could be restricted as a result of any such changes.
 
We are also exposed to the risk that weaknesses in our internal systems, controls and processes could affect the accuracy or timing of the data we provide to HUD, OFHEO or the Treasury Department or our compliance with legal requirements, and could ultimately lead to regulatory actions (by HUD, OFHEO or both) or other adverse impacts on our business (including our ability or intent to retain investments). Any assertions of non-compliance with existing or new statutory or regulatory requirements could result in fines, penalties, litigation and damage to our reputation.
 
Furthermore, we could be required, or may find it advisable, to change the nature or extent of our business activities if our various exemptions and special attributes were modified or eliminated, new or additional fees or substantive regulation of our business activities were imposed, our relationship to the federal government were altered or eliminated, or our charter, the GSE Act, or other federal laws and regulations affecting us were significantly amended. Any of these changes could have a material effect on the scope of our activities, financial condition and results of operations. For example, such changes could (a) reduce the supply of mortgages available to us, (b) impose restrictions on the size of our retained portfolio, (c) make us less competitive by limiting our business activities or our ability to create new products, (d) increase our capital requirements, or (e) require us to make an annual contribution to an affordable housing fund. We cannot predict when or whether any potential legislation will be enacted or regulation will be promulgated. In addition, capital levels or other operational limitations may limit our ability to purchase a significant number of additional mortgages available to us as a result of the temporary increase in conforming loan limits. See “BUSINESS — Regulation and Supervision — Legislation — Temporary Increase in Conforming Loan Limits .”
 
Any of the developments or factors described above could materially adversely affect: our ability to fulfill our mission; our ability to meet our affordable housing goals; our ability or intent to retain investments; the size and growth of our mortgage portfolios; our future earnings, stock price and stockholder returns; the fair value of our assets; or our ability to recruit qualified officers and directors.
 
We may make certain changes to our business in an attempt to meet HUD’s housing goals and subgoals that may adversely affect our profitability.
 
We may make adjustments to our mortgage sourcing and purchase strategies in an effort to meet our housing goals and subgoals, including changes to our underwriting guidelines and the expanded use of targeted initiatives to reach underserved populations. For example, we may purchase loans and mortgage-related securities that offer lower expected returns on our investment and increase our exposure to credit losses. In addition, in order to meet future housing goals and subgoals, our purchases of goal-eligible loans need to increase as a percentage of total new mortgage purchases. Doing so could cause us to forgo other purchase opportunities that we would expect to be more profitable. If our current efforts to meet the goals and subgoals prove to be insufficient, we may need to take additional steps that could further reduce our profitability. See
 
            28 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

“BUSINESS — Regulation and Supervision — Department of Housing and Urban Development ” for additional information about HUD’s regulation of our business.
 
We are involved in legal proceedings that could result in the payment of substantial damages or otherwise harm our business.
 
We are a party to various legal actions. In addition, certain of our directors, officers and employees are involved in legal proceedings for which they may be entitled to reimbursement by us for costs and expenses of the proceedings. The defense of these or any future claims or proceedings could divert management’s attention and resources from the needs of the business. We may be required to establish reserves and to make substantial payments in the event of adverse judgments or settlements of any such claims, investigations or proceedings. Any legal proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could result in negative publicity or cause us to incur significant legal and other expenses. Furthermore, developments in, outcomes of, impacts of, and costs, expenses, settlements and judgments related to these legal proceedings may differ from our expectations and exceed any amounts for which we have reserved or require adjustments to such reserves. See “LEGAL PROCEEDINGS” for information about our pending legal proceedings.
 
Legislation or regulation affecting the financial services industry may adversely affect our business activities.
 
Our business activities may be affected by a variety of legislative and regulatory actions related to the activities of banks, savings institutions, insurance companies, securities dealers and other regulated entities that constitute a significant part of our customer base. Legislative or regulatory provisions that create or remove incentives for these entities either to sell mortgage loans to us or to purchase our securities could have a material adverse effect on our business results. Among the legislative and regulatory provisions applicable to these entities are capital requirements for federally insured depository institutions and regulated bank holding companies.
 
For example, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, composed of representatives of certain central banks and bank supervisors, has developed a set of risk-based capital standards for banking organizations. The U.S. banking regulators have adopted new capital standards for certain banking organizations that incorporate the Basel Committee’s risk-based capital standards. Decisions by U.S. banking organizations about whether to hold or sell mortgage assets could be affected by the new standards. However, the manner in which U.S. banking organizations may respond to them remains uncertain.
 
The actions we are taking in connection with the Interagency Guidance and the Subprime Statement are described in “ANNUAL MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Mortgage Credit Risk — Portfolio Diversification — Guidance on Non-traditional Mortgage Product Risks and Subprime Mortgage Lending .” These changes to our underwriting and borrower disclosure requirements and investment standards could reduce the number of these mortgage products available for us to purchase. These initiatives may also adversely affect our profitability or our ability to achieve our affordable housing goals and subgoals.
 
In addition, our business could also be adversely affected by any modification, reduction or repeal of the federal income tax deductibility of mortgage interest payments.
 
            29 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA AND OTHER OPERATING MEASURES (1)
 
                                                         
    At or for the Three
             
    Months Ended
    At or for the Year Ended December 31,  
    March 31,           Adjusted (1)  
    2008     2007     2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (dollars in millions, except share-related amounts)  
 
Income Statement Data
                                                       
Net interest income
  $ 798     $ 771     $ 3,099     $ 3,412     $ 4,627     $ 8,313     $ 8,598  
Non-interest income (loss)
    731       (77 )     194       2,086       1,003       (2,723 )     532  
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    (151 )     (133 )     (3,094 )     2,327       2,172       2,603       4,809  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of taxes
                            (59 )            
Net income (loss)
    (151 )     (133 )     (3,094 )     2,327       2,113       2,603       4,809  
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ (424 )   $ (230 )   $ (3,503 )   $ 2,051     $ 1,890     $ 2,392     $ 4,593  
Earnings (loss) per common share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle:
                                                       
Basic
  $ (0.66 )   $ (0.35 )   $ (5.37 )   $ 3.01     $ 2.82     $ 3.47     $ 6.68  
Diluted
    (0.66 )     (0.35 )     (5.37 )     3.00       2.81       3.46       6.67  
Earnings (loss) per common share after cumulative effect of change in accounting principle:
                                                       
Basic
  $ (0.66 )   $ (0.35 )   $ (5.37 )   $ 3.01     $ 2.73     $ 3.47     $ 6.68  
Diluted
    (0.66 )     (0.35 )     (5.37 )     3.00       2.73       3.46       6.67  
Dividends per common share
  $ 0.25     $ 0.50     $ 1.75     $ 1.91     $ 1.52     $ 1.20     $ 1.04  
Weighted average common shares outstanding (in thousands):
                                                       
Basic
    646,338       661,376       651,881       680,856       691,582       689,282       687,094  
Diluted
    646,338       661,376       651,881       682,664       693,511       691,521       688,675  
Balance Sheet Data
                                                       
Total assets
  $ 802,992     $ 813,421     $ 794,368     $ 804,910     $ 798,609     $ 779,572     $ 787,962  
Senior debt, due within one year
    290,540       272,295       295,921       285,264       279,764       266,024       279,180  
Senior debt, due after one year
    464,737       472,638       438,147       452,677       454,627       443,772       438,738  
Subordinated debt, due after one year
    4,492       5,224       4,489       6,400       5,633       5,622       5,613  
All other liabilities
    27,066       34,211       28,911       33,139       31,945       32,720       32,094  
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    133       514       176       516       949       1,509       1,929  
Stockholders’ equity
    16,024       28,539       26,724       26,914       25,691       29,925       30,408  
Portfolio Balances (2)
                                                       
Retained portfolio (3)
  $ 712,462     $ 714,454     $ 720,813     $ 703,959     $ 710,346     $ 653,261     $ 645,767  
Total PCs and Structured Securities issued (4)
    1,784,077       1,536,525       1,738,833       1,477,023       1,335,524       1,208,968       1,162,068  
Total mortgage portfolio
    2,149,689       1,892,132       2,102,676       1,826,720       1,684,546       1,505,531       1,414,700  
Non-performing Assets (5)
                                                       
Troubled debt restructurings
                  $ 3,621     $ 3,103     $ 2,605     $ 2,297     $ 2,370  
Real estate owned, net
                    1,736       743       629       741       795  
Other delinquent loans
                    13,089       5,700       6,439       6,345       7,491  
Total non-performing assets
                    18,446       9,546       9,673       9,383       10,656  
Ratios
                                                       
Return on average assets (6)
    (0.1 )%     (0.1 )%     (0.4 )%     0.3 %     0.3 %     0.3 %     0.6 %
Return on common equity (7)
    (23.3 )     (4.3 )     (21.0 )     9.8       8.1       9.4       17.7  
Return on total equity (8)
    (2.8 )     (1.9 )     (11.5 )     8.8       7.6       8.6       15.8  
Dividend payout ratio on common stock (9)
    N/A       N/A       N/A       63.9       56.9       34.9       15.6  
Equity to assets ratio (10)
    2.7       3.4       3.4       3.3       3.5       3.8       4.0  
Preferred stock to core capital ratio (11)
    36.8       18.6       37.3       17.3       13.2       13.5       14.2  
  (1)  See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” and “NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information regarding our accounting policies and adjustments made to periods prior to 2008. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for more information regarding our accounting policies as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2008.
  (2)  Represent the unpaid principal balance and excludes mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities traded, but not yet settled. Effective in December 2007, we established a trust for the administration of cash remittances received related to the underlying assets of our PCs and Structured Securities issued. As a result, for December 2007 and each period in 2008, we report the balance of our mortgage portfolios to reflect the publicly-available security balances of our PCs and Structured Securities. Balances prior to 2007 are based on the unpaid principal balances of the underlying mortgage loans that were reduced upon receipt of remittances ahead of the security payment date. To adjust for this change, we increased our retained portfolio balance by $2.8 billion at December 31, 2007.
  (3)  The retained portfolio presented on our consolidated balance sheets differs from the retained portfolio in this table because the consolidated balance sheet caption includes valuation adjustments and deferred balances. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Table 20 — Characteristics of Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Related Securities in our Retained Portfolio” and “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Table 81 — Characteristics of Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Related Securities in our Retained Portfolio” for more information.
  (4)  Includes PCs and Structured Securities that are held in our retained portfolio. See “ANNUAL MD&A — PORTFOLIO BALANCES AND ACTIVITIES — Table 44 — Total Mortgage Portfolio and Segment Portfolio Composition” and “INTERIM MD&A — PORTFOLIO BALANCES AND ACTIVITIES — Table 100— Freddie Mac’s Total Mortgage Portfolio and Segment Portfolio Composition” for composition of our total mortgage portfolio. Excludes Structured Securities for which we have resecuritized our PCs and Structured Securities. These resecuritized securities do not increase our credit-related exposure and consist of single-class Structured Securities backed by PCs, REMICs and principal-only strips. The notional balances of interest-only strips are excluded because this line item is based on unpaid principal balance. Includes other guarantees issued that are not in the form of a PC, such as long-term standby commitments and credit enhancements for multifamily housing revenue bonds.
  (5)  Represents mortgage loans held in our retained portfolio, as well as mortgage loans backing our guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities, including those held by third parties.
  (6)  Ratio computed as annualized net income (loss) divided by the simple average of the beginning and ending balances of total assets.
  (7)  Ratio computed as annualized net income (loss) available to common stockholders divided by the simple average of the beginning and ending balances of stockholders’ equity, net of preferred stock (at redemption value).
  (8)  Ratio computed as annualized net income (loss) divided by the simple average of the beginning and ending balances of stockholders’ equity.
  (9)  Ratio computed as common stock dividends declared divided by net income available to common stockholders. Ratio is not computed for periods in which net income (loss) available to common stockholders was a loss.
(10)  Ratio computed as the simple average of the beginning and ending balances of stockholders’ equity divided by the simple average of the beginning and ending balances of total assets.
(11)  Ratio computed as preferred stock, at redemption value divided by core capital. See “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements for more information regarding core capital.
 
            30 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
RECENT EVENTS
 
Since the release of our financial results for the first quarter of 2008, there has been a substantial decline in the market price of our common stock. The market conditions that have contributed to this price decline are likely to affect our approach to raising new core capital including the timing, amount, type and mix of securities we may issue. However, we remain committed to raising new core capital given appropriate market conditions.
 
Currently, we are not under any mandate or requirement to raise capital other than our commitment with OFHEO to raise $5.5 billion. Preliminary indications of our expected financial performance for the second quarter, while reflecting the challenges that face the industry, will leave us expecting to be capitalized at a level greater than the 20% mandatory target surplus established by OFHEO and with a greater surplus above the statutory minimum capital requirement. We expect to take actions to maintain our capital position above the 20% mandatory target surplus. Accordingly, we continue to review and consider alternatives for managing our capital including issuing equity in amounts that could be substantial, reducing our common dividend and limiting the growth or reducing the size of our retained portfolio by allowing the portfolio to run off and/or by selling securities classified as trading or carried at fair value under SFAS No. 159 or available-for-sale securities that are accretive to capital (fair value exceeds cost). We have retained and are working with our financial advisors and we continue to engage in discussions with OFHEO and Treasury on these matters.
 
Our liquidity position remains strong as a result of our access to the debt markets at attractive spreads and an unencumbered agency mortgage-related securities portfolio of approximately $550 billion, which could serve as collateral for short-term borrowings. On July 13, 2008, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System granted the Federal Reserve Bank of New York the authority to lend to Freddie Mac if necessary. Any such lending would be at the primary credit rate and collateralized by U.S. government and federal agency securities.
 
Also on July 13, 2008, the Secretary of the Treasury announced a plan that includes: (i) a temporary increase in Treasury’s existing authority to lend to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae; (ii) temporary authority for Treasury to purchase equity in either Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae if needed which, if taken, could significantly dilute our existing shareholders; and (iii) a consultative role for the Federal Reserve in the process for setting capital requirements and other prudential standards for Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. Implementation of this plan will require legislation.
 
            31 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2007
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007 (“ANNUAL MD&A”)
 
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
 
Our Business
 
We generate income through our portfolio investment activities and credit guarantee activities, operating as three reportable segments: Investments, Single-family Guarantee and Multifamily. To achieve our objectives for long-term growth, we focus on three long-term business drivers — the profitability of new business, growth and market share. Competition, other market factors, our housing mission under our charter and the HUD affordable housing goals and subgoals require that we make trade-offs in our business that affect each of these drivers.
 
Market Overview
 
The U.S. residential mortgage market weakened considerably during 2007, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations. We expect that weakened conditions in the residential mortgage market will continue in 2008.
 
Home prices declined in 2007. The volume of new and existing home sales continued to decline and increased inventories of unsold homes have undermined property values. Forecasts of nationwide home prices indicate a continued overall decline through 2008. Changes in home prices are an important market indicator for us. When home prices decline, the risk of borrower defaults and the severity of credit losses generally increase.
 
Credit concerns and resulting liquidity issues affected the financial markets. Recently, the market for mortgage-related securities has been characterized by high levels of volatility and uncertainty, reduced demand and liquidity, significantly wider credit spreads and a lack of price transparency. Mortgage-related securities, particularly those backed by non-traditional mortgage products, have been subject to various rating agency downgrades and price declines. Many lenders tightened credit standards in the second half of 2007 or stopped originating certain types of mortgages for riskier products in the market, such as some types of ARMs, resulting in higher mortgage rates. This response has adversely affected many borrowers seeking to refinance out of ARMs scheduled to reset to higher rates, contributing to higher observed delinquencies.
 
The credit performance of all mortgage products deteriorated during 2007; however, the performance of subprime, Alt-A loans and other non-traditional mortgage products deteriorated more severely. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Mortgage Credit Risk” for additional information regarding mortgage-related securities backed by subprime and Alt-A loans.
 
Consolidated Results — GAAP
 
Effective December 31, 2007, we retrospectively changed our method of accounting for our guarantee obligation: (a) to a policy of no longer extinguishing our guarantee obligation when we purchase all or a portion of a Freddie Mac-guaranteed security from a policy of effective extinguishment through the recognition of a Participation Certificate residual and (b) to a policy that amortizes our guarantee obligation into earnings in a manner that corresponds more closely to our economic release from risk under our guarantee than our former policy, which amortized our guarantee obligation according to the contractual expiration of our guarantee as observed by the decline in the unpaid principal balance of securitized mortgage loans. While our previous accounting is acceptable, we believe the newly adopted method of accounting for our guarantee obligation is preferable because it:
 
  •  significantly enhances the transparency and understandability of our financial results;
 
  •  promotes uniformity in the accounting model for the credit risk retained in our primary credit guarantee business;
 
  •  better aligns revenue recognition to the release from economic risk of loss under our guarantee; and
 
  •  increases comparability with other similar financial institutions.
 
The results of operations for all periods presented in this discussion reflect the retrospective application of our new method of accounting for our guarantee obligation. The net cumulative effect of these changes in accounting principles through December 31, 2007 was an increase to our retained earnings of $1.3 billion. See “NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
In 2007, we reported net losses of $(3.1) billion, or $(5.37) per diluted share, compared to net income of $2.3 billion, or $3.00 per diluted share, in 2006. Net losses in 2007 were primarily due to higher credit-related expenses, losses on our guarantee activities, and mark-to-market losses on our portfolio of derivatives. Without giving effect to the changes in accounting method, net losses would have been $(3.7) billion for the fourth quarter of 2007 and $(5.2) billion for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Net interest income decreased to $3.1 billion in 2007 from $3.4 billion in 2006. The decline in net interest income reflected higher replacement costs associated with the funding of our retained portfolio. Our long-term debt interest costs increased because our lower-rate debt matured and was replaced with higher-rate debt.
 
            32 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

In 2007, management and guarantee income increased to $2.6 billion from $2.4 billion in 2006, resulting from a 13% increase in the average balance of our PCs and Structured Securities issued. Despite increases in contractual management and guarantee fees, our total management and guarantee fee rate decreased to 16.6 basis points in 2007 from 17.1 basis points in 2006, primarily attributable to declines in amortization income resulting from slower prepayment projections in 2007.
 
Other components of non-interest income (loss) totaled $(2.4) billion in 2007, compared to $(0.3) billion in 2006. These amounts include $(4.3) billion of valuation losses in 2007 compared to $(1.3) billion in 2006. The change in valuation losses was primarily attributable to the impact of decreasing long-term interest rates on our derivatives portfolio. Our valuation losses in 2007 were partially offset by $0.5 billion of recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase.
 
Credit-related expenses, which consist of the total of provision for credit losses and real estate owned, or REO, operations expense, were $3.1 billion and $0.4 billion in 2007 and 2006, respectively. In 2007, our provision for credit losses increased due to significant credit deterioration in our single-family credit guarantee portfolio.
 
Other non-interest expense included losses on certain credit guarantees and losses on loans purchased, which totaled $3.9 billion in 2007, compared to $0.6 billion in 2006. Increases in losses on certain credit guarantees reflect expectations of higher defaults and severity in the credit market in 2007 which were not fully offset by increases in guarantee and delivery fees due to competitive pressures and contractual fee arrangements. Increases in losses on loans purchased reflect reduced fair values and higher volume of delinquent loans purchased under our guarantees. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Expenses — Losses on Certain Credit Guarantees ” for additional information.
 
We reported income tax expense (benefit) of $(2.9) billion and $(45) million in 2007 and 2006 resulting in effective tax rates of 48% and (2)%, respectively. See “NOTE 13: INCOME TAXES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
Segment Earnings
 
Our operations consist of three reportable segments, which are based on the type of business activities each performs — Investments, Single-family Guarantee and Multifamily. The activities of our business segments are described in “BUSINESS — Business Activities.” Certain activities that are not part of a segment are included in the “All Other” category; this category consists of certain unallocated corporate items, such as remediation and restructuring costs, costs related to the resolution of certain legal matters and certain income tax items. We manage and evaluate performance of the segments and All Other using a Segment Earnings approach. Segment Earnings differs significantly from, and should not be used as a substitute for net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle or net income (loss) as determined in accordance with GAAP. There are important limitations to using Segment Earnings as a measure of our financial performance. Among other things, our regulatory capital requirements are based on our GAAP results. Segment Earnings adjusts for the effects of certain gains and losses and mark-to-market items which, depending on market circumstances, can significantly affect, positively or negatively, our GAAP results and which, in recent periods, have caused us to record GAAP net losses. GAAP net losses will adversely impact our regulatory capital, regardless of results reflected in Segment Earnings. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Segment Measures — Segment Earnings” for a description of “Segment Earnings” and a discussion of its use as a measure of segment operating performance.
 
The objective of Segment Earnings is to present our results on an accrual basis as the cash flows from our segments are earned over time. We are primarily a buy and hold investor in mortgage assets, and given our business objectives, we believe it is meaningful to measure performance of our investment business using long-term returns, not on a short-term fair value basis. The business model for our investment activity is one where we generally hold our investments for the long term, fund the investments with debt and derivatives to minimize interest rate risk, and generate net interest income in line with our return on equity objectives. The business model for our credit guarantee activity is one where we are a long-term guarantor of the conforming mortgage markets, manage credit risk, and generate guarantee and credit fees, net of incurred credit losses. As a result of these business models, we believe that an accrual-based metric is a meaningful way to present the emergence of our results as actual cash flows are realized, net of credit losses and impairments. In summary, Segment Earnings provides us with a view of our financial results that is more consistent with our business objectives, which helps us better evaluate the performance of our business, both from period to period and over the longer term.
 
            33 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 4 presents Segment Earnings by segment and the All Other category and includes a reconciliation of Segment Earnings to net income (loss) prepared in accordance with GAAP.
 
Table 4 — Reconciliation of Segment Earnings to GAAP Net Income (Loss)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Segment Earnings (loss) after taxes:
                       
Investments
  $ 2,028     $ 2,111     $ 2,284  
Single-family Guarantee
    (256 )     1,289       965  
Multifamily
    398       434       363  
All Other
    (103 )     19       (437 )
                         
Total Segment Earnings, net of taxes
    2,067       3,853       3,175  
                         
Reconciliation to GAAP net income (loss):
                       
Derivative- and foreign currency translation-related adjustments
    (5,667 )     (2,371 )     (1,644 )
Credit guarantee-related adjustments
    (3,268 )     (201 )     (458 )
Investment sales, debt retirements and fair value-related adjustments
    987       231       570  
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments
    (388 )     (388 )     (336 )
                         
Total pre-tax adjustments
    (8,336 )     (2,729 )     (1,868 )
Tax-related adjustments
    3,175       1,203       865  
                         
Total reconciling items, net of taxes
    (5,161 )     (1,526 )     (1,003 )
                         
Net income (loss) (1)
  $ (3,094 )   $ 2,327     $ 2,172  
                         
(1)  Total per consolidated statement of income reflects the impact of the adjustments described in “NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES” to our audited consolidated financial statements. Additionally, Net income (loss) is presented before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related to 2005.
 
Investments
 
Through our Investments segment, we seek to generate attractive returns on our mortgage-related investment portfolio while maintaining a disciplined approach to interest-rate risk and capital management. We seek to accomplish this objective through opportunistic purchases, sales and restructuring of mortgage assets. Although we are primarily a buy and hold investor in mortgage assets, we may sell assets to reduce risk, respond to capital constraints, provide liquidity or structure certain transactions that improve our returns. We estimate our expected investment returns using an OAS approach.
 
Segment Earnings for our Investments segment declined in 2007 compared to 2006. We experienced higher funding costs in 2007 for our mortgage-related investment portfolio as our long-term debt interest expense increased, reflecting the replacement of maturing debt.
 
Performance Highlights of 2007 versus 2006:
 
  •  Unpaid principal balance of our mortgage-related investment portfolio increased 1% to $663 billion at December 31, 2007.
 
  •  Segment Earnings net interest yield was flat in 2007, as compared to 2006, due to increased funding costs offset by a decline in amortization expense of our mortgage-related portfolio.
 
  •  Capital constraints limited our ability to significantly increase our mortgage-related investment portfolio in order to take advantage of wider mortgage-to-debt OAS.
 
Single-family Guarantee
 
Through our Single-family Guarantee segment, we seek to issue guarantees that we believe offer attractive long-term returns relative to anticipated credit costs while fulfilling our mission to provide liquidity, stability and affordability in the residential mortgage market. In addition, we seek to improve our share of the total residential mortgage securitization market by enhancing customer service and expanding our customer base, the types of mortgages we guarantee and the products we offer.
 
Segment Earnings for our Single-family Guarantee segment declined in 2007 compared to 2006. In 2007, we experienced an increase in credit costs largely driven by higher volumes of both non-performing loans and foreclosures, higher severity of losses on a per-property basis, a national decline in home prices and declines in regional economic conditions.
 
Performance Highlights of 2007 versus 2006:
 
  •  Credit guarantee portfolio increased by 17.7% for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to 11.1% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
  •  Average rates of Segment Earnings management and guarantee fee income for the Single-family Guarantee segment remained unchanged at 18.0 basis points.
 
            34 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
  •  Segment Earnings provision for credit losses for the Single-family Guarantee segment increased to $3.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $0.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
  •  Realized single-family credit losses in 2007 were 3.0 basis points of the average total mortgage portfolio, excluding non-Freddie Mac securities, compared to 1.4 basis points in 2006.
 
  •  Announced significant delivery fee increases effective March 2008. Also, in February 2008, we announced an additional increase in delivery fees, effective June 2008, for certain flow transactions.
 
Multifamily
 
Through our Multifamily segment, we seek to generate attractive returns on our investments in multifamily mortgage loans while fulfilling our mission to supply affordable rental housing. We also seek to issue guarantees that we believe offer attractive long-term returns relative to anticipated credit costs.
 
Segment Earnings for our Multifamily segment decreased in 2007 compared to 2006 as a result of a decrease in net interest income. The decrease in net interest income is primarily attributable to increased debt expense related to higher debt funding costs as well as lower interest yields on the portfolio. Despite market volatility and credit concerns in the single-family market, the multifamily market fundamentals generally continued to display positive trends. Tightened credit standards and reduced liquidity caused many market participants to limit purchases of multifamily mortgages during the second half of 2007, creating investment opportunities for us with higher long-term expected returns and enhancing our ability to meet our affordable housing goals. Despite the investment limitations created by our current capital position, our purchases of multifamily retained mortgages were at record levels in 2007.
 
Performance Highlights of 2007 versus 2006:
 
  •  Mortgage purchases into our multifamily loan portfolio increased approximately 50% in 2007, to $18.2 billion from $12.1 billion in 2006.
 
  •  Unpaid principal balance of our mortgage loan portfolio increased to $57.6 billion at December 31, 2007 from $45.2 billion at December 31, 2006.
 
  •  Our provision for credit losses for the Multifamily segment remained low at $38 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Capital Management
 
Our primary objective in managing capital is preserving our safety and soundness. We also seek to have sufficient capital to support our business and mission. We make investment decisions based on our capital levels. OFHEO monitors our capital adequacy using several capital standards and since 2004 has directed a 30% mandatory target capital surplus above our regulatory minimum capital requirement.
 
Weakness in the housing market and volatility in the financial markets continue to adversely affect our capital, including our ability to manage to the 30% mandatory target capital surplus. As a result of the impact of GAAP net losses on our regulatory core capital, our estimated capital surplus was below the 30% mandatory target capital surplus applicable at the end of November 2007. In order to manage to the 30% mandatory target capital surplus and improve business flexibility, on December 4, 2007, we issued $6 billion of non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2007, we reduced our common stock dividend by 50% and reduced the size of our cash and investments portfolio. On March 19, 2008, OFHEO reduced our mandatory target capital surplus to 20% above our statutory minimum capital requirement, and we announced that we will begin the process to raise capital and maintain overall capital levels well in excess of requirements while the mortgage markets recover.
 
Other items positively affecting our capital position include: (a) certain operational changes in December 2007 for purchasing delinquent loans from PCs, (b) changes in accounting principles we adopted, which increased core capital by $1.3 billion at December 31, 2007 and (c) as discussed in more detail below, our adoption of SFAS No. 159, “ The Fair Value Option of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 ,” or SFAS 159, on January 1, 2008, which increased core capital by an estimated $1.0 billion.
 
We have committed to OFHEO to raise $5.5 billion of new core capital through one or more offerings, which will include both common and preferred securities. The timing, amount and mix of securities to be offered will depend on a variety of factors, including prevailing market conditions and our SEC registration process, and is subject to approval by our board of directors. OFHEO has informed us that, upon completion of these offerings, our mandatory target capital surplus will be reduced from 20% to 15%. OFHEO has also informed us that it intends a further reduction of our mandatory target capital surplus from 15% to 10% upon completion of our SEC registration process, our completion of the remaining Consent Order requirement ( i.e. , the separation of the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer), our continued commitment to maintain capital well above OFHEO’s regulatory requirement and no material adverse changes to ongoing regulatory compliance. We reduced the dividend on our common stock in December 2007.
 
            35 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

The sharp decline in the housing market and volatility in financial markets continues to adversely affect our capital, including our ability to manage to our regulatory capital requirements and the 20% mandatory target capital surplus. Factors that could adversely affect the adequacy of our capital in future periods include our ability to execute our planned capital raising transaction; GAAP net losses; continued declines in home prices; increases in our credit and interest-rate risk profiles; adverse changes in interest-rate or implied volatility; adverse OAS changes; impairments of non-agency mortgage-related securities; counterparty downgrades; downgrades of non-agency mortgage-related securities (with respect to regulatory risk-based capital); legislative or regulatory actions that increase capital requirements; our ability to meet the requirements set by OFHEO for further reductions in the mandatory target capital surplus; or changes in accounting practices or standards. See “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding our regulatory capital requirements and “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding OFHEO’s capital monitoring framework.
 
Also affecting our capital position was our adoption of SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008. Our election of the fair value option was made in an effort to better reflect, in the financial statements, the economic offsets that exist related to items that were not previously recognized as changes in fair value through our consolidated statements of income. We expect our adoption of the fair value option will reduce the effect of interest-rate changes on our net income (loss) and capital. This change will also increase the impact of spread changes on capital. For a further discussion of our adoption of SFAS 159 see “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Change in Accounting Principles” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements. Beginning in the first quarter of 2008, we commenced our use of cash flow hedge accounting relationships to include hedging the changes in cash flows associated with our forecasted issuances of debt. We believe this expanded accounting strategy will reduce the effect of interest-rate changes on our capital. This accounting strategy had a positive impact on our financial results for the first quarter of 2008, and we expect our continued implementation of hedge accounting will have a greater positive effect on our interest rate sensitivity going forward. We also employed this accounting strategy while maintaining our disciplined approach to interest-rate risk management. See “NOTE 10: DERIVATIVES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information about our derivatives designated as cash flow hedges.
 
To help manage to our regulatory capital requirements and the 20% mandatory target capital surplus, we may consider measures in the future such as reducing or rebalancing risk, limiting growth or reducing the size of our retained portfolio, slowing purchases into our credit guarantee portfolio, issuing additional preferred or convertible preferred stock and issuing common stock.
 
Our ability to execute additional actions or their effectiveness may be limited and we might not be able to manage to the 20% mandatory target capital surplus. If we are not able to manage to the 20% mandatory target capital surplus, OFHEO may, among other things, seek to require us to (a) submit a plan for remediation or (b) take other remedial steps. In addition, OFHEO has discretion to reduce our capital classification by one level if OFHEO determines that we are engaging in conduct OFHEO did not approve that could result in a rapid depletion of core capital or determines that the value of property subject to mortgage loans we hold or guarantee has decreased significantly. See “BUSINESS — Regulation And Supervision — Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight — Capital Standards and Dividend Restrictions,” “RISK FACTORS” and “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL — Classification” to our audited consolidated financial statements and “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for information regarding additional potential actions OFHEO may seek to take against us.
 
We have submitted amended quarterly minimum and critical capital reports to OFHEO that are adjusted to reflect the impacts of the retrospective application of our changes in method of accounting for our guarantee obligation. OFHEO is the authoritative source for our regulatory capital calculations. However, we believe that we remain adequately capitalized for all historical quarters, on an adjusted basis. At December 31, 2007 our regulatory core capital was $37.9 billion after the effects of the adjustments, which was $11.4 billion in excess of our minimum capital requirement and $3.5 billion in excess of the 30% mandatory target capital surplus. At March 31, 2008, our estimated regulatory core capital was $38.3 billion, which is an estimated $11.4 billion in excess of our statutory minimum capital requirement and $6.0 billion in excess of the 20% mandatory target capital surplus. See “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our audited consolidated financial statements and “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information about our regulatory capital.
 
Fair Value Results
 
We use estimates of fair value on a routine basis to make decisions about our business activities. Our attribution of the changes in fair value relies on models, assumptions and other measurement techniques that will evolve over time. Our consolidated fair value measurements are a component of our risk management processes. For information about how we estimate the fair value of financial instruments, see “NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES” to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
            36 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

In 2007, the fair value of net assets attributable to common stockholders, before capital transactions, decreased by $23.6 billion, compared to a $2.5 billion increase in 2006. The payment of common dividends and the repurchase of common shares, net of reissuance of treasury stock, reduced total fair value by an additional $2.1 billion. The fair value of net assets attributable to common stockholders as of December 31, 2007 was $0.3 billion, compared to $26.0 billion as of December 31, 2006.
 
The following attribution of changes in fair value reflects our current estimate of the items presented (on a pre-tax basis) and excludes the effect of returns on capital and administrative expenses.
 
Our investment activities decreased fair value by approximately $18.1 billion in 2007. This estimate includes declines in fair value of approximately $23.8 billion attributable to net mortgage-to-debt OAS widening. Of this amount, approximately $13.4 billion was related to the impact of the net mortgage-to-debt OAS widening on our portfolio of non-agency mortgage-related securities.
 
Our investment activities increased fair value by an estimated $1.3 billion in 2006. This increase in fair value was primarily attributable to the core spread earned on our retained portfolio.
 
The impact of mortgage-to-debt OAS widening during 2007 increases the likelihood that, in future periods, we will be able to recognize core spread income from our investment activities at a higher spread level. We estimate that we recognized core spread income at a net mortgage-to-debt OAS level of approximately 100 to 105 basis points at December 31, 2007, as compared to approximately 25 to 30 basis points estimated at December 31, 2006. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED FAIR VALUE BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Discussion of Fair Value Results — Estimated Impact of Changes in Mortgage-To-Debt OAS on Fair Value Results” for additional information.
 
Our credit guarantee activities, including multifamily and single-family whole loan credit exposure, decreased fair value by an estimated $18.5 billion in 2007. This estimate includes an increase in the single-family guarantee obligation of approximately $22.2 billion, primarily attributable to higher expected future credit costs and increased uncertainty in the market. This increase in the single-family guarantee obligation was partially offset by a fair value increase in the single-family guarantee asset of approximately $2.1 billion and cash receipts related to management and guarantee fees and other up-front fees.
 
During 2006, our credit guarantee activities increased fair value by an estimated $1.9 billion. This estimate includes a fair value increase related to the single-family guarantee asset of approximately $0.9 billion and cash receipts related to management and guarantee fees and other up-front fees. These increases were partially offset by an increase in the single-family guarantee obligation of approximately $1.3 billion.
 
Business Outlook
 
We expect that our realized credit losses will continue to increase, which will adversely affect the profitability of our Single-family Guarantee segment. We expect the increase will be largely driven by the credit characteristics of loans originated in 2006 and 2007, which are generally of lower credit quality than loans underlying our issuances in prior years. Loans originated in 2006 and 2007 represent 42% of the unpaid principal balance of our single-family credit guarantee portfolio and approximately 28% of the unpaid principal balance of loans that we hold for sale and investment, which consist primarily of loans purchased under financial guarantees. In addition, the average management and guarantee fees on our 2007 issuances did not keep pace with the increase in expected default costs on the underlying loans. We expect to continue to pursue increases to our management and guarantee fees and delivery fees on bulk and flow transactions to better reflect our expectations of future default costs.
 
We expect to continue to experience attractive purchase opportunities for our retained portfolio, due to wider mortgage spreads and continued attractive debt funding levels. As a result of the temporary increase in the conventional conforming loan limits, we expect to purchase mortgages with significantly higher unpaid principal balances. Our ability to purchase these mortgages is subject to certain operational constraints and any conditions that may be imposed by our regulators as well as our ability to manage the additional credit risks associated with such mortgages. In addition, our ability to take full advantage of these and other market opportunities may also be limited by our ability to manage to the 30% mandatory target capital surplus and our voluntary, temporary growth limit.
 
The turmoil in the credit and mortgage markets is also presenting opportunities to profitably grow our single-family and multifamily portfolios. We expect our share of the mortgage securitization market to grow as mortgage originators have generally tightened their credit standards during 2007, causing conforming mortgages to be the predominant product in the market.
 
As a part of our initiative to register our common stock with the SEC, we expect to complete the remediation of the material weaknesses in our financial reporting processes. Although we have made substantial progress in the remediation of our control deficiencies, the process of meeting our ongoing reporting obligations once our common stock is registered poses significant operational challenges for us.
 
            37 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Over the next two years, we believe we should be able to reduce administrative expenses. We expect to begin this process in 2008, as we complete our financial remediation efforts and benefit from our investments in new technology.
 
We expect that it will be challenging for us to achieve HUD’s affordable housing goals and subgoals for 2008, due to the significant changes in the residential mortgage market that occurred in 2007 and that are likely to continue well into 2008. These changes include a decrease in single-family home sales that began in 2005 and deteriorating conditions in the mortgage credit markets, which have resulted in more rigorous underwriting standards, and greatly reduced originations of subprime and Alt-A mortgages.
 
            38 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion of our consolidated results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements, including the accompanying notes. Also see “ANNUAL MD&A — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES” for more information concerning the most significant accounting policies and estimates applied in determining our reported financial position and results of operations.
 
Effective December 31, 2007, we retrospectively changed our method of accounting for our guarantee obligation: (a) to a policy of no longer extinguishing our guarantee obligation when we purchase all or a portion of a Freddie Mac-guaranteed security from a policy of effective extinguishment through the recognition of a Participation Certificate residual and (b) to a policy that amortizes our guarantee obligation into earnings in a manner that corresponds more closely to our economic release from risk under our guarantee than our former policy, which amortized our guarantee obligation according to the contractual expiration of our guarantee as observed by the decline in the unpaid principal balance of securitized mortgage loans. While our previous accounting is acceptable, we believe the newly adopted method of accounting for our guarantee obligation is preferable because it:
 
  •  significantly enhances the transparency and understandability of our financial results;
 
  •  promotes uniformity in the accounting model for the credit risk retained in our primary credit guarantee business;
 
  •  better aligns revenue recognition to the release from economic risk of loss under our guarantee; and
 
  •  increases comparability with other similar financial institutions.
 
All of the results of operations discussed below for years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 are shown as “Adjusted” in the tables to reflect the retrospective application of our new method of accounting for our guarantee obligation. Results for the quarters of 2007 and the twelve months ended 2007 reflect these changes for the full periods presented.
 
On October 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 39-1, Amendment to FASB Interpretation No. 39 ,” or FSP FIN 39-1. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Recently Adopted Accounting Standards — Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts ” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information about our adoption of FSP FIN 39-1. The adoption of FSP FIN 39-1 had no effect on our consolidated statements of income.
 
The net cumulative effect of these changes in accounting principles through December 31, 2007 was an increase to our net income of $1.3 billion, which includes a net cumulative increase of $2.2 billion for 2005, 2006 and 2007 and a net cumulative decrease of $0.9 billion related to periods prior to 2005. See “NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
Table 5 — Summary Consolidated Statements of Income — GAAP Results
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Net interest income
  $ 3,099     $ 3,412     $ 4,627  
Non-interest income:
                       
Management and guarantee income
    2,635       2,393       2,076  
Gains (losses) on guarantee asset
    (1,484 )     (978 )     (1,409 )
Income on guarantee obligation
    1,905       1,519       1,428  
Derivative gains (losses)
    (1,904 )     (1,173 )     (1,321 )
Gains (losses) on investment activity
    294       (473 )     (97 )
Gains on debt retirement
    345       466       206  
Recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase
    505              
Foreign-currency gains (losses), net
    (2,348 )     96       (6 )
Other income
    246       236       126  
                         
Non-interest income
    194       2,086       1,003  
                         
Non-interest expense:
                       
Administrative expenses
    (1,674 )     (1,641 )     (1,535 )
Other expenses
    (7,596 )     (1,575 )     (1,565 )
                         
Non-interest expense
    (9,270 )     (3,216 )     (3,100 )
                         
Income (loss) before income tax (expense) benefit and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    (5,977 )     2,282       2,530  
Income tax (expense) benefit
    2,883       45       (358 )
                         
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    (3,094 )     2,327       2,172  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
                (59 )
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (3,094 )   $ 2,327     $ 2,113  
                         
 
Net Interest Income
 
Table 6 summarizes our net interest income and net interest yield and provides an attribution of changes in annual results to changes in interest rates or changes in volumes of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
 
            39 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Average balance sheet information is presented because we believe end-of-period balances are not representative of activity throughout the periods presented. For most components of the average balances, a daily weighted average balance was calculated for the period. When daily weighted average balance information was not available, a simple monthly average balance was calculated.
 
Table 6 — Average Balance, Net Interest Income and Rate/Volume Analysis
 
                                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
                      Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
          Interest
                Interest
                Interest
       
    Average
    Income
    Average
    Average
    Income
    Average
    Average
    Income
    Average
 
    Balance (1)(2)     (Expense) (1)     Rate     Balance (1)(2)     (Expense) (1)     Rate     Balance (1)(2)     (Expense) (1)     Rate  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Mortgage loans (3)(4)
  $ 70,890     $ 4,449       6.28 %   $ 63,870     $ 4,152       6.50 %   $ 61,256     $ 4,010       6.55 %
Mortgage-related securities
    645,844       34,893       5.40       650,992       33,850       5.20       611,761       28,968       4.74  
                                                                         
Total retained portfolio
    716,734       39,342       5.49       714,862       38,002       5.32       673,017       32,978       4.90  
Investments (5)
    43,910       2,285       5.20       57,705       2,789       4.83       53,252       1,773       3.33  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold
    24,469       1,283       5.25       28,577       1,473       5.15       25,344       833       3.28  
                                                                         
Total interest-earning assets
  $ 785,113     $ 42,910       5.46     $ 801,144     $ 42,264       5.28     $ 751,613     $ 35,584       4.73  
                                                                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Short-term debt
  $ 174,418     $ (8,916 )     (5.11 )   $ 179,882     $ (8,665 )     (4.82 )   $ 192,497     $ (6,102 )     (3.17 )
Long-term debt (6)
    576,973       (29,148 )     (5.05 )     587,978       (28,218 )     (4.80 )     524,270       (23,246 )     (4.43 )
                                                                         
Total debt securities
    751,391       (38,064 )     (5.07 )     767,860       (36,883 )     (4.80 )     716,767       (29,348 )     (4.09 )
Due to PC investors
    7,820       (418 )     (5.35 )     7,475       (387 )     (5.18 )     10,399       (551 )     (5.30 )
                                                                         
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    759,211       (38,482 )     (5.07 )     775,335       (37,270 )     (4.81 )     727,166       (29,899 )     (4.11 )
Expense related to derivatives
            (1,329 )     (0.17 )             (1,582 )     (0.20 )             (1,058 )     (0.15 )
Impact of net non-interest-bearing funding
    25,902             0.17       25,809             0.16       24,447             0.14  
                                                                         
Total funding of interest-earning assets
  $ 785,113     $ (39,811 )     (5.07 )   $ 801,144     $ (38,852 )     (4.85 )   $ 751,613     $ (30,957 )     (4.12 )
                                                                         
Net interest income/yield
          $ 3,099       0.39             $ 3,412       0.43             $ 4,627       0.61  
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments (7)
            392       0.05               392       0.04               339       0.05  
                                                                         
Net interest income/yield (fully taxable-equivalent basis)
          $ 3,491       0.44 %           $ 3,804       0.47 %           $ 4,966       0.66 %
                                                                         
 
                                                 
    2007 vs. 2006 Variance
    2006 vs. 2005 Variance
 
    Due to     Due to  
                Total
                Total
 
    Rate (8)     Volume (8)     Change     Rate (8)     Volume (8)     Change  
    (in millions)  
 
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Mortgage loans
  $ (147 )   $ 444     $ 297     $ (28 )   $ 170     $ 142  
Mortgage-related securities
    1,312       (269 )     1,043       2,952       1,930       4,882  
                                                 
Total retained portfolio
    1,165       175       1,340       2,924       2,100       5,024  
Investments
    201       (705 )     (504 )     857       159       1,016  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold
    25       (215 )     (190 )     523       117       640  
                                                 
Total interest-earning assets
  $ 1,391     $ (745 )   $ 646     $ 4,304     $ 2,376     $ 6,680  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Short-term debt
  $ (520 )   $ 269     $ (251 )   $ (2,986 )   $ 423     $ (2,563 )
Long-term debt
    (1,465 )     535       (930 )     (2,008 )     (2,964 )     (4,972 )
                                                 
Total debt securities
    (1,985 )     804       (1,181 )     (4,994 )     (2,541 )     (7,535 )
Due to PC investors
    (13 )     (18 )     (31 )     12       152       164  
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    (1,998 )     786       (1,212 )     (4,982 )     (2,389 )     (7,371 )
Expense related to derivatives
    253             253       (524 )           (524 )
                                                 
Total funding of interest-earning assets
  $ (1,745 )   $ 786     $ (959 )   $ (5,506 )   $ (2,389 )   $ (7,895 )
                                                 
Net interest income
  $ (354 )   $ 41     $ (313 )   $ (1,202 )   $ (13 )   $ (1,215 )
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments
    9       (9 )           29       24       53  
                                                 
Net interest income (fully taxable-equivalent basis)
  $ (345 )   $ 32     $ (313 )   $ (1,173 )   $ 11     $ (1,162 )
                                                 
(1) Excludes mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities traded, but not yet settled.
(2)  For securities in our retained and investment portfolios, we calculated average balances based on their unpaid principal balance plus their associated deferred fees and costs ( e.g. , premiums and discounts), but excluded the effects of mark-to-fair-value changes.
(3)  Non-performing loans, where interest income is recognized when collected, are included in average balances.
(4)  Loan fees included in mortgage loan interest income were $290 million, $280 million and $371 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
(5)  Consist of cash and cash equivalents and non-mortgage-related securities.
(6)  Includes current portion of long-term debt. See “NOTE 7: DEBT SECURITIES AND SUBORDINATED BORROWINGS” to our audited consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation of senior debt, due within one year on our consolidated balance sheets.
(7)  The determination of net interest income/yield (fully taxable-equivalent basis), which reflects fully taxable-equivalent adjustments to interest income, involves the conversion of tax-exempt sources of interest income to the equivalent amounts of interest income that would be necessary to derive the same net return if the investments had been subject to income taxes using our federal statutory tax rate of 35%.
(8)  Rate and volume changes are calculated on the individual financial statement line item level. Combined rate/volume changes were allocated to the individual rate and volume change based on their relative size.
 
            40 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
Table 7 summarizes components of our net interest income.
 
Table 7 — Net Interest Income
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Contractual amounts of net interest income
  $ 6,038     $ 7,472     $ 8,289  
Amortization expense, net: (1)
                       
Asset-related amortization expense, net
    (268 )     (875 )     (1,158 )
Long-term debt-related amortization expense, net
    (1,342 )     (1,603 )     (1,446 )
                         
Total amortization expense, net
    (1,610 )     (2,478 )     (2,604 )
Expense related to derivatives:
                       
Amortization of deferred balances in AOCI (2)
    (1,329 )     (1,620 )     (1,966 )
Accrual of periodic settlements of derivatives: (3)
                       
Receive-fixed swaps (4)
          502       1,185  
Foreign-currency swaps
          (464 )     (277 )
                         
Total accrual of periodic settlements of derivatives
          38       908  
                         
Total expense related to derivatives
    (1,329 )     (1,582 )     (1,058 )
                         
Net interest income
    3,099       3,412       4,627  
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments
    392       392       339  
                         
Net interest income (fully taxable-equivalent basis)
  $ 3,491     $ 3,804     $ 4,966  
                         
(1)  Represents amortization related to premiums, discounts, deferred fees and other adjustments to the carrying value of our financial instruments and the reclassification of previously deferred balances from accumulated other comprehensive income, or AOCI, for certain derivatives in cash flow hedge relationships related to individual debt issuances and mortgage purchase transactions.
(2)  Represents changes in fair value of derivatives in cash flow hedge relationships that were previously deferred in AOCI and have been reclassified to earnings as the associated hedged forecasted issuance of debt and mortgage purchase transactions affect earnings.
(3)  Reflects the accrual of periodic cash settlements of all derivatives in qualifying hedge accounting relationships.
(4)  Include imputed interest on zero-coupon swaps.
 
Net interest income and net interest yield on a fully taxable-equivalent basis decreased for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. During 2007, we experienced higher funding costs for our retained portfolio as our long-term debt interest expense increased, reflecting the replacement of maturing debt that had been issued at lower interest rates to fund our investments in fixed-rate mortgage-related investments. The decrease in net interest income and net interest yield on a fully taxable-equivalent basis was partially offset by a decrease in our mortgage-related securities premium amortization expense as purchases into our retained portfolio in 2007 largely consisted of securities purchased at a discount. In addition, wider mortgage-to-debt OAS due to continued lower demand for mortgage-related securities from depository institutions and foreign investors, along with heightened market uncertainty regarding mortgage-related securities, resulted in favorable investment opportunities. However, to manage to our 30% mandatory target capital surplus, we reduced our average balance of interest earning assets and as a result, we were not able to take full advantage of these opportunities.
 
Net interest income and net interest yield on a fully taxable-equivalent basis decreased in 2006 as compared to 2005 as spreads on fixed-rate investments continued to narrow, driven by increases in long- and medium-term interest rates. The increase in our long-term debt interest costs reflects the turnover of medium-term debt that we issued in previous years to fund our investments in fixed-rate mortgage-related investments when the yield curve was steep ( i.e. , short- and medium-term interest rates were low as compared to long-term interest rates). As the yield curve flattened during 2005 and 2006, we experienced increased funding costs associated with replacing maturing lower-cost debt. During 2006, net interest margins declined as a result of changes in interest rates on variable-rate assets acquired in 2004 and 2005. Also, we adjusted our funding mix in 2006 by increasing the proportion of callable debt outstanding, which we use to manage prepayment risk associated with our mortgage-related investments and which generally has a higher interest cost than non-callable debt. In 2006, we considered the issuance of callable debt to be more cost effective than alternative interest-rate risk management strategies, primarily the issuance of non-callable bullet debt combined with the use of derivatives. In addition, the impact of rising short-term interest rates on our funding costs was largely offset by the impact of rising rates on our variable-rate assets in our retained portfolio and cash and investments portfolio.
 
Net interest income for 2006 also reflected lower net interest income on derivatives in qualifying hedge accounting relationships. Net interest income associated with the accrual of periodic settlements declined as the benchmark London Interbank Offer Rate, or LIBOR, and the Euro Interbank Offered Rate, or Euribor-, interest rates increased during the year, adversely affecting net settlements on our receive-fixed and foreign-currency swaps (Euro-denominated). Net interest income was also affected by our decisions in March and December 2006 to discontinue hedge accounting treatment for a significant amount of our receive-fixed and foreign-currency swaps, as discussed in “NOTE 11: DERIVATIVES” to our audited consolidated financial statements. The net interest expense related to these swaps is no longer a component of net interest income, after hedge accounting was discontinued, but instead is recognized as a component of derivative gains (losses). By the end of 2006, nearly all of our derivatives were not in hedge accounting relationships.
 
            41 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Enhancements to certain models used to estimate prepayment speeds on mortgage-related securities and our approach for estimating uncollectible interest on single-family mortgages greater than 90 days delinquent resulted in a net decrease in retained portfolio interest income of $166 million (pre-tax) during the first quarter of 2005.
 
Non-Interest Income (Loss)
 
Management and Guarantee Income
 
Management and guarantee income is the contractual management and guarantee fees, representing a portion of the interest collected on the underlying loans that we receive on mortgage-related securities issued and guaranteed by us. The primary drivers affecting management and guarantee income are changes in the average balance of our PCs and Structured Securities issued and changes in management and guarantee fee rates. Contractual management and guarantee fees include adjustments for buy-ups and buy-downs, whereby the management and guarantee fee is adjusted for up-front cash payments we make (buy-up) or receive (buy-down) upon issuance of our guarantee. All guarantee-related compensation that is received over the life of the loan in cash is reflected in earnings as a component of management and guarantee income. Our average rates of management and guarantee income are affected by the mix of products we issue, competition in the market and customer preference for buy-up and buy-down fees. The majority of our guarantees are issued under customer flow channel contracts. The remainder of our purchase and guarantee securitization of mortgage loans occurs through bulk purchases.
 
Table 8 provides summary information about management and guarantee income. Management and guarantee income consists of contractual amounts due to us (reflecting buy-ups and buy-downs to base management and guarantee fees) as well as amortization of certain pre-2003 deferred credit and buy-down fees received by us which are recorded as deferred income as a component of other liabilities. Post-2002 credit fees and buy-down fees are reflected as either increased income on guarantee obligation as the guarantee obligation is amortized or a reduction in losses on certain credit guarantees recorded at the initiation of a guarantee.
 
Table 8 — Management and Guarantee Income (1)
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
                Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
    (dollars in millions, rates in basis points)  
 
Contractual management and guarantee fees
  $ 2,591       16.3     $ 2,201       15.7     $ 1,982       15.8  
Amortization of credit and buy-down fees included in other liabilities
    44       0.3       192       1.4       94       0.8  
                                                 
Total management and guarantee income
  $ 2,635       16.6     $ 2,393       17.1     $ 2,076       16.6  
                                                 
Unamortized balance of credit and buy-down fees included in other liabilities, at period end
  $ 410             $ 440             $ 619          
(1)  Consists of management and guarantee fees received related to all issued and outstanding guarantees, including those issued prior to adoption of FIN 45 in January 2003, which did not require the establishment of a guarantee asset.
 
Management and guarantee income increased in 2007 compared to 2006 resulting from a 13% increase in the average balance of our PCs and Structured Securities. The total management and guarantee fee rate decreased in 2007 compared to 2006 due to declines in amortization income resulting from slowing prepayments attributable to increasing interest rate projections. The decline was partially offset by an increase in contractual management and guarantee fee rates as a result of an increase in buy-up activity in 2007.
 
Management and guarantee income increased in 2006 compared to 2005 reflecting a 12% increase in the average balance of our PCs and Structured Securities. The total management and guarantee fee rate increased in 2006 compared to 2005, which reflects higher amortization income due to a decrease in interest rates. The contractual management and guarantee fee rate increase was offset by an increase in buy-down activity in 2006.
 
Gains (Losses) on Guarantee Asset
 
Upon issuance of a guarantee of securitized assets, we record a guarantee asset on our consolidated balance sheets representing the fair value of the management and guarantee fees we expect to receive over the life of our PCs or Structured Securities. Guarantee assets are recognized in connection with transfers of PCs and Structured Securities that are accounted for as sales under SFAS 140. Additionally, we recognize guarantee assets for PCs issued through our guarantor swap program and for certain Structured Securities that we issue to third parties in exchange for non-agency mortgage-backed securities. Subsequent changes in the fair value of the future cash flows of the guarantee asset are reported in current period income as gains (losses) on guarantee asset.
 
            42 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

The change in fair value of the guarantee asset reflects:
 
  •  reductions related to the management and guarantee fees received that are considered a return of our recorded investment in the guarantee asset; and
 
  •  changes in future management and guarantee fees we expect to receive over the life of the related PCs or Structured Securities.
 
The fair value of future management and guarantee fees is driven by expected changes in interest rates that affect the estimated life of the mortgages underlying our PCs and Structured Securities issued and the related discount rates used to determine the net present value of the cash flows. For example, an increase in interest rates extends the life of the guarantee asset and increases the fair value of future management and guarantee fees. Our valuation methodology for the guarantee asset uses market-based information, including market values of excess servicing, interest-only securities, to determine the fair value of future cash flows associated with the guarantee asset.
 
Table 9 — Attribution of Change — Gains (Losses) on Guarantee Asset
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Contractual Management and guarantee fees due
  $ (2,288 )   $ (1,873 )   $ (1,565 )
Portion of contractual guarantee fees due related to imputed interest income
    549       580       450  
                         
Return of investment on guarantee asset
    (1,739 )     (1,293 )     (1,115 )
Change in fair value of management and guarantee fees
    255       315       (294 )
                         
Gains (losses) on guarantee asset
  $ (1,484 ) (1)   $ (978 ) (2)   $ (1,409 ) (3)
                         
(1)  In 2007 we updated the inputs to our model by consuming information directly from third-party data providers. Additionally, a change was made to our model that revised the duration and convexity assumptions, which resulted in longer estimated maturities for the related securities covered by our guarantee.
(2)  In 2006 we updated our model to revise the conventions used for aggregating loans with similar characteristics to expand and refine the number of aggregate loan pools used for price determination.
(3)  In 2005 we updated our model to utilize greater market data inputs, such as home price appreciation forecasts by geographic area and to expand the use of specific loan characteristics as inputs to our prepayment model.
 
Management and guarantee fees due represents cash received in the current period related to our PCs and Structured Securities with an established guarantee asset. A portion of management and guarantee fees due is attributed to imputed interest income on the guarantee asset. Management and guarantee fees due increased in both 2007 and 2006, primarily due to increases in the average balance of our PCs and Structured Securities issued.
 
Gains on fair value of management and guarantee fees in 2007 primarily resulted from an increase in interest rates during the second quarter. The increase in gains on fair value of management and guarantee fees in 2006 was due to an increase in interest rates throughout the year.
 
Income on Guarantee Obligation
 
Upon issuance of a guarantee of securitized assets, we record a guarantee obligation on our consolidated balance sheets representing the fair value of our obligation to perform under the terms of the guarantee. Our guarantee obligation is amortized into income using a static effective yield calculated and fixed at inception of the guarantee based on forecasted unpaid principal balances. The static effective yield will be evaluated and adjusted when significant changes in economic events cause a shift in the pattern of our economic release from risk, or the loss curve. For example, certain market environments may lead to sharp and sustained changes in home prices or prepayments of mortgages, leading to the need for an adjustment in the static effective yield for specific mortgage pools underlying the guarantee. When a change is required, a cumulative catch-up adjustment, which could be significant in a given period, will be recognized and a new static effective yield will be used to determine our guarantee obligation amortization. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the cumulative catch-up adjustments recognized for individual mortgage pools where the triggers that identify significant shifts in the loss curve have been met were $199 million, $181 million, and $319 million, respectively, and were due to significant increases in prepayment speeds. The resulting amortization recorded to income on guarantee obligation results in a pattern of revenue recognition that is consistent with our economic release from risk under changing economic scenarios. Periodic amortization of both our guarantee obligation and deferred income are reflected as components of the income on guarantee obligation.
 
Our guarantee obligation includes the following:
 
  •  estimated credit costs, including estimated unrecoverable principal and interest that will be incurred over the life of the underlying mortgages backing PCs;
 
  •  estimated foreclosure-related costs;
 
  •  net float earnings on cash flows between mortgage loan servicers and investors in PCs;
 
            43 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
  •  estimated administrative and other costs related to our management and guarantee activities; and
 
  •  an estimated market rate of return, or profit, that a market participant would require to assume the obligation.
 
Over time, we recognize credit losses on loans underlying a guarantee contract as those losses become incurred. Those incurred losses may equal, exceed or be less than the expected losses we estimated as a component of our guarantee obligation at inception of the guarantee contract. We recognize incurred losses as part of our provision for credit losses and as real estate owned operations expense.
 
See “NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding our guarantee obligation.
 
Table 10 — Income on Guarantee Obligation
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Amortization income related to:
                       
Performance and other related costs
  $ 1,146     $ 804     $ 747  
Deferred guarantee income
    759       715       681  
                         
Total income on guarantee obligation
  $ 1,905     $ 1,519     $ 1,428  
                         
Components of the guarantee obligation, at period end:
                       
Unamortized balance of performance and other related costs
  $ 9,930     $ 5,841     $ 4,556  
Unamortized balance of deferred guarantee income
    3,782       3,641       3,351  
                         
Total guarantee obligation
  $ 13,712     $ 9,482     $ 7,907  
                         
 
Amortization income increased in 2007 and 2006. These increases reflect the growth of the guarantee obligation associated with newly-issued guarantees, which have higher associated performance costs due to higher expected credit costs than issuances in previous years, as well as higher average balances of our PCs and Structured Securities.
 
Our amortization method is intended to correlate to our economic release from risk under our guarantee, under changing economic scenarios. In the event of significant and sustained economic changes, we would revise our static effective yield amortization, by recognizing a cumulative, catch-up adjustment. We expect that the decline in national home prices in 2008 will require catch-up adjustments to our static effective yield method. This will result in higher amortization in the first quarter of 2008 than would be recognized under the static effective yield method absent these economic changes.
 
            44 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Derivative Overview
 
Table 11 presents the effect of derivatives on our audited consolidated financial statements, including notional or contractual amounts of our derivatives and our hedge accounting classifications.
 
Table 11 — Summary of the Effect of Derivatives on Selected Consolidated Financial Statement Captions
 
                                                 
    Consolidated Balance Sheets  
                      Adjusted  
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
    Notional or
                Notional or
             
    Contractual
    Fair Value
    AOCI
    Contractual
    Fair Value
    AOCI
 
Description
  Amount (1)     (Pre-Tax) (2)     (Net of Taxes) (3)     Amount (1)     (Pre-Tax) (2)     (Net of Taxes) (3)  
    (in millions)  
 
Cash flow hedges-open
  $     $     $     $ 70     $     $  
No hedge designation
    1,322,881       4,790             758,039       7,720        
                                                 
Subtotal
    1,322,881       4,790             758,109       7,720        
Balance related to closed cash flow hedges
                (4,059 )                 (5,032 )
                                                 
Total
  $ 1,322,881     $ 4,790     $ (4,059 )   $ 758,109     $ 7,720     $ (5,032 )
                                                 
 
                         
    Consolidated Statements of Income  
    Year Ended December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Derivative
    Derivative
    Derivative
 
    Gains
    Gains
    Gains
 
Description
  (Losses)     (Losses)     (Losses)  
    (in millions)  
 
Cash flow hedges-open
  $     $     $ (25 )
No hedge designation
    (1,904 )     (1,173 )     (1,296 )
                         
Total
  $ (1,904 )   $ (1,173 )   $ (1,321 )
                         
(1)  Notional or contractual amounts are used to calculate the periodic settlement amounts to be received or paid and generally do not represent actual amounts to be exchanged. Notional or contractual amounts are not recorded as assets or liabilities.
(2)  The value of derivatives on our consolidated balance sheets is reported as derivative asset, net and derivative liability, net, and includes net derivative interest receivable or payable and cash collateral held or posted. Fair value excludes net derivative interest receivable of $1.7 billion and net derivative collateral held of $6.2 billion at December 31, 2007. Fair value excludes net derivative interest receivable of $2.3 billion and net derivative collateral held of $9.5 billion at December 31, 2006.
(3)  Derivatives that meet specific criteria may be accounted for as cash flow hedges. Changes in the fair value of the effective portion of open cash flow hedges are recorded in AOCI, net of taxes. Net deferred gains and losses on closed cash flow hedges ( i.e. , where the derivative is either terminated or redesignated) are also included in AOCI, net of taxes, until the related forecasted transaction affects earnings or is determined to be probable of not occurring.
 
Prior to 2007, we discontinued nearly all of our cash flow hedge and fair value hedge accounting relationships. At December 31, 2007, we did not have any derivatives in hedge accounting relationships. From time to time, we designate as cash flow hedges certain commitments to forward sell mortgage-related securities. See “NOTE 11: DERIVATIVES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information on our discontinuation of hedge accounting treatment. Derivatives that are not in qualifying hedge accounting relationships generally increase the volatility of reported non-interest income because the fair value gains and losses on the derivatives are recognized in earnings without the offsetting recognition in earnings of the change in value of the economically hedged exposures.
 
For derivatives designated in cash flow hedge accounting relationships, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative asset or derivative liability is presented in the stockholders’ equity section of our consolidated balance sheets in AOCI, net of taxes. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the net cumulative change in the fair value of all derivatives designated in cash flow hedge relationships for which the forecasted transactions had not yet affected earnings (net of amounts previously reclassified to earnings through each year-end) was an after-tax loss of approximately $4.1 billion and $5.0 billion, respectively. These amounts relate to net deferred losses on closed cash flow hedges. The majority of the closed cash flow hedges relate to hedging the variability of cash flows from forecasted issuances of debt. Fluctuations in prevailing market interest rates have no impact on the deferred portion of AOCI, net of taxes, relating to closed cash flow hedges. The deferred amounts related to closed cash flow hedges will be recognized into earnings as the hedged forecasted transactions affect earnings, unless it becomes probable that the forecasted transactions will not occur. If it is probable that the forecasted transactions will not occur, then the deferred amount associated with the forecasted transactions will be recognized immediately in earnings.
 
At December 31, 2007, over 70% and 90% of the $4.1 billion net deferred losses in AOCI, net of taxes, relating to cash flow hedges were linked to forecasted transactions occurring in the next 5 and 10 years, respectively. Over the next 10 years, the forecasted debt issuance needs associated with these hedges range from approximately $18.6 billion to $104.7 billion in any one quarter, with an average of $58.3 billion per quarter.
 
            45 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 12 presents the scheduled amortization of the net deferred losses in AOCI at December 31, 2007 related to closed cash flow hedges. The scheduled amortization is based on a number of assumptions. Actual amortization will differ from the scheduled amortization, perhaps materially, as we make decisions on debt funding levels or as changes in market conditions occur that differ from these assumptions. For example, for the scheduled amortization for cash flow hedges related to future debt issuances, we assume that we will not repurchase the related debt and that no other factors affecting debt issuance probabilities will change.
 
Table 12 — Scheduled Amortization into Income of Net Deferred Losses in AOCI Related to Closed Cash Flow Hedge Relationships
 
                 
    December 31, 2007  
    Amount
    Amount
 
Period of Scheduled Amortization into Income
  (Pre-tax)     (After-tax)  
    (in millions)  
 
2008
  $ (1,331 )   $ (865 )
2009
    (1,105 )     (718 )
2010
    (910 )     (592 )
2011
    (720 )     (468 )
2012
    (563 )     (366 )
2013 to 2017
    (1,107 )     (719 )
Thereafter
    (509 )     (331 )
                 
Total net deferred losses in AOCI related to closed cash flow hedge relationships
  $ (6,245 )   $ (4,059 )
                 
 
Derivative Gains (Losses)
 
Table 13 provides a summary of the period-end notional amounts and the gains and losses recognized during the year related to derivatives not accounted for in hedge accounting relationships.
 
Table 13 — Derivatives Not in Hedge Accounting Relationships
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
                Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Notional or
    Derivative
    Notional or
    Derivative
    Notional or
    Derivative
 
    Contractual
    Gains
    Contractual
    Gains
    Contractual
    Gains
 
    Amount     (Losses)     Amount     (Losses)     Amount     (Losses)  
    (in millions)  
 
Call swaptions
                                               
Purchased
  $ 259,272     $ 2,472     $ 194,200     $ (1,128 )   $ 146,615     $ (402 )
Written
    1,900       (121 )                        
Put swaptions
                                               
Purchased
    18,725       (4 )     29,725       (100 )     34,675       202  
Written
    2,650       (72 )                        
Receive-fixed swaps
    301,649       3,905       222,631       (290 )     81,185       (1,535 )
Pay-fixed swaps
    409,682       (11,362 )     217,565       649       181,562       612  
Futures
    196,270       142       22,400       (248 )     86,252       63  
Foreign-currency swaps
    20,118       2,341       29,234       (92 )     197       (9 )
Forward purchase and sale commitments
    72,662       445       9,942       (95 )     21,827       110  
Other (1)
    39,953       18       32,342       39       15,643       (25 )
                                                 
Subtotal
    1,322,881       (2,236 )     758,039       (1,265 )     567,956       (984 )
Accrual of periodic settlements:
                                               
Receive-fixed swaps (2)
            (327 )             (418 )             426  
Pay-fixed swaps
            703               541               (763 )
Foreign-currency swaps
            (48 )             (34 )              
Other
            4               3                
                                                 
Total accrual of periodic settlements
            332               92               (337 )
                                                 
Total
  $ 1,322,881     $ (1,904 )   $ 758,039     $ (1,173 )   $ 567,956     $ (1,321 )
                                                 
(1)  Consists of basis swaps, certain option-based contracts (including written options), interest-rate caps, credit derivatives and swap guarantee derivatives not accounted for in hedge accounting relationships. 2005 also included a prepayment management agreement which was terminated effective December 31, 2005.
(2)  Includes imputed interest on zero-coupon swaps.
 
Derivative gains (losses) represents the change in fair value of derivatives not accounted for in hedge accounting relationships because the derivatives did not qualify for, or we did not elect to pursue, hedge accounting, resulting in fair value changes being recorded to earnings. Derivative gains (losses) also includes the accrual of periodic settlements for derivatives that are not in hedge accounting relationships. Although derivatives are an important aspect of our management of interest-rate risk, they will generally increase the volatility of reported net income, particularly when they are not accounted for in hedge accounting relationships. From 2005 through 2007, we experienced significant periodic income volatility due to changes in the fair values of our derivatives and changes in the composition of our portfolio of derivatives not in hedge accounting relationships.
 
We use receive- and pay-fixed swaps to adjust the interest rate characteristics of our debt funding in order to more closely match changes in the interest-rate characteristics of our mortgage assets. A receive-fixed swap results in our receipt
 
            46 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

of a fixed interest-rate payment from our counterparty in exchange for a variable-rate payment to our counterparty. Conversely, a pay-fixed swap requires us to make a fixed interest-rate payment to our counterparty in exchange for a variable-rate payment from our counterparty. Receive-fixed swaps increase in value and pay-fixed swaps decrease in value when interest rates decrease (with the opposite being true when interest rates increase).
 
We use swaptions and other option-based derivatives to adjust the characteristics of our debt in response to changes in the expected lives of mortgage-related assets in our retained portfolio. Purchased call and put swaptions, where we make premium payments, are options for us to enter into receive- and pay-fixed swaps, respectively. Conversely, written call and put swaptions, where we receive premium payments, are options for our counterparty to enter into receive- and pay-fixed swaps, respectively. The fair values of both purchased and written call and put swaptions are sensitive to changes in interest rates and are also driven by the market’s expectation of potential changes in future interest rates (referred to as “implied volatility”). Purchased swaptions generally become more valuable as implied volatility increases and less valuable as implied volatility decreases. Recognized losses on purchased options in any given period are limited to the premium paid to purchase the option plus any unrealized gains previously recorded. Potential losses on written options are unlimited.
 
In 2007, overall decreases in interest rates across the swap yield curve resulted in fair value losses on our interest-rate swap derivative portfolio that were partially offset by fair value gains on our option-based derivative portfolio. Gains on our option-based derivative portfolio resulted from an overall increase in implied volatility and decreasing interest rates. The overall decline in interest rates resulted in a loss of $11.4 billion on our pay-fixed swaps that was only partially offset by a $3.9 billion gain on our receive-fixed swap position. Gains on option-based derivatives, particularly purchased call swaptions, increased in 2007 to $2.3 billion. We recognized a gain of $2.3 billion on our foreign-currency swaps as the Euro continued to strengthen against the dollar. The gains on foreign-currency swaps offset a $2.3 billion loss on the translation of our foreign-currency denominated debt, which is recorded in foreign-currency gains (losses), net.
 
The accrual of periodic settlements for derivatives not in qualifying hedge accounting relationships increased in 2007 compared to 2006 due to the increase in our net pay-fixed swap position as we responded to the changing interest rate environment.
 
During 2006, fair value losses on our swaptions increased as implied volatility declined and both long-term and short-term swap interest rates increased. During 2006 and 2005, fair value changes of our pay-fixed and receive-fixed swaps were driven by increases in long-term swap interest rates. Our discontinuation of hedge accounting treatment resulted in an increase in the notional balance of our receive-fixed swaps not in qualifying hedge accounting relationships, which, combined with fluctuations in swap interest rates throughout the year, reduced fair value losses recognized on our receive-fixed swaps during 2006. See “NOTE 11: DERIVATIVES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information on our discontinuation of hedge accounting treatment.
 
The accrual of periodic settlements for derivatives not in qualifying hedge accounting relationships increased during 2006 compared to 2005 as short-term interest rates increased resulting in an increase in income on our pay-fixed swaps.
 
Gains (Losses) on Investment Activity
 
Gains (losses) on investment activity includes gains and losses on certain assets where changes in fair value are recognized through earnings. Also included are gains and losses related to sales, impairments and other valuation adjustments. Table 14 summarizes the components of gains (losses) on investment activity. For further information, refer to “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Table 14 — Gains (Losses) on Investment Activity
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Gains (losses) on trading securities
  $ 506     $ (106 )   $ (305 )
Gains (losses) on sale of mortgage loans (1)
    14       90       124  
Gains (losses) on sale of available-for-sale securities
    232       (140 )     370  
Security impairments
    (365 )     (297 )     (276 )
Lower-of-cost-or-market valuation adjustments
    (93 )     (20 )     (10 )
                         
Total gains (losses) on investment activity
  $ 294     $ (473 )   $ (97 )
                         
(1)  Represent mortgage loans sold in connection with securitization transactions.
 
Gains (Losses) on Trading Securities
 
In 2007, the overall decrease in long-term interest rates resulted in gains related to our agency securities classified as trading.
 
In 2006, the increase in long-term interest rates resulted in gains related to our interest-only mortgage related securities classified as trading. These gains were more than offset by losses on other mortgage-related securities classified as trading as
 
            47 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

a result of the rise in interest rates. In 2005, increases in long-term interest rates resulted in losses on mortgage-related securities classified as trading.
 
Gains (Losses) on Sale of Available-For-Sale Securities
 
We realized net gains on the sale of available-for-sale securities of $232 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to net losses of $140 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. During the fourth quarter of 2007, we sold approximately $27.2 billion of PCs and Structured Securities, classified as available-for-sale, for capital management purposes. These sales generated gross gains of approximately $216 million and gross losses of $30 million included in gains (losses) on sale of available-for-sale securities. The securities sold at a loss had an unpaid principal balance of $6 billion. We were not required to sell these securities; instead, these sales were part of a broader set of strategic management decisions made in the fourth quarter of 2007 to help maintain our minimum capital requirements in the face of the unanticipated extraordinary market conditions that existed in the latter half of 2007. In an effort to improve our capital position in light of these conditions, we strategically selected blocks of securities to sell, the majority of which were in a gain position. These sales reduced the assets on our balance sheet against which we are required to hold capital, which improved our capital position, and the net gains increased our retained earnings, which also contributed to our capital, and further improved our capital position. See “ANNUAL MD&A — LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES — Capital Adequacy” for further discussion of our sale of these securities and our regulatory capital requirements. Given the extraordinary market conditions and the isolated nature of these sales, we still have the ability and intent to hold the remaining available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position for a period of time sufficient to recover all unrealized losses. These gains were partially offset by losses generated by the sale of securities during the second quarter of 2007.
 
In 2006, losses on sales of available-for-sale securities were primarily driven by resecuritization activity, partially offset by net gains of $188 million related to the sale of certain commercial mortgage-backed securities, or CMBS, as discussed in “ Security Impairments .”
 
Security Impairments
 
Security impairments on mortgage-related securities increased for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. Security impairments in 2007 were primarily related to impairments recognized during the second quarter of 2007 on agency securities that we sold in the third quarter of 2007 and thus did not have the intent to hold until the loss would be recovered.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, security impairments included $236 million and $91 million, respectively, of interest-rate related impairments related to mortgage-related securities where we did not have the intent to hold the security until the loss would be recovered. Security impairments during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, also included $61 million and $185 million, respectively, related to certain CMBSs backed by cash flows from mixed pools of multifamily and non-residential commercial mortgages. In December 2005, HUD determined that these mixed-pool investments were not authorized under our charter and OFHEO subsequently directed us to divest these investments, which we did in 2006.
 
Gains (Losses) on Debt Retirement
 
We repurchase or call our outstanding debt securities from time to time to help support the liquidity and predictability of the market for our debt securities and to manage our mix of liabilities funding our assets. When we repurchase or call outstanding debt securities, we recognize a gain or loss related to the difference between the amount paid to redeem the debt security and the carrying value, including any remaining unamortized deferred items ( e.g. , premiums, discounts, issuance costs and hedging-related basis adjustments), in earnings in the period of extinguishment as a component of gains (losses) on debt retirement.
 
Contemporaneous transfers of cash between us and a creditor in connection with the issuance of a new debt security and satisfaction of an existing debt security are accounted for as either an extinguishment or modification of the existing debt security. If the debt securities have substantially different terms, the transaction is accounted for as an extinguishment of the existing debt security with recognition of any gains or losses in earnings in gains (losses) on debt retirement, the issuance of a new debt security is recorded at fair value, fees paid to the creditor are expensed, and fees paid to third parties are deferred and amortized into interest expense over the life of the new debt obligation using the effective interest method. If the terms of the existing debt security and the new debt security are not substantially different, the transaction is accounted for as a modification of the existing debt security, fees paid to the creditor are deferred and amortized over the life of the modified debt security using the effective interest method, and fees paid to third parities are expensed as incurred.
 
Recoveries on Loans Impaired upon Purchase
 
Recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase represent the recapture into income of previously recognized losses on loans purchased and provision for credit losses associated with purchases of delinquent loans from our PCs and Structured Securities in conjunction with our guarantee activities. Recoveries occur when a non-performing loan is repaid in full or
 
            48 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

when at the time of foreclosure the estimated fair value of the acquired property, less costs to sell, exceeds the carrying value of the loan. For impaired loans where the borrower has made required payments that return the loan to less than 90 days delinquent, the recovery amounts are instead accreted into interest income over time as periodic payments are received. During 2007, we recognized recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase of $505 million. During 2006, we recaptured $58 million on impaired loans, which reduced losses on loans purchased. For impaired loans where the borrower has made required payments that return to current status, the basis adjustments are accreted into interest income over time, as periodic payments are received.
 
Foreign-Currency Gains (Losses), Net
 
Foreign-currency gains (losses), net represents the translation gains or losses on debt securities denominated in a foreign currency which are translated into U.S. dollars using foreign exchange spot rates at the balance sheet dates. We actively manage the foreign-currency exposure associated with our foreign-currency denominated debt through the use of derivatives. For the year ended December 31, 2007, we recognized net foreign-currency translation losses of $2.3 billion primarily due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Euro. These losses offset an increase in fair value of $2.3 billion related to foreign-currency-related derivatives during the period, which is recorded in derivative gains (losses).
 
For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recognized net foreign-currency translation gains related to our foreign-currency denominated debt of $96 million. These gains offset a decrease in fair value of $92 million related to foreign-currency-related derivatives during the period, which is recorded in derivative gains (losses).
 
In December 2006, we voluntarily discontinued hedge accounting for our foreign-currency swaps. See “Derivative Gains (Losses) ” and “NOTE 11: DERIVATIVES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information about our derivatives.
 
Other Income
 
Other income primarily consists of resecuritization fees, trust management income, fees associated with servicing and technology-related programs, including Loan Prospector, various fees related to multifamily loans (including application and other fees) and various other fees received from mortgage originators and servicers. Resecuritization fees represent amounts we earn primarily in connection with the issuance of Structured Securities for which we make a REMIC election, where the underlying collateral is provided by third parties. These fees are also generated in connection with the creation of interest-only and principal-only strips as well as other Structured Securities. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, we immediately recognized resecuritization fees of $85 million, $95 million, and $112 million, respectively. Trust management fees represent the fees we earn as master servicer, issuer and trustee. These fees are derived from interest earned on principal and interest cash flows between the time they are remitted to the trust by servicers and the date of distribution to our PC and Structured Securities holders. Other income increased in 2007 compared to 2006 due to $18 million of trust management income that was related to the establishment of securitization trusts in December 2007 for the underlying assets of our PCs and Structured Securities. Prior to December 2007, these amounts were presented as one to PC Investors.
 
Other income increased in 2006 compared to 2005, primarily due to $80 million of expense recorded in 2005 that was related to certain errors not material to our audited consolidated financial statements with respect to income in previously reported periods.
 
Non-Interest Expense
 
Table 15 summarizes the components of non-interest expense.
 
Table 15 — Non-Interest Expense
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Administrative Expenses:
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 896     $ 830     $ 805  
Professional services
    443       460       386  
Occupancy expense
    64       61       58  
Other administrative expenses
    271       290       286  
                         
Total administrative expenses
    1,674       1,641       1,535  
Provision for credit losses
    2,854       296       307  
REO operations expense
    206       60       40  
Losses on certain credit guarantees
    1,988       406       272  
Losses on loans purchased
    1,865       148        
LIHTC partnerships
    469       407       320  
Minority interests in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries
    (8 )     58       96  
Other expenses
    222       200       530  
                         
Total non-interest expense
  $ 9,270     $ 3,216     $ 3,100  
                         
 
            49 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Administrative Expenses
 
Salaries and employee benefits increased during the past three years as we hired additional employees to support our financial reporting and infrastructure activities. Certain long-term employee incentive compensation costs also increased as we worked to attract and retain key talent to reduce reliance on external resources.
 
Professional services decreased in 2007 compared to 2006 as we modestly decreased our reliance on consultants and relied more heavily on our employee base to complete certain financial initiatives and our control remediation activities. Professional services increased in 2006 compared to 2005 as we increased the number of consultants utilized to assist in our initiatives to build new financial accounting systems and improve our financial controls.
 
Despite continued increases in administrative expenses, administrative expenses as a percentage of our average total mortgage portfolio declined to 8.6 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 9.3 basis points and 9.7 basis points for the years ended 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Provision for Credit Losses
 
Our credit loss reserves reflect our best estimates of incurred losses. Our reserve estimate includes projections related to strategic loss mitigation initiatives, including a higher rate of loan modifications for troubled borrowers, and projections of recoveries through repurchases by seller/servicers of defaulted loans due to failure to follow contractual underwriting requirements at the time of the loan origination.
 
Our reserve estimate also reflects our best projection of defaults. However, the unprecedented deterioration in the national housing market and the uncertainty in other macro economic factors makes forecasting of default rates increasingly imprecise.
 
The inability to realize the benefits of our loss mitigation plans, a lower realized rate of seller/servicer repurchases or default rates that exceed our current projections will cause our losses to be significantly higher than those currently estimated.
 
The provision for credit losses increased significantly in 2007 compared to 2006, as continued weakening in the housing market affected our single-family portfolio. In 2007, and to a lesser extent in 2006, we recorded additional reserves for credit losses on our single-family portfolio as a result of:
 
  •  increased estimates of incurred losses on mortgage loans that are expected to experience higher default rates, particularly for mortgage loans originated during 2006 and 2007, which do not have the benefit of significant home price appreciation;
 
  •  an observed increase in delinquency rates and the rates at which loans transition through delinquency to foreclosure; and
 
  •  increases in the severity of losses on a per-property basis, driven in part by the declines in home sales and home prices, particularly in the North Central, East and West regions of the U.S.
 
We expect our loan loss reserves to increase in future periods commensurate with our outlook for future charge-offs. The rate of change will depend on a number of factors including property values, geographic distribution, loan balances and third-party insurance coverage. In 2005, we recorded an additional loss provision of $128 million for our estimate of incurred losses for loans affected by Hurricane Katrina. During 2006, we reversed $82 million of the provision for credit losses recorded in 2005 associated with Hurricane Katrina because the related payment and delinquency experience on affected properties was more favorable than expected. Absent the adjustments related to Hurricane Katrina, the provision for credit losses would have been $378 million and $179 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
REO Operations Expense
 
The increase in REO operations expense in 2007, as compared to 2006, was due to a 64% increase in our REO property inventory in 2007 and declining REO property values. The decline in home prices during 2007, combined with our higher REO inventory balance, resulted in an increase in the market-based writedowns of REO, which totaled $129 million and $5 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase in REO expense in 2006, as compared to 2005, was due to higher real estate taxes, maintenance and net losses on sales experienced in 2006.
 
Losses on Certain Credit Guarantees
 
We recognize losses on certain credit guarantees when, upon the issuance of PCs in guarantor swap transactions, we determine that the fair value of our guarantee obligation net of other initial compensation exceeds the fair value of our guarantee asset plus buy-up fees and credit enhancement-related assets. Our recognition of losses on guarantee contracts can occur due to any one or a combination of several factors, including long-term contract pricing for our flow business, the difference in overall transaction pricing versus pool-level accounting measurements and, to a lesser extent, efforts to support our affordable housing mission.
 
            50 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

We negotiate contracts with our customers based on the volume and types of mortgage loans to be delivered to us, and our estimates of the net present value of related future management and guarantee fees, credit costs and other associated cash flows. However, the accounting for our guarantee assets and guarantee obligations is not determined at the level at which we negotiate contracts; rather, it is determined separately for each PC-related pool of loans. We determine the initial fair value of the pool-level guarantee assets and guarantee obligations using methodologies that employ direct market-based information. These methodologies differ from the methodologies we use to determine pricing on new contracts.
 
For each loan pool created, we compare the initial fair value of the related guarantee obligation to the initial fair value of the related guarantee asset and credit enhancement-related assets. If the guarantee obligation is greater than the guarantee asset, we immediately recognize a loss equal to the difference with respect to that pool. If the guarantee obligation is less than the guarantee asset, no initial gain is recorded; rather, guarantee income equal to the difference is deferred as an addition to the guarantee obligation and is recognized as that liability is amortized. Accordingly, a guarantor swap transaction may result in some loan pools for which a loss is recognized immediately in earnings and other loan pools where guarantee income is deferred. We record these losses as losses on certain credit guarantees.
 
In 2007, 2006 and 2005 we recognized losses of $2.0 billion, $0.4 billion and $0.3 billion, respectively, on certain guarantor swap transactions entered into during those periods. We also deferred income related to newly-issued guarantees of $0.9 billion, $1.0 billion and $1.2 billion in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Increases in losses on certain credit guarantees reflect expectations of higher defaults and severity in the credit market in 2007 which were not fully offset by increases in guarantee and delivery fees due to competitive pressures and contractual fee arrangements. Increases in losses on loans purchased reflect reduced fair values and higher volume of delinquent loans purchased under our guarantees.
 
Our management and guarantee fees with customers are negotiated periodically and remain in effect for an initial contract period of up to one year. We expect most of our guarantor swap transactions under these contracts to generate positive economic returns over the lives of the related PCs. During periods in which conditions in the mortgage credit market deteriorate, such as experienced in 2007,we may incur losses on certain transactions until such time as contract terms are changed or business conditions improve. We continue to believe the fair value of the guarantee obligation recorded exceeds the losses that we ultimately expect to incur.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2007, we announced increases in delivery fees which are paid at the time of securitization. These increases represent additional fees assessed on all loans issued through flow activity channels, including extra fees for non-traditional and higher risk mortgage loans, that are effective in March 2008. Also, in February 2008, we announced an additional increase in delivery fees, effective in June 2008, for certain flow transactions.
 
Losses on Loans Purchased
 
Losses on non-performing loans purchased from the mortgage pools underlying our PCs and Structured Securities occur when the acquisition basis of the purchased loan exceeds the estimated fair value of the loan on the date of purchase.
 
In 2007, the market-based valuation of non-performing loans was adversely affected by the market’s expectation of higher default costs. The decrease in fair values of these loans, combined with an increase in the volume of purchases of non-performing loans and an increase in the average unpaid principal balance of those loans, resulted in losses of $1.9 billion and $0.1 billion for 2007 and 2006, respectively. We expect to recover a portion of the losses on loans purchased over time as these market-based valuations imply future credit losses that are significantly higher than we expect to ultimately incur. See “Non-Interest Income (Loss) — Recoveries on Loans Impaired upon Purchase ” for discussion related to recoveries on those previously purchased loans. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Table 59 — Changes in Loans Purchased Under Financial Guarantees” for additional information about our purchases of non-performing loans.
 
Effective December 2007 we made certain operational changes for purchasing delinquent loans from PC pools, which reduced the amount of our losses on loans purchased during the fourth quarter of 2007. Operationally, we will no longer automatically purchase loans from PC pools once they become 120 days delinquent, but rather we will purchase loans from pools when the loans have been 120 days delinquent and (a) modified, (b) foreclosure sales occur, (c) when the loans have been delinquent for 24 months, or (d) when the cost of guarantee payments to PC holders, including advances of interest at the PC coupon, exceeds the expected cost of holding the nonperforming mortgage in our retained portfolio. We made these changes in order to preserve capital in compliance with our regulatory capital requirements better reflect our expectations for future credit losses and reduce our capital costs.
 
Freddie Mac’s operational changes for purchasing delinquent loans from PC pools has had no effect on the existing loss mitigation alternatives that are available to Freddie Mac or its servicers. The change does not impact the process or timing of modifying the loans. Freddie Mac’s servicers will continue to perform the same loss mitigation efforts they have always performed while the loans are in the PC pools, and Freddie Mac will continue to purchase and modify delinquent loans when that is the best option available to mitigate losses. As a result, Freddie Mac does not expect this change in practice to have an impact on ultimate credit losses and cure rates. However, when viewed in isolation, this change in practice will result in
 
            51 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

higher provision for credit losses associated with our PCs and Structured Securities and will reduce our losses on loans purchased.
 
Although these operational changes will immediately decrease the number of loans purchased from PC pools, the total number of loans purchased from PC pools may increase in the future, which would result in an increase in our AICPA Statement of Position 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans on Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer ,” or SOP 03-3, fair value losses. The total number of loans we purchase from PC pools is dependent on a number of factors, including management decisions about appropriate loss mitigation efforts, the expected increase in loan delinquencies within our PC pools resulting from the current adverse conditions in the housing market and our need to preserve capital to meet our regulatory capital requirements. The credit environment remains fluid, and the number of loans that we purchase from PC pools will continue to be affected by events and conditions that occur nationally and in regional markets, as well as changes in our business practices to respond to the current conditions.
 
Other Expenses
 
Other expenses increased slightly from 2007 to 2006 and decreased from 2006 to 2005 due to $339 million of expenses we recorded in 2005 to increase our reserves for legal settlements, net of expected insurance proceeds. See “NOTE 12: LEGAL CONTINGENCIES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information.
 
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
 
For 2007, 2006 and 2005, we reported income tax expense (benefit) of $(2.9) billion, $(45) million, and $358 million, respectively, resulting in effective tax rates of 48%, (2)% and 14%, respectively. The volatility in our effective tax rate over the past three years is primarily the result of fluctuations in pre-tax income. Our effective tax rate continues to be favorably impacted by our investments in LIHTC partnerships and interest earned on tax-exempt housing related securities. Our 2006 effective tax rate also benefited from releases of tax reserves of $174 million.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, our pre-tax loss exceeded our pre-tax income for years 2005 and 2006. We have not recorded a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets as we believe that realization is more likely than not. See “NOTE 13: INCOME TAXES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
Segment Earnings
 
Segment Earnings
 
In managing our business, we measure the operating performance of our segments using Segment Earnings. Segment Earnings differs significantly from, and should not be used as a substitute for net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle or net income (loss) as determined in accordance with GAAP. There are important limitations to using Segment Earnings as a measure of our financial performance. Among other things, our regulatory capital requirements are based on our GAAP results. Segment Earnings adjusts for the effects of certain gains and losses and mark-to-market items which, depending on market circumstances, can significantly affect, positively or negatively, our GAAP results and which, in recent periods, have contributed to GAAP net losses. GAAP net losses will adversely impact our regulatory capital, regardless of results reflected in Segment Earnings. Also, our definition of Segment Earnings may differ from similar measures used by other companies. However, we believe that the presentation of Segment Earnings highlights the results from ongoing operations and the underlying results of the segments in a manner that is useful to the way we manage and evaluate the performance of our business. See “NOTE 15: SEGMENT REPORTING” to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information regarding segments and Segment Earnings.
 
As described below, Segment Earnings is calculated for the segments by adjusting net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for certain investment-related activities and credit guarantee-related activities. Segment Earnings includes certain reclassifications among income and expense categories that have no impact on net income (loss) but provide us with a meaningful metric to assess the performance of each segment and the company as a whole.
 
Investment Activity-Related Adjustments
 
We are primarily a buy and hold investor in mortgage assets, although we may sell assets to reduce risk, respond to capital constraints, provide liquidity, or structure transactions that improve our returns. Our measure of Segment Earnings for our investment-related activities is useful to us because it reflects the way we manage and evaluate the performance of our business.
 
The most significant inherent risk in our investing activities is interest-rate risk, including duration, convexity and volatility. We actively manage these risks through asset selection and structuring, financing asset purchases with a broad range of both callable and non-callable debt and the use of interest-rate derivatives designed to economically hedge a significant portion of our interest-rate exposure. Our interest rate derivatives include interest-rate swaps, exchange-traded futures, and both purchased and written options (including swaptions). GAAP-basis earnings related to investment activities of our Investments segment, and to a lesser extent, our Multifamily segment, are subject to significant period-to-period
 
            52 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

variability, which we believe is not necessarily indicative of the risk management techniques that we employ and the performance of these segments.
 
Our derivative instruments are adjusted to fair value under GAAP with resulting gains or losses recorded in GAAP-basis income. Certain other assets are also adjusted to fair value under GAAP with resulting gains or losses recorded in GAAP-basis income. These assets consist primarily of mortgage-related securities classified as trading and mortgage-related securities classified as available-for-sale when a decline in the fair value of available-for-sale securities is deemed to be other than temporary.
 
To help us assess the performance of our investment-related activities, we make the following adjustments to earnings as determined under GAAP. We believe this measure of performance, which we call Segment Earnings, enhances the understanding of operating performance for specific periods, as well as trends in results over multiple periods, as this measure is consistent with assessing our performance against our investment objectives and the related risk-management activities.
 
  •  Derivative- and foreign currency translation-related adjustments:
 
  •  Fair value adjustments on derivative positions, recorded pursuant to GAAP, are not recognized in Segment Earnings as these positions economically hedge our investment activities.
 
  •  Payments or receipts to terminate derivative positions are amortized prospectively into Segment Earnings on a straight-line basis over the associated term of the derivative instrument.
 
  •  Payments of up-front premiums ( e.g. , payments made to third parties related to purchased swaptions) are amortized prospectively on a straight-line basis into Segment Earnings over the contractual life of the instrument. The up-front payments, primarily for option premiums, are amortized to reflect the periodic cost associated with the protection provided by the option contract.
 
  •  Foreign-currency translation gains and losses associated with foreign-currency denominated debt along with the foreign currency derivatives gains and losses are excluded from Segment Earnings because the fair value adjustments on the foreign-currency swaps that we use to manage foreign-currency exposure are also excluded through the fair value adjustment on derivative positions as described above as the foreign currency exposure is economically hedged.
 
  •  Investment sales, debt retirements and fair value-related adjustments:
 
  •  Gains and losses on investment sales and debt retirements that are recognized at the time of the transaction pursuant to GAAP are not immediately recognized in Segment Earnings. Gains and losses on securities sold out of the retained portfolio and cash and investments portfolio are amortized prospectively into Segment Earnings on a straight-line basis over five years and three years, respectively. Gains and losses on debt retirements are amortized prospectively into Segment Earnings on a straight-line basis over the original terms of the repurchased debt.
 
  •  Trading losses or impairments that reflect expected or realized credit losses are realized immediately pursuant to GAAP and in Segment Earnings since they are not economically hedged. Fair value adjustments to trading securities related to investments that are economically hedged are not included in Segment Earnings. Similarly, non-credit related impairment losses on securities are not included in Segment Earnings. These amounts are deferred and amortized prospectively into Segment Earnings on a straight-line basis over five years for securities in the retained portfolio and over three years for securities in the cash and investments portfolio. GAAP-basis accretion income that may result from impairment adjustments is also not included in Segment Earnings.
 
  •  Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment:
 
  •  Interest income on tax-exempt investments is adjusted to reflect its equivalent yield on a fully taxable basis.
 
We fund our investment assets with debt and derivatives to minimize interest-rate risk as evidenced by our PMVS and duration gap metrics. As a result, in situations where we record gains and losses on derivatives, securities or debt buybacks, these gains and losses are offset by economic hedges that we do not mark-to-market for GAAP purposes. For example, when we realize a gain on the sale of a security, the debt which is funding the security has an embedded loss that is not recognized under GAAP, but instead over time as we realize the interest expense on the debt. As a result, in Segment Earnings, we defer and amortize the security gain to interest income to match the interest expense on the debt that funded the asset. Because of our risk management strategies, we believe that amortizing gains or losses on economically hedged positions in the same periods as the offsetting gains or losses is a meaningful way to assess performance of our investment activities.
 
We believe it is useful to measure our performance using long-term returns, not on a short-term fair value basis. Fair value fluctuations in the short-term are not an accurate indication of long-term returns. In calculating Segment Earnings, we make adjustments to our GAAP-basis results that are designed to provide a more consistent view of our financial results, which helps us better assess the performance of our business segments, both from period to period and over the longer term.
 
            53 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

The adjustments we make to present our Segment Earnings are consistent with the financial objectives of our investment activities and related hedging transactions and provide us with a view of expected investment returns and effectiveness of our risk management strategies that we believe is useful in managing and evaluating our investment-related activities. Although we seek to mitigate the interest-rate risk inherent in our investment-related activities, our hedging and portfolio management activities do not eliminate risk. We believe that a relevant measure of performance should closely reflect the economic impact of our risk management activities. Thus, we amortize the impact of terminated derivatives as well as gains and losses on asset sales and debt retirements into Segment Earnings. Although our interest-rate risk and asset/liability management processes ordinarily involve active management of derivatives as well as asset sales and debt retirements, we believe that Segment Earnings, although it differs significantly from, and should not be used as a substitute for GAAP-basis results, is indicative of the longer-term time horizon inherent in our investment-related activities.
 
Credit Guarantee Activity-Related Adjustments
 
The credit guarantee activities of our Single-family Guarantee and Multifamily segments consist largely of our guarantee of the payment of principal and interest on mortgages and mortgage-related securities in exchange for guarantee and other fees. Over the longer-term, earnings consist almost entirely of the management and guarantee fee revenues we receive less related credit costs ( i.e. , provision for credit losses) and operating expenses. Our measure of Segment Earnings for these activities consists primarily of these elements of revenue and expense. We believe this measure is a relevant indicator of operating performance for specific periods, as well as trends in results over multiple periods, because it more closely aligns with how we manage and evaluate the performance of the credit guarantee business.
 
We purchase mortgages from sellers/servicers in order to securitize and issue PCs and Structured Securities. In addition to the components of earnings noted above, GAAP-basis earnings for these activities include gains or losses realized upon the execution of such transactions, subsequent fair value adjustments to the guarantee asset and amortization of the guarantee obligation.
 
Our credit-guarantee activities also include the purchase of significantly past due mortgage loans from loan pools that underlie our guarantees. Pursuant to GAAP, at the time of our purchase, the loans are recorded at fair value. To the extent the adjustment of a purchased loan to market value exceeds our own estimate of the losses we will ultimately realize on the loan, as reflected in our loan loss reserve, an additional loss is recorded in our GAAP-basis results.
 
When we determine Segment Earnings for our credit guarantee-related activities, the adjustments we apply to earnings computed on a GAAP-basis include the following:
 
  •  Amortization and valuation adjustments pertaining to the guarantee asset and guarantee obligation are excluded from Segment Earnings. Cash compensation exchanged at the time of securitization, excluding buy-up and buy-down fees, is amortized into earnings.
 
  •  The initial recognition of gains and losses in connection with the execution of either securitization transactions that qualify as sales or guarantor swap transactions, such as losses on certain credit guarantees, is excluded from Segment Earnings.
 
  •  Fair value adjustments recorded upon the purchase of delinquent loans from pools that underlie our guarantees are excluded from Segment Earnings. However, for Segment Earnings reporting, our GAAP-basis loan loss provision is adjusted to reflect our own estimate of the losses we will ultimately realize on such items.
 
Over the long term, Segment Earnings and GAAP-basis income both capture the aggregate cash flows associated with our guarantee-related activities. Although Segment Earnings differs significantly from, and should not be used as a substitute for GAAP-basis income, we believe that excluding the impact of changes in the fair value of expected future cash flows from our Segment Earnings provides a meaningful measure of performance for a given period as well as trends in performance over multiple periods, because it more closely aligns with how we manage and evaluate the performance of the credit guarantee business.
 
Segment Allocations
 
Results of each reportable segment include directly attributable revenues and expenses. Administrative expenses that are not directly attributable to a segment are allocated ratably using alternative quantifiable measures such as headcount distribution or system usage if considered semi-direct or on a pre-determined basis if considered indirect. Expenses not allocated to segments consist primarily of costs associated with remediating our internal controls and near-term restructuring costs and are included in the All Other category. Net interest income for each segment includes an allocation related to investments and debt based on each segment’s assets and off-balance sheet obligations. The LIHTC tax benefit is allocated to the Multifamily segment. All remaining taxes are calculated based on a 35% federal statutory rate as applied to Segment Earnings.
 
            54 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

We continue to assess the methodologies used for segment reporting and refinements may be made in future periods. See “NOTE 15: SEGMENT REPORTING” to our audited consolidated financial statements for further discussion of Segment Earnings as well as the management reporting and allocation process used to generate our segment results.
 
Segment Earnings
 
Investments
 
In this segment, we invest principally in mortgage-related securities and single-family mortgage loans through our mortgage-related investment portfolio. Segment Earnings consists primarily of the returns on these investments, less the related financing costs and administrative expenses. Within this segment, our activities may include the purchase of mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities with less attractive investment returns and with incremental risk in order to achieve our affordable housing goals and subgoals. We maintain a cash and a non-mortgage-related securities investment portfolio in this segment to help manage our liquidity. We finance these activities primarily through issuances of short- and long-term debt in the public markets. Results also include derivative transactions we enter into to help manage interest-rate and other market risks associated with our debt financing activities and mortgage-related investment portfolio.
 
Table 16 presents the Segment Earnings of our Investments segment.
 
Table 16 — Segment Earnings — Investments
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Segment Earnings:
                       
Net interest income
  $ 3,626     $ 3,736     $ 4,117  
Non-interest income (loss)
    40       38       (74 )
Non-interest expense:
                       
Administrative expenses
    (515 )     (495 )     (466 )
Other non-interest expense
    (31 )     (31 )     (63 )
                         
Total non-interest expense
    (546 )     (526 )     (529 )
                         
Segment Earnings before income tax expense
    3,120       3,248       3,514  
Income tax expense
    (1,092 )     (1,137 )     (1,230 )
                         
Segment Earnings, net of taxes
    2,028       2,111       2,284  
Reconciliation to GAAP net income (loss):
                       
Derivative and foreign currency translation-related adjustments
    (5,658 )     (2,374 )     (1,652 )
Credit guarantee-related adjustments
    2       1        
Investment sales, debt retirements and fair value-related adjustments
    987       231       570  
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
    (388 )     (388 )     (336 )
Tax-related adjustments
    2,026       1,139       717  
                         
Total reconciling items, net of taxes
    (3,031 )     (1,391 )     (701 )
                         
Net income (loss) (1)
  $ (1,003 )   $ 720     $ 1,583  
                         
Net interest yield — Segment Earnings basis
    0.51%       0.51%       0.60%  
(1)  Net income (loss) is presented before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related to 2005.
 
Segment Earnings for our Investments segment declined slightly in 2007 compared to 2006. In 2007 and 2006, the growth rates of our mortgage-related investment portfolio were 0.7% and (1.6)%, respectively. In 2007, wider mortgage-to-debt OAS resulted in favorable investment opportunities, particularly in the second half of the year. In response to these market conditions, we took advantage of these opportunities by increasing our purchase activities in CMBS and agency mortgage-related securities. In November 2007, additional widening in OAS levels negatively impacted our GAAP results and lowered our overall capital position. Capital constraints forced us to reduce our balance of interest earning assets, issue $6 billion of non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock and reduce our common stock dividend by 50% in the fourth quarter of 2007. As a result, the unpaid principal balance of our mortgage-related investment portfolio increased only slightly from $658.8 billion at December 31, 2006 to $663.2 billion at December 31, 2007.
 
The unpaid principal balance of our mortgage-related investment portfolio declined to $658.8 billion at December 31, 2006 from $669.3 billion at December 31, 2005, as relatively tight mortgage-to-debt OASs limited attractive investment opportunities. In addition, we began managing our mortgage-related investment portfolio under a voluntary, temporary growth limit during the second half of 2006.
 
Our net interest yield remained unchanged for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006; however, our Segment Earnings net interest income declined. This decline is due, in part, to a decrease in the average balance of our mortgage-related investment portfolio. We also experienced higher funding costs as our long-term debt interest expense increased, reflecting the replacement of maturing debt that we issued at lower interest rates during the past few years. Increases in our funding costs were offset by a decline in our mortgage-related securities amortization expense as purchases in 2007 largely consisted of securities purchased at a discount.
 
            55 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2007, demand for our debt securities remained strong, allowing us to issue our debt securities at rates below those of comparable maturities on the LIBOR yield curve.
 
Single-Family Guarantee
 
In this segment, we guarantee the payment of principal and interest on single-family mortgage-related securities, including those held in our retained portfolio, in exchange for management and guarantee fees received over time and other up-front compensation. Earnings for this segment consist of management and guarantee fee revenues less the related credit costs ( i.e. , provision for credit losses) and operating expenses. Also included is the interest earned on assets held in the Investments segment related to single-family guarantee activities, net of allocated funding costs and amounts related to net float benefits.
 
Net float benefits is comprised of float, cost of funding advances, and compensating interest. Float is the income earned from the temporary investment of cash payments received from loan servicers for borrower payments and prepayments in advance of the date that payments are due to PC holders. The cost of funding advances arises in situations where we are required to pay PC holders prior to receiving cash from the loan servicers. When a borrower prepays their loan balance, interest is only due up to the date of the prepayment; however, the holder of the PC is entitled to interest for the entire month. We make payments to the PC holders for this shortfall, which we refer to as compensating interest. We refer to the combination of these items as the net float benefit.
 
Net float benefits can vary significantly based on a variety of factors, including the timing and amount of prepayments, rates of return on the temporarily invested cash, and the timing of the servicer and security payment cycles. As a result, net float benefit can be a net revenue or a net expense, and it can change month to month.
 
Net float benefits are included in the value of our guarantee obligation, and the fair value of the net float benefits is derived from a model that calculates the present value of the estimated future cash flows of the net float benefit, using prepayment, interest rate, and other assumptions that we believe a market participant would use.
 
Table 17 presents the Segment Earnings of our Single-family Guarantee segment.
 
Table 17 — Segment Earnings — Single-Family Guarantee
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)
 
 
Segment Earnings:
                       
Net interest income
  $ 703     $ 556     $ 349  
Non-interest income:
                       
Management and guarantee income
    2,889       2,541       2,341  
Other non-interest income
    117       159       78  
                         
Total non-interest income
    3,006       2,700       2,419  
Non-interest expense:
                       
Administrative expenses
    (806 )     (815 )     (767 )
Provision for credit losses
    (3,014 )     (313 )     (447 )
REO operations expense
    (205 )     (61 )     (40 )
Other non-interest expense
    (78 )     (84 )     (30 )
                         
Total non-interest expense
    (4,103 )     (1,273 )     (1,284 )
                         
Segment Earnings (loss) before income tax expense
    (394 )     1,983       1,484  
Income tax (expense) benefit
    138       (694 )     (519 )
                         
Segment Earnings (loss), net of taxes
    (256 )     1,289       965  
                         
Reconciliation to GAAP net income (loss):
                       
Credit guarantee-related adjustments
    (3,270 )     (205 )     (462 )
Tax-related adjustments
    1,144       72       161  
                         
Total reconciling items, net of taxes
    (2,126 )     (133 )     (301 )
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,382 )   $ 1,156     $ 664  
                         
 
Segment Earnings for our Single-family Guarantee segment declined in 2007 compared to 2006. This decline reflects an increase in credit costs largely driven by a decline in home prices and other declines in regional economic conditions, partially offset by an increase in management and guarantee income. The increases in management and guarantee income in 2006 and 2007 are primarily due to higher average balances of the single-family credit guarantee portfolio.
 
            56 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 18 below provides summary Segment Earnings information about management and guarantee earnings for the Single-family Guarantee segment. Management and guarantee earnings consist of contractual amounts due to us related to our management and guarantee fees as well as amortization of credit fees.
 
Table 18 — Segment Management and Guarantee Earnings — Single-Family Guarantee
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
    (dollars in millions, rates in basis points)  
 
Contractual management and guarantee fees
  $ 2,514       15.7     $ 2,186       15.5     $ 1,934       15.4  
Amortization of credit fees included in other liabilities
    375       2.3       355       2.5       407       3.2  
                                                 
Total Segment Earnings management and guarantee income
    2,889       18.0       2,541       18.0       2,341       18.6  
                                                 
Adjustments to reconcile to consolidated GAAP:
                                               
Reclassification between net interest income and guarantee fee (1)(2)
    29               (37 )             (9 )        
Credit guarantee-related activity adjustments (3)
    (342 )             (172 )             (315 )        
Multifamily management and guarantee earnings (4)
    59               61               59          
                                                 
Management and guarantee income, GAAP
  $ 2,635             $ 2,393             $ 2,076          
                                                 
(1)  Management and guarantee fees earned on mortgage loans held in our retained portfolio are reclassified from net interest income within the Investments segment to management and guarantee fees within the Single-family Guarantee segment.
(2)  Buy-up and buy-down fees are transferred from the Single-family Guarantee segment to the Investments segment.
(3)  Primarily represents credit fee amortization adjustments.
(4)  Represents management and guarantee earnings recognized related to our Multifamily segment that is not included in our Single-family Guarantee segment.
 
In 2007 and 2006, the growth rates of our credit guarantee portfolio were 17.7% and 11.1%, respectively. We estimate the annual growth in total U.S. residential mortgage debt outstanding to be approximately 7.1% in 2007 compared to 11.3% in 2006. Our single-family mortgage purchase and guarantee volumes are impacted by several factors, including origination volumes, mortgage product and underwriting trends, competition, customer-specific behavior and contract terms. Mortgage purchase volumes from individual customers can fluctuate significantly. In 2007, flow and bulk transactions represented approximately 78% and 22%, respectively, of our single-family mortgage purchase and securitization volumes.
 
The credit markets have been increasingly volatile and the securitization market was extremely competitive. Competitive pressure on flow business guarantee contracts in early 2007 during the renewal periods of some of our longer-term contracts limited our ability to increase flow-business management and guarantee fees in 2007. As a result, some of our guarantee business in 2007 was acquired below our normal expected return thresholds. At the same time, the expected future credit costs associated with our new credit guarantee business increased.
 
We negotiated increases in our contractual fee rates for securitization issuances through bulk activity channels throughout 2007 in response to increases in market pricing of mortgage credit risk. We continue to pursue management and guarantee fee price increases in our flow-business as contracts are renewed. During the fourth quarter of 2007, we announced increases in delivery fees, which are paid at the time of securitization. These increases, which will be effective in March 2008, represent an additional 25 basis points of fees assessed on all loans issued through flow-business channels, as well as extra fees for non-traditional and higher risk mortgage loans. Also, in February 2008, we announced an additional increase in delivery fees for certain flow-business transactions that will be effective in June 2008.
 
Net interest income increased due to interest earned on cash and investment balances held in the Investments segment related to single-family guarantee activities, net of allocated funding costs. We expect net interest income from cash and investments to decline in 2008, as we begin to recognize trust management income in other non-interest income. The trust management income will be offset by interest expense we incur when a borrower prepays.
 
Our Segment Earnings provision for credit losses for the Single-family Guarantee segment increased to $3.0 billion in 2007, compared to $0.3 billion in 2006, due to continued credit deterioration in our single-family credit guarantee portfolio, primarily related to 2006 and 2007 loan originations. Mortgages in our portfolio originated in 2006 and 2007 have higher transition rates from delinquency to foreclosure, higher delinquency rates as well as higher loss severities on a per-property basis. Our provision is based on our estimate of incurred credit losses inherent in both our retained mortgage loan and our credit guarantee portfolio using recent historical performance, such as the trends in delinquency rates, recent charge-off experience, recoveries from credit enhancements and other loss mitigation activities.
 
The proportion of higher risk mortgage loans that were originated in the market during the last several years increased significantly. We have increased our securitization volume of non-traditional mortgage products, such as interest-only loans and loans originated with less documentation in the last two years in response to the prevalence of these products within the origination market. Total non-traditional mortgage products, including those designated as Alt-A and interest-only loans, made up approximately 30% and 24% of our total mortgage purchase volume in the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our increased purchases of these mortgages and issuances of guarantees of them expose us to greater
 
            57 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

credit risks. In addition, we have increased purchases of mortgages that were underwritten by our seller/servicers using alternative automated underwriting systems or agreed-upon underwriting standards that differ from our system or guidelines.
 
The delinquency rate on our single-family credit guarantee portfolio, representing those loans which are 90 days or more past due and excluding loans underlying Structured Transactions, increased to 65 basis points as of December 31, 2007 from 42 basis points as of December 31, 2006. Increases in delinquency rates occurred in all product types in 2007, but were most significant for interest-only and option ARM mortgages. Although we believe that our delinquency rates remain low relative to conforming loan delinquency rates of other industry participants, we expect our delinquency rates will rise in 2008. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Table 58 — Single-Family — Delinquency Rates — By Product” for further discussion.
 
Single-family charge-offs, gross, increased 71% in 2007 compared to 2006, primarily due to a considerable increase in the volume of REO properties acquired at foreclosure. In addition, there has been a substantial increase in the average size of the associated unpaid principal balances in 2007, especially for those loans in major metropolitan areas. Higher volumes of foreclosures and higher average loan balances resulted in higher charge-offs, on a per property basis, during 2007.
 
We experienced increases in delinquency rates and REO activity in the Northeast, North Central, Southeast and West regions during 2007 compared to 2006. The increases in delinquencies and foreclosures have been most evident in the North Central region, where unemployment rates continue to be high. During 2007, we experienced increases in the rate at which loans in our single-family credit guarantee portfolio transitioned from delinquency to foreclosure. The increase in the delinquency transition rates which is the percentage of delinquent loans that proceed to foreclosure or are modified as troubled debt restructurings, compared to our historical experience, has been progressively worse for mortgage loans originated in 2006 and 2007. We believe this trend is, in part, due to the increase of non-traditional mortgage loans, such as interest-only mortgages, as well as an increase in total loan-to-value ratios for mortgage loans originated during these years. In addition, the average size of the unpaid principal balance related to REO properties in our portfolio rose significantly in 2007, especially those REO properties in the Northeast, Southeast and West regions.
 
Declines in home prices have contributed to the increase in the weighted average estimated current loan-to-value, or LTV, ratio for loans underlying our single-family credit guarantee portfolio to 63% at December 31, 2007 from 57% at December 31, 2006. Approximately 10% of loans in our single-family mortgage portfolio had estimated current LTV ratios above 90% at December 31, 2007, compared to 2% at December 31, 2006. However, as home prices increased during 2006 and prior years, many borrowers used second liens at the time of purchase to potentially reduce the LTV ratio to below 80%, thus avoiding requirements to have private mortgage insurance. Including this secondary financing that our borrowers secured with other financial institutions, we estimate that the percentage of loans underlying our single-family portfolio with total LTV ratios above 90% has risen to approximately 14% at December 31, 2007. In general, higher total LTV ratios indicate that the borrower has less equity in the home and would thus be more susceptible to foreclosure in the event of a financial downturn.
 
Multifamily
 
In this segment, we purchase multifamily mortgages for our retained portfolio and guarantee the payment of principal and interest on multifamily mortgage-related securities and mortgages underlying multifamily housing revenue bonds. These activities support our mission to supply financing for affordable rental housing. This segment also includes certain equity investments in various limited partnerships that sponsor low- and moderate-income multifamily rental apartments, which benefit from low-income housing tax credits. Also included is the interest earned on assets held in the Investments segment related to multifamily guarantee activities, net of allocated funding costs.
 
            58 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 19 presents the Segment Earnings of our Multifamily segment.
 
Table 19 — Segment Earnings — Multifamily
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Segment Earnings:
                       
Net interest income
  $ 426     $ 479     $ 417  
Non-interest income:
                       
Management and guarantee income
    59       61       59  
Other non-interest income
    24       28       19  
                         
Total non-interest income
    83       89       78  
Non-interest expense:
                       
Administrative expenses
    (189 )     (182 )     (151 )
Provision for credit losses
    (38 )     (4 )     (7 )
REO operations expense
    (1 )     1        
LIHTC partnerships
    (469 )     (407 )     (320 )
Other non-interest expense
    (21 )     (17 )     (20 )
                         
Total non-interest expense
    (718 )     (609 )     (498 )
                         
Segment Earnings (loss) before income tax benefit
    (209 )     (41 )     (3 )
LIHTC partnerships tax benefit
    534       461       365  
Income tax benefit
    73       14       1  
                         
Segment Earnings, net of taxes
    398       434       363  
Reconciliation to GAAP net income:
                       
Derivative and foreign currency translation-related adjustments
    (9 )     3       8  
Credit guarantee-related adjustments
          3       4  
Tax-related adjustments
    2       (1 )     (4 )
                         
Total reconciling items, net of taxes
    (7 )     5       8  
                         
Net income
  $ 391     $ 439     $ 371  
                         
 
Segment Earnings for our Multifamily segment decreased $36 million, or 8%, in 2007 compared to 2006 primarily due to lower net interest income, higher provision for credit losses and higher LIHTC losses.
 
Net interest income includes interest earned on cash and investment balances held in the Investments segment related to multifamily guarantee activities, net of allocated funding costs. The net interest income of this segment declined slightly in 2007, compared to 2006, as higher funding costs more than offset the increase in our loan portfolio balances. We experienced higher funding costs in 2007 versus 2006, reflecting the replacement of maturing long-term debt that was issued at lower rates in prior years.
 
Despite market volatility and credit concerns in the single-family market, the multifamily market fundamentals generally continued to display positive trends throughout 2007. Tightened credit standards and reduced liquidity caused many market participants to limit purchases of multifamily mortgages during the second half of 2007, creating investment opportunities for us with higher long-term expected returns and enhancing our ability to meet our affordable housing goals.
 
Mortgage purchases into our multifamily loan portfolio increased approximately 50% in 2007, to $18.2 billion from $12.1 billion in 2006. The balance of our multifamily loan portfolio increased to $57.6 billion at December 31, 2007 from $45.2 billion at December 31, 2006. Our purchases in 2007 were driven by greater opportunities created by the reduced liquidity in the market, which resulted in attractive lending opportunities on post-construction, higher occupancy properties. These purchases were principally from our largest institutional customers with proven track records. The credit quality of the Multifamily segment remains strong, reflecting a geographically diversified portfolio. While current market developments indicate higher credit losses for most multifamily mortgage investors, we expect a modest impact to our results, as we continued our conservative approach to underwriting multifamily assets throughout the past two years while credit standards for many lenders deteriorated sharply. Our relatively low provision for credit losses and other non-interest expenses in 2007 and 2006 for this segment reflects our disciplined approach.
 
We increased our LIHTC investment in 2007 compared to 2006. These investments generated losses and tax credits during development and construction phases and income when the properties were placed into service. At December 31, 2007, the unconsolidated LIHTC equity investment portfolio consisted of 268 funds invested in 5,064 properties and had a net investment balance of $4.6 billion. Our continued investment in LIHTC partnership funds resulted in tax benefits of $534 million and $461 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS
 
The following discussion of our consolidated balance sheets should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements, including the accompanying notes. Also see “ANNUAL MD&A — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES” for more information concerning our significant accounting policies.
 
            59 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

On October 1, 2007, we adopted FSP FIN 39-1. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Recently Adopted Accounting Standards — Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts ” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information about adoption of FSP FIN 39-1. The adoption of FSP FIN 39-1 reduced derivative assets, net, derivative liabilities, net and senior debt, due within one year on our consolidated balance sheets.
 
Effective December 31, 2007, we retrospectively applied changes in our method of accounting for our guarantee obligation. See “NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding these changes and the effect on our consolidated balance sheets. Previously reported consolidated balance sheet amounts as of December 31, 2006 discussed below have been adjusted to reflect the retrospective application of these changes in method.
 
Retained Portfolio
 
We are primarily a buy and hold investor in mortgage assets. We invest principally in mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities, which consist of securities issued by us, Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae, as well as non-agency mortgage-related securities. We refer to these investments on our consolidated balance sheet as our retained portfolio.
 
See “ANNUAL MD&A — PORTFOLIO BALANCES AND ACTIVITIES” for further information on the composition of our mortgage portfolios. In response to a request by OFHEO, on August 1, 2006, we voluntarily and temporarily limited the growth of our retained portfolio. For a further discussion of our retained portfolio growth limitation see “BUSINESS — Regulation and Supervision — Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight — Voluntary, Temporary Growth Limit. ” The average unpaid principal balance of our retained portfolio for the six months ended December 31, 2007, calculated using cumulative average month-end portfolio balances, was $26.9 billion below our voluntary growth limit of $742.4 billion. As of March 1, 2008, we are no longer subject to the voluntary growth limit on our retained portfolio of 2.0% annually.
 
            60 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 20 provides unpaid principal balances of the mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities in our retained portfolio.
 
Table 20 — Characteristics of Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Related Securities in our Retained Portfolio
 
                                                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006 (Adjusted) (11)  
    Fixed
    Variable
          Fixed
    Variable
       
    Rate     Rate     Total     Rate     Rate     Total  
    (in millions)  
 
Mortgage loans:
                                               
Single-family (1)
                                               
Conventional (2):
                                               
Amortizing
  $ 20,461     $ 1,266     $ 21,727     $ 18,376     $ 951     $ 19,327  
Interest-Only
    246       1,434       1,680       51       282       333  
                                                 
Total conventional
    20,707       2,700       23,407       18,427       1,233       19,660  
RHS/FHA/VA
    1,182             1,182       980             980  
                                                 
Total Single-family
    21,889       2,700       24,589       19,407       1,233       20,640  
Multifamily (3)
    53,114       4,455       57,569       41,866       3,341       45,207  
                                                 
Total mortgage loans
    75,003       7,155       82,158       61,273       4,574       65,847  
                                                 
PCs and Structured Securities: (1)(4)
                                               
Single-family
    269,896       84,415       354,311       282,052       71,828       353,880  
Multifamily
    2,522       137       2,659       241       141       382  
                                                 
Total PCs and Structured Securities
    272,418       84,552       356,970       282,293       71,969       354,262  
                                                 
Non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities: (1)
                                               
Agency mortgage-related securities: (5)
                                               
Fannie Mae:
                                               
Single-family
    23,140       23,043       46,183       25,779       17,441       43,220  
Multifamily
    759       163       922       1,013       201       1,214  
Government National Mortgage Association, or Ginnie Mae:
                                               
Single-family
    468       181       649       707       231       938  
Multifamily
    82             82       13             13  
                                                 
Total agency mortgage-related securities
    24,449       23,387       47,836       27,512       17,873       45,385  
                                                 
Non-agency mortgage-related securities:
                                               
Single-family:
                                               
Subprime (6)
    498       100,827       101,325       408       121,691       122,099  
Alt-A and other (7)
    3,762       47,551       51,313       3,683       52,579       56,262  
CMBS
    25,709       39,095       64,804       23,517       21,243       44,760  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions (8)
    14,870       65       14,935       13,775       59       13,834  
Manufactured housing (9)
    1,250       222       1,472       1,381       129       1,510  
                                                 
Total non-agency mortgage-related securities (10)
    46,089       187,760       233,849       42,764       195,701       238,465  
                                                 
Total unpaid principal balance of retained portfolio
  $ 417,959     $ 302,854       720,813     $ 413,842     $ 290,117       703,959  
                                                 
Premiums, discounts, deferred fees, impairments of unpaid principal balances and other basis adjustments
                    (655 )                     993  
Net unrealized gains (losses) on mortgage-related securities, pre-tax
                    (10,116 )                     (4,950 )
Allowance for loan losses on mortgage loans held-for-investment
                    (256 )                     (69 )
                                                 
Total retained portfolio per consolidated balance sheets
                  $ 709,786                     $ 699,933  
                                                 
  (1)  Variable-rate single-family mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities include those with a contractual coupon rate that, prior to contractual maturity, is either scheduled to change or is subject to change based on changes in the composition of the underlying collateral. Single-family mortgage loans also include mortgages with balloon/reset provisions.
  (2)  Includes $2.2 billion and $0.8 billion as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of mortgage loans categorized as Alt-A due solely to reduced documentation standards at the time of loan origination. Although we do not categorize our single-family loans into prime or subprime, we recognize there are loans with higher risk characteristics. This balance includes $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of loans with higher-risk characteristics, which we define as loans with original LTV greater than 90% and the credit scores of the borrowers were less than 620 at the time of loan origination. See “Table 53 — Characteristics of Single Family Mortgage Portfolio” for more information on LTV and credit scores.
  (3)  Variable-rate multifamily mortgage loans include only those loans that, as of the reporting date, have a contractual coupon rate that is subject to change.
  (4)  For our PCs and Structured Securities, we are subject to the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage loan collateral.
  (5)  Agency mortgage-related securities are generally not separately rated by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, but are viewed as having a level of credit quality at least equivalent to non-agency mortgage-related securities AAA-rated or equivalent.
  (6)  Single-family non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime residential loans include significant credit enhancements, particularly through subordination from tranches in which we do not invest. For information about how these securities are rated, see “Table 24 — Investments in Non-Agency Securities backed by Subprime and Alt-A and Other Loans in our Retained Portfolio”, “Table 25 — Ratings of Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by Subprime Loans at December 31, 2007”, and “Table 26 — Ratings of Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by Subprime Loans at December 31, 2007 and February 25, 2008”.
  (7)  Single-family non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A and other mortgage loans include significant credit enhancements, particularly through subordination from tranches in which we do not invest. For information about how these securities are rated, see “Table 24 — Investments in Non-Agency Securities backed by Subprime and Alt-A and Other Loans in our Retained Portfolio”.
  (8)  Consist of mortgage revenue bonds. Approximately 67% and 66% of these securities held at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, were AAA-rated as of those dates, based on the lowest rating available.
  (9)  At December 31, 2007 and 2006, 34% and 30%, respectively, of mortgage-related securities backed by manufactured housing were rated BBB– or above, based on the lowest rating available. For the same dates, 97% of these securities were supported by third-party credit enhancements ( e.g. , bond insurance) and other credit enhancements ( e.g. , deal structure through subordination from tranches in which we do not invest). Approximately 28% and 23% of these securities were AAA-rated at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, based on the lowest rating available.
(10)  Credit ratings for most non-agency mortgage-related securities are designated by no fewer than two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. Approximately 96% of total non-agency mortgage-related securities held at both December 31, 2007 and 2006 were AAA-rated as of those dates, based on the lowest rating available.
(11)  Certain previously reported amounts have been adjusted to reflect changes in accounting principles adopted during the fourth quarter of 2007. See “NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information regarding adjustments made to previously reported results due to changes in accounting principles.
 
            61 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
We invest in agency-issued mortgage-related securities, principally our own, when market conditions offer positive risk-adjusted returns relative to other permitted investments. We also purchase non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by single family and multifamily mortgages in support of our affordable housing mission.
 
Our purchases of non-agency single-family mortgage-related securities, which principally consist of securities backed by subprime and Alt-A mortgage products, have been in highly-rated, senior tranches of securitized mortgage pools. Due to credit concerns in the second half of 2007, new issuances of these securities have declined dramatically. Consequently, our holdings of non-agency single-family mortgage-related securities have decreased in 2007, compared to 2006.
 
Table 21 provides additional detail regarding the fair value of mortgage-related securities in our retained portfolio.
 
Table 21 — Fair Value of Available-For-Sale and Trading Mortgage-Related Securities in our Retained Portfolio
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Available-for-sale securities:
                       
Mortgage-related securities:
                       
Freddie Mac
  $ 346,967     $ 344,088     $ 351,447  
Fannie Mae
    45,857       43,886       43,306  
Ginnie Mae
    562       733       1,115  
Subprime
    92,706       122,186       132,576  
Alt-A and other
    48,928       56,180       53,937  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    64,799       44,403       43,393  
Manufactured housing
    1,268       1,330       1,450  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    14,578       13,925       11,241  
                         
Total available-for-sale mortgage-related securities
    615,665       626,731       638,465  
                         
Trading securities:
                       
Mortgage-related securities:
                       
Freddie Mac
    12,216       6,573       8,156  
Fannie Mae
    1,697       802       534  
Ginnie Mae
    175       222       204  
Other
    1              
                         
Total trading mortgage-related securities
    14,089       7,597       8,894  
                         
Total fair value of available-for-sale and trading mortgage-related securities
  $ 629,754     $ 634,328     $ 647,359  
                         
 
While we are primarily a buy and hold investor, our mortgage related securities are classified as either available for sale or trading. Upon the adoption of SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008, we increased the number of securities categorized as trading in our retained portfolio. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Recently Issued Accounting Standards, Not Yet Adopted — The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities ” to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information.
 
            62 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 22 summarizes amortized cost, estimated fair values and corresponding gross unrealized gains and gross unrealized losses for available-for-sale securities and estimated fair values for trading securities by major security type held in our retained portfolio.
 
Table 22 — Available-for-Sale Securities and Trading Securities in our Retained Portfolio
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
          Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
December 31, 2007
  Amortized Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
    (in millions)  
 
Retained portfolio:
                               
Available-for-sale mortgage-related securities:
                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 346,569     $ 2,981     $ (2,583 )   $ 346,967  
Fannie Mae
    45,688       513       (344 )     45,857  
Ginnie Mae
    545       19       (2 )     562  
Subprime
    101,278       12       (8,584 )     92,706  
Alt-A and other
    51,456       15       (2,543 )     48,928  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    64,965       515       (681 )     64,799  
Manufactured housing
    1,149       131       (12 )     1,268  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    14,783       146       (351 )     14,578  
                                 
Total available-for-sale mortgage-related securities
  $ 626,433     $ 4,332     $ (15,100 )   $ 615,665  
                                 
Trading mortgage-related securities:
                               
Freddie Mac
                          $ 12,216  
Fannie Mae
                            1,697  
Ginnie Mae
                            175  
Other
                            1  
                                 
Total trading mortgage-related securities
                          $ 14,089  
                                 
 
                                 
December 31, 2006
                       
Adjusted
                       
 
Retained portfolio:
                               
Available-for-sale mortgage-related securities:
                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 348,591     $ 1,438     $ (5,941 )   $ 344,088  
Fannie Mae
    44,223       323       (660 )     43,886  
Ginnie Mae
    720       17       (4 )     733  
Subprime
    122,102       98       (14 )     122,186  
Alt-A and other
    56,433       65       (318 )     56,180  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    44,927       239       (763 )     44,403  
Manufactured housing
    1,180       151       (1 )     1,330  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    13,622       334       (31 )     13,925  
                                 
Total available-for-sale mortgage-related securities
  $ 631,798     $ 2,665     $ (7,732 )   $ 626,731  
                                 
Trading mortgage-related securities:
                               
Freddie Mac
                          $ 6,573  
Fannie Mae
                            802  
Ginnie Mae
                            222  
Other
                             
                                 
Total trading mortgage-related securities
                          $ 7,597  
                                 
 
            63 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 23 shows the fair value of available-for-sale securities held in our retained portfolio as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 that have been in a gross unrealized loss position less than 12 months or greater than 12 months.
 
Table 23 — Available-For-Sale Securities Held in Our Retained Portfolio in a Gross Unrealized Loss Position
 
                                                 
    Less than 12 months     12 months or Greater     Total  
          Gross
          Gross
          Gross
 
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
 
December 31, 2007
  Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
    (in millions)  
 
Retained portfolio:
                                               
Mortgage-related securities:
                                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 22,546     $ (254 )   $ 135,966     $ (2,329 )   $ 158,512     $ (2,583 )
Fannie Mae
    4,728       (17 )     15,214       (327 )     19,942       (344 )
Ginnie Mae
    2             74       (2 )     76       (2 )
Subprime
    87,004       (8,021 )     5,213       (563 )     92,217       (8,584 )
Alt-A and other
    33,509       (2,029 )     14,525       (514 )     48,034       (2,543 )
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    8,652       (154 )     26,207       (527 )     34,859       (681 )
Manufactured housing
    435       (11 )     24       (1 )     459       (12 )
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    7,735       (264 )     1,286       (87 )     9,021       (351 )
                                                 
Total available-for-sale securities in a gross unrealized loss position
  $ 164,611     $ (10,750 )   $ 198,509     $ (4,350 )   $ 363,120     $ (15,100 )
                                                 
 
                                                 
December 31, 2006
                                   
Adjusted
                                   
 
Retained portfolio:
                                               
Mortgage-related securities:
                                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 41,249     $ (290 )   $ 204,715     $ (5,651 )   $ 245,964     $ (5,941 )
Fannie Mae
    5,604       (69 )     22,567       (591 )     28,171       (660 )
Ginnie Mae
    146             99       (4 )     245       (4 )
Subprime
    13,871       (12 )     349       (2 )     14,220       (14 )
Alt-A and other
    9,146       (14 )     15,504       (304 )     24,650       (318 )
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    12,174       (84 )     20,165       (679 )     32,339       (763 )
Manufactured housing
    37             54       (1 )     91       (1 )
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    959       (7 )     1,245       (24 )     2,204       (31 )
                                                 
Total available-for-sale securities in a gross unrealized loss position
  $ 83,186     $ (476 )   $ 264,698     $ (7,256 )   $ 347,884     $ (7,732 )
                                                 
 
At December 31, 2007, gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities held in our retained portfolio were $15.1 billion, or approximately 4% of the fair value of such securities in an unrealized loss position. Included in these losses are gross unrealized losses of $11.8 billion related to non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime, Alt-A and other loans, and commercial mortgage-backed securities. We routinely purchase multiple lots of individual securities at different times and at different costs. We determine gross unrealized gains and gross unrealized losses by specifically identifying investment positions at the lot level; therefore, some of the lots we hold for a single security may be in an unrealized gain position while other lots for that security are in an unrealized loss position, depending upon the amortized cost of the specific lot.
 
The evaluation of these unrealized losses for other than temporary impairment contemplates numerous factors. We perform the evaluation on a security-by-security basis considering all available information. Important factors include the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than book value; the impact of changes in credit ratings ( i.e. , rating agency downgrades); our intent and ability to retain the security in order to allow for a recovery in fair value; and an analysis of cash flows based on default and prepayment assumptions. Implicit in the cash flow analysis is information relevant to expected cash flows (such as default and prepayment assumptions) that also underlies the other impairment factors mentioned above, and we qualitatively consider all available information when assessing whether an impairment is other-than-temporary. The relative importance of this information varies based on the facts and circumstances surrounding each security, as well as the economic environment at the time of assessment. Based on the results of this evaluation, if it is determined that the impairment is other than temporary, the carrying value of the security is written down to fair value, and a loss is recognized through earnings.
 
In evaluating whether we could maintain our assertion that we have the ability and intent to hold our remaining available-for-sale securities in unrealized loss positions until recovery, we considered expectations about market conditions, projections of future results, and minimum capital requirements. Additionally, we evaluated our liquidity, taking into consideration the fact that we were able to complete preferred stock offerings totaling $8.6 billion during 2007, $6 billion of which was issued during the fourth quarter of 2007. From a liquidity standpoint, we have the ability to sell holdings from the cash and investments portfolio and to borrow against our holdings in the retained portfolio through repurchase transactions. Further, we have a significant amount of securities with unrealized gains that can be sold. We also expect that the election of the fair value option and the reintroduction of hedge accounting in 2008 will reduce capital volatility and will significantly reduce the likelihood that we will need to sell more securities to maintain our minimum required capital. Based on these facts, we concluded that our sales of available-for-sale securities, a small portion of which had unrealized losses, did not call into question our ability to assert that we have the intent and ability to hold available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses to recovery.
 
            64 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

We consider all available information in determining the recovery period and anticipated holding periods for our available-for-sale securities. Because we are a portfolio investor, we generally hold available-for-sale securities in our retained portfolio to maturity. (See “ANNUAL MD&A — LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES — Liquidity” for a discussion of how our sources of liquidity include primarily sales from our cash and investments portfolio and our ability to borrow against the retained portfolio. Any retained portfolio investments being borrowed against would continue to be recorded on our consolidated balance sheet.) An important underlying factor we consider in determining the period to recover unrealized losses on our available-for-sale securities is the estimated life of the security. Since most of our available-for-sale securities are prepayable, the average life is far shorter than the contractual maturity.
 
We have concluded that the unrealized losses included in Table 23 are temporary since we have the ability and intent to hold to recovery. These conclusions are based on the following analysis by security type.
 
  •  Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae securities. The unrealized losses on agency securities are primarily a result of movements in interest rates. These securities generally fit into one of two categories:
 
Unseasoned Securities  — These securities are desirable for a resecuritization. We frequently resecuritize agency securities, typically unseasoned pass-through securities. In these resecuritization transactions, we typically retain an interest representing a majority of the cash flows, but consider the resecuritization to be a sale of all of the securities for purposes of assessing if an impairment is other-than-temporary. As these securities have generally been recently acquired, they generally have coupon rates and dollar prices close to par, so any decline in the fair value of these agency securities is minor. This means that the decline could be recovered easily, and we expect that the recovery period would be in the near term. Notwithstanding this, we do recognize other-than-temporary impairments on any of these securities that are likely to be sold, which are determined through a thorough identification process in which management evaluates the population of securities that is eligible to be included in future resecuritization transactions, and determines the specific securities that are likely to be included in resecuritizations expected to occur given current market conditions. If any of the identified securities are in a loss position, other-than-temporary impairment is recorded because management cannot assert that it has the intent to hold such securities to recovery. Any additional losses realized upon sale result from further declines in fair value. For these securities that are not likely to be sold, we expect to recover any unrealized losses by holding them to recovery.
 
Seasoned Securities  — These securities are not desirable for a resecuritization. We hold the seasoned agency securities that are in an unrealized loss position at least to recovery. Typically, we hold all seasoned agency securities to maturity. As the principal and interest on these securities are guaranteed and as we have the intent and ability to hold these securities, any unrealized loss will be recovered.
 
  •  Non-agency securities backed by subprime, Alt-A and other loans and commercial mortgage-backed securities. We believe the unrealized losses the non-agency mortgage-related securities are primarily a result of decreased liquidity and larger risk premiums. Our review of these securities included expected cash flow analyses based on default and prepayment assumptions. We have not identified any bonds in the portfolio that are probable of incurring a contractual principal or interest loss. As such, and based on our consideration of all available information and our ability and intent to hold these securities for a period of time sufficient to recover all unrealized losses, we have concluded that the impairment of these securities is temporary. Most of these securities are investment grade ( i.e. , rated BBB− or better on a Standard and Poor’s, or S&P, or equivalent scale).
 
Our review of the securities backed by subprime and Alt-A and other included cash flow analyses of the underlying collateral, including the collectibility of amounts that would be recovered from monoline insurers. We stress test the key assumptions in these analyses to determine whether our securities would receive their contractual payments in adverse credit environments. These tests simulate the distribution of cash flows from the underlying loans to the securities that we hold considering different default rate and severity assumptions. These tests are performed on a security-by-security basis for all our securities backed by subprime and Alt-A loans. We have concluded that the assumptions required for us to not receive all of our contractual cash flows on any one security are not probable. We also considered the impact of credit rating downgrades, including downgrades subsequent to December 31, 2007. In so doing, we have noted widespread inconsistencies in how securities with similar credit characteristics are rated, and noted that the cash flow analyses we performed indicates that it is not probable that we will not receive all of our contractual cash flows. While we consider credit ratings in our analysis, we believe that our detailed security-by-security cash flow stress test provides a more consistent view of the ultimate collectibility of contractual amounts due to us since it considers the specific credit performance and credit enhancement position of each security using the same criteria.
 
Furthermore, we considered significant declines in fair value between December 31, 2007 and February 25, 2008. Based on our review, default levels and actual severity experienced were within the range of underlying assumptions included in our stress test of cash flows. Based on our cash flow analyses, our consideration of all available
 
            65 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

information, and given that we have the intent and ability to hold these securities to recovery, we determined the further declines in value did not result in the impairment being other-than-temporary.
 
As a result of our review, we have not identified any securities in our available-for-sale portfolio where we believe it is probable a contractual principal or interest loss will be incurred. Based on this review, on our ability and intent to hold our available-for-sale securities for a sufficient time to recover all unrealized losses, and on our consideration of all available information, we have concluded that the reduction in fair value of these securities is temporary. This analysis is conducted on a quarterly basis and is subject to change as new information regarding delinquencies, severities, loss timing, prepayments, and other factors becomes available.
 
Table 24 — Investments in Non-Agency Securities backed by Subprime and Alt-A and Other Loans in our Retained Portfolio
 
                                                                 
    Unpaid
          Gross
                            Current %
 
Non-agency mortgage-related
  Principal
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Collateral
    Original
    December 31, 2007
    Current
    Investment
 
securities backed by:
  Balance     Cost     Losses     Delinquency (1)     % AAA (2)     % AAA     % AAA (3)     Grade (4)  
    (in millions)                                
 
Subprime loans:
                                                               
First lien
  $ 100,297     $ 100,259     $ (8,337 )     21 %     100 %     97 %     81 %     100 %
Second lien
    1,028       1,018       (247 )     7 %     99 %     17 %     17 %     91 %
                                                                 
Total non-agency mortgage-related securities, backed by subprime loans
  $ 101,325     $ 101,277     $ (8,584 )     21 %     100 %     96 %     80 %     99 %
                                                                 
Alt-A and other loans:
                                                               
Alt-A
  $ 46,207     $ 46,340     $ (2,090 )     7 %     100 %     100 %     99 %     100 %
Other (5)
    5,106       5,116       (453 )             100 %     100 %     85 %     100 %
                                                                 
Total non-agency mortgage-related securities, backed by Alt-A and other loans
  $ 51,313     $ 51.456     $ (2,543 )             100 %     100 %     98 %     100 %
                                                                 
(1)  Determined based on loans that are 60 days or more past due that underlie the securities.
(2)  Reflects the composition of the portfolio that was AAA-rated as of the date of our acquisition of the security, based on the lowest rating available.
(3)  Reflects the AAA-rated composition of the securities as of February 25, 2008, based on the lowest rating available.
(4)  Reflects the composition of these securities with credit ratings of BBB– or above as of February 25, 2008, based on unpaid principal balance and the lowest rating available.
(5)  Includes securities backed by FHA/VA mortgages, home-equity lines of credit and other residential loans deemed to be Alt-A collateral. Credit enhancement and delinquency percentages not presented as 93% of the unpaid principal balance is covered by monoline bond insurance.
 
Non-agency Mortgage-related Securities Backed by Subprime Loans  — Participants in the mortgage market often characterize single-family loans based upon their overall credit quality at the time of origination, generally considering them to be prime or subprime. There is no universally accepted definition of subprime. The subprime segment of the mortgage market primarily serves borrowers with poorer credit payment histories and such loans typically have a mix of credit characteristics that indicate a higher likelihood of default and higher loss severities than prime loans. Such characteristics might include a combination of high LTV ratios, low credit scores or originations using lower underwriting standards such as limited or no documentation of a borrower’s income. The subprime market helps certain borrowers by broadening the availability of mortgage credit.
 
At December 31, 2007, we held investments of approximately $101 billion, respectively, of non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans. These securities benefit from significant credit enhancement, particularly through subordination from tranches in which we do not invest, and 96% of these securities were AAA-rated at December 31, 2007. The gross unrealized losses on these securities that are below AAA-rated are included in AOCI and totaled $847 million as of December 31, 2007. In addition, there were $7.7 billion of unrealized losses included in AOCI on these securities that are AAA-rated, principally as a result of decreased liquidity and larger risk premiums in the subprime market. We have received substantial monthly remittances of principal repayments on these securities, which totaled $5.7 billion from December 31, 2007 to February 25, 2008. Table 25 shows the amortized cost and the unrealized losses of non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans held at December 31, 2007 based on their rating as of December 31, 2007. Table 26 shows the percentage of the non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans held at December 31, 2007 based on their ratings as of December 31, 2007 and February 25, 2008. To construct the Tables 25 and 26, we used the lowest rating available for each security.
 
            66 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 25 — Ratings of Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by Subprime Loans at December 31, 2007
 
                                 
    Unpaid
          Gross
       
Credit Rating as of
  Principal
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Collateral
 
December 31, 2007
  Balance     Cost     Losses     Delinquency (1)  
    (in millions)        
 
Investment grade:
                               
AAA-rated
  $ 97,161     $ 97,113     $ (7,738 )     21 %
Other
    4,071       4,071       (804 )     21 %
Below investment grade
    93       93       (43 )     10 %
                                 
    $ 101,325     $ 101,277     $ (8,584 )     21 %
                                 
(1)  Determined based on loans that are 60 days or more past due that underlie the securities.
 
Table 26 — Ratings of Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by Subprime Loans at December 31, 2007 and February 25, 2008
 
                 
% of Unpaid Principal Balance
  Credit Rating as of  
at December 31, 2007
  December 31, 2007     February 25, 2008  
 
Investment Grade:
               
AAA-rated
    96 %     81 %
Other
    4 %     18 %
Below Investment Grade
          1 %
                 
      100 %     100 %
                 
 
In evaluating these securities for other-than-temporary impairment, we noted and specifically considered that the percentage of securities that were AAA-rated and the percentage that were investment grade had decreased since acquisition and had further decreased from the latest balance sheet date to the release of these financial statements. Further, we expect this trend to continue in the near future. In performing this evaluation, we considered all available information, including the ratings of the securities. Although the ratings have declined, the ratings themselves are not determinative that a loss is probable.
 
In order to determine whether securities are other-than-temporarily impaired, we perform hypothetical stress test scenarios on our investments in non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans on a security-by-security basis to assess changes in expected performance of the securities that could impact the collectability of our outstanding principal and interest. Two key factors that drive projected losses on the securities are default rates and average loss severity. In evaluating each scenario, we use numerous assumptions (in addition to the default rate and severity scenarios), including, but not limited to the timing of losses, prepayment rates, the collectability of excess interest, and interest rates that could materially impact the results.
 
The stress test scenarios are as follows: (1) 50% default rate and 50% average loss severity, (2) 50% default rate and 60% average loss severity, and (3) 60% default rate and 50% average loss severity. We believe that the stress default and severity assumptions that would indicate a potential loss are more severe than what we believe are probable based on both current delinquency and severity experience and historical data. Current collateral delinquency rates presented in Table 27 averaged 21 percent for first lien subprime loans, with ABX index average first lien severities approximating 40 percent.
 
We also perform related analyses where we use assumptions about the losses likely to result from the loans that are currently more than 60 days delinquent and then evaluate what percentage of the remaining loans (that are current or less than 60 days delinquent) would have to default to create a loss. The result of this analysis further supports our conclusions that the levels of defaults and severities necessary to create principal or interest shortfalls are not probable. This analysis is conducted on a quarterly basis and is subject to change as new information regarding delinquencies, severities, loss timing, prepayments, and other factors becomes available. These securities have not yet experienced significant cumulative losses and our credit enhancement levels continue to increase on almost all of our holdings. While it is possible that under certain conditions, defaults and loss severities on these securities could reach or even exceed the levels used for our stress test scenarios and a principal or interest loss could occur on certain individual securities, we do not believe that those conditions are probable as of December 31, 2007.
 
We disclose the estimated losses for non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by first lien subprime loans under three scenarios that provide for various constant default and loss severity rates against the outstanding underlying collateral of the securities. Table 27 provides the summary results of this analysis for our investments in non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by first lien subprime loans as of December 31, 2007. In addition to the stress tests scenarios, Table 27 also displays underlying collateral performance and credit enhancement statistics, by vintage and quartile of credit enhancement level. Within each of these quartiles, there is a distribution of both credit enhancement levels and delinquency performance, and individual security performance will differ from the cohort as a whole. Furthermore, some individual securities with lower subordination could have higher delinquencies.
 
            67 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 27 — Investments in Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by First Lien Subprime Loans
 
                                                                                 
        Underlying Collateral Performance                                      
        Unpaid
                Credit Enhancement Statistics     Stress Test Scenarios (5)
 
        Principal
    Average
          Average Credit
    Minimum
    Monoline
    (in millions)  
        Balance
    3-Month
    Collateral
    Enhancement (3)
    Current
    Coverage
    50d/50s
    50d/60s
    60d/50s
 
Acquisition Date
  Quartile   (in millions)     CPR (1)     Delinquency (2)     (w/Monoline)     Subordination (4)     (in millions) (6)     NPV     NPV     NPV  
 
2004 & Prior
    1     $ 554       22 %     19 %     41 %     16 %   $     $ 1     $ 4     $ 5  
2004 & Prior
    2       535       23 %     20 %     67 %     55 %                        
2004 & Prior
    3       656       21 %     22 %     95 %     85 %     373                    
2004 & Prior
    4       431       22 %     16 %     100 %     100 %     431                    
                                                                             
2004 & Prior subtotal
          $ 2,176       22 %     20 %     75 %     16 %   $ 804     $ 1     $ 4     $ 5  
                                                                             
2005
    1     $ 5,828       31 %     22 %     36 %     19 %   $     $     $     $ 1  
2005
    2       5,697       33 %     26 %     44 %     39 %                        
2005
    3       5,420       29 %     28 %     55 %     49 %                        
2005
    4       5,605       27 %     27 %     79 %     63 %     1,387                    
                                                                             
2005 subtotal
          $ 22,550       30 %     26 %     53 %     19 %   $ 1,387     $     $     $ 1  
                                                                             
2006
    1     $ 10,363       13 %     23 %     22 %     18 %   $     $     $     $ 25  
2006
    2       9,486       15 %     27 %     28 %     25 %                        
2006
    3       9,877       19 %     26 %     31 %     29 %                        
2006
    4       9,830       24 %     27 %     37 %     33 %                        
                                                                             
2006 subtotal
          $ 39,556       18 %     25 %     29 %     18 %   $     $     $     $ 25  
                                                                             
2007
    1     $ 9,021       10 %     15 %     22 %     19 %   $     $     $ 18     $ 68  
2007
    2       9,585       10 %     16 %     26 %     24 %                        
2007
    3       8,449       11 %     14 %     28 %     27 %                        
2007
    4       8,960       11 %     8 %     43 %     30 %     1,351                    
                                                                             
2007 subtotal
          $ 36,015       11 %     13 %     30 %     19 %   $ 1,351     $     $ 18     $ 68  
                                                                             
Total non-agency mortgage-related securities, back by first lien subprime loans
          $ 100,297       18 %     21 %     36 %     16 %   $ 3,542     $ 1     $ 22     $ 99  
                                                                             
(1)  Represents the average constant prepayment rate, which is a measure of the compound annual rate for loan prepayments expressed as a percentage of the current outstanding loan balance for each category.
(2)  Determined based on loans that are 60 days or more past due that underlie the securities.
(3)  Consists of subordination, financial guarantees (including monoline insurance coverage), and other credit enhancements.
(4)  Reflects the current credit enhancement of the lowest security in each quartile.
(5)  Reflects the present value of projected losses based on the disclosed hypothetical cumulative default and loss severity rates against the outstanding collateral balance.
(6)  Represents the amount of unpaid principal balance covered by monoline insurance coverage. This amount does not represent the maximum amount of losses we could recover, as the monoline insurance also covers interest.
 
Non-agency Mortgage-related Securities Backed by Alt-A and Other Loans — Many mortgage market participants classify single-family loans with credit characteristics that range between their prime and subprime categories as Alt-A. Although there is no universally accepted definition of Alt-A, industry participants have used this classification principally to describe loans for which the underwriting process has been streamlined in order to reduce the documentation requirements of the borrower or allow alternative documentation.
 
We invest in non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A loans in our retained portfolio. We have classified these securities as Alt-A if the securities were labeled as Alt-A when sold to us or if we believe the underlying collateral includes a significant amount of Alt-A loans. We believe that approximately $51 billion of our single-family non-agency mortgage-related securities that are not backed by subprime loans are generally backed by Alt-A mortgage loans at December 31, 2007. We have focused our purchases on credit-enhanced, senior tranches of these securities, which provide additional protection due to subordination. We had unrealized losses on these securities totaling $2.6 billion as of December 31, 2007. We estimate that the declines in fair values for most of these securities have been due to decreased liquidity and larger risk premiums in the mortgage market. We have received substantial monthly remittances of principal repayments on these securities, which totaled more than $1.4 billion from December 31, 2007 to February 25, 2008.
 
In evaluating these securities for other-than-temporary impairment, we noted and specifically considered that the percentage of securities that were AAA-rated and the percentage that were investment grade had decreased since acquisition and had further decreased from the latest balance sheet date to the release of these financial statements. Further, we expect this trend to continue in the near future. In performing this evaluation, we considered all available information, including the ratings of the securities. Although the ratings have declined, the ratings themselves are not determinative that a loss is probable.
 
In order to determine whether securities are other-than-temporarily impaired, we perform hypothetical stress test scenarios on our investments in non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A and other loans on a security-by-security basis to assess changes in expected performance of the securities that could impact the collectability of our outstanding principal and interest. Two key factors that drive projected losses on the securities
 
            68 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

are default rates and average loss severity. In evaluating each scenario, we make numerous assumptions (in addition to the default rate and severity scenarios), including, but not limited to the timing of losses, prepayment rates, the collectability of excess interest, and interest rates that could materially impact the results.
 
The stress test scenarios for these securities are as follows: (1) 20% default rate and 40% average loss severity; (2) 20% default rate and 50% average loss severity, and (3) and 30% default rate and 40% average loss severity. We believe that the stress default and severity assumptions that would indicate a potential loss are more severe than those currently implied by collateral performance and conditions and in comparison to those experienced under recent historical examples of weaker performing sectors of the market. Current collateral delinquency rates presented in Table 28 averaged 7 percent and Alt-A industry data indicate average severities of less than 40 percent.
 
We also perform a related analysis where we use assumptions about the losses likely to result from the loans that are currently more than 60 days delinquent and then evaluate what percentage of the remaining loans (that are current or less than 60 days delinquent) would have to default to create a loss. The result of this analysis further supports our conclusions that the levels of defaults and severities necessary to create principal or interest shortfalls are not probable. This analysis is conducted on a quarterly basis and is subject to change as new information regarding delinquencies, severities, loss timing, prepayments, and other factors becomes available. These securities have not yet experienced significant cumulative losses and our credit enhancement levels continue to increase on almost all of our holdings. While it is possible that under certain conditions, defaults and loss severities on these securities could reach or even exceed the levels used for our stress test scenarios and a principal or interest loss could occur on certain individual securities, we do not believe that those conditions are probable as of December 31, 2007.
 
We disclose the estimated losses for non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A loans under three scenarios that provide for various constant default and loss severity rates against the outstanding underlying collateral of the securities. Table 28 provides the summary results of this analysis for our investments in non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A loans as of December 31, 2007. In addition to the stress test scenarios, Table 28 also displays underlying collateral performance and credit enhancement statistics, by vintage and quartile of credit enhancement level. Within each of these quartiles, there is a distribution of both credit enhancement levels and delinquency performance, and individual security performance will differ from the cohort as a whole. Furthermore, some individual securities with lower subordination could have higher delinquencies.
 
            69 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 28 — Investments in Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by Alt-A Loans
 
                                                                                 
        Underlying Collateral Performance                                      
        Unpaid
                Credit Enhancement Statistics     Stress Test Scenarios (5)
 
        Principal
    Average
          Average Credit
    Minimum
    Monoline
    (in millions)  
        Balance
    3-Month
    Collateral
    Enhancement (3)
    Current
    Coverage
    20d/40s
    20d/50s
    30d/40s
 
Acquisition Date
  Quartile   (in millions)     CPR (1)     Delinquency (2)     (w/Monoline)     Subordination (4)     (in millions) (6)     NPV     NPV     NPV  
 
2004 & Prior
    1     $ 1,719       13 %     2 %     9 %     6 %   $     $ 9     $ 22     $ 47  
2004 & Prior
    2       1,741       18 %     3 %     13 %     11 %           1       2       9  
2004 & Prior
    3       1,718       26 %     6 %     17 %     14 %                        
2004 & Prior
    4       1,659       29 %     12 %     61 %     21 %     686                    
                                                                             
2004 & Prior subtotal
          $ 6,837       21 %     6 %     25 %     6 %   $ 686     $ 10     $ 24     $ 56  
                                                                             
2005
    1     $ 3,644       9 %     3 %     8 %     5 %   $     $ 55     $ 111     $ 180  
2005
    2       3,566       15 %     6 %     13 %     10 %                 2       18  
2005
    3       3,622       19 %     10 %     19 %     16 %                       1  
2005
    4       3,730       17 %     10 %     35 %     22 %     214                    
                                                                             
2005 subtotal
          $ 14,562       15 %     7 %     19 %     5 %   $ 214     $ 55     $ 113     $ 199  
                                                                             
2006
    1     $ 3,510       11 %     9 %     9 %     4 %   $     $ 23     $ 46     $ 71  
2006
    2       4,156       15 %     9 %     12 %     11 %                        
2006
    3       4,065       12 %     7 %     17 %     13 %                 4       12  
2006
    4       4,012       12 %     12 %     41 %     24 %     595                    
                                                                             
2006 subtotal
          $ 15,743       12 %     9 %     20 %     4 %   $ 595     $ 23     $ 50     $ 83  
                                                                             
2007
    1     $ 2,262       8 %     8 %     7 %     5 %   $     $ 12     $ 28     $ 45  
2007
    2       2,148       10 %     6 %     10 %     8 %                       2  
2007
    3       2,304       9 %     5 %     16 %     12 %                        
2007
    4       2,351       9 %     6 %     30 %     26 %                        
                                                                             
2007 subtotal
          $ 9,065       9 %     6 %     16 %     5 %   $     $ 12     $ 28     $ 47  
                                                                             
Total non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A loans
          $ 46,207       14 %     7 %     19 %     4 %   $ 1,495     $ 100     $ 215     $ 385  
                                                                             
(1)  Represents the average constant prepayment rate, which is a measure of the compound annual rate for loan prepayments expressed as a percentage of the current outstanding loan balance for each category.
(2)  Determined based on loans that are 60 days or more past due that underlie the securities.
(3)  Consists of subordination, financial guarantees (including monoline insurance coverage), and other credit enhancements.
(4)  Reflects the current credit enhancement of the lowest security in each quartile.
(5)  Reflects the present value of projected losses based on the disclosed hypothetical cumulative default and loss severity rates against the outstanding collateral balance.
(6)  Represents the amount of unpaid principal balance covered by monoline insurance coverage. This amount does not represent the maximum amount of losses we could recover, as the monoline insurance also covers interest.
 
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities — We perform a similar expected cash flow analysis to determine whether we will receive all of the contractual payments due to us. Virtually all of these securities are currently AAA-rated Since we generally hold these securities to maturity, our cash flow analysis have lead us to conclude that we have the ability and intent to hold to a recovery. In 2006, OFHEO required us to sell commercial mortgage backed securities with mixed use collateral. Accordingly, an impairment was recognized on these securities because we no longer had the intent to hold to a recovery.
 
  •  Obligations of states and political subdivisions.   These obligations are comprised of mortgage revenue bonds. The unrealized losses on obligations of states and political subdivisions are primarily a result of movements in interest rates. The extent and duration of the decline in fair value relative to the amortized cost have met our criteria for determining that the impairment of these securities is temporary and no other facts or circumstances existed to suggest that the decline was other-than-temporary. The issuer guarantees related to these securities have led us to conclude that any credit risk is minimal.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, we recorded impairments related to investments in securities of $365 million, $297 million and $276 million, respectively. Table 29 summarizes our impairments recorded by security type and the duration of the unrealized loss prior to impairment of less than 12 months or 12 months or greater.
 
            70 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 29 — Security Impairments Recorded by Gross Unrealized Loss Position
 
                         
    Gross Unrealized Loss Position  
    Less than 12 months     12 months or greater     Total  
    (in millions)  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2007
                       
Mortgage-related securities:
                       
Freddie Mac
  $ 17     $ 320     $ 337  
Fannie Mae
    1       12       13  
Subprime
    11             11  
Manufactured housing
    4             4  
                         
Total securities impairments
  $ 33     $ 332     $ 365  
                         
Year Ended December 31, 2006
                       
Mortgage-related securities:
                       
Freddie Mac
  $ 168     $ 13     $ 181  
Fannie Mae
    31       17       48  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    62       4       66  
Manufactured housing
    2             2  
                         
Total securities impairments
  $ 263     $ 34     $ 297  
                         
Year Ended December 31, 2005
                       
Mortgage-related securities:
                       
Freddie Mac
  $ 44     $     $ 44  
Fannie Mae
    12       4       16  
Non-agency and obligations of state and political subdivisions
    56       160       216  
                         
Total securities impairments
  $ 112     $ 164     $ 276  
                         
 
Table 30 below illustrates the gross realized gains and gross realized losses received from the sale of available-for-sale securities that were held in our retained portfolio.
 
Table 30 — Gross Realized Gains and Gross Realized Losses on Available-for-Sale Securities Held in Our Retained Portfolio
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Gross Realized Gains
                       
Retained portfolio:
                       
Mortgage-related securities:
                       
Freddie Mac
  $ 666     $ 164     $ 332  
Fannie Mae
          1       40  
Subprime
    4       1        
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    3       210       360  
Manufactured housing
    11              
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    1              
                         
Total mortgage-related securities gross realized gains
    685       376       732  
                         
Gross Realized Losses
                       
Retained portfolio:
                       
Mortgage-related securities:
                       
Freddie Mac
    (390 )     (358 )     (219 )
Fannie Mae
    (9 )     (77 )     (86 )
Alt-A and other
                (9 )
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
          (60 )     (74 )
                         
Total mortgage-related securities gross realized losses
    (399 )     (495 )     (388 )
                         
Net realized gains (losses)
  $ 286     $ (119 )   $ 344  
                         
 
We have gross realized losses in all periods presented related to sales of securities that were not impaired at the previous balance sheet date, as well as sales of securities that were previously impaired and experienced further declines in fair value. For Freddie Mac securities, these losses generally relate to our structuring activity where we do not assert the ability and intent to hold to recovery for a specific population of securities. Of the $399 million in realized losses in 2007, $390 million related to Freddie Mac securities. Of that amount, approximately $190 million related to Freddie Mac securities where we had previously asserted the ability and intent to hold to recovery. However, these losses relate to a discrete number of resecuritization transactions involving seasoned agency securities, which were in response to facts and circumstances arising after the previous balance sheet date related to our voluntary portfolio growth limit and unanticipated extraordinary market conditions. The balance of the realized losses on agency securities in 2007 and 2006 relate to resecuritization transactions where we had not previously asserted an intent and ability to hold the securities and relate to sales of other agency securities that resulted in average gross realized losses of less than 1% of the unpaid principal balance on those securities. For the securities where losses were less than 1%, the securities were often acquired subsequent to the previous balance sheet date or the securities were not in a loss position at the balance sheet date; for the remaining securities, any
 
            71 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

unrealized loss at the previous balance sheet date represented such a small decline in value that interest rate movements within a near term could easily have caused the securities to fully recover in value.
 
In addition, we recognize impairments on Freddie Mac securities accounted for under Emerging Issues Task Force 99-20, “Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets,” or EITF 99-20, when there has been both a decline in fair value and an adverse change in expected cash flows. These impairments relate primarily to interest only securities. Interest-only securities acquired in 2007 are accounted for as trading securities with all changes in fair value recognized in earnings and interest income recognized in accordance with EITF 99-20.
 
Realized losses for non-agency securities in 2006 primarily relate to securities for which we had the ability and intent to hold to recovery but were subsequently sold in response OFHEO directing us to divest of certain securities (specifically certain mixed use commercial mortgage-backed securities) that HUD had originally approved, but later determined were not authorized investments under our charter. These transactions were unusual and non-recurring in nature and therefore do not contradict our ability and intent to hold to recovery on other securities.
 
Issuers Greater than 10% of Stockholders’ Equity
 
We held Fannie Mae securities in our retained portfolio with a fair value of $47.6 billion, which represented 178% of total stockholders’ equity of $26.7 billion at December 31, 2007. In addition, we held securities issued by Citi Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-1 in our retained portfolio with a fair value of $4.0 billion, which represented 15% of total stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2007. No other individual issuer at the individual trust level exceeded 10% of total stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2007.
 
Cash and Investments
 
Table 31 provides additional detail regarding the non-mortgage-related securities in our cash and investments portfolio.
 
Table 31 — Cash and Investments
 
                                                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          Average
          Average
          Average
 
    Fair
    Maturity
    Fair
    Maturity
    Fair
    Maturity
 
    Value     (Months)     Value     (Months)     Value     (Months)  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 8,574       < 3     $ 11,359       < 3     $ 10,468       < 3  
Investments:
                                               
Available-for-sale securities:
                                               
Non-mortgage-related securities:
                                               
Commercial paper
    18,513       < 3       11,191       < 3       5,764       < 3  
Asset-backed securities (1)
    16,588       N/A       32,122       N/A       30,578       N/A  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions (1)
          N/A       2,273       363       5,823       282  
                                                 
Total available-for-sale non-mortgage-related securities (2)
    35,101               45,586               42,165          
                                                 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
    6,400       < 3       3,250       < 3       5,250       < 3  
Federal funds sold and Eurodollars
    162       < 3       19,778       < 3       9,909       < 3  
                                                 
Subtotal
    6,562               23,028               15,159          
                                                 
Total investments
    41,663               68,614               57,324          
                                                 
Total cash and investments per consolidated balance sheets
  $ 50,237             $ 79,973             $ 67,792          
                                                 
(1)  Consist primarily of securities that can be prepaid prior to their contractual maturity without penalty.
(2)  Credit ratings for most securities are designated by no fewer than two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, all of our available-for-sale non-mortgage-related securities were rated A or better.
 
During 2007, we reduced the balance of our cash and investments portfolio in order to take advantage of investment opportunities in mortgage-related securities as OAS widened. In addition, effective in December 2007 we established securitization trusts for the underlying assets of our PCs and Structured Securities. Consequently, we hold remittances in a segregated account and do not commingle those funds with our general operating funds. The cash owned by the trusts is not reflected in our cash and investment balances on our consolidated balance sheets.
 
During 2006, we made a decision to maintain higher levels of liquid investments to ensure that we could appropriately service our outstanding debt and PCs and Structured Securities while operating under the Federal Reserve Board’s intraday overdraft policy, which was revised effective July 2006. The revised policy restricts the GSEs, among others, from maintaining intraday overdraft positions at the Federal Reserve.
 
            72 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Derivative Assets and Liabilities, Net
 
See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Income (Loss) — Derivative Gains (Losses) ” for a description of gains (losses) on our derivative positions. Table 32 summarizes the notional or contractual amounts and related fair value of our total derivative portfolio by product type.
 
Table 32 — Total Derivative Portfolio
 
                                 
    December 31,  
                Adjusted  
    2007     2006  
    Notional or
          Notional or
       
    Contractual
          Contractual
       
    Amount (1)     Fair Value (2)     Amount (1)     Fair Value (2)  
    (in millions)  
 
Interest-rate swaps:
                               
Receive-fixed
  $ 301,649     $ 3,648     $ 222,631     $ (334 )
Pay-fixed
    409,682       (11,492 )     217,565       (1,352 )
Basis (floating to floating)
    498             683        
                                 
Total interest-rate swaps
    711,829       (7,844 )     440,879       (1,686 )
                                 
Option-based:
                               
Call swaptions
                               
Purchased
    259,272       7,134       194,200       4,034  
Written
    1,900       (27 )            
Put swaptions
                               
Purchased
    18,725       631       29,725       958  
Written
    2,650       (74 )            
Other option-based derivatives (3)
    30,486       (23 )     28,097       (15 )
                                 
Total option-based
    313,033       7,641       252,022       4,977  
                                 
Futures
    196,270       92       22,400       28  
Foreign-currency swaps
    20,118       4,568       29,234       4,399  
                                 
Subtotal
    1,241,250       4,457       744,535       7,718  
Forward purchase and sale commitments
    72,662       327       10,012       6  
Credit derivatives
    7,667       10       2,605       (1 )
Swap guarantee derivatives
    1,302       (4 )     957       (3 )
                                 
Total derivative portfolio
  $ 1,322,881     $ 4,790     $ 758,109     $ 7,720  
                                 
(1)  Notional or contractual amounts are used to calculate the periodic amounts to be received and paid and generally do not represent actual amounts to be exchanged or directly reflect our exposure to institutional credit risk. Notional or contractual amounts are not recorded as assets or liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.
(2)  The value of derivatives on our consolidated balance sheets is reported as derivative asset, net and derivative liability, net, and includes net derivative interest receivable or payable and cash collateral held or posted. Fair value excludes net derivative interest receivable of $1.7 billion and net derivative collateral held of $6.2 billion at December 31, 2007. Fair value excludes net derivative interest receivable of $2.3 billion, and net derivative collateral held of $9.5 billion at December 31, 2006. The fair values for futures are directly derived from quoted market prices. Fair values of other derivatives are derived primarily from valuation models using market data inputs.
(3)  Primarily represents written options, including guarantees of stated final maturity of issued Structured Securities and written call options on PCs we issued.
 
On October 1, 2007, we adopted FSP FIN 39-1. The position amends FASB Interpretation No. 39, “ Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts, an interpretation of APB Opinion No. 10 and FASB Statement No. 105 ,” and permits a reporting entity to offset fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral or the obligation to return cash collateral against fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement. Our adoption resulted in a decrease to total assets and total liabilities of $8.7 billion. We elected to reclassify net derivative interest receivable or payable and cash collateral held or posted on our consolidated balance sheets to derivative asset, net and derivative liability, net. Prior to adoption, these amounts were recorded in accounts and other receivables, net, accrued interest payable, other assets and senior debt: due within one year, as applicable. FSP FIN 39-1 requires retrospective application and certain amounts in prior periods’ consolidated balance sheets have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Derivatives” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information about our derivatives.
 
The composition of our derivative portfolio will change from period to period as a result of derivative purchases, terminations or assignments prior to contractual maturity and expiration of the derivatives at their contractual maturity. We record changes in fair values of our derivatives in current income or, to the extent our accounting hedge relationships are effective, we defer those changes in AOCI or offset them with basis adjustments to the related hedged item.
 
As interest rates fluctuate, we use derivatives to adjust the contractual funding of our debt in response to changes in the expected lives of mortgage-related assets in our retained portfolio. Notional or contractual amount increased year-over-year as we responded to the changing interest rate environment. It is often operationally more efficient to enter new derivative positions even though the same economic result can be achieved by terminating existing positions.
 
The fair value of the total derivative portfolio decreased in 2007 due to net interest rate decreases across the yield curve that negatively impacted the fair value of our interest-rate swap portfolio. These fair values losses were partially offset by
 
            73 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

fair value increases on our purchased call swaption derivative portfolio that resulted from a net increase in implied volatility and net interest rate decreases.
 
As interest rates decreased, the fair value of our pay-fixed swap portfolio decreased by $10.1 billion in 2007. This was partially offset by increases in the fair value of our receive-fixed swap portfolio of approximately $4.0 billion and our purchased call swaption portfolio of $3.1 billion. In 2007, we added to our portfolio of purchased call swaptions to manage convexity risk associated with the prepayment option in a decreasing interest rate environment. The notional amount of our pay-fixed swap portfolio increased because we enter into forward-starting pay-fixed swaps to mitigate the duration risk created when we enter into purchased call swaptions and to manage steepening yield curve effects on mortgage duration.
 
Table 33 summarizes the changes in derivative fair values.
 
Table 33 — Changes in Derivative Fair Values
 
                 
          Adjusted  
    2007 (1)     2006 (1)  
    (in millions)  
 
Beginning balance, at January 1 — Net asset (liability)
  $ 7,720     $ 6,517  
Net change in:
               
Forward purchase and sale commitments
    321       40  
Credit derivatives
    11        
Swap guarantee derivatives
    (1 )     (1 )
Other derivatives: (2)
               
Changes in fair value
    (2,688 )     2,008  
Fair value of new contracts entered into during the period (3)
    1,146       2,577  
Contracts realized or otherwise settled during the period
    (1,719 )     (3,421 )
                 
Ending balance, at December 31 — Net asset (liability)
  $ 4,790     $ 7,720  
                 
(1)  The value of derivatives on our consolidated balance sheets is reported as derivative asset, net and derivative liability, net, and includes net derivative interest receivable or payable and cash collateral held or posted. Fair value excludes net derivative interest receivable of $1.7 billion and net derivative collateral held of $6.2 billion at December 31, 2007. Fair value excludes net derivative interest receivable of $2.3 billion and net derivative collateral held of $9.5 billion at December 31, 2006. Fair value excludes net derivative interest receivable of $1.8 billion and net derivative collateral held of $8.5 billion at January 1, 2006.
(2)  Includes fair value changes for interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives, futures, foreign-currency swaps and interest-rate caps.
(3)  Consists primarily of cash premiums paid or received on options.
 
Table 34 provides information on our outstanding written and purchased swaption and option premiums at December 31, 2007 and 2006, based on the original premium receipts or payments. We use written options primarily to mitigate convexity risk and reduce our overall hedging costs. See “ANNUAL MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks — Sources of Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks — Duration Risk and Convexity Risk ” for further discussion related to convexity risk.
 
Table 34 — Outstanding Written and Purchased Swaption and Option Premiums
 
                 
    Original Premium
  Original Weighted
   
    Amount (Paid)
  Average Life to
  Remaining Weighted
    Received   Expiration   Average Life
    (dollars in millions)
 
Purchased: (1)
               
At December 31, 2007
  $ (5,478 )   7.8 years   6.0 years
At December 31, 2006
  $ (5,316 )   7.5 years   6.1 years
                 
Written: (2)
               
At December 31, 2007
  $ 87     3.0 years   2.6 years
At December 31, 2006
  $ 21     0.2 years   0.1 years
(1)  Purchased options exclude callable swaps.
(2)  Excludes written options on guarantees of stated final maturity of Structured Securities.
 
Table 35 shows the fair value for each derivative type and the maturity profile of our derivative positions. A positive fair value in Table 35 for each derivative type is the estimated amount, prior to netting by counterparty, that we would be entitled to receive if we terminated the derivatives of that type. A negative fair value for a derivative type is the estimated amount, prior to netting by counterparty, that we would owe if we terminated the derivatives of that type. See “Table 51 — Derivative Counterparty Credit Exposure” under “ANNUAL MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks” for additional information regarding derivative counterparty credit exposure. Table 35 also provides the weighted average fixed rate of our pay-fixed and receive-fixed swaps.
 
            74 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 35 — Derivative Fair Values and Maturities
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2007  
                Fair Value (1)  
    Notional or
    Total Fair
    Less than
    1 to 3
    Greater than 3
    In Excess
 
    Contractual Amount     Value (2)     1 Year     Years     and up to 5 Years     of 5 Years  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Interest-rate swaps:
                                               
Receive-fixed:
                                               
Swaps
  $ 282,504     $ 3,266     $ 27     $ 1,557     $ 785     $ 897  
Weighted-average fixed rate (3)
                    4.61 %     4.46 %     4.54 %     5.47 %
Forward-starting swaps (4)
    19,145       382             5       19       358  
Weighted-average fixed rate (3)
                          4.78 %     5.02 %     5.34 %
                                                 
Total receive-fixed
    301,649       3,648       27       1,562       804       1,255  
                                                 
Basis (floating to floating)
    498                                
Pay-fixed:
                                               
Swaps
    322,316       (8,517 )     (92 )     (2,216 )     (1,849 )     (4,360 )
Weighted-average fixed rate (3)
                    5.10 %     4.77 %     4.92 %     5.15 %
Forward-starting swaps (4)
    87,366       (2,975 )                 (4 )     (2,971 )
Weighted-average fixed rate (3)
                                5.25 %     5.66 %
                                                 
Total pay-fixed
    409,682       (11,492 )     (92 )     (2,216 )     (1,853 )     (7,331 )
                                                 
Total interest-rate swaps
    711,829       (7,844 )     (65 )     (654 )     (1,049 )     (6,076 )
                                                 
Option-based:
                                               
Call swaptions
                                               
Purchased
    259,272       7,134       406       1,533       1,940       3,255  
Written
    1,900       (27 )                 (27 )      
Put swaptions
                                               
Purchased
    18,725       631       31       68       61       471  
Written
    2,650       (74 )     (4 )     (49 )     (21 )      
Other option-based derivatives (5)
    30,486       (23 )                 (1 )     (22 )
                                                 
Total option-based
    313,033       7,641       433       1,552       1,952       3,704  
                                                 
Futures
    196,270       92       93       (1 )            
Foreign-currency swaps
    20,118       4,568       1,173       2,047       544       804  
Forward purchase and sale commitments
    72,662       327       327                    
Swap guarantee derivatives
    1,302       (4 )                       (4 )
                                                 
Subtotal
    1,315,214       4,780     $ 1,961     $ 2,944     $ 1,447     $ (1,572 )
                                                 
Credit derivatives
    7,667       10                                  
                                                 
Total
  $ 1,322,881     $ 4,790                                  
                                                 
(1)  Fair value is categorized based on the period from December 31, 2007 until the contractual maturity of the derivative.
(2)  The value of derivatives on our consolidated balance sheets is reported as derivative asset, net and derivative liability, net, and includes net derivative interest receivable or payable and cash collateral held or posted. Fair value excludes net derivative interest receivable of $1.7 billion and net derivative collateral held of $6.2 billion at December 31, 2007.
(3)  Represents the notional weighted average rate for the fixed leg of the swaps.
(4)  Represents interest-rate swap agreements that are scheduled to begin on future dates ranging from less than one year to ten years.
(5)  Primarily represents written options, including guarantees of stated final maturity of issued Structured Securities and written call options on PCs we issued.
 
Guarantee Asset
 
Table 36 summarizes changes in the guarantee asset balance.
 
Table 36 — Changes in Guarantee Asset
 
                 
    December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 7,389     $ 6,264  
Additions, net
    3,686       2,103  
                 
Return of investment on guarantee asset
    (1,739 )     (1,293 )
Change in fair value of future management and guarantee fees
    255       315  
                 
Gains (losses) on guarantee asset
    (1,484 )     (978 )
                 
Ending balance
  $ 9,591     $ 7,389  
                 
 
The increase in additions, net, in 2007, as compared to 2006, is due to an increase in our management and guarantee fee rates for both adjustable rate and fixed-rate products, and to a lesser extent, the increase in our issuance volume in 2007.
 
The losses on guarantee assets in 2007 increased as compared to 2006. This increase is due to the return of investment associated with a higher guarantee asset balance. Gains on fair value of management and guarantee fees in 2007 resulted from an increase in interest rates during the second quarter. The increase in gains on fair value of management and guarantee fees in 2006 was due to an increase in interest rates throughout the year. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED
 
            75 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Income (Loss) — Gains (Losses) on Guarantee Asset ” for further discussion of gains (losses) on our guarantee asset.
 
Total Debt Securities, Net
 
Table 37 reconciles the par value of our debt securities to the amounts shown on our audited consolidated balance sheets. See “ANNUAL MD&A — LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES” for further discussion of our debt management activities.
 
Table 37 — Reconciliation of the Par Value of Total Debt Securities to Our Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Total debt securities:
               
Par value (1)
  $ 775,847     $ 778,418  
Unamortized balance of discounts and premiums (2)
    (43,540 )     (41,814 )
Foreign-currency-related and hedging-related basis adjustments (3)
    6,250       7,737  
                 
Total debt securities, net
  $ 738,557     $ 744,341  
                 
(1)  Includes securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased.
(2)  Primarily represents unamortized discounts on zero-coupon debt securities.
(3)  Primarily represent deferrals related to the translation gain (loss) on foreign-currency denominated debt that was in hedge accounting relationships.
 
            76 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 38 summarizes our senior debt, due within one year.
 
Table 38 — Senior Debt, Due Within One Year
 
                                         
    2007  
                Average Outstanding
       
    December 31,     During the Year     Maximum
 
          Weighted
          Weighted
    Balance, Net
 
          Average
          Average
    Outstanding at Any
 
    Balance, Net (1)     Effective Rate (2)     Balance, Net (3)     Effective Rate (4)     Month End  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Reference Bills ® securities and discount notes
  $ 196,426       4.52 %   $ 158,467       5.02 %   $ 196,426  
Medium-term notes
    1,175       4.36       4,496       5.27       8,907  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased
                112       5.42       804  
                                         
Short-term debt securities
    197,601       4.52                          
Current portion of long-term debt
    98,320       4.44                          
                                         
Senior debt, due within one year
  $ 295,921       4.49                          
                                         
 
                                         
    2006  
                Average Outstanding
       
    December 31,     During the Year     Maximum
 
          Weighted
          Weighted
    Balance, Net
 
          Average
          Average
    Outstanding at Any
 
    Balance, Net (1)     Effective Rate (2)     Balance, Net (3)     Effective Rate (4)     Month End  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Reference Bills ® securities and discount notes
  $ 157,553       5.14 %   $ 165,270       4.76 %   $ 182,946  
Medium-term notes
    9,832       5.16       4,850       4.82       9,832  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased
                81       5.48       2,200  
                                         
Short-term debt securities
    167,385       5.14                          
Current portion of long-term debt
    117,879       4.10                          
                                         
Senior debt, due within one year
  $ 285,264       4.71                          
                                         
 
                                         
    2005  
                Average Outstanding
       
    December 31,     During the Year     Maximum
 
          Weighted
          Weighted
    Balance, Net
 
          Average
          Average
    Outstanding at Any
 
    Balance, Net (1)     Effective Rate (2)     Balance, Net (3)     Effective Rate (4)     Month End  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Reference Bills ® securities and discount notes
  $ 181,468       4.00 %   $ 181,878       3.11 %   $ 194,578  
Medium-term notes
    2,032       4.17       850       3.35       2,032  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased
    450       4.25       267       3.08       1,000  
Hedging-related basis adjustments
    (5 )     N/A                          
                                         
Short-term debt securities
    183,945       4.00                          
Current portion of long-term debt
    95,819       3.42                          
                                         
Senior debt, due within one year
  $ 279,764       3.80                          
                                         
(1)  Represents par value, net of associated discounts, premiums and foreign-currency-related basis adjustments.
(2)  Represents the approximate weighted average effective rate for each instrument outstanding at the end of the period, which includes the amortization of discounts or premiums and issuance costs, but excludes the amortization of hedging-related basis adjustments.
(3)  Represents par value, net of associated discounts, premiums and issuance costs. Issuance costs are reported in the other assets caption on our consolidated balance sheets.
(4)  Represents the approximate weighted average effective rate during the period, which includes the amortization of discounts or premiums and issuance costs, but excludes the amortization of foreign-currency-related basis adjustments.
 
Guarantee Obligation
 
Our guarantee obligation is comprised of the unamortized balance of our contractual obligation on the performance of our PCs and Structured Securities and the unamortized balance of deferred guarantee income. Table 39 summarizes the
 
            77 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

changes in our guarantee obligation balances for 2007 and 2006, as well as the balances of the components of our guarantee obligation at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
 
Table 39 — Changes in Guarantee Obligation
 
                 
    December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 9,482     $ 7,907  
Transfer-out to the loan loss reserve (1)
    (7 )     (7 )
Additions, net:
               
Fair value of performance and other related costs of newly-issued guarantees
    5,241       2,097  
Deferred guarantee income of newly-issued guarantees
    901       1,004  
Amortization income:
               
Performance and other related costs
    (1,146 )     (804 )
Deferred guarantee income
    (759 )     (715 )
                 
Income on guarantee obligation
    (1,905 )     (1,519 )
                 
Ending balance
  $ 13,712     $ 9,482  
                 
Components of the guarantee obligation, at period end:
               
Unamortized balance of performance and other related costs
  $ 9,930     $ 5,841  
Unamortized balance of deferred guarantee income
    3,782       3,641  
                 
Ending balance
  $ 13,712     $ 9,482  
                 
(1)  Represents portions of the guarantee obligation that correspond to incurred credit losses reclassified to reserve for guarantee losses on PCs.
 
The primary drivers affecting our guarantee obligation balances are our credit guarantee business volumes, fair values of performance obligations on new guarantees and expected profitability of new guarantee business at origination. Additions related to the performance obligations of our newly-issued PCs and Structured Securities increased in 2007, as compared to 2006, due to widening credit spreads of both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate products and higher volume of credit guarantee business. We issued $471 billion and $360 billion of our PCs and Structured Securities in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Deferred guarantee income related to newly-issued guarantees declined in 2007, as compared to 2006, due to a decrease in profitability expected on guarantees issued in 2007.
 
The increase in amortization income attributable to the performance and other related costs is primarily due to an increase in the guarantee obligation caused by higher expected default costs on newly-issued guarantees as well as a higher volume of credit guarantee business. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Income (Loss) — Income on Guarantee Obligation ” for additional discussion related to our guarantee obligation.
 
Total Stockholders’ Equity
 
Total stockholders’ equity decreased $0.2 billion during 2007. This decrease was primarily a result of a net loss of $3.1 billion, a $2.7 billion net increase in the AOCI loss, the repurchase of $1.0 billion of common stock and $1.6 billion of common and preferred stock dividends declared. These reductions were partially offset by a net increase of $8.0 billion in non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock. We issued $8.6 billion of non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock, consisting of $1.5 billion in connection with the planned replacement of common stock with an equal amount of preferred stock and $600 million to replace higher-cost preferred stock that we redeemed and additional issuances of $6.5 billion in the aggregate to bolster our capital base and for general corporate purposes. See “ANNUAL MD&A — LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES — Capital Resources — Core Capital” for additional information.
 
The balance of AOCI at December 31, 2007 was a net loss of approximately $11.1 billion, net of taxes, compared to a net loss of $8.5 billion, net of taxes, at December 31, 2006. The increase in the net loss in AOCI was primarily attributable to unrealized losses on our single-family non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans and Alt-A loans with net unrealized losses, net of taxes, recorded in AOCI of $5.6 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2007. The increase in the net loss in AOCI was partially offset by an increase in the value of available-for-sale securities as medium- and long-term rates declined since December 31, 2006 and the reclassification to earnings of deferred losses related to closed cash flow hedge relationships. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Mortgage Credit Risk” for more information regarding mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans and Alt-A loans.
 
CONSOLIDATED FAIR VALUE BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS
 
Our consolidated fair value balance sheets include the estimated fair values of financial instruments recorded on our consolidated balance sheets prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as off-balance sheet financial instruments that represent our assets or liabilities that are not recorded on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets. See “NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES — Table 16.1 — Consolidated Fair Value Balance Sheets” to our audited consolidated financial statements for our fair value balance sheets.
 
            78 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

These off-balance sheet items predominantly consist of: (a) the unrecognized guarantee asset and guarantee obligation associated with our PCs issued through our guarantor swap program prior to the implementation of FIN 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34,” (b) certain commitments to purchase mortgage loans and (c) certain credit enhancements on manufactured housing asset-backed securities. The fair value balance sheets also include certain assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments (such as property and equipment and real estate owned, which are included in other assets) at their carrying value in accordance with GAAP. During 2007 and 2006, our fair value results were impacted by several improvements in our approach for estimating the fair value of certain financial instruments. See “ANNUAL MD&A — OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS” and “ANNUAL MD&A — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES” as well as “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” and “NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information on fair values.
 
In conjunction with the preparation of our consolidated fair value balance sheets, we use a number of financial models. See “ANNUAL MD&A — OPERATIONAL RISKS” and “ANNUAL MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks” for information concerning the risks associated with these models.
 
Key Components of Changes in Fair Value of Net Assets
 
Our attribution of changes in the fair value of net assets relies on models, assumptions, and other measurement techniques that will evolve over time. Changes in the fair value of net assets from period to period result from returns (measured on a fair value basis) and capital transactions and are primarily attributable to changes in a number of key components:
 
Core Spread Income
 
Core spread income on our retained portfolio is a fair value estimate of the net current period accrual of income from the spread between mortgage-related investments and debt, calculated on an option-adjusted basis. OAS is an estimate of the yield spread between a given financial instrument and a benchmark (LIBOR, agency or Treasury) yield curve, after consideration of potential variability in the instrument’s cash flows resulting from any options embedded in the instrument, such as prepayment options.
 
Changes in Mortgage-To-Debt OAS
 
The fair value of our net assets can be significantly affected from period to period by changes in the net OAS between the mortgage and agency debt sectors. The fair value impact of changes in OAS for a given period represents an estimate of the net unrealized increase or decrease in fair value of net assets arising from net fluctuations in OAS during that period. We do not attempt to hedge or actively manage the basis risk represented by the impact of changes in mortgage-to-debt OAS because we generally hold a substantial portion of our mortgage assets for the long term and we do not believe that periodic increases or decreases in the fair value of net assets arising from fluctuations in OAS will significantly affect the long-term value of our retained portfolio. Our estimate of the effect of changes in OAS excludes the impact of other market risk factors we actively manage, or economically hedge, to keep interest-rate risk exposure within prescribed limits.
 
Asset-Liability Management Return
 
Asset-liability management return represents the estimated net increase or decrease in the fair value of net assets resulting from net exposures related to the market risks we actively manage. We do not hedge all of the interest-rate risk that exists at the time a mortgage is purchased or that arises over its life. The market risks to which we are exposed as a result of our retained portfolio activities that we actively manage include duration and convexity risks, yield curve risk and volatility risk. We seek to manage these risk exposures within prescribed limits as part of our overall portfolio management strategy. Taking these risk positions and managing them within prudent limits is an integral part of our strategy to optimize the risk/return profile of our investment activity and generate fair value growth. We expect that the net exposures related to market risks we actively manage will generate fair value returns that contribute to meeting our long-term growth objectives, although those positions may result in a net increase or decrease in fair value for a given period. See “ANNUAL MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks” for more information.
 
Core Management and Guarantee Fees, Net
 
Core management and guarantee fees, net represents a fair value estimate of the annual income of the credit guarantee portfolio, based on current portfolio characteristics and market conditions. This estimate considers both contractual management and guarantee fees collected over the life of the credit guarantee portfolio and credit-related delivery fees collected up-front when pools are formed, and associated costs and obligations, which include default costs.
 
            79 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Change in the Fair Value of the Credit Guarantee Portfolio
 
Change in the fair value of the credit guarantee portfolio represents the estimated impact on the fair value of the credit guarantee business resulting from additions to the portfolio (net difference between the fair values of the guarantee asset and guarantee obligation recorded when pools are formed) plus the effect of changes in interest rates, projections of the future credit outlook and other market factors ( e.g. , impact of the passage of time on cash flow discounting).
 
We generally do not hedge changes in the fair value of our existing credit guarantee portfolio, with two exceptions discussed below. While periodic changes in the fair value of the credit guarantee portfolio may have a significant impact on the fair value of net assets, we believe that changes in the fair value of our existing credit guarantee portfolio are not the best indication of long-term fair value expectations because such changes do not reflect our expectation that, over time, replacement business will largely replenish management and guarantee fee income lost because of prepayments. However, to the extent that projections of the future credit outlook are realized our fair value results may be affected.
 
We hedge interest-rate exposure related to net buy-ups (up-front payments we made that increase the management and guarantee fee that we will receive over the life of the pool) and float (expected gains or losses resulting from our mortgage security program remittance cycles). These value changes are excluded from our estimate of the changes in fair value of the credit guarantee portfolio, so that it reflects only the impact of changes in interest rates and other market factors on the unhedged portion of the projected cash flows from the credit guarantee business. The fair value changes associated with net buy-ups and float are considered in asset-liability management return (described above) because they relate to hedged positions.
 
Fee Income
 
Fee income includes miscellaneous fees, such as resecuritization fees, fees generated by our automated underwriting service and delivery fees on some mortgage purchases.
 
Discussion of Fair Value Results
 
In 2007, the fair value of net assets attributable to common stockholders, before capital transactions, decreased by $23.6 billion compared to a $2.5 billion increase in 2006. The payment of common dividends and the repurchase of common shares, net of reissuance of treasury stock, reduced total fair value by $2.1 billion in 2007. The fair value of net assets attributable to common stockholders as of December 31, 2007 was $0.3 billion, compared to $26.0 billion as of December 31, 2006.
 
Table 40 summarizes the change in the fair value of net assets attributable to common stockholders for 2007 and 2006.
 
Table 40 — Summary of Change in the Fair Value of Net Assets Attributable to Common Stockholders
 
                 
    2007     2006  
    (in billions)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 26.0     $ 26.8  
Changes in fair value of net assets attributable to common stockholders, before capital transactions
    (23.6 )     2.5  
Capital transactions:
               
Common dividends, common share repurchases and issuances, net
    (2.1 )     (3.3 )
                 
Ending balance
  $ 0.3     $ 26.0  
                 
 
Estimated Impact of Changes in Mortgage-To-Debt OAS on Fair Value Results
 
For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, we estimate that on a pre-tax basis the changes in the fair value of net assets attributable to common stockholders, before capital transactions, included decreases of approximately $23.8 billion and $0.9 billion, respectively, due to a net widening of mortgage-to-debt OAS.
 
We believe disclosing the estimated impact of changes in mortgage-to-debt OAS on the fair value of net assets is helpful to understanding our current period fair value results in the context of our long-term fair value return objective. Due to the significant challenges that exist in the current market, we will not, in the near-term, achieve our objective of long-term returns, before capital transactions, on the average fair value of net assets attributable to common stockholders in the low-to mid-teens. Given the current level of uncertainty in the residential mortgage credit market, volatility in interest rates and our current capital constraints, we will not achieve our long-term objective until market conditions improve.
 
How We Estimate the Impact of Changes in Mortgage-To-Debt OAS on Fair Value Results
 
The impact of changes in OAS on fair value should be understood as an estimate rather than a precise measurement. To estimate the impact of OAS changes, we use models that involve the forecast of interest rates and prepayment behavior and other inputs. We also make assumptions about a variety of factors, including macroeconomic and security-specific data, interest-rate paths, cash flows and prepayment rates. We use these models and assumptions in running our business, and we rely on many of the models in producing our financial statements and measuring, managing and reporting interest-rate and other market risks. The use of different estimation methods or the application of different assumptions could result in a materially different estimate of OAS impact.
 
            80 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

An integral part of this framework includes the attribution of fair value changes to assess the performance of our investment activities. On a daily basis, all interest rate sensitive assets, liabilities and derivatives are modeled using our proprietary prepayment and interest rate models. Management uses interest-rate risk statistics generated from this process, along with daily market movements, coupon accruals and price changes, to estimate and attribute returns into various risk factors commonly used in the fixed income industry to quantify and understand sources of fair value return. One important risk factor is the change in fair value due to changes in mortgage-to-debt OAS.
 
Understanding Our Estimate of the Impact of Changes in Mortgage-To-Debt OAS on Fair Value Results
 
A number of important qualifications apply to our disclosed estimates. The estimated impact of the change in option-adjusted spreads on the fair value of our net assets in any given period does not depend on other components of the change in fair value. Although the fair values of our financial instruments will generally move toward their par values as the instruments approach maturity, investors should not expect that the effect of past changes in OAS will necessarily reverse through future changes in OAS. To the extent that actual prepayment or interest rate distributions differ from the forecasts contemplated in our models, changes in values reflected in mortgage-to-debt OAS may not be recovered in fair value returns at a later date.
 
When the OAS on a given asset widens, the fair value of that asset will typically decline, all other things being equal. However, we believe such OAS widening has the effect of increasing the likelihood that, in future periods, we will recognize income at a higher spread on this existing asset. The reverse is true when the OAS on a given asset tightens — current period fair values for that asset typically increase due to the tightening in OAS, while future income recognized on the asset is more likely to be earned at a reduced spread. Although a widening of OAS is generally accompanied by lower current period fair values, it can also provide us with greater opportunity to purchase new assets for our retained portfolio at the wider mortgage-to-debt OAS.
 
For these reasons, our estimate of the impact of the change in OAS provides information regarding one component of the change in fair value for the particular period being evaluated. However, results for a single period should not be used to extrapolate long-term fair value returns. We believe the potential fair value return of our business over the long term depends primarily on our ability to add new assets at attractive mortgage-to-debt OAS and to effectively manage over time the risks associated with these assets, as well as the risks of our existing portfolio. In other words, to capture the fair value returns we expect, we have to apply accurate estimates of future prepayment rates and other performance characteristics at the time we purchase assets, and then manage successfully the range of market risks associated with a debt-funded mortgage portfolio over the life of these assets.
 
Estimated Impact of Credit Guarantee on Fair Value Results
 
Our credit guarantee activities, including multifamily and single-family whole loan credit exposure, decreased pre-tax fair value by an estimated $18.5 billion in 2007. This estimate includes an increase in the single-family guarantee obligation of approximately $22.2 billion, primarily attributable to the market’s pricing of mortgage credit. Wider credit spreads on CMBS and whole loans also negatively impacted our multifamily guarantee obligation. These increases were partially offset by a fair value increase in the single-family guarantee asset of approximately $2.1 billion and cash receipts related to management and guarantee fees and other up-front fees.
 
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
Liquidity
 
Our business activities require that we maintain adequate liquidity to make payments upon the maturity, redemption or repurchase of our debt securities; purchase mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and other investments; make payments of principal and interest on our debt securities and on our PCs and Structured Securities; make net payments on derivative instruments; fund our general operations; and pay dividends on and repurchase our preferred and common stock.
 
We fund our cash requirements primarily by issuing short-term and long-term debt. Other sources of cash include:
 
  •  receipts of principal and interest payments on securities or mortgage loans we hold;
 
  •  sales of securities we hold;
 
  •  borrowings against mortgage-related securities and other investment securities we hold;
 
  •  other cash flows from operating activities, including guarantee activities; and
 
  •  issuances of common and preferred stock.
 
We measure our cash position on a daily basis, netting uses of cash with sources of cash. We manage the net cash position over a rolling forecasted 120-day period, with the goal of providing the amount of debt funding needed to cover expected net cash outflows without adversely affecting our overall funding levels. We maintain alternative sources of liquidity to allow normal operations for 120 days without relying upon the issuance of unsecured debt consistent with industry practices of sound liquidity management. The alternative sources of liquidity on which we rely for this purpose
 
            81 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

include primarily sales from our cash and investments portfolio and our ability to borrow against mortgage-related securities and other investment securities in our retained portfolio through repurchase transactions. A large majority of the assets held in our retained portfolio are currently unencumbered, so that the entire portfolio is potentially available for repurchase transactions if needed for short-term liquidity. Our internal liquidity management policy also requires us to hold non-Freddie Mac, floating rate, AAA-rated securities in an amount at least equal to the amount of our outstanding discount notes, and to maintain a portfolio of liquid, marketable, non-mortgage-related securities in an amount at least equal to the greater of $20 billion or our projected maximum cash liquidity needs over a rolling 10 business day period. These securities may be utilized as a source of liquidity through either sales or repurchase transactions. We monitor our compliance with the required levels on a daily basis, and periodically conduct tests of our ability to implement our liquidity plans in response to hypothetical liquidity events. Our daily liquidity management and monitoring activities are consistent with the liquidity component of our commitment with OFHEO to maintain alternative sources of liquidity to allow normal operations for 90 days without relying upon issuance of unsecured debt. See “ANNUAL MD&A — RISK MANAGEMENT AND DISCLOSURE COMMITMENTS” for further information.
 
Effective December 2007, we established securitization trusts for the underlying assets of our PCs and Structured Securities. Consequently, we hold remittances in a segregated account and do not commingle those funds with our general operating funds. We now receive trust management income, which represents the fees we earn as master servicer, issuer and trustee for our PCs and Structured Securities. These fees are derived from interest earned on principal and interest cash flows between the time remitted to the trust by servicers and the date of distribution to our PC and Structured Securities holders.
 
Effective in July 2006, the Federal Reserve Board revised its payments system risk policy to restrict or eliminate daylight overdrafts by GSEs in connection with their use of the Fedwire system. The revised policy also includes a requirement that the GSEs fully fund their accounts in the system to the extent necessary to cover payments on their debt and mortgage-related securities each day, before the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, acting as fiscal agent for the GSEs, will initiate such payments. We have taken actions to fully fund our account as necessary, such as opening lines of credit with third parties. Certain of these lines of credit require that we post collateral that, in certain limited circumstances, the secured party has the right to repledge to other third parties, including the Federal Reserve Bank. As of December 31, 2007, we pledged approximately $16.8 billion of securities to these secured parties. These lines of credit, which provide additional intraday liquidity to fund our activities through the Fedwire system, are uncommitted intraday loan facilities. As a result, while we expect to continue to use these facilities, we may not be able to draw on them if and when needed. See “NOTE 4: RETAINED PORTFOLIO AND CASH AND INVESTMENTS PORTFOLIO” to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information.
 
To fund our business activities, we depend on the continuing willingness of investors to purchase our debt securities. Any change in applicable legislative or regulatory exemptions, including those described in “BUSINESS — Regulation and Supervision,” could adversely affect our access to some debt investors, thereby potentially increasing our debt funding costs. However, because of our financial performance and our regular and significant participation as an issuer in the capital markets, our sources of liquidity have remained adequate to meet our needs and we anticipate that they will continue to be so.
 
Under our charter, the Secretary of the Treasury has discretionary authority to purchase our obligations up to a maximum of $2.25 billion principal balance outstanding at any one time. However, we do not rely on this authority as a source of liquidity to meet our obligations.
 
Depending on market conditions and the mix of derivatives we employ in connection with our ongoing risk management activities, our derivative portfolio can be either a net source or a net use of cash. For example, depending on the prevailing interest-rate environment, interest-rate swap agreements could cause us either to make interest payments to counterparties or to receive interest payments from counterparties. Purchased options require us to pay a premium while written options allow us to receive a premium.
 
We are required to pledge collateral to third parties in connection with secured financing and daily trade activities. In accordance with contracts with certain derivative counterparties, we post collateral to those counterparties for derivatives in a net loss position, after netting by counterparty, above agreed-upon posting thresholds. See “NOTE 4: RETAINED PORTFOLIO AND CASH AND INVESTMENTS PORTFOLIO” to our audited consolidated financial statements for information about assets we pledge as collateral.
 
We are involved in various legal proceedings, including those discussed in “LEGAL PROCEEDINGS,” which may result in a use of cash.
 
Debt Securities
 
Because of our GSE status and the special attributes granted to us under our charter, our debt securities and those of other GSE issuers trade in the so-called “agency sector” of the debt markets. This highly liquid market segment exhibits its own yield curve reflecting our ability to borrow at lower rates than many other corporate debt issuers. As a result, we mainly
 
            82 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

compete for funds in the debt issuance markets with Fannie Mae and the Federal Home Loan Banks, which issue debt securities of comparable quality and ratings. However, we also compete for funding with other debt issuers. The demand for, and liquidity of, our debt securities benefit from their status as permitted investments for banks, investment companies and other financial institutions under their statutory and regulatory framework. Competition for funding can vary with economic, financial market and regulatory environments.
 
We fund our business activities primarily through the issuance of short- and long-term debt. Table 41 summarizes the par value of the debt securities we issued, based on settlement dates, during 2007 and 2006. We seek to maintain a variety of consistent, active funding programs that promote high-quality coverage by market makers and reach a broad group of institutional and retail investors. By diversifying our investor base and the types of debt securities we offer, we believe we enhance our ability to maintain continuous access to the debt markets under a variety of market conditions.
 
Table 41 — Debt Security Issuances by Product, at Par Value (1)
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Short-term debt:
               
Reference Bills ® securities and discount notes
  $ 597,587     $ 593,444  
Medium-term notes — callable
    4,100       8,532  
Medium-term notes — non-callable
    202       1,550  
                 
Total short-term debt
    601,889       603,526  
Long-term debt:
               
Medium-term notes — callable (2)
    112,452       106,777  
Medium-term notes — non-callable (3)
    25,096       17,721  
U.S. dollar Reference Notes ® securities — non-callable
    51,000       55,000  
Freddie SUBS ® securities (4)
          3,299  
                 
Total long-term debt
    188,548       182,797  
                 
Total debt securities issued
  $ 790,437     $ 786,323  
                 
(1)  Exclude securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased, lines of credit and securities sold but not yet purchased.
(2)  Include $145 million and $100 million of medium-term notes — callable issued for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which were accounted for as debt exchanges.
(3)  Include $— and $1.0 billion of medium-term notes — non-callable issued for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which were accounted for as debt exchanges.
(4)  Include $— and $1.5 billion of Freddie SUBS ® securities issued for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which were accounted for as debt exchanges.
 
Short-Term Debt
 
We fund our operating cash needs, in part, by issuing Reference Bills ® securities and other discount notes, which are short-term instruments with maturities of one year or less that are sold on a discounted basis, paying only principal at maturity. Our Reference Bills ® securities program consists of large issues of short-term debt that we auction to dealers on a regular schedule. We issue discount notes with maturities ranging from one day to one year in response to investor demand and our cash needs. Short-term debt also includes certain medium-term notes that have original maturities of one year or less.
 
Long-Term Debt
 
We issue debt with maturities greater than one year primarily through our medium-term notes program and our Reference Notes ® securities program.
 
Medium-term Notes
 
We issue a variety of fixed- and variable-rate medium-term notes, including callable and non-callable fixed-rate securities, zero-coupon securities and variable-rate securities, with various maturities ranging up to 30 years. Medium-term notes with original maturities of one year or less are classified as short-term debt. Medium-term notes typically contain call provisions, effective as early as three months or as distant as ten years after the securities are issued.
 
Reference Notes ® Securities
 
Through our Reference Notes ® securities program, we sell large issues of long-term debt that provide investors worldwide with a high-quality, liquid investment vehicle. Reference Notes ® securities are regularly issued, U.S. dollar denominated, non-callable fixed-rate securities, which we currently issue with original maturities ranging from two through ten years. We have also issued €Reference Notes ® securities denominated in Euros, but did not issue any such securities in 2007 or 2006. We hedge our exposure to changes in foreign-currency exchange rates by entering into swap transactions that convert foreign-currency denominated obligations to U.S. dollar-denominated obligations. See “ANNUAL MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks — Sources of Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks ” for more information.
 
            83 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

The investor base for our debt is predominantly institutional. However, we also conduct weekly offerings of FreddieNotes ® securities, a medium-term notes program designed to meet the investment needs of retail investors.
 
Subordinated Debt
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, we called $1.9 billion of higher-cost Freddie SUBS ® securities, while not issuing any new securities. During the year ended December 31, 2006, we issued approximately $3.3 billion of Freddie SUBS ® securities. In addition, we called approximately $1.0 billion of previously issued Freddie SUBS ® securities in August 2006. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the balance of our subordinated debt outstanding was $4.5 billion and $6.4 billion, respectively. Our subordinated debt in the form of Freddie SUBS ® securities is a component of our risk management and disclosure commitments with OFHEO (described in “ANNUAL MD&A — RISK MANAGEMENT AND DISCLOSURE COMMITMENTS”).
 
Debt Retirement Activities
 
We repurchase or call our outstanding debt securities from time to time to help support the liquidity and predictability of the market for our debt securities and to manage our mix of liabilities funding our assets. When our debt securities become seasoned or one-time call options on our debt securities expire, they may become less liquid, which could cause their price to decline. By repurchasing debt securities, we help preserve the liquidity of our debt securities and improve their price performance, which helps to reduce our funding costs over the long-term. Our repurchase activities also help us manage the funding mismatch, or duration gap, created by changes in interest rates. For example, when interest rates decline, the expected lives of the mortgage-related securities held in our retained portfolio decrease, reducing the need for long-term debt. We use a number of different means to shorten the effective weighted average lives of our outstanding debt securities and thereby manage the duration gap, including retiring long-term debt through repurchases or calls; changing our debt funding mix between short-and long-term debt; or using derivative instruments, such as entering into receive-fixed swaps or terminating or assigning pay-fixed swaps. From time to time, we may also enter into transactions in which we exchange newly issued debt securities for similar outstanding debt securities held by investors. These transactions are accounted for as debt exchanges.
 
Table 42 provides the par value, based on settlement dates, of debt securities we repurchased, called and exchanged during 2007 and 2006.
 
Table 42 — Debt Security Repurchases, Calls and Exchanges
 
                 
    Year Ended
    December 31,
    2007   2006
    (in millions)
 
Repurchases of outstanding €Reference Notes ® securities
  $ 3,965     $ 5,210  
Repurchases of outstanding medium-term notes
    10,986       28,560  
Calls of callable medium-term notes
    95,317       26,559  
Calls of callable Freddie SUBS ® securities
    1,930       1,000  
Exchanges of medium-term notes
    145       1,074  
Exchanges of Freddie SUBS ® securities
          1,480  
 
Credit Ratings
 
Our ability to access the capital markets and other sources of funding, as well as our cost of funds, are highly dependent upon our credit ratings. Table 43 indicates our credit ratings at February 1, 2008.
 
Table 43 — Freddie Mac Credit Ratings
 
             
    Nationally Recognized Statistical
    Rating Organization
    S&P   Moody’s   Fitch
 
Senior long-term debt (1)
  AAA   Aaa   AAA
Short-term debt (2)
  A-1+   P-1   F-1+
Subordinated debt (3)
  AA–/Negative   Aa2   AA–
Preferred stock
  AA–/Negative   Aa3   A+
(1)  Includes medium-term notes, U.S. dollar Reference Notes ® securities and €Reference Notes ® securities.
(2)  Includes Reference Bills ® securities and discount notes.
(3)  Includes Freddie SUBS ® securities only.
 
In addition to the ratings described in Table 43, S&P provides a “Risk-To-The-Government” rating that measures our ability to meet our debt obligations and the value of our franchise in the absence of any implied government support. Our “Risk-To-The-Government” rating was AA– with a negative outlook at February 1, 2008. See “ANNUAL MD&A — RISK MANAGEMENT AND DISCLOSURE COMMITMENTS.” A S&P rating outlook assesses the potential direction of a long-term credit rating over the intermediate term (typically six months to two years). A modifier of “negative” means that a rating may be lowered.
 
            84 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Moody’s also provides a “Bank Financial Strength” rating that represents Moody’s opinion of our intrinsic safety and soundness and, as such, excludes certain external credit risks and credit support elements. Ratings under this measure range from A, the highest, to E, the lowest rating. On January 9, 2008, Moody’s placed our “Bank Financial Strength” rating on review for possible downgrade. Our “Bank Financial Strength” rating remained at A– as of February 1, 2008. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities. It may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.
 
Equity Securities
 
See “Capital Resources — Core Capital ” and “MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS” for information about issuances of our equity securities.
 
Cash and Investments Portfolio
 
We maintain a cash and investments portfolio that is important to our financial management and our ability to provide liquidity and stability to the mortgage market. At December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, this portfolio consisted primarily of cash equivalents and non-mortgage-related securities, such as commercial paper and asset-backed securities, that we could sell or finance to provide us with an additional source of liquidity to fund our business operations. We also use the portfolio to help manage recurring cash flows and meet our other cash management needs. In addition, we use the portfolio to hold capital on a temporary basis until we can deploy it into retained portfolio investments or credit guarantee opportunities. We may also sell or finance the securities in this portfolio to maintain capital reserves to meet mortgage funding needs, provide diverse sources of liquidity or help manage the interest-rate risk inherent in mortgage-related assets. During the first quarter of 2008, we increased the balance of our cash and investments portfolio by $23.6 billion due to an increase in our investments in commercial paper, which we expect to use to increase our retained portfolio in the second quarter of 2008.
 
For additional information on our cash and investments portfolio, see “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Cash and Investments.” The non-mortgage-related investments in this portfolio may expose us to institutional credit risk and the risk that the investments could decline in value due to market-driven events such as credit downgrades or changes in interest rates and other market conditions. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Institutional Credit Risk” for more information.
 
Cash Flows
 
Our cash and cash equivalents decreased $2.8 billion to $8.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007. Cash flows used for operating activities in 2007 were $7.4 billion, which reflected a reduction in cash due to a net loss of $3.1 billion and a decrease in liabilities to PC investors as a result of a change in our PC issuance process. See “NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information. Net cash used was primarily provided by net interest income, management and guarantee fees and changes in other operating assets and liabilities. Cash flows provided by investing activities in 2007 were $9.6 billion, primarily due to a net increase in cash flows as we reduced our balance of federal funds sold and eurodollars. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Cash and Investments” for additional information. This was partially offset by an increase in cash used to purchase mortgage loans under financial guarantees as a result of increasing delinquencies. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Mortgage Credit Risk — Performing and Non-Performing Assets” and “ — Delinquencies” for additional information. Cash flows used for financing activities in 2007 were $5.0 billion and resulted from a decrease in debt securities, net, preferred and common stock repurchases and dividends paid. Cash used was partially offset by proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock. See “NOTE 8: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY” to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information.
 
Our cash and cash equivalents increased $0.9 billion to $11.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006. Cash flows provided by operating activities in 2006 were $8.7 billion, which primarily reflected cash flows provided by net interest income, management and guarantee fees and changes in other operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by non-interest expenses. Cash flows used for investing activities in 2006 were $4.9 billion, primarily resulting from purchases of held-for-investment mortgages and available-for-sale securities, as well as a net decrease in cash flows from securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold, partially offset by proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities and repayments of held-for-investment mortgages. Cash flows used for financing activities in 2006 were $2.9 billion and were primarily due to repayments of debt securities, repurchases of common stock, payment of cash dividends on preferred stock and common stock, and payments of housing tax credit partnerships notes payable, partially offset by proceeds from issuance of debt securities.
 
Our cash and cash equivalents decreased $24.8 billion to $10.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2005. Cash flows provided by operating activities in 2005 were approximately $6.2 billion, which primarily reflected cash flows provided by net interest income, management and guarantee fees and changes to other operating assets and liabilities,
 
            85 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

partially offset by non-interest expenses as well as net cash flows used in purchases of held-for-sale mortgages. Cash flows used for investing activities were $58.4 billion, primarily resulting from purchases of held-for-investment mortgages and available-for-sale securities as we increased our retained portfolio in 2005 and the repayment of swap collateral obligations. These outflows were partially offset by proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities and repayments of held-for-investment mortgages, as well as cash flows from securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold. Cash flows provided by financing activities in 2005 were $27.4 billion and were primarily due to proceeds from issuance of debt securities, partially offset by net cash flows used in repayments of debt securities, payment of cash dividends on preferred stock and common stock, and payments of housing tax credit partnerships notes payable.
 
Capital Resources
 
Capital Management
 
Our primary objective in managing capital is preserving our safety and soundness. We also seek to have sufficient capital to support our business and mission at attractive long-term returns. See “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our audited consolidated financial statements and “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for more information regarding our regulatory capital requirements and OFHEO’s capital monitoring framework. When appropriate, we will consider opportunities to return excess capital to shareholders (through dividends and share repurchases) and optimize our capital structure to lower our cost of capital.
 
We assess and project our capital adequacy relative to our regulatory requirements as well as our economic risks. This includes targeting a level of additional capital above each of our capital requirements, as well as the 30% mandatory target capital surplus to help support ongoing compliance and to accommodate future uncertainties. We evaluate the adequacy of our targeted additional capital in light of changes in our business, risk and economic environment.
 
We develop an annual capital plan that is approved by our board of directors and updated periodically. This plan provides projections of capital adequacy, taking into consideration our business plans, forecasted earnings, economic risks and regulatory requirements.
 
Capital Adequacy
 
We estimate at December 31, 2007 that we exceeded each of our regulatory capital requirements, in addition to the 30% mandatory target capital surplus. However, weakness in the housing market and volatility in the financial markets continue to adversely affect our capital, including our ability to manage to the 30% mandatory target capital surplus.
 
As a result of the impact of GAAP net losses on our core capital, we did not meet the 30% mandatory target capital surplus at the end of November 2007. In order to manage to the 30% mandatory target capital surplus and improve business flexibility, on December 4, 2007, we issued $6 billion of non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2007, we reduced our common stock dividend by 50% and reduced the size of our cash and investments portfolio.
 
Other items positively affecting our capital position include: (a) certain operational changes in December 2007 for purchasing delinquent loans from our PCs, (b) changes in accounting principles we adopted, which increased core capital by $1.3 billion at December 31, 2007 and (c) as discussed in more detail below, our adoption of SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008, which increased core capital by an estimated $1.0 billion.
 
On March 19, 2008, OFHEO, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac announced an initiative to increase mortgage market liquidity. In conjunction with this initiative, OFHEO reduced our mandatory target capital surplus to 20% above our statutory minimum capital requirement, and we announced that we will begin the process to raise capital and maintain overall capital levels well in excess of requirements while the mortgage markets recover. We estimated at March 31, 2008 that we exceeded each of our regulatory capital requirements, in addition to the 20% mandatory target capital surplus.
 
In connection with this initiative, we committed to OFHEO to raise $5.5 billion of new core capital through one or more offerings, which will include both common and preferred securities. The timing, amount and mix of securities to be offered will depend on a variety of factors, including prevailing market conditions and our SEC registration process, and is subject to approval by our board of directors. OFHEO has informed us that, upon completion of these offerings, our mandatory target capital surplus will be reduced from 20% to 15%. OFHEO has also informed us that it intends a further reduction of our mandatory target capital surplus from 15% to 10% upon completion of our SEC registration process, our completion of the remaining Consent Order requirement ( i.e. , the separation of the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer), our continued commitment to maintain capital well above OFHEO’s regulatory requirement and no material adverse changes to ongoing regulatory compliance. We reduced the dividend on our common stock in December 2007.
 
The sharp decline in the housing market and volatility in financial markets continues to adversely affect our capital, including our ability to manage to our regulatory capital requirements and the 20% mandatory target capital surplus. Factors that could adversely affect the adequacy of our capital in future periods include our ability to execute our planned capital
 
            86 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

raising transaction; GAAP net losses; continued declines in home prices; increases in our credit and interest-rate risk profiles; adverse changes in interest-rate or implied volatility; adverse OAS changes; impairments of non-agency mortgage-related securities; counterparty downgrades; downgrades of non-agency mortgage-related securities (with respect to regulatory risk-based capital); legislative or regulatory actions that increase capital requirements; our ability to meet the requirements set by OFHEO for further reductions in the mandatory target capital surplus; or changes in accounting practices or standards. See “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding our regulatory capital requirements and “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding OFHEO’s capital monitoring framework.
 
Also affecting our capital position was our adoption of SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008. Our election of the fair value option was made in an effort to better reflect, in the financial statements, the economic offsets that exist related to items that were not previously recognized as changes in fair value through our consolidated statements of income. We expect our adoption of the fair value option will reduce the effect of interest-rate changes on our net income (loss) and capital. This change will also increase the impact of spread changes on capital. For a further discussion of our adoption of SFAS 159 see “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Change in Accounting Principles” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements. Beginning in the first quarter of 2008, we commenced our use of cash flow hedge accounting relationships to include hedging the changes in cash flows associated with our forecasted issuances of debt. We believe this expanded accounting strategy will reduce the effect of interest-rate changes on our capital. This accounting strategy had a positive impact on our financial results for the first quarter of 2008, and we expect our continued implementation of hedge accounting will have a greater positive effect on our interest rate sensitivity going forward. We also employed this accounting strategy while maintaining our disciplined approach to interest-rate risk management. See “NOTE 10: DERIVATIVES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information about our derivatives designated as cash flow hedges.
 
To help manage to our regulatory capital requirements and the 20% mandatory target capital surplus, we may consider measures in the future such as reducing or rebalancing risk, limiting growth or reducing the size of our retained portfolio, slowing purchases into our credit guarantee portfolio, issuing additional preferred or convertible preferred stock and issuing common stock.
 
Our ability to execute additional actions or their effectiveness may be limited and we might not be able to manage to the 20% mandatory target capital surplus. If we are not able to manage to the 20% mandatory target capital surplus, OFHEO may, among other things, seek to require us to (a) submit a plan for remediation or (b) take other remedial steps. In addition, OFHEO has discretion to reduce our capital classification by one level if OFHEO determines that we are engaging in conduct OFHEO did not approve that could result in a rapid depletion of core capital or determines that the value of property subject to mortgage loans we hold or guarantee has decreased significantly. See “BUSINESS — Regulation and Supervision — Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight  — Capital Standards and Dividend Restrictions ” and “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL — Classification” to our audited consolidated financial statements and “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for information regarding additional potential actions OFHEO may seek to take against us.
 
Core Capital
 
During 2007 and 2006, our core capital increased approximately $2.5 billion and $0.3 billion, respectively. The increase in 2007 was primarily due to a net increase in the balance of our non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock of $8.0 billion and the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $181 million, partially offset by a net loss of $3.1 billion, common stock repurchases of $1.0 billion, and common and preferred stock dividends declared of $1.6 billion. The increase in our core capital in 2006 was primarily from net income of $2.3 billion and a net increase in the balance of our non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock of $1.5 billion, partially offset by common stock repurchases of $2.0 billion and the payment of common stock and preferred stock dividends totaling $1.6 billion. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Recently Adopted Accounting Standards — Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes ” to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.
 
We completed five non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock offerings during 2007. In these offerings, we issued an aggregate of $8.6 billion of non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock, consisting of $1.5 billion in connection with the planned replacement of common stock with an equal amount of preferred stock and $600 million to replace higher-cost preferred stock that we redeemed and additional issuances of $6.5 billion in the aggregate to bolster our capital base and for general corporate purposes. We purchased a total of approximately 16.1 million shares of our outstanding common stock under the stock repurchase plan authorized in March 2007 at an average cost of $62.04 per share.
 
Our board of directors approved a dividend per common share of $0.25 for the fourth quarter of 2007, a decrease from the $0.50 per share common dividend that was paid for each of the first three quarters of 2007 and the fourth quarter of
 
            87 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

2006. Our common dividend per share was $0.47 for each of the first three quarters of 2006 and the fourth quarter of 2005. Our board of directors will determine the amount of future dividends, if any, after considering factors such as our capital position and our earnings and growth prospects. Our board of directors also approved an increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock from 726 million to 806 million in November 2007.
 
For the fourth quarter of 2005 through the fourth quarter of 2007, our board of directors also approved quarterly preferred stock dividends that were consistent with the contractual rates and terms of the preferred stock. See “NOTE 8: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY” to our audited consolidated financial statements for information regarding our outstanding issuances of preferred stock.
 
PORTFOLIO BALANCES AND ACTIVITIES
 
Total Mortgage Portfolio
 
Our total mortgage portfolio includes mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities held in our retained portfolio as well as the balances of PCs and Structured Securities held by third parties. Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities held by third parties are not included on our consolidated balance sheets.
 
            88 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 44 provides information about our total mortgage portfolio at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
 
Table 44 — Total Mortgage Portfolio and Segment Portfolio Composition (1)(2)
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Total mortgage portfolio:
                       
Retained portfolio:
                       
Single-family mortgage loans
  $ 24,589     $ 20,640     $ 20,396  
Multifamily mortgage loans
    57,569       45,207       41,085  
                         
Total mortgage loans
    82,158       65,847       61,481  
                         
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities in the retained portfolio
    356,970       354,262       361,324  
                         
Non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities, agency
    47,836       45,385       44,626  
Non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities, non-agency
    233,849       238,465       242,915  
                         
Total non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities
    281,685       283,850       287,541  
                         
Total retained portfolio (3)
    720,813       703,959       710,346  
                         
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities held by third parties:
                       
Single-family Structured Transactions
    9,351       8,424       10,489  
Multifamily Structured Transactions
    900       867        
Single-family PCs and other Structured Securities
    1,363,613       1,105,437       949,599  
Multifamily PCs and other Structured Securities
    7,999       8,033       14,112  
                         
Total guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities held by third parties
    1,381,863       1,122,761       974,200  
                         
Total mortgage portfolio
  $ 2,102,676     $ 1,826,720     $ 1,684,546  
                         
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Segment portfolios:
                       
Investments — Mortgage-related investment portfolio:
                       
Single-family mortgage loans
  $ 24,589     $ 20,640     $ 20,396  
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities in the retained portfolio
    356,970       354,262       361,324  
Non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities in the retained portfolio
    281,685       283,850       287,541  
                         
Total Investments — Mortgage-related investment portfolio (4)
  $ 663,244     $ 658,752     $ 669,261  
                         
Single-family Guarantee — Credit guarantee portfolio:
                       
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities in the retained portfolio
  $ 343,071     $ 336,869     $ 344,922  
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities held by third parties
    1,363,613       1,105,437       949,599  
Single-family Structured Transactions in the retained portfolio
    11,240       17,011       16,011  
Single-family Structured Transactions held by third parties
    9,351       8,424       10,489  
                         
Total Single-family Guarantee — Credit guarantee portfolio
  $ 1,727,275     $ 1,467,741     $ 1,321,021  
                         
Multifamily — Guarantee and loan portfolios:
                       
Multifamily loan portfolio
  $ 57,569     $ 45,207     $ 41,085  
 
                       
Multifamily Structured Transactions
    900       867        
Multifamily PCs and other Structured Securities (5)
    10,658       8,415       14,503  
                         
Total multifamily guarantee portfolio
    11,558       9,282       14,503  
                         
Total Multifamily — Guarantee and loan portfolios
  $ 69,127     $ 54,489     $ 55,588  
                         
Less: Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities in the retained portfolio (6)
    (356,970 )     (354,262 )     (361,324 )
                         
Total mortgage portfolio
  $ 2,102,676     $ 1,826,720     $ 1,684,546  
                         
(1)  Based on unpaid principal balance and excludes mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities traded, but not yet settled.
(2)  Effective December 2007, we established securitization trusts for the underlying assets of our PCs and Structured Securities issued. As a result, we adjusted the reported balance of our mortgage portfolios to reflect the publicly-available security balances of our PCs and Structured Securities. Previously these balances were based on the unpaid principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans.
(3)  See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Table 20 — Characteristics of Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Related Securities in our Retained Portfolio” for a reconciliation of the retained portfolio amounts shown in this table to the amounts shown under such caption in conformity with GAAP on our consolidated balance sheets.
(4)  Includes certain assets related to Single-family Guarantee activities and Multifamily activities.
(5)  Includes multifamily PCs and other Structured Securities both in the retained portfolio and held by third parties.
(6)  The amount of our PCs and Structured Securities in the retained portfolio is included in both our segments’ mortgage-related and guarantee portfolios and thus deducted in order to reconcile to our total mortgage portfolio. These securities are managed by the Investments segment, which receives related interest income; however, the Single-family and Multifamily segments manage and receive associated management and guarantee fees.
 
In 2007 and 2006, our total mortgage portfolio grew at a rate of 15% and 8%, respectively. Our new business purchases consist of mortgage loans and non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities that are purchased for our retained portfolio or serve as collateral for our issued PCs and Structured Securities. We generate a significant portion of our mortgage purchase volume through several key mortgage lenders. See “BUSINESS — Our Charter and Mission — Types of Mortgages We Purchase ” for information about these relationships and consequent risks. Table 45 summarizes purchases into our total mortgage portfolio.
 
            89 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
Table 45 — Total Mortgage Portfolio Activity Detail (1)
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          % of
          % of
          % of
 
          Purchase
          Purchase
          Purchase
 
    Amount     Amounts     Amount     Amounts     Amount     Amounts  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
                                                 
New business purchases:
                                               
Single-family mortgage purchases:
                                               
Conventional:
                                               
30-year amortizing fixed-rate (2)
  $ 326,455       66 %   $ 251,143       67 %   $ 272,702       67 %
15-year amortizing fixed-rate
    28,910       6       21,556       6       40,963       10  
ARMs/adjustable-rate (3)
    12,465       3       18,854       5       35,677       9  
Interest-only (4)
    97,778       20       58,176       16       26,516       7  
Option ARMs
                            3,918       1  
Balloon/resets (5)
    125             419             1,720        
FHA/VA (6)
    157             946                    
Rural Housing Service and other federally guaranteed loans
    176             176             177        
                                                 
Total single-family
    466,066       95       351,270       94       381,673       94  
                                                 
Multifamily:
                                               
Conventional and other
    21,645       4       13,031       4       11,172       3  
                                                 
Total multifamily
    21,645       4       13,031       4       11,172       3  
                                                 
Total mortgage purchases
    487,711       99       364,301       98       392,845       97  
                                                 
Non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities purchased for Structured Securities:
                                               
Ginnie Mae Certificates
    48             48             37        
Structured Transactions (7)
    3,431       1       8,592       2       14,331       3  
                                                 
Total Non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities purchased for Structured Securities
    3,479       1       8,640       2       14,368       3  
                                                 
Total single-family and multifamily mortgage purchases and total non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities purchased for Structured Securities
  $ 491,190       100 %   $ 372,941       100 %   $ 407,213       100 %
                                                 
Non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities purchased into the retained portfolio:
                                               
Agency securities:
                                               
Fannie Mae:
                                               
Single-family:
                                               
Fixed-rate
  $ 2,170             $ 4,259             $ 2,854          
Variable-rate
    9,863               8,014               3,368          
                                                 
Total Fannie Mae
    12,033               12,273               6,222          
                                                 
Ginnie Mae:
                                               
Single-family:
                                               
Fixed-rate
                                64          
                                                 
Total Ginnie Mae
                                64          
                                                 
Total agency mortgage-related securities
    12,033               12,273               6,286          
                                                 
Non-agency securities:
                                               
Single-family
                                               
Single-family:
                                               
Fixed-rate
    881               718               2,154          
Variable-rate
    49,563               96,906               148,600          
                                                 
Total single-family
    50,444               97,624               150,754          
                                                 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
Fixed-rate
    3,558               2,534               10,343          
Variable-rate
    18,526               13,432               4,497          
                                                 
Total commercial mortgage-backed securities
    22,084               15,966               14,840          
                                                 
Mortgage revenue bonds:
                                               
Single-family:
                                               
Fixed-rate
    1,813               3,062               2,374          
Variable-rate
                                27          
Multifamily:
                                               
Fixed-rate
                  116               434          
Variable-rate
                                5          
                                                 
Total mortgage revenue bonds
    1,813               3,178               2,840          
                                                 
Manufactured Housing:
                                               
Single-family:
                                               
Variable-rate
    127                                      
                                                 
Total Manufactured Housing
    127                                      
                                                 
Total non-agency mortgage-related securities
    74,468               116,768               168,434          
                                                 
Total non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities purchased into the retained portfolio
    86,501               129,041               174,720          
                                                 
Total new business purchases
  $ 577,691             $ 501,982             $ 581,933          
                                                 
Mortgage purchases with credit enhancements
    21 %             17 %             17 %        
Mortgage liquidations (8)
  $ 298,089             $ 339,814             $ 384,674          
Mortgage liquidations rate (8)
    16 %             20 %             26 %        
Freddie Mac securities repurchased into the retained portfolio:
                                               
Single-family:
                                               
Fixed-rate
  $ 111,976             $ 76,378             $ 106,682          
Variable-rate
    26,800               27,146               29,805          
Multifamily:
                                               
Fixed-rate
    2,283                                      
                                                 
Total Freddie Mac securities repurchased into the retained portfolio
  $ 141,059             $ 103,524             $ 136,487          
                                                 
(1)  Based on unpaid principal balances. Excludes mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities traded but not yet settled. Also excludes net additions to the retained portfolio for delinquent mortgage loans and balloon reset mortgages purchased out of PC pools.
(2)  Includes 40-year and 20-year fixed-rate mortgages.
(3)  Includes ARMs with 1-, 3-, 5-, 7- and 10-year initial fixed-rate periods.
(4)  Represents loans where the borrower pays interest only for a period of time before the borrower begins making principal payments.
(5)  Represents mortgages whose terms require lump sum principal payments on contractually determined future dates unless the borrower qualifies for and elects an extension of the maturity date at an adjusted interest-rate.
(6)  Excludes FHA/Department of Veterans Affairs, or VA, loans that back Structured Transactions.
(7)  Includes $312 million, $6,908 million and $14,331 million of option ARM loans purchased for Structured Transactions in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
(8)  Based on total mortgage portfolio.
 
            90 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities
 
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities represent the unpaid principal balances of the mortgage-related securities we issue or otherwise guarantee. Table 46 presents the distribution of underlying mortgage assets for our PCs and Structured Securities.
 
Table 46 — Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities (1)(2)
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Single-family:
                       
Conventional:
                       
30-year fixed-rate (3)
  $ 1,091,212     $ 882,398     $ 741,913  
20-year fixed-rate
    72,225       66,777       67,937  
15-year fixed-rate
    272,490       290,314       321,176  
ARMs/adjustable-rate
    91,219       100,808       106,644  
Option ARMs
    1,853       2,808       3,830  
Interest-only (4)
    159,028       76,114       25,697  
Balloon/resets
    17,242       21,551       26,321  
FHA/VA
    1,283       1,398       849  
Rural Housing Service and other federally guaranteed loans
    132       138       154  
                         
Total single-family
    1,706,684       1,442,306       1,294,521  
Multifamily:
                       
Conventional and other
    10,658       8,415       14,503  
                         
Total multifamily
    10,658       8,415       14,503  
Structured Securities backed by non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities:
                       
Ginnie Mae Certificates (5)
    1,268       1,510       2,021  
Structured Transactions (6)
    20,223       24,792       24,479  
                         
Total Structured Securities backed by non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities
    21,491       26,302       26,500  
                         
Total guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities
  $ 1,738,833     $ 1,477,023     $ 1,335,524  
                         
(1)  Based on unpaid principal balances and excludes mortgage-related securities traded, but not yet settled.
(2)  Effective December 2007, we established securitization trusts for the underlying assets of our PCs and Structured Securities. As a result, we adjusted the reported balance of our mortgage portfolios to reflect the publicly-available security balances of our PCs and Structured Securities. Previously we reported these balances based on the unpaid principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans.
(3)  Portfolio balances include $1,762 million, $42 million and $— of 40-year fixed-rate mortgages at December 31, 2007 , 2006 and 2005, respectively.
(4)  Includes both fixed and variable-rate interest only loans.
(5)  Ginnie Mae Certificates that underlie the Structured Securities are backed by FHA/VA loans.
(6)  Represents Structured Securities backed by non-agency securities that include prime, FHA/VA and subprime mortgage loan issuances.
 
Our guarantees of non-traditional mortgage products, including lower documentation loans, have increased in the last two years in response to newer products in the mortgage origination market. Interest-only loans represented approximately 20% and 16% of our securitization volume in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Other non-traditional mortgage products, including those designated as Alt-A loans, made up approximately 10% and 8% of our mortgage purchase volume in 2007 and 2006, respectively. We impose risk management thresholds on purchases of certain new products for which we have limited historical experience. See “ANNUAL MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK” and “ANNUAL MD&A — CREDIT RISKS” for additional information regarding our non-traditional mortgage loans, including delinquency rate information.
 
            91 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 47 provides additional detail regarding our PCs and Structured Securities.
 
Table 47 — Single-Class and Multi-Class PCs and Structured Securities (1)
 
                         
                Total Guaranteed
 
          Held by
    PCs and
 
December 31, 2007
  Retained Portfolio     Third Parties     Structured Securities (6)  
    (in millions)  
 
PCs and Structured Securities:
                       
Single-class (2)
  $ 219,702     $ 817,353     $ 1,037,055  
Multi-class (3)(4)
    137,268       526,604       663,872  
Other (5)
          37,906       37,906  
                         
Total PCs and Structured Securities (7)
  $ 356,970     $ 1,381,863     $ 1,738,833  
                         
 
                         
December 31, 2006
                 
PCs and Structured Securities:
                       
Single-class (2)
  $ 194,057     $ 624,383     $ 818,440  
Multi-class (3)(4)
    160,205       491,696       651,901  
Other (5)
          6,682       6,682  
                         
Total PCs and Structured Securities
  $ 354,262     $ 1,122,761     $ 1,477,023  
                         
(1)  Based on unpaid principal balances, and excludes Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities traded, but not yet settled.
(2)  Includes single-class Structured Securities backed by PCs and Ginnie Mae Certificates.
(3)  Includes multi-class Structured Securities that are backed by PCs, Ginnie Mae Certificates and non-agency mortgage-related securities.
(4)  Principal-only strips backed by our PCs and held in the retained portfolio are classified as multi-class for the purpose of this table.
(5)  See “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND TRANSFERS OF SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to our audited consolidated financial statements for a discussion of our other mortgage guarantees.
(6)  Total PCs and Structured Securities exclude $1,519 billion and $1,240 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of Structured Securities backed by resecuritized PCs and other previously issued Structured Securities. These excluded Structured Securities which do not increase our credit related exposure, consist of single-class Structured Securities backed by PCs, REMICs, and principal-only strips. The notional balances of interest-only strips are excluded because this table is based on unpaid principal balances. Also excluded are modifiable and combinable REMIC tranches and interest and principal classes, where the holder has the option to exchange the security tranches for other pre-defined security tranches.
(7)  Effective December 2007, we established securitization trusts for the underlying assets of our PCs and Structured Securities issued. As a result, we adjusted the reported balance of our mortgage portfolios to reflect the publicly-available security balances of our PCs and Structured Securities. Previously, we reported these balances based on the unpaid principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans.
 
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
 
We enter into certain business arrangements that are not recorded on our consolidated balance sheets or may be recorded in amounts that differ from the full contract or notional amount of the transaction. Most of these arrangements relate to our financial guarantee and securitization activity for which we record guarantee assets and obligations, but the related securitized assets are owned by third parties. These off-balance sheet arrangements may expose us to potential losses in excess of the amounts recorded on our consolidated balance sheets.
 
Guarantee of PCs and Structured Securities
 
As discussed in “BUSINESS — Our Charter and Mission — Types of Mortgages We Purchase ,” we guarantee the payment of principal and interest on PCs and Structured Securities we issue. Mortgage-related assets that back PCs and Structured Securities held by third parties are not reflected as assets on our consolidated balance sheets.
 
We manage the risks of our credit guarantee activity carefully, sharing the risk in some cases with third parties through the use of primary mortgage insurance, pool insurance and other credit enhancements. “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND TRANSFERS OF SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to our audited consolidated financial statements provides information about our guarantees, including details related to credit protections and maximum coverages that we obtain through credit enhancements. Also, see “ANNUAL MD&A — CREDIT RISKS” for more information.
 
Our credit guarantee activities principally occur through our guarantor swap program in the form of mortgage swap transactions. In a mortgage swap transaction, a mortgage lender delivers mortgages to us in exchange for our PCs that represent undivided interests in those same mortgages. We receive various forms of consideration in exchange for providing our guarantee on issued PCs, including (a) the contractual right to receive a management and guarantee fee, (b) delivery or credit fees for higher-risk mortgages and (c) other forms of credit enhancements received from counterparties or mortgage loan insurers.
 
Credit guarantee activity also occurs through our cash window and our multilender swap program. Single-family mortgage loans we purchase for cash through the cash window are typically either retained by us in our retained portfolio or pooled together with other single-family mortgage loans we purchase in connection with PC swap-based transactions in our multilender program executed with various lenders. We may issue such PCs to these lenders in exchange for the mortgage loans we purchase from them or, to the extent these loans are pooled with loans purchased for cash, we may sell them to third parties for cash consideration through an auction.
 
We also sell PCs from our retained portfolio in resecuritized form. We issue single- and multi-class Structured Securities that are backed by securities held in our retained portfolio and subsequently transfer such Structured Securities to third
 
            92 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

parties in exchange for cash, PCs or other mortgage-related securities. We earn resecuritization fees in connection with the creation of certain Structured Securities. We resecuritized a total of $456.9 billion and $388.9 billion of single and multiclass Structured Securities during the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase of our principal credit risk exposure on Structured Securities relates only to that portion of resecuritized assets that consists of non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities. For information about our purchase and securitization activities, see “ANNUAL MD&A — PORTFOLIO BALANCES AND ACTIVITIES.”
 
In addition, we also enter into long-term standby commitments for mortgage assets held by third parties that require that we purchase loans from lenders when the loans subject to these commitments meet certain delinquency criteria. We have included these transactions in the reported activity and balances of our PCs and Structured Securities. Long-term standby commitments represented approximately 2% and less than 1% of the balance of our PCs and Structured Securities as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Our maximum potential off-balance sheet exposure to credit losses relating to our PCs and Structured Securities is primarily represented by the unpaid principal balance of those securities held by third parties, which was $1,382 billion and $1,123 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Based on our historical credit losses, which in 2007 averaged approximately 3.0 basis points of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of our PCs and Structured Securities, we do not believe that the maximum exposure is representative of our actual exposure on these guarantees. The maximum exposure does not take into consideration the recovery we would receive through exercising our rights to the collateral backing the underlying loans nor the available credit enhancements, which include recourse and primary insurance with third parties.
 
The accounting policies and fair value estimation methodologies we apply to our credit guarantee activities significantly affect the volatility of our reported earnings. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Income (Loss)” for an analysis of the effects on our consolidated statements of income related to our credit guarantee activities. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS” for a description of our guarantee asset and guarantee obligation. The accounting for our securitization transactions and the significant assumptions used to determine the gains or losses from such transfers that are accounted for as sales are discussed in “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND TRANSFERS OF SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Other
 
We extend other guarantees and provide indemnification to counterparties for breaches of standard representations and warranties in contracts entered into in the normal course of business based on an assessment that the risk of loss would be remote. See “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND TRANSFERS OF SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
We are a party to numerous entities that are considered to be variable interest entities, or VIEs, in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 46 (Revised December 2003), “ Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (revised December 2003), an interpretation of APB No. 51 ,” or FIN 46(R). These variable interest entities include low-income multifamily housing tax credit partnerships, certain Structured Transactions and certain asset-backed investment trusts. See “NOTE 3: VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information related to our significant variable interests in these VIEs.
 
As part of our credit guarantee business, we routinely enter into forward purchase and sale commitments for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities. Some of these commitments are accounted for as derivatives. Their fair values are reported as either Derivative assets, net at fair value or Derivative liabilities, net at fair value on our consolidated balance sheets. See “ANNUAL MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks” for further information. Our non-derivative commitments are primarily related to commitments arising from mortgage swap transactions and, to a lesser extent, commitments to purchase certain multifamily mortgage loans that will be classified as held-for-investment. These non-derivative commitments totaled $173.4 billion and $264.4 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Such commitments are not accounted for as derivatives and are not recorded on our consolidated balance sheets.
 
Effective December 2007 we established securitization trusts for the administration of cash remittances received on the underlying assets of our PCs and Structured Securities. We receive trust management income, which represents the fees we earn as master servicer, issuer, trustee and administrator for our PCs and Structured Securities. These fees, which are included in our non-interest income, are derived from interest earned on principal and interest cash flows between the time funds are remitted to the trust by servicers and the date of distribution to our PC and Structured Securities holders. The trust management income will be offset by interest expense we incur when a borrower prepays.
 
            93 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
 
Table 48 provides aggregated information about the listed categories of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2007. These contractual obligations affect our short- and long-term liquidity and capital resource needs. The table includes information about undiscounted future cash payments due under these contractual obligations, aggregated by type of contractual obligation, including the contractual maturity profile of our debt securities and other liabilities reported on our consolidated balance sheet and our operating leases at December 31, 2007. The timing of actual future payments may differ from those presented due to a number of factors, including discretionary debt repurchases. Our contractual obligations include other purchase obligations that are enforceable and legally binding. For purposes of this table, purchase obligations are included through the termination date specified in the respective agreements, even if the contract is renewable. Many of our purchase agreements for goods or services include clauses that would allow us to cancel the agreement prior to the expiration of the contract within a specified notice period; however, this table includes such obligations without regard to such termination clauses (unless we have provided the counterparty with actual notice of our intention to terminate the agreement).
 
In Table 48, the amounts of future interest payments on debt securities outstanding at December 31, 2007 are based on the contractual terms of our debt securities at that date. These amounts were determined using the key assumptions that (a) variable-rate debt continues to accrue interest at the contractual rates in effect at December 31, 2007 until maturity and (b) callable debt continues to accrue interest until its contractual maturity. The amounts of future interest payments on debt securities presented do not reflect certain factors that will change the amounts of interest payments on our debt securities after December 31, 2007, such as (a) changes in interest rates, (b) the call or retirement of any debt securities and (c) the issuance of new debt securities. Accordingly, the amounts presented in the table do not represent a forecast of our future cash interest payments or interest expense.
 
Table 48 excludes the following items:
 
  •  future payments related to our guarantee obligation, because the amount and timing of such payments are generally contingent upon the occurrence of future events and are therefore uncertain;
 
  •  future contributions to our Pension Plan, as we have not yet determined whether a contribution is required for 2008. See “NOTE 14: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information about contributions to our Pension Plan;
 
  •  future cash settlements on derivative agreements not yet accrued, because the amount and timing of such payments are dependent upon changes in the underlying financial instruments and are therefore uncertain; and
 
  •  future dividends on the preferred stock we issued, because dividends on these securities are non-cumulative. In addition, the classes of preferred stock issued by our two consolidated real estate investment trust, or REIT, subsidiaries pay dividends that are cumulative. However, dividends on the REIT preferred stock are excluded because the timing of these payments is dependent upon declaration by the boards of directors of the REITs.
 
            94 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 48 — Contractual Obligations by Year at December 31, 2007
 
                                                         
    Total     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter  
    (in millions)  
 
Long-term debt securities (1)
  $ 576,349     $ 97,262     $ 79,316     $ 63,911     $ 45,966     $ 52,317     $ 237,577  
Short-term debt securities (1)
    199,498       199,498                                
Interest payable (2)
    144,405       25,181       20,806       17,606       14,279       12,073       54,460  
Other liabilities reflected on our consolidated balance sheet:
                                                       
Other contractual liabilities (3)(4)(5)
    2,912       2,293       300       104       66       12       137  
Purchase obligations:
                                                       
Purchase commitments (6)
    38,013       38,013                                
Other purchase obligations
    401       262       54       27       21       18       19  
Operating lease obligations
    107       19       19       14       8       7       40  
Capital lease obligations
    1       1                                
                                                         
Total specified contractual obligations
  $ 961,686     $ 362,529     $ 100,495     $ 81,662     $ 60,340     $ 64,427     $ 292,233  
                                                         
(1)  Represent par value. Callable debt is included in this table at its contractual maturity. For additional information about our debt securities, see “NOTE 7: DEBT SECURITIES AND SUBORDINATED BORROWINGS” to our audited consolidated financial statements.
(2)  Includes estimated future interest payments on our short-term and long-term debt securities. Also includes accrued interest payable recorded on our consolidated balance sheet, which consists primarily of the accrual of interest on short-term and long-term debt as well as the accrual of periodic cash settlements of derivatives, netted by counterparty.
(3)  Other contractual liabilities primarily represent future cash payments due under our contractual obligations to make delayed equity contributions to LIHTC partnerships and payables to the trust established for the administration of cash remittances received related to the underlying assets of our PCs and Structured Securities issued.
(4)  Accrued obligations related to our defined benefit plans, defined contribution plans and executive deferred compensation plan are included in the Total and 2008 columns. However, the timing of payments due under these obligations is uncertain. See “NOTE 14: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
(5)  As of December 31, 2007, we have recorded tax liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits totaling $563 million and allocated interest of $137 million. These amounts have been excluded from this table because we cannot estimate the years in which these liabilities may be settled. See “NOTE 13: INCOME TAXES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
(6)  Purchase commitments represent our obligations to purchase mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities from third parties. The majority of purchase commitments included in this caption are accounted for as derivatives in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” or SFAS 133.
 
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make a number of judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, income, and expenses. Certain of our accounting policies, as well as estimates we make, are critical to the presentation of our financial condition and results of operations. They often require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments and estimates, at times, regarding matters that are inherently uncertain. The accounting policies discussed in this section are particularly critical to understanding our consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from our estimates and different judgments and assumptions related to these policies and estimates could have a material impact on our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Our critical accounting policies and estimates relate to: (a) valuation of a significant portion of assets and liabilities; (b) allowances for loan losses and reserve for guarantee losses; (c) application of the static effective yield method to amortize the guarantee obligation; (d) application of the effective interest method; and (e) impairment recognition on investments in securities. For additional information about these and other significant accounting policies, including recently issued accounting pronouncements, see “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Valuation of a Significant Portion of Assets and Liabilities
 
A significant portion of our assets and liabilities are measured on our audited consolidated financial statements based on fair value, including (i) mortgage-related and non-mortgage related securities, (ii) mortgage loans held-for-sale, (iii) derivative instruments, (iv) guarantee asset, and (v) guarantee obligation. For certain of these assets and liabilities which are complex in nature, the measurement of fair value requires significant management judgments and assumptions. These judgments and assumptions, as well as changes in market conditions, may have a material effect on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets and statements of income as well as our consolidated fair value balance sheets.
 
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in a transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The selection of a technique to measure fair value for each type of these assets and liabilities depends on both the reliability and the availability of relevant market data. The amount of judgment involved in measuring the fair value is affected by a number of factors, such as the type of instrument, the liquidity of the markets for the instrument and the contractual characteristics of the instrument. We measure fair value according to the following fair value hierarchy of inputs to valuation techniques:
 
  •  quoted market prices for identical and similar instruments;
 
            95 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
  •  industry standard models that consider market inputs such as yield curves, duration, volatility factors and prepayment speeds; and
 
  •  internally developed models that consider inputs based on management’s judgment of market-based assumptions.
 
Financial instruments with active markets and readily available market prices are valued based on independent price quotations obtained from third party sources, such as pricing services, dealer quotes or direct market observations. During the second half of 2007, the market for non-agency securities has become significantly less liquid, which has resulted in lower transaction volumes, wider credit spreads and less transparency with pricing for these assets. In addition, we have observed more variability in the quotations received from dealers and third-party pricing services. However we believe that these quotations provide reasonable estimates of fair value. Independent price quotations obtained from pricing services are valuations estimated by a service provider using available market information. Dealer quotes are prices obtained from dealers that generally make markets in the relevant products and are an indication of the price at which the dealer would consider transacting in normal market conditions. Market observable prices are prices that are retrieved from sources in which market trades are executed, such as electronic trading platforms. When quoted prices are not readily available, we utilize models, including industry standard models and internally-developed models. These models use observable market inputs such as interest rate curves, market volatilities and pricing spreads. We maximize the use of observable inputs to the extent available. Certain complex assets and liabilities have significant data inputs that cannot be validated by reference to the market. These assets and liabilities are typically illiquid or unique in nature and require the use of management’s judgment of market-based assumptions. The use of different pricing models or assumptions could produce materially different measurements of fair value.
 
Fair value affects our statement of income in the following ways:
 
  •  For certain financial instruments that are recorded in the GAAP consolidated balance sheets at fair value, changes in fair value are recognized in current period earnings. These include:
 
  —  mortgage-related securities classified as trading, which are recorded in gains (losses) on investment activity;
 
  —  derivatives with no hedge designation, which are recorded in derivative gains (losses); and
 
  —  the guarantee asset, which is recorded in gains (losses) on guarantee asset.
 
  •  For other financial instruments that are recorded in the GAAP consolidated balance sheets at fair value, changes in fair value are deferred, net of tax, in AOCI. These include:
 
  —  mortgage-related and non-mortgage related securities classified as available-for-sale, which are initially measured at fair value with deferred gains and losses recognized in AOCI. These deferred gains and losses affect earnings over time through amortization, sale or impairment recognition; and
 
  —  changes in derivatives that are designated in cash flow hedge accounting relationships.
 
  •  Our guarantee obligation is initially measured at fair value, but is not remeasured at fair value on a periodic basis. This initial estimate results in losses on certain guarantees when the fair value of the guarantee obligation exceeds the fair value of the related guarantee asset and credit enhancement-related assets at issuance. This obligation also affects earnings over time through amortization to income on guarantee obligation.
 
  •  Mortgage loans purchased under our financial guarantees result in recognition of losses on loans purchased when fair values are less than our acquisition basis at the date of purchase.
 
  •  Mortgage loans that are held-for-sale are recorded at the lower-of-cost-or-market with changes in fair value recorded through earnings in gains (losses) on investment activity.
 
We periodically evaluate our valuation techniques and may change them to improve our fair value estimates, to accommodate market developments or to compensate for changes in data availability and reliability or other operational constraints.
 
To ensure that fair value measurements are appropriate and reliable, we employ control processes to validate the techniques and models we use. These control processes include review and approval of new transaction types, price verification and review of valuation judgments, methods and models. Where applicable, valuations are back tested comparing the settlement prices to the estimated fair values. Where models are employed to assist in the measurement of fair value, no material changes were made to those models during the periods presented. However, inputs used by those models are regularly updated for changes in the underlying data, assumptions, valuation inputs, or market conditions.
 
Groups independent of our trading and investing function participate in the review and validation process. These groups perform monthly independent verification of prices and model inputs against sources other than those utilized in the primary pricing methodology, and review and approve of the pricing models used in our fair value measurements. The monthly independent reviews of these groups are concentrated on higher risk/impact valuations and are performed on a sample/targeted basis for portions of our retained portfolio investments.
 
            96 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

See “ANNUAL MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks” for discussion of market risks and our interest-rate sensitivity measures, Portfolio Market Value Sensitivity or PMVS, and duration gap.
 
Mortgage-Related and Non-Mortgage Related Securities
 
Mortgage-related securities represent pass-throughs and other mortgage-related securities issued by us, Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae, as well as non-agency mortgage-related securities. They are classified as available-for-sale or trading, and are carried at fair value. The fair value of securities with readily available third-party market prices is based on market prices obtained from broker/dealers or reliable third-party pricing service providers.
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the fair values for approximately 99% of our mortgage-related securities were based on prices obtained from third parties or were determined using models with significant observable inputs. The fair values for the remainder of our mortgage-related securities were obtained from internal models with few or no observable inputs. All of the fair values for our non-mortgage-related securities at December 31, 2007, and the majority of them at December 31, 2006, were based on prices obtained from third parties. The majority of our derivative positions were valued using internally developed models that used market inputs because few of the derivative contracts we used were listed on exchanges. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, approximately 71% and 65%, respectively, of the gross fair value of our derivative portfolio related to interest-rate and foreign-currency swaps that did not have embedded options. These derivatives were valued using a discounted cash flow model that projects future cash flows and discounts them at the spot rate related to each cash flow. The remaining 29% and 35%, respectively, of our derivatives portfolio was valued based on prices obtained from third parties or using models with significant observable inputs.
 
When we purchase Freddie Mac PCs or Structured Securities, we do not extinguish our guarantee obligation, because our guarantee remains outstanding to an unconsolidated securitization trust. As a result, the fair value of Freddie Mac PCs and Structured Securities we own is consistent with the legal structure of the guarantee transaction, which includes the Freddie Mac guarantee to the securitization trust. When we own Freddie Mac PCs and Structured Securities, we do not derecognize any components of the guarantee asset, guarantee obligation, reserve for guarantee losses, or any other outstanding recorded amounts associated with the guarantee transaction. Further, this fair value is consistent with how a market participant would value the securities in an orderly transaction.
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the total unpaid principal balances of PCs and Structured Securities outstanding were $1,738,833 million and $1,477,023 million, respectively. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, we owned $356,970 million and $354,262 million, respectively, of PCs and Structured Securities, or 21% and 24%, respectively, of the total PCs and Structured Securities outstanding.
 
The fair values of our total guarantee asset and guarantee obligation are disclosed in NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES. There are inherent limitations when trying to extrapolate an amount of the total fair value of the guarantee asset and obligation attributable to the PCs and Structured Securities we own. The credit performance of each pool differs, based on the underlying characteristics of the loans, vintage, seasoning, and other factors that cannot be accurately factored into a pro-rata allocation. As a result, a simple pro-rata allocation of the fair value of our guarantee asset and obligation based on the percentage of PCs and Structured Securities we hold relative to total PCs and Structured Securities outstanding will not necessarily provide a reasonable proxy for the adjustment to the fair value of our PCs and Structured Securities necessary to derive the fair value of an unguaranteed security.
 
Mortgage Loans Held-for-Sale
 
Mortgage loans held-for-sale consist of single-family mortgage loans in our retained portfolio that we intend to securitize. For GAAP purposes, we must determine the fair value of these mortgage loans to calculate lower-of-cost-or-market adjustments. We determine the fair value of mortgage loans held-for-sale based on comparisons to actively traded mortgage-related securities with similar characteristics, with adjustments for yield, credit and liquidity differences.
 
Derivative Instruments
 
We discontinued substantially all of our hedge accounting relationships by December 31, 2006. During 2006 and 2005, our hedge accounting relationships primarily consisted of hedging benchmark interest-rate risk related to the forecasted issuances of debt that were designated as cash flow hedges, and fair value hedges of benchmark interest-rate risk and/or foreign currency risk on existing fixed-rate debt.
 
The changes in fair value of the derivatives in these cash flow hedge relationships were recorded as a separate component of AOCI to the extent the hedge relationships were effective, and amounts are reclassified to earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings.
 
When a cash flow hedge is discontinued, the net derivative gain or loss remains in AOCI unless it is probable that the hedged transaction will not occur. This requires estimates based on our expectation of future funding needs and the
 
            97 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

composition of future debt issuances. Our expectations about future funding needs are based upon projected growth and historical activity.
 
We believe that the forecasted issuances of debt previously hedged in cash flow hedging relationships have not become probable of not occurring; therefore, we may continue to include previously deferred amounts in AOCI. In the event that these forecasted issuances of debt do not occur or become probable of not occurring, potentially material amounts that are currently deferred and reported in AOCI would then be immediately recognized in our consolidated statements of income under derivative gains (losses).
 
The change in fair value of the derivatives in fair value hedge relationships were recorded in earnings along with the change in fair value of the hedged debt. Any difference was reflected as hedge ineffectiveness in other income.
 
Derivatives largely consist of interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives, futures and forward purchase and sale commitments that we account for as derivatives. The carrying value of our derivatives on our consolidated balance sheets is equal to their fair value, including net derivative interest receivable or payable and is net of cash collateral held or posted, where allowable by a master netting agreement.
 
The majority of our derivative positions were valued using internally developed models that used market inputs because few of the derivative contracts we used were listed on exchanges. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, approximately 71% and 65%, respectively, of the gross fair value of our derivative portfolio related to interest-rate and foreign-currency swaps that did not have embedded options. These derivatives were valued using a discounted cash flow model that projects future cash flows and discounts them at the spot rate related to each cash flow. The remaining 29% and 35%, respectively, of our derivatives portfolio was valued based on prices obtained from third parties or using models with significant observable inputs.
 
For additional discussion of our use of derivatives and summaries of derivative positions, see “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Income (Loss) — Derivative Overview ” and “NOTE 11: DERIVATIVES” to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Guarantee Asset
 
Upon issuance of a guarantee of securitized assets, we record a guarantee asset on our consolidated balance sheets representing the fair value of the management and guarantee fees we expect to receive over the life of our PCs or Structured Securities.
 
Our approach for estimating the fair value of the guarantee asset at December 31, 2007 uses third-party market data as practicable. For approximately 74% of the fair value of the guarantee asset, the valuation approach involved obtaining dealer quotes on proxy securities with collateral similar to aggregated characteristics of our portfolio, effectively equating the guarantee asset with current, or “spot,” market values for excess servicing interest-only, or IO, securities. The remaining 26% of the fair value of the guarantee asset related to underlying loan products for which comparable market prices were not readily available. This portion of the guarantee asset was valued using an expected cash flow approach including only those cash flows expected to result from our contractual right to receive management and guarantee fees, with market input assumptions extracted from the dealer quotes provided on the more liquid products, reduced by an estimated liquidity discount.
 
Guarantee Obligation
 
Our guarantee obligation represents the recognized liability associated with our guarantee of PCs and Structured Securities net of cumulative amortization. As discussed in “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to our audited consolidated financial statements, at inception of an executed guarantee, we recognize a guarantee obligation at fair value. Subsequently we amortize our guarantee obligation under the static effective yield method. Our approach for estimating the fair value of the guarantee obligation makes use of third-party market data as practicable. We divide the credit aspects of our guarantee obligation portfolio into three primary components: performing loans, non-performing loans and manufactured housing. For each component, we developed a specific market-based valuation approach for capturing its unique characteristics.
 
For performing loans, we use capital markets information and rating agency models to estimate subordination levels and dealer price quotes on proxy non-agency securities with collateral characteristics matched to our portfolio to value the expected credit losses and the risk premium for unexpected losses related to our guarantee portfolio. We segmented the portfolio into distinct loan cohorts to differentiate between product types, coupon rate, seasoning, and interests retained by us versus those held by third parties.
 
For nonperforming loans, we utilize a different method for estimating the fair value of the guarantee obligation. For loans that are extremely delinquent and have been purchased out of pools, we obtained dealer indications that reflect their non-performing status. For delinquent loans remaining in PCs, we began with the market driven performing loan and non-
 
            98 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

performing whole loan values and used empirically observed delinquency transition rates to interpolate the appropriate values in each phase of delinquency ( i.e. , 30 days, 60 days, 90 days).
 
For manufactured housing, we developed an approach, subject to our judgment, for estimating the incremental credit costs associated with the manufactured housing portfolio. For approximately 0.5% of our total guarantee portfolio and 9.3% of the fair value of the guarantee obligation, we determined that there is not sufficiently reliable market data to estimate the appropriate credit costs associated with the guarantee obligation for the manufactured housing portfolio. As such, we estimated the ratio of realized credit losses for performing loans and manufactured housing loans to determine a loss history ratio. We then applied the loss history ratio to market implied performing loan guarantee obligation fair value estimates to calculate the implied credit costs for the manufactured housing portfolio. We undertook a similar process for estimating the fair value of seriously delinquent manufactured housing loans.
 
The components of the guarantee obligation associated with administering the collection and distribution of payments on the mortgage loans underlying a PC are estimated based upon amounts we believe other market participants would charge. Also included in the valuation of our guarantee obligation is an estimate of the present value of net cash flows related to security program cycles. Our securities are on either a 45-day delay (for fixed-rate PCs) or 75-day delay (for ARM PCs) cycle. For each of these security program cycles our servicers remit borrower payments at staggered dates. The timing of these net cash flows are reflected in the valuation of the guarantee obligation.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Guarantee Losses
 
We maintain an allowance for loan losses on mortgage loans held-for-investment and a reserve for guarantee losses on PCs, collectively referred to as our loan loss reserves, to provide for credit losses when it is probable that a loss has been incurred. We use the same methodology to determine our allowance for loan losses and reserve for guarantee losses, as the relevant factors affecting credit risk are the same.
 
To calculate the loan loss reserves for the single-family loan portfolio, we aggregate homogenous loans into pools based on common underlying characteristics, using statistically based models to evaluate relevant factors affecting loan collectibility, and determine the best estimate of loss. To calculate loan loss reserves for the multifamily loan portfolio, we also use models, evaluate certain larger loans for impairment, and review repayment prospects and collateral values underlying individual loans.
 
We regularly evaluate the underlying estimates and models we use when determining the loan loss reserves and update our assumptions to reflect our historical experience and current view of economic factors. No material changes were made to the loan loss reserve model during the periods presented. However, inputs used by those models are regularly updated for changes in the underlying data, assumptions, valuation inputs, or market conditions.
 
Determining the adequacy of the loan loss reserves is a complex process that is subject to numerous estimates and assumptions requiring significant judgment. Key estimates and assumptions that impact our loan loss reserves include:
 
  •  loss severity trends;
 
  •  default experience;
 
  •  expected proceeds from credit enhancements;
 
  •  collateral valuation; and
 
  •  identification and impact assessment of macroeconomic factors.
 
No single statistic or measurement determines the adequacy of the loan loss reserves. Changes in one or more of the estimates or assumptions used to calculate the loan loss reserves could have a material impact on the loan loss reserves and provisions for credit losses.
 
We believe the level of our loan loss reserves is reasonable based on internal reviews of the factors and methodologies used. A management committee reviews the overall level of loan loss reserves, as well as the factors and methodologies that give rise to the estimate, and submits the best point estimate for review by senior management.
 
Application of the Static Effective Yield Method
 
We amortize our guarantee obligation under the static effective yield method. The static effective yield will be calculated and fixed at inception of the guarantee based on forecasted unpaid principal balances. The static effective yield will be evaluated and adjusted when significant changes in economic events cause a shift in the pattern of our economic release from risk. For example, certain market environments may lead to sharp and sustained changes in home prices or prepayments of mortgages, leading to the need for an adjustment in the static effective yield for specific mortgage pools underlying the guarantee. When a change is required, a cumulative catch-up adjustment, which could be significant in a given period, will be recognized and a new static effective yield will be used to determine our guarantee obligation amortization. See “NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information.
 
            99 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Application of the Effective Interest Method
 
As described in “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to our audited consolidated financial statements, we use the effective interest method to: (a) recognize interest income on our investments in debt securities; and (b) amortize related deferred items into interest income. The application of the effective interest method requires us to estimate the effective yield at each period end using our current estimate of future prepayments. Determination of these estimates requires significant judgment, as expected prepayment behavior is inherently uncertain. Estimates of future prepayments are derived from market sources and our internal prepayment models. Judgment is involved in making initial determinations about prepayment expectations and in updating those expectations over time in response to changes in market conditions, such as interest rates and other macroeconomic factors. See the discussion of market risks and our interest-rate sensitivity measures under “ANNUAL MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks.” We believe that our current estimates of future prepayments are reasonable and comparable to those used by other market participants.
 
Impairment Recognition on Investments in Securities
 
We recognize impairment losses on available-for-sale securities through the income statement when we have concluded that a decrease in the fair value of a security is not temporary. For securities accounted for under Emerging Issues Task Force 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets ,” or EITF 99-20, an impairment loss is recognized when there is both a decline in fair value below the carrying amount and an adverse change in expected cash flows. Determination of whether an adverse change has occurred involves judgment about expected prepayments and credit events. Further, we review securities all for potential impairment whenever the security’s fair value is less than its amortized cost to determine whether we have the intent and ability to hold the investments until a forecasted recovery. This review considers a number of factors, including the severity of the decline in fair value, credit ratings, the length of time the investment has been in an unrealized loss position, and the likelihood of sale in the near term. While market prices and rating agency actions are factors that are considered in the impairment analysis, cash flow analysis based on default and prepayment assumptions serves as an important factor in determining if an other than temporary impairment has occurred. We recognize impairment losses when quantitative and qualitative factors indicate that it is probable that the security will suffer a contractual principal loss or interest shortfall. We apply significant judgment in determining whether impairment loss recognition is appropriate. We believe our judgments are reasonable. However, different judgments could have resulted in materially different impairment loss recognition. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to our audited consolidated financial statements and “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Retained Portfolio” for more information on impairment recognition on securities.
 
Accounting Changes and Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
 
See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information concerning our accounting policies and recently issued accounting pronouncements, including those that we have not yet adopted and that will likely affect our consolidated financial statements.
 
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
We are exposed to risks that include interest-rate and other market risks, including those described in “RISK FACTORS.” While we consider both our day-to-day and long-term management of interest-rate and other market risks to be satisfactory, we identified weaknesses in prior years in our overall risk governance framework. We created an executive management enterprise risk committee to provide a company-wide view of risk and have formed five subcommittees to focus on credit, market, models, operational and regulatory risks. Our board of directors has also assigned primary responsibility for oversight of enterprise risk management to the Governance, Nominating and Risk Oversight Committee of the board of directors.
 
Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks
 
Our interest-rate risk management objective is to serve our mission by protecting shareholder value in all interest-rate environments. Our disciplined approach to interest-rate risk management is essential to maintaining a strong and durable capital base and uninterrupted access to debt and equity capital markets.
 
Sources of Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks
 
Our retained portfolio activities expose us to interest-rate risk and other market risks arising primarily from the uncertainty as to when borrowers will pay the outstanding principal balance of mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities held in our retained portfolio, known as prepayment risk, and the resulting potential mismatch in the timing of our receipt of cash flows related to our assets versus the timing of payment of cash flows related to our liabilities. For the vast majority of our mortgage-related investments, the mortgage borrower has the option to make unscheduled payments of
 
            100 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

additional principal or to completely pay off a mortgage loan at any time before its scheduled maturity date (without having to pay a prepayment penalty) or make principal payments in accordance with their contractual obligation.
 
Our credit guarantee activities also expose us to interest-rate risk because changes in interest rates can cause fluctuations in the fair value of our existing credit guarantee portfolio. We generally do not hedge these changes in fair value except for interest-rate exposure related to net buy-ups and float. Float, which arises from timing differences between when the borrower makes principal payments on the loan and the reduction of the PC balance, can lead to significant interest expense if the interest rate paid to a PC investor is higher than the reinvestment rate earned by the securitization trusts on payments received from mortgage borrowers and paid to us as trust management income.
 
The types of interest-rate risk and other market risks to which we are exposed are described below.
 
Duration Risk and Convexity Risk
 
Duration is a measure of a financial instrument’s price sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Convexity is a measure of how much a financial instrument’s duration changes as interest rates change. Our convexity risk primarily results from prepayment risk. We actively manage duration risk and convexity risk through asset selection and structuring (that is, by identifying or structuring mortgage-related securities with attractive prepayment and other characteristics), by issuing a broad range of both callable and non-callable debt instruments and by using interest-rate derivatives and written options. Managing the impact of duration risk and convexity risk is the principal focus of our daily market risk management activities. These risks are encompassed in our PMVS and duration gap risk measures, discussed in greater detail below. We use prepayment models to determine the estimated duration and convexity of mortgage assets for our PMVS and duration gap measures. Expected results can be affected by differences between prepayments forecasted by the models and actual prepayments.
 
Yield Curve Risk
 
Yield curve risk is the risk that non-parallel shifts in the yield curve (such as a flattening or steepening) will adversely affect shareholder value. Because changes in the shape, or slope, of the yield curve often arise due to changes in the market’s expectation of future interest rates at different points along the yield curve, we evaluate our exposure to yield curve risk by examining potential reshaping scenarios at various points along the yield curve. Our yield curve risk under a specified yield curve scenario is reflected in our PMVS-Yield Curve, or PMVS-YC, disclosure.
 
Volatility Risk
 
Volatility risk is the risk that changes in the market’s expectation of the magnitude of future variations in interest rates will adversely affect shareholder value. Implied volatility is a key determinant of the value of an interest-rate option. Since prepayment risk is generally inherent in mortgage assets, changes in implied volatility affect the value of mortgage assets. We manage volatility risk through asset selection and by maintaining a consistently high percentage of option-embedded liabilities relative to our mortgage assets. We monitor volatility risk by measuring exposure levels on a daily basis and we maintain internal limits on the amount of volatility risk exposure that is acceptable to us.
 
Basis Risk
 
Basis risk is the risk that interest rates in different market sectors will not move in tandem and will adversely affect shareholder value. This risk arises principally because we generally hedge mortgage-related investments with debt securities. We do not actively manage the basis risk arising from funding retained portfolio investments with our debt securities, also referred to as mortgage-to-debt OAS risk. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED FAIR VALUE BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Key Components of Changes in Fair Value of Net Assets — Changes in Mortgage-To-Debt OAS  ” for additional information. We also incur basis risk when we use LIBOR- or Treasury-based instruments in our risk management activities.
 
Foreign-Currency Risk
 
Foreign-currency risk is the risk that fluctuations in currency exchange rates ( e.g. , foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar) will adversely affect shareholder value. We are exposed to foreign-currency risk because we have debt denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, our functional currency. We eliminate virtually all of our foreign-currency risk by entering into swap transactions that effectively convert foreign-currency denominated obligations into U.S. dollar-denominated obligations.
 
Portfolio Market Value Sensitivity and Measurement of Interest-Rate Risk
 
We employ a risk management strategy that seeks to substantially match the duration characteristics of our assets and liabilities. To accomplish this, we employ an integrated strategy encompassing asset selection and structuring and asset and liability management.
 
Through our asset selection process, we seek to purchase mortgage assets with desirable prepayment expectations based on our evaluation of their yield-to-maturity, option-adjusted spreads and credit characteristics. Through this selection process
 
            101 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

and the restructuring of mortgage assets, we seek to retain cash flows with more stable risk and investment return characteristics while selling off the cash flows that do not meet our investment profile.
 
Through our asset and liability management process, we mitigate interest-rate risk by issuing a wide variety of debt products. The prepayment option held by mortgage borrowers drives the fair value of our mortgage assets such that the combined fair value of our mortgage assets and non-callable debt will decline if interest rates move significantly in either direction. We mitigate much of our exposure to changes in interest rates by funding a significant portion of our mortgage portfolio with callable debt. When interest rates change, our option to redeem this debt offsets a large portion of the fair value change driven by the mortgage prepayment option. At December 31, 2007, approximately 44% of our fixed-rate mortgage assets were funded and economically hedged with callable debt. However, because the mortgage prepayment option is not fully hedged by callable debt, the combined fair value of our mortgage assets and debt will be affected by changes in interest rates.
 
To further reduce our exposure to changes in interest rates, we hedge a significant portion of the remaining prepayment risk with option-based derivatives. These derivatives primarily consist of call swaptions, which tend to increase in value as interest rates decline, and put swaptions, which tend to increase in value as interest rates increase. With the addition of these option-based derivatives, a greater portion of our prepayment risk has been hedged. We also manage interest-rate risk by rebalancing the portfolio, primarily using interest-rate swaps. Although we do not hedge all of our exposure to changes in interest rates, these exposures are generally well understood, are subject to established limits, and are monitored and controlled through our disciplined risk management process. These limits are refined and updated from time to time. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED FAIR VALUE BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Key Components of Changes in Fair Value of Net Assets — Changes in Mortgage-To-Debt OAS ” for further information.
 
PMVS and Duration Gap
 
Our primary interest-rate risk measures are PMVS and duration gap. PMVS is measured in two ways, one measuring the estimated sensitivity of our portfolio market value (as defined below) to parallel moves in interest rates (Portfolio Market Value Sensitivity-Level or (PMVS-L)) and the other to nonparallel movements (PMVS-YC). In December 2007, we changed our PMVS reporting to represent estimated dollars-at-risk, rather than expressed as a percentage of fair value to common equity. We believe this change provides more relevant information and better represents our overall level and low-exposure to adverse interest-rate movements given the substantial reduction in the fair value of common equity that occurred during 2007.
 
Our PMVS and duration gap estimates are determined using models that involve our best judgment of interest-rate and prepayment assumptions. Accordingly, while we believe that PMVS and duration gap are useful risk management tools, they should be understood as estimates rather than as precise measurements.
 
While PMVS and duration gap estimate the exposure to changes in interest rates, they do not capture the potential impact of certain other market risks, such as changes in volatility, basis, prepayment model, mortgage-to-debt option-adjusted spreads and foreign-currency risk. The impact of these other market risks can be significant. See “ Sources of Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks ” discussed above for further information. Definitions of our primary interest rate risk measures follow:
 
  •  PMVS-L shows the estimated loss in pre-tax portfolio market value from an immediate adverse 50 basis point parallel shift in the level of LIBOR rates ( i.e. , when the yield at each point on the LIBOR yield curve increases or decreases by 50 basis points).
 
  •  PMVS-YC shows the estimated loss in pre-tax portfolio market value from an immediate adverse 25 basis point change in the slope (up and down) of the LIBOR yield curve. The 25 basis point change in slope for the PMVS-YC measure is obtained by shifting the two-year and ten-year LIBOR rates by an equal amount (12.5 basis points), but in opposite directions. LIBOR rate shifts between the two-year and ten-year points are interpolated.
 
  •  We calculate our exposure to changes in interest rates using effective duration. Effective duration measures the percentage change in price of financial instruments to a one percent change in interest rates. Financial instruments with positive duration increase in value as interest rates decline. Conversely, financial instruments with negative duration increase in value as interest rates rise.
 
Duration gap measures the difference in price sensitivity to interest rate changes between our assets and liabilities, and it is expressed in months relative to the market value of assets. For example, assets with a six month duration and liabilities with a five month duration would result in a positive duration gap of one month. A duration gap of zero implies that the duration of our assets equals the duration of our liabilities. As a result, the change in value of assets from an instantaneous move in interest rates, either up or down, will be accompanied by an equal and offsetting change in the value of liabilities, thus leaving the fair value of equity unchanged. A positive duration gap indicates that the duration of our assets exceeds the duration of our liabilities which, from a net perspective, implies that the fair value of equity will increase in value when interest rates fall and decrease in value when interest rates rise. A
 
            102 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

negative duration gap indicates that the duration of our liabilities exceeds the duration of our assets which, from a net perspective, implies that the fair value of equity will increase in value when interest rates rise and decrease in value when interest rates fall. Multiplying duration gap (expressed as a percentage of a year) by the fair value of our assets will provide an indication of the change in the fair value of our equity resulting from a one percent change in interest rates.
 
The convexity of a financial instrument measures the extent to which the duration or price sensitivity of an instrument changes for a one percent change in interest rates. As a result of convexity, actual changes in fair value from interest changes may differ from those implied by duration gap alone. For that reason, we believe duration gap is most useful when used in conjunction with PMVS-L.
 
The 50 basis point shift and 25 basis point change in slope of the LIBOR yield curve used for our PMVS measures represent events that are expected to have an approximately 5% probability of occurring over a one-month time horizon. We believe that our PMVS measures represent conservative measures of interest-rate risk because these assumed scenarios are unlikely and because the scenarios assume instantaneous shocks. Therefore, these PMVS measures do not consider the effects on fair value of any rebalancing actions that we would typically take to reduce our risk exposure.
 
The expected loss in portfolio market value is an estimate of the sensitivity to changes in interest rates of the fair value of all interest-earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and derivatives on a pre-tax basis. When we calculate the expected loss in portfolio market value and duration gap, we also take into account the cash flows related to certain credit guarantee-related items, including net buy-ups and expected gains or losses due to net interest from float. In making these calculations, we do not consider the sensitivity to interest-rate changes of the following assets and liabilities:
 
  •  Credit guarantee portfolio.   We do not consider the sensitivity of the fair value of the credit guarantee portfolio to changes in interest rates except for the guarantee-related items mentioned above ( i.e. , net buy-ups and float), because we believe the expected benefits from replacement business provide an adequate hedge against interest-rate changes over time.
 
  •  Other assets with minimal interest-rate sensitivity.   We do not include other assets, primarily non-financial instruments such as fixed assets and REO, because we estimate their impact on PMVS and duration gap to be minimal.
 
PMVS Results
 
Table 49 provides estimated point-in-time PMVS-L and PMVS-YC results at December 31, 2007 and 2006. Table 49 also provides PMVS-L estimates assuming an immediate 100 basis point shift in the LIBOR yield curve. Because we do not hedge all prepayment option risk, the duration of our mortgage assets changes more rapidly as changes in interest rates increase. Accordingly, as shown in Table 49, the PMVS-L results based on a 100 basis point shift in the LIBOR curve are disproportionately higher than the PMVS-L results based on a 50 basis point shift in the LIBOR curve.
 
Table 49 — PMVS Assuming Shifts of the LIBOR Yield Curve
 
                         
    Potential Pre-Tax Loss in
    Portfolio Market Value
    PMVS-YC   PMVS-L
    25 bps   50 bps   100 bps
    (in millions)
 
At:
                       
December 31, 2007
  $ 42     $ 533     $ 1,681  
December 31, 2006
  $ 27     $ 146     $ 560  
 
There are several reasons for a greater increase in PMVS-L compared to PMVS-YC. First, PMVS-L considers our convexity exposure, whereas PMVS-YC does not. Our convexity exposure increased in 2007 as rates declined, increasing our expected mortgage prepayments, and as we shifted our portfolio mix to more conventional fixed-rate mortgage related securities. Second, our duration risk, as measured by PMVS-YC, was not significantly affected as our risk continued to be positioned in a manner along the yield curve in which fair value losses due to nonparallel shifts in the yield curve were limited. Third, as a result of the change in our portfolio mix and the decline in interest rates, we hedged the change in the risk of our assets by increasing our position in pay-fixed swaps, while allowing for slightly more interest rate risk exposure.
 
Derivatives have enabled us to keep our interest-rate risk exposure at consistently low levels in a wide range of interest-rate environments. Table 50 shows that the low PMVS-L risk levels for the periods presented would generally have been higher if we had not used derivatives to manage our interest-rate risk exposure.
 
            103 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 50 — Derivative Impact on PMVS-L (50 bps)
 
                         
    Before
  After
  Effect of
    Derivatives   Derivatives   Derivatives
    (in millions)
 
At:
                       
December 31, 2007
  $ 1,371     $ 533     $ (838 )
December 31, 2006
  $ 541     $ 146     $ (395 )
 
Duration Gap Results
 
Our estimated average duration gap for the months of December 2007 and 2006 was zero months.
 
The disclosure in our Monthly Volume Summary reports, which are available on our website at www.freddiemac.com, reflects the average of the daily PMVS-L, PMVS-YC and duration gap estimates for a given reporting period (a month, quarter or year).
 
Use of Derivatives and Interest-Rate Risk Management
 
Use of Derivatives
 
We use derivatives primarily to:
 
  •  hedge forecasted issuances of debt and synthetically create callable and non-callable funding;
 
  •  regularly adjust or rebalance our funding mix in order to more closely match changes in the interest-rate characteristics of our mortgage assets; and
 
  •  hedge foreign-currency exposure (see “ Sources of Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks — Foreign-Currency Risk .”)
 
Hedge Forecasted Debt Issuances and Create Synthetic Funding
 
We typically commit to purchase mortgage investments on an opportunistic basis for a future settlement, typically ranging from two weeks to three months after the date of the commitment. To facilitate larger and more predictable debt issuances that contribute to lower funding costs, we use interest-rate derivatives to economically hedge the interest-rate risk exposure from the time we commit to purchase a mortgage to the time the related debt is issued. We also use derivatives to synthetically create the substantive economic equivalent of various debt funding structures. For example, the combination of a series of short-term debt issuances over a defined period and a pay-fixed swap with the same maturity as the last debt issuance is the substantive economic equivalent of a long-term fixed-rate debt instrument of comparable maturity. Similarly, the combination of non-callable debt and a call swaption, or option to enter into a receive-fixed swap, with the same maturity as the non-callable debt, is the substantive economic equivalent of callable debt. These derivatives strategies increase our funding flexibility and allow us to better match asset and liability cash flows, often reducing overall funding costs.
 
Adjust Funding Mix
 
We generally use interest-rate swaps to mitigate contractual funding mismatches between our assets and liabilities. We also use swaptions and other option-based derivatives to adjust the contractual funding of our debt in response to changes in the expected lives of mortgage-related assets in our retained portfolio. As market conditions dictate, we take rebalancing actions to keep our interest-rate risk exposure within management-set limits. In a declining interest-rate environment, we typically enter into receive-fixed swaps or purchase Treasury-based derivatives to shorten the duration of our funding to offset the declining duration of our mortgage assets. In a rising interest-rate environment, we typically enter into pay-fixed swaps or sell Treasury-based derivatives in order to lengthen the duration of our funding to offset the increasing duration of our mortgage assets.
 
Types of Derivatives
 
The derivatives we use to hedge interest-rate and foreign-currency risk are common in the financial markets. We principally use the following types of derivatives:
 
  •  LIBOR- and the Euro Interbank Offered Rate, or Euribor-, based interest-rate swaps;
 
  •  LIBOR- and Treasury-based options (including swaptions);
 
  •  LIBOR- and Treasury-based exchange-traded futures; and
 
  •  Foreign-currency swaps.
 
In addition to swaps, futures and purchased options, our derivative positions include the following:
 
Written Options and Swaptions
 
Written call and put swaptions are sold to counterparties allowing them the option to enter into receive- and pay-fixed swaps, respectively. Written call and put options on mortgage-related securities give the counterparty the right to execute a contract under specified terms, which generally occurs when we are in a liability position. We use these written options and
 
            104 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

swaptions to manage convexity risk over a wide range of interest rates. Written options lower our overall hedging costs, allow us to hedge the same economic risk we assume when selling guaranteed final maturity REMICs with a more liquid instrument and allow us to rebalance the options in our callable debt and REMIC portfolios. We may, from time to time, write other derivative contracts such as caps, floors, interest-rate futures and options on buy-up and buy-down commitments.
 
Forward Purchase and Sale Commitments
 
We routinely enter into forward purchase and sale commitments for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities. Most of these commitments are derivatives subject to the requirements of SFAS 133.
 
Swap Guarantee Derivatives
 
We issue swap guarantee derivatives that guarantee the payments on (a) multifamily mortgage loans that are originated and held by state and municipal housing finance agencies to support tax-exempt multifamily housing revenue bonds and (b) Freddie Mac pass-through certificates which are backed by tax-exempt multifamily housing revenue bonds and related taxable bonds and/or loans. In connection with some of these guarantees, we may also guarantee the sponsor’s or the borrower’s performance as a counterparty on any related interest-rate swaps used to mitigate interest-rate risk.
 
Credit Derivatives
 
We entered into credit derivatives during 2007, including risk-sharing agreements. Under these risk-sharing agreements, default losses on specific mortgage loans delivered by sellers are compared to default losses on reference pools of mortgage loans with similar characteristics. Based upon the results of that comparison, we remit or receive payments based upon the default performance of the referenced pools of mortgage loans. In addition, we entered into an agreement whereby we assume credit risk for mortgage loans held by third parties for up to a 90-day period in exchange for a monthly fee. Should the mortgage loans become delinquent we are obligated to purchase the loans.
 
In addition, we have also purchased mortgage loans containing debt cancellation contracts, which provide mortgage debt or payment cancellation for borrowers who experience unanticipated losses of income dependent on a covered event. The rights and obligations under these agreements have been assigned to the servicers. However, in the event the servicer does not perform as required by contract, under our guarantee, we would be obligated to make the required contractual payments.
 
Derivative-Related Risks
 
Our use of derivatives exposes us to derivative market liquidity risk and counterparty credit risk.
 
Derivative Market Liquidity Risk
 
Derivative market liquidity risk is the risk that we may not be able to enter into or exit out of derivative transactions at a reasonable cost. A lack of sufficient capacity or liquidity in the derivatives market could limit our risk management activities, increasing our exposure to interest-rate risk. To help maintain continuous access to derivative markets, we use a variety of products and transact with many different derivative counterparties. In addition to over-the-counter, or OTC, derivatives, we also use exchange-traded derivatives, asset securitization activities, callable debt and short-term debt to rebalance our portfolio.
 
We limit our duration and convexity exposure to each counterparty. At December 31, 2007, the largest single uncollateralized exposure of our 27 approved OTC counterparties listed in “Table 51 — Derivative Counterparty Credit Exposure” under “ANNUAL MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK— Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks” was related to a AAA-rated counterparty, constituting $174 million, or 51%, of the total uncollateralized exposure of our OTC interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives and foreign-currency swaps.
 
Derivative Counterparty Credit Risk
 
Counterparty credit risk arises from the possibility that the derivative counterparty will not be able to meet its contractual obligations. Exchange-traded derivatives, such as futures contracts, do not measurably increase our counterparty credit risk because changes in the value of open exchange-traded contracts are settled daily through a financial clearinghouse established by each exchange. OTC derivatives, however, expose us to counterparty credit risk because transactions are executed and settled between us and the counterparty. When our net position with an OTC counterparty subject to a master netting agreement has a market value above zero at a given date ( i.e. , it is an asset reported as derivative assets, net on our consolidated balance sheets), then the counterparty could potentially be obligated to deliver cash, securities or a combination of both having that market value to satisfy its obligation to us under the derivative.
 
We actively manage our exposure to counterparty credit risk using several tools, including:
 
  •  review of external rating analyses;
 
  •  strict standards for approving new derivative counterparties;
 
  •  ongoing monitoring of our positions with each counterparty;
 
            105 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
  •  managing diversification mix among counterparties;
 
  •  master netting agreements and collateral agreements; and
 
  •  stress-testing to evaluate potential exposure under possible adverse market scenarios.
 
On an ongoing basis, we review the credit fundamentals of all of our OTC derivative counterparties to confirm that they continue to meet our internal standards. We assign internal ratings, credit capital and exposure limits to each counterparty based on quantitative and qualitative analysis, which we update and monitor on a regular basis. We conduct additional reviews when market conditions dictate or events affecting an individual counterparty occur.
 
Derivative Counterparties
 
Our use of OTC interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives and foreign-currency swaps is subject to rigorous internal credit and legal reviews. Our derivative counterparties carry external credit ratings among the highest available from major rating agencies. All of these counterparties are major financial institutions and are experienced participants in the OTC derivatives market.
 
Master Netting and Collateral Agreements
 
We use master netting and collateral agreements to reduce our credit risk exposure to our active OTC derivative counterparties for interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives and foreign-currency swaps. See “NOTE 17: CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT AND OTHER RISKS” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
Table 51 summarizes our exposure to counterparty credit risk in our derivatives, which represents the net positive fair value of derivative contracts, related accrued interest and collateral held by us from our counterparties, after netting by counterparty as applicable ( i.e. , net amounts due to us under derivative contracts). This table is useful in understanding the counterparty credit risk related to our derivative portfolio.
 
Table 51 — Derivative Counterparty Credit Exposure
 
                                             
    December 31, 2007
                            Weighted Average
     
                Total
    Exposure,
    Contractual
     
    Number of
    Notional
    Exposure at
    Net of
    Maturity
    Collateral Posting
Rating (1)
  Counterparties (2)     Amount     Fair Value (3)     Collateral (4)     (in years)     Threshold
    (dollars in millions)
 
AAA
    2     $ 1,173     $ 174     $ 174       3.4     Mutually agreed upon
AA+
    3       180,939       945             4.4     $10 million or less
AA
    9       463,163       1,347       62       5.3     $10 million or less
AA−
    6       160,678       2,230       30       5.8     $10 million or less
A+
    5       168,680       1,770       54       6.1     $1 million or less
A
    2       35,391       239       19       5.7     $1 million or less
                                             
Subtotal (5)
    27       1,010,024       6,705       339       5.4      
Other derivatives (6)
            238,893                          
Forward purchase and sale commitments
            72,662       465       465              
Swap guarantee derivatives
            1,302                          
                                             
Total derivatives
          $ 1,322,881     $ 7,170     $ 804              
                                             
 
            106 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

                                             
    December 31, 2006
          Adjusted     Weighted Average
     
                Total
    Exposure,
    Contractual
     
    Number of
    Notional
    Exposure at
    Net of
    Maturity
    Collateral Posting
Rating (1)
  Counterparties (2)     Amount     Fair Value (3)     Collateral (4)     (in years)     Threshold
    (dollars in millions)
 
AAA
    2     $ 3,408     $ 411     $ 411       1.6     Mutually agreed upon
AA
    8       269,126       2,134       92       4.7     $10 million or less
AA−
    12       278,993       6,264       161       5.2     $10 million or less
A+
    4       142,332       1,393       7       6.1     $1 million or less
A−
    1       210       1       1       5.0     $1 million or less
                                             
Subtotal (5)
    27       694,069       10,203       672       5.2      
Other derivatives (6)
            53,071                          
Forward purchase and sale commitments
            10,012       18       18              
Swap guarantee derivatives
            957                          
                                             
Total derivatives
          $ 758,109     $ 10,221     $ 690              
                                             
(1)  We use the lower of S&P and Moody’s ratings to manage collateral requirements. In this table, the rating of the legal entity is stated in terms of the S&P equivalent.
(2)  Based on legal entities. Affiliated legal entities are reported separately.
(3)  For each counterparty, this amount includes derivatives with a net positive fair value (recorded as derivative assets, net), including the related accrued interest receivable/payable (net).
(4)  Total Exposure at Fair Value less collateral held as determined at the counterparty level.
(5)  Consists of OTC derivative agreements for interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives (excluding written options), foreign-currency swaps and purchased interest-rate caps. Written options do not present counterparty credit exposure, because we receive a one-time up-front premium in exchange for giving the holder the right to execute a contract under specified terms, which generally puts us in a liability position.
(6)  Consists primarily of exchange-traded contracts, certain written options and certain credit derivatives.
 
Over time, our exposure to individual counterparties for OTC interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives and foreign-currency swaps varies depending on changes in fair values, which are affected by changes in period-end interest rates, the implied volatility of interest rates, foreign-currency exchange rates and the amount of derivatives held. Our uncollateralized exposure to counterparties for these derivatives, after applying netting agreements and collateral, decreased to $339 million at December 31, 2007 from $672 million at December 31, 2006. This decrease was primarily due to a significant decrease in uncollateralized exposure to AAA-rated counterparties, which typically are not required to post collateral given their low risk profile.
 
At December 31, 2007, the uncollateralized exposure to non-AAA-rated counterparties was primarily due to exposure amounts below the applicable counterparty collateral posting threshold as well as market movements during the time period between when a derivative was marked to fair value and the date we received the related collateral. Collateral is typically transferred within one business day based on the values of the related derivatives.
 
As indicated in Table 51, approximately 95% of our counterparty credit exposure for OTC interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives and foreign-currency swaps was collateralized at December 31, 2007. If all of our counterparties for these derivatives had defaulted simultaneously on December 31, 2007, our maximum loss for accounting purposes would have been approximately $339 million. As of December 31, 2007, one of our AAA-rated counterparties, Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau, accounted for 22% of our uncollateralized exposure to derivatives counterparties, due to a single foreign currency denominated interest rate swap that matured on February 2008. At maturity, we received all cash that was due to us.
 
In the event of counterparty default our economic loss may be higher than the uncollateralized exposure of our derivatives if we were not able to replace the defaulted derivatives in a timely fashion. We monitor the risk that our uncollateralized exposure to each of our OTC counterparties for interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives and foreign-currency swaps will increase under certain adverse market conditions by performing daily market stress tests. These tests evaluate the potential additional uncollateralized exposure we would have to each of these derivative counterparties assuming changes in the level and implied volatility of interest rates and changes in foreign-currency exchange rates over a brief time period.
 
As of February 28, 2008, we have not incurred any credit losses on OTC derivative counterparties or set aside specific reserves for institutional credit risk exposure. We do not believe such reserves are necessary, given our counterparty credit risk management policies and collateral requirements.
 
As indicated in Table 51, the total exposure to our forward purchase and sale commitments of $465 million and $18 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, was uncollateralized. Because the typical maturity of our forward purchase and sale commitments is less than one year, we do not require master netting and collateral agreements for the counterparties of these commitments. However, we monitor the credit fundamentals of the counterparties to our forward purchase and sale commitments on an ongoing basis to ensure that they continue to meet our internal risk-management standards. At December 31, 2007, we had a large volume of purchase and sale commitments related to our retained portfolio
 
            107 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

that increased our exposure to the counterparties to our forward purchase and sale commitment. These commitments settled in January 2008.
 
CREDIT RISKS
 
Our credit guarantee portfolio is subject primarily to two types of credit risk: mortgage credit risk and institutional credit risk. Mortgage credit risk is the risk that a borrower will fail to make timely payments on a mortgage or security we own or guarantee. We are exposed to mortgage credit risk on our total mortgage portfolio because we either hold the mortgage assets or have guaranteed mortgages in connection with the issuance of a PC, Structured Security or other borrower performance commitment. Institutional credit risk is the risk that a counterparty that has entered into a business contract or arrangement with us will fail to meet its obligations.
 
Mortgage and credit market conditions deteriorated rapidly in the second half of 2007 and have continued in 2008. These conditions were brought about by several factors, which increased our exposure to both mortgage credit and institutional credit risks. Factors negatively affecting the mortgage and credit markets in recent months include:
 
  •  significant volatility;
 
  •  lower levels of liquidity;
 
  •  wider credit spreads;
 
  •  rating agency downgrades of mortgage-related securities or counterparties;
 
  •  declines in home prices nationally;
 
  •  higher incidence of institutional insolvencies; and
 
  •  higher levels of foreclosures and delinquencies, particularly with respect to non-traditional and subprime mortgage loans.
 
Mortgage Credit Risk
 
Mortgage Credit Risk Management Strategies
 
Mortgage credit risk is primarily influenced by the credit profile of the borrower on the mortgage, the features of the mortgage itself, the type of property securing the mortgage, home price trends, apartment demand in the area, the number of competing properties in the area (including properties under construction) and the general economy. To manage our mortgage credit risk, we focus on three key areas: underwriting requirements and quality control standards; portfolio diversification; and portfolio management activities, including loss mitigation and the use of credit enhancements.
 
Underwriting Requirements and Quality Control Standards
 
All mortgages that we purchase for our retained portfolio or our credit guarantee portfolio have an inherent risk of default. We seek to manage the underlying risk by using our underwriting and quality control processes and adequately pricing for the risk.
 
We use a process of delegated underwriting for the single-family mortgages we purchase or securitize. In this process, we provide originators with a series of mortgage underwriting standards and the originators represent and warrant to us that the mortgages sold to us meet these requirements. We subsequently review a sample of these loans and, if we determine that any loan is not in compliance with our contractual standards, we may require the seller/servicer to repurchase that mortgage or make us whole in the event of a default. We provide originators with written standards and/or automated underwriting software tools, such as Loan Prospector. ® We use other quantitative credit risk management tools that are designed to evaluate single-family mortgages and monitor the related mortgage credit risk for loans we may purchase. Loan Prospector ® generates a credit risk classification by evaluating information on significant indicators of mortgage default risk, such as LTV ratios, credit scores and other mortgage and borrower characteristics. These statistically-based risk assessment tools increase our ability to distinguish among single-family loans based on their expected risk, return and importance to our mission. In many cases, underwriting standards are tailored under contracts with individual customers. We have been expanding the share of mortgages we purchase that were underwritten by our seller/servicers using alternative automated underwriting systems or agreed-upon underwriting standards that differ from our system or guidelines, which may increase our credit risk and may result in increased losses. We regularly monitor the performance of mortgages purchased using these systems and standards, and if they underperform mortgages originated using Loan Prospector ® , we may seek additional management and guarantee fee compensation for future purchases of similar mortgages.
 
The percentage of our single-family mortgage purchase volume evaluated using Loan Prospector ® prior to purchase has declined over the last three years. As part of our post-purchase quality control review process, we use Loan Prospector ® to evaluate the credit quality of virtually all single-family mortgages that were not evaluated by Loan Prospector ® prior to purchase. Loan Prospector ® risk classifications influence both the price we charge to guarantee loans and the loans we review in quality control.
 
            108 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

For multifamily mortgage loans, we use an intensive pre-purchase underwriting process for the mortgages we purchase, unless the mortgage loans have significant credit enhancements. Our underwriting process includes assessments of the local market, the borrower, the property manager, the property’s historical and projected financial performance and the property’s physical condition, which may include a physical inspection of the property. In addition to our own inspections, we rely on third-party appraisals and environmental and engineering reports. We have also engaged third-party underwriters to underwrite mortgages on our behalf. During 2007, we also began a program of delegated underwriting for certain multifamily mortgages we purchase or securitize.
 
Credit Enhancements
 
Our charter requires that single-family mortgages with LTV ratios above 80% at the time of purchase must be covered by one or more of the following: (a) primary mortgage insurance on the portion above 80% guaranteed or insured by a qualified insurer as we determined; (b) a seller’s agreement to repurchase or replace any mortgage in default (for such period and under such circumstances as we may require); or (c) retention by the seller of at least a 10% participation interest in the mortgages. In addition, for some mortgage loans, we elect to share the default risk by transferring a portion of that risk to various third parties through a variety of other credit enhancements. In many cases, the lender’s or third party’s risk is limited to a specific level of losses at the time the credit enhancement becomes effective.
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, credit-enhanced single-family mortgages and mortgage-related securities represented approximately 17% and 16% of the $1,819 billion and $1,541 billion, respectively, unpaid principal balance of the total mortgage portfolio, excluding non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities and that portion of issued Structured Securities that is backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates. We recognized recovery proceeds of $421.3 million, $282.2 million and $292.5 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, under our primary and pool mortgage insurance policies and other credit enhancements related to our single-family loan portfolios. We exclude from the numbers, the amounts related to the underlying mortgage loans related to Structured Transactions because the securities in these structures remain subject to previously established guarantees or credit enhancements. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Table 20 — Characteristics of Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Related Securities in our Retained Portfolio” for additional information about our non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities.
 
Our ability and desire to expand or reduce the portion of our total mortgage portfolio with credit enhancements will depend on our evaluation of the credit quality of new business purchase opportunities, the risk profile of our portfolio and the future availability of effective credit enhancements at prices that permit an attractive return. While the use of credit enhancements reduces our exposure to mortgage credit risk, it increases our exposure to institutional credit risk. As guarantor, we remain responsible for the payment of principal and interest if a mortgage insurer fails to meet its obligations to reimburse us for claims. If an entity that provides credit enhancement fails to fulfill its obligation, the result would be increased credit related costs and a possible reduction in the fair values associated with our guaranteed PCs or Structured Securities. See “RISK FACTORS — Competitive and Market Risks” for additional information regarding the effects of increased credit losses. In the event one of our mortgage insurers was to become insolvent, the insurer’s future premiums paid by the borrower would be available to partially offset costs. As of February 28, 2008, no mortgage insurer has failed to meet its obligations to us.
 
Primary mortgage insurance is the most prevalent type of credit enhancement protecting our total mortgage portfolio and is typically provided on a loan-level basis for certain single-family mortgages. Primary mortgage insurance transfers varying portions of the credit risk associated with a mortgage to a third-party insurer. The amount of insurance we obtain on any mortgage depends on our requirements and our assessment of risk. We may, from time to time, agree with the insurer to reduce the amount of coverage that is in excess of our charter’s minimum requirement and may also furnish certain services to the insurer in exchange for fees paid by the insurer. As is the case with credit enhancement agreements generally, these agreements often improve the overall value of purchased mortgages and thus may allow us to offer lower management and guarantee fees to sellers.
 
In order to file a claim under a primary mortgage insurance policy, the insured loan must be in default or the borrower’s interest in the underlying property must have been extinguished, such as through a foreclosure action. The mortgage insurer has a prescribed period of time within which to process a claim and make a determination as to its validity and amount. It typically takes two months from the time a claim is filed to receive a primary mortgage insurance payment. The timeframe has remained relatively constant over the past two years. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, in connection with PCs and Structured Securities backed by single-family mortgage loans, excluding the loans that are underlying Structured Transactions, we had maximum coverage totaling $51.9 billion and $40.2 billion, respectively, in primary mortgage insurance.
 
Other prevalent types of credit enhancement that we use are lender recourse and indemnification agreements (under which we may require a lender to reimburse us for credit losses realized on mortgages), as well as pool insurance. Pool insurance provides insurance on a pool of loans up to a stated aggregate loss limit. In addition to a pool-level loss coverage
 
            109 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

limit, some pool insurance contracts may have limits on coverage at the loan level. For pool insurance contracts that expire before the completion of the contractual term of the mortgage loan, we seek to ensure that the contracts cover the period of time during which we believe the mortgage loans are most likely to default.
 
Recently the mortgage insurance industry has been subject to increased public and regulatory scrutiny. In addition, certain large insurers have been downgraded by nationally recognized rating agencies. We have institutional credit risk relating to the potential insolvency or non-performance of mortgage insurers that insure mortgages we purchase or guarantee. We manage this risk by establishing eligibility standards for mortgage insurers and by regularly monitoring our exposure to individual mortgage insurers. Our monitoring includes regularly performing analysis of the estimated financial capacity of mortgage insurers under different adverse economic conditions. We also monitor the mortgage insurers’ credit ratings, as provided by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, and we periodically review the methods used by the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. To the extent there are downgrades in the credit rating of a mortgage insurer, we consider whether the downgrade will have an impact on our guarantee losses. As of February 28, 2008, downgrades have had no impact on our guarantee losses.
 
We announced that effective June 1, 2008, our private mortgage insurer counterparties may not cede new risk if the gross risk or gross premium ceded to captive reinsurers is greater than 25%. We also announced that we are temporarily suspending certain requirements for our mortgage insurance counterparties that are downgraded below AA– or Aa3 by any one of the rating agencies, provided the mortgage insurer commits to providing a remediation plan for our approval within 90 days of the downgrade. We periodically perform on-site reviews of mortgage insurers to confirm compliance with our eligibility requirements and to evaluate their management and control practices. In addition, state insurance authorities regulate mortgage insurers. See “NOTE 17: CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT AND OTHER RISKS” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
In order to file a claim under a pool insurance policy, we generally must have finalized the primary mortgage claim, disposed of the foreclosed property, and quantified the net loss payable with respect to the insured loan to determine the amount due under the pool insurance policy so that a claim can be filed. Certain pool mortgage insurance policies have specified loss deductibles that must be met before we are entitled to recover under the policy. Pool insurance proceeds are generally received five to six months after disposition of the underlying property. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, in connection with PCs and Structured Securities backed by single-family mortgage loans, excluding the loans that are underlying Structured Transactions, we had maximum coverage totaling $12.1 billion, and $10.5 billion, respectively, in lender recourse and indemnification agreements; and $3.8 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively, in pool insurance. See “Institutional Credit Risk — Mortgage Insurers ” for further discussion about our mortgage loan insurers.
 
Other forms of credit enhancements on single-family mortgage loans include government guarantees, collateral (including cash or high-quality marketable securities) pledged by a lender, excess interest and subordinated security structures. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, in connection with PCs and Structured Securities backed by single-family mortgage loans, excluding the loans that are underlying Structured Transactions, we had maximum coverage totaling $0.5 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, in other credit enhancements.
 
We occasionally use credit enhancements to mitigate risk on multifamily mortgages. These mortgages are in almost all cases without recourse to the borrower, absent borrower misconduct. The types of credit enhancements used for multifamily mortgage loans include recourse to the mortgage seller, third-party guarantees or letters of credit, cash escrows, subordinated participations in mortgage loans or structured pools, sharing of losses with sellers, and cross-default and cross-collateralization provisions. Cross-default and cross-collateralization provisions typically work in tandem. With a cross-default provision, if the loan on a property goes into default, we have the right to declare specified other mortgage loans of the same borrower or certain of its affiliates to be in default and to foreclose those other mortgages. In cases where the borrower agrees to cross-collateralization, we have the additional right to apply excess proceeds from the foreclosure of one mortgage to amounts owed to us by the same borrower or its specified affiliates relating to other multifamily mortgage loans we own. We also receive similar credit enhancements for multifamily PC guarantor swaps; for tax-exempt multifamily housing revenue bonds that support pass-through certificates issued by third parties for which we provide our guarantee of the payment of principal and interest; for Freddie Mac pass-through certificates that are backed by tax-exempt multifamily housing revenue bonds and related taxable bonds and/or loans; and for multifamily mortgage loans that are originated and held by state and municipal agencies to support tax-exempt multifamily housing revenue bonds for which we provide our guarantee of the payment of principal and interest. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, in connection with PCs and Structured Securities backed by multifamily mortgage loans, excluding the loans that are underlying Structured Transactions, we had maximum coverage totaling $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively.
 
Other Credit Risk Management Activities
 
To compensate us for unusual levels of risk in some mortgage products, we may charge incremental fees above a base management and guarantee fee calculated based on credit risk factors such as the mortgage product type, loan purpose, LTV
 
            110 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

ratio, and other loan or borrower attributes. In addition, we occasionally use financial incentives and credit derivatives, as described below, in situations where we believe they will benefit our credit risk management strategy. These arrangements are intended to reduce our credit-related expenses, thereby improving our overall returns.
 
In some cases, we provide financial incentives in the form of lump sum payments to selected seller/servicers if they deliver a specified volume or percentage of mortgage loans meeting specified credit risk standards over a defined period of time. These financial incentives may also take the form of a fee payable to us by the seller if the mortgages delivered to us do not meet certain credit standards.
 
We have also entered into credit derivatives. All credit derivatives were classified as no hedge designation. The fair value of these credit derivatives was not material at either December 31, 2007 or 2006. See “ANNUAL MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — Use of Derivatives and Interest-Rate Risk Management — Credit Derivatives ” for further discussion.
 
Although these arrangements are part of our overall credit risk management strategy, we have not treated them as credit enhancements for purposes of describing our total mortgage portfolio characteristics because the risk-sharing and credit derivative agreements may require us to make payments to the seller/servicer.
 
Portfolio Diversification
 
A key characteristic of our credit risk portfolio is diversification along a number of critical risk dimensions. We continually monitor a variety of mortgage loan characteristics such as product mix, LTV ratios and geographic concentrations, which may affect the default experience on our overall mortgage portfolio. As part of our risk management practices, we have adopted a set of limits on our purchases and holdings of certain types of non-traditional mortgage products that are deemed to have higher risks or lack sufficient historical experience to confidently forecast performance expectations over a full housing cycle. These loan products include option ARMs and loans with high LTV ratios, and mortgages originated with limited or no underwriting documentation.
 
Product mix affects the credit risk profile of our total mortgage portfolio. In general, 15-year amortizing fixed-rate mortgages exhibit the lowest default rate among the types of mortgage loans we securitize and purchase, due to the accelerated rate of principal amortization on these mortgages and the credit profiles of borrowers who seek and qualify for them. In a rising interest rate environment, balloon/reset mortgages and ARMs typically default at a higher rate than fixed-rate mortgages, although default rates for different types of ARMs may vary.
 
The primary mortgage products within our mortgage loan and guaranteed PC and Structured Securities portfolios are conventional first lien, fixed-rate mortgage loans. We have not purchased any second lien mortgage loans in 2007 or 2006. Any second lien mortgage loans that we do own constitute less than 0.1% of our guaranteed PC and Structured Securities portfolio as of December 31, 2007. However, during the past several years, there was a rapid proliferation of non-traditional mortgage product types designed to address a variety of borrower and lender needs, including issues of affordability and reduced income documentation requirements. While features of these products have been on the market for some time, their prevalence in the market and our total mortgage portfolio increased in 2007 and 2006. See “BUSINESS — Regulation and Supervision — Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight — Guidance on Non-traditional Mortgage Product Risks and Subprime Lending ” and “RISK FACTORS — Legal and Regulatory Risks” for more information on these products. Despite an increase in the purchase of adjustable-rate mortgages in the last few years, single-family traditional long-term fixed-rate mortgages comprised approximately 80% and 82% of our mortgage loans and loans underlying our PCs and Structured Securities at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Adjustable-Rate, Interest-Only and Option ARM Loans
 
These mortgages are designed to offer borrowers greater choices in their payment terms. Interest-only mortgages allow the borrower to pay only interest for a fixed period of time before the loan begins to amortize. Option ARM loans permit a variety of repayment options, which include minimum, interest only, fully amortizing 30-year and fully amortizing 15-year payments. Minimum payment option loans allow the borrower to make monthly payments that are less than the interest accrued for the period. The unpaid interest, known as negative amortization, is added to the principal balance of the loan, which increases the outstanding loan balance. Our purchases of interest-only mortgage products increased in 2007, representing approximately 20% of our total mortgage portfolio purchases as compared to approximately 16% in 2006. Our purchase of option ARM mortgage products decreased in 2007, representing less than 1% and approximately 2% of our total mortgage portfolio purchases in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Interest-only and option ARM loans are considered non-traditional mortgage products as defined by the October 2006 Guidance on Non-traditional Mortgage Product Risks. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, interest-only and option ARM loans collectively represented approximately 10% and 6%, respectively, of the unpaid principal balance of the total mortgage portfolio. We will continue to monitor the growth of these products in our portfolio and, if appropriate, may seek credit enhancements to further manage the incremental risk.
 
            111 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 52 presents scheduled reset information for single-family mortgage loans underlying our PCs and Structured Securities, excluding Structured Transactions, at December 31, 2007 that contain adjustable payment terms. The reported balances in the table are based on the unpaid principal balances of these loans, aggregated by adjustable-rate loan product type and categorized by year of the next scheduled contractual reset date. The timing of the actual reset dates may differ from those presented due to a number of factors, including refinancing or exercising of other provisions within the terms of the mortgage.
 
Table 52 — Single-Family Scheduled Adjustable-Rate Resets by Year at December 31, 2007 (1)
 
                                                         
    2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter     Total  
    (in millions)  
 
ARMs/amortizing
  $ 20,258     $ 17,945     $ 16,751     $ 12,420     $ 8,516     $ 14,437     $ 90,327  
ARMs/interest-only
    2,382       3,529       18,822       30,105       32,909       33,857       121,604  
Balloon/resets
    3,236       3,004       6,863       2,821       880       318       17,122  
                                                         
Adjustable-rate loans (2)
  $ 25,876     $ 24,478     $ 42,436     $ 45,346     $ 42,305     $ 48,612     $ 229,053  
                                                         
(1)  Based on the unpaid principal balances of mortgage products that contain adjustable-rate interest provisions, excluding $1.9 billion of option ARM loans, as of December 31, 2007. These reported balances are based on the unpaid principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans and do not reflect the publicly-available security balances we use to report the composition of our PCs and Structured Securities.
(2)  Represents the portion of the unpaid principal balances that are scheduled to reset during the period specified above.
 
Adjustable-rate mortgages typically have initial periods during which the interest rate is fixed. After this initial period, which can typically range from two to ten years, the interest rate on the loan will then periodically reset based on a current market rate. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 22% of the adjustable-rate single-family mortgage loans within our PCs and Structured Securities are scheduled to have interest rates that reset in 2008 or 2009.
 
Subprime Loans
 
Participants in the mortgage market often characterize single-family loans based upon their overall credit quality at the time of origination, generally considering them to be prime or subprime. There is no universally accepted definition of subprime. The subprime segment of the mortgage market primarily serves borrowers with poorer credit payment histories and such loans typically have a mix of credit characteristics that indicate a higher likelihood of default and higher loss severities than prime loans. Such characteristics might include a combination of high LTV ratios, low credit scores or originations using lower underwriting standards such as limited or no documentation of a borrower’s income. The subprime market helps certain borrowers by broadening the availability of mortgage credit.
 
While we have not historically characterized the single-family loans underlying our PCs and Structured Securities as either prime or subprime, we do monitor the amount of loans we have guaranteed with characteristics that indicate a higher degree of credit risk. See “ Mortgage Portfolio Characteristics  — Higher Risk Combinations ” for further information. We estimate that approximately $6 billion and $3 billion of loans underlying our Structured Transactions at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, were classified as subprime mortgage loans. To support our mission, we announced in April 2007 that we will purchase up to $20 billion in fixed-rate and hybrid ARM products that will provide lenders with more choices to offer subprime borrowers. The products are intended to be consumer-friendly mortgages for borrowers that will limit payment shock by offering reduced adjustable-rate margins, longer fixed-rate terms and longer reset periods than existing similar products. Subsequent to our announcement, we have entered into purchase commitments of $207 million of mortgages on primary residence, single-family properties specifically pursuant to this commitment. We also fulfill this commitment through purchases of refinance mortgages made to credit challenged borrowers, who may have previously been served by the subprime mortgage market. As of December 31, 2007, we have purchased approximately $43 billion of conventional mortgages made to borrowers who otherwise might have been limited to subprime products, including approximately $23 billion of refinance mortgages meeting our criteria.
 
With respect to our retained portfolio, at December 31, 2007 and 2006, we held investments of approximately $101 billion and $122 billion, respectively, of non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans. These securities include significant credit enhancement, particularly through subordination, and 81% of these securities were AAA-rated at February 25, 2008. During 2007, we recognized $10 million of credit losses as impairment expense on these securities related to four positions that were below AAA-rated at acquisition. The net unrealized losses, net of tax, on the remaining securities that are below AAA-rated are included in AOCI and totaled $504 million as of December 31, 2007. Between December 31, 2007 and February 25, 2008, credit ratings for mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $16 billion were downgraded by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization. In addition, there were $5 billion of unrealized losses, net of tax, associated with AAA-rated, non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime collateral that are principally a result of decreased liquidity in the subprime market. The extent and duration of the decline in fair value of these securities relative to our cost have met our criteria that indicate the impairment of these securities is temporary. However, if market conditions continue to deteriorate, further credit
 
            112 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

downgrades to our non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans could occur and may result in additional declines in their fair value.
 
Alt-A Loans
 
Many mortgage market participants classify single-family loans with credit characteristics that range between their prime and subprime categories as Alt-A because these loans have a combination of characteristics of each category or may be underwritten with lower or alternative documentation than a full documentation mortgage loan. Although there is no universally accepted definition of Alt-A, industry participants have used this classification principally to describe loans for which the underwriting process has been streamlined in order to reduce the documentation requirements of the borrower or allow alternative documentation.
 
We principally acquire Alt-A mortgage loans from our traditional lenders that largely specialize in originating prime mortgage loans. These lenders typically originate Alt-A loans as a complementary product offering and generally follow an origination path similar to that used for their prime origination process. In determining our exposure to Alt-A loans in our PC and Structured Securities portfolio, we have classified mortgage loans as Alt-A if the lender that delivers them to us has classified the loans as Alt-A, or if the loans had reduced documentation requirements which indicate that the loans should be classified as Alt-A. We estimate that approximately $154 billion, or 9%, of our single-family PCs and Structured Securities at December 31, 2007 were backed by Alt-A mortgage loans. For these loans, our average credit score was 719, our estimated current average LTV ratio was 72% and our delinquency rate, excluding certain Structured Transactions, was 1.86% at December 31, 2007.
 
We also invest in non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A loans in our retained portfolio. We have classified these securities as Alt-A if the securities were labeled as Alt-A when sold to us or we believe the underlying collateral includes a significant amount of Alt-A loans. We believe that $51 billion and $56 billion of our single-family non-agency mortgage-related securities that are not backed by subprime loans are generally backed by Alt-A mortgage loans at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We have focused our purchases on credit-enhanced, senior tranches of these securities and more than 99% of these securities were AAA-rated as of December 31, 2007. Between December 31, 2007 and February 25, 2008, credit ratings for mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $1.1 billion were downgraded from AAA by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
 
Guidance on Non-traditional Mortgage Product Risks and Subprime Mortgage Lending
 
In October 2006, five federal financial institution regulatory agencies jointly issued Interagency Guidance that clarified how financial institutions should offer non-traditional mortgage products in a safe and sound manner and in a way that clearly discloses the risks that borrowers may assume. In June 2007, the same financial institution regulatory agencies published the final interagency Subprime Statement, which addressed risks relating to subprime short-term hybrid ARMs. The Interagency Guidance and the Subprime Statement set forth principles that regulate financial institutions originating certain non-traditional mortgages and subprime short-term hybrid ARMs with respect to their underwriting practices. These principles included providing borrowers with clear and balanced information about the relative benefits and risks of these products sufficiently early in the process to enable them to make informed decisions.
 
OFHEO has directed us to adopt practices consistent with the risk management, underwriting and consumer protection guidelines of the Interagency Guidance and the Subprime Statement. These principles apply to our purchase of non-traditional mortgages and subprime short-term hybrid ARMs and our related investment activities. In response, in July 2007, we informed our customers of new underwriting and disclosure requirements for non-traditional mortgages. In September 2007, we informed our customers and other counterparties of similar new requirements for subprime short-term hybrid ARMs. These new requirements are consistent with our announcement in February 2007 that we would implement stricter investment standards for certain subprime ARMs originated after September 1, 2007, and develop new mortgage products providing lenders with more choices to offer subprime borrowers. See “RISK FACTORS — Legal and Regulatory Risks” for further discussion
 
Mortgage Portfolio Characteristics
 
As previously noted, all mortgages that we purchase for our retained portfolio or that we guarantee have an inherent risk of default. We seek to manage the underlying risk by adequately pricing for the risk we assume using our underwriting and quality control processes. Our underwriting process evaluates mortgage loans using several critical risk characteristics, such as credit score, LTV ratio and occupancy type. Table 53 provides characteristics of our single-family new business purchases in 2007 and 2006, and of our single-family mortgage portfolio at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
 
            113 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 53 — Characteristics of Single-Family Mortgage Portfolio (1)
                                                 
    Purchases During
       
    the Year Ended
    Portfolio at
 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
Original LTV Ratio Range (2)
                                   
 
Less than 60%
    18 %     19 %     21 %     22 %     24 %     25 %
Above 60% to 70%
    14       14       16       16       16       17  
Above 70% to 80%
    49       54       50       47       46       44  
Above 80% to 90%
    8       7       7       8       7       8  
Above 90% to 100%
    11       6       6       7       7       6  
Above 100%
                                   
                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                 
Weighted average original ratio
    74 %     73 %     71 %     71 %     70 %     70 %
 
                                                 
Estimated Current LTV Ratio Range (3)
                                   
 
Less than 60%
                            41 %     52 %     56 %
Above 60% to 70%
                            15       18       18  
Above 70% to 80%
                            19       20       18  
Above 80% to 90%
                            15       8       6  
Above 90% to 100%
                            7       2       2  
Above 100%
                            3              
                                                 
Total
                            100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                 
Weighted average estimated current LTV ratio
                            63 %     57 %     56 %
 
                                                 
Credit Score (4)
                                   
 
740 and above
    42 %     42 %     44 %     45 %     45 %     45 %
700 to 739
    22       24       23       23       23       23  
660 to 699
    19       19       19       18       18       18  
620 to 659
    11       10       10       9       9       9  
Less than 620
    6       5       4       4       4       4  
Not available
                      1       1       1  
                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                 
Weighted average credit score
    718       720       722       723       725       725  
 
                                                 
Loan Purpose
                                   
 
Purchase
    47 %     53 %     44 %     40 %     37 %     32 %
Cash-out refinance
    32       32       35       30       29       29  
Other refinance
    21       15       21       30       34       39  
                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                 
 
                                                 
Property Type
                                   
 
1 unit
    97 %     97 %     97 %     97 %     97 %     97 %
2-4 units
    3       3       3       3       3       3  
                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                 
 
                                                 
Occupancy Type
                                   
 
Primary residence
    89 %     89 %     91 %     91 %     92 %     93 %
Second/vacation home
    5       6       5       5       5       4  
Investment
    6       5       4       4       3       3  
                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                 
(1)  Purchases and ending balances are based on the unpaid principal balance of the single-family mortgage portfolio. Purchases included in the data totaled $467 billion, $358 billion and $396 billion in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Ending balances included in the data totaled $1,718 billion, $1,482 billion and $1,333 billion at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Ending balances exclude $6.4 billion, $5.4 billion, and $6.7 billion for 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively, for certain Structured Transactions backed by non-Freddie Mac securities issued for which the loan characteristics data was not available because we are not the servicer of the underlying securities or the mortgage loans underlying those securities, or where there were substantial credit enhancements that reduced the expected exposure to loss to such an extent that disclosure of the underlying loan characteristics was not considered meaningful.
(2)  Original LTV ratios are calculated as the amount of the mortgage we guarantee, including any portion covered by credit enhancement, divided by the lesser of the appraised value of the property at time of mortgage origination or the mortgage borrower’s purchase price. Second liens not owned or guaranteed by us are excluded from the LTV ratio calculation.
(3)  Current market values are estimated by adjusting the value of the property at origination based on changes in the market value of homes since origination. Estimated current LTV ratio range is not applicable to purchases made during the year and excludes any secondary financing by third parties. Including secondary financing, the total LTV ratios above 90% have risen to 14% as of December 31, 2007.
(4)  Credit score data is as of mortgage loan origination for all loans within mortgage pools underlying our issued PCs and Structured Securities, as well as mortgage loans held in our retained portfolio, and is based on the rating system scale developed by Fair, Isaac and Co., Inc., or FICO ® , scores.
 
Loan-to-Value Ratios.   An important safeguard against credit losses for mortgage loans in our single-family non-credit-enhanced portfolio is provided by the borrowers’ equity in the underlying properties. Our charter requires that single-family mortgages with LTV ratios above 80% at the time of purchase be covered by one or more of the following: (a) mortgage insurance for mortgage amounts above the 80% threshold; (b) a seller’s agreement to repurchase or replace any mortgage upon default; or (c) retention by the seller of at least a 10% participation interest in the mortgages. In addition, we employ
 
            114 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

other types of credit enhancements, including pool insurance, indemnification agreements, collateral pledged by lenders and subordinated security structures.
 
The likelihood of single-family mortgage default depends not only on the initial credit quality of the loan, but also on events that occur after origination. Accordingly, we monitor changes in home prices across the country and the impact of these home price changes on the underlying LTV ratio of mortgages in our portfolio. While home prices rose significantly during the years prior to 2006, growth slowed significantly during 2006 and home prices generally declined in 2007 across the United States. We monitor regional geographic markets for changes in these trends, particularly with respect to new loans originated in regional markets that have had significant home price appreciation, and we may seek to reinsure a portion of our risk. Historical experience has shown that defaults are less likely to occur on mortgages with lower estimated current LTV ratios. At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, single-family mortgage portfolio loans with 80% or less in estimated current LTV ratio, totaled 75%, 90% and 92%, respectively, which indicates an increase in our exposure to losses in the event of default.
 
Credit Score.   Credit scores are a useful measure for assessing the credit quality of a borrower. Credit scores are numbers reported by credit repositories, based on statistical models, that summarize an individual’s credit record and predict the likelihood that a borrower will repay future obligations as expected. FICO scores are the most commonly used credit scores today. FICO scores are ranked on a scale of approximately 300 to 850 points. Statistically, consumers with higher credit scores are more likely to repay their debts as expected than those with lower scores. At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the weighted average credit score for single-family mortgage portfolio (based on the credit score at origination) remained high at 723, 725 and 725, respectively, indicating borrowers with strong credit quality.
 
Loan Purpose.   Mortgage loan purpose indicates how the borrower intends to use the funds from a mortgage loan. The three general categories are purchase, cash-out refinance and other refinance. In a purchase transaction, funds are used to acquire a property. In a cash-out refinance transaction, in addition to paying off an existing first mortgage lien, the borrower obtains additional funds that may be used for other purposes, including paying off subordinate mortgage liens and providing unrestricted cash proceeds to the borrower. In other refinance transactions, the funds are used to pay off an existing first mortgage lien and may be used in limited amounts for certain specified purposes; such refinances are generally referred to as “no cash-out” or “rate and term” refinances. Other refinance transactions also include refinance mortgages for which the delivery data provided was not sufficient for us to determine whether the mortgage was a cash-out or a no cash-out refinance transaction. Given similar loan characteristics ( e.g. , LTV ratios), purchase transactions have the lowest likelihood of default followed by no cash-out refinances and then cash-out refinances. The amount of purchase mortgages in our single-family mortgage portfolio has been increasing in each of the last three years as homeownership rates in the U.S. have also increased.
 
Property Type.   Single-family mortgage loans are defined as mortgages secured by housing with up to four living units. Mortgages on one-unit properties tend to have lower credit risk than mortgages on multiple-unit properties.
 
Occupancy Type.   Borrowers may purchase a home as a primary residence, second/vacation home or investment property that is typically a rental property. Mortgage loans on properties occupied by the borrower as a primary or secondary residence tend to have a lower credit risk than mortgages on investment properties.
 
Geographic Concentration.   Because our business involves purchasing mortgages from every geographic region in the U.S., we maintain a geographically diverse single-family mortgage portfolio. This diversification generally mitigates credit risks arising from changing local economic conditions. Our single-family mortgage portfolio’s geographic distribution was relatively stable from 2005 to 2007, and remains broadly diversified across these regions. See “NOTE 17: CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT AND OTHER RISKS” to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information concerning the distribution of our single-family mortgage portfolio by geographic region.
 
Higher Risk Combinations.   Combining certain loan characteristics often can indicate a higher degree of credit risk. For example, mortgages with both high LTV ratios and borrowers who have lower credit scores typically experience higher rates of delinquency, default and credit losses. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 1% of single-family mortgage loans we have guaranteed were made to borrowers with credit scores below 620 and had original LTV ratios above 90% at the time of mortgage origination. In addition, as of December 31, 2007, 4% of Alt-A and interest-only single-family loans we have guaranteed have been made to borrowers with credit scores below 620 at mortgage origination. These combinations of loans represent categories that have inherently greater credit risk, but reflect our efforts to meet increasingly demanding affordable housing goals. For the 25% of single-family mortgage loans with greater than 80% estimated current LTV ratios, the borrowers had a weighted average credit score at origination of 708 and 705 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Similarly, for the 14% of single-family mortgage loans where the average credit score at origination was less than 660, the average estimated current LTV ratios were 71% and 63% at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. As home prices increased during 2006 and prior years, many borrowers used second liens at the time of purchase to potentially reduce their
 
            115 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

LTV ratio to below 80%. Including this secondary financing, we estimate that the percentage of loans we have guaranteed with total LTV ratios above 90% has risen to 14% as of December 31, 2007.
 
Loss Mitigation Activities
 
Loss mitigation activities are a key component of our strategy for managing and resolving troubled assets and lowering credit losses. Our single-family loss mitigation strategy emphasizes early intervention in delinquent mortgages and providing alternatives to foreclosure. Other single-family loss mitigation activities include providing our single-family servicers with default management tools designed to help them manage non-performing loans more effectively and support fulfillment of our mission by assisting borrowers in retaining homeownership. Foreclosure alternatives are intended to reduce the number of delinquent mortgages that proceed to foreclosure and, ultimately, mitigate our total credit losses by reducing or eliminating a portion of the costs related to foreclosed properties and avoiding the credit loss in REO.
 
Our foreclosure alternatives include:
 
  •  Repayment plans are contractual plans to make up past due amounts. They mitigate our credit losses because they assist borrowers in returning to compliance with the original terms of their mortgages.
 
  •  Loan modifications, which involve adding delinquent interest to the original unpaid principal balance of the loan or changing other terms of a mortgage as an alternative to foreclosure. We examine the borrower’s capacity to make payments under the new terms by reviewing the borrower’s qualifications, including income and other indebtedness.
 
  •  Forbearance agreements, under which reduced payments or no payments are required during a defined period. They provide a temporary suspension of the foreclosure process to allow additional time for the borrower to return to compliance with the original terms of the borrower’s mortgage or to implement another foreclosure alternative.
 
  •  Pre-foreclosure sales, in which the borrower, working with the servicer, sells the home and pays off all or part of the outstanding loan, accrued interest and other expenses from the sale proceeds.
 
Table 54 presents the number of loans with foreclosure alternatives for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
 
Table 54 — Single-Family Foreclosure Alternatives (1)
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (number of loans)  
 
Repayment plans
    38,809       36,996       38,740  
Loan modifications
    8,105       9,348       6,232  
Forbearance agreements
    3,108       11,152       13,403  
Pre-foreclosure sales
    2,009       1,575       1,672  
                         
Foreclosure alternatives
    52,031       59,071       60,047  
                         
(1)  Based on the single-family mortgage portfolio, excluding non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities, Structured Transactions, and that portion of Structured Securities that is backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates.
 
The total number of loans with foreclosure alternatives decreased in 2007, as compared to 2006 and 2005, due to a significant reduction in the number of forbearance agreements that were extended to single-family borrowers affected by Hurricane Katrina in 2005 and 2006. Absent the impact of Hurricane Katrina, the number of foreclosure alternatives increased slightly due to the deterioration of the residential mortgage market during 2007.
 
We require multifamily seller/servicers to closely manage mortgage loans they have sold us in order to mitigate potential losses. For loans over $1 million, servicers must generally submit an annual assessment of the mortgaged property to us based on the servicer’s analysis of financial and other information about the property and, except for certain higher performing loans, an inspection of the property. We evaluate these assessments internally and may direct the servicer to take specific actions to reduce the likelihood of delinquency or default. If a loan defaults despite these actions, we may offer a foreclosure alternative to the borrower. For example, we may modify the terms of a multifamily mortgage loan, which gives the borrower an opportunity to bring the loan current and retain ownership of the property. Because the activities of multifamily seller/servicers are an important part of our loss mitigation process, we rate their performance regularly and conduct on-site reviews of their servicing operations to confirm compliance with our standards.
 
Performing and Non-Performing Assets
 
We have classified loans in our single-family mortgage portfolio that are past due for 90 days or more (seriously delinquent) or whose contractual terms have been modified due to the financial difficulties of the borrower as non-performing assets. Similarly, multifamily loans are classified as non-performing assets if they are 60 days or more past due (seriously delinquent), if collectibility of principal and interest is not reasonably assured based on an individual loan level assessment, or if their contractual terms have been modified due to financial difficulties of the borrower. Table 55 provides detail on performing and non-performing assets in our total mortgage portfolio.
 
            116 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 55 — Performing and Non-Performing Assets (1)
 
                                 
    December 31, 2007  
          Non-Performing Assets        
          Less Than 90
             
    Performing
    Days Past
    Seriously
       
    Assets (2)     Due (3)     Delinquent (4)     Total  
    (in millions)  
 
Mortgage loans in retained portfolio
                               
Multifamily
  $ 57,295     $     $ 3     $ 57,298  
Multifamily troubled debt restructurings
          264       7       271  
                                 
Subtotal, mortgage loans in retained portfolio, multifamily
    57,295       264       10       57,569  
                                 
Single-family
    13,591             698       14,289  
Single-family loans purchased under financial guarantees (5)
    2,399             4,602       7,001  
Single-family troubled debt restructurings
          2,690       609       3,299  
                                 
Subtotal, mortgage loans in retained portfolio, single-family
    15,990       2,690       5,909       24,589  
                                 
Subtotal, mortgage loans in retained portfolio
    73,285       2,954       5,919       82,158  
                                 
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities
                               
Multifamily
    10,607       51             10,658  
Single-family (6)
    1,700,543             6,141       1,706,684  
Structured Securities backed by non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities (7)
    19,846             1,645       21,491  
                                 
Subtotal, guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities
    1,730,996       51       7,786       1,738,833  
                                 
REO, Net
                1,736       1,736  
                                 
Totals
  $ 1,804,281     $ 3,005     $ 15,441     $ 1,822,727  
                                 
 
                                 
    December 31, 2006 (Adjusted)  
          Non-Performing Assets        
          Less Than 90
             
    Performing
    Days Past
    Seriously
       
    Assets (2)     Due (3)     Delinquent (4)     Total  
    (in millions)  
 
Mortgage loans in retained portfolio
                               
Multifamily
  $ 44,845     $     $     $ 44,845  
Multifamily troubled debt restructurings
          362             362  
                                 
Subtotal, mortgage loans in retained portfolio, multifamily
    44,845       362             45,207  
                                 
Single-family
    13,843             1,125       14,968  
Single-family loans purchased under financial guarantees (5)
    1,156             1,827       2,983  
Single-family troubled debt restructurings
          2,219       470       2,689  
                                 
Subtotal, mortgage loans in retained portfolio, single-family
    14,999       2,219       3,422       20,640  
                                 
Subtotal, mortgage loans in retained portfolio
    59,844       2,581       3,422       65,847  
                                 
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities
                               
Multifamily
    8,333       52       30       8,415  
Single-family (6)
    1,440,585             1,721       1,442,306  
Structured Securities backed by non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities (7)
    25,305             997       26,302  
                                 
Subtotal, guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities
    1,474,223       52       2,748       1,477,023  
                                 
REO, Net
                743       743  
                                 
Totals
  $ 1,534,067     $ 2,633     $ 6,913     $ 1,543,613  
                                 
(1)  Based on unpaid principal balance. Effective December 2007, we established securitization trusts for the underlying assets of our PCs and Structured Securities issued. As a result, we adjusted the reported balance of our mortgage portfolios to reflect the publicly-available security balances of our PCs and Structured Securities. Previously we reported these balances based on the unpaid principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans.
(2)  Consists of single-family loans that are less than 90 days past due and multifamily loans less than 60 days past due under the original terms of the mortgage as of period end and have not had loan terms modified.
(3)  Includes single-family loans that were previously reported as seriously delinquent and for which the original loan terms have been modified.
(4)  Consists of single-family loans 90 days or more delinquent or in foreclosure and multifamily loans 60 days or more delinquent at period end. Delinquency status does not apply to REO; however, REO is included in non-performing assets.
(5)  Represents those loans purchased from the mortgage pools underlying our PCs, Structured Securities or long-term standby agreements due to the borrower’s delinquency. Once we purchase a loan under our financial guarantee it is placed on non-accrual status as long as it remains greater than 90 days past due. Through November 2007, our general practice was to purchase the mortgage loans out of PCs after the loans became 120 days delinquent. Effective December 2007, our practice changed to purchase these impaired loans out of our PC pools when the loans have been modified, foreclosure sales occur, or when the loans have been delinquent for 24 months, unless we determine it is economically beneficial to do so sooner.
(6)  Excludes our Structured Securities that we classify separately as Structured Transactions.
(7)  Consists of our Structured Transactions and that portion of Structured Securities that are backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates.
 
The amount of non-performing assets increased 93% at December 31, 2007, to approximately $18.4 billion, from $9.5 billion at December 31, 2006, due to the continued deterioration in single-family housing market fundamentals which has resulted in higher delinquency transition rates in 2007. This rate increased in 2007, compared to 2006. The changes in these delinquency transition rates, as compared to our historical experience, have been progressively worse for loans originated in 2006 and 2007. We believe this trend is, in part, due to greater origination volume of non-traditional loans, such as interest-only mortgages, as well as an increase in total LTV ratios for mortgage loans originated in those years. In addition, the average size of the unpaid principal balance related to non-performing assets in our portfolio rose in 2007. As a
 
            117 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

result, the balance of our REO, net, increased 134% in 2007. Until nationwide home prices return to historical appreciation rates or selected regional economies improve, we expect to continue to experience higher delinquency transition rates than those experienced in 2006 and an increase in non-performing assets.
 
Delinquencies
 
We report single-family delinquency information based on the number of loans that are 90 days or more past due or in foreclosure. For multifamily loans, we report the delinquency when payment is 60 days or more past due. We include all the single-family loans that we own and those that are collateral for our PCs and Structured Securities, including those with significant credit enhancement, in the calculation of delinquency information; however, we exclude that portion of our Structured Securities that is backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates and our Structured Transactions. We exclude Structured Securities backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates because these securities do not expose us to meaningful amounts of credit risk due to the guarantee provided on these securities by the U.S. government. Structured Transactions represented 1%, 2% and 2% of our total mortgage portfolio at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. We exclude Structured Transactions from the delinquency rates of our single-family mortgage portfolio because these are backed by non-Freddie Mac securities and consequently, we do not service the underlying loans and do not perform principal loss mitigation. Many of these securities are significantly credit enhanced through subordination and are not representative of the loans for which we have primary, or first loss exposure. Multifamily delinquencies may include mortgage loans where the borrowers are not paying as agreed, but principal and interest are being paid to us under the terms of a credit enhancement agreement. Table 56 presents delinquency information for the single-family loans underlying our total mortgage portfolio.
 
Table 56 — Single-Family — Delinquency Rates, Excluding Structured Transactions — by Region
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    Percent of
          Percent of
          Percent of
       
    Unpaid Principal
    Delinquency
    Unpaid Principal
    Delinquency
    Unpaid Principal
    Delinquency
 
    Balance (2)     Rate (3)     Balance (2)     Rate (3)     Balance (2)     Rate (3)  
 
Northeast (1)
    24 %     0.39 %     24 %     0.24 %     24 %     0.22 %
Southeast (1)
    18       0.59       18       0.30       18       0.38  
North Central (1)
    20       0.48       21       0.32       22       0.30  
Southwest (1)
    13       0.32       13       0.26       13       0.64  
West (1)
    25       0.42       24       0.12       23       0.11  
                                                 
      100 %             100 %             100 %        
                                                 
Total non-credit-enhanced — all regions
            0.45               0.25               0.30  
Total credit-enhanced — all regions
            1.62               1.30               1.61  
Total single-family portfolio
            0.65               0.42               0.53  
(1)  Presentation of non-credit-enhanced delinquency rates with the following regional designation: West (AK, AZ, CA, GU, HI, ID, MT, NV, OR, UT, WA); Northeast (CT, DE, DC, MA, ME, MD, NH, NJ, NY, PA, RI, VT, VA, WV); North Central (IL, IN, IA, MI, MN, ND, OH, SD, WI); Southeast (AL, FL, GA, KY, MS, NC, PR, SC, TN, VI); and Southwest (AR, CO, KS, LA, MO, NE, NM, OK, TX, WY).
(2)  Percentages are based on mortgage loans in the retained portfolio and total PCs and Structured Securities issued, excluding that portion of our Structured Securities that is backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates.
(3)  Percentages are based on number of loans and excluding Structured Transactions.
 
During 2007 and continuing into 2008, home prices have continued to decline. In some geographical areas, particularly in the North Central region, this decline has been combined with increased rates of unemployment and weakness in home sales, which has resulted in increases in delinquency rates throughout 2007. We have also experienced increases in delinquency rates in the Northeast, Southeast and West regions in 2007.
 
Although Structured Transactions generally have underlying mortgage loans with a variety of risk characteristics, many of them may afford us credit protection from losses due to the underlying structure employed and additional credit enhancement features. Delinquency rates on Structured Transactions were 9.86%, 8.36% and 12.34% at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The delinquency rate of the total single-family portfolio, including Structured Transactions, was 0.76%, 0.54% and 0.71% at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
            118 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 57 — Single-Family Mortgages by Year of Origination — Percentage of Mortgage Portfolio and Non-Credit-Enhanced Delinquency Rates (1)
 
                                                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Percent of
          Percent of
          Percent of
       
    Single-Family
    Non-Credit-
    Single-Family
    Non-Credit-
    Single-Family
    Non-Credit-
 
    Unpaid Principal
    Enhanced
    Unpaid Principal
    Enhanced
    Unpaid Principal
    Enhanced
 
Year of Origination
  Balance     Delinquency Rate     Balance     Delinquency Rate     Balance     Delinquency Rate  
 
Pre-2000
    3 %     0.64 %     4 %     0.58 %     6 %     0.73 %
2000
    < 1       1.63       < 1       1.83       < 1       2.09  
2001
    2       0.60       3       0.60       4       0.75  
2002
    6       0.37       9       0.32       11       0.38  
2003
    20       0.20       26       0.15       34       0.17  
2004
    13       0.35       16       0.22       21       0.21  
2005
    18       0.51       23       0.19       24       0.08  
2006
    18       0.89       19       0.09              
2007
    20       0.35                          
                                                 
Total
    100 %     0.45       100 %     0.25       100 %     0.30  
                                                 
(1) Excludes Structured Transactions.
 
Our single-family mortgage portfolio was affected by heavy refinance volumes, which have contributed to higher liquidation rates during the last five years. At December 31, 2007, approximately 56% of our single-family mortgage portfolio consisted of mortgage loans originated in 2007, 2006 or 2005. The single-family loans in our retained portfolio and underlying our PCs and Structured Securities that were originated in 2007, 2006 and 2005 have experienced higher rates of delinquency in the earlier years of their terms as compared to our historical experience for newer originations. We attribute this increase to a number of factors, including the expansion of credit terms under which loans are underwritten and an increase in our purchases of adjustable-rate and non-traditional mortgage products that have higher inherent credit risk than traditional fixed-rate mortgage products. Table 58 presents the delinquency rates of our single-family retained mortgages and those that underlie our PCs and Structured Securities categorized by product type.
 
            119 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 58 — Single-Family — Delinquency Rates — By Product
 
                                                 
    Non-Credit-Enhanced, December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Percent of
          Percent of
          Percent of
       
    Number of
          Number of
          Number of
       
    Single-Family
    Delinquency
    Single-Family
    Delinquency
    Single-Family
    Delinquency
 
    Loans     Rate     Loans     Rate     Loans     Rate  
 
Conventional:
                                               
30-year amortizing fixed-rate (1)
    60 %     0.46 %     55 %     0.31 %     52 %     0.40 %
15-year amortizing fixed-rate
    29       0.18       34       0.14       38       0.19  
ARMs/adjustable-rate
    4       0.36       6       0.26       6       0.22  
Interest-only
    5       1.85       3       0.30       1       0.04  
Balloon/resets
    1       0.33       1       0.19       2       0.19  
                                                 
Total mortgage loans, PCs and Structured Securities
    99       0.45       99       0.25       99       0.30  
                                                 
Structured Transactions
    1       1.88       1       0.22       1       0.10  
                                                 
Total mortgage portfolio
    100 %     0.45       100 %     0.25       100 %     0.30  
                                                 
Number of single-family loans (in millions)
    10.10               9.23               8.67          
 
                                                 
    Credit-Enhanced (4) , December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Percent of
          Percent of
          Percent of
       
    Number of
          Number of
          Number of
       
    Single-Family
    Delinquency
    Single-Family
    Delinquency
    Single-Family
    Delinquency
 
    Loans     Rate     Loans     Rate     Loans     Rate  
 
Conventional:
                                               
30-year amortizing fixed-rate (1)
    80 %     1.60 %     75 %     1.32 %     72 %     1.74 %
15-year amortizing fixed-rate
    5       0.63       7       0.64       9       0.81  
ARMs/adjustable-rate
    4       1.14       6       1.21       8       1.05  
Interest-only
    4       3.11       3       1.05       2       0.23  
Balloon/resets
    < 1       1.55       1       0.98       1       0.91  
FHA/VA
    2       2.96       2       2.99       2       4.03  
Rural Housing Service and other federally guaranteed loans
    1       2.85       1       2.65       1       3.34  
                                                 
Total mortgage loans, PCs and Structured Securities
    96       1.62       95       1.30       95       1.61  
                                                 
Structured Transactions (2)
    4       13.79       5       14.43       5       19.65  
                                                 
Total mortgage portfolio
    100 %     2.14       100 %     1.93       100 %     2.54  
                                                 
Number of single-family loans (in millions)
    2.23               1.95               1.92          
 
            120 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Total, December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Percent of
          Percent of
          Percent of
       
    Number of
          Number of
          Number of
       
    Single-Family
    Delinquency
    Single-Family
    Delinquency
    Single-Family
    Delinquency
 
    Loans     Rate     Loans     Rate     Loans     Rate  
 
Conventional:
                                               
30-year amortizing fixed-rate (1)
    64 %     0.72 %     60 %     0.54 %     56 %     0.72 %
15-year amortizing fixed-rate
    25       0.20       29       0.16       33       0.22  
ARMs/adjustable-rate
    4       0.50       6       0.44       7       0.39  
Interest-only
    5       2.03       3       0.44       1       0.10  
Balloon/resets
    1       0.41       1       0.25       2       0.25  
FHA/VA
    < 1       2.96       < 1       2.99       < 1       4.03  
Rural Housing Service and other federally guaranteed loans
    < 1       2.85       < 1       2.65       < 1       3.34  
                                                 
Total mortgage loans, PCs and Structured Securities
    99       0.65       99       0.42       99       0.53  
                                                 
Structured Transactions (2)(3)
    1       9.86       1       8.36       1       12.34  
                                                 
Total mortgage portfolio
    100 %     0.76       100 %     0.54       100 %     0.71  
                                                 
Number of single-family loans (in millions)
    12.33               11.18               10.59          
                                                 
Net charge-offs (dollars in millions)
                                               
Mortgage loans, PCs and Structured Securities
    $289               $141               $101          
Structured Transactions (2)(3)(5)
    1               1                        
                                                 
Total mortgage portfolio
    $290               $142               $101          
                                                 
(1)  Includes 40-year and 20-year fixed-rate mortgages.
(2)  Structured Transactions generally have underlying mortgage loans with a variety of risk characteristics. However, we purchase the more senior tranches. We do not purchase the subordinated tranches. Further, the securities have certain features designed to provide credit protection to the senior tranches, including excess interest and overcollateralization, which are retained by the seller.
(3)  Includes $13 billion, $19 billion and $18 billion of option ARM loans that are underlying our Structured Transactions as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
(4)  Credit-enhanced loans are primarily those mortgage loans for which a third party has primary default risk. The total credit-enhanced unpaid principal balance as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $326 billion, $266 billion and $253 billion, respectively, for which the maximum coverage of third party primary liability was $55 billion, $58 billion and $53 billion, respectively.
(5)  Does not include credit losses related to Structured Transactions that were held in our retained portfolio.
 
Increases in delinquency rates occurred in all product types in 2007, but were most significant for interest-only and option ARM mortgages. Delinquency rates for interest-only and option ARM products, increased to 203 and 224 basis points, respectively, compared to 44 and 31 basis points at December 31, 2006, respectively. The delinquency rate on our total single-family portfolio, excluding that portion of Structured Securities that is backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates and Structured Transactions, was 65 basis points at December 31, 2007, as compared to 42 basis points as of December 31, 2006. Although we believe our delinquency rates have remained low relative to conforming loan delinquency rates of other industry participants, we expect our delinquency rates to continue to rise in 2008. Our multifamily delinquency rate remained very low at 0.02%, 0.06% and —% at the end of 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Table 59 presents activities related to loans acquired under financial guarantees in 2007.
 
Table 59 — Changes in Loans Purchased Under Financial Guarantees (1)
 
                                 
    2007  
    Unpaid
    Purchase
    Loan Loss
       
    Principal Balance     Discount     Reserves     Net Investment  
    (in millions)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 2,983     $ (220 )   $     $ 2,763  
Purchases of loans
    8,833       (2,364 )           6,469  
Provision for credit losses
                (12 )     (12 )
Principal repayments
    (1,486 )     197       4       (1,285 )
Troubled debt restructurings (2)
    (694 )     129             (565 )
Foreclosures, transferred to REO
    (2,635 )     491       6       (2,138 )
                                 
Ending balance (3)
  $ 7,001     $ (1,767 )   $ (2 )   $ 5,232  
                                 
(1)  Consists of seriously delinquent loans purchased at our option in performance of our financial guarantees since January 1, 2006.
(2)  Consist of loans that have transitioned into troubled debt restructurings during the stated period.
(3)  Includes loans that have subsequently returned to current status under the original loan terms at December 31, 2007.
 
As securities administrator, we are required to purchase a mortgage loan from a mortgage pool if a court of competent jurisdiction or a federal government agency, duly authorized to oversee or regulate our mortgage purchase business, determines that our original purchase of the mortgage from the seller was unauthorized and a cure is not practicable without unreasonable effort or expense, or if such a court or government agency requires us to repurchase the mortgage. To date, we have never been required to repurchase a mortgage loan at the direction of such a court or government agency. Additionally,
 
            121 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

we are required to purchase all convertible ARMs when the borrower exercises the option to convert the interest rate from an adjustable rate to a fixed rate; and in the case of balloon loans, shortly before the mortgage reaches its scheduled balloon repayment date. For 2007 and 2006, we purchased $593 million and $173 million, respectively, of such convertible ARMs and balloon loans. We have the right to purchase mortgages that back our PCs and Structured Securities from the underlying loan pools when they are significantly past due. This right to repurchase collateral is known as our repurchase option. Through November 2007, our general practice was to purchase the mortgage loans out of PCs after the loans became 120 days delinquent. Effective December 2007, our practice changed to purchase these loans out of our PCs when the loans have been modified, foreclosure sales occur, or when the loans have been delinquent for 24 months, unless we determine it is economically beneficial to do so sooner. Consequently, we purchased relatively few impaired loans under our repurchase option in December 2007. We record at fair value loans that we purchase out of our guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities in connection with our repurchase option. We record losses on loans purchased on our consolidated statements of income in order to reduce our net investment in acquired loans to their fair value.
 
The unpaid principal balance of non-performing loans that have been purchased under our financial guarantees and that have not been modified under troubled debt restructurings increased approximately 135% in 2007. This increase is attributable to an increase in the volume of delinquent loans in 2007 as well as an increase in the average size of the unpaid principal balance of those loans. We purchased approximately $8.8 billion in unpaid principal balances of these loans with a fair value at acquisition of $6.5 billion.
 
Loans acquired in 2007 added approximately $2.4 billion of purchase discount, which is comprised of $0.5 billion that was previously recorded on our consolidated balance sheets as loan loss reserve and $1.9 billion of losses on loans purchased as shown on our consolidated statements of income during 2007. We expect that we will continue to incur losses on the purchase of non-performing loans in 2008. However, the volume and severity of these losses is dependent on many factors, including the effects of our change in practice for repurchases and regional changes in home prices.
 
Recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase represent the recapture into income of previously recognized losses on loans purchased and provision for credit losses associated with purchases of delinquent loans from our PCs and Structured Securities in conjunction with our guarantee activities. Recoveries occur when a non-performing loan is repaid in full or when at the time of foreclosure the estimated fair value of the acquired property, less costs to sell, exceeds the carrying value of the loan. During 2007, we recognized recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase of $505 million. For impaired loans where the borrower has made required payments that return to current status, the basis adjustments are accreted into interest income over time as periodic payments are received. As of December 31, 2007, the cure rate for non-performing loans purchased out of PCs during 2007 and 2006 was approximately 34% and 56%, respectively. The cure rate is the percentage of non-performing loans purchased from PCs under our financial guarantee that have returned to current status, paid off, or have been modified, divided by the total non-performing loans purchased from PCs under our financial guarantee. A modified mortgage loan is classified as performing to the extent it is 90 days or less past due. We believe, based on our historical experience with 2006 and 2007 purchases, as well as our access to credit enhancement remedies that we will continue to recognize recoveries in future periods on loans impaired upon purchase during 2007.
 
            122 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 60 shows the status of delinquent Single-family loans purchased under financial guarantees.
 
Table 60 — Status of Delinquent Single-Family Loans Purchased Under Financial Guarantees (1)
 
Status as of December 31, 2007
 
                                                         
    2007                    
    Q4     Q3     Q2     Q1     2007 (2)     2006 (2)     2005 (2)  
 
Cured, with modifications (2)
    3 %     5 %     6 %     7 %     5 %     8 %     8 %
Cured, without modifications (3)
                                                    50 (6)
• Returned to less than 90 days past due
    16       18       20       25       20       23        
• Loans repaid in full or repurchased by lenders
    3       8       13       17       9       24        
                                                         
Total cured
    22       31       39       49       34       55       58  
90 days or more delinquent
    69       46       31       21       43       14       8  
REO/Foreclosure Alternatives (4)
    9       23       30       30       23       31       34  
                                                         
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                         
 
Status as of the End of Each Respective Period
 
                                                         
    2007                    
    Q4     Q3     Q2     Q1     2007 (2)     2006 (2)     2005 (2)  
 
Cured, with modifications (2)
    3 %     2 %     3 %     3 %     5 %     6 %     5 %
Cured, without modifications (3)
                                                    38 (6)
• Returned to less than 90 days past due
    16       15       18       22       20       25        
• Loans repaid in full or repurchased by lenders
    3       3       5       4       9       14        
                                                         
Total cured
    22       20       26       29       34       45       43  
90 days or more delinquent
    69       73       67       65       43       38       40  
REO/Foreclosure Alternatives (4)
    9       7       7       6       23       17       17  
                                                         
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                         
Number of delinquent loans purchased (5)
    15,700       16,700       12,700       13,800       58,900       42,000       42,500  
(1)  Percentages are based on number of single-family delinquent loans purchased under our guarantee during each respective period.
(2)  Consists of loans that are less than 90 days past due under modified terms. Of the percentage of loans reported as cured in the table, approximately 99%, for each year presented, represent loans for which we believe we will ultimately collect the full original contractual principal and interest payments.
(3)  Consists of the following: (a) loans that have returned to less than 90 days past due; (b) loans that have been repaid in full; (c) loans that have been repurchased by lenders.
(4)  Consists of foreclosures, pre-foreclosure sales, sales of real estate owned to third parties, and deeds in lieu of foreclosure.
(5)  Represents the number of single-family delinquent loans purchased under our guarantee during each respective period, rounded to hundreds of units.
(6)  The detailed percentages for loans returned to less than 90 days past due and loans repaid in full and repurchased by lenders were not available, so only the total for both categories is presented.
 
We have experienced increases in the rate at which loans transition from delinquency to foreclosure and have added to our REO balances as evidenced by the increase of the REO rate of our 2007 purchases. As discussed below, we believe that our cure rate statistics have certain limitations due to both the lag effect inherent in delinquent loans as well as the poorer performance of loans that were originated during 2007. Throughout 2007 and continuing into 2008, consistent with most mortgage loan servicers, we have increasingly expanded our use of loan modifications and other foreclosure alternatives to reduce the incidents of default and foreclosure. However, due to the significant lag between the time a loan is purchased from our PCs and the conclusion of the loan resolution process, these statistics, particularly for more recent loan purchases, do not fully reflect our current modification efforts. Additionally, they are likely to change significantly and may not be indicative of the ultimate performance of these loans. We believe our recent efforts have only helped partially offset the increases in volumes of delinquent loan purchases during each successive period during 2007.
 
As discussed above, beginning in December 2007, we significantly decreased our purchases of delinquent loans from our PCs. Although this action decreased the number of loans we purchase it had no effect on our loss mitigation efforts nor our ultimate credit losses and cure rates. However, we believe this will have significant impacts to our cure rate statistics for the sub-population of loans purchased under financial guarantees in 2008, because loans that in prior years that would have been purchased from the pools after a serious delinquency will now generally remain in the pools until the loans have been modified. Other loans for which foreclosure sale occurs or that have been delinquent for 24 months are now purchased from the pools at dates generally later than before. Accordingly, while the number of loans we purchase will decrease in the near term, we anticipate the percentage of “Cured, with modifications” and “REO/Foreclosure Alternatives” for loans purchased under financial guarantees in 2008 will increase substantially, with a corresponding decrease in the percentage of “Cured, without modifications” and “90 days or more delinquent.”
 
            123 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Credit Loss Performance
 
Table 61 provides detail on our credit loss performance associated with mortgage loans in our retained portfolio, including those purchased out of PCs and Structured Securities.
 
Table 61 — Credit Loss Performance
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
REO
                       
REO balances:
                       
Single-family
  $ 1,736     $ 734     $ 611  
Multifamily
          9       18  
                         
Total
  $ 1,736     $ 743     $ 629  
                         
REO activity (number of properties): (1)
                       
Beginning property inventory
    8,785       8,070       9,604  
Properties acquired
    22,840       16,387       15,861  
Properties disposed
    (17,231 )     (15,672 )     (17,395 )
                         
Ending property inventory
    14,394       8,785       8,070  
                         
Average holding period (in days) (2)
    167       175       186  
REO operations income (expense):
                       
Single-family
  $ (205 )   $ (61 )   $ (40 )
Multifamily
    (1 )     1        
                         
Total
  $ (206 )   $ (60 )   $ (40 )
                         
CHARGE-OFFS
                       
Single-family:
                       
Foreclosure alternatives, gross
  $ (57 )   $ (50 )   $ (44 )
Recoveries (3)
    19       11       23  
                         
Foreclosure alternatives, net
    (38 )     (39 )     (21 )
                         
REO acquisitions, gross
    (471 )     (258 )     (242 )
Recoveries (3)
    219       155       162  
                         
REO acquisitions, net
    (252 )     (103 )     (80 )
Single-family totals:
                       
Charge-offs, gross (4) (including $372 million, $308 million and $286 million relating to loan loss reserves, respectively)
    (528 )     (308 )     (286 )
Recoveries (3)
    238       166       185  
                         
Single-family charge-offs, net
    (290 )     (142 )     (101 )
                         
Multifamily:
                       
Charge-offs, gross (4) (including $4 million, $5 million and $8 million relating to loan loss reserves, respectively)
    (4 )     (5 )     (8 )
Recoveries (3)
    1              
                         
Multifamily charge-offs, net
    (3 )     (5 )     (8 )
                         
Total Charge-offs:
                       
Charge-offs, gross (4) (including $376 million, $313 million and $294 million relating to loan loss reserves, respectively)
    (532 )     (313 )     (294 )
Recoveries:
                       
Related to primary mortgage insurance
    156       112       119  
Related to other credit enhancements
    83       54       66  
                         
Total recoveries (3)
    239       166       185  
                         
Charge-offs, net
  $ (293 )   $ (147 )   $ (109 )
                         
CREDIT LOSSES (5)
                       
Single-family
  $ (495 )   $ (203 )   $ (141 )
Multifamily
    (4 )     (4 )     (8 )
                         
Total
  $ (499 )   $ (207 )   $ (149 )
                         
 In basis points (6)
                       
Single-family
    (3.0 )     (1.4 )     (1.1 )
Multifamily
                 
                         
Total
    (3.0 )     (1.4 )     (1.1 )
                         
(1)  Includes single-family and multifamily REO properties.
(2)  Represents weighted average holding period for single-family and multifamily properties based on number of REO properties.
(3)  Includes recoveries of charge-offs primarily resulting from foreclosure alternatives and REO acquisitions on loans where a share of default risk has been assumed by mortgage insurers, servicers, or other third parties through credit enhancements.
(4)  Charge-offs represent the amount of the unpaid principal balance of a loan that has been discharged in order to remove the loan from our retained portfolio at the time of resolution, regardless of when the impact of the credit loss was recorded on our consolidated statements of income through the provision for credit losses or losses on loans purchased. The amount of charge-offs for credit loss performance is generally derived as the contractual balance of a loan at the date it is discharged less the estimated value in final disposition.
(5)  Equal to REO operations income (expense) plus charge-offs, net.
(6)  Calculated as credit losses divided by the average total mortgage portfolio, excluding non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities and that portion of Structured Securities that is backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates.
 
            124 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Our credit loss performance is a historic metric that measures losses at the conclusion of the loan resolution process. Our credit loss performance does not include our provision for credit losses and losses on loans purchased. We expect our credit losses to continue to increase in 2008, especially if market conditions, such as home prices and the rate of home sales, continue to deteriorate.
 
Table 62 and Table 63 provide detail by region for two credit performance statistics, REO activity and charge-offs. Regional REO acquisition and charge-off trends generally follow a pattern that is similar to, but lags, that of regional delinquency trends.
 
Table 62 — REO Activity by Region (1)
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (number of properties)  
 
REO Inventory
                       
Beginning property inventory
    8,785       8,070       9,604  
Properties acquired by region:
                       
Northeast
    2,336       1,253       1,306  
Southeast
    4,942       3,970       4,504  
North Central
    9,175       7,236       5,790  
Southwest
    3,977       3,498       3,412  
West
    2,410       430       849  
                         
Total properties acquired
    22,840       16,387       15,861  
Properties disposed by region:
                       
Northeast
    (1,484 )     (1,260 )     (1,384 )
Southeast
    (4,009 )     (4,132 )     (5,221 )
North Central
    (7,520 )     (6,294 )     (5,715 )
Southwest
    (3,488 )     (3,441 )     (3,820 )
West
    (730 )     (545 )     (1,255 )
                         
Total properties disposed
    (17,231 )     (15,672 )     (17,395 )
                         
Ending property inventory
    14,394       8,785       8,070  
                         
(1)  See “Table 56 — Single-Family — Delinquency Rates, Excluding Structured Transactions — By Region” for a description of these regions.
 
Our REO property inventories increased 64% in 2007 reflecting the impact of the weakening housing market and tightening credit standards. In addition, the impact of a national decline in home prices and a decrease in the volume of home sales activity during 2007 lessens the alternatives to foreclosure for homeowners exposed to temporary deterioration in their financial condition. Increases in our REO inventories have been most severe in areas of the country where unemployment rates continue to be high, such as the North Central region. The East and West coastal areas of the country also experienced significant increases in REO in 2007.
 
Table 63 — Single-Family Charge-offs and Recoveries by Region (1)(2)
 
                                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Charge-offs,
          Charge-offs,
    Charge-offs,
          Charge-offs,
    Charge-offs,
          Charge-offs,
 
    gross     Recoveries     net     gross     Recoveries     net     gross     Recoveries     net  
    (in millions)  
 
Northeast
  $ 50     $ (21 )   $ 29     $ 22     $ (9 )   $ 13     $ 21     $ (10 )   $ 11  
Southeast
    112       (60 )     52       72       (42 )     30       76       (54 )     22  
North Central
    219       (92 )     127       133       (66 )     67       102       (66 )     36  
Southwest
    90       (45 )     45       73       (44 )     29       68       (44 )     24  
West
    57       (20 )     37       8       (5 )     3       19       (11 )     8  
                                                                         
Total
  $ 528     $ (238 )   $ 290     $ 308     $ (166 )   $ 142     $ 286     $ (185 )   $ 101  
                                                                         
(1)  See “Table 56 — Single-Family — Delinquency Rates, Excluding Structured Transactions — By Region” for a description of these regions.
(2)  Includes recoveries of charge-offs primarily resulting from foreclosure alternatives and REO acquisitions on loans where a share of default risk has been assumed by mortgage insurers, servicers, or other third parties through credit enhancements. Recoveries of charge-offs through credit enhancements are limited in some instances to amounts less than the full amount of the loss.
 
Single-family charge-offs, gross, increased 71% in 2007 compared to 2006, primarily due to a considerable increase in the volume of REO properties acquired at foreclosure. We expect that the volume of our REO properties will continue to increase if the economic condition of the residential mortgage market does not improve. Higher volumes of foreclosures and higher average loan balances resulted in higher charge-offs, on a per property basis, during 2007.
 
We maintain two loan loss reserves — reserve for losses on mortgage loans held-for-investment and reserve for guarantee losses on Participation Certificates — at levels we deem adequate to absorb probable incurred losses on mortgage loans held-for-investment in the retained portfolio and mortgages underlying our PCs and Structured Securities. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES — Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Guarantee Losses” and “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” and “NOTE 5:
 
            125 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

MORTGAGE LOANS AND LOAN LOSS RESERVES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information. Table 64 summarizes our loan loss reserves activity for both reserves in total.
 
Table 64 — Loan Loss Reserves Activity
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (in millions)  
 
Total loan loss reserves: (1)
                                       
Beginning balance
  $ 619     $ 548     $ 355     $ 356     $ 439  
Provision (benefit) for credit losses
    2,854       296       307       164       (35 )
                                         
Charge-offs, gross (2)
    (376 )     (313 )     (294 )     (300 )     (224 )
Recoveries (3)
    239       166       185       160       145  
                                         
Charge-offs, net
    (137 )     (147 )     (109 )     (140 )     (79 )
Adjustment for change in accounting (4)
                            42  
Transfers, net (5)
    (514 )     (78 )     (5 )     (25 )     (11 )
                                         
Ending balance
  $ 2,822     $ 619     $ 548     $ 355     $ 356  
                                         
(1)  Includes reserves for loans held for investment in the retained portfolio and reserves for guarantee losses on Participation Certificates.
(2)  Charge-offs related to retained mortgages represent the amount of the unpaid principal balance of a loan that has been discharged using the reserve balance to remove the loan from our retained portfolio at the time of resolution. Charge-offs exclude $156 million in 2007 related to reserve amounts previously transferred to reduce the carrying value of loans purchased under financial guarantees.
(3)  Includes recoveries of charge-offs primarily resulting from foreclosure alternatives and REO acquisitions on loans where a share of default risk has been assumed by mortgage insurers, servicers or third parties through credit enhancements. Recoveries of charge-offs through credit enhancements are limited in some instances to amounts less than the full amount of the loss.
(4)  On January 1, 2003, $42 million of recognized guarantee obligation attributable to estimated incurred losses on outstanding PCs or Structured Securities was reclassified to reserve for guarantee losses on Participation Certificates.
(5)  Consist of: (a) the transfer of reserves associated with non-performing loans purchased from mortgage pools underlying our PCs, Structured Securities and long-term standby agreements to establish the initial recorded investment in these loans at the date of our purchase; (b) amounts attributable to uncollectible interest on PCs and Structured Securities in our retained portfolio; and (c) other transfers, net.
 
Our total loan loss reserves increased in 2007 as we recorded additional reserves to reflect increased estimates of incurred losses, an observed increase in delinquency rate and increases in the expected severity of losses on a per-property basis related to our single-family portfolio. In addition, in 2006, we reversed $82 million of our provision for credit losses recorded in 2005 associated with Hurricane Katrina because the related payment and delinquency experience on affected properties was more favorable than expected. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Expense — Provision for Credit Losses ,” for additional information.
 
Credit Risk Sensitivity
 
Our credit risk sensitivity analysis assesses the assumed increase in the present value of expected single-family mortgage portfolio credit losses over ten years as the result of an estimated immediate 5% decline in home prices nationwide, followed by a return to more normal growth in home prices based on historical experience. We use an internally developed Monte Carlo simulation-based model to generate our credit risk sensitivity analyses. The Monte Carlo model uses a simulation program to generate numerous potential interest-rate paths that, in conjunction with a prepayment model, are used to estimate mortgage cash flows along each path. In the credit risk sensitivity analysis, we adjust the home-price assumption used in the base case to estimate the level and sensitivity of potential credit costs resulting from a sudden decline in home prices. Our credit risk sensitivity results are presented in “ANNUAL MD&A — RISK MANAGEMENT AND DISCLOSURE COMMITMENTS.”
 
Institutional Credit Risk
 
Our primary institutional credit risk exposure, other than counterparty credit risk relating to derivatives, arises from agreements with:
 
  •  mortgage insurers;
 
  •  mortgage seller/servicers;
 
  •  issuers, guarantors or third-party providers of credit enhancements (including bond insurers);
 
  •  mortgage investors;
 
  •  multifamily mortgage guarantors,
 
  •  issuers, guarantors and insurers of investments held in both our retained portfolio and cash and investments portfolio; and
 
  •  derivative counterparties.
 
A significant failure by a major entity in one of these categories to perform could have a material adverse effect on our retained portfolio, cash and investments portfolio or credit guarantee activities. The recent challenging market conditions have adversely affected, and are expected to continue to adversely affect, the liquidity and financial condition of a number of
 
            126 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

our counterparties. For example, some of our largest mortgage seller/servicers have experienced ratings downgrades and liquidity constraints and other of our counterparties may also experience these concerns. The weakened financial condition and liquidity position of some of our counterparties may adversely affect their ability to perform their obligations to us, or the quality of the services that they provide to us. Consolidation in the industry could further increase our exposure to individual counterparties. In addition, any efforts we take to reduce exposure to financially weakened counterparties could result in increased exposure among a smaller number of institutions. During 2007, we terminated our arrangements with certain mortgage seller/servicers due to their failure to meet our eligibility requirements and we continue to closely monitor the eligibility of mortgage seller/servicers under our standards. The failure of any of our primary counterparties to meet their obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Investments in our retained portfolio expose us to institutional credit risk on non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities to the extent that servicers, issuers, guarantors, or third parties providing credit enhancements become insolvent or do not perform. Our non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities portfolio consists of both agency and non-agency mortgage-related securities. Agency securities present minimal institutional credit risk due to the prevailing view that these securities have a credit quality at least equivalent to non-agency securities rated AAA (based on the S&P or equivalent rating scale of other nationally recognized statistical rating organizations). We seek to manage institutional credit risk on non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities by only purchasing securities that meet our investment guidelines and performing ongoing analysis to evaluate the creditworthiness of the issuers and servicers of these securities and the bond insurers that guarantee them. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Table 20 — Characteristics of Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Related Securities in our Retained Portfolio” for more information regarding the non-Freddie Mac securities in our retained portfolio.
 
Mortgage Insurers
 
We have institutional credit risk relating to the potential insolvency or non-performance of mortgage insurers that insure mortgages we purchase or guarantee. We manage this risk by establishing eligibility standards for mortgage insurers and by regularly monitoring our exposure to individual mortgage insurers. Our monitoring includes regularly performing analysis of the estimated financial capacity of mortgage insurers under different adverse economic conditions. We also monitor the mortgage insurers’ credit ratings, as provided by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, and we periodically review the methods used by the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. Recently the mortgage insurance industry has been subject to increased public and regulatory scrutiny. In addition, certain large insurers have been downgraded by nationally recognized rating agencies.
 
Table 65 presents our exposure to these mortgage insurers as of December 31, 2007.
 
Table 65 — Mortgage Insurance by Counterparty As of December 31, 2007
 
                                     
            Primary
    Pool
       
Counterparty Name
  S&P Credit Rating   Credit Rating Outlook   Insurance (1)     Insurance (1)     Maximum Exposure (2)  
            (in billions)  
 
Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corp. 
    AA−     Credit Watch   $ 51     $ 48     $ 14  
Radian Guaranty Inc. 
    AA−     Credit Watch     35       23       10  
Genworth Mortgage Insurance Corporation
    AA     Neutral     31       1       8  
PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. 
    AA     Credit Watch     28       5       7  
United Guaranty Residential Insurance Co. 
    AA+     Stable     26       1       7  
Republic Mortgage Insurance
    AA     Credit Watch     22       4       6  
Triad Guaranty Insurance Corp. 
    AA−     Credit Watch     15       6       4  
CMG Mortgage Insurance Co. 
    AA−     Neutral     2       1       1  
                                 
Total
              $ 210     $ 88     $ 56  
                                 
(1)  Represents the amount of unpaid principal balance at the end of each period for mortgages covered by the respective insurance type.
(2)  Represents the remaining contractual limit for reimbursement of losses incurred on the aggregate policies of both primary and pool insurance. These amounts are gross coverage without regard to netting of coverage that may exist on some of the related mortgages for double-coverage under both types of insurance. However, our actual exposure is likely less than maximum since the net proceeds from collateral liquidation would first be used to satisfy our obligation.
 
We announced that effective June 1, 2008, our private mortgage insurer counterparties may not cede new risk if the gross risk or gross premium ceded to captive reinsurers is greater than 25%. We also announced that we are temporarily suspending certain requirements for our mortgage insurance counterparties that are downgraded below AA– or Aa3 by any one of the rating agencies, provided the mortgage insurer commits to providing a remediation plan for our approval within 90 days of the downgrade. We periodically perform on-site reviews of mortgage insurers to confirm compliance with our eligibility requirements and to evaluate their management and control practices. In addition, state insurance authorities regulate mortgage insurers. In the event one of our mortgage insurers were to become insolvent, the insurer’s future premiums would be used to pay claims. See “NOTE 17: CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT AND OTHER RISKS” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
            127 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Mortgage Seller/Servicers
 
We are exposed to institutional credit risk arising from the insolvency or non-performance by our mortgage seller/servicers, including non-performance of their repurchase obligations arising from the representations and warranties made to us for loans they underwrote and sold to us. Under our agreements with mortgage seller/servicers, we have the right to request that mortgage seller/servicers repurchase mortgages sold to us if those mortgages do not comply with those agreements. As a result, our mortgage seller/servicers repurchase mortgages sold to us, or indemnify us against losses on those mortgages, whether we subsequently securitized the loans or held them in our retained portfolio. During 2007 and 2006, settlements of repurchases of single-family mortgages by our mortgage seller/servicers (without regard to year of original purchase) were approximately $634 million and $377 million of unpaid principal, respectively. When a mortgage seller/servicer repurchases a mortgage that is securitized by us, our guarantee asset and obligation are extinguished similar to any other form of liquidation event for our PCs. However, when we exercise our recourse provisions due to misrepresentation by the mortgage seller/servicers for loans that have already been repurchased by us under our performance guarantee, we remove the carrying value of our related mortgage asset and recognize recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase.
 
The servicing fee charged by mortgage servicers varies by mortgage product. We generally require our single-family servicers to retain a minimum percentage fee for mortgages serviced on our behalf, typically 0.25% of the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans. However, on an exception basis, we allow a lower or no minimum servicing amount. The credit risk associated with servicing fees relates to whether we could transfer the applicable servicing rights to a successor servicer and recover amounts owed to us by the defaulting servicer in the event the defaulting servicer is unable to fulfill its responsibilities. We believe that the value of those servicing rights generally would provide us with significant protection against our exposure to a seller/servicer’s failure to perform its repurchase obligations.
 
In order to manage the credit risk associated with our mortgage seller/servicers, we require them to meet minimum financial capacity standards, insurance and other eligibility requirements. We institute remedial actions against seller/servicers that fail to comply with our standards. These actions may include transferring mortgage servicing to other qualified servicers or terminating our relationship with the seller/servicer. We conduct periodic operational reviews of our single-family mortgage seller/servicers to help us better understand their control environment and its impact on the quality of loans sold to us. We use this information to determine the terms of business we conduct with a particular seller/servicer. We do not believe we have any significant exposure to seller/servicers identified as primarily subprime lenders that are not currently in compliance with our financial monitoring standards.
 
We manage the credit risk associated with our multifamily seller/servicers by establishing eligibility requirements for participation in our multifamily programs. These seller/servicers must also meet our standards for originating and servicing multifamily loans. We conduct regular quality control reviews of our multifamily mortgage seller/servicers to determine whether they remain in compliance with our standards.
 
Non-Freddie Mac Mortgage-Related Securities
 
Investments in our retained portfolio expose us to institutional credit risk related to non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities to the extent that servicers, issuers, guarantors, or third parties providing credit enhancements become insolvent or do not perform. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Table 20 — Characteristics of Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Related Securities in our Retained Portfolio” for more information concerning our retained portfolio.
 
Our non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities portfolio consists of both agency and non-agency mortgage-related securities. Agency mortgage-related securities, which are securities issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae, present minimal institutional credit risk due to the high credit quality of Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae. Ginnie Mae securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Agency mortgage-related securities are generally not separately rated by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, but are viewed as having a level of credit quality at least equivalent to non-agency mortgage-related securities rated AAA (based on the S&P rating scale or an equivalent rating from other nationally recognized statistical rating organizations). At December 31, 2007, we held approximately $48 billion of agency securities, representing approximately 2% of our total mortgage portfolio.
 
Non-agency mortgage-related securities expose us to institutional credit risk if the nature of the credit enhancement relies on a third party to cover potential losses. However, most of our non-agency mortgage-related securities rely primarily on subordinated tranches to provide credit loss protection and therefore expose us to limited counterparty risk. In those instances where we desire further protection, we may choose to mitigate our exposure with bond insurance or by purchasing additional subordination. Bond insurance exposes us to the risks related to the bond insurer’s ability to satisfy claims. As of December 31, 2007, we had insurance coverage, including secondary policies, on securities totaling $17.9 billion of unpaid principal balance, consisting of $16.1 billion and $1.8 billion, of coverage for bonds in our retained and investment portfolios, respectively. At December 31, 2007, all of the bond insurers providing coverage for non-agency mortgage-related securities held by us were rated AAA or equivalent by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
 
            128 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

However, the bond insurance industry has been adversely affected by the increased volatility in the credit and mortgage markets. Consequently, certain large insurers have been downgraded by nationally recognized statistical rating agencies.
 
Table 66 presents our coverage amounts of monoline bond insurance, including secondary coverage, for securities held in both our retained and investments portfolio on a combined basis. In the event a monoline bond insurer failed to perform, the coverage outstanding represents our maximum exposure to loss.
 
Table 66 — Monoline Bond Insurance by Counterparty
 
                                 
            Coverage Outstanding (2)
       
Counterparty Name
  S&P Credit Rating (1)   S&P Credit Rating Outlook (1)   (in billions)     Percent of Total (2)  
 
Ambac Assurance Corporation
    AAA       Negative     $ 6.7       38 %
Financial Guaranty Insurance Company
    A       Credit Watch       3.8       21  
MBIA Inc. 
    AA−       Negative       3.7       21  
Financial Security Assurance Inc. 
    AAA       Stable       2.2       12  
Others
                1.5       8  
                         
Total
                  $ 17.9       100 %
                         
(1) Latest rating available as of February 25, 2008.
(2) As of December 31, 2007.
 
We manage institutional credit risk on non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities by only purchasing securities that meet our investment guidelines and performing ongoing analysis to evaluate the creditworthiness of the issuers and servicers of these securities and the bond insurers that guarantee them. To assess the creditworthiness of these entities, we may perform additional analysis, including on-site visits, verification of loan documentation, review of underwriting or servicing processes and similar due diligence measures. In addition, we regularly evaluate our investments to determine if any impairment in fair value requires an impairment loss recognition in earnings, warrants divestiture or requires a combination of both. See “RISK FACTORS — Legal and Regulatory Risks” for more information.
 
Mortgage Investors and Originators
 
We are exposed to pre-settlement risk through the purchase, sale and financing of mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities with mortgage investors and originators. The probability of such a default is generally remote over the short time horizon between the trade and settlement date. We manage this risk by evaluating the creditworthiness of our counterparties and monitoring and managing our exposures. In some instances, we may require these counterparties to post collateral.
 
Cash and Investments Portfolio
 
Institutional credit risk also arises from the potential insolvency or non-performance of issuers or guarantors of investments held in our cash and investments portfolio. Instruments in this portfolio are investment grade at the time of purchase and primarily short-term in nature, thereby substantially mitigating institutional credit risk in this portfolio. We regularly evaluate these investments to determine if any impairment in fair value requires an impairment loss recognition in earnings, warrants divestiture or requires a combination of both.
 
OPERATIONAL RISKS
 
Operational risks are inherent in all of our business activities and can become apparent in various ways, including accounting or operational errors, business interruptions, fraud, failures of the technology used to support our business activities and other operational challenges from failed or inadequate internal controls. These operational risks may expose us to financial loss, interfere with our ability to sustain timely financial reporting, or result in other adverse consequences. Governance over the management of our operational risks takes place through the enterprise risk management framework. Business areas retain primary responsibility for identifying, assessing and reporting their operational risks.
 
Our business processes are highly dependent on our use of technology and business and financial models. While we believe that we have remediated material weaknesses in our information technology general controls, we continue to face challenges in ensuring that the new controls will operate effectively. Although we have strengthened our model oversight and governance processes to validate model assumptions, code, theory and the system applications that utilize our models, the complexity of the models and the impact of the recent turmoil in the housing and credit markets create additional risk regarding the reliability of our models.
 
We continue to make significant investments to build new financial accounting systems and move to more effective and efficient business processing systems. Until those systems are fully implemented, we continue to remain more reliant on end-user computing systems than is desirable. We are also challenged to effectively and timely deliver integrated production systems. Reliance on certain of these end-user computing systems increases the risk of errors in some of our core operational processes and increases our dependency on monitoring controls. We are mitigating this risk by improving our documentation and process controls over these end-user computing systems and implementing more rigorous change management controls over certain key end-user systems using change management controls over tools which are subject to our information technology general controls.
 
            129 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

In recognition of the importance of the accuracy and reliability of our valuation of financial instruments, we engage in an ongoing internal review of our valuations. We perform analysis of internal valuations on a monthly basis to confirm the reasonableness of the valuations. This analysis is performed by a group that is independent of the business area responsible for valuing the positions. Our verification and validation procedures depend on the nature of the security and valuation methodology being reviewed and may include: comparisons with external pricing sources, comparisons with observed trades, independent verification of key valuation model inputs and independent security modeling. Results of the monthly verification process, as well as any changes in our valuation methodologies, are reported to a management committee that is responsible for reviewing and approving the approaches used in our valuations to ensure that they are well controlled and effective, and result in reasonable fair values.
 
            130 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
RISK MANAGEMENT AND DISCLOSURE COMMITMENTS
 
In October 2000, we announced our voluntary adoption of a series of commitments designed to enhance market discipline, liquidity and capital. In September 2005, we entered into a written agreement with OFHEO that updated these commitments and set forth a process for implementing them. The letters between the company and OFHEO dated September 1, 2005 constituting the written agreement are available on the Investor Relations page of our website at www.freddiemac.com/investors/reports.html. The status of our commitments at December 31, 2007 follows:
 
 
     
Description   Status
 
1.  Periodic Issuance of Subordinated Debt:
• We will issue Freddie SUBS ® securities for public secondary market trading that are rated by no fewer than two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations.
• Freddie SUBS ® securities will be issued in an amount such that the sum of total capital (core capital plus general allowance for losses) and the outstanding balance of “Qualifying subordinated debt” will equal or exceed the sum of 0.45% of outstanding PCs and Structured Securities we guaranteed and 4% of total on-balance sheet assets. Qualifying subordinated debt is discounted by one-fifth each year during the instrument’s last five years before maturity; when the remaining maturity is less than one year, the instrument is entirely excluded. We will take reasonable steps to maintain outstanding subordinated debt of sufficient size to promote liquidity and reliable market quotes on market values.
• Each quarter we will submit to OFHEO calculations of the quantity of qualifying Freddie SUBS ® securities and total capital as part of our quarterly capital report.
• Every six months, we will submit to OFHEO a subordinated debt management plan that includes any issuance plans for the six months following the date of the plan.
   
• During 2007, we did not issue any Freddie SUBS ® securities; however, we called $1.9 billion of higher-cost Freddie SUBS ® securities. During 2006, we issued approximately $3.3 billion of Freddie SUBS ® securities, including approximately $1.5 billion issued in exchange for previously issued Freddie SUBS ® securities, and called approximately $1.0 billion of Freddie SUBS ® securities. We did not issue, call or repurchase any Freddie SUBS ® securities during 2005.
• Based upon an amended total capital plus qualifying subordinated debt report, we will report to OFHEO that at December 31, 2007 we had $44.6 billion in total capital plus qualifying subordinated debt, resulting in a surplus of $6.6 billion. During 2007, we submitted our quarterly total capital plus qualifying subordinated debt reports to OFHEO and we will amend these quarterly reports during the first quarter of 2008 to reflect our adjusted results.
• We submitted our semi-annual subordinated debt management plans to OFHEO.
2.  Liquidity Management and Contingency Planning:
• We will maintain a contingency plan providing for at least three months’ liquidity without relying upon the issuance of unsecured debt. We will also periodically test the contingency plan in consultation with OFHEO.
   
• We have in place a liquidity contingency plan, upon which we report to OFHEO on a weekly basis. We periodically test this plan in accordance with our agreement with OFHEO.
3.  Interest-Rate Risk Disclosures:
• We will provide public disclosure of our duration gap, PMVS-L and PMVS-YC interest-rate risk sensitivity results on a monthly basis. See “ANNUAL MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks — Portfolio Market Value Sensitivity and Measurement of Interest-Rate Risk ” for a description of these metrics.
   
• For the year ended December 31, 2007, our duration gap averaged zero months, PMVS-L averaged $261 million and PMVS-YC averaged $31 million. Our 2007 monthly average duration gap, PMVS results and related disclosures are provided in our Monthly Volume Summary which is available on our website, www.freddiemac.com/investors/volsum.
 
            131 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

     
Description   Status
 
4.  Credit Risk Disclosures:    
• We will make quarterly assessments of the impact on expected credit losses from an immediate 5% decline in single-family home prices for the entire U.S. We will disclose the impact in present value terms and measure our losses both before and after receipt of private mortgage insurance claims and other credit enhancements.
 
• Our quarterly credit risk sensitivity estimates are as follows:
 
                     
        Before Receipt
of Credit
Enhancements (1)
  After Receipt
of Credit
Enhancements (2)
       
 
        Net Present
Value, or NPV (3)
  NPV
Ratio (4)
   
NPV (3)
  NPV
Ratio (4)
        (dollars in millions)
    At:                
    12/31/07 (5)   $4,036   23.2 bps   $3,087   17.8 bps
    09/30/07   $1,959   11.7 bps   $1,415    8.4 bps
    06/30/07   $1,768   11.0 bps   $1,292    8.1 bps
    03/31/07   $1,327    8.6 bps   $  929    6.0 bps
    12/31/06   $1,128    7.6 bps   $  770    5.2 bps
   
   
(1) Assumes that none of the credit enhancements currently covering our mortgage loans has any mitigating impact on our credit losses.
   
(2) Assumes we collect amounts due from credit enhancement providers after giving effect to certain assumptions about counterparty default rates.
   
(3) Based on single-family total mortgage portfolio, excluding Structured Securities backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates.
   
(4) Calculated as the ratio of NPV of the increase in credit losses to the single-family total mortgage portfolio, defined in footnote (3) above.
   
(5) The significant increase in our credit risk sensitivity estimates in Q4 2007 was primarily attributable to changes in our assumptions employed to calculate the credit risk sensitivity disclosure. Given deterioration in housing fundamentals at the end of 2007, we modified our assumptions for forecasted home prices subsequent to the immediate 5% decline.
     
5.  Public Disclosure of Risk Rating:
   
• We will seek to obtain a rating, that will be continuously monitored by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization, assessing “risk-to-the-government” or independent financial strength.
 
• At February 1, 2008 and December 31, 2007, our “risk-to-the-government” rating from S&P was “AA–” with a negative outlook. An S&P rating outlook assesses the potential direction of a long-term credit rating over the intermediate term (typically six months to two years). A modifier of “negative” means that a rating may be lowered.
• At February 1, 2008 and December 31, 2007, Moody’s “Bank Financial Strength” rating for us was “A–” and “A–” with a negative outlook, respectively. A Moody’s rating outlook is an opinion of the likely direction of a rating over the medium term. On January 9, 2008 Moody’s placed our “Bank Financial Strength” rating on review for possible downgrade, which overrode the negative outlook designation.
 
            132 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AS OF MARCH 31, 2008 AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2008 AND 2007 (“INTERIM MD&A”)
 
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
 
Market Overview
 
Following several years of substantial growth in the residential mortgage market, driven by historically low interest rates and a strong housing market, the residential mortgage market slowed in 2007 and continues to weaken in 2008. The various factors contributing to this decline have adversely affected our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Home price appreciation is an important market indicator for us because it represents the general trend in value associated with the single-family mortgage loans underlying our PCs and Structured Securities. As home prices decline, the risk of borrower defaults generally increases and the severity of credit losses also increases. Home prices declined in 2007 with significant variation across regions and metropolitan areas. Forecasts of nationwide home prices indicate a continued overall decline through 2008.
 
Other trends in the residential mortgage market also reflect the weakening in the housing market. Since early 2006, the volume of new and existing home sales declined and increased inventories of unsold homes undermined property values. Demand for investor properties and second homes also declined dramatically. Annual total single-family conventional mortgage originations have been declining since 2005 and, based on our forecasts, are expected to continue to decline into 2009.
 
Credit concerns and resulting liquidity issues have also affected the financial markets. Recently, the market for non-agency mortgage-related securities has been characterized by high levels of volatility and uncertainty, reduced demand and liquidity, significantly wider credit spreads and a lack of price transparency. Non-agency mortgage-related securities, particularly those backed by non-traditional mortgage products, have been subject to various rating agency downgrades and significant price volatility in the market. The reduced liquidity in U.S. financial markets prompted the Federal Reserve to take several significant actions during the first quarter of 2008, including a series of reductions in the discount rate totaling 2.25%. In early March 2008, the Federal Reserve expanded its securities lending program to allow primary dealers to borrow U.S. Treasury securities for 28 day terms (rather than only overnight) with a pledge of other securities by the borrower, including AAA-rated, private-issuer, residential mortgage securities. Although we do not participate in the securities lending facilities of the Federal Reserve, the rate reductions impact other key market rates affecting our assets and liabilities, including generally reducing the return on our cash and investments portfolio and lowering our cost of short-term debt financing.
 
The credit performance of subprime and Alt-A loans, as well as other non-traditional mortgage products, deteriorated sharply during 2007 and continues to deteriorate in 2008. See “INTERIM MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Mortgage Credit Risk” for additional information regarding our exposure to mortgage-related securities backed by subprime and Alt-A loans. Concerns about the potential for higher delinquency rates and more severe credit losses have resulted in increases in mortgage rates in the non-conforming and subprime portions of the market. Many lenders have tightened credit standards or elected to stop originating certain types of mortgages. Regional decreases in home prices have also eroded the equity of many homeowners seeking to refinance. These factors have adversely affected many borrowers seeking alternative financing to refinance out of non-traditional and adjustable-rate mortgages.
 
The market for multifamily mortgage debt differs from the residential single-family market in several respects. The likelihood that a multifamily borrower will make scheduled payments on its mortgage is a function of the ability of the property to generate income sufficient to make those payments, which is affected by rent levels and the percentage of available units that are occupied. Strength in the multifamily market therefore is affected by the balance between the supply of and demand for rental housing (both multifamily and single-family), which in turn is affected not only by employment growth but also by the number of new units added to the rental housing supply, rates of household formation and the relative cost of owner-occupied housing alternatives.
 
In order to aid the mortgage market by providing liquidity for conforming mortgages, we intend to expand our business activities during 2008. We expect growth in the unpaid principal balances of our retained portfolio, including the multifamily loan holdings, of approximately 10%, net of liquidations and sales. Similarly, we intend to increase the unpaid principal balances of our issued guaranteed securities by approximately 10% during 2008, net of liquidations. These actions will not only help to serve our mission, but will benefit our customers, the secondary mortgage market and our shareholders.
 
Summary of Financial Results for the First Quarter of 2008
 
GAAP Results
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” or SFAS 157, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in financial statements and expands required disclosures about fair
 
            133 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

value measurements. Subsequent to the issuance of our 2007 Information Statement, we reevaluated the impact of SFAS 157 on our valuation method for our guarantee obligation. As a result, we changed our method for determining the fair value of our newly-issued guarantee obligations to using an amount equal to the fair value of compensation received, consisting of management and guarantee fees and other upfront compensation, in the related securitization transaction, which is a practical expedient for determining fair value. As a result, prospectively from January 1, 2008, we no longer record estimates of deferred gains or immediate, “day one” losses on most guarantees. Our adoption of SFAS 157 did not result in an immediate recognition of gain or loss, but the prospective change had a positive impact on our first quarter 2008 financial results. For the fourth quarter of 2007, our day one losses were $1.3 billion.
 
Also effective January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS 159, or the fair value option, which permits companies to choose to measure certain eligible financial instruments at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value in order to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring assets and liabilities differently. We elected the fair value option for certain available-for-sale mortgage-related securities and our foreign-currency denominated debt. Upon adoption of SFAS 159, we recognized a $1.0 billion after-tax increase to our beginning retained earnings at January 1, 2008.
 
For the first quarter of 2008, we reported net losses of $(151) million, or $(0.66) per diluted share, compared to $(133) million, or $(0.35) per diluted share, for the first quarter of 2007. Our losses increased due to higher credit-related expenses, losses on our derivative portfolio (excluding foreign-currency derivatives) and an increase in fair value losses on our guarantee asset as compared to the first quarter of 2007. These losses were partially offset by increases in amortized income on our guarantee obligation and gains on our investment activity, principally from trading securities, during the first quarter of 2008, compared to the first quarter of 2007. Our adoption of SFAS 159 and SFAS 157 had a significant positive effect on our financial results for the first quarter of 2008.
 
Net interest income was $798 million for the first quarter of 2008, compared to $771 million for the first quarter of 2007. The effect on net interest income from a decrease in average balances of interest-earning assets and liabilities in the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007 was more than offset by an improvement in net interest yield on these balances. The slight increase in net interest income and improvement in net interest yield for the first quarter of 2008 reflected lower short-term interest rates on borrowings in this quarter. Our total funding costs decreased due to a higher proportion of short-term debt in our funding during the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007.
 
Non-interest income was $731 million in the first quarter of 2008, compared to non-interest income (loss) of $(77) million in the first quarter of 2007. Management and guarantee income increased to $789 million for the first quarter of 2008 from $628 million for the first quarter of 2007, as the average balance of our PCs and Structured Securities increased 16% on an annualized basis, and the total management and guarantee fee rate increased to 18.2 basis points for the first quarter of 2008 from 16.7 basis points for the first quarter of 2007.
 
For the first quarter of 2008, other components of non-interest income (loss) totaled $(58) million compared to $(705) million for the first quarter of 2007. We recognized higher gains on investment activities as we recognized valuation gains on trading securities recorded at fair value at our election under SFAS 159. The election of SFAS 159 for these securities provides an economic hedge against changes in fair value of our guarantee asset caused by movements in interest rates. These gains on trading securities were largely offset by fair value losses on our guarantee asset. We recognized catch-up amortization income on our guarantee obligation totaling $589 million, primarily as a result of accelerated losses on pools of mortgage loans issued during 2006 and 2007, as well as significant increases in prepayment speeds. Recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase increased to $226 million for the first quarter of 2008, compared to $35 million for the first quarter of 2007, primarily due to a higher volume of loans that were repaid or foreclosed in the first quarter of 2008. These improvements were offset by fair value losses on U.S. dollar denominated derivatives, excluding accrual of periodic settlements, of approximately $(1.3) billion for the first quarter of 2008 compared to $(0.7) billion for the first quarter of 2007, as movements in interest rates adversely affected our net pay-fixed interest-rate swap position. See “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Income (Loss) — Recoveries on Loans Impaired upon Purchase,” for additional information.
 
Our non-interest expenses in the first quarter of 2008 and first quarter of 2007 totaled $2.1 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively. Credit-related expenses, which consist of the total of provision for credit losses and REO operations expense, were $1.4 billion in the first quarter of 2008 and $0.3 billion in the first quarter of 2007. For the first quarter of 2008, our provision for credit losses increased due to credit deterioration in our single-family credit guarantee portfolio, primarily due to 2006 and 2007 loan originations, as more loans transitioned from delinquency to foreclosure, delinquency rates increased and the estimated severity of losses on a per-property basis increased. The credit deterioration has been largely driven by a decline in home prices and other declines in regional economic conditions as well as increasing volumes of non-traditional mortgage loans and less stringent underwriting standards in the last three years.
 
Excluding credit-related expenses, non-interest expense for the first quarter of 2008 totaled $655 million, compared to $962 million for the first quarter of 2007. The decline in other non-interest expense was primarily due to the reduction in
 
            134 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

losses on certain credit guarantees and losses on loans purchased, which totaled $66 million for the first quarter of 2008, compared to $393 million for the first quarter of 2007. Losses on certain credit guarantees decreased to $15 million for the first quarter of 2008, compared to $177 million for the first quarter of 2007, due to our change in the valuation method of our newly-issued guarantee obligations upon adoption of SFAS 157. Losses on loans purchased decreased due to changes in our operational practice of purchasing delinquent loans out of PC pools. Through November 2007, our general practice was to purchase the mortgage loans out of PCs after the loans became 120 days delinquent. Effective December 2007, we no longer automatically purchase loans from PC pools once they become 120 days delinquent, but rather, we purchase loans from PCs when the loans have been 120 days delinquent and (a) are modified, (b) foreclosure sales occur, (c) when the loans have been delinquent for 24 months or (d) when the cost of guarantee payments to PC holders, including advances of interest at the PC coupon, exceeds the expected cost of holding the nonperforming mortgage in our retained portfolio. As a result, we purchased relatively few delinquent loans under our repurchase option during the first quarter of 2008. We record at fair value loans that we purchase out of our guaranteed securities in connection with our repurchase option. See “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Expense — Losses on Certain Credit Guarantees ” and “—  Losses on Loans Purchased ,” for additional information. Administrative expenses totaled $397 million for the first quarter of 2008, down slightly from $403 million for the first quarter of 2007. As a percentage of our average total mortgage portfolio, administrative expenses declined to 7.5 basis points for the first quarter of 2008, from 8.7 basis points for the first quarter of 2007.
 
For the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, we recognized effective tax rates of 73.7% and 74.8%, respectively. See “NOTE 12: INCOME TAXES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information about how our effective tax rate is determined.
 
Segments
 
See “BUSINESS — Business Activities — Segments” and “ANNUAL MD&A — EXECUTIVE SUMMARY — Segment Earnings” for a discussion of how we manage our business through three reportable segments: Investments, Single-family Guarantee, and Multifamily. See “ANNUAL MD&A — EXECUTIVE SUMMARY — Segment Earnings” for a discussion of how Segment Earnings are determined and a discussion of the limitations and the objective of Segment Earnings. For a summary and description of our financial performance on a segment basis, see “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Segment Earnings” and “NOTE 16: SEGMENT REPORTING” in the accompanying notes to our unaudited consolidated financial statements.
 
Table 67 presents Segment Earnings (loss) by segment and the All Other category and includes a reconciliation of Segment Earnings (loss) to net income (loss) prepared in accordance with GAAP.
 
Table 67 — Reconciliation of Segment Earnings (Loss) to GAAP Net Income (Loss)
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Segment Earnings (loss) after taxes:
               
Investments
  $ 113     $ 514  
Single-family Guarantee
    (458 )     224  
Multifamily
    98       125  
All Other
    (4 )     (16 )
                 
Total Segment Earnings (loss), net of taxes
    (251 )     847  
                 
Reconciliation to GAAP net income (loss):
               
Derivative- and foreign-currency denominated debt-related adjustments
    (1,194 )     (1,082 )
Credit guarantee-related adjustments
    (174 )     (502 )
Investment sales, debt retirements and fair value-related adjustments
    1,525       69  
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments
    (110 )     (93 )
                 
Total pre-tax adjustments
    47       (1,608 )
Tax-related adjustments
    53       628  
                 
Total reconciling items, net of taxes
    100       (980 )
                 
GAAP net income (loss)
  $ (151 )   $ (133 )
                 
 
Investments Segment
 
Investments segment performance highlights for the first quarter of 2008:
 
  •  Segment Earnings decreased 78% to $113 million in the first quarter of 2008 versus $514 million in the first quarter of 2007.
 
  •  Segment Earnings net interest yield decreased 31 basis points in the first quarter of 2008, as compared to the first quarter of 2007, due to spread compression on our floating rate assets, as our floating rate assets reset faster than our floating rate debt; increased amortization expense of losses on pay-fixed swaps terminated in 2007; and declining
 
            135 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

  rates contributed to an increase in net interest expense on our pay-fixed swaps that was only partially offset by floating rate debt.
 
  •  Capital constraints and OAS levels that were not compelling early in the first quarter of 2008 limited our ability to increase our mortgage-related investment portfolio. The unpaid principal balance of our mortgage-related investment portfolio decreased 1.7% to $652 billion at March 31, 2008 compared to $663 billion at December 31, 2007. However, during March 2008, we increased our net mortgage purchase commitments for the mortgage-related investment portfolio in response to substantially wider OAS.
 
  •  During March 2008, OFHEO reduced our mandatory target capital surplus to 20%.
 
  •  During a turbulent first quarter of 2008, demand for our debt securities remained strong as demonstrated by our uninterrupted debt funding, allowing us to issue our debt securities at rates below those of comparable maturities on the LIBOR yield curve.
 
Single-family Guarantee Segment
 
Single-family Guarantee segment performance highlights for the first quarter of 2008:
 
  •  Segment Earnings (loss) decreased $682 million to a loss of $(458) million in the first quarter of 2008 versus earnings of $224 million in the first quarter of 2007.
 
  •  Segment Earnings provision for credit losses for the Single-family Guarantee segment increased to $1.3 billion for the first quarter of 2008 from $0.3 billion for the first quarter of 2007.
 
  •  Realized single-family credit losses in the first quarter of 2008 were 11.6 basis points of the average total mortgage portfolio, excluding non-Freddie Mac securities, compared to 1.5 basis points in the first quarter of 2007.
 
  •  The single-family credit guarantee portfolio increased by 9.9% on an annualized basis for the first quarter of 2008.
 
  •  Average rates of Segment Earnings management and guarantee fee income for the Single-family Guarantee segment increased to 20.4 basis points for the first quarter of 2008, compared to 17.9 basis points for the first quarter of 2007.
 
  •  In November and December 2007, we announced delivery fee increases effective beginning March 2008 or as the customer’s contract permits. Also, in February and March 2008, we announced additional increases in delivery fees, effective beginning June 2008 or as the customer’s contract permits, for certain flow transactions.
 
  •  We implemented several changes in our underwriting and eligibility criteria during the first quarter of 2008 to reduce our credit risk, including requiring larger down payments and higher credit scores, and limiting or eliminating our acquisition of certain higher risk loan products.
 
Multifamily Segment
 
Multifamily segment performance highlights for first quarter of 2008:
 
  •  Segment Earnings decreased 22% to $98 million in the first quarter of 2008 versus $125 million in the first quarter of 2007.
 
  •  Segment Earnings net interest income was $75 million for the first quarter of 2008, a decline of $48 million versus the first quarter of 2007 due to lower prepayment, or yield maintenance, fees of $15 million compared to $60 million for the first quarter of 2007.
 
  •  Mortgage purchases into our multifamily loan portfolio increased approximately 30% in the first quarter of 2008, to $4.1 billion, from $3.1 billion in the first quarter of 2007.
 
  •  Unpaid principal balance of our mortgage loan portfolio increased to $60.8 billion at March 31, 2008 from $57.6 billion at December 31, 2007 as we provided a ready source of capital by purchasing loans to be held in our portfolio.
 
  •  Segment Earnings provision for credit losses for the Multifamily segment totaled $9 million for the first quarter of 2008.
 
Capital Management
 
Our primary objective in managing capital is preserving our safety and soundness. We also seek to have sufficient capital to support our business and mission. We make investment decisions while considering our capital levels. OFHEO monitors our capital adequacy using several capital standards. Beginning in January 2004, OFHEO directed us to maintain a 30% mandatory target capital surplus above our statutory minimum capital requirement. On March 19, 2008, OFHEO reduced our mandatory target capital surplus to 20% above our statutory minimum capital requirement, and we announced that we will begin the process to raise capital and maintain overall capital levels well in excess of requirements while the mortgage markets recover. At March 31, 2008, our estimated regulatory core capital was $38.3 billion, which is an estimated $11.4 billion in excess of our statutory minimum capital requirement and $6.0 billion in excess of the 20% mandatory target capital surplus.
 
            136 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

We have committed to OFHEO to raise $5.5 billion of new core capital through one or more offerings, which will include both common and preferred securities. The timing, amount and mix of securities to be offered will depend on a variety of factors, including prevailing market conditions and our SEC registration process, and is subject to approval by our board of directors. OFHEO has informed us that, upon completion of these offerings, our mandatory target capital surplus will be reduced from 20% to 15%. OFHEO has also informed us that it intends a further reduction of our mandatory target capital surplus from 15% to 10% upon completion of our SEC registration process, our completion of the remaining Consent Order requirement ( i.e. , the separation of the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer), our continued commitment to maintain capital well above OFHEO’s regulatory requirement and no material adverse changes to ongoing regulatory compliance. We reduced the dividend on our common stock in December 2007.
 
The sharp decline in the housing market and volatility in financial markets continue to adversely affect our capital, including our ability to manage to our regulatory capital requirements and the 20% mandatory target capital surplus. Factors that could adversely affect the adequacy of our capital in future periods include our ability to execute our planned capital raising transaction; GAAP net losses; continued declines in home prices; increases in our credit and interest-rate risk profiles; adverse changes in interest-rate or implied volatility; adverse OAS changes; impairments on non-agency mortgage-related securities; counterparty downgrades; downgrades of non-agency mortgage-related securities (with respect to regulatory risk-based capital); legislative or regulatory actions that increase capital requirements; or changes in accounting practices or standards.
 
Also affecting our capital position was our adoption of SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008. Our election of the fair value option was made in an effort to better reflect, in the financial statements, the economic offsets that exist related to items that were not previously recognized as changes in fair value through our consolidated statements of income. We expect our adoption of the fair value option will reduce the effect of interest-rate changes on our net income (loss) and capital. This change will also increase the impact of spread changes on capital. For a further discussion of our adoption of SFAS 159 see “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Change in Accounting Principles” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements. Beginning in the first quarter of 2008, we commenced our use of cash flow hedge accounting relationships to include hedging the changes in cash flows associated with our forecasted issuances of debt. We believe this expanded accounting strategy will reduce the effect of interest-rate changes on our capital. This accounting strategy had a positive impact on our financial results for the first quarter of 2008, and we expect our continued implementation of hedge accounting will have a greater positive effect on our interest rate sensitivity going forward. We also employed this accounting strategy while maintaining our disciplined approach to interest-rate management. See “NOTE 10: DERIVATIVES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information about our derivatives designated as cash flow hedges.
 
To help manage to our regulatory capital requirements and the 20% mandatory target capital surplus, we may consider measures in the future such as reducing or rebalancing risk, limiting growth or reducing the size of our retained portfolio, slowing purchases into our credit guarantee portfolio, issuing additional preferred or convertible preferred stock and issuing common stock.
 
Our ability to execute any of these actions or their effectiveness may be limited and we might not be able to manage to our regulatory capital requirements and the 20% mandatory target capital surplus. For example, if we are not able to manage to the 20% mandatory target capital surplus, OFHEO may, among other things, seek to require us to (a) submit a plan for remediation or (b) take other remedial steps. In addition, OFHEO has discretion to reduce our capital classification by one level if OFHEO determines that we are engaging in conduct OFHEO did not approve that could result in a rapid depletion of core capital or determines that the value of property subject to mortgage loans we hold or guarantee has decreased significantly. See “RISK FACTORS”, “BUSINESS — Regulation and Supervision — Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight — Capital Standards and Dividend Restrictions ” and “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL — Classification” to our audited consolidated financial statements for information regarding additional potential actions OFHEO may seek to take against us.
 
Fair Value Results
 
Our consolidated fair value measurements are a component of our risk management processes, as we use daily estimates of the changes in fair value to calculate our PMVS and duration gap measures.
 
During the first quarter of 2008, the fair value of net assets, before capital transactions, decreased by $17.4 billion, while it remained unchanged during the first quarter of 2007. The decline in the fair value of our net assets during the first quarter of 2008 principally related to declines in the fair value of our non-agency single-family mortgage-related securities driven by OAS widening. See “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED FAIR VALUE BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS” for additional information regarding attribution of changes in the fair value of net assets for the first quarter of 2008. See
 
            137 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

“NOTE 14: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for more information on fair values.
 
Legislative and Regulatory Matters
 
GSE Oversight Legislation
 
We face a highly uncertain regulatory environment in light of GSE regulatory oversight legislation currently under consideration in Congress. On July 11, 2008, the Senate passed comprehensive housing legislation that includes GSE oversight provisions. This legislation would give our regulator substantial authority to assess our safety and soundness and to regulate our portfolio investments, including requiring reductions in those investments, consistent with our mission and safe and sound operations. This legislation includes provisions that would enhance the regulator’s authority to require us to maintain higher minimum and risk-based capital levels and to regulate our business activities, which could constrain our ability to respond quickly to a changing marketplace. This legislation would require us to set aside an amount equal to 4.2 basis points for each dollar of unpaid principal balance of total new business purchases and allocate or transfer such amounts to new affordable housing programs established in HUD and Treasury. In addition, the legislation would increase the conventional conforming loan limits in high-cost areas to the lesser of 150 percent of the conventional conforming loan limits or the median area home price.
 
On May 8, 2008, the House of Representatives passed similar comprehensive housing legislation that would give our regulator authority to assess our safety and soundness and to regulate our portfolio investments. This legislation would also enhance our regulator’s authority to require us to maintain higher minimum and risk-based capital levels and to regulate our new business activities. There are several differences between the legislation under consideration in the Senate and House. For example, the House bill would for 2008 through 2012 require Freddie Mac to make annual contributions to an affordable housing fund equal to 1.2 basis points of the average aggregate unpaid principal balance of our total mortgage portfolio. In addition, the House bill would increase the conventional conforming loan limits in high-cost areas to the greater of the conventional conforming loan limit or 125 percent of the area median home price, up to a maximum of 175 percent of the conventional conforming loan limit.
 
We cannot predict the prospects for the enactment, timing or content of any final legislation. The provisions of this legislation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to fulfill our mission, future earnings, stock price and stockholder returns, ability to meet regulatory capital requirements, rate of growth of fair value of net assets attributable to common stockholders and our ability to recruit and retain qualified officers and directors.
 
Temporary Increase in Conforming Loan Limits
 
On February 13, 2008, the President signed into law the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 that includes a temporary increase in conventional conforming loan limits. The law raises the conforming loan limits for mortgages originated in certain high-cost areas from July 1, 2007 through December 31, 2008 to the higher of the applicable 2008 conforming loan limits, set at $417,000 for a mortgage secured by a one-unit single-family residence, or 125% of the median house price for a geographic area, not to exceed $729,750 for a one-unit, single-family residence. We began accepting these “conforming jumbo” mortgages for securitization as PCs and purchase into our retained portfolio in April 2008.
 
Voluntary, Temporary Growth Limit
 
In response to a request by OFHEO, on August 1, 2006, we announced that we would voluntarily and temporarily limit the growth of our retained portfolio to 2.0% annually. Consistent with OFHEO’s February 27, 2008 announcement of the removal of the growth limit on March 1, 2008, the growth limit has expired.
 
Mission and Affordable Housing Goals
 
In March 2008, we reported to HUD that we did not achieve two home purchase subgoals (the low- and moderate-income subgoal and the special affordable housing subgoal) for 2007. We believe that achievement of these two home purchase subgoals was infeasible in 2007 under the terms of the GSE Act, and accordingly submitted an infeasibility analysis to HUD. In April 2008, HUD notified us that it had determined that, given the declining affordability of the primary market since 2005, the scope of market turmoil in 2007, and the collapse of the non-agency, or private label, secondary mortgage market, the availability of subgoal-qualifying home purchase loans was reduced significantly and therefore achievement of these subgoals was infeasible. Consequently, we will not submit a housing plan to HUD.
 
In 2008, we expect that the market conditions discussed above and the tightened credit and underwriting environment will continue to make achieving our affordable housing goals and subgoals challenging.
 
            138 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion of our consolidated results of operations should be read in conjunction with our unaudited consolidated financial statements including the accompanying notes. Also see “INTERIM MD&A — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES” for more information concerning our more significant accounting policies and estimates applied in determining our reported financial position and results of operations.
 
Table 68 — Summary Consolidated Statements of Income — GAAP Results
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Net interest income
  $ 798     $ 771  
Non-interest income (loss):
               
Management and guarantee income
    789       628  
Gains (losses) on guarantee asset
    (1,394 )     (523 )
Income on guarantee obligation
    1,169       430  
Derivative gains (losses) (1)
    (245 )     (524 )
Gains (losses) on investment activity
    1,219       18  
Unrealized gains (losses) on foreign-currency denominated debt recorded at fair value
    (1,385 )      
Gains on debt retirement
    305       7  
Recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase
    226       35  
Foreign-currency gains (losses), net
          (197 )
Other
    47       49  
                 
Non-interest income (loss)
    731       (77 )
                 
Non-interest expense
    (2,103 )     (1,224 )
                 
Loss before income tax benefit
    (574 )     (530 )
Income tax benefit
    423       397  
                 
Net loss
  $ (151 )   $ (133 )
                 
(1)  Include derivative gains on foreign-currency swaps of $1.2 billion and $0.2 billion for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively. Also include derivative gains of $0.2 billion on foreign-currency denominated receive-fixed swaps to offset market value adjustments of $(0.2) billion included in unrealized gains (losses) on foreign-currency denominated debt recorded at fair value for the first quarter of 2008.
 
            139 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Net Interest Income
 
Table 69 presents an analysis of net interest income, including average balances and related yields earned on assets and incurred on liabilities.
 
Table 69 — Net Interest Income/Yield and Average Balance Analysis
 
                                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2008     2007  
          Interest
                Interest
       
    Average
    Income
    Average
    Average
    Income
    Average
 
    Balance (1)(2)     (Expense) (1)     Rate     Balance (1)(2)     (Expense) (1)     Rate  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Mortgage loans (3)
  $ 84,291     $ 1,243       5.90 %   $ 66,583     $ 1,066       6.40 %
Mortgage-related securities
    628,721       8,133       5.17       643,853       8,551       5.31  
                                                 
Total retained portfolio
    713,012       9,376       5.26       710,436       9,617       5.41  
Investments (4)
    39,456       399       4.01       48,741       623       5.11  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold
    14,435       121       3.34       26,482       349       5.28  
                                                 
Total interest-earning assets
    766,903       9,896       5.16       785,659       10,589       5.39  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Short-term debt
    204,650       (2,044 )     (3.95 )     171,249       (2,208 )     (5.16 )
Long-term debt (5)
    538,295       (6,725 )     (4.99 )     580,146       (7,176 )     (4.95 )
                                                 
Total debt securities
    742,945       (8,769 )     (4.70 )     751,395       (9,384 )     (5.00 )
Due to PC investors
                      7,667       (103 )     (5.37 )
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    742,945       (8,769 )     (4.70 )     759,062       (9,487 )     (5.00 )
Expense related to derivatives
          (329 )     (0.18 )           (331 )     (0.17 )
Impact of net non-interest-bearing funding
    23,958             0.15       26,597             0.17  
                                                 
Total funding of interest-earning assets
  $ 766,903       (9,098 )     (4.73 )   $ 785,659       (9,818 )     (5.00 )
                                                 
Net interest income/yield
            798       0.43               771       0.39  
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments (6)
            107       0.05               95       0.05  
                                                 
Net interest income/yield (fully taxable-equivalent basis)
          $ 905       0.48             $ 866       0.44  
                                                 
(1)  Excludes mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities traded, but not yet settled.
(2)  For securities in our retained and cash and investment portfolios, we calculated average balances based on their unpaid principal balance plus their associated deferred fees and costs ( e.g. , premiums and discounts), but excluded the effect of mark-to-fair-value changes.
(3)  Non-performing loans, where interest income is recognized when collected, are included in average balances.
(4)  Consist of cash and cash equivalents and non-mortgage-related securities.
(5)  Includes current portion of long-term debt.
(6)  The determination of net interest income/yield (fully taxable-equivalent basis), which reflects fully taxable-equivalent adjustments to interest income, involves the conversion of tax-exempt sources of interest income to the equivalent amounts of interest income that would be necessary to derive the same net return if the investments had been subject to income taxes using our federal statutory tax rate of 35%.
 
Net interest income and net interest yield on a fully taxable-equivalent basis increased during the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007. The increases are primarily attributable to purchases of fixed-rate assets at wider spreads and the benefit of funding fixed-rate assets with short-term debt in a declining rate environment. Altering the mix of our debt funding between longer- and shorter-term debt is an integral part of our overall investment management framework. As market conditions change, we may change the mix of debt we use to fund our retained portfolio, both floating- and fixed-rate assets. During the first quarter of 2008, our short-term funding levels improved significantly, particularly relative to long-term funding levels. In response to these market conditions we increased the amount of shorter-term debt in our overall funding mix. We continue to employ an interest rate risk strategy that seeks to substantially match the duration characteristics of our assets and liabilities. To accomplish this, we use an integrated strategy that involves asset selection, asset structuring and asset and liability portfolio management that includes the use of derivatives for purposes of rebalancing the portfolio and maintaining low PMVS and duration gap. Also contributing to the increases in net interest income and net interest yield was decreased mortgage-related securities premium amortization expense, as purchases into our retained portfolio in 2007 largely consisted of securities purchased at a discount. The increases in net interest income and net interest yield on a fully tax-equivalent basis were partially offset by the impact of declining interest rates because our floating rate assets reset faster than our short-term debt during the first quarter of 2008. The average balance of interest-earning assets declined as we continued to manage to our mandatory target capital surplus. However, on March 19, 2008 OFHEO reduced our mandatory target capital surplus to 20% from 30% above our statutory minimum capital requirement and we entered into net mortgage purchase commitments of $43 billion during March, the vast majority of which settled in April. Over the long term, we expect these activities will result in higher economic returns and ultimately improve net interest income. Due to the creation of the securitization trusts in December of 2007, due to PC investors interest expense is now recorded in trust management fees within other income on our consolidated statements of income.
 
            140 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Non-Interest Income (Loss)
 
Management and Guarantee Income
 
Table 70 provides summary information about management and guarantee income. Management and guarantee income consists of contractual amounts due to us (reflecting buy-ups and buy-downs to base management and guarantee fees) as well as amortization of certain pre-2003 deferred credit and buy-down fees received by us that were recorded as deferred income as a component of other liabilities. Post-2002 credit and buy-down fees are reflected as increased income on guarantee obligation as the guarantee obligation is amortized.
 
Table 70 — Management and Guarantee Income (1)
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
    (dollars in millions,
 
    rates in basis points)  
 
Contractual management and guarantee fees
  $ 757       17.4     $ 598       15.9  
Amortization of credit and buy-down fees included in other liabilities
    32       0.8       30       0.8  
                                 
Total management and guarantee income
  $ 789       18.2     $ 628       16.7  
                                 
Unamortized balance of credit and buy-down fees included in other liabilities, at period end
  $ 379             $ 412          
(1)  Consists of management and guarantee fees related to all issued and outstanding guarantees, including those issued prior to adoption of FIN 45 in January 2003, which did not require the establishment of a guarantee asset.
 
The primary drivers affecting management and guarantee income are the average balance of our PCs and Structured Securities and changes in management and guarantee fee rates. Contractual management and guarantee fees include adjustments to the contractual rates for buy-ups and buy-downs, whereby the contractual management and guarantee fee rate is adjusted for up-front cash payments we make (buy-up) or receive (buy-down) at guarantee issuance. Our average rates of management and guarantee income are also affected by the mix of products we issue, competition in market pricing and customer preference for buy-up and buy-down fees. The majority of our guarantees are issued under customer “flow” channel contracts, which have fixed pricing schedules for our management and guarantee fees for periods of up to one year. The remainder of our purchase and guarantee securitization of mortgage loans occurs through “bulk” purchasing with management and guarantee fees negotiated on an individual transaction basis.
 
For securitization issuances through bulk purchase channels, we negotiated higher contractual fee rates during the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007 in response to increases in market pricing of mortgage credit risk. Given the volatility in the credit market during the first quarter of 2008, we will continue to closely monitor the pricing of our management and guarantee fees as well as our delivery fee rates and make adjustments when appropriate.
 
Management and guarantee income increased for the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007, primarily reflecting an increase in the average PCs and Structured Securities balances of 16%, on an annualized basis. The average contractual management and guarantee fee rate increased for the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007, primarily due to an increase in buy-up activity and the impact of higher average fees associated with guarantees issued during 2007, which had a higher composition of non-traditional products carrying higher contractual rates.
 
Gains (Losses) on Guarantee Asset
 
Gains (losses) on guarantee asset represents changes in the fair value of the future cash flows of our guarantee asset after the guarantee asset was initially recognized. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Income (Loss) — Gains (Losses) on Guarantee Asset ” for more information.
 
Table 71 — Attribution of Change — Gains (Losses) on Guarantee Asset
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Contractual management and guarantee fees
  $ (689 )   $ (523 )
Portion related to imputed interest income
    215       127  
                 
Return of investment on guarantee asset
    (474 )     (396 )
Change in fair value of management and guarantee fees
    (920 )     (127 )
                 
Gains (losses) on guarantee asset
  $ (1,394 )   $ (523 )
                 
 
Management and guarantee fees represent cash received in the current period related to PCs and Structured Securities with an established guarantee asset. A portion of our return of investment on the guarantee asset is attributed to imputed interest income on our guarantee asset. Management and guarantee fees increased for the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007 primarily due to increases in the average balance of our PCs and Structured Securities issued.
 
            141 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

The increase in fair value losses on our guarantee asset for the first quarter of 2008, compared to the first quarter of 2007, was due to a decrease in interest rates and a decline in the market valuations of excess servicing, interest-only securities during the first quarter of 2008. Fair values for excess-servicing, interest-only securities are a significant input in determining the fair value of our guarantee asset.
 
Income on Guarantee Obligation
 
Income on guarantee obligation represents amortization of our guarantee obligation. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Income (Loss) — Income on Guarantee Obligation ” for more information.
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we began estimating the fair value of our newly-issued guarantee obligations at their inception using the practical expedient provided by FIN 45, as amended by SFAS 157. Using this approach, the initial guarantee obligation is recorded at an amount equal to the fair value of the compensation received in the related securitization transactions. As a result, we no longer record estimates of deferred gains or immediate “day one” losses on most guarantees. All unamortized amounts recorded prior to January 1, 2008 will continue to be deferred and amortized using existing amortization methods. This change had a significant positive impact on our financial results for the first quarter of 2008.
 
Table 72 provides information about the components of income on guarantee obligation.
 
Table 72 — Income on Guarantee Obligation
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Amortization income related to:
               
Static effective yield
  $ 580     $ 377  
Cumulative catch-up
    589       53  
                 
Total income on guarantee obligation
  $ 1,169     $ 430  
                 
 
Amortization income increased for the first quarter of 2008, compared to the first quarter of 2007. This increase is due to (1) new issuances of guarantees, (2) higher average balances of our PCs and Structured Securities, (3) higher guarantee obligation balances recognized in 2007 as a result of significant market risk premiums, including those that resulted in significant day one losses ( i.e. , where the fair value of the guarantee obligation exceeded the fair value of the guarantee and credit enhancement-related assets) and (4) cumulative catch-up adjustments totaling $589 million made to the amortization of the guarantee obligation due to significant shifts in the loss curve. The cumulative catch-up adjustments recognized during the first quarter of 2008 were the result of accelerated losses on individual pools of mortgage loans issued during 2006 and 2007, as well as significant increases in prepayment speeds. These cumulative catch-up adjustments result in a pattern of revenue recognition that is consistent with our economic release from risk and the timing of the recognition of losses on pools of mortgage loans we guarantee.
 
            142 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Derivative Overview
 
Table 73 presents the effect of derivatives on our unaudited consolidated financial statements, including notional or contractual amounts of our derivatives and our hedge accounting classifications.
 
Table 73 — Summary of the Effect of Derivatives on Selected Consolidated Financial Statement Captions
 
                                                 
    Consolidated Balance Sheets  
    March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Notional
    Fair Value
    AOCI
    Notional
    Fair Value
    AOCI
 
Description
  Amount (1)     (Pre-Tax) (2)     (Net of Taxes) (3)     Amount (1)     (Pre-Tax) (2)     (Net of Taxes) (3)  
    (in millions)  
 
Cash flow hedges — open
  $ 3,800     $ (61 )   $ (38 )   $     $     $  
No hedge designation
    1,342,505       3,416             1,322,881       4,790        
                                                 
Subtotal
    1,346,305       3,355       (38 )     1,322,881       4,790        
Balance related to closed cash flow hedges
                (3,854 )                 (4,059 )
                                                 
Total
  $ 1,346,305     $ 3,355     $ (3,892 )   $ 1,322,881     $ 4,790     $ (4,059 )
                                                 
 
                                 
    Consolidated Statements of Income  
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    Derivative
    Hedge
    Derivative
    Hedge
 
    Gains
    Accounting
    Gains
    Accounting
 
Description
  (Losses)     Gains (Losses) (4)     (Losses)     Gains (Losses) (4)  
    (in millions)  
 
Cash flow hedges — open (5)
  $     $ (3 )   $     $  
No hedge designation
    (245 )           (524 )      
                                 
Total
  $ (245 )   $ (3 )   $ (524 )   $  
                                 
(1)  Notional or contractual amounts are used to calculate the periodic settlement amounts to be received or paid and generally do not represent actual amounts to be exchanged. Notional or contractual amounts are not recorded as assets or liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.
(2)  The value of derivatives on our consolidated balance sheets is reported as derivative assets, net and derivative liability, net, and includes derivative interest receivable or (payable), net, trade/settle receivable or (payable), net and derivative cash collateral (held) or posted, net. Fair value excludes derivative interest receivable, net of $1.4 billion, trade/settle payable, net of $0.4 billion and derivative cash collateral held, net of $4.2 billion at March 31, 2008. Fair value excludes derivative interest receivable, net of $1.7 billion, trade/settle receivable or (payable), net of $— and derivative cash collateral held, net of $6.2 billion at December 31, 2007.
(3)  Derivatives that meet specific criteria may be accounted for as cash flow hedges. Changes in the fair value of the effective portion of open qualifying cash flow hedges are recorded in AOCI, net of taxes. Net deferred gains and losses on closed cash flow hedges ( i.e. , where the derivative is either terminated or redesignated) are also included in AOCI, net of taxes, until the related forecasted transaction affects earnings or is determined to be probable of not occurring.
(4)  Hedge accounting gains (losses) arise when the fair value change of a derivative does not exactly offset the fair value change of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, and is a component of other income in our consolidated statements of income. For further information, see “NOTE 10: DERIVATIVES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements.
(5)  For all derivatives in qualifying hedge accounting relationships, the accrual of periodic cash settlements is recorded in net interest income on our consolidated statements of income and those amounts are not included in the table. For derivatives not in qualifying hedge accounting relationships, the accrual of periodic cash settlements is recorded in derivative gains (losses) on our consolidated statements of income.
 
Beginning in the first quarter of 2008, we entered into derivative positions and classified them in cash flow hedge accounting relationships to hedge the changes in cash flows associated with our forecasted issuances of debt consistent with our risk management goals. In the prior period presented, we only elected cash flow hedge accounting relationships for certain commitments to sell mortgage-related securities. This expanded hedging strategy had a positive impact on our financial results for the first quarter of 2008, and we believe it will reduce the effect of interest-rate changes on our consolidated statements of income going forward. For a derivative accounted for as a cash flow hedge, changes in fair value are reported in AOCI, net of taxes, on our consolidated balance sheets to the extent the hedge is effective. The remaining ineffective portion of changes in fair value is reported as other income on our consolidated statements of income. We record changes in the fair value of derivatives not in hedge accounting relationships as derivative gains (losses) on our consolidated statements of income. See “NOTE 10: DERIVATIVES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information about our derivatives designated as cash flow hedges.
 
Derivative Gains (Losses)
 
Derivative gains (losses) represents the change in fair value of derivatives not accounted for in hedge accounting relationships because the derivatives did not qualify for, or we did not elect to pursue, hedge accounting, resulting in fair value changes being recorded to earnings. Derivative gains (losses) also includes the accrual of periodic settlements for derivatives that are not in hedge accounting relationships. Although derivatives are an important aspect of our management of interest-rate risk, they will generally increase the volatility of reported net income, particularly when they are not
 
            143 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

accounted for in hedge accounting relationships. Table 74 provides a summary of the period-end notional or contractual amounts and the gains and losses related to derivatives that were not accounted for in hedge accounting relationships.
 
Table 74 — Derivatives Not in Hedge Accounting Relationships
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    Notional or
    Derivative
    Notional or
    Derivative
 
    Contractual
    Gains
    Contractual
    Gains
 
    Amount     (Losses)     Amount     (Losses)  
    (in millions)  
 
Call swaptions:
                               
Purchased
  $ 242,022     $ 3,240     $ 194,772     $ (553 )
Written
    3,500       (6 )     7,500       2  
Put swaptions:
                               
Purchased
    29,675       (125 )     19,325       (8 )
Written
    7,150       3       500       (2 )
Receive-fixed swaps (1)
    326,247       9,696       270,053       259  
Pay-fixed swaps
    421,650       (15,133 )     251,391       (478 )
Futures
    134,633       647       95,140       19  
Foreign-currency swaps (2)
    15,441       1,237       23,854       198  
Forward purchase and sale commitments
    77,597       511       8,915       (5 )
Other (3)
    84,590       30       34,650       5  
                                 
Subtotal
    1,342,505       100       906,100       (563 )
Accrual of periodic settlements:
                               
Receive-fixed swaps (4)
            73               (58 )
Pay-fixed swaps
            (477 )             148  
Foreign-currency swaps
            57               (52 )
Other
            2               1  
                                 
Total accrual of periodic settlements
            (345 )             39  
                                 
Total
  $ 1,342,505     $ (245 )   $ 906,100     $ (524 )
                                 
(1)  Includes gains (losses) on foreign-currency denominated receive-fixed swaps of $193 million and $(106) million for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively.
(2)  Foreign-currency swaps are defined as swaps in which one leg is settled in a foreign-currency and the other leg is settled in U.S. dollars.
(3)  Consists of basis swaps, certain option-based contracts (including written options), interest-rate caps, credit derivatives and swap guarantee derivatives not accounted for in hedge accounting relationships.
(4)  Includes imputed interest on zero-coupon swaps.
 
We use receive- and pay-fixed swaps to adjust the interest-rate characteristics of our debt funding in order to more closely match changes in the interest-rate characteristics of our mortgage-related assets. During the first quarter of 2008, fair value losses on our pay-fixed swaps contributed to an overall loss recorded for derivatives. The losses were partially offset by gains on our receive-fixed swaps as swap interest rates decreased. We use swaptions and other option-based derivatives to adjust the characteristics of our debt in response to changes in the expected lives of mortgage-related assets in our retained portfolio. The gains on our purchased call swaptions during the first quarter of 2008, compared to losses on such instruments during the first quarter of 2007, were primarily attributable to decreasing swap interest rates and an increase in implied volatility during the first quarter of 2008 as compared to the first quarter of 2007.
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we elected the fair value option for our foreign-currency denominated debt. As a result of this election, foreign-currency translation gains and losses and fair value adjustments related to our foreign-currency denominated debt are recognized on our consolidated statements of income as unrealized gains (losses) on foreign-currency denominated debt recorded at fair value. Prior to January 1, 2008, translation gains and losses on our foreign-currency denominated debt were recorded as foreign-currency gains (losses), net and changes in value related to market movements were not recognized. We use a combination of foreign-currency swaps and foreign-currency receive-fixed swaps to hedge the changes in fair value of our foreign-currency denominated debt related to fluctuations in exchange rates and interest rates, respectively. Derivative gains (losses) on foreign-currency swaps increased to $1.2 billion for the first quarter of 2008 from $198 million for the first quarter of 2007. These gains were offset by fair value losses related to translation of $1.2 billion and $197 million on our foreign-currency denominated debt for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively. In addition, derivative gains of $193 million on foreign-currency denominated receive-fixed swaps offset market value adjustments included in unrealized gains (losses) on foreign-currency denominated debt recorded at fair value of $(171) million for the first quarter of 2008. See “Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Foreign-Currency Denominated Debt Recorded at Fair Value” and “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information about our election to adopt the fair value option for foreign-currency denominated debt. See “NOTE 11: DERIVATIVES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information about our derivatives.
 
            144 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Gains (Losses) on Investment Activity
 
Gains (losses) on investment activity includes gains and losses on certain assets where changes in fair value are recognized through earnings, gains and losses related to sales, impairments and other valuation adjustments. Table 75 summarizes the components of gains (losses) on investment activity.
 
Table 75 — Gains (Losses) on Investment Activity
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Gains (losses) on trading securities
  $ 971     $ 25  
Gains (losses) on sale of mortgage loans (1)
    71       17  
Gains (losses) on sale of available-for-sale securities
    215       34  
Security impairments
    (71 )     (56 )
Lower-of-cost-or-fair-value adjustments
    33       (2 )
                 
Total gains (losses) on investment activity
  $ 1,219     $ 18  
                 
(1)  Represent gains on mortgage loans sold in connection with securitization transactions.
 
Gains (Losses) on Trading Securities
 
The net gains on trading securities increased for the first quarter of 2008, as compared to the first quarter of 2007. On January 1, 2008 we implemented fair value option accounting and transferred approximately $90 billion in securities, primarily ARMs and fixed-rate PCs from available-for-sale securities to trading securities. The increased balance in our trading portfolio together with a decrease in interest rates contributed to trading gains of $971 million.
 
Gains (Losses) on Sale of Available-For-Sale Securities
 
The net gains on the sale of available-for-sale securities increased for the first quarter of 2008, as compared to the first quarter of 2007, due to an increase in the sale of PCs and Structured Securities classified as available-for-sale securities and a decline in interest rates during the first quarter of 2008. During the first quarter of 2008, we sold $18.4 billion of PCs and Structured Securities, which generated a net gain of $154 million. These sales occurred principally during the earlier months of the first quarter of 2008 when market conditions were favorable and were driven in part by our need to maintain our mandatory target capital surplus, which was then 30%, prior to the reduction of our mandatory target capital surplus by OFHEO effective in March 2008. We were not required to sell these securities. In an effort to improve our capital position in light of the unanticipated extraordinary market conditions that began in the latter half of 2007, we strategically selected blocks of securities to sell, the majority of which were in a gain position. These sales reduced the assets on our balance sheet against which we are required to hold capital, which improved our capital position, and the net gains increased our retained earnings, which also contributed to our capital, and further improved our capital position. During the first quarter of 2007, we sold $9.6 billion of PCs and Structured Securities, which generated a net gain of $31 million.
 
Security Impairments
 
Security impairments increased for the first quarter of 2008, as compared to the first quarter of 2007. During the first quarter of 2008, security impairments included $68 million in mortgage-related securities impairments attributed to $1.3 billion of non-agency mortgage revenue bonds in an unrealized loss position that we did not have the intent to hold to a forecasted recovery. During the first quarter of 2007, security impairments included $56 million in mortgage-related securities impairments attributed to $3.4 billion of agency mortgage-related securities in an unrealized loss position that we did not have the intent to hold to a forecasted recovery.
 
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Foreign-Currency Denominated Debt Recorded at Fair Value
 
We elected the fair value option for our foreign-currency denominated debt effective January 1, 2008. With the adoption of SFAS 159 we began recording our foreign-currency denominated debt at fair value. Accordingly, foreign-currency exposure is now a component of unrealized gains (losses) on foreign-currency denominated debt recorded at fair value. Prior to that date, translation gains and losses on our foreign-currency denominated debt were reported in foreign-currency gains (losses), net in our consolidated statements of income. We manage the foreign-currency exposure associated with our foreign-currency denominated debt through the use of derivatives. For the first quarter of 2008, we recognized fair value losses of $1.4 billion on our foreign-currency denominated debt as the U.S. dollar weakened relative to the Euro. See “Derivative Gains (Losses)” for additional information about how we mitigate changes in the fair value of our foreign-currency denominated debt by using derivatives. See “Foreign-Currency Gains (Losses), Net” and “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information about our adoption of SFAS 159.
 
            145 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Gains on Debt Retirements
 
The net gains on debt retirement increased from $7 million to $305 million in the first quarter of 2008, as compared to the first quarter of 2007, due to the significant decline in interest rates resulting in an increase of $29 billion in our call activity. We primarily called our debt with coupon levels that increase at pre-determined intervals, which lead to gains upon retirement and write-offs of previously recorded interest expense. In contrast, the declining interest rates resulted in a decrease in total debt buybacks from $2.7 billion during the first quarter of 2007 to $79 million during the first quarter of 2008.
 
Recoveries on Loans Impaired upon Purchase
 
Recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase represent the recapture into income of previously recognized losses on loans purchased and provision for credit losses associated with purchases of delinquent loans from our PCs and Structured Securities in conjunction with our guarantee activities. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Income (Loss) — Recoveries on Loans Impaired Upon Purchase ” for more information. During the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, we recognized recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase of $226 million and $35 million, respectively. The volume and magnitude of recoveries was greater during the first quarter of 2008 than the first quarter of 2007, since the initial losses on impaired loans purchased during 2007 were principally based on market valuations that were more severe in the last half of 2007 due to liquidity and mortgage credit concerns.
 
Foreign-Currency Gains (Losses), Net
 
We manage the foreign-currency exposure associated with our foreign-currency denominated debt through the use of derivatives. We elected the fair value option for foreign-currency denominated debt effective January 1, 2008. Prior to this election, gains and losses associated with the foreign-currency exposure of our foreign-currency denominated debt were recorded as foreign-currency gains (losses), net in our consolidated statements of income. With the adoption of SFAS 159, foreign-currency exposure is now a component of unrealized gains (losses) on foreign-currency denominated debt recorded at fair value. Because the fair value option is prospective, prior period amounts have not been reclassified. See “Derivative Gains (Losses)” and “Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Foreign-Currency Denominated Debt Recorded at Fair Value” and “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
For the first quarter of 2007, we recognized net foreign-currency translation losses primarily related to our foreign-currency denominated debt of $197 million as the U.S. dollar weakened relative to the Euro during the period. During the same period, these losses were offset by an increase of $198 million in the fair value of foreign-currency-related derivatives recorded in derivative gains (losses).
 
Other Income
 
See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Income (Loss) — Other Income ” for what is included in Other Income.
 
Non-Interest Expense
 
Table 76 summarizes the components of non-interest expense.
 
Table 76 — Non-Interest Expense
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Administrative expenses:
               
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 245     $ 228  
Professional services
    77       108  
Occupancy expense
    15       14  
Other administrative expenses
    60       53  
                 
Total administrative expenses
    397       403  
Provision for credit losses
    1,240       248  
REO operations expense
    208       14  
Losses on certain credit guarantees
    15       177  
Losses on loans purchased
    51       216  
LIHTC partnerships
    117       108  
Minority interests in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries
    3       9  
Other expenses
    72       49  
                 
Total non-interest expense
  $ 2,103     $ 1,224  
                 
 
            146 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Administrative Expenses
 
Administrative expenses decreased slightly for the first quarter of 2008, compared to the first quarter of 2007, primarily due to a reduction in the number of consultants. As a percentage of the average total mortgage portfolio, administrative expenses declined to 7.5 basis points for the first quarter of 2008, from 8.7 basis points for the first quarter of 2007.
 
Provision for Credit Losses
 
The provision for credit losses increased significantly for the first quarter of 2008, compared to the first quarter of 2007, as continued weakening in the housing market affected our single-family portfolio. For the first quarter of 2008, we recorded additional reserves for credit losses on our single-family portfolio as a result of:
 
  •  increased estimates of incurred losses on mortgage loans that are expected to experience higher default rates based on their year of origination, particularly those originated during 2006 and 2007, which do not have the benefit of significant home price appreciation;
 
  •  an observed increase in delinquency rates and the rates at which loans transition through delinquency to foreclosure; and
 
  •  increases in the estimated severity of losses on a per-property basis, driven in part by declines in home sales and home prices, particularly in the North Central, Southeast and West regions of the U.S.
 
We expect that our credit losses, which include net charge-offs and REO expenses, will continue to rise from the current level. We may further increase our loan loss reserves in future periods as additional losses are incurred, particularly related to mortgages originated in 2006 and 2007, which had a higher composition of nontraditional mortgage products, lower amounts of third-party insurance coverage and higher loan balances at the time of origination than our historical experience.
 
REO Operations Expense
 
The increase in REO operations expense for the first quarter of 2008, as compared to the first quarter of 2007, was due to an approximately 28% and 91% increase in our inventory of single-family REO property during the three and twelve months ended March 31, 2008, respectively, as well as declining single-family REO property values. The decline in home prices during the first quarter of 2008, combined with our higher REO inventory balance, resulted in an increase in the market-based writedowns of REO, which totaled $114 million and $5 million for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively. REO expense also increased due to higher real estate taxes, maintenance and net losses on sales experienced during the first quarter of 2008 as compared to the first quarter of 2007. We expect REO operations expense to increase in 2008, as single-family REO activity increases.
 
Losses on Certain Credit Guarantees
 
Losses on certain credit guarantees consists of losses recognized upon the issuance of PCs in guarantor swap transactions. Prior to January 1, 2008, our recognition of losses on certain guarantee contracts occurred due to any one or a combination of several factors, including long-term contract pricing for our flow business, the difference in overall transaction pricing versus pool-level accounting measurements and, less significantly, efforts to support our affordable housing mission. Upon adoption of SFAS 157, our losses on certain credit guarantees will generally relate to our efforts to meet our affordable housing goals. See “INTERIM MD&A — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES — Fair Value Measurements” for information concerning the change in initial recognition of fair value of our guarantee obligations.
 
For the first quarter of 2007, we recognized losses of $177 million on certain guarantor swap transactions entered into during the period and we deferred gains of $285 million on newly-issued guarantees entered into during that period. The decrease in both recognized losses and deferred gains during the first quarter of 2008 as compared to the first quarter of 2007 is a result of the adoption of SFAS 157, which amended FIN 45. Effective January 1, 2008, the fair value of our newly-issued guarantee obligations was estimated as an amount equal to the fair value of compensation received, inclusive of all rights related to the transaction, in exchange for our guarantee. As a result, we no longer record estimates of deferred gains or immediate “day one” losses on most guarantees. All unamortized amounts recorded prior to January 1, 2008 will continue to be amortized using existing amortization methods. This change had a significant positive impact on our financial results for the first quarter of 2008.
 
Losses on Loans Purchased
 
Losses on non-performing loans purchased from the mortgage pools underlying PCs and Structured Securities occur when the acquisition basis of the purchased loan exceeds the estimated fair value of the loan on the date of purchase. During the first quarter of 2008, the market-based valuation of non-performing loans continued to be adversely affected by the expectation of higher default costs and increased uncertainty in the mortgage market. However, losses on loans purchased decreased 76% to $51 million during the first quarter of 2008 compared to $216 million during the first quarter of 2007. Effective December 2007, we made certain operational changes for purchasing delinquent loans from PC pools, which
 
            147 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

reduced the volume of our delinquent loan purchases in the period and consequently, the amount of our losses on loans purchased during the first quarter of 2008. We made these operational changes in order to better reflect our expectations of future credit losses and in consideration of our capital requirements. In the first quarter of 2008, as a result of increases in delinquency rates of loans underlying our PCs and Structured Securities and our increasing efforts to reduce foreclosures, the number of loan modifications increased significantly as compared to the first quarter of 2007. See “Recoveries on Loans Impaired upon Purchase” and “INTERIM MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Table 113 — Changes in Loans Purchased Under Financial Guarantees” for additional information about the impacts from non-performing loans on our financial results.
 
Income Tax Benefit
 
For the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, we reported an income tax benefit of $423 million and $397 million, respectively. See “NOTE 12: INCOME TAXES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
Segment Earnings
 
See “BUSINESS — Business Activities — Segments” and “ANNUAL MD&A — EXECUTIVE SUMMARY — Segment Earnings” for a discussion of how we manage our business through three reportable segments: Investments, Single-family Guarantee, and Multifamily. See “ANNUAL MD&A — EXECUTIVE SUMMARY — Segment Earnings” and “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Segment Earnings” for a discussion of how Segment Earnings are determined and a discussion of the limitations and the objective of Segment Earnings. See “NOTE 16: SEGMENT REPORTING” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for more information regarding our segments and the adjustments used to calculate Segment Earnings.
 
Investments
 
Table 77 presents the Segment Earnings of our Investments segment.
 
Table 77 — Segment Earnings and Key Metrics — Investments
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Segment Earnings:
               
Net interest income
  $ 299     $ 902  
Non-interest income (loss)
    15       24  
Non-interest expense:
               
Administrative expenses
    (131 )     (128 )
Other non-interest expense
    (9 )     (7 )
                 
Total non-interest expense
    (140 )     (135 )
                 
Segment Earnings before income tax expense
    174       791  
Income tax expense
    (61 )     (277 )
                 
Segment Earnings, net of taxes
    113       514  
Reconciliation to GAAP net income (loss):
               
Derivative- and foreign-currency denominated debt-related adjustments
    (1,183 )     (1,081 )
Credit guarantee-related adjustments
          1  
Investment sales, debt retirements and fair value-related adjustments
    1,525       69  
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
    (110 )     (93 )
Tax-related adjustments
    (12 )     448  
                 
Total reconciling items, net of taxes
    220       (656 )
                 
GAAP net income (loss)
  $ 333     $ (142 )
                 
Key metrics — Investments:
               
Growth:
               
Purchases of securities — Mortgage-related investment portfolio: (1)(2)
               
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities
  $ 21,544     $ 27,075  
Non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities:
               
Agency mortgage-related securities
    9,383       1,312  
Non-agency mortgage-related securities
    860       27,728  
                 
Total purchases of securities — Mortgage-related investment portfolio
  $ 31,787     $ 56,115  
                 
Growth rate of mortgage-related investment portfolio (annualized)
    (7.01 )%     5.50 %
Return:
               
Net interest yield — Segment Earnings basis
    0.19 %     0.50 %
(1)  Based on unpaid principal balance and excludes mortgage-related securities traded, but not yet settled.
(2)  Exclude Single-family mortgage loans.
 
Segment Earnings for our Investments segment declined $401 million in the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007. For the Investments segment, Segment Earnings net interest income declined $603 million and our Segment Earnings net interest yield decreased 31 basis points for the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007. The decreases were primarily driven by spread compression. As rates declined in the first quarter of 2008, our floating rate assets reset faster than our floating rate debt. Also contributing to the decline in Segment Earnings net interest income was an
 
            148 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

increase in the amortization expense of losses incurred on pay-fixed swaps terminated in 2007. Declining rates also contributed to an increase in net interest expense on our pay-fixed swaps that was only partially offset by floating rate debt that reset. The decreases in Segment Earnings net interest income and net interest yield were partially offset by purchases of fixed-rate assets at wider spreads and the benefit of funding fixed-rate assets with short-term debt in a declining rate environment and decreased mortgage-related securities premium amortization expense as purchases into our mortgage-related investment portfolio in 2007 largely consisted of securities purchased at a discount. In March 2008, certain futures positions matured resulting in gains that will be amortized into Segment Earnings net interest income for the Investments segment. The amortization of these gains will result in the recognition of approximately $457 million in Segment Earnings net interest income for the Investments segment in the second quarter of 2008 compared to $85 million in the first quarter of 2008.
 
In the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, the annualized growth rates of our mortgage-related investment portfolio were (7.01)% and 5.50%, respectively. In addition, the unpaid principal balance of our mortgage-related investment portfolio decreased from $663.2 billion at December 31, 2007 to $651.6 billion at March 31, 2008. The decrease is due to the combination of capital constraints and OAS levels that were not compelling early in the first quarter of 2008, which led to low levels of net purchase commitments and a decline in our mortgage-related investment portfolio. However, during the latter half of the first quarter, liquidity concerns in the market resulted in more favorable investment opportunities for agency securities. In response, our net purchase commitment activity increased considerably as we deploy capital at favorable OAS levels. A substantial portion of these net purchase commitments are expected to settle during the second quarter and therefore did not result in balance sheet growth during the first quarter of 2008. In addition, as of March 1, 2008, the voluntary growth limit on our retained portfolio is no longer in effect.
 
Our mortgage-related investment portfolio consisted of $54.3 billion of non-Freddie Mac agency mortgage-related securities and $222.9 billion of non-agency mortgage-related securities as of March 31, 2008. With respect to our mortgage-related investment portfolio, at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we held investments of approximately $93 billion and $101 billion, respectively, of non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans. These securities include significant credit enhancement, particularly through subordination, and 70% and 96% of these securities were AAA-rated at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. We estimate that $49.7 billion and $51.3 billion of our single-family non-agency mortgage-related securities that are not backed by subprime loans are generally backed by Alt-A mortgage loans at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. We have focused our purchases on credit-enhanced, senior tranches of these securities, which provide additional protection due to subordination. Approximately 98% and 99% of these securities were AAA-rated by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. However, approximately 94% of those securities backed by subprime and Alt-A mortgage loans continue to be investment grade (i.e. , rated BBB− or better on a Standard & Poor’s or equivalent scale). See “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Retained Portfolio — Table 82 — Available-for-Sale Securities and Trading Securities in our Retained Portfolio” for information regarding gross unrealized gains and gross unrealized losses on our mortgage-related securities.
 
Our review of these securities backed by subprime and Alt-A loans included cash flow analyses based on default and prepayment assumptions and our consideration of all available information. While it is possible that under certain conditions, defaults and severity of losses on these securities could exceed our subordination and credit enhancement levels and a principal loss could occur, we do not believe that those conditions are probable as of March 31, 2008. As a result of our reviews, we have not identified any securities in our available-for-sale portfolio that are probable of incurring a contractual principal or interest loss. Based on our ability and intent to hold our available-for-sale securities for a sufficient time to recover all unrealized losses and our consideration of all available information, we have concluded that the reduction in fair value of these securities is temporary as of March 31, 2008. However, if there is a subsequent deterioration of the individual performance of any of these securities, we could determine that impairment charges are warranted. See “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Retained Portfolio — Subprime Loans” and “— Alt-A Loans” for information on our evaluation of our securities for other than temporary impairments.
 
We rely on monoline bond insurance, including secondary coverage, to provide credit protection on securities held in our mortgage-related investment portfolio as well as our non-mortgage-related investment portfolio on a combined basis. Monoline bond insurers are companies that provide credit insurance principally covering securitized assets in both the primary issuance and secondary markets. If the financial condition of the monoline insurers were to deteriorate to the point where we believed that it was probable that they would fail to make us whole for any losses incurred on the insured securities, we could determine that impairment charges are warranted. See “INTERIM MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Institutional Credit Risk — Mortgage and Bond Insurers ” and “NOTE 15: CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT AND OTHER RISKS” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding our credit risks to our counterparties and how we manage them.
 
In March 2008, OFHEO reduced our mandatory target capital surplus to 20% above our statutory minimum capital requirement. As a result of OFHEO’s action and through the redeployment of capital, we expect to grow our mortgage-
 
            149 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

related investment portfolio in the second quarter of 2008. With that expectation in mind and in order to take advantage of favorable investment opportunities, in March 2008 we significantly increased our net purchase commitments, the majority of which settled in April 2008.
 
Single-Family Guarantee
 
Table 78 presents the Segment Earnings of our Single-family Guarantee segment.
 
Table 78 — Segment Earnings and Key Metrics — Single-Family Guarantee
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Segment Earnings:
               
Net interest income (1)
  $ 77     $ 168  
Non-interest income:
               
Management and guarantee income
    895       677  
Other non-interest income (1)
    104       22  
                 
Total non-interest income
    999       699  
Non-interest expense:
               
Administrative expenses
    (204 )     (199 )
Provision for credit losses
    (1,349 )     (289 )
REO operations expense
    (208 )     (14 )
Other non-interest expense
    (19 )     (21 )
                 
Total non-interest expense
    (1,780 )     (523 )
                 
Segment Earnings (loss) before income tax expense
    (704 )     344  
Income tax (expense) benefit
    246       (120 )
                 
Segment Earnings (loss), net of taxes
    (458 )     224  
                 
Reconciliation to GAAP net income (loss):
               
Credit guarantee-related adjustments
    (174 )     (503 )
Tax-related adjustments
    61       176  
                 
Total reconciling items, net of taxes
    (113 )     (327 )
                 
GAAP net income (loss)
  $ (571 )   $ (103 )
                 
Key metrics — Single-family Guarantee:
               
Balances and Growth (in billions, except rate):
               
Average securitized balance of single-family credit guarantee portfolio (2)
  $ 1,728     $ 1,493  
Issuance — Single-family credit guarantees (2)
  $ 113     $ 114  
Fixed-rate products — Percentage of issuances (2)
    92.7 %     74.8 %
Liquidation Rate — Single-family credit guarantees (annualized rate) (3)
    16.4 %     14.8 %
Credit:
               
Delinquency rate (4)
    0.77 %     0.40 %
Delinquency transition rate (5)
    17.6 %     11.0 %
REO inventory increase, net (number of units)
    4,025       865  
Market:
               
Single-family mortgage debt outstanding (total U.S. market, in billions) (6)
  $ 11,136     $ 10,627  
30-Year fixed mortgage rate (7)
    5.9 %     6.2 %
(1)  In connection with the use of securitization trusts for the underlying assets of our PCs and Structured Securities in December 2007, we began recording trust management income in non-interest income. Trust management income represents the fees we earn as administrator, issuer and trustee. Previously, the benefit derived from interest earned on principal and interest cash flows between the time they were remitted to us by servicers and the date of distribution to our PC and Structured Securities holders was recorded to net interest income.
(2)  Based on unpaid principal balance.
(3)  Includes termination of long-term standby commitments.
(4)  Represents the percentage of single-family loans in our credit guarantee portfolio, based on loan count, which are 90 days or more past due and excluding loans underlying Structured Transactions.
(5)  Calculated based on all loans that have been reported as 90 days or more delinquent or in foreclosure in the preceding year, which have subsequently transitioned to REO. The rate does not reflect other loss events, such as short-sales and deed-in-lieu transactions.
(6)  U.S. single-family mortgage debt outstanding as of December 31, 2007 for 2008 and March 31, 2007 for 2007. Source: Federal Reserve Flow of Funds Accounts of the United States of America dated March 6, 2008.
(7)  Based on Freddie Mac’s Primary Mortgage Market Survey. Represents the mortgage commitment rate to a qualified borrower exclusive of the fees and points required by the lender. This commitment rate applies only to conventional financing on conforming mortgages with LTV ratios of 80% or less.
 
Segment Earnings (loss) for our Single-family Guarantee segment declined to a loss of $(458) million in the first quarter of 2008 compared to Segment Earnings of $224 million in the first quarter of 2007. This decline reflects an increase in credit expenses due to higher volumes of non-performing loans and foreclosures, higher severity of losses on a per-property basis and a decline in home prices and other regional economic conditions. The decline in Segment Earnings for this segment in the first quarter of 2008 was partially offset by an increase in Segment Earnings management and guarantee income for this segment as compared to the first quarter of 2007. The increase in Segment Earnings management and guarantee income for this segment in the first quarter of 2008 is primarily due to higher average balances of the single-family credit guarantee portfolio and increases in our average management and guarantee fee rates. Amortization of credit fees increased as a result of cumulative catch-up adjustments recognized in the first quarter of 2008. These cumulative catch-up adjustments result in a
 
            150 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

pattern of revenue recognition that is consistent with our economic release from risk and the timing of the recognition of losses on pools of mortgage loans we guarantee.
 
Table 79 below provides summary information about Segment Earnings management and guarantee income for the Single-family Guarantee segment. Segment Earnings management and guarantee income consists of contractual amounts due to us related to our management and guarantee fees as well as amortization of credit fees.
 
Table 79 — Segment Earnings Management and Guarantee Income — Single-Family Guarantee
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2008     2007  
          Average
          Average
 
    Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
    (dollars in millions, rates in basis points)  
 
Contractual management and guarantee fees
  $ 707       16.1     $ 586       15.5  
Amortization of credit fees included in other liabilities
    188       4.3       91       2.4  
                                 
Total Segment Earnings management and guarantee income
    895       20.4       677       17.9  
                                 
Adjustments to reconcile to consolidated GAAP:
                               
Reclassification between net interest income and management and guarantee fee (1)
    38               1          
Credit guarantee-related activity adjustments (2)
    (161 )             (64 )        
Multifamily management and guarantee income (3)
    17               14          
                                 
Management and guarantee income, GAAP
  $ 789             $ 628          
                                 
(1)  Management and guarantee fees earned on mortgage loans held in our retained portfolio are reclassified from net interest income within the Investments segment to management and guarantee fees within the Single-family Guarantee segment. Buy-up and buy-down fees are transferred from the Single-family Guarantee segment to the Investments segment.
(2)  Primarily represent credit fee amortization adjustments.
(3)  Represents management and guarantee income recognized related to our Multifamily segment that is not included in our Single-family Guarantee segment.
 
In the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, the annualized growth rates of our single-family credit guarantee portfolio were 9.9% and 16.4%, respectively. Our mortgage purchase volumes are impacted by several factors, including origination volumes, mortgage product and underwriting trends, competition, customer-specific behavior and contract terms. Single-family mortgage purchase volumes from individual customers can fluctuate significantly. Despite these fluctuations, we expect our share of the overall single-family mortgage securitization market to increase as mortgage originators have generally tightened their credit standards, causing conforming mortgages to be the predominant product in the market in the first quarter of 2008.
 
For securitization issuances through bulk purchase channels, we negotiated higher contractual fee rates in the first quarter of 2008 as compared to the first quarter of 2007, in response to increases in market pricing of mortgage credit risk. During the fourth quarter of 2007 and the first quarter of 2008, we announced several increases in delivery fees, which are paid at the time of securitization. These increases include an additional 25 basis point fee assessed on all loans issued through flow-business channels, as well as higher or new delivery fees for certain non-traditional mortgages and for mortgages deemed to be higher-risk based on property type, LTV ratio and/or borrower credit scores. These increases will take effect in March, May and June 2008. We expect this increase in delivery fees, coupled with our increase in market share, to have a positive impact on our operations. However, existing contracts with our customers could delay the effective date of some fees with some customers for a period of months, including with respect to three of our largest customers. In these instances, fee modifications will be effective as their respective contracts permit. We may pursue additional increases to delivery fees, though in some cases commitments under existing customer contracts may delay the effective dates for such increases for a period of months. Given the volatility in the credit market during the first quarter of 2008, we will continue to closely monitor the pricing of our management and guarantee fees as well as our delivery fee rates and make adjustments when appropriate.
 
We have also made changes to our underwriting guidelines for loans delivered to us for purchase or securitization, including sharply reducing purchases of mortgages with LTV ratios over 97%. The changes also include additional guidance concerning our pre-existing policy that maximum LTV ratios for many mortgages must be reduced in markets where house prices are declining. As with fee increases, in some cases binding commitments under existing customer contracts may delay the effective dates of underwriting adjustments for a period of months.
 
Our Segment Earnings provision for credit losses for the Single-family Guarantee segment increased to $1.3 billion in the first quarter of 2008, compared to $0.3 billion in the first quarter of 2007, due to continued credit deterioration in our single-family credit guarantee portfolio, primarily related to 2006 and 2007 loan originations. Mortgages in our single-family credit guarantee portfolio originated in 2006 and 2007 have higher transition rates from delinquency to foreclosure, higher delinquency rates as well as higher loss severities on a per-property basis than our historical experiences. However, we have seen improvements in the credit quality of mortgages delivered to us in 2008. Our provision is based on our estimate of incurred credit losses inherent in both our retained mortgage loan and our credit guarantee portfolio using recent historical
 
            151 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

performance, such as trends in delinquency rates, recent charge-off experience, recoveries from credit enhancements and other loss mitigation activities.
 
The delinquency rate on our single-family credit guarantee portfolio, representing those loans which are 90 days or more past due and excluding loans underlying Structured Transactions, increased to 77 basis points as of March 31, 2008 from 65 basis points as of December 31, 2007. Increases in delinquency rates occurred in all product types in the first quarter of 2008, but were most significant for interest-only and option ARM mortgages. Although we believe that our delinquency rates remain low relative to conforming loan delinquency rates of other industry participants, we expect our delinquency rates will continue to rise in 2008.
 
The impact of the weakening housing market has been most evident in areas of the country where unemployment rates continue to be high, such as the North Central region. However, the East and West coastal areas of the country have also experienced home price declines and, as a result, we experienced increases in delinquency rates and REO activity in the West, North Central, Northeast and Southeast regions during the first quarter of 2008, compared to first quarter of 2007. For the first quarter of 2008, our single-family credit guarantee portfolio also continued to experience increases in the rate at which loans transitioned from delinquency to foreclosure. The increase in these delinquency transition rates, compared to our historical experience, has been progressively worse for mortgage loans originated in 2006 and 2007. We believe this trend is, in part, due to the increase of non-traditional mortgage loans, such as interest-only mortgages, as well as an increase in total LTV ratios for mortgage loans originated during these years and less stringent underwriting standards. Compared to the first quarter of 2007, single-family charge-offs, gross, increased $362 million to $455 million in the first quarter of 2008, primarily due to the increase in the volume of REO properties acquired at foreclosure as well as continued deterioration in the real estate market in certain markets. In addition, there has also been an increase in the average loan balances of foreclosed properties that resulted in higher charge-offs, on a per property basis, during the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007.
 
Multifamily
 
Table 80 presents the Segment Earnings of our Multifamily segment.
 
Table 80 — Segment Earnings and Key Metrics — Multifamily
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Segment Earnings:
               
Net interest income
  $ 75     $ 123  
Non-interest income:
               
Management and guarantee income
    17       14  
Other non-interest income
    8       4  
                 
Total non-interest income
    25       18  
Non-interest expense:
               
Administrative expenses
    (49 )     (45 )
Provision for credit losses
    (9 )     (3 )
REO operations expense
           
LIHTC partnerships
    (117 )     (108 )
Other non-interest expense
    (4 )     (4 )
                 
Total non-interest expense
    (179 )     (160 )
                 
Segment Earnings (loss) before income tax benefit
    (79 )     (19 )
LIHTC partnerships tax benefit
    149       138  
Income tax benefit
    28       6  
                 
Segment Earnings, net of taxes
    98       125  
                 
Reconciliation to GAAP net income:
               
Derivative and foreign-currency denominated debt-related adjustments
    (11 )     (1 )
Tax-related adjustments
    4       1  
                 
Total reconciling items, net of taxes
    (7 )      
                 
GAAP net income
  $ 91     $ 125  
                 
Key metrics — Multifamily:
               
Balances and Growth:
               
Average balance of Multifamily loan portfolio (1)
  $ 58,812     $ 45,820  
Average balance of Multifamily guarantee portfolio (1)
    11,336       8,053  
Purchases — Multifamily loan portfolio (1)
    4,063       3,119  
Purchases — Multifamily guarantee portfolio (1)
    2,382       20  
Liquidation Rate — Multifamily loan portfolio (annualized rate)
    5.5 %     14.9 %
Credit:
               
Delinquency rate (2)
    0.04 %     0.06 %
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 71     $ 30  
(1)  Based on unpaid principal balance.
(2)  Based on net carrying value of mortgages 60 days or more delinquent or in foreclosure.
 
            152 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
Segment Earnings for our Multifamily segment decreased $27 million, or 22%, in the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007 primarily due to lower net interest income, higher LIHTC losses and higher provision for credit losses. The net interest income of this segment declined $48 million in the first quarter of 2008, compared to the first quarter of 2007, primarily due to lower yield maintenance fee income. Flat or declining property values and a difficult credit market during the first quarter of 2008 have made refinancing less appealing to borrowers than it was during the first quarter of 2007 when there was a high volume of refinancing activities due to a favorable interest rate environment and rapid property price appreciation. In addition to interest and yield maintenance fees earned on retained mortgage loans, net interest income for the Multifamily segment includes an allocation of interest income on cash balances held by our Investments segment related to multifamily activities. LIHTC losses increased $9 million in the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007, primarily reflecting marginally higher property level operating losses and higher impairments recognized on the LIHTC funds. Provision for credit losses for our Multifamily segment increased $6 million primarily due to an increase in the severity rate and an increase in the impaired population. Loan purchases into the Multifamily loan portfolio were $4.1 billion in the first quarter of 2008, a 30% increase when compared to the first quarter of 2007, as we continue to provide stability and liquidity for the financing of rental housing nationwide.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS
 
The following discussion of our consolidated balance sheets should be read in conjunction with our unaudited consolidated financial statements, including the accompanying notes. Also see “INTERIM MD&A — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES” for more information concerning our more significant accounting policies and estimates applied in determining our reported financial position.
 
Retained Portfolio
 
As of March 1, 2008 the voluntary growth limit on our retained portfolio is no longer in effect.
 
            153 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 81 provides detail regarding the mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities in our retained portfolio.
 
Table 81 — Characteristics of Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Related Securities in our Retained Portfolio
 
                                                 
    March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Fixed
    Variable
          Fixed
    Variable
       
    Rate     Rate     Total     Rate     Rate     Total  
    (in millions)  
 
Mortgage loans:
                                               
Single-family (1)
                                               
Conventional: (2)
                                               
Interest-only
  $ 311     $ 985     $ 1,296     $ 246     $ 1,434     $ 1,680  
Amortizing
    23,649       1,345       24,994       20,461       1,266       21,727  
                                                 
Total conventional
    23,960       2,330       26,290       20,707       2,700       23,407  
RHS/FHA/VA
    1,206             1,206       1,182             1,182  
                                                 
Total single-family
    25,166       2,330       27,496       21,889       2,700       24,589  
Multifamily (3)
    56,429       4,409       60,838       53,114       4,455       57,569  
                                                 
Total mortgage loans
    81,595       6,739       88,334       75,003       7,155       82,158  
                                                 
PCs and Structured Securities: (1)(4)
                                               
Single-family
    257,795       86,399       344,194       269,896       84,415       354,311  
Multifamily
    269       2,387       2,656       2,522       137       2,659  
                                                 
Total PCs and Structured Securities
    258,064       88,786       346,850       272,418       84,552       356,970  
                                                 
Non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities: (1)
                                               
Agency mortgage-related securities: (5)
                                               
Fannie Mae:
                                               
Single-family
    23,072       29,745       52,817       23,140       23,043       46,183  
Multifamily
    692       156       848       759       163       922  
Ginnie Mae:
                                               
Single-family
    449       172       621       468       181       649  
Multifamily
    63             63       82             82  
                                                 
Total agency mortgage-related securities
    24,276       30,073       54,349       24,449       23,387       47,836  
                                                 
Non-agency mortgage-related securities:
                                               
Single-family:
                                               
Subprime (6)
    479       92,590       93,069       498       100,827       101,325  
Alt-A and other (7)
    3,604       46,136       49,740       3,762       47,551       51,313  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    25,360       39,141       64,501       25,709       39,095       64,804  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions (8)
    14,135       50       14,185       14,870       65       14,935  
Manufactured housing (9)
    1,222       212       1,434       1,250       222       1,472  
                                                 
Total non-agency mortgage-related securities (10)
    44,800       178,129       222,929       46,089       187,760       233,849  
                                                 
Total unpaid principal balance of retained portfolio
  $ 408,735     $ 303,727       712,462     $ 417,959     $ 302,854       720,813  
                                                 
Premiums, discounts, deferred fees, impairments of unpaid principal balances and other basis adjustments
                    240                       (655 )
Net unrealized losses on mortgage-related securities, pre-tax
                    (24,762 )                     (10,116 )
Allowance for loan losses on mortgage loans held-for-investment
                    (356 )                     (256 )
                                                 
Total retained portfolio per consolidated balance sheets
                  $ 687,584                     $ 709,786  
                                                 
  (1)  Variable-rate single-family mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities include those with a contractual coupon rate that, prior to contractual maturity, is either scheduled to change or is subject to change based on changes in the composition of the underlying collateral. Single-family mortgage loans also include mortgages with balloon/reset provisions.
  (2)  Includes $1.9 billion and $2.2 billion as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, of mortgage loans categorized as Alt-A due solely to reduced documentation standards at the time of loan origination. Although we do not categorize our single-family loans into prime or subprime, we recognize that certain of the mortgage loans in our retained portfolio exhibit higher risk characteristics. Total single-family loans include $1.3 billion at both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, of loans with higher-risk characteristics, which we define as loans with original LTV ratios greater than 90% and borrower credit scores less than 620 at the time of loan origination. See “INTERIM MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Mortgage Credit Risk — Table 109 — Characteristics of Single-Family Mortgage Portfolio” for more information on LTV ratios and credit scores.
  (3)  Variable-rate multifamily mortgage loans include only those loans that, as of the reporting date, have a contractual coupon rate that is subject to change.
  (4)  For our PCs and Structured Securities, we are subject to the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage loan collateral.
  (5)  Agency mortgage-related securities are generally not separately rated by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, but are viewed as having a level of credit quality at least equivalent to non-agency mortgage-related securities AAA-rated or equivalent.
  (6)  Single-family non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime residential loans include significant credit enhancements, particularly through subordination. For information about how these securities are rated, see “Table 84 — Investments in Non-Agency Securities backed by Subprime and Alt-A and Other Loans in our Retained Portfolio”, “Table 85 — Ratings of Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by Subprime Loans at March 31, 2008”, and “Table 86 — Ratings of Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by Subprime Loans at March 31, 2008 and May 5, 2008”.
  (7)  Single-family non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A and other mortgage loans include significant credit enhancements, particularly through subordination. For information about how these securities are rated, see “Table 84 — Investments in Non-Agency Securities backed by Subprime and Alt-A and Other Loans in our Retained Portfolio”, “Table 88 — Ratings of Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by Alt-A Loans at March 31, 2008”, and “Table 89 — Ratings of Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by Alt-A and Other Loans at March 31, 2008 and May 5, 2008”.
  (8)  Consist of mortgage revenue bonds. Approximately 63% and 67% of these securities held at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, were AAA-rated as of those dates, based on the lowest rating available.
  (9)  At March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, 33% and 34%, respectively, of mortgage-related securities backed by manufactured housing bonds were rated BBB− or above, based on the lowest rating available. For the same dates, 93% of manufactured housing bonds had credit enhancements, including primary monoline insurance that covered 24% of the manufactured housing bonds. At both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we had secondary insurance on 72% of these bonds that were not covered by the primary monoline insurance. Approximately 27% and 28% of these mortgage-related securities were backed by manufactured housing bonds AAA-rated at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, based on the lowest rating available.
(10)  Credit ratings for most non-agency mortgage-related securities are designated by no fewer than two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. Approximately 84% and 96% of total non-agency mortgage-related securities held at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, were AAA-rated as of those dates, based on the lowest rating available.
 
            154 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
The unpaid principal balance of our retained portfolio decreased slightly at March 31, 2008 compared to December 31, 2007. The unpaid principal balance of our mortgage-related securities held in our retained portfolio decreased by $14.5 billion during the first quarter of 2008, while our mortgage loans balance increased by $6.2 billion over the same period. The overall net decrease in the unpaid principal balance of our retained portfolio was primarily due to our efforts to maintain our capital above mandatory limits required by OFHEO. Our mandatory target capital surplus was reduced by OFHEO to 20% from 30% above our statutory minimum capital requirement on March 19, 2008 and we have taken steps to redeploy capital to take advantage of favorable OAS levels in the second quarter of 2008.
 
            155 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 82 summarizes amortized cost, estimated fair values and corresponding gross unrealized gains and gross unrealized losses for available-for-sale securities and estimated fair values for trading securities by major security type held in our retained portfolio.
 
Table 82 — Available-for-Sale Securities and Trading Securities in our Retained Portfolio
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
          Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
    Amortized Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
    (in millions)  
 
March 31, 2008
                               
Retained portfolio:
                               
Available-for-sale mortgage-related securities:
                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 263,021     $ 3,516     $ (1,568 )   $ 264,969  
Fannie Mae
    36,278       455       (163 )     36,570  
Ginnie Mae
    457       21             478  
Subprime
    93,023       2       (17,089 )     75,936  
Alt-A and other
    49,840       11       (10,976 )     38,875  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    64,616       160       (1,719 )     63,057  
Manufactured housing
    1,109       137       (22 )     1,224  
Mortgage revenue bonds
    14,103       66       (813 )     13,356  
                                 
Total available-for-sale mortgage-related securities
  $ 522,447     $ 4,368     $ (32,350 )   $ 494,465  
                                 
Trading mortgage-related securities:
                               
Freddie Mac
                          $ 88,397  
Fannie Mae
                            18,010  
Ginnie Mae
                            216  
Other
                            35  
                                 
Total trading mortgage-related securities
                          $ 106,658  
                                 
                                 
December 31, 2007
                               
Retained portfolio:
                               
Available-for-sale mortgage-related securities:
                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 346,569     $ 2,981     $ (2,583 )   $ 346,967  
Fannie Mae
    45,688       513       (344 )     45,857  
Ginnie Mae
    545       19       (2 )     562  
Subprime
    101,278       12       (8,584 )     92,706  
Alt-A and other
    51,456       15       (2,543 )     48,928  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    64,965       515       (681 )     64,799  
Manufactured housing
    1,149       131       (12 )     1,268  
Mortgage revenue bonds
    14,783       146       (351 )     14,578  
                                 
Total available-for-sale mortgage-related securities
  $ 626,433     $ 4,332     $ (15,100 )   $ 615,665  
                                 
Trading mortgage-related securities:
                               
Freddie Mac
                          $ 12,216  
Fannie Mae
                            1,697  
Ginnie Mae
                            175  
Other
                            1  
                                 
Total trading mortgage-related securities
                          $ 14,089  
                                 
March 31, 2007
                               
Retained portfolio:
                               
Available-for-sale mortgage-related securities:
                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 352,339     $ 1,728     $ (4,551 )   $ 349,516  
Fannie Mae
    43,349       392       (501 )     43,240  
Ginnie Mae
    664       18       (4 )     678  
Subprime
    120,985       51       (74 )     120,962  
Alt-A and other
    56,764       65       (267 )     56,562  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    50,966       234       (694 )     50,506  
Manufactured housing
    1,143       167             1,310  
Mortgage revenue bonds
    13,781       296       (42 )     14,035  
                                 
Total available-for-sale mortgage-related securities
  $ 639,991     $ 2,951     $ (6,133 )   $ 636,809  
                                 
Trading mortgage-related securities
                               
Freddie Mac
                          $ 7,085  
Fannie Mae
                            905  
Ginnie Mae
                            211  
                                 
Total trading mortgage-related securities
                          $ 8,201  
                                 
 
            156 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 83 shows the fair value of available-for-sale securities held in our retained portfolio as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 that have been in a gross unrealized loss position less than 12 months or greater than 12 months.
 
Table 83 — Available-For-Sale Securities Held in Our Retained Portfolio in a Gross Unrealized Loss Position
 
                                                 
    Less than 12 months     12 months or Greater     Total  
          Gross
          Gross
          Gross
 
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
 
March 31, 2008
  Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
                (in millions)              
 
Retained portfolio:
                                               
Mortgage-related securities:
                                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 36,370     $ (512 )   $ 44,743     $ (1,056 )   $ 81,113     $ (1,568 )
Fannie Mae
    5,078       (22 )     8,070       (141 )     13,148       (163 )
Ginnie Mae
    36             3             39        
Subprime
    49,118       (10,052 )     26,606       (7,037 )     75,724       (17,089 )
Alt-A and other
    23,795       (7,473 )     14,825       (3,503 )     38,620       (10,976 )
Commercial mortgage-backed
                                               
securities
    22,996       (581 )     28,014       (1,138 )     51,010       (1,719 )
Manufactured housing
    332       (17 )     50       (5 )     382       (22 )
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    7,801       (526 )     2,100       (287 )     9,901       (813 )
                                                 
Total available-for-sale securities in a gross unrealized loss position
  $ 145,526     $ (19,183 )   $ 124,411     $ (13,167 )   $ 269,937     $ (32,350 )
                                                 
 
                                                 
December 31, 2007
                                   
 
Retained portfolio:
                                               
Mortgage-related securities:
                                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 22,546     $ (254 )   $ 135,966     $ (2,329 )   $ 158,512     $ (2,583 )
Fannie Mae
    4,728       (17 )     15,214       (327 )     19,942       (344 )
Ginnie Mae
    2             74       (2 )     76       (2 )
Subprime
    87,004       (8,021 )     5,213       (563 )     92,217       (8,584 )
Alt-A and other
    33,509       (2,029 )     14,525       (514 )     48,034       (2,543 )
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    8,652       (154 )     26,207       (527 )     34,859       (681 )
Manufactured housing
    435       (11 )     24       (1 )     459       (12 )
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    7,735       (264 )     1,286       (87 )     9,021       (351 )
                                                 
Total available-for-sale securities in a gross unrealized loss position
  $ 164,611     $ (10,750 )   $ 198,509     $ (4,350 )   $ 363,120     $ (15,100 )
                                                 
 
At March 31, 2008, our gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale mortgage-related securities were $32.4 billion. Included in these losses are gross unrealized losses of $29.8 billion related to non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime, Alt-A and other loans and commercial mortgage-backed securities. Approximately 96% of these securities are investment grade ( i.e. , rated BBB− or better on a Standard & Poor’s or equivalent scale). We believe that these unrealized losses on non-agency mortgage-related securities as of March 31, 2008, were principally a result of decreased liquidity and larger risk premiums in the non-agency mortgage market. Our review of these securities backed by subprime and Alt-A and other included cash flow analyses based on default and prepayment assumptions and our consideration of all available information. While it is possible that under certain conditions, defaults and severity of losses on these securities could exceed our subordination and credit enhancement levels and a principal loss could occur, we do not believe that those conditions are probable as of March 31, 2008. As a result of our reviews, we have not identified any securities in our available-for-sale portfolio that are probable of incurring a contractual principal or interest loss. Based on our ability and intent to hold our available-for-sale securities for a sufficient time to recover all unrealized losses and our consideration of all available information, we have concluded that the reduction in fair value of these securities is temporary as of March 31, 2008.
 
The evaluation of these unrealized losses for other than temporary impairment contemplates numerous factors. We perform the evaluation on a security-by-security basis considering all available information. Important factors include the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than book value; the impact of changes in credit ratings ( i.e. , rating agency downgrades); our intent and ability to retain the security in order to allow for a recovery in fair value; and an analysis of cash flows based on default and prepayment assumptions. Implicit in the cash flow analysis is information relevant to expected cash flows (such as default and prepayment assumptions) that also underlies the other impairment factors mentioned above, and we qualitatively consider all available information when assessing whether an impairment is other-than-temporary. The relative importance of this information varies based on the facts and circumstances surrounding each security, as well as the economic environment at the time of assessment. Based on the results of this evaluation, if it is determined that the impairment is other than temporary, the carrying value of the security is written down to fair value, and a loss is recognized through earnings. We consider all available information in determining the recovery period and anticipated holding periods for our available-for-sale securities. Because we are a portfolio investor, we generally hold available-for-sale securities in our retained portfolio to maturity. An important underlying factor we consider in determining the period to recover unrealized losses on our available-for-sale securities is the estimated life of the security. Since most of our available-for-sale securities are prepayable, the average life is far shorter than the contractual maturity.
 
            157 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

We have concluded that the unrealized losses included in Table 83 are temporary since we have the ability and intent to hold to recovery. These conclusions are based on the following analysis by security type.
 
  •  Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae securities.   The unrealized losses on agency securities are primarily a result of movements in interest rates. These securities generally fit into one of two categories:
 
Unseasoned Securities — These securities are desirable for a resecuritization. We frequently resecuritize agency securities, typically unseasoned pass-through securities. In these resecuritization transactions, we typically retain an interest representing a majority of the cash flows, but consider the resecuritization to be a sale of all of the securities for purposes of assessing if an impairment is other-than-temporary. As these securities have generally been recently acquired, they generally have coupon rates and dollar prices close to par, so any decline in the fair value of these agency securities is minor. This means that the decline could be recovered easily, and we expect that the recovery period would be in the near term. Notwithstanding this, we do recognize other-than-temporary impairments on any of these securities that are likely to be sold, which are determined through a thorough identification process in which management evaluates the population of securities that is eligible to be included in future resecuritization transactions, and determines the specific securities that are likely to be included in resecuritizations expected to occur given current market conditions. If any of the identified securities are in a loss position, other-than-temporary impairment is recorded because management cannot assert that it has the intent to hold such securities to recovery. Any additional losses realized upon sale result from further declines in fair value. For these securities that are not likely to be sold, we expect to recover any unrealized losses by holding them to recovery.
 
Seasoned Securities — These securities are not desirable for a resecuritization. We hold the seasoned agency securities that are in an unrealized loss position at least to recovery. Typically, we hold all seasoned agency securities to maturity. As the principal and interest on these securities are guaranteed and as we have the intent and ability to hold these securities, any unrealized loss will be recovered.
 
  •  Non-agency securities backed by subprime, Alt-A and other loans and commercial mortgage-backed securities. We believe the unrealized losses the non-agency mortgage-related securities are primarily a result of decreased liquidity and larger risk premiums. Our review of these securities included expected cash flow analyses based on default and prepayment assumptions. We have not identified any bonds in the portfolio that are probable of incurring a contractual principal or interest loss. As such, and based on our consideration of all available information and our ability and intent to hold these securities for a period of time sufficient to recover all unrealized losses, we have concluded that the impairment of these securities is temporary. Most of these securities are investment grade ( i.e. , rated BBB− or better on a Standard and Poor’s, or S&P, or equivalent scale).
 
Our review of the securities backed by subprime and Alt-A and other included cash flow analyses of the underlying collateral, including the collectibility of amounts that would be recovered from monoline insurers. We stress test the key assumptions in these analyses to determine whether our securities would receive their contractual payments in adverse credit environments. These tests simulate the distribution of cash flows from the underlying loans to the securities that we hold considering different default rate and severity assumptions. These tests are performed on a security-by-security basis for all our securities backed by subprime and Alt-A loans. We have concluded that the assumptions required for us to not receive all of our contractual cash flows on any one security are not probable. We also considered the impact of credit rating downgrades, including downgrades subsequent to December 31, 2007. In so doing, we have noted widespread inconsistencies in how securities with similar credit characteristics are rated, and noted that the cash flow analyses we performed indicates that it is not probable that we will not receive all of our contractual cash flows. While we consider credit ratings in our analysis, we believe that our detailed security-by-security cash flow stress test provides a more consistent view of the ultimate collectibility of contractual amounts due to us since it considers the specific credit performance and credit enhancement position of each security using the same criteria.
 
Furthermore, we considered significant declines in fair value between March 31, 2008 and May 5, 2008. Based on our review, default levels and actual severity experienced were within the range of underlying assumptions included in our stress test of cash flows. Based on our cash flow analyses, our consideration of all available information, and given that we have the intent and ability to hold these securities to recovery, we determined the further declines in value did not result in the impairment being other-than-temporary.
 
As a result of our review, we have not identified any securities in our available-for-sale portfolio where we believe it is probable a contractual principal or interest loss will be incurred. Based on this review, on our ability and intent to hold our available-for-sale securities for a sufficient time to recover all unrealized losses, and on our consideration of all available information, we have concluded that the reduction in fair value of these securities is temporary. This analysis is conducted on a quarterly basis and is subject to change as new information regarding delinquencies, severities, loss timing, prepayments, and other factors becomes available.
 
            158 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 84 — Investments in Non-Agency Securities backed by Subprime and Alt-A and Other Loans in our Retained Portfolio
 
                                                                 
    Unpaid
          Gross
                            Current %
 
Non-agency mortgage-related
  Principal
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Collateral
    Original
    March 31, 2008
    Current
    Investment
 
securities backed by:
  Balance     Cost     Losses     Delinquency (1)     % AAA (2)     % AAA     % AAA (3)     Grade (4)  
    (in millions)                                
 
Subprime loans:
                                                               
First lien
  $ 92,101     $ 92,066     $ (16,652 )     27 %     100 %     71 %     58 %     91 %
Second lien
    968       957       (437 )     9 %     99 %     13 %     13 %     59 %
                                                                 
Total non-agency mortgage-related securities, backed by subprime loans
  $ 93,069     $ 93,023     $ (17,089 )     27 %     100 %     70 %     57 %     91 %
                                                                 
Alt-A and other loans:
                                                               
Alt-A
  $ 44,936     $ 45,034     $ (9,734 )     11 %     100 %     98 %     98 %     99 %
Other (5)
    4,804       4,806       (1,242 )             99 %     100 %     84 %     96 %
                                                                 
Total non-agency mortgage-related securities, backed by Alt-A and other loans
  $ 49,740     $ 49,840     $ (10,976 )             100 %     98 %     97 %     99 %
                                                                 
(1)  Determined based on loans that are 60 days or more past due that underlie the securities.
(2)  Reflects the composition of the portfolio that was AAA-rated as of the date of our acquisition of the security, based on the lowest rating available.
(3)  Reflects the AAA-rated composition of the securities as of May 5, 2008, based on the lowest rating available.
(4)  Reflects the composition of these securities with credit ratings of BBB– or above as of May 5, 2008, based on unpaid principal balance and the lowest rating available.
(5)  Includes securities backed by FHA/VA mortgages, home-equity lines of credit and other residential loans deemed to be Alt-A collateral.
 
Non-agency Mortgage-related Securities Backed by Subprime Loans  — Participants in the mortgage market often characterize single-family loans based upon their overall credit quality at the time of origination, generally considering them to be prime or subprime. There is no universally accepted definition of subprime. The subprime segment of the mortgage market primarily serves borrowers with poorer credit payment histories and such loans typically have a mix of credit characteristics that indicate a higher likelihood of default and higher loss severities than prime loans. Such characteristics might include a combination of high LTV ratios, low credit scores or originations using lower underwriting standards such as limited or no documentation of a borrower’s income. The subprime market helps certain borrowers by broadening the availability of mortgage credit.
 
With respect to our retained portfolio, at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we held investments of approximately $93 billion and $101 billion, respectively, of non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans. These securities include significant credit enhancement, particularly through subordination, and 70% and 96% of these securities were AAA-rated at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The unrealized losses, net of tax, on these securities that are below AAA-rated are included in AOCI and totaled $7.8 billion and $847 million as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. In addition, there were $9.3 billion of unrealized losses included in AOCI on these securities that are AAA-rated, principally as a result of decreased liquidity and larger risk premiums in the subprime market. We receive substantial monthly remittances of principal repayments on these securities, which totaled more than $8 billion during the first quarter of 2008.
 
Table 85 shows the amortized cost and the unrealized losses of non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans held at March 31, 2008 based on their rating as of March 31, 2008. Table 86 shows the percentage of the non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans held at March 31, 2008 based on their ratings as of March 31, 2008 and May 5, 2008. Table 86 shows that the ratings of these securities have decreased since March 31, 2008; however, through June 30, 2008, we estimate that the gross unrealized losses on these securities have not changed significantly and we continue to receive substantial monthly remittances of principal repayments on these securities. To construct Tables 85 and 86, we used the lowest rating available for each security.
 
Table 85 — Ratings of Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by Subprime Loans at March 31, 2008
 
                                 
    Unpaid
          Gross
       
Credit Rating as of
  Principal
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Collateral
 
March 31, 2008
  Balance     Cost     Losses     Delinquency (1)  
    (in millions)  
 
Investment grade:
                               
AAA-rated
  $ 65,443     $ 65,410     $ (9,322 )     26 %
Other
    22,174       22,161       (5,987 )     29 %
Below investment grade
    5,452       5,452       (1,780 )     31 %
                                 
    $ 93,069     $ 93,023     $ (17,089 )     27 %
                                 
(1) Determined based on loans that are 60 days or more past due that underlie the securities.
 
            159 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 86 — Ratings of Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by Subprime Loans at March 31, 2008 and May 5, 2008
 
                 
    Credit Rating as of  
% of Unpaid Principal Balance
  March 31,
    May 5,
 
at March 31, 2008
  2008     2008  
 
Investment Grade:
               
AAA-rated
    70 %     57 %
Other
    24 %     34 %
Below Investment Grade
    6 %     9 %
                 
      100 %     100 %
                 
 
In evaluating these securities for other-than-temporary impairment, we noted and specifically considered that the percentage of securities that were AAA-rated and the percentage that were investment grade had decreased since acquisition and had further decreased from the latest balance sheet date to the release of these financial statements. Further, we expect this trend to continue in the near future. In performing this evaluation, we considered all available information, including the ratings of the securities. Although the ratings have declined, the ratings themselves are not determinative that a loss is probable.
 
In order to determine whether securities are other-than-temporarily impaired, we perform hypothetical stress test scenarios on our investments in non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans on a security-by-security basis to assess changes in expected performance of the securities that could impact the collectability of our outstanding principal and interest. Two key factors that drive projected losses on the securities are default rates and average loss severity. In evaluating each scenario, we use numerous assumptions (in addition to the default rate and severity scenarios), including, but not limited to the timing of losses, prepayment rates, the collectability of excess interest, and interest rates that could materially impact the results.
 
The stress test scenarios are as follows: (1) 50% default rate and 50% average loss severity, (2) 50% default rate and 60% average loss severity, and (3) 60% default rate and 50% average loss severity. We believe that the stress default and severity assumptions that would indicate a potential loss are more severe than what we believe are probable based on both current delinquency and severity experience and historical data. Current collateral delinquency rates presented in Table 87 averaged 27 percent for first lien subprime loans, with ABX index average first lien severities approximating 40 percent.
 
We also perform related analyses where we use assumptions about the losses likely to result from the loans that are currently more than 60 days delinquent and then evaluate what percentage of the remaining loans (that are current or less than 60 days delinquent) would have to default to create a loss. The result of this analysis further supports our conclusions that the levels of defaults and severities necessary to create principal or interest shortfalls are not probable. This analysis is conducted on a quarterly basis and is subject to change as new information regarding delinquencies, severities, loss timing, prepayments, and other factors becomes available. These securities have not yet experienced significant cumulative losses and our credit enhancement levels continue to increase on almost all of our holdings. While it is possible that under certain conditions, defaults and loss severities on these securities could reach or even exceed the levels used for our stress test scenarios and a principal or interest loss could occur on certain individual securities, we do not believe that those conditions are probable as of March 31, 2008.
 
We disclose the estimated losses for non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by first lien subprime loans under three scenarios that provide for various constant default and loss severity rates against the outstanding underlying collateral of the securities. Table 87 provides the summary results of this analysis for our investments in non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by first lien subprime loans as of March 31, 2008. In addition to the stress tests scenarios, Table 87 also displays underlying collateral performance and credit enhancement statistics, by vintage and quartile of credit enhancement level. Within each of these quartiles, there is a distribution of both credit enhancement levels and delinquency performance, and individual security performance will differ from the cohort as a whole. Furthermore, some individual securities with lower subordination could have higher delinquencies.
 
            160 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 87 — Investments in Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by First Lien Subprime Loans
 
                                                                                 
        Underlying Collateral Performance                                      
        Unpaid
              Credit Enhancement Statistics     Stress Test Scenarios (5)
 
        Principal
    Average
        Average Credit
    Minimum
    Monoline
    (in millions)  
        Balance
    3-Month
  Collateral
    Enhancement (3)
    Current
    Coverage
    50d/50s
    50d/60s
    60d/50s
 
Acquisition Date
  Quartile   (in millions)     CPR (1)   Delinquency (2)     (w/Monoline)     Subordination (4)     (in millions) (6)     NPV     NPV     NPV  
 
                                                                             
2004 & Prior
    1     $ 512       18       20 %     39 %     17 %   $     $     $     $ 1  
2004 & Prior
    2       506       19       20       63       49                          
2004 & Prior
    3       583       19       21       93       81       273                    
2004 & Prior
    4       472       18       18       100       100       472                    
                                                                         
2004 & Prior subtotal
          $ 2,073       18       20       74       17     $ 745     $     $     $ 1  
                                                                         
2005
    1     $ 4,776       22       29       38       20     $     $     $     $  
2005
    2       4,719       23       33       46       41                          
2005
    3       4,835       22       32       56       51                          
2005
    4       5,066       24       31       80       63       1,279                    
                                                                         
2005 subtotal
          $ 19,396       23       31       55       20     $ 1,279     $     $     $  
                                                                         
2006
    1     $ 9,045       15       29       23       19     $     $     $     $ 3  
2006
    2       9,070       16       34       28       26                          
2006
    3       9,088       19       31       32       30                          
2006
    4       9,071       27       34       39       34                          
                                                                         
2006 subtotal
          $ 36,274       19       32       30       19     $     $     $     $ 3  
                                                                         
2007
    1     $ 8,524       11       22       22       19     $     $     $ 6     $ 42  
2007
    2       8,583       11       23       26       25                          
2007
    3       8,494       11       21       29       27                          
2007
    4       8,757       11       15       44       31       1,317                    
                                                                         
2007 subtotal
          $ 34,358       11       20       30       19     $ 1,317     $     $ 6     $ 42  
                                                                         
Total non-agency mortgage-related securities, backed by first lien subprime loans
          $ 92,101       17       27       37       17     $ 3,341     $     $ 6     $ 46  
                                                                         
(1)  Represents the average constant prepayment rate, which is a measure of the compound annual rate for loan prepayments expressed as a percentage of the current outstanding loan balance for each category.
(2)  Determined based on loans that are 60 days or more past due that underlie the securities.
(3)  Consists of subordination, financial guarantees (including monoline insurance coverage), and other credit enhancements.
(4)  Reflects the current credit enhancement of the lowest security in each quartile.
(5)  Reflects the present value of projected losses based on the disclosed hypothetical cumulative default and loss severity rates against the outstanding collateral balance.
(6)  Represents the amount of unpaid principal balance covered by monoline insurance coverage. This amount does not represent the maximum amount of losses we could recover, as the monoline insurance also covers interest.
 
As previously discussed, we generally do not classify our investments in single-family mortgage loans within our retained portfolio as either prime or subprime; however, we recognize that there are mortgage loans in our retained portfolio with higher risk characteristics. We estimate that there are $1.3 billion as of both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, of loans with higher-risk characteristics, which we define as loans with original LTV ratios greater than 90% and borrower credit scores less than 620 at the time of loan origination.
 
On December 6, 2007, the American Securitization Forum, or ASF, working with various constituency groups as well as representatives of U.S. federal government agencies, issued the Streamlined Foreclosure and Loss Avoidance Framework for Securitized Subprime ARM Loans, or the ASF Framework. The ASF Framework provides guidance for servicers to streamline borrower evaluation procedures and to facilitate the use of foreclosure and loss prevention efforts in an attempt to reduce the number of U.S. subprime residential mortgage borrowers who might default during 2008 because the borrowers cannot afford the increased payments after the interest rate is reset, or adjusted, on their mortgage loans. The ASF Framework is focused on subprime, first-lien, ARMs that have an initial fixed interest rate period of 36 months or less, are included in securitized pools, were originated between January 1, 2005 and July 31, 2007, and have an initial interest rate reset date between January 1, 2008 and July 31, 2010 (defined as “Subprime ARM Loans” within the ASF Framework). We have not applied the approach in the ASF Framework and it has not had any impact on the off-balance sheet treatment of our qualifying special-purpose-entities that hold loans meeting the related Subprime ARM Loan criteria. Under the ASF Framework, Subprime ARM Loans are divided into the following segments:
 
  •  Segment 1 — those where the borrowers are expected to refinance their loans if they are unable or unwilling to meet their reset payment obligations;
 
  •  Segment 2 — those where the borrower is unlikely to refinance into any readily available mortgage product and whose existing loan may be modified to extend the initial interest-rate reset period. Criteria to categorize these loans include an original or estimated current LTV of greater than 97%, credit score less than 660 and other criteria that would otherwise make the loan FHA ineligible;
 
  •  Segment 3 — those where the borrower is unlikely to refinance into any readily available mortgage product and the servicer is expected to pursue available loss mitigation actions.
 
As of March 31, 2008, approximately $22 million of mortgage loans that back our PCs and Structured Securities meet the qualifications of segment 2, Subprime ARM Loan. Our loss mitigation approach for Subprime ARM Loans
 
            161 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

under the ASF Framework is the same as any other delinquent loan underlying our PCs and Structured Securities. Refer to, “INTERIM MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Mortgage Credit Risk — Loss Mitigation Activities ” for a description of our approach to loss mitigation activity.
 
Non-agency Mortgage-related Securities Backed by Alt-A and Other Loans  — Many mortgage market participants classify single-family loans with credit characteristics that range between their prime and subprime categories as Alt-A. Although there is no universally accepted definition of Alt-A, industry participants have used this classification principally to describe loans for which the underwriting process has been streamlined in order to reduce the documentation requirements of the borrower or allow alternative documentation.
 
We invest in non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A loans in our retained portfolio. We have classified these securities as Alt-A if the securities were labeled as Alt-A when sold to us or if we believe the underlying collateral includes a significant amount of Alt-A loans. We believe that approximately $50 billion and $51 billion of our single-family non-agency mortgage-related securities that are not backed by subprime loans are generally backed by Alt-A mortgage loans at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. We have focused our purchases on credit-enhanced, senior tranches of these securities, which provide additional protection due to subordination. We had unrealized losses on these securities totaling $11.0 billion and $2.5 billion as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. We estimate that the declines in fair values for most of these securities have been due to decreased liquidity and larger risk premiums in the mortgage market. We receive substantial monthly remittances of principal repayments on these securities, which totaled more than $2 billion during the first quarter of 2008.
 
Table 88 shows the amortized cost and the unrealized losses of non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A loans held at March 31, 2008 based on their rating as of March 31, 2008. Table 89 shows the percentage of the non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A and other loans held at March 31, 2008 based on their ratings as of March 31, 2008 and May 5, 2008. To construct Tables 88 and 89, we used the lowest rating available for each security.
 
Table 88 — Ratings of Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by Alt-A and Other Loans at March 31, 2008
 
                                 
    Unpaid
          Gross
       
Credit Rating as of
  Principal
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Collateral
 
March 31, 2008
  Balance     Cost     Losses     Delinquency (1)  
          (in millions)        
 
Investment grade:
                               
AAA-rated
  $ 44,542     $ 44,640     $ (9,611)       11 %
Other
                       
Below investment grade
    394       394       (123)       22 %
                                 
    $ 44,936     $ 45,034     $ (9,734)       11 %
                                 
(1) Determined based on loans that are 60 days or more past due that underlie the securities.
 
Table 89 — Ratings of Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by Alt-A Loans at March 31, 2008 and May 5, 2008
 
                 
% of Unpaid Principal Balance
  Credit Rating as of  
at March 31, 2008
  March 31, 2008     May 5, 2008  
 
Investment Grade:
               
AAA-rated
    98 %     97 %
Other
    1 %     2 %
Below Investment Grade
    1 %     1 %
                 
      100 %     100 %
                 
 
In evaluating these securities for other-than-temporary impairment, we noted and specifically considered that the percentage of securities that were AAA-rated and the percentage that were investment grade had decreased since acquisition and had further decreased from the latest balance sheet date to the release of these financial statements. Further, we expect this trend to continue in the near future. In performing this evaluation, we considered all available information, including the ratings of the securities. Although the ratings have declined, the ratings themselves are not determinative that a loss is probable.
 
In order to determine whether securities are other-than-temporarily impaired, we perform hypothetical stress test scenarios on our investments in non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A and other loans on a security-by-security basis to assess changes in expected performance of the securities that could impact the collectability of our outstanding principal and interest. Two key factors that drive projected losses on the securities are default rates and average loss severity. In evaluating each scenario, we make numerous assumptions (in addition to the default rate and severity scenarios), including, but not limited to the timing of losses, prepayment rates, the collectability of excess interest, and interest rates that could materially impact the results.
 
            162 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

The stress test scenarios for these securities are as follows: (1) 20% default rate and 40% average loss severity; (2) 20% default rate and 50% average loss severity, and (3) and 30% default rate and 40% average loss severity. We believe that the stress default and severity assumptions that would indicate a potential loss are more severe than those currently implied by collateral performance and conditions and in comparison to those experienced under recent historical examples of weaker performing sectors of the market. Current collateral delinquency rates presented in Table 90 averaged 11 percent and Alt-A industry data indicate average severities of less than 40 percent.
 
We also perform a related analysis where we use assumptions about the losses likely to result from the loans that are currently more than 60 days delinquent and then evaluate what percentage of the remaining loans (that are current or less than 60 days delinquent) would have to default to create a loss. The result of this analysis further supports our conclusions that the levels of defaults and severities necessary to create principal or interest shortfalls are not probable. This analysis is conducted on a quarterly basis and is subject to change as new information regarding delinquencies, severities, loss timing, prepayments, and other factors becomes available. These securities have not yet experienced significant cumulative losses and our credit enhancement levels continue to increase on almost all of our holdings. While it is possible that under certain conditions, defaults and loss severities on these securities could reach or even exceed the levels used for our stress test scenarios and a principal or interest loss could occur on certain individual securities, we do not believe that those conditions are probable as of March 31, 2008.
 
We disclose the estimated losses for non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A loans under three scenarios that provide for various constant default and loss severity rates against the outstanding underlying collateral of the securities. Table 90 provides the summary results of this analysis for our investments in non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A loans as of March 31, 2008. In addition to the stress test scenarios, Table 90 also displays underlying collateral performance and credit enhancement statistics, by vintage and quartile of credit enhancement level. Within each of these quartiles, there is a distribution of both credit enhancement levels and delinquency performance, and individual security performance will differ from the cohort as a whole. Furthermore, some individual securities with lower subordination could have higher delinquencies.
 
Table 90 — Investments in Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities backed by Alt-A Loans
 
                                                                                 
        Underlying Collateral Performance                                      
        Unpaid
              Credit Enhancement Statistics     Stress Test Scenarios (5)
 
        Principal
    Average
        Average Credit
    Minimum
    Monoline
    (in millions)  
        Balance
    3-Month
  Collateral
    Enhancement (3)
    Current (4)
    Coverage
    20d/40s
    20d/50s
    30d/40s
 
Acquisition Date
  Quartile   (in millions)     CPR (1)   Delinquency (2)     (w/Monoline)     Subordination     (in millions) (6)     NPV     NPV     NPV  
 
                                                                             
2004 & Prior
    1     $ 1,588       14       2 %     9 %     6 %   $     $ 8     $ 21     $ 44  
2004 & Prior
    2       1,583       15       4       13       12                   2       9  
2004 & Prior
    3       1,602       20       7       16       14                         1  
2004 & Prior
    4       1,628       25       15       58       21       623                    
                                                                         
2004 & Prior subtotal
          $ 6,401       19       7       24       6     $ 623     $ 8     $ 23     $ 54  
                                                                         
2005
    1     $ 3,417       11       4       8       5     $     $ 53     $ 107     $ 172  
2005
    2       3,459       17       8       13       10                   2       18  
2005
    3       3,375       17       13       19       17                         1  
2005
    4       3,569       17       15       35       22       207                    
                                                                         
2005 subtotal
          $ 13,820       15       10       19       5     $ 207     $ 53     $ 109     $ 191  
                                                                         
2006
    1     $ 3,523       11       13       9       4     $     $ 22     $ 45     $ 69  
2006
    2       3,891       12       14       12       12                          
2006
    3       3,841       11       10       17       14                   3       12  
2006
    4       4,024       11       17       41       23       581                    
                                                                         
2006 subtotal
          $ 15,279       11       14       20       4     $ 581     $ 22     $ 48     $ 81  
                                                                         
2007
    1     $ 2,296       9       13       7       5     $     $ 12     $ 27     $ 43  
2007
    2       2,306       10       9       11       8                         1  
2007
    3       2,366       9       8       18       13                         1  
2007
    4       2,468       10       11       35       27                          
                                                                         
2007 subtotal
          $ 9,436       10       10       18       5     $     $ 12     $ 27     $ 45  
                                                                         
Total non-agency mortgage-related securities, backed by Alt-A loans
          $ 44,936       13       11       20       4     $ 1,411     $ 95     $ 207     $ 371  
                                                                         
(1)  Represents the average constant prepayment rate, which is a measure of the compound annual rate for loan prepayments expressed as a percentage of the current outstanding loan balance for each category.
(2)  Determined based on loans that are 60 days or more past due that underlie the securities.
(3)  Consists of subordination, financial guarantees (including monoline insurance coverage), and other credit enhancements.
(4)  Reflects the current credit enhancement of the lowest security in each quartile.
(5)  Reflects the present value of projected losses based on the disclosed hypothetical cumulative default and loss severity rates against the outstanding collateral balance.
(6)  Represents the amount of unpaid principal balance covered by monoline insurance coverage. This amount does not represent the maximum amount of losses we could recover, as the monoline insurance also covers interests.
 
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities  — We perform a similar expected cash flow analysis to determine whether we will receive all of the contractual payments due to us. Virtually all of these securities are currently AAA-rated. Since we generally hold these securities to maturity, our cash flow analysis have lead us to conclude that we have the
 
            163 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

ability and intent to hold to a recovery. In 2006, OFHEO required us to sell commercial mortgage backed securities with mixed use collateral. Accordingly, an impairment was recognized on these securities because we no longer had the intent to hold to a recovery.
 
  •  Obligations of states and political subdivisions.   These obligations are comprised of mortgage revenue bonds. The unrealized losses on obligations of states and political subdivisions are primarily a result of movements in interest rates. The extent and duration of the decline in fair value relative to the amortized cost have met our criteria for determining that the impairment of these securities is temporary and no other facts or circumstances existed to suggest that the decline was other-than-temporary. The issuer guarantees related to these securities have led us to conclude that any credit risk is minimal.
 
Table 91 below illustrates the gross realized gains and gross realized losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities.
 
Table 91 — Gross Realized Gains and Gross Realized Losses on Available-For-Sale Securities in Our Retained Portfolio
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Gross Realized Gains
               
Retained portfolio:
               
Mortgage-related securities issued by:
               
Freddie Mac
  $ 191     $ 42  
Fannie Mae
    9        
Other
          3  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    26        
                 
Total mortgage-related securities gross realized gains
    226       45  
                 
Gross Realized Losses
               
Retained portfolio:
               
Mortgage-related securities issued by:
               
Freddie Mac
    (7 )     (11 )
Obligations of states and political Subdivisions
    (4 )      
                 
Total mortgage-related securities gross realized losses
    (11 )     (11 )
                 
Net realized gains
  $ 215     $ 34  
                 
 
During the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, we recorded impairments related to investments in securities of $71 million and $56 million, respectively. The majority of the impairments recorded in the first quarter of 2008 related to mortgage revenue bonds where the duration of the unrealized loss prior to impairment was less than 12 months and the balance of related mostly to non-agency securities backed by subprime or manufactured housing loans.
 
Derivative Assets and Liabilities, Net at Fair Value
 
Table 92 shows the notional or contractual amounts and fair value for each derivative type and the maturity profile of the derivative positions. The fair values of the derivative positions are presented on a product-by-product basis, without netting by counterparty.
 
            164 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 92 — Derivative Fair Values and Maturities
 
                                                 
    March 31, 2008  
                Fair Value (1)  
    Notional or
    Total Fair
    Less than
    1 to 3
    Greater than 3
    In Excess
 
    Contractual Amount     Value (2)     1 Year     Years     and up to 5 Years     of 5 Years  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Interest-rate swaps:
                                               
Receive-fixed:
                                               
Swaps
  $ 292,346     $ 8,009     $ 276     $ 4,151     $ 1,427     $ 2,155  
Weighted-average fixed rate (3)
                    4.71 %     3.82 %     4.01 %     5.13 %
Forward-starting swaps (4)
    33,901       904             3       39       862  
Weighted-average fixed rate (3)
                          4.84 %     5.03 %     4.82 %
                                                 
Total receive-fixed
    326,247       8,913       276       4,154       1,466       3,017  
                                                 
Basis (floating to floating)
    17,988       1             2             (1 )
Pay-fixed:
                                               
Swaps
    338,090       (16,304 )     (311 )     (3,606 )     (2,805 )     (9,582 )
Weighted-average fixed rate (3)
                    5.22 %     4.16 %     4.79 %     4.87 %
Forward-starting swaps (4)
    87,360       (4,716 )                       (4,716 )
Weighted-average fixed rate (3)
                                      5.63 %
                                                 
Total pay-fixed
    425,450       (21,020 )     (311 )     (3,606 )     (2,805 )     (14,298 )
                                                 
Total interest-rate swaps
    769,685       (12,106 )     (35 )     550       (1,339 )     (11,282 )
                                                 
Option-based:
                                               
Call swaptions
                                               
Purchased
    242,022       9,684       956       2,313       2,177       4,238  
Written
    3,500       (70 )     (34 )     (36 )            
Put swaptions
                                               
Purchased
    29,675       641       113       86       14       428  
Written
    7,150       (190 )           (119 )     (71 )      
Other option-based derivatives (5)
    56,330       (34 )     (15 )           (2 )     (17 )
                                                 
Total option-based
    338,677       10,031       1,020       2,244       2,118       4,649  
                                                 
Futures
    134,633       172       168       4              
Foreign-currency swaps
    15,441       4,836       66       2,553       1,580       637  
Forward purchase and sale commitments
    77,597       411       411                    
Swap guarantee derivatives
    1,414       (4 )                       (4 )
                                                 
Subtotal
    1,337,447       3,340     $ 1,630     $ 5,351     $ 2,359     $ (6,000 )
                                                 
Credit derivatives
    8,858       15                                  
                                                 
Total
  $ 1,346,305     $ 3,355                                  
                                                 
(1)  Fair value is categorized based on the period from March 31, 2008 until the contractual maturity of the derivative.
(2)  The value of derivatives on our consolidated balance sheets is reported as derivative assets, net and derivative liability, net, and includes derivative interest receivable or (payable), net, trade/settle receivable or (payable), net and derivative cash collateral (held) or posted, net. Fair value excludes derivative interest receivable, net of $1.4 billion, trade/settle payable, net of $0.4 billion and derivative cash collateral held, net of $4.2 billion at March 31, 2008.
(3)  Represents the notional weighted average rate for the fixed leg of the swaps.
(4)  Represents interest-rate swap agreements that are scheduled to begin on future dates ranging from less than one year to ten years.
(5)  Primarily represents written options, including guarantees of stated final maturity of issued Structured Securities and written call options on PCs we issued.
 
Table 93 summarizes the change in derivative fair values.
 
Table 93 — Changes in Derivative Fair Values
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31, (1)  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
Beginning balance — net asset (liability)
  $ 4,790     $ 7,720  
Net change in:
               
Forward purchase and sale commitments
    84       (10 )
Credit derivatives
    5       1  
Other derivatives: (2)
               
Changes in fair value
    (258 )     (560 )
Fair value of new contracts entered into during the period (3)
    92       70  
Contracts realized or otherwise settled during the period
    (1,358 )     (1,293 )
                 
Ending balance — net asset (liability)
  $ 3,355     $ 5,928  
                 
(1)  The value of derivatives on our consolidated balance sheets is reported as derivative assets, net and derivative liability, net, and includes derivative interest receivable or (payable), net, trade/settle receivable or (payable), net and derivative cash collateral (held) or posted, net. Fair value excludes derivative interest receivable, net of $1.4 billion, trade/settle payable, net of $0.4 billion and derivative cash collateral held, net of $4.2 billion at March 31, 2008. Fair value excludes derivative interest receivable, net of $1.7 billion, trade/settle receivable or (payable), net of $— and derivative cash collateral held, net of $6.2 billion at December 31, 2007. Fair value excludes derivative interest receivable, net of $2.3 billion, trade/settle receivable or (payable), net of $— billion and derivative cash collateral held, net of $9.5 billion at January 1, 2007.
(2)  Includes fair value changes for interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives, futures and foreign-currency swaps and interest-rate caps.
(3)  Consists primarily of cash premiums paid or received on options.
 
            165 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
Table 94 provides information on our outstanding written and purchased swaption and option premiums at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, based on the original premium receipts or payments.
 
Table 94 — Outstanding Written and Purchased Swaption and Option Premiums
 
                     
    Original Premium
  Original Weighted
   
    Amount (Paid)
  Average Life to
  Remaining Weighted
    Received   Expiration   Average Life
    (dollars in millions)
Purchased: (1)
                   
At March 31, 2008
  $ (5,369 )     7.6 years     5.7 years
At December 31, 2007
  $  (5,478 )     7.8 years     6.0 years
Written: (2)
                   
At March 31, 2008
  $ 324       2.4 years     2.1 years
At December 31, 2007
  $ 87       3.0 years     2.6 years
(1)  Purchased options exclude callable swaps.
(2)  Excludes written options on guarantees of stated final maturity of Structured Securities.
 
Guarantee Asset
 
See “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Income — Gains (Losses) on Guarantee Asset ” for a description of, and an attribution of other changes in, the guarantee asset. Table 95 summarizes the changes in the guarantee asset balance.
 
Table 95 — Changes in Guarantee Asset
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 9,591     $ 7,389  
Additions, net
    937       736  
                 
Return of investment on guarantee asset
    (474 )     (396 )
Changes in fair value of future management and guarantee fees
    (920 )     (127 )
                 
Gains (losses) on guarantee asset
    (1,394 )     (523 )
                 
Ending balance
  $ 9,134     $ 7,602  
                 
 
The increase in additions, net, during the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007 is due to increases in our management and guarantee fee rates and, to a lesser extent, an increase in our overall issuance volume. Our management and guarantee fee rates for fixed-rate product increased due to increased net buy-up and buy-down activity.
 
The losses on guarantee assets for the first quarter of 2008 increased compared to the first quarter of 2007. This increase is due to a greater decline in interest rates and a decrease in market valuations of excess servicing, interest-only securities during the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007.
 
Guarantee Obligation
 
See “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Income — Income on Guarantee Obligation” for a description of the components of the guarantee obligation. Table 96 summarizes the changes in the guarantee obligation balance.
 
Table 96 — Changes in Guarantee Obligation
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 13,712     $ 9,482  
Transfer-out to the loan loss reserve (1)
    (6 )      
Deferred guarantee income of newly-issued guarantees
    1,132       1,045  
Amortization income:
               
Static effective yield
    (580 )     (377 )
Cumulative catch-up
    (589 )     (53 )
                 
Income on guarantee obligation
    (1,169 )     (430 )
                 
Ending balance
  $ 13,669     $ 10,097  
                 
(1)  Represents portions of the guarantee obligation that correspond to incurred credit losses reclassified to reserve for guarantee losses on PCs.
 
The primary drivers affecting our guarantee obligation balances are our credit guarantee business volumes, fair values of performance obligations on new guarantees and liquidation rates on the existing portfolio. On January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS 157, which amended FIN 45. Upon implementation of SFAS 157, we changed the manner in which we measure the guarantee obligation we record for all of our newly-issued guarantees. Effective January 1, 2008, the fair value of the guarantee obligation for all newly-issued guarantee contracts is measured as being equal to the total compensation received
 
            166 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

for providing the guarantee, as a practical expedient. Therefore, we no longer recognize losses or defer gains at the inception of our guarantee contracts. However, guarantee obligations created before January 1, 2008 were not affected by the adoption of SFAS 157 and will continue to be subsequently amortized into earnings using a static effective yield method. For further information regarding accounting and measurement of our guarantee obligation, see “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Change in Accounting Principles” in the notes to our unaudited consolidated financial statements. This change had a significant positive impact on our financial results for the first quarter of 2008.
 
Deferred guarantee income of newly-issued guarantees increased slightly for the first quarter of 2008, compared to the first quarter of 2007. The increase was primarily a result of the higher volume of guarantee issuances during the first quarter of 2008 as compared to the first quarter of 2007, but partially offset by our change in approach to determining fair value at initial issuance of our guarantees. Prior to 2008 we used market-based information for similar obligations to derive fair values and in the first quarter of 2007, these values were negatively impacted by expectation of higher credit costs and increased uncertainty in the mortgage market. We issued $116 billion and $114 billion of our PCs and Structured Securities during the first quarters of 2008 and 2007, respectively. See “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Income — Income on Guarantee Obligation ” for a discussion of amortization income related to our guarantee obligation.
 
Total Stockholders’ Equity
 
Total stockholders’ equity decreased $10.7 billion during the first quarter of 2008. This decrease was primarily a result of a net loss of $0.2 billion in the first quarter of 2008, a $11.2 billion net decrease in AOCI, and $0.4 billion of common and preferred stock dividends declared, which was partially offset by an increase of $1.0 billion to our beginning retained earnings as a result of the adoption of SFAS 159. The balance of AOCI at March 31, 2008 was a net loss of approximately $22.3 billion, net of taxes, compared to a net loss of $11.1 billion, net of taxes, at December 31, 2007. The increase in the net loss in AOCI was primarily attributable to unrealized losses on our non-agency single-family mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans and Alt-A loans with changes in net unrealized losses, net of taxes, recorded in AOCI of $11.0 billion at March 31, 2008. In addition, we reclassified a net gain of $0.9 billion, net of taxes, from AOCI to retained earnings in adopting SFAS 159 that was partially offset by an increase in the value of agency mortgage-related securities classified as available-for-sale securities as well as the reclassification from AOCI to earnings of deferred losses related to closed cash flow hedges. See “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Retained Portfolio” for more information regarding mortgage-related securities backed by subprime loans and Alt-A loans.
 
CONSOLIDATED FAIR VALUE BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS
 
See “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED FAIR VALUE BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS” for information on what is included in our consolidated fair value balance sheets. See “NOTE 14: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES — Table 14.4 — Consolidated Fair Value Balance Sheets” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for our fair value balance sheets. See “INTERIM MD&A — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES” as well as “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” and “NOTE 14: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for more information on fair values. During the first quarter of 2008 our fair value results as presented in our consolidated fair value balance sheets were affected by several improvements in our approach for estimating the fair value of certain financial instruments. We use a number of financial models in the preparation of our consolidated fair value balance sheets. See “INTERIM MD&A — CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES” and “RISK FACTORS” and “ANNUAL MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks” for information concerning the risks associated with our use of these models.
 
Table 97 shows our summary of change in the fair value of net assets.
 
Table 97 — Summary of Change in the Fair Value of Net Assets
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in billions)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 12.6     $ 31.8  
Changes in fair value of net assets, before capital transactions
    (17.4 )      
Capital transactions:
               
Dividends, share repurchases and issuances, net
    (0.4 )     0.1  
                 
Ending balance
  $ (5.2 )   $ 31.9  
                 
 
Discussion of Fair Value Results
 
During the first quarter of 2008, the fair value of net assets, before capital transactions, decreased by $17.4 billion, while it remained unchanged during the first quarter of 2007. At March 31, 2008, our fair value results were impacted by several changes in our approach for estimating the fair value of certain financial instruments, primarily related to our
 
            167 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

valuation of our guarantee obligation as a result of our adoption of SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008. These changes resulted in a net increase in the fair value of total net assets of approximately $4.6 billion (after-tax). For a further discussion of our adoption of SFAS 157 and information concerning our valuation approach related to our guarantee obligation, see “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Change in Accounting Principles” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements. The payment of common stock and preferred stock dividends, net of reissuance of treasury stock, in the first quarter of 2008 reduced total fair value by $0.4 billion. The fair value of net assets as of March 31, 2008 was $(5.2) billion, compared to $12.6 billion as of December 31, 2007.
 
Our attribution of changes in the fair value of net assets relies on models, assumptions and other measurement techniques that evolve over time. The following attribution of changes in fair value reflects our current estimate of the items presented (on a pre-tax basis) and excludes the effect of returns on capital and administrative expenses.
 
During the first quarter of 2008, our investment activities decreased fair value by approximately $23.2 billion. This estimate includes declines in fair value of approximately $28.8 billion attributable to net mortgage-to-debt OAS widening. Of this amount, approximately $18.9 billion was related to the impact of the net mortgage-to-debt OAS widening on our portfolio of non-agency, single-family mortgage-related asset-backed securities.
 
During the first quarter of 2007, our investment activities increased fair value by approximately $0.7 billion. This estimate includes declines in fair value of approximately $0.3 billion attributable to the net widening of mortgage-to-debt OAS.
 
The impact of mortgage-to-debt OAS widening during the first quarter of 2008 increases the likelihood that, in future periods, we will be able to recognize core spread income from our investment activities at a higher spread level. We estimate that, in the first quarter of 2008, we recognized core spread income at a net mortgage-to-debt OAS level of approximately 105 to 180 basis points, as compared to approximately 25 to 30 basis points estimated in the first quarter of 2007. As market conditions change, our estimate of expected fair value gains from OAS may also change, leading to significantly different fair value results.
 
During the first quarter of 2008, our credit guarantee activities, including our single-family whole loan credit exposure, decreased fair value by an estimated $3.0 billion. This estimate includes an increase in the single-family guarantee obligation of approximately $9.8 billion, primarily attributable to the effect of guarantee contract price increases announced during the first quarter of 2008. This increase in the single-family guarantee obligation was partially offset by a reduction of $7.1 billion in the fair value of our guarantee obligation recorded on January 1, 2008, as a result of our adoption of SFAS 157.
 
Our credit guarantee activities, including our whole loan credit exposure, decreased fair value by approximately $1.2 billion during the first quarter of 2007. This estimate includes a reduction in fair value related to our single-family guarantee obligation of approximately $2.0 billion attributable mainly to the increased uncertainty in the mortgage market.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
See “ANNUAL MD&A — LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES” for information on how our business activities require liquidity and our sources of cash.
 
Debt Securities
 
Table 98 summarizes the par value of the debt securities we issued, based on settlement dates, during the first quarter of 2008 and 2007. We seek to maintain a variety of consistent, active funding programs that promote high-quality coverage by market makers and reach a broad group of institutional and retail investors. By diversifying our investor base and the types of debt securities we offer, we believe we enhance our ability to maintain continuous access to the debt markets under a variety of market conditions.
 
            168 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 98 — Debt Security Issuances by Product, at Par Value (1)
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Short-term debt:
               
Reference Bills ® securities and discount notes
  $ 183,496     $ 130,646  
Medium-term notes — callable
    3,600       1,900  
                 
Total short-term debt
    187,096       132,546  
Long-term debt:
               
Medium-term notes — callable
    59,720       38,611  
Medium-term notes — non-callable
    20,998       14,264  
U.S. dollar Reference Notes ® securities — non-callable
    14,000       17,000  
                 
Total long-term debt (2)
    94,718       69,875  
                 
Total debt securities issued
  $ 281,814     $ 202,421  
                 
(1)  Exclude securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased, lines of credit and securities sold but not yet purchased.
(2)  For the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, there were no amounts accounted for as debt exchanges.
 
Subordinated Debt
 
During the first quarter of 2008, we did not call or issue any Freddie SUBS ® securities. At both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the balance of our subordinated debt outstanding was $4.5 billion. Our subordinated debt in the form of Freddie SUBS ® securities is a component of our risk management and disclosure commitments with OFHEO (described in “INTERIM MD&A — RISK MANAGEMENT AND DISCLOSURE COMMITMENTS”).
 
Credit Ratings
 
Our ability to access the capital markets and other sources of funding, as well as our cost of funds, is highly dependent upon our credit ratings. Table 99 indicates our credit ratings at July 17, 2008.
 
Table 99 — Freddie Mac Credit Ratings
 
                         
    Nationally Recognized Statistical
    Rating Organization
    Standard & Poor’s   Moody’s   Fitch
 
Senior long-term debt (1)
    AAA       Aaa       AAA  
Short-term debt (2)
    A-1+       P-1       F1+  
Subordinated debt (3)
    AA− (4)       Aa2       AA−  
Preferred stock
    AA− (4)       A1 (5)       A+ (6)  
(1)  Consists of medium-term notes, U.S. dollar Reference Notes ® securities and €Reference Notes ® securities.
(2)  Consists of Reference Bills ® securities and discount notes.
(3)  Consists of Freddie SUBS ® securities only.
(4)  The outlook on this rating is negative.
(5)  This rating is on review for possible downgrade.
(6)  This rating is on negative watch.
 
Equity Securities
 
See “Core Capital” and “RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES” for information about issuances and repurchases of our equity securities in the first quarter of 2008.
 
Cash and Investments Portfolio
 
See “ANNUAL MD&A — LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES — Liquidity — Cash and Investments Portfolio ” for information on our cash and investments portfolio. At March 31, 2008, the investments in this portfolio consisted of liquid non-mortgage-related securities, principally commercial paper and asset-backed securities, that we could sell or finance to provide us with an additional source of liquidity to fund our business operations. During the first quarter of 2008, we increased the balance of our cash and investments portfolio by $23.6 billion due to an increase in commercial paper, which we expect to use to increase our retained portfolio in the second quarter of 2008.
 
Retained Portfolio
 
Our retained portfolio assets are a significant capital resource and can be used as a source of funding, if needed. However, during the first quarter of 2008, the market for non-agency securities backed by subprime and Alt-A mortgages became significantly less liquid, which resulted in lower transaction volumes, wider credit spreads and lower investor demand for these assets. Also, during the first quarter, the percentages of the non-agency securities backed by subprime mortgages that were AAA-rated and the total rated as investment grade, based on the lowest rating available, decreased from 96% to 70% and from 100% to 94%, respectively. We expect this trend to continue in the near future. These market conditions limit the availability of these assets as a source of funds; however, we continue to receive substantial monthly remittances from the underlying collateral. In addition, we have the intent and ability to hold these securities until recovery and we do not currently expect the cash flows from these securities to negatively impact our liquidity, as we believe the
 
            169 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

levels of defaults and severities necessary to create a principal or interest shortfall on these securities are not probable as of March 31, 2008. See “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Retained Portfolio” for more information.
 
Cash Flows
 
Our cash and cash equivalents decreased $0.2 billion to $8.3 billion during the first quarter of 2008. Cash flows used for operating activities in the first quarter of 2008 were $6.0 billion, which primarily reflected a reduction in cash as a result of declines in cash received for interest income, increases in purchases of held-for-sale mortgage loans, remittances of payments for PC pools that we administer as trustee and increases in cash paid for income taxes. Cash flows used for investing activities in the first quarter of 2008 were $13.5 billion, primarily due to net cash proceeds from purchases and sales of available-for-sale and trading securities in our investment portfolio, offset by securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold. Cash flows provided by financing activities in the first quarter of 2008 were $19.3 billion, largely attributable to proceeds from the issuance of debt securities, net of repayments.
 
SFAS 159 requires the classification of trading securities based on the purpose for which the securities were acquired. Upon adoption of SFAS 159, effective January 1, 2008, we classified our trading securities as investing activities because we intend to hold these securities for investment purposes. Prior to our adoption of SFAS 159, we classified cash flows on all trading securities as operating activities. As a result, the operating and investing activities on our consolidated statements of cash flows have been impacted with this change.
 
Our cash and cash equivalents decreased $1.4 billion to $10.0 billion during the first quarter of 2007. Cash flows provided by operating activities in the first quarter of 2007 were $1.2 billion, which primarily reflected an increase in cash received for interest income. Cash flows used for investing activities in the first quarter of 2007 were $7.7 billion, primarily due to a net increase in securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold. Cash flows provided by financing activities in the first quarter of 2007 were $5.2 billion, largely attributable to the net proceeds from the net issuance of long-term debt and the net issuance of preferred stock.
 
Capital Adequacy
 
On March 19, 2008, OFHEO, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac announced an initiative to increase mortgage market liquidity. In conjunction with this initiative, OFHEO reduced our mandatory target capital surplus to 20% above our statutory minimum capital requirement, and we announced that we will begin the process to raise capital and maintain overall capital levels well in excess of requirements while the mortgage markets recover. We estimated at March 31, 2008 that we exceeded each of our regulatory capital requirements, in addition to the 20% mandatory target capital surplus.
 
In connection with this initiative, we committed to OFHEO to raise $5.5 billion of new core capital through one or more offerings, which will include both common and preferred securities. The timing, amount and mix of securities to be offered will depend on a variety of factors, including prevailing market conditions and our SEC registration process, and is subject to approval by our board of directors. OFHEO has informed us that, upon completion of these offerings, our mandatory target capital surplus will be reduced from 20% to 15%. OFHEO has also informed us that it intends a further reduction of our mandatory target capital surplus from 15% to 10% upon completion of our SEC registration process, our completion of the remaining Consent Order requirement ( i.e. , the separation of the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer), our continued commitment to maintain capital well above OFHEO’s regulatory requirement and no material adverse changes to ongoing regulatory compliance. We reduced the dividend on our common stock in December 2007.
 
The sharp decline in the housing market and volatility in financial markets continued to adversely affect our capital, including our ability to manage to our regulatory capital requirements and the 20% mandatory target capital surplus. Factors that could adversely affect the adequacy of our capital in future periods include our ability to execute our planned capital raising transaction; GAAP net losses; continued declines in home prices; increases in our credit and interest-rate risk profiles; adverse changes in interest-rate or implied volatility; adverse OAS changes; impairments of non-agency mortgage-related securities; counterparty downgrades; downgrades of non-agency mortgage-related securities (with respect to regulatory risk-based capital); legislative or regulatory actions that increase capital requirements; or changes in accounting practices or standards. See “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding our regulatory capital requirements and “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding OFHEO’s capital monitoring framework.
 
To help manage to our regulatory capital requirements and the 20% mandatory target capital surplus, we may consider measures in the future such as reducing or rebalancing risk, limiting growth or reducing the size of our retained portfolio, slowing purchases into our credit guarantee portfolio, issuing additional preferred or convertible preferred stock and issuing common stock.
 
            170 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Our ability to execute any of these actions or their effectiveness may be limited and we might not be able to manage to the 20% mandatory target capital surplus. For example, if we are not able to manage to the 20% mandatory target capital surplus, OFHEO may, among other things, seek to require us to (a) submit a plan for remediation or (b) take other remedial steps. In addition, OFHEO has discretion to reduce our capital classification by one level if OFHEO determines that we are engaging in conduct OFHEO did not approve that could result in a rapid depletion of core capital or determines that the value of property subject to mortgage loans we hold or guarantee has decreased significantly. See “RISK FACTORS,” “BUSINESS — Regulation and Supervision — Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight — Capital Standards and Dividend Restrictions ” and “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL — Classification” to our audited consolidated financial statements for information regarding additional potential actions OFHEO may seek to take against us.
 
Core Capital
 
During the first quarter of 2008, our core capital increased approximately $0.5 billion. This increase was primarily due to the adoption of SFAS 159, which resulted in an increase to retained earnings of $1.0 billion. This increase was partially offset by common and preferred stock dividends declared of $0.4 billion and a net loss of $0.2 billion. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Change in Accounting Principles” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the impact of implementation of SFAS 159.
 
During the first quarter of 2007, we added approximately $0.1 billion to core capital primarily from a net increase in the balance of non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock of $0.5 billion as well as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $0.2 billion, partially offset by a net loss of $0.1 billion and the payment of common and preferred stock dividends totaling $0.4 billion. During the first quarter of 2007, we also issued $1.1 billion of non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock, consisting of $0.5 billion to complete the planned replacement of $2.0 billion of common stock with an equal amount of preferred stock and $0.6 billion to replace higher-cost preferred stock that we redeemed during the first quarter of 2007.
 
            171 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
PORTFOLIO BALANCES AND ACTIVITIES
 
Table 100 — Total Mortgage Portfolio and Segment Portfolio Composition (1)
 
                 
    March 31,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Total mortgage portfolio:
               
Retained portfolio:
               
Single-family mortgage loans
  $ 27,496     $ 24,589  
Multifamily mortgage loans
    60,838       57,569  
                 
Total mortgage loans
    88,334       82,158  
                 
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities in the retained portfolio
    346,850       356,970  
                 
Non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities, agency
    54,349       47,836  
Non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities, non-agency
    222,929       233,849  
                 
Total non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities
    277,278       281,685  
                 
Total retained portfolio (2)
    712,462       720,813  
                 
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities held by third parties:
               
Single-family PCs and Structured Securities
    1,417,273       1,363,613  
Single-family Structured Transactions
    8,769       9,351  
Multifamily PCs and Structured Securities
    10,302       7,999  
Multifamily Structured Transactions
    883       900  
                 
Total guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities held by third parties
    1,437,227       1,381,863  
                 
Total mortgage portfolio
  $ 2,149,689     $ 2,102,676  
                 
Segment portfolios:
               
Investments — Mortgage-related investment portfolio:
               
Single-family mortgage loans
  $ 27,496     $ 24,589  
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities in the retained portfolio
    346,850       356,970  
Non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities in the retained portfolio
    277,278       281,685  
                 
Total Investments — Mortgage-related investment portfolio (3)
  $ 651,624     $ 663,244  
                 
Single-family Guarantee — Credit guarantee portfolio:
               
Single-family PCs and Structured Securities in the retained portfolio
  $ 333,448     $ 343,071  
Single-family PCs and Structured Securities held by third parties
    1,417,273       1,363,613  
Single-family Structured Transactions in the retained portfolio
    10,746       11,240  
Single-family Structured Transactions held by third parties
    8,769       9,351  
                 
Total Single-family Guarantee — Credit guarantee portfolio
  $ 1,770,236     $ 1,727,275  
                 
Multifamily — Guarantee and loan portfolios:
               
Multifamily loan portfolio
  $ 60,838     $ 57,569  
Multifamily PCs and Structured Securities (4)
    12,958       10,658  
Multifamily Structured Transactions
    883       900  
                 
Total Multifamily guarantee portfolio
    13,841       11,558  
                 
Total Multifamily — Guarantee and loan portfolios
  $ 74,679     $ 69,127  
                 
Less: Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities in the retained portfolio (5)
    (346,850 )     (356,970 )
                 
Total mortgage portfolio
  $ 2,149,689     $ 2,102,676  
                 
(1)  Based on unpaid principal balance and excludes mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities traded, but not yet settled.
(2)  See “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Table 81 — Characteristics of Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Related Securities in our Retained Portfolio” for a reconciliation of our retained portfolio amounts shown in this table to the amounts shown under such caption in conformity with GAAP on our consolidated balance sheets.
(3)  Includes certain assets related to Single-family Guarantee activities and Multifamily activities.
(4)  Includes multifamily PCs and Structured Securities both in our retained portfolio and held by third parties.
(5)  The amount of PCs and Structured Securities in our retained portfolio is included in both our segments’ mortgage-related and guarantee portfolios and thus deducted in order to reconcile to our total mortgage portfolio. These securities are managed by the Investments segment, which receives related interest income; however, the Single-family and Multifamily segments manage and receive associated management and guarantee fees.
 
During the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, our total mortgage portfolio grew at an annualized rate of 9% and 14%, respectively. Our new business purchases consist of mortgage loans and non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities that are purchased for our retained portfolio or serve as collateral for our issued PCs and Structured Securities. We generate a significant portion of our mortgage purchase volume through several key mortgage lenders. Table 101 summarizes purchases into our total mortgage portfolio.
 
            172 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 101 — Total Mortgage Portfolio Activity Detail (1)
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2008     2007  
          % of
          % of
 
          Purchase
          Purchase
 
    Amount     Amounts     Amount     Amounts  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
New business purchases:
                               
Single-family mortgage purchases:
                               
Conventional:
                               
30-year amortizing fixed-rate (2)
  $ 96,659       78 %   $ 75,788       64 %
15-year amortizing fixed-rate
    9,089       7       4,711       4  
ARMs/adjustable-rate (3)
    1,723       2       4,461       4  
Interest-only (4)
    9,976       8       29,139       25  
Balloon/resets (5)
    115       <1       16       <1  
FHA/VA (6)
    28       <1       126       <1  
Rural Housing Service and other federally guaranteed loans
    32       <1       36       <1  
                                 
Total single-family
    117,622       95       114,277       97  
                                 
Multifamily:
                               
Conventional and other
    6,445       5       3,139       3  
                                 
Total multifamily
    6,445       5       3,139       3  
                                 
Total mortgage purchases
    124,067       100       117,416       100  
                                 
Non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities purchased for Structured Securities:
                               
Ginnie Mae Certificates
                7       <1  
Structured Transactions
    106       <1              
                                 
Total Non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities purchased for Structured Securities
    106       <1       7       <1  
                                 
Total single-family and multifamily mortgage purchases and total non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities purchased for Structured Securities
  $ 124,173       100 %   $ 117,423       100 %
                                 
Non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities purchased into the retained portfolio:
                               
Agency securities:
                               
Fannie Mae:
                               
Single-family:
                               
Fixed-rate
  $ 1,180             $ 321          
Variable-rate
    8,203               991          
                                 
Total agency mortgage-related securities
    9,383               1,312          
                                 
Non-agency securities:
                               
Single-family:
                               
Fixed-rate
                           
Variable-rate
    618               21,300          
                                 
Total single-family
    618               21,300          
                                 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Single-family:
                               
Fixed-rate
                  178          
Variable-rate
    215               6,005          
                                 
Total commercial mortgage-backed securities
    215               6,183          
                                 
Mortgage revenue bonds:
                               
Single-family:
                               
Fixed-rate
    27               245          
Variable-rate
                           
                                 
Total mortgage revenue bonds
    27               245          
                                 
Total non-agency mortgage-related securities
    860               27,728          
                                 
Total non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities purchased into the retained portfolio
    10,243               29,040          
                                 
Total new business purchases
  $ 134,416             $ 146,463          
                                 
Mortgage purchases with credit enhancements (7)
    25 %             14 %        
Mortgage liquidations
  $ 86,431             $ 81,061          
Mortgage liquidations rate (annualized) (7)
    16 %             18 %        
Freddie Mac securities repurchased into the retained portfolio:
                               
Single-family:
                               
Fixed-rate
  $ 15,667             $ 16,544          
Variable-rate
    5,877               10,531          
                                 
Total Freddie Mac securities repurchased into the retained portfolio
  $ 21,544             $ 27,075          
                                 
(1)  Based on unpaid principal balances. Excludes mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities traded but not yet settled. Also excludes net additions to our retained portfolio for delinquent mortgage loans and balloon/reset mortgages purchased out of PC pools.
(2)  Includes 40-year and 20-year fixed-rate mortgages.
(3)  Includes ARMs with 1-, 3-, 5-, 7- and 10-year initial fixed-rate periods.
(4)  Represents loans where the borrower pays interest only for a period of time before the borrower begins making principal payments.
(5)  Represents mortgages whose terms require lump sum principal payments on contractually determined future dates unless the borrower qualifies for and elects an extension of the maturity date at an adjusted interest-rate.
(6)  Excludes FHA/VA, loans that back Structured Transactions.
(7)  Based on total mortgage portfolio.
 
            173 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities
 
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities represent the unpaid principal balances of the mortgage-related securities we issue or otherwise guarantee. Table 102 presents the distribution of underlying mortgage assets for our PCs and Structured Securities.
 
Table 102 — Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities (1)
 
                 
    March 31,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Single-family:
               
Conventional:
               
30-year fixed-rate (2)
  $ 1,141,073     $ 1,091,212  
20-year fixed-rate
    71,733       72,225  
15-year fixed-rate
    268,337       272,490  
ARMs/adjustable-rate
    86,999       91,219  
Option ARMs
    1,755       1,853  
Interest-only (3)
    163,701       159,028  
Balloon/resets
    15,795       17,242  
FHA/VA
    1,199       1,283  
Rural Housing Service and other federally guaranteed loans
    129       132  
                 
Total single-family
    1,750,721       1,706,684  
Multifamily:
               
Conventional and other
    12,958       10,658  
                 
Total multifamily
    12,958       10,658  
Structured Securities backed by non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities:
               
Ginnie Mae Certificates (4)
    1,211       1,268  
Structured Transactions (5)
    19,187       20,223  
                 
Total Structured Securities backed by non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities
    20,398       21,491  
                 
Total guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities
  $ 1,784,077     $ 1,738,833  
                 
 
(1)  Based on unpaid principal balances and excludes mortgage-related securities traded, but not yet settled. Includes long-term standby commitments for mortgage assets held by third parties that require that we purchase loans from lenders when these loans meet certain delinquency criteria.
(2)  Portfolio balances include $1,613 million and $1,762 million of 40-year fixed-rate mortgages at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
(3)  Includes both fixed- and variable-rate interest-only loans.
(4)  Ginnie Mae Certificates that underlie the Structured Securities are backed by FHA/VA loans.
(5)  Represents Structured Securities backed by non-agency securities that include prime, FHA/VA and subprime mortgage loan issuances.
 
            174 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
 
We enter into certain business arrangements that are not recorded on our consolidated balance sheets or may be recorded in amounts that differ from the full contract or notional amount of the transaction. Most of these arrangements relate to our financial guarantee and securitization activity for which we record guarantee assets and obligations and the related securitized assets are owned by third parties. See “ANNUAL MD&A — OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS” and “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” in the notes to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for more discussion of our off-balance sheet arrangements.
 
During the first quarter of 2008 and 2007 we entered into $— and $2.0 billion, respectively, of long-term standby commitments for mortgage assets held by third parties that require us to purchase loans from lenders when the loans subject to these commitments meet certain delinquency criteria. We have included these transactions in the reported activity and balances of our guaranteed PC and Structured Securities portfolio. Long-term standby commitments represented approximately 1% and 2% of the balance of our PCs and Structured Securities at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
As part of our credit guarantee business, we routinely enter into forward purchase and sale commitments for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities. Some of these commitments are accounted for as derivatives. Their fair values are reported as either derivative assets, net or derivative liabilities, net on our consolidated balance sheets. Certain non-derivative commitments are related to commitments arising from mortgage swap transactions and commitments to purchase certain multifamily mortgage loans that will be classified as held-for-investment. These non-derivative commitments totaled $229.4 billion and $173.4 billion at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Such commitments are not accounted for as derivatives and are not recorded on our consolidated balance sheets.
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make a number of judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Certain of our accounting policies, as well as estimates we make, are critical to the presentation of our financial condition and results of operations. They often require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments and estimates, at times, regarding matters that are inherently uncertain. Actual results could differ from our estimates and different judgments and assumptions related to these policies and estimates could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Our critical accounting policies and estimates relate to: (a) valuation of financial instruments; (b) derivative instruments and hedging activities; (c) allowances for loan losses and reserve for guarantee losses; (d) application of the static effective yield method to guarantee obligation; (e) application of the effective interest method; and (f) impairment recognition on investments in securities. For additional information about our critical accounting policies and estimates and other significant accounting policies, including recently issued accounting pronouncements, see “ANNUAL MD&A — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES” and “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS 157, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. See “Determination of Fair Value” for additional information about fair value hierarchy and measurements. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Upon adoption of SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008, we began estimating the fair value of our newly-issued guarantee obligations at their inception using the practical expedient provided by FIN 45, as amended by SFAS 157. Using the practical expedient, the initial guarantee obligation is recorded at an amount equal to the fair value of compensation received, inclusive of all rights related to the transaction, in exchange for our guarantee. As a result, we no longer record estimates of deferred gains or immediate, “day one” losses on most guarantees. In addition, amortization of the guarantee obligation will now more closely follow our economic release from risk under the guarantee. However, all unamortized amounts recorded prior to January 1, 2008 will continue to be deferred and amortized using existing amortization methods with respect to disclosure of the fair value of our guarantee obligation on the Fair Value Balance Sheet. Valuation of the guarantee obligation subsequent to initial recognition will use current pricing assumptions and related inputs. For information regarding our fair value methods and assumptions, see “NOTE 14: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements.
 
Determination of Fair Value
 
SFAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value based on the inputs a market participant would use at the measurement date. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs reflect assumptions based on the best information available under the
 
            175 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

circumstances. Unobservable inputs shall be used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, or in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for an asset or liability at the measurement date. We use valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs, where available, and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.
 
The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under SFAS 157 are described below:
 
  Level 1:  Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;
 
  Level 2:  Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted market prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets; and
 
  Level 3:  Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair values.
 
Our Level 1 financial instruments consist of exchange-traded derivatives where quoted prices exist for the exact instrument in an active market. Our Level 2 instruments generally consist of high credit quality agency and non-agency mortgage-related securities, non-mortgage-related asset-backed securities, interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives and foreign-currency denominated debt. These instruments are generally valued through one of the following methods: (a) dealer or pricing service inputs with the value derived by comparison to recent transactions or similar securities and adjusting for differences in prepayment or liquidity characteristics; or (b) modeled through an industry standard modeling technique that relies upon observable inputs such as discount rates and prepayment assumptions.
 
Our Level 3 assets primarily consist of non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime and Alt-A mortgage loans and our guarantee asset. While the non-agency mortgage-related securities are supported by little or no market activity in the first quarter of 2008, we value our non-agency mortgage-related securities based primarily on prices received from third party pricing services and prices received from dealers. The techniques used to value these instruments generally are either (a) a comparison to transactions of instruments with similar collateral and risk profiles; or (b) industry standard modeling such as the discounted cash flow model. For a large majority of the securities we value using dealers and pricing services, we obtain at least three independent prices. When three or more prices are received, we use the median of the prices. The models and related assumptions used by the dealers and pricing services are owned and managed by them. However, we have an understanding of their processes used to develop the prices provided to us based on our ongoing due diligence. We generally have formal discussions with our dealers and pricing service vendors on a quarterly basis to maintain a current understanding of the processes and inputs they use to develop prices. We make no adjustments to the individual prices we receive from third party pricing services or dealers for non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime and Alt-A mortgage loans beyond calculating median prices and discarding certain prices that are not valid based on our validation procedures.
 
These validation procedures are executed to ensure that the individual prices we receive are consistent with our observations of the marketplace and prices that are provided to us by other dealers or pricing services. These processes include automated checks of prices for reasonableness based on variations from prices provided in previous periods, comparisons of prices to internally calculated expected prices and relative value comparisons based on specific characteristics of securities. To the extent we determine that a price provided to us is outside established parameters, we will further examine the price including follow up discussions with the specific pricing service or dealer and ultimately not use that price if we are not able to determine the price is valid. All of these processes are executed prior to the use of the prices in the financial statement process. We validate our prices using sources different from the sources we use to obtain the price. This process is performed by an independent control group separate from that which is responsible for obtaining the prices. The pricing and related validation process is overseen by a senior management valuation committee that is responsible for reviewing all pricing judgments, methods, controls and results. The prices provided to us consider the existence of credit enhancements, including monoline insurance coverage and the current lack of liquidity in the marketplace.
 
For a description of how we determine the fair value of our guarantee asset, see “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements.
 
We periodically evaluate our valuation techniques and may change them to improve our fair value estimates, to accommodate market developments or to compensate for changes in data availability and reliability or other operational constraints. We review a range of market quotes from pricing services or dealers and perform analysis of internal valuations on a monthly basis to confirm the reasonableness of the valuations. See “INTERIM MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK— Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks” for a discussion of market risks and our interest-rate sensitivity measures, PMVS and duration gap. In addition, see “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to our unaudited consolidated
 
            176 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

financial statements for a sensitivity analysis of the fair value of our guarantee asset and other retained interests and the key assumptions utilized in fair value measurements.
 
Table 103 below summarizes our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level in the valuation hierarchy at March 31, 2008.
 
Table 103 — Summary of Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
 
                                                                                 
    At March 31, 2008        
    Assets     Liabilities        
                Non-mortgage-related
                      Debt securities
                   
    Mortgage-related securities     securities           Guarantee
          denominated
                   
    Available-for-sale,
    Trading, at
    Available-for-sale,
    Derivative
    asset, at
          in foreign
    Derivative
             
    at fair value     fair value     at fair value     assets, net (1)     fair value     Total (1)     currencies     liabilities, net (1)     Total (1)        
    (dollars in millions)        
 
Level 1
    %     %     %     1 %     %     %     %     %     %        
Level 2
    71       97       100       99             77       100       99       100          
Level 3
    29       3                   100       23             1                
                                                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %        
                                                                                 
Total GAAP Fair Value
  $ 494,465     $ 106,658     $ 48,226     $ 1,037     $ 9,134     $ 659,520     $ 15,770     $ 903     $ 16,673          
(1)  Based on gross fair value of derivative assets and derivative liabilities before counterparty netting, cash collateral netting and net derivative interest receivable or payable.
 
Changes in Level 3 recurring fair value measurements
 
At March 31, 2008, we measured and recorded on a recurring basis $156.8 billion, or approximately 23% of total assets, at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), before the impact of counterparty and cash collateral netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy. Our Level 3 assets consist of non-agency residential mortgage-related securities and our guarantee asset. We also measured and recorded on a recurring basis $113 million, or less than 1% of total liabilities, at fair value using significant unobservable inputs, before the impact of counterparty and cash collateral netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy. Our Level 3 liabilities consist of derivative liabilities, net.
 
During the first quarter of 2008, our Level 3 assets increased because the market for non-agency mortgage-related securities became less liquid, resulting in lower transaction volumes, wider credit spreads and less transparent pricing for these assets. In addition, we have observed more variability in the quotations received from dealers and third-party pricing services. Consequently, we transferred $153.8 billion of Level 2 assets to Level 3 during the first quarter of 2008. These transfers were primarily within non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime and Alt-A mortgage loans where inputs that are significant to their valuation became limited or unavailable. We concluded that the prices on these securities received from pricing services and dealers were reflective of significant unobservable inputs. We recorded $11.2 billion in additional losses primarily in AOCI on these transferred assets during the first quarter of 2008, which were included in our Level 3 reconciliation. See “NOTE 14: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES — Table 14.2 — Fair Value Measurements of Assets and Liabilities Using Significant Unobservable Inputs” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the Level 3 reconciliation. For discussion of types and characteristics of mortgage loans underlying our mortgage-related securities, see “INTERIM MD&A — CREDIT RISKS” and “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Table 81 — Characteristics of Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Related Securities in our Retained Portfolio.”
 
Controls over Fair Value Measurement
 
To ensure that fair value measurements are appropriate and reliable, we employ control processes to validate the techniques and models we use. These control processes include review and approval of new transaction types, price verification and review of valuation judgments, methods and models. Where applicable, valuations are back tested comparing the settlement prices to where the fair values were measured.
 
Groups independent of our trading and investing function, including the Financial Valuation Control group and Valuation Committee, participate in the review and validation process. Financial Valuation Control performs monthly independent verification of prices and model inputs against sources other than those utilized in the primary pricing methodology. In addition, the Model Governance Committee is responsible for the review and approval of the pricing models used in our fair value measurements.
 
The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS 159 for certain eligible financial instruments. This statement permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value in order to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. The effect of the first measurement to fair value is reported as a cumulative-effect adjustment
 
            177 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

to the beginning balance of retained earnings. We elected the fair value option for certain available-for-sale mortgage-related securities that were identified as an economic offset to the changes in fair value of the guarantee asset caused by interest rate movements, foreign-currency denominated debt and investments in securities classified as available-for-sale securities and identified as within the scope of Emerging Issues Task Force 99-20, “Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continue to be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets.” As a result of the adoption of SFAS 159, we recognized a $1.0 billion after-tax increase to our beginning retained earnings at January 1, 2008. For additional information on the impact of the election of the fair value option, see “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Changes in Accounting Principles” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements. For information regarding our fair value methods and assumptions, see “NOTE 14: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements.
 
            178 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Our retained portfolio investment and credit guarantee activities expose us to three broad categories of risk: (a) interest-rate risk and other market risks; (b) credit risks; and (c) operational risks. Risk management is a critical aspect of our business. See “RISK FACTORS” for further information regarding these and other risks. We manage risk through a framework that recognizes primary risk ownership and management by our business areas. Within this framework, our executive management responsible for independent risk oversight monitors performance against our risk management strategies and established risk limits and reporting thresholds, identifies and assesses potential issues and provide oversight regarding changes in business processes and activities. See “INTERIM MD&A — CREDIT RISKS” for a discussion of credit risks. See “CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES” for a discussion of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.
 
Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks
 
Our interest-rate risk management objective is to protect stockholder value consistent with our housing mission and safe and sound operations in all interest-rate environments. We believe a disciplined approach to interest-rate risk management is essential to maintaining a strong and durable capital base and uninterrupted access to debt and equity capital markets. See “ANNUAL MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks” for more information, including about (a) PMVS and duration gap and (b) our use of derivatives and interest-rate risk management.
 
PMVS Results
 
Table 104 provides estimated PMVS-L and PMVS-YC results. Table 104 also provides PMVS-L estimates assuming an immediate 100 basis point shift in the LIBOR yield curve. Because we do not hedge all prepayment risk, the duration of our mortgage assets changes more rapidly as changes in interest rates increase. Accordingly, as shown in Table 104, the PMVS-L results based on a 100 basis point shift in the LIBOR curve are disproportionately higher than the PMVS-L results based on a 50 basis point shift in the LIBOR curve.
 
Table 104 — PMVS Assuming Shifts of the LIBOR Yield Curve
 
                         
    Potential Pre-Tax Loss in
    Portfolio Market Value
    PMVS-YC   PMVS-L
    25 bps   50 bps   100 bps
    (in millions)
 
At:
                       
March 31, 2008
  $ 26     $ 590     $ 1,704  
December 31, 2007
  $ 42     $ 533     $ 1,681  
 
Derivatives have enabled us to keep our interest-rate risk exposure at consistently low levels in a wide range of interest-rate environments. Table 105 shows that the low PMVS-L risk levels for the periods presented would generally have been higher if we had not used derivatives to manage our interest-rate risk exposure.
 
Table 105 — Derivative Impact on PMVS-L (50 bps)
 
                         
    Before
  After
  Effect of
    Derivatives   Derivatives   Derivatives
    (in millions)
 
At:
                       
March 31, 2008
  $ 2,231     $ 590     $ (1,641 )
December 31, 2007
  $ 1,371     $ 533     $ (838 )
 
The disclosure in our Monthly Volume Summary reports, which are available on our website at www.freddiemac.com, reflects the average of the daily PMVS-L, PMVS-YC and duration gap estimates for a given reporting period (a month, quarter or year).
 
Duration Gap Results
 
Our estimated average duration gap for the months of March 2008 and December 2007 was one month and zero month, respectively. A positive duration gap represents a greater exposure to rising interest rates, as it indicates that the duration of our assets exceeds the duration of our liabilities.
 
CREDIT RISKS
 
Our credit guarantee portfolio is subject primarily to two types of credit risk: institutional credit risk and mortgage credit risk. Institutional credit risk is the risk that a counterparty that has entered into a business contract or arrangement with us will fail to meet its obligations. Mortgage credit risk is the risk that a borrower will fail to make timely payments on a mortgage or security we own or guarantee. We are exposed to mortgage credit risk on our total mortgage portfolio because
 
            179 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

we either hold the mortgage assets or have guaranteed mortgages in connection with the issuance of a PC, Structured Security or other borrower performance commitment.
 
Mortgage and credit market conditions deteriorated in the second half of 2007 and have continued to deteriorate throughout the first quarter of 2008. Factors negatively affecting the mortgage and credit markets in recent months include:
 
  •  lower levels of liquidity in institutional credit markets;
 
  •  wider credit spreads;
 
  •  rating agency downgrades of mortgage-related securities or counterparties;
 
  •  declines in home prices nationally;
 
  •  higher incidence of institutional insolvencies; and
 
  •  higher levels of foreclosures and delinquencies, particularly with respect to non-traditional and subprime mortgage loans.
 
Institutional Credit Risk
 
Our primary institutional credit risk exposure arises from agreements with:
 
  •  derivative counterparties;
 
  •  mortgage seller/servicers;
 
  •  mortgage insurers;
 
  •  issuers, guarantors or third-party providers of credit enhancements (including bond insurers); and
 
  •  mortgage investors.
 
See “ANNUAL MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Institutional Credit Risk” for more information.
 
Derivative Counterparty Credit Risk
 
Our use of OTC interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives and foreign-currency swaps is subject to rigorous internal credit and legal reviews. Our derivative counterparties carry external credit ratings among the highest available from major rating agencies. All of these counterparties are major financial institutions and are experienced participants in the OTC derivatives market. Table 106 summarizes our exposure to counterparty credit risk in our derivatives, which represents the net positive fair value of derivative contracts, related accrued interest and collateral held by us from our counterparties, after netting by counterparty as applicable ( i.e. , net amounts due to us under derivative contracts). This table is useful in understanding the counterparty credit risk related to our derivative portfolio.
 
            180 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 106 — Derivative Counterparty Credit Exposure
 
                                             
    March 31, 2008
                            Weighted Average
     
          Notional or
    Total
    Exposure,
    Contractual
     
    Number of
    Contractual
    Exposure at
    Net of
    Maturity
    Collateral Posting
Rating (1)
  Counterparties (2)     Amount     Fair Value (3)     Collateral (4)     (in years)     Threshold
    (dollars in millions)
 
AAA
    1     $ 500     $     $       7.6     Mutually agreed upon
AA+
    2       101,532       425       20       5.0     $10 million or less
AA
    9       493,670       1,308       106       5.5     $10 million or less
AA−
    7       229,370       2,389       131       5.1     $10 million or less
A+
    4       182,544       1,061       55       5.9     $1 million or less
A
    2       455       31       4       4.6     $1 million or less
A−
    1       20                   0.0     $1 million or less
BBB+
    1       48,936       511       1       4.6     None
                                             
Subtotal (5)
    27       1,057,027       5,725       317       5.4      
Other derivatives (6)
            210,267                          
Forward purchase and sale commitments
            77,597       604       604              
Swap guarantee derivatives
            1,414                          
                                             
Total derivatives
          $ 1,346,305     $ 6,329     $ 921              
                                             
 
                                             
    December 31, 2007
                            Weighted Average
     
                Total
    Exposure,
    Contractual
     
    Number of
    Notional
    Exposure at
    Net of
    Maturity
    Collateral Posting
Rating (1)
  Counterparties (2)     Amount     Fair Value (3)     Collateral (4)     (in years)     Threshold
    (dollars in millions)
 
AAA
    2     $ 1,173     $ 174     $ 174       3.4     Mutually agreed upon
AA+
    3       180,939       945             4.4     $10 million or less
AA
    9       463,163       1,347       62       5.3     $10 million or less
AA−
    6       160,678       2,230       30       5.8     $10 million or less
A+
    5       168,680       1,770       54       6.1     $1 million or less
A
    2       35,391       239       19       5.7     $1 million or less
                                             
Subtotal (5)
    27       1,010,024       6,705       339       5.4      
Other derivatives (6)
            238,893                          
Forward purchase and sale commitments
            72,662       465       465              
Swap guarantee derivatives
            1,302                          
                                             
Total derivatives
          $ 1,322,881     $ 7,170     $ 804              
                                             
(1)  We use the lower of S&P and Moody’s ratings to manage collateral requirements. In this table, the rating of the legal entity is stated in terms of the S&P equivalent.
(2)  Based on legal entities. Affiliated legal entities are reported separately.
(3)  For each counterparty, this amount includes derivatives with a net positive fair value (recorded as derivative assets, net), including the related accrued interest receivable/payable (net).
(4)  Total Exposure at Fair Value less collateral held as determined at the counterparty level.
(5)  Consists of OTC derivative agreements for interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives (excluding written options), foreign-currency swaps and purchased interest-rate caps. Written options do not present counterparty credit exposure, because we receive a one-time up-front premium in exchange for giving the holder the right to execute a contract under specified terms, which generally puts us in a liability position.
(6)  Consists primarily of exchange-traded contracts, certain written options and certain credit derivatives.
 
As indicated in Table 106, approximately 94% of our counterparty credit exposure for OTC interest-rate swaps, certain option-based derivatives and foreign-currency swaps was collateralized at March 31, 2008. To date, we have not incurred any credit losses on OTC derivative counterparties or set aside specific reserves for institutional credit risk exposure. We do not believe such reserves are necessary, given our counterparty credit risk management policies and collateral requirements. At March 31, 2008, the counterparty rated BBB+ reflects a downgrade of an existing counterparty, which occurred during the quarter.
 
Additionally, as indicated in Table 106, the total exposure to our forward purchase and sale commitments of $604 million at March 31, 2008 was uncollateralized. Because the typical maturity of our forward purchase and sale commitments is less than 60 days, we do not require master netting and collateral agreements for the counterparties of these commitments. However, we monitor the credit fundamentals of the counterparties to our forward purchase and sale commitments on an ongoing basis to ensure that they continue to meet our internal risk-management standards. At March 31, 2008, we had a large volume of purchase and sale commitments related to our retained portfolio that increased our exposure to the counterparties to our forward purchase and sale commitments. These commitments largely settled in April 2008.
 
Mortgage Seller/Servicers
 
We are exposed to institutional credit risk arising from the insolvency or non-performance by our mortgage seller/servicers. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Institutional Credit Risk — Mortgage Seller/Servicers ” for more information. See “NOTE 15: CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT AND OTHER RISKS” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information on our mortgage seller/servicers and our mortgage credit risks. Under our
 
            181 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

agreements with lenders, we have the right to request that lenders repurchase mortgages sold to us if those mortgages do not comply with those agreements. During the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, the unpaid principal balances of single-family mortgages repurchased by our seller/servicers (without regard to year of original purchase) were approximately $241 million and $206 million, respectively.
 
Mortgage and Bond Insurers
 
We have institutional credit risk relating to the potential insolvency or non-performance of mortgage and bond insurers that insure mortgages and securities we purchase or guarantee. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Institutional Credit Risk — Mortgage Insurers ” for more information. As a guarantor, we remain responsible for the payment of principal and interest if a mortgage insurer fails to meet its obligations to reimburse us for claims. If any of our mortgage insurers that provides credit enhancement fails to fulfill its obligation, the result would be increased credit related costs and a possible reduction in the fair values associated with our PCs or Structured Securities. Table 107 presents our exposure to mortgage insurers, excluding bond insurance, as of March 31, 2008.
 
Table 107 — Mortgage Insurance by Counterparty
 
                                     
    March 31, 2008  
    S&P Credit
  S&P Credit
  Primary
    Pool
    Maximum
 
Counterparty Name
  Rating (1)   Rating Outlook   Insurance (2)     Insurance (2)     Exposure (3)  
    (dollars in billions)  
 
Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corp. 
    A     Negative   $ 56     $ 51     $ 15  
Radian Guaranty Inc. 
    A     Negative     38       25       11  
Genworth Mortgage Insurance Corporation
    AA     Negative     37       1       10  
PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. 
    A+     Negative     30       5       8  
United Guaranty Residential Insurance Co. 
    AA+     Negative     29       1       7  
Republic Mortgage Insurance
    AA−     Negative     25       4       6  
Others (4)
            18       6       5  
                                 
Total
              $ 233     $ 93     $ 62  
                                 
(1)  Latest rating available as of May 1, 2008.
(2)  Represents the amount of unpaid principal balance at the end of the period for single-family mortgages in our retained portfolio and backing our issued PCs and Structured Securities covered by the respective insurance type.
(3)  Represents the remaining contractual limit for reimbursement of losses of principal incurred on the aggregate policies of both primary and pool insurance. These amounts are based on our gross coverage without regard to netting of coverage that may exist on some of the related mortgages for double-coverage under both types of insurance.
(4)  No remaining counterparty represents greater than 10% of our total maximum exposure.
 
Table 108 presents our coverage amounts of monoline bond insurance, including secondary coverage, for securities held in both our retained portfolio and non-mortgage-related investments on a combined basis.
 
Table 108 — Monoline Bond Insurance by Counterparty
 
                             
    March 31, 2008  
    S&P Credit
  S&P Credit
  Coverage
    Percent
 
Counterparty Name
  Rating (1)   Rating Outlook   Outstanding (2)     of Total  
    (dollars in billions)  
 
Ambac Assurance Corporation
    AAA     Negative   $ 6.5       36 %
Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (FGIC)
    BB     Negative     4.1       22  
MBIA Inc. 
    AAA     Negative     3.3       19  
Financial Security Assurance Inc. 
    AAA     Stable     2.5       14  
Others (3)
            1.6       9  
                         
Total
              $ 18.0       100 %
                         
(1)  Latest rating available as of May 1, 2008.
(2)  Represents the contractual limit for reimbursement of losses incurred on non-agency mortgage-related securities held in our retained portfolio and non-mortgage securities in our cash and investment portfolio.
(3)  No remaining counterparty represents greater than 10% of our total coverage outstanding.
 
Based upon currently available information, we expect that most of our mortgage and bond insurance counterparties possess adequate financial strength and capital to meet their obligations to us for the near term. On June 19, 2008 Triad Guaranty Insurance Corporation (Triad), which is included in “Others” on Table 107 above, announced that it would cease writing new insurance business as of July 15, 2008. Pursuant to our Private Mortgage Insurer Eligibility Requirements, we suspended Triad on May 14, 2008, subsequently denied Triad’s appeal of that suspension and on June 19, 2008 informed our customers that mortgages with commitments of insurance from Triad dated after July 14, 2008 are not eligible for sale. In addition, since March 31, 2008, bond insurers, FGIC and XL Capital Assurance Inc., have had their credit rating downgraded by at least one major rating agency. XL Capital Assurance Inc. is included in “Others” on table 108 above. In accordance with our risk management policies we will continue to monitor these counterparties’ financial strength and take appropriate actions in this challenging market environment. In the event one or more of our mortgage or bond insurers were to become insolvent it is possible that we would not collect all of our claims from the affected insurer and it may impact our ability to recover certain unrealized losses on our retained portfolio. To date, no mortgage or bond insurer has failed to meet its obligations to us.
 
            182 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Mortgage Credit Risk
 
Mortgage credit risk is primarily influenced by the credit profile of the borrower on the mortgage, the features of the mortgage itself, the type of property securing the mortgage and the general economic environment. To manage our mortgage credit risk, we focus on three key areas: underwriting requirements and quality control standards; portfolio diversification; and portfolio management activities, including loss mitigation and the use of credit enhancements.
 
All mortgages that we purchase for our retained portfolio or that we guarantee have an inherent risk of default. We seek to manage the underlying risk by adequately pricing for the risk we assume using our underwriting and quality control processes. Our underwriting process evaluates mortgage loans using several critical risk characteristics, such as credit score, LTV ratio and occupancy type.
 
Underwriting requirements and quality control standards
 
We use a process of delegated underwriting for the single-family mortgages we purchase or securitize. In this process, we provide originators with a series of mortgage underwriting standards and the originators represent and warrant to us that the mortgages sold to us meet these requirements. We subsequently review a sample of these loans and, if we determine that any loan is not in compliance with our contractual standards, we may require the seller/servicer to repurchase that mortgage or make us whole in the event of a default. In response to the changes in the residential mortgage market during the last year, we have made changes to our underwriting guidelines during the first quarter of 2008, which our seller/servicers must comply with for loans delivered to us for purchase or securitization. In February 2008, we announced that effective June 1, 2008 we would sharply reduce our purchases of mortgages with LTV ratios over 97%. We also provided guidance on our pre-existing policy that maximum LTV ratios for many mortgages must be reduced in markets where home prices are declining. In some cases, binding commitments under existing customer contracts may delay the effective dates of underwriting adjustments.
 
In response to market needs, the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 temporarily increased the conforming loan limit in certain high-cost areas for mortgages originated from July 1, 2007 through December 31, 2008. The new loan limits are applicable to high cost areas only and are the higher of the 2008 conforming loan limit ($417,000) or 125% of the area median house price, not to exceed $729,750 for a 1-unit property. We have specified certain credit requirements for loans we will accept in this category, including but not limited to, (a) limitations in certain volatile home price markets, (b) required borrower documentation of income and assets, (c) limits on cash-out refinancing amounts and (d) a maximum original LTV ratio of 90%. We expect to finance from $3 billion to $5 billion of conforming-jumbo mortgages during 2008. We began purchase and securitization of conforming-jumbo mortgages in April 2008.
 
            183 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 109 provides characteristics of our single-family mortgage loans purchased during the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, and of our single-family mortgage portfolio at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
Table 109 — Characteristics of Single-Family Mortgage Portfolio (1)
 
                                 
    Purchases During
             
    the Three Months
    Portfolio at  
    Ended March 31,     March 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
Original LTV Ratio Range (2)
                       
 
Less than 60%
    21 %     19 %     22 %     22 %
Between 60% to 70%
    17       15       16       16  
Between 70% to 80%
    40       54       47       47  
Between 80% to 90%
    11       6       8       8  
Between 90% to 100%
    11       6       7       7  
                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                 
Weighted average original LTV ratio
    73 %     72 %     71 %     71 %
Estimated Current LTV Ratio Range (3)
                               
Less than 60%
                    38 %     41 %
Between 60% to 70%
                    14       15  
Between 70% to 80%
                    18       19  
Between 80% to 90%
                    16       15  
Between 90% to 100%
                    8       7  
Above 100%
                    6       3  
                                 
Total
                    100 %     100 %
                                 
Weighted average estimated current LTV ratio
                    67 %     63 %
Credit Score (4)
                               
740 and above
    49 %     42 %     45 %     45 %
700 to 739
    22       23       23       23  
660 to 699
    17       19       18       18  
620 to 659
    8       10       9       9  
Less than 620
    4       5       4       4  
Not available
          1       1       1  
                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                 
Weighted average credit score
    728       719       723       723  
Loan Purpose
                               
Purchase
    36 %     44 %     40 %     40 %
Cash-out refinance
    31       36       30       30  
Other refinance
    33       20       30       30  
                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                 
Property Type
                               
1 unit
    97 %     97 %     97 %     97 %
2-4 units
    3       3       3       3  
                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                 
Occupancy Type
                               
Primary residence
    89 %     89 %     91 %     91 %
Second/vacation home
    5       6       5       5  
Investment
    6       5       4       4  
                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                 
(1)  Purchases and ending balances are based on the unpaid principal balance of the single-family mortgage portfolio excluding certain Structured Transactions. Structured Transactions with ending balances of $6 billion at both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 are excluded since these securities are backed by non-Freddie Mac issued securities for which the loan characteristics data was not available. Purchases included in the data totaled $118 billion and $112 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Ending balances included in the data totaled $1,766 billion and $1,718 billion at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
(2)  Original LTV ratios are calculated as the amount of the mortgage we guarantee including the credit-enhanced portion, divided by the lesser of the appraised value of the property at time of mortgage origination or the mortgage borrower’s purchase price. Second liens not owned or guaranteed by us are excluded from the LTV ratio calculation.
(3)  Current market values are estimated by adjusting the value of the property at origination based on changes in the market value of homes since origination. Estimated current LTV ratio range is not applicable to purchases made during the year and excludes any secondary financing by third parties. Including secondary financing, the total LTV ratios above 90% have risen to 14% at both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
(4)  Credit score data is as of mortgage loan origination and is based on FICO ® scores.
 
Our charter requires that single-family mortgages with LTV ratios above 80% at the time of purchase be covered by one or more of the following: (a) mortgage insurance for mortgage amounts above the 80% threshold; (b) a seller’s agreement to repurchase or replace any mortgage upon default; or (c) retention by the seller of at least a 10% participation interest in the mortgages. In addition, we employ other types of credit enhancements, including pool insurance, indemnification agreements, collateral pledged by lenders and subordinated security structures. For the approximately 30% of single-family mortgage loans with greater than 80% estimated current LTV ratios, the borrowers had a weighted average credit score at origination of 710 and 708 at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Similarly, at March 31, 2008 and December 31,
 
            184 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

2007, for the 14% of single-family mortgage loans where the average credit score at origination was less than 660, the average estimated current LTV ratios were 74% and 71%, respectively.
 
Higher Risk Combinations
 
Combining certain loan characteristics often can indicate a higher degree of credit risk. For example, mortgages with both high LTV ratios and borrowers who have lower credit scores typically experience higher rates of delinquency, default and credit losses. However, our participation in these categories generally help us meet our affordable housing goals. As of March 31, 2008, approximately 1% of single-family mortgage loans we have guaranteed were made to borrowers with credit scores below 620 and had first lien, original LTV ratios, based on the loan amount we guarantee, above 90% at the time of mortgage origination. In addition, as of March 31, 2008, 3% of Alt-A single-family loans we have guaranteed were made to borrowers with credit scores below 620 at mortgage origination. As home prices increase, many borrowers use second liens at the time of purchase to potentially reduce their LTV ratio to below 80%. Including this secondary financing by third parties, we estimate that the percentage of first lien loans we have guaranteed that have total original LTV ratios above 90% was approximately 14% at both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
Portfolio Product Diversification
 
Product mix affects the credit risk profile of our total mortgage portfolio. In general, 15-year amortizing fixed-rate mortgages exhibit the lowest default rate among the types of mortgage loans we securitize and purchase, due to the accelerated rate of principal amortization on these mortgages and the credit profiles of borrowers who seek and qualify for them. In a rising interest rate environment, balloon/reset mortgages and ARMs typically default at a higher rate than fixed-rate mortgages, although default rates for different types of ARMs may vary.
 
The primary mortgage products within our retained portfolio mortgage loans and our issued PCs and Structured Securities portfolio are conventional first lien, fixed-rate mortgage loans. We did not purchase any second lien mortgage loans during the first quarter of 2008 and 2007 and these loans constituted less than 0.1% of those underlying our PCs and Structured Securities portfolio as of March 31, 2008. However, during the past several years, there was a rapid proliferation of non-traditional mortgage product types designed to address a variety of borrower and lender needs, including issues of affordability and reduced income documentation requirements. While features of these products have been on the market for some time, their prevalence in the market and in our total mortgage portfolio has increased. See “BUSINESS — Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight — Guidance on Non-traditional Mortgage Product Risks and Subprime Lending” and “RISK FACTORS — Legal and Regulatory Risks” for more information on these products. Despite an increase in the purchase of ARMs in the last few years, single-family traditional long-term fixed-rate mortgages comprised approximately 80% of our retained portfolio mortgage loans and loans underlying our issued PCs and Structured Securities at both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
Subprime Loans
 
See “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Retained Portfolio —  Non-agency Mortgage-related Securities Backed by Subprime Loans ” for more information about our exposure to subprime mortgage credit risk.
 
Alt-A Loans
 
Many mortgage market participants classify single-family loans with credit characteristics that range between their prime and subprime categories as Alt-A because these loans have a combination of characteristics of each category or may be underwritten with lower or alternative documentation than a full documentation mortgage loan. Although there is no universally accepted definition of Alt-A, industry participants have used this classification principally to describe loans for which the underwriting process has been streamlined in order to reduce the documentation requirements of the borrower or allow alternative documentation.
 
We principally acquire mortgage loans originated as Alt-A from our traditional lenders that largely specialize in originating prime mortgage loans. These lenders typically originate Alt-A loans as a complementary product offering and generally follow an origination path similar to that used for their prime origination process. In determining our Alt-A exposure in loans underlying our single-family mortgage portfolio, we have classified mortgage loans as Alt-A if the lender that delivers them to us has classified the loans as Alt-A, or if the loans had reduced documentation requirements, which indicate that the loan should be classified as Alt-A. We estimate that approximately $188 billion, or 11%, of loans underlying our guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities at March 31, 2008 were classified as Alt-A mortgage loans. We estimate that approximately $2 billion, or 7%, of our investments in single-family mortgage loans in our retained portfolio were classified as Alt-A loans as of March 31, 2008. For all of these Alt-A loans combined, the average credit score was 723, the estimated current average LTV ratio was 76% and the delinquency rate, excluding certain Structured Transactions, was 2.32% at March 31, 2008. See “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Retained
 
            185 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Portfolio —  Non-agency Mortgage-related Securities Backed by Alt-A and Other Loans ” for more information about our exposure to mortgage credit risk from Alt-A loans backing our investments in non-agency mortgage-related securities.
 
Credit Enhancements
 
At both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, credit-enhanced single-family mortgages and mortgage-related securities represented approximately 17% of the $1,871 billion and $1,819 billion, respectively, unpaid principal balance of the total mortgage portfolio, excluding non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities, our Structured Transactions and that portion of issued Structured Securities that is backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates. We exclude non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities because they expose us primarily to institutional credit risk. We exclude that portion of Structured Securities backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates because the incremental credit risk to which we are exposed is considered insignificant. Although many of our Structured Transactions are credit enhanced, including through the use of subordinated structures, we have excluded these balances because we do not perform the servicing of the underlying securities and consequently, current and complete credit enhancement data is not available on a timely basis from the trustees of the underlying securities. See “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS — Table 81 — Characteristics of Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Related Securities in our Retained Portfolio” for additional information about our non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities.
 
Primary mortgage insurance is the most prevalent type of credit enhancement protecting our single-family mortgage portfolio, including those underlying our PCs and Structured Securities, and is typically provided on a loan-level basis. As of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, in connection with the single-family mortgage portfolio, excluding the loans that are underlying Structured Transactions, we had maximum coverage totaling $55.6 billion and $51.9 billion, respectively, in primary mortgage insurance.
 
Other prevalent types of credit enhancement that we use are lender recourse and indemnification agreements (under which we may require a lender to reimburse us for credit losses realized on mortgages), as well as pool insurance. Pool insurance provides insurance on a pool of loans up to a stated aggregate loss limit. In addition to a pool-level loss coverage limit, some pool insurance contracts may have limits on coverage at the loan level. At March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, in connection with the single-family mortgage portfolio, excluding the loans that are underlying Structured Transactions, we had maximum coverage totaling $11.9 billion and $12.1 billion, respectively, in lender recourse and indemnification agreements; and at both dates, $3.8 billion in pool insurance. See “Institutional Credit Risk — Mortgage and Bond Insurers” and “ — Mortgage Seller/Servicers” for further discussion about our mortgage loan insurers and seller/servicers.
 
Other forms of credit enhancements on single-family mortgage loans include government guarantees, collateral (including cash or high-quality marketable securities) pledged by a lender, excess interest and subordinated security structures. As of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, in connection with the single-family mortgage portfolio, excluding the loans that are underlying Structured Transactions, we had maximum coverage totaling $0.6 billion and $0.5 billion, respectively, in other credit enhancements.
 
We occasionally use credit enhancements to mitigate risk on multifamily mortgages. These mortgages are in almost all cases without recourse to the borrower, absent borrower misconduct. As of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, in connection with multifamily loans as well as PCs and Structured Securities backed by multifamily mortgage loans, excluding the loans that are underlying Structured Transactions, we had maximum coverage totaling $2.2 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively.
 
Loss Mitigation Activities
 
Loss mitigation activities are a key component of our strategy for managing and resolving troubled assets and lowering credit losses. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Mortgage Credit Risk — Loss Mitigation Activities ” for more information. Our loss mitigation activities have increased in the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007, as shown in Table 110. The majority of our loan modifications in the first quarters of 2008 and 2007 are those in which we have agreed to add the past due amounts to the balance of the loan.
 
            186 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 110 — Single-Family Foreclosure Alternatives (1)
 
                 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (number of loans)
 
 
Repayment plans
    12,387       10,559  
Loan modifications
    4,246       1,902  
Forbearance agreements
    817       1,004  
Pre-foreclosure sales
    831       404  
                 
Foreclosure alternatives
    18,281       13,869  
                 
(1)  Based on the single-family mortgage portfolio, excluding non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities, Structured Transactions and that portion of Structured Securities that is backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates.
 
Credit Performance
 
Performing and Non-Performing Assets
 
We have classified single-family loans in our total mortgage portfolio that are past due for 90 days or more (seriously delinquent) or whose contractual terms have been modified as a troubled debt restructuring due to the financial difficulties of the borrower as non-performing assets. Similarly, multifamily loans are classified as non-performing assets if they are 60 days or more past due (seriously delinquent), if collectibility of principal and interest is not reasonably assured based on an individual loan level assessment, or if their contractual terms have been modified due to financial difficulties of the borrower. Table 111 provides detail of performing and non-performing assets within our total mortgage portfolio.
 
Table 111 — Performing and Non-Performing Assets (1)
 
                                 
    March 31, 2008  
          Non-Performing Assets        
          Less Than
             
    Performing
    90 Days
    Seriously
       
    Assets (2)     Past Due (3)     Delinquent (4)     Total  
    (in millions)  
 
Mortgage loans in the retained portfolio
                               
Multifamily
  $ 60,519     $ 50     $     $ 60,569  
Multifamily troubled debt restructurings
          262       7       269  
                                 
Subtotal, mortgage loans in our retained portfolio, multifamily
    60,519       312       7       60,838  
                                 
Single-family
    17,330             811       18,141  
Single-family loans purchased under financial guarantees (5)
    2,951             3,192       6,143  
Single-family troubled debt restructurings
          2,567       645       3,212  
                                 
Subtotal, mortgage loans in our retained portfolio, single-family
    20,281       2,567       4,648       27,496  
                                 
Subtotal, mortgage loans in our retained portfolio
    80,800       2,879       4,655       88,334  
                                 
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities
                               
Multifamily
    12,907       51             12,958  
Single-family (6)
    1,739,559             11,162       1,750,721  
Structured Securities backed by non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities (7)
    18,610             1,788       20,398  
                                 
Subtotal, guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities
    1,771,076       51       12,950       1,784,077  
                                 
REO, net
                2,214       2,214  
                                 
Totals
  $ 1,851,876     $ 2,930     $ 19,819     $ 1,874,625  
                                 
 
 
            187 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

                                 
    December 31, 2007  
          Non-Performing Assets        
          Less Than
             
    Performing
    90 Days
    Seriously
       
    Assets (2)     Past Due (3)     Delinquent (4)     Total  
    (in millions)  
 
Mortgage loans in the retained portfolio
                               
Multifamily
  $ 57,295     $     $ 3     $ 57,298  
Multifamily troubled debt restructurings
          264       7       271  
                                 
Subtotal, mortgage loans in our retained portfolio, multifamily
    57,295       264       10       57,569  
                                 
Single-family
    13,591             698       14,289  
Single-family loans purchased under financial guarantees (5)
    2,399             4,602       7,001  
Single-family troubled debt restructurings
          2,690       609       3,299  
                                 
Subtotal, mortgage loans in our retained portfolio, single-family
    15,990       2,690       5,909       24,589  
                                 
Subtotal, mortgage loans in our retained portfolio
    73,285       2,954       5,919       82,158  
                                 
Guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities
                               
Multifamily
    10,607       51             10,658  
Single-family (6)
    1,700,543             6,141       1,706,684  
Structured Securities backed by non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities (7)
    19,846             1,645       21,491  
                                 
Subtotal, guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities
    1,730,996       51       7,786       1,738,833  
                                 
REO, net
                1,736       1,736  
                                 
Totals
  $ 1,804,281     $ 3,005     $ 15,441     $ 1,822,727  
                                 
(1)  Balances exclude mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities traded, but not yet settled. For PCs and Structured Securities, the balance reflects reported security balances and not unpaid principal of the underlying mortgage loans. Mortgage loans held in our retained portfolio reflect the unpaid principal balances of the loan.
(2)  Consists of single-family loans that are less than 90 days past due, not classified as a troubled debt restructuring and multifamily loans less than 60 days past due.
(3)  Includes single-family loans that were previously reported as seriously delinquent and for which the original loan terms have been modified.
(4)  Consists of single-family loans 90 days or more delinquent or in foreclosure and multifamily loans 60 days or more delinquent at period end. Delinquency status does not apply to REO; however, REO is included in non-performing assets.
(5)  Represent those loans purchased from the mortgage pools underlying our PCs, Structured Securities or long-term standby agreements due to the borrower’s delinquency. Once we purchase a loan under our financial guarantee, it is placed on non-accrual status as long as it remains greater than 90 days past due.
(6)  Excludes our Structured Securities that we classify separately as Structured Transactions.
(7)  Consist of our Structured Transactions and that portion of Structured Securities that are backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates.
 
The amount of non-performing assets increased 23% during the first quarter of 2008, to approximately $22.7 billion, from $18.4 billion at December 31, 2007, due to continued deterioration in single-family housing market fundamentals, as well as increases in the average size of seriously delinquent loans compared to 2007. The delinquency transition rate is the percentage of delinquent loans that proceed to foreclosure or are modified as troubled debt restructurings. This rate increased during the first quarter of 2008, compared to first quarter of 2007. The changes in these delinquency transition rates, as compared to our historical experience, have been progressively worse for loans originated in 2006 and 2007. We believe this trend is, in part, due to greater origination volume of non-traditional loans, such as interest-only mortgages. In addition, the balance of our REO, net, increased 28% during the first quarter of 2008. Until nationwide home prices return to historical appreciation rates and selected regional economies improve, we expect to continue to experience higher delinquency transition rates than those experienced in past years and further increases in our non-performing assets.
 
Delinquencies
 
We report single-family delinquency rate information based on the number of loans that are 90 days or more past due. For multifamily loans, we report the mortgage loans as delinquent when payment is 60 days or more past due. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CREDIT RISKS — Mortgage Credit Risk — Delinquencies ” for more information on which loans are included or excluded from delinquency amounts. Structured Transactions represented 1% of our total mortgage portfolio at both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. See “NOTE 5: MORTGAGE LOANS AND LOAN LOSS RESERVES — Table 5.6 — Delinquency Performance” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the delinquency performance of our single-family and multifamily mortgage portfolios. Table 112 presents regional single-family delinquency rates for non-credit enhanced loans.
 
            188 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 112 — Single-Family — Delinquency Rates, Excluding Structured Transactions — By Region (1)
 
                                 
    March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Percent of
          Percent of
       
    Unpaid Principal
    Delinquency
    Unpaid Principal
    Delinquency
 
    Balance (2)     Rate (3)     Balance (2)     Rate (3)  
 
Northeast (1)
    24 %     0.45 %     24 %     0.39 %
Southeast (1)
    18       0.76       18       0.59  
North Central (1)
    20       0.52       20       0.48  
Southwest (1)
    13       0.33       13       0.32  
West (1)
    25       0.59       25       0.42  
                                 
      100 %             100 %        
                                 
Total non-credit-enhanced — all regions
            0.54               0.45  
Total credit-enhanced — all regions
            1.81               1.62  
Total single-family portfolio
            0.77               0.65  
(1)  Presentation of non-credit-enhanced delinquency rates with the following regional designation: West (AK, AZ, CA, GU, HI, ID, MT, NV, OR, UT, WA); Northeast (CT, DE, DC, MA, ME, MD, NH, NJ, NY, PA, RI, VT, VA, WV); North Central (IL, IN, IA, MI, MN, ND, OH, SD, WI); Southeast (AL, FL, GA, KY, MS, NC, PR, SC, TN, VI); and Southwest (AR, CO, KS, LA, MO, NE, NM, OK, TX, WY).
(2)  Based on mortgage loans in our retained portfolio and total guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities issued, excluding that portion of Structured Securities that is backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates.
(3)  Based on the number of loans, excluding those underlying Structured Transactions as well as mortgage loans whose original contractual terms have been modified under an agreement with the borrower as long as the borrower complies with the modified contractual terms.
 
During 2007 and continuing in the first quarter of 2008, home prices have continued to decline. In some geographical areas, particularly in the North Central region, this decline has been combined with increased rates of unemployment and weakness in home sales, which has resulted in increases in delinquency rates throughout 2007. We have also experienced increases in delinquency rates in the Northeast, Southeast and West regions in the first quarter of 2008, particularly in the states of California, Florida, Nevada and Arizona.
 
Increases in delinquency rates occurred in all product types during the first quarter of 2008, but were most significant for interest-only and option ARMs as well as Alt-A mortgage loans. Delinquency rates for interest-only and option ARM products, which together represented approximately 10% of our total mortgage guarantee portfolio at March 31, 2008, increased to 3.02% and 3.58% at March 31, 2008, respectively, compared with 2.03% and 2.24% at December 31, 2007, respectively. Although we believe our delinquency rates have remained low relative to conforming loan delinquency rates of other industry participants, we expect our delinquency rates to continue to rise over the remainder of 2008.
 
Table 113 presents activities related to loans purchased under financial guarantees for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007.
 
Table 113 — Changes in Loans Purchased Under Financial Guarantees (1)
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2008  
    Unpaid
    Purchase
    Loan Loss
       
    Principal Balance     Discount     Reserves     Net Investment  
    (in millions)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 7,001     $ (1,767 )   $ (2 )   $ 5,232  
Purchases of loans
    423       (72 )           351  
Provision for credit losses
                (3 )     (3 )
Principal repayments
    (284 )     75             (209 )
Troubled debt restructurings (2)(3)
    (11 )     2             (9 )
Foreclosures, transferred to REO
    (986 )     318             (668 )
                                 
Ending balance
  $ 6,143     $ (1,444 )   $ (5 )   $ 4,694  
                                 
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2007  
    Unpaid
    Purchase
    Loan Loss
       
    Principal Balance     Discount     Reserves     Net Investment  
    (in millions)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 2,983     $ (220 )   $     $ 2,763  
Purchases of loans
    1,826       (258 )           1,568  
Provision for credit losses
                (1 )     (1 )
Principal repayments
    (312 )     23             (289 )
Troubled debt restructurings (2)
    (147 )     14             (133 )
Foreclosures, transferred to REO
    (386 )     30             (356 )
                                 
Ending balance
  $ 3,964     $ (411 )   $ (1 )   $ 3,552  
                                 
(1)  Consists of seriously delinquent loans purchased in performance of our financial guarantees.
(2)  Consist of loans that have transitioned into troubled debt restructurings during the stated period.
(3)  Excludes modifications involving capitalization, or addition, of past due amounts to the balance of the loan to return to current status.
 
As securities administrator, we are required to purchase a mortgage loan from a mortgage pool if a court of competent jurisdiction or a federal government agency, duly authorized to oversee or regulate our mortgage purchase business, determines that our purchase of the mortgage was unauthorized and a cure is not practicable without unreasonable effort or expense, or if such a court or government agency requires us to repurchase the mortgage. Additionally, we are required to
 
            189 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

purchase all convertible ARMs when the borrower exercises the option to convert the interest rate from an adjustable rate to a fixed rate; and in the case of balloon loans, shortly before the mortgage reaches its scheduled balloon repayment date.
 
We also have the right to purchase mortgages that back our PCs and Structured Securities from the underlying loan pools when they are significantly past due. This right to repurchase collateral is known as our repurchase option. Through November 2007, our general practice was to purchase the mortgage loans out of PCs after the loans became 120 days delinquent. Effective December 2007, we no longer automatically purchase loans from PC pools once they become 120 days delinquent, but rather, we purchase loans from PCs when the loans have been 120 days delinquent and (a) are modified, (b) foreclosure sales occur, (c) when the loans have been delinquent for 24 months or (d) when the cost of guarantee payments to PC holders, including advances of interest at the PC coupon, exceeds the expected cost of holding the nonperforming mortgage in our retained portfolio. Consequently, we purchased fewer impaired loans under our repurchase option in the first quarter of 2008 as compared to the first quarter of 2007. We record at fair value loans that we purchase in connection with our repurchase option and long-term standby commitments. We record losses on loans purchased on our consolidated statements of income in order to reduce our net investment in acquired loans to their fair value.
 
The unpaid principal balance of non-performing loans that have been purchased under our financial guarantees and that have not been modified under troubled debt restructurings decreased approximately 12% and increased 33% in the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively. During the first quarter of 2008, we purchased approximately $423 million in unpaid principal balances of these loans with a fair value at acquisition of $351 million. Although the volume of these repurchases has decreased in the first quarter of 2008, there was $8.1 billion unpaid principal balance of loans remaining in our PCs and Structured Securities as of March 31, 2008 that were greater than 120 days past due for which we have not exercised our repurchase option.
 
The loans acquired under our financial guarantees in the first quarter of 2008 added approximately $72 million of purchase discount, which consists of $21 million that was previously recorded on our consolidated balance sheets as loan loss reserve and $51 million of losses on loans purchased as shown on our consolidated statements of income during the first quarter of 2008. We expect that we will continue to incur losses on the purchase of non-performing loans in 2008. However, the volume and severity of these losses is dependent on many factors, including the effects of our change in practice for repurchases and regional changes in home prices and the volume of home sales.
 
Recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase represent the recapture into income of previously recognized losses on loans purchased and provision for credit losses associated with purchases of delinquent loans from our PCs and Structured Securities in conjunction with our guarantee activities. Recoveries occur when a non-performing loan is repaid in full or when at the time of foreclosure the estimated fair value of the acquired property, less costs to sell, exceeds the carrying value of the loan. For impaired loans where the borrower has made required payments that return the loan to less than 90 days delinquent, the recovery amounts are instead accreted into interest income over time as periodic payments are received. During the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, we recognized recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase of $226 million and $35 million, respectively. For impaired loans where the borrower has made required payments that return to current status, the basis adjustments are accreted into interest income over time as periodic payments are received.
 
As of March 31, 2008, the cure rate for non-performing loans purchased out of PCs during 2007 was approximately 38%. The cure rate is the percentage of non-performing loans purchased from PCs under our financial guarantee that have returned to current status, paid off or have been modified divided by the total non-performing loans purchased from PCs under our financial guarantee. We believe, based on our historical experience with 2006 and 2007 purchases, as well as our access to credit enhancement remedies, that we will continue to recognize recoveries in 2008 on loans impaired upon purchase during 2007.
 
            190 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 114 — Status of Delinquent Single-Family Loans Purchased Under Financial Guarantees (1)
 
                 
    Status as of March 31, 2008 (2)  
    2007     2006  
 
Cured, with modifications (3)
    7 %     8 %
Cured, without modifications (4)
               
• Returned to less than 90 days past due
    20       23  
• Loans paid in full or repurchased by lenders
    11       24  
                 
Total cured
    38       55  
Foreclosure (5)
    32       33  
Seriously delinquent
    30       12  
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %
                 
(1)  Based on number of single-family delinquent loans purchased under our financial performance guarantees.
(2)  Represents the status as of March 31, 2008 of the loans acquired under our financial guarantee during each annual period.
(3)  Consists of loans that are less than 90 days past due under modified terms, including those resulting in a concession to the borrower. Loans that are modified include: (a) those that result in a concession to the borrower, which is the only situation in which we agree to accept less than the full original principal and interest due under the loan and (b) those that do not result in a concession to the borrower, such as adding the past due amounts to the balance of the loan. This excludes repayment plans for past due amounts outside of the original mortgage loan agreement.
(4)  Consists of the following: (a) loans that have returned to less than 90 days past due, including the use of separate repayment plans for past due amounts; (b) loans that have been repaid in full; and (c) loans that have been repurchased by lenders.
(5)  Includes other dispositions that result in acceptance of less than the full amount owed by the borrower.
 
We have experienced increases in the rate at which loans transition from delinquency to foreclosure as evidenced by the increase of the foreclosure rate of our 2007 delinquent loan purchases and the increase in our REO balance during the first quarter of 2008. Our cure rate for 2007 and 2006 delinquent loan purchases as of March 31, 2008 were 38% and 55%, respectively. We believe that these cure rate statistics reflects both the lag effect inherent in delinquent loans as well as the poorer performance of loans that were originated during 2007. Throughout 2007 and continuing into 2008, consistent with most mortgage loan servicers, we have expanded our use of loan modifications and other foreclosure alternatives to avoid borrower foreclosures and reduce defaults. However, we believe the statistics presented in Table 114 above do not fully reflect our current modification efforts because of the significant lag between the time a loan is purchased from our PCs and the conclusion of the loan resolution process. Additionally, these rates are likely to change significantly and may not be indicative of the ultimate performance of these loans. Although we have increased our mitigation activity, including modifications where we agree to add delinquent amounts to the balance of the loan to bring the borrower current, these recent efforts only partially offset the increases in volume of delinquent loans.
 
As discussed above, beginning in December 2007, we significantly decreased our purchases of delinquent loans from our PCs. Although this action decreased the number of loans we purchase it had no effect on our loss mitigation efforts. We believe this will have significant impacts to our cure rate statistics for loans purchased in 2008 because loans that would have been purchased from the pools and cure will now remain in the pools.
 
Credit Loss Performance
 
Some loans that are delinquent or in foreclosure result in credit losses. Table 115 provides detail on our credit loss performance associated with mortgage loans in our retained portfolio, including those purchased out of our PCs and Structured Securities.
 
            191 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 115 — Credit Loss Performance
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
REO
               
REO balances:
               
Single-family
  $ 2,214     $ 871  
Multifamily
          7  
                 
Total
  $ 2,214     $ 878  
                 
REO activity (number of properties): (1)
               
Beginning property inventory
    14,394       8,785  
Properties acquired
    9,939       4,638  
Properties disposed
    (5,914 )     (3,773 )
                 
Ending property inventory
    18,419       9,650  
                 
Average holding period (in days) (2)
    164       170  
REO operations expense:
               
Single-family
  $ (208 )   $ (14 )
Multifamily
           
                 
Total
  $ (208 )   $ (14 )
                 
CHARGE-OFFS
               
Single-family:
               
Charge-offs, gross (3) (including $298 million and $79 million relating to loan loss reserve, respectively)
  $ (455 )   $ (93 )
Recoveries (4)
    135       49  
                 
Single-family, net
    (320 )     (44 )
                 
Multifamily:
               
Charge-offs, gross (3)
           
Recoveries (4)
           
                 
Multifamily, net
           
                 
Total Charge-offs:
               
Charge-offs, gross (3) (including $298 million and $79 million relating to loan loss reserves, respectively)
    (455 )     (93 )
Recoveries (4)
    135       49  
                 
Total charge-offs, net
  $ (320 )   $ (44 )
CREDIT LOSSES (5)
               
Single-family
  $ (528 )   $ (58 )
Multifamily
           
                 
Total
  $ (528 )   $ (58 )
                 
In basis points (6) (annualized):
               
Single-family
    11.6       1.5  
Multifamily
           
                 
Total
    11.6       1.5  
                 
(1)  Includes single-family and multifamily REO properties.
(2)  Represents weighted average holding period for single-family and multifamily based on number of REO properties.
(3)  Represent the amount of the unpaid principal balance of a loan that has been discharged in order to remove the loan from our retained portfolio at the time of resolution, regardless of when the impact of the credit loss was recorded on our consolidated statements of income through the provision for credit losses or losses on loans purchased. The amount of charge-offs for credit loss performance is generally derived as the contractual balance of a loan at the date it is discharged less the estimated value in final disposition.
(4)  Recoveries of charge-offs primarily result from foreclosure alternatives and REO acquisitions on loans where a share of default risk has been assumed by mortgage insurers, servicers or other third parties through credit enhancements.
(5)  Equal to REO operations expense plus charge-offs, net.
(6)  Calculated as annualized credit losses divided by the average total mortgage portfolio, excluding non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities and that portion of Structured Securities that is backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates.
 
Our credit loss performance is a historic metric that measures losses at the conclusion of the loan resolution process. Our credit loss performance does not include our provision for credit losses and losses on loans purchased. We expect our credit losses to continue to increase in the second quarter of 2008, especially if market conditions, such as home prices and the rate of home sales, continue to deteriorate.
 
Single-family charge-offs, gross, in the first quarter of 2008 increased by 389% compared to those in the first quarter of 2007, primarily due to an increase in the volume of REO properties acquired at foreclosure and continued deterioration of residential real estate markets in regional areas. The volume of single-family REO additions increased 114% for the first quarter of 2008 as compared to the first quarter of 2007. The severity of charge-offs during the first quarter of 2008 has increased due to declines in regional housing markets resulting in higher per-property losses. These factors led to an approximate 239% increase in the average single-family per-property charge-off, after giving effect to recoveries, for the first quarter of 2008 compared to the first quarter of 2007.
 
            192 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Loan Loss Reserves
 
We maintain two loan loss reserves — allowance for losses on mortgage loans held-for-investment and reserve for guarantee losses— at levels we deem adequate to absorb probable incurred losses on mortgage loans held-for-investment in our retained portfolio and mortgages underlying our PCs, Structured Securities and other financial guarantees. Determining the loan loss and credit related loss reserves associated with our PC’s and Structured Securities is complex and requires significant management judgment about matters that involve a high degree of subjectivity. This management estimate is inherently more difficult to predict due to the absence of historical precedence relative to the current economic environment. See “ANNUAL MD&A — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES — Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Guarantee Losses” and “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” and “NOTE 5: MORTGAGE LOANS AND LOAN LOSS RESERVES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information. Table 116 summarizes our loan loss reserves activity for both reserves in total.
 
Table 116 — Loan Loss Reserves Activity
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Total loan loss reserves: (1)
               
Beginning balance
  $ 2,822     $ 619  
Provision (benefit) for credit losses
    1,240       248  
                 
Charge-offs, gross (2)
    (298 )     (79 )
Recoveries (3)
    135       49  
                 
Charge-offs, net
    (163 )     (30 )
Transfers, net (4)
    (27 )     (34 )
                 
Ending balance
  $ 3,872     $ 803  
                 
(1)  Include reserves for loans held for investment in our retained portfolio and reserves for guarantee losses on PCs and Structured Securities.
(2)  Charge-offs related to retained mortgages represent the amount of the unpaid principal balance of a loan that has been discharged using the reserve balance to remove the loan from our retained portfolio at the time of resolution. Charge-offs exclude $157 million and $14 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to reserve amounts previously transferred to reduce the carrying value of loans purchased under financial guarantees.
(3)  Recoveries of charge-offs primarily resulting from foreclosure alternatives and REO acquisitions on loans where a share of default risk has been assumed by mortgage insurers, servicers or other third parties through credit enhancements.
(4)  Consist of: (a) the transfer of a proportional amount of the recognized reserves for guaranteed losses related to PC pools associated with non-performing loans purchased from mortgage pools underlying our PCs, Structured Securities and long-term standby agreements to establish the initial recorded investment in these loans at the date of our purchase; (b) amounts attributable to uncollectible interest on PCs and Structured Securities in our retained portfolio; and (c) other transfers, net.
 
Our total loan loss reserves increased as we recorded additional reserves to reflect increased estimates of incurred losses, an observed increase in delinquency rate and increases in the estimated severity of losses on a per-property basis related to our single-family portfolio. See “INTERIM MD&A — CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Non-Interest Expense — Provision for Credit Losses,” for additional information.
 
            193 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
RISK MANAGEMENT AND DISCLOSURE COMMITMENTS
 
In October 2000, we announced our voluntary adoption of a series of commitments designed to enhance market discipline, liquidity and capital. In September 2005, we entered into a written agreement with OFHEO that updated these commitments and set forth a process for implementing them. The letters between us and OFHEO dated September 1, 2005 constituting the written agreement are available on the Investor Relations page of our website at www.freddiemac.com/investors/reports.html. As noted in these letters, disclosures may be affected by situations for which current financial statements are not available. The status of our commitments at March 31, 2008 follows:
 
     
Description   Status
 
1.  Periodic Issuance of Subordinated Debt:
• We will issue Freddie SUBS ® securities for public secondary market trading that are rated by no fewer than two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations.
• Freddie SUBS ® securities will be issued in an amount such that the sum of total capital (core capital plus general allowance for losses) and the outstanding balance of “Qualifying subordinated debt” will equal or exceed the sum of (i) 0.45% of outstanding PCs and Structured Securities we guaranteed; and (ii) 4% of total on-balance sheet assets. Qualifying subordinated debt is discounted by one-fifth each year during the instrument’s last five years before maturity; when the remaining maturity is less than one year, the instrument is entirely excluded. We will take reasonable steps to maintain outstanding subordinated debt of sufficient size to promote liquidity and reliable market quotes on market values.
• Each quarter, we will submit to OFHEO calculations of the quantity of qualifying Freddie SUBS ® securities and total capital as part of our quarterly capital report.
• Every six months, we will submit to OFHEO a subordinated debt management plan that includes any issuance plans for the six months following the date of the plan.
   
• During the first quarter of 2008, we did not issue or call any Freddie SUBS ® securities.
• We reported to OFHEO that at March 31, 2008, we had $45.8 billion in total capital plus qualifying subordinated debt, resulting in a surplus of $7.3 billion.
• We have submitted our semi-annual subordinated debt management plan to OFHEO.
2.  Liquidity Management and Contingency Planning:
• We will maintain a contingency plan providing for at least three months’ liquidity without relying upon the issuance of unsecured debt. We will also periodically test the contingency plan in consultation with OFHEO.
   
• We have in place a liquidity contingency plan, upon which we report to OFHEO on a weekly basis. We periodically test this plan in accordance with our agreement with OFHEO.
3.  Interest-Rate Risk Disclosures:
• We will provide public disclosure of our duration gap, PMVS-L and PMVS-YC interest-rate risk sensitivity results on a monthly basis. See “ANNUAL MD&A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — Interest-Rate Risk and Other Market Risks — Portfolio Market Value Sensitivity and Measurement of Interest-Rate Risk” for a description of these metrics.
   
• For the first quarter of 2008, our duration gap averaged zero months, PMVS-L averaged $403 million and PMVS-YC averaged $50 million. Our 2008 monthly average duration gap, PMVS results and related disclosures are provided in our Monthly Volume Summary which is available on our website, www.freddiemac.com/investors/volsum.
 
            194 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

     
Description   Status
 
4.  Credit Risk Disclosures:    
• We will make quarterly assessments of the expected impact on credit losses from an immediate 5% decline in single-family home prices for the entire U.S. We will disclose the impact in present value terms and measure our estimated losses both before and after receipt of private mortgage insurance claims and other credit enhancements.
 
• Our quarterly credit risk sensitivity estimates are as follows:
 
                     
        Before Receipt
of Credit
Enhancements (1)
  After Receipt
of Credit
Enhancements (2)
       
 
         
NPV (3)
  NPV
Ratio (4)
   
NPV (3)
  NPV
Ratio (4)
        (dollars in millions)
    At:                
    03/31/08   $4,922   27.8 bps   $3,914   22.1 bps
    12/31/07 (5)   $4,036   23.2 bps   $3,087   17.8 bps
    09/30/07   $1,959   11.7 bps   $1,415   8.4 bps
    06/30/07   $1,768   11.0 bps   $1,292   8.1 bps
    03/31/07   $1,327   8.6 bps   $  929   6.0 bps
   
   
(1) Assumes that none of the credit enhancements currently covering our mortgage loans has any mitigating impact on our credit losses.
   
(2) Assumes we collect amounts due from credit enhancement providers after giving effect to certain assumptions about counterparty default rates.
   
(3) Based on the single-family mortgage portfolio, excluding Structured Securities backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates.
   
(4) Calculated as the ratio of NPV of increase in credit losses to the single-family mortgage portfolio, defined in footnote (3) above.
   
(5) The significant increase in our credit risk sensitivity estimates beginning in Q4 2007 was primarily attributable to changes in our assumptions employed to calculate the credit risk sensitivity disclosure. Given deterioration in housing fundamentals at the end of 2007, we modified our assumptions for slower recovery of forecasted home prices subsequent to the immediate 5% decline.
     
5.  Public Disclosure of Risk Rating:
   
• We will seek to obtain a rating, that will be continuously monitored by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization, assessing our “risk-to-the-government” or independent financial strength.
 
• At July 15, 2008 and March 31, 2008, our “risk-to-the-government” rating from Standard & Poor’s was AA− with a negative outlook. On May 6, 2008, S&P placed this rating on CreditWatch Negative, which overrode the previous negative outlook designation. On May 19, 2008, S&P affirmed our AA− “risk-to-the-government” rating, removed the rating’s CreditWatch Negative designation and returned the rating to negative outlook.
• At March 31, 2008, our “Bank Financial Strength” rating from Moody’s was A− and on review for possible downgrade. On May 14, 2008, Moody’s downgraded our “Bank Financial Strength” rating from A− to B+. On July 15, 2008, Moody’s downgraded our “Bank Financial Strength” rating from B+ to B– and placed the rating on review for possible further downgrade.
 
            195 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that the information we are required to disclose in our financial reports is accumulated and communicated to senior management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. We have documented our disclosure controls and procedures and are currently in the process of assessing their effectiveness.
 
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Six material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting were identified during the course of our financial statement restatement activities. Five of these material weaknesses were not fully remediated as of December 31, 2007. Each of these material weaknesses represents a broad category of control issues with multiple elements. In some instances, components of a material weakness were identified by management, while in other cases they were identified by our Internal Audit department, our independent auditors, OFHEO or a combination of the foregoing. Because of the broad and pervasive nature of these material weaknesses, substantially all financial statement line items could be affected if the material weakness were not remediated. These material weaknesses contributed to the wide range of errors in our financial statements that were addressed in our restatement of periods through December 31, 2002 and created the potential for future errors that could materially affect our reported results of operations and financial condition.
 
The material weaknesses that existed as of December 31, 2007 and the actions we took to remediate them are discussed below. We performed extensive verification and validation procedures to compensate for our material weaknesses and significant deficiencies during 2007. In view of the remediation efforts that were completed through December 31, 2007 and the additional verification and validation procedures we performed, we believe that our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007 were prepared in conformity with GAAP in all material respects.
 
As of March 31, 2008, we have remediated all of the previously identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, although there are remaining significant deficiencies. The improvements we implemented to remediate the material weaknesses have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Because we have not yet completed comprehensive testing of the operating effectiveness of our controls, we cannot conclude on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in its entirety. Additionally, our external auditors have not audited our internal control over financial reporting and have not conducted an evaluation of the specific controls we have implemented through the remediation activities discussed below. However, we have identified no deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting that we consider to be material weaknesses based on preliminary internal control testing or other management self-assessment activities. We continue to execute our plan to remediate significant deficiencies that remain in our internal control over financial reporting, including those identified in the course of remediating our material weaknesses, and improve our financial reporting processes and infrastructure.
 
Additional material weaknesses may be identified as we complete our controls assessments and our auditors complete their controls testing.
 
The following discusses the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that existed as of December 31, 2007 and the actions we took to remediate them.
 
Integration between Operations and Finance — Data Hand-offs
 
Controls over data hand-offs between business units and from external providers needed to be improved. To remediate this material weakness, we developed policies and standards to define control objectives related to hand-offs of information between people, processes and systems. We identified the controls in place over higher risk hand-offs through our business process review, as well as through focused data hand-off assessments, and identified deficiencies in the design of controls at the data hand-off level. For specific control deficiencies identified, we designed and implemented controls in the process to remediate the deficiencies. We tested the operation of these controls in the first quarter of 2008 and found them to be effective. Additionally, we implemented new accounting applications that further enhanced the integration of our processes between Operations and Finance and streamlined our data hand-offs. These applications address accounting for our entire mortgage-related securities portfolio, debt and derivatives portfolios and guarantee asset valuation.
 
Monitoring Controls within Financial Operations
 
The controls we used to monitor the results of our financial reporting process, such as the performance of financial analytics and account reconciliations, failed to identify certain issues that required adjustments to our financial results prior to our reporting them. To remediate this material weakness, we developed and implemented monitoring controls and standards to support the accounting processes at both the business unit and corporate levels, including a more structured, in-depth analytics process. These monitoring controls, combined with a newly implemented governance and review structure, have been designed and implemented to provide for detection, escalation and remediation of accounting and reporting issues prior to external disclosure of financial results. We enhanced the operation of these controls through a more thorough
 
            196 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

documentation of their execution, including identifying and resolving items noted for investigation in the execution of these controls and the review and resolution of follow-up results.
 
Information Technology General Controls — Access to Data and Security Administration
 
Our controls over information systems security administration and management functions needed to improve in the following areas: (a) granting and revoking user access rights; (b) segregation of duties; (c) monitoring user access rights; and (d) periodic review of the appropriateness of access rights. To remediate this material weakness, we completed the design assessment of our information technology general controls over security administration utilizing the Information Technology Governance Institute’s ® Control Objectives for Information and related Technology ® framework. We have designed and implemented controls, where necessary, to ensure that data is secure and available only to authorized and appropriate users. We have evaluated these controls, which identified certain additional operational issues around shared system and user IDs and periodic recertification of application level and technical platform user access rights. Although this material weakness has been remediated, operational issues we identified in evaluating the controls we implemented have been classified as two significant deficiencies.
 
Information Technology General Controls — Change Management
 
Our controls over managing the introduction of program and data changes needed improvement. To remediate this material weakness, we developed and deployed a new change management process and a new systems development life cycle process that are based on methodologies acquired from a third party. We now require adherence to these processes and related controls for new systems development projects. Critical financial projects that were already in progress were subject to a management evaluation of compliance with specific development control requirements prior to implementation. We have evaluated these controls, which identified certain additional operational issues around the inclusion of process controls in the business requirements for new financial projects and the sufficiency of testing of application functionality and approval prior to deployment. Although this material weakness has been remediated, operational issues we identified in evaluating the controls we implemented have been classified as two significant deficiencies.
 
Management Self-Assessment
 
We did not have a self-assessment process for our internal control over financial reporting that would reliably enable management to identify deficiencies in our internal control, evaluate the effectiveness of internal control or modify our control procedures in response to changes in risk in a timely manner. To remediate this material weakness, we designed and deployed a quarterly management self-assessment process that will provide more timely and effective identification, documentation and remediation of control deficiencies within the financial reporting process. The process assigns accountability for assessment of control design and operating effectiveness to business officers who have organizational oversight responsibility for business, information technology and entity-level processes that impact the financial reporting process. We have established a centralized internal control office to govern the management self-assessment process, as well as a formal assessment reporting, aggregation and review process. We have executed the management self-assessment process across the organization for the fourth quarter of 2007 and first quarter of 2008. We have assessed the management self-assessment process over these two quarters and concluded that it is operating effectively.
 
            197 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 3. PROPERTIES
 
Our principal offices consist of five office buildings in McLean, Virginia. We own a 75% interest in a limited partnership that owns four of the office buildings, comprising approximately 1.3 million square feet. We occupy these buildings under a long-term lease from the partnership. We occupy the fifth building, comprising approximately 200,000 square feet, under a long-term lease from a third party.
 
ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
We expect our directors and officers to own our common stock. A significant portion of director and executive compensation is paid in common stock, as described in greater detail in “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION — Board Compensation” and “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION — Compensation Discussion and Analysis” below. We believe that stock ownership by our directors and executive officers aligns their interests with the long-term interests of our stockholders.
 
Our only class of voting stock is our common stock. The following table shows the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 15, 2008 by our current directors, the executive officers appearing in “Table 123 — Summary Compensation Table,” otherwise referred to as our “named executive officers,” all of our directors and executive officers as a group, and holders of more than 5% of our common stock. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules for computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person. As of May 15, 2008, each director and named executive officer, and all of our directors and executive officers as a group, owned less than 1% of our outstanding common stock. The information presented below is based on information provided to us by the individuals or entities specified in the table.
 
            198 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 117 — Stock Ownership by Directors, Executive Officers and Greater Than 5% Holders
 
As of May 15, 2008
 
                             
        Common Stock
  Stock Options
  Total Common
        Beneficially
  Exercisable
  Stock
        Owned Excluding
  Within 60 Days of
  Beneficially
Name
  Position   Stock Options*   April 1, 2008   Owned*
 
Barbara T. Alexander
  Director     2,891 (1)     4,541       7,432  
Geoffrey T. Boisi
  Director     9,195 (2)     4,541       13,736  
Patricia L. Cook
  EVP, Chief Business Officer     34,441 (3)     61,917       96,358  
Michelle Engler
  Director     12,684 (4)     10,739       23,423  
Robert R. Glauber
  Director     1,227 (5)     911       2,138  
Richard Karl Goeltz
  Director     12,785 (6)     9,851       22,636  
Thomas S. Johnson**
  Lead Director     17,172 (7)     7,695       24,867  
Jerome P. Kenney***
  Director     0       0       0  
William M. Lewis, Jr.
  Director     8,975 (8)     4,541       13,516  
Michael C. May
  SVP, Multifamily Sourcing     27,620 (9)     47,292       74,912  
Eugene M. McQuade
  Former President and Chief Operating Officer; Former Director     25,677 (10)     0       25,677  
Shaun F. O’Malley****
  Former Lead Director     10,167 (11)     11,064       21,231  
Michael Perlman
  EVP, Operations and Technology     257       0       257  
Anthony S. Piszel
  EVP and Chief Financial Officer     18,746 (12)     0       18,746  
Nicolas P. Retsinas
  Director     2,861 (13)     0       2,861  
Stephen A. Ross
  Director     28,776 (14)     17,430       46,206  
Joseph A. Smialowski
  Former EVP, Operations and Technology     0 (15)     0       0  
Richard F. Syron
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer     238,811 (16)     356,337       595,148  
All directors and executive officers as a group (26 persons) (17)
        557,687 (18)     671,119       1,228,806  
 
 
         
    Common Stock
  Percent
5% Holder*****
  Beneficially Owned   of Class
 
Capital Research Global Investors
333 South Hope Street
Los Angeles, CA 90071-1406
  64,658,000 (19)   10.0%
AXA Financial, Inc.
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10104
  41,925,082 (20)   6.5%
    *  Includes shares of stock beneficially owned as of May 15, 2008. Also includes restricted stock units, or RSUs, vesting within 60 days of May 15, 2008. An RSU represents a conditional contractual right to receive one share of Freddie Mac common stock at a specified future date. See “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION — Board Compensation — Equity Compensation ” and “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION — Compensation Discussion and Analysis” below for more information.
 
   **  Mr. Johnson was elected Lead Director on June 6, 2008.
 
  ***  Mr. Kenney was elected to the Board on June 6, 2008.
 
 ****  Mr. O’Malley retired from the Board effective June 6, 2008.
 
*****  We require that beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock report the amount of their ownership interest and certain other information to us. All persons who have filed such a report to date are identified in this table. To enforce compliance with the reporting requirement, we may deny beneficial owners who have failed to file the required report the right to vote any shares in excess of the 5% threshold. Any shares as to which voting rights are denied will not be counted as outstanding shares for determining whether a quorum exists or whether a majority of shares has been voted for or against any proposal.
 
Based solely on a review of a Form 13F filing with the SEC, as of March 31, 2008, Legg Mason Capital Management, Inc., 100 Light Street, Baltimore, MD 21202, has reported that it exercises investment discretion over 50,244,068 shares of common stock (representing 7.8% of the class). However, because Legg Mason is not yet required to file beneficial ownership reports with us that are the equivalent of Schedule 13G and 13D reports filed with the SEC, information regarding Legg Mason’s ownership of Freddie Mac common stock has not been included in Table 117 above.
 
 (1)  Includes 1,214 RSUs and 81 dividend equivalents on RSUs.
 
 (2)  Includes 1,214 RSUs and 81 dividend equivalents on RSUs.
 
 (3)  Includes 9,100 RSUs.
 
 (4)  Includes 3,940 RSUs and 486 dividend equivalents on RSUs.
 
 (5)  Includes 1,177 RSUs and 50 dividend equivalents on RSUs.
 
 (6)  Includes 5,050 RSUs and 477 dividend equivalents on RSUs.
 
 (7)  Includes 4,116 RSUs and 360 dividend equivalents on RSUs.
 
 (8)  Includes 2,749 RSUs and 189 dividend equivalents on RSUs.
 
 (9)  Includes 2,408 RSUs.
 
(10)  Figures are based on our records as of May 15, 2008. Includes 0 RSUs.
 
(11)  Includes 2,916 RSUs and 239 dividend equivalents on RSUs.
 
(12)  Includes 0 RSUs.
 
(13)  Includes 464 RSUs and 16 dividend equivalents on RSUs.
 
(14)  Includes 7,616 RSUs and 1,008 dividend equivalents on RSUs.
 
(15)  Figures are based on our records as of May 15, 2008. Includes 0 RSUs.
 
(16)  Includes 30,193 RSUs.
 
            199 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

(17)  In addition to the persons shown in the table, this group includes our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary; our Senior Vice President, Single Family Credit Guarantee; our Executive Vice President, Human Resources and Corporate Services; our Senior Vice President, Investments and Capital Markets; our Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Principal Accounting Officer; our Senior Vice President and Chief Enterprise Risk Officer; our Senior Vice President, External Relations and Chief of Staff; our Senior Vice President, Single Family Sourcing; and our Senior Vice President — Compliance and Regulatory Affairs and Chief Compliance Officer.
(18)  Includes 96,324 RSUs and 2,987 dividend equivalents on RSUs.
(19)  Based on a review of beneficial ownership reports as of December 31, 2007 that are filed with us and that are the equivalent of Schedule 13G and 13D reports filed with the SEC, and in reliance on updates to those reports based on a review of Form 13F filings with the SEC, as of March 31, 2008, Capital Research Global Investors, 333 South Hope Street, Los Angeles, CA 90071-1406, beneficially owned 64,658,000 shares. As of December 31, 2007, they beneficially owned 60,678,100 shares with sole voting power as to 31,393,350 shares and sole dispositive power as to 60,678,100 shares.
(20)  Based on a review of beneficial ownership reports as of December 31, 2007 that are filed with us and that are the equivalent of Schedule 13G and 13D reports filed with the SEC, and in reliance on updates to those reports based on a review of Form 13F filings with the SEC, as of March 31, 2008, AXA Financial, Inc., 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104, beneficially owned 41,925,082 shares. As of December 31, 2007, they beneficially owned 36,630,015 shares with sole voting power as to 29,609,379 shares, shared voting power as to 1,552,606 shares, sole dispositive power as to 36,629,979 shares and shared dispositive power as to 36 shares.
 
            200 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
Directors
 
The following is a brief biographical description of each of our directors and their ages as of May 15, 2008.
 
Barbara T. Alexander, 59, has been a member of our Board of Directors since 2004. Ms. Alexander has been an independent consultant since January 2004. Prior to that, she was a Senior Advisor to UBS Warburg LLC and predecessor firms (UBS) from October 1999 to January 2004 and Managing Director of the North American Construction and Furnishings Group in the Corporate Finance Department of UBS from 1992 to October 1999. From 1987 to 1992, Ms. Alexander was a Managing Director in the Corporate Finance Department of Salomon Brothers Inc. From 1972 to 1987, she held various positions at Salomon Brothers, Smith Barney, Investors Diversified Services, and Wachovia Bank and Trust Company. Ms. Alexander is a member of the board of directors of Centex Corporation, where she is the Chair of the Governance Committee; and Qualcomm Incorporated, where she is a member of the Audit Committee and the Governance Committee. She also is an Executive Fellow at the Joint Center for Housing Studies at Harvard University, where Mr. Retsinas is the Director.
 
Geoffery T. Boisi, 61, has been a member of our Board of Directors since 2004. Mr. Boisi has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Roundtable Investment Partners LLC, a private investment management firm, since January 2008, and prior to that served as Chairman and Senior Partner since March 2005. From 2000 to May 2002, Mr. Boisi was Vice Chairman of JP Morgan Chase, where he served as Co-Chief Executive Officer of JP Morgan, the firm’s investment bank, and was a member of JP Morgan Chase’s executive and management committees. From 1993 to 2000, he was the founding Chairman and Senior Partner of The Beacon Group, a merger and acquisition advisory and private investment firm. From 1971 to 1993, Mr. Boisi held various positions at Goldman Sachs & Company, including senior general partner, member of the firm’s management committee and head of the investment banking business.
 
Michele Engler, 50, has been a member of our Board of Directors since 2001. Ms. Engler is an attorney and is Trustee of the JNL Series Trust and the JNL Investor Series Trust, each an investment company, and has been a member of the board of managers of each of the JNL Variable Funds L.L.C. since 2000. From 1992 to 2000, she was of counsel to the law firm of Varnum, Riddering, Schmidt & Howlett, a Grand Rapids, Michigan-based law firm. Prior to that, she was a partner in the Houston law firm of Nathan, Wood & Sommers. Ms. Engler served on our Board as a Presidential appointee from 2001 through March 31, 2004, when she was elected to our Board by the stockholders.
 
Robert R. Glauber, 69, has been a member of our Board of Directors since 2006. Mr. Glauber is a Lecturer at Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government. Prior to that, he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the National Association of Securities Dealers, or NASD, from September 2001 to September 2006, after becoming NASD’s CEO and President in November 2000 and a member of NASD’s board in 1996. Prior to becoming an officer at NASD, he was a Lecturer at the Kennedy School from 1992 until 2000, Under Secretary of the Treasury for Finance from 1989 to 1992 and, previous to that, a Professor of Finance at the Harvard Business School. Mr. Glauber served as Executive Director of the Task Force appointed by President Reagan to report on the 1987 stock market break (“Brady Commission”). He has served on the board of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, a number of Dreyfus mutual funds, the Investment Company Institute, and as president of the Boston Economic Club. Mr. Glauber also is a director of Moody’s Corporation, where he is a member of the Audit Committee and the Governance and Compensation Committee; a trustee of the International Accounting Standards Committee Foundation; and lead director of XL Capital Ltd., where he is a member of the Compensation Committee, the Governance Committee and the Finance Committee. Mr. Glauber has been a Senior Advisor at Peter J. Solomon Co., an investment bank, since November 2006.
 
Richard Karl Goeltz, 65, has been a member of our Board of Directors since 2003. Mr. Goeltz was Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and Member of the Office of the Chief Executive of American Express Company from 1996 to 2000. Prior to that, he was Group Chief Financial Officer and a member of the Board of NatWest Group from 1992 to 1996. Mr. Goeltz also held various finance positions at The Seagram Company Ltd., including Executive Vice President-Finance and Chief Financial Officer, and at Exxon Corporation. He is a director of Delta Air Lines, Inc. where he is Chair of the Finance Committee and a member of the Audit Committee; a director of Warnaco Group, Inc., where he is a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Compensation Committee; a director of the New Germany Fund, where he is a member of the Advisory Committee, the Executive Committee, the Nominating Committee, and the Special Shareholders’ Initiative Committee; and a director of Aviva plc, where he is a member of the Audit Committee and Chair of the Remuneration Committee. He also is a member of the Court of Governors and the Council of the London School of Economics and Political Science.
 
            201 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Thomas S. Johnson, 67, has been a member of our Board of Directors since 2004, and our Lead Director since June 2008. Mr. Johnson retired in September 2004 as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of GreenPoint Financial Corporation, a national specialty mortgage lender and New York consumer banking company, following the acquisition of GreenPoint Financial by North Fork Bancorporation, Inc., with whom Mr. Johnson remained employed in a non-management capacity until December 31, 2004. Mr. Johnson had held the offices of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of GreenPoint since 1993. He also was President of GreenPoint through 1997. Prior to that, he served as President and a director of Chemical Bank and Chemical Banking Corporation and then of Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company and Manufacturers Hanover Corporation. Mr. Johnson also is a director of Alleghany Corporation, where he is member of the Executive Committee and the Governance and Nominating Committee; RR Donnelley & Sons, Inc., where he is Chair of the Human Resources Committee; and the Phoenix Companies, where he is a member of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, and the Executive Committee.
 
Jerome P. Kenney, 66, has been a member of our Board of Directors since June 2008. Since his retirement from Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. in January 2008, Jerome P. Kenney has served as a consultant for Merrill Lynch, as senior advisor, and holds the honorary position of vice chairman emeritus. Prior to retiring from Merrill Lynch, he served as vice chairman and member of the Executive Client Coverage Group from January 2003 until January 2008. Mr. Kenney was a member of the Executive Management Committee for over 20 years. From 1990 until February 2002, he served as head of Corporate Strategy, M&A and Research and also oversaw Corporate Credit, Marketing and Government Relations. Previously, he served as president and chief executive officer of the Merrill Lynch Capital Markets Group worldwide from 1984, and as a member of the board of directors from 1985 to 1991. He also served earlier as director of Securities Research, director of Institutional Sales and Marketing and head of Investment Banking. He is a director of Invesco Ltd., where he is a member of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee; and a director of Och-Ziff Capital Management Group, where he is a member of the Compensation Committee and the Nominating, Corporate Governance and Conflicts Committee.
 
William M. Lewis, Jr., 52, has been a member of our Board of Directors since 2004. Mr. Lewis is a Managing Director and Co-Chairman of Investment Banking at Lazard Ltd., a position he has held since April 2004. From 1978 to 1980 and from 1982 to April 2004, he held various positions at Morgan Stanley, most recently serving as Managing Director and Co-Head of the Global Banking Department from 1999 to 2004. Mr. Lewis also is a director of Darden Restaurants, Inc., where he is a member of the Finance Committee.
 
Nicolas P. Retsinas, 61, has been a member of our Board of Directors since 2007. Since 1998, Mr. Retsinas has been Director of Harvard University’s Joint Center for Housing Studies, where Ms. Alexander is an Executive Fellow. He also is a lecturer in Housing Studies at the Graduate School of Design and the Kennedy School of Government, and is a lecturer in Real Estate at the Harvard Business School. Prior to his Harvard appointment, Mr. Retsinas served as Assistant Secretary for Housing — Federal Housing Commissioner at the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development from 1993 to 1998 and as Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision from 1996 to 1997. He served on the Board of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation from 1996 to 1997, the Federal Housing Finance Board from 1993 to 1998 and the Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation from 1993 to 1998. Mr. Retsinas serves on the Board of Trustees for the National Housing Endowment and for Enterprise Community Partners and on the Board of Directors of the Center for Responsible Lending.
 
Stephen A. Ross, 64, has been a member of our Board of Directors since 1998. Mr. Ross has been the Franco Modigliani Professor of Financial Economics at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology since 1998, is the Managing Principal and Chief Investment Officer of Ross Institutional Investors, LLC and has been, and continues to be, a consultant to a number of investment banks and major corporations. He also has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Compensation Valuation, Inc., a company specializing in the valuation of complex option contracts and option valuation services, since April 2003; a member of the Advisory Council of Taconic Capital Partners LLC, an event-driven hedge fund, since January 2004; a director of IV Capital Ltd., a London-based investment company, since May 1998; and Chairman of the Investment Advisory Board of IVC International since July 2004. Mr. Ross also was Co-Chairman of Roll and Ross Asset Management Corporation, an investment management company, from 1986 to July 2004. He previously was the Sterling Professor of Economics and Finance at Yale University from 1976 to 1998, and a Professor of Economics and Finance at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Ross is a member of the Board of Trustees of the California Institute of Technology. He served as a CREF trustee from 1991 to 2004 and as a director of General Re Corporation from 1993 to 1998.
 
            202 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Richard F. Syron, 64, was appointed Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac in December 2003. Prior to joining Freddie Mac, Mr. Syron was the Executive Chairman of Thermo Electron Corporation from November 2002 to December 2003. Mr. Syron was named to the Board of Thermo Electron in 1997. He became Chairman in January 2000 and was Chief Executive Officer from June 1999 to November 2002. He also served as President of Thermo Electron from June 1999 to July 2000. Prior to joining Thermo Electron, he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the American Stock Exchange from 1994 to May 1999, President of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston from 1989 to 1994, and President of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston from 1986 to 1989. Mr. Syron also is a director of Genzyme Corporation.
 
            203 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Executive Officers
 
Our executive officers, and their ages as of May 15, 2008, are as follows:
 
             
        Year of
   
Name
  Age   Affiliation  
Position
 
Richard F. Syron
  64   2003  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Robert E. Bostrom
  55   2006  
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Patricia L. Cook
  55   2004  
Executive Vice President, Chief Business Officer
Paul G. George
  56   2005  
Executive Vice President, Human Resources and Corporate Services
Michael Perlman
  57   2007  
Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology
Anthony S. Piszel
  53   2006  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Donald J. Bisenius
  49   1992  
Senior Vice President — Single Family Credit Guarantee
Gary D. Kain
  43   1988  
Senior Vice President — Investments & Capital Markets
David B. Kellermann
  40   1992  
Senior Vice President — Corporate Controller and Principal Accounting Officer
Timothy F. Kenny (1)
  46   2007  
Senior Vice President and General Auditor
Michael C. May
  49   1983  
Senior Vice President, Multifamily Sourcing
Hollis S. McLoughlin
  57   2004  
Senior Vice President, External Relations and Chief of Staff
Paul E. Mullings
  58   2005  
Senior Vice President, Single Family Sourcing
Anurag Saksena
  47   2005  
Senior Vice President and Chief Enterprise Risk Officer
Jerry Weiss
  50   2003  
Senior Vice President — Compliance and Regulatory Affairs and Chief Compliance Officer
(1)  Mr. Kenny was appointed as Senior Vice President and General Auditor on July 17, 2008.
 
The following is a brief biographical description of each of our executive officers who are not also on our Board of Directors.
 
Robert E. Bostrom was appointed Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in February 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Bostrom was the managing partner of the New York office of Winston & Strawn LLP, a member of that firm’s executive committee and head of its financial institutions practice. Mr. Bostrom originally joined Winston & Strawn in 1990. From 1992 until 1996, Mr. Bostrom served as Executive Vice President of Legal, Regulatory and Compliance and General Counsel of National Westminster Bancorp.
 
Patricia L. Cook was appointed Executive Vice President, Chief Business Officer in June 2007. Prior to holding her current position, she served as our Executive Vice President, Investments and Capital Markets beginning in February 2005 and prior to that, she served as our Executive Vice President, Investments beginning in August 2004. Prior to joining us, Ms. Cook was Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer, Global Fixed Income at JPMorgan Fleming Asset Management from May 2003. Prior to joining JP Morgan Fleming, she was Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer, Fixed Income at Prudential Investment Management. From June 1991 to July 2001, Ms. Cook was Managing Director at Fisher Francis Trees and Watts. Prior to that, she worked in various management positions at Salomon Brothers, Inc from January 1979 to June 1991.
 
Paul G. George was appointed Executive Vice President, Human Resources and Corporate Services in December 2006. He joined us in August 2005 as Executive Vice President, Human Resources. Prior to joining us, Mr. George was Senior Executive Vice President of Human Resources at Wachovia Corp. from January 2001 through December 2004. Prior to that, he was a member of Waste Management Inc.’s interim management team from 1998 to 1999. He also served for approximately nine years as Senior Vice President of Human Resources at United Airlines. Between 1985 and 1988 he was Vice President of Human Resources at Pacific Southwest Airlines. Prior to that he was a partner at Meserve, Mumper & Hughes, the second oldest law firm in Los Angeles.
 
Michael Perlman was appointed Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology in August 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Perlman was a managing director at Morgan Stanley until July 2007 where he developed operations and technology infrastructure to support their Fixed Income and Global Operations Divisions. Mr. Perlman also played significant roles in building Morgan Stanley’s mortgage conduit and different financial services systems. Before joining Morgan Stanley in September 1997, Mr. Perlman was a founding partner at AT&T Solutions’ Financial Services Group and a partner in the Washington, DC and New York offices of Deloitte & Touche, where he specialized in large-scale business and technology renovation.
 
Anthony S. Piszel was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in November 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Piszel was Chief Financial Officer at HealthNet, one of the nation’s largest publicly traded managed health care companies, from August 2004 to November 2006. Prior to that, he held a number of financial positions at Prudential Financial from 1998 to 2004, most recently as Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller. Prior to joining Prudential, Mr. Piszel was an audit partner at Deloitte and Touche.
 
Donald J. Bisenius was appointed Senior Vice President — Single Family Credit Guarantee in May 2008. Prior to holding his current position he served as the Senior Vice President — Credit Policy and Portfolio Management from November 2003 until April 2008. From August 1998 until October 2003 he was the Senior Vice President of various groups, including Credit Risk Management, Risk Assessment and Model Development. Prior to that, he served as Vice President —
 
            204 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Mortgage Credit Policy from May 1997 until July 1998. He joined is in January 1992 as the Director of Portfolio Quality in the Mortgage Credit Policy Department. Prior to joining Freddie Mac, Mr. Bisenius served in a variety of positions with the Federal Housing Finance Board in Washington, DC, and the Federal Home Loan Bank Board.
 
Gary D. Kain was appointed Senior Vice President — Investments & Capital Markets in April 2008. Prior to holding his current position he served as Senior Vice President — Mortgage Investments & Structuring from February 2005. Prior to that Mr. Kain served in several other positions at our company since joining Freddie Mac in 1988, including Vice President — Mortgage Investments and Structuring and Vice President — Mortgage Portfolio Strategy.
 
David B. Kellermann was appointed Senior Vice President — Corporate Controller and Principal Accounting Officer in March 2008. Prior to holding his current position, he served as our Senior Vice President, Business Area Controller, starting in October 2006. Prior to that appointment, Mr. Kellermann was Vice President, Strategy Execution and Integration from February 2005 until October 2006, during which time he also assumed responsibility for the Finance Program Management Office. Before that, Mr. Kellermann held the positions of Vice President, Valuation, Risk Management and Investment Process from November 2003 to February 2005 and Vice President, Mortgage Portfolio Investment Process from May 2003 to November 2003. Mr. Kellermann also held various other positions at our company since joining us in 1992, including Portfolio Management Director — Senior from March 2002 to May 2003.
 
Timothy F. Kenny was appointed Senior Vice President and General Auditor in July 2008. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Kenny served as Vice President and Interim General Auditor starting in May 2008. Before that, he served as our Vice President, Assistant General Auditor from September 2007 to May 2008. From 2001 to 2007, Mr. Kenny was a Managing Director with BearingPoint, Inc. (formerly KPMG Consulting, Inc.) where he directed a large team of financial professionals on a variety of financial risk management consulting projects with Ginnie Mae, the Federal Housing Administration, private sector mortgage bankers and other federal credit agencies. He was appointed a member of the BearingPoint, Inc. 401(k) Plan Committee from 2004 and served as a member until his resignation in 2007. He joined KPMG LLP, the predecessor organization to KPMG Consulting, in 1986, was promoted to a KPMG Audit Partner in 1997, and served in that position until the separation of KPMG Consulting from KPMG LLP in February 2001.
 
Michael C. May was appointed Senior Vice President, Multifamily Sourcing in August 2005. Prior to this appointment, Mr. May served as our Senior Vice President, Operations starting in February 2005. He also served as Senior Vice President, Mortgage Sourcing, Operations & Funding from October 2003 to February 2005. Prior to that, Mr. May held the positions of Senior Vice President, Single Family Operations from July 2002 to October 2003 and Senior Vice President, Project Enterprise from January 2001 to July 2002. Mr. May also held various positions at our company since joining us in 1983, including Senior Vice President, Customer Services and Control, Vice President of Loan Prospector and Vice President of Structured Finance.
 
Hollis S. McLoughlin was appointed Senior Vice President, External Relations and Chief of Staff in June 2007. Prior to this appointment, Mr. McLoughlin served as our Senior Vice President, External Relations starting in January 2006. He also served as Senior Vice President and Chief of Staff from April 2004 to January 2006. From 1998, Mr. McLoughlin was Chief Operating Officer of two private equity-backed operating companies. Before that, he was one of the founding partners of Darby Overseas, a private equity partnership based in Washington, D.C. He has also been a senior executive at Purolator Courier, an overnight delivery company, and a privately held transportation company. From 1989 through 1992, Mr. McLoughlin served as Assistant Secretary of the Treasury under former President George H. W. Bush. He served as Chief of Staff to Sen. Nicholas Brady, R-N.J., in 1982 and to Rep. Millicent Fenwick, R-N.J., from 1975 to 1979.
 
Paul E. Mullings was appointed Senior Vice President, Single Family Sourcing in July 2005. Before joining us, Mr. Mullings was Senior Vice President of JPMorgan Chase and Mortgage Finance and Fair Lending Executive at Chase Home Finance. Prior to joining Chase Home Finance in 1997, Mr. Mullings was President and Chief Executive Officer of Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc. Mr. Mullings was also President and Chief Executive Officer of the residential mortgage division of First Interstate Bank, Los Angeles. Prior to First Interstate, he held a series of increasingly responsible senior management positions at Glendale Federal Bank, Glendale, California.
 
Anurag Saksena was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Enterprise Risk Officer in August 2005. Prior to joining us, Mr. Saksena led Enterprise Risk Management at General Motors Acceptance Corporation from July 1999 to December 2004. In addition, Mr. Saksena founded Enterprise Risk Advisors, LLC. He has also held risk and portfolio management positions of increasing responsibility at Société Générale in New York, Royal Bank Financial Group in Toronto and Great-West Life Assurance Company in Winnipeg.
 
Jerry Weiss was appointed Senior Vice President — Compliance and Regulatory Affairs and Chief Compliance Officer in April 2008. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Weiss served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer starting in October 2003. Prior to joining us, Mr. Weiss worked from 1990 at Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, most recently as First Vice President and Global Head of Compliance. From 1982 to 1990, Mr. Weiss was with a national law practice in Washington, D.C., where he specialized in securities regulation and corporate finance matters.
 
ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks
 
None of the members of the Board of Directors who served on the Compensation and Human Resources Committee (“CHRC”) during fiscal years 2005, 2006 and 2007 were officers or employees of Freddie Mac or had any relationship with Freddie Mac that would be required to be disclosed by Freddie Mac under Item 407(e)(4) of Regulation S-K.
 
Board Compensation
 
Each year, the Board reviews compensation for our non-employee directors. The components of our non-employee director compensation are cash fees and stock awards. The Board believes that appropriate compensation levels help attract
 
            205 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

and retain superior candidates for Board service and that director compensation, supported by our non-employee director stock ownership guidelines, which are discussed in greater detail below, should be weighted toward stock-based compensation to enhance alignment with the interests of our stockholders. Stock-based compensation currently constitutes approximately 50% of director compensation. As of March 3, 2007, all stock-based compensation for non-employee directors is in the form of grants of RSUs. Prior to March 3, 2007, the annual equity grant to non-employee directors consisted of a mix of stock options and RSUs.
 
We do not have any pension or retirement plans for our non-employee directors. Employee directors do not receive any compensation for their Board service.
 
The following table shows the cash and equity compensation levels that were in effect in 2007, which remain in effect currently.
 
Table 118 — 2007 Non-Employee Director Compensation Levels
 
         
Board Service
       
Cash Compensation
       
Annual Retainer
  $ 60,000  
Annual Supplemental Retainer for Lead Director
    100,000  
Per Meeting Fee
    1,500  
Initial and Annual Equity Compensation (1)
       
RSUs
  $ 120,000  
Committee Service (Cash)
       
Annual Retainer for Committee Chair (other than Audit)
  $ 10,000  
Annual Retainer for Audit Committee Chair
    30,000  
Per Meeting Fee (other than Audit)
    1,500  
Per Meeting Fee for Audit Committee Members
    3,000  
Per Interview Fee for Director Recruiting
    1,500  
Per Interview Fee for Litigation-Related Interviews (2)
    1,500  
Supplemental Payments to Working Group, Effective September 7, 2007
       
Annual Retainer for Members of Current Working Group (3)
  $ 40,000  
(1)  Newly elected and newly appointed non-employee directors during their first term received initial grants of RSUs with a fair market value of approximately $120,000 on the date of the annual stockholders’ meeting, or, if the election or appointment occurred midterm, on the date of such director’s election or appointment, prorated based on the number of whole months from the date of election or appointment until the next expected stockholders’ meeting.
(2)  No such fees were paid in 2007.
(3)  On September 7, 2007, the Board approved the payment of an annual retainer of $40,000 to each member of the working group that was formed in May 2007 to lead the Board’s efforts on management succession planning matters (the “Current Working Group”). Members of the Current Working Group are Messrs. Glauber, Boisi and Johnson. The retainer is paid in equal quarterly installments, beginning with the fourth quarter of 2007. On September 7, 2007, the Board also approved a supplemental payment of $20,000 to each member of the Current Working Group in recognition of the Current Working Group’s services from May to September 2007 and a supplemental payment of $20,000 to each member of a prior working group (the “Original Working Group”) in recognition of the Original Working Group’s services from December 2006 to April 2007 on succession planning for the Chief Executive Officer. Members of the Original Working Group were Messrs. Boisi and Johnson. Mr. O’Malley, a former member of the Current Working Group and the Original Working Group, retired from the Board effective June 6, 2008.
 
Cash Compensation.   Cash compensation consists of annual retainers and meeting fees. Annual retainers are paid in quarterly installments. The retainer paid to non-employee directors who are elected or appointed after the most recent annual stockholders’ meeting is prorated based on the quarter in which they join the Board. Non-employee directors also are reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket costs for attending each meeting of the Board or any Board committee of which they are a member.
 
Under the 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan (the “Directors’ Plan”) and the Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, an unfunded, non-qualified plan, directors may elect to defer receipt of cash fees and stock awards, as well as elect to convert cash fees into stock. Deferred cash is credited to a director’s account as of the date the amounts would have otherwise been paid to the director. For 2007, six directors elected to defer all or a portion of their 2007 cash fees into deferred stock or common stock.
 
Deferred compensation to be settled in stock accrues dividend equivalents in the form of additional deferred stock. The number of additional shares of deferred stock that are accrued, as dividends are declared and paid on our common stock, is determined as if the dividend equivalents on the deferred compensation had been reinvested in shares of Freddie Mac common stock.
 
Subject to earlier payment in the event of hardship withdrawals, deferred cash compensation distributions are payable in lump sums at the earlier to occur of (i) the end of the deferral period or (ii) the earlier of a director’s termination of membership on the Board, disability or death.
 
Equity Compensation.   Non-employee directors receive stock-based compensation under the Directors’ Plan.
 
The number of RSUs awarded to non-employee directors is calculated by dividing the dollar amount of the award by the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. Fair market value is defined under the Directors’ Plan as the closing sales price of a share of our common stock reported for such date. For RSU grants made on or after March 3, 2007, vesting occurs in four equal increments with 25% vesting on each anniversary date of the grant, unless vesting is accelerated
 
            206 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

under certain circumstances, including death, disability or retirement from the Board. For equity grants outstanding as of December 31, 2006, vesting with respect to both stock options and RSUs occurs in equal increments over four terms on the Board, with 25% vesting at the end of every term of office, unless vesting is accelerated under certain circumstances, including death, disability or retirement from the Board.
 
Dividend equivalents on RSUs granted to our non-employee directors are accrued as additional RSUs and are generally settled at the same time as the underlying RSUs. However, unlike the underlying RSUs, the dividend equivalents on RSUs are not subject to a vesting schedule and are settled upon termination of Board service irrespective of whether the underlying RSUs vest. A director will forfeit unvested RSUs upon a termination other than for death, disability or retirement. Retirement for purposes of the Directors’ Plan is a termination resulting from the director’s attainment of 72 years of age or ten consecutive terms in office.
 
Effective as of January 1, 2006, we stopped granting dividend equivalents on awards of stock options to non-employee directors. Prior to January 1, 2006, however, stock options granted to our non-employee directors had dividend equivalent rights on each share underlying the option equal to the dividend per share declared and paid on our outstanding common stock. For stock options vested as of December 31, 2004, dividend equivalents are accrued and are payable in cash upon exercise or expiration of the option. In response to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), the CHRC approved a modification of the terms of certain outstanding stock options granted under the Directors’ Plan. In particular, the terms of any stock option grant or portion thereof outstanding as of December 31, 2005 that was not vested as of December 31, 2004 were modified to eliminate the accrual of dividend equivalents. Dividend equivalents accrued through December 31, 2005 with respect to these stock options were distributed in a lump sum in 2006. Thereafter, dividend equivalents with respect to these stock options will not accrue but will be distributed as soon as practicable after dividends on our common stock have been declared.
 
Non-Employee Director Stock Ownership Guidelines.   Under our Corporate Governance Guidelines (“Guidelines”), non-employee directors generally are expected to hold an investment of at least five times the annual Board retainer in our common stock within five years after joining the Board, unless the Governance, Nominating and Risk Oversight Committee (“GNROC”) determines that it is unduly burdensome for a director to make such an investment. Because the current Board retainer is $60,000, non-employee directors are expected to hold an investment of at least $300,000. Non-employee directors will be treated as complying with this stock ownership requirement, even if the non-employee directors do not otherwise meet the requirement, if they retain all Freddie Mac common stock received upon exercise of stock options or lapsing of restrictions on RSUs. This requirement does not take into account fluctuations in the price of our common stock and may not be satisfied with deferred stock.
 
The following table summarizes the 2007 compensation provided to all persons who served as non-employee directors during 2007.
 
Table 119 — 2007 Non-Employee Director Summary Compensation Table
 
                                                 
                Change in Pension
       
    Fees
          Value and
       
    Earned or
          Nonqualified Deferred
       
    Paid in
  Stock
  Option
  Compensation
  All Other
   
Name
  Cash (1)   Awards (2)(3)   Awards (2)(4)(5)   Earnings (6)   Compensation (7)(8)(9)   Total
 
B. Alexander
  $ 109,000     $ 72,358     $ 41,334     $ 0     $ 13,199     $ 235,891  
G. Boisi
    185,500       72,358       41,334       0       13,199       312,391  
M. Engler
    103,000       97,327       62,226       0       14,227       276,780  
R. Glauber
    164,500       42,665       8,862       0       10,507       226,534  
R. Goeltz
    169,500       89,521       60,719       9,139       14,730       343,609  
T. Johnson
    184,500       90,965       63,654       0       14,052       353,171  
W. Lewis, Jr.
    91,500       72,358       41,334       0       3,199       208,391  
S. O’Malley (10)
    309,500       195,400       80,668       2,579       14,311       602,458  
J. Peek (11)
    48,000       23,199       8,179       0       1,466       80,844  
R. Poe (12)
    47,500       97,722       58,885       0       19,299       223,406  
N. Retsinas (13)
    76,500       16,993       0       0       1,365       94,858  
S. Ross
    145,000       146,183       67,747       0       19,042       377,972  
  (1)  For Messrs. Boisi, Johnson and Ross, all of the amount shown was paid in the form of common stock pursuant to their election to convert 100% of their retainer and meeting fees into common stock. For Messrs. Lewis and Peek, all of the amount shown was paid in the form of deferred stock pursuant to their election to convert 100% of their retainer and meeting fees into deferred stock. For Mr. Retsinas, includes $46,500 paid in the form of deferred stock pursuant to his election to convert 100% of his retainer and meeting fees paid in the third and fourth quarters of 2007 into deferred stock.
 
            207 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

  (2)  Represents the compensation cost for the year of all of the directors’ stock awards (all of which were RSUs) and option awards, respectively, outstanding in 2007, as determined under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R) (“SFAS 123(R)”), rather than an amount paid to or realized by the directors. See “NOTE 10: STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION” to the audited consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the assumptions made in determining the SFAS 123(R) values. The amounts reported disregard estimates of forfeitures for awards with service-based vesting conditions. There can be no assurance that the full SFAS 123(R) amounts will ever be realized by any director. No option awards were made to non-employee directors in 2007. The grant date fair values of the RSU awards made to each non-employee director in 2007 were as follows:
 
         
    Grant Date
    Fair Value of
    RSU Awards
 
B. Alexander
  $ 120,018  
G. Boisi
    120,018  
M. Engler
    120,018  
R. Glauber
    120,018  
R. Goeltz
    120,018  
T. Johnson
    120,018  
W. Lewis, Jr. 
    120,018  
S. O’Malley (10)
    120,018  
J. Peek (11)
    120,018  
R. Poe (12)
     
N. Retsinas (13)
    120,018  
S. Ross
    120,018  
 
       The grant date fair value of the RSU awards is calculated by multiplying the number of RSUs granted by the grant date fair value of our common stock. The grant date fair value of these RSUs awards is based on the fair market value of our common stock on June 8, 2007, which was $64.63.
 
  (3)  At December 31, 2007, the aggregate number of common shares underlying the outstanding RSU awards that had not vested and were held by each non-employee director was: Ms. Alexander — 3,714 shares; Mr. Boisi — 3,714 shares; Ms. Engler — 4,030 shares; Mr. Glauber — 2,927 shares; Mr. Goeltz — 3,810 shares; Mr. Johnson — 3,858 shares; Mr. Lewis — 3,714 shares; Mr. O’Malley — 4,030 shares; Mr. Peek — 0 shares; Mr. Poe — 0 shares; Mr. Retsinas — 1,857 shares; and Mr. Ross — 4,030 shares.
 
  (4)  At December 31, 2007, the aggregate number of common shares underlying outstanding option awards, exercisable and unexercisable, held by each non-employee director was: Ms. Alexander — 6,360 shares; Mr. Boisi — 6,360 shares; Ms. Engler — 12,669 shares; Mr. Glauber — 1,822 shares; Mr. Goeltz — 11,781 shares; Mr. Johnson — 9,171 shares; Mr. Lewis — 6,360 shares; Mr. O’Malley — 12,994 shares; Mr. Peek — 0 shares; Mr. Poe — 20,265 shares; Mr. Retsinas — 0 shares; and Mr. Ross — 19,360 shares.
 
  (5)  The value of dividend equivalents is recognized in the compensation expense of the stock option awards shown in the 2007 Non-Employee Director Compensation table. The following presents the actual amounts of cash dividend equivalents paid in 2007 to those non-employee directors who had stock option grants or portions thereof that were outstanding and not vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2004: Ms. Alexander, $7,942; Mr. Boisi, $7,942; Ms. Engler, $14,123; Mr. Glauber, $0; Mr. Goeltz, $13,627; Mr. Johnson, $11,079; Mr. Lewis, $7,942; Mr. O’Malley, $14,350; Mr. Peek, $0, Mr. Poe, $16,266; Mr. Retsinas, $0; and Mr. Ross, $16,266. Dividend equivalents on RSUs granted to our non-employee directors are not paid out in cash but are accrued as additional RSUs and are generally settled at the same time as the underlying RSUs.
 
  (6)  We do not have any pension or retirement plans for our non-employee directors. For Mr. Goeltz, includes $9,139 in above-market interest earned in 2007 on his deferred compensation balances relating to his 2005 and 2007 elections to receive deferred cash. For Mr. O’Malley, includes $2,579 in above-market interest earned in 2007 on his deferred compensation balances relating to his 2007 election to receive deferred cash. Deferred compensation to be settled in cash is credited with interest compounded quarterly at the rate of: (i) 1% per annum in excess of the prime rate as reported by The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of each calendar year during the deferral period; or (ii) such other rate as is determined by the CHRC. In 2007, interest was credited at a rate of 9.25% based on the prime rate on January 2, 2007 of 8.25% plus 1%. Disclosure of nonqualified deferred compensation earnings for Mr. Goeltz and Mr. O’Malley consisted of the above-market portion of interest paid in 2007. Of the 9.25% rate of interest that was paid in 2007 on the deferred compensation balances of Messrs. Goeltz and O’Malley, 3.67% was considered above-market. The market rate of interest for 2007 was 5.58%, which was 120% of the applicable federal quarterly compounded long-term rate for January 2007.
 
  (7)  For Mr. Poe, includes a $5,000 donation made by us to the charity of Mr. Poe’s choice in recognition of his service on the Board. The Freddie Mac Foundation provides a dollar-for-dollar match to eligible organizations and institutions, up to an aggregate amount of $10,000 per director per fiscal year. Matching contributions made to charities designated by the non-employee directors were as follows: Ms. Alexander, $10,000; Mr. Boisi, $10,000; Ms. Engler, $9,450; Mr. Glauber, $10,000; Mr. Goeltz, $10,000; Mr. Johnson, $10,000; Mr. O’Malley, $10,000; Mr. Poe, $10,000; Mr. Retsinas, $1,350; and Mr. Ross, $10,000.
 
  (8)  We have provided Business Travel Accident Insurance for officers, employees and non-employee directors for many years. The basic benefit provides $250,000 to their heirs in the event of accidental death while on business travel for Freddie Mac. The cost of this insurance is attributed to each non-employee director as compensation and reported on a tax Form 1099 each year. In 2007, we learned that the premium cost allocated to the non-employee directors and reported as compensation to the non-employee directors for the three years 2004 through 2006 had been overstated. We made cash payments to the following current non-employee directors to reimburse them for the tax expense they incurred because we had overstated the compensation they received from Freddie Mac: Ms. Alexander, $3,174; Mr. Boisi, $3,174; Ms. Engler, $4,286; Mr. Glauber, $482; Mr. Goeltz, $4,286; Mr. Johnson, $3,730; Mr. Lewis, $3,174; Mr. O’Malley, $4,286; Mr. Peek, $1,447; Mr. Poe, $4,286; Mr. Retsinas, $0; and Mr. Ross, $4,286.
 
  (9)  Includes spousal business travel and entertainment expenses incurred in connection with the March 2007 Board meeting and for which non-employee directors were reimbursed. The reimbursements paid to affected non-employee directors were as follows: Ms. Engler, $466; Mr. Goeltz, $419; Mr. Johnson, $297; and Mr. Ross, $4,731.
 
            208 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

(10)  Mr. O’Malley retired from the Board effective June 6, 2008.
 
(11)  Mr. Peek resigned from the Board effective September 17, 2007. All of Mr. Peek’s 3,601 RSUs outstanding and unvested as of September 17, 2007 were forfeited. The related dividend equivalents (a total of 164 shares) as of September 17, 2007 were delivered to Mr. Peek in shares of common stock on December 10, 2007. At the time of his resignation from the Board, Mr. Peek had 1,316 stock options. These options expired on December 17, 2007.
 
(12)  Mr. Poe retired from the Board effective June 8, 2007. All of Mr. Poe’s 4,684 RSUs outstanding as of June 8, 2007, including all previously unvested RSUs and all previously outstanding and deferred shares, were accelerated and delivered to Mr. Poe in shares of common stock as of that date. The related dividend equivalents (a total of 320 shares) as of June 8, 2007 were delivered to Mr. Poe in shares of common stock as of that date. Mr. Poe’s option awards continue to vest and become exercisable according to the schedule that currently applies to those options. Because Mr. Poe retired from the Board effective before the last stockholders’ meeting, he did not receive the June 8, 2007 equity grant to non-employee directors.
 
(13)  Mr. Retsinas joined the Board on June 8, 2007.
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
This discussion addresses our compensation objectives and policies applicable to the named executive officers, and the application of those objectives and policies for compensation for 2007. To the extent that we may modify these objectives and policies in the future to reflect changing circumstances, the information contained in this discussion may change accordingly. The following discussion and analysis contains statements regarding future individual and company performance targets and goals. These targets and goals are disclosed in the limited context of Freddie Mac’s compensation programs and should not be construed as statements of management’s expectations or estimates of results or other guidance. Freddie Mac cautions investors not to apply these statements to other contexts.
 
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
 
The principal objectives of our compensation program for our named executive officers are to attract and retain high caliber executives, to motivate the executives to work effectively to achieve annual and long-term corporate and individual objectives that are aligned with the interests of our stockholders and other critical constituencies and, based on our pay-for-performance philosophy, to reward the executives when those objectives are met or exceeded.
 
In addition to individual performance and a review of compensation against the market, in determining named executive officer compensation we consider the following:
 
  •  Potential — The named executive officer’s ability to assume greater responsibility and leadership roles.
 
  •  Ease of Replacement/Retention Risk — The availability of qualified candidates inside the company, the strength of the external labor pool and the risk that competitors may target the named executive officer.
 
  •  Strategic Impact — The named executive officer’s short-, medium-, and long-term contributions and strategic impact on our performance.
 
Achieving our compensation objectives requires the CHRC and management to exercise significant judgment. As a starting point for this exercise of judgment, we generally establish a target total direct compensation level for each named executive officer. For these purposes, “total direct compensation” consists of base salary, target annual bonus, and target annual long-term equity award.
 
While the majority of our officers are not covered by employment agreements, certain of the employment agreements or offer letters applicable to the named executive officers provide certain contractual protections, such as guaranteed base salary levels, guaranteed incentive payments in certain situations, and special termination benefits. Since 2003, when we announced the need to restate our financial results for 2000 through 2002 (the “restatement”), we have been engaged in a process of restructuring through changes affecting, among other things, governance, corporate culture, internal controls, accounting practices and disclosure. With the exception of Mr. May, all of our named executive officers have been hired since the commencement of that process. As is typical in such periods of transition, uncertainties amongst executive officers are greater than they otherwise would be. We believe the contractual protections provided are necessary to recruit and retain the exceptional leaders we need to complete the restructuring process and position us for the future.
 
On November 9, 2007, we entered into an amendment to Mr. Syron’s December 6, 2003 employment agreement that extends the term of his employment agreement through December 31, 2009 under revised compensation terms. We believe the compensation provided under Mr. Syron’s extension agreement is reasonable and comparable to the compensation practices of companies in our Comparator Group, structured to be consistent with our pay-for-performance philosophy, and justified by Mr. Syron’s performance. We believe it was important to secure Mr. Syron’s commitment to stay an extra year so as to enable Freddie Mac to continue its progress towards accomplishing significant initiatives and provide the Board with sufficient time to focus on succession planning and transition processes. The CHRC also approved a special, one-time cash performance award opportunity for Mr. Syron to provide additional incentive for the completion of key tasks through September 30, 2009. We believe that this award is consistent with our pay-for-performance philosophy, which requires the demonstration and evaluation of performance prior to payment. For more information on Mr. Syron’s extension agreement, see “Executive Compensation — Employment and Separation Agreements — Richard F. Syron ” below. For more information
 
            209 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

on the parameters of Mr. Syron’s special performance award, see “Compensation Structure — Chief Executive Officer Special Performance Award Opportunity ” below. See also our website at www.freddiemac.com/governance/compensation.html, where Mr. Syron’s extension agreement is posted.
 
Role of Executive Officers and the Compensation Consultant
 
The CHRC, with input from other non-employee directors, annually reviews and approves the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers. When possible, including in 2007, management provides competitive market data and otherwise begins discussions concerning executive compensation with the CHRC at least one meeting in advance of the meeting at which the CHRC makes its annual executive compensation decisions. For executive officers other than the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Executive Officer, working with the Executive Vice President — Human Resources and Corporate Services (the “EVP — Human Resources”), makes recommendations to the CHRC regarding executive compensation actions. The CHRC Chair, with the support of Hewitt and the EVP — Human Resources, as appropriate, prepares a recommendation regarding compensation of the Chief Executive Officer for the CHRC’s approval. The CHRC approves salary adjustments, annual bonus payments and targets, and long-term equity awards and targets after reviewing these recommendations.
 
To assist the CHRC in carrying out its responsibilities, the CHRC has retained and is assisted by Hewitt, a global human resources consulting firm that provides executive compensation consulting to many Fortune 100 companies and has advised our Board on compensation matters since 1990. Hewitt may provide services directly to the CHRC or, depending on the project, work with the EVP — Human Resources and his staff to provide information and materials to the CHRC with respect to its executive compensation responsibilities. Although most such materials are prepared by employees of the company, all such materials are reviewed by Hewitt. Hewitt also assists in preparing some materials. The CHRC generally works with Hewitt together with management. On occasion, the Chairman of the CHRC works directly with Hewitt without the involvement of management. The EVP — Human Resources is management’s primary contact with Hewitt and is responsible for assisting Hewitt in carrying out its assignments for the CHRC, but, as necessary and appropriate, Hewitt may communicate with other executive officers and with governance attorneys in the company’s Legal Division in carrying out executive compensation projects.
 
Hewitt’s role is to assist the CHRC in discharging its responsibilities with respect to its oversight of compensation and benefits, which includes apprising the CHRC of best practices as well as emerging compensation trends and issues, including compensation governance. In its capacity as a consultant to management, Hewitt will also help management identify acceptable approaches to ensure that compensation continues to clearly link to short- and long-term performance. In its capacity as a consultant to the CHRC and the GNROC, Hewitt provides the following services to the CHRC and, for non-employee director compensation, the GNROC, as applicable:
 
  •  independent advice and market data to CHRC members on executive compensation and benefit matters, to ensure alignment with our business and strategic objectives, our pay philosophy, and prevailing market and governance practices;
 
  •  review of committee meeting materials, attending committee meetings, and responding to questions which may arise;
 
  •  review of portions of our draft annual proxy statement relating to executive compensation, including the Compensation Discussion and Analysis; and
 
  •  independent advice and market data to the GNROC on non-employee director compensation.
 
In addition, on an ad-hoc basis, the CHRC or the Board may engage Hewitt for special projects. Hewitt also is expected to attend meetings the CHRC deems appropriate throughout the course of the year and to remain available for consultation with the CHRC Chair and management.
 
During 2007, Hewitt’s primary consultant for the CHRC attended (either in person or via telephone) or made himself available to participate in every CHRC meeting. Additionally, the CHRC has set aside time at its meetings to meet with Hewitt in executive session without management present in order to discuss any executive compensation questions, comments or concerns.
 
The CHRC engages Hewitt directly and requires management to disclose annually to the CHRC the work performed by and fees paid to Hewitt, including any work Hewitt performed for management. Pursuant to a policy on the selection and retention of outside advisors to the Board, the CHRC annually reviews and pre-approves any services that Hewitt will provide to management so that the CHRC can determine that Hewitt’s acceptance of engagements and remuneration from management has not impaired the firm’s ability to provide independent advice regarding management compensation to the CHRC.
 
During 2007, Hewitt advised the CHRC and the GNROC on senior management and non-employee director compensation and various other compensation and benefit related matters. Hewitt’s work included: providing guidance for Mr. Syron’s special performance award opportunity and amended employment agreement (as discussed under “Chief
 
            210 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Executive Officer Special Performance Award Opportunity” and “Executive Compensation — Employment and Separation Agreements — Richard F. Syron ” below); providing competitive market data and advice on the award structure and implementation of performance RSUs; reviewing management’s recommendations for 2007 executive officer compensation actions, and providing advice to the CHRC on compensation actions for these executives; reviewing executive compensation best practices; providing a Board compensation study based on non-employee director compensation market data for the Comparator Group (defined under “Evaluating and Targeting Executive Compensation” below), including providing perspective and recommendations; and reviewing all CHRC meeting materials. Fees for Hewitt’s consulting advice to the CHRC and the GNROC for the year ended December 31, 2007 were approximately $230,000, including travel expenses for attendance at committee meetings.
 
Hewitt also provided consulting services to management during 2007 in the general areas of compensation and benefits. Compensation services included: providing officer market compensation data and other competitive market information; consulting on the competitiveness and market perspective of short-term and long-term incentive design for non-executive officers; consulting on compliance with OFHEO’s Examination Guidance for Compensation Practices; consulting on our 2007 proxy statement; providing guidance on the structure of non-executive officer-level new hire compensation packages; providing advice on compensation trends and practices; and responding to various ad-hoc compensation data requests. Benefits services included: consulting on retirement program investment and life insurance benefits; analyzing our benefits index; and providing ad-hoc benefit design studies. Fees for Hewitt’s non-CHRC and non-GNROC related services for the year ended December 31, 2007 were approximately $280,000, including travel expenses for attendance at meetings.
 
Evaluating and Targeting Executive Compensation
 
A number of factors are taken into consideration during the annual process to evaluate and set target compensation for the named executive officers, as discussed below.
 
To evaluate the named executive officer’s current compensation compared to the competitive market, we review the compensation of executives in comparable positions at companies that are either in a similar line of business or are otherwise comparable for purposes of recruiting and retaining individuals with the requisite skills and capabilities. We refer to this group of companies as the Comparator Group.
 
We review and discuss the composition of the Comparator Group on an annual basis with the CHRC and Hewitt. In determining which companies to include in the Comparator Group, we examine several criteria, including the relevant labor market for talent and those companies with which we compete for investment capital. To reflect the investment capital criterion, we examine those companies competing in the mortgage-backed securities sector. To reflect the relevant labor market, we examine industry segments and companies from which we have recruited and to which we have lost officer talent.
 
A significant secondary factor that we take into account in determining the composition of the Comparator Group is organization scope. This factor focuses on companies in the relevant industry sectors that are comparable in asset/revenue size, operational scope, market capitalization, and profitability. Also relevant is the selection of companies from which we have the ability to obtain high quality, reliable, and consistent compensation data.
 
After considering these criteria, the CHRC selected the following companies in November 2006 as the Comparator Group for purposes of competitive compensation market analysis in 2007:
 
     
American Express
American International Group
Bank of America
Capital One Financial Corporation
Citigroup
Countrywide (acquired by Bank of America)
Fannie Mae
Fifth Third Bancorp
Hartford Financial Services Group
J.P. Morgan Chase
  Lehman Brothers
Mellon Financial (now Bank of New York Mellon)
MetLife
SLM (formerly known as Sallie Mae)
State Street
Suntrust Banks
U.S. Bancorp
Wachovia
Washington Mutual
Wells Fargo
 
We are not able to use the Comparator Group to obtain competitive compensation information for all named executive officers. For example, we do not use the Comparator Group when comparable executive positions do not exist in the Comparator Group or when available data are incomplete. In those instances, we use data from alternative widely used survey sources for financial services companies. In those cases in which the alternative survey sources do not identify executive positions comparable to our positions, we set compensation targets based on our best estimate of the relative scope and responsibilities of the position as compared to the scope and responsibilities of comparable positions within Freddie Mac for which survey data exist. For Ms. Cook’s position, Executive Vice President, Chief Business Officer and Mr. May’s position, Senior Vice President, Multifamily Sourcing, a reasonable match and/or sufficient data were not available in the
 
            211 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Comparator Group and a survey by McLagan, an Aon consulting company, was used. Overall, we believe the companies that participated in the McLagan survey, financial services companies, appropriately represent our relevant labor market, and that the McLagan survey is an appropriate source of compensation data for jobs that cannot be found in the Hewitt survey of the Comparator Group. To protect the confidentiality of the companies participating, McLagan does not provide the identities of component companies of the surveys used in setting the compensation levels of Ms. Cook and Mr. May. For Mr. Perlman’s and Mr. Smialowski’s position (Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology), the Comparator Group data was provided to and considered by the CHRC. However, the CHRC determined that the Comparator Group positions were more technology-oriented and did not reflect the breadth of the operational responsibilities for our position. Accordingly, a premium was applied to the data in an effort to account for the difference in scope of responsibilities. The CHRC also considered the compensation relationship between Freddie Mac’s position and other executive positions within the company, as well as publicly available information concerning the total direct compensation for a Fannie Mae executive with similar responsibilities. In setting the compensation targets for this position, as well as all other positions, the CHRC exercised its judgment in arriving at appropriate compensation levels taking into account available competitive market compensation data and other factors discussed under “Compensation Philosophy and Objectives.”
 
The CHRC applied the compensation philosophy and criteria described above at its March 3, 2007 meeting to set 2007 target total direct compensation for the named executive officers other than Mr. Perlman, who had not yet joined the company. In addition, on November 9, 2007, we entered into an amendment extending Mr. Syron’s employment agreement with us through December 31, 2009, pursuant to which Mr. Syron’s base salary effective July 1, 2007, his 2007 target bonus and his 2007 target long-term equity award were increased over the levels approved by the CHRC at its March 3, 2007 meeting. For more information, see “ Chief Executive Officer Special Performance Award Opportunity ” and “Executive Compensation — Employment and Separation Agreements — Richard F. Syron ” below.
 
The following table shows the named executive officers’ target total direct compensation for 2007.
 
Table 120 — Executive Officer Target Total Direct Compensation for 2007
 
                                         
          Target Bonus
                   
          Expressed as
                   
          Percentage of
          Target Long-Term
    2007 Target
 
          Annualized
    2007 Target
    Equity Award for
    Total Direct
 
    Base Salary     Base Salary     Bonus (1)     2007 Performance (2)     Compensation  
 
Mr. Syron (3)
  $ 1,200,000       278 %   $ 3,336,000     $ 9,400,000     $ 13,396,000  
Mr. Piszel (3)
  $ 650,000       155 %   $ 1,007,500     $ 3,000,000     $ 4,657,500  
Ms. Cook
  $ 600,000       333 %   $ 2,000,000     $ 2,600,000     $ 5,200,000  
Mr. Perlman (3)
  $ 500,000       245 %   $ 1,225,000     $ 1,525,000     $ 3,250,000  
Mr. May
  $ 418,000       115 %   $ 480,000     $ 677,000     $ 1,575,000  
Mr. McQuade (4)
  $ 900,000       180 %   $ 1,620,000     $ 6,000,000     $ 8,520,000  
Mr. Smialowski (5)
  $ 550,000       209 %   $ 1,150,000     $ 2,100,000     $ 3,800,000  
(1)  Actual 2007 bonus payouts, paid in March 2008, for each named executive officer are shown in Table 123 — Summary Compensation Table under “Bonus” and are discussed further under “2007 Annual Bonus Compensation” below.
(2)  Actual long-term equity incentives awarded in respect of performance during 2007, granted in March 2008, are shown below under “2007 Long-Term Equity Awards.”
(3)  The 2007 base salaries, 2007 target bonuses and target long-term equity award for 2007 performance for Messrs. Piszel and Perlman were in accordance with their offer letters, and, in the case of Mr. Syron, his amended employment agreement.
(4)  Mr. McQuade resigned his position as President and Chief Operating Officer effective September 1, 2007.
(5)  Mr. Smialowski resigned his position as Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology effective June 30, 2007 but remained employed with the company until December 31, 2007.
 
After considering the factors discussed below, 2007 target total direct compensation for two of the named executive officers who are currently employed by Freddie Mac and who were employees for the entire 2007 calendar year was set by the CHRC below, and for two of the named executive officers at or above, the median level of total direct compensation for comparable executives in the Comparator Group or, as discussed above, based on alternative survey data.
 
At its March 3, 2007 meeting, the CHRC decided that Messrs. Syron’s and McQuade’s 2007 target total direct compensation, including their bonus targets, should remain unchanged from their 2006 levels. The 2007 bonus targets for Messrs. Syron and McQuade were conditioned on their executing waivers to their employment agreements so that their potential payments upon termination of employment (which, in some cases, take into account target bonuses) would be calculated based on the bonus target in their respective employment agreements, not the higher 2007 bonus targets. Pursuant to the terms of the November 9, 2007 amendment to his employment agreement, Mr. Syron’s 2007 annual bonus target and long-term equity award target were increased in December 2007, and his base salary was increased effective July 1, 2007. At its March 3, 2007 meeting, the CHRC determined to increase Mr. Smialowski’s annual bonus target and long-term equity award target for 2007. With the exception of Mr. Perlman, who joined the company in 2007, 2007 target total direct compensation for the remaining named executive officers was unchanged from their 2006 levels.
 
At the March 3, 2007 meeting at which the 2007 total direct compensation targets were approved, the CHRC approved a change in methodology used to calculate the number of RSUs subject to an award by eliminating the economic discount used in converting the approved dollar value of long-term equity awards into a specific number of RSUs. To offset the
 
            212 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

elimination of the economic discount, the CHRC adjusted upward the long-term incentive targets for all executives other than those with employment agreements or offer letters that provide for guaranteed long-term incentive targets. This change did not result in additional cost to the company and did not provide employees with greater value. See “RSUs — Valuation of RSUs” below for more information concerning the elimination of the economic discount.
 
During the CHRC’s process to establish 2007 compensation targets for the company’s executive officers, the CHRC reviewed data and discussed and considered the following for each named executive officer, except for Mr. Perlman, who had not yet joined the company:
 
  •  The major components of each executive officer’s compensation;
 
  •  Competitive compensation data;
 
  •  An assessment of the executive officer’s performance for the year;
 
  •  A tally sheet of total compensation and benefits paid to, or accrued for, each executive officer;
 
  •  The grant date value of all stock options and RSUs awarded;
 
  •  The estimated year-over-year actuarial increase in qualified and non-qualified pension benefits;
 
  •  The value of all outstanding equity awards, which includes all unvested RSUs, unvested stock options and unexercised vested stock options;
 
  •  Freddie Mac’s actual cost of providing life insurance, disability insurance, and medical insurance to each executive officer;
 
  •  The annual interest accrual for participants in the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan;
 
  •  The estimated value and summary of various perquisites received; and
 
  •  The estimated potential value of compensation due if an executive officer were terminated by Freddie Mac on December 31, 2006 for reasons other than “for cause.”
 
Prior to the determination of actual awards for performance in 2007, the CHRC reviewed updates to the information listed above for the named executive officers, as well as the following additional items for each of the named executive officers:
 
  •  A chart providing a visual and numerical summary of the total compensation mix for each executive officer;
 
  •  A tabular comparison of the executive’s 2007 target compensation to the competitive market data;
 
  •  A chart illustrating the projected value of the executive’s unvested equity that is scheduled to vest in the future, absent prospective awards, at three hypothetical stock prices; and
 
  •  A tabular comparison of the executive’s equity that is owned outright versus equity that is “at risk.”
 
Management’s presentation of the value of outstanding equity awards was intended to provide the CHRC with a perspective on the “at risk” pay that a named executive officer would forfeit if he or she were to voluntarily terminate his or her employment with Freddie Mac. This value also provides the CHRC with a perspective on a competitor’s potential cost if it were successful in an attempt to recruit one of our named executive officers and were to compensate such officer for forfeited equity. We consider each of these perspectives important when evaluating the retention risk for a named executive officer, setting target compensation, and recommending actual awards.
 
The CHRC does not seek to maintain any direct relationship between the various elements of compensation, or to standardize the mix of pay for executive officers. The CHRC believes, however, that, at a minimum, an executive officer’s target long-term incentive award should generally be 40% of his or her target total direct compensation.
 
As part of the CHRC’s regular decision-making process, the tally sheet provided to the CHRC for each executive officer discloses the executive officer’s then-current post-termination benefits and other executive officer benefits. The tally sheet provides the CHRC with a comprehensive view of all components of compensation and benefits provided to an executive in order for the CHRC to assess the reasonableness of the total value of compensation and benefits provided. Historically, the level of an executive officer’s post-termination benefits and other benefits has not directly affected the CHRC’s analysis in determining any individual executive officer’s target or actual base salary, annual bonus or annual long-term incentive award.
 
Compensation Structure
 
Our pay-for-performance philosophy is implemented by providing the named executive officers competitive base salaries, annual bonus opportunities, and long-term equity incentive opportunities. The named executive officers may also receive certain perquisites and other benefits.
 
Base Salary
 
As discussed under “Evaluating and Targeting Executive Compensation” above, the base salaries of our named executive officers, including the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, are broadly based on salaries for comparable positions in the market. Base salaries take into consideration base salaries of comparable positions in the Comparator Group and alternative survey data, if applicable, and also reflect the named executive officer’s job performance, future potential, scope of
 
            213 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

responsibilities and experience. For each of the named executive officers, base salaries are consistent with the terms of his or her respective employment agreement or offer letter and are reviewed annually.
 
Annual Bonuses
 
Our annual cash bonus program is intended to motivate our named executive officers to work effectively to achieve both our annual corporate performance objectives and their individual performance objectives and to reward them based on achievement against such objectives.
 
The determination of the actual bonus payable to our named executive officers occurs at the end of an annual cycle that consists of several stages. For 2007, the first stage occurred at the March 3, 2007 CHRC meeting where, based upon recommendations from management and input from the full Board, the CHRC both approved the 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard and concurred with an aggregate amount of funding to be made available for 2007 bonuses if all objectives on the 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard were achieved.
 
The 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard contained a balanced set of performance measures that integrated Freddie Mac’s perennial and annual objectives, as follows:
 
  •  Mission.   Meeting specific U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) goals and, to the extent consistent with the Interagency Guidance on non-traditional mortgage products and our stated position on subprime lending, HUD subgoals, for the percentage of mortgages purchased by Freddie Mac that fall into the categories of low- and moderate-income, underserved areas, and special affordable housing for 2007. See “BUSINESS — Regulation and Supervision — Department of Housing and Urban Development — Housing Goals and Home Purchase Subgoals ” for a more detailed discussion of these goals and subgoals. The 2007 goals were as follows:
 
     
Housing Goals:
   
Low- and moderate-income goal:
  55%
Underserved areas goal:
  38%
Special affordable goal:
  25%
     
Home Purchase Subgoals:
   
Low- and moderate-income subgoal:
  47%
Underserved areas subgoal:
  33%
Special affordable subgoal:
  18%
 
  •  Shareholder Value.   Accomplishing a number of specific financial goals in the categories listed below.
 
  •  Growth of adjusted fair value. Adjusted fair value is an internal measure used to assess performance with respect to those drivers of fair value results that we actively seek to manage.
 
  •  Fair value return on common equity. We discuss the changes in fair value and management’s expectations concerning long-term fair value growth under “ANNUAL MD&A — CONSOLIDATED FAIR VALUE BALANCE SHEETS ANALYSIS.”
 
  •  Guarantee portfolio growth. Accomplishing a specific growth goal for our credit guarantee portfolio.
 
  •  Achieving a specific market share in the conventional conforming mortgage market.
 
  •  Achieving a targeted return on equity for our purchases of single-family loans.
 
  •  Achieving a targeted return on equity for our net purchases of mortgage investments.
 
  •  Achieving a targeted debt option adjusted spread to LIBOR.
 
The Shareholder Value targets reflected aggressive assumptions regarding portfolio growth and profitability that would be very challenging to achieve due to significant external pressures and internal infrastructure challenges. The targets for adjusted fair value growth, market share in the conventional conforming market and debt option adjusted spread to LIBOR were set at levels somewhat above our actual results for 2006; the targets for guarantee portfolio growth and return on equity for net purchases of mortgage investments were maintained at levels comparable to our actual results for 2006; and the targets for fair value return on common equity and return on equity for our purchases of single-family loans were set at levels somewhat below our actual results for 2006. These adjustments were made to reflect anticipated market and competitive conditions in 2007. In particular, management and the CHRC considered the possible need for strategic choices between achieving the shareholder value objectives and achieving the company’s mission and risk management objectives, given that actions to increase purchases of goal-qualifying mortgages could potentially detract from the accomplishment of the shareholder value objectives.
 
  •  Accounting and Controls.   Returning to quarterly financial reporting and making substantial progress toward completion of our initiative, known as the Comprehensive Plan, to strengthen our controls related to financial operations and reporting and to remediate previously identified material weaknesses within our internal control processes, with priority focus on strengthening technology infrastructure and controls.
 
            214 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
  •  Touch More Loans.   Enhancing our acquisition, retention and disposition capabilities for non-standard mortgage products.
 
  •  Employee Engagement.   Managing voluntary attrition to be equal to or lower than 11.5%, the 2006 rate.
 
  •  Risk Management and Controls.   Advancing our enterprise risk management processes.
 
  •  Efficiency.   Managing administrative expenses as a percentage of our average total mortgage portfolio to 8.4 basis points.
 
  •  External Reputation.   Effectively managing our reputation.
 
There was no arithmetic weighting applied to the eight performance objectives. However, for 2007, the top priorities for corporate performance established by the CHRC were the achievement of the Accounting and Controls and Touch More Loans objectives, as achieving these objectives would substantially enhance our long-term capability to achieve our perennial objectives of Mission and Shareholder Value. Management designed the 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard objectives with the understanding that achieving the performance goals would require not only strong financial performance by the company, but also the achievement of two additional performance categories, External Reputation and Efficiency, that management also believed would be difficult to accomplish in 2007. Management acknowledged that there was a significant possibility that several of the objectives would not be achieved, in some cases for reasons beyond the control of the company.
 
Some of the performance criteria in the 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard cannot be precisely quantified. Furthermore, to some extent, the achievement of one particular corporate goal can affect the company’s ability to achieve one or more other goal(s), depending on financial market conditions. For example, maximizing some of the Shareholder Value metrics can, at least in some cases, be inconsistent with achieving some of the Mission goals (such as increasing the percentages of mortgages purchased in certain HUD-defined categories) that we are mandated to achieve as part of our federal charter or by our regulators.
 
Management recommended to the CHRC at its March 2007 meeting that an aggregate amount of funding for the 2007 bonus pool be established. The CHRC concurred with this funding level and with guidelines for adjusting the funding level based on changes in employee demographics, such as additional employees becoming eligible for annual bonuses.
 
2007 Annual Bonus Compensation
 
CHRC Assessment of 2007 Corporate Performance
 
With respect to the 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard, at the January 31, 2008 CHRC meeting, management reported that we should be assessed as “below plan” because we did not achieve all of the performance measures contained within the Shareholder Value and Efficiency objectives. Additionally, we fell slightly short of expectations on the Mission and Touch More Loans objectives. The assessment of our performance against the 2007 Scorecard objectives was as follows:
 
  •  Mission.   We fell slightly short of this objective. A combination of deteriorating conditions in the mortgage credit markets, decreased housing affordability that began in 2005, and regulatory changes made meeting the affordable housing goals and subgoals for 2007 more challenging than in previous years. Management reported to the CHRC that we achieved the HUD goals as well as the sub-goal for the percentage of mortgages purchased by Freddie Mac that fall into the category of underserved housing. We did not achieve the two HUD sub-goals for the percentage of mortgages that fall into the categories of low- and moderate-income and special affordable housing. We believe, however, that the achievement of these two sub-goals was infeasible in 2007. Accordingly, we submitted an infeasibility analysis to HUD. (In April 2008, HUD notified us that it had determined that, given the declining affordability of the primary market since 2005, the scope of market turmoil in 2007, and the collapse of the non-agency, or private label, secondary mortgage market, the availability of subgoal-qualifying home purchase loans was reduced significantly and therefore achievement of these subgoals was infeasible.)
 
  •  Shareholder Value.   We did not achieve all of the performance measures of this objective. In developing the performance goals for Shareholder Value, management made aggressive assumptions regarding portfolio growth and profitability before the deterioration in the housing market. We fell substantially short of the objective for fair value return on common equity, and also fell substantially short of the objective for return on equity for our purchases of single-family loans. We met or exceeded the remaining five financial measures. Achieving the two missed Shareholder Value objectives became increasingly difficult throughout the year due to deteriorating conditions in the housing and credit markets. In addition, although it was not a specific Scorecard measure, we considered the decline in our GAAP financial results when evaluating performance against the Shareholder Value measure.
 
  •  Accounting and Controls.   We exceeded our objective with respect to Accounting and Controls. We returned to quarterly financial reporting in 2007 and believe we are on track to complete the Comprehensive Plan, which consists of fixing known issues ( i.e. remediation of material weaknesses and significant deficiencies), identifying unknown risk and control issues, implementing system changes, and implementing close process improvements.
 
            215 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
  •  Risk Management.   We achieved our objective to advance our risk management processes. We integrated several key functions into the enterprise risk oversight function in order to strengthen the overall risk management process; our Enterprise Risk Oversight, Investments and Capital Markets and Finance divisions have jointly developed performance metrics for the 2008 Bonus Funding Scorecard; and a risk-based scenario approach to assess economic capital was completed. Finally, a mandatory employee risk management training program was implemented in June 2007.
 
  •  External Reputation.   We achieved our objective of effectively managing our reputation risk despite the challenges posed by our financial results, a reduction in our dividend, and raising additional capital. We also continued to take a leadership role in the housing crisis through our $20 billion subprime loan purchase commitment and have maintained industry support for the positions of the GSEs on key legislative and regulatory issues.
 
  •  Efficiency.   We did not achieve all of the Efficiency objectives. For 2007, administrative expenses as a percentage of our average total mortgage portfolio declined to 8.6 basis points, but were above the targeted goal of 8.4 basis points. While our core general and administrative expenses were at or below the target amount, our total administrative expenses increased substantially as a result of special initiatives required in 2007 to complete the Comprehensive Plan.
 
  •  Touch More Loans.   We fell slightly short of this objective, which was modified mid-year for several reasons. First, within our single-family business, we adjusted the implementation of certain initiatives so that we could focus on helping customers weather impacts to their business and keep borrowers in their homes in light of deteriorating market conditions. Second, within our multifamily business, we focused on managing the significantly increased volume so that we could offer stability in this market. Third, we re-allocated resources to the Comprehensive Plan and information technology systems initiatives. Nevertheless, despite these mid-year changes, we believe both the product and infrastructure achievements towards the Touch More Loans objective were significant.
 
  •  Employee Engagement.   We exceeded our objective to maintain the retention of critical talent. Our actual voluntary attrition rate was 9.3%.
 
After reviewing and discussing the information presented by management, the CHRC exercised its discretion in determining whether we achieved all or any portion of the Scorecard objectives and our performance relative to particular objectives, and agreed with management’s assessment that the company’s performance should be “below plan.” However, the CHRC also considered:
 
  •  The challenging market and regulatory conditions that prevailed during 2007;
 
  •  The degree of difficulty in achieving all of the elements for the eight objectives in the 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard; and
 
  •  The entirety of our corporate performance, including both accomplishments captured on the 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard and other notable accomplishments not addressed on the Scorecard that have better positioned the company, such as:
 
  •  A successful offering of $6 billion in preferred stock in December 2007, which substantially strengthened our capital position.
 
  •  Our market-leading response to early signs of the subprime crisis.
 
  •  The settlement of various litigation matters and the SEC’s investigation of Freddie Mac relating to the restatement.
 
  •  Our absorption of significant and unplanned volume increases in single-family and multifamily loans as a result of the shifts taking place in the mortgage finance industry in 2007 (especially the departure of many private-label issuers of mortgage securities from the mortgage purchase market and the corresponding growth in purchases by Freddie Mac).
 
Additionally, the CHRC considered Freddie Mac’s results versus the objectives in light of the unique business conditions under which the company operates. Freddie Mac’s objectives require the company to balance optimizing the annual shareholder value performance measures, making business decisions that allow us to meet our Mission goals and that are in the best long-term interest of the company, and executing against annual objectives that take into account the guidance from OFHEO. After discussing management’s recommendation, the CHRC exercised its judgment to determine an appropriate level of funding for the 2007 corporate bonus pool. The bonus funding level that was approved by the CHRC was significantly less than the level agreed upon in March 2007 had the company achieved all its 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard objectives. The CHRC did not consider what the 2007 bonus funding level would have been based solely on an assessment of “below plan” performance against the Scorecard objectives. No formulas or arithmetic methods were applied for calculating any specific funding level based on any specific performance level ( i.e. , “below plan”, “on plan” or “above
 
            216 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

plan”). As discussed below, individual named executive officer bonus payments were determined in part on the basis of an assessment of such executive officer’s individual performance.
 
Individual Performance Assessments
 
The CHRC does not use predetermined arithmetic formulas to determine the compensation it deems appropriate for each individual executive officer, including the named executive officers; rather, determining appropriate compensation requires the exercise of judgment to balance quantitative as well as qualitative factors. The aggregate 2007 annual bonus awarded to each executive officer takes into account not only the company’s performance against the 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard and the other company-wide factors described above, but also an assessment by the Chief Executive Officer of each executive officer’s and his or her division’s performance during the year, as discussed below, and the CHRC’s business judgment and discretion in determining the compensation it deems appropriate for each individual named executive officer. For the Chief Executive Officer, the CHRC, with input from the other non-employee members of the Board, assessed his performance during the year and applied the same discretion with respect to his compensation.
 
For 2007, a portion of the executive officer bonuses, other than Mr. Syron’s, was delivered in RSUs with a three-year vesting schedule. Providing a portion of the bonus compensation in RSUs reinforces the linkage between the executive officers’ performance and shareholder value. The three-year vesting schedule offers an additional retention element, the ultimate value of which is tied to shareholder value.
 
The following table summarizes the annual bonus awards made to the named executive officers for their performance during 2007:
 
Table 121 — Annual Bonus Awards to Named Executive Officers for their 2007 Performance
 
                                 
    For Performance During 2007  
                Actual Cash
       
          Actual
    Bonus as % of
    Supplemental
 
    Target Bonus     Cash Bonus     Target Bonus     RSU Bonus  
 
Mr. Syron
  $ 3,336,000 (1)   $ 2,200,000 (2)     66%     $ 0  
Mr. Piszel
  $ 1,007,500 (1)   $ 1,350,000       134%     $ 200,000  
Ms. Cook
  $ 2,000,000     $ 1,400,000       70%     $ 200,000  
Mr. Perlman
  $ 1,225,000 (1)   $ 1,225,000       100%     $ 50,000  
Mr. May
  $ 480,000     $ 465,000       97%     $ 75,000  
Mr. McQuade (3)
  $ 1,620,000       n.a.       n.a.       n.a.  
Mr. Smialowski (4)
  $ 1,150,000     $ 1,150,000       100%       n.a.  
(1)  In accordance with Mr. Piszel’s and Mr. Perlman’s offer letters and Mr. Syron’s amended employment agreement, respectively.
(2)  For 2007 performance only. Excludes a special extension bonus of $1,250,000 that is reported for Mr. Syron in Table 123 — Summary Compensation Table below. The special extension bonus was paid to Mr. Syron in December 2007 for his agreement to extend the terms of his employment agreement. See “Executive Compensation — Employment and Separation Agreements — Richard F. Syron .”
(3)  Mr. McQuade terminated his employment effective September 1, 2007 and did not receive an annual bonus in respect of his performance in 2007.
(4)  Mr. Smialowski resigned his position as Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology effective June 30, 2007 and terminated his employment effective December 31, 2007. The cash bonus reported was paid on January 31, 2008 pursuant to his transition period agreement, which became effective June 29, 2007. See “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control — Joseph A. Smialowski ” below.
 
      Mr. Syron
 
Mr. Syron’s individual 2007 performance was evaluated based on the company’s performance against the 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard objectives and other achievements not reflected on the Scorecard. Despite the fact that a substantial portion of the 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard objectives were achieved, in determining Mr. Syron’s 2007 bonus, the CHRC considered the financial performance of the company during the year, the “below plan” performance on the Efficiency Scorecard objective and a modest shortfall on the Mission and Touch More Loans Scorecard objectives. Mr. Syron’s 2007 bonus also reflects the fact that he is accountable for the success of the organization and for assuring that the pay-for-performance philosophy is executed through compensation decisions.
 
In its evaluation of Mr. Syron’s 2007 performance, the CHRC also determined that, notwithstanding the financial performance of the company during 2007, the company, under Mr. Syron’s leadership, substantially achieved or exceeded a number of the non-financial 2007 Scorecard performance objectives designed to build long-term shareholder value. As discussed under “CHRC Assessment of 2007 Corporate Performance ” above, Mr. Syron also led the accomplishment of a number of objectives above and beyond the 2007 Scorecard. Furthermore, Mr. Syron has effectively carried out the duties of both the Chief Executive Officer and President since Mr. McQuade, the company’s former President and Chief Operating Officer, announced his departure in May 2007. Mr. Syron will continue to fulfill both of these roles until a successor Chief Executive Officer is appointed. In the CHRC’s view, through Mr. Syron’s leadership, the company is leading the home mortgage industry through the subprime crisis by establishing appropriate guidelines regarding subprime lending practices and responding to the needs of a mortgage market that continues to experience severe volatility.
 
            217 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

The CHRC determined that the Chief Executive Officer’s total actual 2007 direct compensation was appropriate after taking into account the factors described above, as well as the following:
 
  •  our Chief Executive Officer’s total direct compensation level is consistent with competitive market practices, as reflected by Chief Executive Officer pay in our Comparator Group;
 
  •  our Chief Executive Officer has a much broader scope of responsibility than that of other executive officers within the company;
 
  •  our Chief Executive Officer has been carrying out the duties of both the Chief Executive Officer and President since mid-2007; and
 
  •  our Chief Executive Officer is the primary leader responsible for external representation.
 
      Mr. Piszel
 
Mr. Piszel’s performance for 2007 was evaluated primarily based on the company’s performance against one of the most critical 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard objectives – Accounting and Controls – and other division-specific performance objectives that Mr. Syron established for 2007. The CHRC agreed with management’s assessment that, under Mr. Piszel’s leadership, we achieved “above plan” performance on the Accounting and Controls scorecard objective. More specifically, Mr. Piszel was able to exceed this objective by directing our return to quarterly financial reporting in 2007 and substantially completing the Comprehensive Plan. The company also successfully designed and implemented controls for our financial reporting. Additionally, we have strengthened our internal controls during 2007 by achieving a number of significant milestones. With respect to additional achievements not captured by the 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard, the CHRC also determined that Mr. Piszel quickly developed a plan for SEC registration and has made substantial progress executing on the plan.
 
      Ms. Cook
 
Ms. Cook’s performance for 2007 was evaluated based on the company’s performance against several 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard objectives and other division-specific performance objectives that Mr. Syron and Ms. Cook established for 2007. On the three 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard objectives for which Ms. Cook was primarily responsible, the CHRC agreed with management’s assessment that we fell slightly short on two (Mission and Touch More Loans), and were farther below plan on one (Shareholder Value). With respect to additional achievements not captured by the 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard, however, the CHRC agreed with management’s assessment that Ms. Cook played a significant role in our December 2007 $6 billion preferred stock offering and our market-leading response to early signs of the subprime crisis. In addition, Ms. Cook assumed formal responsibility for three additional divisions in June 2007 and has been informally responsible for these areas since late 2006 without any adjustment to her compensation.
 
      Mr. Perlman
 
Because Mr. Perlman joined Freddie Mac in August 2007, his performance was not assessed based on 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard objectives. The CHRC agreed with management’s assessment that Mr. Perlman has had an immediate impact on moving forward several major initiatives. For example, his leadership and business expertise enabled us to progress significantly on the Comprehensive Plan with respect to the remediation of several material weaknesses and significant deficiencies in our internal controls. The CHRC also agreed with management’s assessment that Mr. Perlman played a significant role in our ability to absorb the significantly increased and unplanned volume of multifamily loans in 2007 by reallocating staff, adopting a variety of efficiencies, and utilizing outsourcing in order to provide capacity to our business units and our customers. More importantly, we were able to absorb this additional volume without increasing our general and administrative costs and without incurring significant disruptions. Further, the CHRC agreed with management’s assessment that Mr. Perlman has made progress in improving efficiency in the operations and technology division, including substantially reducing our reliance on external contractors.
 
      Mr. May
 
Mr. May’s performance for 2007 was evaluated based on one of the company’s 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard objectives, division-specific performance objectives that Ms. Cook and Mr. May established for 2007, and other accomplishments. On the 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard objective for which Mr. May had the greatest influence (Touch More Loans), we fell slightly short of our objective. With respect to the division-specific objectives, Mr. May accomplished several initiatives to ensure that the Multifamily division is prepared to meet future challenges and substantially accomplish the division’s financial objectives. A new organizational structure was developed and implemented to achieve the business objective of enhancing the speed of service to effectively meet the needs of customers. Additionally, the Multifamily division met the market demand and processed record volumes in the second half of the year, which included the largest transaction in the history of the division.
 
            218 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Chief Executive Officer Special Performance Award Opportunity
 
In connection with Mr. Syron’s extension agreement in November 2007, the CHRC and other non-employee directors approved the establishment of a special, one-time cash performance award opportunity for Mr. Syron. The award opportunity was designed to provide additional incentive and recognition for the completion of key tasks over the period from June 1, 2007 through September 30, 2009. These key tasks are beyond the performance measures established by the 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard. This award is consistent with our pay-for-performance philosophy, which requires the demonstration and evaluation of performance prior to payment. The award is subject to the conditions outlined in Mr. Syron’s amended employment agreement and Mr. Syron may not defer payment of this award until a later date.
 
The CHRC first set the parameters of the award and developed a list of critical infrastructure, control and cultural objectives that would significantly benefit shareholder interests over the two-year period. The CHRC believed that, if accomplished, these achievements would result in substantial enhancement of shareholder value. The maximum amount payable under this award would place Mr. Syron’s compensation between the 50th and 75th percentile of the Comparator Group data. After receiving advice from Hewitt, the CHRC concluded that this would be appropriate compensation for superior levels of performance. The agreement was reviewed by OFHEO.
 
The performance determination will be made by the CHRC at a meeting in the third quarter of 2009. The actual payment, if any, will be made as soon as administratively practicable following the determination of performance, but no later than October 31, 2009.
 
The amount of the actual award will range from $0 to $6 million, with no guarantee that any payment will be made. The specific award amount will be determined by the CHRC, in its sole discretion, based on a reasonable relationship to the number and relative significance and/or strategic value of performance milestones (described below) that the company achieves either in whole or part over the performance period. In determining the actual award amount to be paid to Mr. Syron, the CHRC will obtain and consider the views of the other non-employee directors. The CHRC will also consider Mr. Syron’s actual compensation under our standard annual compensation program during the performance period, and how it compares to the compensation of Chief Executive Officers in the Comparator Group.
 
         
    Award Size as %
   
Payout Level
  of Target  
Description
 
Minimum
  0%   No milestones achieved
    1% – 99%   Some, but not all milestones are achieved in whole or part as described above.
Maximum
  100%   All milestones achieved
 
The performance milestones*, which will be measured from June 1, 2007 through September 30, 2009, are:
 
  •  Remediate all material weaknesses and significant deficiencies disclosed in the 2006 annual report dated March 23, 2007.
 
  •  Return to timely and sustainable financial reporting with the expectation that we will achieve compliance with Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) with the issuance of our 2009 financial statements and substantial completion of each element of the Comprehensive Plan.
 
  •  Make material improvements in the information technology (IT) infrastructure. [Sustained and reliable operation of IT general controls, remediation of all technology-related material weaknesses and significant deficiencies, consistent application of the systems development life cycle, progress on the development of an end-to-end platform for distributing credit risk exceeding the company’s risk profile, completion of systems work necessary to support SEC registrant reporting, timely completion of major system projects as reported from time to time to the Mission, Sourcing and Technology Committee, improving ability of legacy systems to interface easily with external, third-party IT solutions.]
 
  •  Complete SEC registration under the Exchange Act.
 
  •  Manage a smooth succession process for the Chief Executive Officer position. [Quality of the Chief Executive Officer search process, speed and success of integrating the new Chief Executive Officer into the company’s management team, success in transitioning day-to-day business operations responsibilities to the new Chief Executive Officer.]
 
  •  Substantially enhance the leadership strength of our executive team and the Board. Enhance the level of alignment and collaboration within both our executive team and the Board. [Increase in ready-now candidates for critical succession roles, increase success in filling critical succession roles with internal candidates, increase representation of minority and female officers, success expanding key experience/competency needs when new Board members are selected.]
 
 
Information/data listed in brackets following certain measures are the type of information, both objective and subjective, which the CHRC will take into consideration in determining whether the milestone has been achieved.
 
            219 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
  •  Improve the company’s ability to identify and respond to new mission needs and capital market changes and execute on those opportunities that enhance our housing mission and long-term shareholder value. [Success aligning the company’s efforts to improve its financial performance consistent with our mission, success helping shape the new affordable housing goals to focus on delivering housing opportunity directly to our mission constituents, success developing and delivering to market viable, non-predatory sub-prime loan products, providing liquidity, affordability and stability to residential mortgage markets.]
 
  •  Demonstrate substantial progress toward embedding a pay-for-performance culture. [Increasing the level of bonus differentiation versus 2005 results, maintaining an appropriate distribution of performance ratings that aligns with business performance, maintaining bonus payouts linked directly to actual performance against annual Scorecard, utilizing performance features in multiple elements of the pay structure for executive officers.]
 
  •  Demonstrate substantial progress in managing the company within the current and future legislative and regulatory framework. [Informing regulators, Congress and industry groups on the impact of proposed legislative and regulatory actions on the GSEs and providing constructive solutions to respond to legislative and regulatory changes and concerns; addressing concerns raised by Congress, regulators and industry groups regarding how GSEs fulfill their mission as well as concerns regarding potential safety and soundness issues; achieving compliance with the rules and standards under which the GSEs will operate.]
 
  •  Achieve meaningful enhancement of shareholder economic value. [Determining appropriate metrics to measure fair value; year-over-year adjusted GAAP results; return on capital; changes in market share; credit performance; quality and effectiveness of profitability measures.]
 
The accomplishment of most or all of these milestones would result in a dramatic transformation of the company as compared to its position in late 2003, when Mr. Syron assumed leadership.
 
The CHRC is responsible for exercising its judgment at the end of the performance period to assess all relevant information, including the information outlined above, to determine the extent to which the performance milestones have been achieved in whole or part (as defined above), in deciding what amount, if any, of the award opportunity should be paid.
 
This is a special award intended to recognize the achievement of specific performance criteria prior to September 30, 2009. Our normal plan termination provisions do not apply to this opportunity. In the event of death, disability or involuntary termination by us without cause or termination by Mr. Syron for Good Reason (as such term is defined in Mr. Syron’s Employment Agreement) prior to September 30, 2009, the entire award will be forfeited unless the CHRC, in its sole discretion, determines that some or all of the performance milestones had been achieved prior to the event of death, disability, or involuntary termination by us without cause or termination by Mr. Syron for Good Reason. In the event of termination by us for cause or voluntary termination by Mr. Syron other than for Good Reason prior to September 30, 2009, the entire award will be forfeited.
 
The November 9, 2007 amendment to Mr. Syron’s employment agreement includes an escrow provision under which up to $4 million of the special performance award payment would, under specified circumstances, be escrowed for a period of one year after the payment of the award.
 
2007 Long-Term Equity Awards
 
A significant portion of our named executive officers’ compensation is in the form of long-term equity awards, to ensure that the executive officers’ financial interests are well aligned with the long-term interests of our stockholders. In addition, long-term equity compensation is a key component of our compensation structure that enables us to motivate leaders and key employees and encourage them to provide long-term service.
 
In setting the target long-term equity awards for 2007 for each of the named executive officers, the CHRC considered the factors discussed under “Evaluating and Targeting Executive Compensation” above and the terms of our named executive officers’ employment agreements and offer letters.
 
Awards granted to named executive officers in March 2008 for performance in 2007 were entirely in the form of RSUs. As discussed below under “RSUs,” a portion of these RSUs are subject to a performance-based vesting condition. The value of the equity awards increases or decreases with changes in the value of Freddie Mac stock. The equity awards thus focus executives on improving the long-term value of Freddie Mac through continued productive service subsequent to the date of the award.
 
In March 2008, the CHRC determined the actual RSU awards to the named executive officers in respect of 2007 performance. Overall, the CHRC determined it was appropriate that each of the named executive officers’ actual award was equal to or greater than their target, despite the challenging market and regulatory conditions that prevailed during 2007. The CHRC made this decision in order to recognize that a number of actions and accomplishments by management better
 
            220 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

position the company for the future. The individual executive’s amount of these long-term equity awards was based on a number of factors, including:
 
  •  The executive’s performance and contribution during 2007, as discussed under “2007 Annual Bonus Compensation — Individual Performance Assessments ” above;
 
  •  The executive’s potential for making future contributions and ability to assume greater responsibility and leadership roles;
 
  •  The engagement and retention of the executive;
 
  •  Criticality of the executive’s skills;
 
  •  The executive’s total direct compensation compared to competitive market levels; and
 
  •  The performance of the company against the 2007 Bonus Funding Scorecard.
 
Messrs. McQuade and Smialowski were no longer with the company and did not receive a long-term equity award for 2007.
 
The following table summarizes targets and the value of long-term equity awards actually granted to the named executive officers for their performance during 2007:
 
Table 122 — Named Executive Officer Long-Term Equity Awards for 2007 Performance
 
                         
    For Performance During 2007 (1)
    Target Long-Term
      Actual Award
    Equity Award   Actual Award   as % of Target
 
Mr. Syron
  $ 9,400,000 (2)   $ 10,000,000       106%  
Mr. Piszel
  $ 3,000,000 (2)   $ 3,200,000       107%  
Ms. Cook
  $ 2,600,000     $ 2,800,000       108%  
Mr. Perlman
  $ 1,525,000 (2)   $ 1,600,000       105%  
Mr. May
  $ 677,000     $ 677,000       100%  
Mr. McQuade (3)
  $ 6,000,000       n.a.       n.a.  
Mr. Smialowski (4)
  $ 2,100,000       n.a.       n.a.  
(1)  The long-term equity awards in respect of performance during 2007 were granted in March 2008 and will also be reported in our 2009 proxy statement.
(2)  In accordance with Mr. Piszel’s and Mr. Perlman’s offer letters and Mr. Syron’s amended employment agreement, respectively.
(3)  Mr. McQuade terminated his employment effective September 1, 2007 and did not receive a long-term equity award in respect of his performance during 2007.
(4)  Mr. Smialowski terminated his employment effective December 31, 2007 and did not receive a long-term equity award in respect of his performance during 2007.
 
RSUs
 
General.   An RSU represents a conditional contractual right to receive one share of our common stock at a specified future date subject to certain restrictions ( i.e. , the vesting period, and, in certain cases, performance-based conditions or criteria). The underlying stock is not issued until the restrictions lapse, at which time the RSU is settled or, if previously elected by the grantee for grants made prior to 2008, deferred. See “Other Executive Benefits, including Perquisites and Retirement Benefits — Executive Deferred Compensation and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan” below for more information regarding the deferral of RSUs. In the event a cash dividend is declared and paid on our common stock, holders of RSUs will receive dividend equivalents, paid out in cash promptly after the payment date for such dividend, equal to the number of RSUs held by the executive officer multiplied by the dividend paid on each outstanding share of our common stock. RSUs do not have voting rights because they are not considered legally issued or outstanding shares.
 
RSUs granted as part of annual long-term equity awards generally vest in four installments at the rate of 25% on each anniversary of the grant date. Of the awards of RSUs made to our named executive officers in March 2008 for their 2007 performance, 25% are subject to an additional performance vesting criterion. The satisfaction of this requirement will be determined in the sole discretion of the CHRC. In order for these RSUs to be considered earned, the CHRC must determine no later than March 31, 2009 that management completed the process of registering our common stock with the SEC. If earned, these RSUs will be subject to the same time-based vesting as the other RSUs held by our named executive officers and will vest with respect to 25% of the award in March 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012.
 
As reported in our May 7, 2007 proxy statement, of the awards of RSUs made to our named executive officers in March 2007 for their 2006 performance, 25% also were subject to an additional performance vesting criterion. At its January 31, 2008 meeting, the CHRC determined that this criterion was met. The CHRC determined that the company is in a substantially better position to compete in the marketplace as compared to the company’s positioning at the beginning of 2007 due to substantial progress improving controls, preparing for a return to timely financial reporting and for SEC registration, improving risk management capabilities, improving the pay-for-performance culture, retaining key staff, and assuring sufficient capitalization to weather the mortgage market downturn.
 
Valuation of RSUs.   In awarding RSUs, the CHRC first approves a dollar value of the RSUs to be awarded. The number of RSUs awarded to each executive officer is then calculated by dividing the dollar amount of the award by the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant.
 
            221 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

In 2006, the CHRC decided to eliminate the use of an economic discount in converting the approved dollar value of long-term equity awards into a specific number of RSUs. The discount had been applied to the fair market value of the company’s common stock on the date of RSU grants, and had the effect of increasing the specific number of RSUs awarded in order to reflect the risk of forfeiture during the restricted period. The CHRC requested that management develop an economically neutral transition plan in order to minimize the impact of the elimination of the discount on award recipients. At the March 3, 2007 meeting, the CHRC approved a change in the methodology used to calculate the number of RSUs subject to an award by eliminating the economic discount. The change in methodology resulted in the value of the RSU portion of the long-term equity award being adjusted upwards by approximately 11% for Ms. Cook and Messrs. May and Smialowski. This change in methodology resulted in an economically neutral outcome from the company’s perspective. It did not result in additional cost to the company and did not provide the employee with greater value, because the upward adjustment of the long-term equity award targets was offset by the elimination of the economic discount in determining the specific number of RSU awards.
 
For Messrs. Syron and McQuade, this change in methodology was not applicable and, for Mr. Syron, will not be applicable in the future, because in 2006 they requested not to have their target long-term equity awards adjusted upward. Additionally, this adjustment is not applicable to Mr. Piszel, or other executive officers with an employment agreement or offer letter that sets forth a defined dollar value for the annual long-term equity award.
 
Stock Options
 
General.   Each stock option entitles its holder to purchase one share of our stock at its fair market value on the date that the option was granted. Stock options granted as part of long-term incentive awards generally vest in four installments at the rate of 25% on each anniversary of the grant date. For example, the stock options granted to executive officers in June 2006 vested with respect to 25% of the award in June 2007 and will vest with respect to 25% of the award in each of June 2008, 2009, and 2010. The company has not granted stock options to executive officers since June 2006.
 
Valuation of Stock Options.   To determine the number of stock options for the annual award, the CHRC first approves a dollar amount of stock options to be awarded. On the grant date, that dollar amount is converted into a number of shares of common stock subject to the stock option using a Black-Scholes model for the valuation of stock options. The exercise price of stock options is equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date. At the time of the June 2006 grant of stock options, fair market value was defined by the 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (“2004 Employee Plan”) as the average of the high and low prices of a share of our common stock on the grant date as reported in The Wall Street Journal’s composite transactions table for New York Stock Exchange listed securities. On December 7, 2006, the CHRC approved an amendment to the 2004 Employee Plan to change the definition of fair market value that is used for purposes of determining the exercise price of stock options, from the average of the high and low prices to the closing price of our stock on the date of grant.
 
Proportion of Long-Term Incentives Awarded in RSUs and Stock Options
 
Awards made in 2008 for performance by the named executive officers in 2007 were solely in the form of RSUs. The CHRC’s decision to deliver the annual long-term incentive award in RSUs was determined as part of its annual review of executive compensation. Factors considered included long-term incentives that are appropriate for internal desired outcomes, competitive market practices at both the companies in the Comparator Group and the financial services industry, and the greater retention value of RSUs versus stock options. A major consideration in the CHRC’s decision to use solely RSUs was the CHRC’s conclusion that during our ongoing restructuring period, RSUs better achieved a number of internal objectives, including:
 
  •  motivating leaders and key employees and encouraging them to provide long-term service without undue focus on short-term changes in stock price; and
 
  •  increasing the immediate “at risk” equity value to assist in maximizing retention to maintain stability in leadership and key contributor roles.
 
Other Executive Benefits, Including Perquisites and Retirement Benefits
 
Generally Available Benefits
 
Health and Welfare Plans
 
The named executive officers are eligible to participate in employee benefit programs and plans that are generally available to all full-time and part-time employees (subject to fulfilling certain eligibility requirements). These include benefits such as our active employee health and welfare plans (including medical, dental, vision, group life insurance, accidental death and personal loss insurance and employee assistance benefits), as well as other programs such as our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). In designing these benefits we seek to provide an overall level and mix of benefits that is competitive with those offered by companies in our Comparator Group.
 
            222 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Tax-Qualified Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Retirement Plans
 
The named executive officers are eligible to participate in our broad-based tax-qualified retirement plan (“Pension Plan”) and savings plan (the “Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan”), on the same terms as other employees. For additional information on these two plans, including the present value of accumulated benefits under the Pension Plan for each of the named executive officers, see “Table 123 — Summary Compensation Table” and “Table 127 — Pension Benefits — 2007” and accompanying narrative disclosures in the “Executive Compensation” section below.
 
Executive Deferred Compensation and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans
 
During 2007, the named executive officers were eligible to participate in the Freddie Mac 2002 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, or the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, which allowed them to elect to defer a portion of their annual salary and all of their cash bonus and the settlement of their RSUs received under our stock plan. Effective January 1, 2008, the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan has been amended and restated to redesign the plan and bring the plan into documentary compliance with Code Section 409A. Among the changes made to the plan is the prospective elimination of the deferred settlement of RSUs for RSUs granted in 2008 and later years and a limitation on the amount of annual salary that may be deferred equal to 80% of such salary. The named executive officers were eligible to defer settlement of RSUs granted in 2007. While Mr. May has a deferred compensation balance, none of our named executive officers deferred receipt of salary or bonus under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan in 2007. Mr. Perlman deferred the settlement of his sign-on award RSU grant received in 2007. For more information, see “Executive Compensation — Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation” below.
 
The named executive officers were also eligible to participate in the Freddie Mac Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) during 2007. This plan was also amended and restated effective January 1, 2008 to redesign the plan and bring the plan into documentary compliance with Code Section 409A. This plan has two components, one of which corresponds to the Pension Plan and the other of which corresponds to the Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan. The Pension SERP Benefit (which used to be called the “Restoration Benefit” prior to the SERP’s restatement) provides participants with the full amount of benefits to which they would have been entitled under the Pension Plan if that plan (1) was not subject to certain limits on compensation and benefits that can be taken into account under the Code and (2) did not exclude from compensation amounts deferred under our Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. The Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit (which used to be known as the “Make-Up Contribution” prior to the SERP’s restatement) provides participants with the full amount of benefits to which they would have been entitled under the Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan if that plan (1) was not subject to certain limits under the Code and (2) did not exclude from compensation amounts deferred under our Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. We believe that the SERP is an appropriate benefit because offering such a benefit helps us remain competitive with companies in our Comparator Group.
 
For specific information on the accruals and earnings under the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit for each of the named executive officers, see Table 128 and accompanying narrative disclosures under “Executive Compensation” below. For a summary of our pension benefit obligations to the named executive officers, including under our tax-qualified pension plan and the Pension SERP Benefit, see “Table 127 — Pension Benefits — 2007” and accompanying narrative disclosures under “Executive Compensation” below.
 
Perquisites and Additional Life and Disability Insurance Payments
 
Certain perquisites are made available to our named executive officers. These include financial planning services, relocation reimbursements and related tax gross-ups, home security systems (Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer only), personal use of a car and driver for commuting transportation in the Washington, D.C. area and related tax gross-ups (Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer only), payment of spousal business travel and spousal dining costs for business purposes and related tax gross-ups, and the accompaniment of spouses and other family on charter aircraft business travel so long as there is no incremental cost to the company. These types of perquisites are common among executives in our industry. In addition, providing them as perquisites (as opposed to increasing base salary in an amount designed to compensate for the loss of these perquisites) avoids the increase that would otherwise occur in certain other benefit costs that are based on the level of an executive’s base salary. Further details regarding these perquisites are contained in Table 123 — Summary Compensation Table and accompanying footnotes under “Executive Compensation”. Table 123 — Summary Compensation Table also details certain payments for life and disability insurance made on behalf of the named executive officers.
 
Post-Termination Compensation
 
The named executive officers may receive certain payments or benefits at, following, or in connection with a change in control of Freddie Mac, a change in the named executive officer’s responsibilities, or a named executive officer’s termination, including resignation, severance, retirement or constructive termination. These payments are described in detail in “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” and “Executive Compensation —
 
            223 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Employment and Separation Agreements”, where the specifics of the employment agreement, offer letter or separation arrangement applicable to each named executive officer are explained.
 
The termination provisions differ significantly among the named executive officers, all of whom, with the exception of Mr. May, have either employment agreements or offer letters with certain minimum compensation guarantees. These differences grew out of the different negotiations that occurred with respect to the employment of the named executive officers, all of whom, with the exception of Mr. May, were hired after the restatement, between December 31, 2003 and August 1, 2007. During the negotiations with our named executive officers, we relied on the advice of Hewitt and competitive market survey data in the financial services industry provided by Hewitt in structuring the post-employment compensation arrangements. Each arrangement was entered into following arms-length negotiations with the named executive officer. In addition, each post-employment compensation arrangement was submitted to OFHEO for its review and approval pursuant to statutory and regulatory requirements that OFHEO determine whether termination benefits to be provided to our executive officers are comparable to benefits that would be provided to officers of other public and private entities involved in financial services and housing interests who have comparable duties and responsibilities. In light of the restructuring efforts that began in 2003 and which are still underway and the relatively late stages in their careers of some of our new named executive officers, it was not unexpected that a condition of their accepting employment was our provision of significant protections if their employment is terminated without cause or they terminate for good reason during the early years of their employment with us.
 
Compensation Committee Discretion
 
The CHRC retains the discretion to decrease all forms of incentive payouts based on significant individual or company performance, subject, in certain cases, to the terms of a named executive officer’s employment agreement or offer letter. Likewise, the CHRC retains the discretion to increase payouts and/or consider special awards for significant achievements.
 
Timing of Equity Grants
 
Freddie Mac has a policy for the dating of equity grants, including annual long-term equity incentive awards and other awards such as sign-on awards. In recommending the effective date of grant for the annual long-term equity incentive award to all eligible employees, including named executive officers, management considers, based on discussions with our Legal Division, the timing of the release of material, non-public information and other risks. If there is no material non-public information pending, then the recommended effective date is the date of the meeting at which the award is approved by the CHRC. If there is material non-public information pending, the effective date of grant is deferred to the third business day after the date of the public announcement and release of the material non-public information. Neither management nor the CHRC have in the past or plan in the future to time the release of material non-public information for the purpose of affecting the value and amount of equity incentive awards.
 
In the case of sign-on awards, the policy requires that the effective date of grant is the next regularly scheduled meeting of the CHRC following the CHRC’s approval and the individual’s first date of employment, even if the CHRC decides not to meet on such date. With respect to stock-based incentive awards other than annual awards and sign-on awards, and subject to deferral of effective dates of grant until the third business day after public release in the case of pending material non-public information, the effective date of grant is generally the date of the meeting at which the award is approved by the CHRC, subject to deferral as described above for annual awards.
 
Adjustment or Recovery of Awards
 
Our standard RSU and stock option award agreements provide that any unvested RSUs and any unexercised stock options, whether or not vested, would be immediately canceled and forfeited and that the recipient would be required to repay all after-tax gains recognized upon the vesting of RSUs or exercise of our stock options under the award in the event that the employee seeks or accepts employment with one of our competitors. After we register our common stock with the SEC we will become subject to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which provides that if we are required to restate our financials due to material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirements as a result of misconduct, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer must reimburse us for (1) any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation received during the 12 months following the first public issuance of the non-complying document, and (2) any profits realized from the sale of our securities during those 12 months. Additionally, OFHEO could require us to seek to include language regarding adjustments or return of prior stock awards in employment agreements we may seek to enter into in the future.
 
Stock Ownership Guidelines
 
We expect our directors and officers to own our common stock. A significant portion of director and executive compensation is paid in common stock, as described in greater detail herein and in “Board Compensation” above. We believe that stock ownership by our directors and executive officers aligns their interests with the long-term interests of our stockholders.
 
            224 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

We expect our Chief Executive Officer to own, within four years of each such officer’s date of hire or promotion, as appropriate, Freddie Mac stock with a fair market value equal to five times such officer’s annual base salary. We also expect, within four years of the date of hire or promotion to executive officer, our other executive officers to own Freddie Mac stock with a fair market value equal to three times such officer’s annual base salary. Each of our executive officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, will be treated as complying with this stock ownership requirement, even if the officer does not otherwise meet the requirement, if the officer:
 
  •  retains all Freddie Mac stock the officer owned as of the later of January 31, 2006 or the date the executive officer is hired or promoted into an executive officer position; and
 
  •  retains all Freddie Mac stock acquired through the settlement of restricted stock units (net of shares withheld for taxes) for which the restrictions have lapsed, or for which the restrictions lapse in the future.
 
For information on our stock ownership requirements for non-employee directors, see “Board Compensation — Non-Employee Director Stock Ownership Guidelines ” above.
 
            225 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation
 
Compensation Tables
 
The following tables set forth compensation information for our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our three other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2007 and two former executive officers who otherwise would have been listed in the table, but had ceased to be executive officers before December 31, 2007.
 
Table 123 — Summary Compensation Table
 
                                                                 
                        Change in
       
                        Pension Value
       
                        and
       
                        Nonqualified
       
                        Deferred
       
                Stock
  Option
  Compensation
  All Other
   
Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary (1)   Bonus (2)   Awards (3)   Awards (3)   Earnings (4)   Compensation (5)   Total
 
Richard F. Syron
    2007     $ 1,200,000     $ 3,450,000     $ 8,662,876     $ 3,471,051     $ 734,063     $ 771,585     $ 18,289,575  
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
    2006       1,100,000       2,400,000       7,162,448       3,261,460       355,273       453,882       14,733,063  
Anthony S. Piszel (6)
    2007       650,000       1,350,000       1,875,521       0       84,038       352,469       4,312,028  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    2006       88,750       3,100,000       93,593       0       0       367,954       3,650,297  
Patricia L. Cook (6)
    2007       600,000       1,400,000       1,717,224       603,851       225,550       302,578       4,849,203  
Executive Vice President and Chief Business Officer
    2006       600,000       2,300,000       1,118,767       533,747       221,353       123,062       4,896,929  
Michael Perlman (6)
    2007       208,333       1,775,000       127,989       0       0       73,451       2,184,773  
Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology
                                                               
Michael C. May
    2007       418,000       715,000       599,423       281,262       194,772       140,921       2,349,378  
Senior Vice President, Multifamily Sourcing
                                                               
Eugene M. McQuade (6)
    2007       600,000       0       2,208,341       500,894       0       446,091       3,755,326  
Former President and Chief Operating Officer
    2006       900,000       1,500,000       3,627,289       1,088,677       193,180       338,313       7,647,459  
Joseph A. Smialowski (6)
    2007       550,000       1,350,000       549,830       162,195       0       158,649       2,770,674  
Former Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology
    2006       541,667       975,000       776,270       308,145       148,351       70,078       2,819,511  
The stock and option award amounts used to calculate total compensation shown above are not the amounts granted to or actually realized by our named executive officers in 2006 or 2007, but rather the compensation expense recognized by Freddie Mac in the year shown for the named executive officers’ restricted stock unit awards and option awards as determined under SFAS 123(R). For example, in the table above, the value disclosed for stock and option awards is the SFAS 123(R) expense recognized in 2007 for Mr. Syron’s restricted stock unit awards and option awards, $12,133,927. The actual fair market value of stock options that were exercised and the restricted stock unit awards that vested in 2007 was $4,433,106. This results in a $7,700,821 difference between total 2007 compensation using the SFAS 123(R) expense (reflected in the table above) and the total 2007 compensation using the value of stock options that were exercised and restricted stock units that vested in 2007. The chart below compares the 2007 total compensation for all named executive officers as reflected in the Summary Compensation Table with the total compensation for 2007 using the fair market value of stock options that were exercised and restricted stock units that vested in 2007.
 
                 
        Total 2007 Compensation
        Using Value of Stock
    Total 2007
  Options Exercised and
    Compensation Using
  Restricted Stock Awards
Name
  SFAS 123(R) Expense   Vesting in 2007
 
Mr. Syron
  $ 18,289,575     $ 10,588,754  
Mr. Piszel
    4,312,028       3,137,889  
Ms. Cook
    4,849,203       3,891,280  
Mr. Perlman
    2,184,773       2,056,784  
Mr. May
    2,349,378       2,042,768  
Mr. McQuade
    3,755,326       5,203,895  
Mr. Smialowski
    2,770,674       2,983,850  
 
(1)  Mr. Syron’s 2007 salary of $1,200,000 was attributable to his annual salary of $1,100,000 from January 1, 2007 through June 30, 2007 and $1,300,000 from July 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007. Mr. Perlman’s 2007 salary of $208,333 was attributable to the period from his employment date, August 1, 2007, through December 31, 2007, based on an annual salary of $500,000. Mr. McQuade’s 2007 salary of $600,000 was attributable to his annual salary of $900,000 from January 1, 2007 through his termination date of September 1, 2007.
 
(2)  Except as otherwise noted, amounts reported for all named executive officers are for performance in 2006 and 2007. Mr. Syron’s bonus in 2007 includes a special extension bonus of $1,250,000 for his agreement to extend the terms of his employment agreement. Mr. Piszel’s bonus in 2006 includes a one-time cash sign-on bonus of $2,500,000 that is subject to repayment under certain circumstances. Mr. Perlman’s bonus includes a one-time cash sign-on bonus of $550,000 that is subject to repayment under certain circumstances. Mr. May’s bonus includes a retention bonus of $250,000. Mr. Smialowski’s bonus in 2007 is in accordance with his Transition Period Agreement dated May 18, 2007 and is the sum of $1,150,000 attributable to his annual bonus for performance in 2007, and a $200,000 supplemental cash payment. The 2006 annual bonus amounts were approved by the CHRC on March 3, 2007 and paid on March 16, 2007. The 2007 annual bonus amounts were approved by the CHRC on March 7, 2008 and paid on March 17, 2008. For information regarding guaranteed bonuses and contractual target bonuses for Messrs. Syron, Piszel, Perlman and Smialowski, see “Employment and Separation Agreements” below.
 
            226 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

(3)  See “NOTE 10: STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION” to the audited consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the assumptions made in determining SFAS 123(R) values. The amounts reported disregard estimates of forfeitures for awards with service-based vesting conditions. There can be no assurance that the SFAS 123(R) amounts will ever be realized by any named executive officer.
 
     Grants of RSUs include the right to receive dividend equivalents. Prior to January 1, 2006, stock options also had dividend equivalent rights on each share underlying the option equal to the dividend per share declared and paid on our outstanding common stock. For stock options vested as of December 31, 2004, dividend equivalents are accrued and are payable in cash upon exercise or expiration of the option. In response to Code Section 409A, the CHRC approved a modification of the terms of certain outstanding stock options granted under the 2004 Employee Plan. In particular, the terms of any stock option grant or portion thereof outstanding as of December 31, 2005 that was not vested as of December 31, 2004 were modified to eliminate the accrual of dividend equivalents. Dividend equivalents accrued through December 31, 2005 with respect to these stock options were distributed in a lump sum in 2006. Thereafter, dividend equivalents with respect to these stock options will not accrue but will be distributed as soon as practicable after dividends on our common stock have been declared. Beginning January 1, 2006, dividend equivalents are no longer granted in connection with awards of stock options.
 
     The value of dividend equivalents is recognized in the compensation expense of the stock option and RSU awards shown in the Summary Compensation Table. The table below shows the actual amount of cash dividend equivalents paid in 2006 and 2007 to the named executive officers on their outstanding RSU awards and the portions of their outstanding stock option awards that were not vested and exercisable before January 1, 2005.
 
 
                                 
            Dividend
   
        Dividend Equivalents
  Equivalents Paid on
  Total Dividend
    Year   Paid on RSUs   Stock Options   Equivalents Paid
 
Mr. Syron
    2007     $ 400,489     $ 497,955     $ 898,444  
      2006       471,555       1,180,719       1,652,274  
Mr. Piszel
    2007       168,561       0       168,561  
      2006       39,470       0       39,470  
Ms. Cook
    2007       121,704       84,255       205,959  
      2006       111,177       190,655       301,832  
Mr. Perlman
    2007       10,103       0       10,103  
Mr. May
    2007       42,466       56,783       99,249  
Mr. McQuade
    2007       183,842       140,963       324,805  
      2006       288,602       347,332       635,934  
Mr. Smialowski
    2007       97,893       42,300       140,193  
      2006       83,212       86,856       170,068  
(4)  Amounts reported reflect the actuarial increase in the present value of each named executive officer’s accrued benefits under our Pension Plan and the Pension SERP Benefit from September 30, 2005 to September 30, 2006 (for 2006) and from September 30, 2006 to September 30, 2007 (for 2007), determined using the assumptions applied in our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and the normal retirement age of 65 specified in the Pension Plan. See “NOTE 14: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS” to the audited consolidated financial statements for a discussion of these assumptions. Present values are determined based on generational mortality tables developed by the Society of Actuaries’ Retirement Plans Experience Committee. Mr. Piszel was not a participant in the Pension Plan as of September 30, 2007, but became a participant as of December 31, 2007. The amounts reported for Mr. Piszel reflect the actuarial increase in the present value from September 30, 2006 to September 30, 2007.
 
With the exception of Mr. May, the values reported include amounts that the named executive officers are not currently entitled to receive because such amounts are not yet vested. The amounts reported do not include values associated with retiree medical benefits, which are generally available to all employees. For additional information concerning the Pension Plan and the Pension SERP Benefit, see “Pension Benefits” below. For additional information concerning the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit, see “Non-qualified Deferred Compensation” below.
 
The amounts reported for Mr. May also include the above-market earnings on his accumulated balance in the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan as of December 31, 2007. Deferrals under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan are credited with interest compounded daily at the rate of: 1% per annum in excess of the prime rate as reported by the Wall Street Journal on the first business day of each calendar year during the deferral period. In 2007, interest was credited at a rate of 9.25% based on the prime rate on January 2, 2007 of 8.25% plus 1%. Nonqualified deferred compensation earnings included for Mr. May consisted of the above-market portion of interest paid in 2007, which was 3.69%, equal to the 9.25% credited minus 120% of the applicable federal long-term rate, or 5.56%.
 
(5)  Amounts reflect (i) basic and matching contributions we made to our tax-qualified Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan; (ii) accruals we made pursuant to the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit; (iii) FlexDollars (described below); (iv) the dollar value of premiums paid by us with respect to life and disability insurance; (v) perquisites and other personal benefits received; and (vi) gross-ups for the payment of taxes associated with perquisites and other personal benefits. These amounts are as follows:
 
 
                                                         
                    Life and
       
        Thrift/401(k)
  Thrift/401(k)
      Disability
       
        Savings Plan
  SERP
  Flex
  Insurance
      Tax
    Year   Contributions   Accruals   Dollars   Premiums   Perquisites   Gross-Ups
 
Mr. Syron
    2007     $ 17,041     $ 435,575     $ 22,344     $ 167,694     $ 117,731     $ 11,200  
      2006       13,200       229,375       22,344       167,694       15,114       6,155  
Mr. Piszel
    2007       0       2,438       14,655       0       272,188       63,188  
      2006       0       0       180       0       250,132       117,642  
Ms. Cook
    2007       13,666       275,200       13,712       0       0       0  
      2006       13,100       96,250       13,712       0       0       0  
Mr. Perlman
    2007       0       0       1,986       0       45,572       25,893  
                                                         
Mr. May
    2007       20,416       94,225       26,280       0       0       0  
Mr. McQuade
    2007       13,666       187,325       12,652       205,578       16,074       10,796  
      2006       13,200       71,250       18,978       205,578       22,385       6,922  
                                                         
Mr. Smialowski
    2007       13,666       130,492       13,867       0       0       624  
      2006       7,167       49,767       13,144       0       0       0  
 
            227 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

     Employer contributions to the Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan are available on the same terms to all of our employees. We match up to the first 6% of eligible compensation at 100% of the employee’s contributions, with the percentage matched dependent upon the employee’s length of service. Employee contributions and our matching contributions are invested in accordance with the employee’s investment elections and are immediately vested. In addition, we have discretionary authority to make additional contributions to our Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan, referred to as the “basic contribution,” that are allocated uniformly on behalf of each eligible employee, based on a stated percentage of each employee’s eligible compensation. If the company decides to make a discretionary basic contribution, that contribution is made by the company after the end of the calendar year to which it relates. The formula for the contribution is 2% of pay up to the Social Security wage base, which was $97,500 for 2007, and 4% of pay above the Social Security wage base. Discretionary basic contributions were approved and posted to employees’ accounts in 2006 and 2007. In 2006 and 2007, employees became vested in the basic contribution after five years of service.
 
     For additional information regarding the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit, see “Non-qualified Deferred Compensation” below. Amounts for the Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan Contributions and Thrift/401(k) SERP Accruals include all contributions made in respect of each named executive officer without regard to vesting status.
 
     FlexDollars are provided under our Flexible Benefits Plan and are generally available to all employees to offset costs related to medical coverage, dental coverage, vision coverage, group term life insurance, accidental death and personal loss insurance, and vacation purchase. FlexDollars can be used to offset the cost of other benefits and any unused FlexDollars are payable as taxable income.
 
     We provide Mr. Syron life insurance policies totaling $10,000,000 to be paid in the event of his death and a disability policy due to be paid to Mr. Syron in the event of his disability. We provided Mr. McQuade life insurance policies totaling $7,000,000 to be paid in the event of his death and disability coverage to provide benefits to Mr. McQuade in the event of his disability. This commitment to Mr. McQuade ended upon the termination of his employment with us. Amounts reported reflect premiums paid on these policies. For more information regarding insurance benefits made available to Messrs. Syron and McQuade, see “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” and “Employment and Separation Agreements” below.
 
     Perquisites include financial planning, personal use of car and driver for commuting in the Washington, D.C. metro area (for Messrs. Syron and McQuade only), home security systems (for Messrs. Syron and McQuade only), spousal business travel and spousal dining for business purposes, legal fees incurred in connection with negotiating employment agreements and relocation expenses. Perquisites are valued at their aggregate incremental cost to Freddie Mac. Ms. Cook received no perquisites in 2006 and 2007. During the years reported, the aggregate value of perquisites furnished to Messrs. May and Smialowski was less than $10,000.
 
     For Mr. Syron, the perquisite cost reported for 2007 that exceeds the greater of $25,000 or 10% of the total perquisite cost reported is $100,000 for legal fees, approved by the Board, incurred in connection with his amended employment agreement. For Mr. Piszel, the perquisite cost reported for 2006 and 2007 that exceeds the greater of $25,000 or 10% of the total perquisite costs reported is $225,132 and $264,561, respectively for relocation expense. Aggregate cost to the company for this expense is calculated based on the actual cost of services. For Mr. Perlman, the perquisite cost recorded for 2007 that exceeds the greater of $25,000 or 10% of the total perquisite costs reported is $45,572 for relocation expense.
 
(6)  Ms. Cook became Executive Vice President and Chief Business Officer on June 5, 2007. Prior to that, she was Executive Vice President, Investments and Capital Markets. Mr. Perlman became Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology on August 1, 2007. Mr. McQuade resigned his position as President and Chief Operating Officer effective September 1, 2007. Mr. Smialowski resigned his position as Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology effective June 30, 2007 and served as a special advisor to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until December 31, 2007.
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards — 2007
 
The following table contains information concerning grants of plan-based awards to each of the named executive officers during 2007. For more information on the equity awards to our named executive officers, including the timing of equity grants, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — RSUs” and “— Stock Options” above.
 
Table 124 — Grants of Plan-Based Awards — 2007
 
                                         
            Estimated Future
       
            Payouts Under
       
            Non-Equity
  All Other
   
            Incentive Plan
  Stock Awards:
  Grant Date
            Awards
  Number of
  Fair Value of
        CHRC
   
  Shares of
  Stock and
    Grant
  Approval
  Target
  Stock or Units
  Option
Name
  Date (1)   Date (1)   ($)   (#) (2)   Awards (3) ($)
 
Mr. Syron
    3/29/07       3/3/07               107,824     $ 6,450,032  
      3/29/07       3/3/07               35,942 (5)     1,092,277  
      12/6/07       6/8/07               21,564       800,024  
                    $ 6,000,000 (4)                
Mr. Piszel
    3/29/07       3/3/07               37,613       2,250,010  
      3/29/07       3/3/07               12,538 (5)     381,030  
Ms. Cook
    3/29/07       3/3/07               34,642       2,072,284  
      3/29/07       3/3/07               11,548 (5)     350,944  
Mr. Perlman
    9/6/07       9/6/07               20,206       1,200,034  
Mr. May
    3/29/07       3/3/07               8,777       525,040  
      3/29/07       3/3/07               2,926 (5)     88,921  
Mr. McQuade
    3/29/07       3/3/07               71,778       4,293,760  
      3/29/07       3/3/07               23,926 (5)(6)     727,111  
Mr. Smialowski
    3/29/07       3/3/07               27,997       1,674,781  
      3/29/07       3/3/07               9,333 (5)(6)     283,630  
(1)  Except as otherwise noted, these equity awards were made in 2007 in respect of the executive’s performance in 2006. Mr. Syron’s December 6, 2007 equity award and special performance award were made in connection with his amended employment agreement entered into in November 2007. The time between the June approval of Mr. Syron’s grant and the December grant date resulted from the length of time to finalize negotiations on and obtain the required regulatory approvals for that agreement.
 
     The CHRC approved the annual grant of RSUs and Performance RSUs for executive officers on March 3, 2007, with an effective grant date of March 29, 2007, which was the fourth business day of the open stock trading window period following the release of our fiscal year 2006 financial results.
 
            228 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

(2)  To determine the number of RSUs and Performance RSUs for the annual award, the CHRC first sets the dollar amount of RSUs and Performance RSUs to be awarded. On the grant date, that dollar amount is converted into RSUs and Performance RSUs by dividing the dollar amount of the award by the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date.
     The RSUs granted to the named executive officers on March 29, 2007 vest at a rate of 25% in each of March 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011. Because the CHRC has determined that the performance vesting requirement has been satisfied for the Performance RSUs, the Performance RSUs granted to the named executive officers on March 29, 2007 also vest at a rate of 25% in each of March 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011. The RSUs granted to Mr. Syron on December 6, 2007 in connection with his amended employment agreement vest at a rate of 25% in each of December 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011. The one-time sign-on RSU award granted to Mr. Perlman on September 6, 2007 will vest at a rate of 33.33% in each of September 2008, 2009 and 2010.
 
(3)  The amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value, determined in accordance with SFAS 123(R), of RSU and Performance RSU awards granted during 2007.
 
     The grant date fair value of RSU and Performance RSU awards is calculated by multiplying the number of RSUs granted by the grant date fair value of our common stock. The grant date fair value of the RSU awards made in 2007 is based on the fair market value of our common stock on March 29, 2007, which was $59.82. The grant date fair value of the Performance RSU awards made in 2007 is based on the fair market value of our common stock on January 31, 2008, which was $30.39, because that was the date the CHRC determined that the performance vesting requirement had been satisfied. The grant date fair value of Mr. Syron’s additional award is based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 6, 2007, which was $37.10 and the grant date fair value for Mr. Perlman’s award is based on the fair market value of our common stock on September 6, 2007, which was $59.39.
 
(4)  Mr. Syron was granted a Special Performance Award in connection with the November 9, 2007 amendment to his employment agreement. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Structure — Chief Executive Officer Special Performance Award Opportunity” for more information regarding the Special Performance Award.
 
(5)  Represents Performance RSUs. At its January 31, 2008 meeting, the CHRC determined that the performance vesting requirement for this Performance RSU grant was met.
 
(6)  Because Messrs. McQuade and Smialowski had terminated their employment prior to the CHRC determination that the performance vesting requirement had been satisfied, these awards were cancelled, and the company is not recognizing any compensation expense for them.
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End — 2007
 
The following table shows outstanding equity awards held by the named executive officers as of December 31, 2007.
 
Table 125 — Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End — 2007
 
                                                 
    Option Awards   Stock Awards
    Number of Securities
  Number of Securities
          Number of Shares
  Market Value of
    Underlying
  Underlying
  Option
      or Units of Stock
  Shares or Units of
    Unexercised Options
  Unexercised Options
  Exercise Price
  Option
  That Have Not
  Stock That Have
Name
  Exercisable (#)   Unexercisable (#)   ($) (1)   Expiration Date   Vested (#)   Not Vested ($) (2)
 
Mr. Syron
    124,935 (3)     41,645 (3)   $ 64.36       08/08/14       18,908 (3)   $ 644,196  
      82,695 (4)     82,695 (4)     62.69       05/05/15       38,825 (4)     1,322,768  
      32,857 (4)     98,573 (4)     60.45       06/04/16       90,578 (4)     3,085,992  
                                      107,824 (4)     3,673,564  
                                      35,942 (5)     1,224,544  
                                      21,564 (6)     734,685  
Mr. Piszel
                            59,205 (7)     2,017,114  
                                      37,613 (4)     1,281,475  
                                      12,538 (5)     427,170  
Ms. Cook
    13,935 (4)     4,645 (4)     64.63       08/01/14       4,280 (4)     145,820  
      18,795 (4)     18,795 (4)     62.69       05/05/15       8,825 (4)     300,668  
      9,895 (4)     29,685 (4)     60.45       06/04/16       27,300 (4)     930,111  
                                      34,642 (4)     1,180,253  
                                      11,548 (5)     393,440  
Mr. Perlman
                            20,206 (8)     688,418  
Mr. May
    2,770       0       60.75       03/04/09              
      5,240       0       67.85       03/01/11              
      6,900       0       64.35       02/29/12              
      4,920 (9)     1,640 (9)     54.30       11/25/13       3,380 (9)     115,157  
      8,902 (3)     2,968 (3)     64.36       08/08/14       1,348 (3)     45,926  
      5,815 (4)     5,815 (4)     62.79       04/10/15       2,765 (4)     94,204  
      2,615 (4)     7,845 (4)     60.45       06/04/16       7,223 (4)     246,088  
                                      8,777 (4)     299,032  
                                      2,926 (5)     99,689  
Mr. McQuade
                                   
Mr. Smialowski
    14,100 (4)           62.69       03/31/08              
      9,335 (4)           60.45       03/31/08              
(1)  Consistent with the terms of our 2004 Employee Plan, the option exercise price is set at a price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date.
(2)  Market value is calculated by multiplying the number of RSUs held by each named executive officer on December 31, 2007 by the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2007 ($34.07), the last day of trading for the year.
(3)  Stock options and RSUs granted on August 9, 2004 vest at a rate of 25% on August 9, 2005, April 1, 2006, April 1, 2007 and April 1, 2008.
(4)  Stock options and RSUs granted on August 2, 2004, May 6, 2005, April 11, 2005, June 5, 2006 and March 29, 2007 vest at a rate of 25% on each anniversary of the grant date. Mr. Smialowski’s option awards are unexercised stock options that remained exercisable for 90 days following his departure on December 31, 2007. As of the date of this proxy statement all of Mr. Smialowski’s stock options have expired.
 
            229 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

(5)  On January 31, 2008, the CHRC determined that the performance vesting criteria for these RSUs granted on March 29, 2007 was met. These RSUs vest at a rate of 25% on each anniversary of the grant date.
(6)  RSUs granted on December 6, 2007 vest at a rate of 25% on each anniversary of the grant date.
(7)  Mr. Piszel’s sign-on award of RSUs vests at a rate of 25% on each anniversary of the December 7, 2006 grant date.
(8)  Mr. Perlman’s sign-on award of RSUs vests at a rate of 33.33% on each anniversary of the September 6, 2007 grant date.
(9)  Stock options granted on November 26, 2003 vest at a rate of 25% on each of March 6, 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008. RSUs granted on November 26, 2003 vest 100% on March 6, 2008.
 
For information on alternative settlement provisions of RSU and stock option grants in the event of certain terminations, see “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.
 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested — 2007
 
The following table sets forth information concerning value realized upon the exercise of stock options and the vesting of RSUs during 2007 by each of the named executive officers.
 
Table 126 — Option Exercises and Stock Vested — 2007
 
                                 
    Option Awards   Stock Awards
    Number of Shares
      Number of Shares
  Value
    Acquired on
  Value Realized
  Acquired on
  Realized on
Name
  Exercise (#)   on Exercise ($)   Vesting (#) (1)   Vesting ($) (2)
 
Mr. Syron
    0     $ 0       68,512     $ 4,433,106  
Mr. Piszel
    0       0       19,735       701,382  
Ms. Cook
    0       0       21,663       1,363,152  
Mr. Perlman
    0       0       0       0  
Mr. May
    0       0       10,957       574,075  
Mr. McQuade
    0       0       64,696 (3)     4,157,804  
Mr. Smialowski
    0       0       15,935 (3)     925,201  
(1)  Amounts reported reflect the number of RSUs that vested during 2007 prior to our withholding of shares to satisfy appropriate taxes.
(2)  Amounts reported are calculated by multiplying the number of pre-tax RSUs that vested during 2007 by the fair market value of our common stock on the day of vesting.
(3)  Messrs. McQuade and Smialowski resigned from the company effective September 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007, respectively. For more information, see “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control — Eugene M. McQuade ” or “—  Joseph A. Smialowski ” and “Employment and Separation Agreements — Eugene M. McQuade ” or “—  Joseph A. Smialowski.
 
Pension Benefits — 2007
 
The following table shows the actuarial present value of the accumulated retirement benefits payable under the Pension Plan and the Pension SERP Benefit for each of the named executive officers, computed as of September 30, 2007 (the date used for pension calculations in our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007. A summary of the material terms of each plan follows the table, including information on early retirement.
 
Table 127 — Pension Benefits — 2007
 
                             
        Number of
  Present Value
   
        Years Credited
  of Accumulated
  Payments During
Name
  Plan Name   Service(#) (1)   Benefit($) (2)   Last Fiscal Year($)
 
Mr. Syron
  Pension Plan     4.0     $ 84,213     $ 0  
    Pension SERP Benefit     4.0       1,461,895       0  
Mr. Piszel
  Pension Plan     1.0       0       0  
    Pension SERP Benefit     1.0       0       0  
Ms. Cook
  Pension Plan     3.4       44,266       0  
    Pension SERP Benefit     3.4       523,074       0  
Mr. Perlman
  Pension Plan     0       0       0  
    Pension SERP Benefit     0       0       0  
Mr. May
  Pension Plan     24.8       281,019       0  
    Pension SERP Benefit     24.8       874,497       0  
Mr. McQuade
  Pension Plan                 0  
    Pension SERP Benefit                 0  
Mr. Smialowski
  Pension Plan                 0  
    Pension SERP Benefit                 0  
(1)  Amounts reported represent the credited years of service for each named executive officer as of September 30, 2007, under the Pension Plan and the Pension SERP Benefit, respectively. Amounts reported do not reflect certain contractual retirement benefits Mr. Syron would receive pursuant to his employment agreement should his employment be terminated under certain conditions prior to vesting in the Pension SERP Benefit. For further information on these additional benefits for Mr. Syron, see “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”.
 
            230 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

(2)  Amounts reported reflect the present value, expressed as a lump sum as of September 30, 2007, of each named executive officer’s benefits under the Pension Plan and the Pension SERP Benefit, respectively. Amounts reported are calculated using the assumptions applied in “NOTE 14: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS” to the audited consolidated financial statements and the normal retirement age of 65 specified in the Pension Plan. Present values represent generational mortality tables developed by the Society of Actuaries’ Retirement Plans Experience Committee. For all of the named executive officers except Messrs. McQuade and Smialowski, the amounts shown may include amounts in which the named executive officers are not yet vested. Messrs. McQuade and Smialowski both terminated their employment before earning vested benefits, so the value of their accumulated benefits at December 31, 2007 was $0. Pension Plan and Pension SERP benefits are subject to a five-year cliff vesting schedule. For additional information, see the descriptions of the employment agreements under “Employment and Separation Agreements” below. Mr. Piszel joined us as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on November 13, 2006 and as of September 30, 2007 had not yet met the one year and 1000 hour eligibility requirements for the Pension Plan or Pension SERP Benefit; therefore, the benefit amounts as of September 30, 2007 for Mr. Piszel are zero. Mr. Perlman joined us as Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology on August 1, 2007 and as of September 30, 2007 had not yet met the one year and 1000 hour eligibility requirements for the Pension Plan or Pension SERP Benefit; therefore, the benefit amounts as of September 30, 2007 for Mr. Perlman are zero.
 
Pension Plan
 
The Pension Plan is a tax-qualified, defined benefit pension plan we maintain that covers substantially all employees who have attained age 21 and completed one year of service with us. Pension Plan benefits are based on an employee’s years of service and highest average monthly compensation, up to limits imposed by law. Specifically, the normal retirement benefit under the Pension Plan for service after December 31, 1988 is a monthly payment calculated as follows:
 
  •  1% of the participant’s highest average monthly compensation for the 36-consecutive month period during which the participant’s compensation was the highest,
 
  •  multiplied by the participant’s full and partial years of credited service under the Pension Plan.
 
A named executive officer who worked for the company prior to 1989 would have two additional components to his Pension Plan benefit. The first component would provide employees who were hired in 1985 or earlier with a benefit attributable to service through the end of 1988. The second component would provide employees who were hired before 1985 and remained with the company through 1990 with a supplemental benefit relating to that time period. A fixed dollar value for these components was established when we changed to the methodology for calculating pension benefits described above.
 
For purposes of the Pension Plan, compensation includes the non-deferred base salary paid to each employee, as well as overtime pay, shift differentials, non-deferred bonuses paid under our corporate-wide annual bonus program or pursuant to a functional incentive plan (excluding the value of any stock options or cash equivalents), commissions, and amounts deferred under the Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan, the Flexible Benefits Plan and qualified transportation under Code Section 132(c)(4). Compensation does not include supplemental compensation plans providing temporary pay, or any amounts paid after termination of employment.
 
Notwithstanding the lump sum nature of the disclosure in the table above, lump sum payments are not permitted under the Pension Plan if the present value of the accrued benefit would equal or exceed $25,000. The normal form of benefit under the Pension Plan is an annuity providing monthly payments for the life of the participant (and a survivor annuity for the participant’s spouse if applicable). Optional forms of benefit payment are available. A benefit with an actuarial present value equal to or less than $5,000 may only be paid as a lump sum.
 
Participants under the Pension Plan who terminate employment before age 55 with at least five years of service are considered “terminated vested” participants. Such participants may commence their benefit under the Pension Plan as early as age 55. The benefit is equal to the vested portion of the participant’s accrued benefit, reduced by 1/180th for each of the first 60 months, and by 1/360th for each of the next 60 months, by which the commencement of such benefits precedes age 65.
 
An early retirement benefit is available to a participant who terminates employment on or after age 55 with at least five years of service. This early retirement benefit is reduced by three percent (3%) for each year (prorated monthly for partial years) by which the commencement of such benefits precedes the earlier of (i) age 65 or (ii) such participant’s attainment of age 62 or later with at least 15 years of service or projected service as if the participant continued working until age 62. There is no reduction for early commencement if the benefit is commenced at or after age 62 (but before age 65) if the participant has 15 years of service or projected service.
 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan — Pension SERP Benefit
 
The “Pension SERP Benefit” component of the SERP is designed to provide participants with the full amount of benefits to which they would have been entitled under the Pension Plan if that plan (1) was not subject to certain limits on compensation that can be taken into account under the Code and (2) did not exclude from “compensation” amounts deferred under our Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. For example, the Pension Plan is only permitted under the Code to consider the first $225,000 of an employee’s compensation during 2007 for the purpose of determining the participant’s compensation-based normal retirement benefit. We believe the Pension SERP Benefit is an appropriate benefit because offering such a benefit helps us remain competitive with companies in the Comparator Group.
 
The Pension SERP Benefit is calculated as the participant’s accrued annual benefit payable at age 65 (or current age, if greater) under the Pension Plan without application of the limits described in the preceding paragraph, less the participant’s
 
            231 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

actual accrued benefit under the Pension Plan. The Pension SERP Benefit is vested for each participant to the same extent that the participant is vested in the corresponding benefit under the Pension Plan.
 
To be eligible for the SERP for any year, the named executive officer must be eligible to participate in the Pension Plan and eligible for matching contributions and basic contributions under the Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan for part of that year.
 
Pension SERP Benefits that vest on or after January 1, 2005 are generally distributed in a lump sum after separation from service and are payable 90 days after the end of the calendar year in which separation occurs. Subject to plan limitations and restrictions under Code Section 409A, employees may elect that this portion of the Pension SERP be paid upon separation in the form of a single life annuity at age 65 or in equal annual installments over five, 10 or 15 years (including interest). Under IRS rules, distributions to so-called “key employees” (as defined by the IRS in regulations concerning Code Section 409A) may not commence earlier than six months from the key employee’s separation from service. Payments under the SERP will be delayed if necessary to meet this requirement.
 
Pension SERP Benefits that vested prior to January 1, 2005 are generally distributed after separation from service (other than retirement) in the form of a single life annuity commencing at age 65. In the case of retirement, the vested pre-2005 Pension SERP Benefit is combined with the vested pre-2005 Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit and is paid out in the form of a single life annuity payable at age 65 (or in a series of equal installments over 15 years commencing with retirement if actuarial estimates indicate that payment form would yield a longer period of payment).
 
Non-qualified Deferred Compensation
 
As noted above in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Other Executive Benefits, including Perquisites and Retirement Benefits — Executive Deferred Compensation and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans” , the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan allows the named executive officers to defer receipt of a portion of their annual salary and cash bonus (and to defer settlement of RSUs granted between 2002 and 2007). The Executive Deferred Compensation Plan is a non-qualified plan, and is unfunded (benefits are paid from the company’s general assets). The plan was amended and restated effective January 1, 2008, and pursuant to the amended and restated plan, deferrals may be made for a period of whole years as elected by the employee, but in no event past termination of employment. Deferred amounts are credited with interest, which is currently the prime rate as reported by the Wall Street Journal as of the first business day of the applicable calendar year, plus 1%. When employees make deferral elections for a particular year, they also specify the form in which the deferral will be distributed after the expiration of the election. The available selections are lump sum or reasonably equal installments over five, ten or fifteen years. A six-month delay in commencement of distributions applies to key employees, in accordance with Code Section 409A. Hardship withdrawals are permitted in certain limited circumstances.
 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan — Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit
 
The “Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit” portion of the SERP is an unfunded, nonqualified defined contribution plan designed to provide participants with the full amount of benefits that they would have been entitled to under the Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan if that plan (1) was not subject to certain limits on compensation that can be taken into account under the Code and (2) did not exclude from compensation amounts deferred under our Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. For example, in 2007 under the Code, only the first $225,000 of an employee’s compensation is considered when determining the company’s percentage-based matching contribution for any participant in the Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan. We believe the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit is an appropriate benefit because offering such a benefit helps us remain competitive with companies in the Comparator Group.
 
The Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit equals the amount of the employer matching contributions and basic contribution for each named executive officer that would have been made to the Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan during the year, based upon the participant’s eligible compensation, without application of the above limits, less the amount of the matching contributions and basic contribution actually made to the Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan during the year. Participants are credited with earnings or losses in their Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit accounts based upon each participant’s individual direction of the investment of such notional amounts among the virtual investment funds available under the SERP. Such investment options are based upon and mirror the performance of those investment options available under the Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan. As of December 31, 2007, there were 10 investment options in which participants’ notional amounts could be invested.
 
To be eligible for the SERP, the named executive officer must be eligible to participate in the Pension Plan and be eligible for matching contributions and basic contributions under the Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan for part of the year. Additionally, to be eligible for the portion of the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit attributable to employer matching contributions, the named executive officer must contribute the maximum amount permitted under the terms of the Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan on a pre-tax basis throughout the entire portion of the year in which the named executive officer is eligible to make such contributions. That portion of the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit is vested when accrued, while the accrual relating to the basic contribution is subject to five-year cliff vesting. For amounts vesting on or after January 1, 2005, the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit is distributed as a lump sum payable 90 days after the end of the calendar year in which separation occurs.
 
            232 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefits that vested prior to January 1, 2005 are generally distributed after separation from service (other than retirement) in the form of three reasonably equal annual installments, starting in the first quarter of the calendar year following the year in which the termination occurs. In the case of retirement, the vested pre-2005 Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit is combined with the vested pre-2005 Pension SERP Benefit and is paid out in the form of a single life annuity payable at age 65 (or in a series of equal installments over 15 years commencing with retirement if actuarial estimates indicate that payment form would yield a longer period of payment).
 
The following table shows the contributions, earnings, withdrawals and distributions, and accumulated balances under the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit for each named executive officer and the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (Mr. May only) as of December 31, 2007. For more information, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Other Executive Benefits, including Perquisites and Retirement Benefits — Executive Deferred Compensation and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan ” above.
 
Table 128 — Named Executive Officer Thrift/401(k) SERP and Executive Deferred Compensation Plan Benefits as of December 31, 2007
 
                                         
    Executive
  Freddie Mac
  Aggregate
      Aggregate
    Contributions
  Contributions
  Earnings
  Aggregate
  Balance
    in Last
  in Last
  in Last
  Withdrawals/
  at Last
Name
  FY($) (1)   FY($) (2)   FY($) (3)   Distributions($) (4)   FYE($) (5)
 
Mr. Syron
  $ 0     $ 435,575     $ 32,802     $ 0     $ 814,315  
Mr. Piszel
    0       2,438       5       0       2,442  
Ms. Cook
    0       275,200       15,900       0       397,100  
Mr. Perlman
    0       0       0       0       0  
Mr. May
    0       94,225       242,402       63,241       3,033,888  
Mr. McQuade
    0       187,325       14,154       0       282,992  
Mr. Smialowski
    0       130,492       8,474       0       190,731  
(1)  The SERP does not allow for employee contributions.
(2)  Amounts reported reflect company accruals under the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit during 2007. These amounts are also reported in the “All Other Compensation” column of Table 123 — Summary Compensation Table.
(3)  Amounts reported represent the total interest and other earnings credited to each named executive officer under the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit and the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan during 2007. Above-market earnings of $87,624 for Mr. May are reflected in the column “Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings” in Table 123 — Summary Compensation Table for 2007 because Mr. May was a participant in the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. The credited interest rate for deferrals under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for 2007 was 9.25%.
(4)  Mr. May received a distribution under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan during 2007 because the deferral period for a prior deferral election expired.
(5)  Amounts reported reflect the accumulated balances under the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit for each named executive officer, including non-vested accruals and, for Mr. May, accumulated balances under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. Matching contribution accruals vest immediately, whereas the basic contribution accruals as of December 31, 2007 are subject to a five-year cliff-vesting schedule. Because none of the named executive officers, other than Mr. May, has met the five-year vesting requirement for the basic contribution, the difference in the aggregate balance above and the vested balance is equal to the non-vested basic contributions plus earnings. The vested and non-vested components for each named executive officer are as follows: Mr. Syron: vested balance: $537,968; non-vested balance: $276,347; Mr. Piszel: vested balance: $2,442; non-vested balance: $0; Ms. Cook: vested balance: $265,176; non-vested balance: $131,924; Mr. McQuade: vested balance: $189,037; non-vested balance: $93,955; and Mr. Smialowski: vested balance: $122,076; non-vested balance: $68,654. Mr. May is fully vested. For a more detailed discussion of the matching contribution accruals and basic contribution accruals, see “Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan — Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit” above.
 
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
 
We have entered into certain employment agreements or offer letters and maintain certain plans that will require us to provide compensation to our named executive officers in the event of a termination of employment or a change in control of Freddie Mac. The compensation and benefits payable to each named executive officer as of December 31, 2007 are shown in the tables below. For more information, see “Employment and Separation Agreements” below. OFHEO has reviewed the terms of the employment and separation agreements for Ms. Cook and Messrs. Syron, Piszel, Perlman, McQuade and Smialowski and has approved the termination benefits set forth therein.
 
Each of our named executive officers is subject to a restrictive covenant and confidentiality agreement with us. The standard agreement provides that the executive officer will not seek employment with one of our competitors in the 12 months immediately following termination of his or her employment with us, regardless of whether the executive’s employment is terminated by the executive, by us, or by a joint decision. During that same 12-month period, each executive also agrees not to solicit or recruit any of our managerial employees. The agreement provides for continued confidentiality of information about us that constitutes trade secrets or proprietary or confidential information. In the case of Mr. Syron, the terms of his employment agreement provide for a non-competition period of two years following the termination of his employment with us, rather than the standard 12 months.
 
As of December 31, 2007, other than Mr. May, none of the named executive officers were eligible for benefits under the Pension Plan and the Pension SERP benefit. The amounts presented in the tables below do not include vested RSU or stock option awards or vested balances in the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit or the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan as of December 31, 2007 because such vesting was not in connection with a termination or change in control. Amounts shown in the tables also do not include certain items available to all employees generally upon a termination event.
 
            233 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

For RSUs, the value shown in the tables is calculated on a grant-by-grant basis by multiplying the number of unvested RSUs by the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2007. For stock options, the value shown in the tables is calculated on a grant-by-grant basis by multiplying the number of unvested options granted by the difference between the exercise price for such option and the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2007.
 
Alternative Settlement Provisions of Equity Awards in the Event of Certain Terminations
 
RSUs
 
The RSUs awarded to our employees, including the named executive officers, provide for alternative settlement provisions in the event of certain terminations, as follows:
 
  •  Immediate vesting and settlement occurs in the event of death or disability.
 
  •  In the event of normal retirement, as defined in the 2004 Employee Plan, RSUs will vest immediately and will be settled in accordance with the vesting schedule outlined in the award agreement as if termination had not occurred, with the exception that RSUs granted within one year of retirement will be forfeited. This treatment is subject to the executive’s signing an agreement containing certain restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to, non-competition, non-solicitation, continued cooperation and other matters to protect our business interests. Violation of any of the covenants results in the forfeiture of unsettled shares and the requirement to repay any after-tax gain realized from the settlement of shares within 12 months of the forfeiture event. In the event of retirement other than a normal retirement, as defined in the 2004 Employee Plan, the vesting and settlement of awards may be accelerated at the discretion of the CHRC with respect to the named executive officers other than Messrs. Syron and McQuade. This provision is not applicable to the awards granted to Messrs. Syron and McQuade, as their employment agreements govern the treatment of long-term equity awards under various termination scenarios.
 
  •  In the event of a termination due to “special circumstances,” such as a reorganization, a job relocation, or a restructuring or other no-fault displacement, as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, the RSUs vest immediately and settle in accordance with the vesting schedule outlined in the award agreement as if termination had not occurred. This provision is not applicable to the awards granted to Messrs. Syron and McQuade and to Messrs. Piszel’s and Perlman’s sign-on grants, as their agreements govern the treatment of long-term equity awards under various termination scenarios.
 
Stock Options
 
The stock options granted to our employees, including the named executive officers, provide for alternative settlement provisions in the event of certain terminations, which are similar to the provisions for RSUs, with the following modifications:
 
  •  The stock options remain exercisable for three years after the date of termination in the event of death.
 
  •  The stock options remain exercisable for the full balance of their term in the event of disability.
 
  •  In the event of retirement, as defined in the 2004 Employee Plan, stock options will continue to vest and remain exercisable for the full balance of the term, subject to the executive’s signing an agreement containing the same restrictive covenants as described above for RSUs.
 
  •  The stock options will continue to vest and remain exercisable for the full balance of their term in the event of termination due to “special circumstances” as described above for RSUs. This provision is not applicable to the awards granted to Messrs. Syron and McQuade as their employment agreements govern the treatment of long-term equity awards under various termination scenarios.
 
  •  If the individual’s employment is terminated for any reason other than those described above, the employee has 90 days after termination to exercise options vested as of the date of termination.
 
            234 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
Richard F. Syron
 
The following table describes the potential payments as of December 31, 2007 upon termination or a change in control of Freddie Mac for Richard F. Syron, our Chief Executive Officer.
 
Table 129 — Richard F. Syron — Potential Payments as of December 31, 2007 Upon Termination or Change in Control
 
                                         
            Voluntary For Good
       
    Voluntary
      Reason Resignation
      Change in
    Without Good
      or Involuntary
      Control
Benefits and Payments
  Reason
  Involuntary For Cause
  Without Cause
  Death or
  (Without
Upon Termination   Resignation (1)   Termination (2)   Termination (1)(3)   Disability (4)   Termination) (5)
 
Compensation:
                                       
Base Salary
              $ 1,100,000              
Annual Bonus
                2,640,000     $ 1,320,000        
Equity Awards
                13,852,956       10,685,749     $ 13,852,956  
Special Performance Award (6)
                             
Repayment to Freddie Mac (7)
  $ (1,250,000 )   $ (1,250,000 )                  
Benefits:
                                       
Non-qualified Pension
                1,461,895       1,461,895        
Deferred Compensation Payouts
                      276,347        
Life Insurance Proceeds
                      9,591,360        
Disability Benefits
                      505,392        
Total
  $ (1,250,000 )   $ (1,250,000 )   $ 19,054,851     $ 23,840,743 (8)   $ 13,842,956  
(1)  “Good reason” includes: a reduction in Mr. Syron’s then current base salary, annual target bonus or maximum bonus opportunity; Mr. Syron’s removal from the position of Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the board, unless such removal is for “cause;” a material diminution of Mr. Syron’s duties or responsibilities; a change in our reporting structure so that Mr. Syron reports to any person or entity other than the board; a request that Mr. Syron resign his employment, unless such resignation is requested for “cause”; Mr. Syron is not elected to the board, or, if Mr. Syron is elected, he is not appointed as Chairman or Executive Chairman of the board, unless such action is for “cause;” and Mr. Syron’s removal by the board as Executive Chairman of the board after the appointment of a successor Chief Executive Officer prior to December 31, 2009, unless such removal is for “cause.” The board’s appointment of a successor Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Syron ceasing to be our Chief Executive Officer and becoming Executive Chairman of our board would not constitute “good reason.”
 
(2)  Mr. Syron may be considered for a bonus attributable to 2007 under this termination event, at the discretion of the CHRC.
 
(3)  The amount reported under Base Salary reflects the November 9, 2007 amendment to Mr. Syron’s employment agreement. The amount reported under Annual Bonus reflects the sum of Mr. Syron’s target bonus attributable to each of 2007 and 2008 originally agreed to in his December 31, 2003 employment agreement. The amount reported under Equity Awards reflects $8,800,000 in cash for the unvested long-term equity award granted in 2007; the value of all unvested RSUs granted prior to 2007, which vest immediately upon such termination; and the value of all unvested options granted prior to 2007, which become exercisable immediately upon such termination. The amount reported under Non-qualified Pension reflects the non-vested lump sum value of the Pension SERP Benefit as of September 30, 2007. Mr. Syron’s employment agreement provides for payment of the non-vested Pension SERP Benefit under this termination event. Mr. Syron and his spouse also are entitled, until each of them reaches age 65 (at their expense), to continue to participate in health and related welfare plans in which they participated prior to Mr. Syron’s termination.
 
(4)  The amount reported under Annual Bonus reflects a $1,320,000 target bonus attributable to 2007. The amount reported under Equity Awards reflects the value of all outstanding RSUs, which vest immediately upon such termination, and the value of all unvested stock options, which become exercisable immediately upon such termination. The amount reported under Non-qualified Pension reflects the non-vested Pension SERP Benefit as of September 30, 2007, which is payable under a disability event. The amount reported under Deferred Compensation Payouts reflects the non-vested Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit as of December 31, 2007, which is payable upon a disability event. Mr. Syron is not eligible for the non-vested Pension SERP Benefit or the non-vested Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit in the event of death. The amount reported under Life Insurance Proceeds reflects the life insurance policies we provide Mr. Syron with benefits totaling $10,000,000. As of December 31, 2007, the benefit to Mr. Syron’s beneficiaries was $9,591,360, $6,000,000 of which is Term-Life and $3,591,360 of which is Endorsement Split Dollar. We are the owner of the Endorsement Split Dollar Policy until the later of his attainment of age 65 or the scheduled termination date, which is December 31, 2008 (the “Scheduled Termination Date”). As of December 31, 2007, in the event of death prior to the Scheduled Termination Date, the remaining $408,640 would be payable to us. The amount reported under Disability Benefit reflects the amount due to Mr. Syron in the event of disability from December 31, 2007 through the Scheduled Termination Date. An additional $240,000 would be paid annually under the group long-term disability plan should Mr. Syron be approved for long-term disability.
 
(5)  This termination event represents a Change in Control in which Mr. Syron does not voluntarily terminate his employment for Good Reason and he is not involuntarily terminated without Cause. If Mr. Syron terminated his employment for Good Reason or he is involuntarily terminated without Cause in connection with the Change in Control, he would receive the amounts reported under the column “Voluntary For Good Reason Resignation or Involuntary Without Cause Termination” in lieu of this amount.
 
     The amount reported under Equity Awards reflects $8,800,000 in cash for the unvested long-term equity awards granted in 2007; the value of all unvested RSUs granted prior to 2007, which vest immediately upon such termination; and the value of all unvested options granted prior to 2007, which become exercisable immediately upon such termination. For information on the calculation of the value of these RSUs and options, see Note (3) above.
 
(6)  The CHRC has the sole discretion to determine if Mr. Syron should be entitled to a payment under his Special Performance Award in the event Mr. Syron’s employment terminates due to death, disability or involuntary termination by us without cause or by Mr. Syron for good reason. In the event that Mr. Syron’s employment had terminated on December 31, 2007, we do not believe Mr. Syron would have received a payment under the Special Performance Award.
 
(7)  If Mr. Syron terminates his employment with us other than for good reason or for death or disability before December 31, 2009, he is required to repay his special extension bonus, which is reflected under Repayment to Freddie Mac.
 
(8)  The amount reflected under Death or Disability includes both Life Insurance Proceeds and Disability Benefits. The Total amount will change based on the actual event. For a death event, the Total amount will exclude the amount reflected under Disability Benefits. For a disability event, the Total amount will exclude the amount reflected under Life Insurance Proceeds.
 
The following summaries of certain termination scenarios reflect the terms of the November 9, 2007 amendment to Mr. Syron’s employment agreement.
 
Change in Control
 
Upon a “change in control,” any equity award granted to Mr. Syron at least 12 months prior to the change in control will immediately vest. Vested RSUs will be paid out immediately and vested stock options will remain exercisable until the expiration date of the options. Any equity awards granted less than 12 months prior to the change in control will be cancelled in consideration of our payment to Mr. Syron of $8,800,000 in cash for each cancelled equity award.
 
            235 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Termination Due to Death or Disability
 
In the event of a termination of his employment prior to December 31, 2009 due to disability or death, we will pay Mr. Syron or his beneficiaries his base salary through the end of the month in which termination of employment occurs. We will pay any earned but unpaid bonus amounts from the most recently completed calendar year, plus a prorated percentage of Mr. Syron’s target bonus for the calendar year in which employment termination occurs. Also, all RSUs awarded to Mr. Syron will immediately vest and be paid out and all stock options granted will become immediately exercisable. The stock options will remain exercisable: (i) in the event termination occurs as a result of death, until the earlier to occur of (a) the third anniversary of the employment termination or (b) the expiration date of the options; and (ii) in the event termination occurs as a result of disability, until the scheduled expiration date applicable to the options.
 
Termination for Good Reason or Without Cause
 
Subject to Mr. Syron’s execution of a general release and waiver, in the event that Mr. Syron terminates his employment prior to December 31, 2009 for good reason or is terminated by us without cause, we will pay Mr. Syron a lump sum cash payment equal to the base salary that would have been paid to him for the period beginning on the termination date and ending on December 31, 2008. In the event of a termination at any time in 2009, Mr. Syron would only receive his base salary up to the date of termination. We will pay any earned but unpaid bonus amounts from the most recently completed fiscal year. Also, we will pay Mr. Syron a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of the target annual bonuses that would have been paid to him in respect of each calendar year that ends during the period beginning on the termination date and ending on December 31, 2008.
 
All RSUs awarded to Mr. Syron at least 12 months prior to the termination date will immediately vest and be paid out, and all stock options granted to Mr. Syron at least 12 months prior to the termination date will become immediately exercisable. All such stock options will remain exercisable until the earlier to occur of (i) three years following such termination, or (ii) the expiration date of the options. All equity awards granted less than 12 months prior to the termination date will be cancelled in consideration of our payment to Mr. Syron of $8,800,000 in cash for each cancelled equity award.
 
In addition, if he is not entitled to the Pension SERP Benefit solely because he is not yet vested under our tax-qualified pension plan, then we will pay Mr. Syron the benefit that would have been payable to him under the SERP as of the date of the termination without regard to the vesting requirement, and he will be entitled to the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit in accordance with the terms of the SERP. We will make available to Mr. Syron and his spouse (at their expense) continued health and other similar welfare benefits coverage until the date each reaches age 65.
 
Termination for Cause
 
In the event that Mr. Syron’s employment is terminated by us for cause prior to December 31, 2009, we will pay Mr. Syron any earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination and any earned but unpaid bonus amounts from the most recently completed calendar year. All unvested equity awards will be immediately cancelled.
 
Termination Following the Scheduled Termination Date
 
In the event that Mr. Syron terminates his employment following December 31, 2009 due to retirement (and at the time of such termination of Mr. Syron’s employment we could not have terminated him for cause), all RSUs awarded to Mr. Syron will immediately vest, but will settle pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the grant agreements. All stock options granted to Mr. Syron will become immediately exercisable and will remain outstanding until the expiration date of the options.
 
Anthony S. Piszel
 
The following table describes the potential payments as of December 31, 2007 upon termination for Anthony S. Piszel, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.
 
Table 130 — Anthony S. Piszel — Potential Payments as of December 31, 2007 Upon Termination
 
                                         
        Involuntary
          Special
Benefits and Payments
  Voluntary
  For Cause
  Involuntary Termination
  Death or
  Circumstances
Upon Termination   Resignation (1)   Termination (1)   Other Than For Cause (2)   Disability (3)   Termination (4)
 
Compensation:
                                       
Base Salary
              $ 1,300,000           $ 1,300,000  
Annual Bonus
  $ 1,007,500     $ 1,007,500       1,007,500     $ 1,007,500       1,007,500  
Equity Awards
                2,017,114       3,725,759       3,298,589  
Repayment to Freddie Mac
    (2,500,000 )     (2,500,000 )                  
Benefits:
                                       
Non-qualified Pension
                      71,575        
Total
  $ (1,492,500 )   $ (1,492,500 )   $ 4,324,614     $ 4,804,834     $ 5,606,089  
(1)  The amount reported under Annual Bonus reflects a guaranteed bonus of $1,007,500 attributable to performance in 2007. If Mr. Piszel terminates his employment with us for any reason or is terminated for cause before the second anniversary of his employment date, he is required to repay the full $2,500,000 of his sign-on cash bonus which is reflected under Repayment to Freddie Mac.
 
            236 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

(2)  The amount reported under Base Salary reflects two times annualized base salary of $650,000; under Annual Bonus, reflects a guaranteed bonus of $1,007,500 attributable to 2007; and under Equity Awards, reflects the continued vesting of Mr. Piszel’s one time sign-on grant in accordance with the vesting schedule outlined in the award agreement as if termination had not occurred.
(3)  The amount reported under Annual Bonus reflects a guaranteed bonus of $1,007,500 attributable to 2007; and under Equity Awards reflects the value of all unvested RSUs, which will vest and will be settled immediately upon such termination. The amount reported under Non-qualified Pension reflects the non-vested Pension SERP Benefit as of September 30, 2007, which is payable under a disability event. Mr. Piszel is not eligible for the non-vested Pension SERP Benefit or the non-vested Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit in the event of death.
(4)  The amount reported under Base Salary reflects two times annualized base salary of $650,000; and under Annual Bonus, reflects a guaranteed bonus of $1,007,500 attributable to 2007. Pursuant to the one time sign-on grant award agreement and the long-term equity award agreement for RSUs granted in 2007, Mr. Piszel’s termination would be classified as a “Special Circumstance Termination” if (a) his job were eliminated due to a reorganization or job relocation or if his employment were terminated due to a restructuring or other no fault displacement, as determined by the Chief Executive Officer, and (b) he had executed a written agreement containing non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants. Under this provision, the one time sign-on award granted in 2006 and the RSUs granted in 2007 will vest immediately (other than the Performance RSUs, because at December 31, 2007 the CHRC had not determined that the performance criterion had been satisfied), and will be settled in accordance with the vesting schedule outlined in the award agreement as if termination had not occurred.
 
Mr. Piszel’s October 14, 2006 offer letter provides that if, prior to the fourth anniversary of his employment date, we terminate Mr. Piszel’s employment for any reason other than cause, he will receive a lump sum cash payment equal to two times his annualized base salary in effect at the time of termination. This payment will be made in lieu of any payments under our otherwise applicable severance plan, policy or practice. In the event that Mr. Piszel’s employment is terminated after the fourth anniversary of his employment date, he will be eligible to receive severance pay pursuant to the terms of our applicable severance plan or policy. If Mr. Piszel terminates his employment with us for any reason or is terminated for cause before the second anniversary of his employment date, he is required to repay the full $2,500,000 of his sign-on cash bonus. If we terminate Mr. Piszel’s employment for any reason other than cause between the first and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant, then the sign-on grant of 78,940 RSUs will vest and continue to settle pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the grant agreement. If Mr. Piszel terminates his employment with us for any reason or is terminated for cause, then any unvested RSUs will be forfeited. Mr. Piszel is subject to non-competition and non-solicitation of employees restrictions for a period of one year following any termination of his employment.
 
Patricia L. Cook
 
The following table describes the potential payments as of December 31, 2007 upon termination for Patricia L. Cook, our Executive Vice President and Chief Business Officer.
 
Table 131 — Patricia L. Cook — Potential Payments as of December 31, 2007 Upon Termination
 
                                 
    Voluntary Resignation
           
    or Involuntary For
  Involuntary
      Special
Benefits and Payments
  Gross Misconduct
  Other Than For
  Death or
  Circumstance
Upon Termination   Termination   Gross Misconduct (1)   Disability (2)   Termination (3)
 
Compensation:
                               
Base Salary
        $ 1,200,000           $ 1,200,000  
Equity Awards
              $ 2,950,292       2,110,364  
Benefits:
                               
Non-qualified Pension
                523,074        
Deferred Compensation Payouts
                131,925        
Total
        $ 1,200,000     $ 3,605,291     $ 3,310,364  
(1)  The amount reported for Base Salary reflects the sum of Ms. Cook’s annualized base salary of $600,000 pursuant to her employment agreement plus severance pay equal to Ms. Cook’s annualized base salary of $600,000 pursuant to our officer severance plan. Ms. Cook may be eligible to participate in the 2007 bonus program at the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Executive Vice President, Human Resources and Corporate Services. Any bonus paid under this program will be subject to CHRC approval.
 
(2)  The amount reported under Equity Awards reflects the value of all unvested RSUs, which will vest and will be settled immediately upon such termination, and the value of all unvested stock options, which become exercisable immediately upon such termination. The amount reported under Non-qualified Pension reflects the non-vested Pension SERP Benefit as of September 30, 2007, which is payable under a disability event. The amount reported under Deferred Compensation Payouts reflects the non-vested Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit as of December 31, 2007, which is payable upon a disability event. Ms. Cook is not eligible for the non-vested Pension SERP Benefit or the non-vested Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit in the event of death. Ms. Cook may be eligible to participate in the 2007 bonus program at the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer or EVP — Human Resources. Any bonus paid under this program will be subject to CHRC approval.
 
(3)  The amount reported under Base Salary reflects the sum of Ms. Cook’s annualized base salary of $600,000 pursuant to her offer letter plus severance pay equal to Ms. Cook’s annualized base salary of $600,000 pursuant to our officer severance plan. The amount reported under Equity Awards reflects the value of Ms. Cook’s 2007 long-term equity awards as of December 31, 2007.
 
     Pursuant to the long-term equity award agreement for awards made in 2006 and for RSUs granted in 2007, Ms. Cook’s termination would be classified as a “Special Circumstance Termination” if (a) her job were eliminated due to a reorganization or job relocation or if her employment were terminated due to a restructuring or other no fault displacement, as determined by the Chief Executive Officer, and (b) she had executed a written agreement containing non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants. Under this provision, long-term equity awards granted in 2006 and RSUs granted in 2007 will vest immediately (other than the Performance RSUs, because at December 31, 2007 the CHRC had not determined that the performance criterion had been satisfied), and will be settled in accordance with the vesting schedule outlined in the award agreement as if termination had not occurred.
 
Ms. Cook’s July 8, 2004 offer letter, as amended by a letter agreement dated July 9, 2004 and action taken by the CHRC on May 6, 2005, provides that, if we terminate Ms. Cook on or after the second anniversary of her employment date but prior to her sixty-second birthday for any reason other than gross misconduct, as this term may be modified in our sole discretion from time to time, or any other willful or malicious misconduct on her part that is substantially injurious to us, she will receive a lump sum cash severance payment in the amount of $600,000. If Ms. Cook’s employment with Freddie Mac
 
            237 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

terminates for any reason (other than disability or death or a special circumstances termination) prior to the settlement of her RSU grants, she forfeits all of the unsettled grants.
 
Pursuant to the terms of a Restrictive Covenant Agreement between Ms. Cook and us, in the event that she is eligible for severance pay pursuant to the terms of our officer severance policy upon the termination of her employment, the amount she would receive is equal to her annualized base salary at the time of termination; provided, that she executes a general release and waiver that is satisfactory to us which may contain, in addition to a release of claims, provisions related to non-participation in others’ claims against us, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions akin to Mr. Piszel’s, and non-disparagement, continued cooperation and treatment of confidential information and such other provisions as we deem appropriate.
 
Michael Perlman
 
The following table describes the potential payments as of December 31, 2007 upon termination for Michael Perlman, our Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology.
 
Table 132 — Michael Perlman — Potential Payments as of December 31, 2007 Upon Termination
 
                         
        Involuntary Other Than For
   
        Gross Misconduct or
   
Benefits and Payments
  Voluntary
  Special Circumstances
  Death or
Upon Termination   Resignation (1)   Termination (2)   Disability (3)
 
Compensation:
                       
Base Salary
        $ 1,000,000        
Annual Bonus
  $ 1,225,000       3,675,000     $ 1,225,000  
Equity Awards
          688,418       688,418  
Repayment to Freddie Mac
    (550,000 )     (550,000 )      
Total
  $ 675,000     $ 4,813,418     $ 1,913,418  
(1)  If Mr. Perlman terminates his employment with us for any reason other than death or disability before the second anniversary of his employment date, he is required to repay the full $550,000 of his sign-on cash bonus which is reflected under Repayment to Freddie Mac.
 
(2)  The amount reported under Base Salary reflects two times annualized base salary of $500,000; under Annual Bonus, reflects a guaranteed bonus of $1,225,000 plus two times Mr. Perlman’s target bonus of $1,225,000 attributable to 2007; and under Equity Awards, reflects the continued vesting of Mr. Perlman’s one time sign-on grant. Pursuant to the long-term equity agreement for Mr. Perlman’s sign-on grant, Mr. Perlman’s termination would be classified as a “Special Circumstances Termination” if (a) his job were eliminated due to a reorganization or job relocation or if his employment were terminated due to a restructuring or other no fault displacement, as determined by the Chief Executive Officer, and (b) he had executed a written agreement containing non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants. Under this provision, the sign-on grant will vest immediately and will be settled in accordance with the vesting schedule outlined in the award agreement as if termination had not occurred.
 
(3)  The amount reported under Annual Bonus reflects a guaranteed bonus of $1,225,000 attributable to 2007 and under Equity Awards reflects the value of all outstanding RSUs, which vest immediately upon such termination.
 
Mr. Perlman’s July 24, 2007 offer letter provides certain benefits to Mr. Perlman in lieu of severance if we terminate his employment prior to the second anniversary of his employment. If we terminate Mr. Perlman’s employment on or before the second anniversary of his employment date for any reason other than gross misconduct or for violating any of our standards of conduct, attendance or behavior, we will make a lump-sum cash payment to him equal to two times the sum of his annualized base salary and target short-term incentive in effect at the time of termination. If we terminate Mr. Perlman’s employment between the second and third anniversaries of his employment date for any reason other than gross misconduct or for violating any of our standards of conduct, attendance or behavior, we will make a lump-sum cash payment to him equal to the sum of his annualized base salary and target short-term incentive in effect at the time of termination. In addition, if we terminate Mr. Perlman’s employment on or before the third anniversary of his employment date for any reason other than gross misconduct or for violating any of our standards of conduct, attendance or behavior, we will pay Mr. Perlman a prorated target bonus for the year in which he terminated employment, based on the number of months elapsed during such calendar year, and all outstanding RSUs and/or stock options will continue to vest according to the vesting schedule set forth in the grant agreements.
 
            238 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Michael C. May
 
The following table describes the potential payments as of December 31, 2007 upon termination for Michael C. May, our Senior Vice President, Multifamily Sourcing.
 
Table 133 — Michael C. May — Potential Payments as of December 31, 2007 Upon Termination
 
                                 
    Voluntary Resignation
           
    or Involuntary For
          Special
Benefits and Payments
  Gross Misconduct
  Involuntary Other Than
  Death or
  Circumstance
Upon Termination   Termination   For Gross Misconduct (1)   Disability (2)   Termination (3)
 
Compensation:
                               
Base Salary
        $ 418,000           $ 418,000  
Bonus
                       
Equity Awards
              $ 900,095       545,120  
Total
        $ 418,000     $ 900,095     $ 963,120  
(1)  The amount reported for Base Salary reflects Mr. May’s annualized base salary of $418,000. Mr. May may be eligible to participate in the 2007 bonus program at the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Executive Vice President, Human Resources and Corporate Services. Any bonus paid under this program will be subject to CHRC approval.
 
(2)  The amount reported under Equity Awards reflects the value of all unvested RSUs, which will vest and will be settled immediately upon such termination, and the value of all unvested stock options, which become exercisable immediately upon such termination. Mr. May may be eligible to participate in the 2007 bonus program at the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer or EVP — Human Resources. Any bonus paid under this program will be subject to CHRC approval.
 
(3)  The amount reported under Base Salary reflects Mr. May’s annualized base salary of $418,000 pursuant to our officer severance plan. The amount reported under Equity Awards reflects the value of Mr. May’s 2007 long-term equity awards as of December 31, 2007.
 
     Pursuant to the long-term equity award agreement for awards made in 2006 and for RSUs granted in 2007, Mr. May’s termination would be classified as a “Special Circumstance Termination” if (a) his job were eliminated due to a reorganization or job relocation or if his employment were terminated due to a restructuring or other no fault displacement, as determined by the Chief Executive Officer, and (b) he had executed a written agreement containing non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants. Under this provision, long-term equity awards granted in 2006 and RSUs granted in 2007 will vest immediately (other than the Performance RSUs, because at December 31, 2007 the CHRC had not determined that the performance criterion had been satisfied), and will be settled in accordance with the vesting schedule outlined in the award agreement as if termination had not occurred.
 
Eugene M. McQuade
 
We entered into an August 3, 2004 employment agreement with Mr. McQuade which provided for his employment as President and Chief Operating Officer, effective September 1, 2004. The agreement had an initial term of three years and on May 1, 2007, Mr. McQuade informed us that he would leave the company at the conclusion of that employment agreement, September 1, 2007. We did not enter into any separation agreements with Mr. McQuade and the CHRC did not accelerate the vesting of Mr. McQuade’s unvested RSUs and stock options. Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. McQuade remains subject to non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions for periods of two years and one year, respectively, following his termination of employment with us. Under our stock compensation plans, all outstanding and unvested stock options and RSUs as of September 1, 2007 were forfeited, and all vested and unexercised stock options remained exercisable for 90 days following his departure.
 
Joseph A. Smialowski
 
Mr. Smialowski joined us as our Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology on December 1, 2004. Mr. Smialowski resigned from this position effective June 30, 2007 and served as a special advisor to our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until December 31, 2007. We entered into a Transition Period Agreement with Mr. Smialowski effective June 29, 2007, which provided for the following:
 
  •  Mr. Smialowski’s continued service to Freddie Mac through December 31, 2007 at his then-current base salary of $550,000, together with a cash bonus of $1,150,000 payable on January 31, 2008, which is equal to his target bonus for the 2007 performance year, and a supplemental cash payment of $200,000, also payable on January 31, 2008.
 
  •  Mr. Smialowski’s assistance with the transition of his responsibilities to a successor Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology.
 
  •  Mr. Smialowski’s agreement to serve in an on-call consulting role once his successor has been named and a transition of his responsibilities has been completed.
 
  •  All outstanding and unvested stock options and RSUs as of December 31, 2007 will be forfeited, and all vested and unexercised stock options will remain exercisable for 90 days following his departure.
 
Employment and Separation Agreements
 
The employment agreements or offer letters described below for Mr. Syron, Mr. Piszel, Ms. Cook and Mr. Perlman are available on Freddie Mac’s website at www.freddiemac.com/governance. For information on the termination provisions in Mr. Syron’s, Mr. Piszel’s, Ms. Cook’s and Mr. Perlman’s employment agreements or offer letters, as well as certain compensation agreements we entered into with Messrs. McQuade and Smialowski, see “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” above.
 
            239 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

We entered into employment agreements or offer letters with each of the named executive officers, with the exception of Mr. May, when they first joined us. All of our named executive officers, with the exception of Mr. May, are parties to currently effective agreements. Some agreements contain minimum guarantees with respect to base pay, bonus, and long-term equity awards, as well as special provisions applicable upon termination. The CHRC and management considered the executive protections (such as guaranteed bonuses and special termination benefits) provided by each of these agreements necessary in order to achieve our goal of recruiting and retaining exceptional leaders and executive officers during a time of transition.
 
The employment agreement or offer letter for Messrs. Syron and Perlman set their respective base salaries, minimum bonus opportunities, and long-term equity award opportunities.
 
Richard F. Syron
 
Mr. Syron was appointed Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, effective December 31, 2003. The terms of his employment with us are governed by (a) a December 6, 2003 employment agreement, as supplemented by a December 12, 2003 agreement and as amended by a November 9, 2007 amendment, (b) a June 1, 2006 compensation agreement and (c) a March 3, 2007 compensation agreement. The June 1, 2006 agreement superseded the provisions of Mr. Syron’s employment agreement that pertain to his cash bonus target for performance during 2006. The March 3, 2007 agreement superseded the provisions of Mr. Syron’s employment agreement that pertain to his cash bonus target for performance during 2007 and to his 2007 annual equity award.
 
The November 9, 2007 amendment extends the terms of Mr. Syron’s original employment agreement from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009. Mr. Syron will continue to serve as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer until his successor as Chief Executive Officer is appointed, at which time Mr. Syron will become Executive Chairman of the Board for the balance of his extended term. Mr. Syron will actively assist us in recruiting and retaining his successor as Chief Executive Officer.
 
The amended agreement increased Mr. Syron’s base salary to $1,300,000, effective as of July 1, 2007. The amended agreement also provides for a special extension bonus of $3,500,000, payable in installments of $1,250,000 after its effective date, $1,500,000 after July 1, 2008 and $750,000 after July 1, 2009. This special bonus is payable only if Mr. Syron remains employed with us as of each of these dates and is subject to repayment by Mr. Syron if he terminates his employment with us before December 31, 2009 other than for good reason, as defined in the amended agreement.
 
The amended agreement also provides that Mr. Syron will have the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus, based on performance criteria determined by the CHRC, for 2007 in a target amount of 278% of his bonus-eligible earnings, for 2008 in a target amount of 302% of his bonus-eligible earnings and for 2009 in a target amount of 322% of his bonus-eligible earnings, provided that Mr. Syron remains employed by us through the end of the applicable calendar year. For any of these years, the annual bonus actually awarded may range from 0% to 200% of the actual target, depending on Mr. Syron’s performance during the year.
 
Mr. Syron received an additional equity grant in December 2007 of RSUs in the amount of $800,000 pursuant to the amended agreement. In 2008, Mr. Syron will be entitled to an equity grant valued at $9,400,000, of which $8,800,000, the amount provided for in his original employment agreement, will be guaranteed. In 2009 he will be entitled to an equity grant valued at $10,000,000, none of which will be guaranteed. The size of the actual grants, to the extent not guaranteed, will be determined based on an assessment of performance criteria established by the CHRC.
 
In addition to the provisions of the amended agreement, the CHRC has established a special cash performance award opportunity for Mr. Syron. This opportunity is described in more detail in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Structure — Chief Executive Officer Special Performance Award Opportunity.”
 
During the term of the employment agreement, we will maintain, at our cost, insurance on the life of Mr. Syron for the benefit of his beneficiaries, with a benefit equal to $10,000,000. If Mr. Syron remains employed by us through December 31, 2008, upon the later to occur of December 31, 2008 and his turning 65, we will deliver to Mr. Syron a fully paid-up permanent life insurance policy with a face amount equal to $4,000,000 and will maintain $6 million in term life insurance during his employment in 2009.
 
Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Syron is entitled to participate in all other compensation and employee benefit or perquisite programs generally available from time to time to our senior executives, on the terms and conditions then prevailing under each such program, except that Mr. Syron is not eligible to participate in our officer severance plan or policy.
 
Anthony S. Piszel
 
Mr. Piszel joined us as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on November 13, 2006. Under the terms of an offer letter dated October 14, 2006, Mr. Piszel receives an annualized base salary of $650,000 and the
 
            240 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

opportunity to earn annual bonuses and long-term equity awards. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Piszel received a one-time sign-on bonus in the amount of $7,500,000, composed of $2,500,000 in cash and $5,000,000 in the form of RSUs. Mr. Piszel’s one-time sign-on bonus was structured to take into account the long-term incentive opportunity that Mr. Piszel forfeited at his prior employer in order to join Freddie Mac. The number of RSUs subject to the sign-on award is 78,940, which vest in four equal annual installments beginning on December 7, 2007. The agreement also provides Mr. Piszel with an opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus targeted at $1,007,500, with guaranteed minimum annual bonuses for 2006 and 2007 of $600,000 and $1,007,500, respectively.
 
The offer letter provides Mr. Piszel with an annual long-term equity award with a targeted aggregate value of $3,000,000, with a guaranteed minimum equity award in 2007 of $3,000,000. The long-term equity award vests in four equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date.
 
Patricia L. Cook
 
Ms. Cook joined us as our Executive Vice President, Investments on August 2, 2004 and became Executive Vice President, Investments and Capital Markets on February 1, 2005 and Executive Vice President and Chief Business Officer on June 5, 2007. Under the terms of an offer letter dated July 8, 2004, as amended by a letter agreement dated July 9, 2004 and action taken by the CHRC on May 6, 2005, Ms. Cook receives an annualized base salary of $600,000 and an annual cash bonus targeted at 167% of her bonus eligible earnings (currently defined as base salary), subject to a maximum of 200% of this target, absent approval by the CHRC of a greater amount. Ms. Cook also has the opportunity to earn an annual long-term equity award that has no maximum award restriction.
 
Michael C. May
 
Mr. May joined us in 1983 and was appointed our Senior Vice President, Multifamily Sourcing in August 2005. We do not have any agreements with Mr. May regarding the terms of his employment.
 
Michael Perlman
 
Mr. Perlman joined us as our Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology on August 1, 2007. Under the terms of an offer letter dated July 24, 2007, Mr. Perlman receives an annualized base salary of $500,000 and the opportunity to earn annual bonuses and long-term equity awards. The letter agreement provides Mr. Perlman with an opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus targeted at 245% of his bonus eligible earnings, with a guaranteed minimum bonus attributable to performance during calendar year 2007 of $1,225,000. Mr. Perlman also will be eligible for an annual long-term equity award with a targeted aggregate value of $1,525,000, with a guaranteed minimum award attributable to performance during calendar year 2007 of $1,525,000.
 
Under the terms of a cash sign-on payment letter agreement, Mr. Perlman received a one-time cash payment of $550,000, which must be repaid if, prior to the second anniversary of Mr. Perlman’s start date, Mr. Perlman’s employment is terminated. Mr. Perlman also received a one-time sign-on equity award in the form of RSUs with a total dollar value of $1,200,000. Mr. Perlman’s one-time sign-on equity award was designed to take into account the long-term incentive opportunity that Mr. Perlman forfeited at his prior employer in order to join Freddie Mac. The number of RSUs subject to the sign-on award is 20,206, which vest in three equal installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date.
 
            241 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
Director Independence
 
The non-employee members of the Board have determined that:
 
  •  With the exception of Richard F. Syron, our Chief Executive Officer, and Eugene M. McQuade, who was deemed to have resigned as a director effective September 1, 2007, all members of the Board who served as directors in 2007 and all current directors are independent within the meaning of both Section 303A.02 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual and the independence criteria set forth in Section 5 of our Guidelines. Additionally, except as disclosed for Jeffrey M. Peek and Jerome P. Kenney under “Transactions with Institutions Related to Directors” below, no member of the Board who served as a director in 2007 nor any current director has a material relationship with Freddie Mac.
 
  •  All current members of the Audit Committee, the CHRC and the GNROC are independent within the meaning of Section 303A.02 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual and Sections 4 and 5 of our Guidelines. All current members of the Audit Committee also are independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and Section 303A.06 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual.
 
In making the foregoing independence determinations, as required under our Guidelines, the non-employee directors considered the relationship between Freddie Mac and the National Housing Conference, or NHC, where Mr. Retsinas was a member of the board of trustees and the board of governors until December 2007, and between Freddie Mac and the National Housing Endowment, or NHE, where Mr. Retsinas is currently a member of the board of trustees. Freddie Mac made contributions to NHC in 2006 and to NHE in 2004 and 2005 that, in each case, exceeded the greater of $100,000 or two percent of NHC’s and NHE’s gross revenues, respectively, for those years. The contribution to NHC in 2006 was $511,000 and the contributions to NHE in 2004 and 2005 were $200,000 and $375,000, respectively. Because Freddie Mac’s relationship with NHC and NHE preceded the Board’s initial consideration of Mr. Retsinas as a director candidate, and given the nature of Freddie Mac’s relationship and Mr. Retsinas’ affiliation with both NHC and NHE, including the fact that Mr. Retsinas does not hold an executive position at either NHC or NHE, the non-employee directors have determined that the relationships were not material and do not impair Mr. Retsinas’ independence. Freddie Mac’s contributions to NHE inadvertently were not communicated by management to or considered by the non-employee directors in connection with their previous determination of Mr. Retsinas’ independence at the time of his initial nomination as a director candidate in 2007, and the non-employee directors therefore have re-evaluated and ratified that determination in light of the NHE contributions.
 
Mr. Syron is Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac as well as Chairman of the Board. Because Mr. Syron is an employee of Freddie Mac, he is not independent under the Guidelines or the NYSE Listed Company Manual.
 
Transactions with Institutions Related to Directors
 
In the ordinary course of business, we were a party since January 1, 2005, and expect to continue to be a party during the remainder of 2008, to certain business transactions with institutions affiliated with members of our Board. Management believes that the terms and conditions of the transactions were no more and no less favorable to us than the terms of similar transactions with unaffiliated institutions to which we are, or expect to be, a party. Those transactions that are required to be disclosed under rules promulgated by the SEC are described below.
 
Jerome P. Kenney, a director, is currently an independent consultant to Merrill Lynch & Co. (“Merrill Lynch”). Mr. Kenney retired as Vice Chairman of Merrill Lynch in January 2008. While at Merrill Lynch, Mr. Kenney served in many capacities and most recently was a member of Merrill Lynch’s Executive Client Coverage Group. Since January 1, 2005, Merrill Lynch, through its subsidiaries, has participated in the following transactions with Freddie Mac:
 
  •  As an underwriter for six equity securities offerings, 14 mortgage-related securities offerings, and 1,712 debt securities offerings to the public, for which it received underwriting fees of approximately $7.1 million, $2.0 million and $57.5 million, respectively.
 
  •  As a counterparty in capital markets transactions, including derivative transactions, repurchase transactions and forward purchases and sales of securities (predominantly mortgage-related securities, but also asset backed commercial paper and other securities). The largest amount of notional or principal balance outstanding for these transactions during the period from January 1, 2005 to May 20, 2008 was approximately $107.3 billion, $3.5 billion, and $8.5 billion, respectively. The largest total counterparty exposure ( i.e. , the risk of loss to Freddie Mac if Merrill Lynch were to fail to perform under its obligations) during the period from January 1, 2005 to May 20, 2008 was approximately $1.2 billion.
 
  •  As a dealer in 51 resecuritizations of our mortgage-related securities that involved payments of resecuritization fees to Freddie Mac in the amount of approximately $30.6 million.
 
Freddie Mac regularly purchases securities from Merrill Lynch for its mortgage-related investment portfolio and its non-mortgage securities investment portfolio and occasionally may sell mortgage-related securities to or through Merrill Lynch.
 
            242 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Freddie Mac expects to continue to engage in similar transactions with Merrill Lynch and its subsidiaries during the remainder of 2008.
 
In October 2007, Freddie Mac purchased mortgage-related securities with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately $4.3 billion issued by a bankruptcy remote entity of CIT Group, Inc. (“CIT”), of which a former member of our Board, Jeffrey M. Peek, is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. During the period from October 1, 2007 through May 20, 2008, Freddie Mac has received principal and interest payments on these securities of approximately $709.4 million. As a holder of the securities, Freddie Mac will continue to receive principal and interest payments while the securities are outstanding. An affiliate of CIT is the master servicer for these securities and receives a fee calculated on the unpaid principle balance of each underlying loan for its services. During the period from October 1, 2007 through May 20, 2008, the CIT affiliate has received servicing fees of approximately $20.3 million. To avoid the appearance of a conflict of interest, Mr. Peek resigned from Freddie Mac’s Board effective September 17, 2007, prior to completion of this transaction.
 
In October 2001, Freddie Mac purchased a revolving credit facility, which was initially secured by certain multifamily properties in New York City. A subsidiary of CIT was a 50% limited partner in the borrower. The credit facility could be drawn on in multiple tranches and was initially funded in the amount of approximately $133 million in October 2001. In July 2002, the borrower exercised its option to expand the credit facility to approximately $157 million. The principal was repaid in January 2005 in a single payment of approximately $157 million and the credit facility was terminated at that time. The credit facility bore interest at a floating rate based on the 1-month Freddie Mac Reference Bill Index. Freddie Mac Reference Bill securities are short-term debt obligations of Freddie Mac that we auction to dealers on a regular schedule. At the time the credit facility was repaid, the borrower had multiple tranches outstanding, bearing interest rates of 2.774% and 5.25%.
 
Policy Governing Related Person Transactions
 
In December 2007, the Board adopted the company’s policy governing the Approval of Related Person Transactions (the “Related Person Transactions Policy”). This is a written policy and set of procedures for the review and approval or ratification of transactions involving related persons, which consist of any person who is, or was at any time since the beginning of the company’s last completed fiscal year, a director, director nominee, executive officer, or immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons.
 
Under authority delegated by the Board, (a) the Executive Vice President — General Counsel and Corporate Secretary (the “General Counsel”), in the case of executive officers and their respective immediate family members (other than the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the General Counsel and their respective immediate family members) and (b) the GNROC (or its Chair under certain circumstances), in the case of directors, director nominees and their respective immediate family members, and the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the General Counsel and their respective immediate family members (each, an “Authorized Approver”) are responsible for applying the Related Person Transactions Policy. Transactions covered by the Related Person Transactions Policy consist of any transaction, arrangement or relationship or series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which (i) the aggregate amount involved exceeded or is expected to exceed $120,000; (ii) the company was or is expected to be a participant; and (iii) any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. The Related Person Transactions Policy includes a list of categories of transactions identified by the Board as having no significant potential for an actual conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict or improper benefit to a related person, and thus are not subject to review (the “Excluded Transactions”). Excluded Transactions include, for example, transactions in which the related person’s interest arises only from the related person’s position as a director of, or less than 10% ownership level in, another entity that is a party to the transaction; transactions involving a related person where the rates or charges are determined by competitive bids or are in conformity with law or governmental authority; transactions involving certain compensation, indemnity or expense advance payments to an executive officer or director of the company; certain discretionary charitable contributions by the company to a non-profit entity with which a related person is affiliated; and certain transactions deemed not to be material under the director independence standards contained in the Corporate Governance Guidelines.
 
The company’s Legal Division will assess whether any proposed transaction involving a related person is a related person transaction covered by the Related Person Transactions Policy. If so, the transaction will be reviewed by the appropriate Authorized Approver. In consultation with the Chair of the GNROC, the General Counsel may refer any proposed transaction to the GNROC for review and approval. In those instances in which the General Counsel or his designee determines that it is not practicable or desirable for the company to wait until the next GNROC meeting to review a related person transaction involving a director, director nominee, or any of their respective immediate family members, the Chair of the GNROC may review and approve the related person transaction on behalf of the GNROC and report such action to the GNROC at its next regularly scheduled meeting.
 
If possible, approval of a related person transaction will be obtained prior to the effectiveness or consummation of the transaction. If advance approval of a related person transaction by the appropriate Authorized Approver is not feasible or
 
            243 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

otherwise not obtained, then the transaction will be considered promptly by the appropriate Authorized Approver to determine whether ratification is warranted.
 
In determining whether to approve or ratify a related person transaction covered by the Related Person Transactions Policy, the appropriate Authorized Approver will review and consider all relevant information regarding the related person transaction or the related person available to the Authorized Approver, which may include:
 
  •  the nature of the related person’s interest in the transaction;
 
  •  the approximate total dollar value of, and extent of the related person’s interest in, the transaction;
 
  •  whether the transaction was or would be undertaken in the ordinary course of business of the company;
 
  •  whether the transaction is proposed to be, or was, entered into on terms no less favorable to the company than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party; and
 
  •  the purpose of, and potential benefits to the company of, the transaction.
 
A director who may be a related person in connection with a particular proposed related person transaction will not participate in any discussion or approval of the transaction, other than discussion for the purpose of providing material information concerning the transaction to the GNROC. The appropriate Authorized Approver may, in such Authorized Approver’s sole discretion, impose such conditions as the Authorized Approver deems appropriate on the company or the related person in connection with the approval of the related person transaction including, but not limited to, ratification, revision or termination of the transaction.
 
Prior to December 2007, our written policies and procedures for the review, approval or ratification of related person transactions and other conflict of interest matters were based on our Corporate Governance Guidelines, our Codes of Conduct for directors and employees and our processes for gathering and disclosing information about such transactions. Among other things, the Codes of Conduct provide that when performing their Freddie Mac duties, our directors and employees must act at all times in our best interests. Employees and their immediate families are not permitted to engage in business with us unless they have consulted with our Chief Compliance Officer or the Compliance Division. If a director wishes to obtain a waiver of any Code provision (including those dealing with conflicts of interest), the waiver must be approved by the Board of Directors and disclosed to stockholders.
 
ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
We are involved as a party to a variety of legal proceedings arising from time to time in the ordinary course of business including, among other things, contractual disputes, personal injury claims, employment-related litigation and other legal proceedings incidental to our business. We are frequently involved, directly or indirectly, in litigation involving mortgage foreclosures. From time to time, we are also involved in proceedings arising from our termination of a seller/servicer’s eligibility to sell mortgages to, and/or service mortgages for, us. In these cases, the former seller/servicer sometimes seeks damages against us for wrongful termination under a variety of legal theories. In addition, we are sometimes sued in connection with the origination or servicing of mortgages. These suits typically involve claims alleging wrongful actions of seller/servicers. Our contracts with our seller/servicers generally provide for indemnification against liability arising from their wrongful actions. Litigation and claims resolution are subject to many uncertainties and are not susceptible to accurate prediction. Losses that might result from the adverse resolution of any of the remaining legal proceedings could be greater than reserves we may establish. See “NOTE 11: LEGAL CONTINGENCIES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding our legal proceedings.
 
Putative Securities Class Action Lawsuits.   Reimer vs. Freddie Mac, Syron, Cook, Piszel and McQuade (“Reimer”) and Ohio Public Employees Retirement System vs. Freddie Mac, Syron, et al (“OPERS”). Two virtually identical putative securities class action lawsuits were filed against Freddie Mac and certain of our current and former officers alleging that the defendants violated federal securities laws by making “false and misleading statements concerning our business, risk management and the procedures we put into place to protect the company from problems in the mortgage industry.” Reimer was filed on November 21, 2007 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and OPERS was filed on January 18, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Ohio. On March 10, 2008, the Court in Reimer granted the plaintiff’s request to voluntarily dismiss the case, and the case was dismissed. In OPERS, the case has proceeded with the Court’s Order of April 10, 2008, appointing OPERS as lead plaintiff and approving its choice of counsel, and the filing of an amended complaint by OPERS on May 27, 2008. The plaintiff is seeking unspecified damages and interest, and reasonable costs and expenses, including attorney and expert fees. At present, it is not possible to predict the probable outcome of the OPERS lawsuit or any potential impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
 
Shareholder Demand Letters.   In late 2007 and early 2008, the board of directors received three letters from purported shareholders of Freddie Mac, which together contain allegations of corporate mismanagement and breaches of fiduciary duty in connection with the company’s risk management, false and misleading financial disclosures, and the sale of stock based on material non-public information by certain officers and directors. One letter demands that the board
 
            244 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

commence an independent investigation into the alleged conduct, institute legal proceedings to recover damages from the responsible individuals, and implement corporate governance initiatives to ensure that the alleged problems do not recur. The second letter demands that Freddie Mac commence legal proceedings to recover damages from responsible board members, senior officers, Freddie Mac’s outside auditors, and other parties who allegedly aided or abetted the improper conduct. The third letter demands relief similar to that of the second letter, as well as recovery for unjust enrichment. The board of directors formed a Special Litigation Committee to investigate the purported shareholders’ allegations, and the investigation is proceeding.
 
Shareholder Derivative Lawsuits.   A shareholder derivative complaint, purportedly on behalf of Freddie Mac, was filed on March 10, 2008, in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against certain current and former officers and directors of Freddie Mac and a number of third parties, including Freddie Mac’s auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The complaint, which was filed by an individual who had submitted a shareholder demand letter to the board of directors in late 2007, alleges breach of fiduciary duty, negligence, violations of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and unjust enrichment in connection with various alleged business and risk management failures. It also alleges false assurances by the company regarding our financial exposure in the subprime financing market and our risk management and internal control weaknesses. The plaintiff seeks unspecified damages, declaratory relief, an accounting, injunctive relief, disgorgement, punitive damages, attorney’s fees, interest and costs. On June 16, 2008, we filed a motion to transfer the case to the Eastern District of Virginia, or alternately to stay the case pending the completion of the investigation of plaintiff’s allegations by the Special Litigation Committee appointed by the board of directors. At present, it is not possible to predict the probable outcome of the lawsuit or any potential impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
A second shareholder derivative complaint, purportedly on behalf of Freddie Mac, was filed on June 6, 2008, in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against certain current and former Freddie Mac officers and directors. The complaint, which was filed by an individual who had submitted a shareholder demand letter to the board of directors in late 2007, alleges that defendants caused the company to violate its charter by engaging in “unsafe, unsound and improper speculation in high risk mortgages to boost near term profits, report growth in the Company’s retained portfolio and guarantee business, and take market share away from its primary competitor, Fannie Mae.” The principal claim is for an alleged breach of fiduciary duty. Among other things, plaintiff seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, an accounting, an order requiring that defendants remit all salary and compensation received during the periods they allegedly breached their duties, and an award of pre-judgment and post-judgment interest, attorneys’ fees, expert fees and consulting fees, and other costs and expenses. At present, it is not possible to predict the probable outcome of the lawsuit or any potential impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
Antitrust Lawsuits.   Consolidated lawsuits were filed against Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, originally filed on January 10, 2005, alleging that both companies conspired to establish and maintain artificially high management and guarantee fees. The complaint covers the period January 1, 2001 to the present and asserts a variety of claims under federal and state antitrust laws, as well as claims under consumer-protection and similar state laws. The plaintiffs seek injunctive relief, unspecified damages (including treble damages with respect to the antitrust claims and punitive damages with respect to some of the state claims) and other forms of relief. We filed a motion to dismiss the action and are awaiting a ruling from the court. At present, it is not possible for us to predict the probable outcome of the consolidated lawsuit or any potential impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
The New York Attorney General’s Investigation.   In connection with the New York Attorney General’s suit filed against eAppraiseIT and its parent corporation, First American, alleging appraisal fraud in connection with loans originated by Washington Mutual, in November 2007, the New York Attorney General demanded that we either retain an independent examiner to investigate our mortgage purchases from Washington Mutual supported by appraisals conducted by eAppraiseIT, or immediately cease and desist from purchasing or securitizing Washington Mutual loans and any loans supported by eAppraiseIT appraisals. We also received a subpoena from the New York Attorney General’s office for information regarding appraisals and property valuations as they relate to our mortgage purchases and securitizations from January 1, 2004 to the present. In March 2008, OFHEO, the New York Attorney General and Freddie Mac reached a settlement in which we agreed to adopt a Home Valuation Protection Code, effective January 1, 2009, to enhance appraiser independence. In addition, we agreed to provide funding for an Independent Valuation Protection Institute. From March 14, 2008 through April 30, 2008, market participants were afforded the opportunity to comment on the implementation and deployment of the Code. We have reviewed and summarized the comments received, which were submitted to, and discussed with, OFHEO. Under the terms of the agreement, OFHEO, the New York Attorney General and Freddie Mac are reviewing the comments in good faith and will consider any amendments to the Code necessary to avoid any unforeseen consequences.
 
            245 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
Market Information
 
Our common stock, par value $0.21 per share, is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “FRE.” From time to time, our common stock may be admitted to unlisted trading status on other national securities exchanges. Put and call options on our common stock are traded on U.S. options exchanges. At June 30, 2008, there were 647,008,105 shares outstanding of our common stock.
 
Table 134 sets forth the high and low sale prices of our common stock for the periods indicated.
 
Table 134 — Quarterly Common Stock Information
 
                 
    Sale Prices (1)
    High   Low
 
2008 Quarter Ended
               
June 30
  $ 29.74     $ 16.20  
March 31
    34.63       16.59  
2007 Quarter Ended
               
December 31
  $ 65.88     $ 22.90  
September 30
    67.20       54.97  
June 30
    68.12       58.62  
March 31
    68.55       58.88  
2006 Quarter Ended
               
December 31
  $ 71.92     $ 64.80  
September 30
    66.47       55.64  
June 30
    63.99       56.50  
March 31
    68.75       60.64  
(1)  The principal market is the NYSE and prices are based on the composite tape.
 
At July 11, 2008, the closing price for our common stock was $7.75 per share.
 
Holders
 
As of June 30, 2008, we had 2,054 common stockholders of record.
 
Dividends
 
Table 135 sets forth the cash dividend per common share that we have declared for the periods indicated.
 
Table 135 — Dividends Per Common Share
 
         
    Regular Cash
   
Dividend Per Share
 
2008 Quarter Ended
       
June 30
  $ 0.25  
March 31
    0.25  
2007 Quarter Ended
       
December 31
  $ 0.25  
September 30
    0.50  
June 30
    0.50  
March 31
    0.50  
2006 Quarter Ended
       
December 31
  $ 0.50  
September 30
    0.47  
June 30
    0.47  
March 31
    0.47  
 
We have historically paid dividends to our stockholders in each quarter. Our board of directors will determine the amount of dividends, if any, declared and paid in any quarter after considering our capital position and earnings and growth prospects, among other factors. See “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding dividend payments and potential restrictions on such payments and “NOTE 8: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding our preferred stock dividend rates.
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
 
The following table provides information about our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and rights under our existing equity compensation plans at December 31, 2007. Our stockholders have approved the ESPP, the 2004 Employee Plan, the 1995 Stock Compensation Plan, or 1995 Plan, and the 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan, or Directors’ Plan.
 
            246 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 136 — Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
 
                         
            (c)
    (a)
      Number of securities
    Number of securities
      remaining available for
    to be issued
  (b)
  future issuance under
    upon exercise
  Weighted average
  equity compensation
    of outstanding
  exercise price of
  plans (excluding
    options, warrants
  outstanding options,
  securities reflected
Plan Category
  and rights   warrants and rights   in column (a))
 
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders
    8,075,314 (1)   $ 37.62 (2)     17,935,055 (3)
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders
    None       N/A       None  
 
(1)  Includes 2,897,893 RSUs issued under the Directors’ Plan, the 1995 Plan and the 2004 Employee Plan and options to purchase 82,566 shares under the ESPP.
(2)  For the purpose of calculating this amount, the RSUs are assigned a value of zero.
(3)  Includes 10,323,179 shares, 6,135,671 shares and 1,476,205 shares available for issuance under the 2004 Employee Plan, the ESPP and the Directors’ Plan, respectively. No shares are available for issuance under the 1995 Plan.
 
Stock Performance Graph
 
The following graph compares the five-year cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with that of the Standard and Poor’s, or S&P, 500 Financial Sector Index and the S&P 500 Index. The graph assumes $100 invested in each of our common stock, the S&P 500 Financial Sector Index and the S&P 500 Index on December 31, 2002. Total return calculations assume annual dividend reinvestment. The graph does not forecast performance of our common stock.
 
Comparative Cumulative Total Stockholder Return
(in dollars)
 
(LINE GRAPH)
 
                                                 
    At December 31,  
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007  
 
Freddie Mac
  $ 100     $ 101     $ 130     $ 118     $ 126     $ 65  
S&P 500 Financials
    100       131       145       155       185       150  
S&P 500
    100       129       143       150       173       183  
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 43078
Providence, RI 02940-3078
Telephone: 781-575-2879
http://www.computershare.com
 
NYSE Corporate Governance Listing Standards
 
On July 9, 2007, our Chief Executive Officer submitted to the NYSE the certification required by Section 303A.12(a) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual regarding our compliance with the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards.
 
            247 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
The securities we issue are “exempted securities” under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. As a result, we do not file registration statements with the SEC with respect to offerings of our securities.
 
Preferred Stock
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, we completed five preferred stock offerings. On January 16, 2007, we sold 44 million shares of 5.57% non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock in an offering underwritten by a syndicate of dealers headed by Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. for aggregate offering proceeds of $1.1 billion and an aggregate underwriting discount of $11 million. On April 16, 2007, we sold 20 million shares of 5.66% non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock in an offering underwritten by a syndicate of dealers headed by Banc of America Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. for aggregate offering proceeds of $500 million and an aggregate underwriting discount of $5 million. On July 24, 2007, we sold 20 million shares of 6.02% non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock in an offering underwritten by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and Smith Incorporated for offering proceeds of $500 million and an underwriting discount of $5 million. On September 28, 2007, we sold 20 million shares of 6.55% non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock in an offering underwritten by a syndicate of dealers headed by Banc of America Securities LLC for aggregate offering proceeds of $500 million and an aggregate underwriting discount of $5 million. On December 4, 2007, we issued 240 million shares of fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock in an offering underwritten by a syndicate of dealers represented by Lehman Brothers Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. for aggregate offering proceeds of $6.0 billion and an aggregate underwriting discount of $90 million.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2006, we completed two preferred stock offerings. On July 17, 2006, Freddie Mac sold 15 million shares of variable-rate, non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock and five million shares of 6.42% non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock in an offering underwritten by a syndicate of dealers headed by Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and UBS Securities LLC for aggregate offering proceeds of $1.0 billion and an aggregate underwriting discount of $10 million. On October 16, 2006, Freddie Mac sold 20 million shares of 5.9% non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock in an offering underwritten by a syndicate of dealers headed by Lehman Brothers Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and Smith Incorporated for aggregate offering proceeds of $500 million and an aggregate underwriting discount of $5 million. During 2005, we completed no preferred stock offerings. See “NOTE 8: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY” to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information regarding our preferred stock offerings.
 
Stock-based Compensation
 
We regularly provide stock compensation to our employees and members of our board of directors. We have three stock-based compensation plans under which grants are currently made: (a) the ESPP; (b) the 2004 Employee Plan; and (c) the Directors’ Plan. Prior to the stockholder approval of the 2004 Employee Plan, employee stock-based compensation was awarded in accordance with the terms of the 1995 Stock Compensation Plan, or 1995 Employee Plan. Although grants are no longer made under the 1995 Employee Plan, we currently have awards outstanding under this plan. We collectively refer to the 2004 Employee Plan and 1995 Employee Plan as the Employee Plans.
 
During the first quarter of 2008, no stock options were granted or exercised under our Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan. Under our ESPP, options to purchase 70,571 shares of common stock were exercised and options to purchase 124,136 shares of common stock were granted during the first quarter of 2008. Further, for the first quarter of 2008, under the Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan, 4,759,290 restricted stock units were granted and restrictions lapsed on 606,482 restricted stock units.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, 390,891 stock options were exercised and no stock options were granted under our Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan. Under our ESPP, 238,913 options to purchase stock were exercised and 277,091 options to purchase stock were granted. Further, for the year ended December 31, 2007, under the Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan, 1,592,659 restricted stock units were granted and restrictions lapsed on 773,660 restricted stock units.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2006, 914,368 stock options were exercised and 423,294 stock options were granted under our Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan. Under our ESPP, 222,703 options to purchase stock were exercised and 226,266 options to purchase stock were granted. Further, for the year ended December 31, 2006, under the Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan, 1,486,080 restricted stock units were granted and restrictions lapsed on 384,649 and 28,542 restricted stock units and restricted stock awards, respectively.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2005, 1,563,477 stock options were exercised and 1,199,586 stock options were granted under our Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan. Under our ESPP, 239,873 options to purchase stock were exercised and 258,061 options to purchase stock were granted. Further, for the year ended December 31, 2005, under the Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan, 838,576 restricted stock units were granted and restrictions lapsed on 659,946 and 79,961 restricted stock units and restricted stock awards, respectively.
 
            248 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

See “NOTE 10: STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION” to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information.
 
Long-Term Debt
 
Table 137 provides the long-term debt securities sold by Freddie Mac through various underwriters during the first quarter of 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. Except as noted below, all securities were sold for cash.
 
Table 137 — Debt Security Issuances, at Par Value (1)
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended
   
    March 31,   Year Ended December 31
    2008   2007   2006   2005
    (in millions)
 
Long-term debt (2)
  $ 94,718     $ 188,548     $ 182,797     $ 168,817  
(1)  Excludes securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased, lines of credit and securities sold but not yet purchased.
(2)  Includes $—, $0.1 billion, $2.6 billion and $3.4 billion of long-term debt securities issued for the first quarter of 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which were accounted for as debt exchanges.
 
PCs and Structured Securities
 
We issue PCs in mortgage swap transactions, in which a customer exchanges mortgage loans for PCs that represent undivided interests in those same mortgages. We also issue PCs for cash. We issue many of our Structured Securities in transactions in which securities dealers or investors deliver to us the mortgage-related assets underlying the Structured Securities in exchange for the Structured Securities. We also issue Structured Securities for cash, including in offerings through various underwriters.
 
Table 138 provides the PCs and Structured Securities issued by Freddie Mac during the first quarter of 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
 
Table 138 — Issuances of PCs and Structured Securities (1)
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended
       
    March 31,     Year Ended December 31  
    2008     2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
PCs issued in guarantor swap transactions
  $ 100,079     $ 382,796     $ 308,094     $ 314,690  
PCs issued for cash
    13,407       49,074       42,417       63,367  
Structured Securities issued
    128,239       456,895       388,889       413,434  
                                 
Total
  $ 241,725     $ 888,765     $ 739,400     $ 791,491  
                                 
(1) Based on unpaid principal balances issued during each period.
 
ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED
 
The summary description of our common stock set forth below does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the certificate of designation of common stock, or certificate of designation, which is attached to this Registration Statement as Exhibit 4.1.
 
General
 
Under section 304 of our charter, we are authorized to issue an unlimited number of shares of voting common stock. The common stock has the terms set forth in the certificate of designation. Computershare Trust Company, N.A., Providence, Rhode Island is the transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and registrar for the common stock.
 
Authorized Issuance
 
Our common stock was created by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989. Under section 731(d) of this Act, shares of our then-outstanding senior participating preferred stock were automatically converted into an equivalent number of shares of common stock.
 
There are currently 806,000,000 shares of common stock issued or authorized for issuance by our board of directors that have a par value of $0.21 per share. As of June 30, 2008, we have issued 725,863,886 shares of common stock, of which we hold 78,855,781 shares as treasury stock. Our board of directors may increase the authorized number of shares of common stock at any time, without the consent of the holders of common stock.
 
Dividends
 
Dividends on shares of our common stock are not mandatory. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of assets legally available for the payment of dividends on our common stock. The board of directors fixes both the amount of dividends, if any, to be paid to holders of our outstanding common stock and the dates of payment. We will pay each dividend on shares of common stock to the holders
 
            249 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

of record of outstanding shares as they appear in our books and records on the record date fixed by our board of directors. The record date must not be earlier than 45 days or later than ten days before a dividend payment date.
 
There are currently outstanding 24 classes of Freddie Mac preferred stock that have priority over our common stock as to dividends. No dividend may be declared or paid or set apart for payment on our common stock unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart on all of these classes of preferred stock for the current dividend period. We are authorized to issue an unlimited amount of preferred stock.
 
The terms of our Freddie SUBS ® subordinated debt securities provide for the deferral of interest payments in specified circumstances. During periods when we defer interest payments on Freddie SUBS ® , we may not declare or pay dividends on, or redeem, purchase or acquire, our common stock or any class of our preferred stock. We must defer our payment of interest on all outstanding Freddie SUBS ® if, as of the fifth business day prior to an interest payment on any Freddie SUBS ® , either (a) our “core capital” is below 125% of our “critical capital” requirement, or (b)(i) our “core capital” is below our “minimum capital” requirement, and (ii) the Secretary of the Treasury, acting at our request, exercises his or her discretionary authority pursuant to Section 306(c) of our charter to purchase our debt obligations.
 
See “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements for more information regarding our capital requirements and potential restrictions on dividend payments.
 
Voting Rights
 
Holders of our common stock have the right to vote:
 
  •  for the election of the 13 shareholder-elected members of our board of directors (the other five directors are appointed by the President of the United States);
 
  •  with respect to the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of the certificate of designation as described under “ — Amendments” below; and
 
  •  with respect to such other matters, if any, as may be prescribed by our board of directors, in its sole discretion, or by applicable federal law. Holders of our common stock are not granted any right under our charter or the certificate of designation to vote on specified matters on which stockholders of business corporations organized under state law are typically entitled to vote, such as amendments to our charter or changes in our capital structure.
 
Holders of our common stock entitled to vote are entitled to one vote per share on all matters presented to them for their vote. Holders may cast votes in person or by proxy at a meeting of the holders of our common stock or, if so determined by our board of directors, by written consent of the holders of the requisite number of shares of our common stock. In connection with any meeting of the holders of shares of our common stock, our board of directors will fix a record date, which must not be earlier than 60 days or later than ten days before the date of such meeting. The holders of record of shares of our common stock on the record date are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting and any adjournment. We may establish reasonable rules and procedures regarding the solicitation of the vote of holders of our common stock at any such meeting or otherwise, the conduct of such vote, quorum requirements and the requisite number or percentage of affirmative votes required for the approval of any matter and as to all related questions. Such rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which our common stock may be listed.
 
Ownership Reports
 
The certificate of designation includes provisions that require certain persons to report to us their beneficial ownership of our common stock. Except as otherwise provided in the certificate of designation, any “beneficial owner” (as that term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than five percent of the shares of our common stock (determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3) must report such ownership to us and the NYSE (and to any other exchange on which our common stock is then listed). The required reports of beneficial ownership and any amendments must be submitted in writing to us and the relevant exchange (but are not currently required to be filed with the SEC) on the forms, in the time periods and in the manner as would be required by Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder if the common stock were registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
 
We make available copies of common stock beneficial ownership reports we receive upon request to our investor relations department and payment of any related costs. We assume no liability for the contents of any of those reports.
 
To ensure compliance with the beneficial ownership reporting requirements relating to our common stock, we may refuse to permit the voting of any shares of common stock in excess of 5% beneficially owned by any person who fails to comply with those requirements. Any beneficial owner of our common stock that we believe to be in violation of the beneficial ownership reporting requirements must respond to our inquiries for the purpose of determining the existence, nature or extent of any such violation. If a response satisfactory to us has not been received within five business days after the date on which the inquiry was mailed, the shares of our common stock to which the inquiry relates will be considered for all purposes to be beneficially owned in violation of the reporting requirements, and we are authorized to take appropriate remedial actions, including the refusal to permit the voting of those excess shares.
 
            250 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

After this Registration Statement is declared effective, our common stock will be registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and beneficial owners of more than 5% of the shares of our common stock will be required to file with the SEC any reports required by Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act.
 
No Preemptive Rights and No Conversion
 
No holder of our common stock has any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any of our other shares, rights, options or other securities. The holders of shares of our common stock do not have any right to convert their shares into or exchange their shares for any of our other classes or series of stock or other securities or other obligation of Freddie Mac.
 
No Redemption
 
We do not have the right to redeem any shares of our common stock, and no holders of our common stock have the right to require us to redeem their shares.
 
No Sinking Fund
 
Our common stock is not subject to any sinking fund, which is a separate capital reserve maintained to pay stockholders with preferred rights for their investment in the event of liquidation or redemption.
 
Liquidation Rights
 
Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, after payment of or provision for our liabilities and the expenses of our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and after any payment or distribution has been made on any of our other classes or series of stock ranking prior to our common stock upon liquidation, the holders of the outstanding shares of our common stock will be entitled to receive out of our assets available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution is made on any of our other classes or series of stock ranking junior to common stock upon liquidation, the amount of $0.21 per share, plus a sum equal to all dividends declared but unpaid on their shares to the date of final distribution. The holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our stock ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to our common stock upon liquidation will also receive out of those assets payment of any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of that stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled. No stock with that corresponding right currently exists. The remaining balance of any of our assets available for distribution to stockholders upon a dissolution, liquidation or winding up will be distributed to the holders of our outstanding common stock in the aggregate. The twenty-four outstanding classes of our preferred stock have an aggregate liquidation preference of $14.1 billion plus any then-current dividends, which would have priority over our common stock upon liquidation. We are authorized to issue an unlimited amount of preferred stock.
 
Neither the sale of all or substantially all of our property or business, nor our merger, consolidation or combination into or with any other corporation or entity, will be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of these provisions on liquidation rights.
 
Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
We have the right to create and issue additional classes or series of stock ranking prior to, on a parity with, or junior to our common stock, as to dividends, liquidation or otherwise, without the consent of holders of our common stock.
 
Amendments
 
Without the consent of the holders of our common stock, we have the right to amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of our common stock to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any term that may be defective or inconsistent with any other term or to make any other provisions so long as such action does not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of our common stock. Otherwise, the terms of our common stock may be amended, altered, supplemented or repealed only with the consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of our common stock. The creation of additional classes and series of stock whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to our common stock, or a split or reverse split of our common stock (including an attendant adjustment to its par value), does not require any consent. As a consequence, the rights of holders of our common stock could be adversely affected by the creation of additional classes or series of stock. See “ — Dividends” and “ — Liquidation Rights” regarding the rights of holders as to dividends and upon liquidation. On matters requiring their consent, holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share.
 
ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
Consistent with Virginia law, our bylaws, which are attached to this Registration Statement as Exhibit 3.2, provide for mandatory indemnification for any officer or director who is a party to any proceeding, including a derivative action or action brought by us, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our officers or directors, except that indemnification would not be available in the case of willful misconduct, knowing violation of criminal law, or improper personal benefit. Our bylaws provide that no director or officer shall be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages, except that this provision shall not apply if the director or officer engaged in willful misconduct, a transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit, or a knowing violation of the criminal law or of any
 
            251 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Federal or state securities laws. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with outside directors who joined the board of directors prior to 2004, a form of which is attached to this Registration Statement as Exhibit 10.60.
 
Our officers and directors are protected by liability insurance from liability that cannot be reimbursed under our bylaws or in the event we become financially unable to honor our indemnification agreements. Our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covers claims brought against officers and directors solely by reason of their status as officers or directors from a breach of duty, neglect, error, omission, misstatement and misleading statements. The policy contains standard policy exclusions, including for losses arising from criminal or deliberately fraudulent acts.
 
If a person covered by the policy can be indemnified by us, the policy coverage will be available to reimburse us, up to the coverage limits and subject to the retention of the policy, only after we have indemnified that person.
 
            252 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
 
ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
 
 
            253 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
 
AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND ACCOMPANYING NOTES
 
 
 
            254 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Freddie Mac:
 
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, of cash flows, and of stockholders’ equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Freddie Mac, a stockholder-owned government-sponsored enterprise and its subsidiaries (the “company”) at December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
We have also audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets of the company as of December 31, 2007 and 2006. As described in “NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES,” the supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets have been prepared by management to present relevant financial information that is not provided by the historical-cost consolidated balance sheets and is not intended to be a presentation in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, the supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets do not purport to present the net realizable, liquidation, or market value of the company as a whole. Furthermore, amounts ultimately realized by the company from the disposal of assets or amounts required to settle obligations may vary significantly from the fair values presented. In our opinion, the supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein as described in “NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES.”
 
As discussed in “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES,” the company elected to offset amounts related to certain derivative contracts as of October 1, 2007, changed its method of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes as of January 1, 2007, elected to measure newly acquired interests in securitized financial assets that contain embedded derivatives at fair value as of January 1, 2007, changed its method of accounting for defined benefit plans as of December 31, 2006, changed its method for determining gains and losses on sales of certain guaranteed securities as of October 1, 2005, and changed its method of accounting for interest expense related to callable debt instruments as of January 1, 2005.
 
As discussed in “NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES,” the company changed the manner in which it accounts for the guarantee obligation as of December 31, 2007.
 
 
 
McLean, Virginia
February 27, 2008
 
            255 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

FREDDIE MAC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (dollars in millions, except share-related amounts)  
 
Interest income
                       
Mortgage loans
  $ 4,449     $ 4,152     $ 4,010  
Mortgage-related securities
    34,893       33,850       28,968  
Cash and investments
    3,568       4,262       2,606  
                         
Total interest income
    42,910       42,264       35,584  
Interest expense
                       
Short-term debt
    (8,916 )     (8,665 )     (6,102 )
Long-term debt
    (29,148 )     (28,218 )     (23,246 )
                         
Total interest expense on debt securities
    (38,064 )     (36,883 )     (29,348 )
Due to Participation Certificate investors
    (418 )     (387 )     (551 )
                         
Total interest expense
    (38,482 )     (37,270 )     (29,899 )
Expense related to derivatives
    (1,329 )     (1,582 )     (1,058 )
                         
Net interest income
    3,099       3,412       4,627  
                         
Non-interest income
                       
Management and guarantee income (includes interest on guarantee asset of $549, $580 and $450, respectively)
    2,635       2,393       2,076  
Gains (losses) on guarantee asset
    (1,484 )     (978 )     (1,409 )
Income on guarantee obligation
    1,905       1,519       1,428  
Derivative gains (losses)
    (1,904 )     (1,173 )     (1,321 )
Gains (losses) on investment activity
    294       (473 )     (97 )
Gains on debt retirement
    345       466       206  
Recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase
    505              
Foreign-currency gains (losses), net
    (2,348 )     96       (6 )
Other income
    246       236       126  
                         
Non-interest income
    194       2,086       1,003  
                         
Non-interest expense
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    (896 )     (830 )     (805 )
Professional services
    (443 )     (460 )     (386 )
Occupancy expense
    (64 )     (61 )     (58 )
Other administrative expenses
    (271 )     (290 )     (286 )
                         
Total administrative expenses
    (1,674 )     (1,641 )     (1,535 )
Provision for credit losses
    (2,854 )     (296 )     (307 )
Real estate owned operations expense
    (206 )     (60 )     (40 )
Losses on certain credit guarantees
    (1,988 )     (406 )     (272 )
Losses on loans purchased
    (1,865 )     (148 )      
Low-income housing tax credit partnerships
    (469 )     (407 )     (320 )
Minority interests in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries
    8       (58 )     (96 )
Other expenses
    (222 )     (200 )     (530 )
                         
Non-interest expense
    (9,270 )     (3,216 )     (3,100 )
                         
Income (loss) before income tax (expense) benefit and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    (5,977 )     2,282       2,530  
Income tax (expense) benefit
    2,883       45       (358 )
                         
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    (3,094 )     2,327       2,172  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax benefit of $—, $— and $32, respectively
                (59 )
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (3,094 )   $ 2,327     $ 2,113  
                         
Preferred stock dividends and issuance costs on redeemed preferred stock (including $6, $— and $— of issuance costs on redeemed preferred stock, respectively)
    (404 )     (270 )     (223 )
Amount allocated to participating security option holders
    (5 )     (6 )      
                         
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ (3,503 )   $ 2,051     $ 1,890  
                         
                         
Basic earnings (loss) per common share:
                       
Earnings (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ (5.37 )   $ 3.01     $ 2.82  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of taxes
                (0.09 )
                         
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
  $ (5.37 )   $ 3.01     $ 2.73  
                         
                         
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
                       
Earnings (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ (5.37 )   $ 3.00     $ 2.81  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of taxes
                (0.08 )
                         
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
  $ (5.37 )   $ 3.00     $ 2.73  
                         
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding (in thousands)
                       
Basic
    651,881       680,856       691,582  
Diluted
    651,881       682,664       693,511  
Dividends per common share
  $ 1.75     $ 1.91     $ 1.52  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
            256 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

FREDDIE MAC
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006  
    (in millions, except share-related amounts)  
 
Assets
               
Retained portfolio
               
Mortgage loans:
               
Held-for-investment, at amortized cost (net of allowance for loan losses of $256 and $69, respectively)
  $ 76,347     $ 63,697  
Held-for-sale, at lower-of-cost-or-market
    3,685       1,908  
                 
Mortgage loans, net
    80,032       65,605  
Mortgage-related securities:
               
Available-for-sale, at fair value (includes $17,010 and $20,463, respectively, pledged as collateral that may be repledged)
    615,665       626,731  
Trading, at fair value
    14,089       7,597  
                 
Total mortgage-related securities
    629,754       634,328  
                 
Retained portfolio
    709,786       699,933  
                 
Cash and investments
               
Cash and cash equivalents
    8,574       11,359  
Investments:
               
Non-mortgage-related securities:
               
Available-for-sale, at fair value
    35,101       45,586  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold
    6,562       23,028  
                 
Cash and investments
    50,237       79,973  
                 
Accounts and other receivables, net
    5,003       5,073  
Derivative assets, net
    827       665  
Guarantee asset, at fair value
    9,591       7,389  
Real estate owned, net
    1,736       743  
Deferred tax asset
    10,304       4,346  
Other assets
    6,884       6,788  
                 
Total assets
  $ 794,368     $ 804,910  
                 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
               
Debt securities, net
               
Senior debt:
               
Due within one year
  $ 295,921     $ 285,264  
Due after one year
    438,147       452,677  
Subordinated debt, due after one year
    4,489       6,400  
                 
Total debt securities, net
    738,557       744,341  
                 
Due to Participation Certificate investors
          11,123  
Accrued interest payable
    7,864       8,307  
Guarantee obligation
    13,712       9,482  
Derivative liabilities, net
    582       165  
Reserve for guarantee losses on Participation Certificates
    2,566       550  
Other liabilities
    4,187       3,512  
                 
Total liabilities
    767,468       777,480  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 1, 2, 3, 12 and 13)
               
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    176       516  
Stockholders’ equity
               
Preferred stock, at redemption value
    14,109       6,109  
Common stock, $0.21 par value, 806,000,000 and 726,000,000 shares authorized, respectively, 725,863,886 shares issued and 646,266,701 and 661,254,178 shares outstanding, respectively
    152       152  
Additional paid-in capital
    871       962  
Retained earnings
    26,909       31,372  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), or AOCI, net of taxes, related to:
               
Available-for-sale securities
    (7,040 )     (3,332 )
Cash flow hedge relationships
    (4,059 )     (5,032 )
Defined benefit plans
    (44 )     (87 )
                 
Total AOCI, net of taxes
    (11,143 )     (8,451 )
Treasury stock, at cost, 79,597,185 shares and 64,609,708 shares, respectively
    (4,174 )     (3,230 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    26,724       26,914  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 794,368     $ 804,910  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
            257 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

FREDDIE MAC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
                Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  
    (in millions)  
 
Preferred stock, at redemption value
                                               
Balance, beginning of year
    132     $ 6,109       92     $ 4,609       92     $ 4,609  
Preferred stock issuances
    344       8,600       40       1,500              
Preferred stock redemptions
    (12 )     (600 )                        
                                                 
Preferred stock, end of year
    464       14,109       132       6,109       92       4,609  
                                                 
Common stock, par value
                                               
Balance, beginning of year
    726       152       726       152       726       152  
                                                 
Common stock, end of year
    726       152       726       152       726       152  
                                                 
Additional paid-in capital
                                               
Balance, beginning of year
            962               924               873  
Stock-based compensation
            81               60               67  
Income tax benefit from stock-based compensation
                          9               6  
Preferred stock issuance costs
            (116 )             (15 )              
Common stock issuances
            (42 )             (15 )             (13 )
Real Estate Investment Trust, or REIT, preferred stock repurchase
            (14 )             (1 )             (9 )
                                                 
Additional paid-in capital, end of year
            871               962               924  
                                                 
Retained earnings
                                               
Balance, beginning of year, as previously reported
                                            30,728  
Beginning balance adjustments, net of taxes
                                            (904 )
                                                 
Balance, beginning of year, as adjusted before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
            31,372               30,638               29,824  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of taxes
            181               (13 )              
                                                 
Balance, beginning of year, as adjusted
            31,553               30,625               29,824  
Net income (loss)
            (3,094 )             2,327               2,113  
Preferred stock dividends declared
            (398 )             (270 )             (223 )
Common stock dividends declared
            (1,152 )             (1,310 )             (1,076 )
                                                 
Retained earnings, end of year
            26,909               31,372               30,638  
                                                 
AOCI, net of taxes
                                               
Balance, beginning of year, as previously reported
                                            (3,593 )
Beginning balance adjustments, net of taxes
                                            (587 )
                                                 
Balance, beginning of year, as adjusted before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
            (8,451 )             (9,352 )             (4,180 )
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) related to available-for-sale securities, net of reclassification adjustments
            (3,708 )             (267 )             (6,816 )
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) related to cash flow hedge relationships, net of reclassification adjustments
            973               1,254               1,637  
Changes in defined benefit plans
            43               (2 )             7  
                                                 
Change in other comprehensive income, net of taxes, net of reclassification adjustments
            (2,692 )             985               (5,172 )
Adjustment to initially apply Statement of Financial Accounting Standard, or SFAS, No. 158, net of tax
                          (84 )              
                                                 
AOCI, net of taxes, end of year
            (11,143 )             (8,451 )             (9,352 )
                                                 
Treasury stock, at cost
                                               
Balance, beginning of year
    65       (3,230 )     33       (1,280 )     35       (1,353 )
Common stock issuances
    (1 )     56       (1 )     50       (2 )     73  
Common stock repurchases
    16       (1,000 )     33       (2,000 )            
                                                 
Treasury stock, end of year
    80       (4,174 )     65       (3,230 )     33       (1,280 )
                                                 
Total stockholders’ equity
          $ 26,724             $ 26,914             $ 25,691  
                                                 
Comprehensive income (loss)
                                               
Net income (loss)
          $ (3,094 )           $ 2,327             $ 2,113  
Changes in other comprehensive income, net of taxes, net of reclassification adjustments
            (2,692 )             985               (5,172 )
                                                 
Total comprehensive income (loss)
          $ (5,786 )           $ 3,312             $ (3,059 )
                                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
            258 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
FREDDIE MAC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (3,094 )   $ 2,327     $ 2,113  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net
                59  
Hedge accounting gains
          (2 )     (22 )
Derivative losses
    2,231       1,262       977  
Asset related amortization — premiums, discounts and basis adjustments
    (91 )     128       871  
Debt related amortization — premiums and discounts on certain debt securities and basis adjustments
    10,894       11,176       9,149  
Net discounts paid on retirements of debt
    (8,405 )     (7,429 )     (5,206 )
Gains on debt retirement
    (345 )     (466 )     (206 )
Provision for credit losses
    2,854       296       311  
Low-income housing tax credit partnerships
    469       407       320  
Losses on loans purchased
    1,865       148        
(Gains) losses on investment activity
    (305 )     538       267  
Foreign-currency (gains) losses, net
    2,348       (96 )     6  
Deferred income taxes
    (3,943 )     (1,012 )     (1,462 )
Purchases of held-for-sale mortgages
    (21,678 )     (18,352 )     (26,763 )
Sales of held-for-sale mortgages
    19,545       18,710       23,669  
Repayments of held-for-sale mortgages
    138       104       118  
Due to PCs and Structured Securities Trust
    946              
Change in trading securities
    (1,922 )     1,085       2,594  
Change in accounts and other receivables, net
    (711 )     (763 )     28  
Change in amounts due to Participation Certificate investors, net
    (10,624 )     302       (3,121 )
Change in accrued interest payable
    (263 )     718       331  
Change in income taxes payable
    134       (282 )     607  
Change in guarantee asset, at fair value
    (2,203 )     (1,125 )     (726 )
Change in guarantee obligation
    4,245       1,536       1,779  
Other, net
    565       (473 )     449  
                         
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities
    (7,350 )     8,737       6,142  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
    (319,213 )     (386,407 )     (414,062 )
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities
    109,973       86,737       95,029  
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities
    219,047       305,329       249,875  
Purchases of held-for-investment mortgages
    (25,059 )     (15,382 )     (12,826 )
Repayments of held-for-investment mortgages
    9,177       10,466       11,893  
Proceeds from mortgage insurance and sales of real estate owned
    1,798       1,486       1,679  
Net (increase) decrease in securities purchased under agreements to resell and Federal funds sold
    16,466       (7,869 )     17,038  
Derivative premiums and terminations and swap collateral, net
    (2,484 )     910       (6,859 )
Investments in low-income housing tax credit partnerships
    (158 )     (161 )     (127 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities
    9,547       (4,891 )     (58,360 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Proceeds from issuance of short-term debt
    1,016,933       750,201       857,364  
Repayments of short-term debt
    (986,489 )     (767,427 )     (854,665 )
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    183,161       177,361       153,504  
Repayments of long-term debt
    (222,541 )     (159,204 )     (125,959 )
Repayments of minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries
          (468 )     (435 )
Repurchase of Real Estate Investment Trust preferred stock
    (320 )     (27 )     (142 )
Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock
    8,484       1,485        
Redemption of preferred stock
    (600 )            
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    14       36       59  
Repurchases of common stock
    (1,000 )     (2,000 )      
Payment of cash dividends on preferred stock and common stock
    (1,553 )     (1,579 )     (1,299 )
Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards
    5       14        
Payments of low-income housing tax credit partnerships notes payable
    (1,068 )     (1,382 )     (940 )
Increase (decrease) in cash overdraft
    (8 )     35       (54 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
    (4,982 )     (2,955 )     27,433  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (2,785 )     891       (24,785 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    11,359       10,468       35,253  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 8,574     $ 11,359     $ 10,468  
                         
Supplemental cash flow information
                       
Cash paid (received) for:
                       
Debt interest
  $ 37,473     $ 33,973     $ 27,186  
Swap collateral interest
    445       479       322  
Derivative interest carry, net
    (1,070 )     325       (590 )
Income taxes
    927       1,250       1,212  
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
                       
Held-for-sale mortgages securitized and retained as available-for-sale securities
    169       13       175  
Transfers from mortgage loans to real estate owned
    3,130       1,603       1,517  
Investments in low-income housing tax credit partnerships financed by notes payable
    286       324       1,095  
Transfers from held-for-sale mortgages to held-for-investment mortgages
    41       123       291  
Transfers from held-for-investment mortgages to held-for-sale mortgages
          950        
Transfers from retained portfolio Participation Certificates to held-for-investment mortgages
    2,229       1,304       1,354  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
            259 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
We are a stockholder-owned government-sponsored enterprise, or GSE, established by Congress in 1970 to provide a continuous flow of funds for residential mortgages. Our obligations are ours alone and are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, or any other agency or instrumentality of the U.S. We play a fundamental role in the U.S. housing finance system, linking the domestic mortgage market and the global capital markets. Our participation in the secondary mortgage market includes providing our credit guarantee for residential mortgages originated by mortgage lenders and investing in mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities that we hold in our retained portfolio. Through our credit guarantee activities, we securitize mortgage loans by issuing Mortgage Participation Certificates, or PCs, to third-party investors. We also resecuritize mortgage-related securities that are issued by us or the Government National Mortgage Association, or Ginnie Mae, as well as non-agency entities. We also guarantee multifamily mortgage loans that support housing revenue bonds issued by third parties and we guarantee other mortgage loans held by third parties. Securitized mortgage-related assets that back PCs and Structured Securities that are held by third parties are not reflected as our assets. We may earn management and guarantee fees for providing our guarantee and performing management activities (such as ongoing trustee services, administration of pass-through amounts, paying agent services, tax reporting and other required services) with respect to issued PCs and Structured Securities. Our management activities are essential to and inseparable from our guarantee activities. We do not provide or charge for the activities separately. The management and guarantee fee is paid to us over the life of the related PCs and Structured Securities and reflected in earnings as management and guarantee income as accrued.
 
Our financial reporting and accounting policies conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. Effective December 31, 2007, we retrospectively applied certain changes to our accounting methods to other allowable methods considered preferable under GAAP. Our current accounting policies are described below; see “NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES” to these consolidated financial statements for additional information. Certain amounts in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. We evaluate the materiality of identified errors in the financial statements using both an income statement, or “rollover,” and a balance sheet, or “iron-curtain,” approach, based on relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. Our approach is consistent with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,” or SAB 108, which is effective for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
 
Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect (a) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and (b) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses and gains and losses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Our estimates and judgments include, but are not limited to the following:
 
  •  estimating fair value for financial instruments (See “NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES” to these consolidated financial statements for a discussion of our fair value estimates);
 
  •  estimating the expected amounts of forecasted issuances of debt;
 
  •  establishing the allowance for loan losses on loans held-for-investment and the reserve for guarantee losses on PCs;
 
  •  applying the static effective yield method of amortizing our guarantee obligation into earnings based on forecasted unpaid principal balances, which requires adjustment when significant changes in economic events cause a shift in the pattern of our economic release from risk;
 
  •  applying the effective interest method, which requires estimates of the expected future amounts of prepayments of mortgage-related assets; and
 
  •  assessing when impairments should be recognized on investments in securities.
 
Consolidation and Equity Method of Accounting
 
The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our subsidiaries. The equity and net earnings attributable to the minority shareholder interests in our consolidated subsidiaries are reported separately on our consolidated balance sheets as minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries and in the consolidated statements of income as minority interests in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
For each entity with which we are involved, we determine whether the entity should be considered a subsidiary and thus consolidated in our financial statements. These subsidiaries include entities in which we hold more than 50% of the voting
 
            260 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

rights or over which we have the ability to exercise control. Accordingly, we consolidate our two majority-owned REITs, Home Ownership Funding Corporation and Home Ownership Funding Corporation II.
 
The other subsidiaries consisted of variable interest entities, or VIEs, in which we are the primary beneficiary.
 
A VIE is an entity (a) that has a total equity investment at risk that is not sufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support provided by any parties or (b) where the group of equity holders does not have (i) the ability to make significant decisions about the entity’s activities, (ii) the obligation to absorb the entity’s expected losses or (iii) the right to receive the entity’s expected residual returns. We are considered the primary beneficiary of a VIE and thus consolidate the VIE when we absorb a majority of its expected losses, receive a majority of its expected residual returns (unless another enterprise receives this majority), or both. We determine if we are the primary beneficiary when we become involved in the VIE. If we are the primary beneficiary, we reconsider this decision when we sell or otherwise dispose of all or part of our variable interests to unrelated parties or if the VIE issues new variable interests to parties other than us or our related parties. Conversely, if we are not the primary beneficiary, we reconsider this decision when we acquire additional variable interests in these entities. See “NOTE 3: VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES” to these consolidated financial statements for more information. We regularly invest as a limited partner in qualified low-income housing tax credit, or LIHTC, partnerships that are eligible for federal tax credits and that mostly are VIEs. We are the primary beneficiary for certain of these LIHTC partnerships.
 
We use the equity method of accounting for entities over which we have the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, such as (a) entities that are not VIEs and (b) VIEs in which we have variable interests but are not the primary beneficiary. We report our recorded investment as part of other assets on our consolidated balance sheets and recognize our share of the entity’s net income or losses in the consolidated statements of income as non-interest income (loss), with an offset to the recorded investment. Our share of losses is recognized only until the recorded investment is reduced to zero, unless we have guaranteed the obligations of or otherwise committed to provide further financial support to these entities. We periodically review these investments for impairment and adjust them to fair value when a decline in market value below the recorded investment is deemed to be other-than-temporary.
 
In applying the equity method of accounting to the LIHTC partnerships where we are not the primary beneficiaries, our obligations to make delayed equity contributions that are unconditional and legally binding are recorded at their present value in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. In addition, to the extent our recorded investment in qualified LIHTC partnerships differs from the book basis reflected at the partnership level, the difference is amortized over the life of the tax credits and included in our share of earnings (losses) from housing tax credit partnerships. Any impairment losses under the equity method for these LIHTC partnerships are included in our consolidated statements of income as part of non-interest expense — low-income housing tax credit partnerships.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Statements of Cash Flows
 
Highly liquid investment securities that have an original maturity of three months or less and are used for cash management purposes are accounted for as cash equivalents. In addition, cash collateral we obtained from counterparties to derivative contracts where we are in a net unrealized gain position is recorded as cash and cash equivalents. The vast majority of the cash and cash equivalents balance is interest-bearing in nature.
 
In the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash flows related to the acquisition and termination of derivatives other than forward commitments were generally classified in investing activities, without regard to whether the derivatives are designated as a hedge of another item. Cash flows from commitments accounted for as derivatives that result in the acquisition or sale of mortgage securities or mortgage loans are classified in either: (a) operating activities for trading securities or mortgage loans classified as held-for-sale, or (b) investing activities for available-for-sale securities or mortgage loans classified as held-for-investment. Cash flows related to purchases of mortgage loans held-for-sale are classified in operating activities. When mortgage loans held-for-sale are sold or securitized, proceeds from sale or securitization and any related gain or loss are classified in operating activities. All cash inflows associated with retained PCs that are classified as available-for-sale ( i.e. , payments, maturities, and proceeds from sales) are classified as investing activities. Cash flows related to management and guarantee fees, including buy-up and buy-down payments, are classified as operating activities, along with the cash flows related to the collection and distribution of payments on the mortgage loans underlying PCs. Buy-up and buy-down payments are discussed further below in “Guarantee Activities through Issuances of PCs and Structured Securities — Swap-Based Exchanges — Cash Payments at Inception .”
 
Guarantee Activities through Issuances of PCs and Structured Securities
 
Swap-Based Exchanges
 
Overview  — We issue PCs and Structured Securities through various swap-based exchanges significantly more often than through cash-based exchanges. Guarantor swaps are transactions where financial institutions exchange mortgage loans for PCs backed by these mortgage loans. Multilender swaps are similar to guarantor swaps, except that formed pools include
 
            261 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

loans that are contributed by more than one other party or by us. We also issue and transfer Structured Securities to third parties in exchange for PCs and non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities.
 
Guarantee Asset — In return for providing our guarantee, we may earn a management and guarantee fee that is paid to us over the life of an issued PC, representing a portion of the interest collected on the underlying loans. We recognize the fair value of our contractual right to receive management and guarantee fees as a guarantee asset at the inception of an executed guarantee. We recognize a guarantee asset only when an explicit management and guarantee fee is charged. To estimate the fair value of most of our guarantee asset, we obtain dealer quotes on proxy securities with collateral similar to aggregated characteristics of our portfolio. Otherwise, we use an expected cash flow approach including only those cash flows expected to result from our contractual right to receive management and guarantee fees, with market input assumptions extracted from the dealer quotes provided on the more liquid products, reduced by an estimated liquidity discount. See “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND TRANSFERS OF SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to these consolidated financial statements for more information on how we determine the fair value of our guarantee asset.
 
Subsequently, we account for a guarantee asset like a debt instrument classified as trading under SFAS No. 115, “ Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities ,” or SFAS 115. As such, we measure the guarantee asset at fair value with changes in the fair value reflected in earnings as gains (losses) on guarantee asset. Cash collections of our contractual management and guarantee fee reduce the value of the guarantee asset and are reflected in earnings as management and guarantee income.
 
Guarantee Obligation — At inception of an executed guarantee, we recognize a guarantee obligation at the fair value of our non-contingent obligation to stand ready to perform under the terms of our guarantee. Our approach for estimating the initial fair value of the guarantee obligation makes use of third-party market data as practicable and is further described in “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND TRANSFERS OF SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to these consolidated financial statements. The guarantee obligation is reduced by the fair value of any primary loan-level mortgage insurance (which is described below under Credit Enhancements) that we receive.
 
Subsequently, we amortize our guarantee obligation into earnings as income on guarantee obligation using a static effective yield method. The static effective yield is calculated and fixed at inception of the guarantee based on forecasted unpaid principal balances. The static effective yield is subsequently evaluated and adjusted when significant changes in economic events cause a shift in the pattern of our economic release from risk (hereafter referred to as the loss curve). We have established triggers that identify significant shifts in the loss curve, which include increases or decreases in prepayment speeds, and increases or decreases in home price appreciation/depreciation. These triggers are based on objective measures ( i.e. , defined percentages which are designed to identify symmetrical shifts in the loss curve) applied consistently period to period. When a trigger is met, a cumulative catch-up adjustment is recognized to true up the cumulative amortization to the amount that would have been recognized had the shift in the loss curve been included in the original effective yield calculation. The new effective yield is applied prospectively based on the revised cash flow forecast and can subsequently change when a trigger is met indicating a significant shift in the loss curve. The resulting recorded amortization reflects our economic release from risk under changing economic scenarios.
 
See “NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES” to these consolidated financial statements for further information regarding our guarantee obligation.
 
Credit Enhancements — As additional consideration, we may receive the following types of seller-provided credit enhancements related to the underlying mortgage loans. These credit enhancements are initially measured at fair value and recognized as follows: (a) pool insurance is recognized as an other asset; (b) recourse and/or indemnifications that are provided by counterparties to guarantor swap transactions are recognized as an other asset; and (c) primary loan-level mortgage insurance is recognized at inception as a component of the recognized guarantee obligation. The fair value of the credit enhancements is estimated using an expected cash flow approach intended to reflect the estimated amount that a third party would be willing to pay for the contracts. Recognized credit enhancement assets are subsequently amortized into earnings as other non-interest expense under the static effective yield method in the same manner as our guarantee obligation. Recurring insurance premiums are recorded at the amount paid and amortized over their contractual life.
 
Reserve for Guarantee Losses on Participation Certificates — When appropriate, we recognize a contingent obligation to make payments under our guarantee. See “Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Guarantee Losses” below for information on our contingent obligation, when it is recognized, and how it is initially and subsequently measured.
 
Deferred Guarantee Income or Losses on Certain Credit Guarantees — Because the recognized assets (the guarantee asset and any credit enhancement-related assets) and the recognized liability (the guarantee obligation) are valued independently of each other, net differences between these recognized assets and liability may exist at inception. If the amounts of the recognized assets exceed the recognized liability, the excess is deferred on our consolidated balance sheets as a component of guarantee obligation and referred to as deferred guarantee income, and is subsequently amortized into
 
            262 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

earnings as income on guarantee obligation using a static effective yield method consistent with the amortization of our guarantee obligation. If the amount of the recognized liability exceeds the recognized assets, the excess is expensed immediately to earnings as a component of non-interest expense — losses on certain credit guarantees.
 
Cash Payments at Inception  — When we issue PCs, we often exchange buy-up and buy-down fees with the counterparties to the exchange, so that the mortgage loan pools can fit into PC coupon increments. PCs are issued in 50 basis point coupon increments, whereas the mortgage loans that underlie the PCs are issued in 12.5 basis point coupon increments. Buy-ups are upfront cash payments made by us to increase the management and guarantee fee we will receive over the life of an issued PC, and buy-downs are upfront cash payments made to us to decrease the management and guarantee fee we receive over the life of an issued PC. The following illustrates how buy-ups and buy-downs impact the management and guarantee fees.
 
             
Buy-Up Example   Buy-Down Example
 
Mortgage loan pool weighted average coupon
  6.625%   Mortgage loan pool weighted average coupon   6.375%
Loan servicing fee
  (.250)%   Loan servicing fee   (.250)%
Stated management and guarantee fee
  (.200)%   Stated management and guarantee fee   (.200)%
Buy-up (increasing the stated fee)
  (.175)%   Buy-down (decreasing the stated fee)   .075%
             
PC coupon
  6.00%   PC coupon   6.00%
             
 
Buy-up and buy-down payments are based on the buy-up or buy-down spread applied to rates negotiated with our customers, and do not alter the negotiated guarantee fee.
 
We may also receive upfront, cash-based payments as additional compensation for our guarantee of mortgage loans, referred to as credit or delivery fees. These fees are charged to compensate us for any additional credit risk not contemplated in the management and guarantee fee initially negotiated with customers.
 
Cash payments that are made or received at inception of a swap-based exchange (which primarily relate to buy-downs or credit or delivery fees) are recognized as an increase in the deferred guarantee income or a reduction in the loss on certain credit guarantees, as applicable. Conversely, cash payments that are made at inception (which primarily relate to buy-ups) are recognized as a reduction in deferred guarantee income or an increase in the loss on certain guarantees, as applicable.
 
Multilender Swaps — We account for a portion of PCs that we issue through our multilender swap program in the same manner as transfers that are accounted for as cash-based sales transactions (which are described below) if we contribute collateral. The accounting for the remaining portion of such PC issuances is consistent with the accounting for PCs issued through a guarantor swap.
 
Structured Securities — For Structured Securities that we issue to third parties in exchange for PCs, we receive a transaction fee (measured at the amount received), but we generally do not recognize any incremental guarantee asset or guarantee obligation because the underlying collateral is a guaranteed PC; therefore, there is no incremental guarantee asset or obligation to record. Rather, we defer and amortize into earnings as other non-interest income on a straight-line basis that portion of the transaction fee that we receive equal to the estimated fair value of our future administrative responsibilities for issued Structured Securities. These responsibilities include ongoing trustee services, administration of pass-through amounts, paying agent services, tax reporting and other required services. We estimate the fair value of these future responsibilities based on quotations from third-party vendors who perform each type of service and, where quotations are not available, based on our estimates of what those vendors would charge.
 
The remaining portion of the transaction fee relates to compensation earned in connection with structuring-related services we rendered to third parties and is allocated to the Structured Securities we retain, if any, and the Structured Securities acquired by third parties, based on the relative fair value of the Structured Securities. The fee allocated to any Structured Securities we retain is deferred as a carrying value adjustment of retained Structured Securities and is amortized using the effective interest method over the estimated lives of the Structured Securities. The fee allocated to the Structured Securities acquired by third parties is recognized immediately in earnings as other non-interest income.
 
Structured Transactions — Structured Securities that we issue to third parties in exchange for non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities are referred to as Structured Transactions. We recognize a guarantee asset, to the extent a management and guarantee fee is charged, and we recognize our guarantee obligation at fair value. We do not receive transaction fees for these transactions.
 
Cash-Based Sales Transactions
 
Sometimes we issue PCs and Structured Securities through cash-based sales transactions. Cash-based sales involve the transfer of loans or PCs that we hold into PCs or Structured Securities. Upon completion of a transfer of loans or PCs that qualifies as a sale under SFAS No. 140, “ Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities, a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125 ,” or SFAS 140, we de-recognize all assets sold and recognize all assets obtained and liabilities incurred.
 
            263 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

We continue to carry on our consolidated balance sheets any retained interests in securitized financial assets. Such retained interests may include our right to receive management and guarantee fees on PCs or Structured Transactions, which is classified on our consolidated balance sheets as a guarantee asset. The carrying amount of all such retained interests is determined by allocating the previous carrying amount of the transferred assets between assets sold and the retained interests based upon their relative fair values at the date of transfer. Other retained interests include PCs or Structured Securities that are not transferred to third parties upon the completion of a securitization or resecuritization transaction.
 
Upon sale, we recognize a guarantee obligation at the fair value of our non-contingent obligation to stand ready to perform under the terms of our guarantee. The resulting gain (loss) on sale of transferred PCs and Structured Securities is reflected in our consolidated statements of income as a component of gains (losses) on investment activity.
 
Freddie Mac PCs and Structured Securities included in Mortgage-Related Securities
 
When we own Freddie Mac PCs or Structured Securities, we do not derecognize any components of the guarantee asset, guarantee obligation, reserve for guarantee losses, or any other outstanding recorded amounts associated with the guarantee transaction because our contractual guarantee obligation to the unconsolidated securitization trust remains in force until the trust is liquidated, unless the trust is consolidated. We continue to account for the guarantee asset, guarantee obligation, and reserve for guarantee losses in the same manner as described above, and investments in Freddie Mac PCs and Structured Securities, as described in greater detail below. Whether we own the security or not, our guarantee obligation and related credit exposure does not change. Our valuation of these securities is consistent with the legal structure of the guarantee transaction, which includes the Freddie Mac guarantee to the securitization trust. As such, the fair value of Freddie Mac PCs and Structured Securities held by us includes the implicit value of the guarantee. See NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES, for disclosure of the fair values of our mortgage-related securities, guarantee asset, and guarantee obligation. Upon subsequent sale of a Freddie Mac PC or Structured Security, we continue to account for any outstanding recorded amounts associated with the guarantee transaction on the same basis as prior to the sale of the Freddie Mac PC or Structured Security, because the sale does not result in the retention of any new assets or the assumption of any new liabilities.
 
Due to Participation Certificate Investors
 
Beginning December 2007 we introduced separate legal entities, trusts, into our securities issuance process for the purpose of managing the receipt and payments of cash flow of our PCs and Structured Securities. In connection with the establishment of these trusts, we also established a separate custodial account in which cash remittances received on the underlying assets of our PCs and Structured Securities are deposited. These cash remittances include both scheduled and unscheduled principal and interest payments. The funds held in this account are segregated and are not commingled with our general operating funds. As securities administrator, we invest the cash held in the custodial account, pending distribution to our PC and Structured Securities holders, in short-term, risk-free investments and are entitled to trust management fees on the trust’s assets which was recorded as other non-interest income. The funds are maintained in this separate custodial account until they are due to the PC and Structured Securities holders on their respective security payment dates.
 
Prior to December 2007, we managed the timing differences that exist for cash receipts from servicers on assets underlying our PCs and Structured Securities and the subsequent pass through of those payments on PCs owned by third-party investors. In those cases, the PC balances were not reduced for payments of principal received from servicers in a given month until the first day of the next month and we did not release the cash received (principal and interest) to the PC investors until the fifteenth day of that next month. We generally invested the principal and interest amounts we received in short-term investments from the time the cash was received until the time we paid the PC investors. In addition, for unscheduled principal prepayments on loans underlying our PCs and Structured Securities, these timing differences resulted in expenses, since the related PCs continued to bear interest due to the PC investor at the PC coupon rate from the date of prepayment until the date the PC security balance is reduced, while no interest is received from the mortgage on that prepayment amount during that period. The expense recognized upon prepayment was reported in interest expense — due to Participation Certificate investors. We report PC coupon interest amounts relating to our investment in PCs consistent with the method used for PCs held by third party investors.
 
Mortgage Loans
 
Upon loan acquisition, we classify the loan as either held-for-sale or held-for-investment. Mortgage loans that we have the ability and intent to hold for the foreseeable future are classified as held-for-investment. Held-for-investment mortgage loans are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of deferred fees and cost basis adjustments (including unamortized premiums and discounts). These deferred items are amortized into interest income over the estimated lives of the mortgages using the effective interest method. We use actual prepayment experience and estimates of future prepayments to determine the constant yield needed to apply the effective interest method. For purposes of estimating future prepayments, the mortgages are aggregated by similar characteristics such as origination date, coupon and maturity. We recognize interest on mortgage loans on an accrual basis, except when we believe the collection of principal or interest is not probable.
 
            264 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Mortgage loans not classified as held-for-investment are classified as held-for-sale. Held-for-sale mortgages are reported at lower-of-cost-or-market, on a portfolio basis, with gains and losses reported in gains (losses) on investment activity. Premiums and discounts on loans classified as held-for-sale are not amortized during the period that such loans are classified as held-for-sale.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Guarantee Losses
 
We maintain an allowance for loan losses on mortgage loans held-for-investment and a reserve for guarantee losses on PCs, collectively referred to as our loan loss reserves, to provide for credit losses when it is probable that a loss has been incurred. The held-for-investment loan portfolio is shown net of the allowance for loan losses on the consolidated balance sheets. The reserve for guarantee losses is a liability account on our consolidated balance sheets. Increases in loan loss reserves are reflected in earnings as the provision for credit losses, while decreases are reflected through charging-off such balances (net of recoveries) when realized losses are recorded or as a reduction in the provision for credit losses. For both single-family and multifamily mortgages where the original terms of the mortgage loan agreement are modified, resulting in a concession to the borrower experiencing financial difficulties, losses are recorded at the time of modification and the loans are subsequently accounted for as troubled debt restructurings, or TDRs.
 
We estimate credit losses related to homogeneous pools of single-family and multifamily loans in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” or SFAS 5. In accordance with SFAS 5, we recognize credit losses when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We also estimate credit losses in accordance with SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan” or SFAS 114. Loans evaluated under SFAS 114, include single-family loans and multifamily loans whose contractual terms have previously been modified due to credit concerns (including TDRs), certain multifamily loans with observable collateral deficiencies or that become 60 days past due for principal and interest. In accordance with SFAS 114, we consider all available evidence, such as the present value of discounted expected future cash flows, the fair value of collateral for collateral dependent loans, and third-party credit enhancements, when establishing the loan loss reserves. Determining the adequacy of the loan loss reserves is a complex process that is subject to numerous estimates and assumptions requiring significant judgment. Loans not deemed to be impaired under SFAS 114 are grouped with other loans that share common characteristics for evaluation under SFAS 5.
 
Single-Family Loan Portfolio
 
We estimate loan loss reserves on homogeneous pools of single-family loans using statistically based models that evaluate a variety of factors. The homogeneous pools of single-family mortgage loans are determined based on common underlying characteristics, including year of origination, loan-to-value ratio and geographic region. In determining the loan loss reserves for single-family loans at the balance sheet date, we evaluate factors including, but not limited to:
 
  •  the year of loan origination;
 
  •  geographic location;
 
  •  actual and estimated amounts for loss severity trends for similar loans;
 
  •  default experience;
 
  •  expected ability to partially mitigate losses through a level of estimated successful loan modification or other alternatives to foreclosure;
 
  •  expected proceeds from mortgage insurance contracts that are contractually attached to a loan or other credit enhancements that were entered into contemporaneous with and in contemplation of a guarantee or loan purchase transaction;
 
  •  pre-foreclosure real estate taxes and insurance; and
 
  •  estimated selling costs should the underlying property ultimately be sold.
 
Our credit loss reserves reflect our best estimates of incurred losses. Our reserve estimate includes projections related to strategic loss mitigation activities, including a higher rate of loan modifications for troubled borrowers, and projections of recoveries through repurchases by seller/servicers of defaulted loans due to failure to follow contractual underwriting requirements at the time of the loan origination. We apply estimated proceeds from primary mortgage insurance that is contractually attached to a loan and other credit enhancements entered into contemporaneous with and in contemplation of a guarantee or loan purchase transaction as a recovery of our recorded investment in a charged-off loan, up to the amount of loss recognized as a charge-off. Proceeds from credit enhancements received in excess of our recorded investment in charged-off loans are recorded in “Real estate owned operations expense” in the consolidated statements of operations when received.
 
Our reserve estimate also reflects our best projection of defaults we believe are likely to occur as a result of loss events that have occurred through December 31, 2007. However, the unprecedented deterioration in the national housing market and the uncertainty in other macro economic factors makes forecasting of default rates increasingly imprecise.
 
            265 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

The inability to realize the benefits of our loss mitigation plans, a lower realized rate of seller/servicer repurchases or default rates that exceed our current projections will cause our losses to be significantly higher than those currently estimated.
 
We validate and update the models and factors to capture changes in actual loss experience, as well as changes in underwriting practices and in our loss mitigation strategies. We also consider macroeconomic and other factors that impact the quality of the portfolio including regional housing trends, applicable home price indices, unemployment and employment dislocation trends, consumer credit statistics and the extent of third party insurance. We determine our loan loss reserves based on our assessment of these factors.
 
Multifamily Loan Portfolio
 
We estimate loan loss reserves on the multifamily loan portfolio based on all available evidence, including but not limited to, adequacy of third-party credit enhancements, evaluation of the repayment prospects, and fair value of collateral underlying the individual loans. The review of the repayment prospects and value of collateral underlying individual loans is based on property-specific and market-level risk characteristics including apartment vacancy and rental rates.
 
Non-Performing Loans
 
Non-performing loans consist of: (a) loans whose terms have been modified due to previous delinquency or risk of delinquency (b) serious delinquencies and (c) non-accrual loans. Serious delinquencies are those single-family loans that are 90 days or more past due or in foreclosure, and multifamily loans that are more than 60 days past due or in foreclosure. Non-performing loans generally accrue interest in accordance with their contractual terms unless they are in non-accrual status. Non-accrual loans are loans where interest income is recognized on a cash basis, and includes single-family and multifamily loans 90 days or more past due.
 
Impaired Loans
 
A loan is considered impaired when it is probable to not receive all amounts due (principal and interest), in accordance with the contractual terms of the original loan agreement. Impaired loans include single-family loans, both performing and non-performing, that are troubled debt restructurings, delinquent loans purchased from PC pools whose fair value was less than acquisition cost at the date of purchase and loans subject to AICPA Statement of Position 03-3, “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer” or SOP 03-3. Multifamily impaired loans include loans whose contractual terms have previously been modified due to credit concerns (including TDRs), certain loans with observable collateral deficiencies and loans 60 days or more past due (except for certain credit-enhanced loans). Single family loans are aggregated based on similar risk characteristics and measured for impairment using the present value of the future expected cash flows. Multifamily loans are measured individually for impairment based on the fair value of the underlying collateral as the repayment of these loans is generally provided from the cash flows of the underlying collateral. Multifamily loans are non-recourse to the borrower so only the cash flows of the underlying property serve as repayment proceeds for the loan.
 
We have the option to purchase mortgage loans out of PC pools under certain circumstances, such as to resolve an existing or impending delinquency or default. Through November 2007, our general practice was to automatically purchase the mortgage loans out of pools after the loans were 120 days delinquent. Effective December 2007, our general practice is to purchase loans from pools when the loans have been 120 days delinquent and (a) modified, (b) foreclosure sales occur, (c) when the loans have been delinquent for 24 months, or (d) when the cost of guarantee payments to PC holders, including advances of interest at the PC coupon, exceeds the expected cost of holding the nonperforming mortgage in our retained portfolio. Loans that are purchased from PC pools held by third parties are recorded on our consolidated balance sheets at the lesser of their initial investment or the loans’ fair value at the date of purchase and are subsequently carried at amortized cost. The initial investment includes the unpaid principal balance, accrued interest, and a proportional amount of the recognized guarantee obligation and reserve for guarantee losses recognized for the PC pool from which the loan was purchased. The proportion of the guarantee obligation is calculated based on the relative percentage of the UPB of the loan to the UPB of the entire pool. The proportion of the reserve for guarantee losses is calculated based on the relative percentage of the UPB of the loan to the UPB of the loans in the respective reserving category for the loan ( i.e. , book year and delinquency status). We record realized losses on loans purchased when, upon purchase, the fair value is less than the acquisition cost of the loan. Gains related to non-accrual SOP 03-3 loans that are either repaid in full or that are collected in whole or in part when a loan goes to foreclosure are reported in recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase. For impaired loans where the borrower has made required payments that return to current status, the basis adjustments are accreted into interest income over time, as periodic payments are received. Gains resulting from the prepayment of currently performing SOP 03-3 loans are reported in mortgage loan interest income.
 
Investments in Securities
 
Investments in securities consist primarily of mortgage-related securities. We classify securities as “available-for-sale” or “trading.” We currently do not classify any securities as “held-to-maturity” although we may elect to do so in the future.
 
            266 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Securities classified as available-for-sale and trading are reported at fair value with changes in fair value included in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, or AOCI, net of taxes, and gains (losses) on investment activity, respectively. See “NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES” to these consolidated financial statements for more information on how we determine the fair value of securities.
 
We record forward purchases and sales of securities that are specifically exempt from the requirements of SFAS No. 133, “ Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities ,” or SFAS 133, on a trade date basis. Securities underlying forward purchases and sales contracts that are not exempt from the requirements of SFAS 133 are recorded on the contractual settlement date with a corresponding commitment recorded on the trade date.
 
We often retain Structured Securities created through resecuritizations of mortgage-related securities held by us. The new Structured Securities we acquire in these transactions are classified as available-for-sale or trading based upon the predominant classification of the mortgage-related security collateral we contributed.
 
For most of our investments in securities, interest income is recognized using the retrospective effective interest method. Deferred items, including premiums, discounts and other basis adjustments, are amortized into interest income over the estimated lives of the securities. We use actual prepayment experience and estimates of future prepayments to determine the constant yield needed to apply the effective interest method. We recalculate the constant effective yield based on changes in estimated prepayments as a result of changes in interest rates and other factors. When the constant effective yield changes, an adjustment to interest income is made for the amount of amortization that would have been recorded if the new effective yield had been applied since the mortgage assets were acquired.
 
For certain securities investments, interest income is recognized using the prospective effective interest method. We specifically apply this accounting to beneficial interests in securitized financial assets that (a) can contractually be prepaid or otherwise settled in such a way that we may not recover substantially all of our recorded investment or (b) are not of high credit quality at the acquisition date. We recognize as interest income (over the life of these securities) the excess of all estimated cash flows attributable to these interests over their principal amount using the effective yield method. We update our estimates of expected cash flows periodically and recognize changes in calculated effective yield on a prospective basis.
 
We review securities for potential impairment on an ongoing basis. We perform the evaluation on a security-by-security basis and consider numerous factors, such as the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than book value; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer of a security, including credit ratings, the impact of changes in credit ratings ( i.e. , rating agency downgrades), and cash flow analysis based on default and prepayment assumptions; and our intent and ability to retain the security in order to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value. While market prices and rating agency actions are factors that are considered in the impairment analysis, cash flow analysis based on default and prepayment assumptions also serves as an important factor in determining if an other than temporary impairment has occurred. We recognize impairment losses when quantitative and qualitative factors indicate that it is probable that the security will suffer a contractual principal loss or interest shortfall. We also recognize impairment when qualitative factors indicate that it is likely we will not recover the unrealized loss. When evaluating these factors, we consider our intent and ability to hold the investment until a point in time at which recovery of the unrealized loss can be reasonably expected to occur. Impairment losses on manufactured housing securities exclude the effects of separate financial guarantee contracts that are not embedded in the securities because the benefits of such contracts are not recognized until claims become probable of recovery under the contracts. We resecuritize securities held in our retained portfolio and we typically retain the majority of the cash flows from resecuritization transactions in the form of Structured Securities. Certain securities in our retained portfolio have a high probability of being resecuritized and therefore, for those in an unrealized loss position, we may not have the intent to hold for a period of time sufficient to recover those unrealized losses. In that case, the impairment is deemed other-than-temporary. For certain securities meeting the criteria of (a) or (b) in the preceding paragraph, other than-temporary impairment is defined as occurring whenever there is an adverse change in estimated future cash flows coupled with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost basis. When a security is deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, the cost basis of the security is written down to fair value, with the loss recorded to gains (losses) on investment activity. Based on the new cost basis, the adjusted deferred amounts related to the impaired security are amortized over the security’s remaining life in a manner consistent with the amount and timing of the future estimated cash flows. The security cost basis is not changed for subsequent recoveries in fair value.
 
Gains and losses on the sale of securities are included in gains (losses) on investment activity, including those gains (losses) reclassified into earnings from AOCI. We use the specific identification method for determining the cost of a security in computing the gain or loss.
 
Repurchase and Resale Agreements
 
We enter into repurchase and resale agreements primarily as an investor or to finance our security positions. Such transactions are accounted for as purchases and sales when the transferor relinquishes control over transferred securities and as secured financings when the transferor does not relinquish control.
 
            267 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Debt Securities Issued
 
Debt securities that we issue are classified on our consolidated balance sheets as either short-term (due within one year) or long-term (due after one year), based on their remaining contractual maturity. The classification of interest expense on debt securities as either short-term or long-term is based on the original contractual maturity of the debt security. Debt securities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars using foreign exchange spot rates at the balance sheet dates and any resulting gains or losses are reported in non-interest income (loss) — foreign-currency gains (losses), net.
 
Premiums, discounts, and hedging-related basis adjustments, are reported as a component of debt securities, net. Issuance costs are reported as a component of other assets. These items are amortized and reported through interest expense using the effective interest method over the contractual life of the related indebtedness. Amortization of premiums, discounts and issuance costs begins at the time of debt issuance. Amortization of hedging-related basis adjustments is initiated upon the termination of the related hedge relationship.
 
When we repurchase or call outstanding debt securities, we recognize a gain or loss related to the difference between the amount paid to redeem the debt security and the carrying value, including any remaining unamortized deferred items ( e.g. , premiums, discounts, issuance costs and hedging-related basis adjustments), the balances of remaining deferred items are reflected in earnings in the period of extinguishment as a component of gains (losses) on debt retirement. Contemporaneous transfers of cash between us and a creditor in connection with the issuance of a new debt security and satisfaction of an existing debt security are accounted for as either an extinguishment or modification of the existing debt security. If the debt securities have substantially different terms, the transaction is accounted for as an extinguishment of the existing debt security with recognition of any gains or losses in earnings in gains (losses) on debt retirement, the issuance of a new debt security is recorded at fair value, fees paid to the creditor are expensed, and fees paid to third parties are deferred and amortized into interest expense over the life of the new debt obligation using the effective interest method. If the terms of the existing debt security and the new debt security are not substantially different, the transaction is accounted for as a modification of the existing debt security, fees paid to the creditor are deferred and amortized over the life of the modified debt security using the effective interest method, and fees paid to third parties are expensed as incurred. In a modification, the following are considered to be a basis adjustment on the new debt security and are amortized as an adjustment of interest expense over the remaining term of the new debt security: the fees associated with the new debt security and any existing unamortized premium or discount, concession fees and hedge gains and losses on the existing debt security.
 
Derivatives
 
We account for our derivatives pursuant to SFAS 133, as amended. Derivatives are reported at their fair value on our consolidated balance sheets. Derivatives in an asset position, including net derivative interest receivable or payable, are reported as derivative assets, net. Similarly, derivatives in a net liability position, including net derivative interest receivable or payable, are reported as derivative liabilities, net. We offset fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral or the obligation to return cash collateral against fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement, in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 39-1, “Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39 ,” or FSP FIN 39-1. Changes in fair value and interest accruals on derivatives are recorded as derivative gains (losses) in our consolidated statements of income.
 
We evaluate whether financial instruments that we purchase or issue contain embedded derivatives. In connection with the adoption of SFAS No. 155, “ Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140 ,” or SFAS 155, on January 1, 2007, we elected to measure newly acquired or issued financial instruments that contain embedded derivatives at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in our consolidated statements of income. At December 31, 2007, we do not have any embedded derivatives that are bifurcated and accounted for as freestanding derivatives.
 
At December 31, 2007, we did not have any derivatives in hedge accounting relationships; however, there are amounts recorded in AOCI related to terminated or de-designated cash flow hedge relationships. These deferred gains and losses on closed cash flow hedges are recognized in earnings as the originally forecasted transactions affect earnings. If it is probable the originally forecasted transaction will not occur, the associated deferred gain or loss in AOCI would be reclassified to earnings immediately. When market conditions warrant, we may enter into certain commitments to forward sell mortgage-related securities that we will account for as cash flow hedges.
 
During 2006 and 2005, our hedge accounting relationships primarily consisted of hedging interest-rate risk related to the forecasted issuances of debt that were designated as cash flow hedges, and fair value hedges of benchmark interest-rate risk and/or foreign currency risk on existing fixed-rate debt.
 
The changes in fair value of the derivatives in cash flow hedge relationships were recorded as a separate component of AOCI to the extent the hedge relationships were effective, and amounts were reclassified to earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings.
 
            268 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

The changes in fair value of the derivatives in fair value relationships were recorded in earnings along with the change in the fair value of the hedged debt. Any difference was reflected as hedge ineffectiveness and was recorded in other income.
 
Real Estate Owned
 
Real estate owned, or REO, is initially recorded at fair value, net of estimated disposition costs and is subsequently carried at the lower-of-cost-or-market. When a loan is transferred to REO, losses arise when the carrying basis of the loan (including accrued interest) exceeds the fair value of the foreclosed property, net of estimated costs to sell and credit enhancements. Losses are charged-off against the allowance for loan losses at the time of transfer. REO gains arise and are recognized immediately in earnings when the fair market value of the acquired asset (after deduction for estimated disposition costs) exceeds the carrying value of the mortgage (including accrued interest). Amounts we expect to receive from third-party insurance or other credit enhancements are recorded when the asset is acquired. The receivable is adjusted when the actual claim is filed, and is a component of accounts and other receivables, net on our consolidated balance sheets. Material development and improvement costs relating to REO are capitalized. Operating expenses on the properties, net of any rental or other income, are included in REO operations income (expense). Estimated declines in REO fair value that result from ongoing valuation of the properties are provided for and charged to REO operations income (expense) when identified. Any gains and losses on REO dispositions are included in REO operations income (expense).
 
Income Taxes
 
We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes pursuant to SFAS No. 109, “ Accounting for Income Taxes .” Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based upon the expected future tax consequences of existing temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax reporting basis of assets and liabilities using enacted statutory tax rates. To the extent tax laws change, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted, when necessary, in the period that the tax change is enacted. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. For all periods presented, no such valuation allowance was deemed necessary by our management.
 
We account for tax positions taken or expected to be taken (and any associated interest and penalties) in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” or FIN 48 . In particular, we recognize a tax position so long as it is more likely than not that it will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. We measure the tax position at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. See “NOTE 13: INCOME TAXES” to these consolidated financial statements for additional information related to FIN 48.
 
Income tax expense includes (a) deferred tax expense, which represents the net change in the deferred tax asset or liability balance during the year plus any change in a valuation allowance, if any, and (b) current tax expense, which represents the amount of tax currently payable to or receivable from a tax authority including any related interest and penalties plus amounts accrued for unrecognized tax benefits (also including any related interest and penalties). Income tax expense excludes the tax effects related to adjustments recorded to equity as well as the tax effects of the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
We record compensation expense for stock-based compensation awards based on the grant-date fair value of the award and expected forfeitures. Compensation expense is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the stock-based compensation award. The recorded compensation expense is accompanied by an adjustment to additional paid-in capital on our consolidated balance sheets. The vesting period for stock-based compensation awards is generally three to five years for options, restricted stock and restricted stock units. The vesting period for the option to purchase stock under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, is three months. See “NOTE 10: STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION” to these consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
The fair value of options to purchase shares of our common stock, including options issued pursuant to the ESPP, is estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model, taking into account the exercise price and an estimate of the expected life of the option, the market value of the underlying stock, expected volatility, expected dividend yield, and the risk-free interest rate for the expected life of the option. The fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards is based on the fair value of our common stock on the grant date.
 
Incremental compensation expense related to the modification of awards is based on a comparison of the fair value of the modified award with the fair value of the original award before modification. We generally expect to settle our stock-based compensation awards in shares. In limited cases, an award may be cash-settled upon a contingent event such as involuntary termination. These awards are accounted for as an equity award until the contingency becomes probable of occurring, when the award is reclassified from equity to a liability. We initially measure the cost of employee service
 
            269 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

received in exchange for a stock-based compensation award of liability instruments based on the fair value of the award at the grant date. The fair value of that award is remeasured subsequently at each reporting date through the settlement date. Changes in the fair value during the service period are recognized as compensation cost over that period.
 
Excess tax benefits are recognized in additional paid-in capital. Cash retained as a result of the excess tax benefits is presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows as financing cash inflows. The write-off of deferred tax assets relating to unrealized tax benefits associated with recognized compensation costs reduces additional paid-in capital to the extent there are excess tax benefits from previous stock-based awards remaining in additional paid-in capital, with any remainder reported as part of income tax expense.
 
Earnings Per Common Share
 
Because we have participating securities, we use the “two-class” method of computing earnings per common share. The “two-class” method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for common stock and participating securities based on dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Our participating securities consist of vested options to purchase common stock and vested restricted stock units that earn dividend equivalents at the same rate when and as declared on common stock.
 
Basic earnings per common share is computed as net income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per common share is determined using the weighted average number of common shares during the period, adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents. Dilutive common stock equivalents reflect the assumed net issuance of additional common shares pursuant to certain of our stock-based compensation plans that could potentially dilute earnings per common share.
 
Comprehensive Income
 
Comprehensive income is the change in equity, on a net of tax basis, resulting from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources during a period. It includes all changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments by stockholders. We define comprehensive income as consisting of net income plus changes in the unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, the effective portion of derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedge relationships and changes in defined benefit plans.
 
Reportable Segments
 
We have three business segments for financial reporting purposes under SFAS No. 131, “ Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information ,” or SFAS 131, for all periods presented on our consolidated financial statements. See “NOTE 15: SEGMENT REPORTING” to these consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
 
Accounting for Employers’ Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans
 
On December 31, 2006, we adopted SFAS 158, “ Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) ,” or SFAS 158. In accordance with this standard, on December 31, 2006, we recorded the funded status of each of our defined benefit pension and postretirement plans as an asset or liability on our consolidated balance sheet with a corresponding offset, net of taxes, recorded in AOCI within stockholders’ equity.
 
Effective December 31, 2008, SFAS 158 also requires our defined benefit plan assets and obligations to be measured as of the date of our consolidated balance sheet. We expect that the effect of implementing the change in measurement date from September 30 to December 31 will not be material to our financial condition or our results of operations.
 
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
 
On January 1, 2007, we adopted FIN 48. FIN 48 provides a single model to account for uncertain tax positions and clarifies accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum threshold that a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, we recorded a $181 million increase to retained earnings at January 1, 2007. See “NOTE 13: INCOME TAXES” to these consolidated financial statements for additional information related to FIN 48.
 
Accounting for Certain Hybrid Instruments
 
On January 1, 2007, we adopted SFAS 155. SFAS 155 permits the fair value measurement for any hybrid financial instrument with an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation. In addition, this statement requires an evaluation of interests in securitized financial assets to identify instruments that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments containing an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation. We adopted SFAS 155 prospectively, and, therefore, there was no cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. In connection with the adoption of SFAS 155 on January 1, 2007, we elected to measure newly acquired interests in securitized financial assets that contain embedded
 
            270 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

derivatives requiring bifurcation at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in our consolidated statements of income. See “NOTE 4: RETAINED PORTFOLIO AND CASH AND INVESTMENTS PORTFOLIO” to these consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts
 
On October 1, 2007, we adopted FSP FIN 39-1, which permits a reporting entity to offset fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral or the obligation to return cash collateral against fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement. When offsetting of fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments is elected, as permitted under a master netting agreement, the position requires the offsetting of amounts recognized for cash collateral held or posted when the collateral represents “fair value amounts.” Our adoption of FSP FIN 39-1 resulted in a decrease to total assets and total liabilities of $8.7 billion.
 
In conjunction with our adoption of FSP FIN 39-1, we elected to reclassify net derivative interest receivable or payable and, where applicable, cash collateral held or posted on our consolidated balance sheets to derivative asset, net and derivative liability, net, as applicable. Prior to adoption these amounts were recorded in accounts and other receivables, net, accrued interest payable, other assets and senior debt: due within one year, as applicable. Certain amounts in prior periods’ consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. There was no impact to our consolidated statements of income.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards, Not Yet Adopted
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “ Fair Value Measurements ,” or SFAS 157. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements but does not change existing guidance as to whether or not a financial asset or liability is carried at fair value. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 with earlier adoption permitted. We adopted SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008 and the implementation did not result in a material difference to our fair value measurements.
 
The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “ The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 ,” or SFAS 159. This statement permits companies to choose to measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings as they occur. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to measure both assets and liabilities at fair value without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. SFAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2007.
 
We adopted SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008 and elected the fair value option for certain available-for-sale mortgage-related securities that were identified as economic offsets to the changes in fair value of the guarantee asset, foreign-currency denominated debt, and investments in securities classified as available-for-sale securities and identified as within the scope of Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets ,” or EITF 99-20. As a result of the adoption, we recognized a $1.0 billion after-tax increase to our beginning retained earnings at January 1, 2008, representing the effect of changing our measurement basis to fair value for the above items with the fair value option elected.
 
Our election of the fair value option for the items discussed above was made in an effort to better reflect, in the financial statements, the economic offsets that exist related to items that were not previously recognized as changes in fair value through the income statement.
 
We elected the fair value option for certain other available-for-sale securities held in the retained portfolio to better reflect the natural offset these securities provide to fair value changes recorded on the guarantee asset. We record fair value changes on our guarantee asset through the income statement. However, we historically classified virtually all of our securities as available-for-sale and recorded those fair value changes in AOCI. The securities selected for the fair value option include principal only strips and certain pass-through and Structured Securities that contain positive duration features that provide offset to the negative duration associated with our guarantee asset. We will continually evaluate new security purchases to identify the appropriate security mix to classify as trading to match the changing duration features of the guarantee asset and the securities that provide offset.
 
In the case of foreign currency denominated debt, we have entered into derivative transactions that effectively convert these instruments to US dollar denominated floating rate instruments. We have historically recorded the fair value changes on these derivatives through the income statement in accordance with SFAS 133. However, the corresponding offsetting change
 
            271 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

in fair value that occurred in the debt was not permitted to be recorded in the income statement unless we pursued hedge accounting. As a result, our income statement reflected only the fair value changes of the derivatives and not the offsetting fair value changes in the debt. Therefore, we have elected the fair value option on the debt instruments to better reflect the economic offset that naturally results from the debt due to changes in interest rates. We currently do not issue foreign currency denominated debt and use of the fair value option in the future for these types of instruments will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis for any new issuances of this type of debt.
 
For available-for-sale securities identified as in the scope of EITF 99-20, we elected the fair value option to better reflect the economic recapture of losses that occur subsequent to impairment write-downs recorded on these instruments. Under EITF 99-20 for available-for-sale securities, when an impairment is considered other-than-temporary, the impairment amount is recorded in the income statement and subsequently accreted back through interest income as long as the contractual cash flows occur. Any subsequent periodic increases in the value of the security are recognized through AOCI. By electing the fair value option for these instruments, we will reflect any recapture of impairment losses through the income statement in the period they occur. We intend to classify all future purchases of securities identified as in the scope of impairment analysis under EITF 99-20 as trading securities on a going forward basis.
 
Business Combinations and Noncontrolling Interests
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “ Business Combinations ,” or SFAS 141(R), and SFAS No. 160, “ Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51 ,” or SFAS 160. SFAS 141(R) provides guidance relating to recognition of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. SFAS 160 provides guidance related to accounting for noncontrolling (minority) interests as equity in the consolidated financial statements. SFAS 141(R) and SFAS 160 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We have not yet determined the impact on our consolidated financial statements of adopting these accounting standards.
 
NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND TRANSFERS OF SECURITIZED
INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS
 
Financial Guarantees
 
Guaranteed PCs, Structured Securities and Other Mortgage Guarantees
 
As discussed in “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to these consolidated financial statements, we issue two types of mortgage-related securities: PCs and Structured Securities. We guarantee the payment of principal and interest on issued PCs and Structured Securities that are backed by pools of mortgage loans. For our fixed-rate PCs, we guarantee the timely payment of interest at the applicable PC coupon rate and scheduled principal payments for the underlying mortgages. For our Adjustable Rate Mortgage, or ARM, PCs, we guarantee the timely payment of the weighted average coupon interest rate and the full and final payment of principal for the underlying mortgages. We do not guarantee the timely payment of principal for ARM PCs. To the extent the interest rate is modified and reduced for a loan underlying a fixed-rate PC, we pay the shortfall between the original contractual interest rate and the modified interest rate. To the extent the interest rate is modified and reduced for a loan underlying an ARM PC, we only guarantee the timely payment of the modified interest rate and we are not responsible for any shortfalls between the original contractual interest rate and the modified interest rate. Because Structured Securities are re-securitizations of PCs, our guarantee and the impacts of modifications to the interest rate of the underlying loans operate in the same manner as PCs. The guarantee that we provide on our long-term standby commitments obligates us to purchase delinquent loans that are covered by that agreement. Most of the guarantees we provide meet the definition of a derivative under SFAS 133; however, most of those guarantees qualify for a scope exemption for financial guarantee contracts in SFAS 133. For guarantees that meet the scope exemption, we initially account for the guarantee obligation at fair value and subsequently amortize the obligation into earnings. If we determine that our guarantee does not qualify for the scope exemption, we account for it as a derivative with changes in fair value reflected in current period earnings.
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, we had $1,738.8 billion and $1,477.0 billion, respectively, of issued PCs and Structured Securities and such other mortgage guarantees of which $357.0 billion and $354.3 billion were held in our retained portfolio at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. There were $1,518.8 billion and $1,240.2 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of Structured Securities backed by resecuritized PCs and other previously issued Structured Securities. These restructured securities do not increase our credit-related exposure and consist of single-class and multi-class Structured Securities backed by PCs, Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits, or REMICs, and principal-only strips.
 
Our guarantee obligation represents the recognized liability associated with our guarantee of PCs and Structured Securities net of cumulative amortization. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, our guarantee obligation includes our estimate of performance and other related costs of approximately $9.9 billion and $5.8 billion, respectively, and deferred guarantee
 
            272 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

income of $3.8 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively. In addition to our guarantee obligation, we recognized a reserve for guarantee losses on PCs that totaled $2.6 billion and $0.6 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Our guaranteed PCs, Structured Securities and other mortgage guarantees issued include single-family long-term standby commitments and multifamily housing revenue bonds issued by third parties, which totaled $37.9 billion and $6.7 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our guarantee of single-family long-term standby commitments was $32.2 billion and $0.7 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our guarantee of multifamily housing revenue bonds issued by third parties was $5.7 billion and $6.0 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
As discussed in “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to these consolidated financial statements, at inception of an executed guarantee, we recognize a guarantee obligation at fair value. Subsequently we amortize our guarantee obligation under the static effective yield method. However, we continue to determine the fair value of our guarantee obligation for disclosure purposes as discussed in “NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES” to these consolidated financial statements. Our approach for estimating the fair value of the guarantee obligation makes use of third-party market data as practicable. We divide the credit aspects of our guarantee obligation portfolio into three primary components: performing loans, non-performing loans and manufactured housing. For each component, we developed a specific valuation approach for capturing its unique characteristics.
 
For performing loans, we use capital markets information and rating agency models to estimate subordination levels and dealer price quotes on proxy non-agency securities with collateral characteristics matched to our portfolio to value the expected credit losses and the risk premium for unexpected losses related to our guarantee portfolio. We segmented the portfolio into distinct loan cohorts to differentiate between product types, coupon rate, seasoning, and interests retained by us versus those held by third parties.
 
For disclosure purposes only as discussed in “NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES” to these consolidated financial statements, we include a component for non-performing loans in the valuation of the guarantee obligation. For non-performing loans, we utilize a different method for estimating the fair value of the guarantee obligation. For loans that are extremely delinquent and have been purchased out of pools, we obtained dealer indications that reflect their non-performing status. For delinquent loans remaining in PCs, we began with the market driven performing loan and non-performing whole loan values and used empirically observed delinquency transition rates to interpolate the appropriate values in each phase of delinquency ( i.e. , 30 days, 60 days, 90 days).
 
For manufactured housing, we developed an approach, subject to our judgment, for estimating the incremental credit costs associated with the manufactured housing portfolio. For approximately 0.5% of our total guarantee portfolio and 9.3% of the fair value of the guarantee obligation, we determined that there is not sufficiently reliable market data to estimate the appropriate credit costs associated with the guarantee obligation for the manufactured housing portfolio. As such, we estimated the ratio of realized credit losses for performing loans and manufactured housing loans to determine a loss history ratio. We then applied the loss history ratio to market implied performing loan guarantee obligation fair value estimates to calculate the implied credit costs for the manufactured housing portfolio. We undertook a similar process for estimating the fair value of seriously delinquent manufactured housing loans.
 
The components of the guarantee obligation associated with administering the collection and distribution of payments on the mortgage loans underlying a PC are estimated based upon amounts we believe other market participants would charge. Also included in the valuation of our guarantee obligation is an estimate of the present value of net cash flows related to security program cycles. Our securities are on either a 45-day delay (for fixed-rate PCs) or 75-day delay (for ARM PCs) cycle. For each of these security program cycles our servicers remit borrower payments at staggered dates. The timing of these net cash flows are reflected in the valuation of the guarantee obligation.
 
We recognize guarantee assets and guarantee obligations for PCs in conjunction with transfers accounted for as sales under SFAS 140, “ Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities — a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125 ,” or SFAS 125/140, as well as, beginning on January 1, 2003, transactions that do not qualify as sales, but are accounted for as guarantees pursuant to the requirements of FIN 45, “ Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirement for Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34 ,” or FIN 45. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, approximately 91% and 88%, respectively, of our guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities issued had a corresponding guarantee asset or guarantee obligation recognized on our consolidated balance sheets.
 
Derivative Instruments
 
Derivative instruments include written options, written swaptions, interest-rate swap guarantees and guarantees of stated final maturity of certain of our Structured Securities. In addition, we have entered into mortgage credit agreements whereby we assume default risk for mortgage loans held by third parties for up to a 90-day period in exchange for a monthly fee.
 
We guarantee the performance of interest-rate swap contracts in three circumstances. First, as part of a resecuritization transaction, we transfer certain swaps and related assets to a third party. We guarantee that interest income generated from
 
            273 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

the assets will be sufficient to cover the required payments under the interest-rate swap contracts. Second, we guarantee that a borrower will perform under an interest-rate swap contract linked to a customer’s adjustable-rate mortgage. And third, in connection with certain Structured Securities, we guarantee that the sponsor of the securitized multifamily housing revenue bonds will perform under the interest-rate swap contract linked to the variable-rate certificates we issued, which are backed by the bonds.
 
In addition, we issue credit derivatives that guarantee the payments on (a) multifamily mortgage loans that are originated and held by state and municipal housing finance agencies to support tax-exempt multifamily housing revenue bonds; (b) Freddie Mac pass-through certificates which are backed by tax-exempt multifamily housing revenue bonds and related taxable bonds and/or loans; and (c) the reimbursement of certain losses incurred by third party providers of letters of credit secured by multifamily housing revenue bonds.
 
We issue Structured Securities with stated final maturities that are shorter than the stated maturity of the underlying mortgage loans. If the underlying mortgage loans to these securities have not been purchased by a third party or fully matured as of the stated final maturity date of such securities, we may sponsor an auction of the underlying assets. To the extent that purchase or auction proceeds are insufficient to cover unpaid principal amounts due to investors in such Structured Securities, we are obligated to fund such principal. Our maximum exposure represents the outstanding unpaid principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans.
 
Servicing-Related Premium Guarantees
 
We provide guarantees to reimburse servicers for premiums paid to acquire servicing in situations where the original seller is unable to perform under its separate servicing agreement. The liability associated with these agreements was not material at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
 
Table 2.1 below presents our maximum potential amount of future payments, our recognized liability and the maximum remaining term of these guarantees.
 
Table 2.1 — Financial Guarantees
 
                                                 
                Adjusted
    December 31, 2007   December 31, 2006
            Maximum
          Maximum
    Maximum
  Recognized
  Remaining
  Maximum
  Recognized
  Remaining
    Exposure   Liability   Term   Exposure   Liability   Term
    (dollars in millions, terms in years)
 
Financial Guarantees:
                                               
Guaranteed PCs, Structured Securities and other mortgage guarantees issued (1)(2)
  $ 1,738,833     $ 13,712       40     $ 1,477,023     $ 9,482       40  
Derivative instruments
    32,538       129       30       28,832       13       28  
Servicing-related premium guarantees
    37             5       44             5  
(1)  Exclude mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities traded, but not yet settled.
(2)  Effective December 2007, we established securitization trusts for the underlying assets of our PCs and Structured Securities issued. As a result, we adjusted the reported balance of our mortgage portfolios to reflect the publicly-available security balances of our PCs and Structured Securities. Previously, we reported these balances based on the unpaid principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans.
 
With the exception of interest-rate swap guarantees included in derivative instruments in Table 2.1, maximum exposure represents the contractual amounts that could be lost under the guarantees if underlying borrowers defaulted, without consideration of possible recoveries under recourse provisions or from collateral held or pledged. The maximum exposure related to interest-rate swap guarantees is based on contractual rates and without consideration of recovery under recourse provisions. The maximum exposure disclosed above is not representative of the actual loss we are likely to incur, based on our historical loss experience and after consideration of proceeds from related collateral liquidation.
 
Other Financial Commitments
 
As part of the guarantee arrangements pertaining to multifamily housing revenue bonds, we provided commitments to advance funds, commonly referred to as “liquidity guarantees,” totaling $8.0 billion and $5.8 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These guarantees enable the repurchase of any tendered tax-exempt and related taxable pass-through certificates and housing revenue bonds that are unable to be remarketed. Any repurchased securities would be pledged to us to secure funding until the time when the securities could be remarketed. We have not made any payments to date under these liquidity guarantees.
 
Gains and Losses on Transfers of PCs and Structured Securities that are Accounted for as Sales
 
We recognized gains (losses) on transfers of PCs and Structured Securities that were accounted for as sales under SFAS 125/140. In 2007, 2006 and 2005, these adjusted net pre-tax gains (losses) were approximately $141 million, $235 million and $181 million, respectively.
 
            274 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Valuation of Guarantee Asset
 
Guarantee Asset
 
Our approach for estimating the fair value of the guarantee asset at December 31, 2007 uses third-party market data as practicable. For approximately 74% of the fair value of the guarantee asset, which relates to fixed-rate loan products that reflect current market rates, the valuation approach involved obtaining dealer quotes on proxy securities with collateral similar to aggregated characteristics of our portfolio, effectively equating the guarantee asset with current, or “spot,” market values for excess servicing interest-only, or IO, securities, which trade at a discount to trust IO security prices. We consider excess servicing securities to be comparable to the guarantee asset, in that they represent an IO-like income stream, have less liquidity than trust IO securities and do not have matching principal-only securities. The remaining 26% of the fair value of the guarantee asset related to underlying loan products for which comparable market prices were not readily available. These amounts relate specifically to ARM products, highly seasoned loans or fixed-rate loans with coupons that are not consistent with current market rates. This portion of the guarantee asset was valued using an expected cash flow approach including only those cash flows expected to result from our contractual right to receive management and guarantee fees, with market input assumptions extracted from the dealer quotes provided on the more liquid products, reduced by an estimated liquidity discount.
 
Key Assumptions Used in the Valuation of the Guarantee Asset
 
Table 2.2 summarizes the key assumptions associated with the fair value measurements of the recognized guarantee asset. The fair values at the time of securitization and the subsequent fair value measurements were estimated using third-party information. However, the assumptions included in this table for those periods are those implied by our fair value estimates, with the internal rates of return, or IRRs, adjusted where necessary to align our internal models with estimated fair values determined using third-party information. Prepayment rates are presented as implied by our internal models and have not been similarly adjusted.
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, our guarantee asset totaled $9.6 billion and $7.4 billion, respectively, on our consolidated balance sheets, of which approximately $0.2 billion, or 2%, related to PCs and Structured Securities backed by multifamily mortgage loans. Table 2.2 contains the key assumptions used to derive the fair value measurement of the entire guarantee asset associated with PCs and other financial guarantees backed by single-family mortgage loans. For the portion of our guarantee asset that is valued by obtaining dealer quotes on proxy securities, we derive the assumptions from the prices we are provided. Table 2.3 contains a sensitivity analysis of the fair value of the entire guarantee asset associated with PCs and other financial guarantees backed by single-family mortgage loans.
 
Table 2.2 — Key Assumptions Utilized in Fair Value Measurements of the Guarantee Asset
 
                         
          Adjusted  
Mean Valuation Assumptions (1)
  2007     2006     2005  
 
IRRs (2)
    6.4 %     8.3 %     8.4 %
Prepayment rates (3)
    17.1 %     15.8 %     17.3 %
Weighted average lives (years)
    5.2       5.5       5.1  
(1)  Mean values represent the weighted average of all IRRs, prepayment rate and weighted average lives assumptions.
(2)  IRR assumptions represent an unpaid principal balance weighted average of the discount rates inherent in the fair value of the recognized guarantee asset. Weighted average lives assumptions reflect prepayment rate assumptions.
(3)  Although prepayment rates are simulated monthly, the assumptions above represent annualized prepayment rates based on unpaid principal balances.
 
In order to report the hypothetical sensitivity of the carrying value of the guarantee asset to changes in key assumptions, we used internal models to approximate their reported carrying values. We then measured the hypothetical impact of changes in key assumptions using our models to estimate the potential view of fair value the market might have in response to those changes. In our models, the assumed internal rates of return were adjusted to calibrate our model results with the reported carrying value. However, the weighted average prepayment rate assumption used in this hypothetical sensitivity was based on our internal model which is benchmarked periodically to market prepayment estimates. The sensitivity analysis in Table 2.3 illustrates hypothetical adverse changes in the fair value of our guarantee asset for changes in key assumptions.
 
Table 2.3 — Sensitivity Analysis of the Guarantee Asset (Single-Family Mortgages)
 
                 
    December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Fair value
  $ 9,417     $ 7,225  
Weighted average IRR assumptions:
    8.1 %     7.1 %
Impact on fair value of 100 bps unfavorable change
  $ (389 )   $ (269 )
Impact on fair value of 200 bps unfavorable change
  $ (746 )   $ (519 )
Weighted average prepayment rate assumptions:
    16.5 %     18.4 %
Impact on fair value of 10% unfavorable change
  $ (516 )   $ (368 )
Impact on fair value of 20% unfavorable change
  $ (977 )   $ (695 )
 
            275 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Valuation of Other Retained Interests
 
Other retained interests include securities we issued as part of a resecuritization transaction, which was recorded as a sale. The majority of these securities are classified as available-for-sale. The fair value of other retained interests is generally based on independent price quotations obtained from third-party pricing services or dealer provided prices.
 
To report the hypothetical sensitivity of the carrying value of other retained interests, we used internal models adjusted where necessary to align with the fair values. The sensitivity analysis in Table 2.4 illustrates hypothetical adverse changes in the fair value of other retained interests for changes in key assumptions based on these models.
 
Table 2.4 — Sensitivity Analysis of Other Retained Interests (1)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Fair value
  $ 107,931     $ 127,490  
Weighted average IRR assumptions:
    5.5 %     5.6 %
Impact on fair value of 100 bps unfavorable change
  $ (4,109 )   $ (4,551 )
Impact on fair value of 200 bps unfavorable change
  $ (7,928 )   $ (8,813 )
Weighted average prepayment rate assumptions:
    8.7 %     11.0 %
Impact on fair value of 10% unfavorable change
  $ (30 )   $ (66 )
Impact on fair value of 20% unfavorable change
  $ (57 )   $ (132 )
(1)  The sensitivity analysis includes only other retained interests whose fair value is impacted as a result of changes in IRR and prepayment assumptions. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the fair values of other retained interests not included in the sensitivity analysis above were $44 million and $52 million, respectively.
 
Cash Flows on Transfers of Securitized Interests and Corresponding Retained Interests
 
Table 2.5 below summarizes cash flows on retained interests as well as the amount of cash payments made to acquire delinquent loans to satisfy our financial performance obligations.
 
Table 2.5 — Details of Cash Flows
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
        Adjusted
    2007   2006   2005
    (in millions)
 
Cash flows from:
                       
Transfers of Freddie Mac securities that were accounted for as sales (1)
  $ 62,644     $ 79,565     $ 93,828  
Cash flows received on the guarantee asset (2)
    2,288       1,873       1,565  
Other retained interests principal and interest (3)
    22,713       24,784       25,612  
Purchases of delinquent or foreclosed loans (4)
    (9,011 )     (4,698 )     (4,366 )
(1)  Represents proceeds from securities receiving sales treatment under SFAS 140 including sales of Structured Securities. On the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, this amount is included in the investing section as part of Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities.
(2)  Represents cash received related to management and guarantee fees, which serve to reduce the guarantee asset. On the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, the change in guarantee asset and the corresponding management and guarantee fee income are reflected as operating activities.
(3)  Represents cash proceeds related to the interest and principal of PCs or Structured Securities that are not transferred to third parties upon the completion of a securitization or resecuritization transaction. On the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, the cash flows from interest are included in Net Income and the principal paydowns are included in the investing section as part of Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities.
(4)  Represents the cash for the purchase of delinquent or foreclosed loans from mortgage pools underlying our PCs and Structured Securities. On the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, this amount is included in the investing section as part of Purchases of held-for-investment mortgages.
 
Credit Protection and Other Forms of Recourse
 
In connection with our guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities issued, we have credit protection in the form of primary mortgage insurance, pool insurance, recourse to lenders and other forms of credit enhancements. Table 2.6 presents the amounts of potential loss recovery by type of credit protection.
 
Table 2.6 — Credit Protection and Other Forms of Recourse (1)
 
                 
    December 31,
        Adjusted
    2007   2006
    (in millions)
 
PCs and Structured Securities:
               
Single-family:
               
Primary mortgage insurance
  $ 51,897     $ 40,208  
Lender recourse and indemnifications
    12,085       10,493  
Pool insurance
    3,813       3,669  
Other credit enhancements
    549       757  
Multifamily:
               
Credit enhancements
    1,233       1,093  
Structured Securities backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates (2)
    1,268       1,510  
(1)  Exclude credit enhancements related to Structured Transactions, which had unpaid principal balances that totaled $20.2 billion and $24.8 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
(2)  Ginnie Mae Certificates are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
 
            276 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, we recorded $655 million and $440 million, respectively, in total assets on our consolidated balance sheets related to these credit enhancements on securitized mortgages.
 
Indemnifications
 
In connection with various business transactions, we may provide indemnification to counterparties for claims arising out of breaches of certain obligations ( e.g. , those arising from representations and warranties) in contracts entered into in the normal course of business. It is difficult to estimate our maximum exposure under these indemnification arrangements because in many cases there are no stated or notional amounts included in the indemnification clauses. Such indemnification provisions pertain to matters such as hold harmless clauses, adverse changes in tax laws, breaches of confidentiality, misconduct and potential claims from third parties related to items such as actual or alleged infringement of intellectual property. At December 31, 2007, our assessment is that the risk of any material loss from such a claim for indemnification is remote and there are no probable and estimable losses associated with these contracts. We have not recorded any liabilities related to these indemnifications on our consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
 
NOTE 3: VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
 
We are a party to numerous entities that are considered to be VIEs. Our investments in VIEs include LIHTC partnerships, certain Structured Securities transactions and a mortgage reinsurance entity. In addition, we buy the highly-rated senior securities in non-mortgage-related, asset-backed investment trusts that are VIEs. Highly-rated senior securities issued by these securitization trusts are not designed to absorb a significant portion of the variability created by the assets/collateral in the trusts. Therefore, our investments in these securities do not represent a significant variable interest in the securitization trusts. Accordingly, we do not consolidate these securities. Additionally, we invest in securitization entities that are qualifying special purpose entities, which are not subject to consolidation because of our inability to unilaterally liquidate or change the qualifying special purpose entity. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Consolidation and Equity Method of Accounting” to these consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the consolidation practices of our VIEs.
 
LIHTC Partnerships
 
We invest as a limited partner in LIHTC partnerships formed for the purpose of providing funding for affordable multifamily rental properties. The LIHTC partnerships invest as limited partners in lower-tier partnerships, which own and operate multifamily rental properties. These properties are rented to qualified low-income tenants, allowing the properties to be eligible for federal tax credits. Most of these LIHTC partnerships are VIEs. A general partner operates the partnership, identifying investments and obtaining debt financing as needed to finance partnership activities. Although these partnerships generate operating losses, we realize a return on our investment through reductions in income tax expense that result from tax credits and the deductibility of the operating losses of these partnerships. The partnership agreements are typically structured to meet a required 15-year period of occupancy by qualified low-income tenants. The investments in LIHTC partnerships, in which we were either the primary beneficiary or had a significant variable interest, were made between 1989 and 2007. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, we did not guarantee any obligations of these LIHTC partnerships and our exposure was limited to the amount of our investment. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, we were the primary beneficiary of investments in six partnerships and we consolidated these investments. The investors in the obligations of the consolidated LIHTC partnerships have recourse only to the assets of those VIEs and do not have recourse to us.
 
Consolidated VIEs
 
Table 3.1 represents the carrying amounts and classification of consolidated assets that are collateral for the consolidated VIEs.
 
Table 3.1 — Assets of Consolidated VIEs
 
                 
    December 31,  
Consolidated Balance Sheets Line Item
  2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 41     $ 44  
Accounts and other receivables, net
    153       173  
                 
Total assets of consolidated VIEs
  $ 194     $ 217  
                 
 
VIEs Not Consolidated
 
LIHTC Partnerships
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, we had unconsolidated investments in 189 and 179 LIHTC partnerships, respectively, in which we had a significant variable interest. The size of these partnerships at December 31, 2007 and 2006, as measured in total assets, was $10.3 billion and $8.9 billion, respectively. These partnerships are accounted for using the equity method, as described in “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to these consolidated financial statements. As a limited partner, our maximum exposure to loss equals the undiscounted book value of our equity
 
            277 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

investment. At both December 31, 2007 and 2006, our maximum exposure to loss on unconsolidated LIHTC partnerships, in which we had a significant variable interest, was $3.7 billion.
 
Asset-Backed Investment Trusts
 
We invest in a variety of non-mortgage-related, asset-backed investment trusts. These investments represent interests in trusts consisting of a pool of receivables or other financial assets, typically credit card receivables, auto loans or student loans. These trusts act as vehicles to allow originators to securitize assets. Securities are structured from the underlying pool of assets to provide for varying degrees of risk. Primary risks include potential loss from the credit risk and interest-rate risk of the underlying pool. The originators of the financial assets or the underwriters of the deal create the trusts and typically own the residual interest in the trust assets. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, we did not have a significant variable interest in and were not the primary beneficiary of any asset-backed investment trusts.
 
Structured Transactions
 
We periodically issue securities in Structured Transactions, which are backed by mortgage loans or non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities using collateral pools transferred to a trust specifically created for the purpose of issuing securities. These trusts also issue various senior interests and subordinated interests. We purchase interests, including senior interests, of the trusts and issue and guarantee Structured Securities backed by these interests. The subordinated interests are generally either held by the seller or other party or sold in the capital markets. Generally, the structure of the transactions and the trusts as qualifying special purpose entities exempts them from the scope of FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), “ Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51 ,” or FIN 46(R). However, at December 31, 2007 and 2006, we had interests in one and two Structured Transactions, respectively, that did not fall within this scope exception and in which we had a significant variable interest. Our involvement in this one Structured Transaction at December 31, 2007 began in 2002. The sizes of the one Structured Transaction at December 31, 2007 and the two Structured Transactions at December 31, 2006, as measured in total assets, were $40 million and $67 million, respectively. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, our maximum exposure to loss on these transactions was $37 million and $55 million, respectively, consisting of the book value of our investments plus incremental guarantees of the senior interests that are held by third parties. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, we were not the primary beneficiary of any such transactions.
 
            278 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
NOTE 4: RETAINED PORTFOLIO AND CASH AND INVESTMENTS PORTFOLIO
 
Table 4.1 summarizes amortized cost, estimated fair values and corresponding gross unrealized gains and gross unrealized losses for available-for-sale securities by major security type.
 
Table 4.1 — Available-For-Sale Securities
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
December 31, 2007
  Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
    (in millions)  
 
Retained portfolio:
                               
Mortgage-related securities:
                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 346,569     $ 2,981     $ (2,583 )   $ 346,967  
Federal National Mortgage Association, or Fannie Mae
    45,688       513       (344 )     45,857  
Ginnie Mae
    545       19       (2 )     562  
Subprime
    101,278       12       (8,584 )     92,706  
Alt-A and other
    51,456       15       (2,543 )     48,928  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    64,965       515       (681 )     64,799  
Manufactured housing
    1,149       131       (12 )     1,268  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    14,783       146       (351 )     14,578  
                                 
Total mortgage-related securities
    626,433       4,332       (15,100 )     615,665  
                                 
Cash and investments portfolio:
                               
Non-mortgage-related securities:
                               
Asset-backed securities
    16,644       25       (81 )     16,588  
Commercial paper
    18,513                   18,513  
                                 
Total non-mortgage-related securities
    35,157       25       (81 )     35,101  
                                 
Total available-for-sale securities
  $ 661,590     $ 4,357     $ (15,181 )   $ 650,766  
                                 
 
                                 
December 31, 2006
                       
Adjusted
                       
 
                                 
Retained portfolio:
                               
Mortgage-related securities:
                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 348,591     $ 1,438     $ (5,941 )   $ 344,088  
Fannie Mae
    44,223       323       (660 )     43,886  
Ginnie Mae
    720       17       (4 )     733  
Subprime
    122,102       98       (14 )     122,186  
Alt-A and other
    56,433       65       (318 )     56,180  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    44,927       239       (763 )     44,403  
Manufactured housing
    1,180       151       (1 )     1,330  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    13,622       334       (31 )     13,925  
                                 
Total mortgage-related securities
    631,798       2,665       (7,732 )     626,731  
                                 
Cash and investments portfolio:
                               
Non-mortgage-related securities:
                               
Asset-backed securities
    32,179       23       (80 )     32,122  
Commercial paper
    11,191                   11,191  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    2,273                   2,273  
                                 
Total non-mortgage-related securities
    45,643       23       (80 )     45,586  
                                 
Total available-for-sale securities
  $ 677,441     $ 2,688     $ (7,812 )   $ 672,317  
                                 
 
            279 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 4.2 shows the fair value of available-for-sale securities in a gross unrealized loss position and whether they have been in that position less than 12 months or 12 months or greater.
 
Table 4.2 — Available-For-Sale Securities in a Gross Unrealized Loss Position
 
                                                 
    Less than 12 months     12 months or Greater     Total  
          Gross
          Gross
          Gross
 
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
 
December 31, 2007
  Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
    (in millions)  
 
Retained portfolio:
                                               
Mortgage-related securities:
                                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 22,546     $ (254 )   $ 135,966     $ (2,329 )   $ 158,512     $ (2,583 )
Fannie Mae
    4,728       (17 )     15,214       (327 )     19,942       (344 )
Ginnie Mae
    2             74       (2 )     76       (2 )
Subprime
    87,004       (8,021 )     5,213       (563 )     92,217       (8,584 )
Alt-A and other
    33,509       (2,029 )     14,525       (514 )     48,034       (2,543 )
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    8,652       (154 )     26,207       (527 )     34,859       (681 )
Manufactured housing
    435       (11 )     24       (1 )     459       (12 )
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    7,735       (264 )     1,286       (87 )     9,021       (351 )
                                                 
Total mortgage-related securities
    164,611       (10,750 )     198,509       (4,350 )     363,120       (15,1 00 )
                                                 
Cash and investments portfolio:
                                               
Non-mortgage-related securities:
                                               
Asset-backed securities
    8,236       (63 )     3,222       (18 )     11,458       (81 )
                                                 
Total non-mortgage-related securities
    8,236       (63 )     3,222       (18 )     11,458       (81 )
                                                 
Total available-for-sale securities in a gross unrealized loss position
  $ 172,847     $ (10,813 )   $ 201,731     $ (4,368 )   $ 374,578     $ (15,181 )
                                                 
 
                                                 
    Less than 12 months     12 months or Greater     Total  
          Gross
          Gross
          Gross
 
Adjusted
        Unrealized
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
 
December 31, 2006
  Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
    (in millions)  
 
Retained portfolio:
                                               
Mortgage-related securities:
                                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 41,249     $ (290 )   $ 204,715     $ (5,651 )   $ 245,964     $ (5,941 )
Fannie Mae
    5,604       (69 )     22,567       (591 )     28,171       (660 )
Ginnie Mae
    146             99       (4 )     245       (4 )
Subprime
    13,871       (12 )     349       (2 )     14,220       (14 )
Alt-A and other
    9,146       (14 )     15,504       (304 )     24,650       (318 )
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    12,174       (84 )     20,165       (679 )     32,339       (763 )
Manufactured housing
    37             54       (1 )     91       (1 )
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    959       (7 )     1,245       (24 )     2,204       (31 )
                                                 
Total mortgage-related securities
    83,186       (476 )     264,698       (7,256 )     347,884       (7,732 )
                                                 
Cash and investments portfolio:
                                               
Non-mortgage-related securities:
                                               
Asset-backed securities
    6,402       (7 )     9,141       (73 )     15,543       (80 )
                                                 
Total non-mortgage-related securities
    6,402       (7 )     9,141       (73 )     15,543       (80 )
                                                 
Total available-for-sale securities in a gross unrealized loss position
  $ 89,588     $ (483 )   $ 273,839     $ (7,329 )   $ 363,427     $ (7,812 )
                                                 
 
At December 31, 2007, gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities were $15.2 billion, or approximately 4% of the fair value of such securities in an unrealized loss position, as noted in Table 4.2. The gross unrealized losses relate to approximately 69 thousand individual lots representing approximately 15 thousand separate securities. We routinely purchase multiple lots of individual securities at different times and at different costs. We determine gross unrealized gains and gross unrealized losses by specifically identifying investment positions at the lot level; therefore, some of the lots we hold for a single security may be in an unrealized gain position while other lots for that security are in an unrealized loss position, depending upon the amortized cost of the specific lot.
 
The evaluation of these unrealized losses for other than temporary impairment contemplates numerous factors. We perform the evaluation on a security-by-security basis considering all available information. Important factors include the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than book value; the impact of changes in credit ratings ( i.e. , rating agency downgrades); our intent and ability to retain the security in order to allow for a recovery in fair value; and an analysis of cash flows based on default and prepayment assumptions. Implicit in the cash flow analysis is information relevant to expected cash flows (such as default and prepayment assumptions) that also underlies the other impairment factors mentioned above, and we qualitatively consider all available information when assessing whether an impairment is other-than-temporary. The relative importance of this information varies based on the facts and circumstances surrounding each security, as well as the economic environment at the time of assessment. Based on the results of this evaluation, if it is determined that the impairment is other than temporary, the carrying value of the security is written down to fair value, and a loss is recognized through earnings. We consider all available information in determining the recovery period and anticipated holding periods for our available-for-sale securities. Because we are a portfolio investor, we generally hold available-for-sale securities in our retained portfolio to maturity. An important underlying factor we consider in determining the period to recover unrealized losses on our available-for-sale securities is the estimated life of the
 
            280 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

security. Since most of our available-for-sale securities are prepayable, the average life is far shorter than the contractual maturity.
 
We have concluded that the unrealized losses included in Table 4.2 are temporary since we have the ability and intent to hold to recovery. These conclusions are based on the following analysis by security type.
 
  •  Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae securities.   The unrealized losses on agency securities are primarily a result of movements in interest rates. These securities generally fit into one of two categories:
 
Unseasoned Securities  — These securities are desirable for a resecuritization. We frequently resecuritize agency securities, typically unseasoned pass-through securities. In these resecuritization transactions, we typically retain an interest representing a majority of the cash flows, but consider the resecuritization to be a sale of all of the securities for purposes of assessing if an impairment is other-than-temporary. As these securities have generally been recently acquired, they generally have coupon rates and dollar prices close to par, so any decline in the fair value of these agency securities is minor. This means that the decline could be recovered easily, and we expect that the recovery period would be in the near term. Notwithstanding this, we do recognize other-than-temporary impairments on any of these securities that are likely to be sold, which are determined through a thorough identification process in which management evaluates the population of securities that is eligible to be included in future resecuritization transactions, and determines the specific securities that are likely to be included in resecuritizations expected to occur given current market conditions. If any of the identified securities are in a loss position, other-than-temporary impairment is recorded because management cannot assert that it has the intent to hold such securities to recovery. Any additional losses realized upon sale result from further declines in fair value. For these securities that are not likely to be sold, we expect to recover any unrealized losses by holding them to recovery.
 
Seasoned Securities  — These securities are not desirable for a resecuritization. We hold the seasoned agency securities that are in an unrealized loss position at least to recovery. Typically, we hold all seasoned agency securities to maturity. As the principal and interest on these securities are guaranteed and as we have the intent and ability to hold these securities, any unrealized loss will be recovered.
 
  •  Non-agency securities backed by subprime, Alt-A and other loans and commercial mortgage-backed securities.   We believe the unrealized losses the non-agency mortgage-related securities are primarily a result of decreased liquidity and larger risk premiums. Our review of these securities included expected cash flow analyses based on default and prepayment assumptions. We have not identified any bonds in the portfolio that are probable of incurring a contractual principal or interest loss. As such, and based on our consideration of all available information and our ability and intent to hold these securities for a period of time sufficient to recover all unrealized losses, we have concluded that the impairment of these securities is temporary. Most of these securities are investment grade ( i.e. , rated BBB− or better on a Standard and Poor’s, or S&P, or equivalent scale).
 
Our review of the securities backed by subprime and Alt-A and other included cash flow analyses of the underlying collateral, including the collectibility of amounts that would be recovered from monoline insurers. We stress test the key assumptions in these analyses to determine whether our securities would receive their contractual payments in adverse credit environments. These tests simulate the distribution of cash flows from the underlying loans to the securities that we hold considering different default rate and severity assumptions. These tests are performed on a security-by-security basis for all our securities backed by subprime and Alt-A loans. We have concluded that the assumptions required for us to not receive all of our contractual cash flows on any one security are not probable. We also considered the impact of credit rating downgrades, including downgrades subsequent to December 31, 2007. In so doing, we have noted widespread inconsistencies in how securities with similar credit characteristics are rated, and noted that the cash flow analyses we performed indicates that it is not probable that we will not receive all of our contractual cash flows. While we consider credit ratings in our analysis, we believe that our detailed security-by-security cash flow stress test provides a more consistent view of the ultimate collectibility of contractual amounts due to us since it considers the specific credit performance and credit enhancement position of each security using the same criteria.
 
Furthermore, we considered significant declines in fair value between December 31, 2007 and February 25, 2008. Based on our review, default levels and actual severity experienced were within the range of underlying assumptions included in our stress test of cash flows. Based on our cash flow analyses, our consideration of all available information, and given that we have the intent and ability to hold these securities to recovery, we determined the further declines in value did not result in the impairment being other-than-temporary.
 
As a result of our review, we have not identified any securities in our available-for-sale portfolio where we believe it is probable a contractual principal or interest loss will be incurred. Based on this review, on our ability and intent to hold our available-for-sale securities for a sufficient time to recover all unrealized losses, and on our consideration of all available information, we have concluded that the reduction in fair value of these securities is temporary. This
 
            281 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

analysis is conducted on a quarterly basis and is subject to change as new information regarding delinquencies, severities, loss timing, prepayments, and other factors becomes available.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, we recorded impairments related to investments in securities of $365 million, $297 million and $276 million, respectively.
 
Table 4.3 summarizes our impairments recorded by security type and the duration of the unrealized loss prior to impairment of less than 12 months or 12 months or greater.
 
Table 4.3 — Security Impairments Recorded by Gross Unrealized Loss Position
 
                         
    Gross Unrealized Loss Position  
    Less than 12 months     12 months or greater     Total  
    (in millions)  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2007
                       
Mortgage-related securities:
                       
Freddie Mac
  $ 17     $ 320     $ 337  
Fannie Mae
    1       12       13  
Subprime
    11             11  
Manufactured housing
    4             4  
                         
Total securities impairments
  $ 33     $ 332     $ 365  
                         
Year Ended December 31, 2006
                       
Mortgage-related securities:
                       
Freddie Mac
  $ 168     $ 13     $ 181  
Fannie Mae
    31       17       48  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    62       4       66  
Manufactured housing
    2             2  
                         
Total securities impairments
  $ 263     $ 34     $ 297  
                         
Year Ended December 31, 2005
                       
Mortgage-related securities:
                       
Freddie Mac
  $ 44     $     $ 44  
Fannie Mae
    12       4       16  
Non-agency and obligations of state and political subdivisions
    56       160       216  
                         
Total securities impairments
  $ 112     $ 164     $ 276  
                         
 
            282 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 4.4 below illustrates the gross realized gains and gross realized losses received from the sale of available-for-sale securities.
 
Table 4.4 — Gross Realized Gains and Gross Realized Losses on Available-for-Sale Securities
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Retained portfolio:
                       
Mortgage-related securities:
                       
Freddie Mac
  $ 666     $ 164     $ 332  
Fannie Mae
          1       40  
Subprime
    4       1        
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    3       210       360  
Manufactured housing
    11              
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    1              
                         
Total mortgage-related securities gross realized gains
    685       376       732  
                         
Cash and investments portfolio:
                       
Non-mortgage-related securities:
                       
Asset-backed securities
    1             30  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    2              
                         
Total non-mortgage-related securities gross realized gains
    3             30  
                         
Gross realized gains
    688       376       762  
Retained portfolio:
                       
Mortgage-related securities:
                       
Freddie Mac
    (390 )     (358 )     (219 )
Fannie Mae
    (9 )     (77 )     (86 )
Alt-A and other
                (9 )
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
          (60 )     (74 )
                         
Total mortgage-related securities gross realized losses
    (399 )     (495 )     (388 )
                         
Cash and investments portfolio:
                       
Non-mortgage-related securities:
                       
Asset-backed securities
    (56 )     (7 )     (3 )
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    (1 )     (14 )     (1 )
                         
Total non-mortgage-related securities gross realized losses
    (57 )     (21 )     (4 )
                         
Gross realized losses
    (456 )     (516 )     (392 )
                         
Net realized gains (losses)
  $ 232     $ (140 )   $ 370  
                         
 
            283 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 4.5 summarizes, by major security type, the remaining contractual maturities and weighted average yield of available-for-sale securities.
 
Table 4.5 — Maturities and Weighted Average Yield of Available-For-Sale Securities
 
                         
                Weighted
 
December 31, 2007
  Amortized Cost     Fair Value     Average Yield (1)  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Retained portfolio:
                       
Total mortgage-related securities (2)
                       
Due 1 year or less
  $ 550     $ 548       4.12 %
Due after 1 through 5 years
    1,776       1,810       5.77  
Due after 5 through 10 years
    25,486       25,659       5.32  
Due after 10 years
    598,621       587,648       5.39  
                         
Total
  $ 626,433     $ 615,665       5.38  
                         
Cash and investments portfolio:
                       
Non-mortgage-related securities:
                       
Asset-backed securities (2)
                       
Due 1 year or less
  $     $        
Due after 1 through 5 years
    11,327       11,302       4.99  
Due after 5 through 10 years
    4,665       4,640       5.04  
Due after 10 years
    652       646       4.98  
                         
Total
    16,644       16,588       5.00  
                         
Commercial paper
                       
Due 1 year or less
    18,513       18,513       5.93  
Due after 1 through 5 years
                 
Due after 5 through 10 years
                 
Due after 10 years
                 
                         
Total
    18,513       18,513       5.93  
                         
Total non-mortgage-related securities
                       
Due 1 year or less
    18,513       18,513       5.93  
Due after 1 through 5 years
    11,327       11,302       4.99  
Due after 5 through 10 years
    4,665       4,640       5.04  
Due after 10 years
    652       646       4.98  
                         
Total
  $ 35,157     $ 35,101       5.49  
                         
Total available-for-sale securities for retained portfolio and cash and investments portfolio:
                       
Due 1 year or less
  $ 19,063     $ 19,061       5.88  
Due after 1 through 5 years
    13,103       13,112       5.10  
Due after 5 through 10 years
    30,151       30,299       5.28  
Due after 10 years
    599,273       588,294       5.38  
                         
Total
  $ 661,590     $ 650,766       5.39  
                         
(1)  The weighted average yield is calculated based on a yield for each individual lot held at December 31, 2007. The numerator for the individual lot yield consists of the sum of (a) the year-end interest coupon rate multiplied by the year-end unpaid principal balance and (b) the annualized amortization income or expense calculated for December 2007 (excluding any adjustments recorded for changes in the effective rate). The denominator for the individual lot yield consists of the year-end amortized cost of the lot excluding effects of other-than-temporary impairments on the unpaid principal balances of impaired lots.
(2)  Maturity information provided is based on contractual maturities, which may not represent expected life, as obligations underlying these securities may be prepaid at any time without penalty.
 
Table 4.6 presents the changes in AOCI, net of taxes, related to available-for-sale securities. The net unrealized holding losses, net of tax, represents the net fair value adjustments recorded on available-for-sale securities throughout the year, after the effects of our federal statutory tax rate of 35%. The net reclassification adjustment for net realized losses (gains), net of tax, represents the amount of those fair value adjustments, after the effects of our federal statutory tax rate of 35%, that have been recognized in earnings due to a sale of an available-for-sale security or the recognition of an impairment loss. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to these consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the component of AOCI related to available-for-sale securities.
 
Table 4.6 — AOCI, Net of Taxes, Related to Available-For-Sale Securities
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ (3,332 )   $ (3,065 )   $ 3,751  
Net unrealized holding losses, net of tax (1)
    (3,792 )     (551 )     (6,755 )
Net reclassification adjustment for net realized losses (gains), net of tax (2)(3)
    84       284       (61 )
                         
Ending balance
  $ (7,040 )   $ (3,332 )   $ (3,065 )
                         
(1)  Net of tax benefit of $2.0 billion, $0.3 billion and $3.6 billion for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
(2)  Net of tax benefit (expense) of $45 million, $153 million and $(33) million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
(3)  Includes the reversal of previously recorded unrealized losses that have been recognized on our consolidated statements of income as impairment losses on available-for-sale securities of $234 million, $193 million and $180 million, net of taxes, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
            284 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
Table 4.7 summarizes the estimated fair values by major security type for trading securities held in our retained portfolio.
 
Table 4.7 — Trading Securities in our Retained Portfolio
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Mortgage-related securities issued by:
               
Freddie Mac
  $ 12,216     $ 6,573  
Fannie Mae
    1,697       802  
Ginnie Mae
    175       222  
Other
    1        
                 
Total trading securities in our retained portfolio
  $ 14,089     $ 7,597  
                 
 
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 we recorded net unrealized gains (losses) on trading securities held at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 of $539 million, $(7) million and $(278) million, respectively.
 
Total trading securities in our retained portfolio include $4.2 billion of SFAS 155 related assets as of December 31, 2007. Gains (losses) on trading securities on our consolidated statements of income include gains of $324 million related to these SFAS 155 trading securities for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Retained Portfolio Voluntary Growth Limit
 
We are currently operating under a voluntary, temporary limit on the growth of our retained portfolio that we instituted in response to a request by the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, or OFHEO. Under this voluntary, temporary growth limit, the growth of our retained portfolio is limited to 2.0% annually. On September 19, 2007, OFHEO provided an interpretation regarding the calculation methodology of the voluntary, temporary growth limit. The interpretation changed the methodology for measuring the growth limit of our retained portfolio to be based on an unpaid principal balance measurement from a GAAP measurement. Compliance with the growth limit will not take into account any net increase in delinquent loan balances in the retained portfolio after September 30, 2007.
 
The average unpaid principal balance for the six months ended December 31, 2007, calculated using cumulative average month-end portfolio balances, was $26.9 billion below our voluntary growth limit of $742.4 billion.
 
Collateral Pledged
 
Collateral Pledged to Freddie Mac
 
Our counterparties are required to pledge collateral for reverse repurchase transactions and most interest-rate swap transactions subject to collateral posting thresholds generally related to a counterparty’s credit rating. Although it is our practice not to repledge assets held as collateral, a portion of the collateral may be repledged based on master agreements related to our interest-rate swap transactions. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, we did not have collateral in the form of securities pledged to and held by us under interest-rate swap agreements.
 
Collateral Pledged by Freddie Mac
 
We are also required to pledge collateral for margin requirements with third-party custodians in connection with secured financings, interest-rate swap agreements, futures and daily trade activities with some counterparties. The level of collateral pledged related to our interest-rate swap agreements is determined after giving consideration to our credit rating. As of December 31, 2007, we had two uncommitted intraday lines of credit with third parties, both of which are secured. In certain limited circumstances, the lines of credit agreements give the secured parties the right to repledge the securities underlying our financing to other third parties, including the Federal Reserve Bank.
 
Table 4.8 summarizes all securities pledged as collateral by us, including assets that the secured party may repledge and those that may not be repledged.
 
Table 4.8 — Collateral in the Form of Securities Pledged
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Securities pledged with ability for secured party to repledge
               
Available-for-sale
  $ 17,010     $ 20,463  
Securities pledged without ability for secured party to repledge
               
Available-for-sale
    793       225  
                 
Total securities pledged
  $ 17,803     $ 20,688  
                 
 
NOTE 5: MORTGAGE LOANS AND LOAN LOSS RESERVES
 
We own both single-family mortgage loans, which are secured by one to four family residential properties, and multifamily mortgage loans, which are secured by properties with five or more residential rental units.
 
            285 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the types of loans within our retained mortgage loan portfolio as of December 31, 2007 and 2006. These balances do not include mortgage loans underlying our guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities, since these are not consolidated on our balance sheets. See “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND TRANSFERS OF SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to these consolidated financial statements for information on our securitized mortgage loans.
 
Table 5.1 — Mortgage Loans within the Retained Portfolio
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Single-family (1) :
               
Conventional
               
Fixed-rate
  $ 20,707     $ 18,427  
Adjustable-rate
    2,700       1,233  
                 
Total conventional
    23,407       19,660  
FHA/VA — Fixed-rate
    311       196  
Rural Housing Service and other federally guaranteed loans
    871       784  
                 
Total single-family
    24,589       20,640  
                 
Multifamily (1) :
               
Conventional
               
Fixed-rate
    53,111       41,863  
Adjustable-rate
    4,455       3,341  
                 
Total conventional
    57,566       45,204  
Rural Housing Service
    3       3  
                 
Total multifamily
    57,569       45,207  
                 
Total unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans
    82,158       65,847  
                 
Deferred fees, unamortized premiums, discounts and other cost basis adjustments
    (1,868 )     (171 )
Lower of cost or market adjustments on loans held-for-sale
    (2 )     (2 )
Allowance for loan losses on loans held-for-investment
    (256 )     (69 )
                 
Total mortgage loans, net of allowance for loan losses
  $ 80,032     $ 65,605  
                 
(1)  Based on unpaid principal balances and excludes mortgage loans traded, but not yet settled.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, we transferred $41 million and $123 million, respectively, of held-for-sale mortgage loans to held-for-investment. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, we transferred $— and $950, respectively, of held-for-investment mortgage loans to held-for-sale.
 
Loan Loss Reserves
 
We maintain an allowance for loan losses on mortgage loans that we classify as held-for-investment and a reserve for guarantee losses for mortgage loans that underlie guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities, collectively referred to as loan loss reserves. Loan loss reserves are generally established to provide for credit losses when it is probable that a loss has been incurred. For loans subject to SOP 03-3, loan loss reserves are only established when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all cash flows expected at the acquisition of the loan.
 
Table 5.2 summarizes loan loss reserve activity:
 
Table 5.2 — Detail of Loan Loss Reserves
 
                                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006 (Adjusted)     2005 (Adjusted)  
    Allowance
    Reserve for
    Total Loan
    Allowance
    Reserve for
    Total Loan
    Allowance
    Reserve for
    Total Loan
 
    for Loan
    Guarantee
    Loss
    for Loan
    Guarantee
    Loss
    for Loan
    Guarantee
    Loss
 
    Losses     Losses on PCs     Reserves     Losses     Losses on PCs     Reserves     Losses     Losses on PCs     Reserves  
    (in millions)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 69     $ 550     $ 619     $ 118     $ 430     $ 548     $ 115     $ 240     $ 355  
Provision for credit losses
    321       2,533       2,854       98       198       296       112       195       307  
Charge-offs (1)(2)
    (373 )     (3 )     (376 )     (313 )           (313 )     (294 )           (294 )
Recoveries (1)
    239             239       166             166       185             185  
Transfers, net (3)
          (514 )     (514 )           (78 )     (78 )           (5 )     (5 )
                                                                         
Ending balance
  $ 256     $ 2,566     $ 2,822     $ 69     $ 550     $ 619     $ 118     $ 430     $ 548  
                                                                         
(1)  Charge-offs and recoveries do not appear in any significant amount in the PCs and Structured Securities column. We typically purchased all loans from the pool when they became seriously delinquent, and prior to foreclosure. As a result, the charge-offs and recoveries did not typically occur within the PCs or Structured Securities.
(2)  Charge-offs related to retained mortgages represent the amount of the unpaid principal balance of a loan that has been discharged using the reserve balance to remove the loan from our retained portfolio at the time of resolution. Charge-offs exclude $156 million in 2007 related to reserve amounts previously transferred to reduce the carrying value of loans purchased under financial guarantees.
(3)  Consist of: (a) the transfer of a proportional amount of the recognized reserves for guaranteed losses related to PC pools from which the non-performing loans were purchased to establish the initial recorded investment in these loans at the date of our purchase and (b) amounts attributable to uncollectible interest on PCs and Structured Securities in our retained portfolio.
 
            286 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
Impaired Loans
 
Single-family impaired loans include performing and non-performing troubled debt restructurings, as well as delinquent loans that were purchased from mortgage pools underlying our PCs and Structured Securities and long-term standby agreements. Multifamily impaired loans include loans whose contractual terms have previously been modified due to credit concerns (including TDRs), certain loans with observable collateral deficiencies, loans impaired based on management’s judgments around other known facts and circumstances associated with those loans, and loans 60 days or more past due (except for certain credit-enhanced loans). Recorded investment on impaired loans includes the unpaid principal balance plus amortized basis adjustments, which are modifications to the loan’s carrying value.
 
Total loan loss reserves, as presented in “Table 5.2 — Detail of Loan Loss Reserves,” consists of a specific valuation allowance related to impaired mortgage loans, which is presented in Table 5.3, and an additional reserve for other probable incurred losses, which totaled $2,809 million, $613 million and $532 million at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Our recorded investment in impaired mortgage loans and the related valuation allowance are summarized in Table 5.3. The specific allowance presented in Table 5.3 is determined using estimates of the fair value of the underlying collateral, less estimated selling costs. Almost all of the specific allowance presented in Table 5.3 relates to multifamily loans for which estimates of the fair value of the underlying collateral, less estimated selling costs, are used.
 
Table 5.3 — Impaired Loans
 
                                                                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006 (Adjusted)     2005  
    Recorded
    Specific
    Net
    Recorded
    Specific
    Net
    Recorded
    Specific
    Net
 
    Investment     Reserve     Investment     Investment     Reserve     Investment     Investment     Reserve     Investment  
    (in millions)  
 
Impaired loans having:
                                                                       
Related-valuation allowance
  $ 155     $ (13 )   $ 142     $ 86     $ (6 )   $ 80     $ 54     $ (16 )   $ 38  
No related-valuation allowance (1)
    8,579             8,579       5,818             5,818       2,536             2,536  
                                                                         
Total
  $ 8,734     $ (13 )   $ 8,721     $ 5,904     $ (6 )   $ 5,898     $ 2,590     $ (16 )   $ 2,574  
                                                                         
(1)  Impaired loans with no related valuation allowance primarily represent performing single-family troubled debt restructuring loans and those delinquent loans purchased out of PC pools that have not been impaired subsequent to acquisition.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the average recorded investment in impaired loans was $7.5 billion, $4.4 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively. The increase in impaired loans in 2007 is attributed to an increase in the average size of the unpaid principal balance for loans originated in 2006 and 2007, and higher delinquency rates overall, but especially for loans originated in these years. The increase in impaired loans in 2006 is primarily attributed to higher volumes of delinquent loans in the North Central region, which was affected by a downturn in that area’s economy.
 
Interest income on multifamily impaired loans is recognized on an accrual basis for loans performing under the original or restructured terms and on a cash basis for non-performing loans, which collectively totaled approximately $22 million, $25 million and $24 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. We recorded interest income on impaired single-family loans that totaled $382 million, $177 million and $149 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Interest income and management and guarantee income foregone on impaired loans approximated $141 million, $23 million and $128 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Loans Acquired under Financial Guarantees
 
We have the option under our PC agreements to purchase mortgage loans from the loan pools that underlie our guarantees and standby commitments under certain circumstances to resolve an existing or impending delinquency or default. Effective December 2007, our general practice is to purchase loans from pools when the loans have been 120 days delinquent and (a) modified, (b) foreclosure sales occur, (c) when the loans have been delinquent for 24 months, or (d) when the cost of guarantee payments to PC holders, including advances of interest at the PC coupon, exceeds the expected cost of holding the nonperforming mortgage in our retained portfolio.
 
Prior to December 2007, our general practice was to automatically purchase the mortgage loans when the loans were significantly past due, generally after 120 days of delinquency. Loans purchased from PC pools that underlie our guarantees or that are covered by our standby commitments are recorded at fair value. Our estimate of the fair value of delinquent loans purchased from PC pools is determined by obtaining indicative market prices from large, experienced dealers and using an average of these market prices to estimate the initial fair value. We recognize losses on loans purchased in our consolidated statements of income if our net investment in the acquired loan is higher than its fair value. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the unpaid principal balances of these loans were $7.0 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively, while the carrying amounts of these loans were $5.2 billion and $2.8 billion, respectively.
 
We account for loans acquired in accordance with SOP 03-3 if, at acquisition, the loans had credit deterioration and we do not consider it probable that we will collect all contractual cash flows from the borrower without significant delay. We
 
            287 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

concluded that all loans acquired under financial guarantees during all periods presented met this criteria. The following table provides details on impaired loans acquired under financial guarantees and accounted for in accordance with SOP 03-3.
 
Table 5.4 — Loans Acquired Under Financial Guarantees
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Contractual principal and interest payments at acquisition
  $ 9,735     $ 5,223  
Non-accretable difference
    (549 )     (142 )
                 
Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition
    9,186       5,081  
Accretable yield
    (2,717 )     (648 )
                 
Initial investment in acquired loans at acquisition
  $ 6,469     $ 4,433  
                 
 
The excess of contractual principal and interest over the undiscounted amount of cash flows we expect to collect represents a non-accretable difference that is not accreted to interest income nor displayed on the consolidated balance sheets. The amount that may be accreted into interest income on such loans is limited to the excess of our estimate of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows from the loan over our initial investment in the loan. We use internal models to project the undiscounted amount of cash flows. We consider estimated prepayments related to scheduled amortization, curtailments, full loan payoffs and foreclosures when calculating the accretable balance and the non-accretable difference. We evaluate the reasonableness of our models by comparing the results with actual performance and our assessment of current market conditions.
 
While these loans are seriously delinquent, no amounts are accreted to interest income in accordance with our non-accrual policy. If such a loan subsequently becomes less than three months past due, or we subsequently modify the loan and determine through a financial analysis that the borrower is able to make the modified payments, we return the loan to accrual status. Subsequent changes in estimated future cash flows to be collected related to interest-rate changes are recognized prospectively in interest income over the remaining contractual life of the loan. Decreases in estimated future cash flows to be collected due to further credit deterioration are recognized as provision for credit losses and increase our loan loss reserve. Subsequent to acquisition, we recognized $12 million in provision for credit losses on our consolidated statement of income related to these loans in 2007.
 
The following table provides changes in the accretable balance of these loans.
 
Table 5.5 — Changes in Accretable Balance
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 510     $  
Additions from new acquisitions
    2,717       648  
Accretion during the period
    (193 )     (104 )
Reductions (1)
    (504 )     (58 )
Change in estimated cash flows (2)
    121       31  
Reclassifications to or from nonaccretable difference (3)
    (244 )     (7 )
                 
Ending balance
  $ 2,407     $ 510  
                 
(1)  Represents the recapture of losses previously recognized due to borrower repayment or foreclosure on the loan. During 2006, these recoveries were included within our losses on loans purchased.
(2)  Represents the change in expected cash flows due to troubled debt restructurings or change in prepayment assumptions of the related loans.
(3)  Represents the change in expected cash flows due to changes in credit quality or credit assumptions.
 
            288 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
Delinquency Rates
 
Table 5.6 summarizes the delinquency performance for our total mortgage portfolio, excluding non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities and that portion of Structured Securities backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates.
 
Table 5.6 — Delinquency Performance
 
                         
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Delinquencies:
                       
Single-family: (1)
                       
Non-credit-enhanced portfolio — excluding Structured Transactions:
                       
Delinquency rate
    0.45 %     0.25 %     0.30 %
Total number of delinquent loans
    44,948       22,671       25,977  
Credit-enhanced portfolio — excluding Structured Transactions:
                       
Delinquency rate
    1.62 %     1.30 %     1.61 %
Total number of delinquent loans
    34,621       24,106       29,336  
Total portfolio — excluding Structured Transactions:
                       
Delinquency rate
    0.65 %     0.42 %     0.53 %
Total number of delinquent loans
    79,569       46,777       55,313  
Structured Transactions (2) :
                       
Delinquency rate
    9.86 %     8.36 %     12.34 %
Total number of delinquent loans
    14,122       13,770       19,625  
Total single-family portfolio (2) :
                       
Delinquency rate
    0.76 %     0.54 %     0.71 %
Total number of delinquent loans
    93,691       60,547       74,938  
Multifamily: (3)
                       
Delinquency rate
    0.02 %     0.06 %     %
Net carrying value of delinquent loans (in millions)
  $ 10     $ 30     $ 2  
(1)  Based on the number of mortgages 90 days or more delinquent or in foreclosure. Delinquencies on mortgage loans underlying certain Structured Securities, long-term standby commitments and Structured Transactions may be reported on a different schedule due to variances in industry practice.
(2)  Structured Transactions generally have underlying mortgage loans with higher risk characteristics but may provide inherent credit protections from losses due to underlying subordination, excess interest, overcollateralization and other features. Previously reported delinquency data for Structured Transactions excluded certain information when underlying loan servicing data was not previously available. Prior period information has been revised to conform to the current period presentation, which includes loan servicing data for all Structured Transactions.
(3)  Multifamily delinquency performance is based on net carrying value of mortgages 60 days or more delinquent, and excludes multifamily Structured Transactions, which are approximately 1%, 2% and —% of our total multifamily portfolio as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. There were no delinquencies for our multifamily Structured Transactions as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
 
NOTE 6: REAL ESTATE OWNED
 
We obtain REO properties when we are the highest bidder at foreclosure sales of properties that collateralize non-performing single-family and multifamily mortgage loans owned by us. Upon acquiring single-family properties, we establish a marketing plan to sell the property as soon as practicable by either listing it with a sales broker or by other means, such as arranging a real estate auction. Upon acquiring multifamily properties, we may operate them with third-party property-management firms for a period to stabilize value and then sell the properties through commercial real estate brokers. For each of the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, the weighted average holding period for our disposed REO properties was less than one year. Table 6.1 provides a summary of our REO activity.
 
Table 6.1 — Real Estate Owned
 
                         
    REO,
    Valuation
    REO,
 
    Gross     Allowance     Net  
    (in millions)  
 
Balance, December 31, 2005
  $ 744     $ (115 )   $ 629  
Additions
    1,484       (85 )     1,399  
Dispositions and write-downs
    (1,357 )     72       (1,285 )
                         
Balance, December 31, 2006
  $ 871     $ (128 )   $ 743  
Additions
    2,906       (175 )     2,731  
Dispositions and write-downs
    (1,710 )     (28 )     (1,738 )
                         
Balance, December 31, 2007
  $ 2,067     $ (331 )   $ 1,736  
                         
 
We recognized net losses of $120 million, $59 million and $67 million on REO dispositions for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which are included in REO operations expense. The number of REO property additions increased by 39% in 2007 compared to those in 2006. Our REO additions have continued to be greatest in the North Central region of the U.S. and approximately 43% of our REO property count balance relates to properties located in this region.
 
            289 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
NOTE 7: DEBT SECURITIES AND SUBORDINATED BORROWINGS
 
Table 7.1 summarizes the balances and effective interest rates for debt securities, as well as subordinated borrowings.
 
Table 7.1 — Total Debt Securities, Net
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    Balance,
    Effective
    Balance,
    Effective
 
    Net (1)     Rate (2)     Net (1)     Rate (2)  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Senior debt, due within one year:
                               
Short-term debt securities
  $ 197,601       4.52 %   $ 167,385       5.14 %
Current portion of long-term debt
    98,320       4.44       117,879       4.10  
                                 
Senior debt, due within one year
    295,921       4.49       285,264       4.71  
                                 
Senior debt, due after one year
    438,147       5.24       452,677       5.08  
Subordinated debt, due after one year
    4,489       5.84       6,400       5.86  
                                 
Senior and subordinated debt, due after one year
    442,636       5.25       459,077       5.09  
                                 
Total debt securities, net
  $ 738,557             $ 744,341          
                                 
(1)  Represents par value, net of associated discounts, premiums and foreign-currency-related basis adjustments.
(2)  Represents the weighted average effective rate at the end of the period, which includes the amortization of discounts or premiums and issuance costs.
 
Senior Debt, Due Within One Year
 
As indicated in Table 7.2, a majority of senior debt, due within one year (excluding current portion of long-term debt) consisted of Reference Bills ® securities and discount notes, paying only principal at maturity. Reference Bills ® securities, discount notes and medium-term notes are unsecured general corporate obligations. Certain medium-term notes that have original maturities of one year or less are classified as short-term debt securities. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are effectively collateralized borrowing transactions where we sell securities with an agreement to repurchase such securities. These agreements require the underlying securities to be delivered to the dealers who arranged the transactions. Federal funds purchased are unsecuritized borrowings from commercial banks that are members of the Federal Reserve System. At both December 31, 2007 and 2006, the balance of securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased was $—.
 
Table 7.2 provides additional information related to our debt securities due within one year.
 
Table 7.2 — Senior Debt, Due Within One Year
 
                                                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
          Balance,
                Balance,
       
    Par Value     Net (1)     Effective Rate     Par Value     Net (1)     Effective Rate  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Reference Bills ® securities and discount notes (2)
  $ 198,323     $ 196,426       4.52 %   $ 159,503     $ 157,553       5.14 %
Medium-term notes (2)
    1,175       1,175       4.36       9,832       9,832       5.16  
                                                 
Short-term debt securities
    199,498       197,601       4.52       169,335       167,385       5.14  
Current portion of long-term debt
    97,262       98,320       4.44       117,972       117,879       4.10  
                                                 
Senior debt, due within one year
  $ 296,760     $ 295,921       4.49     $ 287,307     $ 285,264       4.71  
                                                 
(1)  Represents par value, net of associated discounts, premiums and foreign-currency-related basis adjustments.
(2)  Represents the approximate weighted average effective rate for each instrument outstanding at the end of the period, which includes the amortization of discounts or premiums and issuance costs.
 
            290 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
Senior and Subordinated Debt, Due After One Year
 
Table 7.3 summarizes our senior and subordinated debt, due after one year.
 
Table 7.3 — Senior and Subordinated Debt, Due After One Year
 
                                                     
        December 31,  
        2007     2006  
    Contractual
        Balance,
    Interest
          Balance,
    Interest
 
    Maturity (1)   Par Value     Net (2)     Rates     Par Value     Net (2)     Rates  
        (dollars in millions)  
 
Senior debt, due after one year: (3)
                                                   
Fixed-rate:
                                                   
Medium-term notes — callable (4)
  2009 – 2037   $ 169,588     $ 169,519       3.00% –  7.50%     $ 183,611     $ 183,532       2.57% –  7.50%  
Medium-term notes — non-callable
  2009 – 2028     7,122       7,399       1.00% – 14.32%       5,764       5,798       1.00% – 10.27%  
U.S. dollar Reference Notes ® securities — non-callable
  2009 – 2032     202,139       201,745       3.38% –  7.00%       195,289       194,772       2.75% –  7.00%  
€Reference Notes ® securities — non-callable
  2009 – 2014     9,670       9,649       3.75% –  5.75%       16,912       16,878       3.50% –  5.75%  
Variable-rate:
                                                   
Medium-term notes — callable (5)
  2009 – 2030     22,913       22,909       Various       28,617       28,616       Various  
Medium-term notes — non-callable
  2009 – 2026     2,653       2,688       Various       421       460       Various  
Zero-coupon:
                                                   
Medium-term notes — callable (6)
  2014 – 2037     45,725       9,544       —%       43,248       8,610       —%  
Medium-term notes — non-callable (7)
  2009 – 2037     14,493       9,556       —%       10,535       6,204       —%  
Foreign-currency-related and hedging-related basis adjustments
        N/A       5,138               N/A       7,807          
                                                     
Total senior debt, due after one year
        474,303       438,147               484,397       452,677          
Subordinated debt, due after one year:
                                                   
Fixed-rate (8)
  2011 – 2018     4,452       4,388       5.00% –  8.25%       6,382       6,309       5.00% –  8.25%  
Zero-coupon (9)
  2019     332       101       —%       332       91       —%  
                                                     
Total subordinated debt, due after one year
        4,784       4,489               6,714       6,400          
                                                     
Total senior and subordinated debt, due after one year
      $ 479,087     $ 442,636             $ 491,111     $ 459,077          
                                                     
(1)  Represents contractual maturities at December 31, 2007.
(2)  Represents par value of long-term debt securities and subordinated borrowings, net of associated discounts or premiums.
(3)  For debt denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, the outstanding balance is based on the exchange rate at the date of the debt issuance. Subsequent changes in exchange rates are reflected in foreign-currency-related and hedging-related basis adjustments.
(4)  Includes callable Estate Notes SM securities and FreddieNotes ® securities of $14.1 billion and $13.0 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These debt instruments represent medium-term notes that permit persons acting on behalf of deceased beneficial owners to require us to repay principal prior to the contractual maturity date.
(5)  Includes callable Estate Notes SM securities and FreddieNotes ® securities of $6.3 billion and $7.8 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
(6)  The effective rates for zero-coupon medium-term notes — callable ranged from 5.57% – 7.17% at both December 31, 2007 and 2006.
(7)  The effective rates for zero-coupon medium-term notes — non-callable ranged from 3.46% – 10.68% and 2.65% – 10.68% at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
(8)  Balance, net includes callable subordinated debt of $— and $1.9 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
(9)  The effective rate for zero-coupon subordinated debt, due after one year was 10.20% at both December 31, 2007 and 2006.
 
A portion of our long-term debt is callable. Callable debt gives us the option to redeem the debt security at par on one or more specified call dates or at any time on or after a specified call date.
 
Table 7.4 summarizes the contractual maturities of long-term debt securities (including current portion of long-term debt) and subordinated borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2007, assuming callable debt is paid at contractual maturity.
 
Table 7.4 — Senior and Subordinated Debt, Due After One Year (including current portion of long-term debt)
 
         
    Contractual
 
Annual Maturities
  Maturity (1)(2)  
    (in millions)  
 
2008
  $ 97,262  
2009
    79,316  
2010
    63,911  
2011
    45,966  
2012
    52,317  
Thereafter
    237,577  
         
Total (1)
    576,349  
Net discounts, premiums and foreign-currency-related basis adjustments (2)
    (35,393 )
         
Senior and subordinated debt, due after one year, including current portion of long-term debt
  $ 540,956  
         
(1)  Represents par value of long-term debt securities and subordinated borrowings.
(2)  For debt denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, the par value is based on the exchange rate at the date of the debt issuance. Subsequent changes in exchange rates are reflected in net discounts, premiums and foreign-currency-related basis adjustments.
 
Lines of Credit
 
We opened intraday lines of credit with third-parties to provide additional liquidity to fund our intraday activities through the Fedwire system in connection with the Federal Reserve Board’s revised payments system risk policy, which restricts or eliminates daylight overdrafts by GSEs, including us. At December 31, 2007, we had two secured, uncommitted lines of credit totaling $17 billion. No amounts were drawn on these lines of credit at December 31, 2007. We expect to continue to use these facilities from time to time to satisfy our intraday financing needs; however, since the lines are uncommitted, we may not be able to draw on them if and when needed.
 
            291 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
NOTE 8: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Preferred Stock
 
During 2007, we completed five preferred stock offerings consisting of five classes. We had two preferred stock offerings consisting of three classes during 2006. All 24 classes of preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2007 have a par value of $1 per share. We have the option to redeem these shares, on specified dates, at their redemption price plus dividends accrued through the redemption date. In addition, all 24 classes of preferred stock are perpetual and non-cumulative, and carry no significant voting rights or rights to purchase additional Freddie Mac stock or securities. Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of preferred stock are charged to additional paid-in capital.
 
Table 8.1 provides a summary of our preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2007.
 
Table 8.1 — Preferred Stock
 
                                                         
                          Redemption
    Total
           
        Shares
    Shares
    Total Par
    Price per
    Outstanding
    Redeemable
    NYSE
    Issue Date   Authorized     Outstanding     Value     Share     Balance (1)     On or After (2)     Symbol (3)
    (in millions, except redemption price per share)
 
1996 Variable-rate (4)
  April 26, 1996     5.00       5.00     $ 5.00     $ 50.00     $ 250       June 30, 2001     FRE.prB
5.81%
  October 27, 1997     3.00       3.00       3.00       50.00       150       October 27, 1998     (5)
5%
  March 23, 1998     8.00       8.00       8.00       50.00       400       March 31, 2003     FRE.prF
1998 Variable-rate (6)
  September 23 and 29, 1998     4.40       4.40       4.40       50.00       220       September 30, 2003     FRE.prG
5.10%
  September 23, 1998     8.00       8.00       8.00       50.00       400       September 30, 2003     FRE.prH
5.30%
  October 28, 1998     4.00       4.00       4.00       50.00       200       October 30, 2000     (5)
5.10%
  March 19, 1999     3.00       3.00       3.00       50.00       150       March 31, 2004     (5)
5.79%
  July 21, 1999     5.00       5.00       5.00       50.00       250       June 30, 2009     FRE.prK
1999 Variable-rate (7)
  November 5, 1999     5.75       5.75       5.75       50.00       287       December 31, 2004     FRE.prL
2001 Variable-rate (8)
  January 26, 2001     6.50       6.50       6.50       50.00       325       March 31, 2003     FRE.prM
2001 Variable-rate (9)
  March 23, 2001     4.60       4.60       4.60       50.00       230       March 31, 2003     FRE.prN
5.81%
  March 23, 2001     3.45       3.45       3.45       50.00       173       March 31, 2011     FRE.prO
6%
  May 30, 2001     3.45       3.45       3.45       50.00       173       June 30, 2006     FRE.prP
2001 Variable-rate (10)
  May 30, 2001     4.02       4.02       4.02       50.00       201       June 30, 2003     FRE.prQ
5.70%
  October 30, 2001     6.00       6.00       6.00       50.00       300       December 31, 2006     FRE.prR
5.81%
  January 29, 2002     6.00       6.00       6.00       50.00       300       March 31, 2007     (5)
2006 Variable-rate (11)
  July 17, 2006     15.00       15.00       15.00       50.00       750       June 30, 2011     FRE.prS
6.42%
  July 17, 2006     5.00       5.00       5.00       50.00       250       June 30, 2011     FRE.prT
5.90%
  October 16, 2006     20.00       20.00       20.00       25.00       500       September 30, 2011     FRE.prU
5.57%
  January 16, 2007     44.00       44.00       44.00       25.00       1,100       December 31, 2011     FRE.prV
5.66%
  April 16, 2007     20.00       20.00       20.00       25.00       500       March 31, 2012     FRE.prW
6.02%
  July 24, 2007     20.00       20.00       20.00       25.00       500       June 30, 2012     FRE.prX
6.55%
  September 28, 2007     20.00       20.00       20.00       25.00       500       September 30, 2017     FRE.prY
2007 Fixed-to-floating Rate (12)
  December 4, 2007     240.00       240.00       240.00       25.00       6,000       December 31, 2012     FRE.prZ
                                                         
Total
        464.17       464.17     $ 464.17             $ 14,109              
                                                         
  (1)  Amounts stated at redemption value.
  (2)  As long as the capital monitoring framework established by OFHEO in January 2004 remains in effect, any preferred stock redemption will require prior approval by OFHEO. See “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to these consolidated financial statements for more information.
  (3)  Preferred stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, unless otherwise noted.
  (4)  Dividend rate resets quarterly and is equal to the sum of three-month London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus 1% divided by 1.377, and is capped at 9.00%.
  (5)  Not listed on any exchange.
  (6)  Dividend rate resets quarterly and is equal to the sum of three-month LIBOR plus 1% divided by 1.377, and is capped at 7.50%.
  (7)  Dividend rate resets on January 1 every five years after January 1, 2005 based on a five-year Constant Maturity Treasury, or CMT, rate, and is capped at 11.00%. Optional redemption on December 31, 2004 and on December 31 every five years thereafter.
  (8)  Dividend rate resets on April 1 every two years after April 1, 2003 based on the two-year CMT rate plus 0.10%, and is capped at 11.00%. Optional redemption on March 31, 2003 and on March 31 every two years thereafter.
  (9)  Dividend rate resets on April 1 every year based on 12-month LIBOR minus 0.20%, and is capped at 11.00%. Optional redemption on March 31, 2003 and on March 31 every year thereafter.
(10)  Dividend rate resets on July 1 every two years after July 1, 2003 based on the two-year CMT rate plus 0.20%, and is capped at 11.00%. Optional redemption on June 30, 2003 and on June 30 every two years thereafter.
(11)  Dividend rate resets quarterly and is equal to the sum of three-month LIBOR plus 0.50% but not less than 4.00%.
(12)  Dividend rate is set at an annual fixed rate of 8.375% from December 4, 2007 through December 31, 2012. For the period beginning on or after January 1, 2013, dividend rate resets quarterly and is equal to the higher of (a) the sum of three-month LIBOR plus 4.16% per annum or (b) 7.875% per annum. Optional redemption on December 31, 2012, and on December 31 every five years thereafter.
 
Stock Repurchase and Issuance Programs
 
During 2007, we completed five non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock offerings with aggregate proceeds of $8.6 billion, including $6.0 billion of fixed-to-floating to increase our capital position and $500 million of 6.55% non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock for general corporate purposes. We also issued $500 million of 6.02% and $500 million of 5.66% non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock and repurchased $1.0 billion (approximately 16.1 million shares) of outstanding common stock, thereby completing our plan announced in March 2007 to replace $1.0 billion of common stock with an equal amount of preferred stock. In addition, we issued $1.1 billion of 5.57% non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock, consisting of $500 million to complete our plan announced in October 2005 to replace $2.0 billion of common stock with an equal amount of preferred stock and $600 million to replace higher-cost preferred stock that we redeemed.
 
            292 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

During 2006, we repurchased $2.0 billion of outstanding shares of common stock and issued $1.5 billion of non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock in connection with our plan announced in October 2005 to replace $2.0 billion of common stock with an equal amount of preferred stock.
 
In accordance with OFHEO’s capital monitoring framework, we obtained OFHEO’s approval for the preferred stock redemption and common stock repurchase activities described above.
 
Common Stock Dividends Declared
 
Common stock dividends declared per share were $1.75, $1.91 and $1.52 for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL
 
Regulatory Capital Standards
 
The Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, or GSE Act, established minimum, critical and risk-based capital standards for us.
 
Those standards determine the amounts of core capital and total capital that we must maintain to meet regulatory capital requirements. Core capital consists of the par value of outstanding common stock (common stock issued less common stock held in treasury), the par value of outstanding non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock, additional paid-in capital and retained earnings, as determined in accordance with GAAP. Total capital includes core capital and general reserves for mortgage and foreclosure losses and any other amounts available to absorb losses that OFHEO includes by regulation.
 
Minimum Capital
 
The minimum capital standard requires us to hold an amount of core capital that is generally equal to the sum of 2.50% of aggregate on-balance sheet assets and approximately 0.45% of the sum of our PCs and Structured Securities outstanding and other aggregate off-balance sheet obligations. As discussed below, in 2004 OFHEO implemented a framework for monitoring our capital adequacy, which includes a mandatory target capital surplus of 30% over the minimum capital requirement.
 
Critical Capital
 
The critical capital standard requires us to hold an amount of core capital that is generally equal to the sum of 1.25% of aggregate on-balance sheet assets and approximately 0.25% of the sum of our PCs and Structured Securities outstanding and other aggregate off-balance sheet obligations.
 
Risk-Based Capital
 
The risk-based capital standard requires the application of a stress test to determine the amount of total capital that we must hold to absorb projected losses resulting from adverse interest-rate and credit-risk conditions specified by the GSE Act and adds 30% additional capital to provide for management and operations risk. The adverse interest-rate conditions prescribed by the GSE Act include an “up-rate scenario” in which 10-year Treasury yields rise by as much as 75% and a “down-rate scenario” in which they fall by as much as 50%. The credit risk component of the stress tests simulates the performance of our mortgage portfolio based on loss rates for a benchmark region. The criteria for the benchmark region are established by the GSE Act and are intended to capture the credit-loss experience of the region that experienced the highest historical rates of default and severity of mortgage losses for two consecutive origination years.
 
Classification
 
OFHEO monitors our performance with respect to the three regulatory capital standards by classifying our capital adequacy not less than quarterly.
 
To be classified as “adequately capitalized,” we must meet both the risk-based and minimum capital standards. If we fail to meet the risk-based capital standard, we cannot be classified higher than “undercapitalized.” If we fail to meet the minimum capital requirement but exceed the critical capital requirement, we cannot be classified higher than “significantly undercapitalized.” If we fail to meet the critical capital standard, we must be classified as “critically undercapitalized.” In addition, OFHEO has discretion to reduce our capital classification by one level if OFHEO determines that we are engaging in conduct OFHEO did not approve that could result in a rapid depletion of core capital or determines that the value of property subject to mortgage loans we hold or guarantee has decreased significantly.
 
If we were classified as adequately capitalized, we generally could pay a dividend on our common or preferred stock or make other capital distributions (which includes common stock repurchases and preferred stock redemptions) without prior OFHEO approval so long as the payment would not decrease total capital to an amount less than our risk-based capital requirement and would not decrease our core capital to an amount less than our minimum capital requirement. However, because we are currently subject to the regulatory capital monitoring framework described below, we are required to obtain OFHEO’s prior approval of certain capital transactions, including common stock repurchases, redemption of any preferred stock or payment of dividends on preferred stock above stated contractual rates.
 
            293 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

If we were classified as undercapitalized, we would be prohibited from making a capital distribution that would reduce our core capital to an amount less than our minimum capital requirement. We also would be required to submit a capital restoration plan for OFHEO approval, which could adversely affect our ability to make capital distributions.
 
If we were classified as significantly undercapitalized, we would be prohibited from making any capital distribution that would reduce our core capital to less than the critical capital level. We would otherwise be able to make a capital distribution only if OFHEO determined that the distribution would: (a) enhance our ability to meet the risk-based capital standard and the minimum capital standard promptly; (b) contribute to our long-term financial safety and soundness; or (c) otherwise be in the public interest. Also under this classification, OFHEO could take action to limit our growth, require us to acquire new capital or restrict us from activities that create excessive risk. We also would be required to submit a capital restoration plan for OFHEO approval, which could adversely affect our ability to make capital distributions.
 
If we were classified as critically undercapitalized, OFHEO would be required to appoint a conservator for us, unless OFHEO made a written finding that it should not do so and the Secretary of the Treasury concurred in that determination. We would be able to make a capital distribution only if OFHEO determined that the distribution would: (a) enhance our ability to meet the risk-based capital standard and the minimum capital standard promptly; (b) contribute to our long-term financial safety and soundness; or (c) otherwise be in the public interest.
 
Performance Against Regulatory Capital Standards
 
OFHEO has never classified us as other than “adequately capitalized,” the highest possible classification, reflecting our compliance with the minimum, critical and risk-based capital requirements.
 
Table 9.1 summarizes our regulatory capital requirements and surpluses.
 
Table 9.1 — Regulatory Capital Requirements (1)
 
                 
    December 31,
        (Adjusted)
    2007   2006
    (in millions)
 
Minimum capital requirement (2)
  $ 26,473     $ 25,607  
Core capital (2)
    37,867       35,365  
Minimum capital surplus (2)
    11,394       9,758  
                 
Critical capital requirement (2)
  $ 13,618     $ 13,119  
Core capital (2)
    37,867       35,365  
Critical capital surplus (2)
    24,249       22,246  
                 
Risk-based capital requirement (3)
    N/A     $ 15,320  
Total capital (3)
    N/A       36,742  
Risk-based capital surplus (3)
    N/A       21,422  
(1)  OFHEO is the authoritative source of the capital calculations that underlie our capital classifications.
(2)  Amounts for 2007 and 2006 are based on amended reports we will submit to OFHEO.
(3)  OFHEO determines the amounts reported with respect to our risk-based capital requirement. Amounts for 2007 are not yet available and amounts for 2006 are those calculated by OFHEO prior to the adjustment of our 2006 financial results.
 
Factors that could adversely affect the adequacy of our capital in future periods include GAAP net losses; continued declines in home prices; increases in our credit and interest-rate risk profiles; adverse changes in interest-rate or implied volatility; adverse option-adjusted spread, or OAS, changes; legislative or regulatory actions that increase capital requirements; or changes in accounting practices or standards. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Recently Issued Accounting Standards, Not Yet Adopted” to these consolidated financial statements for more information. In particular, interest-rate levels or implied volatility can affect the amount of our core capital, even if we were economically well hedged against interest-rate changes, because certain gains or losses are recognized through GAAP earnings while other offsetting gains or losses may not be. Changes in OAS can also affect the amount of our core capital, because OAS are a factor in the valuation of our guaranteed mortgage portfolio.
 
Subordinated Debt Commitment
 
In October 2000, we announced our voluntary adoption of a series of commitments designed to enhance market discipline, liquidity and capital. In September 2005, we entered into a written agreement with OFHEO that updated those commitments and set forth a process for implementing them. Under the terms of this agreement, we committed to issue qualifying subordinated debt for public secondary market trading and rated by no fewer than two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations in a quantity such that the sum of total capital plus the outstanding balance of qualifying subordinated debt will equal or exceed the sum of 0.45% of our PCs and Structured Securities outstanding and 4% of our on-balance sheet assets at the end of each quarter. Qualifying subordinated debt is defined as subordinated debt that contains a deferral of interest payments for up to five years if our core capital falls below 125% of our critical capital requirement or our core capital falls below our minimum capital requirement and pursuant to our request, the Secretary of the Treasury exercises discretionary authority to purchase our obligations under Section 306(c) of our charter. Qualifying subordinated
 
            294 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

debt will be discounted for the purposes of this commitment as it approaches maturity with one-fifth of the outstanding amount excluded each year during the instrument’s last five years before maturity. When the remaining maturity is less than one year, the instrument is entirely excluded.
 
Table 9.2 summarizes our compliance with our subordinated debt commitment.
 
Table 9.2 — Subordinated Debt Commitment
 
                 
    December 31,
        (Adjusted)
    2007   2006
    (in millions)
 
Total on-balance sheet assets and PCs and Structured Securities outstanding target (1)(2)
  $ 38,000     $ 37,249  
Total capital plus qualifying subordinated debt (2)
    44,559       41,997  
Surplus (2)
    6,559       4,748  
(1)  Equals the sum of 0.45% of our PCs and Structured Securities held by third parties and 4% of on-balance sheet assets.
(2)  Amounts for 2007 and 2006 are based on amended reports we will submit to OFHEO.
 
Regulatory Capital Monitoring Framework
 
In a letter dated January 28, 2004, OFHEO created a framework for monitoring our capital. The letter directed that we maintain a 30% mandatory target capital surplus over our minimum capital requirement, subject to certain conditions and variations; that we submit weekly reports concerning our capital levels; and that we obtain prior approval of certain capital transactions.
 
Our failure to meet the 30% mandatory target capital surplus would result in an OFHEO inquiry regarding the reason for such failure. If OFHEO were to determine that we had acted unreasonably regarding our compliance with the framework, as set forth in OFHEO’s letter, OFHEO could seek to require us to submit a remedial plan or take other remedial steps.
 
In addition, under this framework, we are required to obtain prior written approval from the Director of OFHEO before engaging in certain capital transactions, including common stock repurchases, redemption of any preferred stock or payment of dividends on preferred stock above stated contractual rates. We must also submit a written report to the Director of OFHEO after the declaration, but before the payment, of any dividend on our common stock. The report must contain certain information on the amount of the dividend, the rationale for the payment and the impact on our capital surplus.
 
This framework will remain in effect until the Director of OFHEO determines that it should be modified or expire. OFHEO’s letter indicated that this determination would consider our resumption of timely financial and regulatory reporting that complies with GAAP, among other factors.
 
Table 9.3 summarizes our compliance with the 30% mandatory target capital surplus portion of OFHEO’s capital monitoring framework.
 
Table 9.3 — Mandatory Target Capital Surplus
 
                 
    December 31,
        (Adjusted)
    2007   2006
    (in millions)
 
Minimum capital requirement plus 30% add-on (1)
  $ 34,415     $ 33,289  
Core capital (1)
    37,867       35,365  
Surplus (1)
    3,452       2,076  
(1)  Amounts for 2007 and 2006 are based on amended reports we will submit to OFHEO.
 
NOTE 10: STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
We have three stock-based compensation plans under which grants are being made: (a) the ESPP; (b) the 2004 Stock Compensation Plan, or 2004 Employee Plan; and (c) the 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan, as amended and restated, or Directors’ Plan. Prior to the stockholder approval of the 2004 Employee Plan, employee stock-based compensation was awarded in accordance with the terms of the 1995 Stock Compensation Plan, or 1995 Employee Plan. Although grants are no longer made under the 1995 Employee Plan, we currently have awards outstanding under this plan. We collectively refer to the 2004 Employee Plan and 1995 Employee Plan as the Employee Plans.
 
Common stock delivered under these plans may consist of authorized but previously unissued shares, treasury stock or shares acquired in market transactions on behalf of the participants. During 2007, we granted restricted stock units as stock-based awards. Such awards, discussed below, are generally forfeitable for at least one year after the grant date, with vesting provisions contingent upon service requirements.
 
Stock Options
 
Stock options granted allow for the purchase of our common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. During 2006, the 2004 Employee Plan was amended to change the definition of fair
 
            295 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

market value to the closing sales price of a share of common stock from the average of the high and low sales prices, effective for all grants after December 6, 2006. Options generally may be exercised for a period of 10 years from the grant date, subject to a vesting schedule commencing on the grant date.
 
Stock options that we previously granted included dividend equivalent rights. Depending on the terms of the grant, the dividend equivalents may be paid when and as dividends on our common stock are declared. Alternatively, dividend equivalents may be paid upon exercise or expiration of the stock option. Subsequent to November 30, 2005, dividend equivalent rights were no longer granted in connection with awards of stock options to grantees to address Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.
 
Restricted Stock Units
 
A restricted stock unit entitles the grantee to receive one share of common stock at a specified future date. Restricted stock units do not have voting rights, but do have dividend equivalent rights, which are (a) paid to restricted stock unit holders who are employees as and when dividends on common stock are declared or (b) accrued as additional restricted stock units for non-employee members of our board of directors.
 
Restricted Stock
 
Restricted stock entitles participants to all the rights of a stockholder, including dividends, except that the shares awarded are subject to a risk of forfeiture and may not be disposed of by the participant until the end of the restriction period established at the time of grant.
 
Stock-Based Compensation Plans
 
The following is a description of each of our stock-based compensation plans under which grants are currently being made.
 
ESPP
 
We have an ESPP that is qualified under Internal Revenue Code Section 423. Under the ESPP, substantially all full-time and part-time employees that choose to participate in the ESPP have the option to purchase shares of common stock at specified dates, with an annual maximum market value of $20,000 per employee as determined on the grant date. The purchase price is equal to 85% of the lower of the average price (average of the daily high and low prices) of the stock on the grant date or the average price of the stock on the purchase (exercise) date.
 
At December 31, 2007, the maximum number of shares of common stock authorized for grant to employees totaled 6.8 million shares, of which approximately 0.7 million shares had been issued and approximately 6.1 million shares remained available for grant. At December 31, 2007, no options to purchase stock were exercisable under the ESPP, as the options to purchase stock outstanding at year-end become exercisable subsequent to year-end, and are exercised or forfeited during the subsequent year.
 
2004 Employee Plan
 
Under the 2004 Employee Plan, we may grant employees stock-based awards, including stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock. In addition, we have the right to impose performance conditions with respect to these awards. Employees may also be granted stock appreciation rights; however, at December 31, 2007, no stock appreciation rights had been granted under the 2004 Employee Plan. At December 31, 2007, the maximum number of shares of common stock authorized for grant to employees in accordance with the 2004 Employee Plan totaled 14.5 million shares, of which approximately 4.2 million shares had been issued and approximately 10.3 million shares remained available for grant.
 
Directors’ Plan
 
Under the Directors’ Plan, we are permitted to grant stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock to non-employee members of our board of directors. At December 31, 2007, the maximum number of shares of common stock authorized for grant to members of our board of directors in accordance with the Directors’ Plan totaled 2.4 million shares, of which approximately 0.9 million shares had been issued and approximately 1.5 million shares remained available for grant.
 
See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to these consolidated financial statements for a description of the accounting treatment for stock-based compensation, including grants under the ESPP, Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan.
 
Estimates used to determine the assumptions noted in the table below are determined as follows:
 
  (a)   the expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the stock over a time period equal to the expected life;
 
  (b)   the weighted average volatility is the weighted average of the expected volatility;
 
  (c)   the weighted average expected dividend yield is based on the most recent dividend announcement relative to the grant date and the stock price at the grant date;
 
            296 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
  (d)  the weighted average expected life is based on historical option exercise experience; and
 
  (e)   the weighted average risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.
 
Changes in the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of stock options could result in materially different fair value estimates. The actual value of stock options will depend on the market value of our common stock when the stock options are exercised.
 
Table 10.1 summarizes the assumptions used in determining the fair values of options granted under our stock-based compensation plans using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model as well as the weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted and the total intrinsic value of options exercised.
 
Table 10.1 — Assumptions and Valuations
 
                                                 
    ESPP     Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan  
    2007     2006     2005     2007 (1)     2006     2005 (2)  
    (dollars in millions, except share-related amounts)  
 
Assumptions:
                                               
Expected volatility
    11.1% to 45.4%       11.2% to 18.7%       16.8% to 21.1%       N/A       27.8% to 28.9%       18.4% to 30.3%  
Weighted average:
                                               
Volatility
    26.22%       15.7%       19.7%       N/A       28.7%       30.0%  
Expected dividend yield
    3.44%       2.98%       2.15%       N/A       3.09%        
Expected life
    3 months       3 months       3 months       N/A       7.1 years       7.4 years  
Risk-free interest rate
    4.57%       4.82%       3.20%       N/A       4.91%       4.23%  
Valuations:
                                               
Weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted
    $11.25       $11.20       $11.56       N/A       $16.78       $26.84  
Total intrinsic value of options exercised
    $2       $3       $2       $7       $20       $32  
(1) No options were granted under the Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan.
(2)  The value of the dividend equivalent feature of options for the Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan was incorporated into the Black-Scholes model by using an expected dividend yield of —%. To account for a modification of stock options on November 30, 2005, the dividend equivalent feature of affected stock options for the Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan was valued separately. Other assumptions used to value the affected stock options were as follows: (a) expected volatility of 25.4%, (b) expected dividend yield of 2.96%, (c) expected life of 5.1 years and (d) risk-free interest rate of 4.34%. Subsequent to November 30, 2005, dividend equivalent rights are no longer granted in connection with new awards of stock options to grantees.
 
Table 10.2 provides a summary of activity under the ESPP for the year ended December 31, 2007 and those options to purchase stock that are exercisable at December 31, 2007.
 
Table 10.2 — ESPP Activity
 
                             
    Options to
          Weighted Average
  Aggregate
 
    Purchase
    Weighted Average
    Remaining
  Intrinsic
 
    Stock     Exercise Price     Contractual Term   Value  
    (dollars in millions, except share-related amounts)  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2007 (1)
    52,898     $ 58.09              
Granted (1)
    277,091       49.73              
Exercised
    (238,913 )     50.73              
Forfeited or expired
    (8,510 )     51.78              
                             
Outstanding at December 31, 2007 (1)
    82,566       42.71     1 month   $  
                             
Exercisable at December 31, 2007
                $  
(1)  Weighted average exercise price noted for options to purchase stock granted under the ESPP is calculated based on the average price on the grant date.
 
Table 10.3 provides a summary of option activity under the Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan for the year ended December 31, 2007, and options exercisable at December 31, 2007.
 
Table 10.3 — Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan Option Activity
 
                             
                Weighted Average
  Aggregate
 
    Stock
    Weighted Average
    Remaining
  Intrinsic
 
    Options     Exercise Price     Contractual Term   Value  
    (dollars in millions, except share-related amounts)  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2007
    5,851,925     $ 58.43              
Granted
                       
Exercised
    (390,891 )     45.67              
Forfeited or expired
    (366,179 )     61.73              
                             
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    5,094,855       59.17     4.82 years   $  
                             
Exercisable at December 31, 2007
    4,070,825       58.84     4.25 years   $  
 
We received cash of $18 million from the exercise of stock options under the Employee Plans and the Directors’ Plan during 2007. We realized a tax benefit of $2 million as a result of tax deductions available to us upon the exercise of stock options under the Employee Plans and the Directors’ Plan during 2007. During 2007 and 2006, we did not pay cash to settle share-based liability awards granted under share-based payment arrangements associated with the Employee Plans and the Directors’ Plan. During 2005, we paid $1 million to settle share-based awards.
 
            297 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 10.4 provides a summary of activity related to restricted stock units and restricted stock under the Employee Plans and the Directors’ Plan.
 
Table 10.4 — Employee Plans and Directors’ Plan Restricted Stock Units and Restricted Stock Activity
 
                                 
    Restricted
    Weighted Average
          Weighted Average
 
    Stock Units     Grant-Date Fair Value     Restricted Stock     Grant-Date Fair Value  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2007
    2,404,575     $ 63.35       41,160     $ 60.75  
Granted (1)
    1,592,659       58.84              
Lapse of restrictions
    (773,660 )     63.76              
Forfeited
    (325,681 )     61.37              
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    2,897,893       60.96       41,160       60.75  
                                 
(1)  During 2007, restricted stock units granted under the Employee Plans and the Directors’ Plan were 1,572,232 and 20,427, respectively.
 
The total fair value of restricted stock units vested during 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $44 million, $24 million and $42 million, respectively. No restricted stock vested in 2007. The total fair value of restricted stock vested during 2006 and 2005 was $2 million and $5 million, respectively. We realized a tax benefit of $15 million and $9 million, respectively, as a result of tax deductions available to us upon the lapse of restrictions on restricted stock units and restricted stock under the Employee Plans and the Directors’ Plan during 2007 and 2006.
 
Table 10.5 provides information on compensation expense related to stock-based compensation plans.
 
Table 10.5 — Compensation Expense Related to Stock-based Compensation
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Stock-based compensation expense recorded on our consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity
  $ 81     $ 60     $ 67  
Other stock-based compensation expense (1)
    1       3       2  
                         
Total stock-based compensation expense (2)
  $ 82     $ 63     $ 69  
                         
                         
Tax benefit related to compensation expense recognized on our consolidated statements of income
  $ 28     $ 21     $ 23  
Compensation expense capitalized within other assets on our consolidated balance sheets
    7       5       5  
(1)  For 2007 and 2006, primarily consisted of dividend equivalents paid on stock options and restricted stock units that have been or are expected to be forfeited. Also included expense related to share-based liability awards granted under share-based payment arrangements.
(2)  Component of salaries and employee benefits expense as recorded on our consolidated statements of income.
 
As of December 31, 2007, $107 million of compensation expense related to non-vested awards had not yet been recognized in earnings. This amount is expected to be recognized in earnings over the next four years. During 2007, the modifications of individual awards, which provided for continued or accelerated vesting, were made to fewer than 60 employees and resulted in a reduction of compensation expense of $0.3 million. During 2006, the modification of individual awards, which provided for continued or accelerated vesting, was made to fewer than 20 employees and resulted in incremental compensation expense of $0.1 million.
 
NOTE 11: DERIVATIVES
 
We use derivatives to conduct our risk management activities. We principally use the following types of derivatives:
 
  •  LIBOR- and the Euro Interbank Offered Rate, or Euribor-, based interest-rate swaps;
 
  •  LIBOR- and Treasury-based options (including swaptions);
 
  •  LIBOR- and Treasury-based exchange-traded futures; and
 
  •  Foreign-currency swaps.
 
Our derivative portfolio also includes certain forward purchase and sale commitments and other contractual agreements, including credit derivatives and swap guarantee derivatives in which we guarantee the sponsor’s or the borrower’s performance as a counterparty on certain interest-rate swaps.
 
At December 31, 2007, we did not have any derivatives in hedge accounting relationships. However, there are amounts recorded in AOCI related to terminated or de-designated cash flow relationships. These deferred gains and losses on closed cash flow hedges are recognized in earnings as the originally forecasted transactions affect earnings.
 
During 2006 and 2005, we discontinued hedge accounting for substantially all of our hedge relationships. At the beginning of the second quarter of 2005, we voluntarily discontinued hedge accounting treatment for all new forward purchase commitments and the majority of our new commitments to forward sell mortgage-related securities. In addition, effective March 31, 2006, we discontinued hedge accounting treatment for all remaining derivatives in hedge relationships, with the exception of certain derivatives related to foreign-currency debt issuances and certain commitments to forward sell mortgage-related securities. The discontinuation resulted in the movement of receive-fixed swaps with a notional amount of approximately $58.8 billion from the fair value hedge designation to no hedge designation and the movement of foreign-
 
            298 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

currency swaps with a notional amount of approximately $550 million from the cash flow hedge designation to no hedge designation. Hedge accounting treatment for the remaining derivatives related to foreign-currency debt issuances was voluntarily discontinued on December 1, 2006, resulting in a movement of receive-fixed swaps and foreign-currency swaps with a notional amount of approximately $56 billion from the fair value hedge designation to no hedge designation. We believe that our voluntary discontinuation of hedge accounting treatment for these derivatives assisted us in addressing the operational complexity and related control remediation efforts that would have otherwise been needed to ensure ongoing compliance with the requirements for obtaining and maintaining hedge accounting treatment. Upon the discontinuance of hedge accounting, in each of the instances noted above no amounts deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income were immediately recognized in earnings as a result of forecasted transactions being deemed probable of not occurring. We plan to implement new hedge accounting strategies in 2008.
 
We record changes in the fair value of derivatives not in hedge accounting relationships as derivative gains (losses) on our consolidated statements of income. Any associated interest received or paid is recognized on an accrual basis and also recorded in derivative gains (losses) on our consolidated statements of income.
 
The carrying value of our derivatives on our consolidated balance sheets is equal to their fair value, including net derivative interest receivable or payable and is net of cash collateral held or posted, where allowable by a master netting agreement. Derivatives in a net asset position are reported as derivative assets, net. Similarly, derivatives in a net liability position are reported as derivative liabilities, net.
 
Cash collateral we obtained from counterparties to derivative contracts that has been offset against derivative assets, net at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 was $6.5 billion and $9.6 billion, respectively. Cash collateral we posted to counterparties to derivative contracts that has been offset against derivative liabilities, net at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 was $344 million and $57 million, respectively.
 
At December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, there were no amounts of cash collateral that were not offset against derivative assets, net or derivative liabilities, net, as applicable. See “NOTE 17: CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT AND OTHER RISKS” to these consolidated financial statements for further information related to our derivative counterparties.
 
As shown in Table 11.1, the total AOCI, net of taxes, related to cash flow hedge relationships was a loss of $4.1 billion at December 31, 2007, composed of deferred net losses on closed cash flow hedges. Closed cash flow hedges involve derivatives that have been terminated or are no longer designated as cash flow hedges. Fluctuations in prevailing market interest rates have no impact on the deferred portion of AOCI relating to losses on closed cash flow hedges.
 
Over the 12 months beginning January 1, 2008, we estimate that approximately $865 million of deferred losses in AOCI, net of taxes, will be reclassified into earnings. The maximum remaining length of time over which we have hedged the exposure related to the variability in future cash flows on forecasted transactions, primarily interest payments on forecasted debt issuances, is 26 years. However, over 70% and 90% of the AOCI, net of taxes, balance relating to cash flow hedges at December 31, 2007 is linked to forecasted transactions occurring in the next five and ten years, respectively. The occurrence of forecasted transactions may be satisfied by either periodic issuances of short-term debt over the required time period or longer-term debt, such as Reference Notes ® securities.
 
Table 11.1 presents the changes in AOCI, net of taxes, related to derivatives designated as cash flow hedges. Net change in fair value related to cash flow hedging activities, net of tax, represents the net change in the fair value of the derivatives that were designated as cash flow hedges, after the effects of our federal statutory tax rate of 35%, to the extent the hedges were effective. Net reclassifications of losses to earnings, net of tax, represents the AOCI amount, after the effects of our federal statutory tax rate of 35%, that was recognized in earnings as the originally hedged forecasted transactions affected earnings, unless it was deemed probable that the forecasted transaction would not occur. If it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur, then the deferred gain or loss associated with the hedge related to the forecasted transaction would be reclassified into earnings immediately.
 
Table 11.1 — AOCI, Net of Taxes, Related to Cash Flow Hedge Relationships
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Beginning balance (1)
  $ (5,032 )   $ (6,286 )   $ (7,923 )
Net change in fair value related to cash flow hedging activities, net of tax (2)
    (30 )     (8 )     66  
Net reclassifications of losses to earnings, net of tax (3)
    1,003       1,262       1,571  
                         
Ending balance (1)
  $ (4,059 )   $ (5,032 )   $ (6,286 )
                         
(1)  Represents the effective portion of the fair value of open derivative contracts ( i.e. , net unrealized gains and losses) and net deferred gains and losses on closed ( i.e. , terminated or redesignated) cash flow hedges.
(2)  Net of tax (benefit) expense of $(16) million, $(5) million, and $36 million for years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
(3)  Net of tax benefit of $540 million, $680 million and $846 million for years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
            299 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
During 2006 and 2005, our hedge accounting relationships primarily consisted of hedging benchmark interest-rate risk related to the forecasted issuances of debt that were designated as cash flow hedges, and fair value hedges of benchmark interest-rate risk and/or foreign currency risk on existing fixed-rate debt. Table 11.2 summarizes certain gains (losses) and hedge ineffectiveness recognized related to our hedge accounting categories.
 
Table 11.2 — Hedge Accounting Categories Information
 
                         
    Year Ended
    December 31,
    2007   2006   2005
    (in millions)
 
Fair value hedges
                       
Hedge ineffectiveness recognized in other income — pre-tax (1)
  $     $ 2     $ 22  
Cash flow hedges
                       
Hedge ineffectiveness recognized in other income — pre-tax (1)
                 
Net pre-tax gains (losses) resulting from the determination that it was probable that forecasted transactions would not occur (2)
                (25 )
(1)  No amounts have been excluded from the assessment of effectiveness.
(2)  These forecasted transactions relate to the purchase or sale of mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities.
 
NOTE 12: LEGAL CONTINGENCIES
 
We are involved as a party to a variety of legal proceedings arising from time to time in the ordinary course of business including, among other things, contractual disputes, personal injury claims, employment-related litigation and other legal proceedings incidental to our business. We are frequently involved, directly or indirectly, in litigation involving mortgage foreclosures. From time to time, we are also involved in proceedings arising from our termination of a seller/servicer’s eligibility to sell mortgages to, and service mortgages for, us. In these cases, the former seller/servicer sometimes seeks damages against us for wrongful termination under a variety of legal theories. In addition, we are sometimes sued in connection with the origination or servicing of mortgages. These suits typically involve claims alleging wrongful actions of seller/servicers. Our contracts with our seller/servicers generally provide for indemnification against liability arising from their wrongful actions.
 
Litigation and claims resolution are subject to many uncertainties and are not susceptible to accurate prediction. In accordance with SFAS 5, we reserve for litigation, claims and assessments asserted or threatened against us when a loss is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.
 
Recent Putative Securities Class Action Lawsuits.    Reimer vs. Freddie Mac, Syron, Cook, Piszel and McQuade and Ohio Public Employees Retirement System vs. Freddie Mac, Syron, et al. Two virtually identical putative securities class action lawsuits were filed against Freddie Mac and certain of our current and former officers alleging that the defendants violated federal securities laws by making “false and misleading statements concerning our business, risk management and the procedures we put into place to protect the company from problems in the mortgage industry.” One suit was filed on November 21, 2007 in the US District Court for the Southern District of New York and the other was filed on January 18, 2008 in the US District Court for the Northern District of Ohio. The plaintiffs are seeking unspecified damages and interest, reasonable costs including attorneys’ fees and equitable and other injunctive relief. At present, it is not possible to predict the probable outcomes of these lawsuits or any potential impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operation.
 
Recent Shareholder Demand Letters.   In late 2007, the Board of Directors received two letters from purported shareholders of Freddie Mac alleging corporate mismanagement and breaches of fiduciary duty in connection with the company’s risk management. One letter demands that the Board commence an independent investigation into the alleged conduct, institute legal proceedings to recover damages from the responsible individuals, and implement corporate governance initiatives to ensure that the alleged problems do not recur. The other letter demands that Freddie Mac commence legal proceedings to recover damages from responsible Board members, senior officers, Freddie Mac’s outside auditors, and other parties who allegedly aided or abetted the improper conduct. The Board of Directors formed a special committee to investigate the purported shareholders’ allegations.
 
Antitrust Lawsuits.   Consolidated lawsuits were filed against Fannie Mae and us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, originally filed on January 10, 2005, alleging that both companies conspired to establish and maintain artificially high guarantee fees. The complaint covers the period January 1, 2001 to the present and asserts a variety of claims under federal and state antitrust laws, as well as claims under consumer-protection and similar state laws. The plaintiffs seek injunctive relief, unspecified damages (including treble damages with respect to the antitrust claims and punitive damages with respect to some of the state claims) and other forms of relief. We filed a motion to dismiss the action and are awaiting a ruling from the court. At present, it is not possible for us to predict the probable outcome of the consolidated lawsuit or any potential impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
Securities Class Action Lawsuits.   In June 2003 and thereafter, securities class action lawsuits were brought against us and certain former executive officers in connection with the restatement and eventually were consolidated in the U.S.
 
            300 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

District Court for the Southern District of New York. The plaintiffs claimed that the defendants improperly managed earnings to create a misleading impression of steady earnings by Freddie Mac, that they engaged in a number of improper transactions that violated GAAP and that they made false and misleading statements regarding the same. On October 26, 2006, the court approved a settlement of the securities class action lawsuits, as well as the shareholder derivative actions described below. The settlement of these actions included a cash payment of $410 million. The settlement does not include any admission of wrongdoing by the company.
 
Shareholder Derivative Lawsuits.   Two shareholder derivative lawsuits were filed during 2003 against certain former and current executives and, in one of the suits, certain former and current members of the board of directors and five counterparties. The plaintiffs alleged claims for breach of fiduciary duties, indemnification, waste of corporate assets, unjust enrichment and aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duties in connection with the restatement. Both cases were ultimately assigned to the same judge in New York who handled the securities class action lawsuits described above. As described above, on October 26, 2006, the court approved a settlement of both shareholder derivative actions, as well as the securities class action lawsuits. The settlement of these cases was based in part on corporate governance reforms we instituted under our current management.
 
The New York Attorney General’s Investigation.   In connection with the New York Attorney General’s suit filed against eAppraiseIT and its parent corporation, First American, alleging appraisal fraud in connection with loans originated by Washington Mutual, in November 2007, the New York Attorney General demanded that we either retain an independent examiner to investigate our mortgage purchases from Washington Mutual supported by appraisals conducted by eAppraiseIT, or immediately cease and desist from purchasing or securitizing Washington Mutual loans and any loans supported by eAppraiseIT appraisals. We also received a subpoena from the New York Attorney General’s office for information regarding appraisals and property valuations as they relate to our mortgage purchases and securitizations from January 1, 2004 to the present. Currently, we are discussing with the New York Attorney General and OFHEO resolution of the matter.
 
Settlement of the SEC Investigation.   On September 27, 2007, we reached an agreement with the SEC to settle its investigation relating to the restatement of our previously issued consolidated financial statements for 2000, 2001, and the first three quarters of 2002, and the revision of fourth quarter and full-year consolidated financial statements for 2002. Under the terms of the settlement, Freddie Mac neither admitted nor denied allegations of federal securities law violations. The settlement included a payment of $50 million.
 
NOTE 13: INCOME TAXES
 
We are exempt from state and local income taxes. Table 13.1 presents the components of our provision for income taxes for 2007, 2006, and 2005.
 
Table 13.1 — Provision for Federal Income Taxes
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Current income tax expense (benefit)
  $ 1,060     $ 966     $ 1,820  
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
    (3,943 )     (1,011 )     (1,462 )
                         
Total income tax expense (benefit) (1)
  $ (2,883 )   $ (45 )   $ 358  
                         
(1)  Does not reflect (a) the deferred tax effects of unrealized (gains) losses on available-for-sale securities, net (gains) losses related to the effective portion of derivatives designated in cash flow hedge relationships, and certain changes in our defined benefit plans which are reported as part of AOCI, (b) certain stock-based compensation tax effects reported as part of additional paid-in capital, and (c) the tax effect of cumulative effect of change in accounting principles.
 
A reconciliation between our federal statutory income tax rate and our effective tax rate for 2007, 2006, and 2005 is presented in Table 13.2.
 
Table 13.2 — Reconciliation of Statutory to Effective Tax Rate
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
                (Adjusted)  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Statutory corporate tax rate
  $ (2,092 )     35.0 %   $ 799       35.0 %   $ 885       35.0 %
Tax credits
    (534 )     8.9       (461 )     (20.2 )     (365 )     (14.4 )
Tax-exempt interest
    (255 )     4.3       (255 )     (11.2 )     (221 )     (8.7 )
Unrecognized tax benefits and related interest/contingency reserves
    32       (0.5 )     (135 )     (5.9 )     49       1.9  
Penalties
                            1       0.1  
Other
    (34 )     0.5       7       0.3       9       0.3  
                                                 
Effective tax rate
  $ (2,883 )     48.2 %   $ (45 )     (2.0)%     $ 358       14.2 %
                                                 
 
            301 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Our effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory tax rate of 35% primarily due to the benefits of our investments in LIHTC partnerships and tax-exempt housing-related securities. In 2006, we released $174 million of tax reserves primarily as a result of a U.S. Tax Court decision and a separate settlement with the IRS.
 
The sources and tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 are presented in Table 13.3.
 
Table 13.3 — Deferred Tax Assets and (Liabilities)
 
                 
    December 31,  
          (Adjusted)  
    2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Deferred fees related to securitizations
  $ 3,680     $ 2,146  
Basis differences related to derivative instruments
    3,477       1,698  
Credit related items and reserve for loan losses
    1,013       226  
Employee compensation and benefit plans
    196       195  
Unrealized (gains) losses related to available-for-sale securities
    3,791       1,794  
                 
Total deferred tax asset
    12,157       6,059  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Premium and discount amortization
    (1,380 )     (1,320 )
Basis differences related to assets held for investment
    (431 )     (341 )
Other items, net
    (42 )     (52 )
                 
Total deferred tax (liability)
    (1,853 )     (1,713 )
                 
Net deferred tax asset/(liability)
  $ 10,304     $ 4,346  
                 
 
Management believes that the realization of our gross deferred tax asset of $12 billion at December 31, 2007 is more likely than not. In making this determination, we considered all available evidence, both positive and negative. The positive evidence we considered primarily included management’s intent to hold investments until losses can be recovered, the nature of the book losses, our history of taxable income, forecasts of future profitability, capital adequacy and the duration of statutory carryback and carryforward periods. The negative evidence we considered is the three-year cumulative book loss, including losses in AOCI. If future events significantly differ from our current forecasts, a valuation allowance may need to be established.
 
In assessing the nature of the book losses, we evaluated the factors contributing to the book losses and analyzed whether these factors were an aberration or an indication of a decline in core earnings. We determined that the book losses were primarily caused by an increase in credit losses and unrealized derivative losses, all due to current market conditions. However, our core earnings have historically been and continue to be very profitable. Management forecasts that, based upon historical trends, these core earnings will be more than sufficient to offset the losses resulting from the decline in the market. We continue to maintain a very low level of interest rate risk in our retained portfolio and we expect realized credit losses will not exceed core earnings. We have generated pre-tax book income every year since 1985 with the first pre-tax book loss occurring in 2007.
 
We became subject to US federal taxation in 1985, we are not subject to state income taxes, and we do not have any foreign operations. In every year from 1985 through 2006, we have generated taxable income, averaging approximately $2.3 billion per year. While we incurred a pre-tax book loss in 2007 and are projecting a pre-tax book loss in 2008, we are projecting taxable income for 2007 and 2008 after considering charge-offs and realized losses on derivatives, as well as other temporary differences. Assumptions underlying our forecasts of future core earnings, GAAP and taxable income include assumptions about interest rates, mortgage-to-debt OAS, credit environment/spreads, and house prices.
 
Furthermore, if we were to incur a net operating loss for tax purposes, we have a statutorily available 2-year carryback and 20-year carryforward period.
 
As of December 31, 2007, we have no tax credit carryforwards. However, management expects that our ability to use all of the tax credits generated by existing or future investments in LIHTC partnerships to reduce our federal income tax liability may be limited by the alternative minimum tax in future years.
 
We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007 and as a result recorded a $181 million increase to retained earnings. A reconciliation of the balance of unrecognized tax benefits from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 is presented in Table 13.4.
 
            302 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 13.4 — Unrecognized Tax Benefits
 
         
    (in millions)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2007
  $ 677  
Increases based on tax positions prior to 2007
     
Decreases based on tax positions prior to 2007
     
Change to tax positions that only affect timing
    (40 )
Increases based on tax positions related to 2007
     
         
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 637  
         
 
At December 31, 2007, we had total unrecognized tax benefits, exclusive of interest, of $637 million. Included in the $637 million are $76 million of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect our effective tax rate. The remaining $561 million of unrecognized tax benefits relate to tax positions for which ultimate deductibility is highly certain, but for which there is uncertainty as to the timing of such deductibility. Recognition of these tax benefits, other than applicable interest, would not affect our effective tax rate.
 
We recognize interest and penalties, if any, in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2007, we had total accrued interest receivable, net of tax effect, of $55 million. Amounts included in total accrued interest relate to: (a) unrecognized tax benefits; (b) pending claims with the IRS for open tax years; (c) the tax benefit related to tax refund claims; and (d) the impact of payments made to the IRS in prior years in anticipation of potential tax deficiencies. Of the $55 million of accrued interest receivable as of December 31, 2007, approximately $137 million of accrued interest payable, net of tax effect, is allocable to unrecognized tax benefits. During 2007 we recognized within tax expense $32 million of interest expense allocable to unrecognized tax benefits. We have no amount accrued for penalties.
 
The statute of limitations for federal income tax purposes is open on corporate income tax returns filed for years 1985 to 2006. The IRS is currently examining tax years 2003 to 2005. The IRS has completed its examination of years 1998 to 2002. The principal matter in controversy as the result of the examination involves questions of timing and potential penalties regarding our tax accounting method for certain hedging transactions. Tax years 1985 to 1997 are before the U.S. Tax Court. We are currently in settlement discussions with the IRS regarding the tax treatment of the customer relationship intangible asset recognized upon our transition from non-taxable to taxable status in 1985. We believe it is reasonably possible that significant changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next 12 months that could have a material impact on income tax expense or benefit in the period the issue is resolved; however, we cannot predict the amount of such change or the range of potential changes.
 
NOTE 14: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
Defined Benefit Plans
 
We maintain a tax-qualified, funded defined benefit pension plan, or Pension Plan, covering substantially all of our employees. Pension Plan benefits are based on an employee’s years of service and highest average compensation, up to legal plan limits, over any consecutive 36 months of employment. Pension Plan assets are held in trust and the investments consist primarily of funds consisting of listed stocks and corporate bonds. In addition to our Pension Plan, we maintain a nonqualified, unfunded defined benefit pension plan for our officers, as part of our Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, or SERP. The related retirement benefits for our SERP are paid from our general assets. Our qualified and nonqualified defined benefit pension plans are collectively referred to as defined benefit pension plans.
 
We maintain a defined benefit postretirement health care plan, or Retiree Health Plan, that generally provides postretirement health care benefits on a contributory basis to retired employees age 55 or older who rendered at least 10 years of service (five years of service if the employee was eligible to retire prior to March 1, 2007) and who, upon separation or termination, immediately elected to commence benefits under the Pension Plan in the form of an annuity. Our Retiree Health Plan is currently unfunded and the benefits are paid from our general assets. This plan and our defined benefit pension plans are collectively referred to as the defined benefit plans.
 
For financial reporting purposes, we use a September 30 valuation measurement date for all of our defined benefit plans. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to these consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the pending change to our measurement date.
 
We accrue the estimated cost of retiree benefits as employees render the services necessary to earn their pension and postretirement health benefits. Our pension and postretirement health care costs related to these defined benefit plans for 2007, 2006 and 2005 presented in the following tables were calculated using assumptions as of September 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The funded status of our defined benefit plans for 2007 and 2006 presented in the following tables was calculated using assumptions as of September 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
            303 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 14.1 shows the changes in our benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets using a September 30 valuation measurement date for amounts recognized on our consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Table 14.1 — Obligation and Funded Status of our Defined Benefit Plans
 
                                 
          Postretirement
 
    Pension Benefits     Health Benefits  
    2007     2006     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Change in benefit obligation:
                               
Benefit obligation at October 1 (prior year)
  $ 504     $ 457     $ 121     $ 110  
Service cost
    34       31       9       9  
Interest cost
    30       26       7       6  
Net actuarial gain
    (21 )     (1 )     (9 )     (3 )
Benefits paid
    (8 )     (9 )     (1 )     (1 )
                                 
Benefit obligation at September 30
    539       504       127       121  
                                 
Change in plan assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at October 1 (prior year)
  $ 501     $ 333                  
Actual return on plan assets
    65       31                  
Employer contributions
    1       146                  
Benefits paid
    (8 )     (9 )                
                                 
Fair value of plan assets at September 30
    559       501                  
                                 
Funded status at September 30
  $ 20     $ (3 )   $ (127 )   $ (121 )
                                 
Amounts recognized on our consolidated balance sheets at December 31:
                               
Other assets
  $ 77     $ 42     $     $  
Other liabilities
    (57 )     (45 )     (127 )     (121 )
AOCI, net of taxes related to defined benefit plans:
                               
Net actuarial loss
  $ 37     $ 72     $ 8     $ 17  
Prior service cost (credit)
    1       1       (2 )     (3 )
                                 
Total AOCI, net of taxes (1)
  $ 38     $ 73     $ 6     $ 14  
                                 
(1)  These amounts represent a reduction to AOCI.
 
The amount included in AOCI, net of taxes, arising from a change in the minimum pension liability was a loss of $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $393 million and $362 million at September 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation represents the actuarial present value of future expected benefits attributed to employee service rendered before the measurement date and based on employee service and compensation prior to that date.
 
Table 14.2 provides additional information for our defined benefit pension plans. The aggregate accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets are disclosed as of September 30, 2007, with the projected benefit obligation included for illustrative purposes.
 
Table 14.2 — Additional Information for Defined Benefit Pension Plans
 
                                                 
    2007     2006  
    Pension
                Pension
             
    Plan     SERP     Total     Plan     SERP     Total  
    (in millions)  
 
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 482     $ 57     $ 539     $ 458     $ 46     $ 504  
                                                 
Fair value of plan assets
  $ 559     $     $ 559     $ 501     $     $ 501  
Accumulated benefit obligation
    353       40       393       329       33       362  
                                                 
Fair value of plan assets over (under) accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 206     $ (40 )   $ 166     $ 172     $ (33 )   $ 139  
                                                 
 
The measurement of our benefit obligations includes assumptions about the rate of future compensation increases included in Table 14.3.
 
Table 14.3 — Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Projected and Accumulated Benefit Obligations
 
                 
        Postretirement
    Pension Benefits   Health Benefits
    September 30,   September 30,
    2007   2006   2007   2006
 
Discount rate
  6.25%   6.00%   6.25%   6.00%
Rate of future compensation increase
  5.10% to 6.50%   5.10% to 6.50%    
 
            304 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 14.4 presents the components of the net periodic benefit cost with respect to pension and postretirement health care benefits for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. Net periodic benefit cost is included in salaries and employee benefits on our consolidated statements of income.
 
Table 14.4 — Net Periodic Benefit Cost Detail
 
                                                 
          Postretirement
 
    Pension Benefits     Health Benefits  
    Year Ended December 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Net periodic benefit cost detail:
                                               
Service cost
  $ 34     $ 31     $ 27     $ 9     $ 9     $ 9  
Interest cost on benefit obligation
    30       26       22       7       6       6  
Expected return on plan assets
    (37 )     (24 )     (18 )                  
Recognized net (gain) loss
    4       6       5       1       2       3  
Recognized prior service cost (credit)
                1       (1 )     (1 )     (1 )
                                                 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 31     $ 39     $ 37     $ 16     $ 16     $ 17  
                                                 
 
Table 14.5 presents the changes in AOCI, net of taxes, related to our defined benefit plans recorded to AOCI throughout the year, after the effects of our federal statutory tax rate of 35%.
 
Table 14.5 — AOCI, Net of Taxes, Related to Defined Benefit Plans
 
         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31, 2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ (87 )
Amounts recognized in AOCI, net of tax:
       
Recognized net gain (loss) (1)
    41  
Net reclassification adjustments, net of tax: (2)
       
Recognized net loss (gain) (3)
    3  
Recognized prior service cost (credit)
    (1 )
         
Ending balance
  $ (44 )
         
(1)  Includes the correction of deferred taxes of $5 million related to previously recorded Medicare Part D subsidies from prior years. Net of tax expense of $18 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
(2)  Represent amounts subsequently recognized as adjustments to other comprehensive income as those amounts are recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost.
(3)  Net of tax benefit of $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Table 14.6 includes the assumptions used in the measurement of our net periodic benefit cost.
 
Table 14.6 — Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost
 
                                                 
          Postretirement
 
    Pension Benefits     Health Benefits  
    Year Ended December 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
 
Discount rate
    6.00%       5.75%       5.75%       6.00 %     5.75 %     5.75 %
Rate of future compensation increase
    5.10% to 6.50%       5.10% to 6.50%       4.50%                    
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
    7.50%       7.25%       7.00%                    
 
For the 2007 and 2006 benefit obligations, we determined the discount rate using a yield curve consisting of spot interest rates at half-year increments for each of the next 30 years, developed with pricing and yield information from high-quality bonds. The future benefit plan cash flows were then matched to the appropriate spot rates and discounted back to the measurement date. Finally, a single equivalent discount rate was calculated that, when applied to the same cash flows, results in the same present value of the cash flows as of the measurement date.
 
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was estimated using a portfolio return calculator model. The model considered the historical returns and the future expectations of returns for each asset class in our defined benefit plans in conjunction with our target investment allocation to arrive at the expected rate of return.
 
The assumed health care cost trend rates used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of September 30, 2007 are 9% in 2008, gradually declining to an ultimate rate of 5% in 2012 and remaining at that level thereafter.
 
Table 14.7 sets forth the effect on the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for health care benefits as of September 30, 2007, and the effect on the service cost and interest cost components of the net periodic postretirement health benefit cost that would result from a 1% increase or decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate.
 
            305 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 14.7 — Selected Data Regarding our Retiree Medical Plan
 
                 
    1% Increase   1% Decrease
    (in millions)
 
Effect on the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for health care benefits
  $ 28     $ (22 )
Effect on the service and interest cost components of the net periodic postretirement health benefit cost
    4       (3 )
 
Plan Assets
 
Table 14.8 sets forth our Pension Plan asset allocations, based on fair value, at September 30, 2007 and 2006, and target allocation by asset category.
 
Table 14.8 — Pension Plan Assets by Category
 
                         
          Plan Assets at
 
    Target
    September 30,  
Asset Category
  Allocation     2007     2006  
 
Equity securities
    65.0 %     66.5 %     49.6 %
Debt securities
    35.0       33.4       25.9  
Other (1)
          0.1       24.5  
                         
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                         
(1)  Consists of cash contributions made on September 29, 2006, which were not fully invested by September 30th of that year.
 
The Pension Plan’s retirement investment committee has fiduciary responsibility for establishing and overseeing the investment policies and objectives of our Pension Plan. The Pension Plan’s retirement investment committee reviews the appropriateness of our Pension Plan’s investment strategy on an ongoing basis. Our Pension Plan employs a total return investment approach whereby a diversified blend of equities and fixed income investments is used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan characteristics, such as benefit commitments, demographics and actuarial funding policies. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. listed companies with small and large capitalizations. Derivatives may be used to gain market exposure in an efficient and timely manner; however, derivatives may not be used to leverage the portfolio beyond the market value of the underlying investments. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews, annual liability measurements and periodic asset and liability studies.
 
Our Pension Plan assets did not include any direct ownership of our securities at September 30, 2007 and 2006.
 
Cash Flows Related to Defined Benefit Plans
 
Our general practice is to contribute to our Pension Plan an amount equal to at least the minimum required contribution, if any, but no more than the maximum amount deductible for federal income tax purposes each year. During 2007, we made no contributions to our Pension Plan. During 2006, we made two contributions totaling $143 million to our Pension Plan. We have not yet determined whether a contribution to our Pension Plan is required for the 2008 plan year.
 
In addition to the Pension Plan contributions noted above, we paid $1 million during 2007 and $3 million during 2006 in benefits under our SERP. Allocations under our SERP, as well as our Retiree Health Plan, are in the form of benefit payments, as these plans are required to be unfunded.
 
Table 14.9 sets forth estimated future benefit payments expected to be paid for our defined benefit plans. The expected benefits are based on the same assumptions used to measure our benefit obligation at September 30, 2007.
 
Table 14.9 — Estimated Future Benefit Payments
 
                 
        Postretirement
    Pension Benefits   Health Benefits
    (in millions)
 
2008
  $ 9     $ 2  
2009
    12       2  
2010
    12       3  
2011
    14       3  
2012
    16       4  
Years 2013-2017
    140       27  
 
Defined Contribution Plans
 
Our Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan, or Savings Plan, is a tax-qualified defined contribution pension plan offered to all eligible employees. Employees are permitted to contribute from 1% to 25% of their eligible compensation to the Savings Plan, subject to limits set by the Internal Revenue Code. We match employees’ contributions up to 6% of their eligible compensation per year, with such matching contributions being made each pay period; the percentage matched depends upon the employee’s length of service. Employee contributions and our matching contributions are immediately vested. We also have discretionary authority to make additional contributions to our Savings Plan that are allocated to each eligible employee, based on the employee’s eligible compensation. Effective January 1, 2007, employees become vested in our discretionary contributions ratably over such employee’s first five years of service, after which time employees are fully
 
            306 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

vested in their discretionary contribution accounts. In addition to our Savings Plan, we maintain a non-qualified defined contribution plan for our officers, designed to make up for benefits lost due to limitations on eligible compensation imposed by the Internal Revenue Code and to make up for deferrals of eligible compensation under our Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. We incurred costs of $36 million, $34 million and $31 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to these plans. These expenses were included in salaries and employee benefits on our consolidated statements of income.
 
Executive Deferred Compensation Plan
 
Our Executive Deferred Compensation Plan is an unfunded, non-qualified plan that allowed certain key employees to elect to defer substantially all or a portion of their annual salary and cash bonus, and certain key management employees to defer the settlement of restricted stock units received from us in 2007, as well as substantially all or a portion of their annual salary and cash bonus, for any number of years specified by the employee. However, under no circumstances may the period elected exceed his or her life expectancy. As of January 1, 2008, only officers are permitted to participate in the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. Distributions are paid from our general assets. We record a liability equal to the accumulated deferred salary, cash bonus and accrued interest as set forth in the plan, net of any related distributions made to plan participants. We recognize expense equal to the interest accrued on deferred salary and bonus throughout the year. Expense associated with unvested deferred restricted stock units is recognized as part of stock-based compensation.
 
NOTE 15: SEGMENT REPORTING
 
Effective December 1, 2007, management determined that our operations consist of three reportable segments. As discussed below, we use Segment Earnings to measure and assess the financial performance of our segments. Segment Earnings is calculated for the segments by adjusting net income for certain investment-related activities and credit guarantee-related activities. The Segment Earnings measure is provided to the chief operating decision maker. Prior to December 1, 2007, we reported as a single segment using GAAP-basis income. We have revised the financial information and disclosures for prior periods to reflect the segment disclosures as if they had been in effect throughout all periods reported.
 
Segments
 
Our business operations include three reportable segments, which are based on the type of business activities each performs — Investments, Single-family Guarantee and Multifamily. Certain activities that are not part of a segment are included in the All Other category, which primarily includes certain unallocated corporate items, such as costs associated with remediating our internal controls and near-term restructuring costs, costs related to the resolution of certain legal matters and certain income tax items. We evaluate our performance and allocate resources based on Segment Earnings, which we describe and present in this note. We do not consider our assets by segment when making these evaluations or allocations.
 
Investments
 
In this segment, we invest principally in mortgage-related securities and single-family mortgage loans through our mortgage-related investment portfolio. Segment Earnings consists primarily of the returns on these investments, less the related financing costs and administrative expenses. Within this segment, our activities may include the purchase of mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities with less attractive investment returns and with incremental risk in order to achieve our affordable housing goals and subgoals. We maintain a cash and a non-mortgage-related securities investment portfolio in this segment to help manage our liquidity. We finance these activities primarily through issuances of short- and long-term debt in the public markets. Results also include derivative transactions we enter into to help manage interest-rate and other market risks associated with our debt financing and mortgage-related investment portfolio.
 
Single-family Guarantee
 
In this segment, we guarantee the payment of principal and interest on single-family mortgage-related securities, including those held in our retained portfolio, in exchange for management and guarantee fees received over time and other up-front compensation. Earnings for this segment consist of management and guarantee fee revenues less the related credit costs ( i.e. , provision for credit losses) and operating expenses. Also included is the interest earned on assets held in the Investments segment related to single-family guarantee activities, net of allocated funding costs and amounts related to net float benefits. Float arises from timing differences between when the borrower makes principal payments on the loan and the reduction of the PC balance.
 
Multifamily
 
In this segment, we purchase multifamily mortgages for our retained portfolio and guarantee the payment of principal and interest on multifamily mortgage-related securities and mortgages underlying multifamily housing revenue bonds. These activities support our mission to supply financing for affordable rental housing. This segment also includes certain equity investments in various limited partnerships that sponsor low- and moderate-income multifamily rental apartments, which
 
            307 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

benefit from low-income housing tax credits. Also included is the interest earned on assets held in the Investments segment related to multifamily guarantee activities, net of allocated funding costs.
 
All Other
 
All Other includes corporate-level expenses not allocated to any of our reportable segments such as costs associated with remediating our internal controls and near-term restructuring costs, and costs related to the resolution of certain legal matters and certain income tax items.
 
Segment Allocations
 
Results of each reportable segment include directly attributable revenues and expenses. Administrative expenses that are not directly attributable to a segment are allocated ratably using alternative quantifiable measures such as headcount distribution or segment usage if considered semi-direct or on a pre-determined basis if considered indirect. Expenses not allocated to segments consist primarily of costs associated with remediating our internal controls and near-term restructuring costs and are included in the All Other category. Net interest income for each segment includes an allocation related to investments and debt based on each segment’s assets and off-balance sheet obligations. The LIHTC tax benefit is allocated to the Multifamily segment. All remaining taxes are calculated based on a 35% federal statutory rate as applied to Segment Earnings.
 
Segment Earnings
 
In managing our business, we present the operating performance of our segments using Segment Earnings. Segment Earnings differs significantly from, and should not be used as a substitute for net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle or net income (loss) as determined in accordance with GAAP. There are important limitations to using Segment Earnings as a measure of our financial performance. Among other things, our regulatory capital requirements are based on our GAAP results. Segment Earnings adjusts for the effects of certain gains and losses and mark-to-market items which, depending on market circumstances, can significantly affect, positively or negatively, our GAAP results and which, in recent periods, have caused us to record GAAP net losses. GAAP net losses will adversely impact our regulatory capital, regardless of results reflected in Segment Earnings. Also, our definition of Segment Earnings may differ from similar measures used by other companies. However, we believe that the presentation of Segment Earnings highlights the results from ongoing operations and the underlying results of the segments in a manner that is useful to the way we manage and evaluate the performance of our business.
 
The objective of Segment Earnings is to present our results on an accrual basis as the cash flows from our segments are earned over time. We are primarily a buy and hold investor in mortgage assets, and given our business objectives, we believe it is meaningful to measure performance of our investment business using long-term returns, not on a short-term fair value basis. The business model for our investment activity is one where we generally hold our investments for the long term, fund the investments with debt and derivatives to minimize interest rate risk, and generate net interest income in line with our return on equity objectives. The business model for our credit guarantee activity is one where we are a long-term guarantor of the conforming mortgage markets, manage credit risk, and generate guarantee and credit fees, net of incurred credit losses. As a result of these business models, we believe that an accrual-based metric is a meaningful way to present the emergence of our results as actual cash flows are realized, net of credit losses and impairments. In summary, Segment Earnings results provide a view of our financial results that is more consistent with our business objectives, which helps us better evaluate the performance of our business, both from period to period and over the longer term.
 
As described below, Segment Earnings is calculated for the segments by adjusting net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for certain investment-related activities and credit guarantee-related activities. Segment Earnings includes certain reclassifications among income and expense categories that have no impact on net income (loss) but provide us with a meaningful metric to assess the performance of each segment and the company as a whole.
 
Investment Activity-Related Adjustments
 
The most significant risk inherent in our investing activities is interest-rate risk, including duration, convexity and volatility. We actively manage these risks through asset selection and structuring, financing asset purchases with a broad range of both callable and non-callable debt and the use of interest-rate derivatives, designed to economically hedge a significant portion of our interest-rate exposure. Our interest-rate derivatives include interest-rate swaps, exchange-traded futures, and both purchased and written options (including swaptions). GAAP-basis earnings related to investment activities of our Investments segment, and to a lesser extent, our Multifamily segment, are subject to significant period-to-period variability, which we believe is not necessarily indicative of the risk management techniques that we employ and the performance of these segments.
 
Our derivative instruments are adjusted to fair value under GAAP with resulting gains or losses recorded in GAAP-basis income. Certain other assets are also adjusted to fair value under GAAP with resulting gains or losses recorded in GAAP-basis income. These assets consist primarily of mortgage-related securities classified as trading and mortgage-related
 
            308 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

securities classified as available-for-sale when a decline in fair value of available-for-sale securities is deemed to be other than temporary.
 
To help us assess the performance of our investment-related activities, we make the following adjustments to earnings as determined under GAAP. We believe this measure of performance, which we call Segment Earnings, enhances the understanding of operating performance for specific periods, as well as trends in results over multiple periods, as this measure is consistent with assessing our performance against our investment objectives and the related risk-management activities.
 
  •  Derivative and foreign currency translation-related adjustments:
 
  •  Fair value adjustments on derivative positions, recorded pursuant to GAAP, are not recognized in Segment Earnings as these positions economically hedge our investment activities.
 
  •  Payments or receipts to terminate derivative positions are amortized prospectively into Segment Earnings on a straight-line basis over the associated term of the derivative instrument.
 
  •  Payments of up-front premiums ( e.g. , payments made to third parties related to purchased swaptions) are amortized prospectively on a straight-line basis into Segment Earnings over the contractual life of the instrument. The up-front payments, primarily for option premiums, are amortized to reflect the periodic cost associated with the protection provided by the option contract.
 
  •  Foreign-currency translation gains and losses associated with foreign-currency denominated debt along with the foreign currency derivatives gains and losses are excluded from Segment Earnings because the fair value adjustments on the foreign-currency swaps that we use to manage foreign-currency exposure are also excluded through the fair value adjustment on derivative positions as described above as the foreign currency exposure is economically hedged.
 
  •  Investment sales, debt retirements and fair value-related adjustments:
 
  •  Gains and losses on investment sales and debt retirements that are recognized at the time of the transaction pursuant to GAAP are not immediately recognized in Segment Earnings. Gains and losses on securities sold out of the retained portfolio and cash and investments portfolio are amortized prospectively into Segment Earnings on a straight-line basis over five years and three years, respectively. Gains and losses on debt retirements are amortized prospectively into Segment Earnings on a straight-line basis over the original terms of the repurchased debt.
 
  •  Trading losses or impairments that reflect expected or realized credit losses are realized immediately pursuant to GAAP and in Segment Earnings since they are not economically hedged. Fair value adjustments to trading securities related to investments that are economically hedged are not included in Segment Earnings. Similarly, non-credit related impairment losses on securities are not included in Segment Earnings. These amounts are deferred and amortized prospectively into Segment Earnings on a straight-line basis over five years for securities in the retained portfolio and over three years for securities in the cash and investments portfolio. GAAP-basis accretion income that may result from impairment adjustments is also not included in Segment Earnings.
 
  •  Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment:
 
  •  Interest income generated from tax-exempt investments is adjusted in Segment Earnings to reflect its equivalent yield on a fully taxable basis.
 
We fund our investment assets with debt and derivatives to minimize interest-rate risk as evidenced by our PMVS and duration gap metrics. As a result, in situations where we record gains and losses on derivatives, securities or debt buybacks, these gains and losses are offset by economic hedges that we do not mark-to-market for GAAP purposes. For example, when we realize a gain on the sale of a security, the debt which is funding the security has an embedded loss that is not recognized under GAAP, but instead over time as we realize the interest expense on the debt. As a result, in Segment Earnings, we defer and amortize the security gain to interest income to match the interest expense on the debt that funded the asset. Because of our risk management strategies, we believe that amortizing gains or losses on economically hedged positions in the same periods as the offsetting gains or losses is a meaningful way to assess performance of our investment activities.
 
We believe it is useful to measure our performance using long-term returns, not on a short-term fair value basis. Fair value fluctuations in the short-term are not an accurate indication of long-term returns. In calculating Segment Earnings, we make adjustments to our GAAP-basis results that are designed to provide a more consistent view of our financial results, which helps us better assess the performance of our business segments, both from period to period and over the longer term. The adjustments we make to present our Segment Earnings are consistent with the financial objectives of our investment activities and related hedging transactions and provide us with a view of expected investment returns and effectiveness of our risk management strategies that we believe is useful in managing and evaluating our investment-related activities. Although we seek to mitigate the interest-rate risk inherent in our investment-related activities, our hedging and portfolio management
 
            309 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

activities do not eliminate risk. We believe that a relevant measure of performance should closely reflect the economic impact of our risk management activities. Thus, we amortize the impact of terminated derivatives, as well as gains and losses on asset sales and debt retirements, into Segment Earnings. Although our interest-rate risk and asset/liability management processes ordinarily involve active management of derivatives as well as asset sales and debt retirements, we believe that Segment Earnings, although it differs significantly from, and should not be used as a substitute for GAAP-basis results, is indicative of the longer-term time horizon inherent in our investment-related activities.
 
Credit Guarantee Activity-Related Adjustments
 
Credit guarantee activities consist largely of our guarantee of the payment of principal and interest on mortgages and mortgage-related securities in exchange for guarantee and other fees. Over the longer-term, earnings consist almost entirely of the management and guarantee fee revenues we receive less related credit costs ( i.e. , provision for credit losses) and operating expenses. Our measure of Segment Earnings for these activities consists primarily of these elements of revenue and expense. We believe this measure is a relevant indicator of operating performance for specific periods, as well as trends in results over multiple periods because it more closely aligns with how we manage and evaluate the performance of the credit guarantee business.
 
We purchase mortgages from sellers/servicers in order to securitize and issue PCs and Structured Securities. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to these consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the accounting treatment of these transactions. In addition to the components of earnings noted above, GAAP-basis earnings for these activities include gains or losses upon the execution of such transactions, subsequent fair value adjustments to the guarantee asset and amortization of the guarantee obligation.
 
Our credit-guarantee activities also include the purchase of significantly past due mortgage loans from loan pools that underlie our guarantees. Pursuant to GAAP, at the time of our purchase, the loans are recorded at fair value. To the extent the adjustment of a purchased loan to market value exceeds our own estimate of the losses we will ultimately realize on the loan, as reflected in our loan loss reserve, an additional loss is recorded in our GAAP-basis results.
 
When we determine Segment Earnings for our credit guarantee-related activities, the adjustments we apply to earnings computed on a GAAP-basis include the following:
 
  •  Amortization and valuation adjustments pertaining to the guarantee asset and guarantee obligation are excluded from Segment Earnings. Cash compensation exchanged at the time of securitization, excluding buy-up and buy-down fees, is amortized into earnings.
 
  •  The initial recognition of gains and losses in connection with the execution of either securitization transactions that qualify as sales or guarantor swap transactions, such as losses on certain credit guarantees, is excluded from Segment Earnings.
 
  •  Fair value adjustments recorded upon the purchase of delinquent loans from pools that underlie our guarantees are excluded from Segment Earnings. However, for Segment Earnings reporting, our GAAP-basis loan loss provision is adjusted to reflect our own estimate of the losses we will ultimately realize on such items.
 
While both GAAP-basis results and Segment Earnings reflect a provision for credit losses determined in accordance with SFAS No. 5, GAAP-basis results also include, as noted above, measures of future cash flows (the Guarantee asset) that are recorded at fair value and, therefore, are subject to significant adjustment from period-to-period as market conditions, such as interest rates, change. Over the longer-term, Segment Earnings and GAAP-basis income both capture the aggregate cash flows associated with our guarantee-related activities. Although Segment Earnings differs significantly from, and should not be used as a substitute for GAAP-basis income, we believe that excluding the impact of changes in the fair value of expected future cash flows from our Segment Earnings provides a meaningful measure of performance for a given period as well as trends in performance over multiple periods because it more closely aligns with how we manage and evaluate the performance of the credit guarantee business.
 
            310 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 15.1 reconciles Segment Earnings to GAAP net income (loss).
 
Table 15.1 — Reconciliation of Segment Earnings to GAAP Net Income (Loss)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Segment Earnings (loss) after taxes:
                       
Investments
  $ 2,028     $ 2,111     $ 2,284  
Single-family Guarantee
    (256 )     1,289       965  
Multifamily
    398       434       363  
All Other
    (103 )     19       (437 )
                         
Total Segment Earnings, net of taxes
    2,067       3,853       3,175  
                         
Reconciliation to GAAP net income (loss):
                       
Derivative- and foreign currency translation-related adjustments
    (5,667 )     (2,371 )     (1,644 )
Credit guarantee-related adjustments
    (3,268 )     (201 )     (458 )
Investment sales, debt retirements and fair value-related adjustments
    987       231       570  
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments
    (388 )     (388 )     (336 )
                         
Total pre-tax adjustments
    (8,336 )     (2,729 )     (1,868 )
Tax-related adjustments
    3,175       1,203       865  
                         
Total reconciling items, net of taxes
    (5,161 )     (1,526 )     (1,003 )
                         
Net income (loss) (1)
  $ (3,094 )   $ 2,327     $ 2,172  
                         
(1)  Net income (loss) reflects the impact of the adjustments described in “NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES” to these consolidated financial statements. Additionally, Net income (loss) is presented before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related to 2005.
 
            311 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 15.2 presents certain financial information for our reportable segments and All Other.
 
Table 15.2 — Segment Earnings and Reconciliation to GAAP Results
 
                                                                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2007  
                                                          Income
       
    Net Interest
    Management
    Other
          Provision
    REO
          Other
    LIHTC
    Tax
       
    Income
    and Guarantee
    Non-Interest
    Administrative
    for Credit
    Operations
    LIHTC
    Non-Interest
    Partnerships
    (Expense)
    Net
 
    (Expense)     Income     Income (Loss)     Expenses     Losses     Expense     Partnerships     Expense     Tax Benefit     Benefit     Income (Loss)  
    (in millions)  
 
                                                                                         
Investments
  $ 3,626     $     $ 40     $ (515 )   $     $     $     $ (31 )   $     $ (1,092 )   $ 2,028  
Single-family Guarantee
    703       2,889       117       (806 )     (3,014 )     (205 )           (78 )           138       (256 )
Multifamily
    426       59       24       (189 )     (38 )     (1 )     (469 )     (21 )     534       73       398  
All Other
    (1 )           11       (164 )                       (4 )           55       (103 )
                                                                                         
Total Segment Earnings income (loss), net of taxes
    4,754       2,948       192       (1,674 )     (3,052 )     (206 )     (469 )     (134 )     534       (826 )     2,067  
Reconciliation to GAAP net income (loss):
                                                                                       
Derivative- and foreign currency translation-related adjustments
    (1,066 )           (4,601 )                                               (5,667 )
Credit guarantee-related adjustments
    (106 )     (342 )     915             198                   (3,933 )                 (3,268 )
Investment sales, debt retirements and fair value-related adjustments
    266             721                                                 987  
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments
    (388 )                                                           (388 )
Reclassifications (1)
    (361 )     29       332                                                  
Tax-related adjustments
                                                          3,175       3,175  
                                                                                         
Total reconciling items, net of taxes
    (1,655 )     (313 )     (2,633 )           198                   (3,933 )           3,175       (5,161 )
                                                                                         
Total per consolidated statement of income (2)
  $ 3,099     $ 2,635     $ (2,441 )   $ (1,674 )   $ (2,854 )   $ (206 )   $ (469 )   $ (4,067 )   $ 534     $ 2,349     $ (3,094 )
                                                                                         
 
                                                                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2006  
                                                          Income
       
    Net Interest
    Management
    Other
          Provision
    REO
          Other
    LIHTC
    Tax
       
    Income
    and Guarantee
    Non-Interest
    Administrative
    for Credit
    Operations
    LIHTC
    Non-Interest
    Partnerships
    (Expense)
    Net
 
    (Expense)     Income     Income (Loss)     Expenses     Losses     Expense     Partnerships     Expense     Tax Benefit     Benefit     Income (Loss)  
    (in millions)  
 
                                                                                         
Investments
  $ 3,736     $     $ 38     $ (495 )   $     $     $     $ (31 )   $     $ (1,137 )   $ 2,111  
Single-family Guarantee
    556       2,541       159       (815 )     (313 )     (61 )           (84 )           (694 )     1,289  
Multifamily
    479       61       28       (182 )     (4 )     1       (407 )     (17 )     461       14       434  
All Other
    (3 )           15       (149 )                       (42 )           198       19  
                                                                                         
Total Segment Earnings income (loss), net of taxes
    4,768       2,602       240       (1,641 )     (317 )     (60 )     (407 )     (174 )     461       (1,619 )     3,853  
Reconciliation to GAAP net income (loss):
                                                                                       
Derivative- and foreign currency translation-related adjustments
    (1,215 )           (1,156 )                                               (2,371 )
Credit guarantee-related adjustments
    (12 )     (172 )     600             21                   (638 )                 (201 )
Investment sales, debt retirements and fair value-related adjustments
    315             (84 )                                               231  
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments
    (388 )                                                           (388 )
Reclassifications (1)
    (56 )     (37 )     93                                                  
Tax-related adjustments
                                                          1,203       1,203  
                                                                                         
Total reconciling items, net of taxes
    (1,356 )     (209 )     (547 )           21                   (638 )           1,203       (1,526 )
                                                                                         
Total per consolidated statement of income (2)
  $ 3,412     $ 2,393     $ (307 )   $ (1,641 )   $ (296 )   $ (60 )   $ (407 )   $ (812 )   $ 461     $ (416 )   $ 2,327  
                                                                                         
 
 
            312 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

                                                                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2005  
                                                          Income
       
    Net Interest
    Management
    Other
          Provision
    REO
          Other
    LIHTC
    Tax
       
    Income
    and Guarantee
    Non-Interest
    Administrative
    for Credit
    Operations
    LIHTC
    Non-Interest
    Partnerships
    (Expense)
    Net
 
    (Expense)     Income     Income (Loss)     Expenses     Losses     Expense     Partnerships     Expense     Tax Benefit     Benefit     Income (Loss)  
    (in millions)  
 
                                                                                         
Investments
  $ 4,117     $     $ (74 )   $ (466 )   $     $     $     $ (63 )   $     $ (1,230 )   $ 2,284  
Single-family Guarantee
    349       2,341       78       (767 )     (447 )     (40 )           (30 )           (519 )     965  
Multifamily
    417       59       19       (151 )     (7 )           (320 )     (20 )     365       1       363  
All Other
    (3 )           (7 )     (151 )                       (436 )           160       (437 )
                                                                                         
Total Segment Earnings income (loss), net of taxes
    4,880       2,400       16       (1,535 )     (454 )     (40 )     (320 )     (549 )     365       (1,588 )     3,175  
Reconciliation to GAAP net income (loss):
                                                                                       
Derivative- and foreign currency translation-related adjustments
    (694 )           (950 )                                               (1,644 )
Credit guarantee-related adjustments
    (131 )     (315 )     190             147                   (349 )                 (458 )
Investment sales, debt retirements and fair value-related adjustments
    562             8                                                 570  
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments
    (336 )                                                           (336 )
Reclassifications (1)
    346       (9 )     (337 )                                                
Tax-related adjustments
                                                          865       865  
                                                                                         
Total reconciling items, net of taxes
    (253 )     (324 )     (1,089 )           147                   (349 )           865       (1,003 )
                                                                                         
Total per consolidated statement of income (2)
  $ 4,627     $ 2,076     $ (1,073 )   $ (1,535 )   $ (307 )   $ (40 )   $ (320 )   $ (898 )   $ 365     $ (723 )   $ 2,172  
                                                                                         
(1)  Includes the reclassification of: (a) the accrual of periodic cash settlements of all derivatives not in qualifying hedge accounting relationships from Other non-interest income (loss) to Net interest income (expense) within the Investments segment; (b) implied management and guarantee fees on whole loans from Investments segment’s Net interest income (expense) to Single-family Guarantee segment’s Other non-interest income (loss); and (c) net buy-up and buy-down fees from Single-family Guarantee segment’s Management and guarantee income to Investments segment’s Net interest income (expense).
(2)  Total per consolidated statement of income reflects the impact of the adjustments described in “NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES” to these consolidated financial statements. Additionally, Net income (loss) is presented before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related to 2005.
 
We conduct our operations solely in the United States and its territories. Therefore, we do not generate any revenue from geographic locations outside of the United States and its territories.
 
NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES
 
The supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets in Table 16.1 present our estimates of the fair value of our recorded financial assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet financial instruments at December 31, 2007 and 2006. Our consolidated fair value balance sheets include the estimated fair values of financial instruments recorded on our consolidated balance sheets prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as off-balance sheet financial instruments that represent our assets or liabilities that are not recorded on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets. These off-balance sheet items predominantly consist of: (a) the unrecognized guarantee asset and guarantee obligation associated with our PCs issued through our guarantor swap program prior to the implementation of FIN 45 “ Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34, ” (b) certain commitments to purchase mortgage loans and (c) certain credit enhancements on manufactured housing asset-backed securities. The fair value balance sheets also include certain assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments (such as property and equipment and real estate owned, which are included in other assets) at their carrying value in accordance with GAAP. The valuations of financial instruments on our consolidated fair value balance sheets are in accordance with GAAP fair value guidelines prescribed by SFAS No. 107, “ Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments ,” and other relevant pronouncements.
 
            313 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 16.1 — Consolidated Fair Value Balance Sheets (1)
 
                                 
    December 31,  
          2006
 
    2007     (adjusted)  
    Carrying
    Fair
    Carrying
    Fair
 
    Amount (2)     Value     Amount (2)     Value  
    (in billions)  
 
Assets
                               
Mortgage loans
  $ 80.0     $ 76.8     $ 65.6     $ 65.4  
Mortgage-related securities
    629.8       629.8       634.3       634.3  
                                 
Retained portfolio
    709.8       706.6       699.9       699.7  
Cash and cash equivalents
    8.6       8.6       11.4       11.4  
Investments
    35.1       35.1       45.6       45.6  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold
    6.6       6.6       23.0       23.0  
Derivative assets, net
    0.8       0.8       0.7       0.7  
Guarantee asset (3)
    9.6       10.4       7.4       8.3  
Other assets (4)
    23.9       31.8       16.9       14.4  
                                 
Total assets
  $ 794.4     $ 799.9     $ 804.9     $ 803.1  
                                 
Liabilities and minority interests
                               
Total debt securities, net
  $ 738.6     $ 749.3     $ 744.3     $ 742.7  
Guarantee obligation
    13.7       26.2       9.5       6.1  
Derivative liabilities, net
    0.6       0.6       0.2       0.2  
Reserve for guarantee losses on PCs
    2.6             0.6        
Other liabilities
    12.0       11.0       22.9       21.8  
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    0.2       0.2       0.5       0.5  
                                 
Total liabilities and minority interests
    767.7       787.3       778.0       771.3  
                                 
Net assets attributable to stockholders
                               
Preferred stockholders
    14.1       12.3       6.1       5.8  
Common stockholders
    12.6       0.3       20.8       26.0  
                                 
Total net assets
    26.7       12.6       26.9       31.8  
                                 
Total liabilities, minority interests and net assets
  $ 794.4     $ 799.9     $ 804.9     $ 803.1  
                                 
(1)  The consolidated fair value balance sheets do not purport to present our net realizable, liquidation or market value as a whole. Furthermore, amounts we ultimately realize from the disposition of assets or settlement of liabilities may vary significantly from the fair values presented.
(2)  Equals the amounts reported on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets.
(3)  The fair value of the guarantee asset reported exceeds the carrying value primarily because the fair value includes the guarantee asset related to PCs that were issued prior to the implementation of FIN 45 in 2003 and thus are not recognized on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets.
(4)  Fair values include estimated income taxes calculated using the 35% federal statutory rate on the difference between the consolidated fair value balance sheets net assets, including deferred taxes from our GAAP consolidated balance sheets, and the GAAP consolidated balance sheets equity attributable to common stockholders.
 
Limitations
 
Our consolidated fair value balance sheets do not capture all elements of value that are implicit in our operations as a going concern because our consolidated fair value balance sheets only capture the values of the current investment and securitization portfolios. For example, our consolidated fair value balance sheets do not capture the value of new investment and securitization business that would likely replace prepayments as they occur. In addition, our consolidated fair value balance sheets do not capture the value associated with future growth opportunities in our investment and securitization portfolios. Thus, the fair value of net assets attributable to stockholders presented on our consolidated fair value balance sheets does not represent an estimate of our net realizable, liquidation or market value as a whole.
 
We report certain assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments (such as property and equipment and real estate owned), as well as certain financial instruments that are not covered by the SFAS 107, “ Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments ,” or SFAS 107, disclosure requirements (such as pension liabilities) at their carrying amounts in accordance with GAAP on our consolidated fair value balance sheets. We believe these items do not have a significant impact on our overall fair value results. Other non-financial assets and liabilities on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets represent deferrals of costs and revenues that are amortized in accordance with GAAP, such as deferred debt issuance costs and deferred credit fees. Cash receipts and payments related to these items are generally recognized in the fair value of net assets when received or paid, with no basis reflected on our fair value balance sheets.
 
Valuation Methods and Assumptions
 
Fair value is generally based on independent price quotations obtained from third-party pricing services, dealer marks or direct market observations, where available. During the second half of 2007, the market for non-agency securities has become significantly less liquid, which has resulted in lower transaction volumes, wider credit spreads and less transparency with pricing for these assets. In addition, we have observed more variability in the quotations received from dealers and third-party pricing services. However we believe that these quotations provide reasonable estimates of fair value. If quoted prices or market data are not available, fair value is based on internal valuation models using market data inputs or internally developed assumptions, where appropriate.
 
            314 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
 
Mortgage Loans
 
Mortgage loans represent single-family and multifamily mortgage loans held in our retained portfolio. For GAAP purposes, we must determine the fair value of these mortgage loans to calculate lower-of-cost-or-market adjustments for mortgages classified as held-for-sale. For fair value balance sheet purposes, we used this same approach when determining the fair value of mortgage loans, including those held-for-investment.
 
We determine the fair value of mortgage loans, excluding delinquent single-family loans purchased out of pools, based on comparisons to actively traded mortgage-related securities with similar characteristics, with adjustments for yield, credit and liquidity differences. Specifically, we aggregate mortgage loans into pools by product type, coupon and maturity and then convert the pools into notional mortgage-related securities based on their specific characteristics. We then calculate fair values for these notional mortgage-related securities as described below in “ Mortgage-Related Securities .”
 
Part of the adjustments for yield, credit and liquidity differences represent an implied management and guarantee fee. To accomplish this, the fair value of the single-family mortgage loans, excluding delinquent single-family loans purchased out of pools, includes an adjustment representing the estimated present value of the additional cash flows on the mortgage coupon in excess of the coupon expected on the notional mortgage-related securities. For multifamily mortgage loans, the fair value adjustment is estimated by calculating the net present value of management and guarantee fees we expect to retain. This retained management and guarantee fee is estimated by subtracting the expected cost of funding and securitizing a multifamily whole loan of a comparable maturity and credit rating from the coupon on the whole loan at the time of purchase.
 
The implied management and guarantee fee for both single-family and multifamily mortgage loans is also net of the related credit and other components inherent in our guarantee obligation. For single-family mortgage loans, the process for estimating the related credit and other guarantee obligation components is described in the “ Guarantee Obligation ” section. For multifamily mortgage loans, through the second quarter of 2007, the related credit and other guarantee obligation components were estimated by extracting the credit risk premium that multifamily whole loan investors require from market prices on similar securities. This credit risk premium is net of expected funding, liquidity and other risk premiums that are embedded in the market price of the reference securities. Beginning in the third quarter of 2007, the process was modified to include all related credit and other guarantee obligation components within the value of multifamily whole loans.
 
Mortgage-Related and Non-Mortgage-Related Securities
 
Mortgage-related securities represent pass-throughs and other mortgage-related securities issued by us, Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae, as well as non-agency mortgage-related securities. They are classified as available-for-sale or trading, and are already reflected at fair value on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets.
 
The fair value of securities with readily available third-party market prices is generally based on market prices obtained from broker/dealers or reliable third-party pricing service providers. Fair value may be estimated by using third-party quotes for similar instruments, adjusted for differences in contractual terms. For other securities, a market OAS approach based on observable market parameters is used to estimate fair value. OAS for certain securities are estimated by deriving the OAS for the most closely comparable security with an available market price, using proprietary interest-rate and prepayment models. If necessary, our judgment is applied to estimate the impact of differences in prepayment uncertainty or other unique cash flow characteristics related to that particular security. Fair values for these securities are then estimated by using the estimated OAS as an input to the interest-rate and prepayment models and estimating the net present value of the projected cash flows. The remaining instruments are priced using other modeling techniques or by using other securities as proxies.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents largely consist of highly liquid investment securities with an original maturity of three months or less used for cash management purposes, as well as cash collateral posted by our derivative counterparties. Given that these assets are short-term in nature with limited market value volatility, the carrying amount on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets is deemed to be a reasonable approximation of fair value.
 
Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Federal Funds Sold
 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold principally consists of short-term contractual agreements such as reverse repurchase agreements involving Treasury and agency securities, federal funds sold and Eurodollar time deposits. Given that these assets are short-term in nature, the carrying amount on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets is deemed to be a reasonable approximation of fair value.
 
            315 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Derivative Assets, Net
 
Derivative assets largely consist of interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives, futures and forward purchase and sale commitments that we account for as derivatives. The carrying value of our derivatives on our consolidated balance sheets is equal to their fair value, including net derivative interest receivable or payable and is net of cash collateral held or posted, where allowable by a master netting agreement. Derivatives in net unrealized gain position are reported as derivative assets, net. Similarly, derivatives in a net unrealized loss position are reported as derivative liabilities, net. As of October 1, 2007, we elected to reclassify net derivative interest receivable or payable and cash collateral held or posted on our consolidated balance sheets to derivative asset, net and derivative liability, net, as applicable. Prior to this reclassification these amounts were recorded in accounts and other receivables, net, accrued interest payable, other assets and senior debt, due within one year, as applicable. Certain amounts in prior periods’ consolidated balance sheets have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
 
The fair values of interest-rate swaps are determined by using the appropriate yield curves to calculate and discount the expected cash flows for both the fixed-rate and variable-rate components of the swap contracts. Option-based derivatives, which principally include call and put swaptions, are valued using an option-pricing model. This model uses market interest rates and market-implied option volatilities, where available, to calculate the option’s fair value. Market-implied option volatilities are based on information obtained from broker/dealers. The fair value of exchange-traded futures is based on end-of-day closing prices obtained from third-party pricing services. Derivative forward purchase and sale commitments are valued using the methods described for mortgage-related securities valuation above.
 
The fair value of derivative assets considers the impact of institutional credit risk in the event that the counterparty does not honor its payment obligation. Our fair value of derivatives is not adjusted for expected credit losses because we obtain collateral from most counterparties typically within one business day of the daily market value calculation and substantially all of our credit risk arises from counterparties with investment-grade credit ratings of A or above.
 
Guarantee Asset
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, approximately 91% and 88%, respectively, of PCs and Structured Securities issued had a corresponding guarantee asset recognized on our consolidated balance sheets. For more information regarding the accounting for the guarantee asset related to PCs and Structured Securities, see “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to these consolidated financial statements.
 
For fair value balance sheet purposes, the guarantee asset is reflected for all PCs and Structured Securities and is valued using the same method as used for GAAP fair value purposes. For a description of how we determine the fair value of our guarantee asset, see “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND TRANSFERS OF SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to these consolidated financial statements.
 
Other Assets
 
Other assets consists of investments in qualified LIHTC partnerships that are eligible for federal tax credits, credit enhancement contracts related to PCs and Structured Securities (pool insurance and recourse and/or indemnification agreements), financial guarantee contracts for additional credit enhancements on certain manufactured housing asset-backed securities, REO, property and equipment, and other miscellaneous assets.
 
Our investments in LIHTC partnerships, reported as consolidated entities or equity method investments in the GAAP financial statements, are not within the scope of SFAS 107 disclosure requirements. However, we present the fair value of these investments in other assets. For the LIHTC partnerships, the fair value of expected tax benefits is estimated using expected cash flows discounted at a market-based yield.
 
For the credit enhancement contracts related to PCs and Structured Securities (pool insurance and recourse and/or indemnification agreements), fair value is estimated using an expected cash flow approach, and is intended to reflect the estimated amount that a third party would be willing to pay for the contracts. On our consolidated fair value balance sheets, these contracts are reported at fair value at each balance sheet date based on current market conditions. On our GAAP consolidated balance sheets, these contracts are initially recorded at fair value at inception, then amortized to expense.
 
For the credit enhancements on manufactured housing asset-backed securities, the fair value is based on the difference between the market price of non-credit-impaired manufactured housing securities and credit-impaired manufactured housing securities that are likely to produce future credit losses, as adjusted for our estimate of a risk premium attributable to the financial guarantee contracts. The value of the contracts, over time, will be determined by the actual credit-related losses incurred and, therefore, may have a value that is higher or lower than our market-based estimate. On our GAAP consolidated financial statements, these contracts are recognized as realized.
 
The other categories of assets that comprise other assets are not financial instruments required to be valued at fair value under SFAS 107, such as REO and property and equipment. For the majority of these non-financial assets in other assets, we use the carrying amounts from our GAAP consolidated balance sheets as the reported values on our consolidated fair value
 
            316 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

balance sheets, without any adjustment. These assets represent an insignificant portion of our GAAP consolidated balance sheets. Certain non-financial assets in other assets on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets are assigned a zero value on our consolidated fair value balance sheets. This treatment is applied to deferred items such as deferred debt issuance costs.
 
We adjust the GAAP-basis deferred taxes reflected on our consolidated fair value balance sheets to include estimated income taxes on the difference between our consolidated fair value balance sheets net assets, including deferred taxes from our GAAP consolidated balance sheets, and our GAAP consolidated balance sheets equity attributable to common stockholders. To the extent the adjusted deferred taxes are a net asset, this amount is included in other assets. If the adjusted deferred taxes are a net liability, this amount is included in other liabilities.
 
Total Debt Securities, Net
 
Total debt securities, net represents short-term and long-term debt used to finance our assets and, on our consolidated GAAP balance sheets, debt securities are reported at amortized cost, which is net of deferred items, including premiums, discounts and hedging-related basis adjustments. This item includes both non-callable and callable debt as well as short-term zero-coupon discount notes. The fair value of the short-term zero-coupon discount notes is based on a discounted cash flow model with market inputs. The valuation of other debt securities is generally based on market prices obtained from broker/dealers, reliable third-party pricing service providers or direct market observations.
 
Guarantee Obligation
 
We did not establish a guarantee obligation for GAAP purposes for PCs and Structured Securities that were issued through our guarantor swap program prior to adoption of FIN 45. In addition, after it is initially recorded at fair value the guarantee obligation is not subsequently carried at fair value for GAAP purposes. On our consolidated fair value balance sheets, the guarantee obligation reflects the fair value of our guarantee obligation on all PCs. Additionally, for fair value balance sheet purposes, the guarantee obligation is valued using the same method as used for GAAP to determine its initial fair value. Because guarantee asset, guarantee obligation and credit enhancement-related assets that are recognized at the inception of an executed guarantor swap are valued independently of each other, net differences between these recognized assets and liabilities may exist at inception. If the amount of the guarantee asset plus the credit enhancement-related assets is greater than the amount of the guarantee obligation, the difference between such amounts is deferred on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets as a component of the guarantee obligation. This component of the guarantee obligation is not recorded on the consolidated fair value balance sheets. The difference between the fair value and carrying value of the guarantee obligation shown in Table 16.1 reflects the different basis of accounting for this liability. For example, the fair value of the guarantee obligation does not include the unamortized balance of deferred guarantee income that is a component of its carrying value on the GAAP consolidated balance sheets. For information concerning our valuation approach and accounting policies related to our guarantees of mortgage assets, see “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” and “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND TRANSFERS OF SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to these consolidated financial statements.
 
Derivative Liabilities, Net
 
See discussion under “ Derivative Assets, Net ” above.
 
Reserve For Guarantee Losses on PCs
 
The carrying amount of the reserve for guarantee losses on PCs on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets represents the contingent losses contained in the loans that back our PCs. This line item has no basis on our consolidated fair value balance sheets, because the estimated fair value of all expected default losses (both contingent and non-contingent) is included in the guarantee obligation reported on our consolidated fair value balance sheets.
 
Other Liabilities
 
Other liabilities principally consists of amounts due to PC investors ( i.e. , principal and interest), funding liabilities associated with investments in LIHTC partnerships, accrued interest payable on debt securities and other miscellaneous obligations of less than one year. We believe the carrying amount of these liabilities is a reasonable approximation of their fair value, except for funding liabilities associated with investments in LIHTC partnerships, for which fair value is estimated using expected cash flows discounted at a market-based yield. Furthermore, certain deferred items reported as other liabilities on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets are assigned zero value on our consolidated fair value balance sheets, such as deferred credit fees. Also, as discussed in “ Other Assets ,” other liabilities may include a deferred tax liability adjusted for fair value balance sheet purposes.
 
In addition, effective December 2007, we established securitization trusts for the assets underlying our PCs and Structured Securities. Consequently, we hold remittances in a segregated account and administer payments due to the PC investors. Other liabilities at December 31, 2007 does not reflect amounts due to PC investors since this is a liability of the off-balance sheet trusts.
 
            317 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Minority Interests in Consolidated Subsidiaries
 
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries primarily represent preferred stock interests that third parties hold in our two majority-owned REIT subsidiaries. In accordance with GAAP, we consolidated the REITs. The preferred stock interests are not within the scope of SFAS 107 disclosure requirements. However, we present the fair value of these interests on our consolidated fair value balance sheets. The fair value of the third-party minority interests in these REITs was based on the estimated value of the underlying REIT preferred stock we determined based on a valuation model.
 
Net Assets Attributable to Preferred Stockholders
 
To determine the preferred stock fair value, we use a market-based approach incorporating quoted dealer prices.
 
Net Assets Attributable to Common Stockholders
 
Net assets attributable to common stockholders is equal to the difference between the fair value of total assets and the sum of total liabilities and minority interests reported on our consolidated fair value balance sheets, less the fair value of net assets attributable to preferred stockholders.
 
NOTE 17: CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT AND OTHER RISKS
 
Mortgages and Mortgage-Related Securities
 
Table 17.1 summarizes the geographical concentration of mortgages and mortgage-related securities that are held by us or that are collateral for PCs and Structured Securities, excluding:
 
  •  $1.3 billion and $1.5 billion of mortgage-related securities issued by Ginnie Mae that back Structured Securities at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, because these securities do not expose us to meaningful amounts of credit risk;
 
  •  $47.8 billion and $45.4 billion of other agency mortgage-related securities at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, because these securities do not expose us to meaningful amounts of credit risk; and
 
  •  $233.8 billion and $238.5 billion of non-agency mortgage-related securities held in the retained portfolio at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, because geographic information regarding these securities is not available. With respect to these securities, we look to third party credit enhancements ( e.g. , bond insurance) or other credit enhancements resulting from the securitization structure supporting such securities ( e.g. , subordination levels) as a primary means of managing credit risk.
 
See “NOTE 4: RETAINED PORTFOLIO AND CASH AND INVESTMENTS PORTFOLIO” and “NOTE 5: MORTGAGE LOANS AND LOAN LOSS RESERVES” to these consolidated financial statements for more information about the securities and loans, respectively, we hold on our consolidated balance sheets.
 
Table 17.1 — Concentration of Credit Risk
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    Amount (1)(2)     Percentage     Amount (1)(2)     Percentage  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
By Region (3)
                               
West
  $ 455,051       25 %   $ 366,492       24 %
Northeast
    443,813       24       375,844       24  
North Central
    353,522       19       324,255       21  
Southeast
    335,386       19       279,984       18  
Southwest
    231,951       13       194,785       13  
                                 
    $ 1,819,723       100 %   $ 1,541,360       100 %
                                 
By State
                               
California
  $ 243,225       13 %   $ 195,964       13 %
Florida
    124,092       7       101,901       7  
Illinois
    91,835       5       80,130       5  
Texas
    91,130       5       74,764       5  
New York
    90,686       5       77,614       5  
All others
    1,178,755       65       1,010,987       65  
                                 
    $ 1,819,723       100 %   $ 1,541,360       100 %
                                 
(1)  Calculated as total mortgage portfolio less Structured Securities backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates and non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities held in the retained portfolio.
(2)  Effective December 2007, we established securitization trusts for the underlying assets of our guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities issued. As a result, we adjusted the reported balance of our mortgage portfolios to reflect the publicly-available security balances of guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities. Previously we reported these balances based on the unpaid principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans. The trust holds remittances from loans underlying our securities in a segregated account. Consequently, we no longer commingle those funds with our general operating funds.
(3)  Region Designation: West (AK, AZ, CA, GU, HI, ID, MT, NV, OR, UT, WA); Northeast (CT, DE, DC, MA, ME, MD, NH, NJ, NY, PA, RI, VT, VA, WV); North Central (IL, IN, IA, MI, MN, ND, OH, SD, WI); Southeast (AL, FL, GA, KY, MS, NC, PR, SC, TN, VI); Southwest (AR, CO, KS, LA, MO, NE, NM, OK, TX, WY).
 
            318 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
Higher-Risk Mortgage Loans
 
There have been an increasing amount of residential loan products originated in the mortgage industry that are designed to offer borrowers greater choices in their payment terms. Interest-only mortgages allow the borrower to pay only interest for a fixed period of time before the loan begins to amortize. Option ARM loans permit a variety of repayment options, which include minimum, interest only, fully amortizing 30-year and fully amortizing 15-year payments. The minimum payment alternative for option ARM loans allows the borrower to make monthly payments that are less than the interest accrued for the period. The unpaid interest, known as negative amortization, is added to the principal balance of the loan, which increases the outstanding loan balance. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, interest-only and option ARM loans collectively represented approximately 10% and 7%, respectively, of loans underlying our issued guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities.
 
In addition to these products, there has been an increase of residential mortgage loans originated in the market with lower or alternative documentation requirements than full documentation mortgage loans. These reduced documentation mortgages have been categorized in the mortgage industry as Alt-A loans. We have classified mortgage loans as Alt-A if the lender that delivers them to us has classified the loans as Alt-A, or if the loans had reduced documentation requirements that indicate that the loans should be classified as Alt-A. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 9% of our single-family PCs and Structured Securities were backed by Alt-A mortgage loans.
 
A combination of certain loan characteristics with any mortgage loan product often can indicate a higher degree of credit risk. For example, mortgages with both high loan-to-value, or LTV ratios and borrowers who have lower credit scores typically experience higher rates of delinquency, default and credit losses. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 1% of single-family mortgage loans we have guaranteed were made to borrowers with credit scores below 620 and had original LTV ratios above 90% at the time of mortgage origination. In addition, as of December 31, 2007, 4% of the Alt-A and interest-only single-family loans we have guaranteed have been made to borrowers with credit scores below 620 at mortgage origination. As home prices increased during 2006 and prior years, many borrowers used second liens at the time of purchase to potentially reduce their LTV ratio to below 80%. Including this secondary financing, we estimate that the percentage of loans we have guaranteed with total LTV ratios above 90% was 14% as of December 31, 2007.
 
Mortgage Lenders and Insurers
 
A significant portion of our single-family mortgage purchase volume is generated from several key mortgage lenders that have entered into business arrangements with us. These arrangements generally involve a lender’s commitment to sell a high proportion of its conforming mortgage origination volume to us. Our largest mortgage lender in 2007 reduced its minimum mortgage volume commitment to us upon renewal of its contract at July 1, 2007. In addition, ABN Amro Mortgage Group, Inc., which accounted for more than 8% of our mortgage purchase volume for the six months ended June 30, 2007, was acquired and its contract was not renewed when it expired in the third quarter 2007. During 2007, three mortgage lenders: Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A., each accounted for 10% or more of our mortgage purchase volume and collectively accounted for approximately 45% of our total volume. In addition, in 2007, our top ten single-family lenders represented approximately 79% of our single-family mortgage purchase volume. In 2007, our top three multifamily lenders collectively represented approximately 44% of our multifamily purchase volume and top ten multifamily lenders represented approximately 80% of our multifamily purchase volume. These top lenders are among the largest mortgage loan originators in the U.S. We are exposed to the risk that we could lose purchase volume to the extent these arrangements are terminated or modified without replacement from other lenders.
 
We have institutional credit risk relating to the potential insolvency or non-performance of mortgage insurers that insure mortgages we purchase or guarantee. Excluding insurers of our non-agency mortgage-related securities portfolio at December 31, 2007, our top four mortgage insurers: Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corp, Radian Guaranty Inc., Genworth Mortgage Insurance Corporation and PMI Mortgage Insurance Co., each accounted for more than 10% of our overall mortgage insurance coverage and collectively represented approximately 75% of our overall mortgage insurance coverage.
 
Bond insurers
 
For certain non-agency securities in both our retained and investment portfolios, we rely on subordination and bond insurance of the trust issuing the security as credit enhancement to provide protection from credit loss. In those instances where we seek further protection, we may obtain additional credit enhancement with secondary bond insurance; however, this increases our exposure to the risks related to the bond insurer’s ability to satisfy claims. As of December 31, 2007, we had insurance coverage, including secondary policies, on securities totaling $17.9 billion of unpaid principal balance, consisting of $16.1 billion and $1.8 billion, of coverage for bonds in our retained and investment portfolio, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, the top four of our bond insurers: Ambac Assurance Corporation, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, MBIA Inc., and Financial Security Assurance Inc., each accounting for more than 10% of our overall bond insurance coverage (including secondary policies) and collectively represented approximately 92% of our bond insurance coverage.
 
            319 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Derivative Portfolio
 
On an ongoing basis, we review the credit fundamentals of all of our derivative counterparties to confirm that they continue to meet our internal standards. We assign internal ratings, credit capital and exposure limits to each counterparty based on quantitative and qualitative analysis, which we update and monitor on a regular basis. We conduct additional reviews when market conditions dictate or events affecting an individual counterparty occur.
 
Derivative Counterparties
 
Our use of derivatives exposes us to counterparty credit risk, which arises from the possibility that the derivative counterparty will not be able to meet its contractual obligations. Exchange-traded derivatives, such as futures contracts, do not measurably increase our counterparty credit risk because changes in the value of open exchange-traded contracts are settled daily through a financial clearinghouse established by each exchange. Over-the-counter, or OTC, derivatives, however, expose us to counterparty credit risk because transactions are executed and settled between us and our counterparty. Our use of OTC interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives and foreign-currency swaps is subject to rigorous internal credit and legal reviews. Our derivative counterparties carry external credit ratings among the highest available from major rating agencies. All of these counterparties are major financial institutions and are experienced participants in the OTC derivatives market.
 
Master Netting and Collateral Agreements
 
We use master netting and collateral agreements to reduce our credit risk exposure to our active OTC derivative counterparties for interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives and foreign-currency swaps. Master netting agreements provide for the netting of amounts receivable and payable from an individual counterparty, which reduces our exposure to a single counterparty in the event of default. On a daily basis, the market value of each counterparty’s derivatives outstanding is calculated to determine the amount of our net credit exposure, which is equal to derivatives in a net gain position by counterparty after giving consideration to collateral posted. Our collateral agreements require most counterparties to post collateral for the amount of our net exposure to them above the applicable threshold. Bilateral collateral agreements are in place for the majority of our counterparties. Collateral posting thresholds are tied to a counterparty’s credit rating. Derivative exposures and collateral amounts are monitored on a daily basis using both internal pricing models and dealer price quotes. Collateral is typically transferred within one business day based on the values of the related derivatives. This time lag in posting collateral can affect our net uncollateralized exposure to derivative counterparties.
 
Collateral posted by a derivative counterparty is typically in the form of cash, although U.S. Treasury securities, our PCs and Structured Securities or our debt securities may also be posted. In the event a counterparty defaults on its obligations under the derivatives agreement and the default is not remedied in the manner prescribed in the agreement, we have the right under the agreement to direct the custodian bank to transfer the collateral to us or, in the case of non-cash collateral, to sell the collateral and transfer the proceeds to us.
 
Our uncollateralized exposure to counterparties for OTC interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives and foreign-currency swaps, after applying netting agreements and collateral, was $339 million and $672 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In the event that all of our counterparties for these derivatives were to have defaulted simultaneously on December 31, 2007, our maximum loss for accounting purposes would have been approximately $339 million. One of our AAA-rated counterparties, Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau, accounted for 22% of our net uncollateralized exposure to derivatives counterparties as of December 31, 2007, due to a single foreign-currency denominated interest-rate swap that matured in February 2008. At maturity, we received all cash flows that were due to us.
 
Our exposure to counterparties for OTC forward purchase and sale commitments treated as derivatives was $465 million and $18 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Because the typical maturity for our OTC commitments is less than one year, we do not require master netting and collateral agreements for the counterparties of these commitments. Therefore, the exposure to our OTC commitments counterparties is uncollateralized. Similar to counterparties for our OTC interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives and foreign-currency swaps, we monitor the credit fundamentals of our OTC commitments counterparties on an ongoing basis to ensure that they continue to meet our internal risk-management standards.
 
NOTE 18: MINORITY INTERESTS
 
The equity and net earnings attributable to the minority stockholder interests in consolidated subsidiaries are reported on our consolidated balance sheets as Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries and on our consolidated statements of income as Minority interests in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries. The majority of the balances in these accounts relate to our two majority-owned REITs.
 
In February 1997, we formed two majority-owned REIT subsidiaries funded through the issuance of common stock (99.9% of which is held by us) and a total of $4.0 billion of perpetual, step-down preferred stock issued to outside investors. Beginning in 2007, the dividend rate on the step-down preferred stock was 1.0%. The dividend rate on the step-down
 
            320 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

preferred stock was 13.3% from initial issuance through December 2006 (the initial term). Dividends on this preferred stock accrue in arrears. The balance of the two step-down preferred stock issuances as recorded within Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries on our consolidated balance sheets totaled $167 million and $503 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The preferred stock continues to be redeemable by the REITs under certain circumstances described in the preferred stock offering documents as a “tax event redemption.”
 
NOTE 19: EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
We have participating securities related to options with dividend equivalent rights that receive dividends as declared on an equal basis with common shares. Consequently, in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, No. 03-6, Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128 ”, we use the “two-class” method of computing earnings per share. Participating security option holders are not obligated to participate in undistributed net losses. Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income (loss) available per common share by weighted average common shares outstanding — basic for the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share are computed as net income (loss) available to common stockholders divided by weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted for the period, which consider the effect of dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding. For periods with net income the effect of dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding includes: (a) the weighted average shares related to stock options (including the Employee Stock Purchase Plan) that have an exercise price lower than the average market price during the period; (b) the weighted average of non-vested restricted shares; and (c) all restricted stock units. Such items are excluded from the weighted average common shares outstanding — basic.
 
Table 19.1 — Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share — Basic and Diluted
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
          Adjusted  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (dollars in millions, except
 
    per share amounts)  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (3,094 )   $ 2,327     $ 2,113  
Preferred stock dividends and issuance costs on redeemed preferred stock
    (404 )     (270 )     (223 )
Amounts allocated to participating security option holders (1)
    (5 )     (6 )      
                         
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders — basic (2)
  $ (3,503 )   $ 2,051     $ 1,890  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic (in thousands)
    651,881       680,856       691,582  
Dilutive potential common shares (in thousands)
          1,808       1,929  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted (in thousands)
    651,881       682,664       693,511  
                         
Antidilutive potential common shares excluded from the computation of dilutive potential common shares (in thousands)
    6,161       1,892       2,297  
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
  $ (5.37 )   $ 3.01     $ 2.73  
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
  $ (5.37 )   $ 3.00     $ 2.73  
(1)  Participating security option holders do not participate in undistributed earnings during periods of net losses.
(2)  Includes distributed and undistributed earnings to common shareholders.
 
NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
 
Effective December 31, 2007, we retrospectively changed our method of accounting for our guarantee obligation: 1) to a policy of no longer extinguishing our guarantee obligation when we purchase all or a portion of a guaranteed PC and Structured Security, or PC, from a policy of effective extinguishment through the recognition of a Participation Certificate residual, or PC residual, and 2) to a policy that amortizes our guarantee obligation into earnings in a manner that corresponds more closely to our economic release from risk under our guarantee than our former policy, which amortized our guarantee obligation according to the contractual expiration of our guarantee as observed by the decline in the unpaid principal balance of securitized mortgage loans. While our previous accounting is acceptable, we believe the newly adopted method of accounting for our guarantee obligation is preferable in that it significantly enhances the transparency and understandability of our financial results, promotes uniformity in the accounting model for the credit risk retained in our primary credit guarantee business, better aligns revenue recognition to the release from economic risk of loss under our guarantee, and increases comparability with other similar financial institutions. Comparative financial statements of prior periods have been adjusted to apply the new methods, retrospectively. Summarized impacts of the changes in accounting principles are as follows:
 
            321 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 20.1 — Net Income (Expense) Impact of Changes in Accounting Principles
 
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions)  
 
Changes in accounting principles:
                       
Guarantee obligation no longer extinguished when a PC is purchased
  $ 2,289     $ (461 )   $ (54 5 )
Guarantee obligation amortization methodology
    922       640       519  
                         
Total pre-tax impact of changes in accounting principles
    3,211       179       (26 )
Tax impact of changes in accounting principles
    (1,124 )     (63 )     9  
                         
Total net income impact of changes in accounting principles
  $ 2,087     $ 116     $ (17 )
                         
 
Changes in Accounting Principles
 
Guarantee Obligation No Longer Extinguished When PC is Purchased
 
The change to no longer extinguish our guarantee obligation when we purchase all or a portion of a PC reflects changes made to our PC issuance process, including introducing the use of securitization trusts that are qualifying special purpose entities, or QSPE, upon PC issuance. When we subsequently purchase a PC, our guarantee obligation remains outstanding to the QSPE, an unconsolidated entity, and consequently our guarantee obligations remain outstanding. The guarantee asset also continues to remain outstanding. Application of a model that does not extinguish our guarantee asset and guarantee liability is consistent with predominant industry practice for similar transactions. Under this new model, PCs held by us are accounted for as guaranteed securities; accordingly, credit losses are recognized on an incurred basis in the provision for credit losses rather than through the recognition of a PC residual at fair value with changes in earnings or through security impairments.
 
We applied the change to no longer extinguish our guarantee obligation retrospectively in accordance with SFAS 154, “ Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3 ,” or SFAS 154. This presentation significantly enhances the transparency and understandability of our financial statements in that our guarantee obligation is presented as a separate liability relative to all PCs outstanding (whether held by third parties or us). Consequently, all credit losses, except for initial losses on loans purchased as impaired loans under SOP 03-3, stemming from guarantee-related activities are now accounted for in our provision for credit losses using a single measurement attribute ( i.e. , an incurred loss model). Gains and losses related to our previous extinguishment model have been eliminated. As such, the results of our guarantee business are less difficult to compare to other financial guarantors.
 
Our previous accounting method resulted in a mixed model with a portion of our guarantee obligation recorded at fair value through earnings when we held PCs, and a portion of the guarantee obligation carried at historical cost subject to credit losses recognized for probable incurred losses when the PCs were held by third parties. Under the previous model, we reflected PCs held by us as unguaranteed securities. Accordingly, these securities were subject to security impairments and the management and guarantee fees received reflected additional interest income.
 
Guarantee Obligation Amortization Method
 
The change in the method of amortizing our guarantee obligation into earnings uses a static effective yield calculated and fixed at inception of the guarantee based on forecasted unpaid principal balances. The static effective yield will be evaluated and adjusted when significant changes in economic events cause a shift in the pattern of our economic release from risk. For example, certain market environments may lead to sharp and sustained changes in home prices or prepayments of mortgages, leading to the need for an adjustment in the static effective yield for specific mortgage pools underlying the guarantee. When a change is required, a cumulative catch-up adjustment, which could be significant in a given period, will be recognized and a new static effective yield will be used to determine our guarantee obligation amortization. The new method amortizes our guarantee obligation into earnings commensurate with our economic release from risk under changing economic conditions and is more consistent with our competitors than the prior amortization method. The new method has been retrospectively applied to all prior periods.
 
The previous method amortized our guarantee obligation according to the contractual expiration of the guarantee as observed by the decline in the unpaid principal balance of securitized mortgage loans. The previous method amortized our guarantee obligation in a manner that was reflective of the pattern of economic release from risk in periods of normal or high prepayments and normal or high house price appreciation. However, the new amortization method more closely aligns our guarantee obligation amortization with our economic release from risk, particularly in periods of slowing prepayments and slowing house price appreciation (or house price depreciation in some areas) such as experienced during the fourth quarter of 2007.
 
Financial Statement Impacts of the Accounting Changes
 
Retrospective adoption of the accounting changes impacted several financial statement line items. Because our guarantee asset and guarantee obligation remain outstanding whether held by us or third parties, line item impacts include: 1) reduced gains (losses) on investment activity resulting from the removal of PC residual fair value changes, 2) increased gains (losses)
 
            322 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

on guarantee asset relating to PCs held by us that were previously recognized as part of PC residual, 3) increased income on guarantee obligation reflecting both a change in our guarantee obligation balance resulting from no longer extinguishing our guarantee obligation and a change in our amortization policy for the guarantee obligation to one that recognizes revenue in a manner that corresponds more closely to our economic release from risk under the guarantee, 4) increased management and guarantee income and reduced interest income resulting from the reclassification of guarantee and delivery fees on PCs held by us previously recognized as interest income when our guarantee was considered extinguished, 5) increased provision for credit losses relating to additional PCs subject to our loan loss reserve model, 6) increased losses on loans purchased relating to PCs held by us that were previously recognized as part of PC residual, 7) reduced gains (losses) on investment activity resulting from the removal of adjustments to the carrying value of our securities that were previously recognized upon purchase related to the extinguishment of deferred income items and 8) reduced gains (losses) on investment activity resulting from elimination of impairments on PCs held by us that are now subject to a guarantee.
 
With respect to 3) above, it is important to note that the accounting change from the previous model results in an increase in our guarantee obligation balance for PCs held by us and a decrease in our guarantee obligation balance because our guarantee obligation is not re-measured at fair value when PCs previously purchased by us are subsequently sold. As such, the change in the income on guarantee obligation line item is not distinguished between no longer extinguishing our guarantee obligation and our guarantee obligation amortization change, as doing so is not operationally feasible given activity levels in the various periods presented. This difficulty highlights the fact that the change will provide financial statement users with improved transparency of operating results under the new method, in that it presents results using a single model.
 
Other Changes in Accounting Principles
 
On October 1, 2007, we adopted FSP FIN 39-1 which permits a reporting entity to offset fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral or the obligation to return cash collateral against fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement. We elected to reclassify net derivative interest receivable or payable and cash collateral held or posted, on our consolidated balance sheets, to derivative asset, net and derivative liability, net, as applicable. Prior to reclassification, these amounts were recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accounts and other receivables, net, accrued interest payable, other assets and senior debt, due within one year, as applicable. The change resulted in a decrease to total assets and total liabilities of $8.7 billion at the date of adoption, October 1, 2007, and $7.2 billion at December 31, 2007. The adoption of FSP FIN 39-1 had no effect on our consolidated statements of income.
 
On January 1, 2007, we adopted FIN 48, and as a result of adoption, we recorded a $181 million increase to retained earnings at January 1, 2007. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to these consolidated financial statements for more information.
 
At December 31, 2006, we adopted SFAS 158 which requires the recognition of our pension and other postretirement plans’ overfunded or underfunded status in the statement of financial position beginning December 31, 2006. As a result of the adoption, we recorded the funded status of each of our defined benefit plans as an asset or liability on our consolidated balance sheet with a corresponding offset, net of taxes, recorded in AOCI within stockholders’ equity, resulting in an after-tax decrease in equity of $84 million at December 31, 2006.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, we made a change to our method of amortization for certain types of non-agency securities resulting in a $13 million (after-tax) reduction to the opening balance of retained earnings.
 
Beginning October 1, 2005, we changed our method for determining gains and losses upon the resale of PCs related to deferred items recognized in connection with our guarantee of those securities. This change in accounting principle was facilitated by system changes that now allow us to apply and track these deferred items relative to the specific portions of the purchased PCs. The lack of certain historical data precluded us from calculating the cumulative effect of the change. We were not able to determine the pro forma effects of applying the new method retrospectively.
 
Effective January 1, 2005, we changed our method of accounting for interest expense related to callable debt instruments to recognize interest expense using an effective interest method over the contractual life of the debt. For periods prior to 2005, we amortized premiums, discounts, deferred issuance costs and other basis adjustments into interest expense using an effective interest method over the estimated life of the debt. We implemented this change in accounting method to facilitate improved financial reporting, particularly to promote the comparability of our financial reporting with that of our primary competitor. The change in accounting method also reduced the operational complexity associated with determining the estimated life of callable debt. The cumulative effect of this change was a $59 million (after-tax) reduction in net income for 2005.
 
            323 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Tax Adjustments
 
As a result of the changes in accounting principles, our cumulative income tax expense increased by $0.7 billion resulting in a deferred tax asset decrease of $0.7 billion at December 31, 2007. In addition, due to the changes in accounting principles, our deferred tax asset related to our AOCI increased by $0.1 billion.
 
Table 20.2 summarizes the effect of the changes in accounting principles related to our guarantee obligation on the consolidated statements of income line items for 2007, 2006 and 2005.
 
Table 20.2 — Effect of Changes in Accounting Principles to Consolidated Statements of Income
 
                                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2007   2006   2005
    As computed
  As reported
       
           
       
    without
  with
       
           
       
    changes in
  changes in
       
           
       
    accounting
  accounting
  Effect of
  As Previously
  As
  Effect of
  As Previously
  As
  Effect of
    principles   principles   Changes   Reported   Adjusted   Changes   Reported   Adjusted   Changes
    (in millions, except per share amounts)
 
Interest income:
                                                                       
Mortgage loans
  $ 4,446     $ 4,449     $ 3     $ 4,152     $ 4,152     $     $ 4,037     $ 4,010     $ (27 )
Mortgage-related securities
    35,707       34,893       (814 )     34,673       33,850       (823 )     29,684       28,968       (716 )
Management and guarantee income
    2,010       2,635       625       1,672       2,393       721       1,450       2,076       6 26  
Gains (losses) on guarantee asset
    (1,212 )     (1,484 )     (272 )     (800 )     (978 )     (178 )     (1,064 )     (1,409 )     (345 )
Income on guarantee obligation
    985       1,905       920       867       1,519       652       920       1,428       508  
Derivative gains (losses)
    (1,906 )     (1,904 )     2       (1,164 )     (1,173 )     (9 )     (1,357 )     (1,321 )     36  
Gains (losses) on investment activity
    (3,310 )     294       3,604       (474 )     (473 )     1       (127 )     (97 )     30  
Recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase
    438       505       67                                      
Other income (1)
    246       246             252       236       (16 )     177       126       (51 )
Provision for credit losses
    (2,371 )     (2,854 )     (483 )     (215 )     (296 )     (81 )     (251 )     (307 )     (56 )
Losses on certain credit guarantees (1)
    (1,992 )     (1,988 )     4       (350 )     (406 )     (56 )     (234 )     (272 )     (38 )
Losses on loans purchased (1)
    (1,419 )     (1,865 )     (446 )     (126 )     (148 )     (22 )                  
Other expenses
    (223 )     (222 )     1       (190 )     (200 )     (10 )     (537 )     (530 )     7  
Income tax (expense) benefit
    4,007       2,883       (1,124 )     108       45       (63 )     (367 )     (358 )     9  
Net income (loss)
    (5,181 )     (3,094 )     2,087       2,211       2,327       116       2,130       2,113       (17 )
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
    (8.58 )     (5.37 )     3.21       2.84       3.01       0.17       2.76       2.73       (0.03 )
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
    (8.58 )     (5.37 )     3.21       2.84       3.00       0.16       2.75       2.73       (0.02 )
(1)  Hedge accounting gains previously reported separately are included in other income. Foreign-currency gains (losses), net is excluded from Other income to conform to current period presentation. Similarly, losses on certain credit guarantees and losses on loans purchased are presented separately to conform to current period presentation.
 
The primary contributor to the $2.1 billion net income impact of changes in accounting principles in 2007 was the change to a policy of no longer extinguishing our guarantee obligation when we purchase all or a part of a PC. As a result of this change, PCs and Structured Securities held in our retained portfolio are accounted for as guaranteed securities and are no longer subject to credit-related impairments based on their underlying collateral. The guarantee related to the PCs or Structured Securities is subject to a SFAS 5 provision for credit losses. In addition, the policy of no longer extinguishing our guarantee obligation resulted in the removal of our PC residuals classified as trading assets and the reversal of the associated mark-to-market from our income statement. These impacts can be observed in the $3.6 billion effect of changes reported on the gains (losses) on investment activity line within Table 20.2. Widening credit spreads in 2007 resulted in increases to our losses on investment activity prior to our change in accounting principle. The positive effect of this change was partially offset by increased provision for credit losses, losses on loans purchased and the associated income taxes.
 
            324 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 20.3 summarizes the effect of the changes in accounting principles related to our guarantee obligation and adoption of FSP FIN 39-1 on the consolidated balance sheet line items as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.
 
Table 20.3 — Effect of Changes in Accounting Principles to Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
                                                 
    December 31,
    2007   2006
    As computed
  As reported
       
   
   
    without
  with
       
   
   
    changes in
  changes in
       
   
   
    accounting
  accounting
  Effect of
  As Previously
  As
  Effect of
    principles   principles   Changes   Reported   Adjusted   Changes
    (in millions)
 
Assets:
                                               
Mortgage loans, net
  $ 80,167     $ 80,032     $ (135 )   $ 65,618     $ 65,605     $ (13 )
Total mortgage-related securities
    626,427       629,754       3,327       634,925       634,328       (597 )
Accounts and other receivables, net
    6,953       5,003       (1,950 )     7,461       5,073       (2,388 )
Derivative assets, net
    5,760       827       (4,933 )     7,908       665       (7,243 )
Guarantee asset, at fair value
    8,056       9,591       1,535       6,070       7,389       1,319  
Deferred tax asset
    10,903       10,304       (599 )     3,600       4,346       746  
Other assets
    7,270       6,884       (386 )     6,783       6,788       5  
Total assets
    797,509       794,368       (3,141 )     813,081       804,910       (8,171 )
                                                 
Liabilities:
                                               
Total debt securities, net
    745,105       738,557       (6,548 )     753,938       744,341       (9,597 )
Accrued interest payable
    8,132       7,864       (268 )     8,345       8,307       (38 )
Guarantee obligation
    11,565       13,712       2,147       7,117       9,482       2,365  
Derivative liabilities, net
    975       582       (393 )     179       165       (14 )
Reserve for guarantee losses on Participation Certificates
    2,001       2,566       565       350       550       200  
Other liabilities
    3,942       4,187       245       3,212       3,512       300  
Total liabilities
    771,720       767,468       (4,252 )     784,264       777,480       (6,784 )
                                                 
Stockholders’ Equity:
                                               
Retained earnings
    25,627       26,909       1,282       32,177       31,372       (805 )
AOCI, net of taxes
    (10,972 )     (11,143 )     (171 )     (7,869 )     (8,451 )     (582 )
Total stockholders’ equity
    25,613       26,724       1,111       28,301       26,914       (1,387 )
 
Table 20.4 summarizes the effect of the changes in accounting principles related to our guarantee obligation on the effected consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity line items for 2007, 2006 and 2005.
 
Table 20.4 — Effect of Changes in Accounting Principles to Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
 
                                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2007   2006   2005
    As computed
  As reported
       
   
   
   
   
   
    without
  with
       
   
   
   
   
   
    changes in
  changes in
       
   
   
   
   
   
    accounting
  accounting
  Effect of
  As Previously
  As
  Effect of
  As Previously
  As
  Effect of
    principles   principles   Changes   Reported   Adjusted   Changes   Reported   Adjusted   Changes
    (in millions)
 
Retained earnings:
                                                                       
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 32,177     $ 31,372     $ (805 )   $ 31,559     $ 30,638     $ (921 )   $ 30,728     $ 29,824     $ (904 )
Net income (loss)
    (5,181 )     (3,094 )     2,087       2,211       2,327       116       2,130       2,113       (17 )
Retained earnings, end of year
    25,627       26,909       1,282       32,177       31,372       (805 )     31,559       30,638       (921 )
                                                                         
AOCI, net of taxes:
                                                                       
Balance, beginning of year
    (7,869 )     (8,451 )     (582 )     (8,773 )     (9,352 )     (579 )     (3,593 )     (4,180 )     (587 )
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) related to available-for-sale securities, net of reclassification adjustments
    (4,108 )     (3,708 )     400       (264 )     (267 )     (3 )     (6,824 )     (6,816 )     8  
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) related to cash flow hedge relationships, net of reclassification adjustments
    962       973       11       1,254       1,254             1,637       1,637        
AOCI, net of taxes, end of year
    (10,972 )     (11,143 )     (171 )     (7,869 )     (8,451 )     (582 )     (8,773 )     (9,352 )     (579 )
 
            325 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 20.5 summarizes the effect of the changes in accounting principles related to our guarantee obligation and adoption of FSP FIN 39-1 on the consolidated statement of cash flow line items for 2007, 2006, and 2005.
 
Table 20.5 — Effect of Changes in Accounting Principles to Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
                                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    As computed
    As reported
           
     
     
     
     
     
 
    without
    with
           
     
     
     
     
     
 
    changes in
    changes in
           
     
     
     
     
     
 
    accounting
    accounting
    Effect of
    As Previously
    As
    Effect of
    As Previously
    As
    Effect of
 
    principles     principles (1)     Changes     Reported     Adjusted (1)     Changes     Reported     Adjusted (1)     Changes  
    (in millions)  
 
                                                                         
Cash flows from operating activities
                                                                       
Net Income (loss)
  $ (5,181 )   $ (3,094 )   $ 2,087     $ 2,211     $ 2,327     $ 116     $ 2,130     $ 2,113     $ (17 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                                                       
Derivative losses
    2,280       2,275       (5 )     1,253       1,262       9       1,014       977       (37 )
Asset related amortization
    (263 )     (91 )     172       26       128       102       791       881       90  
Provision for credit losses
    2,371       2,854       483       215       296       81       260       311       51  
Losses on loans purchased
    1,419       1,865       446       126       148       22                    
Gains (losses) on investment activity
    509       (305 )     (814 )     494       538       44       343       267       (76 )
Deferred income taxes
    (5,082 )     (3,958 )     1,124       (1,074 )     (1,012 )     62       (1,452 )     (1,462 )     (10 )
Sales of held-for-sale mortgages
                      18,722       18,711       (11 )     23,662       23,669       7  
Change in trading securities
    (1,913 )     (1,922 )     (9 )                       2,598       2,594       (4 )
Change in accounts and other receivables, net
    1,743       (711 )     (2,454 )     (1,237 )     (763 )     474       661       470       (191 )
Change in accrued interest payable
    (301 )     (263 )     38       713       718       5       282       290       8  
Change in guarantee asset, at fair value
    (1,986 )     (2,203 )     (217 )     (987 )     (1,125 )     (138 )     (567 )     (726 )     (159 )
Change in guarantee obligation
    4,515       4,245       (270 )     1,540       1,536       (4 )     1,413       1,779       366  
Participation Certificate residuals, at fair value
    2,416             (2,416 )     6             (6 )     112             (112 )
Other, net
    1,131       3,443       2,312       445       (489 )     (934 )     43       339       296  
                                                                         
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities
    1,658       2,135       477       22,453       22,275       (178 )     31,290       31,502       212  
                                                                         
                                                                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                                                                       
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities
    109,967       109,973       6       86,745       86,745             94,961       95,029       68  
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities
    219,263       219,047       (216 )                                    
Derivative premiums and terminations and swap collateral, net
    833       (2,484 )     (3,317 )     (97 )     910       1,007       932       (6,859 )     (7,791 )
                                                                         
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities
    330,063       326,536       (3,527 )     86,648       87,655       1,007       95,893       88,170       (7,723 )
                                                                         
                                                                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                                                                       
Proceeds from issuance of short-term debt
    1,018,040       1,016,933       (1,107 )                                    
Repayments of short-term debt
    (990,646 )     (986,489 )     4,157       (766,598 )     (767,427 )     (829 )     (862,176 )     (854,665 )     7,511  
                                                                         
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
    27,394       30,444       3,050       (766,598 )     (767,427 )     (829 )     (862,176 )     (854,665 )     7,511  
                                                                         
                                                                         
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 359,115     $ 359,115     $ 0     $ (657,497 )   $ (657,497 )   $ 0     $ (734,993 )   $ (734,993 )   $ 0  
                                                                         
Supplemental cash flow information
                                                                       
Cash paid (received) for:
                                                                       
Debt interest
    37,918       37,473       (445 )     34,452       33,973       (479 )     26,797       26,467       (330 )
Swap collateral interest
          445       445             479       479             322       322  
(1)  2007 As reported with changes in accounting principles and 2006 and 2005 As Adjusted amounts exclude adjustments which were made to our consolidated Statement of Cash Flows to conform to current period presentation.
 
 
END OF AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND ACCOMPANYING NOTES
 
            326 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
QUARTERLY SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The unaudited financial data for each quarter and full-year 2007 and 2006 reflects the reconciliation of previously reported to adjusted captions on the consolidated statements of income. See “NOTE 20: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information regarding the adjustments.
 
                                         
    2007  
    1Q     2Q     3Q     4Q     Full-Year  
    (in millions, except share-related amounts)  
 
Net interest income, as computed without changes in accounting principles
  $ 978     $ 973     $ 987     $ 972     $ 3,910  
Impact of changes in accounting principles
    (207 )     (180 )     (226 )     (198 )     (811 )
                                         
Net interest income, as adjusted
  $ 771     $ 793     $ 761     $ 774     $ 3,099  
                                         
Non-interest income (loss), as computed without changes in accounting principles
  $ (554 )   $ 1,282     $ (1,665 )   $ (3,815 )   $ (4,752 )
Impact of changes in accounting principles
    477       267       1,782       2,420       4,946  
                                         
Non-interest income (loss), as adjusted
  $ (77 )   $ 1,549     $ 117     $ (1,395 )   $ 194  
                                         
Non-interest expense, as computed without changes in accounting principles
  $ (1,074 )   $ (1,378 )   $ (2,731 )   $ (3,163 )   $ (8,346 )
Impact of changes in accounting principles
    (150 )     (141 )     (339 )     (294 )     (924 )
                                         
Non-interest expense, as adjusted
  $ (1,224 )   $ (1,519 )   $ (3,070 )   $ (3,457 )   $ (9,270 )
                                         
Income tax (expense) benefit, as computed without changes in accounting principles
  $ 439     $ (113 )   $ 1,380     $ 2,301     $ 4,007  
Impact of changes in accounting principles
    (42 )     19       (426 )     (675 )     (1,124 )
                                         
Income tax (expense) benefit, as adjusted
  $ 397     $ (94 )   $ 954     $ 1,626     $ 2,883  
                                         
Net income (loss), as computed without changes in accounting principles
  $ (211 )   $ 764     $ (2,029 )   $ (3,705 )   $ (5,181 )
Impact of changes in accounting principles
    78       (35 )     791       1,253       2,087  
                                         
Net income (loss), as adjusted
  $ (133 )   $ 729     $ (1,238 )   $ (2,452 )   $ (3,094 )
                                         
Basic earnings (loss) per common share, as computed without changes in accounting principles (1)
  $ (0.46 )   $ 1.02     $ (3.29 )   $ (5.91 )   $ (8.58 )
Impact of changes in accounting principles (1)
    0.11       (0.05 )     1.22       1.94       3.21  
                                         
Basic earnings (loss) per common share, as adjusted (1)
  $ (0.35 )   $ 0.97     $ (2.07 )   $ ( 3.97 )   $ (5.37 )
                                         
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share, as computed without changes in accounting principles (1)
  $ (0.46 )   $ 1.02     $ (3.29 )   $ (5.91 )   $ (8.58 )
Impact of changes in accounting principles (1)
    0.11       (0.06 )     1.22       1.94       3.21  
                                         
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share, as adjusted (1)
  $ (0.35 )   $ 0.96     $ (2.07 )   $ (3.97 )   $ (5.37 )
                                         
 
                                         
    2006  
    1Q     2Q     3Q     4Q     Full-Year  
    (in millions, except share-related amounts)  
 
Net interest income, as previously reported
  $ 1,131     $ 1,172     $ 959     $ 973     $ 4,235  
Impact of changes in accounting principles
    (192 )     (189 )     (230 )     (212 )     (823 )
                                         
Net interest income, as adjusted
  $ 939     $ 983     $ 729     $ 761     $ 3,412  
                                         
Non-interest income (loss), as previously reported
  $ 1,347     $ 979     $ (868 )   $ (543 )   $ 915  
Impact of changes in accounting principles
    201       199       404       367       1,171  
                                         
Non-interest income (loss), as adjusted
  $ 1,548     $ 1,178     $ (464 )   $ (176 )   $ 2,086  
                                         
Non-interest expense, as previously reported
  $ (584 )   $ (714 )   $ (827 )   $ (922 )   $ (3,047 )
Impact of changes in accounting principles
    (30 )     (35 )     (19 )     (85 )     (169 )
                                         
Non-interest expense, as adjusted
  $ (614 )   $ (749 )   $ (846 )   $ (1,007 )   $ (3,216 )
                                         
Income tax (expense) benefit, as previously reported
  $ 115     $ (40 )   $ 21     $ 12     $ 108  
Impact of changes in accounting principles
    (46 )     (36 )     10       9       (63 )
                                         
Income tax (expense) benefit, as adjusted
  $ 69     $ (76 )   $ 31     $ 21     $ 45  
                                         
Net income (loss), as previously reported
  $ 2,009     $ 1,397     $ (715 )   $ (480 )   $ 2,211  
Impact of changes in accounting principles
    (67 )     (61 )     165       79       116  
                                         
Net income (loss), as adjusted
  $ 1,942     $ 1,336     $ (550 )   $ (401 )   $ 2,327  
                                         
Basic earnings (loss) per common share, as previously reported (1)
  $ 2.81     $ 1.93     $ (1.17 )   $ (0.85 )   $ 2.84  
Impact of changes in accounting principles (1)
    (0.10 )     (0.09 )     0.25       0.12       0.17  
                                         
Basic earnings (loss) per common share, as adjusted (1)
  $ 2.71     $ 1.84     $ (0.92 )   $ (0.73 )   $ 3.01  
                                         
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share, as previously reported (1)
  $ 2.80     $ 1.93     $ (1.17 )   $ (0.85 )   $ 2.84  
Impact of changes in accounting principles (1)
    (0.09 )     (0.09 )     0.25       0.12       0.16  
                                         
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share, as adjusted (1)
  $ 2.71     $ 1.84     $ (0.92 )   $ (0.73 )   $ 3.00  
                                         
(1)  Earnings (loss) per share is computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Due to the use of weighted average common shares outstanding when calculating earnings (loss) per share, the sum of the four quarters may not equal the full-year amount. Earnings (loss) per share amounts may not recalculate using the amounts in this table due to rounding.
 
 
            327 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
 
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND ACCOMPANYING NOTES
 
 
 
            328 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

FREDDIE MAC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(UNAUDITED)
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (dollars in millions, except share-related amounts)  
 
Interest income
               
Mortgage loans
  $        1,243     $ 1,066  
Mortgage-related securities
    8,133       8,551  
Cash and investments
    520       972  
                 
Total interest income
    9,896       10,589  
Interest expense
               
Short-term debt
    (2,044 )     (2,208 )
Long-term debt
    (6,725 )     (7,176 )
                 
Total interest expense on debt securities
    (8,769 )     (9,384 )
Due to Participation Certificate investors
          (103 )
                 
Total interest expense
    (8,769 )     (9,487 )
Expense related to derivatives
    (329 )     (331 )
                 
Net interest income
    798       771  
                 
Non-interest income (loss)
               
Management and guarantee income (includes interest on guarantee asset of $215 and $127, respectively)
    789       628  
Gains (losses) on guarantee asset
    (1,394 )     (523 )
Income on guarantee obligation
    1,169       430  
Derivative gains (losses)
    (245 )     (524 )
Gains (losses) on investment activity
    1,219       18  
Unrealized gains (losses) on foreign-currency denominated debt recorded at fair value
    (1,385 )      
Gains on debt retirement
    305       7  
Recoveries on loans impaired upon purchase
    226       35  
Foreign-currency gains (losses), net
          (197 )
Other income
    47       49  
                 
Non-interest income (loss)
    731       (77 )
                 
Non-interest expense
               
Salaries and employee benefits
    (245 )     (228 )
Professional services
    (77 )     (108 )
Occupancy expense
    (15 )     (14 )
Other administrative expenses
    (60 )     (53 )
                 
Total administrative expenses
    (397 )     (403 )
Provision for credit losses
    (1,240 )     (248 )
Real estate owned operations expense
    (208 )     (14 )
Losses on certain credit guarantees
    (15 )     (177 )
Losses on loans purchased
    (51 )     (216 )
Low-income housing tax credit partnerships
    (117 )     (108 )
Minority interest in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries
    (3 )     (9 )
Other expenses
    (72 )     (49 )
                 
Non-interest expense
    (2,103 )     (1,224 )
                 
Loss before income tax benefit
    (574 )     (530 )
Income tax benefit
    423       397  
                 
Net loss
  $ (151 )   $ (133 )
                 
Preferred stock dividends and issuance costs on redeemed preferred stock (including $— and $6 of issuance costs on redeemed preferred stock, respectively)
    (272 )     (95 )
Amount allocated to participating security option holders
    (1 )     (2 )
                 
Net loss applicable to common stockholders
  $ (424 )   $ (230 )
                 
Loss per common share:
               
Basic
  $ (0.66 )   $ (0.35 )
Diluted
  $ (0.66 )   $ (0.35 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding (in thousands):
               
Basic
    646,338       661,376  
Diluted
    646,338       661,376  
Dividends per common share
  $ 0.25     $ 0.50  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.
 
            329 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
FREDDIE MAC
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    March 31,
       
    2008
    December 31,
 
    (unaudited)     2007  
    (in millions, except
 
    share-related amounts)  
 
Assets
               
Retained portfolio
               
Mortgage loans:
               
Held-for-investment, at amortized cost (net of allowances for loan losses of $356 and $256, respectively)
  $ 78,777     $ 76,347  
Held-for-sale, at lower-of-cost-or-fair-value
    7,684       3,685  
                 
Mortgage loans, net
    86,461       80,032  
Mortgage-related securities:
               
Available-for-sale, at fair value (includes $16,704 and $17,010, respectively, pledged as collateral that may be repledged)
    494,465       615,665  
Trading, at fair value
    106,658       14,089  
                 
Total mortgage-related securities
    601,123       629,754  
                 
Retained portfolio
    687,584       709,786  
                 
Cash and investments
               
Cash and cash equivalents
    8,346       8,574  
Investments:
               
Non-mortgage-related securities:
               
Available-for-sale, at fair value
    48,226       35,101  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold
    17,232       6,562  
                 
Cash and investments
    73,804       50,237  
                 
Accounts and other receivables, net
    5,265       5,003  
Derivative assets, net
    1,037       827  
Guarantee asset, at fair value
    9,134       9,591  
Real estate owned, net
    2,214       1,736  
Deferred tax asset, net
    16,640       10,304  
Other assets
    7,314       6,884  
                 
Total assets
  $ 802,992     $ 794,368  
                 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
               
Debt securities, net
               
Senior debt:
               
Due within one year (includes $365 at fair value at March 31, 2008)
  $ 290,540     $ 295,921  
Due after one year (includes $15,405 at fair value at March 31, 2008)
    464,737       438,147  
Subordinated debt, due after one year
    4,492       4,489  
                 
Total debt securities, net
    759,769       738,557  
                 
Accrued interest payable
    5,928       7,864  
Guarantee obligation
    13,669       13,712  
Derivative liabilities, net
    903       582  
Reserve for guarantee losses on Participation Certificates
    3,516       2,566  
Other liabilities
    3,050       4,187  
                 
Total liabilities
    786,835       767,468  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 2, 3, 11 and 12)
               
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    133       176  
Stockholders’ equity
               
Preferred stock, at redemption value
    14,109       14,109  
Common stock, $0.21 par value, 806,000,000 shares authorized, 725,863,886 shares issued and 646,721,972 shares and 646,266,701 shares outstanding, respectively
    152       152  
Additional paid-in capital
    857       871  
Retained earnings
    27,345       26,909  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), or AOCI, net of taxes, related to:
               
Available-for-sale securities
    (18,361 )     (7,040 )
Cash flow hedge relationships
    (3,892 )     (4,059 )
Defined benefit plans
    (43 )     (44 )
                 
Total AOCI, net of taxes
    (22,296 )     (11,143 )
Treasury stock, at cost, 79,141,914 shares and 79,597,185 shares, respectively
    (4,143 )     (4,174 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    16,024       26,724  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 802,992     $ 794,368  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.
 
            330 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
FREDDIE MAC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(UNAUDITED)
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  
    (in millions)  
 
Preferred stock, at redemption value
                               
Balance, beginning of year
    464     $ 14,109       132     $ 6,109  
Preferred stock issuances
                44       1,100  
Preferred stock redemptions
                (12 )     (600 )
                                 
Preferred stock, end of period
    464       14,109       164       6,609  
                                 
Common stock, par value
                               
Balance, beginning of year
    726       152       726       152  
                                 
Common stock, end of period
    726       152       726       152  
                                 
Additional paid-in capital
                               
Balance, beginning of year
            871               962  
Stock-based compensation
            25               19  
Income tax benefit from stock-based compensation
            (7 )             1  
Preferred stock issuance costs
                          (11 )
Common stock issuances
            (34 )             (10 )
Real Estate Investment Trust preferred stock repurchase
            2                
                                 
Additional paid-in capital, end of period
            857               961  
                                 
Retained earnings
                               
Balance, beginning of year
            26,909               31,372  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of taxes
            1,023               181  
                                 
Balance, beginning of year, as adjusted
            27,932               31,553  
Net loss
            (151 )             (133 )
Preferred stock dividends declared
            (272 )             (89 )
Common stock dividends declared
            (164 )             (335 )
                                 
Retained earnings, end of period
            27,345               30,996  
                                 
AOCI, net of taxes
                               
Balance, beginning of year
            (11,143 )             (8,451 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of taxes
            (850 )              
                                 
Balance, beginning of year, as adjusted
            (11,993 )             (8,451 )
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) related to available-for-sale securities, net of reclassification adjustments
            (10,467 )             1,242  
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) related to cash flow hedge relationships, net of reclassification adjustments
            163               239  
Changes in defined benefit plans
            1               6  
                                 
AOCI, net of taxes, end of period
            (22,296 )             (6,964 )
                                 
Treasury stock, at cost
                               
Balance, beginning of year
    80       (4,174 )     65       (3,230 )
Common stock issuances
    (1 )     31       (1 )     15  
                                 
Treasury stock, end of period
    79       (4,143 )     64       (3,215 )
                                 
Total stockholders’ equity
          $ 16,024             $ 28,539  
                                 
Comprehensive income (loss)
                               
Net loss
          $ (151 )           $ (133 )
Changes in other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, net of reclassification adjustments
            (10,303 )             1,487  
                                 
Total comprehensive income (loss)
          $ (10,454 )           $ 1,354  
                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.
 
            331 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
FREDDIE MAC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
 
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities
               
Net loss
  $ (151 )   $ (133 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:
               
Hedge accounting losses
    3        
Derivative (gains) losses
    (101 )     562  
Asset related (accretion) amortization — premiums, discounts and basis adjustments
    (67 )     63  
Debt related amortization — premiums and discounts on certain debt securities and basis adjustments
    2,622       2,658  
Net discounts paid on retirements of debt
    (2,276 )     (2,165 )
Gains on debt retirement
    (305 )     (7 )
Provision for credit losses
    1,240       248  
Low-income housing tax credit partnerships
    117       108  
Losses on loans purchased
    51       216  
Gains on investment activity
    (1,217 )     (6 )
Foreign-currency loss, net
          197  
Unrealized losses on foreign-currency denominated debt recorded at fair value
    1,385        
Deferred income taxes
    (882 )     (819 )
Purchases of held-for-sale mortgages
    (11,858 )     (4,176 )
Sales of held-for-sale mortgages
    7,808       4,080  
Repayments of held-for-sale mortgages
    153       28  
Due to Participation Certificates and Structured Securities Trust
    (904 )      
Change in trading securities
          (606 )
Change in accounts and other receivables, net
    (391 )     (310 )
Change in amounts due to Participation Certificate investors, net
          1,741  
Change in accrued interest payable
    (1,525 )     (1,288 )
Change in income taxes payable
    (187 )     224  
Change in guarantee asset, at fair value
    458       (213 )
Change in guarantee obligation
    (10 )     611  
Other, net
    (6 )     159  
                 
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities
    (6,043 )     1,172  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities
               
Purchases of trading securities
    (9,015 )      
Proceeds from sales of trading securities
    1,061        
Proceeds from maturities of trading securities
    3,783        
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
    (106,227 )     (71,403 )
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities
    18,376       13,846  
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities
    92,991       62,902  
Purchases of held-for-investment mortgages
    (4,210 )     (4,420 )
Repayments of held-for-investment mortgages
    932       2,565  
Increase in restricted cash
    (344 )      
Proceeds from mortgage insurance and sales of real estate owned
    80       373  
Net increase in securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold
    (10,670 )     (11,175 )
Derivative premiums and terminations and swap collateral, net
    (273 )     (427 )
                 
Net cash used for investing activities
    (13,516 )     (7,739 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities
               
Proceeds from issuance of short-term debt
    266,940       245,454  
Repayments of short-term debt
    (263,771 )     (248,612 )
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    93,607       68,523  
Repayments of long-term debt
    (76,780 )     (59,873 )
Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock
          1,089  
Redemption of preferred stock
          (600 )
Payment of cash dividends on preferred stock and common stock
    (436 )     (424 )
Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards
    1       2  
Payments of low-income housing tax credit partnerships notes payable
    (183 )     (351 )
Increase (decrease) in cash overdraft
    3       (2 )
Other, net
    (50 )     4  
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    19,331       5,210  
                 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (228 )     (1,357 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    8,574       11,359  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 8,346     $ 10,002  
                 
Supplemental cash flow information
               
Cash paid (received) for:                
Debt interest
  $ 10,305     $ 10,567  
Swap collateral interest
    61       116  
Derivative interest carry, net
    64       (314 )
Income taxes
    646       198  
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
               
Held-for-sale mortgages securitized and retained as available-for-sale securities
          169  
Transfers from mortgage loans to real estate owned
    1,078       526  
Transfers from held-for-sale mortgages to held-for-investment mortgages
          40  
Transfers from retained portfolio Participation Certificates to held-for-investment mortgages
          447  
Transfers from available-for-sale securities to trading securities
    87,281        
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.
 
            332 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
We are a stockholder-owned government-sponsored enterprise, or GSE, established by Congress in 1970 to provide a continuous flow of funds for residential mortgages. Our obligations are ours alone and are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, or any other agency or instrumentality of the U.S. We play a fundamental role in the U.S. housing finance system, linking the domestic mortgage market and the global capital markets. Our participation in the secondary mortgage market includes providing our credit guarantee on securities backed by residential mortgages originated by mortgage lenders and investing in mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities that we hold in our retained portfolio. Through our credit guarantee activities, we securitize mortgage loans by issuing mortgage Participation Certificates, or PCs. We also resecuritize mortgage-related securities that are issued by us or the Government National Mortgage Association, or Ginnie Mae, as well as non-agency entities. We also guarantee the payment of principal and interest with respect to multifamily mortgage loans that support housing revenue bonds issued by third parties. Securitized mortgage-related assets that are backed by PCs and Structured Securities and held by third parties are not reflected as our assets. We may earn management and guarantee fees and other upfront compensation for providing our guarantee and performing management activities (such as ongoing trustee services, administration of pass-through amounts, paying agent services, tax reporting and other required services) with respect to issued PCs and Structured Securities. Our management activities are essential to and inseparable from our guarantee activities. We do not provide or charge for the activities separately. The management and guarantee fee is paid to us over the life of the related PCs and Structured Securities and reflected in earnings as management and guarantee income as accrued.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our subsidiaries, and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Certain financial information that is normally included in annual financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, but is not required for interim reporting purposes has been condensed or omitted. Certain amounts in prior periods’ consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, have been recorded for a fair statement of our unaudited consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP.
 
Net income (loss) includes certain adjustments to correct immaterial errors related to previously reported periods.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of these consolidated balance sheets as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Management has made significant estimates in preparation of the financial statements, including, but not limited to, valuation of financial instruments and other assets and liabilities, amortization of assets and liabilities and allowance for loan losses and reserves for guarantee losses. Actual results could be different from these estimates.
 
Change in Accounting Principles
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” or SFAS 157, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (also referred to as exit price). The adoption of SFAS 157 did not cause a cumulative effect adjustment to our GAAP consolidated financial statements on January 1, 2008. SFAS 157 amends FASB Interpretation No., or FIN, 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an Interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34,” or FIN 45, to provide for a practical expedient in measuring the fair value at inception of a guarantee. Upon adoption of SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008, we began measuring the fair value of our newly-issued guarantee obligations at their inception using the practical expedient provided by FIN 45, as amended by SFAS 157. Using the practical expedient, the initial guarantee obligation is recorded at an amount equal to the fair value of compensation received, inclusive of all rights related to the transaction, in exchange for our guarantee. As a result, we no longer record estimates of deferred gains or immediate “day one” losses on most guarantees. In addition, amortization of the guarantee obligation will now more closely follow our economic release from risk under the guarantee. This change is further discussed in “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to these consolidated financial statements.
 
            333 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Measurement Date for Employers’ Defined Pension and Other Postretirement Plans
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the measurement date provisions of SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R),” or SFAS 158. In accordance with the standard, we are required to measure our defined plan assets and obligations as of the date of our consolidated balance sheet and change the measurement date from September 30 to December 31. The transition approach we elected for the change was the 15-month approach. Under this approach, we continued to use the measurements determined for our 2007 Information Statement to estimate the effects of the change. As a result of adoption, we recognized an $8 million decrease in retained earnings (after tax) at January 1, 2008 and the impact to AOCI (after tax) was immaterial.
 
The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
 
On January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 159, “ The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 ,” or SFAS 159 or the fair value option, which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not required to be measured at fair value. The effect of the first measurement to fair value is reported as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. We elected the fair value option for certain available-for-sale mortgage-related securities, foreign-currency denominated debt, and investments in securities classified as available-for-sale securities and identified as within the scope of Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interest That Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets .”
 
Our election of the fair value option for the items discussed above was made in an effort to better reflect, in the financial statements, the economic offsets that exist related to items that were not previously recognized as changes in fair value through our consolidated statements of income. As a result of the adoption, we recognized a $1.0 billion after-tax increase to our beginning retained earnings at January 1, 2008, representing the effect of changing our measurement basis to fair value for the above items with the fair value option elected. For additional information on the election of the fair value option and SFAS 159, see “NOTE 14: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES” to these consolidated financial statements.
 
Table 1.1 summarizes the incremental effect on individual line items on our consolidated balance sheets upon the adoption of SFAS 159.
 
Table 1.1 — Change in Accounting for the Fair Value Option — Impact on Financial Statements
 
                         
    Balance Sheet
          Balance Sheet
 
    January 1, 2008
    Net Gain/(Losses)
    January 1, 2008
 
    prior to Adoption     upon Adoption     after Adoption  
    (in millions)  
Mortgage-related securities (1)
  $ 87,281     $     $ 87,281  
Total debt securities, net (2)
    19,091       276       18,815  
                         
Cumulative-effect adjustment (pre-tax)
            276          
Impact on deferred tax
            (95 )        
                         
Cumulative-effect adjustment (net of taxes)
            181          
                         
Reclassification from AOCI to retained earnings, net of taxes (1)
            850          
                         
Cumulative-effect adjustments to retained earnings
          $ 1,031          
                         
(1)  Effective January 1, 2008, we elected the fair value option for certain available-for-sale mortgage-related securities that were identified as economic offsets to the changes in fair value of the guarantee asset and investments in securities classified as available-for-sale securities and identified as within the scope of EITF 99-20. The net gains/(losses) upon adoption represent the reclassification of the related unrealized gains/(losses) from AOCI, net of taxes, to retained earnings.
(2)  Effective January 1, 2008, our measurement basis for debt securities denominated in a foreign currency changed from amortized cost to fair value. The difference between the carrying amount and fair value at the adoption of SFAS 159 was recorded as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards, Not Yet Adopted
 
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
In March 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS No. 161, “ Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 ,” or SFAS 161. SFAS 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities, including objectives and strategies for using derivatives, fair value amounts of gains and losses on derivative instruments and credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. SFAS 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, with early adoption allowed. We are currently evaluating the impacts of adopting this standard on our disclosures as they relate to our consolidated financial statements.
 
Noncontrolling Interests
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “ Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51 ,” or SFAS 160. A noncontrolling interest (or a minority interest) is the portion of equity in a subsidiary not attributable, directly or indirectly, to the parent. SFAS 160 would require that noncontrolling interests be presented within equity, instead of between liabilities and equity. SFAS 160 would also require that net income include
 
            334 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

amounts attributable to the noncontrolling interests, instead of reducing net income by those amounts. SFAS 160 would also require expanded disclosures. SFAS 160 would be effective for and retrospectively adopted by us on January 1, 2009. We have not yet determined the impact of adopting SFAS 160 on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Business Combinations
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “ Business Combinations ,” or SFAS 141(R), or SFAS 141(R). SFAS 141(R) provides guidance relating to recognition of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination, which we have determined does not apply to us.
 
NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND TRANSFERS OF SECURITIZED INTERESTS
IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS
 
Financial Guarantees
 
We provide a variety of financial guarantees. For a discussion of these guarantees see “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND TRANSFERS OF SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Guaranteed PCs, Structured Securities and Other Mortgage Guarantees
 
We guarantee the payment of principal and interest on issued PCs and Structured Securities that are backed by pools of mortgage loans. Under the terms of our guarantee, we are required to make the timely payment of interest, at the applicable PC coupon rate for both our fixed-rate and adjustable-rate, or ARM, PCs. For our fixed-rate PCs, we also guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal on the underlying mortgages. For our ARM PCs, we guarantee the final payment of principal on the underlying mortgages. The guarantee that we provide on our long-term standby commitments obligates us to purchase delinquent loans that are covered by that agreement. Most of the guarantees we provide meet the definition of a derivative under SFAS 133; however, most of these guarantees also qualify for a scope exemption for financial guarantee contracts in SFAS 133. For guarantees that meet the scope exemption, we initially account for the guarantee obligation at fair value and subsequently amortize the obligation into earnings. If we determine that our guarantee does not qualify for the scope exemption, we account for it as a derivative with changes in fair value reflected in current period earnings. At March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we had $1,784.1 billion and $1,738.8 billion of issued PCs and Structured Securities and such other mortgage guarantees, respectively, of which $346.9 billion and $357.0 billion were held in our retained portfolio. There were $1,591.3 billion and $1,518.8 billion at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, of Structured Securities backed by resecuritized PCs and other previously issued Structured Securities. These restructured securities do not increase our credit-related exposure and consist of single-class and multi-class Structured Securities backed by PCs, Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits, or REMICs, interest-only and principal-only strips.
 
Our guarantee obligation represents the recognized liability associated with our guarantee of PCs and Structured Securities net of cumulative amortization. Upon adoption of SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008, we began measuring the fair value of our newly-issued guarantee obligations at their inception using the practical expedient provided by FIN 45, as amended by SFAS 157. Using the practical expedient, the initial guarantee obligation is recorded at an amount equal to the fair value of compensation received in the related securitization transaction. As a result, we no longer record estimates of deferred gains or immediate, or “day one”, losses on most guarantees. However, all unamortized amounts recorded prior to January 1, 2008 will continue to be deferred and amortized using existing amortization methods. Valuation of the guarantee obligation subsequent to initial recognition will use current pricing assumptions and related inputs. For additional information regarding our fair value methods and assumptions related to our guarantee obligation, see “NOTE 14: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES” to these consolidated financial statements. In addition to our guarantee obligation, we recognized a reserve for guarantee losses on PCs that totaled $3.5 billion and $2.6 billion at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
Derivative Instruments
 
Derivative instruments include written options, written swaptions, interest-rate swap guarantees and guarantees of stated final maturity of Structured Securities. Derivative instruments also include short-term default guarantee commitments that we account for as credit derivatives.
 
Servicing-Related Premium Guarantees
 
We provide guarantees to reimburse servicers for premiums paid to acquire servicing in situations where the original seller is unable to perform under its separate servicing agreement. The liability associated with these agreements was not material at March 31, 2008 and December 30, 2007.
 
            335 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 2.1 below presents our maximum potential amount of future payments, our recognized liability and the maximum remaining term of these guarantees.
 
Table 2.1 — Financial Guarantees
 
                                                 
    March 31, 2008   December 31, 2007
            Maximum
          Maximum
    Maximum
  Recognized
  Remaining
  Maximum
  Recognized
  Remaining
    Exposure   Liability   Term   Exposure   Liability   Term
    (dollars in millions, terms in years)
 
Guaranteed PCs, Structured Securities and other mortgage guarantees issued (1)
  $ 1,784,077     $ 13,669       40     $ 1,738,833     $ 13,712       40  
Derivative instruments
    44,685       348       27       32,538       129       30  
Servicing-related premium guarantees
    41             5       37             5  
(1)  Exclude mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities traded, but not yet settled.
 
With the exception of interest-rate swap guarantees included in derivative instruments in Table 2.1, maximum exposure represents the contractual amounts that could be lost under the guarantees if underlying borrowers defaulted, without consideration of possible recoveries under recourse provisions or from collateral held or pledged. The maximum exposure related to interest-rate swap guarantees is based on contractual rates and without consideration of recovery under recourse provisions. The maximum exposure disclosed above is not representative of the actual loss we are likely to incur, based on our historical loss experience and after consideration of proceeds from related collateral liquidation.
 
Other Financial Commitments
 
As part of the guarantee arrangements pertaining to multifamily housing revenue bonds, we provided commitments to advance funds, commonly referred to as “liquidity guarantees,” totaling $10.3 billion and $8.0 billion at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. These guarantees enable the repurchase of any tendered tax-exempt and related taxable pass-through certificates and housing revenue bonds that are unable to be remarketed. Any repurchased securities would be pledged to us to secure funding until the time when the securities could be remarketed.
 
Gains and Losses on Transfers of PCs and Structured Securities that are Accounted for as Sales
 
We recognized gains (losses) on transfers of PCs and Structured Securities that were accounted for as sales under SFAS 140, “ Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities — a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125 .” For the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, the net pre-tax gains were approximately $91 million and $20 million, respectively
 
Valuation of Recognized Guarantee Asset
 
Guarantee Asset
 
Our approach for estimating the fair value of the guarantee asset at March 31, 2008 uses third-party market data to the extent practicable. For approximately 74% of the fair value of the guarantee asset, which relates to fixed rate loan products that reflect current market rates, the valuation approach involved obtaining dealer quotes on proxy securities with collateral similar to aggregated characteristics of our portfolio. This effectively equates the guarantee asset with current, or “spot,” market values for excess servicing interest-only securities. We consider these securities to be comparable to the guarantee asset, in that they represent interest-only cash flows, and do not have matching principal-only securities. The remaining 26% of the fair value of the guarantee asset related to underlying loan products for which comparable market prices were not readily available. These amounts relate specifically to ARM products, highly seasoned loans or fixed rate loans with coupons that are not consistent with current market rates. This portion of the guarantee asset was valued using an expected cash flow approach including only those cash flows expected to result from our contractual right to receive management and guarantee fees with market input assumptions extracted from the dealer quotes provided on the more liquid products, reduced by an estimated liquidity discount. We establish some of our guarantee asset in accordance with SFAS 140 in transactions through various underwriters in which we issue our PCs and Structured Securities for cash. However, we issue most of our PCs and Structured Securities in guarantor swap transactions in which securities dealers or investors deliver to us the mortgage-related assets underlying the securities in exchange for the securities themselves. We establish the majority of our guarantee asset in these guarantor swap transactions in accordance with FIN 45. The key assumptions used in valuation of our guarantee asset and a sensitivity analysis for our guarantee asset, which includes those guarantee assets established in swap transactions as well as those established in cash sales, are presented below.
 
Key Assumptions Used in the Valuation of the Guarantee Asset
 
Table 2.2 summarizes the key assumptions associated with the fair value measurements of the recognized guarantee asset. The fair values at the time of securitization and the subsequent fair value measurements were estimated using third-party information. However, the assumptions included in this table for those periods are those implied by our fair value estimates, with the internal rates of return, or IRRs, adjusted where necessary to align our internal models with estimated fair
 
            336 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

values determined using third-party information. Prepayment rates are presented as implied by our internal models and have not been similarly adjusted.
 
At March 31, 2008, our guarantee asset totaled $9.1 billion on our consolidated balance sheets, of which approximately $0.2 billion, or approximately 2%, related to PCs and Structured Securities backed by multifamily mortgage loans. Table 2.2 contains the key assumptions used to derive the fair value measurement of the entire guarantee asset associated with PCs and other financial guarantees backed by single-family mortgage loans. For the portion of our guarantee asset that is valued by obtaining dealer quotes on proxy securities, we derive the assumptions from the prices we are provided. Table 2.3 contains a sensitivity analysis of the fair value of the entire guarantee asset associated with PCs and other financial guarantees backed by single-family mortgage loans.
 
Table 2.2 — Key Assumptions Utilized in Fair Value Measurements of the Guarantee Asset (Single-Family Mortgages)
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
Mean Valuation Assumptions (1)
  2008     2007  
IRRs (2)
    9.5 %     7.0 %
Prepayment rates (3)
    17.9 %     19.2 %
Weighted average lives (years)
    4.7       4.8  
(1)  Mean values represent the weighted average of all estimated IRRs, prepayment rate and weighted average lives assumptions.
(2)  IRR assumptions represent an unpaid principal balance weighted average of the discount rates inherent in the fair value of the recognized guarantee asset. We estimated the IRRs using a model which employs multiple interest rate scenarios versus a single assumption.
(3)  Although prepayment rates are simulated monthly, the assumptions above represent annualized prepayment rates based on unpaid principal balances.
 
Table 2.3 — Sensitivity Analysis of the Guarantee Asset (Single-Family Mortgages)
 
                 
    March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    (dollars in millions)  
Fair value
  $ 8,954     $ 9,417  
Weighted average IRR assumptions:
    10.0 %     8.1 %
Impact on fair value of 100 bps unfavorable change
  $ (312 )   $ (389 )
Impact on fair value of 200 bps unfavorable change
  $ (604 )   $ (746 )
Weighted average prepayment rate assumptions:
    17.4 %     16.5 %
Impact on fair value of 10% unfavorable change
  $ (528 )   $ (516 )
Impact on fair value of 20% unfavorable change
  $ (1,021 )   $ (977 )
 
Valuation of Other Retained Interests
 
Other retained interests include securities we issued as part of a resecuritization transaction, which was recorded as a sale. The majority of these securities are classified as available-for-sale. The fair value of other retained interests is generally based on independent price quotations obtained from third-party pricing services or dealer provided prices.
 
To report the hypothetical sensitivity of the carrying value of other retained interests, we used internal models adjusted where necessary to align with the fair values. The sensitivity analysis in Table 2.4 illustrates hypothetical adverse changes in the fair value of other retained interests for changes in key assumptions based on these models.
 
Table 2.4 — Sensitivity Analysis of Other Retained Interests (1)
 
                 
    March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    (dollars in millions)  
Fair value
  $ 106,247     $ 107,931  
Weighted average IRR assumptions
    5.2 %     5.5 %
Impact on fair value of 100 bps unfavorable change
  $ (4,169 )   $ (4,109 )
Impact on fair value of 200 bps unfavorable change
  $ (8,030 )   $ (7,928 )
Weighted average prepayment rate assumptions
    8.4 %     8.7 %
Impact on fair value of 10% unfavorable change
  $ (36 )   $ (30 )
Impact on fair value of 20% unfavorable change
  $ (69 )   $ (57 )
(1)  The sensitivity analysis includes only other retained interests whose fair value is impacted as a result of changes in IRR and prepayment assumptions.
 
            337 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
Cash Flows on Transfers of Securitized Interests and Corresponding Retained Interests
 
Table 2.5 summarizes cash flows on retained interests as well as the amount of cash payments made to acquire delinquent loans to satisfy our financial performance obligations.
 
Table 2.5 — Details of Cash Flows
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
    March 31,
    2008   2007
    (in millions)
Cash flows from:
               
Transfers of Freddie Mac securities that were accounted for as sales (1)
  $ 10,308     $ 12,018  
Cash flows received on the guarantee asset (2)
    689       523  
Other retained interests principal and interest (3)
    5,238       6,196  
Purchases of delinquent or foreclosed loans (4)
    (776 )     (1,701 )
(1)  Represents proceeds from securities receiving sales treatment under SFAS 140 including sales of Structured Securities. On our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, this amount is included in the investing section as part of proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities.
(2)  Represents cash received related to management and guarantee fees, which serve to reduce the guarantee asset. On our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, the change in guarantee asset and the corresponding management and guarantee fee income are reflected as operating activities.
(3)  Represents cash proceeds related to interest income and principal repayment of PCs or Structured Securities that are not transferred to third parties upon the completion of a securitization or resecuritization transaction. On our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, the cash flows from interest are included in Net Income and the principal repayments are included in the investing section as part of proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities. The amount for the three months ended March 31, 2007 has been revised to also include interest-only and principal-only strips, which conforms to the 2008 presentation.
(4)  Represents our cash payments for the purchase of delinquent or foreclosed loans from mortgage pools underlying our PCs and Structured Securities. On our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, this amount is included in the investing section as part of purchases of held-for-investment mortgages.
 
Credit Protection and Other Forms of Recourse
 
In connection with our guarantees of PCs and Structured Securities issued, we have recourse in the form of primary mortgage insurance, pool insurance, recourse to lenders, credit enhancements and other forms of credit protection. At March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we recorded $1,223 million and $655 million, respectively, within other assets on our consolidated balance sheets related to these credit enhancements on securitized mortgages. Table 2.6 presents the amounts of potential loss recovery by type of credit protection.
 
Table 2.6 — Credit Protection and Other Forms of Recourse (1)
 
                 
    March 31, 2008   December 31, 2007
    (in millions)
PCs and Structured Securities:
               
Single-family:
               
Primary mortgage insurance
  $ 55,561     $ 51,897  
Lender recourse and indemnifications
    11,889       12,085  
Pool insurance
    3,828       3,813  
Other credit enhancements
    557       549  
Multifamily:
               
Credit enhancements
    2,218       1,233  
Structured Securities backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates (2)
    1,211       1,268  
(1)  Exclude credit enhancements related to Structured Transactions, which had unpaid principal balances that totaled $19.2 billion and $20.2 billion at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
(2)  Ginnie Mae Certificates are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
 
Indemnifications
 
In connection with certain business transactions, we may provide indemnification to counterparties for claims arising out of breaches of certain obligations ( e.g. , those arising from representations and warranties) in contracts entered into in the normal course of business. For a discussion of these indemnifications see “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND TRANSFERS OF SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to our audited consolidated financial statements. Our assessment is that the risk of any material loss from such a claim for indemnification is remote and there are no probable and estimable losses associated with these contracts. Therefore, we have not recorded any liabilities related to these indemnifications on our consolidated balance sheets at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
NOTE 3: VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
 
We are a party to numerous entities that are considered to be variable interest entities, or VIEs. Our investments in VIEs include low-income housing tax credit, or LIHTC, partnerships, certain Structured Securities transactions and a mortgage reinsurance entity. In addition, we buy the highly-rated senior securities in non-mortgage-related, asset-backed investment trusts that are VIEs. Our investments in these securities do not represent a significant variable interest in the securitization trusts as the securities issued by these trusts are not designed to absorb a significant portion of the variability in the trust. Accordingly, we do not consolidate these securities. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Consolidation and Equity Method of Accounting” to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the consolidation practices of our VIEs.
 
            338 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

LIHTC Partnerships
 
We invest as a limited partner in LIHTC partnerships formed for the purpose of providing funding for affordable multifamily rental properties. The LIHTC partnerships invest as limited partners in lower-tier partnerships, which own and operate multifamily rental properties. These properties are rented to qualified low-income tenants, allowing the properties to be eligible for federal tax credits. Most of these LIHTC partnerships are VIEs. A general partner operates the partnership, identifying investments and obtaining debt financing as needed to finance partnership activities. Although these partnerships generate operating losses, we realize a return on our investment through reductions in income tax expense that result from tax credits and the deductibility of the operating losses of these partnerships. The partnership agreements are typically structured to meet a required 15-year period of occupancy by qualified low-income tenants. The investments in LIHTC partnerships, in which we were either the primary beneficiary or had a significant variable interest, were made between 1989 and 2007. At March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we did not guarantee any obligations of these LIHTC partnerships and our exposure was limited to the amount of our investment. At March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we were the primary beneficiary of investments in six partnerships and we consolidated these investments. The investors in the obligations of the consolidated LIHTC partnerships have recourse only to the assets of those VIEs and do not have recourse to us.
 
VIEs Not Consolidated
 
LIHTC Partnerships
 
At both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we had unconsolidated investments in 189 LIHTC partnerships, in which we had a significant variable interest. The size of these partnerships at both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, as measured in total assets, was $10.3 billion. These partnerships are accounted for using the equity method. As a limited partner, our maximum exposure to loss equals the undiscounted book value of our equity investment. At March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, our maximum exposure to loss on unconsolidated LIHTC partnerships, in which we had a significant variable interest, was $3.6 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively.
 
Structured Transactions
 
We periodically issue securities in Structured Transactions, which are backed by mortgage loans or non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities using collateral pools transferred to a trust specifically created for the purpose of issuing securities. These trusts issue various senior interests and subordinated interests. We purchase interests, including senior interests, of the trusts and issue and guarantee Structured Securities backed by these interests. The subordinated interests are generally either held by the seller or other party or sold in the capital markets. Generally, the structure of the transactions and the trusts as qualifying special purpose entities exempts them from the scope of FIN 46 (revised December 2003), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51 ,” or FIN 46(R). However, at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we had an interest in one Structured Transaction that did not fall within the scope of this exception and in which we had a significant variable interest. Our involvement in this one Structured Transaction began in 2002. The size of the Structured Transaction at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 as measured in total assets, was $42 million and $40 million, respectively. For the same dates, our maximum exposure to loss on this transaction was $36 million and $37 million, respectively, consisting of the book value of our investments plus incremental guarantees of the senior interests that are held by third parties.
 
            339 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
NOTE 4: RETAINED PORTFOLIO AND CASH AND INVESTMENTS PORTFOLIO
 
Table 4.1 summarizes amortized cost, estimated fair values and corresponding gross unrealized gains and gross unrealized losses for available-for-sale securities by major security type.
 
Table 4.1 — Available-For-Sale Securities
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
          Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
    Amortized Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
    (in millions)  
 
March 31, 2008
                               
                                 
Retained portfolio:
                               
Mortgage-related securities:
                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 263,021     $ 3,516     $ (1,568 )   $ 264,969  
Federal National Mortgage Association, or Fannie Mae
    36,278       455       (163 )     36,570  
Ginnie Mae
    457       21             478  
Subprime
    93,023       2       (17,089 )     75,936  
Alt-A and other
    49,840       11       (10,976 )     38,875  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    64,616       160       (1,719 )     63,057  
Manufactured housing
    1,109       137       (22 )     1,224  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    14,103       66       (813 )     13,356  
                                 
Total mortgage-related securities
    522,447       4,368       (32,350 )     494,465  
                                 
Cash and investments portfolio:
                               
Non-mortgage-related securities:
                               
Asset-backed securities
    15,397       60       (225 )     15,232  
Commercial paper
    32,994                   32,994  
                                 
Total non-mortgage-related securities
    48,391       60       (225 )     48,226  
                                 
Total available-for-sale securities
  $ 570,838     $ 4,428     $ (32,575 )   $ 542,691  
                                 
December 31, 2007
                               
Retained portfolio:
                               
Mortgage-related securities:
                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 346,569     $ 2,981     $ (2,583 )   $ 346,967  
Fannie Mae
    45,688       513       (344 )     45,857  
Ginnie Mae
    545       19       (2 )     562  
Subprime
    101,278       12       (8,584 )     92,706  
Alt-A and other
    51,456       15       (2,543 )     48,928  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    64,965       515       (681 )     64,799  
Manufactured housing
    1,149       131       (12 )     1,268  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    14,783       146       (351 )     14,578  
                                 
Total mortgage-related securities
    626,433       4,332       (15,100 )     615,665  
                                 
Cash and investments portfolio:
                               
Non-mortgage-related securities:
                               
Asset-backed securities
    16,644       25       (81 )     16,588  
Commercial paper
    18,513                   18,513  
                                 
Total non-mortgage-related securities
    35,157       25       (81 )     35,101  
                                 
Total available-for-sale securities
  $ 661,590     $ 4,357     $ (15,181 )   $ 650,766  
                                 
 
            340 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 4.2 shows the fair value of available-for-sale securities as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 that have been in a gross unrealized loss position less than 12 months or greater than 12 months.
 
Table 4.2 — Available-For-Sale Securities in a Gross Unrealized Loss Position
 
                                                 
    Less than 12 months     12 months or Greater     Total  
          Gross
          Gross
          Gross
 
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
 
    Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
    (in millions)  
 
March 31, 2008
                                               
Retained portfolio:
                                               
Mortgage-related securities:
                                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 36,370     $ (512 )   $ 44,743     $ (1,056 )   $ 81,113     $ (1,568 )
Fannie Mae
    5,078       (22 )     8,070       (141 )     13,148       (163 )
Ginnie Mae
    36             3             39        
Subprime
    49,118       (10,052 )     26,606       (7,037 )     75,724       (17,089 )
Alt-A and other
    23,795       (7,473 )     14,825       (3,503 )     38,620       (10,976 )
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    22,996       (581 )     28,014       (1,138 )     51,010       (1,719 )
Manufactured housing
    332       (17 )     50       (5 )     382       (22 )
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    7,801       (526 )     2,100       (287 )     9,901       (813 )
                                                 
Total mortgage-related securities
    145,526       (19,183 )     124,411       (13,167 )     269,937       (32,350 )
                                                 
Cash and investments portfolio:
                                               
Non-mortgage-related securities:
                                               
Asset-backed securities
    8,197       (197 )     1,088       (28 )     9,285       (225 )
                                                 
Total non-mortgage-related securities
    8,197       (197 )     1,088       (28 )     9,285       (225 )
                                                 
Total available-for-sale securities in a gross unrealized loss position
  $ 153,723     $ (19,380 )   $ 125,499     $ (13,195 )   $ 279,222     $ (32,575 )
                                                 
December 31, 2007
                                               
Retained portfolio:
                                               
Mortgage-related securities:
                                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 22,546     $ (254 )   $ 135,966     $ (2,329 )   $ 158,512     $ (2,583 )
Fannie Mae
    4,728       (17 )     15,214       (327 )     19,942       (344 )
Ginnie Mae
    2             74       (2 )     76       (2 )
Subprime
    87,004       (8,021 )     5,213       (563 )     92,217       (8,584 )
Alt-A and other
    33,509       (2,029 )     14,525       (514 )     48,034       (2,543 )
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    8,652       (154 )     26,207       (527 )     34,859       (681 )
Manufactured housing
    435       (11 )     24       (1 )     459       (12 )
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    7,735       (264 )     1,286       (87 )     9,021       (351 )
                                                 
Total mortgage-related securities
    164,611       (10,750 )     198,509       (4,350 )     363,120       (15,100 )
                                                 
Cash and investments portfolio:
                                               
Non-mortgage-related securities:
                                               
Asset-backed securities
    8,236       (63 )     3,222       (18 )     11,458       (81 )
                                                 
Total non-mortgage-related securities
    8,236       (63 )     3,222       (18 )     11,458       (81 )
                                                 
Total available-for-sale securities in a gross unrealized loss position
  $ 172,847     $ (10,813 )   $ 201,731     $ (4,368 )   $ 374,578     $ (15,181 )
                                                 
 
At March 31, 2008, our gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale mortgage-related securities were $32.4 billion. Included in these losses are gross unrealized losses of $29.8 billion related to non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime, Alt-A and other loans, and commercial mortgage-backed securities. Approximately 96% of our non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime, Alt-A and other loans, and commercial mortgage-backed securities are investment grade ( i.e. , rated BBB− or better on a Standard & Poor’s or equivalent scale). We believe that these unrealized losses on non-agency mortgage-related securities as of March 31, 2008, were principally a result of decreased liquidity and larger risk premiums in the non-agency mortgage market. Our review of these securities, backed by subprime and Alt-A and other, included cash flow analysis based on default and prepayment assumptions and our consideration of all available information. While it is possible that under certain conditions, defaults and severity of losses on these securities could exceed our subordination and credit enhancement levels and a principal loss could occur, we do not presently believe that those conditions are probable. As a result of our reviews, we have not identified any securities in our available-for-sale portfolio that are probable of incurring a contractual principal or interest loss. Based on our ability and intent to hold our available-for-sale securities for a sufficient time to recover all unrealized losses and our consideration of all available information, we have concluded that the reduction in fair value of these securities is temporary at this time.
 
            341 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 4.3 below illustrates the gross realized gains and gross realized losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities.
 
Table 4.3 — Gross Realized Gains and Gross Realized Losses on Available-For-Sale Securities
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
Retained portfolio:
               
Mortgage-related securities issued by:
               
Freddie Mac
  $ 191     $ 42  
Fannie Mae
    9        
Other
          3  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    26        
                 
Total mortgage-related securities gross realized gains
    226       45  
                 
Cash and investments portfolio:
               
Non-mortgage-related securities issued by:
               
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
          1  
                 
Total non-mortgage-related securities gross realized gains
          1  
                 
Gross realized gains
    226       46  
                 
Retained portfolio:
               
Mortgage-related securities issued by:
               
Freddie Mac
    (7 )     (11 )
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    (4 )      
                 
Total mortgage-related securities gross realized losses
    (11 )     (11 )
                 
Cash and investments portfolio:
               
Non-mortgage-related securities issued by:
               
Asset-backed securities
          (1 )
                 
Total non-mortgage-related securities gross realized losses
          (1 )
                 
Gross realized losses
    (11 )     (12 )
                 
Net realized gains
  $ 215     $ 34  
                 
 
During the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, we recorded impairments related to investments in securities of $71 million and $56 million, respectively.
 
Table 4.4 presents the changes in AOCI, net of taxes, related to available-for-sale securities. The net unrealized holding (losses) gains, net of tax, represents the net fair value adjustments recorded on available-for-sale securities throughout the period, after the effects of our federal statutory tax rate of 35%. The net reclassification adjustment for realized (gains) losses, net of tax, represents the amount of those fair value adjustments, after the effects of our federal statutory tax rate of 35%, that have been recognized in earnings due to the sale of an available-for-sale security or the recognition of an impairment loss.
 
Table 4.4 — AOCI, Net of Taxes, Related to Available-For-Sale Securities
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
Beginning balance
  $ (7,040 )   $ (3,332 )
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 159 (1)
    (854 )      
Net unrealized holding (losses) gains, net of tax (2)
    (10,374 )     1,230  
Net reclassification adjustment for realized (gains) losses, net of tax (3)(4)
    (93 )     12  
                 
Ending balance
  $ (18,361 )   $ (2,090 )
                 
(1)  Net of tax benefit of $460 million for the first quarter of 2008.
(2)  Net of tax (benefit) expense of $(5.6) billion and $663 million for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively.
(3)  Net of tax (expense) benefit of $(50) million and $6 million for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively.
(4)  Includes the reversal of previously recorded unrealized losses that have been recognized on our consolidated statement of income as impairment losses on available-for-sale securities of $46 million and $34 million, net of tax, for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
            342 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
Table 4.5 summarizes the estimated fair values by major security type for trading securities held in our retained portfolio.
 
Table 4.5 — Trading Securities in our Retained Portfolio
 
                 
    March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    (in millions)  
Mortgage-related securities issued by:
               
Freddie Mac
  $ 88,397     $ 12,216  
Fannie Mae
    18,010       1,697  
Ginnie Mae
    216       175  
Other
    35       1  
                 
Total trading securities in our retained portfolio
  $ 106,658     $ 14,089  
                 
 
During the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, we recorded net unrealized gains on trading securities held at March 31, 2008 and 2007 of $962 million and $26 million, respectively.
 
Total trading securities in our retained portfolio include $4.5 billion and $4.2 billion of SFAS No. 155, “ Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments and amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and 140 ,” or SFAS 155, related assets as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Gains (losses) on trading securities include gains of $359 million and $—, respectively, related to these SFAS 155 trading securities for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Retained Portfolio Voluntary Growth Limit
 
As of March 1, 2008, we are no longer subject to the voluntary growth limit on our retained portfolio of 2.0% annually.
 
Collateral Pledged
 
Collateral Pledged to Freddie Mac
 
Our counterparties are required to pledge collateral for reverse repurchase transactions and most interest-rate swap transactions subject to collateral posting thresholds generally related to a counterparty’s credit rating. Although it is our practice not to repledge assets held as collateral, a portion of the collateral may be repledged based on master agreements related to our interest-rate swap transactions. At March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we did not have collateral in the form of securities pledged to and held by us under interest-rate swap agreements.
 
Collateral Pledged by Freddie Mac
 
We are also required to pledge collateral for margin requirements with third-party custodians in connection with secured financings, interest-rate swap agreements, futures and daily trade activities with some counterparties. The level of collateral pledged related to our interest-rate swap agreements is determined after giving consideration to our credit rating. As of March 31, 2008, we had two uncommitted intraday lines of credit with third parties, both of which are secured, in connection with the Federal Reserve Board’s revised payments system risk policy, which restricts or eliminates daylight overdrafts by the GSEs in connection with our use of the Fedwire system. In certain limited circumstances, the line of credit agreements give the secured parties the right to repledge the securities underlying our financing to other third parties, including the Federal Reserve Bank. We pledge collateral to meet these requirements upon a demand by the respective counterparty.
 
Table 4.6 summarizes all securities pledged as collateral by us, including assets that the secured party may repledge and those that may not be repledged.
 
Table 4.6 — Collateral in the Form of Securities Pledged
 
                 
    March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    (in millions)  
Securities pledged with ability for secured party to repledge
               
Available-for-sale
  $ 16,704     $ 17,010  
Securities pledged without ability for secured party to repledge
               
Available-for-sale
    776       793  
                 
Total securities pledged
  $ 17,480     $ 17,803  
                 
 
NOTE 5: MORTGAGE LOANS AND LOAN LOSS RESERVES
 
We own both single-family mortgage loans, which are secured by one to four family residential properties, and multifamily mortgage loans, which are secured by properties with five or more residential rental units.
 
Table 5.1 summarizes the types of loans within our retained mortgage loan portfolio at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. These balances do not include mortgage loans underlying our guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities, since these are not consolidated on our balance sheets. See “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to these consolidated financial statements for information on our securitized mortgage loans.
 
            343 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 5.1 — Mortgage Loans within the Retained Portfolio
 
                 
    March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Single-family (1) :
               
Conventional
               
Fixed-rate
  $ 23,960     $ 20,707  
Adjustable-rate
    2,330       2,700  
                 
Total conventional
    26,290       23,407  
FHA/VA — Fixed-rate
    324       311  
Rural Housing Service and other federally guaranteed loans
    882       871  
                 
Total single-family
    27,496       24,589  
                 
Multifamily (1) :
               
Conventional
               
Fixed-rate
    56,426       53,111  
Adjustable-rate
    4,409       4,455  
                 
Total conventional
    60,835       57,566  
Rural Housing Service
    3       3  
                 
Total multifamily
    60,838       57,569  
                 
Total unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans
    88,334       82,158  
                 
Deferred fees, unamortized premiums, discounts and other cost basis adjustments
    (1,512 )     (1,868 )
Lower of cost or market adjustments on loans held-for-sale
    (5 )     (2 )
Allowance for loan losses on loans held-for-investment
    (356 )     (256 )
                 
Total mortgage loans, net of allowance for loan losses
  $ 86,461     $ 80,032  
                 
(1)  Based on unpaid principal balances and excludes mortgage loans traded, but not yet settled.
 
For the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, we transferred $— million and $40 million, respectively, of held-for-sale mortgage loans to held-for-investment.
 
We maintain separate loan loss reserves for mortgage loans in our retained portfolio that we classify as held-for-investment and for credit-related losses associated with certain mortgage loans that underlie our PCs and Structured Securities. For loans subject to Statement of Position No. 03-3, “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer,” or SOP 03-3, loan loss reserves are only established when it becomes probable that we will be unable to collect all cash flows which we expected to collect when we acquired the loan.
 
Table 5.2 summarizes loan loss reserve activity during the periods presented.
 
Table 5.2 — Detail of Loan Loss Reserves
 
                                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2008     2007  
          Reserve for
    Total Loan
          Reserve for
    Total Loan
 
    Allowance
    Guarantee
    Loss
    Allowance
    Guarantee
    Loss
 
    for Loan Losses     Losses on PCs     Reserves     for Loan Losses     Losses on PCs     Reserves  
    (in millions)  
Beginning balance
  $ 256     $ 2,566     $ 2,822     $ 69     $ 550     $ 619  
Provision for credit losses
    136       1,104       1,240       48       200       248  
Charge-offs (1)(3)
    (123 )     (175 )     (298 )     (79 )           (79 )
Recoveries (1)
    87       48       135       49             49  
Transfers, net (2)
          (27 )     (27 )           (34 )     (34 )
                                                 
Ending balance
  $ 356     $ 3,516     $ 3,872     $ 87     $ 716     $ 803  
                                                 
(1)  Charge-offs related to retained mortgages represent the amount of the unpaid principal balance of a loan that has been discharged using the reserve balance to remove the loan from our retained portfolio at the time of resolution. Charge-offs exclude $157 million and $14 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to reserve amounts previously transferred to reduce the carrying value of loans purchased under financial guarantees.
(2)  Consist of: (a) the transfer of a proportional amount of the recognized reserves for guaranteed losses related to PC pools associated with non-performing loans purchased from mortgage pools underlying our PCs, Structured Securities and long-term standby agreements to establish the initial recorded investment in these loans at the date of our purchase and (b) amounts attributable to uncollectible interest on PCs and Structured Securities in our retained portfolio.
(3)  Effective December 2007, we no longer automatically purchase loans from PC pools once they become 120 days delinquent, but rather, we purchase loans from PCs when the loans have been 120 days delinquent and (a) are modified, (b) foreclosure sales occur, (c) when the loans have been delinquent for 24 months or (d) when the cost of guarantee payments to PC holders, including advances of interest at the PC coupon, exceeds the expected cost of holding the nonperforming mortgage in our retained portfolio. Consequently, the increase in charge-offs in PCs and Structured Securities between the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, is due to this operational change under which loans can go to a loss event (upon a foreclosure sale) while in a PC pool.
 
Impaired Loans
 
Single-family impaired loans include performing and non-performing loan modifications, as well as delinquent loans that were purchased from mortgage pools underlying our PCs and Structured Securities and long-term standby agreements. Multifamily impaired loans include loans whose contractual terms have previously been modified due to credit concerns (including troubled debt restructurings), certain loans with observable collateral deficiencies, and loans impaired based on management’s judgments concerning other known facts and circumstances associated with those loans. Recorded investment
 
            344 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

on impaired loans includes the unpaid principal balance plus amortized basis adjustments, which are modifications to the loan’s carrying value.
 
Total loan loss reserves, as presented in “Table 5.2 — Detail of Loan Loss Reserves,” consists of a specific valuation allowance related to impaired mortgage loans, which is presented in Table 5.3, and an additional reserve for other probable incurred losses, which totaled $3,854 million and $2,809 million at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Our recorded investment in impaired mortgage loans and the related valuation allowance are summarized in Table 5.3. The specific allowance presented in Table 5.3 is determined using estimates of the fair value of the underlying collateral, less estimated selling costs. Almost all of the specific allowance presented in Table 5.3 relates to multifamily loans for which estimates of the fair value of the underlying collateral, less estimated selling costs are used.
 
Table 5.3 — Impaired Loans
 
                                                 
    March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Recorded
    Specific
    Net
    Recorded
    Specific
    Net
 
    Investment     Reserve     Investment     Investment     Reserve     Investment  
    (in millions)  
Impaired loans having:
                                               
Related valuation allowance
  $ 306     $ (18 )   $ 288     $ 155     $ (13 )   $ 142  
No related valuation allowance (1)
    7,790             7,790       8,579             8,579  
                                                 
Total
  $ 8,096     $ (18 )   $ 8,078     $ 8,734     $ (13 )   $ 8,721  
                                                 
(1)  Primarily represent performing single-family troubled debt restructuring loans and those delinquent loans purchased out of PC pools that have not been impaired subsequent to acquisition.
 
The average investment in impaired loans was $8.3 billion and $7.5 billion for the first quarter of 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
Interest income and management and guarantee income foregone on impaired loans approximated $45 million and $31 million for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Loans Acquired under Financial Guarantees
 
We have the option under our PC agreements to purchase mortgage loans from the loan pools that underlie our guarantees under certain circumstances to resolve an existing or impending delinquency or default. Prior to December 2007, our practice was to automatically purchase the mortgage loans when the loans were significantly past due, generally after 120 days of delinquency. Effective December 2007, our practice is to purchase loans from pools when the loans have been 120 days delinquent and (a) are modified, (b) foreclosure sales occur, (c) when the loans have been delinquent for 24 months, or (d) when the cost of guarantee payments to PC holders, including advances of interest at the PC coupon, exceeds the expected cost of holding the nonperforming mortgage in our retained portfolio. Loans purchased from PC pools that underlie our guarantees or that are covered by our standby commitments are recorded at the lesser of their initial investment or the loans’ fair value. Our estimate of the fair value of delinquent loans purchased from pools is determined by obtaining indicative market prices from large, experienced dealers and using an average of these market prices to estimate the initial fair value. We recognize losses on loans purchased in our consolidated statements of income when, upon purchase, the fair value is less than the acquisition cost of the loan. At March 31, 2008 and 2007, the unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans in our retained portfolio acquired under financial guarantees were $6.1 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, while the carrying amounts of these loans were $4.7 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively.
 
We account for loans acquired in accordance with SOP 03-3 if, at acquisition, the loans have credit deterioration and we do not consider it probable that we will collect all contractual cash flows from the borrower without significant delay. We concluded that all loans acquired under financial guarantees during all periods presented met this criteria. Table 5.4 provides details on impaired loans acquired under financial guarantees and accounted for in accordance with SOP 03-3.
 
Table 5.4 — Loans Acquired Under Financial Guarantees
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
Contractual principal and interest payments at acquisition
  $ 510     $ 2,009  
Non-accretable difference
    (22 )     (60 )
                 
Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition
    488       1,949  
Accretable balance
    (137 )     (381 )
                 
Initial investment in acquired loans at acquisition
  $ 351     $ 1,568  
                 
 
The excess of contractual principal and interest over the undiscounted amount of cash flows we expect to collect represents a non-accretable difference that is neither accreted to interest income nor displayed on the consolidated balance sheets. The amount that may be accreted into interest income on such loans is limited to the excess of our estimate of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows from the loan over our initial investment in the loan. We
 
            345 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

consider estimated prepayments when calculating the accretable balance and the non-accretable difference. While these loans are seriously delinquent, no amounts are accreted to interest income. Subsequent changes in estimated future cash flows to be collected related to interest-rate changes are recognized prospectively in interest income over the remaining contractual life of the loan. We increase our provision for credit losses if we estimate decreases in future cash collections due to further credit deterioration. Subsequent to acquisition, we recognized an increase in provision for credit losses related to these loans of $3 million and $1 million for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Table 5.5 provides changes in the accretable balance of loans acquired under financial guarantees and accounted for in accordance with SOP 03-3.
 
Table 5.5 — Changes in Accretable Balance
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
Beginning balance
  $ 2,407     $ 510  
Additions from new acquisitions
    137       381  
Accretion during the period
    (77 )      
Reductions (1)
    (225 )     (35 )
Change in estimated cash flows (2)
    131       24  
Reclassifications to or from nonaccretable difference (3)
    (124 )     (25 )
                 
Ending balance
  $ 2,249     $ 855  
                 
(1)  Represent the recapture of losses previously recognized due to borrower repayment or foreclosure on the loan.
(2)  Represents the change in expected cash flows due to troubled debt restructurings or change in prepayment assumptions of the related loans.
(3)  Represents the change in expected cash flows due to changes in credit quality or credit assumptions.
 
Delinquency Rates
 
Table 5.6 summarizes the delinquency performance for our total mortgage portfolio, excluding non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities and that portion of Structured Securities backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates.
 
Table 5.6 — Delinquency Performance
 
                 
    March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
Delinquencies, end of period:
               
Single-family: (1)
               
Non-credit-enhanced portfolio — excluding Structured Transactions:
               
Delinquency rate
    0.54 %     0.45 %
Total number of delinquent loans
    54,923       44,948  
Credit-enhanced portfolio — excluding Structured Transactions:
               
Delinquency rate
    1.81 %     1.62 %
Total number of delinquent loans
    39,942       34,621  
Total portfolio — excluding Structured Transactions:
               
Delinquency rate
    0.77 %     0.65 %
Total number of delinquent loans
    94,865       79,569  
Structured Transactions (2) :
               
Delinquency rate
    10.96 %     9.86 %
Total number of delinquent loans
    14,963       14,122  
Total single-family portfolio:
               
Delinquency rate
    0.88 %     0.76 %
Total number of delinquent loans
    109,828       93,691  
Multifamily: (3)
               
Total portfolio:
               
Delinquency rate
    0.04 %     0.02 %
Net carrying value of delinquent loans (in millions)
  $ 27     $ 10  
(1)  Based on the number of mortgages 90 days or more delinquent or in foreclosure. Delinquencies on mortgage loans underlying certain Structured Securities, long-term standby commitments and Structured Transactions may be reported on a different schedule due to variances in industry practice.
(2)  Structured Transactions generally have underlying mortgage loans with a variety of risk characteristics but may provide inherent credit protections from losses due to underlying subordination, excess interest, overcollateralization and other features.
(3)  Multifamily delinquency performance is based on net carrying value of mortgages 60 days or more delinquent rather than on a unit basis and excludes multifamily Structured Transactions, which were approximately 1% of our total multifamily portfolio at both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. There were no delinquencies for our multifamily Structured Transactions at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
NOTE 6: REAL ESTATE OWNED
 
For periods presented below, the weighted average holding period for our disposed properties was less than one year. Table 6.1 provides a summary of our Real Estate Owned, or REO, activity.
 
            346 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 6.1 — REO
 
                                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    REO,
    Valuation
    REO,
    REO,
    Valuation
    REO,
 
    Gross     Allowance     Net     Gross     Allowance     Net  
                (in millions)              
Beginning balance
  $ 2,067     $ (331 )   $ 1,736     $ 871     $ (128 )   $ 743  
Additions
    1,385       (84 )     1,301       491       (29 )     462  
Dispositions and write-downs
    (754 )     (69 )     (823 )     (341 )     14       (327 )
                                                 
Ending balance
  $ 2,698     $ (484 )   $ 2,214     $ 1,021     $ (143 )   $ 878  
                                                 
 
We recognized losses of $109 million and $15 million for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively, on single-family REO dispositions, which are included in REO operations expense. The number of single-family property additions to our REO balance increased by 114% during the first quarter of 2008, compared to the first quarter of 2007. Our REO additions have continued to be greatest in the North Central region of the U.S. and approximately 39% and 50% of our REO balance relates to properties located in this region as of March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We increased our write-down valuation allowance by $114 million during the three months ended March 31, 2008, to account for increased volume of REO properties and average losses per disposition.
 
NOTE 7: DEBT SECURITIES AND SUBORDINATED BORROWINGS
 
Debt securities are classified as either due within one year or due after one year based on their remaining contractual maturity. Table 7.1 summarizes the balances and effective rates for debt securities and subordinated borrowings.
 
Table 7.1 — Total Debt Securities
 
                                                 
    March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Par Value     Balance, Net (1)     Effective Rate (2)     Par Value     Balance, Net (1)     Effective Rate (2)  
    (dollars in millions)  
Senior debt, due within one year:
                                               
Reference Bills ® securities and discount notes
  $ 197,186     $ 195,803       3.25 %   $ 198,323     $ 196,426       4.52 %
Medium-term notes
    4,775       4,775       3.36       1,175       1,175       4.36  
                                                 
Short-term debt securities
    201,961       200,578       3.25       199,498       197,601       4.52  
Current portion of long-term debt
    90,017       89,962       4.53       97,262       98,320       4.44  
                                                 
Senior debt, due within one year
    291,978       290,540       3.65       296,760       295,921       4.49  
Senior debt, due after one year (3)
    504,592       464,737       4.88       474,303       438,147       5.24  
Subordinated debt, due after one year (4)
    4,784       4,492       5.59       4,784       4,489       5.84  
                                                 
Senior and subordinated debt, due after one year
    509,376       469,229       4.88       479,087       442,636       5.25  
                                                 
Total debt securities
  $ 801,354     $ 759,769             $ 775,847     $ 738,557          
                                                 
(1)  Represents par value, net of associated discounts, premiums and hedging-related basis adjustments, with $365 million of current portion of long-term debt and $15.4 billion of senior debt, due after one year that represents the fair value of foreign-currency denominated debt in accordance with SFAS 159.
(2)  Represents the weighted average effective rate that remains constant over the life of the instrument, which includes the amortization of discounts or premiums, issuance costs and hedging-related basis adjustments.
(3)  Balance, net for senior debt, due after one year includes callable debt of $211.3 billion and $202.0 billion at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
(4)  Balance, net for subordinated debt, due after one year includes callable debt of $— at both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
For the first quarter of 2008, we recognized fair value losses of $1.4 billion on our foreign-currency denominated debt, of which $1.2 billion of losses related to our net foreign-currency translation. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding our adoption of SFAS 159.
 
NOTE 8: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Stock Repurchase and Issuance Programs
 
During the first quarter of 2008, we did not issue non-cumulative, perpetual preferred stock and did not repurchase any of our common stock.
 
Dividends Declared During the First Quarter of 2008
 
On March 7, 2008, our board of directors declared a quarterly dividend on our common stock of $0.25 per share and dividends on our preferred stock consistent with the contractual rates and terms shown in “NOTE 8: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY — Table 8.1 — Preferred Stock” to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
            347 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL
 
Table 9.1 summarizes our regulatory capital requirements and surpluses.
 
Table 9.1 — Regulatory Capital Requirements (1)
 
                 
    March 31, 2008   December 31, 2007
    (in millions)
Minimum capital requirement
  $ 26,937     $ 26,473  
Core capital
    38,320       37,867  
Minimum capital surplus
    11,383       11,394  
                 
Critical capital requirement
  $ 13,864     $ 13,618  
Core capital
    38,320       37,867  
Critical capital surplus
    24,456       24,249  
                 
Risk-based capital requirement (2)
    N/A     $ 14,102  
Total capital (2)
    N/A       40,929  
Risk-based capital surplus (2)
    N/A       26,827  
(1)  The Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, or OFHEO, is the authoritative source of the capital calculations that underlie our capital classifications. The minimum and critical capital values for March 31, 2008 reflect the amounts we reported to OFHEO.
(2)  OFHEO determines the amounts reported with respect to our risk-based capital requirement. OFHEO has not yet reported amounts for March 31, 2008.
 
Factors that could adversely affect the adequacy of our regulatory capital in future periods include GAAP net losses; continued declines in home prices; increases in our credit and interest-rate risk profiles; adverse changes in interest-rate or implied volatility; adverse option-adjusted spread, or OAS, changes; impairments of non-agency mortgage-related securities; counterparty downgrades; downgrades of non-agency mortgage-related securities (with respect to risk-based capital); legislative or regulatory actions that increase capital requirements; or changes in accounting practices or standards. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to these consolidated financial statements for more information. In particular, interest-rate levels or implied volatilities could affect the amount of our core capital, even if we were economically well hedged against interest-rate changes, because certain gains or losses are recognized through GAAP earnings while other offsetting gains or losses may not be. Changes in OAS can also affect the amount of our core capital, because OAS is a factor in the valuation of our guaranteed mortgage portfolio.
 
Table 9.2 summarizes our compliance with our subordinated debt commitment.
 
Table 9.2 — Subordinated Debt Commitment (1)
 
                 
    March 31, 2008   December 31, 2007
    (in millions)
 
Total on-balance sheet assets and guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities outstanding target (2)
  $ 38,591     $ 38,000  
Total capital plus qualifying subordinated debt
    45,841       44,559  
Surplus
    7,250       6,559  
(1)  The values for March 31, 2008 reflect the amounts we reported to OFHEO.
(2)  Equals the sum of 0.45% of outstanding guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities and 4% of on-balance sheet assets.
 
Regulatory Capital Monitoring Framework
 
In a letter dated January 28, 2004, OFHEO created a framework for monitoring our capital. The letter directed that we maintain a 30% mandatory target capital surplus over our statutory minimum capital requirement, subject to certain conditions and variations; that we submit weekly reports concerning our capital levels; and that we obtain prior approval of certain capital transactions. On March 19, 2008, OFHEO announced a reduction in our mandatory target capital surplus from 30% to 20% above our statutory minimum capital requirement. For more information regarding our regulatory capital monitoring framework see “NOTE 9: REGULATORY CAPITAL” to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Table 9.3 summarizes our compliance with the mandatory target capital surplus portion of OFHEO’s monitoring framework.
 
Table 9.3 — Mandatory Target Capital Surplus (1)
 
                 
    March 31, 2008   December 31, 2007
    (in millions)
 
Statutory minimum capital requirement plus add-on (2)
  $ 32,324     $ 34,415  
Core capital
    38,320       37,867  
Surplus
    5,996       3,452  
(1)  The values for March 31, 2008 are based on amounts we reported to OFHEO.
(2)  Amounts as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 are based on 20% and 30% mandatory target capital surplus, respectively.
 
            348 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
NOTE 10: DERIVATIVES
 
We use derivatives to conduct our risk management activities. We principally use the following types of derivatives:
 
  •  LIBOR- and Euro Interbank Offered Rate, or Euribor-, based interest-rate swaps;
 
  •  LIBOR- and Treasury-based options (including swaptions);
 
  •  LIBOR- and Treasury-based exchange-traded futures; and
 
  •  Foreign-currency swaps.
 
Our derivative portfolio also includes certain purchase and sale commitments and other contractual agreements, including credit derivatives and swap guarantee derivatives in which we guarantee the sponsor’s or the borrower’s performance as a counterparty on certain interest-rate swaps.
 
Beginning in the first quarter of 2008, we entered into derivative positions and classified them in cash flow hedge accounting relationships to hedge the changes in cash flows associated with our forecasted issuances of debt while maintaining our risk management goals. In the prior period presented, we only elected cash flow hedge accounting relationships for certain commitments to sell mortgage-related securities. We believe this expanded hedging strategy will reduce the effect of interest-rate changes on our consolidated statements of income. For a derivative accounted for as a cash flow hedge, changes in fair value are reported in AOCI, net of taxes, on our consolidated balance sheets to the extent the hedge is effective. The remaining ineffective portion of changes in fair value is reported as other income on our consolidated statements of income.
 
During the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, we recognized hedge ineffectiveness gains (losses) related to cash flow hedges of $(3) million and $—, respectively, on our consolidated statements of income. No amounts were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. We record changes in the fair value of derivatives not in hedge accounting relationships as derivative gains (losses) on our consolidated statements of income. Any associated interest received or paid from derivatives not in hedge accounting relationships is recognized on an accrual basis and also recorded in derivative gains (losses) on our consolidated statements of income. Interest received or paid from derivatives in qualifying cash flow hedges is recognized on an accrual basis and is recorded in net interest income on our consolidated statements of income.
 
The carrying value of our derivatives on our consolidated balance sheets is equal to their fair value, including net derivative interest receivable or payable, net trade/settle receivable or payable and is net of cash collateral held or posted, where allowable by a master netting agreement. Derivatives in a net asset position are reported as derivative assets, net. Similarly, derivatives in a net liability position are reported as derivative liabilities, net. Cash collateral we obtained from counterparties to derivative contracts that has been offset against derivative assets, net at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 was $5.5 billion and $6.5 billion, respectively. Cash collateral we posted to counterparties to derivative contracts that has been offset against derivative liabilities, net at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 was $1.3 billion and $344 million, respectively.
 
At March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, there were no amounts of cash collateral that were not offset against derivative assets, net or derivative liabilities, net, as applicable.
 
As shown in Table 10.1 the total AOCI, net of taxes, related to derivatives designated as cash flow hedges was a loss of $3.9 billion and $4.8 billion at March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, composed mainly of deferred net losses on closed cash flow hedges. Net change in fair value related to cash flow hedging activities, net of tax, represents the net change in the fair value of the derivatives that were designated as cash flow hedges, after the effects of our federal statutory tax rate of 35%, to the extent the hedges were effective. Net reclassifications of losses to earnings, net of tax, represents the AOCI amount, after the effects of our federal statutory tax rate of 35%, that was recognized in earnings as the originally hedged forecasted transactions affected earnings, unless it was deemed probable that the forecasted transaction would not occur. If it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur, then the deferred gain or loss associated with the hedge related to the forecasted transaction would be reclassified into earnings immediately.
 
Over the next 12 months, we estimate that approximately $835 million, net of taxes, of the $3.9 billion of cash flow hedging losses in AOCI, net of taxes, at March 31, 2008 will be reclassified into earnings. The maximum remaining length of time over which we have hedged the exposure related to the variability in future cash flows on forecasted transactions, primarily forecasted debt issuances, is 26 years. However, over 70% and 90% of AOCI, net of taxes, relating to closed cash flow hedges at March 31, 2008, will be reclassified to earnings over the next five and ten years, respectively.
 
            349 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 10.1 — AOCI, Net of Taxes, Related to Cash Flow Hedge Relationships
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Beginning balance (1)
  $ (4,059 )   $ (5,032 )
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 159 (2)
    4        
Net change in fair value related to cash flow hedging activities, net of tax (3)
    (34 )     (2 )
Net reclassifications of losses to earnings and other, net of tax (4)
    197       241  
                 
Ending balance (1)
  $ (3,892 )   $ (4,793 )
                 
(1)  Represents the effective portion of the fair value of open derivative contracts ( i.e. , net unrealized gains and losses) and net deferred gains and losses on closed ( i.e. , terminated or redesignated) cash flow hedges.
(2)  Net of tax benefit of $— for the first quarter of 2008.
(3)  Net of tax benefit of $16 million and $1 million for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively.
(4)  Net of tax benefit of $106 million and $130 million for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
NOTE 11: LEGAL CONTINGENCIES
 
We are involved as a party to a variety of legal proceedings arising from time to time in the ordinary course of business including, among other things, contractual disputes, personal injury claims, employment-related litigation and other legal proceedings incidental to our business. We are frequently involved, directly or indirectly, in litigation involving mortgage foreclosures. From time to time, we are also involved in proceedings arising from our termination of a seller/servicer’s eligibility to sell mortgages to, and service mortgages for, us. In these cases, the former seller/servicer sometimes seeks damages against us for wrongful termination under a variety of legal theories. In addition, we are sometimes sued in connection with the origination or servicing of mortgages. These suits typically involve claims alleging wrongful actions of seller/servicers. Our contracts with our seller/servicers generally provide for indemnification against liability arising from their wrongful actions.
 
Litigation and claims resolution are subject to many uncertainties and are not susceptible to accurate prediction. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “ Accounting for Contingencies ,” we reserve for litigation claims and assessments asserted or threatened against us when a loss is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.
 
Putative Securities Class Action Lawsuits.   Reimer vs. Freddie Mac, Syron, Cook, Piszel and McQuade (“Reimer”) and Ohio Public Employees Retirement System vs. Freddie Mac, Syron, et al (“OPERS”). Two virtually identical putative securities class action lawsuits were filed against Freddie Mac and certain of our current and former officers alleging that the defendants violated federal securities laws by making “false and misleading statements concerning our business, risk management and the procedures we put into place to protect the company from problems in the mortgage industry.” Reimer was filed on November 21, 2007 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and OPERS was filed on January 18, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Ohio. On March 10, 2008, the Court in Reimer granted the plaintiff’s request to voluntarily dismiss the case, and the case was dismissed. In OPERS, the case has proceeded with the Court’s Order of April 10, 2008, appointing OPERS as lead plaintiff and approving its choice of counsel. The plaintiff is seeking unspecified damages and interest, and reasonable costs and expenses, including attorney and expert fees. At present, it is not possible to predict the probable outcome of the OPERS lawsuit or any potential impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
 
Shareholder Demand Letters.   In late 2007 and early 2008, the board of directors received three letters from purported shareholders of Freddie Mac, which together contain allegations of corporate mismanagement and breaches of fiduciary duty in connection with the company’s risk management, false and misleading financial disclosures, and the sale of stock based on material non-public information by certain officers and directors. One letter demands that the board commence an independent investigation into the alleged conduct, institute legal proceedings to recover damages from the responsible individuals, and implement corporate governance initiatives to ensure that the alleged problems do not recur. The second letter demands that Freddie Mac commence legal proceedings to recover damages from responsible board members, senior officers, Freddie Mac’s outside auditors, and other parties who allegedly aided or abetted the improper conduct. The third letter demands relief similar to that of the second letter, as well as recovery for unjust enrichment. The board of directors formed a special committee to investigate the purported shareholders’ allegations, and the investigation is proceeding.
 
Antitrust Lawsuits.   Consolidated lawsuits were filed against Fannie Mae and us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, originally filed on January 10, 2005, alleging that both companies conspired to establish and maintain artificially high management and guarantee fees. The complaint covers the period January 1, 2001 to the present and asserts a variety of claims under federal and state antitrust laws, as well as claims under consumer-protection and similar state laws. The plaintiffs seek injunctive relief, unspecified damages (including treble damages with respect to the antitrust claims and punitive damages with respect to some of the state claims) and other forms of relief. We filed a motion to dismiss the action
 
            350 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

and are awaiting a ruling from the court. At present, it is not possible for us to predict the probable outcome of the consolidated lawsuit or any potential impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
The New York Attorney General’s Investigation.   In connection with the New York Attorney General’s suit filed against eAppraiseIT and its parent corporation, First American, alleging appraisal fraud in connection with loans originated by Washington Mutual, in November 2007, the New York Attorney General demanded that we either retain an independent examiner to investigate our mortgage purchases from Washington Mutual supported by appraisals conducted by eAppraiseIT, or immediately cease and desist from purchasing or securitizing Washington Mutual loans and any loans supported by eAppraiseIT appraisals. We also received a subpoena from the New York Attorney General’s office for information regarding appraisals and property valuations as they relate to our mortgage purchases and securitizations from January 1, 2004 to the present. In March 2008, OFHEO, the New York Attorney General and Freddie Mac reached a settlement in which we agreed to adopt a Home Valuation Protection Code, effective January 1, 2009, to enhance appraiser independence. In addition, we agreed to provide funding for an Independent Valuation Protection Institute. From March 14, 2008 through April 30, 2008, market participants were afforded the opportunity to comment on the implementation and deployment of the Code. We are reviewing and summarizing the comments received for submission to, and discussion with, OFHEO. Under the terms of the agreement, OFHEO, the New York Attorney General and Freddie Mac will review the comments in good faith and will consider any amendments to the Code necessary to avoid any unforeseen consequences.
 
Settlement of the SEC Investigation.   On September 27, 2007, we reached an agreement with the SEC to settle its investigation relating to the restatement of our previously issued consolidated financial statements for 2000, 2001, and the first three quarters of 2002, and the revision of fourth quarter and full-year consolidated financial statements for 2002. Under the terms of the settlement, Freddie Mac neither admitted nor denied allegations of federal securities law violations. The settlement included a payment of $50 million.
 
Shareholder Derivative Lawsuit.   A putative class action complaint, purportedly on behalf of Freddie Mac, was filed on March 10, 2008, in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against certain current and former officers and directors of Freddie Mac and a number of third parties, including Freddie Mac’s auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The complaint, which was filed by an individual who had submitted a shareholder demand letter to the board of directors in late 2007, alleges breach of fiduciary duty, negligence, violations of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and unjust enrichment in connection with various alleged business and risk management failures. It also alleges false assurances by the company regarding our financial exposure in the subprime financing market and our risk management and internal control weaknesses. The plaintiff seeks unspecified damages, declaratory relief, an accounting, injunctive relief, disgorgement, punitive damages, attorney’s fees, interest and costs. At present, it is not possible to predict the probable outcome of the lawsuit or any potential impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
NOTE 12: INCOME TAXES
 
For the three months ending March 31, 2008 and 2007, we reported an income tax benefit of $423 million and $397 million, respectively, representing effective tax rates of 73.7% and 74.8%, respectively. Our effective tax rate continues to be favorably impacted by our investments in LIHTC partnerships and interest earned on tax-exempt housing-related securities.
 
At March 31, 2008, we have a gross deferred tax asset of $19 billion of which $9.9 billion relates to the tax effect of losses in our available-for-sale securities portfolio. Management believes that the realization of our gross deferred tax asset is more likely than not. In making this determination, we considered all available evidence, both positive and negative. The positive evidence we considered primarily included management’s intent to hold the available-for-sale securities until losses can be recovered, the nature of the book losses, our history of taxable income, forecasts of future profitability, capital adequacy and the duration of statutory carryback and carryforward periods. The negative evidence we considered is the three-year cumulative book loss, including losses in AOCI. If future events significantly differ from our current forecasts, a valuation allowance may need to be established.
 
As of December 31, 2007, we have no tax credit carryforwards. However, management expects that our ability to use all of the tax credits generated by existing or future investments in LIHTC partnerships to reduce our federal income tax liability may be limited by the alternative minimum tax in future years.
 
At December 31, 2007, we had total unrecognized tax benefits, exclusive of interest, of $637 million. Included in the $637 million are $76 million of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect our effective tax rate. The remaining $561 million of unrecognized tax benefits relate to tax positions for which ultimate deductibility is highly certain, but for which there is uncertainty as to the timing of such deductibility. Recognition of these tax benefits, other than applicable interest, would not affect our effective tax rate. There were no material changes in our unrecognized tax benefits during the first quarter of 2008.
 
We continue to recognize interest and penalties, if any, in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2007, we had total accrued interest receivable, net of tax effect, of approximately $55 million. Amounts included in total accrued interest relate
 
            351 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

to: (a) unrecognized tax benefits; (b) pending claims with the IRS for open tax years; (c) the tax benefit related to tax refund claims; and (d) the impact of payments made to the IRS in prior years in anticipation of potential tax deficiencies. Of the $55 million of accrued interest receivable as of December 31, 2007, approximately $137 million of accrued interest payable, net of tax effect, is allocable to unrecognized tax benefits. There were no material changes in our accrued interest during the first quarter of 2008. We have no amount accrued for penalties.
 
The statute of limitations for federal income tax purposes is open on corporate income tax returns filed for years 1985 to 2006. The IRS is currently examining tax years 2003 to 2005. The IRS has completed its examination of years 1998 to 2002. The principal matter in controversy as the result of the examination involves questions of timing and potential penalties regarding our tax accounting method for certain hedging transactions. Tax years 1985 to 1997 are before the U.S. Tax Court. We are currently in settlement discussions with the IRS regarding the tax treatment of the customer relationship intangible asset recognized upon our transition from non-taxable to taxable status in 1985. We believe it is reasonably possible that significant changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next 12 months that could have a material impact on income tax expense or benefit in the period the issue is resolved; however, we cannot predict the amount of such change or the range of potential changes.
 
NOTE 13: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
We maintain a tax-qualified, funded defined benefit pension plan, or Pension Plan, covering substantially all of our employees. We maintain a defined benefit postretirement health care plan, or Retiree Health Plan, that generally provides postretirement health care benefits on a contributory basis to retired employees age 55 or older who rendered at least 10 years of service (five years of service if the employee was eligible to retire prior to March 1, 2007) and who, upon separation or termination, immediately elected to commence benefits under the Pension Plan in the form of an annuity. Our Retiree Health Plan is currently unfunded and the benefits are paid from our general assets. This plan and our defined benefit pension plans are collectively referred to as the defined benefit plans.
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the measurement date provisions of SFAS 158. In accordance with SFAS 158, we have changed the measurement date of our defined benefit plan assets and obligations from September 30 to our fiscal year-end date of December 31 using the 15-month transition method. Under this approach, we used the measurements determined in our 2007 Information Statement to estimate the effects of the measurement date change. As a result of adoption, we recognized an $8 million decrease in retained earnings (after tax) at January 1, 2008 and the impact to AOCI (after tax) was immaterial.
 
Table 13.1 presents the components of the net periodic benefit cost with respect to pension and postretirement health care benefits for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007. Net periodic benefit cost is included in salaries and employee benefits in our consolidated statements of income.
 
Table 13.1 — Net Periodic Benefit Cost Detail
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Pension Benefits
               
Service cost
  $ 8     $ 8  
Interest cost on benefit obligation
    8       8  
Expected (return) loss on plan assets
    (10 )     (9 )
Recognized net actuarial (gain) loss
    1       1  
                 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 7     $ 8  
                 
Postretirement Health Care Benefits
               
Service cost
  $ 2     $ 2  
Interest cost on benefit obligation
    2       2  
                 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 4     $ 4  
                 
 
Cash Flows Related to Defined Benefit Plans
 
Our general practice is to contribute to our Pension Plan an amount at least equal to the minimum required contribution, if any, but no more than the maximum amount deductible for federal income tax purposes each year. We have not yet determined whether a contribution to our Pension Plan is required for the 2008 plan year.
 
NOTE 14: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES
 
Fair Value Hierarchy
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS 157, which establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Observable inputs reflect
 
            352 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs reflect assumptions based on the best information available under the circumstances. We use valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs, where available and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.
 
The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under SFAS 157 are described below:
 
  Level 1:  Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;
 
  Level 2:  Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted market prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets; and
 
  Level 3:  Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair values.
 
As required by SFAS 157, assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety within the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Table 14.1 sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy assets and liabilities measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis in our consolidated balance sheets at March 31, 2008.
 
Table 14.1 — Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
 
                                         
    Fair Value at March 31, 2008  
    Quoted Prices
    Significant
                   
    in Active
    Other
    Significant
             
    Markets for
    Observable
    Unobservable
             
    Identical Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
    Netting
       
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Adjustment (1)     Total  
    (in millions)  
 
Assets:
                                       
Mortgage-related securities:
                                       
Available-for-sale, at fair value
  $     $ 350,266     $ 144,199     $     $ 494,465  
Trading, at fair value
          103,288       3,370             106,658  
                                         
Total mortgage-related securities
          453,554       147,569             601,123  
Non-mortgage-related securities:
                                       
Available-for-sale, at fair value
          48,226                   48,226  
Derivative assets, net
    253       24,799       113       (24,128 )     1,037  
Guarantee asset, at fair value
                9,134             9,134  
                                         
Total assets carried at fair value on a recurring basis
  $ 253     $ 526,579     $ 156,816     $ (24,128 )   $ 659,520  
                                         
Liabilities:
                                       
Debt securities denominated in foreign currencies
  $     $ 15,770     $     $     $ 15,770  
Derivative liabilities, net
    44       21,653       113       (20,907 )     903  
                                         
Total liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis
  $ 44     $ 37,423     $ 113     $ (20,907 )   $ 16,673  
                                         
(1)  Represents counterparty netting, cash collateral netting and net derivative interest receivable or payable. The net interest receivable of derivative assets and derivative liabilities was $1.4 billion at March 31, 2008, which was mainly related to interest rate swaps that we have entered into.
 
Fair Value Measurements (Level 3)
 
Level 3 measurements consist of assets and liabilities that are supported by little or no market activity where observable inputs are not available. The fair value of these assets and liabilities is measured using significant inputs that are considered unobservable. Unobservable inputs reflect assumptions based on the best information available under the circumstances. We use valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs, where available, and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.
 
Our Level 3 items mainly represent non-agency residential mortgage-related securities and our guarantee asset. During the first quarter of 2008, the market for non-agency securities backed by subprime and Alt-A mortgage loans became significantly less liquid, which resulted in lower transaction volumes, wider credit spreads and less transparency. We transferred our holdings of these securities into the Level 3 category as inputs that were significant to their valuation became limited or unavailable. We concluded that the prices on these securities received from pricing services and dealers were reflective of significant unobservable inputs. Our guarantee asset is valued either through obtaining dealer quotes on similar securities or through an expected cash flow approach. Because of the broad range of discounts for liquidity applied by dealers to these similar securities and because the expected cash flow valuation approach uses significant unobservable inputs, we classified the guarantee asset as Level 3. See “NOTE 2 — FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to these consolidated financial statements for more information about the valuation of our guarantee asset.
 
            353 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Table 14.2 provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for assets and liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).
 
Table 14.2 — Fair Value Measurements of Assets and Liabilities Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
 
                                 
    Level 3 at Fair Value  
    Mortgage-related securities              
    Available-for-sale,
    Trading,
    Guarantee asset,
    Net
 
    at fair value     at fair value     at fair value (1)     derivatives (2)  
    (in millions)        
 
Balance, December 31, 2007
  $ 19,859     $ 2,710     $ 9,591     $ (216 )
Impact of SFAS 159
    (443 )     443              
                                 
Balance, January 1, 2008
    19,416       3,153       9,591       (216 )
Total realized and unrealized gains (losses):
                               
Included in earnings (3)(4)(5)
    (50 )     (442 )     (920 )     256  
Included in other comprehensive income (3)(4)
    (17,929 )                 2  
                                 
Total realized and unrealized gains (losses)
    (17,979 )     (442 )     (920 )     258  
Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements, net
    (11,038 )     717       463       (42 )
Net transfers in and/or out of Level 3
    153,800       (58 )            
                                 
Balance, March 31, 2008
  $ 144,199     $ 3,370     $ 9,134     $  
                                 
Unrealized gains (losses) still held (6)
  $ (71 )   $ (454 )   $ (920 )   $ 219  
(1)  We estimate that all amounts recorded for unrealized gains and losses on our guarantee asset relate to those amounts still in position. Cash received on our guarantee asset amounts is presented as settlements in the table. The amounts reflected as included in earnings represent the periodic mark-to-fair value of our guarantee asset.
(2)  Net derivatives include derivative assets and derivative liabilities prior to counterparty netting, cash collateral netting and net derivative interest receivable or payable.
(3)  Changes in fair value for available-for-sale investments are recorded in AOCI, net of taxes while gains and losses from sales are recorded in gains (losses) on investment activity on our consolidated statements of income. For mortgage-related securities classified as trading, the realized and unrealized gains (losses) are recorded in gains (losses) on investment activity on our consolidated statements of income.
(4)  Changes in fair value of derivatives are recorded in derivative gains (losses) for those not designated as accounting hedges, and AOCI, net of taxes for those accounted for as a cash flow hedge to the extent the hedge is effective. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
(5)  Changes in fair value of the guarantee asset are recorded in gains (losses) on guarantee asset on our consolidated statements of income. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
(6)  Represents the amount of total gains or losses for the period, included in earnings, attributable to the change in unrealized gains (losses) related to assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 that are still held at March 31, 2008.
 
 
Nonrecurring Fair Value Changes
 
Certain assets are measured at fair value on our consolidated balance sheets only if certain conditions exist as of the balance sheet date. We consider the fair value measurement related to these assets to be nonrecurring. These assets include held-for-sale mortgage loans, REO net, as well as impaired held-for-investment multifamily mortgage loans. These assets are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-fair-value accounting or the write-down of individual assets to current fair value amounts due to impairments.
 
Table 14.3 — Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
 
                                         
    March 31, 2008  
    Quoted Prices
                         
    in Active
    Significant
                   
    Markets for
    Other
    Significant
             
    Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
          Total
 
    Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
          Gains
 
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Total     (Losses)  
    (in millions)  
 
Assets:
                                       
Mortgage loans: (1)
                                       
Held-for-investment
  $     $     $ 68     $ 68     $ (13 )
Held-for-sale
                377       377       (1 )
REO, net (2)
                1,503       1,503       (115 )
                                         
Total assets carried at fair value on a non-recurring basis
  $     $     $ 1,948     $ 1,948     $ (129 )
                                         
(1)  Represents carrying value and related write-downs of loans for which adjustments are based on the fair value amounts. These loans include held-for-sale mortgage loans where the fair value is below cost and impaired multifamily mortgage loans, which are classified as held-for-investment and have related valuation allowance.
(2)  Represents the fair value and related losses of foreclosed properties that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as REO, net. The carrying amount of REO, net was written down to fair value of $1.5 billion, less cost to sell of $110 million (or $1.4 billion) at March 31, 2008.
 
Fair Value Election
 
On January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS 159, which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not required to be measured at fair value. We elected the fair value option for certain available-for-sale mortgage-related securities, foreign-currency denominated debt and investments in securities classified as available-for-sale securities and identified as in the scope of EITF 99-20. For additional information regarding the adoption
 
            354 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

of SFAS 159, see “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Change in Accounting Principles” to these consolidated financial statements.
 
Certain Available-for-sale Securities with Fair Value Option Elected
 
We elected the fair value option for certain available-for-sale securities held in our retained portfolio to better reflect the natural offset these securities provide to fair value changes recorded on our guarantee asset. We record fair value changes on our guarantee asset through our consolidated statements of income. However, we historically classified virtually all of our securities as available-for-sale and recorded those fair value changes in AOCI. The securities selected for the fair value option include principal only strips and certain pass-through and Structured Securities that contain positive duration features that provide offset to the negative duration associated with our guarantee asset. We will continually evaluate new security purchases to identify the appropriate security mix to classify as trading to match the changing duration features of our guarantee asset and the securities that provide offset.
 
For available-for-sale securities identified as within the scope of EITF 99-20, we elected the fair value option to better reflect the economic recapture of losses that occurs subsequent to impairment write-downs recorded on these instruments. Under EITF 99-20 for available-for-sale securities, when an impairment is considered other-than-temporary, the impairment amount is recorded in our consolidated statements of income and subsequently accreted back through interest income as long as the contractual cash flows occur. Any subsequent periodic increases in the value of the security are recognized through AOCI. By electing the fair value option for these instruments, we will reflect any recapture of impairment losses through our consolidated statements of income in the period they occur.
 
For mortgage-related securities and investments in securities that are selected for the fair value option above and classified as trading securities subsequently, the change in fair value for the first quarter of 2008 was recorded in gains (losses) on investment activity in our consolidated statements of income. See “NOTE 4: RETAINED PORTFOLIO AND CASH AND INVESTMENTS PORTFOLIO” to these consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the net unrealized gains (losses) on trading securities, which include gains (losses) for other items that are not selected for the fair value option. Related interest income continues to be reported as interest income in our consolidated statements of income using effective interest methods. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Investments in Securities” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information about the measurement and recognition of interest income on investments in securities.
 
Foreign-Currency Denominated Debt with Fair Value Option Elected
 
In the case of foreign-currency denominated debt, we have entered into derivative transactions that effectively convert these instruments to U.S. dollar denominated floating rate instruments. We have historically recorded the fair value changes on these derivatives through our consolidated statements of income in accordance with SFAS 133, “ Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities ”. However, the corresponding offsetting change in fair value that occurred in the debt as a result of changes in interest rates was not permitted to be recorded in our consolidated statements of income unless we pursued hedge accounting. As a result, our consolidated statements of income reflected only the fair value changes of the derivatives and not the offsetting fair value changes in the debt resulting from changes in interest rates. Therefore, we have elected the fair value option on the debt instruments to better reflect the economic offset that naturally results from the debt due to changes in interest rates. We currently do not issue foreign-currency denominated debt and use of the fair value option in the future for these types of instruments will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis for any new issuances of this type of debt.
 
The change in fair value of foreign-currency denominated debt for the first quarter of 2008 was recorded in unrealized gains (losses) on foreign-currency denominated debt recorded at fair value in our consolidated statements of income. We were not significantly affected by fair value changes included in earnings that were attributable to changes in the instrument-specific credit risk for the first quarter of 2008.
 
The difference between the aggregate fair value and aggregate unpaid principal balance for foreign-currency denominated debt due after one year is $326 million at March 31, 2008. Related interest expense continues to be reported as interest expense in our consolidated statements of income. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Debt Securities Issued” to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information about the measurement and recognition of interest expense on debt securities issued.
 
Valuation Methods and Assumptions Subject to Fair Value Hierarchy
 
Our Level 1 financial instruments consist of exchange-traded derivatives where quoted prices exist for the exact instrument in an active market. Our Level 2 instruments generally consist of high credit quality agency and non-agency mortgage-related securities, non-mortgage-related asset-backed securities, interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives and foreign-currency denominated debt. These instruments are generally valued through one of the following methods: (a) dealer or pricing service inputs with the value derived by comparison to recent transactions or similar securities and adjusting for
 
            355 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

differences in prepayment or liquidity characteristics; or (b) modeled through an industry standard modeling technique that relies upon observable inputs such as discount rates and prepayment assumptions.
 
Our Level 3 assets primarily consist of non-agency mortgage-related securities backed by subprime and Alt-A mortgage loans and our guarantee asset. While the non-agency mortgage-related securities are supported by little or no market activity in the first quarter of 2008, we value our non-agency mortgage-related securities based primarily on prices received from third party pricing services and prices received from dealers. The techniques used to value these instruments generally are either (a) a comparison to transactions of instruments with similar collateral and risk profiles; or (b) industry standard modeling such as the discounted cash flow model. For a description of how we determine the fair value of our guarantee asset, see “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to these consolidated financial statements.
 
Mortgage Loans, Held for Investment
 
Mortgage loans, held for investment include impaired multifamily mortgage loans, which are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but have been written down to fair value due to impairment. We classify these impaired multifamily mortgage loans as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy as it includes significant unobservable inputs.
 
Mortgage Loans, Held for Sale
 
Mortgage loans, held for sale represent single-family mortgage loans held in our retained portfolio. For GAAP purposes, we must determine the fair value of these mortgage loans to calculate lower-of-cost-or-fair-value adjustments for mortgages classified as held-for-sale, therefore they are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and subject to classification under the fair value hierarchy.
 
We determine the fair value of single-family mortgage loans, excluding delinquent single-family loans purchased out of pools, based on comparisons to actively traded mortgage-related securities with similar characteristics. For single-family mortgage loans, we include adjustments for yield, credit and liquidity differences to calculate the fair value. For single-family mortgage loans, part of the adjustments for yield, credit and liquidity differences represent an implied management and guarantee fee. To accomplish this, the fair value of the single-family mortgage loans, excluding delinquent single-family loans purchased out of pools, includes an adjustment representing the estimated present value of the additional cash flows on the mortgage coupon in excess of the coupon expected on the notional mortgage-related securities. The implied management and guarantee fee for single-family mortgage loans is also net of the related credit and other components inherent in our guarantee obligation. The process for estimating the related credit and other guarantee obligation components is described in the “ Guarantee Obligation ” section below. Since the fair values are derived from observable prices with adjustments that may be significant, they are classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy.
 
Mortgage-Related and Non-Mortgage-Related Securities
 
Mortgage-related securities represent pass-throughs and other mortgage-related securities classified as available-for-sale or trading, which are already reflected at fair value on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets. Mortgage-related securities consist of securities issued by us, Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae, as well as non-agency mortgage-related securities. Effective January 1, 2008, we elected the fair value option for selected mortgage-related securities that were classified as available-for-sale securities and securities identified as in the scope of impairment analysis under EITF 99-20 and classified as available-for-sale securities. In conjunction with our adoption of SFAS 159 we reclassified these securities from available-for-sale securities to trading securities on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets and recorded the changes in fair value during the period for such securities to gains (losses) on investment activities as incurred. For additional information on the election of the fair value option and SFAS 159, see “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Change in Accounting Principles” to these consolidated financial statements.
 
The fair value of securities with readily available third-party market prices is generally based on market prices obtained from broker/dealers or reliable third-party pricing service providers. Such fair values may be measured by using third-party quotes for similar instruments, adjusted for differences in contractual terms. Generally, these fair values are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. For other securities, a market OAS approach based on observable market parameters is used to estimate fair value. OAS for certain securities are estimated by deriving the OAS for the most closely comparable security with an available market price, using proprietary interest-rate and prepayment models. If necessary, our judgment is applied to estimate the impact of differences in prepayment uncertainty or other unique cash flow characteristics related to that particular security. Fair values for these securities are then estimated by using the estimated OAS as an input to the interest-rate and prepayment models and estimating the net present value of the projected cash flows. The remaining instruments are priced using other modeling techniques or by using other securities as proxies. These securities may be classified as Level 2 or 3 depending on the significance of the inputs that are not observable.
 
Certain available-for-sale non-agency mortgage-related securities whose fair value is determined by reference to prices obtained from broker/dealers or pricing services were changed from a Level 2 classification to a Level 3 classification in the
 
            356 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

first quarter of 2008. Previously, these valuations relied on observed trades, as evidenced by both activity observed in the market, and nearly identical prices obtained from multiple sources. In late 2007, however, the divergence among prices obtained from these sources began to grow, and became significant in the first quarter of 2008. This, combined with the observed significant reduction in transaction volumes and widening of credit spreads, led us to conclude that the prices received from pricing services and dealers were reflective of significant unobservable inputs. While we believe these prices to be the best available under the fair value hierarchy, the classification was changed to Level 3.
 
Derivative Assets, Net
 
Derivative assets largely consist of interest-rate swaps, option-based derivatives, futures and forward purchase and sale commitments that we account for as derivatives. The carrying value of our derivatives on our consolidated balance sheets is equal to their fair value, including net derivative interest receivable or payable, trade settle receivable or payable and is net of cash collateral held or posted, where allowable by a master netting agreement. Derivatives in a net unrealized gain position are reported as derivative assets, net. Similarly, derivatives in a net unrealized loss position are reported as derivative liabilities, net.
 
The fair values of interest-rate swaps are determined by using the appropriate yield curves to calculate and discount the expected cash flows for both the fixed-rate and variable-rate components of the swap contracts. Option-based derivatives, which principally include call and put swaptions, are valued using an option-pricing model. This model uses market interest rates and market-implied option volatilities, where available, to calculate the option’s fair value. Market-implied option volatilities are based on information obtained from broker/dealers. Since swaps and option-based derivatives fair values are determined through models that use observable inputs, these are generally classified as Level 2 under the fair value hierarchy. To the extent we have determined that any of the significant inputs are considered unobservable, these amounts have been classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy.
 
The fair value of exchange-traded futures and options is based on end-of-day closing prices obtained from third-party pricing services, therefore they are classified as Level 1 under the fair value hierarchy.
 
The fair value of derivative assets considers the impact of institutional credit risk in the event that the counterparty does not honor its payment obligation. Our fair value of derivatives is not adjusted for expected credit losses because we obtain collateral from most counterparties, typically within one business day of the daily market value calculation, and substantially all of our credit risk arises from counterparties with investment-grade credit ratings of A or above.
 
Certain purchase and sale commitments are also considered to be derivatives and are classified as Level 2 or Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy, depending on the fair value hierarchy classification of the purchased or sold item, whether security or loan. Such valuation methodologies and fair value hierarchy classifications are further discussed in the “ Mortgage-Related and Non-Mortgage-Related Securities ” and the “ Mortgage Loans, Held for Sale ” sections above.
 
Guarantee Asset, at Fair Value
 
For a description of how we determine the fair value of our guarantee asset, see “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to these consolidated financial statements. Since its valuation technique is model based with significant inputs that are not observable, our guarantee asset is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
 
REO, Net
 
For GAAP purposes, REO is subsequently carried at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. The subsequent fair value less cost to sell is an estimated value based on relevant historical factors, which are considered to be unobservable inputs. REO is classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy.
 
Debt Securities Denominated in Foreign Currencies
 
Foreign-currency denominated debt instruments are measured at fair value pursuant to our fair value option election. We determine the fair value of these instruments by obtaining multiple quotes from dealers. Since the prices provided by the dealers consider only observable data such as interest rates and exchange rates, these fair values are classified as Level 2 under the fair value hierarchy.
 
Derivative Liabilities, Net
 
See discussion under “ Derivative Assets, Net ” above.
 
Consolidated Fair Value Balance Sheets
 
The supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets in Table 14.4 present our estimates of the fair value of our recorded financial assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet financial instruments at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. Our consolidated fair value balance sheets include the estimated fair values of financial instruments recorded on our consolidated balance sheets prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as off-balance sheet financial instruments that represent our assets or liabilities that are not recorded on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets. These off-balance sheet
 
            357 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

items predominantly consist of: (a) the unrecognized guarantee asset and guarantee obligation associated with our PCs issued through our guarantor swap program prior to the implementation of FIN 45, (b) certain commitments to purchase mortgage loans and (c) certain credit enhancements on manufactured housing asset-backed securities. The fair value balance sheets also include certain assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments (such as property and equipment and real estate owned, which are included in other assets) at their carrying value in accordance with GAAP. The valuations of financial instruments on our consolidated fair value balance sheets are in accordance with GAAP fair value guidelines prescribed by SFAS 107, “ Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments ,” and other relevant pronouncements.
 
At March 31, 2008, our fair value results were impacted by several changes in our approach for estimating the fair value of certain financial instruments, primarily related to our valuation of our guarantee obligation as a result of our adoption of SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008. These changes resulted in a net increase in the fair value of total net assets of approximately $4.6 billion (after-tax). For a further discussion of our adoption of SFAS 157 and information concerning our valuation approach related to our guarantee obligation, see “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Change in Accounting Principles” and “Valuation Methods and Assumptions Not Subject to Fair Value Hierarchy — Guarantee Obligation ” to these consolidated financial statements.
 
Table 14.4 — Consolidated Fair Value Balance Sheets (1)
 
                                 
    March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Carrying
          Carrying
       
    Amount (2)     Fair Value     Amount (2)     Fair Value  
    (in billions)  
 
Assets
                               
Mortgage loans
  $ 86.5     $ 83.9     $ 80.0     $ 76.8  
Mortgage-related securities
    601.1       601.1       629.8       629.8  
                                 
Retained portfolio
    687.6       685.0       709.8       706.6  
Cash and cash equivalents
    8.3       8.3       8.6       8.6  
Non-mortgage-related securities
    48.2       48.2       35.1       35.1  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold
    17.2       17.2       6.6       6.6  
Derivative assets, net
    1.0       1.0       0.8       0.8  
Guarantee asset (3)
    9.1       9.9       9.6       10.4  
Other assets (4)
    31.6       42.5       23.9       31.8  
                                 
Total assets
  $ 803.0     $ 812.1     $ 794.4     $ 799.9  
                                 
Liabilities and minority interests
                               
Total debt securities, net
  $ 759.8     $ 778.6     $ 738.6     $ 749.3  
Guarantee obligation
    13.7       29.3       13.7       26.2  
Derivative liabilities, net
    0.9       0.9       0.6       0.6  
Reserve for guarantee losses on PCs
    3.5             2.6        
Other liabilities
    9.0       8.3       12.0       11.0  
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    0.1       0.2       0.2       0.2  
                                 
Total liabilities and minority interests
    787.0       817.3       767.7       787.3  
                                 
Net assets attributable to stockholders
                               
Preferred stockholders
    14.1       11.7       14.1       12.3  
Common stockholders
    1.9       (16.9 )     12.6       0.3  
                                 
Total net assets
    16.0       (5.2 )     26.7       12.6  
                                 
Total liabilities, minority interests and net assets
  $ 803.0     $ 812.1     $ 794.4     $ 799.9  
                                 
(1)  The consolidated fair value balance sheets do not purport to present our net realizable, liquidation or market value as a whole. Furthermore, amounts we ultimately realize from the disposition of assets or settlement of liabilities may vary significantly from the fair values presented.
(2)  Equals the amount reported on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets.
(3)  The fair value of our guarantee asset reported exceeds the carrying value primarily because the fair value includes our guarantee asset related to PCs that were issued prior to the implementation of FIN 45 in 2003 and thus are not recognized on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets.
(4)  Fair values include estimated income taxes calculated using the 35% federal statutory rate on the difference between the consolidated fair value balance sheets net assets, including deferred taxes from our GAAP consolidated balance sheets, and the GAAP consolidated balance sheets equity attributable to common stockholders.
 
Limitations
 
Our consolidated fair value balance sheets do not capture all elements of value that are implicit in our operations as a going concern because our consolidated fair value balance sheets only capture the values of the current investment and securitization portfolios. For example, our consolidated fair value balance sheets do not capture the value of new investment and securitization business that would likely replace prepayments as they occur. In addition, our consolidated fair value balance sheets do not capture the value associated with future growth opportunities in our investment and securitization portfolios. Thus, the fair value of net assets attributable to stockholders presented on our consolidated fair value balance sheets does not represent an estimate of our net realizable, liquidation or market value as a whole.
 
We report certain assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments (such as property and equipment and real estate owned), as well as certain financial instruments that are not covered by the SFAS 107 disclosure requirements (such as pension liabilities) at their carrying amounts in accordance with GAAP on our consolidated fair value balance sheets. We
 
            358 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

believe these items do not have a significant impact on our overall fair value results. Other non-financial assets and liabilities on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets represent deferrals of costs and revenues that are amortized in accordance with GAAP, such as deferred debt issuance costs and deferred credit fees. Cash receipts and payments related to these items are generally recognized in the fair value of net assets when received or paid, with no basis reflected on our fair value balance sheets.
 
Valuation Methods and Assumptions Not Subject to Fair Value Hierarchy
 
The following are valuation assumptions and methods for items not subject to the fair value hierarchy either because they are not measured at fair value other than on the fair value balance sheet or are only measured at fair value at inception.
 
Mortgage Loans
 
Mortgage loans represent single-family and multifamily mortgage loans held in our retained portfolio. For GAAP purposes, we must determine the fair value of these mortgage loans to calculate lower-of-cost-or-fair-value adjustments for mortgages classified as held-for-sale. For fair value balance sheet purposes, we used a similar approach when determining the fair value of mortgage loans, including those held-for-investment.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents largely consists of highly liquid investment securities with an original maturity of three months or less used for cash management purposes, as well as cash collateral posted by our derivative counterparties. Given that these assets are short-term in nature with limited market value volatility, the carrying amount on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets is deemed to be a reasonable approximation of fair value.
 
Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Federal Funds Sold
 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold principally consists of short-term contractual agreements such as reverse repurchase agreements involving Treasury and agency securities, federal funds sold and Eurodollar time deposits. Given that these assets are short-term in nature, the carrying amount on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets is deemed to be a reasonable approximation of fair value.
 
Other Assets
 
Other assets consists of investments in qualified LIHTC partnerships that are eligible for federal tax credits, credit enhancement contracts related to PCs and Structured Securities (pool insurance and recourse and/or indemnification agreements), financial guarantee contracts for additional credit enhancements on certain manufactured housing asset-backed securities, REO, property and equipment and other miscellaneous assets.
 
Our investments in LIHTC partnerships, reported as consolidated entities or equity method investments in the GAAP financial statements, are not within the scope of SFAS 107 disclosure requirements. However, we present the fair value of these investments in other assets. For the LIHTC partnerships, the fair value of expected tax benefits is estimated using expected cash flows discounted using our estimated cost of funds.
 
For the credit enhancement contracts related to PCs and Structured Securities (pool insurance and recourse and/or indemnification agreements), fair value is estimated using an expected cash flow approach, and is intended to reflect the estimated amount that a third party would be willing to pay for the contracts. On our consolidated fair value balance sheets, these contracts are reported at fair value at each balance sheet date based on current market conditions. On our GAAP consolidated balance sheets, these contracts are initially recorded at fair value at inception, then amortized to expense.
 
For the credit enhancements on manufactured housing asset-backed securities, the fair value is based on the difference between the market price of non-credit-impaired manufactured housing securities and credit-impaired manufactured housing securities that are likely to produce future credit losses, as adjusted for our estimate of a risk premium attributable to the financial guarantee contracts. The value of the contracts, over time, will be determined by the actual credit-related losses incurred and, therefore, may have a value that is higher or lower than our market-based estimate. On our GAAP consolidated financial statements, these contracts are recognized as realized.
 
The other categories of assets that comprise other assets are not financial instruments required to be valued at fair value under SFAS 107, such as property and equipment. For the majority of these non-financial instruments in other assets, we use the carrying amounts from our GAAP consolidated balance sheets as the reported values on our consolidated fair value balance sheets, without any adjustment. These assets represent an insignificant portion of our GAAP consolidated balance sheets. Certain non-financial assets in other assets on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets are assigned a zero value on our consolidated fair value balance sheets. This treatment is applied to deferred items such as deferred debt issuance costs.
 
We adjust the GAAP-basis deferred taxes reflected on our consolidated fair value balance sheets to include estimated income taxes on the difference between our consolidated fair value balance sheets net assets, including deferred taxes from our GAAP consolidated balance sheets, and our GAAP consolidated balance sheets equity attributable to common
 
            359 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

stockholders. To the extent the adjusted deferred taxes are a net asset, this amount is included in other assets. If the adjusted deferred taxes are a net liability, this amount is included in other liabilities.
 
Total Debt Securities, Net
 
Total debt securities, net represent short-term and long-term debt used to finance our assets. On our consolidated GAAP balance sheets, debt securities, excluding debt securities denominated in foreign currencies, are reported at amortized cost, which is net of deferred items, including premiums, discounts and hedging-related basis adjustments. This item includes both non-callable and callable debt, as well as short-term zero-coupon discount notes. The fair value of the short-term zero-coupon discount notes is based on a discounted cash flow model with market inputs. The valuation of other debt securities represents the proceeds that we would receive from the issuance of debt and is generally based on market prices obtained from broker/dealers, reliable third-party pricing service providers or direct market observations. We elected the fair value option for debt securities denominated in foreign currencies and reported them at fair value on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets effective January 1, 2008.
 
Guarantee Obligation
 
We did not establish a guarantee obligation for GAAP purposes for PCs and Structured Securities that were issued through our guarantor swap program prior to adoption of FIN 45. In addition, after it is initially recorded at fair value the guarantee obligation is not subsequently carried at fair value for GAAP purposes. On our consolidated fair value balance sheets, the guarantee obligation reflects the fair value of our guarantee obligation on all PCs regardless of when they were issued. Additionally, for fair value balance sheet purposes, our guarantee obligation is valued using a model that is calibrated to entry pricing information to estimate the fair value on our seasoned guarantee obligation. Entry pricing information used in our model includes the spot delivery fee and management and guarantee fee used to determine the amount charged to customers for executing our new securitizations. For information concerning our valuation approach and accounting policies related to our guarantees of mortgage assets for GAAP purposes, see “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” and “NOTE 2: FINANCIAL GUARANTEES AND SECURITIZED INTERESTS IN MORTGAGE-RELATED ASSETS” to these consolidated financial statements.
 
Reserve for Guarantee Losses on PCs
 
The carrying amount of the reserve for guarantee losses on PCs on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets represents the contingent losses contained in the loans that back our PCs. This line item has no basis on our consolidated fair value balance sheets, because the estimated fair value of all expected default losses (both contingent and non-contingent) is included in the guarantee obligation reported on our consolidated fair value balance sheets.
 
Other Liabilities
 
Other liabilities principally consist of funding liabilities associated with investments in LIHTC partnerships, accrued interest payable on debt securities and other miscellaneous obligations of less than one year. We believe the carrying amount of these liabilities is a reasonable approximation of their fair value, except for funding liabilities associated with investments in LIHTC partnerships, for which fair value is estimated using expected cash flows discounted at a market-based yield. Furthermore, certain deferred items reported as other liabilities on our GAAP consolidated balance sheets are assigned zero value on our consolidated fair value balance sheets, such as deferred credit fees. Also, as discussed in “ Other Assets ,” other liabilities may include a deferred tax liability adjusted for fair value balance sheet purposes.
 
Minority Interests in Consolidated Subsidiaries
 
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries primarily represent preferred stock interests that third parties hold in our two majority-owned real estate investment trust, or REIT subsidiaries. In accordance with GAAP, we consolidated the REITs. The preferred stock interests are not within the scope of SFAS 107 disclosure requirements. However, we present the fair value of these interests on our consolidated fair value balance sheets. The fair value of the third-party minority interests in these REITs was based on the estimated value of the underlying REIT preferred stock we determined based on a valuation model.
 
Net Assets Attributable to Preferred Stockholders
 
To determine the preferred stock fair value, we use a market-based approach incorporating quoted dealer prices.
 
Net Assets Attributable to Common Stockholders
 
Net assets attributable to common stockholders is equal to the difference between the fair value of total assets and the sum of total liabilities and minority interests reported on our consolidated fair value balance sheets, less the fair value of net assets attributable to preferred stockholders.
 
            360 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
NOTE 15: CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT AND OTHER RISKS
 
Mortgages and Mortgage-Related Securities
 
Our business activity is to participate in and support the residential mortgage market in the United States, which we pursue by both issuing guaranteed mortgage securities and investing in mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities. Table 15.1 summarizes the geographical concentration of mortgages and mortgage-related securities that we held in our retained portfolio or that are collateral for our PCs and Structured Securities, excluding:
 
  •  $1.2 billion and $1.3 billion of mortgage-related securities issued by Ginnie Mae that back Structured Securities at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, because these securities do not expose us to meaningful amounts of credit risk;
 
  •  $54.3 billion and $47.8 billion of agency mortgage-related securities at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, because these securities do not expose us to meaningful amounts of credit risk; and
 
  •  $222.9 billion and $233.8 billion of non-agency mortgage-related securities held in our retained portfolio at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, because geographic information regarding these securities is not available. With respect to these securities, we look to third-party credit enhancements ( e.g. , bond insurance) or other credit enhancements resulting from the securitization structure supporting such securities ( e.g. , subordination levels) as a primary means of managing credit risk.
 
See “NOTE 4: RETAINED PORTFOLIO AND CASH AND INVESTMENTS PORTFOLIO” to these consolidated financial statements for more information about the securities we hold.
 
Table 15.1 — Concentration of Credit Risk
 
                                 
    March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Amount (1)     Percentage     Amount (1)     Percentage  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
By Region (2)
                               
West
  $ 474,313       25 %   $ 455,051       25 %
Northeast
    455,486       24       443,813       24  
North Central
    357,733       19       353,522       19  
Southeast
    344,886       19       335,386       19  
Southwest
    238,782       13       231,951       13  
                                 
    $ 1,871,200       100 %   $ 1,819,723       100 %
                                 
By State
                               
California
  $ 254,089       13 %   $ 243,225       13 %
Florida
    127,707       7       124,092       7  
Texas
    94,255       5       91,130       5  
Illinois
    93,424       5       91,835       5  
New York
    93,269       5       90,686       5  
All others
    1,208,456       65       1,178,755       65  
                                 
    $ 1,871,200       100 %   $ 1,819,723       100 %
                                 
(1)  Calculated as total mortgage portfolio less Structured Securities backed by Ginnie Mae Certificates and non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities held in our retained portfolio.
(2)  Region Designation: West (AK, AZ, CA, GU, HI, ID, MT, NV, OR, UT, WA); Northeast (CT, DE, DC, MA, ME, MD, NH, NJ, NY, PA, RI, VT, VA, WV); North Central (IL, IN, IA, MI, MN, ND, OH, SD, WI); Southeast (AL, FL, GA, KY, MS, NC, PR, SC, TN, VI); Southwest (AR, CO, KS, LA, MO, NE, NM, OK, TX, WY).
 
Higher-Risk Mortgage Loans
 
There have been an increasing amount of residential loan products originated in the mortgage industry that are designed to offer borrowers greater choices in their payment terms. Interest-only mortgages allow the borrower to pay only interest for a fixed period of time before the loan begins to amortize. Option ARM loans permit a variety of repayment options, which include minimum, interest only, fully amortizing 30-year and fully amortizing 15-year payments. The minimum payment alternative for option ARM loans allows the borrower to make monthly payments that are less than the interest accrued for the period. The unpaid interest, known as negative amortization, is added to the principal balance of the loan, which increases the outstanding loan balance. At both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, interest-only and option ARM loans collectively represented approximately 10% of loans underlying our issued guaranteed PCs and Structured Securities.
 
In addition to these products, there has been an increase of residential mortgage loans originated in the market with lower or alternative documentation requirements than full documentation mortgage loans. These reduced documentation mortgages have been categorized in the mortgage industry as Alt-A loans. We have classified mortgage loans as Alt-A if the lender that delivers them to us has classified the loans as Alt-A, or if the loans had reduced documentation requirements that indicate that the loans should be classified as Alt-A. At both March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, approximately 11% of our single-family PCs and Structured Securities were backed by Alt-A mortgage loans.
 
            361 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

Mortgage Lenders and Insurers
 
A significant portion of our single-family mortgage purchase volume is generated from several key mortgage lenders with whom we have entered into business arrangements. These arrangements generally involve a lender’s commitment to sell a significant proportion of its conforming mortgage origination volume to us. During the first quarter of 2008, three mortgage lenders, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A., each accounted for 10% or more of our mortgage purchase volume, and collectively accounted for approximately 42% of our total mortgage purchase volume. In addition, during the first quarter of 2008, our top ten single-family lenders represented approximately 80% of our mortgage purchase volume. During the first quarter of 2008, our top three multifamily lenders collectively represented approximately 59% of our multifamily purchase volume. These top lenders are among the largest mortgage loan originators in the U.S. We are exposed to the risk that we could lose purchase volume to the extent these arrangements are terminated or modified without replacement from other lenders.
 
We have institutional credit risk relating to the potential insolvency or non-performance of mortgage insurers that insure mortgages we purchase or guarantee. These insurers provide coverage totaling $326 billion of unpaid principal balance in connection with our single-family mortgage portfolio, excluding those backing Structured Transactions. Excluding insurers of our non-agency mortgage-related securities portfolio, our top five mortgage insurer counterparties, Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corp, Radian Guaranty Inc., Genworth Mortgage Insurance Corporation, PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. and United Guaranty Residential Insurance Co., each accounted for more than 10% of our maximum exposure to the group and all were rated “A” or above by a nationally-recognized credit rating agency as of March 31, 2008. Recently, many mortgage insurers have had financial difficulty and have received several downgrades in their credit rating by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. Based upon currently available information, we expect that most of our mortgage and bond insurance counterparties possess adequate financial strength and capital to meet their obligations to us for the near term. However, we are aware of negative developments with Triad Guaranty Insurance Corporation, or Triad, one of our mortgage insurance counterparties, and we are evaluating the impact of these developments on us. In addition, FGIC and XL Capital Assurance Inc have had their credit rating downgraded below investment grade by at least one major rating agency. To date, no mortgage insurer has failed to meet its obligations to us.
 
We obtain insurance as an additional credit enhancement with either primary or secondary policies to cover non-agency securities held in either our retained or non-mortgage investment portfolio. As of March 31, 2008, we had coverage, including secondary policies on securities, totaling $18 billion of unpaid principal balance. As of March 31, 2008, the top four of our bond insurers, Ambac Assurance Corporation, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, Financial Security Assurance Inc., and MBIA Inc., each accounted for more than 10% of our overall bond insurance coverage and collectively represented approximately 91% of our total coverage.
 
Derivative Portfolio
 
On an ongoing basis, we review the credit fundamentals of all of our derivative counterparties to confirm that they continue to meet our internal standards. We assign internal ratings, credit capital and exposure limits to each counterparty based on quantitative and qualitative analysis, which we update and monitor on a regular basis. We conduct additional reviews when market conditions dictate or events affecting an individual counterparty occur. One of our counterparties, Goldman Sachs Capital Markets, whose parent company, Goldman Sachs Group, was rated AA− as of May 1, 2008, accounted for greater than 10% of our net uncollateralized exposure to derivatives counterparties at March 31, 2008.
 
NOTE 16: SEGMENT REPORTING
 
Effective December 1, 2007, management determined that our operations consist of three reportable segments. As discussed below, we use Segment Earnings to measure and assess the financial performance of our segments. Segment Earnings is calculated for the segments by adjusting GAAP net income (loss) for certain investment-related activities and credit guarantee-related activities. The Segment Earnings measure is provided to the chief operating decision maker. Prior to December 1, 2007, we reported as a single segment using GAAP-basis income. We have revised the financial information and disclosures for prior periods to reflect the segment disclosures as if they had been in effect throughout all periods reported. We conduct our operations solely in the U.S. and its territories. Therefore, we do not generate any revenue from geographic locations outside of the U.S. and its territories.
 
Segments
 
Our business operations include three reportable segments, which are based on the type of business activities each performs — Investments, Single-family Guarantee and Multifamily. Certain activities that are not part of a segment are included in the All Other category, which primarily includes certain unallocated corporate items, such as costs associated with remediating our internal controls and near-term restructuring costs, costs related to the resolution of certain legal matters and certain income tax items. We evaluate our performance and allocate resources based on Segment Earnings,
 
            362 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

which we describe and present in this note. We do not consider our assets by segment when making these evaluations or allocations.
 
Investments
 
In this segment, we invest principally in mortgage-related securities and single-family mortgage loans through our mortgage-related investment portfolio. Segment Earnings consists primarily of the returns on these investments, less the related financing costs and administrative expenses. Within this segment, our activities may include the purchase of mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities with less attractive investment returns and with high incremental risk in order to achieve our affordable housing goals and subgoals. We maintain a cash and a non-mortgage-related securities investment portfolio in this segment to help manage our liquidity. We finance these activities primarily through issuances of short- and long-term debt in the public markets. Results also include derivative transactions we enter into to help manage interest-rate and other market risks associated with our debt financing and mortgage-related investment portfolio.
 
Single-Family Guarantee
 
In this segment, we guarantee the payment of principal and interest on single-family mortgage-related securities, including those held in our retained portfolio, in exchange for management and guarantee fees received over time and other up-front compensation. Earnings for this segment consist of management and guarantee fee revenues and trust management income less the related credit costs ( i.e. , provision for credit losses) and operating expenses. Also included is the interest earned on assets held in our Investments segment related to single-family guarantee activities, net of allocated funding costs.
 
Multifamily
 
In this segment, we purchase multifamily mortgages for our retained portfolio and guarantee the payment of principal and interest on multifamily mortgage-related securities and mortgages underlying multifamily housing revenue bonds. These activities support our mission to supply financing for affordable rental housing. This segment includes certain equity investments in various limited partnerships that sponsor low- and moderate-income multifamily rental apartments, which benefit from LIHTCs. Also included is the interest earned on assets held in our Investments segment related to multifamily guarantee activities, net of allocated funding costs.
 
All Other
 
All Other includes corporate-level expenses not allocated to any of our reportable segments such as costs associated with remediating our internal controls and near-term restructuring as well as costs related to the resolution of certain legal matters and certain income tax items.
 
Segment Allocations
 
Results of each reportable segment include directly attributable revenues and expenses. Administrative expenses that are not directly attributable to a segment are allocated ratably using alternative, quantifiable measures such as headcount distribution or segment usage if considered semi-direct or on a pre-determined basis if considered indirect. Expenses not allocated to segments consist primarily of costs associated with remediating our internal controls and near-term restructuring costs and are included in the All Other category. Net interest income for each segment includes an allocation related to investments and debt based on each segment’s assets and off-balance sheet obligations. The LIHTC partnerships tax benefit is allocated to the Multifamily segment. All remaining taxes are calculated based on a 35% federal statutory rate as applied to Segment Earnings.
 
Segment Earnings
 
In managing our business, we present the operating performance of our segments using Segment Earnings. Segment Earnings differs significantly from and should not be used as a substitute for GAAP net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle or net income (loss) as determined in accordance with GAAP. There are important limitations to using Segment Earnings as a measure of our financial performance. Among them, our regulatory capital requirements are based on our GAAP results. Segment Earnings adjusts for the effects of certain gains and losses and mark-to-fair-value items which, depending on market circumstances, can significantly affect, positively or negatively, our GAAP results and which, in recent periods, have caused us to record GAAP net losses. GAAP net losses will adversely impact our regulatory capital, regardless of results reflected in Segment Earnings. Also, our definition of Segment Earnings may differ from similar measures used by other companies. However, we believe that the presentation of Segment Earnings highlights the results from ongoing operations and the underlying results of the segments in a manner that is useful to the way we manage and evaluate the performance of our business.
 
The objective of Segment Earnings is to present our results on an accrual basis as the cash flows from our segments are earned over time. We are primarily a buy and hold investor in mortgage assets, and given our business objectives, we believe it is meaningful to measure performance of our investment business using long-term returns, not on a short-term fair value basis. The business model for our investment activity is one where we generally hold our investments for the long term, fund
 
            363 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

the investments with debt and derivatives to minimize interest rate risk and generate net interest income in line with our return on equity objectives. The business model for our credit guarantee activity is one where we are a long-term guarantor in the conforming mortgage markets, manage credit risk and generate guarantee and credit fees, net of incurred credit losses. As a result of these business models, we believe that an accrual-based metric is a meaningful way to present the emergence of our results as actual cash flows are realized, net of credit losses and impairments. In summary, Segment Earnings provides a view of our financial results that is more consistent with our business objectives, which helps us better evaluate the performance of our business, both from period-to-period and over the longer term.
 
As described below, Segment Earnings is calculated for the segments by adjusting GAAP net income (loss) for certain investment-related activities and credit guarantee-related activities. Segment Earnings includes certain reclassifications among income and expense categories that have no impact on net income (loss) but provide us with a meaningful metric to assess the performance of each segment and our company as a whole.
 
Investment Activity-Related Adjustments
 
The most significant risk inherent in our investing activities is interest-rate risk, including duration, convexity and volatility. We actively manage these risks through asset selection and structuring, financing asset purchases with a broad range of both callable and non-callable debt and the use of interest-rate derivatives, designed to economically hedge a significant portion of our interest-rate exposure. Our interest-rate derivatives include interest-rate swaps, exchange-traded futures and both purchased and written options (including swaptions). GAAP-basis earnings related to investment activities of our Investments segment, and to a lesser extent, our Multifamily segment, are subject to significant period-to-period variability, which we believe is not necessarily indicative of the risk management techniques that we employ and the performance of these segments.
 
Our derivative instruments not in hedge accounting relationships are adjusted to fair value under GAAP with resulting gains or losses recorded in GAAP-basis income. Certain other assets are also adjusted to fair value under GAAP with resulting gains or losses recorded in GAAP-basis income. These assets consist primarily of mortgage-related securities classified as trading and mortgage-related securities classified as available-for-sale when a decline in fair value of available-for-sale securities is deemed to be other than temporary.
 
To help us assess the performance of our investment-related activities, we make the following adjustments to earnings as determined under GAAP. We believe this measure of performance, which we call Segment Earnings, enhances the understanding of operating performance for specific periods, as well as trends in results over multiple periods, as this measure is consistent with assessing our performance against our investment objectives and the related risk-management activities.
 
  •  Derivative and foreign-currency denominated debt-related adjustments:
 
  •  Fair value adjustments on derivative positions, recorded pursuant to GAAP, are not recognized in Segment Earnings as these positions economically hedge our investment activities.
 
  •  Payments or receipts to terminate derivative positions are amortized prospectively into Segment Earnings on a straight-line basis over the associated term of the derivative instrument.
 
  •  Payments of up-front premiums ( e.g. , payments made to third parties related to purchased swaptions) are amortized prospectively on a straight-line basis into Segment Earnings over the contractual life of the instrument. The up-front payments, primarily for option premiums, are amortized to reflect the periodic cost associated with the protection provided by the option contract.
 
  •  Foreign-currency translation gains and losses as well as the unrealized fair value adjustments associated with foreign-currency denominated debt along with the foreign-currency derivatives gains and losses are excluded from Segment Earnings because the fair value adjustments on the foreign-currency swaps that we use to manage foreign-currency exposure are also excluded through the fair value adjustment on derivative positions as described above as the foreign-currency exposure is economically hedged.
 
  •  Investment sales, debt retirements and fair value-related adjustments:
 
  •  Gains and losses on investment sales and debt retirements that are recognized at the time of the transaction pursuant to GAAP are not immediately recognized in Segment Earnings. Gains and losses on securities sold out of our retained portfolio and cash and investments portfolio are amortized prospectively into Segment Earnings on a straight-line basis over five years and three years, respectively. Gains and losses on debt retirements are amortized prospectively into Segment Earnings on a straight-line basis over the original terms of the repurchased debt.
 
  •  Trading losses or impairments that reflect expected or realized credit losses are realized immediately pursuant to GAAP and in Segment Earnings since they are not economically hedged. Fair value adjustments to trading securities related to investments that are economically hedged are not included in Segment Earnings. Similarly, non-credit related impairment losses on securities are not included in Segment Earnings. These amounts are deferred
 
            364 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

  and amortized prospectively into Segment Earnings on a straight-line basis over five years for securities in our retained portfolio and over three years for securities in our cash and investments portfolio. GAAP-basis accretion income that may result from impairment adjustments is also not included in Segment Earnings.
 
  •  Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment:
 
  •  Interest income generated from tax-exempt investments is adjusted in Segment Earnings to reflect its equivalent yield on a fully taxable basis.
 
We fund our investment assets with debt and derivatives to minimize interest-rate risk as evidenced by our Portfolio Market Value Sensitivity, or PMVS, and duration gap metrics. As a result, in situations where we record gains and losses on derivatives, securities or debt buybacks, these gains and losses are offset by economic hedges that we do not mark-to-fair-value for GAAP purposes. For example, when we realize a gain on the sale of a security, the debt which is funding the security has an embedded loss that is not recognized under GAAP, but instead over time as we realize the interest expense on the debt. As a result, in Segment Earnings, we defer and amortize the security gain to interest income to match the interest expense on the debt that funded the asset. Because of our risk management strategies, we believe that amortizing gains or losses on economically hedged positions in the same periods as the offsetting gains or losses is a meaningful way to assess performance of our investment activities.
 
We believe it is useful to measure our performance using long-term returns, not on a short-term fair value basis. Fair value fluctuations in the short-term are not an accurate indication of long-term returns. In calculating Segment Earnings, we make adjustments to our GAAP-basis results that are designed to provide a more consistent view of our financial results, which helps us better assess the performance of our business segments, both from period-to-period and over the longer term. The adjustments we make to present our Segment Earnings are consistent with the financial objectives of our investment activities and related hedging transactions and provide us with a view of expected investment returns and effectiveness of our risk management strategies that we believe is useful in managing and evaluating our investment-related activities. Although we seek to mitigate the interest-rate risk inherent in our investment-related activities, our hedging and portfolio management activities do not eliminate risk. We believe that a relevant measure of performance should closely reflect the economic impact of our risk management activities. Thus, we amortize the impact of terminated derivatives, as well as gains and losses on asset sales and debt retirements, into Segment Earnings. Although our interest-rate risk and asset/liability management processes ordinarily involve active management of derivatives, asset sales and debt retirements, we believe that Segment Earnings, although it differs significantly from, and should not be used as a substitute for GAAP-basis results, is indicative of the longer-term time horizon inherent in our investment-related activities.
 
Credit Guarantee Activity-Related Adjustments
 
Credit guarantee activities consist largely of our guarantee of the payment of principal and interest on mortgages and mortgage-related securities in exchange for management and guarantee and other fees. Over the longer-term, earnings consist almost entirely of our management and guarantee fee revenues, which include management guarantee fees collected throughout the life of the loan and up-front compensation received, trust management fees less related credit costs ( i.e. , provision for credit losses) and operating expenses. Our measure of Segment Earnings for these activities consists primarily of these elements of revenue and expense. We believe this measure is a relevant indicator of operating performance for specific periods, as well as trends in results over multiple periods because it more closely aligns with how we manage and evaluate the performance of the credit guarantee business.
 
We purchase mortgages from sellers/servicers in order to securitize and issue PCs and Structured Securities. See “NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES” to the audited consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the accounting treatment of these transactions. In addition to the components of earnings noted above, GAAP-basis earnings for these activities include gains or losses upon the execution of such transactions, subsequent fair value adjustments to the guarantee asset and amortization of the guarantee obligation.
 
Our credit-guarantee activities also include the purchase of significantly past due mortgage loans from loan pools that underlie our guarantees. Pursuant to GAAP, at the time of our purchase the loans are recorded at fair value. To the extent the adjustment of a purchased loan to fair value exceeds our own estimate of the losses we will ultimately realize on the loan, as reflected in our loan loss reserve, an additional loss is recorded in our GAAP-basis results.
 
When we determine Segment Earnings for our credit guarantee-related activities, the adjustments we apply to earnings computed on a GAAP-basis include the following:
 
  •  Amortization and valuation adjustments pertaining to the guarantee asset and guarantee obligation are excluded from Segment Earnings. Cash compensation exchanged at the time of securitization, excluding buy-up and buy-down fees, is amortized into earnings.
 
            365 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
  •  The initial recognition of gains and losses recorded prior to January 1, 2008 and in connection with the execution of either securitization transactions that qualify as sales or guarantor swap transactions, such as losses on certain credit guarantees, is excluded from Segment Earnings.
 
  •  Fair value adjustments recorded upon the purchase of delinquent loans from pools that underlie our guarantees are excluded from Segment Earnings. However, for Segment Earnings reporting, our GAAP-basis loan loss provision is adjusted to reflect our own estimate of the losses we will ultimately realize on such items.
 
While both GAAP-basis results and Segment Earnings reflect a provision for credit losses determined in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,’ ’ GAAP-basis results also include, as noted above, measures of future cash flows (the guarantee asset) that are recorded at fair value and, therefore, are subject to significant adjustment from period-to-period as market conditions, such as interest rates, change. Over the longer-term, Segment Earnings and GAAP-basis income both capture the aggregate cash flows associated with our guarantee-related activities. Although Segment Earnings differs significantly from, and should not be used as a substitute for GAAP-basis income, we believe that excluding the impact of changes in the fair value of expected future cash flows from our Segment Earnings provides a meaningful measure of performance for a given period as well as trends in performance over multiple periods because it more closely aligns with how we manage and evaluate the performance of our credit guarantee business.
 
Table 16.1 reconciles Segment Earnings (loss) to GAAP net income (loss).
 
Table 16.1 — Reconciliation of Segment Earnings (Loss) to GAAP Net Income (Loss)
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Segment Earnings (loss) after taxes:
               
Investments
  $ 113     $ 514  
Single-family Guarantee
    (458 )     224  
Multifamily
    98       125  
All Other
    (4 )     (16 )
                 
Total Segment Earnings (loss), net of taxes
    (251 )     847  
                 
Reconciliation to GAAP net income (loss):
               
Derivative- and foreign-currency denominated debt-related adjustments
    (1,194 )     (1,082 )
Credit guarantee-related adjustments
    (174 )     (502 )
Investment sales, debt retirements and fair value-related adjustments
    1,525       69  
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments
    (110 )     (93 )
                 
Total pre-tax adjustments
    47       (1,608 )
Tax-related adjustments
    53       628  
                 
Total reconciling items, net of taxes
    100       (980 )
                 
GAAP net income (loss)
  $ (151 )   $ (133 )
                 
 
Table 16.2 presents certain financial information for our reportable segments and All Other
 
Table 16.2 — Segment Earnings and Reconciliation to GAAP Results
 
                                                                                         
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2008  
                                                          Income
       
    Net Interest
    Management
    Other
          Provision
    REO
          Other
    LIHTC
    Tax
       
    Income
    and Guarantee
    Non-Interest
    Administrative
    for Credit
    Operations
    LIHTC
    Non-Interest
    Partnerships
    (Expense)
    Net
 
    (Expense)     Income     Income (Loss)     Expenses     Losses     Expense     Partnerships     Expense     Tax Benefit     Benefit     Income (Loss)  
    (in millions)  
 
                                                                                         
Investments
  $ 299     $     $ 15     $ (131 )   $     $     $     $ (9 )   $     $ (61 )   $ 113  
Single-family Guarantee
    77       895       104       (204 )     (1,349 )     (208 )           (19 )           246       (458 )
Multifamily
    75       17       8       (49 )     (9 )           (117 )     (4 )     149       28       98  
All Other
                4       (13 )                       (3 )           8       (4 )
                                                                                         
Total Segment Earnings (loss), net of taxes
    451       912       131       (397 )     (1,358 )     (208 )     (117 )     (35 )     149       221       (251 )
Reconciliation to GAAP net income (loss):
                                                                                       
Derivative- and foreign-currency translation-related adjustments
    (10 )           (1,184 )                                               (1,194 )
Credit guarantee-related adjustments
    16       (161 )     4             73                   (106 )                 (174 )
Investment sales, debt retirements and fair value-related adjustments
    103             1,422                                                 1,525  
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments
    (110 )                                                           (110 )
Reclassifications (1)
    348       38       (431 )           45                                      
Tax-related adjustments
                                                          53       53  
                                                                                         
Total reconciling items, net of taxes
    347       (123 )     (189 )           118                   (106 )           53       100  
                                                                                         
Total per consolidated statement of income
  $ 798     $ 789     $ (58 )   $ (397 )   $ (1,240 )   $ (208 )   $ (117 )   $ (141 )   $ 149     $ 274     $ (151 )
                                                                                         
 
            366 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
                                                                                         
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2007  
                                                          Income
       
    Net Interest
    Management
    Other
          Provision
    REO
          Other
    LIHTC
    Tax
       
    Income
    and Guarantee
    Non-Interest
    Administrative
    for Credit
    Operations
    LIHTC
    Non-Interest
    Partnerships
    (Expense)
    Net
 
    (Expense)     Income     Income (Loss)     Expenses     Losses     Expense     Partnerships     Expense     Tax Benefit     Benefit     Income (Loss)  
    (in millions)  
 
                                                                                         
Investments
  $ 902     $     $ 24     $ (128 )   $     $     $     $ (7 )   $     $ (277 )   $ 514  
Single-family Guarantee
    168       677       22       (199 )     (289 )     (14 )           (21 )           (120 )     224  
Multifamily
    123       14       4       (45 )     (3 )           (108 )     (4 )     138       6       125  
All Other
    (1 )           3       (31 )                       (9 )           22       (16 )
                                                                                         
Total Segment Earnings (loss), net of taxes
    1,192       691       53       (403 )     (292 )     (14 )     (108 )     (41 )     138       (369 )     847  
Reconciliation to GAAP net income (loss):
                                                                                       
Derivative- and foreign-currency translation-related adjustments
    (323 )           (759 )                                               (1,082 )
Credit guarantee-related adjustments (2)
    6       (64 )     (47 )           13                   (410 )                 (502 )
Investment sales, debt retirements and fair value-related adjustments
    60             9                                                 69  
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments
    (93 )                                                           (93 )
Reclassifications (1)(2)
    (71 )     1       39             31                                      
Tax-related adjustments
                                                          628       628  
                                                                                         
Total reconciling items, net of taxes
    (421 )     (63 )     (758 )           44                   (410 )           628       (980 )
                                                                                         
Total per consolidated statement of income
  $ 771     $ 628     $ (705 )   $ (403 )   $ (248 )   $ (14 )   $ (108 )   $ (451 )   $ 138     $ 259     $ (133 )
                                                                                         
(1)  Includes the reclassification of: (a) the accrual of periodic cash settlements of all derivatives not in qualifying hedge accounting relationships from other non-interest income (loss) to net interest income (expense) within our Investments segment; (b) implied management and guarantee fees from net interest income (expense) to other non-interest income (loss) within our Single-family Guarantee and Multifamily segments; (c) net buy-up and buy-down fees from management and guarantee income to net interest income (expense) within the Investments segment; (d) interest income foregone on impaired loans from net interest income (expense) to provision for credit losses within our Single-family Guarantee segment; and (e) certain hedged interest benefit (cost) amounts related to trust management income from other non-interest income (loss) to net interest income (expense) within our Investments segment.
(2)  Certain prior period amounts within net interest income previously reported as a component of credit guarantee-related adjustments have been reclassified to reclassifications to conform to the current period presentation.
 
NOTE 17: EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
We have participating securities related to options with dividend equivalent rights that receive dividends as declared on an equal basis with common shares, but are not obligated to participate in undistributed net losses. Consequently, in accordance with EITF 03-6, Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128 ”, we use the “two-class” method of computing earnings per share. Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income (loss) available per common share by weighted average common shares outstanding — basic for the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share are computed as net income (loss) available to common stockholders divided by weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted for the period, which considers the effect of dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding. For periods with net income the effect of dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding includes: (a) the weighted average shares related to stock options (including the Employee Stock Purchase Plan) that have an exercise price lower than the average market price during the period; (b) the weighted average of non-vested restricted shares; and (c) all restricted stock units. Such items are excluded from the weighted average common shares outstanding — basic.
 
Table 17.1 — Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share — Basic and Diluted
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (dollars in millions,
 
    except per share amounts)  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (151 )   $ (133 )
Preferred stock dividends and issuance costs on redeemed preferred stock
    (272 )     (95 )
Amounts allocated to participating security option holders (1)
    (1 )     (2 )
                 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders — basic (2)
  $ (424 )   $ (230 )
                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic (in thousands)
    646,338       661,376  
Dilutive potential common shares (in thousands)
           
                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted (in thousands)
    646,338       661,376  
                 
Antidilutive potential common shares excluded from the computation of dilutive potential common shares (in thousands)
    5,543       3,849  
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
  $ (0.66 )   $ (0.35 )
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
  $ (0.66 )   $ (0.35 )
(1)  Represents distributed earnings during periods of net losses.
(2)  Includes distributed and undistributed earnings to common shareholders.
 
END OF UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND ACCOMPANYING NOTES
 
END OF ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
 
            367 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
None.
 
ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS
 
Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The following consolidated financial statements, together with the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP dated February 27, 2008, are included in “ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA”:
 
  •  Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 (unaudited) and for each of the three years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005;
 
  •  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2008 (unaudited), December 31, 2007 and 2006;
 
  •  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 (unaudited) and for each of the three years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005;
 
  •  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 (unaudited) and for each of the three years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005;
 
  •  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements; and
 
  •  Quarterly Selected Financial Data for each quarter and full-year 2007 and 2006.
 
Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules
 
All financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the financial statements within this Registration Statement.
 
Exhibits
 
The exhibits are listed in the Exhibit Index at the end of this Registration Statement.
 
            368 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Date: July 17, 2008
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Registrant)
 
  By: 
/s/  Anthony S. Piszel

 
Anthony S. Piszel
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
            369 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  3 .1   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act (12 U.S.C. §1451 et seq.)
  3 .2   Bylaws of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, as amended and restated June 6, 2008
  4 .1   Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of Voting Common Stock (par value $0.21 per share) dated February 27, 2008
  4 .2   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated April 23, 1996
  4 .3   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated October 27, 1997
  4 .4   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated March 23, 1998
  4 .5   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated September 23, 1998
  4 .6   Amended and Restated Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated September 29, 1998
  4 .7   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated October 28, 1998
  4 .8   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated March 19, 1999
  4 .9   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated July 21, 1999
  4 .10   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated November 5, 1999
  4 .11   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated January 26, 2001
  4 .12   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated March 23, 2001
  4 .13   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated March 23, 2001
  4 .14   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated May 30, 2001
  4 .15   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 6% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated May 30, 2001
  4 .16   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 5.7% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated October 30, 2001
  4 .17   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated January 29, 2002
  4 .18   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated July 17, 2006
  4 .19   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 6.42% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated July 17, 2006
 
            370 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  4 .20   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 5.9% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated October 16, 2006
  4 .21   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 5.57% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated January 16, 2007
  4 .22   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 5.66% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated April 16, 2007
  4 .23   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 6.02% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated July 24, 2007
  4 .24   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of 6.55% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated September 28, 2007
  4 .25   Certificate of Creation, Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitations, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (par value $1.00 per share), dated December 4, 2007
  4 .26   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Global Debt Facility Agreement, dated March 17, 2008
  10 .1   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (as amended and restated as of June 6, 2008)
  10 .2   First Amendment to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan
  10 .3   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for executive officers under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan for awards on and after March 4, 2005 but prior to January 1, 2006
  10 .4   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for executive officers under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan for awards on and after January 1, 2006
  10 .5   Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement for executive officers under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan for awards on and after March 4, 2005
  10 .6   Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement for executive officers under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan for supplemental bonus awards on March 7, 2008
  10 .7   Form of Performance Restricted Stock Units Agreement for executive officers under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan for awards on March 29, 2007
  10 .8   Form of Performance Restricted Stock Units Agreement for executive officers under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan for awards on March 7, 2008
  10 .9   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Global Amendment to Affected Stock Options under Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements and Separate Dividend Equivalent Rights, effective December 31, 2005
  10 .10   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Stock Compensation Plan
  10 .11   First Amendment to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Stock Compensation Plan
  10 .12   Second Amendment to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Stock Compensation Plan
  10 .13   Third Amendment to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Stock Compensation Plan
  10 .14   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for executive officers under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Stock Compensation Plan
  10 .15   Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement for executive officers under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Stock Compensation Plan
  10 .16   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as amended and restated as of January 1, 2005)
  10 .17   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan (as amended and restated June 8, 2007)
  10 .18   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for non-employee directors under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan for awards prior to 2005
  10 .19   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for non-employee directors under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan for awards in 2005
  10 .20   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for non-employee directors under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan for awards in 2006
  10 .21   Resolution of the Board of Directors, dated November 30, 2005, concerning certain outstanding options granted to non-employee directors under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan
  10 .22   Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement for non-employee directors under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan for awards prior to 2005
  10 .23   Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement for non-employee directors under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan for awards in 2005 and 2006
 
            371 Freddie Mac


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  10 .24   Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement for non-employee directors under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan for awards since 2006
  10 .25   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated April 3, 1998)
  10 .26   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated January 1, 2002)
  10 .27   First Amendment to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan
  10 .28   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008)
  10 .29   Officer Short-Term Incentive Program
  10 .30   Officer Severance Policy
  10 .31   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Severance Plan (as restated and amended effective January 1, 1997)
  10 .32   First Amendment to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Severance Plan
  10 .33   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008)
  10 .34   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan
  10 .35   First Amendment to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan
  10 .36   Second Amendment to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan
  10 .37   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employment Agreement with Richard F. Syron, dated December 6, 2003
  10 .38   Letter Agreement with Richard F. Syron, dated December 12, 2003
  10 .39   Memorandum to Richard F. Syron, dated June 1, 2006
  10 .40   Memorandum to Richard F. Syron, dated March 3, 2007
  10 .41   Amendment Extending the Employment Agreement Between Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and Richard F. Syron Dated December 6, 2003
  10 .42   Chief Executive Officer Special Performance Award Opportunity — Parameter Document
  10 .43   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employment Agreement with Eugene M. McQuade, dated August 3, 2004
  10 .44   Memorandum to Eugene M. McQuade, dated June 1, 2006
  10 .45   Memorandum to Eugene M. McQuade, dated March 3, 2007
  10 .46   Letter Agreement with Patricia L. Cook, dated July 8, 2004
  10 .47   Letter Agreement with Patricia L. Cook, dated July 9, 2004
  10 .48   Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement with Patricia L. Cook, effective as of June 15, 2004
  10 .49   Letter Agreement with Anthony S. Piszel, dated October 14, 2006
  10 .50   Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement with Anthony S. Piszel, effective as of October 14, 2006
  10 .51   Agreement with Joseph A. Smialowski, dated November 1, 2004
  10 .52   Agreement with Joseph A. Smialowski, dated June 29, 2007
  10 .53   Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement with Joseph A. Smialowski, effective as of November 3, 2004
  10 .54   Letter Agreement with Michael Perlman, dated July 24, 2007
  10 .55   Cash Sign-On Payment Letter Agreement with Michael Perlman, dated July 24, 2007
  10 .56   Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement with Michael Perlman, effective as of July 25, 2007
  10 .57   Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement with Michael May, effective as of March 14, 2001
  10 .58   Description of non-employee director compensation
  10 .59   PC Master Trust Agreement dated March 17, 2008
  10 .60   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and outside directors who jointed the board of directors prior to 2004
  10 .61   Office Lease between West*Mac Associates Limited Partnership and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, dated December 22, 1986
  10 .62   First Amendment to Office Lease, dated December 15, 1990
  10 .63   Second Amendment to Office Lease, dated August 30, 1992
  10 .64   Third Amendment to Office Lease, dated December 20, 1995
  10 .65   Consent of Defendant Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission, dated September 18, 2007
  10 .66   Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order, dated December 9, 2003, between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (“OFHEO”), including Consent Order
  10 .67   Letters, dated September 1, 2005, setting forth an agreement between Freddie Mac and OFHEO
  11     Statement re: computation of per share earnings (The calculation of per share earnings is in Item 13 and is omitted in accordance with Section (b)(11) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K.)
  12 .1   Statement re: computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges
  12 .2   Statement re: computation of ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends
  21     List of subsidiaries
 
            372 Freddie Mac

 
Exhibit 3.1
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION ACT
 
12 U.S.C. § 1451 Note.
 
SHORT TITLE AND STATEMENT OF PURPOSE
 
Sec. 301. (a) This title may be cited as the “Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act.”
 
(b) It is the purpose of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation —
 
(1) to provide stability in the secondary market for residential mortgages;
 
(2) to respond appropriately to the private capital market;
 
(3) to provide ongoing assistance to the secondary market for residential mortgages (including activities relating to mortgages on housing for low- and moderate-income families involving a reasonable economic return that may be less than the return earned on other activities) by increasing the liquidity of mortgage investments and improving the distribution of investment capital available for residential mortgage financing; and
 
(4) to promote access to mortgage credit throughout the Nation (including central cities, rural areas, and underserved areas) by increasing the liquidity of mortgage investments and improving the distribution of investment capital available for residential mortgage financing.
 
12 U.S.C. § 1451.
 
DEFINITIONS
 
Sec. 302. As used in this title —
 
(a) The term “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
 
(b) The term “Corporation” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation created by this title.
 
(c) The term “law” includes any law of the United States or of any State (including any rule of law or of equity).
 
(d) The term “mortgage” includes such classes of liens as are commonly given or are legally effective to secure advances on, or the unpaid purchase price of, real estate under the laws of the State in which the real estate is located or a manufactured home that is personal property under the laws of the State in which the manufactured home is located, together with the credit instruments, if any, secured thereby, and includes interests in mortgages.
 
(e) The term “organization” means any corporation, partnership, association, business trust, or business entity.
 
(f) The term “prescribe” means to prescribe by regulations or otherwise.
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                          1 Corporation Act       


 

Sec. 302(g).
 
(g) The term “property” includes any property, whether real, personal, mixed, or otherwise, including without limitation on the generality of the foregoing choses in action and mortgages, and includes any interest in any of the foregoing.
 
(h) The term “residential mortgage” means a mortgage which (1) is a mortgage on real estate, in fee simple or under a leasehold having such term as may be prescribed by the Corporation, upon which there is located a structure or structures designed in whole or in part for residential use, or which comprises or includes one or more condominium units or dwelling units (as defined by the Corporation) and (2) has such characteristics and meets such requirements as to amount, term, repayment provisions, number of families, status as a lien on such real estate, and otherwise, as may be prescribed by the Corporation. The term “residential mortgage” also includes a loan or advance of credit insured under title I of the National Housing Act whose original proceeds are applied for in order to finance energy conserving improvements, or the addition of a solar energy system, to residential real estate. The term “residential mortgage” also includes a loan or advance of credit for such purposes, or purchased from any public utility carrying out activities in accordance with the requirements of title II of the National Energy Conservation Policy Act if the residential mortgage to be purchased is a loan or advance of credit the original proceeds of which are applied for in order to finance the purchase and installation of residential energy conservation measures (as defined in section 210(11) of the National Energy Conservation Policy Act) in residential real estate, not having the benefit of such insurance and includes loans made where the lender relies for purposes of repayment primarily on the borrower’s general credit standing and forecast of income, with or without other security. The term “residential mortgage” is also deemed to include a secured loan or advance of credit the proceeds of which are intended to finance the rehabilitation, renovation, modernization, refurbishment, or improvement of properties as to which the Corporation may purchase a “residential mortgage” as defined under the first sentence of this subsection. Such term shall also include other secured loans that are secured by a subordinate lien against a property as to which the Corporation may purchase a residential mortgage as defined under the first sentence of this subsection. A “secured loan or advance of credit” is one in which a security interest is taken in the rehabilitated, renovated, modernized, refurbished, or improved property. Such term shall also include a mortgage, lien, or other security interest on the stock or membership certificate issued to a tenant-stockholder or resident-member by a cooperative housing corporation, as defined in section 216 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and on the proprietary lease, occupancy agreement, or right of tenancy in the dwelling unit of the tenant-stockholder or resident-member in such cooperative housing corporation. The term “residential mortgage” also includes a loan or advance of credit secured by a mortgage or other lien on a manufactured home that is the principal residence of the borrower, without regard to whether the security property is real, personal, or mixed.
 
 
 
 
 
 
       Corporation Act 2                                                          


 

Sec. 302(i).
 
(i) The term “conventional mortgage” means a mortgage other than a mortgage as to which the Corporation has the benefit of any guaranty, insurance or other obligation by the United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.
 
(j) The term “security” has the meaning ascribed to it by section 2 of the Securities Act of 1933 .
 
(k) The term “State”, whether used as a noun or otherwise, includes the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the territories and possessions of the United States.
 
(l) The term “mortgage insurance program” includes, in the case of a residential mortgage secured by a manufactured home, any manufactured home lending program under title I of the National Housing Act.
 
12 U.S.C. § 1452.
 
ESTABLISHMENT OF CORPORATION
 
Sec. 303. (a)(1) There is hereby created the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, which shall be a body corporate under the direction of a Board of Directors. Within the limitations of law and regulation, the Board of Directors shall determine the general policies that govern the operations of the Corporation. The principal office of the Corporation shall be in the District of Columbia or at any other place determined by the Corporation.
 
(2)(A) The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of 18 persons, 5 of whom shall be appointed annually by the President of the United States and the remainder of whom shall be elected annually by the voting common stockholders. The Board of Directors shall at all times have as members appointed by the President of the United States at least 1 person from the homebuilding industry, at least 1 person from the mortgage lending industry, at least 1 person from the real estate industry, and at least 1 person from an organization that has represented consumer or community interests for not less than 2 years or 1 person who has demonstrated a career commitment to the provision of housing for low-income households.
 
(B) Each member of the Board of Directors shall be such or elected for a term ending on the date of the next annual meeting of the voting common stockholders, except that any appointed member may be removed from office by the President for good cause.
 
(C) Any appointive seat on the Board of Directors that becomes vacant shall be filled by appointment by the President of the United States, but only for the unexpired portion of the term. Any elective seat on the Board of Directors that becomes vacant after the annual election of the directors shall be filled by the Board of Directors, but only for the unexpired portion of the term.
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                          3 Corporation Act       


 

Sec. 303(a)(2)(D).
 
(D) Any member of the Board of Directors who is a full-time officer or employee of the Federal Government shall not, as such member, receive compensation for services as such a member.
 
(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the Corporation may make such capital distributions (as such term is defined in section 1303 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992) as may be declared by the Board of Directors.
 
(2) The Corporation may not make any capital distribution that would decrease the total capital of the Corporation (as such term is defined in section 1303 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992) to an amount less than the risk-based capital level for the Corporation established under section 1361 of such Act or that would decrease the core capital of the Corporation (as such term is defined in section 1303 of such Act) to an amount less than the minimum capital level for the Corporation established under section 1362 of such Act, without prior written approval of the distribution by the Director of the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight of the Department of Housing and Urban Development.
 
(c) The Corporation shall have power (1) to adopt, alter, and use a corporate seal; (2) to have succession until dissolved by Act of Congress; (3) to make and enforce such bylaws, rules, and regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes or provisions of this title; (4) to make and perform contracts, agreements, and commitments; (5) to prescribe and impose fees and charges for services by the Corporation; (6) to settle, adjust, and compromise, and with or without consideration or benefit to the Corporation to release or waive in whole or in part, in advance or otherwise, any claim, demand, or right of, by, or against the Corporation; (7) to sue and be sued, complain and defend, in any State, Federal, or other court; (8) to acquire, take, hold, and own, and to deal with and dispose of any property; and (9) to determine its necessary expenditures and the manner in which the same shall be incurred, allowed, and paid, and appoint, employ, and fix and provide for the compensation and benefits of officers, employees, attorneys, and agents as the Board of Directors determines reasonable and comparable with compensation for employment in other similar businesses (including publicly held financial institutions or other major financial services companies) involving similar duties and responsibilities, except that a significant portion of potential compensation of all executive officers (as such term is defined in subsection (h)(3)) of the Corporation shall be based on the performance of the Corporation, all without regard to any other law except as may be provided by the Corporation or by laws hereafter enacted by the Congress expressly in limitation of this sentence. The Corporation, with the consent of any such department, establishment, or instrumentality, including any field services thereof, may utilize and act through any such department, establishment, or instrumentality and may avail itself of the use of information, services, facilities, and personnel thereof, and may
 
 
 
 
 
 
       Corporation Act 4                                                          


 

Sec. 303(c).
 
pay compensation therefor, and all of the foregoing are hereby authorized to provide the same to the Corporation as it may request.
 
(d) Funds of the Corporation may be invested in such investments as the Board of Directors may prescribe. Any Federal Reserve bank or Federal home loan bank, or any bank as to which at the time of its designation by the Corporation there is outstanding a designation by the Secretary of the Treasury as a general or other depositary of public money, may be designated by the Corporation as a depositary or custodian or as a fiscal or other agent of the Corporation, and is hereby authorized to act as such depositary, custodian, or agent. When designated for that purpose by the Secretary of the Treasury, the Corporation shall be a depositary of public money, under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, and may also be employed as fiscal or other agent of the United States, and it shall perform all such reasonable duties as such depositary or agent as may be required of it.
 
(e) The Corporation, including its franchise, activities, capital, reserves, surplus, and income, shall be exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed by any territory, dependency, or possession of the United States or by any State, county, municipality, or local taxing authority, except that any real property of the Corporation shall be subject to State, territorial, county, municipal, or local taxation to the same extent according to its value as other real property is taxed.
 
(f) Notwithstanding section 1349 of title 28 of the United States Code or any other provision of law, (1) the Corporation shall be deemed to be an agency included in sections 1345 and 1442 of such title 28; (2) all civil actions to which the Corporation is a party shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States, and the district courts of the United States shall have original jurisdiction of all such actions, without regard to amount or value; and (3) any civil or other action, case or controversy in a court of a State, or in any court other than a district court of the United States, to which the Corporation is a party may at any time before the trial thereof be removed by the Corporation, without the giving of any bond or security, to the district court of the United States for the district and division embracing the place where the same is pending, or, if there is no such district court, to the district court of the United States for the district in which the principal office of the Corporation is located, by following any procedure for removal of causes in effect at the time of such removal.
 
(g) All mortgages, obligations, or other securities which are or have been sold by the Corporation pursuant to section 305 or section 306 of this title shall be lawful investments, and may be accepted as security for all fiduciary, trust, and public funds, the investment or deposits of which shall be under the authority and control of the United States or any officers thereof.
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                          5 Corporation Act       


 

Sec. 303(h)(1).
 
(h)(1) Not later than June 30, 1993, and annually thereafter, the Corporation shall submit a report to the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate on (A) the comparability of the compensation policies of the Corporation with the compensation policies of other similar businesses, (B) in the aggregate, the percentage of total cash compensation and payments under employee benefit plans (which shall be defined in a manner consistent with the Corporation’s proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders for the preceding year) earned by executive officers of the Corporation during the preceding year that was based on the Corporation’s performance, and (C) the comparability of the Corporation’s financial performance with the performance of other similar businesses. The report shall include a copy of the Corporation’s proxy statement for the annual meeting of the shareholder’s for the preceding year.
 
(2) Notwithstanding the first sentence of subsection (c), after the date of the enactment of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 [Oct. 28, 1992], the Corporation may not enter into any agreement or contract to provide any payment of money or other thing of current or potential value in connection with the termination of employment of any executive officer of the Corporation, unless such agreement or contract is approved in advance by the Director of the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight of the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The Director may not approve any such agreement or contract unless the Director determines that the benefits provided under the agreement or contract are comparable to benefits under such agreements for officers of other public and private entities involved in financial services and housing interests who have comparable duties and responsibilities. For purposes of this paragraph, any renegotiation, amendment, or change after such date of enactment to any such agreement or contract entered into on or before such date of enactment shall be considered entering into an agreement or contract.
 
(3) For purposes of this subsection, the term “executive officer” has the meaning given the term in section 1303 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992.
 
12 U.S.C. § 1453.
 
CAPITALIZATION OF FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
Sec. 304. (a) The common stock of the Corporation shall consist of voting common stock, which shall be issued to such holders in the manner and amount, and subject to any limitations on concentration of ownership, as may be established by the Corporation.
 
(b) The voting common stock shall have such par value and other characteristics as the Corporation provides. The voting
 
 
 
 
 
 
       Corporation Act 6                                                          


 

Sec. 304(b).
 
common stock shall be vested with all voting rights, each share being entitled to 1 vote. The free transferability of the voting common stock at all times to any person, firm, corporation or other entity shall not be restricted except that, as to the Corporation, it shall be transferable only on the books of the Corporation.
 
12 U.S.C. § 1454.
 
PURCHASE AND SALE OF MORTGAGES
 
Sec. 305. (a)(1) The Corporation is authorized to purchase, and make commitments to purchase, residential mortgages. The Corporation may hold and deal with, and sell or otherwise dispose of, pursuant to commitments or otherwise, any such mortgage or interest therein. The operations of the Corporation under this section shall be confined so far as practicable to residential mortgages which are deemed by the Corporation to be of such quality, type, and class as to meet generally the purchase standards imposed by private institutional mortgage investors. The Corporation may establish requirements, and impose charges or fees, which may be regarded as elements of pricing, for different classes of sellers or servicers, and for such purposes the Corporation is authorized to classify sellers or servicers according to type, size, location, assets, or, without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, on such other basis or bases of differentiation as the Corporation may consider necessary or appropriate to effectuate the purposes or provisions of this Act. The Corporation may specify requirements concerning among other things, (A) minimum net worth; (B) supervisory mechanisms; (C) warranty compensation mechanisms; (D) prior approval of facilities; (E) prior origination and servicing experience with respect to different types of mortgages; (F) capital contributions and substitutes; (G) mortgage purchase volume limits; and (H) reduction of mortgage purchases during periods of borrowing. With respect to any particular type of seller, the Corporation shall not be required to make available programs involving prior approval of mortgages, optional delivery of mortgages, and purchase of other than conventional mortgages to an extent greater than the Corporation elects to make such programs available to other types of eligible sellers. Any requirements specified by the Corporation pursuant to the preceding three sentences must bear a rational relationship to the purposes or provisions of this Act, but will not be considered discriminatory solely on the grounds of differential effects on types of eligible sellers. Insofar as is practicable, the Corporation shall make reasonable efforts to encourage participation in its programs by each type of eligible seller. Nothing in this section authorizes the Corporation to impose any charge or fee upon any mortgagee approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development for participation in any mortgage insurance program under the National Housing Act solely because of such status.
 
(2) No conventional mortgage secured by a property comprising one- to four-family dwelling units shall be purchased under this section if the outstanding principal balance of the mortgage at the time of purchase exceeds 80 per centum of the
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                          7 Corporation Act       


 

Sec. 305(a)(2).
 
value of the property securing the mortgage, unless (A) the seller retains a participation of not less than 10 per centum in the mortgage; (B) for such period and under such circumstances as the Corporation may require, the seller agrees to repurchase or replace the mortgage upon demand of the Corporation in the event that the mortgage is in default; or (C) that portion of the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage which is in excess of such 80 per centum is guaranteed or insured by a qualified insurer as determined by the Corporation. The Corporation shall not issue a commitment to purchase a conventional mortgage prior to the date the mortgage is originated, if such mortgage is eligible for purchase under the preceding sentence only by reason of compliance with the requirements of clause (A) or such sentence. The Corporation may purchase a conventional mortgage which was originated more than one year prior to the purchase date only if the seller is the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Resolution Trust Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration, or any other seller currently engaged in mortgage lending or investing activities. With respect to any transaction in which a seller contemporaneously sells mortgages originated more than one year old prior to the date of sale to the Corporation and receives in payment for such mortgages securities representing undivided interests only in those mortgages, the Corporation shall not impose any fee or charge upon an eligible seller which is not a member of a Federal Home Loan Bank which differs from that imposed upon an eligible seller which is such a member. The Corporation shall establish limitations governing the maximum original principal obligation of conventional mortgages that are purchased by it; in any case in which the Corporation purchases a participation interest in such a mortgage, the limitation shall be calculated with respect to the total original principal obligation of the mortgage and not merely with respect to the interest purchased by the Corporation. Such limitations shall not exceed $93,750 for a mortgage secured by a single-family residence, $120,000 for a mortgage secured by a two-family residence, $145,000 for a mortgage secured by a three-family residence, and $180,000 for a mortgage secured by a four-family residence, except that such maximum limitations shall be adjusted effective January 1 of each year beginning with 1981. Each such adjustment shall be made by adding to each such amount (as it may have been previously adjusted) a percentage thereof equal to the percentage increase during the twelve-month period ending with the previous October in the national average one-family house price in the monthly survey of all major lenders conducted by the Federal Housing Finance Board. The foregoing limitations may be increased by not to exceed 50 per centum with respect to properties located in Alaska, Guam, Hawaii, and the Virgin Islands.
 
(3) The sale or other disposition by the Corporation of a mortgage under this section may be with or without recourse, and shall be upon such terms and conditions relating to resale, repurchase, guaranty, substitution, replacement, or otherwise as the Corporation may prescribe.
 
 
 
 
 
 
       Corporation Act 8                                                          


 

Sec. 305(a)(4)(A).
 
(4)(A) The Corporation is authorized to purchase, service, sell, lend on the security of, and otherwise deal in (i) residential mortgages that are secured by a subordinate lien against a one- or four-family residence that is the principal residence of the mortgagor; and (ii) residential mortgages that are secured by a subordinate lien against a property comprising five or more family dwelling units. If the Corporation shall have purchased, serviced, sold, or otherwise dealt with any other outstanding mortgage secured by the same residence, the aggregate original amount of such other mortgage and the mortgage authorized to be purchased, serviced, sold, or otherwise dealt with under this paragraph shall not exceed the applicable limitation determined under paragraph (2).
 
(B) The Corporation shall establish limitations governing the maximum original principal obligation of such mortgages. In any case in which the Corporation purchases a participation interest in such a mortgage, the limitation shall be calculated with respect to the total original principal obligation of such mortgage secured by a subordinate lien and not merely with respect to the interest purchased by the Corporation. Such limitations shall not exceed (i) with respect to mortgages described in subparagraph (A)(i), 50 per centum of the single-family residence mortgage limitation determined under paragraph (2); and (ii) with respect to mortgages described in subparagraph (A)(ii), the applicable limitation determined under paragraph (2).
 
(C) No subordinate mortgage against a one- to four-family residence shall be purchased by the Corporation if the total outstanding indebtedness secured by the property as a result of such mortgage exceeds 80 per centum of the value of such property unless (i) that portion of such total outstanding indebtedness that exceeds such 80 is guaranteed or insured by a qualified insurer as determined by the Corporation; (ii) the seller retains a participation of not less than 10 per centum in the mortgage; or (iii) for such period and under such circumstances as the Corporation may require, the seller agrees to repurchase or replace the mortgage upon demand of the Corporation in the event that the mortgage is in default. The Corporation shall not issue a commitment to purchase a subordinate mortgage prior to the date the mortgage is originated, if such mortgage is eligible for purchase under the preceding sentence only by reason of compliance with the requirements of clause (iii) of such sentence.
 
(5) The Corporation is authorized to lend on the security of, and to make commitments to lend on the security of, any mortgage that the Corporation is authorized to purchase under this section. The volume of the Corporation’s lending activities and the establishment of its loan ratios, interest rates, maturities, and charges or fees in its secondary market operations under this paragraph, shall be determined by the Corporation from time to time; and such determinations shall be consistent with the objectives that the lending activities shall be conducted on such terms as will reasonably prevent excessive use of the Corporation’s facilities, and that the operations of the Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                          9 Corporation Act       


 

Sec. 305(a)(5).
 
under this paragraph shall be within its income derived from such operations and that such operations shall be fully self-supporting. The Corporation shall not be permitted to use its lending authority under this paragraph (A) to advance funds to a mortgage seller on an interim basis, using mortgage loans as collateral, pending the sale of the mortgages in the secondary market; or (B) to originate mortgage loans. Notwithstanding any Federal, State, or other law to the contrary, the Corporation is hereby empowered, in connection with any loan under this paragraph, whether before or after any default, to provide by contract with the borrower for the settlement or extinguishment, upon default, of any redemption, equitable, legal, or other right, title, or interest of the borrower in any mortgage or mortgages that constitute the security for the loan; and with respect to any such loan, in the event of default and pursuant otherwise to the terms of the contract, the mortgages that constitute such security shall become the absolute property of the Corporation.
 
(b) Notwithstanding any other law, authority to enter into and to perform and carry out any transactions or matter referred to in this section is conferred on any Federal home loan bank, the Resolution Trust Corporation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration, any Federal savings and loan association, any Federal home loan bank member, and any other financial institution the deposits or accounts of which are insured by an agency of the United States to the extent that Congress has the power to confer such authority.
 
(c) The Corporation may not implement any new program (as such term is defined in section 1303 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992) before obtaining the approval of the Secretary under section 1322 of such Act.
 
12 U.S.C. § 1455.
 
OBLIGATIONS AND SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION
 
Sec. 306. (a) The Corporation is authorized, upon such terms and conditions as it may prescribe, to borrow, to give security, to pay interest or other return, and to issue notes, debentures, bonds, or other obligations, or other securities, including without limitation mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association in the manner provided in section 306(g) of the National Housing Act. Any obligation or security of the Corporation shall be valid and binding notwithstanding that a person or persons purporting to have executed or attested the same may have died, become under disability, or ceased to hold office or employment before the issuance thereof.
 
(b) The Corporation may, by regulation or by writing executed by the Corporation, establish prohibitions or restrictions upon the creation of indebtedness or obligations of the Corporation or of liens or charges upon property of the Corporation, including after-acquired property, and create liens
 
 
 
 
 
 
       Corporation Act 10                                                          


 

Sec. 306(b).
 
and charges, which may be floating liens or charges, upon all or any part or parts of the property of the Corporation, including after-acquired property. Such prohibitions, restrictions, liens, and charges shall have such effect, including without limitation on the generality of the foregoing such rank and priority, as may be provided by regulations of the Corporation or by writings executed by the Corporation, and shall create causes of action which may be enforced by action in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia or in the United States district court for any judicial district in which any of the property affected is located. Process in any such action may run to and be served in any judicial district or any place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.
 
(c)(1) The Secretary of the Treasury may purchase any obligations issued under subsection (a). For such purpose, the Secretary may use as a public debt transaction the proceeds of the sale of any securities issued under chapter 31 of title 31, United States Code, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under such chapter are extended to include such purpose.
 
(2) The Secretary of [the] Treasury shall not at any time purchase any obligations under this subsection if the purchase would increase the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding holdings of obligations under this subsection by the Secretary to an amount greater than $2,250,000,000.
 
(3) Each purchase of obligations by the Secretary of the Treasury under this subsection shall be upon terms and conditions established to yield a rate of return determined by the Secretary to be appropriate, taking into consideration the current average rate on outstanding marketable obligations of the United States as of the last day of the month preceding the making of the purchase.
 
(4) The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time sell, upon terms and conditions and at prices determined by the Secretary, any of the obligations acquired by the Secretary under this subsection.
 
(5) All redemptions, purchases and sales by the Secretary of the Treasury of obligations under this subsection shall be treated as public debt transactions of the United States.
 
(d) The provisions of this section and of any restriction, prohibition, lien, or charge referred to in subsection (b) shall be fully effective notwithstanding any other law, including without limitation on the generality of the foregoing any law of or relating to sovereign immunity or priority.
 
(e)(1) Any person, trust, or organization created pursuant to or existing under the laws of the United States or any State shall be authorized to purchase, hold, and invest in mortgages, obligations, or other securities which are or have been sold by the Corporation pursuant to this section or pursuant to section 305 of this title to the same extent that such person, trust, or organization
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                          11 Corporation Act       


 

Sec. 306(e)(1).
 
is authorized under any applicable law to purchase, hold, or invest in obligations issued by or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof. Where State law limits the purchase, holding, or investment in obligations issued by the United States by such a person, trust, or organization, such Corporation mortgages, obligations, and other securities shall be considered to be obligations issued by the United States for purposes of the limitation.
 
(2) The provisions of paragraph (1) shall not apply with respect to a particular person, trust, or organization or class thereof in any State which, after the date of enactment of this subsection [Dec. 21, 1979], enacts a statute which specifically names the Corporation and either prohibits or provides for a more limited authority to purchase, hold, or invest in such securities by such person, trust, or organization or class thereof than is provided in paragraph (1). The enactment by any State of any statute of the type described in the preceding sentence shall not affect the validity of any contractual commitment to purchase, hold, or invest which was made prior thereto.
 
(3) Any authority granted by paragraph (1) and not granted by any other Federal statute shall expire as of the end of June 30, 1985. Such expiration shall not affect the validity of any contractual commitment to purchase, hold, or invest which was made prior thereto pursuant to paragraph (1), and shall not affect the validity of any contractual commitment or other action to purchase, hold, or invest pursuant to any other authorization.
 
(f) The Corporation may have preferred stock on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors shall prescribe. Any preferred stock shall not be entitled to vote with respect to the election of any member of the Board of Directors.
 
(g) All securities issued or guaranteed by the Corporation (other than securities guaranteed by the Corporation that are backed by mortgages not purchased by the Corporation) shall, to the same extent as securities that are direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by the United States, be deemed to be exempt securities within the meaning of the laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
(h)(1) The Corporation may not guarantee mortgage-backed securities or mortgage related payment securities backed by mortgages not purchased by the Corporation.
 
(2) The Corporation shall insert appropriate language in all of the obligations and securities of the Corporation issued under this section and section 305 clearly indicating that such obligations and securities, together with the interest thereon, are not guaranteed by the United States and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof other than the Corporation.
 
 
 
 
 
 
       Corporation Act 12                                                          


 

Sec. 306(i).
 
(i) Except for fees paid pursuant to sections 303(c) and 1316(c) of this Act and assessments pursuant to section 106 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, no fee or charge may be assessed or collected by the United States (including any executive department, agency, or independent establishment of the United States) on or with regard to the purchase, acquisition, sale, pledge, issuance, guarantee, or redemption of any mortgage, asset, obligation, or other security by the Corporation. No provision of this subsection shall affect the purchase of any obligation by any Federal home loan bank pursuant to section 303(a).
 
(j)(1) Any notes, debentures, or substantially identical types of unsecured obligations of the Corporation evidencing money borrowed, whether general or subordinated, shall be issued upon the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury and shall have such maturities and bear such rate or rates of interest as may be determined by the Corporation with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury.
 
(2) Any notes, debentures, of substantially identical types of unsecured obligations of the Corporation having maturities of 1 year or less that the Corporation has issued or is issuing as of the date of the enactment of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 [Aug. 9, 1989] shall be deemed to have been approved by the Secretary of the Treasury as required by this subsection. Such deemed approval shall expire 365 days after such date of enactment.
 
(3) Any notes, debentures, or substantially identical types of unsecured obligations of the Corporation having maturities of more than 1 year that the Corporation has issued or is issuing as of the date of the enactment of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 [Aug. 9, 1989] shall be deemed to have been approved by the Secretary of the Treasury as required by this subsection. Such deemed approval shall expire 60 days after such date of enactment.
 
(k)(1) Any securities in the form of debt obligations or trust certificates of beneficial interest, or both, and based upon mortgages held and set aside by the Corporation, shall be issued upon the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury and shall have such maturities and shall bear such rate or rates of interest as may be determined by the Corporation with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury.
 
(2) Any securities in the form of debt obligations or trust certificates of beneficial interest, or both, and based upon mortgages held and set aside by the Corporation, that the Corporation has issued or is issuing as of the date of the enactment of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 [Aug. 9, 1989] shall be deemed to have been approved by the Secretary of the Treasury as required by this subsection.
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                          13 Corporation Act       


 

Sec. 307(a).
 
12 U.S.C. § 1456.
 
RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE CORPORATION
 
Sec. 307. (a) All rights and remedies of the Corporation, including without limitation on the generality of the foregoing any rights and remedies of the Corporation on, under, or with respect to any mortgage or any obligation secured thereby, shall be immune from impairment, limitation, or restriction by or under (1) any law (except laws enacted by the Congress expressly in limitation of this sentence) which becomes effective after the acquisition by the Corporation of the subject or property on, under, or with respect to which such right or remedy arises or exists or would so arise or exist in the absence of such law, or (2) any administrative or other action which becomes effective after such acquisition. The Corporation is authorized to conduct its business without regard to any qualification or similar statute in any State.
 
(b)(1) The programs, activities, receipts, expenditures, and financial transactions of the Corporation shall be subject to audit by the Comptroller General of the United States under such rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Comptroller General. The representatives of the General Accounting Office shall have access to all books, accounts, financial records, reports, files and all other papers, things, or property belonging to or in use by the Corporation and necessary to facilitate the audit, and they shall be afforded full facilities for verifying transactions with the balances or securities held by depositaries, fiscal agents, and custodians. A report on each such audit shall be made by the Comptroller General to the Congress. The Corporation shall reimburse the General Accounting Office for the full cost of any such audit as billed therefor by the Comptroller General.
 
(2) To carry out this subsection, the representatives of the General Accounting Office shall have access, upon request to the Corporation or any auditor for an audit of the Corporation under subsection (d), to any books, accounts, financial records, reports, files, or other papers, things, or property belonging to or in use by the Corporation and used in any such audit and to any papers, records, files, and reports of the auditor used in such an audit.
 
(c)(1) The Corporation shall submit to the Director of the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight of the Department of Housing and Urban Development annual and quarterly reports of the financial condition and operations of the Corporation which shall be in such form, contain such information, and be submitted on such dates as the Director shall require.
 
(2) Each such annual report shall include —
 
(A) financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
(B) any supplemental information or alternative presentation that the Director may require; and
 
 
 
 
 
 
       Corporation Act 14                                                          


 

Sec. 307(c)(2)(C).
 
(C) an assessment (as of the end of the Corporation’s most recent fiscal year), signed by the chief executive officer and chief accounting or financial officer of the Corporation, of —
 
(i) the effectiveness of the internal control structure and procedures of the Corporation; and
 
(ii) the compliance of the Corporation with designated safety and soundness laws.
 
(3) The Corporation shall also submit to the Director any other reports required by the Director pursuant to section 1314 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992.
 
(4) Each report of financial condition shall contain a declaration by the president, vice president, treasurer or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation to make such declaration, that the report is true and correct to the best of such officer’s knowledge and belief.
 
(d)(1) The Corporation shall have an annual independent audit made of its financial statements by an independent public accountant in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
 
(2) In conducting an audit under this subsection, the independent public accountant shall determine and report on whether the financial statements of the Corporation (A) are presented fairly in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and (B) to the extent determined necessary by the Director, comply with and disclosure requirements imposed under subsection (c)(2)(B).
 
(e)(1) The Corporation shall collect, maintain, and provide to the Secretary, in a form determined by the Secretary, data relating to its mortgages on housing consisting of 1 to 4 dwelling units. Such data shall include —
 
(A) the income, census tract location, race, and gender of mortgagors under such mortgages;
 
(B) the loan-to-value ratios of purchased mortgages at the time of origination;
 
(C) whether a particular mortgage purchased is newly originated or seasoned;
 
(D) the number of units in the housing subject to the mortgage and whether the units are owner-occupied; and
 
(E) any other characteristics that the Secretary considers appropriate, to the extent practicable.
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                          15 Corporation Act       


 

Sec. 307(e)(2).
 
(2) The Corporation shall collect, maintain, and provide to the Secretary, in a form determined by the Secretary, data relating to its mortgages on housing consisting of more than 4 dwelling units. Such data shall include —
 
(A) census tract location of the housing;
 
(B) income levels and characteristics of tenants of the housing (to the extent practicable);
 
(C) rent levels for units in the housing;
 
(D) mortgage characteristics (such as the number of units financed per mortgage and the amount of loans);
 
(E) mortgagor characteristics (such as nonprofit, for-profit, limited equity cooperatives);
 
(F) use of funds (such as new construction, rehabilitation, refinancing);
 
(G) type of originating institution; and
 
(H) any other information that the Secretary considers appropriate, to the extent practicable.
 
(3)(A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), this subsection shall apply only to mortgages purchased by the Corporation after December 31, 1992.
 
(B) This subsection shall apply to any mortgage purchased by the Corporation after the date determined under subparagraph (A) if the mortgage was originated before such date, but only to the extent that the data referred in paragraph (1) or (2), as applicable, is available to the Corporation.
 
(f)(1) The Corporation shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, and the Secretary a report on its activities under subpart B of part 2 of subtitle A of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992.
 
(2) The report under this subsection shall —
 
(A) include, in aggregate form and by appropriate category, statements of the dollar volume and number of mortgages on owner-occupied and rental properties purchased which relate to each of the annual housing goals established under such subpart;
 
(B) include, in aggregate form and by appropriate category, statements of the number of families served by the Corporation, the income class, race, and gender of homebuyers served, the income class of tenants of rental housing (to the extent such
 
 
 
 
 
 
       Corporation Act 16                                                          


 

Sec. 307(f)(2)(B).
 
information is available), the characteristics of the census tracts, and the geographic distribution of the housing financed;
 
(C) include a statement of the extent to which the mortgages purchased by the Corporation have been used in conjunction with public subsidy programs under Federal law;
 
(D) include statements of the proportion of mortgages on housing consisting of 1 to 4 dwelling units purchased by the Corporation that have been made to first-time homebuyers, as soon as providing such data is practicable, and identifying any special programs (or revisions to conventional practices) facilitating homeownership opportunities for first-time homebuyers;
 
(E) include, in aggregate form and by appropriate category, the data provided to the Secretary under subsection (e)(1)(B);
 
(F) compare the level of securitization versus portfolio activity;
 
(G) assess underwriting standards, business practices, repurchase requirements, pricing, fees, and procedures, that affect the purchase of mortgages for low- and moderate-income families, or that may yield disparate results based on the race of the borrower, including revisions thereto to promote affordable housing or fair lending;
 
(H) describe trends in both the primary and secondary multifamily housing mortgage markets, including a description of the progress made, and any factors impeding progress, toward standardization and securitization of mortgage products for multifamily housing;
 
(I) describe trends in the delinquency and default rates of mortgages secured by housing for low- and moderate-income families that have been purchased by the Corporation, including a comparison of such trends with delinquency and default information for mortgage products serving households with incomes above the median level that have been purchased by the Corporation, and evaluate the impact of such trends on the standards and levels of risk of mortgage products serving low- and moderate-income families;
 
(J) describe in the aggregate the seller and servicer network of the Corporation, including the volume of mortgages purchased from minority-owned, women-owned, and community-oriented lenders, and any efforts to facilitate relationships with such lenders;
 
(K) describe the activities undertaken by the Corporation with nonprofit and for-profit organizations and with State and local governments and for housing finance agencies, including how the Corporation’s activities support the objectives of comprehensive
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                          17 Corporation Act       


 

Sec. 307(f)(2)(K).
 
housing affordability strategies under section 105 of the Cranston-Gonzalez National Affordable Housing; and
 
(L) include any other information that the Secretary considers appropriate.
 
(3)(A) The Corporation shall make each report under this subsection available to the public at the principal and regional offices of the Corporation.
 
(B) Before making a report under this subsection available to the public, the Corporation may exclude from the report information that the Secretary has determined is proprietary information under section 1326 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992.
 
(g)(1) Not later than 4 months after the date of enactment of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 [Oct. 28, 1992], the Corporation shall appoint an Affordable Housing Advisory Council to advise the Corporation regarding possible methods for promoting affordable housing for low- and moderate-income families.
 
(2) The Affordable Housing Advisory Council shall consist of 15 individuals, who shall include representatives of community-based and other nonprofit and for-profit organizations and State and local government agencies actively engaged in the promotion, development, or financing of housing for low- and moderate-income families.
 
12 U.S.C. § 1457.
 
PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES
 
Sec. 308. Except as expressly authorized by statute of the United States, no individual or organization (except the Corporation) shall use the term “Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation”, or any combination of words including the words “Federal,” and “Home Loan,” and “Mortgage,” as a name or part thereof under which any individual or organization does any business, but this sentence shall not make unlawful the use of any name under which business is being done on the date of the enactment of this Act [July 24, 1970]. No individual or organization shall use or display (1) any sign, device, or insigne prescribed or approved by the Corporation for use or display by the Corporation or by members of the Federal home loan banks, (2) any copy, reproduction, or colorable imitation of any such sign, device, or insigne, or (3) any sign, device, or insigne reasonably calculated to convey the impression that it is a sign, device, or insigne used by the Corporation or prescribed or approved by the Corporation, contrary to regulations of the Corporation prohibiting, or limiting or restricting, such use or display by such individual or organization. An organization violating this subsection shall for each violation be punished by a fine of not more than $10,000. An officer or member of an organization participating or knowingly acquiescing in any violation of this subsection shall be punished by a fine of not
 
 
 
 
 
 
       Corporation Act 18                                                          


 

Sec. 308.
 
more than $5,000 or imprisonment for not more than one year, or both. An individual violating this subsection shall for each violation be punished as set forth in the sentence next preceding this sentence.
 
12 U.S.C. § 1458.
 
TERRITORIAL APPLICABILITY
 
Sec. 309. Notwithstanding any other law, this title shall be applicable to the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the territories and possessions of the United States.
 
12 U.S.C. § 1459.
 
SEPARABILITY
 
Sec. 310. Notwithstanding any other evidences of the intention of Congress, it is hereby declared to be the controlling intent of Congress that if any provision of this title, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, is held invalid, the remainder of this title, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                          19 Corporation Act       
 
Exhibit 3.2
 
 
BYLAWS OF THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
As amended and restated June 6, 2008


 

FREDDIE MAC BYLAWS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
        Page
 
ARTICLE 1     OFFICES
  1
Section 1.1
  Offices   1
ARTICLE 2     CAPITAL STOCK
  1
Section 2.1
  Issuance   1
Section 2.2
  Common Stock   1
Section 2.3
  Preferred Stock   1
Section 2.4
  Consideration   1
Section 2.5
  Shares Owned by the Corporation   1
Section 2.6
  Fractional Shares   2
Section 2.7
  Certificates   2
Section 2.8
  Transfer of Shares   2
Section 2.9
  Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates   3
Section 2.10
  Fixing a Record Date   3
Section 2.11
  Record of Stockholders   4
Section 2.12
  Ownership of Shares   4
Section 2.13
  Share Options and Other Instruments   4
ARTICLE 3     MEETINGS OF THE STOCKHOLDERS
  4
Section 3.1
  Annual Meetings   4
Section 3.2
  Special Meetings   5
Section 3.3
  Notice of Meetings   6
Section 3.4
  Quorum   7
Section 3.5
  Organization   8
Section 3.6
  Conduct of Business   8
Section 3.7
  Voting   10
Section 3.8
  Voting Entitlement of Shares   11
Section 3.9
  Proxies   12
Section 3.10
  Stockholders’ List   12
ARTICLE 4     BOARD OF DIRECTORS
  13
Section 4.1
  General Powers   13


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
         
        Page
 
Section 4.2
  Number, Qualification and Term of Office   13
Section 4.3
  Nominations   13
Section 4.4
  Vacancies   14
Section 4.5
  Elections   15
Section 4.6
  Chairman   16
Section 4.7
  Lead Director   16
Section 4.8
  Regular Meetings   16
Section 4.9
  Special Meetings   16
Section 4.10
  Quorum   17
Section 4.11
  Participation in Meetings   17
Section 4.12
  Conduct of Business   17
Section 4.13
  Reimbursement and Compensation of Directors   18
Section 4.14
  Committees of the Board of Directors   18
Section 4.15
  Resignation   19
Section 4.16
  Removal of Directors   19
Section 4.17
  Termination of Voluntary Registration of Common Stock   19
ARTICLE 5     OFFICERS
  19
Section 5.1
  Number   19
Section 5.2
  Appointment and Term   20
Section 5.3
  Removal, Resignation, Vacancy   20
Section 5.4
  Compensation   20
Section 5.5
  Duties   20
Section 5.6
  Chief Executive Officer   20
Section 5.7
  President   21
Section 5.8
  Chief Operating Officer   21
Section 5.9
  Senior Vice President — General Auditor   21
Section 5.10
  Vice Presidents   21
Section 5.11
  Corporate Secretary   21
Section 5.12
  Delegation of Authority   22


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
         
        Page
 
ARTICLE 6     INSPECTION OF RECORDS
  22
Section 6.1
  Inspection of Records by Stockholders   22
Section 6.2
  Inspection of Records by Directors   23
ARTICLE 7     NOTICES
  23
Section 7.1
  Notices   23
Section 7.2
  Written Waivers   25
ARTICLE 8     INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
  25
Section 8.1
  Indemnification   25
Section 8.2
  Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit   27
Section 8.3
  Non-Exclusivity of Rights   28
Section 8.4
  Insurance   28
Section 8.5
  Limitation of Liability   28
ARTICLE 9     SEAL
  29
Section 9.1
  Corporate Seal   29
ARTICLE 10     FISCAL YEAR
  29
Section 10.1
  Fiscal Year   29
ARTICLE 11     MISCELLANEOUS
  29
Section 11.1
  Time Periods   29
Section 11.2
  Severability   29
Section 11.3
  Corporate Governance Practices and Procedures and Governing Law   29
Section 11.4
  Certificates of Designation   30
Section 11.5
  Statutory References   30
ARTICLE 12     AMENDMENTS
  30
Section 12.1
  General   30
Section 12.2
  Amendment by the Board of Directors   30
Section 12.3
  Amendment by the Stockholders   30


 

ARTICLE 1 — OFFICES
 
Section 1.1  Offices.   The principal office of the Corporation shall be in Fairfax County, Virginia or at any other place determined by the Board of Directors. The Corporation may have such other offices as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall determine appropriate.
 
ARTICLE 2 — CAPITAL STOCK
 
Section 2.1  Issuance.   The Board of Directors shall have the power to authorize the issuance of one or more classes or series of stock of the Corporation, including, without limitation, voting common and preferred stock. All stock shall be issued on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors shall prescribe from time to time.
 
Section 2.2  Common Stock.   The voting common stock of the Corporation (the “Common Stock”) shall consist of such number of shares as may be issued or authorized for issuance from time to time by the Board of Directors (without limitation upon the authority of the Board of Directors to authorize the issuance of additional shares from time to time). The Common Stock shall have the designation, powers, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the Seventh Restated Certificate of Designation, Powers, Preferences, Rights, Privileges, Qualifications, Limitation, Restrictions, Terms and Conditions of Voting Common Stock adopted on February 27, 2008, as further amended or restated from time to time (the “Common Stock Certificate of Designation”). No holder of Common Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options, or other securities of any class of the Corporation which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by the Corporation.
 
Section 2.3  Preferred Stock.   The preferred stock of the Corporation shall consist of such number of shares as may be issued or authorized for issuance from time to time by the Board of Directors (without limitation upon the authority of the Board of Directors to authorize the issuance of additional shares from time to time). Each class of preferred stock shall have the designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the certificate of designation approved by the Board of Directors for such class.
 
Section 2.4  Consideration.   Shares of stock may be issued to the Corporation’s stockholders pro rata and without consideration. Shares of stock may also be issued for consideration consisting of any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the Corporation as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. Upon the Board of Directors making a good faith determination that the consideration received for the shares to be issued is adequate, the shares issued therefor shall be fully paid and nonassessable.
 
Section 2.5  Shares Owned by the Corporation.   Any shares of capital stock owned by the Corporation shall retain the status of issued shares, unless and until the


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 2
 
Corporation shall retire and cancel the same, but such shares shall not be regarded as outstanding while so owned.
 
Section 2.6  Fractional Shares.   No fractional interests in shares of common stock will be created or recognized by the Corporation except as otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan or any other executive compensation or employee benefit plan or any direct stock purchase plan currently in effect or hereafter adopted by the Corporation. The holder of a fractional share is entitled to exercise the rights of a shareholder, including the right to vote, to receive dividends, and to participate in the assets of the Corporation upon dissolution.
 
Section 2.7  Certificates.
 
(a) The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the Corporation with or without certificates. The rights and obligations of stockholders shall be identical whether or not their shares are represented by certificates. Stock certificates shall be in the form approved by the Corporate Secretary. Each stock certificate shall contain the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder, the number and kind of shares of stock owned by such stockholder, and reference to any other material terms of the stock represented thereby, including, without limitation, the information required to be set forth on such certificates by the Common Stock Certificate of Designation, shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer or President and countersigned by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and shall be sealed with the Corporation’s seal or a facsimile of such seal. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of shares without certificates, the Corporation shall send to the registered stockholder a written statement containing the information required to be set forth on the certificates, including, without limitation, the information required to be set forth on such certificates by the Common Stock Certificate of Designation, or a statement that the Corporation will furnish such information upon request and without charge.
 
(b) When any stock certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or a registrar, other than the Corporation or its employee, any other signature on such certificate may be a facsimile. If any corporate officer who has signed any certificate ceases to be a corporate officer before such certificate is issued, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, the certificate may nevertheless be issued and delivered by the Corporation as if such officer had not ceased to be such as of the certificate’s issue date.
 
Section 2.8  Transfer of Shares.   Except as otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan or any other executive compensation or employee benefit plan or any direct stock purchase plan currently in effect or hereafter adopted by the Corporation, the Common Stock shall be transferable only in whole shares. Subject to the foregoing, the stock of the Corporation shall be transferable or


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 3
 
assignable only on the transfer books of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of stock of the Corporation by the registered holder thereof, in person or by a duly authorized attorney, and, in the case of certificated shares, upon the surrender and cancellation of such certificates representing the shares to be transferred, properly endorsed and, if sought to be transferred by such attorney, accompanied by a written power of attorney to have the same transferred on the books of the Corporation. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such other rules and regulations concerning the issuance, transfer and registration of certificates of stock as it may deem appropriate.
 
Section 2.9  Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates.   If any holder of the shares of the Corporation in certificated form shall notify the Corporation of any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of such certificate(s), the Chief Executive Officer may, in his or her discretion, cause one or more new certificate(s) for the same number of shares in the aggregate to be issued to such stockholder upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate, or upon delivery by the stockholder or such stockholder’s legal representative of a bond, with or without surety, or such other agreement, undertaking or security as the Corporate Secretary shall determine is appropriate, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate(s) or the issuance of any new certificate(s).
 
Section 2.10  Fixing a Record Date.   Except as otherwise provided in the Common Stock Certificate of Designation, or any other certificate of designation relating to any class of the Corporation’s preferred stock, for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders, such date in any case to be not more than 70 days before the meeting or action requiring a determination of stockholders and, in the case of record dates for dividends on the preferred stock, subject to any additional limitations set forth in the related certificate of designation. If no record date is fixed for the determination of (i) stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of stockholders or (ii) stockholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notices of the meeting are first mailed or otherwise given or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of stockholders. When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this Section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date, which it shall do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 4
 
 
Section 2.11  Record of Stockholders.   A record shall be kept of the names of the persons and entities owning the stock represented by each share of stock of the Corporation, the number of shares represented by each certificate or information statement issued in respect of noncertificated shares and the dates of issuance thereof in a form that permits the preparation of a list of the names and addresses of all stockholders in alphabetical order showing the number of shares held by each.
 
Section 2.12  Ownership of Shares.   The Corporation and any agent thereof may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of stock, as shown in the Corporation’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Corporation nor any agent thereof shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by the Corporation on or with respect to any such share or shares of stock.
 
Section 2.13  Share Options and Other Instruments.   The Corporation may issue rights, options or warrants for the purchase of shares or other securities of the Corporation, subject to stockholder approval to the extent required by applicable laws, regulations or listing standards. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of rights, options or warrants and determine the terms upon which the rights, options or warrants are issued, including, without limitation, the consideration for which the shares or other securities are to be issued. The authorization for the Corporation to issue such rights, options or warrants constitutes authorization of the issuance of the shares or other securities for which the rights, options or warrants are exercisable.
 
ARTICLE 3 — MEETINGS OF THE STOCKHOLDERS
 
Section 3.1  Annual Meetings.
 
(a) An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place as the Board of Directors shall each year fix, which date shall be within 15 months after the immediately preceding meeting of stockholders. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the time stated in, or fixed in accordance with, these Bylaws shall not affect the validity of any corporate action.
 
(b) Upon notice to the Corporation, any stockholder of the Corporation entitled to participate in an annual meeting may petition the United States District Court for the district within which the Corporation’s principal office is located to order an annual meeting of stockholders if an annual meeting has not been held within 15 months after the Corporation’s immediately preceding annual meeting. The court may fix the time and place of the meeting, determine the shares entitled to notice of and to vote at the


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 5
 
meeting, prescribe the form and content of the meeting notice and enter other orders necessary to accomplish the purpose or purposes of the meeting.
 
Section 3.2  Special Meetings.
 
(a) Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting, may be called by a majority of the directors then in office or the Chairman of the Board (“Chairman”), and shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place as they or he or she shall fix.
 
(b) Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting, may also be called by the Corporate Secretary upon the written request of the holders of at least a majority of all shares of voting stock entitled to vote; provided, however, a special meeting of the stockholders for the purposes of Section 4.16 of these Bylaws must be requested by the holders of at least one-third of all shares of voting stock entitled to vote. A special meeting of the stockholders called pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be referred to in these Bylaws as a “Stockholder Requested Special Meeting”. A Stockholder Requested Special Meeting shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place as determined by the Corporate Secretary as soon as is reasonably practicable following the Corporation’s receipt of a written request that is in compliance with this Section 3.2 (the “Delivery Date”) and, unless the penultimate paragraph of this Section applies, within 75 calendar days of the Delivery Date. The record date for determining stockholders entitled to request for a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting shall be the later of (i) the date the first stockholder signs the request, or (ii) the earliest record date permitted by Section 2.10 of these Bylaws.
 
Upon notice to the Corporation, any stockholder of the Corporation who signed the request for a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting, may petition the United States District Court for the district within which the Corporation’s principal office is located to order a special meeting of stockholders if a special meeting notice has not been held as provided herein. The court may fix the time and place of the meeting, determine the shares entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting, prescribe the form and content of the meeting notice, and enter other orders necessary to accomplish the purpose or purposes of the meeting.
 
A written request of the holders of the voting stock made pursuant to this Section 3.2 must (i) be signed, dated and delivered to the Corporate Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation by each stockholder making the request for a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting, (ii) identify the name and record address of each stockholder making the request for a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting, (iii) include a brief description of the business desired to be brought before such Stockholder Requested Special Meeting, the reasons for conducting such business, a statement of specific purpose(s) of the meeting and the matter proposed to be acted on


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 6
 
at it, which matter must be a proper subject for stockholder action, (iv) shall be accompanied by documentation to verify the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by each stockholder making such request in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), specifically Rule 14a-8(b)(2) of Regulation 14A (Solicitation of Proxies) (the “Proxy Rules Requirement”), (v) contain a representation that each stockholder submitting the request intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Stockholder Requested Special Meeting to transact the business specified, and (vi) contain a representation that each stockholder submitting the request intends to continue ownership of shares of the voting stock through the date of the Stockholder Requested Special Meeting. The Corporation may require any stockholder making such request to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of stockholders to make a written request pursuant to this Section 3.2. Failure of the stockholders who sign the request for a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting to comply with the representations identified in (v) and (vi) above, shall be deemed to constitute a revocation of such request. Any stockholder who submitted a request for a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting may revoke such request at any time by written revocation delivered to the Corporate Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation.
 
The Corporate Secretary shall not be required to call a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting if (i) the Board of Directors calls an annual or special meeting of stockholders to be held not later than 75 days after the Delivery Date and the purpose(s) of such meeting includes the purpose(s) specified by the requisite number of stockholders in the special meeting request(s), or (ii) an annual or special meeting was held not more than 12 months before the Delivery Date, which included the purpose(s) specified by the requisite number of stockholders in the special meeting request(s), with such determination being made in good faith by the Board of Directors. In determining whether a request for a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting has been submitted by stockholders holding the requisite number of shares of voting stock, there may be excluded from the computation, the shares of the voting stock owned by any stockholder who has signed the request for a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting at any time during the 2 calendar years preceding the Delivery Date and has failed to comply with the representations identified in (v) and (vi) above.
 
(c) At a special meeting, no business shall be transacted and no action shall be taken other than as stated in the notice of the meeting; provided that nothing herein shall prohibit the Board of Directors from submitting other matters to the stockholders at a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting.
 
Section 3.3  Notice of Meetings.
 
(a) Written or printed notice of the date, time and place of all meetings of the stockholders and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 7
 
the meeting is called, shall be given no fewer than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each holder of voting stock entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws.
 
When a meeting is adjourned to another date, time or place, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, time or place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that, if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 120 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the date, time or place of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith.
 
(b) A stockholder’s attendance at a meeting, whether in person or by proxy, (i) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the stockholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting; and (ii) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice unless the stockholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice of a stockholders’ meeting need be given to a stockholder if (i) an annual report and proxy statements for two consecutive annual meetings of stockholders or (ii) all, and at least two, checks for payment of dividends or interest on securities during a twelve-month period have been sent by first-class United States mail, addressed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, and have been returned undeliverable. The obligation of the Corporation to give notice of stockholders’ meetings to any such stockholder shall be reinstated once the Corporation has received a new address for such stockholder for entry on its stock transfer books, a reaffirmation of the address appearing therein or a written consent from the stockholder to the receipt of notices by electronic transmission, specifying the address to which such notices should be electronically transmitted.
 
(c) For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such recipient through an automated process.
 
Section 3.4  Quorum.
 
(a) At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of all shares of voting stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum, except as otherwise provided in this Section. If a quorum shall fail to attend a meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of all


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 8
 
shares of voting stock entitled to vote at the meeting who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another date, time or place.
 
(b) Once a share of stock is represented for any purpose at a meeting, it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is or shall be set for that adjourned meeting.
 
Section 3.5  Organization.   The Chairman or, in the absence of the Chairman, another director designee of the Board of Directors or, in the absence of the Chairman and such a designation, the Chief Executive Officer or in his or her absence, the President or, in the absence of both such officers, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of all shares of voting stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Corporate Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints.
 
Section 3.6  Conduct of Business.
 
(a) The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and shall have the authority to establish rules for the conduct of the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion, restrictions on attendance at a meeting so long as stockholders or their proxies are not excluded, and adjournment of the meeting to be reconvened at a later date, as seem to him or her in order and not inconsistent with these Bylaws.
 
(b) No business shall be brought before any meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws, and the rules, if any, established by the chairman of the meeting for the conduct of the meeting; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any business properly brought before such meeting.
 
(c) At any meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. The chairman of any meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that business was not properly brought before the meeting, and, if the chairman should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be conducted. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted and any action taken which might have been transacted or taken at the original meeting.
 
(d) To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. In addition to any other applicable requirements, including, without


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 9
 
limitation, Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, if applicable, for business other than a director nomination to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Corporate Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation. (The exclusive procedures for stockholders to make nominations for the election of directors at any annual meeting are set forth in Section 4.3.) The content of the stockholders’ notice must comply with the requirements of this Section 3.6. The requirements of this Section 3.6 shall apply to any business a stockholder wishes to bring before an annual meeting, whether under Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or otherwise. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at the principal office of the Corporation no fewer than 75 days prior to such annual meeting. In the event that fewer than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder, to be timely, must be so received not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the day on which such notice of the date of such annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made, whichever first occurs. A written notice must (i) be signed, dated and delivered to the Corporate Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation by the stockholder, (ii) identify the name and record address of the stockholder submitting the notice, (iii) include a brief description of the business, which must be a proper subject for stockholder action, desired to be brought before such annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business, (iv) shall be accompanied by documentation to verify the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by the stockholder submitting such notice in accordance with the Exchange Act, specifically the Proxy Rules Requirement, (v) contain a representation that the stockholder submitting the notice intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to transact the business specified, (vi) contain a representation that the stockholder submitting the notice intends to continue ownership of shares of the voting stock through the date of the annual meeting, and (vii) set forth any material interest of the stockholder in the matter identified in (iii) above. The Corporation may require any stockholder submitting such notice to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of stockholders to give a written notice pursuant to this Section 3.6.
 
(e) At a special meeting, no business shall be transacted and no action shall be taken other than as stated in the notice of the meeting; provided that nothing herein shall prohibit the Board of Directors from submitting other matters to the stockholders at a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting.
 
(f) To the extent authorized by the Board of Directors with respect to any meeting, stockholders may participate in such a meeting by use of any means of communication by which all stockholders participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting including, without limitation, by use of internet accessible electronic meeting facilities. A stockholder participating in a stockholders’ meeting by such means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting. Authorization of such


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 10
 
electronic participation in such a meeting shall not eliminate the requirement that the meeting take place at a physical location at which stockholders may attend the meeting in person.
 
Section 3.7  Voting.
 
(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.1(c) of these Bylaws, each stockholder shall have one vote for every share of stock entitled to vote which is registered in his or her name on the record date for the meeting; provided, however, that the right of a stockholder to vote stock held in violation of the ownership reporting requirements contained in the Common Stock Certificate of Designation relating to such stock shall be limited as provided in the Common Stock Certificate of Designation so long as the ownership reporting requirements remain in effect.
 
(b) Subject to the determination of the Board of Directors of the Corporation to authorize action by written consent under Section 3(b) of the Common Stock Certificate of Designation, votes shall be cast in person or by proxy at annual or special meetings of the holders of the shares of voting stock entitled to vote. All voting, including the election of directors, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand by a holder of voting stock entitled to vote or his or her proxy or in the discretion of the chairman of the meeting, a vote shall be taken by ballots, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the rules of conduct established for the meeting.
 
(c) The Corporation shall appoint one or more inspectors to oversee, determine and certify attendance and results of any voting at the meeting and make a written report of the inspector’s determinations. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of their duties.
 
(d) All elections for an elective seat on the Board of Directors shall be determined as provided by Section 4.5 of these Bylaws, and on all other matters, action shall be approved if the votes cast favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless a greater vote is prescribed by the Board of Directors or other person proposing the matter or otherwise required by these Bylaws.
 
(e) An abstention or an election by a stockholder not to vote on an action because of failure to receive voting instructions from the beneficial owner of the shares shall not be considered a vote cast.
 
(f) Stockholders shall not vote their shares cumulatively.


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 11
 
 
Section 3.8  Voting Entitlement of Shares.
 
(a) Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such corporation may determine.
 
(b) Shares standing in the name of a partnership may be voted by any partner. Shares standing in the name of a limited liability company may be voted as the articles of organization or an operating agreement may prescribe, or in the absence of any such provision as the managers, or if there are no managers, the members of the limited liability company may determine.
 
(c) Shares held by two or more persons as joint tenants or tenants in common or tenants by the entirety may be voted by any of such persons. If more than one of such tenants vote such shares, the vote shall be divided among them in proportion to the number of such tenants voting.
 
(d) Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian, committee or curator representing the holder of voting stock may be voted by such person without a transfer of such shares into such person’s name. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by the trustee, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him or her without a transfer of such shares into the trustee’s name.
 
(e) Shares standing in the name of a receiver or a trustee in proceedings under the applicable bankruptcy laws may be voted by such person. Shares held by or under the control of a receiver or a trustee in proceedings under the applicable bankruptcy laws may be voted by such person without the transfer thereof into his or her name if authority to do so is contained in an order of the court by which such person was appointed.
 
(f) Nothing herein contained shall prevent trustees or other fiduciaries holding shares registered in the name of a nominee from causing such shares to be voted by such nominee as the trustee or other fiduciary may direct. Such nominee may vote shares as directed by a trustee or other fiduciary without the necessity of transferring the shares to the name of the trustee or other fiduciary.
 
(g) When shares are held by more than one fiduciary, the shares shall be voted as determined by a majority of such fiduciaries, except that: (i) if they are equally divided as to a vote, the vote of shares shall be divided equally and (ii) if only one of such fiduciaries is present in person or by proxy at a meeting, such fiduciary shall be entitled to vote all the shares.
 
(h) A holder of voting stock whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 12
 
 
Section 3.9  Proxies.
 
(a) At any meeting of the stockholders, every holder of voting stock entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy. A stockholder or the stockholder’s agent or attorney-in-fact may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for the stockholder by signing an appointment form or by an electronic transmission. An electronic transmission shall contain or be accompanied by information from which one can determine that the stockholder, the stockholder’s agent or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact authorized the transmission. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this Subsection may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. No proxy shall be voted after eleven months from its date, unless a longer period is expressly provided in the appointment form or electronic transmission.
 
(b) An appointment of a proxy is revocable unless the appointment form or electronic transmission states that it is irrevocable and the appointment is coupled with an interest. An appointment made irrevocable in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence is revoked when the interest with which it is coupled is extinguished.
 
(c) The death or incapacity of the stockholder appointing a proxy does not affect the right of the Corporation to accept the proxy’s authority unless notice of the death or incapacity is received by the Corporate Secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises his or her authority under the appointment.
 
(d) Subject to Section 3.8 of these Bylaws and to any express limitation on the proxy’s authority stated in the appointment form or electronic transmission, the Corporation is entitled to accept the proxy’s vote or other action as that of the stockholder making the appointment.
 
(e) Any fiduciary who is entitled to vote any shares may vote such shares by proxy.
 
Section 3.10  Stockholders’ List.
 
(a) A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, either at the principal office of the Corporation or at the office of its transfer agent.


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 13
 
 
(b) The stockholders’ list shall also be kept at the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder who is present. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.
 
(c) If the requirements of this Section have not been substantially complied with, the meeting shall, on the demand of any stockholder in person or by proxy, be adjourned until such requirements are complied with. Refusal or failure to prepare or make available the stockholders’ list shall not affect the validity of action taken at the meeting prior to the making of any such demand, but any action taken by the stockholders after the making of any such demand shall be invalid and of no effect.
 
ARTICLE 4 — BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
Section 4.1  General Powers.   Subject to the limitations of law and regulation, the Board of Directors shall determine the general policies that govern the operations of the Corporation, and the Corporation shall be under the direction of the Board of Directors.
 
Section 4.2  Number, Qualification and Term of Office.
 
(a) The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of 18 persons, five of whom shall be appointed annually by the President of the United States and the remainder of whom shall be elected annually by the stockholders. The Board of Directors shall at all times have as members appointed by the President of the United States at least one person from the homebuilding industry, at least one person from the mortgage lending industry and at least one person from the real estate industry.
 
(b) Each member of the Board of Directors shall be appointed or elected for a term ending on the date of the next annual meeting of the stockholders.
 
(c) The Board of Directors shall establish standards and qualifications relating to independence from management and may establish other qualifications for service on the Board of Directors, including limitations on length of service and age, as required under, or consistent with, applicable laws, regulations and stock exchange listing standards.
 
Section 4.3  Nominations.
 
(a) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors at any annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at any annual meeting of stockholders may be made only by (i) the Board of Directors, or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 14
 
Section; this clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations for election of directors at any annual meeting of stockholders. (The exclusive procedures for stockholders to bring business other than nominations before a stockholders’ meeting are set forth in Section 3.6.) Such nominations made by a stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Corporate Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be received no fewer than 75 days prior to the meeting. In the event that fewer than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder, to be timely, must be so received not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made, whichever first occurs. Such stockholder’s notice to the Corporate Secretary shall set forth (a) as to each person who the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residential address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person(s) (naming such person(s)) pursuant to which arrangements or understandings the nominations(s) are to be made by the stockholder and (iv) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as is required to be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; and (b) as to the stockholder submitting the notice, the notice must (i) be signed and dated by the stockholder, (ii) identify the name and record address of the stockholder submitting the notice, (iii) be accompanied by documentation to verify the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by the stockholder submitting such notice in accordance with the Exchange Act, specifically the Proxy Rules Requirement, (iv) contain a representation that the stockholder submitting the notice intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to make the nomination(s) the stockholder has proposed, and (v) contain a representation that the stockholder submitting the notice intends to continue ownership of shares of the voting stock through the date of the annual meeting. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as director of the Corporation and such nominee’s independence. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section.
 
(b) The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, and, if the chairman should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
 
Section 4.4  Vacancies.   Any appointive seat on the Board of Directors that becomes vacant may be filled only by appointment by the President of the United


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 15
 
States, but only for the unexpired portion of the term. Any elective seat on the Board of Directors that becomes vacant after the annual election of the directors may be filled only by the Board of Directors, but only for the unexpired portion of the term. If the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than six directors, the remaining directors may fill such vacant elective seats on the Board of Directors as may exist by the affirmative vote of a majority of such remaining directors.
 
Section 4.5  Elections.
 
(a) Each director nominated for an elective seat on the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be elected only if he or she receives a majority of the votes cast with respect to his or her election at the annual meeting of stockholders, provided that if it is determined that the number of persons properly nominated to serve as elective directors of the Corporation exceeds the number of directors to be elected (a “contested election”), the directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. A “majority of the votes cast” means that the number of votes cast “for” a director must exceed the number of votes cast “against” that director.
 
(b) Following any uncontested election, any incumbent director who was a nominee for an elective seat and who did not receive a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders shall promptly tender to the committee responsible for nominating and governance matters his or her offer of resignation for consideration by the Board of Directors. Within 60 days following certification of the election results, the committee of the Board of Directors responsible for nominating and governance matters shall recommend to the Board of Directors the action to be taken with respect to such offer of resignation. Within 90 days following certification of the election results, the Board of Directors shall act on the offered resignation. In determining whether or not to accept the offered resignation, the Board of Directors shall consider any recommendation of the committee responsible for nominating and governance matters, the factors considered by that committee and any additional information and factors that the Board of Directors believes to be relevant. No director who submits his or her resignation pursuant to this Section 4.5 shall participate in the deliberations or decisions of the committee responsible for nominating and governance matters or the Board of Directors regarding such director’s resignation.
 
(c) If the submitted resignation is not accepted by the Board of Directors, the director shall continue to serve until the next annual meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected, or his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal in accordance with these Bylaws, applicable law or regulation, whichever event shall first occur. If a director’s resignation is accepted by the Board of Directors, or if a nominee for director who is not an incumbent director is not elected by the majority of the votes cast by the stockholders, then the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may fill any resulting vacancy in accordance with Section 4.4 of these Bylaws.


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 16
 
 
Section 4.6  Chairman.   Each year at the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual stockholders’ meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect from among its members a person to serve as Chairman of the Board. The Chairman shall be a member of the Board of Directors and shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which he or she is present.
 
Section 4.7  Lead Director.   If the Chairman is not independent from management under standards established by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 4.2 of these Bylaws, those directors who are not employed by the Corporation shall elect from among themselves a person who is independent from management to serve as Lead Director. That election, if necessary, shall take place each year at the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual stockholders’ meeting and at any other time that the Board of Directors lacks a Lead Director who is independent from management. If the Chairman is independent from management, the Chairman shall serve as Lead Director unless the directors who are not employed by the Corporation elect from among themselves another director who is independent from management to serve as Lead Director. The Lead Director shall preside at all meetings of the directors who are not employees of the Corporation and of the directors who are independent from management at which he or she is present and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by those directors.
 
Section 4.8  Regular Meetings.   A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held as soon as practicable after adjournment of the annual meeting of stockholders at such place as the Board of Directors may designate by resolution and without other notice than such resolution. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, for the date, time and place of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.
 
Section 4.9  Special Meetings.
 
(a) Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by a majority of the directors then in office or by the Chairman and shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the date, time and place of each such special meeting shall be given each director by (i) written notice given by mail, private courier or in person not less than 48 hours before the meeting, (ii) oral notice given in person or by telephone not less than 24 hours before the meeting or (iii) electronic transmission, in a form consented to by the director, not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.
 
(b) A director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to him or her of the meeting unless the director at the beginning of the meeting or promptly upon arrival objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 17
 
 
Section 4.10  Quorum.   At any meeting of the Board of Directors, the presence of a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum, provided that in no instance, other than the circumstances described in Section 4.4 of these Bylaws, shall a quorum consist of fewer than six directors. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another date, time or place, without further notice or waiver thereof. Members may not be represented by proxy at any meeting of the Board of Directors.
 
Section 4.11  Participation in Meetings.   Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or of such committee by any means of communication by which all members participating in the meeting can simultaneously hear each other during the meeting and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
Section 4.12  Conduct of Business.
 
(a) At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman shall preside or, in the absence of the Chairman, a director selected by the Board of Directors. The Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Secretary designated by the Corporate Secretary shall act as secretary for the meeting, unless the Chairman or director presiding at the meeting appoints another individual present at the meeting to act as secretary for the meeting.
 
(b) At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or in the Virginia Stock Corporation Act. A director shall not vote by proxy. A director present at a meeting is presumed to assent to actions unless the director objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, to holding the meeting or transacting specified business at the meeting or the director votes against or abstains from the action and such objection, dissent or abstention is entered into the minutes of the meeting.
 
(c) Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if each director signs a consent describing the action to be taken and delivers it to the Corporation. A director’s consent may be withdrawn by a revocation signed by the director and delivered to the Corporation prior to delivery to the Corporation of unrevoked written consents signed by all the directors. Such written consent and the signing thereof may be accomplished by one or more electronic transmissions.
 
(d) Action taken under the preceding paragraph shall be effective when the last director signs the consent unless the consent specifies a different effective date, in which event such action shall be effective as of the date specified therein, provided that the consent contains the date of execution of each director.


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 18
 
 
(e) A consent signed under this Section shall have the effect of action taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors and may be described as such in any document.
 
Section 4.13  Reimbursement and Compensation of Directors.   Pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, directors, as such, may receive fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors and may receive reimbursement of expenses incurred in respect of rendering such services; except that any member of the Board of Directors who is a full-time officer or employee of the federal government or full-time officer or employee of the Corporation shall not receive compensation for services as a member of the Board of Directors or as a member of any committee of the Board of Directors.
 
Section 4.14  Committees of the Board of Directors.
 
(a) The Board of Directors may, from time to time, designate committees of the Board of Directors (and subcommittees of those committees), with such delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect at least two directors to serve as the members. Any committee or subcommittee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors to the extent any resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide, except that a committee or subcommittee may not: (i) approve or recommend to stockholders action that these Bylaws require be approved by stockholders; (ii) fill vacancies on the Board of Directors or on any of its committees; (iii) adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws; (iv) approve a plan of merger not requiring stockholder approval; (v) authorize or approve a distribution, except according to a general formula or method prescribed by the Board of Directors; or (vi) authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares, except that the Board of Directors may authorize a committee or the Chairman to do so subject to such limits, if any, as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.
 
(b) Unless otherwise provided by Board of Directors or committee or subcommittee resolution, the provisions of these Bylaws on date, time and place of, and notice required for, meetings of the Board of Directors shall govern committees of the Board of Directors (and their subcommittees). A majority of directors then appointed as members of a committee or a subcommittee shall constitute a quorum and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present. Action may be taken by a committee (or a subcommittee) without a meeting if each member signs a consent describing the action to be taken and delivers it to the Corporation. A member’s consent may be withdrawn by a revocation signed by the member and delivered to the Corporation prior to delivery to the Corporation of unrevoked written consents signed by all the members. Such written consent and the


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 19
 
signing thereof may be accomplished by one or more electronic transmissions. All minutes of committee or subcommittee meetings and unanimous consents of action taken by a committee or a subcommittee without a meeting shall also be submitted to the Board of Directors.
 
(c) The Board of Directors shall designate committees responsible for overseeing the Corporation’s financial statements and relationship with its independent auditor, executive compensation matters and governance and nominating matters. The membership of each of those committees shall consist solely of directors who are independent from management under the standards established pursuant to Section 4.2 of these Bylaws and shall comply with applicable laws, regulations and listing standards.
 
Section 4.15  Resignation.   Any director may resign at any time by delivering a written resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the Corporate Secretary. A resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless the notice specifies a later effective date. If a resignation is made effective at a later date, the Board of Directors may fill the pending vacancy before the effective date if the successor does not take office until the effective date.
 
Section 4.16  Removal of Directors.   At a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting called expressly for that purpose, any director elected by the stockholders may be removed with cause by a vote of the holders of a majority of the voting stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any director appointed by the President of the United States may not be removed by a vote of the stockholders.
 
Section 4.17  Termination of Voluntary Registration of Common Stock.   The Corporation shall take no action to terminate the registration of the Corporation’s common stock under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, unless such action has been approved by unanimous action of all members of the Board of Directors then in office.
 
ARTICLE 5 — OFFICERS
 
Section 5.1  Number.   There shall be a Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and a Senior Vice President — General Auditor. Other officers of the Corporation may include a President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Compliance Officer, a Chief Enterprise Risk Officer, one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of whom may be designated Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President and may be given such other descriptive titles as the Chief Executive Officer may specify), a Corporate Secretary and all other officers or assistant officers deemed necessary and desirable for the conduct of the Corporation’s business. Any of the above offices may be held by the same person, except that the office of the Corporate Secretary may not be held by the same person that holds the office of Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer or Senior Vice President — General Auditor.


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 20
 
 
Section 5.2  Appointment and Term.   The Board of Directors shall elect the Chief Executive Officer and, if the positions are to be filled, the President and the Chief Operating Officer. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors shall elect the Senior Vice President — General Auditor. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall appoint all additional officers; provided, however, the appointment of a Chief Compliance Officer or a Chief Enterprise Risk Officer shall be subject to the approval of the Board of Directors. Each officer elected by the Board of Directors or appointed by the Chief Executive Officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected or appointed and qualified or until his or her death, resignation or removal as provided in this Article 5. Election or appointment of an officer shall not, in and of itself, create any contract rights in the officer against the Corporation.
 
Section 5.3  Removal, Resignation, Vacancy.
 
(a) Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of the Board of Directors. The Senior Vice President — General Auditor may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of the Audit Committee. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer may remove, with or without cause, any officer he or she may appoint; provided, however, the removal of a Chief Compliance Officer or a Chief Enterprise Risk Officer shall be subject to the approval of the Board of Directors.
 
(b) Any officer may resign at any time by delivering a notice of resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the Corporate Secretary. A resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless the notice specifies a later effective time. If a resignation is made effective at a later time, the Corporation may fill the pending vacancy before the effective time if the successor does not take office until the effective time.
 
(c) A vacancy in any office shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for election or appointment to such office.
 
Section 5.4  Compensation.   The compensation of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by or under the authority of the Board of Directors. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that such officer is also a director of the Corporation.
 
Section 5.5  Duties.   The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties as are provided for in these Bylaws as well as such other authority as provided by the Board of Directors or, in the case of the officers other than the Chief Executive Officer, by the Chief Executive Officer.
 
Section 5.6  Chief Executive Officer.   The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall be primarily responsible for the implementation of the policies, orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors. Subject to the direction of the Board of


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 21
 
Directors, he or she shall have general charge of and responsibility for supervision of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation all certificates, contracts and instruments. The Chief Executive Officer may vote stock in other corporations, in person or by proxy, and shall perform such other duties of management as may be commonly incident to the office of chief executive or as may be prescribed by resolution or as otherwise may be assigned to the Chief Executive Officer by the Board of Directors.
 
Section 5.7  President.   The President shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.
 
Section 5.8  Chief Operating Officer.   The Chief Operating Officer shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.
 
Section 5.9  Senior Vice President — General Auditor.   The Senior Vice President — General Auditor shall report to, and be hired, supervised and terminated, if deemed appropriate, by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. The Senior Vice President — General Auditor shall be responsible for examining and evaluating the adequacy and effectiveness of the Corporation’s system of internal controls. The Senior Vice President — General Auditor shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
Section 5.10  Vice Presidents.   The Corporation shall have one or more Vice Presidents, which may include Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents, elected or appointed as herein provided. Each such Vice President shall have such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.
 
Section 5.11  Corporate Secretary.   The Corporate Secretary shall keep the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and of committees of the Board of Directors and their subcommittees in books provided for that purpose; shall see that all notices of such meetings are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws; may sign certificates of stock of the Corporation with the Chief Executive Officer; shall be custodian of the corporate seal; shall see that the corporate seal is affixed to all documents as appropriate; shall certify all documents pertaining to actions of the stockholders and the Board of Directors and any of its committees (and their subcommittees) and all other corporate documents and, in general, shall perform all duties and have all powers as may be commonly incident to the office of a secretary of a corporation, and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the Corporate Secretary by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Corporate Secretary may appoint such Assistant Secretaries as he or she deems appropriate. The duties of the Corporate Secretary may be performed by one or more Assistant Secretaries.


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 22
 
 
Section 5.12  Delegation of Authority.   Subject to the control of the Board of Directors, the functions delegated to the holder of a particular office pursuant to these Bylaws (the “Officer”) shall be performed by such holder, or under his or her direction, by such individuals as may from time to time be delegated authority to perform such functions by the Officer. A person to whom a function is delegated by the Board of Directors may further delegate that function to another person under his or her direction to the extent that such person is permitted to do so by the original delegation to him or her by the Board of Directors.
 
ARTICLE 6 — INSPECTION OF RECORDS
 
Section 6.1  Inspection of Records by Stockholders.
 
(a) The Corporation’s Bylaws and all amendments thereto, all Board of Directors resolutions creating one or more classes or series of shares and minutes of all stockholders’ meetings for the then most recent three years, all written communications to stockholders generally within the past three years (including all financial statements furnished for the past three years) and the names and business addresses of its current directors and officers shall be open to inspection at the Corporation’s principal office during its regular business hours upon written request therefor, received by the Corporation at least five business days prior to the date such inspection is requested, from any person who is a stockholder.
 
(b) Excerpts from the minutes of any meeting of the Board of Directors, records of any action of a committee of the Board of Directors (or a subcommittee of a committee) while acting in place of the Board of Directors on behalf of the Corporation, minutes of any meeting of the stockholders, and records of action taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting, to the extent not subject to inspection under Subsection (a), accounting records of the Corporation and the record of stockholders shall be open to inspection at a reasonable location specified by the Corporation during its regular business hours upon written request therefor, received by the Corporation at least five business days prior to the date such inspection is requested, provided that the request is made by a stockholder who has been a stockholder of record for at least six months immediately preceding such request or is the holder of record of at least five percent of all of the Corporation’s outstanding shares, and provided further that (i) such request is made in good faith and for a proper purpose, (ii) such request describes with reasonable particularity the purpose of such request and the records to be inspected, and (iii) the records requested are directly connected with his or her purpose. The stockholder’s written request shall be accompanied by (i) documentation to verify the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by the stockholder in accordance with the Proxy Rules Requirements and (ii) proof of the stockholder’s ownership when making a request under this Subsection (b).


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 23
 
 
(c) Any inspection made pursuant to this Section may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and shall include the right to make copies, including copies through an electronic transmission if available and so requested by the stockholder. A request for any such inspection shall be served upon the Chief Executive Officer or the Corporate Secretary. This right of inspection is in addition to the stockholders’ right to inspect the stockholders’ list as provided in Section 3.10 of these Bylaws.
 
(d) For purposes of this Section, stockholder includes a beneficial owner whose shares are held in a voting trust or by a nominee on the stockholder’s behalf.
 
Section 6.2  Inspection of Records by Directors.   A director of the Corporation is entitled to inspect and copy the books, records and documents of the Corporation at any reasonable time to the extent reasonably related to the performance of the director’s duties as a director, including duties as a member of a committee or a subcommittee, but not for any other purpose or in any manner that would violate any duty to the Corporation.
 
ARTICLE 7 — NOTICES
 
Section 7.1  Notices.
 
(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided in these Bylaws, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing or shall be printed and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery; by mail or commercial courier; or by electronic means. Notice by electronic transmission is written notice. Where these Bylaws expressly permit oral notice, such notice may be communicated in person, by telephone, voice mail or by other electronic means. If these forms of personal notice are impracticable, notice may be communicated by a newspaper of general circulation in the area where the notice is intended to be given or by radio, television or other form of public broadcast communication in the area where notice is intended to be given. In addition to the manner in which notices may be given under these Bylaws, notices may also be given as set forth in the Common Stock Certificate of Designation.
 
(b) Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders or directors, any notice to stockholders or directors given by the Corporation under these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder or the director to whom notice is given. In the case of stockholders’ meeting notices given to employee stockholders where such employees have regular access to electronic mail delivery in the course of their employment, consent to receipt of such notices by electronic transmission to the employee’s employment related e-mail address shall be implied unless and until the employee specifies a different address to which notices should be electronically transmitted or requests delivery of notice in print.


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 24
 
 
(c) Any consent to receive notices by electronic transmission shall be revocable by the stockholder or director by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided however, that inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.
 
(d) Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation, or in the case of a notice given by electronic transmission with consent, to the address at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice.
 
(e) Written notice to a stockholder or director, where given by mail or electronic transmission, is effective (i) upon deposit in the United States mail or (ii) when electronically transmitted to the stockholder or director in a manner authorized by the stockholder or director. Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, written notice is effective at the earliest of the following: (i) when received; (ii) five days after its deposit in the United States mail; or (iii) on the date shown on the return receipt if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and the receipt is signed by the addressee. Oral notice is effective when communicated. Notice given by electronic transmission to a stockholder or director with consent shall be deemed given: (a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (c) if by posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder or director of such specific posting when such notice is directed to the record address of the stockholder or director or to such other address at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice, upon the later of such posting or the giving of such separate notice; and (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission previously consented to by the stockholder or director, when such stockholder or director acknowledges its receipt.
 
(f) The Corporation shall be deemed to have delivered written notice of an annual or special meeting of stockholders who share a common address as shown on the Corporation’s current record of stockholders if (i) the Corporation delivers one meeting notice to the common address; (ii) the Corporation addresses the meeting notice (or a proxy statement, annual report, or notice of Internet availability of proxy materials containing such meeting notice)(collectively, the “Meeting Notice”) to those stockholders sharing a common address either as a group (for example, “Jane Doe and Household” or “The Smith Family”), to each of them individually (for example, “Jane Doe, John Doe and Richard Doe”) or to the stockholders in a form to which each of


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 25
 
those stockholders has consented in writing; (iii) each of those stockholders consents, including any implied consent pursuant to Virginia Stock Corporation Act § 13.1-610.1(B), in accordance with procedures required by Rule 14a-3(e) of Regulation 14A (Solicitation of Proxies) under the Exchange Act of 1934, to the delivery of a single Meeting Notice to the stockholders’ common address; (iv) the Corporation delivers a separate proxy card for each stockholder at the common address; and (v) the Corporation includes in the Meeting Notice an undertaking to deliver promptly, upon written or oral request, a separate copy of the Meeting Notice to a stockholder at a common address to which a single copy of the Meeting Notice was delivered. If a stockholder, orally or in writing revokes a consent to delivery of one Meeting Notice to a common address, the Corporation shall begin providing individual notices to the revoking stockholder no later than 30 days after the Corporation receives revocation of the stockholder’s consent.
 
Section 7.2  Written Waivers.   A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.
 
ARTICLE 8 — INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
 
Section 8.1  Indemnification.
 
(a) Subject to the conditions set forth in Subsection (b) of this Section, each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, including a derivative action or action brought by the Corporation (hereinafter, a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, manager, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter, an “indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against all liability (including the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty or fine, including any excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan) and expense (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith, except such liabilities and expenses as are incurred because of the indemnitee’s willful misconduct or knowing violation of the criminal law; provided, however, that the Corporation may not indemnify an indemnitee in connection with any proceeding charging improper personal benefit to the indemnitee, whether or not involving action in his or her official capacity, to the extent the indemnitee was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by the indemnitee. Such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 26
 
director, officer or employee and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.
 
(b) Indemnification shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case after a determination has been made as provided in Subsection (c) of this Section that the indemnitee met the relevant standard of conduct set forth in Subsection (a) of this Section. The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, is not, of itself, determinative that the indemnitee did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in Subsection (a) of this Section.
 
(c) The determination of whether the indemnitee met the standard of conduct set forth in Subsection (a) of this Section shall be made: (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors not at the time parties to the proceeding; (ii) by a majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Board of Directors (in which designation directors who are parties may participate), consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties to the proceeding; (iii) by special legal counsel (1) selected by the Board of Directors or its committee in a manner prescribed in Subsection (c)(i) or (c)(ii) hereof, or (2) if a quorum of the Board of Directors cannot be obtained under Subsection (c)(i) hereof and a committee cannot be designated under Subsection (c)(ii) hereof, selected by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors (in which selection directors who are parties may participate); or (iv) by the stockholders, provided, however, that shares owned by or voted under the control of directors who are at the time parties to the proceeding may not be voted on the determination.
 
(d) Authorization of indemnification and evaluation as to reasonableness of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, as provided in Subsection (c) of this Section, provided however, that, if the determination is made by special legal counsel, authorization of indemnification and evaluation as to the reasonableness of expenses shall be made by those entitled under Subsection (c)(iii) of this Section to select such special legal counsel.
 
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, the Corporation shall indemnify a director or indemnitee who entirely prevails, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which the indemnitee was a party because he or she is or was director or officer or employee of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, manager, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, against reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the indemnitee in connection with the proceeding.


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 27
 
 
(f) Except as provided in Section 8.2 of these Bylaws with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify an indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.
 
(g) The rights to indemnification and liability limitation conferred in this Article 8 shall be deemed a contract right between an individual indemnitee and the Corporation, and any subsequent repeal or modification of these Bylaws shall not diminish the indemnitee’s rights under this Article 8 with respect to any act or omission occurring before such amendment.
 
(h) The indemnitee shall have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses reasonably incurred or suffered in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter, an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that an advancement of expenses shall be made (i) only upon delivery to the Corporation of a written statement by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct set forth in Subsection (a) of this Section, and (ii) only if the indemnitee furnishes to the Corporation a written undertaking, executed by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay any funds advanced if the indemnitee is not entitled to mandatory indemnification under Subsection (e) of this Section and it is ultimately determined that such indemnitee did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in Subsection (a) of this Section. The undertaking required by provision (h)(ii) of this Subsection shall be an unlimited general obligation of the indemnitee but need not be secured and shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of the indemnitee to make repayment.
 
(i) The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the indemnification of indemnitees as provided in this Article 8.
 
(j) The Chief Executive Officer is authorized to enter into contracts of indemnification with each indemnitee of the Corporation with respect to the indemnification provided in this Article 8 and renegotiate such contracts as necessary to reflect changing laws and business circumstances.
 
Section 8.2  Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit.   If a claim under Section 8.1 of these Bylaws is not paid in full by the Corporation within 90 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter apply to either the United States District Court for the district within which the Corporation’s principal office is located or to the court where the proceeding is pending, if any, for an order directing the Corporation to make an advancement of expenses or to provide indemnification. The court shall order the


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 28
 
Corporation to make an advancement of expenses or to provide indemnification, as the case may be, if it determines that the indemnitee is entitled under these Bylaws to such an advancement of expenses or indemnification, and in such event shall order the Corporation to pay the indemnitee’s reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) to obtain the order. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, committee, special legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination, as provided in Subsection (c) of Section 8.1 of these Bylaws, prior to the commencement of such action permitted by this Section, that the indemnitee is entitled to receive an advancement of expenses or indemnification, nor the determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, committee, special legal counsel or its stockholders) that the indemnitee is not entitled to an advancement of expenses or indemnification, shall create a presumption to that effect or otherwise itself be a defense to that indemnitee’s application for an advancement of expenses or indemnification.
 
Section 8.3  Non-Exclusivity of Rights.   The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in these Bylaws shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute (including the Corporation’s enabling legislation), or any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
 
Section 8.4  Insurance.   The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, on behalf of itself and also on behalf of any individual who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or who, while a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, manager, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other entity against any expense, liability or loss, asserted against or incurred or suffered by him or her in that capacity or arising from his or her status as a director, officer, manager, employee or agent, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under this Article 8.
 
Section 8.5  Limitation of Liability.   No monetary damages or monetary liability of any kind may be assessed against an officer or director in any proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation or brought by or on behalf of the stockholders of the Corporation; provided, however, that this elimination of liability shall not be applicable if the officer or director engaged in willful misconduct, a transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit, or a knowing violation of the criminal law or of any federal or state securities law, including, without limitation, any claim of unlawful insider trading or the manipulation of the market for any security.


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 29
 
 
ARTICLE 9 — SEAL
 
Section 9.1  Corporate Seal.   The Board of Directors may adopt a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Corporate Secretary.
 
ARTICLE 10 — FISCAL YEAR
 
Section 10.1  Fiscal Year.   The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year.
 
ARTICLE 11 — MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 11.1  Time Periods.   In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used in making such computations, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.
 
Section 11.2  Severability.   If any provision or provisions of these Bylaws shall be held invalid or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and, to the fullest extent possible, the remaining provisions shall be construed so as to effectuate the intent manifested by the invalidated or unenforceable provision(s).
 
Section 11.3  Corporate Governance Practices and Procedures and Governing Law.
 
(a) The corporate governance practices and procedures of the Corporation shall comply with the Corporation’s enabling legislation and other Federal law, rules, and regulations, and shall be consistent with the safe and sound operation of the Corporation. To the extent not inconsistent with the foregoing, the Corporation shall follow the corporate governance practices and procedures of the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia, including without limitation the Virginia Stock Corporation Act as the same may be amended from time to time. Subject to all of the foregoing, these Bylaws and any rights and obligations created by these Bylaws shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the United States, using the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia as the federal rule of decision in all instances.
 
(b) Section 1.1, Section 2.1, Section 2.2, Section 2.3, Section 2.4, Section 2.5, Section 2.6, Section 2.7, Section 3.2, Section 3.7, Section 4.1, Section 4.2, Section 4.5, Section 4.17, Article 8, Section 11.3, Section 11.4, Article 12 of these Bylaws, and any new bylaw which may be adopted from time to time and designated as a “Level 1 Provision” in accordance with Article 12 of these Bylaws shall collectively be referred to


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 30
 
herein as “Level 1 Provisions.” Level 1 Provisions shall be deemed to constitute provisions of the Corporation’s “articles of incorporation” for all purposes of the Virginia Stock Corporation Act. Any bylaw that is not a Level 1 Provision and any new bylaw that may be adopted from time to time and is not designated as a “Level 1 Provision” by the Board of Directors shall collectively be referred to herein as “Level 2 Provisions.”
 
Section 11.4  Certificates of Designation.   The provisions of these Bylaws shall supplement the terms of the Common Stock Certificate of Designation and any certificate of designation approved by the Board of Directors with respect to any class of the Corporation’s preferred stock. In the event of any conflict between the terms of any such certificate of designation and these Bylaws, the terms of the certificate of designation shall govern.
 
Section 11.5  Statutory References.   Each reference in these Bylaws to a particular statute or regulation, or a provision thereof, is a reference to such provision as amended or re-enacted or as modified by other statutory provisions from time to time and includes subsequent legislation and regulations made under the relevant statute.
 
ARTICLE 12 — AMENDMENTS
 
Section 12.1  General.   Subject to the provisions of this Article 12, Level 1 Provisions or Level 2 Provisions may be amended, adopted, rescinded or repealed by the Board of Directors or the stockholders at any meeting, provided that in the case of such an action by the stockholders, notice of the proposed change must be given in the notice of the meeting.
 
Section 12.2  Amendment by the Board of Directors.   Any new bylaw adopted by the Board of Directors and any Level 1 Provision, may be amended only by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 12.1 of these Bylaws. Upon adopting or amending such bylaw, as the case may be, the Board of Directors shall designate such bylaw as a “Level 1 Provision” for all purposes under these Bylaws. If the Board of Directors does not designate a bylaw as a Level 1 Provision or if the Board of Directors is otherwise silent on the designation, the bylaw shall be deemed to be a Level 2 Provision.
 
Section 12.3  Amendment by the Stockholders.   Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws, or any provisions of law, which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the stockholders required by law, the Common Stock Certificate of Designation, or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of all shares of voting stock then outstanding and entitled to vote shall be required to amend, adopt, rescind or repeal any Level 2 Provision of these Bylaws (the “Proposed Level 2 Provision”); provided, however, that, as determined by the Board of Directors, (i) the Proposed Level 2 Provision shall comply with the Corporation’s enabling legislation and other Federal law, rules, regulations, regulatory guidance and other issuances, (ii) the Proposed Level 2


 

Freddie Mac Bylaws
June 6, 2008
Page 31
 
Provision shall be consistent with the safe and sound operation of the Corporation, (iii) the subject matter of the Proposed Level 2 Provision does not or would not involve the subject matter of any Level 1 Provision, the Common Stock Certificate of Designation or any other certificate of designation of the Corporation, and (iv) the Proposed Level 2 Provision does not or would not be inconsistent with any Level 1 Provision, the Common Stock Certificate of Designation or any other certificate of designation of the Corporation. The stockholders may not amend, adopt, rescind or repeal any Level 1 Provision unless such action is explicitly authorized and referred to the stockholders by the Board of Directors (for the avoidance of doubt, this Section 12.3 in no way obligates the Board of Directors to seek stockholder approval for any action pursuant to Section 12.2 of these Bylaws) in which case such amendment, adoption, rescission, or repeal shall be by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of all shares of the voting stock then outstanding and entitled to vote.

 
Exhibit 4.1
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION,
POWERS, PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
VOTING COMMON STOCK
(Par Value $0.21 Per Share)
 
I, ROBERT E. BOSTROM, Corporate Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac”), do hereby certify, pursuant to Resolution FHLMC No. 2007-26 adopted by the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac (the “Board of Directors”) on November 26, 2007 and the authority delegated to the authorized officers thereunder (which resolution is in full force and effect), that:
 
— Pursuant to Section 304(a) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1453(a)) (the “Freddie Mac Act”), the voting common stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) shall be issued to such holders and in the manner and amount, and subject to any limitations on concentration of ownership, as Freddie Mac prescribes; and
 
— The Common Stock has the following designation, powers, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value and Number of Shares.
 
The Common Stock of Freddie Mac shall be designated “Common Stock,” shall have a par value of $0.21 per share, and shall consist of 806,000,000 shares that have been issued or authorized for issuance (without limitation upon the authority of the Board of Directors to authorize the issuance of additional shares from time to time).
 
2. Dividends.
 
(a) The holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, dividends (in cash, stock or other property), when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of assets legally available therefor. The amount of dividends, if any, to be paid to holders of the outstanding Common Stock from time to time and the dates of payment shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Common Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable dividend payment date, as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors.
 
(b) Holders of shares of Common Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash, stock or other property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Voting Rights.
 
(a) The holders of the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall have the right to vote (i) for the election of directors of Freddie Mac to the extent prescribed by applicable federal law, (ii) with respect to the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate to the extent provided in Section 10(h) hereof, and (iii) with respect to such other matters, if any, as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, or by applicable federal law; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted in respect of any shares of Common Stock which, pursuant to procedures implemented in accordance with Section 7(b) hereof, may not be voted, nor shall such shares be considered outstanding for the purposes of calculating the requisite number or percentage of shares whose vote is required as to any matter.
 
(b) Holders of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote per share on all matters presented to them for their vote. Such vote shall be cast in person or by proxy at a meeting of such holders or, if so determined by the Board of Directors, by written consent of the holders of the requisite number of


1


 

shares of Common Stock. In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of Common Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the vote of holders of Common Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, as to the conduct of such vote, as to quorum requirements therefor, as to the requisite number or percentage of affirmative votes required for the approval of any matter and as to all related questions. Such rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed.
 
4. No Redemption.
 
Freddie Mac shall not, and shall not have the right to, redeem any shares of Common Stock whether for cash, stock or other property.
 
5. No Conversion Rights.
 
The holders of shares of Common Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligation of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights.
 
No holder of Common Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Ownership Reports.
 
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, any beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) of the outstanding Common Stock shall furnish in writing to Freddie Mac and to each exchange where the Common Stock is listed such statements of beneficial ownership of the Common Stock, and amendments thereto, on such forms, in such time periods and in such manner as would be required by Exchange Act Sections 13(d) and 13(g) and by SEC regulations thereunder if the Common Stock were an equity security of a class registered under Exchange Act Section 12. Statements of beneficial ownership furnished to Freddie Mac under this Section 7 shall be publicly available and may be furnished to any person upon request and payment of any costs therefor, and Freddie Mac shall assume no liability for the contents of such documents. All references to the Exchange Act and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder shall mean such statute, or such rules and regulations, as amended and in effect from time to time, including any successor statute, rules or regulations.
 
(b) The CEO or his designee shall be empowered to take such steps and implement such procedures as he deems to be necessary or appropriate to ensure compliance with the reporting requirements set forth in this Section 7, including the refusal to permit the voting of any excess shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any person failing to comply with such requirements. For purposes of this Section 7, excess shares shall include all shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by a person other than that number of shares the beneficial ownership of which would not give rise to a reporting obligation if such number constituted all of the shares beneficially owned by such person.
 
(c) Any beneficial owner of shares of Common Stock believed by Freddie Mac to be in violation of the reporting requirements imposed by this Section 7 shall be required to respond to inquiries by the CEO or his designee made for the purpose of determining the existence, nature or extent of any such violation. Such inquiry shall be made in writing sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, shall set forth the reporting requirements referred to in this Section 7 and shall require such beneficial owner to provide Freddie Mac with such information concerning such beneficial ownership as may be specified in such inquiry. If such inquiry shall not have been responded to in a manner satisfactory to Freddie Mac within five business days after the date on which it was mailed, the shares to which the inquiry pertains shall be considered for all purposes to be beneficially owned in violation of the reporting requirements imposed by this Section 7, and the CEO or his designee shall be authorized to invoke the measures authorized by paragraph (b) of this Section 7, including the refusal to permit the voting of such shares.


2


 

(d) Any resolution or determination of, or decision or exercise of any discretion or power by, the Board of Directors or the officers, employees and agents of Freddie Mac hereunder shall be conclusive and binding on any beneficial owner of Common Stock affected and all persons concerned and shall not be open to challenge, whether as to its validity or otherwise, on any grounds whatsoever, and the Board of Directors, Freddie Mac and its officers, employees and agents shall not have any liability whatsoever in respect thereof.
 
(e) Each certificate representing a share or shares of Common Stock issued after December 10, 1990 shall bear a conspicuous legend to the effect that ownership of the Common Stock is subject to the reporting requirements of this Section 7.
 
(f) The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time to remove, relax or grant exceptions to the reporting requirements imposed under this Section 7.
 
8. Liquidation Rights.
 
(a) Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and after any payment or distribution shall have been made on any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to the Common Stock upon liquidation, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Common Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $0.21 per share, plus a sum equal to all dividends declared but unpaid on such shares to the date of final distribution. The holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Common Stock upon liquidation shall also receive out of such assets payment of any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled. Thereafter, subject to the foregoing and to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section 8, the balance of any assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding Common Stock in the aggregate.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Common Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 8 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Common Stock have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series of stock are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 8.
 
9. Additional Classes or Series of Stock.
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
10. Miscellaneous.
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Common Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holder of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Common Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Common Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share, if any,


3


 

be different from those of the Common Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Common Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Common Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of shares of the Common Stock shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Common Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Common Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Common Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Common Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Common Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable. Any shares owned by Freddie Mac shall retain the status of issued shares, unless and until Freddie Mac shall retire and cancel the same, but such shares shall not be regarded as outstanding while so owned.
 
(d) Except as otherwise provided in Freddie Mac’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan or any other executive compensation or employee benefit plan or any direct stock purchase plan currently in effect or hereafter adopted by Freddie Mac, the Common Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that, except as provided in said Plan or plans, no fractional interests in shares of the Common Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For the purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of Common Stock with respect to such Common Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid in a United States post office letter box addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of Common Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the affirmative vote of the holders of the Common Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Common Stock.


4


 

(ii) The affirmative vote by the holders of shares representing at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Common Stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, voting together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of any of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Common Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac, whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Common Stock, or any split or reverse split of the Common Stock (including any attendant proportionate adjustment to the par value thereof), shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF COMMON STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Certificate as of this 27th day of February, 2008.
 
 
[Seal]
 
                    
/s/  Robert E. Bostrom
Robert E. Bostrom, Corporate Secretary


5

 
Exhibit 4.2
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
VARIABLE RATE, NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), said Board of Directors on March 1, 1996, adopted the following resolution, effective as of the close of business on April 23, 1996, on which date, pursuant to FHLMC Resolution 96-05, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above, which Resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect:
 
RESOLVED, that, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 5 million shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the 6.72% Preferred Stock issued on August 2, 1993 and the 7.90% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 27, 1992, (together, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) The holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative, cash dividends at a variable per annum rate (not greater than 9% per annum) equal to (i) the sum of LIBOR (as defined in clause (b) below) and 1.0%, divided by (ii) 1.377, with the resulting dividend per share being rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded up), without taking into account any adjustments referred to in clause (c) below. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from April 26, 1996 and are payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on June 30, 1996. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. For these purposes, “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the period from but not including April 26, 1996 through and including June 30, 1996, will be 4.7091% or $.43 per share and will be payable on July 1, 1996. Thereafter, the dividend payable to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock will vary from Dividend Period to Dividend Period. The “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date shall be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. Freddie Mac will calculate the dividend rate for each


 

Dividend Period based on LIBOR determined as of two London Business Days (defined as any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks are open for business in London) prior to the first day of such Dividend Period (each a “Determination Date”). Each dividend shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed, assuming a year of 360 days, and the dividend rate shall be applied to the $50 per share redemption value. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(b) “LIBOR” means, with respect to a Dividend Period relating to a Dividend Payment Date (in the following order of priority):
 
(i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date;
 
(ii) if such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date, LIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/128%) of the rates (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appear on Reuters Monitor Money Rates Page LIBO (“Reuters Page LIBO”) as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date;
 
(iii) if such rate does not appear on Reuters Page LIBO as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date, Freddie Mac shall request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, LIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/128%) of such quotations;
 
(iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, Freddie Mac shall request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in Eurodollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/128%) of such quotations; and
 
(v) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iv) above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR determined with respect to the Dividend Period immediately preceding such current Dividend Period.
 
If the rate for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on Telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, by a


 

corrected rate before 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, such corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page shall be the applicable LIBOR for such Determination Date.
 
(c) If, prior to April 26, 1998, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that reduce the percentage of the dividends-received deduction as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by the Corporation, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.
 
The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2 (before adjustment) by a factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
 
1 - .35 (1 - .70)
1 - .35 (1 - DRP)
 
For the purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question is less than 50%, then the DRP will equal .50. In the event an adjustment to any dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is made pursuant to this Section 2(c), the resulting dividend rate may exceed 9% per annum. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, shall give rise to an adjustment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein shall mean dividends as adjusted by the DRD Formula. The Corporation’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased. Instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (y) the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, shall be payable (if declared) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.
 
If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), the Corporation shall pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to Holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment) in an amount equal to the excess of


 

(x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the sum of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. The Corporation shall make only one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence must be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
 
In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will give notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, any Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(e) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (including any adjustments due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(f) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to June 30, 2001. Subject to this limitation and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.


 

(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all


 

of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled (including any adjustment due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends


 

in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Senior Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred


 

Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 23rd day of April 1996.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.3
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
5.81% NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac”), hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 97-04 on March 7, 1997, which Resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolution, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 3 million shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997, the 6.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 1, 1996, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 and the 6.72% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on August 2, 1993 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) The holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative, cash dividends at the annual rate of 5.81%, or $2.905, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including October 27, 1997 and are payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on December 31, 1997. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. For these purposes, “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. The “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date shall be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date (or from but not including October 27, 1997, in the case of the first Dividend Payment Date) through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. The amount of dividends payable in respect of any quarterly Dividend Period shall be computed at a rate equal to 5.81% divided by 4; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No


 

dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(c) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(d) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to October 27, 1998. Subject to this limitation and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to


 

any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.


 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.


 

(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Senior Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to


 

vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 27th day of October 1997.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.4
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
5% NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 98-05 on March 6, 1998, which Resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolution, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 8 million shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997, the 6.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 1, 1996, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 and the 6.72% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on August 2, 1993 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) The holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative, cash dividends at the annual rate of 5%, or $2.50, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including March 23, 1998 and are payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on June 30, 1998. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. For these purposes, “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. The “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date shall be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date (or from but not including March 23, 1998, in the case of the first Dividend Payment Date) through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. The dividend payable in respect of the first Dividend Period will be $0.67361 per share. The amount of dividends payable in respect of any quarterly Dividend Period other than the first Dividend Period shall be computed at a rate equal to 5% divided by 4; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day


 

months and a 360-day year. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(b) If, prior to September 23, 1999, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that reduce the percentage of the dividends-received deduction as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by the Corporation, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.
 
The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2 (before adjustment) by a factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
 
1 - .35 (1 - .70)
1 - .35 (1 - DRP)
 
For the purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question is less than 50%, then the DRP will equal .50. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, or a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction for certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Preferred Stock, will give rise to an adjustment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein shall mean dividends as adjusted by the DRD Formula. The Corporation’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased. Instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the


 

Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (y) the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, shall be payable (if declared) to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.
 
If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), the Corporation shall pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the sum of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. The Corporation will make only one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence must be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
 
In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will give notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, any Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(d) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (including any adjustments due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(e) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.


 

3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to March 31, 2003. Subject to this limitation and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding


 

shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled (including any adjustment due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and


 

(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Senior Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a


 

meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 23rd day of March, 1998.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.5
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
5.1% NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 98-05 on March 6, 1998 and adopted FHLMC Resolution 98-32 on September 11, 1998, which resolutions are now, and at all times since such date have been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolutions, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 8 million shares.* The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997, the 6.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 1, 1996, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 and the 6.72% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on August 2, 1993 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) The holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative, cash dividends at the annual rate of 5.1%, or $2.55, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including September 23, 1998 and are payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on December 31, 1998. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. For these purposes, “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. The “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date shall be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date (or from but not including September 23, 1998, in the case of the first
* Plus up to 1,200,000 additional shares pursuant to Underwriters’ overallotment option.


 

Dividend Payment Date) through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. The dividend payable in respect of the first Dividend Period will be $0.68708 per share. The amount of dividends payable in respect of any quarterly Dividend Period other than the first Dividend Period shall be computed at a rate equal to 5.1% divided by 4; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(b) If, prior to September 23, 2000, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that reduce the percentage of the dividends-received deduction as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by the Corporation, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.
 
The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2 (before adjustment) by a factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
 
1 - .35 (1 - .70)
1 - .35 (1 - DRP)
 
For the purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question is less than 50%, then the DRP will equal .50. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, or a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction for certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Preferred Stock, will give rise to an adjustment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein shall mean dividends as adjusted by the DRD Formula. The Corporation’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review.


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased. Instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (y) the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, shall be payable (if declared) to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.
 
If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), the Corporation shall pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the sum of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. The Corporation will make only one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence must be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
 
In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will give notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, any Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(d) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (including any adjustments due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.


 

(e) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to September 30, 2003. Subject to this limitation and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or


 

series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled (including any adjustment due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as


 

between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Executive Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.


 

(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 23rd day of September, 1998.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.6
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
VARIABLE RATE, NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 98-05 on March 6, 1998 and adopted FHLMC Resolution 98-32 on September 11, 1998, which resolutions are now, and at all times since such date have been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolutions, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 4,395,000 shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997, the 6.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 1, 1996, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 and the 6.72% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on August 2, 1993 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) The holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative, cash dividends at a variable per annum rate (not greater than 7.5% per annum) equal to (i) the sum of LIBOR (as defined in clause (b) below) and 1.0%, divided by (ii) 1.377, with the resulting dividend per share being rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded up), without taking into account any adjustments referred to in clause (c) below. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including September 23, 1998 and are payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on December 31, 1998. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. For these purposes, “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on


 

which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the period from but not including September 23, 1998 through and including December 31, 1998, will be 4.7204% or $0.649055 per share and will be payable on December 31, 1998. Thereafter, the dividend payable to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock will vary from Dividend Period to Dividend Period. The “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date shall be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date (or from but not including September 23, 1998, in the case of the first Dividend Payment Date) through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. Freddie Mac will calculate the dividend rate for each Dividend Period based on LIBOR determined as of two London Business Days (defined as any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks are open for business in London) prior to the first day of such Dividend Period (each a “Determination Date”). Each dividend shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed, assuming a year of 360 days, and the dividend rate shall be applied to the $50 per share redemption value. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(b) “LIBOR” means, with respect to a Dividend Period relating to a Dividend Payment Date (in the following order of priority):
 
(i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Bridge Telerate Capital Markets Report Page 3750 or any successor to such page (“Telerate Page 3750”) as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date;
 
(ii) if such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date, LIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/128%) of the rates (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appear on Reuters Monitor Money Rates Page LIBO or any successor to such page (“Reuters Page LIBO”) as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date;
 
(iii) if such rate does not appear on Reuters Page LIBO as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date, Freddie Mac shall request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, LIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/128%) of such quotations;
 
(iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, Freddie Mac shall request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in Eurodollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/128%) of such quotations; and


 

(v) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iv) above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR determined with respect to the Dividend Period immediately preceding such current Dividend Period.
 
If the rate for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on Telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, by a corrected rate before 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, such corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page shall be the applicable LIBOR for such Determination Date.
 
(c) If, prior to September 23, 2000, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that reduce the percentage of the dividends-received deduction as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by the Corporation, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.
 
The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2 (before adjustment) by a factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
 
1 - .35 (1 - .70)
1 - .35 (1 - DRP)
 
For the purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question is less than 50%, then the DRP will equal .50. In the event an adjustment to any dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is made pursuant to this Section 2(c), the resulting dividend rate may exceed 7.5% per annum. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, or a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction for certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Preferred Stock, will give rise to an adjustment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein shall mean dividends as adjusted by the DRD Formula. The Corporation’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased. Instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (y) the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, shall be payable (if declared) to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.


 

If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), the Corporation shall pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the sum of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. The Corporation will make only one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence must be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
 
In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will give notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, any Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(e) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (including any adjustments due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(f) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to September 30, 2003. Subject to this limitation and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend


 

Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution


 

to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled (including any adjustment due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such


 

share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Executive Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock),


 

whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 29th day of September, 1998.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.7
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
5.3% NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 98-32 on September 11, 1998, which Resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolution, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 4 million shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997, the 6.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 1, 1996, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 and the 6.72% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on August 2, 1993 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) The holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative, cash dividends at the annual rate of 5.3%, or $2.65, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including October 28, 1998 and are payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on December 31, 1998. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. For these purposes, “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. The “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date shall be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date (or from but not including October 28, 1998, in the case of the first Dividend Payment Date) through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. The dividend payable in respect of the first Dividend Period will be $0.45639 per share. The amount of dividends payable in respect of any quarterly Dividend Period other than the first Dividend Period shall be computed at a rate equal to 5.3% divided by 4; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter


 

period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(b) If, prior to April 28, 2000, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that reduce the percentage of the dividends-received deduction as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by the Corporation, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.
 
The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2 (before adjustment) by a factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
 
1 - .35 (1 - .70)
1 - .35 (1 - DRP)
 
For the purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question is less than 50%, then the DRP will equal .50. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, or a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction for certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Preferred Stock, will give rise to an adjustment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein shall mean dividends as adjusted by the DRD Formula. The Corporation’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the


 

dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased. Instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (y) the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, shall be payable (if declared) to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.
 
If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), the Corporation shall pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the sum of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. The Corporation will make only one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence must be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
 
In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will give notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, any Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(d) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (including any adjustments due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.


 

(e) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to October 30, 2000. Subject to this limitation and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-


 

Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled (including any adjustment due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of


 

liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Executive Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:


 

(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 28th day of October, 1998.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.8
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
5.1% NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 98-32 on September 11, 1998, which Resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolution, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 3 million shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997, the 6.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 1, 1996 and the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) The holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative, cash dividends at the annual rate of 5.1%, or $2.55, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including March 19, 1999 and are payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on June 30, 1999. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. For these purposes, “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. The “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date shall be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date (or from but not including March 19, 1999, in the case of the first Dividend Payment Date) through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. The dividend payable in respect of the first Dividend Period will be $0.71542 per share. The amount of dividends payable in respect of any quarterly Dividend Period other than the first Dividend Period shall be computed at a rate equal to 5.1% divided by 4; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter


 

period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(b) If, prior to September 19, 2000, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that reduce the percentage of the dividends-received deduction as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by the Corporation, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.
 
The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2 (before adjustment) by a factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
 
1 - .35 (1 - .70)
1 - .35 (1 - DRP)
 
For the purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question is less than 50%, then the DRP will equal .50. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, or a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction for certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Preferred Stock, will give rise to an adjustment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein shall mean dividends as adjusted by the DRD Formula. The Corporation’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the


 

dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased. Instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (y) the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, shall be payable (if declared) to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.
 
If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), the Corporation shall pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the sum of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. The Corporation will make only one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence must be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
 
In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will give notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, any Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(d) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (including any adjustments due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.


 

(e) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to March 31, 2004. Subject to this limitation and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-


 

Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled (including any adjustment due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of


 

liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Executive Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:


 

(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 19th day of March, 1999.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.9
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
5.79% NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 99-07 on March 5, 1999 and adopted FHLMC Resolution 98-32 on September 11, 1998, which resolutions are now, and at all times since their respective dates have been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolutions, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 5 million shares.* The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 19, 1999, the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997, the 6.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 1, 1996 and the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) The holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative, cash dividends at the annual rate of 5.79%, or $2.895, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including July 21, 1999 and are payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on September 30, 1999. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. For these purposes, “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. The
* Plus up to 750,000 additional shares pursuant to Underwriters’ overallotment option.


 

“Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date shall be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date (or from but not including July 21, 1999, in the case of the first Dividend Payment Date) through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. The dividend payable in respect of the first Dividend Period will be $0.554875 per share. The amount of dividends payable in respect of any quarterly Dividend Period other than the first Dividend Period shall be computed at a rate equal to 5.79% divided by 4; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(b) If, prior to January 21, 2001, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that reduce the percentage of the dividends-received deduction as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by the Corporation, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.
 
The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2 (before adjustment) by a factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
 
1 - .35 (1 - .70)
1 - .35 (1 - DRP)
 
For the purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question is less than 50%, then the DRP will equal .50. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, or a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction for certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Preferred Stock, will give rise to an adjustment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein shall mean dividends as


 

adjusted by the DRD Formula. The Corporation’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased. Instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (y) the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, shall be payable (if declared) to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.
 
If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), the Corporation shall pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the sum of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. The Corporation will make only one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence must be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
 
In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will give notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, any Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(d) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the


 

Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (including any adjustments due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(e) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to June 30, 2009. Subject to this limitation and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of


 

such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled (including any adjustment due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the


 

holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Executive Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein,


 

or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 21st day of July, 1999.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.10
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
VARIABLE RATE, NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 99-07 on March 5, 1999 and adopted FHLMC Resolution 99-22 on September 10, 1999, which resolutions are now, and at all times since such date have been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolutions, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 5 million shares.* The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 9, 1999, the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997 and the 6.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 1, 1996 and the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued, on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) Holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, ratably, non-cumulative quarterly cash dividends which will accrue from but not including November 5, 1999 and will be payable on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), commencing December 31, 1999, when as and if declared by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available for dividend payments. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend will be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. For these purposes, “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or a Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. Dividends will be paid to holders of record on the record date fixed by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days or later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date.
* Plus up to 750,000 additional shares pursuant to Underwriters’ overallotment option.


 

The dividend rate for the period from November 5, 1999 through and including December 31, 2004 will be 5.97%. Thereafter, dividends will accrue at a variable per annum rate (not greater than 11%) equal to the “CMT Rate” (as defined below). On January 1, 2005, and on January 1 every five years thereafter, the previous dividend rate will be replaced by the then-current CMT Rate. The CMT Rate for each five-year period will be determined by Freddie Mac on the second Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such period (each, a “CMT Determination Date”). If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the “Dividend Period” from but not including November 5, 1999 through and including December 31, 1999, will be $0.456 per share and will be payable on December 31, 1999. Thereafter, the “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date will be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. The amount of dividends payable for any period shorter than a full Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. If Freddie Mac redeems the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of redemption will be included in the redemption price of the shares redeemed and will not be separately payable.
 
(b) The “CMT Rate” for any CMT Determination Date will be the rate (not greater than 11%) equal to:
 
(i) the weekly average interest rate of U.S. Treasury securities having an index maturity of five years for the week that ends immediately before the week in which the relevant CMT Determination Date falls, as such rate appears on page “7052” on Telerate (or such other page as may replace the 7052 page on that service or any successor service) under the heading “. . . Treasury Constant Maturities . . . Federal Reserve Board Release H.15 . . . Mondays Approximately 3:45 p.m.”
 
(ii) If the applicable rate described in clause (i) above is not displayed on Telerate page 7052 at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant CMT Determination Date, then the CMT Rate will be the Treasury constant maturity rate applicable to a five-year index maturity for the weekly average as published in H.15(519) (as defined below).
 
(iii) If the applicable rate described in clause (ii) above does not appear in H.15(519) at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant CMT Determination Date, then the CMT Rate will be the Treasury constant maturity rate, or other U.S. Treasury rate, applicable to a five-year index maturity with reference to the relevant CMT Determination Date, that:
 
(A) is published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the U.S. Department of the Treasury; and
 
(B) is determined by Freddie Mac to be comparable to the applicable rate formerly displayed on Telerate page 7052 and published in H.15(519).
 
(iv) If the rate described in clause (iii) above does not appear at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant CMT Determination Date, then the CMT Rate will be the yield to maturity of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates for Treasury notes having an original maturity of approximately five years and a remaining term to maturity of not less than four years, and in a representative amount, as of approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant CMT Determination Date, as quoted by three primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City selected by Freddie Mac. In selecting these offered rates, Freddie Mac will request quotations from five primary dealers and will disregard the highest quotation — or, if there is equality, one of the highest — and the lowest quotation — or, if there is equality, one of the lowest. Treasury notes are direct, non-callable, fixed rate obligations of the U.S. government.
 
(v) If Freddie Mac is unable to obtain three quotations of the kind described in clause (iv) above, the CMT Rate will be the yield to maturity of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates for Treasury notes with an original maturity longer than five years and a remaining term to maturity closest to five years, and in a representative amount, as of approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant CMT Determination Date, as quoted by three primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City selected by Freddie Mac. In selecting these offered rates, Freddie Mac will request quotations from five primary dealers and will disregard the highest quotation — or, if there is equality, one of the highest — and the lowest quotation — or, if there is equality, one of the lowest. If two Treasury


 

notes with an original maturity longer than five years have remaining terms to maturity that are equally close to five years, Freddie Mac will obtain quotations for the Treasury note with the shorter remaining term to maturity.
 
(vi) If fewer than five but more than two primary dealers are quoting offered rates as described above in clause (v), then the CMT Rate for the relevant CMT Determination Date will be based on the arithmetic mean of the offered rates so obtained, and neither the highest nor the lowest of those quotations will be disregarded.
 
(vii) If two or fewer primary dealers are quoting offered rates as described above in clause (v), the CMT Rate in effect for the new Dividend Period will be the CMT Rate in effect for the prior Dividend Period.
 
“H.15(519)” means the weekly statistical release entitled “Statistical Release H.15(519),” or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
 
Absent manifest error, Freddie Mac’s determination of the CMT Rate will be final and binding.
 
No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(c) If, prior to May 5, 2001, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that reduce or eliminate the percentage of the dividends-received deduction as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), including any change applicable only to certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Preferred Stock, certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by the Corporation, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.
 
The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to Section 2(a) (before adjustment) by a factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
 
1 - .35 (1 - .70)
1 - .35 (1 - DRP)
 
For the purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question is less than 50%, then the DRP will equal .50. In the event an adjustment to any dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is made pursuant to this Section 2(c), the resulting dividend rate may exceed 11% per annum. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, or a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction for certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Preferred Stock, will give rise to an adjustment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the


 

“IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein shall mean dividends as adjusted by the DRD Formula. The Corporation’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review, absent manifest error.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased. Instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (y) the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, shall be payable (if declared) to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.
 
If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), the Corporation shall pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the sum of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. The Corporation will make only one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence must be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
 
In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will give notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, any Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(e) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of


 

any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (including any adjustments due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(f) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to December 31, 2004. On that date and on December 31 every five years thereafter, subject to the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and subject to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.


 

7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled (including any adjustment due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;


 

(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Executive Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.


 

(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.


 

(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 5th day of November, 1999.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.11
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
VARIABLE RATE, NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 99-22 on September 10, 1999, which Resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolution, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 6,500,000 shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 5, 1999, the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 9, 1999, the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997, the 6.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 1, 1996 and the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) Holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, ratably, non-cumulative quarterly cash dividends which will accrue from but not including January 26, 2001 and will be payable on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of


 

each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), beginning on March 31, 2001, when as and if declared by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available for dividend payments. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend will be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. For these purposes, “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. Dividends will be paid to holders of record on the record date fixed by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days or later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date.
 
The dividend rate for the period from January 26, 2001 through and including March 31, 2003 will be 4.817%. Thereafter, dividends will accrue at a variable per annum rate (not greater than 11%) equal to the “CMT Rate” (as defined below) plus 0.10%. On April 1, 2003, and on April 1 every two years thereafter, the previous dividend rate will be replaced by the then-current CMT Rate plus 0.10%. The CMT Rate for each two-year period will be determined by Freddie Mac on the second Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such period (each, a “CMT Determination Date”). If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the “Dividend Period” from but not including January 26, 2001 through and including March 31, 2003, will be $0.4282 per share and will be payable on March 31, 2001. Thereafter, the “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date will be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. The amount of dividends payable for any period shorter than a full Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. The amount of dividends payable for each full Dividend Period will be determined by dividing the annual dividend by four. If Freddie Mac redeems the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of redemption will be included in the redemption price of the shares redeemed and will not be separately payable.
 
(b) The “CMT Rate” for any CMT Determination Date will be the rate (not greater than 10.90%) equal to:
 
(1) the weekly average interest rate of U.S. Treasury securities having an index maturity of two years for the week that ends immediately before the week in which the relevant CMT Determination Date falls, as that rate appears on page “7052” on Telerate (or such other page as may replace the 7052 page on that service or any successor service) under the heading “. . . Treasury Constant Maturities . . . Federal Reserve Board Release H.15 . . . Mondays Approximately 3:45 p.m.”
 
(2) If the applicable rate described in clause (1) above is not displayed on Telerate page 7052 at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant CMT Determination Date, then the CMT Rate will be the Treasury constant maturity rate applicable to a two-year index maturity for the weekly average as published in H.15(519) (as defined below).
 
(3) If the applicable rate described in clause (2) above does not appear in H.15(519) at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant CMT Determination Date, then the CMT Rate


 

will be the Treasury constant maturity rate, or other U.S. Treasury rate, applicable to a two-year index maturity with reference to the relevant CMT Determination Date, that:
 
(A) is published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the U.S. Department of the Treasury; and
 
(B) is determined by Freddie Mac to be comparable to the applicable rate formerly displayed on Telerate page 7052 and published in H.15(519).
 
(4) If the rate described in clause (3) above does not appear at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant CMT Determination Date, then the CMT Rate will be the yield to maturity of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates for Treasury notes having an original maturity of approximately two years and a remaining term to maturity of not less than one year, and in a representative amount, as of approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant CMT Determination Date, as quoted by three primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City selected by Freddie Mac. In selecting these offered rates, Freddie Mac will request quotations from five primary dealers and will disregard the highest quotation — or, if there is equality, one of the highest — and the lowest quotation — or, if there is equality, one of the lowest. Treasury notes are direct, non-callable, fixed rate obligations of the U.S. government.
 
(5) If Freddie Mac is unable to obtain three quotations of the kind described in clause (4) above, the CMT Rate will be the yield to maturity of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates for Treasury notes with an original maturity longer than two years and a remaining term to maturity closest to two years, and in a representative amount, as of approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant CMT Determination Date, as quoted by three primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City selected by Freddie Mac. In selecting these offered rates, Freddie Mac will request quotations from five primary dealers and will disregard the highest quotation — or, if there is equality, one of the highest — and the lowest quotation — or, if there is equality, one of the lowest. If two Treasury notes with an original maturity longer than two years have remaining terms to maturity that are equally close to two years, Freddie Mac will obtain quotations for the Treasury note with the shorter remaining term to maturity.
 
(6) If fewer than five but more than two primary dealers are quoting offered rates as described in clause (5) above, then the CMT Rate for the relevant CMT Determination Date will be based on the arithmetic mean of the offered rates so obtained, and neither the highest nor the lowest of those quotations will be disregarded.
 
(7) If two or fewer primary dealers are quoting offered rates as described in clause (5) above, the CMT Rate in effect for the new Dividend Period will be the CMT Rate in effect for the prior Dividend Period.
 
“H.15(519)” means the weekly statistical release entitled “Statistical Release H.15(519),” or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
 
Absent manifest error, Freddie Mac’s determination of the CMT Rate and the dividend rate will be final and binding.
 
No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends


 

have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(c) If, prior to July 26, 2002, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that reduce or eliminate the percentage of the dividends-received deduction as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), including any change applicable only to certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Preferred Stock, certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by the Corporation, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.
 
The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to Section 2(a) (before adjustment) by a factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
 
1 - .35 (1 - .70)
1 - .35 (1 - DRP)
 
For the purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question is less than 50%, then the DRP will equal .50. In the event an adjustment to any dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is made pursuant to this Section 2(c), the resulting dividend rate may exceed  % per annum. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, or a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction for certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Preferred Stock, will give rise to an adjustment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein shall mean dividends as adjusted by the DRD


 

Formula. The Corporation’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review, absent manifest error.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased. Instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (y) the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, shall be payable (if declared) to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.
 
If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), the Corporation shall pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the sum of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. The Corporation will make only one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence must be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
 
In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will give notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, any Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.


 

(e) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (including any adjustments due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(f) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to March 31, 2003. On that date and on March 31 every two years thereafter, subject to the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the


 

holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such


 

classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled (including any adjustment due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts


 

distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Executive Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:


 

(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 26th day of January, 2001.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.12
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
VARIABLE RATE, NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 2001-03 on March 2, 2001, which Resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolution, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 4 million shares.* The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 26, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 5, 1999, the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 19, 1999, the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997, the 6.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 1, 1996 and the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
* Plus up to 600,000 additional shares pursuant to Underwriters’ overallotment option.


 

2. Dividends
 
(a) Holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, ratably, non-cumulative quarterly cash dividends which will accrue from but not including March 23, 2001 and will be payable on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), beginning on June 30, 2001, when as and if declared by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available for dividend payments. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend will be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. For these purposes, “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. Dividends will be paid to holders of record on the record date fixed by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days or later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date.
 
The dividend rate for the period from March 23, 2001 through and including March 31, 2002 will be 4.50%. Thereafter, dividends will accrue at a variable per annum rate (not greater than 11%) equal to the “12-Month LIBOR Rate” (as defined below) minus 0.20%. On April 1, 2002, and on April 1 every year thereafter, the previous dividend rate will be replaced by a new dividend rate equal to the then-current 12-Month LIBOR Rate minus 0.20%. The 12-Month LIBOR Rate for each one-year period will be determined by Freddie Mac on the second “LIBOR Business Day” (defined as any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks are open for business in London) immediately preceding the first day of such period (each, a “LIBOR Determination Date”). If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the “Dividend Period” from but not including March 23, 2001 through and including June 30, 2001, will be $0.61875 per share and will be payable on June 30, 2001. Thereafter, the “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date will be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. The amount of each dividend payable shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360-day year. If Freddie Mac redeems the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of redemption will be included in the redemption price of the shares redeemed and will not be separately payable.
 
(b) The “12-Month LIBOR Rate” will be the rate (not greater than 11.20%) determined as follows, in the following order of priority:
 
1. The 12-Month LIBOR Rate for any LIBOR Determination Date will be the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a twelve-month maturity that appears on Bridge Telerate Capital Markets Report Page 3750 or any successor to such page (“Telerate Page 3750”) as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related LIBOR Determination Date;
 
2. If the applicable rate described in clause 1 above is not displayed on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related LIBOR Determination Date, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/128%) of the rates (expressed as percentages per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a twelve-month maturity that appear on Reuters Monitor Money Rates Page LIBO or any successor to such


 

page (“Reuters Page LIBO”) as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date;
 
3. If the applicable rate described in clause 2 above is not displayed on Reuters Page LIBO as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date, Freddie Mac will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for Eurodollar deposits having a twelve-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/128%) of such quotations;
 
4. If fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause 3 above, Freddie Mac will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in Eurodollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/128%) of such quotations; and
 
5. If fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause 4 above, LIBOR will be LIBOR determined with respect to the Dividend Period immediately preceding such current Dividend Period.
 
If the rate for the Eurodollar deposits having a twelve-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related LIBOR Determination Date is superseded on Telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, by a corrected rate before 12:00 noon (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date, the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the applicable LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date.
 
Absent manifest error, Freddie Mac’s determination of the 12-Month LIBOR Rate and the dividend rate will be final and binding.
 
No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(c) If, prior to September 23, 2002, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that reduce or eliminate the percentage of the dividends-received deduction as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor


 

provision (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), including any change applicable only to certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by the Corporation, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.
 
The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to Section 2(a) (before adjustment) by a factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
 
1 - .35 (1 - .70)
1 - .35 (1 - DRP)
 
For the purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question is less than 50%, then the DRP will equal .50. In the event an adjustment to any dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is made pursuant to this Section 2(c), the resulting dividend rate may exceed 11% per annum. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, or a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction for certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, will give rise to an adjustment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein shall mean dividends as adjusted by the DRD Formula. The Corporation’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review, absent manifest error.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased. Instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (y) the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, shall be payable (if declared) to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.


 

If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), the Corporation shall pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the sum of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. The Corporation will make only one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence must be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
 
In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will give notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, any Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(e) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the


 

Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (including any adjustments due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(f) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to March 31, 2003. On that date and on March 31 every year thereafter, subject to the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.


 

5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled (including any adjustment due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this


 

Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge


 

liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Executive Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for


 

authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 23rd day of March, 2001.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.13
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
5.81% NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 2001-03 on March 2, 2001, which Resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolution, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 3 million shares.* The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 26, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 5, 1999, the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 19, 1999, the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997, the 6.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 1, 1996 and the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
* Plus up to 450,000 additional shares pursuant to Underwriters’ overallotment option.


 

2. Dividends
 
(a) The holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative, cash dividends at the annual rate of 5.81%, or $2.905, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including March 23, 2001 and are payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on June 30, 2001. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. For these purposes, “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. The “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date shall be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date (or from but not including March 23, 2001 in the case of the first Dividend Payment Date) through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. The dividend payable in respect of the first Dividend Period will be $0.78274 per share. The amount of dividends payable in respect of any quarterly Dividend Period other than the first Dividend Period shall be computed at a rate equal to 5.81% divided by 4; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(b) If, prior to September 23, 2002, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that reduce or eliminate the percentage of the dividends-received deduction as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), including any change applicable only to certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by the Corporation, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.


 

The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to Section 2(a) (before adjustment) by a factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
 
1 - .35 (1 - .70)
1 - .35 (1 - DRP)
 
For the purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question is less than 50%, then the DRP will equal .50. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, or a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction for certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, will give rise to an adjustment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein shall mean dividends as adjusted by the DRD Formula. The Corporation’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review, absent manifest error.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased. Instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (y) the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, shall be payable (if declared) to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.
 
If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), the Corporation shall pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date


 

following the date of enactment) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the sum of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. The Corporation will make only one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence must be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
 
In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will give notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, any Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(d) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (including any adjustments due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(e) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.


 

3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to March 31, 2011. Subject to this limitation and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.


 

7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled (including any adjustment due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.


 

8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.


 

(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Executive Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred


 

Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 23rd day of March, 2001.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.14
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
VARIABLE RATE, NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 2001-03 on March 2, 2001, which Resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolution, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 3,500,000 shares.* The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the 6% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 26, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 5, 1999, the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 19, 1999, the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997, the 6.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 1, 1996 and the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
* Plus up to 525,000 additional shares pursuant to Underwriters’ overallotment option.


 

2. Dividends
 
(a) Holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, ratably, non-cumulative quarterly cash dividends which will accrue from but not including May 30, 2001 and will be payable on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), beginning on September 30, 2001, when as and if declared by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available for dividend payments. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend will be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. Dividends will be paid to holders of record on the record date fixed by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days or later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date.
 
The dividend rate for the period from May 30, 2001 through and including June 30, 2003 will be 4.48%. Thereafter, dividends will accrue at a variable per annum rate (not greater than 11%) equal to the “CMT Rate” (as defined below) plus 0.20%. On July 1, 2003, and on July 1 every two years thereafter, the previous dividend rate will be replaced by a new dividend rate equal to the then-current CMT Rate plus 0.20%. The CMT Rate for each two-year period will be determined by Freddie Mac on the second Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such period (each, a “CMT Determination Date”). If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the “Dividend Period” from but not including May 30, 2001 through and including September 30, 2001, will be $0.74667 per share and will be payable on September 30, 2001. Thereafter, the “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date will be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. The amount of each dividend payable for any period shorter than a full Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. The amount of dividends payable for each full Dividend Period will be determined by dividing the annual dividend by four. If Freddie Mac redeems the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of redemption will be included in the redemption price of the shares redeemed and will not be separately payable.
 
(b) The “CMT Rate” for any CMT Determination Date will be the rate (not greater than 10.80%) equal to:
 
(1) the weekly average interest rate of U.S. Treasury securities having an index maturity of two years for the week that ends immediately before the week in which the relevant CMT Determination Date falls, as that rate appears on page “7052” on Telerate (or such other page as may replace the 7052 page on that service or any successor service) under the heading “. . . Treasury Constant Maturities . . . Federal Reserve Board Release H.15 . . . Mondays Approximately 3:45 p.m.”
 
(2) If the applicable rate described in clause (1) above is not displayed on Telerate page 7052 at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant CMT Determination Date, then the CMT Rate will be the Treasury constant maturity rate applicable to a two-year index maturity for the weekly average as published in H.15(519) (as defined below).


 

(3) If the applicable rate described in clause (2) above does not appear in H.15(519) at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant CMT Determination Date, then the CMT Rate will be the Treasury constant maturity rate, or other U.S. Treasury rate, applicable to a two-year index maturity with reference to the relevant CMT Determination Date, that:
 
(A) is published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the U.S. Department of the Treasury; and
 
(B) is determined by Freddie Mac to be comparable to the applicable rate formerly displayed on Telerate page 7052 and published in H.15(519).
 
(4) If the rate described in clause (3) above does not appear at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant CMT Determination Date, then the CMT Rate will be the yield to maturity of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates for Treasury notes having an original maturity of approximately two years and a remaining term to maturity of not less than one year, and in a representative amount, as of approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant CMT Determination Date, as quoted by three primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City selected by Freddie Mac. In selecting these offered rates, Freddie Mac will request quotations from five primary dealers and will disregard the highest quotation — or, if there is equality, one of the highest — and the lowest quotation — or, if there is equality, one of the lowest. Treasury notes are direct, non-callable, fixed rate obligations of the U.S. government.
 
(5) If Freddie Mac is unable to obtain three quotations of the kind described in clause (4) above, the CMT Rate will be the yield to maturity of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates for Treasury notes with an original maturity longer than two years and a remaining term to maturity closest to two years, and in a representative amount, as of approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant CMT Determination Date, as quoted by three primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City selected by Freddie Mac. In selecting these offered rates, Freddie Mac will request quotations from five primary dealers and will disregard the highest quotation — or, if there is equality, one of the highest — and the lowest quotation — or, if there is equality, one of the lowest. If two Treasury notes with an original maturity longer than two years have remaining terms to maturity that are equally close to two years, Freddie Mac will obtain quotations for the Treasury note with the shorter remaining term to maturity.
 
(6) If fewer than five but more than two primary dealers are quoting offered rates as described in clause (5) above, then the CMT Rate for the relevant CMT Determination Date will be based on the arithmetic mean of the offered rates so obtained, and neither the highest nor the lowest of those quotations will be disregarded.
 
(7) If two or fewer primary dealers are quoting offered rates as described in clause (5) above, the CMT Rate in effect for the new Dividend Period will be the CMT Rate in effect for the prior Dividend Period.
 
“H.15(519)” means the weekly statistical release entitled “Statistical Release H.15(519),” or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
 
Absent manifest error, Freddie Mac’s determination of the CMT Rate and the dividend rate will be final and binding.


 

No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(c) If, prior to November 30, 2002, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that reduce or eliminate the percentage of the dividends-received deduction as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), including any change applicable only to certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by the Corporation, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.
 
The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to Section 2(a) (before adjustment) by a factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
 
1 - .35 (1 - .70)
1 - .35 (1 - DRP)
 
For the purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question is less than 50%, then the DRP will equal .50. In the event an adjustment to any dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is made pursuant to this Section 2(c), the resulting dividend rate may exceed 11% per annum. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, or a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction for certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, will give rise to an adjustment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion


 

referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein shall mean dividends as adjusted by the DRD Formula. The Corporation’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review, absent manifest error.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased. Instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (y) the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, shall be payable (if declared) to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.
 
If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), the Corporation shall pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the sum of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. The Corporation will make only one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence must be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
 
In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will give notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, any Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to


 

time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(e) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (including any adjustments due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(f) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to June 30, 2003. On that date and on June 30 every two years thereafter, subject to the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the


 

Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the


 

respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled (including any adjustment due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.


 

(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Executive Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or


 

questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 30th day of May, 2001.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.15
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
6% NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 2001-03 on March 2, 2001, which Resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolution, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 6% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “6% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 3,000,000 shares.* The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 26, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 5, 1999, the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 19, 1999, the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997, the 6.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 1, 1996 and the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
* Plus up to 450,000 additional shares pursuant to Underwriters’ overallotment option.


 

2. Dividends
 
(a) The holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative, cash dividends at the annual rate of 6%, or $3.00, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including May 30, 2001 and are payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on September 30, 2001. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. The “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date shall be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date (or from but not including May 30, 2001 in the case of the first Dividend Payment Date) through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. The dividend payable in respect of the first Dividend Period will be $1.00 per share. The amount of dividends payable in respect of any quarterly Dividend Period other than the first Dividend Period shall be computed at a rate equal to 6% divided by 4; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(b) If, prior to November 30, 2002, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that reduce or eliminate the percentage of the dividends-received deduction as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), including any change applicable only to certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by the Corporation, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.


 

The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to Section 2(a) (before adjustment) by a factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
 
1 - .35 (1 - .70)
1 - .35 (1 - DRP)
 
For the purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question is less than 50%, then the DRP will equal .50. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, or a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction for certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, will give rise to an adjustment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein shall mean dividends as adjusted by the DRD Formula. The Corporation’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review, absent manifest error.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased. Instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (y) the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, shall be payable (if declared) to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.
 
If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), the Corporation shall pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of the dividend


 

paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the sum of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. The Corporation will make only one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence must be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
 
In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will give notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, any Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(d) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (including any adjustments due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(e) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to June 30, 2006. Subject to this limitation and the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred


 

Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding


 

shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled (including any adjustment due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.


 

9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.


 

(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Executive Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to


 

the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 30th day of May, 2001.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.16
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
5.7% NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 2001-03 on March 2, 2001 and adopted FHLMC Resolution 2001-32 on September 7, 2001, which resolutions are now, and at all times since such dates have been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolutions, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 5.7% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “5.7% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 6,000,000 shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the 6% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001 and June 1, 2001, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 26, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 5, 1999, the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 19, 1999, the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997, the 6.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 1, 1996 and the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).


 

2. Dividends
 
(a) The holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends at the annual rate of 5.7%, or $2.85, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including October 30, 2001 and are payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on December 31, 2001. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. The “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date shall be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date (or from but not including October 30, 2001 in the case of the first Dividend Payment Date) through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. The dividend payable in respect of the first Dividend Period will be $0.475 per share. The amount of dividends payable in respect of any quarterly Dividend Period other than the first Dividend Period shall be computed at a rate equal to 5.7% divided by 4; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(b) If, prior to April 30, 2003, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that reduce or eliminate the percentage of the dividends-received deduction as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), including any change applicable only to certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by the Corporation, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.


 

The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to Section 2(a) (before adjustment) by a factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
 
1 - .35 (1 - .70)
1 - .35 (1 - DRP)
 
For the purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question is less than 50%, then the DRP will equal .50. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, or a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction for certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, will give rise to an adjustment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein shall mean dividends as adjusted by the DRD Formula. The Corporation’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review, absent manifest error.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased. Instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (y) the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, shall be payable (if declared) to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.
 
If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), the Corporation shall pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of the dividend


 

paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the sum of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. The Corporation will make only one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence must be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
 
In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will give notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, any Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(d) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (including any adjustments due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(e) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to December 31, 2006. Subject to this limitation and the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative


 

Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding


 

shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled (including any adjustment due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.


 

9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.


 

(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Executive Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to


 

the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 30th day of October, 2001.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.17
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
5.81% NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, MAUD MATER, Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 2001-32 on September 7, 2001, which Resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolution, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 6,000,000 shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with the 5.7% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 30, 2001, the 6% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001 and June 1, 2001, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 26, 2001, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 5, 1999, the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 19, 1999, the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997, the 6.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 1, 1996 and the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) The holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends at the annual rate of 5.81%, or $2.905, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including January 29, 2002 and are payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on March 31, 2002. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend


 

shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed. The “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date shall be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date (or from but not including January 29, 2002 in the case of the first Dividend Payment Date) through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. The dividend payable in respect of the first Dividend Period will be $0.492236 per share. The amount of dividends payable in respect of any quarterly Dividend Period other than the first Dividend Period shall be computed at a rate equal to 5.81% divided by 4; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the next preceding sentence.
 
(b) If, prior to July 29, 2003, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that reduce or eliminate the percentage of the dividends-received deduction as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), including any change applicable only to certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by the Corporation, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.
 
The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to Section 2(a) (before adjustment) by a factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
 
1 - .35 (1 - .70)
1 - .35 (1 - DRP)
 
For the purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question is less than 50%, then the DRP will equal .50. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, or a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction for certain categories of stock, which change is applicable to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, will give rise to an adjustment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the


 

“IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein shall mean dividends as adjusted by the DRD Formula. The Corporation’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review, absent manifest error.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased. Instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (y) the dividend paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date, shall be payable (if declared) to holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.
 
If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), the Corporation shall pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the sum of the dividend paid by the Corporation on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. The Corporation will make only one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by the Corporation or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence must be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
 
In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will give notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, any Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(d) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-


 

Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (including any adjustments due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(e) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to March 31, 2007. Subject to this limitation and the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchanges, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.


 

6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2 above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the full amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled (including any adjustment due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage) bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by Resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.


 

9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption of liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Executive Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary. Such


 

notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.


 

(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 29th day of January, 2002.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Maud Mater
Maud Mater, Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.18
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
VARIABLE RATE, NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, KEVIN I. MACKENZIE, Assistant Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 2005-29 on October 5, 2005, which resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolution, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 15,000,000 shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and upon liquidation, on a parity with (a) the 6.42% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 17, 2006, (b) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 29, 2002, (c) the 5.7% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 30, 2001, (d) the 6% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001, (e) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001 and June 1, 2001, (f) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (g) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (h) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 26, 2001, (i) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 5, 1999, (j) the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, (k) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 19, 1999, (l) the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, (m) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, (n) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, (o) the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, (p) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, (q) the 6.14% Non-


 

Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997 and (r) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) Holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including July 17, 2006 and will be payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on September 30, 2006. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend will be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed, or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed.
 
If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the period from but not including July 17, 2006 through and including September 30, 2006, will be 6.00% per annum or $0.625 per share. Thereafter, dividends will accrue from Dividend Period to Dividend Period at a variable per annum rate (not less than 4.00% per annum) equal to the sum of 3-Month LIBOR (as defined in clause (b) below) and 0.50% with the resulting dividend per share being rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded up). Except for the initial Dividend Payment Date, the “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date will be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date through and including the related Dividend Payment Date. Freddie Mac will calculate the dividend rate for each Dividend Period based on 3-Month LIBOR determined as of two London Business Days (defined as any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks are open for business in London) prior to the first day of such Dividend Period (each, a “LIBOR Determination Date”). The amount of each dividend payable for any period shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed during such period and a 360-day year.
 
Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor less than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not


 

have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the preceding sentence.
 
(b) “3-Month LIBOR” means, with respect to a Dividend Period relating to a Dividend Payment Date (in the following order of priority):
 
(i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Moneyline Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related LIBOR Determination Date;
 
(ii) if such rate does not appear on Moneyline Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related LIBOR Determination Date, 3-Month LIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/128 of 1%) of the rates (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appear on Reuters Monitor Money Rates Page LIBO (“Reuters Page LIBO”) as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date;
 
(iii) if such rate does not appear on Reuters Page LIBO as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related LIBOR Determination Date, Freddie Mac shall request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/128 of 1%) of such quotations;
 
(iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, Freddie Mac shall request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in Eurodollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/128 of 1%) of such quotations; and
 
(v) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iv) above, 3-Month LIBOR shall be the 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Dividend Period immediately preceding such current Dividend Period.
 
If the rate for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Moneyline Telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related LIBOR Determination Date is superseded on Moneyline Telerate Page 3750 or Reuters Page LIBO, as the case may be, by a corrected rate before 12:00 noon (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date, such corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page shall be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date. In the absence of clear error, Freddie Mac’s determination of 3-Month LIBOR and the dividend rate for the applicable Dividend Period will be final and binding.
 
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to


 

time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(d) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(e) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to June 30, 2011. Subject to this limitation and the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption, whether or not declared. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable. If Freddie Mac redeems the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of redemption will be included in the redemption price of the shares redeemed and will not be separately payable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchange, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred


 

Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed, other than the right to receive the redemption price for such redeemed shares.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the amount which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to


 

receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts


 

or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Vice President and Deputy General Counsel — Securities. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time.


 

Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.


 

(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 17th day of July, 2006.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Kevin I. MacKenzie
Kevin I. MacKenzie, Assistant Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.19
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
6.42% NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, KEVIN I. MACKENZIE, Assistant Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 2005-29 on October 5, 2005, which resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolutions, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 6.42% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “6.42% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 5,000,000 shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and distributions upon liquidation, on a parity with (a) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 17, 2006, (b) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 29, 2002, (c) the 5.7% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 30, 2001, (d) the 6% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001, (e) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001 and June 1, 2001, (f) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (g) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (h) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 26, 2001, (i) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 5, 1999, (j) the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, (k) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 19, 1999, (l) the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, (m) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, (n) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, (o) the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, (p) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, (q) the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997 and


 

(r) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) Holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends at the annual rate of 6.42%, or $3.21, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including July 17, 2006 and will be payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on September 30, 2006. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed, or (c) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed.
 
If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the period from, but not including, July 17, 2006 through and including September 30, 2006, will be $0.65092 per share. Thereafter, dividends will accrue from Dividend Period to Dividend Period at a rate equal to 6.42% divided by four; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Except for the initial Dividend Payment Date, the “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date will be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date through and including the related Dividend Payment Date.
 
Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the preceding sentence.
 
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to


 

time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(c) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(d) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to June 30, 2011. Subject to this limitation and the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption, whether or not declared. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable. If Freddie Mac redeems the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of redemption will be included in the redemption price of the shares redeemed and will not be separately payable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchange, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred


 

Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed, other than the right to receive the redemption price for such redeemed shares.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $50.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the amount which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to


 

receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts


 

or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Vice President and Deputy General Counsel — Securities. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time.


 

Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.


 

(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 17th day of July, 2006.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Kevin I. MacKenzie
Kevin I. MacKenzie, Assistant Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.20
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
5.9% NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, KEVIN I. MACKENZIE, Assistant Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted FHLMC Resolution 2005-29 on October 5, 2005, which resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolutions, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 5.9% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “5.9% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 20,000,000 shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and distributions upon liquidation, on a parity with (a) the 6.42% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 17, 2006, (b) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 17, 2006, (c) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 29, 2002, (d) the 5.7% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 30, 2001, (e) the 6% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001, (f) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001 and June 1, 2001, (g) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (h) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (i) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 26, 2001, (j) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 5, 1999, (k) the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, (l) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 19, 1999, (m) the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, (n) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, (o) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, (p) the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, (q) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, (r) the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred


 

Stock issued on June 3, 1997 and (s) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) Holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends at the annual rate of 5.9%, or $1.475, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including October 16, 2006 and will be payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on December 31, 2006. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed, or (c) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed.
 
If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the period from but not including October 16, 2006 through and including December 31, 2006, will be $0.303 per share. Thereafter, dividends will accrue from Dividend Period to Dividend Period at a rate equal to 5.9% divided by four; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Except for the initial Dividend Payment Date, the “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date will be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date through and including the related Dividend Payment Date.
 
Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the preceding sentence.
 
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to


 

time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(c) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(d) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to September 30, 2011. Subject to this limitation and the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $25.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption, whether or not declared. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable. If Freddie Mac redeems the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of redemption will be included in the redemption price of the shares redeemed and will not be separately payable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchange, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred


 

Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed, other than the right to receive the redemption price for such redeemed shares.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $25.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the amount which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to


 

receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts


 

or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Vice President and Deputy General Counsel — Securities. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time.


 

Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.


 

(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 16th day of October, 2006.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Kevin I. MacKenzie
Kevin I. MacKenzie, Assistant Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.21
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
5.57% NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, KEVIN I. MACKENZIE, Assistant Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted Resolutions FHLMC 2005-29 and FHLMC 2006-04 on October 5, 2005 and March 3, 2006, respectively, which resolutions are now, and at all times since such dates have been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolutions, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 5.57% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “5.57% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 44,000,000 shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and distributions upon liquidation, on a parity with (a) the 5.9% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 16, 2006, (b) the 6.42% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 17, 2006, (c) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 17, 2006, (d) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 29, 2002, (e) the 5.7% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 30, 2001, (f) the 6% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001, (g) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001 and June 1, 2001, (h) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (i) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (j) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 26, 2001, (k) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 5, 1999, (l) the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, (m) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 19, 1999, (n) the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, (o) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, (p) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, (q) the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, (r) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative


 

Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, (s) the 6.14% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on June 3, 1997 and (t) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) Holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends at the annual rate of 5.57%, or $1.3925, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including January 16, 2007 and will be payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on March 31, 2007. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed, or (c) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed.
 
If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the period from but not including January 16, 2007 through and including March 31, 2007, will be $0.28624 per share. Thereafter, dividends will accrue from Dividend Period to Dividend Period at a rate equal to 5.57% divided by four; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Except for the initial Dividend Payment Date, the “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date will be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date through and including the related Dividend Payment Date.
 
Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the preceding sentence.
 
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to


 

time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(c) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(d) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to December 31, 2011. Subject to this limitation and the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $25.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption, whether or not declared. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable. If Freddie Mac redeems the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of redemption will be included in the redemption price of the shares redeemed and will not be separately payable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchange, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred


 

Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed, other than the right to receive the redemption price for such redeemed shares.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $25.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the amount which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to


 

receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts


 

or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Vice President and Deputy General Counsel — Securities. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time.


 

Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.


 

(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 16th day of January, 2007.
 
 
[Seal]
 
/s/  Kevin I. MacKenzie
Kevin I. MacKenzie, Assistant Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.22
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
5.66% NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, KEVIN I. MACKENZIE, Assistant Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted Resolution FHLMC 2007-04 on March 2, 2007, which resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolution, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 5.66% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “5.66% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 20,000,000 shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and distributions upon liquidation, on a parity with (a) the 5.57% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 16, 2007, (b) the 5.9% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 16, 2006, (c) the 6.42% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 17, 2006, (d) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 17, 2006, (e) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 29, 2002, (f) the 5.7% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 30, 2001, (g) the 6% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001, (h) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001 and June 1, 2001, (i) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (j) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (k) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 26, 2001, (l) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 5, 1999, (m) the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, (n) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 19, 1999, (o) the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, (p) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, (q) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, (r) the 5% Non-Cumulative


 

Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, (s) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997 and (t) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) Holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends at the annual rate of 5.66%, or $1.415, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including April 16, 2007 and will be payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on June 30, 2007. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed, or (c) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed.
 
If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the period from but not including April 16, 2007 through and including June 30, 2007, will be $0.29086 per share. Thereafter, dividends will accrue from Dividend Period to Dividend Period at a rate equal to 5.66% divided by four; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Except for the initial Dividend Payment Date, the “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date will be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date through and including the related Dividend Payment Date.
 
Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the preceding sentence.
 
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to


 

time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(c) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(d) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to March 31, 2012. Subject to this limitation and the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $25.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption, whether or not declared. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable. If Freddie Mac redeems the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of redemption will be included in the redemption price of the shares redeemed and will not be separately payable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchange, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred


 

Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed, other than the right to receive the redemption price for such redeemed shares.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $25.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the amount which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to


 

receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts


 

or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Vice President and Deputy General Counsel — Securities. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time.


 

Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.


 

(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 16th day of April, 2007.
 
 
[Seal]
 
/s/  Kevin I. MacKenzie
Kevin I. MacKenzie, Assistant Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.23
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
6.02% NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, KEVIN I. MACKENZIE, Assistant Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted Resolution FHLMC 2007-04 on March 2, 2007, which resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolutions, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 6.02% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “6.02% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 20,000,000 shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and distributions upon liquidation, on a parity with (a) the 5.66% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 16, 2007, (b) the 5.57% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 16, 2007, (c) the 5.9% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 16, 2006, (d) the 6.42% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 17, 2006, (e) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 17, 2006, (f) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 29, 2002, (g) the 5.7% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 30, 2001, (h) the 6% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001, (i) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001 and June 1, 2001, (j) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (k) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (l) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 26, 2001, (m) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 5, 1999, (n) the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, (o) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 19, 1999, (p) the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, (q) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, (r) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred


 

Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, (s) the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, (t) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997 and (u) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) Holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends at the annual rate of 6.02%, or $1.505, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including July 24, 2007 and will be payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on September 30, 2007. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed, or (c) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed.
 
If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the period from but not including July 24, 2007 through and including September 30, 2007, will be $0.27592 per share. Thereafter, dividends will accrue from Dividend Period to Dividend Period at a rate equal to 6.02% divided by four; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Except for the initial Dividend Payment Date, the “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date will be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date through and including the related Dividend Payment Date.
 
Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the preceding sentence.
 
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the


 

payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(c) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(d) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to June 30, 2012. Subject to this limitation and the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $25.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption, whether or not declared. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable. If Freddie Mac redeems the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of redemption will be included in the redemption price of the shares redeemed and will not be separately payable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchange, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred


 

Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed, other than the right to receive the redemption price for such redeemed shares.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $25.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the amount which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to


 

receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts


 

or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Vice President and Deputy General Counsel — Securities. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time.


 

Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.


 

(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 24th day of July, 2007.
 
 
[Seal]
 
/s/  Kevin I. MacKenzie
Kevin I. MacKenzie, Assistant Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.24
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
6.55% NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, KEVIN I. MACKENZIE, Assistant Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted Resolution FHLMC 2007-25 on September 7, 2007, which resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolutions, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The 6.55% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “6.55% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 20,000,000 shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, both as to dividends and distributions upon liquidation, on a parity with (a) the 6.02% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 24, 2007, (b) the 5.66% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 16, 2007, (c) the 5.57% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 16, 2007, (d) the 5.9% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 16, 2006, (e) the 6.42% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 17, 2006, (f) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 17, 2006, (g) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 29, 2002, (h) the 5.7% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 30, 2001, (i) the 6% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001, (j) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001 and June 1, 2001, (k) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (l) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (m) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 26, 2001, (n) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 5, 1999, (o) the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, (p) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 19, 1999, (q) the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, (r) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, (s) the


 

Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, (t) the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, (u) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997 and (v) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) Holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends at the annual rate of 6.55%, or $1.6375, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including September 28, 2007 and will be payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on December 31, 2007. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend shall be paid not later than the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed, or (c) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed.
 
If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the period from but not including September 28, 2007 through and including December 31, 2007, will be $0.41847 per share. Thereafter, dividends will accrue from Dividend Period to Dividend Period at a rate equal to 6.55% divided by four; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Except for the initial Dividend Payment Date, the “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date will be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date through and including the related Dividend Payment Date.
 
Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the preceding sentence.


 

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(c) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(d) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to September 30, 2017. Subject to this limitation and the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $25.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of such redemption, whether or not declared. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable. If Freddie Mac redeems the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of redemption will be included in the redemption price of the shares redeemed and will not be separately payable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred


 

Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchange, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed, other than the right to receive the redemption price for such redeemed shares.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $25.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the


 

payment of the amount which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.
 
9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up


 

of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Vice President and Deputy General Counsel — Securities. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time.


 

Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment. The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.


 

(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 28th day of September, 2007.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Kevin I. MacKenzie
Kevin I. MacKenzie, Assistant Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.25
 
FREDDIE MAC
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF CREATION, DESIGNATION, POWERS,
PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS
of
FIXED-TO-FLOATING RATE NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
 
I, KEVIN I. MACKENZIE, Assistant Secretary of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise of the United States of America (“Freddie Mac” or the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that, pursuant to authority vested in the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac by Section 306(f) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. §1455(f)), the Board of Directors adopted Resolution FHLMC 2007-27 on November 26, 2007, which resolution is now, and at all times since such date has been, in full force and effect, and that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to the authority delegated to him by such resolution, approved the final terms of the public issuance and sale of the preferred stock of Freddie Mac designated above.
 
The Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have the following designation, powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms and conditions:
 
1. Designation, Par Value, Number of Shares and Seniority
 
The class of preferred stock of Freddie Mac created hereby (the “Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock”) shall be designated “Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,” shall have a par value of $1.00 per share and shall consist of 240,000,000 shares. The Board of Directors shall be permitted to increase the authorized number of such shares at any time. The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the Voting Common Stock of Freddie Mac (the “Common Stock”) to the extent provided in this Certificate and shall rank, as to both dividends and distributions upon liquidation, on a parity with (a) the 6.55% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 28, 2007, (b) the 6.02% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 24, 2007, (c) the 5.66% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 16, 2007, (d) the 5.57% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 16, 2007, (e) the 5.9% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 16, 2006, (f) the 6.42% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 17, 2006, (g) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 17, 2006, (h) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 29, 2002, (i) the 5.7% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 30, 2001, (j) the 6% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001, (k) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on May 30, 2001 and June 1, 2001, (l) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (m) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 2001, (n) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on January 26, 2001, (o) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on November 5, 1999, (p) the 5.79% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on July 21, 1999, (q) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock


 

issued on March 19, 1999, (r) the 5.3% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 28, 1998, (s) the 5.1% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998, (t) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on September 23, 1998 and September 29, 1998, (u) the 5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on March 23, 1998, (v) the 5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on October 27, 1997, and (w) the Variable Rate, Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock issued on April 26, 1996 (collectively, the “Existing Preferred Stock”).
 
2. Dividends
 
(a) For each Dividend Period from December 4, 2007 through December 31, 2012, holders of outstanding shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends at the annual rate of 8.375%, or $2.09375, per share of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall accrue from but not including December 4, 2007 and will be payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on March 31, 2008. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a “Business Day,” the related dividend will be paid not later than the next Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. “Business Day” means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which New York City banks are closed, or (iii) a day on which the offices of Freddie Mac are closed.
 
If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the period from but not including December 4, 2007 through and including March 31, 2008, will be $0.67465 per share. Thereafter, through December 31, 2012, dividends will accrue from Dividend Period to Dividend Period at a rate equal to 8.375% divided by four; the amount of dividends payable in respect of any shorter period shall be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Except for the initial Dividend Payment Date, the “Dividend Period” relating to a Dividend Payment Date will be the period from but not including the preceding Dividend Payment Date through and including the related Dividend Payment Date.
 
(b) For the Dividend Period beginning on January 1, 2013 and for each Dividend Period thereafter, dividends will accrue from Dividend Period to Dividend Period at a variable per annum rate equal to the higher of (x) the sum of 3-Month LIBOR (as defined in clause (b) below) and 4.16% and (y) 7.875% per annum, with the resulting dividend per share being rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded up). Freddie Mac will calculate the dividend rate for each Dividend Period on and after January 1, 2013 based on 3-Month LIBOR determined as of two London Business Days (defined as any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks are open for business in London) prior to the first day of such Dividend Period (each, a “LIBOR Determination Date”). The amount of each dividend payable for any Dividend Period beginning on or after January 1, 2013 shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed during such period and a 360-day year.
 
(c) Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as they appear in the books and records of Freddie Mac on such record date as shall be fixed in advance by the Board of Directors, not to be earlier than 45 days nor later than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. No dividends shall be declared or


 

paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking junior to or (except as hereinafter provided) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered by the Board of Directors to be set apart) for payment on the outstanding Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of the then-current Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the holders of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in the event that Freddie Mac shall not have declared or paid or set apart (or the Board of Directors shall not have ordered to be set apart) dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock in respect of any prior Dividend Period. In the event that Freddie Mac shall not pay any one or more dividends or any part thereof on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any claim in respect of such non-payment so long as no dividend is paid on any junior or parity stock in violation of the preceding sentence.
 
(d) “3-Month LIBOR” means, with respect to any Dividend Period beginning on or after January 1, 2013 (in the following order of priority):
 
(i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related LIBOR Determination Date. “Reuters Screen LIBOR01” means the display designated as “Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page” or such other page as may replace Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for Eurodollar deposits. If at least two rates appear on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01, the rate on the LIBOR Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of such rates;
 
(ii) if such rate does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related LIBOR Determination Date, Freddie Mac shall request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/128 of 1%) of such quotations;
 
(iii) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, Freddie Mac shall request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in Eurodollars as of 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on such LIBOR Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/128 of 1%) of such quotations; and
 
(iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR shall be the 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Dividend Period immediately preceding such current Dividend Period. If the applicable Dividend Period for which fewer than two such quotations are provided is the Dividend Period beginning on January 1, 2013, then 3-Month LIBOR will be the rate for Eurodollar deposits having a three-


 

month maturity that appeared, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the most recent London Business Day preceding the LIBOR Determination Date for which the rate was displayed on Reuters Screen LIBOR01.
 
If the rate for Eurodollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related LIBOR Determination Date is superseded on Reuters Screen LIBOR01, by a corrected rate before 12:00 noon (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date, such corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page shall be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date. Freddie Mac shall act as calculation agent for the determination of 3-Month LIBOR and the dividend rate. In the absence of clear error, Freddie Mac’s determination of 3-Month LIBOR and the dividend rate for the applicable Dividend Period will be final and binding.
 
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may choose to pay dividends on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock from time to time outstanding ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.
 
(f) No dividend shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior to or (except as provided herein) on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends. If and whenever dividends, having been declared, shall not have been paid in full, as aforesaid, on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, all such dividends that have been declared on shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of any such other class or series shall be paid pro rata, so that the respective amounts of dividends paid per share on the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on such other class or series shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that the respective amounts of dividends declared but unpaid per share on the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and on the shares of such other class or series bear to each other.
 
(g) Holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, in cash or in property, other than as herein provided and shall not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, on or in respect of any dividend payment.
 
3. Optional Redemption
 
(a) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may not be redeemed prior to December 31, 2012. Subject to the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Freddie Mac may redeem the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, on December 31, 2012 and on each fifth anniversary thereafter, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $25.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the amount of the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the Dividend Period that ends on the date of redemption, accrued through and including the date of such redemption, whether or not declared. If less than all of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Freddie Mac shall select shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as


 

nearly as possible) or by any other method which Freddie Mac in its sole discretion deems equitable. If Freddie Mac redeems the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the Dividend Period ending on the date of redemption will be included in the redemption price of the shares redeemed and will not be separately payable.
 
(b) In the event Freddie Mac shall redeem any or all of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as aforesaid, notice of such redemption shall be given by Freddie Mac by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed neither less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears in the books and records of Freddie Mac. Each such notice shall state the number of shares being redeemed, the redemption price, the redemption date and the place at which such holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock must be presented for cancellation or exchange, as the case may be, upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock being redeemed.
 
(c) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date specified therein and upon payment of the consideration set forth in Section 3(a) above, said shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall cease, with respect to shares so redeemed, other than the right to receive the redemption price for such redeemed shares.
 
(d) Any shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock which shall have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, no longer have the status of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.
 
4. No Voting Rights
 
Except as set forth in Section 9(h) below, the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.
 
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights
 
The holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall not have any right to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for any other class or series of stock or obligations of Freddie Mac.
 
6. No Preemptive Rights
 
No holder of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class of Freddie Mac which at any time may be sold or offered for sale by Freddie Mac.
 
7. Liquidation Rights and Preference
 
(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, after payment of or provision for the liabilities of Freddie Mac and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be


 

made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of $25.00 per share plus an amount, determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above, equal to the dividend, if any, otherwise payable for the then-current Dividend Period accrued through and including the date of payment in respect of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking on a parity with the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock upon liquidation shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders, before any such payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to such parity stock upon liquidation, any corresponding preferential amount to which the holders of such parity stock may, by the terms thereof, be entitled; provided, however, that if the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be insufficient for the payment of the amount which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of such parity stock shall be entitled to receive upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac as aforesaid, then, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 7, all of the assets of Freddie Mac available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to the holders of outstanding shares of such parity stock pro rata, so that the amounts so distributed to holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and to holders of such classes or series of such parity stock, respectively, shall bear to each other the same ratio that the respective distributive amounts to which they are so entitled bear to each other. After the payment of the aforesaid amounts to which they are entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of any such parity stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of Freddie Mac.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock then outstanding shall not be entitled to be paid any amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7 unless and until the holders of any classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac ranking prior upon liquidation to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled pursuant to their respective terms.
 
(c) Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of Freddie Mac, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Freddie Mac into or with any other corporation or entity, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up for the purpose of this Section 7.
 
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock
 
The Board of Directors shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Freddie Mac, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to or on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or otherwise.


 

9. Miscellaneous
 
(a) Any stock of any class or series of Freddie Mac shall be deemed to rank:
 
(i) prior to the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock;
 
(ii) on a parity with shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii) junior to shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or distributions upon liquidation, if such class or series shall be Common Stock, or if the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Freddie Mac, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.
 
(b) Freddie Mac and any agent of Freddie Mac may deem and treat the holder of a share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, as shown in Freddie Mac’s books and records, as the absolute owner of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock for the purpose of receiving payment of dividends in respect of such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither Freddie Mac nor any agent of Freddie Mac shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of any such person shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge liabilities for moneys payable by Freddie Mac on or with respect to any such share or shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(c) The shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
 
(d) The Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be issued, and shall be transferable on the books of Freddie Mac, only in whole shares, it being intended that no fractional interests in shares of Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be created or recognized by Freddie Mac.
 
(e) For purposes of this Certificate, the term “Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and any successor thereto by operation of law or by reason of a merger, consolidation or combination.
 
(f) This Certificate and the respective rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock with respect to such Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except


 

where such law is inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s enabling legislation, its public purposes or any provision of this Certificate.
 
(g) Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon Freddie Mac shall be given or served in writing addressed (unless and until another address shall be published by Freddie Mac) to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attn: Vice President and Deputy General Counsel — Securities. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of a writing by Freddie Mac. Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Certificate is required or permitted to be given or served by Freddie Mac hereunder may be given or served by being deposited first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail addressed (i) to the holder as such holder’s name and address may appear at such time in the books and records of Freddie Mac or (ii) if to a person or entity other than a holder of record of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, to such person or entity at such address as appears to Freddie Mac to be appropriate at such time. Such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing.
 
(h) Freddie Mac, by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate pursuant to the following terms and conditions:
 
(i) Without the consent of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Freddie Mac may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any provision of this Certificate to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Certificate, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock.
 
(ii) The consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of the shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal of the provisions of this Certificate if such amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal would materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations, restrictions, terms or conditions of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock. The creation and issuance of any other class or series of stock, or the issuance of additional shares of any existing class or series of stock of Freddie Mac (including the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock), whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, shall not be deemed to constitute such an amendment, alteration, supplementation or repeal.
 
(iii) Holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on matters on which their consent is required pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (h). In connection with any meeting of such holders, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date, neither earlier than 60 days nor later than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting, and holders of record of shares of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock on such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment.


 

The Board of Directors, or such person or persons as it may designate, may establish reasonable rules and procedures as to the solicitation of the consent of holders of the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock at any such meeting or otherwise, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock may be listed at such time.
 
(i) RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A SHARE OR SHARES OF THE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER (AND ALL OTHERS HAVING BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SUCH SHARE OR SHARES) OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE. NO SIGNATURE OR OTHER FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE NECESSARY FOR ITS OPERATION OR EFFECT AS BETWEEN FREDDIE MAC AND THE HOLDER (AND ALL SUCH OTHERS).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of Freddie Mac this 4 th  day of December, 2007.
 
 
[Seal]
/s/  Kevin I. MacKenzie
Kevin I. MacKenzie, Assistant Secretary

 
Exhibit 4.26
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
GLOBAL DEBT FACILITY AGREEMENT
 
AGREEMENT, dated as of March 17, 2008, among the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ( “Freddie Mac” ) and Holders of Debt Securities (each as hereinafter defined).
 
Whereas:
 
(a)  Freddie Mac is a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the United States (Title III of the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended (the “Freddie Mac Act” )) and has full corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to undertake the obligations undertaken by it herein;
 
(b)  Pursuant to Section 306(a) of the Freddie Mac Act, Freddie Mac is authorized, upon such terms and conditions as it may prescribe, to borrow, to pay interest or other return, and to issue notes, bonds or other obligations or securities; and
 
(c)  To provide funds to permit Freddie Mac to engage in activities consistent with its statutory purposes, Freddie Mac has established a Global Debt Facility (the “Facility” ) and authorized the issuance, from time to time, pursuant to this Agreement, of unsecured general obligations of Freddie Mac or, if so provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement (as hereinafter defined), secured obligations or unsecured subordinated obligations of Freddie Mac ( “Debt Securities” ).
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, it is hereby agreed that the following terms and conditions of this Agreement (including, as to each issue of the Debt Securities, the applicable Supplemental Agreement) shall govern the Debt Securities and the rights and obligations of Freddie Mac and Holders with respect to the Debt Securities.
 
ARTICLE I
 
Definitions
 
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, unless the context otherwise requires.
 
Additional Debt Securities:   Debt Securities issued by Freddie Mac with the same terms (other than Issue Date, interest commencement date and issue price) and conditions as Debt Securities for which settlement has previously occurred so as to form a single series of Debt Securities as specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
Agreement:   This Global Debt Facility Agreement dated as of March 17, 2008, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and successors thereto pursuant to which Freddie Mac issues the Debt Securities.
 
Amortizing Debt Securities:   Debt Securities on which Freddie Mac makes periodic payments of principal during the terms of such Debt Securities as described in the related Supplemental Agreement.
 
Beneficial Owner:   The entity or individual that beneficially owns a Debt Security.


 

Bonds:   Callable or non-callable Debt Securities with maturities of more than ten years.
 
Book-Entry Rules:   The Department of Housing and Urban Development regulations (24 C.F.R. Part 81, Subpart H) applicable to Freddie Mac’s book-entry securities and such procedures as to which Freddie Mac and the FRBNY may agree.
 
Business Day:   (i) With respect to Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities, any day other than (a) a Saturday, (b) a Sunday, (c) a day on which the FRBNY is closed, (d) as to any Holder of a Fed Book-Entry Debt Security, a day on which the Federal Reserve Bank that maintains the Holder’s account is closed, or (e) a day on which Freddie Mac’s offices are closed; and (ii) with respect to Registered Debt Securities, any day other than (a) a Saturday, (b) a Sunday, (c) a day on which banking institutions are closed in (1) the City of New York or (2) if the Specified Payment Currency is other than U.S. dollars or euros, the Principal Financial Center of the country of such Specified Payment Currency, (d) if the Specified Payment Currency is euros, a day on which the TARGET system is not open for settlements, or a day on which payments in euros cannot be settled in the international interbank market as determined by the Global Agent, (e) for any required payment, a day on which banking institutions are closed in the place of payment, or (f) a day on which Freddie Mac’s offices are closed.
 
Calculation Agent:   Freddie Mac or a bank or broker-dealer designated by Freddie Mac in the applicable Supplemental Agreement as the entity responsible for determining the interest rate on a Variable Rate Debt Security.
 
Calculation Date:   In each year, each of those days in the calendar year that are specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement as being the scheduled Interest Payment Dates regardless, for this purpose, of whether any such date is in fact an Interest Payment Date and, for the avoidance of doubt, a “Calculation Date” may occur prior to the Issue Date or after the last Principal Payment Date.
 
Callable Reference Notes:   U.S. dollar denominated, callable Reference Securities with maturities of more than one year.
 
Cap:   A maximum interest rate at which interest may accrue on a Variable Rate Debt Security during any Interest Reset Period.
 
Citibank — London:   Citibank, N.A., London office, the Global Agent for Registered Debt Securities.
 
Citigroup — Frankfurt:   Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG & Co. KGaA, the Registrar for Registered Debt Securities.
 
Clearstream, Luxembourg:   Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, which holds securities for its participants and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants.
 
CMS Determination Date:   The second New York Banking Day preceding the applicable Reset Date.
 
CMS Rate:   The rate for U.S. dollar swap transactions for the applicable Index Currency and applicable Index Maturity, expressed as a percentage, as determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with Section 2.07(i)(N).


2


 

CMT Determination Date:   The second New York Banking Day preceding the applicable Reset Date.
 
CMT Rate:   The weekly average yield, expressed as a per annum rate, on U.S. Treasury Securities, adjusted to a specified constant maturity, as determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with Section 2.07(i)(M).
 
Code:   The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
Common Depositary:   The common depositary for Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or any other applicable clearing system, which will hold Other Registered Debt Securities on behalf of Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or any such other applicable clearing system.
 
Currency Exchange Bank:   The currency exchange bank specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement that will convert any amounts paid by Freddie Mac in a Specified Payment Currency on DTC Registered Debt Securities to U.S. Holders into U.S. dollars.
 
CUSIP Number:   A unique nine-character designation assigned to each Debt Security by the CUSIP Service Bureau and used to identify each issuance of Debt Securities on the records of the Federal Reserve Banks or DTC, as applicable.
 
Day Rate:   The arithmetic mean for each day in a Seven-Day Period as determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with Section 2.07(i)(P)(2).
 
Debt Securities:   Unsecured subordinated or unsubordinated notes, bonds and other debt securities issued from time to time by Freddie Mac under the Facility.
 
Deleverage Factor:   A Multiplier of less than one by which an applicable Index is multiplied.
 
Depository:   DTC or any successor.
 
Deposits:   Deposits commencing on the applicable Reset Date.
 
Designated EURIBOR Reuters Page:   The display on Reuters Page 248 or any successor page or such other page (or any successor page) on that service or any successor service specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement for the purpose of displaying rates for Deposits in euros.
 
Designated EUR-LIBOR Reuters Page:   The display on Reuters Page 3750 or any successor page or such other page (or any successor page) on that service or any successor service specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement for the purpose of displaying rates for Deposits in euros.
 
Designated Reuters Page:   The display on Reuters Page 3750 (or where the Index Currency is Australian dollars, Swiss francs or Yen, Page 3740) or any successor page or such other page (or any successor page) on that service or any successor service specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement for the purpose of displaying British Bankers’ Association interest settlement rates for Deposits in the Index Currency.
 
Determination Date:   The date as of which the rate of interest applicable to an Interest Reset Period is determined.
 
Determination Period:   The period from, and including, one Calculation Date to, but excluding, the next Calculation Date.


3


 

DTC:   The Depository Trust Company, a limited-purpose trust company, which holds securities for DTC participants and facilitates the clearance and settlement of transactions between DTC participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of DTC participants.
 
DTC Registered Debt Securities:   Registered Debt Securities registered in the name of a nominee of DTC, which will clear and settle through the system operated by DTC.
 
EC:   The European Community.
 
EURIBOR:   The rate for Deposits in euros designated as such and sponsored jointly by the European Banking Federation and ACI — the Financial Market Association (or any company established by the joint sponsors for purposes of compiling and publishing such rates), as determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with Section 2.07(i)(J) or as provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
EURIBOR Determination Date:   The second TARGET Business Day preceding the applicable Reset Date, unless EURIBOR is determined in accordance with Section 2.07(i)(J)(3), in which case it means the applicable Reset Date.
 
EUR-LIBOR:   The daily average of the London interbank offered rates for Deposits in euros having the Index Maturity, as determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with Section 2.07(i)(I) or as provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
EUR-LIBOR Determination Date:   The second TARGET Business Day preceding the applicable Reset Date, unless EUR-LIBOR is determined in accordance with Section 2.07(i)(I)(3), in which case it means the applicable Reset Date.
 
Euroclear:   Euroclear System, a depositary that holds securities for its participants and clears and settles transactions between its participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment.
 
Euro Representative Amount:   A principal amount of not less than the equivalent of U.S. $1,000,000 in euros that, in the Calculation Agent’s sole judgment, is representative for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.
 
Euro-Zone:   The region consisting of member states of the European Union that adopt the single currency in accordance with the Treaty.
 
EMU:   European Monetary Union; the convergence of key features of the economies of certain participating European countries, including the adoption of a common monetary unit called the euro.
 
Facility:   The Global Debt Facility described in the Offering Circular dated March 17, 2008 under which Freddie Mac issues the Debt Securities.
 
Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities:   U.S. dollar denominated Debt Securities issued and maintained in book-entry form on the Fed Book-Entry System.
 
Fed Book-Entry System:   The book-entry system of the Federal Reserve Banks which provides book-entry holding and settlement for U.S. dollar denominated securities issued by the U.S. Government, certain of its agencies, instrumentalities, government-sponsored enterprises and international organizations of which the United States is a member.


4


 

Federal Funds Rate (Daily):   The rate determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with Section 2.07(i)(O).
 
Federal Funds Rate (Daily) Determination Date:   The applicable Reset Date; provided, however, that if the Reset Date is not a Business Day, then the Federal Funds Rate (Daily) Determination Date means the Business Day immediately following the applicable Reset Date.
 
Federal Funds Rate (Weekly Average):   The rate determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with Section 2.07(i)(P).
 
Federal Reserve Bank:   Each U.S. Federal Reserve Bank that maintains Debt Securities in book-entry form.
 
Federal Reserve Banks:   Collectively, the Federal Reserve Banks.
 
Fiscal Agency Agreement:   The Uniform Fiscal Agency Agreement between Freddie Mac and the FRBNY.
 
Fiscal Agent:   The FRBNY is fiscal agent for Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities.
 
Fixed Principal Repayment Amount:   An amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of a Debt Security, payable on the applicable Maturity Date or earlier date of redemption or repayment or a specified amount above or below such principal amount, as provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
Fixed Rate Debt Securities:   Debt Securities that bear interest at a single fixed rate.
 
Fixed/Variable Rate Debt Securities:   Debt Securities that bear interest at a single fixed rate during one or more specified periods and at a variable rate determined by reference to one or more Indices, or otherwise, during one or more other periods. As to any such fixed rate period, the provisions of this Agreement relating to Fixed Rate Debt Securities shall apply, and, as to any such variable rate period, the provisions of this Agreement relating to Variable Rate Debt Securities shall apply.
 
Floor:   A minimum interest rate at which interest may accrue on a Debt Security during any Interest Reset Period.
 
Freddie Mac:   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a stockholder-owned United States government-sponsored enterprise chartered pursuant to the Freddie Mac Act.
 
Freddie Mac Act:   Title III of the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended, 12 U.S.C. §1451-1459.
 
FRBNY:   The Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
 
Global Agency Agreement:   The agreement between Freddie Mac, the Global Agent and the Registrar.
 
Global Agent:   The entity selected by Freddie Mac to act as its fiscal, transfer and paying agent for Registered Debt Securities.
 
Holder:   In the case of Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities, the entity whose name appears on the book-entry records of a Federal Reserve Bank as Holder; in the case of Registered Debt Securities in global registered form, the depository, or its nominee, in whose name the Registered Debt Securities are registered on behalf of a related clearing system; and, in the case


5


 

of Registered Debt Securities in definitive registered form, the person or entity in whose name such Debt Securities are registered in the Register.
 
H.15 (519): The weekly statistical release entitled “Statistical Release H.15 (519),” or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
 
Holding Institutions:   Entities eligible to maintain book-entry accounts with a Federal Reserve Bank.
 
Index:   LIBOR, EUR-LIBOR, EURIBOR, Prime Rate, Treasury Rate, CMT Rate, CMS Rate, Federal Funds Rate (Daily), or Federal Funds (Weekly Average) or other specified interest rate, exchange rate or other index, as the case may be.
 
Index Currency:   The currency or currency unit specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement with respect to which an Index will be calculated for a Variable Rate Debt Security; provided, however, that if euros are substituted for such currency or currency unit, the Index Currency will be euros and, with respect to LIBOR, the determination provisions for EUR-LIBOR will apply to such Debt Securities upon such substitution. If no such currency or currency unit is specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, the Index Currency will be U.S. dollars.
 
Index Maturity:   The period with respect to which an Index will be calculated for a Variable Rate Debt Security that is specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
Interest Component:   Each future interest payment, or portion thereof, due on or prior to the Maturity Date, or if the Debt Security is subject to redemption or repayment prior to the Maturity Date, the first date on which such Debt Security is subject to redemption or repayment.
 
Interest Payment Date:   The date or dates on which interest on Debt Securities will be payable in arrears.
 
Interest Payment Period:   Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, the period beginning on (and including) the Issue Date or the most recent Interest Payment Date, as the case may be, and ending on (but excluding) the earlier of the next Interest Payment Date or the Principal Payment Date.
 
Interest Reset Period:   The period beginning on the applicable Reset Date and ending on the calendar day preceding the next Reset Date.
 
Issue Date:   The date on which Freddie Mac wires an issue of Debt Securities to Holders or other date specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
Leverage Factor:   A Multiplier of greater than one by which an applicable Index is multiplied.
 
LIBOR:   The daily average of the London interbank offered rates for Deposits in the Index Currency having the Index Maturity, as determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with Section 2.07(i)(H) or as provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
LIBOR Determination Date:   The second London Banking Day preceding the applicable Reset Date unless the Index Currency is Sterling, in which case it means the applicable Reset Date.


6


 

London Banking Day:   Any day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and deposits in the Index Currency) in London.
 
Maturity Date:   The date, one day or longer from the Issue Date, on which a Debt Security will mature unless redeemed or repaid prior thereto.
 
Multiplier:   A constant or variable number (which may be greater than or less than one) to be multiplied by the relevant Index for a Variable Rate Debt Security.
 
Non-U.S. Currency : Specified Currency other than U.S. dollars.
 
Notes:   Callable or non-callable Debt Securities with maturities of more than one year.
 
New York Banking Day:   Any day other than (a) a Saturday, (b) a Sunday, (c) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are required or permitted by law or executive order to close, or (d) a day on which the FRBNY is closed.
 
Offering Circular:   The Freddie Mac Global Debt Facility Offering Circular dated March 17, 2008 (including any related Offering Circular Supplement) and successors thereto.
 
OID Determination Date:   The last day of the last accrual period ending prior to the date of the meeting of Holders (or, for consents not at a meeting, prior to a date established by Freddie Mac). The accrual period will be the same as the accrual period used by Freddie Mac to determine its deduction for accrued original issue discount under section 163 (e) of the Code.
 
Other Registered Debt Securities:   Registered Debt Securities that are not DTC Registered Debt Securities, that are deposited with a Common Depositary and that will clear and settle through the systems operated by Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or any such other applicable clearing system other than DTC.
 
Pricing Supplement:   A supplement to the Offering Circular that describes the specific terms, of, and provides pricing information and other information for, an issue of Debt Securities or which otherwise amends, modifies or supplements the terms of the Offering Circular.
 
Prime Rate:   The arithmetic mean of the U.S. dollar prime rates or base lending rates, as determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with Section 2.07(i)(K).
 
Prime Rate Determination Date:   The New York Banking Day preceding the applicable Reset Date.
 
Principal Component:   The principal payment plus any interest payments that are either due after the date specified in, or are specified as ineligible for stripping in, the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
Principal Financial Center:   The capital city of the country of the Specified Payment Currency, or solely with respect to the calculation of LIBOR, the Index Currency, as the case may be, as specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement except that with respect to U.S. dollars, Sterling, Yen, the euro and Swiss francs, the Principal Financial Center shall be the City of New York, London, Tokyo, Brussels and Zurich, respectively.
 
Principal Payment Date:   The Maturity Date, or the earlier date of redemption or repayment, if any (whether such redemption or repayment is in whole or in part).


7


 

Range Accrual Debt Securities:   Debt Securities on which no interest may accrue during periods when the applicable index is outside a specified range as described in the related Supplemental Agreement.
 
Record Date:   As to Registered Debt Securities, the fifteenth calendar day preceding an Interest Payment Date. Interest on a Registered Debt Security will be paid to the Holder of such Registered Debt Security as of the close of business on the Record Date.
 
Reference Bonds:   U.S. dollar denominated, non-callable Reference Securities with maturities of more than ten years.
 
Reference Notes:   U.S. dollar denominated, non-callable Reference Securities with maturities of more than one year.
 
Reference Securities:   Scheduled U.S. dollar denominated issues of Debt Securities in large principal amounts, which may be either Callable Reference Notes, Reference Bonds or Reference Notes.
 
Register:   A register of the Holders of Registered Debt Securities maintained by the Registrar.
 
Registered Debt Securities:   Debt Securities issued and maintained in global registered or definitive registered form on the books and records of the Registrar.
 
Registrar:   The entity selected by Freddie Mac to maintain the Register.
 
Reference Treasury Bill Auction:   The most recent auction of Treasury Bills prior to a given Reset Date.
 
Representative Amount:   A principal amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000 (or, if the Index Currency is other than U.S. dollars, a principal amount not less than the equivalent in the Index Currency) that, in the Calculation Agent’s sole judgment, is representative for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.
 
Reset Date:   The date on which a new rate of interest on a Debt Security becomes effective.
 
Reuters US PRIME1 Page:   The display designated as page “USPRIME1”’ on Reuters, or any successor page or such other page (or any successor page) on that service or any successor service specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
Reuters US/FEDRATES1 Page:   The display designated as page “US/FEDRATES1” on Reuters, or any successor page or such other page (or any successor page) on that service or any successor service specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
Senior Obligations:   Unsecured general obligations of Freddie Mac having the same priority as all other unsecured and unsubordinated debt of Freddie Mac and ranking senior to any Subordinated Debt Securities. For any Subordinated Debt Securities offering, the Senior Obligations will be identified by category in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
Seven-Day Period:   As defined in Section 2.07(i)(P)(1).
 
Singapore Stock Exchange:   The Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited.


8


 

Specified Currency:   The currency or currency unit in which a Debt Security may be denominated and in which payments of principal of and interest on a Debt Security may be made.
 
Specified Interest Currency:   The Specified Currency provided for the payment of interest on Debt Securities.
 
Specified Payment Currency:   The term to which the Specified Interest Currency and Specified Principal Currency are referred collectively.
 
Specified Principal Currency:   The Specified Currency provided for the payment of principal on Debt Securities.
 
Spread:   A constant or variable number to be added to or subtracted from the relevant Index for a Variable Rate Debt Security.
 
Step Debt Securities:   Debt Securities that bear interest at different fixed rates during different specified periods.
 
Sterling:   British pounds sterling.
 
Subordinated Debt Securities:   Unsecured subordinated obligations of Freddie Mac ranking junior to any Senior Obligations (as defined in the applicable Supplemental Agreement) and with such other terms, including, but not limited to, terms relating to payment priority or payment suspension, limitation or deferral (if any), as are set forth in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
Supplemental Agreement:   An agreement which, as to the related issuance of Debt Securities, supplements the other provisions of this Agreement and identifies and establishes the particular offering of Debt Securities issued in respect thereof. A Supplemental Agreement may be documented by a supplement to this Agreement, a Pricing Supplement, a confirmation or a terms sheet. A Supplemental Agreement may, as to any particular issuance of Debt Securities, modify, amend or supplement the provisions of this Agreement in any respect whatsoever. A Supplemental Agreement shall be effective and binding as of its publication, whether or not executed by Freddie Mac.
 
TARGET:   The Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer system.
 
TARGET Business Day:   A day on which the TARGET system is operating.
 
Targeted Registered Debt Securities:   Debt Securities “targeted to foreign markets” under U.S. Treasury regulations and offered or sold solely to persons outside the United States or its territories or possessions.
 
Treaty:   The treaty establishing the EC, as amended by the treaty on European Union.
 
Treasury Bills:   Direct obligations of the United States.
 
Treasury Department:   United States Department of the Treasury.
 
Treasury Rate:   The auction average rate for Treasury Bills, as determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with Section 2.07(i)(L).


9


 

Variable Principal Repayment Amount:   The principal amount determined by reference to one or more Indices or otherwise, payable on the applicable Maturity Date or date of redemption or repayment of a Debt Security, as specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
Variable Rate Debt Securities:   Debt Securities that bear interest at a variable rate, and reset periodically, determined by reference to one or more Indices or otherwise.
 
Yen:   Japanese yen.
 
Zero Coupon Debt Securities:   Debt Securities that do not bear interest and are issued at a discount to their principal amount.
 
ARTICLE II
 
Authorization; Certain Terms
 
Section 2.01. Authorization.
 
Debt Securities shall be issued by Freddie Mac in accordance with the authority vested in Freddie Mac by Section 306(a) of the Freddie Mac Act. The indebtedness represented by the Debt Securities shall be unsecured general obligations of Freddie Mac, or, if so provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, secured obligations or unsecured subordinated obligations of Freddie Mac. Debt Securities shall be offered from time to time by Freddie Mac in an unlimited amount and shall be known by the designation given them, and have the Maturity Dates stated, in the applicable Supplemental Agreement. Freddie Mac, in its discretion and at any time, may offer Additional Debt Securities having the same terms and conditions as Debt Securities previously offered. The Debt Securities may be issued as Reference Securities, which includes Callable Reference Notes, Reference Notes and Reference Bonds, or may be issued as any other Debt Securities, denominated in U.S. dollars or other currencies, with maturities of one day or longer and may be in the form of Notes or Bonds or otherwise. Issuances may consist of new issues of Debt Securities or reopenings of an existing issue of Debt Securities.
 
Section 2.02. Other Debt Securities Issued Hereunder.
 
Freddie Mac may from time to time create and issue Debt Securities hereunder which contain terms and conditions not specified in this Agreement. Such Debt Securities shall be governed by the applicable Supplemental Agreement and, to the extent that the terms of this Agreement are not inconsistent with Freddie Mac’s intent in creating and issuing such Debt Securities, by the terms of this Agreement. Such Debt Securities shall be secured obligations or unsecured subordinated obligations of Freddie Mac. If the Debt Securities are secured obligations of Freddie Mac, the provisions of Article V hereof shall apply to such Debt Securities, and if the Debt Securities are unsecured subordinated obligations of Freddie Mac, the provisions of Article VI hereof shall apply to such Debt Securities.
 
Section 2.03. Specified Currencies and Specified Payment Currencies.
 
(a)  Each Debt Security shall be denominated and payable in such Specified Currency as determined by Freddie Mac. Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities will be denominated and payable in U.S. dollars only.
 
(b)  Except under the circumstances provided in Section 2.03(c)(i) and (ii) and Article VI hereof, Freddie Mac shall make payments of any interest on Debt Securities in the Specified Interest Currency and shall make payments of the principal of Debt Securities in the Specified


10


 

Principal Currency. The Specified Currency for the payment of interest and principal with respect to any Debt Security shall be set forth in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
(c)   European Economic and Monetary Union and Unavailability
 
(i)   European Economic and Monetary Union.   The Treaty contemplated that EMU would occur in three stages. On January 1, 1999 the third and final stage of the EMU commenced with the irrevocable fixing of the exchange rates of the currencies of the initial 11 participating member states for interbank transfers in a single currency, the “euro” . Complete replacement of member currencies was completed in 2002. As of the date of this Agreement, the participating member states in the EMU are Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Malta, the Netherlands, Portugal, Slovenia and Spain.
 
(ii)   Unavailability.   Except as set forth below, if the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Debt Security is payable in a Specified Currency other than U.S. dollars and such Specified Currency is not available to Freddie Mac for making required payments due to the imposition of exchange controls, its replacement or disuse or other circumstances beyond the control of Freddie Mac, then Freddie Mac shall be entitled to satisfy its obligations to Holders of the Debt Securities by making such payments in U.S. dollars on the basis of the noon U.S. dollar buying rate in New York City for cable transfers for such Specified Currency published by the FRBNY on the date of such payment, or, if such currency exchange rate is not available on such date, as of the most recent prior practicable date. Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding sentence, if euros have replaced such Specified Currency as described under Section 2.03(c)(i) above, Freddie Mac may, at its option (or shall, if so required by applicable law) without the consent of the Holders of such Debt Securities effect the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Debt Security denominated in such Specified Currency in euros in lieu of such Specified Currency, in conformity with legally applicable measures taken pursuant to, or by virtue of the Treaty or other applicable legal or regulatory requirements.
 
Section 2.04. Minimum Denominations.
 
The Debt Securities shall be issued and maintained in the minimum denominations of U.S. $1,000 and additional increments of U.S. $1,000 for U.S. dollar denominated Debt Securities, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement and as may be allowed or required from time to time by the relevant regulatory authority or any laws or regulations applicable to the relevant Specified Currency. In the case of Zero Coupon Debt Securities, denominations will be expressed in terms of the principal amount payable on the Maturity Date.
 
Section 2.05. Maturity.
 
(a)  Each Debt Security shall mature on its Maturity Date, as provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, unless redeemed at the option of Freddie Mac or repaid at the option of the Holder prior thereto in accordance with the provisions described under Section 2.06. Debt Securities may be issued with minimum or maximum maturities or variable maturities allowed or required from time to time by the relevant regulatory or stock exchange authority or clearing systems or any laws or regulations applicable to the Specified Currency.


11


 

(b)  The principal amount payable on the Maturity Date of a Debt Security shall be a Fixed Principal Repayment Amount or a Variable Principal Repayment Amount, in each case as provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
Section 2.06. Optional Redemption and Optional Repayment.
 
(a)  The Supplemental Agreement for any particular issue of Debt Securities shall provide whether such Debt Securities may be redeemed at Freddie Mac’s option or repayable at the Holder’s option, in whole or in part, prior to their Maturity Date. If so provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, an issue of Debt Securities shall be subject to redemption at the option of Freddie Mac, or repayable at the option of the Holders, in whole or in part, on one or more specified dates, at any time on or after a specified date, or during one or more specified periods of time. The redemption or repayment price for such Debt Securities (or such part of such Debt Securities as is redeemed or repaid) shall be an amount provided in, or determined in a manner provided in, the applicable Supplemental Agreement, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for redemption or repayment.
 
(b)  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, notice of optional redemption shall be given to Holders of the related Debt Securities not less than 5 Business Days nor more than 60 calendar days prior to the date of redemption in the manner provided in Section 9.07.
 
(c)  In the case of a partial redemption of an issue of Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities by Freddie Mac, such Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities shall be redeemed pro rata. In the case of a partial redemption of an issue of Registered Debt Securities by Freddie Mac, one or more of such Registered Debt Securities shall be reduced by the Global Agent in the amount of such redemption, subject to the principal amount of such Registered Debt Securities after redemption remaining in an authorized denomination. The effect of any partial redemption of an issue of Registered Debt Securities on the Beneficial Owners of such Registered Debt Securities will depend on the procedures of the applicable clearing system and, if such Beneficial Owner is not a participant therein, on the procedures of the participant through which such Beneficial Owner owns its interest.
 
(d)  If so provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, certain Debt Securities shall be repayable, in whole or in part, by Freddie Mac at the option of the relevant Holders thereof, on one or more specified dates, at any time on or after a specified date, or during one or more specified periods of time, upon terms and procedures provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, in the case of a Registered Debt Security, to exercise such option, the Holder shall deposit with the Global Agent (i) such Registered Debt Security; and (ii) a duly completed notice of optional repayment in the form obtainable from the Global Agent, in each case not more than the number of days nor less than the number of days specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement prior to the date fixed for repayment. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, no such Registered Debt Security (or notice of repayment) so deposited may be withdrawn without the prior consent of Freddie Mac or the Global Agent. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, in the case of a Fed Book-Entry Debt Security, if the Beneficial Owner wishes to exercise such option, then the Beneficial Owner shall give notice thereof to Freddie Mac through the relevant Holding Institution as provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.


12


 

(e)  The principal amount payable upon redemption or repayment of a Debt Security shall be a Fixed Principal Repayment Amount or a Variable Principal Repayment Amount, in each case as provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
Section 2.07. Payment Terms of the Debt Securities.
 
(a)  Debt Securities shall bear interest at one or more fixed rates or variable rates or may not bear interest. If so provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, Debt Securities may be separated by a Holder into one or more Interest Components and Principal Components. The Offering Circular or the applicable Supplemental Agreement for such Debt Securities shall specify the procedure for stripping such Debt Securities into such Interest and Principal Components.
 
(b)  The applicable Supplemental Agreement shall specify the frequency with which interest, if any, is payable on the related Debt Securities. Interest on Debt Securities shall be payable in arrears on the Interest Payment Dates specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement and on each Principal Payment Date.
 
(c)  Each issue of interest-bearing Debt Securities shall bear interest during each Interest Payment Period. No interest on the principal of any Debt Security will accrue on or after the Principal Payment Date on which such principal is repaid.
 
(d)  The determination by the Calculation Agent of the interest rate on, or any Index in relation to, a Variable Rate Debt Security and the determination of any payment on any Debt Security (or any interim calculation in the determination of any such interest rate, index or payment) shall, absent manifest error, be final and binding on all parties. If a principal or interest payment error occurs, Freddie Mac may correct it by adjusting payments to be made on later Interest Payment Dates or Principal Payment Dates (as appropriate) or in any other manner Freddie Mac considers appropriate. If the source of an Index changes in format, but the Calculation Agent determines that the Index source continues to disclose the information necessary to determine the related interest rate substantially as required, the Calculation Agent will amend the procedure for obtaining information from that source to reflect the changed format. All Index values used to determine principal or interest payments are subject to correction within 30 days from the applicable payment. The source of a corrected value must be the same source from which the original value was obtained. A correction might result in an adjustment on a later date to the amount paid to the Holder.
 
(e)  Payments on Debt Securities shall be rounded, in the case of U.S. dollars, to the nearest cent or, in the case of a Specified Payment Currency other than U.S. dollars, to the nearest smallest transferable unit (with one-half cent or unit being rounded upwards).
 
(f)  In the event that any jurisdiction imposes any withholding or other tax on any payment made by Freddie Mac (or our agent or any other person potentially required to withhold) with respect to a Debt Security, Freddie Mac (or our agent or such other person) will deduct the amount required to be withheld from such payment, and Freddie Mac (or our agent or such other person) will not be required to pay additional interest or other amounts, or redeem or repay the Debt Securities prior to maturity, as a result.
 
(g)   Fixed Rate Debt Securities
 
Fixed Rate Debt Securities shall bear interest at a single fixed interest rate. The applicable Supplemental Agreement shall specify the fixed interest rate per annum on a Fixed


13


 

Rate Debt Security.  Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, interest on a Fixed Rate Debt Security shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
 
(h)   Step Debt Securities
 
Step Debt Securities shall bear interest from their Issue Date to a specified date at their initial fixed interest rate and from that date to their Maturity Date at one or more different fixed interest rates that shall be prescribed as of the Issue Date. A Step Debt Security will have one or more step periods. The applicable Supplemental Agreement shall specify the fixed interest rate per annum payable on Step Debt Securities for each related period from issuance to maturity. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, interest on a Step Debt Security shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
 
(i)   Variable Rate Debt Securities
 
(A)  Variable Rate Debt Securities shall bear interest at a variable rate determined on the basis of a direct or an inverse relationship to one or more specified Indices or otherwise, (x) plus or minus a Spread, if any, or (y) multiplied by one or more Leverage or Deleverage Factors, if any, as specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement. Variable Rate Debt Securities also may bear interest in any other manner described in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
(B)  Variable Rate Debt Securities may have a Cap and/or a Floor.
 
(C)  The applicable Supplemental Agreement shall specify the accrual method (i.e., the day count convention) for calculating interest or any relevant accrual factor on the related Variable Rate Debt Securities. The accrual method may incorporate one or more of the following defined terms:
 
“Actual/360” shall mean that interest or any other relevant accrual factor shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.
 
“Actual/365 (fixed)” shall mean that interest or any other relevant accrual factor shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 365 days, regardless of whether accrual or payment occurs during a calendar leap year.
 
“Actual/Actual” shall mean, unless otherwise indicated in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, that interest or any other relevant accrual factor shall be calculated on the basis of (x) the actual number of days elapsed in the Interest Payment Period divided by 365, or (y) if any portion of the Interest Payment Period falls in a calendar leap year, (A) the actual number of days in that portion divided by 366 plus (B) the actual number of days in the remaining portion divided by 365. If so indicated in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, “Actual/Actual” shall mean interest or any other relevant accrual factor shall be calculated in accordance with the definition of “Actual/Actual” adopted by the International Securities Market Association ( “Actual/Actual (ISMA)” ), which means a calculation on the basis of the following:
 
(1)  where the number of days in the relevant Interest Payment Period is equal to or shorter than the Determination Period during which such Interest Payment Period ends, the number of days in such Interest Payment Period divided by the


14


 

product of (A) the number of days in such Determination Period and (B) the number of Interest Payment Dates that would occur in one calendar year; or
 
(2)  where the Interest Payment Period is longer than the Determination Period during which the Interest Payment Period ends, the sum of (A) the number of days in such Interest Payment Period falling in the Determination Period in which the Interest Payment Period begins divided by the product of (X) the number of days in such Determination Period and (Y) the number of Interest Payment Dates that would occur in one calendar year; and (B) the number of days in such Interest Payment Period falling in the next Determination Period divided by the product of (X) the number of days in such Determination Period and (Y) the number of Interest Payment Dates that would occur in one calendar year.
 
(D)  The applicable Supplemental Agreement shall specify the frequency with which the rate of interest on the related Variable Rate Debt Securities shall reset. The applicable Supplemental Agreement also shall specify the Reset Date. If the interest rate will reset within an Interest Payment Period, then the interest rate in effect on the sixth Business Day preceding an Interest Payment Date will be the interest rate for the remainder of that Interest Payment Period and the first day of each Interest Payment Period also will be a Reset Date. Variable Rate Debt Securities may bear interest prior to the initial Reset Date at an initial interest rate, if any, specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement. If so, then the first day of the first Interest Payment Period will not be a Reset Date. The rate of interest applicable to each Interest Reset Period shall be determined as provided below or in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
Except for a Variable Rate Debt Security as to which the rate of interest thereon is determined by reference to LIBOR, EUR-LIBOR, EURIBOR, Prime Rate, Treasury Rate, CMT Rate, CMS Rate, Federal Funds Rate (Daily), or Federal Funds Rate (Weekly Average) or as otherwise set forth in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, the Determination Date for a Variable Rate Debt Security means the second Business Day preceding the Reset Date applicable to an Interest Reset Period.
 
(E)  If the rate of interest on a Variable Rate Debt Security is subject to adjustment within an Interest Payment Period, accrued interest shall be calculated by multiplying the principal amount of such Variable Rate Debt Security by an accrued interest factor. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, this accrued interest factor shall be computed by adding the interest factor calculated for each Interest Reset Period in such Interest Payment Period and rounding the sum to nine decimal places. The interest factor for each such Interest Reset Period shall be computed by (1) multiplying the number of days in the Interest Reset Period by the interest rate (expressed as a decimal) applicable to such Interest Reset Period; and (2) dividing the product by the number of days in the year referred to in the accrual method specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
(F)  If and so long as an issue of Variable Rate Debt Securities is admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market and listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and/or the Singapore Stock Exchange and such stock exchange or stock exchanges so require, the Calculation Agent shall cause the interest rate for the applicable Interest Reset Period and the amount of interest on the minimum denomination in respect


15


 

of such issue that would accrue through the last day of such Interest Reset Period, as well as the last day of such Interest Reset Period, to be provided to such stock exchange or stock exchanges as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the applicable Reset Date.
 
(G)  For each issue of Variable Rate Debt Securities, the Calculation Agent shall also cause the interest rate for the applicable Interest Reset Period and the amount of interest accrued on the minimum denomination specified for such issue to be made available to Holders as soon as practicable after its determination but in no event later than two Business Days thereafter. Such interest amounts so made available may subsequently be amended (or appropriate alternative arrangements made by way of adjustment) without notice in the event of an extension or shortening of the Interest Reset Period.
 
(H)  If the applicable Supplemental Agreement specifies LIBOR as the applicable Index for determining the rate of interest for the related Variable Rate Debt Security, the following provisions shall apply (unless otherwise specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement):
 
“LIBOR” shall mean, with respect to any Reset Date (in the following order of priority):
 
(1)  the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Deposits in the Index Currency having the Index Maturity that appears on the Designated Reuters Page at 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date;
 
(2)  if such rate does not so appear, the Calculation Agent shall request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent (after consultation with Freddie Mac, if Freddie Mac is not then acting as Calculation Agent) to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as a percentage per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for Deposits in the Index Currency having the Index Maturity at 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date and in a Representative Amount. If at least two quotations are provided, LIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards) of such quotations;
 
(3)  if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (2) above, the Calculation Agent shall request four major banks in the applicable Principal Financial Center selected by the Calculation Agent (after consultation with Freddie Mac, if Freddie Mac is not then acting as Calculation Agent) to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as a percentage per annum) to leading European banks for a loan in the Index Currency for a period of time corresponding to the Index Maturity, commencing on such Reset Date, at approximately 11:00 a.m. in the Principal Financial Center on such LIBOR Determination Date and in a Representative Amount. If at least two such quotations are provided, LIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards) of such quotations; and
 
(4)  if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR determined with respect to the Reset Date immediately preceding such Reset Date or, in the case of the first Reset Date,


16


 

shall be the rate for Deposits in the Index Currency having the Index Maturity at 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the most recent London Banking Day preceding the related LIBOR Determination Date for which such rate shall have been displayed on the Designated Reuters Page with respect to Deposits commencing on the second London Banking Day following such date (or, if the Index Currency is Sterling, commencing on such date).
 
(I)  If the applicable Supplemental Agreement specifies EUR-LIBOR as the applicable Index for determining the rate of interest for the related Variable Rate Debt Security, the following provisions shall apply (unless otherwise specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement):
 
“EUR-LIBOR” shall mean, with respect to any Reset Date (in the following order of priority):
 
(1)  the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Deposits in euros having the Index Maturity that appears on the Designated EUR-LIBOR Reuters Page at 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related EUR-LIBOR Determination Date;
 
(2)  if such rate does not so appear, the Calculation Agent shall request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent (after consultation with Freddie Mac, if Freddie Mac is not then acting as Calculation Agent) to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as a percentage per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for Deposits in euros having the Index Maturity at 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such EUR-LIBOR Determination Date and in a Euro Representative Amount. If at least two quotations are provided, EUR-LIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards) of such quotations;
 
(3)  if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (2) above, the Calculation Agent shall request four major banks in London selected by the Calculation Agent (after consultation with Freddie Mac, if Freddie Mac is not then acting as Calculation Agent) to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as a percentage per annum) to leading European banks for a loan in euros for a period of time corresponding to the Index Maturity, commencing on such Reset Date, at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such EUR-LIBOR Determination Date and in a Euro Representative Amount. If at least two such quotations are provided, EUR-LIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean (if necessary rounded upwards) of such quotations; and
 
(4)  if fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above, EUR-LIBOR shall be EUR-LIBOR determined with respect to the Reset Date immediately preceding such Reset Date or, in the case of the first Reset Date, shall be the rate for Deposits in euros having the Index Maturity at 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the most recent TARGET Business Day preceding the related EUR-LIBOR Determination Date for which such rate shall have been displayed on the Designated EUR-LIBOR Reuters Page with respect to Deposits commencing on the second TARGET Business Day following such date.


17


 

(J)  If the applicable Supplemental Agreement specifies EURIBOR as the applicable Index for determining the rate of interest for the related Variable Rate Debt Security, the following provisions shall apply (unless otherwise specified in the applicable Supplemental Statement):
 
“EURIBOR” shall mean, with respect to a Reset Date (in the following order of priority):
 
(1)  the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for Deposits in euros having the Index Maturity that appears on the Designated EURIBOR Reuters Page at 11:00 a.m., Brussels time, on the relevant EURIBOR Determination Date;
 
(2)  if such rate does not so appear, then the Calculation Agent will request the principal offices of four major banks in the Euro-Zone selected by the Calculation Agent (after consultation with Freddie Mac, if Freddie Mac is not then acting as Calculation Agent) to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as a percentage per annum) to prime banks in the Euro-Zone interbank market for Deposits in euros having the Index Maturity at 11:00 a.m. Brussels time on such EURIBOR Determination Date and in a Euro Representative Amount. If at least two quotations are provided, EURIBOR for that date will be the arithmetic mean (if necessary, rounded upwards) of the quotations; and
 
(3)  If fewer than two such quotations are provided as requested, EURIBOR for that date will be the arithmetic mean (if necessary, rounded upwards) of the rates quoted by major banks in the Euro-Zone, selected by the Calculation Agent (after consultation with Freddie Mac, if Freddie Mac is not then acting as Calculation Agent), at approximately 11:00 a.m., Brussels time, on the EURIBOR Determination Date for loans in euros to leading European banks for a period of time corresponding to the Index Maturity and in a Euro Representative Amount.
 
(K)  If the applicable Supplemental Agreement specifies the Prime Rate as the applicable Index for determining the rate of interest for the related Variable Rate Debt Securities, the following provisions shall apply:
 
The “Prime Rate” means, with respect to any Reset Date (in the following order of priority):
 
(1)  the arithmetic mean, determined by the Calculation Agent, of the rates (after eliminating certain rates, as described below in this clause (1)) that appear, at 11:00 a.m. on the Prime Rate Determination Date, on Reuters USPRIME1 Page as the U.S. dollar prime rate or base lending rate of each bank appearing on that page; provided, that at least three rates appear. In determining the arithmetic mean:
 
(i)  if 20 or more rates appear, the highest five rates (or in the event of equality, five of the highest) and the lowest five rates (or in the event of equality, five of the lowest) will be eliminated,
 
(ii)  if fewer than 20 but 10 or more rates appear, the highest two rates (or in the event of equality, two of the highest) and the lowest two rates (or in the event of equality, two of the lowest) will be eliminated, or


18


 

(iii)  if fewer than 10 but five or more rates appear, the highest rate (or in the event of equality, one of the highest) and the lowest rate (or in the event of equality, one of the lowest) will be eliminated;
 
(2)  if fewer than three rates so appear, then the Calculation Agent will request five major banks in the City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent (after consultation with Freddie Mac, if Freddie Mac is not then acting as Calculation Agent) to provide a quotation of such banks’ U.S. dollar prime rates or base lending rates on the basis of the actual number of days in the year divided by 360 as of the close of business on the Prime Rate Determination Date. If at least three quotations are provided, then the Prime Rate will be the arithmetic mean determined by the Calculation Agent of the quotations obtained (and, if five quotations are provided, eliminating the highest quotation (or in the event of equality, one of the highest) and the lowest quotation (or in the event of equality, one of the lowest));
 
(3)  if fewer than three quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request five banks or trust companies organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or any state, each having total equity capital of at least U.S. $500,000,000 and being subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority, selected by the Calculation Agent (after consultation with Freddie Mac, if Freddie Mac is not then acting as Calculation Agent), to provide a quotation of such banks’ or trust companies’ U.S. dollar prime rates or base lending rates on the basis of the actual number of days in the year divided by 360 as of the close of business on the Prime Rate Determination Date. In making such selection of five banks or trust companies, the Calculation Agent will include each bank, if any, that provided a quotation as requested in clause (3) above and exclude each bank that failed to provide a quotation as requested in clause (3). If at least three quotations are provided, then the Prime Rate will be the arithmetic mean determined by the Calculation Agent of the quotations obtained; and
 
(4)  if fewer than three quotations are so provided, then the Prime Rate will be the Prime Rate determined for the immediately preceding Reset Date. If the applicable Reset Date is the first Reset Date, then the Prime Rate will be the rate calculated pursuant to clause (1) or (2) for the most recent New York Banking Day preceding the Reset Date for which at least three rates appeared at 11:00 a.m. on Reuters USPRIME1 Page.
 
(L)  If the applicable Supplemental Agreement specifies the Treasury Rate as the applicable Index for determining the rate of interest for the related Variable Rate, the following provisions shall apply:
 
The “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Reset Date (in the following order of priority):
 
(1)  the auction average rate for Treasury Bills having the Index Maturity obtained from the applicable Reference Treasury Bill Auction as announced by the Treasury Department in the form of a press release under the heading “Investment Rate” by 3:00 p.m. on such Reset Date;


19


 

(2)  if such rate is not so announced, then the Treasury Rate will be the auction average rate for Treasury Bills having the Index Maturity obtained from the Reference Treasury Bill Auction as otherwise announced by the Treasury Department by 3:00 p.m. on the Reset Date as determined by the Calculation Agent;
 
(3)  if such rate is not so announced, the Calculation Agent will request five leading primary United States government securities dealers in the City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent (after consultation with Freddie Mac, if Freddie Mac is not then acting as Calculation Agent) to provide a quotation of such dealers’ secondary market bid yields, as of 3:00 p.m. on such Reset Date, for Treasury Bills with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity (or, in the event that the remaining maturities are equally close, the longer remaining maturity). If at least three quotations are provided, then the Treasury Rate will be the arithmetic mean determined by the Calculation Agent of the quotations obtained; and
 
(4)  if fewer than three quotations are so provided, the Treasury Rate will be the Treasury Rate for the immediately preceding Reset Date. If the applicable Reset Date is the first Reset Date, the Treasury Rate will be the auction average rate for Treasury Bills having the Index Maturity from the most recent auction of Treasury Bills prior to the Reset Date for which such rate was announced by the Treasury Department in the form of a press release under the heading “Investment Rate.”
 
The auction average rate for Treasury Bills and the secondary market bid yield for Treasury Bills will be expressed as a bond equivalent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as applicable (or, if not so expressed, will be converted by the Calculation Agent to such a bond equivalent yield).
 
(M)  If the applicable Supplemental Agreement specifies the CMT Rate as the applicable Index for determining the rate of interest for the related Variable Rate, the following provisions shall apply:
 
The “CMT Rate” means, with respect to any Reset Date (in the following order of priority):
 
(1)  for any CMT Determination Date, the daily rate for the Index Maturity that appears on page “7051” on Reuters (or any other page that replaces the 7051 page on that service or any successor service) under the heading “...Treasury Constant Maturities. Federal Reserve Board Release H.15...Mondays Approximately 3:45 p.m.”;
 
(2)  if the applicable rate described in clause (1) is not displayed on Reuters page 7051 at 3:45 p.m., New York City time, on the CMT Determination Date, then the CMT Rate will be the Treasury constant maturity rate applicable for the Index Maturity as published in H.15 (519);


20


 

(3)  if the CMT Rate is not determined pursuant to clause (1) and the applicable rate described in clause (2) does not appear in H.15 (519) at 3:45 p.m., New York City time, on the CMT Determination Date, then the CMT Rate will be the Treasury constant maturity rate, or other U.S. Treasury rate, applicable to an Index Maturity with reference to the CMT Determination Date, that:
 
  •  is published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the U.S. Department of the Treasury; and
 
  •  Freddie Mac has determined to be comparable to the applicable rate formerly displayed on Reuters page 7051 and published in H.15 (519);
 
(4)  if the CMT Rate is not determined pursuant to clause (1) or (2) and the rate described in clause (3) above does not appear at 3:45 p.m., New York City time, on the CMT Determination Date, then the CMT Rate will be the yield to maturity of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates for U.S. Treasury securities with an original maturity longer than the Index Maturity and a remaining term to maturity closest to the Index Maturity, and in a Representative Amount, as of approximately 3:45 p.m., New York City time, on the CMT Determination Date, as quoted by three primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City that Freddie Mac selects. In selecting these offered rates, Freddie Mac will request quotations from five primary dealers and will disregard the highest quotation or, if there is equality, one of the highest and the lowest quotation or, if there is equality, one of the lowest. If two U.S. Treasury securities with an original maturity longer than the Index Maturity have remaining terms to maturity that are equally close to the Index Maturity, Freddie Mac will obtain quotations for the U.S. Treasury security with the shorter remaining term to maturity;
 
(5)  if the CMT Rate is not determined pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) and fewer than five but more than two primary dealers are quoting offered rates as described in clause (4), then the CMT Rate for the CMT Determination Date will be based on the arithmetic mean of the offered rates so obtained, and neither the highest nor the lowest of those quotations will be disregarded.
 
(6)  if the CMT Rate is not determined pursuant to clause (1), (2), (3) or (4) and two or fewer primary dealers are quoting offered rates as described in clause (5), then the CMT Rate will be the yield to maturity of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates for U.S. Treasury securities having an original maturity of approximately the Index Maturity and a remaining term to maturity of not less than one year, and in a Representative Amount, as of approximately 3:45 p.m., New York City time, on the CMT Determination Date, as quoted by three primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City that Freddie Mac selects. In selecting these offered rates, Freddie Mac will request quotations from five primary dealers and will disregard the highest quotation, or, if there is equality, one of the highest and the lowest quotation or, if there is equality, one of


21


 

the lowest; and
 
(7)  if Freddie Mac is unable to obtain three quotations of the kind described in clause (6), the CMT Rate in effect for the new Interest Reset Period will be the CMT Rate in effect for the prior Interest Rate Period.
 
(N)  If the applicable Supplemental Agreement specifies the CMS Rate as the applicable Index for determining the rate of interest for the related Variable Rate, the following provisions shall apply:
 
The “CMS Rate” means, with respect to any Reset Date:
 
(1)  the most recent rate for U.S. dollar swap transactions for the applicable Index Currency and applicable Index Maturity, as specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement for the Debt Securities, expressed as a percentage, which appears on the Reuters page “ISDAFIX1” (or such other page that may replace that page on that service or a successor service) at 11:00 a.m. (New York City Time) on the applicable CMS Determination Date;
 
(2)  if the most recent CMS Rate as described in clause (1) above was first available prior to ten calendar days before the applicable CMS Determination Date, then the CMS Rate will be determined by the Calculation Agent on the basis of the mid-market semi-annual swap rate quotations provided by the five leading swaps dealers in the New York City interbank market (which may include Dealers and their affiliates), and for this purpose, “mid-market semi-annual swap rate” means the arithmetic mean of the bid and offered rate quotations for the semi-annual fixed leg, calculated on a 30/360 day count basis, of a fixed-for-floating United States dollars denominated interest rate swap transaction with the applicable Index Currency and Index Maturity, as specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement for the Debt Securities, commencing on the Reset Date for the relevant Interest Period, and for a relevant representative amount in the relevant market at the relevant time, with an acknowledged dealer of good credit in the swap market, where the floating leg, calculated on an Actual/360 day count basis, is equivalent to USD-LIBOR-BBA (as defined in the 2006 ISDA Definitions published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.) with a designated maturity of three months. The Calculation Agent will request the principal New York City office of each of the five leading swaps dealers selected by the Calculation Agent to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least five quotations are provided, the rate for that CMS Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations, eliminating the highest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the highest) and the lowest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the lowest);
 
(3)  if two, three or four (and not five) of such swaps dealers are quoting as described in clause (2) above, then the CMS Rate will be based on the arithmetic mean of the bid prices obtained and neither the highest nor lowest of such quotations will be eliminated; and


22


 

(4)  if fewer than two rate quotations are provided, then the CMS Rate for the Reset Date will be the CMS Rate in effect on the preceding Reset Date.
 
(O)  If the applicable Supplemental Agreement specifies the Federal Funds Rate (Daily) as the applicable Index for determining the rate of interest for the related Variable Rate, the following provisions shall apply:
 
The “Federal Funds Rate (Daily)” means, with respect to any Reset Date:
 
(1)  the most recent rate that appears by 5:00 p.m. on the Federal Funds Rate (Daily) Determination Date on Reuters US/FEDRATES1 Page for the Business Day preceding the Federal Funds Rate (Daily) Determination Date;
 
(2)  if the most recent rate specified in (1) above does not so appear, the Calculation Agent will request five leading brokers (which may include the related Dealers or their affiliates) of federal funds transactions in the City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent (after consultation with Freddie Mac, if Freddie Mac is not then acting as Calculation Agent) each to provide a quotation of the broker’s effective rate for transactions in overnight federal funds arranged by the broker settling on the Business Day preceding the Federal Funds Rate (Daily) Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, then the Federal Funds Rate (Daily) will be the arithmetic mean determined by the Calculation Agent of the quotations obtained (and, if five quotations are provided, eliminating the highest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the highest) and the lowest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the lowest));
 
(3)  if fewer than two quotations are so provided, then the Calculation Agent will request five leading brokers (which may include the related Dealers or their affiliates) of federal funds transactions in the City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent (after consultation with Freddie Mac, if Freddie Mac is not then acting as Calculation Agent) each to provide a quotation of the broker’s rates for the last transaction in overnight federal funds arranged by the broker as of 11:00 a.m. on the Business Day preceding the Federal Funds Rate (Daily) Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, then the Federal Funds Rate (Daily) will be the arithmetic mean determined by the Calculation Agent of the quotations obtained (and, if five quotations are provided, eliminating the highest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the highest) and the lowest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the lowest)); and
 
(4)  if fewer than two quotations are so provided, then the Federal Funds Rate (Daily) as of such Federal Funds Rate (Daily) Determination Date will be the Federal Funds Rate (Daily) determined for the immediately preceding Reset Date. If the applicable Reset Date is the first Reset Date, then the Federal Funds Rate (Daily) will be the daily federal funds rate that appeared by 5:00 p.m. on the most recent Business Day preceding the Reset Date for which the rate was displayed on Reuters US/FEDRATES1 Page.


23


 

(P)  If the applicable Supplemental Agreement specifies the Federal Funds Rate (Weekly Average) as the applicable Index for determining the rate of interest for the related Variable Rate, the following provisions shall apply:
 
The “Federal Funds Rate (Weekly Average)” means, with respect to any Reset Date:
 
(1)  the most recent rate published in the latest H.15(519) available by 5:00 p.m. on the Reset Date, opposite the caption “Federal funds (effective)” and under the caption “Week Ending” for the Friday immediately preceding the Reset Date. (As described in the footnotes to the H.15(519), the rate shown for the week ending on a Friday preceding a Reset Date actually will be the rate for the week ending on (and including) the Wednesday preceding the Reset Date (the “Seven-Day Period” ).);
 
(2)  if a rate is not so published, then the Federal Funds Rate (Weekly Average) will be the arithmetic mean determined by the Calculation Agent of the rate, determined in the manner described in subclauses (y) and (z) below (as applicable), for each day in the Seven-Day Period (each a “Day Rate” ); provided, that the Calculation Agent determines a Day Rate for each day in the Seven-Day Period;
 
(y)  The Day Rate for a Business Day will be the rate that appears, by 5:00 p.m. on the Reset Date, on Reuters US/FEDRATES1 Page for that Business Day. If a rate for that Business Day does not appear on Reuters US/FEDRATES1 Page by 5:00 p.m. on the Reset Date, the Calculation Agent will request five leading brokers (which may include the related Dealers or their affiliates) of federal funds transactions in the City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent (after consultation with Freddie Mac, if Freddie Mac is not then acting as Calculation Agent) each to provide a quotation of the broker’s rate for the last transaction in overnight federal funds arranged by the broker as of 11:00 a.m. on that Business Day. If at least two quotations are provided, then the Day Rate will be the arithmetic mean determined by the Calculation Agent of the quotations obtained (and, if five quotations are provided, eliminating the highest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the highest) and the lowest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the lowest)); and
 
(z)  The Day Rate for a day other than a Business Day will be the rate for the preceding Business Day, whether or not the Business Day falls within the relevant Seven-Day Period, determined in accordance with the provisions of subclause (y) above; and
 
(3)  if the Day Rate for each day in the Seven-Day Period is not so determined, then the Federal Funds Rate (Weekly Average) as of such Reset Date will be the Federal Funds Rate (Weekly Average) determined for the immediately preceding Reset Date. If the applicable Reset Date is the first Reset Date, then the Federal Funds Rate (Weekly Average) will be the rate published in the latest H.15(519)


24


 

available by 5:00 p.m. on the Reset Date, opposite the caption “Federal funds (effective)” and under the caption “Week Ending” for the Friday most recently preceding the Reset Date. The Federal Funds Rate (Weekly Average) as published in the H.15(519) is a weekly average, while the Federal Funds Rate (Weekly Average) as calculated under clause (2) is based on an average of daily rates.
 
(j)   Fixed/Variable Rate Debt Securities
 
Fixed/Variable Rate Debt Securities shall bear interest at a single fixed rate for one or more specified periods and at a rate determined by reference to one or more Indices, or otherwise, for one or more other specified periods. Fixed/Variable Rate Debt Securities also may bear interest at a rate that Freddie Mac may elect to convert from a fixed rate to a variable rate or from a variable rate to a fixed rate, if so provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
If Freddie Mac may convert the interest rate on a Fixed/Variable Rate Debt Security from a fixed rate to a variable rate, or from a variable rate to a fixed rate, accrued interest for each Interest Payment Period may be calculated using an accrued interest factor in the manner described in Section 2.07(i)(E).
 
(k)   Zero Coupon Debt Securities
 
Zero Coupon Debt Securities shall not bear interest.
 
(l)   Amortizing Debt Securities
 
Amortizing Debt Securities are those on which Freddie Mac makes periodic payments of principal during the terms of such Debt Securities as described in the related Supplemental Agreement.
 
(m)   Debt Securities with Variable Principal Repayment Amounts
 
Variable Principal Repayment Amount Debt Securities are those on which the amount of principal payable is determined with reference to an index specified in the related Supplemental Agreement.
 
(n)   Range Accrual Debt Securities
 
Range Accrual Debt Securities are those on which no interest may accrue during periods when the applicable index is outside a specified range as described in the related Supplemental Agreement.
 
Section 2.08. Business Day Convention.
 
Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, in any case in which an Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date is not a Business Day, payment of any interest on or the principal of the Debt Securities shall not be made on such date but shall be made on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date, as the case may be. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, no interest on such payment shall accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date, as the case may be, to the actual date of such payment.


25


 

Section 2.09. Subordinated Debt Securities.
 
If so provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, the indebtedness represented by the Subordinated Debt Securities and the payment of principal of and interest on such Subordinated Debt Securities will be subordinated to prior payment in full of all Senior Obligations of Freddie Mac, which are due and payable. Such Senior Obligations will be identified by category in the applicable Supplemental Agreement. In addition, there may be other terms applicable to specific offerings of Subordinated Debt Securities that would defer, limit or suspend Freddie Mac’s obligation to make any payment of principal of or interest on such Subordinated Debt Securities under certain specified conditions. Any such terms and conditions will be specified in the Supplemental Agreement.
 
Section 2.10. Targeted Registered Issues.
 
Any Debt Securities that are Targeted Registered Debt Securities shall be considered to be “targeted to foreign markets” as provided under U.S. Treasury regulations.
 
Section 2.11. Reopened Issues and Repurchases.
 
Freddie Mac reserves the right, in its discretion and at any time, to offer additional Debt Securities which have the same terms (other than Issue Date, interest commencement date and issue price) and conditions as Debt Securities for which settlement has previously occurred or been scheduled so as to form a single series of Debt Securities as specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
Freddie Mac reserves the right, in its discretion and at any time, to purchase Debt Securities or otherwise acquire (either for cash or in exchange for securities) some or all of an issue of Debt Securities at any price or prices in the open market or otherwise. Such Debt Securities may be held, resold or canceled by Freddie Mac.
 
ARTICLE III
 
Form; Clearance and Settlement Procedures
 
Section 3.01. Form of Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities.
 
(a)   General
 
Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities shall be issued and maintained only on the Fed Book-Entry System. Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities shall not be exchangeable for definitive Debt Securities. The Book-Entry Rules are applicable to Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities.
 
(b)   Title
 
Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities shall be held of record only by Holding Institutions. Such entities whose names appear on the book-entry records of a Federal Reserve Bank as the entities to whose accounts Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities have been deposited shall be the Holders of such Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities. The rights of the Beneficial Owner of a Fed Book-Entry Debt Security with respect to Freddie Mac and the Federal Reserve Banks may be exercised only through the Holder of the Fed Book-Entry Debt Security. Freddie Mac and the Federal Reserve Banks shall have no direct obligation to a Beneficial Owner of a Fed Book-Entry Debt Security that is not also the Holder of the Fed Book-Entry Debt Security. The Federal Reserve Banks shall act only upon the instructions of the Holder in recording transfers of a Debt Security maintained on the Fed Book-Entry System. Freddie Mac and the Federal


26


 

Reserve Banks may treat the Holders as the absolute owners of Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities for the purpose of making payments in respect thereof and for all other purposes, whether or not such Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
 
The Holders and each other financial intermediary holding such Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities directly or indirectly on behalf of the Beneficial Owners shall have the responsibility of remitting payments for the accounts of their customers. All payments on Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities shall be subject to any applicable law or regulation.
 
(c)   Fiscal Agent
 
The FRBNY shall be the Fiscal Agent for Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities.
 
In acting under the Fiscal Agency Agreement, the FRBNY shall act solely as Fiscal Agent of Freddie Mac and does not assume any obligation or relationship of agency or trust for or with any Holder of a Fed Book-Entry Debt Security.
 
Section 3.02. Form of Registered Debt Securities.
 
(a)   General
 
As specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, Registered Debt Securities shall be deposited with (i) a custodian for, and registered in the name of a nominee of, DTC, or (ii) a Common Depositary, and registered in the name of such Common Depositary or a nominee of such Common Depositary.
 
(b)   Title
 
The person in whose name a Registered Debt Security is registered in the Register shall be the Holder of such Registered Debt Security. Beneficial interests in a Registered Debt Security shall be represented, and transfers thereof shall be effected, only through book-entry accounts of financial institutions acting on behalf of the Beneficial Owners of such Registered Debt Security, as a direct or indirect participant in the applicable clearing system for such Registered Debt Security.
 
Freddie Mac, the Global Agent and the Registrar may treat the Holders as the absolute owners of Registered Debt Securities for the purpose of making payments and for all other purposes, whether or not such Registered Debt Securities shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Owners of beneficial interests in a Registered Debt Security shall not be considered by Freddie Mac, the Global Agent or the Registrar as the owner or Holder of such Registered Debt Security and, except as provided in Section 4.02(a), shall not be entitled to have Debt Securities registered in their names and shall not receive or be entitled to receive definitive Debt Securities. Any Beneficial Owner shall rely on the procedures of the applicable clearing system and, if such Beneficial Owner is not a participant therein, on the procedures of the participant through which such Beneficial Owner holds its interest, to exercise any rights of a Holder of such Registered Debt Securities.
 
Payments by DTC participants to Beneficial Owners of DTC Registered Debt Securities held through DTC participants shall be the responsibility of such participants. Payments with respect to Other Registered Debt Securities held through Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or any other applicable clearing system shall be credited to Euroclear participants, Clearstream,


27


 

Luxembourg participants or participants of any other applicable clearing system in accordance with the relevant system’s rules and procedures.
 
(c)   Global Agent
 
In acting under the Global Agency Agreement, the Global Agent acts solely as a fiscal agent of Freddie Mac and does not assume any obligation or relationship of agency or trust for or with any Holder of a Registered Debt Security, except that any moneys held by the Global Agent for payment on a Registered Debt Security shall be held in trust for the Holder as provided in the Global Agency Agreement.
 
(d)   Registrar
 
In acting under the Global Agency Agreement, the Registrar does not assume any obligation or relationship of agency or trust for, or with, any Holder of a Registered Debt Security.
 
Section 3.03. Clearance and Settlement Procedures.
 
(a)   General
 
Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement:
 
(i)  Most Debt Securities denominated and payable in U.S. dollars and distributed within the United States shall clear and settle through the Fed Book-Entry System.
 
(ii)  Most Debt Securities denominated and payable in U.S. dollars and distributed simultaneously within and outside of the United States, including all Reference Securities, shall clear and settle, within the United States, through the Fed Book-Entry System and, outside of the United States, through the systems operated by Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or any other designated clearing system.
 
(iii)  Debt Securities denominated or payable in a Specified Currency other than U.S. dollars (and Debt Securities denominated and payable in U.S. dollars that are not cleared and settled in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) above) and distributed solely within the United States shall clear and settle through the system operated by DTC.
 
(iv)  Debt Securities denominated or payable in a Specified Currency other than U.S. dollars (and Debt Securities denominated and payable in U.S. dollars that are not cleared and settled in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) above) and distributed simultaneously within and outside of the United States shall clear and settle through the systems operated by DTC, Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or any other designated clearing system.
 
(v)  Debt Securities, irrespective of the Specified Currency in which such Debt Securities are denominated or payable, distributed solely outside of the United States shall clear and settle through the systems operated by Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or any other designated clearing system or, in certain cases, DTC.
 
(b)   Primary Distribution
 
(i)   General. On initial issue, Debt Securities shall be credited through one or more of the systems specified below or any other system specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.


28


 

(ii)   Federal Reserve Banks. Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities shall be issued and settled through the Fed-Book-Entry System in same-day funds and shall be held by designated Holding Institutions. After initial issue, all Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities shall continue to be held by such Holding Institutions in the Fed Book-Entry System unless arrangements are made for the transfer thereof to another Holding Institution. Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities shall not be exchangeable for definitive Debt Securities.
 
(iii)   DTC. DTC participants acting on behalf of investors holding DTC Registered Debt Securities through DTC shall follow the delivery practices applicable to securities eligible for DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System. DTC Registered Debt Securities shall be credited to DTC participants’ securities accounts following confirmation of receipt of payment to Freddie Mac on the relevant Issue Date.
 
(iv)   Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg. Investors holding Other Registered Debt Securities through Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or such other clearing system shall follow the settlement procedures applicable to conventional Eurobonds in registered form. Such Other Registered Debt Securities shall be credited to Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or such other clearing system participants’ securities accounts either on the relevant Issue Date or on the settlement day following the relevant Issue Date against payment in same-day funds (for value on the relevant Issue Date).
 
(c)   Secondary Market Transfers
 
(i)   Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities. Transfers of Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities shall take place only in book-entry form on the Fed Book-Entry System. Such transfers shall occur between Holding Institutions in accordance with the rules of the Fed Book-Entry System.
 
(ii)   Registered Debt Securities. Transfers of beneficial interests in Registered Debt Securities within the various systems that may be clearing and settling interests therein shall be made in accordance with the usual rules and operating procedures of the relevant system applicable to the Specified Currency in which such Registered Debt Securities are denominated or payable and the nature of the transfer.
 
(iii)  Freddie Mac shall not bear responsibility for the performance by any system or the performance of the system’s respective direct or indirect participants or accountholders of the respective obligations of such participants or account holders under the rules and procedures governing such system’s operations.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
Payments, Exchange for Definitive Debt Securities
 
Section 4.01. Payments.
 
(a)   Payments on Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities
 
Payments of principal of and any interest on Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities shall be made in U.S. dollars (except as otherwise provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement) on the applicable payment dates to Holders thereof as of the end of the Business Day preceding each such payment date. Payments on Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities shall be made by credit of the payment amount to the Holders’ accounts at the relevant Federal Reserve Bank. All


29


 

payments to or upon the order of a Holder shall be valid and effective to discharge the liability of Freddie Mac in respect of the related Fed Book-Entry Debt Securities.
 
(b)   Payments on Registered Debt Securities
 
(i)  Payments in respect of Registered Debt Securities shall be made to DTC, Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or any other applicable clearing system, or their respective nominees, as the case may be, as the Holders thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.03(c) and Article VII hereof, such payments shall be made in the Specified Payment Currency. All payments to or upon the order of the Holder of a Registered Debt Security shall be valid and effective to discharge the liability of Freddie Mac in respect of such Registered Debt Security. Ownership positions within each system shall be determined in accordance with the normal conventions observed by such system. Freddie Mac, the Global Agent and the Registrar shall not have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in a Registered Debt Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
 
(ii)  Interest on a Registered Debt Security shall be paid on the applicable Interest Payment Date. Such interest payment shall be made to the Holder of such Registered Debt Security as of the close of business on the related Record Date. The first payment of interest on any Registered Debt Security originally issued between a Record Date and the related Interest Payment Date shall be made on the Interest Payment Date following the next Record Date to the Holder on such next Record Date. The principal of each Registered Debt Security, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be paid to the Holder thereof against presentation and surrender of such Registered Debt Security.
 
(iii)  All payments on Registered Debt Securities are subject to any applicable law or regulation. If a payment outside the United States is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or other similar restrictions, payments in respect of the related Registered Debt Securities shall be made at the office of any paying agent in the United States.
 
Section 4.02. Exchange for Definitive Debt Securities.
 
In the event that Freddie Mac issues definitive Debt Securities in exchange for Registered Debt Securities issued in global form, such definitive Debt Securities shall have terms identical to the Registered Debt Securities for which they were exchanged except as described below.
 
(a)   Issuance of Definitive Debt Securities
 
Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, beneficial interests in Registered Debt Securities issued in global form shall be subject to exchange for definitive Debt Securities only if such exchange is permitted by applicable law and (i) in the case of a DTC Registered Debt Security, DTC notifies Freddie Mac that it is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities as depositary with respect to such DTC Registered Debt Security, or ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (if so required), or is at any time no longer eligible to act as such, and in each case Freddie Mac is unable to locate a successor within 90 calendar days of receiving notice of such ineligibility on the part of DTC; (ii) in the case of any Other Registered Debt Security, if all of


30


 

the systems through which it is cleared or settled are closed for business for a continuous period of 14 calendar days (other than by reason of holidays, statutory or otherwise) or are permanently closed for business or have announced an intention permanently to cease business and in any such situations Freddie Mac is unable to locate a single successor within 90 calendar days of such closure; (iii) a Holder has instituted a judicial proceeding in a court to enforce its rights under such Registered Debt Security and such Holder has been advised by counsel that in connection with such proceeding it is necessary for such Holder to obtain possession of definitive Debt Securities; (iv) Freddie Mac (at its discretion), upon the request of a Holder and at such Holder’s expense, elects to issue definitive Debt Securities; or (v) Freddie Mac (at its discretion) elects to issue definitive Debt Securities. In such circumstances, Freddie Mac shall cause sufficient definitive Debt Securities to be executed and delivered as soon as practicable (and in any event within 45 calendar days of Freddie Mac’s receiving notice of the occurrence of such circumstances) to the Global Agent or its agent for completion, authentication and delivery to the relevant registered holders of such definitive Debt Securities. A person having an interest in a DTC Registered Debt Security or Other Registered Debt Security issued in global form shall provide Freddie Mac or the Global Agent with a written order containing instructions and such other information as Freddie Mac or the Global Agent may require to complete, execute and deliver such definitive Debt Securities in authorized denominations.
 
(b)   Title
 
The person in whose name a definitive Debt Security is registered in the Register shall be the “Holder” of such definitive Debt Security. Freddie Mac, the Global Agent and the Registrar may treat the Holders as the absolute owners of definitive Debt Securities for the purpose of making payments and for all other purposes, whether or not such definitive Debt Securities shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
 
(c)   Payments
 
Interest on a definitive Debt Security shall be paid on the applicable Interest Payment Date. Such interest payments shall be made by check mailed to the Holder thereof at the close of business on the Record Date preceding such Interest Payment Date at such Holder’s address appearing in the Register. The principal of each definitive Debt Security, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due on the Principal Payment Date (subject to the right of the Holder thereof on the related Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to such Principal Payment Date) and shall be paid against presentation and surrender of such definitive Debt Security at the offices of the Global Agent or other paying agent. Payments on the Principal Payment Date shall be made by check provided at the appropriate office of the Global Agent or other paying agent or mailed by the Global Agent to the Holder of such definitive Debt Security. U.S. dollar checks shall be drawn on a bank in the United States. Checks in a Specified Payment Currency other than U.S. dollars shall be drawn on a bank office located outside the United States.
 
Notwithstanding the provisions described in the preceding paragraph relating to payments by check, the Holder of an aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000 of an issue of Debt Securities of which definitive Debt Securities form a part (or, in the case of a definitive Debt Security denominated in a Specified Currency other than U.S. dollars, the Specified Currency equivalent of at least $10,000,000) may elect to receive payments thereon by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the Specified Payment Currency to an account in such Specified


31


 

Payment Currency with a bank designated by such Holder that is acceptable to Freddie Mac; provided, that such bank has appropriate facilities therefor and accepts such transfer and such transfer is permitted by any applicable law or regulation and will not subject Freddie Mac to any liability, requirement or unacceptable charge. In order for such Holder to receive such payments, the relevant paying agent (including the Global Agent) must receive at its office from such Holder (i) in the case of payments on an Interest Payment Date, a written request therefor not later than the close of business on the related Record Date; or (ii) in the case of payments on the Principal Payment Date, a written request therefor not later than the close of business on the date 15 days prior to such Principal Payment Date and the related definitive Debt Security not later than two Business Days prior to such Principal Payment Date. Such written request must be delivered to the relevant paying agent (including the Global Agent) by mail, by hand delivery or by tested or authenticated telex. Any such request shall remain in effect until the relevant paying agent receives written notice to the contrary.
 
All payments on definitive Debt Securities shall be subject to any applicable law or regulation. If a payment outside the United States is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or similar restrictions, payments in respect of the related definitive Debt Securities may be made at the office of any paying agent in the United States.
 
(d)   Partial Redemption
 
Definitive Debt Securities subject to redemption in part by Freddie Mac shall be selected by the Global Agent by lot or in such other manner as the Global Agent deems fair and appropriate, subject to the requirement that the principal amount of each outstanding definitive Debt Security after such redemption is in an authorized denomination.
 
(e)   Transfer and Exchange
 
Definitive Debt Securities shall be presented for registration of transfer or exchange (with the form of transfer included thereon properly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, with such evidence of due authorization and guaranty of signature as may be required by the Registrar, duly executed) at the office of the Registrar or any other transfer agent upon payment of any taxes and other governmental charges and other amounts, but without payment of any service charge to the Registrar or such transfer agent for such transfer or exchange. A transfer or exchange shall not be effective unless, and until, recorded in the Register.
 
A transfer or exchange of a definitive Debt Security shall be effected upon satisfying the Registrar with regard to the documents and identity of the person making the request and subject to such reasonable regulations as Freddie Mac may from time to time agree with the Registrar. Such documents may include forms prescribed by U.S. tax authorities to establish the applicability of, or the exemption from, withholding or other taxes regarding the transferee Holder. Definitive Debt Securities may be transferred or exchanged in whole or in part only in the authorized denominations of the DTC Registered Debt Securities or Other Registered Debt Securities issued in global form for which they were exchanged. In the case of a transfer of a definitive Debt Security in part, a new definitive Debt Security in respect of the balance not transferred shall be issued to the transferor. In addition, replacement of mutilated, destroyed, stolen or lost definitive Debt Securities also is subject to the conditions discussed above with respect to transfers and exchanges generally. Each new definitive Debt Security to be issued upon transfer of such a definitive Debt Security, as well as the definitive Debt Security issued in respect of the balance not transferred, shall be mailed to such address as may be specified in the


32


 

form or instrument of transfer at the risk of the Holder entitled thereto in accordance with the customary procedures of the Registrar.
 
ARTICLE V
 
Secured Debt Securities
 
If so provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, the indebtedness represented by certain Debt Securities shall be secured obligations of Freddie Mac. In such event, the description of the security interest and the terms of the grant of the security interest shall be set forth in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
Subordinated Debt Securities
 
If so provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, the indebtedness represented by the Subordinated Debt Securities and the payment of principal of and interest on such Subordinated Debt Securities will be subordinated to prior payment in full of all Senior Obligations of Freddie Mac that are due and payable. Such Senior Obligations will be identified by category in the applicable Supplemental Agreement. In addition, there may be other terms applicable to specific offerings of Subordinated Debt Securities that would defer, limit or suspend Freddie Mac’s obligation to make any payment of principal of or interest on such Subordinated Debt Securities under certain specified conditions. Any such terms and conditions will be specified in the Supplemental Agreement.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
Currency Conversions
 
Section 7.01. Currency Conversions for DTC Registered Debt Securities.
 
(a)  In the case of DTC Registered Debt Securities whose Specified Payment Currency is other than U.S. dollars, the Currency Exchange Bank specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, for Holders of such DTC Registered Debt Securities, shall convert any amounts paid by Freddie Mac in such Specified Payment Currency into U.S. dollars, unless such Holders elect to receive payments in such Specified Payment Currency as hereinafter described. Freddie Mac shall have no responsibility for the conversion of the Specified Payment Currency for such DTC Registered Debt Securities into U.S. dollars.
 
(b)  The U.S. dollar amount to be received by a Holder of a DTC Registered Debt Security in respect of which payments are to be converted from the Specified Payment Currency into U.S. dollars shall be determined by the Currency Exchange Bank in the morning of the day that would be considered the date for “spot” settlement of the Specified Payment Currency on the applicable payment date in accordance with market convention (generally two New York business days prior to such payment date) at the market rate determined by the Currency Exchange Bank to accomplish the conversion on such payment date of the aggregate amount of the Specified Payment Currency payable in respect of DTC Registered Debt Securities scheduled to receive payments converted into U.S. dollars. All currency exchange costs shall be borne by the Holders of such DTC Registered Debt Securities (and, accordingly, by the related Beneficial Owners) by deductions from such payments. In the event all or any portion of a Specified Payment Currency is not convertible into U.S. dollars, Holders of such DTC Registered Debt Securities shall receive payment in the Specified Payment Currency.


33


 

(c)  A Holder of a DTC Registered Debt Security to be paid in a Specified Payment Currency other than U.S. dollars shall have the option to receive payments of the principal of and any interest on such DTC Registered Debt Security in the Specified Payment Currency by notifying DTC no later than the third New York business day after the related Record Date, in the case of payments on an Interest Payment Date, or the date 12 days prior to the Principal Payment Date, in the case of payments on the Principal Payment Date.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
Events of Default and Remedies
 
Section 8.01. Events of Default.
 
(a)  An Event of Default with respect to a specific issue of Debt Securities (other than Subordinated Debt Securities) shall consist of (i) any failure by Freddie Mac to pay to Holders of such Debt Securities any required payment that continues unremedied for 30 days; (ii) any failure by Freddie Mac to perform in any material respect any other covenant or agreement in this Agreement, which failure continues unremedied for 60 days after the giving of notice of such failure to Freddie Mac by the Holders of not less than 25% of the outstanding principal amount (or notional principal amount) of such Debt Securities; (iii) a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of Freddie Mac in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appoint a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, or sequestrator (or other similar official) of Freddie Mac or for all or substantially all of its property, or order the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (iv) Freddie Mac shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, or sequestrator (or other similar official) of Freddie Mac or any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due.
 
The appointment of a conservator (or other similar official) by a regulator having jurisdiction over Freddie Mac, whether or not Freddie Mac consents to such appointment, will not constitute an Event of Default. Any payment made in U.S. dollars or in euros as provided under Section 2.03(c)(i) shall not constitute an Event of Default.
 
(b)  The Supplemental Agreement for any issue of Subordinated Debt Securities will specify the Events of Default that will apply to any such Subordinated Debt Securities.
 
(c)  Any event associated with EMU (an “EMU Event”) shall not give rise to an Event of Default. An EMU Event may include, without limitation, each (and any combination) of (i) the fixing of exchange rates between the currency of a member state of the European Union and euros or between the currencies of member states of the European Union; (ii) the introduction of euros as lawful currency in a member state of the European Union; or (iii) the disappearance or replacement of a relevant rate option or other price source for the national currency of any member state of the European Union, or the failure of the agreed sponsor (or a successor sponsor) to publish or display a relevant rate, index, price, page or screen.
 
Section 8.02. Rights Upon Event of Default.


34


 

(a)  As long as an Event of Default under this Agreement remains unremedied, Holders of not less than 50% of the outstanding principal amount (or notional principal amount) of an issue of Debt Securities to which such Event of Default relates may, by written notice to Freddie Mac, declare such Debt Securities due and payable and accelerate the maturity of such Debt Securities. Upon such acceleration, the principal amount of such Debt Securities and the interest accrued thereon shall be due and payable.
 
(b)  No Holder has any right under this Agreement to institute any action or proceeding at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy, unless (i) such Holder previously has given to Freddie Mac written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof; (ii) the Holders of not less than 50% of the outstanding principal amount (or notional principal amount) of an issue of Debt Securities to which such Event of Default relates have given written notice to Freddie Mac of such Event of Default; and (iii) such Event of Default continues uncured for a period of 60 days following such notice. No Holder of an issue of Debt Securities has any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue of or by availing itself of any provision of this Agreement to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other such Holder, or to obtain or seek to obtain preference or priority over any other such Holder or to enforce any right under this Agreement, except in the manner provided in this Agreement and for the ratable and common benefit of all such Holders and except for the priority rights of Holders of Senior Obligations over the rights of Holders of Subordinated Debt Securities.
 
(c)  Events of Default that apply to an issue of Senior Obligations may not be Events of Default for an issue of Subordinated Debt Securities. As a result, Holders of an issue of Subordinated Debt Securities may not have the same acceleration rights as Holders of other Debt Securities, as provided in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
(d)  Prior to or after the institution of any action or proceeding relating to an issue of Debt Securities, the Holders of not less than 50% of the outstanding principal amount (or notional principal amount) of such Debt Securities may waive an Event of Default, whether or not it has resulted in a declaration of an acceleration of the maturity of such Debt Securities, and may rescind and annul any previously declared acceleration.
 
(e)  Whenever in this Agreement it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage in outstanding principal amount (or notional principal amount) of an issue of Debt Securities may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, or the giving of any authorization, notice, consent or waiver), the fact that at the time of taking any such action the Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced by a writing, or any number of writings of similar tenor, executed by Holders in person, or by an agent or proxy appointed in writing.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
Miscellaneous Provisions
 
Section 9.01. Limitations on Liability of Freddie Mac and Others.
 
Neither Freddie Mac nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be under any liability to the Holders or Beneficial Owners for any action taken, or not taken, by them in good faith under this Agreement or for errors in judgment. This provision will not protect Freddie Mac or any other related person against any liability which would otherwise be imposed


35


 

by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement. Freddie Mac and such related persons shall have no liability of whatever nature for special, indirect or consequential damages, lost profits or business, or any other liability or claim (other than for direct damages), even if reasonably foreseeable or Freddie Mac has been advised of the possibility of such loss, damage, liability or claim.
 
In performing its responsibilities under this Agreement, Freddie Mac may employ agents or independent contractors. Except upon an Event of Default (as defined herein), Freddie Mac shall not be subject to the control of Holders in any manner in the discharge of its responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement.
 
Freddie Mac shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that is not incidental to its responsibilities under this Agreement and which in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability. However, Freddie Mac may in its discretion undertake any such legal action which it may deem necessary or desirable in the interests of the Holders. In such event, the legal expenses and costs of such action shall be expenses and costs of Freddie Mac.
 
Section 9.02. Binding Effect of this Agreement.
 
(a)  By receiving and accepting a Debt Security, each Holder, financial intermediary and Beneficial Owner of such Debt Security unconditionally agrees, without any signature or further manifestation of assent, to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as supplemented, modified or amended pursuant to its terms.
 
(b)  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor to Freddie Mac.
 
Section 9.03. Replacement.
 
Any Registered Debt Security in definitive form that becomes mutilated, destroyed, stolen or lost shall be replaced by Freddie Mac at the expense of the Holder upon delivery to the Global Agent of evidence of the destruction, theft or loss thereof, and an indemnity satisfactory to Freddie Mac and the Global Agent. Upon the issuance of any substituted Registered Debt Security, Freddie Mac or the Global Agent may require the payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any taxes and expenses connected therewith.
 
Section 9.04. Conditions to Payment, Transfer or Exchange.
 
Freddie Mac, its agent or any other person potentially required to withhold with respect to payments on a Debt Security shall have the right to require a Holder of a Debt Security, as a condition to payment of principal of or interest on such Debt Security, or as a condition to transfer or exchange of such Debt Security, to present at such place as Freddie Mac, its agent or such other person shall designate a certificate in such form as Freddie Mac, its agent or such other person may from time to time prescribe, to enable Freddie Mac, its agent or such other person to determine its duties and liabilities with respect to (i) any taxes, assessments or governmental charges which Freddie Mac, any Federal Reserve Bank, the Global Agent or such other person, as the case may be, may be required to deduct or withhold from payments in respect of such Debt Security under any present or future law of the United States or jurisdiction therein or any regulation or interpretation of any taxing authority thereof; and (ii) any reporting or other requirements under such laws, regulations or interpretations. Freddie Mac, its agent or


36


 

such other person shall be entitled to determine its duties and liabilities with respect to such deduction, withholding, reporting or other requirements on the basis of information contained in such certificate or, if no certificate shall be presented, on the basis of any presumption created by any such law, regulation or interpretation, and shall be entitled to act in accordance with such determination.
 
Section 9.05. Amendment.
 
(a)  Freddie Mac may modify, amend or supplement this Agreement and the terms of an issue of Debt Securities, without the consent of the Holders or Beneficial Owners, (i) to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any defective provision or to make any other provision with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement or the terms of any Debt Security that are not inconsistent with any other provision of this Agreement or the Debt Security; (ii) to add to the covenants of Freddie Mac for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon Freddie Mac; (iii) to evidence the succession of another entity to Freddie Mac and its assumption of the covenants of Freddie Mac; (iv) to conform the terms of an issue of Debt Securities or cure any ambiguity or discrepancy resulting from any changes in the Book-Entry Rules or any regulation or document that are applicable to book-entry securities of Freddie Mac; (v) to increase the amount of an issue of Debt Securities as contemplated under Section 2.07; or (vi) in any other manner that Freddie Mac may determine and that will not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of Holders or Beneficial Owners at the time of such modification, amendment or supplement.
 
(b)  In addition, either (i) with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the aggregate then outstanding principal amount or notional principal amount of an issue of Debt Securities affected thereby, excluding any such Debt Securities owned by Freddie Mac; or (ii) by the adoption of a resolution at a meeting of Holders at which a quorum is present, by the Holders of at least a majority of the aggregate then outstanding principal amount or notional principal amount of an issue of Debt Securities represented at such meeting, excluding any such Debt Securities owned by Freddie Mac, Freddie Mac may from time to time and at any time modify, amend or supplement the terms of an issue of Debt Securities for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any provisions of such Debt Securities or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders; provided, however, that no such modification, amendment or supplement may, without the written consent or affirmative vote of each Holder of a Debt Security; (A) change the Maturity Date or any Interest Payment Date of such Debt Security; (B) materially modify the redemption or repayment provisions, if any, relating to the redemption or repayment price of, or any redemption or repayment date or period for, such Debt Security; (C) reduce the principal amount of, delay the principal payment of, or materially modify the rate of interest or the calculation of the rate of interest on, such Debt Security; (D) in the case of Registered Debt Securities only, change the Specified Payment Currency of such Registered Debt Security; or (E) reduce the percentage of Holders whose consent or affirmative vote is necessary to modify, amend or supplement the terms of the relevant issue of Debt Securities. A quorum at any meeting of Holders called to adopt a resolution shall be Holders entitled to vote a majority of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount or notional principal amount of an issue of such Debt Securities called to such meeting and, at any reconvened meeting adjourned for lack of a quorum, 25% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount or notional principal amount of such issue of Debt Securities, in both cases excluding any such Debt Securities owned by Freddie Mac. It shall not be necessary


37


 

for the Holders to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent or resolution approves the substance of such change. If any modification, amendment or supplement of the terms of an issue of Debt Securities that have been separated into Interest and Principal Components requires the consent of Holders, only the Holders of the Principal Components will be entitled to give or withhold that consent. Holders of Interest Components will have no right to give or withhold such consent.
 
(c)  The “principal amount,” for purposes of the preceding paragraph, for a Debt Security that is a Zero Coupon Debt Security or for a Debt Security issued at an “issue price” of 80% or less of its principal amount will be equal to (i) the issue price of such Debt Security; plus (ii) the original issue discount that has accrued from the Issue Date of such Debt Security to the OID Determination Date; minus (iii) any amount considered as part of the “stated redemption price at maturity” of such Debt Security that has been paid from the Issue Date of such Debt Security to the OID Determination Date.
 
The “principal amount,” for purposes of the second preceding paragraph, of a Debt Security whose Specified Principal Currency is other than U.S. dollars will be the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined on the Issue Date, of the principal amount (or, in the case of the Debt Securities referred to in the preceding paragraph, the amount determined in accordance with the provisions described in such preceding paragraph) of such Debt Security. The “principal amount” of a Debt Security with principal determined by reference to an Index will be described in the applicable Supplemental Agreement.
 
(d)  Freddie Mac may establish a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Debt Securities, to grant any consent in respect of Debt Securities and to notice with respect to any such meeting or consent.
 
(e)  Any instrument given by or on behalf of any Holder of a Debt Security in connection with any consent to any such modification, amendment or supplement shall be irrevocable once given and shall be conclusive and binding on all subsequent Holders of such Debt Security or any Debt Security issued, directly or indirectly, in exchange or substitution therefor, irrespective of whether or not notation in regard thereto is made thereon. Any modification, amendment or supplement of this Agreement or of the terms of Debt Securities shall be conclusive and binding on all Holders of Debt Securities affected thereby, whether or not they have given such consent or were present at any meeting (unless by the terms of this Agreement a written consent or an affirmative vote of such Holders is required), and whether or not notation of such modification, amendment or supplement is made upon the Debt Securities.
 
Section 9.06. Securities Acquired by Freddie Mac.
 
Freddie Mac may, from time to time, repurchase or otherwise acquire (either for cash or in exchange for newly-issued Debt Securities) all or a portion of any issue of Debt Securities. Any Debt Securities owned by Freddie Mac shall have an equal and proportionate benefit under the provisions of this Agreement, without preference, priority or distinction as among such Debt Securities, except that in determining whether the Holders of the required percentage of the outstanding principal amount (or notional principal amount) of an issue of Debt Securities have given any required demand, authorization, notice, consent or waiver under this Agreement, any Debt Securities owned by Freddie Mac or any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with Freddie Mac shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of such determination.


38


 

Section 9.07. Notice.
 
(a)  Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Agreement is required or permitted to be given to or served upon any Holder may be given or served in writing by deposit thereof, postage prepaid, in the mail, addressed to such Holder as such Holder’s name and address may appear in the records of Freddie Mac, a Federal Reserve Bank or the Registrar, as the case may be, or, in the case of a Holder of a Fed Book-Entry Debt Security, by transmission to such Holder through the communication system linking the Federal Reserve Banks. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon any Holder shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing or transmission.
 
(b)  If and so long as an issue of Debt Securities is admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market and listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, notices with respect to such issue of Debt Securities also shall be published in a newspaper of general circulation in Luxembourg or, if such publication is not practical, elsewhere in Europe. If and so long as an issue of Debt Securities is listed on the Singapore Stock Exchange and the rules of the Singapore Stock Exchange so require, notices with respect to such issue of Debt Securities shall be published in a newspaper of general circulation in Singapore or, if such publication is not practical, elsewhere in Asia. Notice by publication shall be deemed to have been given on the date of publication or, if published more than once, on the date of first publication.
 
(c)  Any notice, demand or other communication which by any provision of this Agreement is required or permitted to be given to or served upon Freddie Mac shall be given in writing addressed (until another address is published by Freddie Mac) as follows: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102 Attention: General Counsel and Secretary. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of the writing by Freddie Mac.
 
Section 9.08. Governing Law.
 
THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE HOLDERS AND FREDDIE MAC WITH RESPECT TO THE DEBT SECURITIES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES. INSOFAR AS THERE MAY BE NO APPLICABLE PRECEDENT, AND INSOFAR AS TO DO SO WOULD NOT FRUSTRATE THE PURPOSES OF THE FREDDIE MAC ACT OR ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS GOVERNED THEREBY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL BE DEEMED REFLECTIVE OF THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES.
 
Section 9.09. Headings.
 
The Article, Section and Subsection headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION


39

 
Exhibit 10.1
 
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
2004 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN
 
 
As Amended and Restated as of June 6, 2008


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
   
Page
 
ARTICLE I     Establishment of the Plan
  1
1.1      Purposes
  1
1.2      Effective Date
  1
1.3      Plan Name
  1
ARTICLE II     Definitions
  1
2.1      Affiliate
  1
2.2      Annual Limit
  1
2.3      Award
  1
2.4      Award Document
  1
2.5      Beneficiary
  1
2.6      Board
  1
2.7      Code
  2
2.8      Committee
  2
2.9      Common Stock
  2
2.10     Corporation
  2
2.11     Deferred Stock
  2
2.12     Disability
  2
2.13     Dividend Equivalent
  2
2.14     Employee
  2
2.15     Fair Market Value
  2
2.16     Incentive Awards
  2
2.17     Incentive Stock Option or ISOs
  2
2.18     1995 Plan
  2
2.19     Nonqualified Stock Option
  2
2.20     Option
  3
2.21     Other Stock-Based Award
  3
2.22     Participant
  3
2.23     Performance Award
  3
2.24     Plan
  3
2.25     Restricted Stock
  3
2.26     Restricted Stock Unit or RSU
  3
2.27     Retirement
  3
2.28     Senior Executive
  3
2.29     Stock Appreciation Right or SAR
  3
2.30     Stock Bonus
  3
2.31     Termination
  3
ARTICLE III     Administration
  4
3.1      Authority of the Committee Generally
  4
3.2      Scope of Committee Authority
  5
3.3      Delegation of Committee Authority
  5
3.4      Limitation on Repricing
  5
3.5      Good Faith Reliance
  5
3.6      Indemnification
  5


i


 

     
   
Page
 
ARTICLE IV     Common Stock Available Under the Plan; Adjustments
  6
4.1      Common Stock Available for Delivery
  6
4.2      Share Counting
  6
4.3      Source of Common Stock
  7
4.4      Adjustments
  7
ARTICLE V     Eligibility
  8
5.1      Persons Eligible
  8
5.2      Annual Per-Person Award Limitations
  8
5.3      No Rights to Awards
  8
ARTICLE VI     Terms of Awards
  8
6.1      General
  8
6.2      Minimum Vesting Requirements
  8
6.3      Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards
  9
6.4      Maximum Term Awards
  9
6.5      Form of Payment Under Awards
  9
6.6      Limitations on Transferability
  10
6.7      No Stockholder Rights
  10
6.8      Insider Trading Policies Apply; Additional Forfeiture Conditions
  10
ARTICLE VII     Forms of Awards
  11
7.1      Options
  11
7.2      Stock Appreciation Rights
  11
7.3      Restricted Stock
  11
7.4      Deferred Stock
  12
7.5      Stock Bonus; Awards in Lieu of Other Obligations
  13
7.6      Dividend Equivalents
  13
7.7      Other Stock-Based Awards
  13
7.8      Incentive Awards
  13
ARTICLE VIII     Performance Awards
  13
8.1      Performance Awards Generally
  13
8.2      Performance Awards Subject to Pre-Established Terms
  14
8.3      Settlement of Performance Awards; Other Terms
  14
8.4      Written Determinations
  15
ARTICLE IX     General Provisions
  15
9.1      Compliance With Laws and Obligations
  15
9.2      Limitation of Participant Rights
  15
9.3      Tax Provisions
  15
9.4      Changes to the Plan and Awards
  16
9.5      Unfunded Status of Awards other than Restricted Stock
  17
9.6      Nonexclusivity of the Plan
  17
9.7      Fractional Shares
  17
9.8      Awards Not Compensation Under Plans
  18
9.9      Repayments to Participants in Connection with Forfeitures
  18
9.10     Governing Law
  18
9.11     Termination of Authority to Grant Awards Under the 1995 Plan
  18
9.12     Stockholder Approval, Termination of Authority to Grant Awards and Termination of the Plan
  18


ii


 

 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
2004 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN
As Amended and Restated as of June 6, 2008
 
ARTICLE I
Establishment of the Plan
 
1.1   Purposes.   The purposes of this 2004 Stock Compensation Plan, as amended and restated, of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation are to promote the success of the Corporation and its stockholders by providing an additional means to attract, retain, motivate, and reward officers and employees of the Corporation and its Affiliates, to link compensation of such persons to measures of the Corporation’s performance in order to provide incentives for high levels of performance, to enable such persons to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in the Corporation in order to promote a closer identity of interests between such persons and the Corporation’s stockholders.
 
1.2   Effective Date.   This Plan became effective upon the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders on November 4, 2004.
 
1.3   Plan Name.   The name of the Plan is the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan.
 
ARTICLE II
Definitions
 
2.1   Affiliate.   An organization some or all of the employees of which are designated by the Committee as eligible to participate in this Plan.
 
2.2   Annual Limit.   The number of shares used to determine a Participant’s per-person Award limitation for share-denominated Awards and the cash amount used to determine a Participant’s per-person Award limitation for other Awards under Section 5.2.
 
2.3   Award.   Any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, Stock Bonus, Dividend Equivalent, Performance Award, Other Stock-Based Award or Incentive Award, or any combination thereof, granted under the Plan.
 
2.4   Award Document.   Any written or electronic agreement, contract, notice, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award. The use of an “electronic record” and an “electronic signature” in connection with any Award Document shall be governed by the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act of 2000 (E-SIGN) or the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act (UETA) as enacted by the Commonwealth of Virginia, as applicable. The terms “electronic records” and “electronic signature” shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in E-SIGN or the Virginia UETA, as applicable.
 
2.5   Beneficiary.   The person(s) or trust(s) which have been designated by a Participant in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Committee to receive the benefits in connection with an Award upon such Participant’s death, or to whom or to which an Award or rights relating thereto are transferred if and to the extent permitted under Section 6.6. If, upon a Participant’s death, there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the term Beneficiary means the person(s) or trust(s) entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.
 
2.6   Board.   The Board of Directors of the Corporation.


1


 

2.7   Code.   The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
 
2.8   Committee.   The Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board, or such other Board committee as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan. The composition and governance of the Committee shall be established in the Committee’s Charter as approved from time to time by the Board, and other corporate governance documents of the company. The full Board may perform any function of the Committee hereunder in which case the term “Committee” shall refer to the Board.
 
2.9   Common Stock.   The Common Stock, $0.21 par value, of the Corporation and such other common stock as may be substituted or resubstituted for Common Stock pursuant to an adjustment under Section 4.4.
 
2.10   Corporation.   The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.
 
2.11   Deferred Stock.   An Award under Section 7.4 representing a contractual right to receive delivery of a specified number of shares of Common Stock, or shares of Common Stock having a specified Fair Market Value at a specified date, at the expiration of a period or periods of deferral, and subject to terms and conditions as the Committee may specify. These terms and conditions can include a risk of forfeiture, which need not extend for the entire period of deferral; in such case, for purposes of the Plan the Award will be referred to as a “Restricted Stock Unit.”
 
2.12   Disability.   A condition resulting in a Participant’s Termination and which is a disability under the terms of the Corporation’s Long-Term Disability Plan as in effect at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment; provided, however, that the Committee may specify a different definition of “Disability” in the Award Document.
 
2.13   Dividend Equivalent.   An Award under Section 7.6 giving the Participant a right (which may be conditional) to receive cash, Common Stock, other Awards, or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Common Stock, and subject to such other conditions as the Committee may specify.
 
2.14   Employee.   Any officer or employee of the Corporation or an Affiliate who is not a Senior Executive.
 
2.15   Fair Market Value.   The average of the high and the low sale prices of a share of Common Stock reported for composite transactions in the New York Stock Exchange listed securities in print or electronically by The Wall Street Journal or by another recognized provider designated by the Committee for such date or, if no such prices are reported for such date, on the most recent trading day prior to such date for which such prices were reported; provided, however, that the Committee may, in good faith, establish alternative methods or procedures for determining Fair Market Value.
 
2.16   Incentive Award.   An Award under Section 7.8 denominated and/or payable in cash. An Incentive Award with a performance period of up to one year may be designated an “Annual Incentive Award,” and an incentive award with a performance period longer than one year may be designated a “Long-Term Incentive Award.”
 
2.17   Incentive Stock Option or ISOs.   Any Option that is designated as an incentive stock option and qualifies as such within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
 
2.18   1995 Plan.   The Corporation’s 1995 Stock Compensation Plan that became effective May 2, 1995.
 
2.19   Nonqualified Stock Option.   Any Option which is not an Incentive Stock Option.


2


 

2.20   Option.   An Award under Section 7.1 representing a conditional right to purchase, upon the exercise of the right by the Participant or his or her Beneficiary, a specified number of shares of Common Stock at a fixed price during a specified period or periods, and subject to such other conditions as the Committee may specify.
 
2.21   Other Stock-Based Award.   An Award under Section 7.7 denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Common Stock or factors that may influence the value of Common Stock, as determined by the Committee, and subject to such other conditions as may be specified by the Committee.
 
2.22   Participant.   A person who, as a Senior Executive or Employee of the Corporation or any Affiliate, has been granted an Award under the Plan.
 
2.23   Performance Award.   An Award that is subject to any performance condition or conditions imposed by the Committee under Article VIII.
 
2.24   Plan.   This 2004 Stock Compensation Plan.
 
2.25   Restricted Stock.   An Award under Section 7.3 pursuant to which a specified number of shares of Common Stock are granted to the Participant, subject to a risk of forfeiture and restrictions on transferability until the expiration of a specified restricted period or periods, and subject to such other conditions as the Committee may specify.
 
2.26   Restricted Stock Unit or RSU.   An Award of Deferred Stock that is subject to a risk of forfeiture until the expiration of a specified restricted period or periods, with settlement on the date the risk of forfeiture lapses or at a later specified date.
 
2.27   Retirement.   A Termination that is a retirement in accordance with the eligibility provisions and retirement benefit provisions of Articles V and VI, respectively, of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employees’ Pension Plan as in effect at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment; provided, however, the Committee may specify a different definition of Retirement in the Award Document.
 
2.28   Senior Executive.   An employee of the Corporation or an Affiliate who is a Senior Vice President or who is senior to such an officer.
 
2.29   Stock Appreciation Right or SAR.   An Award under Section 7.2 representing a right to receive cash, Common Stock, other Awards, or other property equal in value to the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise, over (b) the grant price of the SAR as determined by the Committee as of the date of grant of the SAR. SARs shall be subject to such other conditions as the Committee may specify.
 
2.30   Stock Bonus.   An Award of Common Stock granted as a bonus under Section 7.5, subject to such conditions as the Committee may specify.
 
2.31   Termination.   A termination of employment of the Participant immediately after which the Participant is not an employee of either the Corporation or any Affiliate. Conversion from full-time to part-time employment shall not be deemed to be a Termination. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Committee may specify a different definition of “Termination” in the Award Document, including for purposes of compliance with Code Section 409A.


3


 

ARTICLE III
Administration
 
3.1   Authority of the Committee Generally.   The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full and final authority to take the following actions, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan:
 
(a) to select Senior Executives and Employees to whom Awards may be granted;
 
(b) to determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each person selected to become a Participant, and the time or times at which Awards may be granted;
 
(c) to determine the number of Awards to be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Award, the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan including, but not limited to, any exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, automatic exercise of Options, any restriction or condition, any schedule or performance conditions for the lapse of restrictions or conditions relating to transferability, forfeiture, exercisability, or settlement of an Award (subject to Section 6.2), and waivers, accelerations, or modifications of any such schedule or performance conditions (subject to Section 9.4(b)), based in each case on such considerations as the Committee shall determine, and all other matters to be determined in connection with an Award;
 
(d) to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered, and the method of payment of the exercise price or purchase price of an Award, including but not limited to cash, Common Stock, other Awards, or other property;
 
(e) to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Common Stock, other Awards, or other property payable with respect to an Award will be deferred either automatically, at the election of the Committee, or at the election of the Participant;
 
(f) to prescribe the form of each Award Document, which need not be identical for each Participant;
 
(g) to adopt, amend, suspend, waive, and rescind such rules and regulations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;
 
(h) to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan;
 
(i) to construe and interpret the Plan and any Award, rules and regulations, Award Document, or other instrument hereunder, and to determine the rights and benefits pertaining to any Participant or Beneficiary;
 
(j) to retain experts to advise and assist the Committee in performing its functions hereunder and otherwise in the administration of the Plan; and
 
(k) to make all other decisions and determinations as may be required under the terms of the Plan or as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
 
3.2   Scope of Committee Authority.   Unless authority is specifically reserved to the Board under the terms of the Plan, the Corporation’s Charter or Bylaws, or applicable law, the Committee may exercise its authority under the Plan in its sole discretion. Any action of the Committee with respect to the Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, including the Corporation,


4


 

Participants, any Beneficiary or other person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant, and stockholders. The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. The foregoing notwithstanding, a grant made by the Committee or other action taken by the Committee may be made contingent upon approval of the Board or a majority of the independent directors serving on the Board as a condition of the effectiveness of such grant or action.
 
3.3   Delegation of Committee Authority.   The Committee may delegate any or all of its authority under this Article III relating to the selection of Employees for participation, the grant of Awards to Employees, and other actions under the Plan relating to Employees, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Such delegation shall be made only to the Chief Executive Officer, another Senior Executive or a committee of two or more Senior Executives (which may include the Chief Executive Officer). In the case of any such delegation, references in the Plan to the Committee shall be deemed to include the Chief Executive Officer, Senior Executive or committee to which authority has been delegated with respect to Employees; provided, however, that the Committee may impose any term or limitation upon the exercise of such delegated authority hereunder not inconsistent with the Plan. The Committee may not make such delegation with respect to any Senior Executive, except as to ministerial functions. In this regard, the Committee may delegate to officers or other employees of the Corporation, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, the duty to perform ministerial functions under the Plan.
 
3.4   Limitation on Repricing.   Without the prior approval of the Corporation’s stockholders, the Committee will not amend or replace previously granted Options or SARs in a transaction that constitutes a “repricing.” “Repricing” means: (a) lowering the exercise price of an Option or grant price of a SAR after it is granted, (b) canceling an Option or SAR at a time when its exercise price or grant price exceeds the fair market value of the underlying stock, in exchange for another Option, SAR, Restricted Stock, other equity, or cash unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with a merger, acquisition, spin-off or other similar corporate transaction, (c) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, or (d) any other action that has the same effect as those itemized in (a) — (c); provided, however, that any adjustment authorized by Section 4.4 shall under no circumstances be considered a “repricing.”
 
3.5   Good Faith Reliance.   Each member of the Committee shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or other employee of the Corporation, the Corporation’s independent public accountants, or any compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other professional retained by the Corporation to assist in the administration of the Plan.
 
3.6   Indemnification.   In the event and to the extent the members of the Committee, and any Employee or Senior Executive acting on behalf of the Committee, are not insured by any insurance company pursuant to provisions of any applicable insurance policy, the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless each such person against all liability (including the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty or fine, including any excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan) and expense (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by him, her or it in connection with any and all claims, demands, suits or proceedings in connection with the Plan that may be brought by the Corporation’s Senior Executives, Employees, Participants or their Beneficiaries or legal representatives, or by any other person, corporation, entity, government or agency thereof, except such liabilities and expenses as are incurred because of the Committee member’s, Senior Executive’s or Employee’s willful misconduct or knowing violation of the criminal law; provided, however, that the Corporation may not indemnify any person in connection with any proceeding


5


 

charging improper personal benefit to the person, whether or not involving action in his or her official capacity, to the extent that such person is adjudged liable on the basis that the personal benefit was improperly received by such person. This right of indemnification shall be in addition to any other rights to which any member of the Committee may be entitled to as a matter of law.
 
ARTICLE IV
Common Stock Available Under the Plan; Adjustments
 
4.1   Common Stock Available for Delivery.   Subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided, the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan shall be (i) 25,000,000 plus (ii) that number of shares of Common Stock that, immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Plan, remain authorized and available for awards under the 1995 Plan (without regard to the termination of the 1995 Plan) or thereafter become available as provided in Section 4.2 below.
 
4.2   Share Counting.
 
(a)  Generally.   No Award may be granted if the number of shares the Committee determines to be deliverable under such Award, when added to the number of shares determined to be deliverable under then-outstanding Awards, exceeds the Committee’s determination of the number of shares then remaining available for delivery or other applicable limitation under this Article IV. Thus, the Committee may determine that Awards may be outstanding that relate to more shares than the aggregate remaining available under the Plan so long as Awards will not in fact result in delivery and vesting of shares in excess of the number then available under the Plan. The Committee’s determinations under this Section 4.2 may be based on its good faith estimates of the shares deliverable and remaining available for delivery under this Article IV.
 
(b)  Shares Available for Grants.   Only the number of shares actually delivered to the Participant upon exercise of an Option or SAR or upon settlement of other Awards, or, in the case of Restricted Stock, the number of shares that have been delivered to the Participant and which have become non-forfeitable, will be counted against the number of shares reserved under the Plan. Thus, for example, if an Award expires or is forfeited, an Award is settled in cash, shares are withheld from an Award or separately surrendered to pay the exercise price of an Option or to satisfy tax withholding obligations relating to an Award, fewer shares are delivered upon exercise of a SAR than the number to which the SAR related, or shares that had been issued as Restricted Stock are forfeited, those shares will again be available for Awards under the Plan and will not count against share limitations under Section 4.1. Shares subject to outstanding awards under the 1995 Plan will be counted and deemed available in accordance with the share counting provisions set forth in this Section 4.2. The Committee may adopt procedures for the counting of shares relating to any Award to ensure appropriate counting and avoid double counting (as in the case of tandem or substitute awards), and, for administrative convenience, the Corporation may implement share counting under this Section 4.2(b) in a manner that diverges from the share counting rules set forth herein so long as any such divergence results only in a greater number of shares being counted against the share limitations under Section 4.1. Shares will be available under clause (ii) of Section 4.1 and this Section 4.2 for the grant of ISOs only to the extent consistent with applicable regulations relating to ISOs under the Code.


6


 

4.3   Source of Common Stock.   Any shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized but previously unissued shares, treasury shares, or shares acquired in market transactions on behalf of the Participant.
 
4.4   Adjustments.
 
(a)  Adjustments In Response to Corporate Events.   In the event that the Committee shall determine that any large, special and non-recurring dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash or other property), recapitalization, forward or reverse split, dividend of Common Stock, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase or share exchange, rights offering, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Common Stock, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock then authorized for delivery for Awards under Section 4.1 and under each Participant’s Annual Limit under Section 5.2, and (ii), if an adjustment is necessary in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants under the Plan, as determined by the Committee, (A) the number and kind of shares of outstanding Restricted Stock or other outstanding Award in connection with which shares have been issued or delivered, (B) the number and kind of shares that may be issued or delivered in respect of other outstanding Awards, (C) the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price relating to any Award (or, if deemed appropriate, the Committee may make provision for a cash payment with respect to any outstanding Award) and (D) any other term relating to an Award. In furtherance of this authorization, with respect to outstanding Awards, upon the occurrence of an event constituting an “equity restructuring” as defined under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R with respect to Shares, each Participant shall have a legal right to the equitable adjustment of the Participant’s outstanding Awards, with the manner of such adjustment to be determined by the Committee as provided in this Section 4.4. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a forward split of Common Stock or a dividend in the form of Common Stock, each adjustment specified in 4.4(a)(i) and (ii)(A), (B) and (C) shall be effected automatically by multiplying the relevant pre-transaction number of shares by the ratio of the number of shares deliverable in respect of each outstanding share, and multiplying the exercise price of each outstanding Option by the inverse of that ratio. If, in a transaction triggering an adjustment hereunder, public shareholders of the Corporation receive cash for their entire equity interest in the Corporation, an adjustment providing for cancellation of a share-denominated Award in exchange for a cash payment based solely on the then intrinsic value of the Award shall be deemed to meet the requirements of this Article IV.
 
(b)  Other Adjustments to Award Terms.   The Committee is further authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, events described in the preceding Section) affecting the Corporation or any Affiliate or the financial statements of the Corporation or any Affiliate, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles.
 
(c)  Limitation on Adjustments Affecting ISOs.   The foregoing notwithstanding, no adjustments shall be authorized under this Section 4.4 with respect to Incentive Stock Options or Awards in tandem therewith to the extent that such authority would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to comply with Section 422(b) of the Code.


7


 

ARTICLE V
Eligibility
 
5.1   Persons Eligible.   Senior Executives and Employees, including directors of the Corporation who are also employees, are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan.
 
5.2   Annual Per-Person Award Limitations.   In each calendar year during any part of which the Plan is in effect, an eligible person may be granted Awards relating to shares up to but not exceeding his or her Annual Limit. A Participant’s Annual Limit shall equal two million shares plus the amount, if any, of the Participant’s unused Annual Limit relating to such share-denominated Awards as of the close of the previous year, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.4. In the case of a cash-denominated Award (for which the limitation on Awards relating to shares would not be calculable at the time of grant), a Participant may not be granted Awards authorizing the earning during any calendar year of an amount that exceeds the Participant’s Annual Limit, which for this purpose shall equal $8 million plus the amount of the Participant’s unused cash Annual Limit as of the close of the previous year (this limitation is separate and not affected by the number of Awards granted during such calendar year subject to the limitation on Awards relating to shares). For this purpose, (i) “earning” means satisfying performance conditions so that an amount becomes payable under an Award, without regard to whether the amount is to be paid currently or on a deferred basis or continues to be subject to any service requirement or other non-performance condition, and (ii) a Participant’s Annual Limit is used to the extent a number of shares or other amount may be potentially earned or paid under an Award, regardless of whether such shares or amount are in fact earned or paid.
 
5.3   No Rights to Awards.   No Senior Executive or Employee shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, absent a valid written commitment or electronic record of commitment of the Committee or an authorized delegate to grant such Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants. Any such commitment shall contain the written or “electronic signatures” (as defined in Section 2.4) of an authorized representative of the Corporation.
 
ARTICLE VI
Terms of Awards
 
6.1   General.   Awards may be granted generally on the terms and conditions set forth in Articles VI and VII. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter, subject to Section 9.4 and Article III, such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine and specify in an Award Document whether in writing or in electronic form.
 
6.2   Minimum Vesting Requirements.
 
(a)  Options and SARs.   Options, SARs and any other Award carrying a right to exercise shall be forfeitable for at least one year after the date of grant, except in the event of a Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement or in the event of a change in control of the Corporation (as such change may be defined by the Committee) or other special circumstances. Except as provided herein, Options, SARs and any other Award carrying a right to exercise shall not be exercisable prior to the time the risk of forfeiture on the Award shall lapse, except in cases in which all net proceeds of exercise remain subject to substantially the same risk of forfeiture.


8


 

(b)  Restricted Stock, RSUs and Other Non-Option/Non-SAR Awards.   If the vesting of Restricted Stock, RSUs, and other non-Option/non-SAR Awards for which the Participant does not make a payment or surrender rights to payment having substantial value is not based on the achievement of one or more performance conditions, such Awards will vest ( i.e. , become non-forfeitable) over a minimum period of three years after the date of the grant, except in the event of a Participant’s death, Disability, or Retirement, or in the event of a change in control of the Corporation (as such change may be defined by the Committee) or other special circumstances. If the vesting of such Awards is based on the achievement of one or more performance conditions, such Awards will vest ( i.e. , become non-forfeitable upon the satisfaction of a performance condition) over a minimum period of one year after the date of the grant, except in the event of a Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement, or in the event of a change in control of the Corporation (as such change may be defined by the Committee) or other special circumstances.
 
(c)  Other Vesting Terms.   For purposes of this Section 6.2, (i) vesting over a three-year period will include periodic vesting over such period, (ii) a pre-announced period in which service is required as a condition to the grant of any Award may count toward the minimum vesting period required under this Section 6.2, if so determined by the Committee, or (iii) with respect to Awards that otherwise would be subject to the minimum vesting requirements of Section 6.2(b) and notwithstanding those requirements, up to 15% of the shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan may be granted as non-performance based Awards with vesting terms not conforming to the three-year minimum vesting requirement of this Section 6.2 and instead may be granted with a one-year minimum vesting requirement identical to the requirement in Section 6.2(a).
 
6.3   Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards.   Awards granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted on a stand-alone basis or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award, for any option or other equity award granted under another plan, or for any other right of a Participant to receive payment from the Corporation or an Affiliate, subject to Section 3.4 (relating to repricing) and Section 9.4(b). Thus, Awards may be granted in substitution for outstanding options or other equity awards of a business entity being acquired by the Corporation or an Affiliate. Subject to Section 3.4 and Section 9.4(b), the Committee may determine that, in granting a new Award, an amount not exceeding the in-the-money value of any surrendered Award or award granted under another plan may be applied to reduce the exercise price of any Option, grant price of any SAR, or purchase price of any other Award, or that the fair value of any surrendered Award or award may be applied to reduce the fair-value purchase price of any other Award, and the vesting requirement of the new Award may be reduced by taking into account the vesting period that has been satisfied with respect to the surrendered Award or award (in proportion to the value of the awards).
 
6.4   Maximum Term of Awards.   The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee, except that the term of any Option or SAR shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant of the Award.
 
6.5   Form of Payment Under Awards.   Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Document, payments to be made by the Corporation or an Affiliate upon the grant, exercise, or settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, Common Stock, other Awards, or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis as determined by the Committee. Such payments may include, without limitation, provisions for (i) the payment or


9


 

crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or (ii) the grant or crediting of Dividend Equivalents in respect of installment or deferred payments denominated in Common Stock.
 
6.6   Limitations on Transferability.   Awards and any other rights under the Plan will not be transferable by a Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution (or to a designated Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death), and, if exercisable, shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Participant only by such Participant or his guardian or legal representative. No transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution shall be effective to bind the Corporation unless the Corporation shall have been furnished with a copy of such will or other evidence as the Corporation may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer. Awards and other rights under the Plan may not be pledged, mortgaged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered, and shall not be subject to the claims of creditors. The foregoing notwithstanding, if and to the extent expressly permitted by the Committee, and subject to such terms and conditions as established by the Committee, such Awards and other rights (other than Incentive Stock Options, Awards in tandem therewith, and Awards that constitute a deferral of compensation under Code Section 409A) may be transferred by a Participant to one or more Beneficiaries, and may be exercised by such Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of such Award, except that no such transfers may be made to any third party for value unless separately approved by stockholders of the Corporation. Awards that constitute a deferral of compensation under Code Section 409A shall be subject to the additional limitations on transferability specified in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(f).
 
6.7   No Stockholder Rights.   No Award shall confer on any Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Corporation unless and until Common Stock is duly issued or transferred to the Participant in accordance with the terms of the Award or, in the case of an Option, at such time at or after the exercise of the Option as may be specified by the Committee in order to facilitate exercise procedures.
 
6.8   Insider Trading Policies Apply; Additional Forfeiture Conditions.   A Participant’s rights under any Award, including rights to exercise or receive settlement and rights to sell any Common Stock delivered in connection with an Award, are subject to the terms of the Corporation’s Code of Conduct (or any successor thereof) and related policies on insider trading and may be restricted by those documents. Such restrictions currently include limitations on the times at which the Participant may engage in such transactions. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award additional forfeiture conditions that protect the Corporation and its Affiliates. Such additional forfeiture conditions may include provisions that the Award, or amounts of cash, Common Stock, or other property realized by the Participant as income or gain as a result of the Award, shall be forfeited or repaid to the Corporation if the Participant fails to comply with conditions relating to non-solicitation of employees, customers and suppliers, non-competition, preservation and appropriate use of proprietary and confidential information of the Corporation and Affiliates, return of property, non-disparagement of the Corporation and Affiliates, cooperation in litigation, and other restrictions protecting the Corporation and Affiliates. Such conditions may apply to events occurring following Termination.


10


 

ARTICLE VII
Forms of Awards
 
7.1   Options.   The Committee is authorized to grant Options, which may be either Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options, to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
 
(a)  Exercise Price.   The exercise price per share of Common Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that such exercise price shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share on the date of grant of such Option (subject to Section 6.3).
 
(b)  Time and Method of Exercise.   The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part (subject to Section 6.2 and Section 6.4); the methods by which such exercise price may be paid or deemed to be paid, the form of such payment, including, without limitation, cash, Common Stock (including through withholding of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise, if such withholding will not result in additional accounting expense to the Corporation), other Awards or awards granted under other plans of the Corporation, or other property, or through broker-assisted “cashless exercise” arrangements to the extent permitted by applicable law (subject to Section 3.4); and the methods by which Common Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants.
 
(c)  Incentive Stock Options.   The terms of any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall comply in all respects with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code.
 
7.2   Stock Appreciation Rights.   The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
 
(a)  Grant Price.   The grant price of a SAR shall be determined by the Committee as of the date of grant of the SAR, provided, however, that the grant price of a SAR shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of grant (subject to Section 6.3).
 
(b)  Exercise of SAR and Other Terms.   The Committee shall determine the time or times at which a SAR may be exercised in whole or in part (subject to Section 6.2 and Section 6.4), the method of exercise, method of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, method by which Common Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants, whether a SAR shall be in tandem with any other Award or shall be free-standing, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR. A SAR may be exercised by the Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or automatically during a specified period or periods.
 
7.3   Restricted Stock.   The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
 
(a)  Restrictions Generally.   Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise as the Committee may determine (subject to Section 6.2). Except to the extent restricted under the terms of the Plan and any Award Document relating to the Restricted Stock, a Participant granted Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a stockholder including, without limitation, the right to vote Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends thereon.


11


 

(b)  Forfeiture.   In addition to the risk of forfeiture imposed under Section 6.2, upon Termination during the applicable restriction period Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited and reacquired by the Corporation; provided, however, that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Document, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of death, Disability, Retirement or other Terminations resulting from specified causes or in the event of a change in control of the Corporation (as such change may be defined by the Committee), except as otherwise provided in Section 6.2.
 
(c)  Certificates or other Evidence of Ownership of Common Stock.   Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, such certificates shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, or shall be required to be transferred into the name of a custodian designated by the Corporation. In either case, the Corporation or such custodian shall retain physical possession of the certificate, and the Participant shall, upon the request of the Corporation at any time, deliver a stock power to the Corporation, endorsed in blank if so requested by the Corporation, relating to the Restricted Stock.
 
(d)  Dividends and Distributions.   Dividends paid on Restricted Stock shall be either paid at the dividend payment date in cash or in shares of unrestricted Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, or the payment of such dividends shall be deferred and/or the amount or value thereof automatically reinvested in additional Restricted Stock, other Awards, or other investment vehicles, as the Committee shall determine or permit the Participant to elect. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Common Stock distributed in connection with a Common Stock split or Common Stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Common Stock or other property is distributed.
 
7.4   Deferred Stock.   The Committee is authorized to grant Deferred Stock to Participants, subject to the following terms and conditions:
 
(a)  Deferral of Delivery and Restrictions.   Delivery of Common Stock will occur upon expiration of the deferral period specified for an Award of Deferred Stock by the Committee (or, if permitted by the Committee, as elected by the Participant). In addition, Deferred Stock shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose, if any, which restrictions may lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at earlier specified times, separately or in combination, under such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise as the Committee may determine.
 
(b)  Forfeiture.   Deferred Stock that is subject to a risk of forfeiture is referred to as RSUs. In addition to the risk of forfeiture imposed under Section 6.2, upon Termination during the applicable deferral period or portion thereof to which forfeiture conditions apply (as specified by the Committee in the Award Document evidencing the RSUs), all RSUs that are at that time subject to such risk of forfeiture shall be forfeited; provided, however, that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Document, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to RSUs will be waived in whole or in part in the event of death, Disability, Retirement or other Terminations resulting


12


 

from specified causes or in the event of a change in control of the Corporation (as such change may be defined by the Committee), except as otherwise provided in Section 6.2.
 
7.5   Stock Bonus; Awards in Lieu of Other Obligations.   Stock Bonuses granted hereunder shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.2 and to other terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that the Committee is authorized to grant Stock Bonuses (or other Awards) which are not subject to the provisions of Section 6.2, so long as the Committee has determined that such Awards are in lieu of obligations that the Corporation or an Affiliate otherwise owes to an Employee or Senior Executive who makes a payment or surrenders a right to payment having substantial value.
 
7.6   Dividend Equivalents.   The Committee is authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents to a Participant. Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another Award. The Committee may provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or upon the settlement of the underlying Award. The Committee also may provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be reinvested or deemed reinvested in additional Common Stock, Awards, or other investment vehicles, and shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture, as the Committee may specify.
 
7.7   Other Stock-Based Awards.   The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Common Stock and factors that may influence the value of Common Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Common Stock delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 7.7 shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Common Stock, other Awards, or other property, as the Committee shall determine.
 
7.8   Incentive Awards.   Incentive Awards, under which a Participant may earn a cash amount through performance and/or service, may be granted pursuant to this Section 7.8. An Incentive Award may be a stand-alone Award or an element of or supplement to another Award.
 
ARTICLE VIII
Performance Awards
 
8.1   Performance Awards Generally.   The Committee is authorized to grant Performance Awards on the terms and conditions specified in this Article VIII. Performance Awards may be denominated as a number of shares of Common Stock or a cash amount earnable under an Incentive Award or a specified number of shares under other Awards that may be earned upon achievement or satisfaction of performance conditions specified by the Committee (for example, performance shares, where the number of RSUs or Deferred Shares earned can vary upward or downward based on performance). In addition, the Committee may specify that any other Award shall constitute a Performance Award by conditioning the right of a Participant to exercise the Award or have it settled upon achievement or satisfaction of such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to reduce or increase the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions, except as limited under Sections 8.2.


13


 

8.2   Performance Awards Subject to Pre-Established Terms.   If the Committee determines that a Performance Award to be granted to an eligible person should be subject to preestablished terms that limit discretion, the grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Award shall be contingent upon achievement of a preestablished performance goal or goals and other terms set forth in this Section 8.2.
 
(a)  Performance Goal.   The performance goal for such a Performance Award shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee consistent with this Section 8.2. The performance goal shall be objective, and, at the time such performance goal is established, the type and levels of performance required shall be such that achievement of the performance goal shall be substantially uncertain. The Committee may determine that such Performance Awards shall be granted, exercised and/or settled upon achievement of any one performance goal or upon achievement of two or more performance goals. Performance goals may differ for Performance Awards granted to any one Participant or to different Participants.
 
(b)  Business Criteria for Performance Goals.   One or more of the following business criteria relating to the Corporation, on a consolidated basis, and/or to specified subsidiaries or affiliates or other business units of the Corporation, shall be used by the Committee in establishing performance goals for such Performance Awards: (1) mission measures: affordable housing goals, low-cost financing initiatives, quality-of-business measures, customer initiatives and customer satisfaction; (2) operational improvement measures: risk management, enhancing operational stability, improving or otherwise advancing disclosure controls, cost reductions, productivity, and legal and regulatory compliance; (3) capital management measures; and (4) financial measures: interest income, revenues, income before income taxes, extraordinary items and/or cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, revenues, net income or net income per common share (basic or diluted), return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on equity, cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital, interest expense or non-interest expense, economic value created or otherwise maximizing long-term value, operating margin or profit margin, and stock price or total stockholder return. The targeted level or levels of performance with respect to such business criteria may be established at such levels and in such terms as the Committee may determine, in its discretion, including in absolute terms, as a goal relative to performance in prior periods, or as a goal compared to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies.
 
(c)  Performance Period; Timing for Establishing Performance Goals; Per-Person Limit.   Achievement of performance goals in respect of such Performance Awards shall be measured over a performance period specified by the Committee. A performance goal shall be established not later than the earlier of (i) 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Performance Award or (ii) the time 25% of such performance period has elapsed. In all cases, the maximum Performance Award of any Participant shall be subject to the limitation set forth in Section 5.2.
 
8.3   Settlement of Performance Awards; Other Terms.   Settlement of such Performance Awards shall be in Stock, other Awards, cash or other property, in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee may, in its discretion, increase or reduce the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with such Performance Awards, except that, in the case of a Performance Award subject to Section 8.2, the exercise of such discretion is limited to reducing the amount


14


 

payable in respect of the Performance Award. The Committee may specify the circumstances in which such Performance Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of employment by the Participant or other event (including a change in control) prior to the end of a performance period or prior to settlement of such Performance Awards.
 
8.4   Written Determinations.   Determinations by the Committee as to the establishment of performance goals, the amount potentially payable in respect of Performance Awards, the level of actual achievement of the specified performance goals relating to Performance Awards, and the amount of any final Performance Award shall be recorded in writing in the case of Performance Awards subject to Section 8.2. Specifically, the Committee shall certify in writing, prior to settlement of each such Performance Award, that the performance objective relating to the Performance Award and other material terms of the Award upon which settlement of the Award was conditioned have been satisfied.
 
ARTICLE IX
General Provisions
 
9.1   Compliance With Laws and Obligations.   The Corporation shall not be obligated to issue or deliver Common Stock in connection with any Award or take any other action under the Plan in a transaction subject to any federal or state law, any requirement under any listing agreement between the Corporation and any national securities exchange or automated quotation system, or any other law, regulation, or contractual obligation of the Corporation, until the Corporation is satisfied that such laws, regulations, and other obligations of the Corporation have been complied with in full. Certificates representing shares of Common Stock delivered under the Plan will be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as may be applicable under such laws, regulations, and other obligations of the Corporation, including any requirement that a legend or legends be placed thereon. The Corporation shall make best efforts to satisfy the compliance obligations relating to the Plan and Awards in order to avoid adverse effects on Participants under this Section 9.1.
 
9.2   Limitation of Participant Rights.   Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as (i) giving any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation or any Affiliate or (ii) interfering in any way with the right of the Corporation or any Affiliate to terminate any employee’s employment at any time. Except as expressly provided in the Plan and an Award Document, neither the Plan nor any Award Document shall confer on any person other than the Corporation and the Participant any rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder.
 
9.3   Tax Provisions.
 
(a)  Withholding.   The Corporation or any Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award granted or to be settled, any delivery of Common Stock in connection with an Award, any other payment relating to an Award, or any payroll or other payment to a Participant amounts of federal, state, and local withholding taxes and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Corporation and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include, but not be limited to, authority to withhold or receive Common Stock or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant’s tax obligations; the Committee may require such withholding or permit the Participant to elect withholding, provided that only the minimum amount of Common Stock deliverable in connection with an Award necessary to satisfy statutory withholding


15


 

requirements will be withheld unless withholding of a greater amount of Common Stock would not result in additional accounting expense to the Corporation. Upon any withholding or surrender of shares of Common Stock, the shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value at the date they are withheld or received by the Corporation, except that withheld shares may be valued based on same-day market transactions by the Participant or otherwise for convenience of administration of the Plan.
 
(b)  Required Notifications of Tax Events.   If any Participant shall make a disqualifying disposition of shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option ( i.e. , a disposition described in Code Section 421(b)), such Participant shall notify the Corporation of such disposition within ten days thereof. In any case in which a Participant is permitted to make an election (and does make an election) under Section 83(b) of the Code (to include in gross income in the year of transfer the amounts specified in Code Section 83(b)) in connection with an Award, the Participant shall notify the Corporation of such election within ten days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service, in addition to any filing and notification required under Section 83(b) and regulations thereunder. No Participant shall make a Section 83(b) election in connection with any Award unless explicitly authorized in the Award Document or otherwise approved by the Committee.
 
(c)  Rules for Compliance with Code Section 409A.   The Committee or persons exercising delegated authority under the Plan are authorized to specify rules and regulations to ensure that Awards do not result in tax penalties for Participants under Code Section 409A. In the case of any Award which constitutes a “short-term deferral” under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(4) and providing for a distribution upon the lapse of a substantial risk of forfeiture, if the timing of such distribution is not otherwise specified in the Plan or an Award agreement or other governing document, the distribution shall be made not later than March 15 of the year following the year in which the substantial risk of forfeiture lapsed. In the case of an Award constituting a deferral of compensation under Code Section 409A, if the timing of a distribution following a date or event triggering a distribution is not otherwise specified in the Plan or an Award agreement or other governing document, the distribution shall be made within 60 days after such triggering event. In either case, the Participant shall have no influence on any determination as to the tax year in which the distribution will be made. Any award that was both granted and vested before 2005 and which otherwise might constitute a deferral of compensation under Section 409A is intended to be “grandfathered” under Section 409A, unless such Award is designated by the company as being subject to Section 409A in 2008 or earlier. No amendment or change to the Plan or other change (including an exercise of discretion) with respect to such a grandfathered award after October 3, 2004, shall be effective if such change would constitute a “material modification” of a grandfathered award within the meaning of applicable guidance or regulations under Section 409A, except in the case of an award that is specifically modified before 2009 to become compliant as a 409A Award or compliant with an exemption under Section 409A.
 
9.4   Changes to the Plan and Awards.
 
(a)  Plan Amendments.   The Committee may, with prospective or retroactive effect, amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan without the consent of stockholders or Participants, except that any amendment shall be subject to the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders at or before the first annual meeting of stockholders for which the record date falls on or after the date of such Committee action if such amendment is required under Section 303A.08 of the Listed Company Manual of the New York Stock Exchange or is


16


 

otherwise subject to a requirement of stockholder approval under any applicable law or regulation, the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Common Stock may then be listed or quoted, or the Corporation’s Bylaws. In addition, the Committee may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such changes to the Plan to stockholders for approval. The foregoing notwithstanding, without the consent of an affected Participant, except to the extent required by Section 9.1 hereof, no such action may materially impair the rights of such Participant under any Award therefore granted. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Committee shall not amend this Section or Section 4.1, or adopt an amendment that would be subject to stockholder approval under this Section or otherwise would exceed the authority of the Committee under its charter and other corporate governance documents of the Corporation, without the consent of the Board.
 
(b)  Changes to the Terms of Outstanding Awards.   The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate, any Award previously granted and any Award Document relating thereto; provided, however, that, except to the extent required by Section 9.1 hereof, no such action may materially impair the rights of a Participant under such Award without the consent of the affected Participant and provided further that for Awards that are intended to be settled in Common Stock per their written terms, cash settlement shall be permitted only with the prior approval of the Corporation’s Chief Financial Officer. Modifications that are in substance cash settlements are subject to this same requirement. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Committee shall have no authority to waive or modify any Award term after the Award has been granted to the extent the waived or modified term would be inconsistent with Section 3.4 (relating to repricings) or Section 6.2 or otherwise would not be within the discretion of the Committee if it were then granting a new Award.
 
9.5   Unfunded Status of Awards other than Restricted Stock.   The Plan is intended to constitute a generally “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation, except with respect to Restricted Stock. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award other than Restricted Stock, nothing contained in the Plan or any such Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Corporation. No person shall, prior to exercise or settlement of an Award other than Restricted Stock, acquire any right in or title to any assets, funds, or property of the Corporation whatsoever, including, without limitation, any specific funds, assets, or other property, which the Corporation, in its sole discretion, may set aside in anticipation of a liability under the Plan. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute a guarantee that the assets of the Corporation shall be sufficient to pay any benefits to any person.
 
9.6   Nonexclusivity of the Plan.   Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor its submission to the stockholders of the Corporation for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or Committee to adopt such other compensatory arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of equity or cash incentives otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.
 
9.7   Fractional Shares.   No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, unless the Committee determines that it is administratively feasible and desirable to deliver fractional shares (such as through an intermediary that can credit accounts with fractional shares). In cases in which fractional shares are not delivered, the Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in


17


 

lieu of such fractional shares, whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated, or other treatment accorded to such fractional shares.
 
9.8   Awards Not Compensation Under Plans.   No Award shall be considered as compensation under any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or an Affiliate except as specifically provided in any such plan or otherwise determined by the Committee.
 
9.9   Repayments to Participants in Connection with Forfeitures.   Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a forfeiture of an Award with respect to which a Participant paid cash consideration (for example, a forfeiture of an Option share, if forfeiture conditions applied to shares after exercise), the Participant shall be repaid the amount of such cash consideration.
 
9.10   Governing Law.   The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan, any rules and regulations under the Plan, and any Award Document will be determined in accordance with the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act of 1970, other federal laws regulating the Corporation, and other laws of the United States. This Plan and the respective rights and obligations of the Corporation and the Participants, except to the extent otherwise provided by Federal law, shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws). The validity, enforceability and effectiveness of any electronic records or electronic signatures used in connection with any Award Document shall be governed by E-SIGN or the Virginia UETA, as applicable.
 
9.11   Termination of Authority to Grant Awards Under the 1995 Plan.   Upon effectiveness of the Plan as provided in Section 9.12, the authority to grant new awards under the 1995 Plan shall terminate. In other respects, the 1995 Plan will remain in effect in accordance with its terms, except as provided in Section 4.2 hereof.
 
9.12   Stockholder Approval, Termination of Authority to Grant Awards and Termination of the Plan.   The Plan became effective on November 4, 2004. This amendment and restatement of the Plan shall become effective upon its approval by stockholders of the Corporation by an affirmative vote that meets the requirements of the Corporation’s Bylaws and of the Listed Company Manual of the New York Stock Exchange as then in effect. No Award may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the latest date upon which stockholders of the Corporation have approved the Plan or an amendment and restatement of the Plan. The Plan will remain in effect thereafter until such time as the Corporation has no further rights or obligations under the Plan with respect to outstanding Awards under the Plan, unless the Plan is earlier terminated by the Committee.


18

 
Exhibit 10.2
 
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
2004 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN
 
(as amended and restated as of June 6, 2008)
 
FIRST AMENDMENT to the FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE 2004 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN (as amended and restated as of June 6, 2008) (the “Plan”) by the FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION (“Freddie Mac”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America.
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS , the Plan was submitted to stockholders for approval in the Proxy Statement dated April 29, 2008 and will be voted upon by stockholders at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled for June 6, 2008 (“Annual Meeting”);
 
WHEREAS , Freddie Mac desires to amend the Plan to update certain definitions and make other changes;
 
WHEREAS , Section 9.4(a) of the Plan permits the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of Freddie Mac’s Board of Directors to amend the Plan; and
 
WHEREAS , an appropriate officer of Freddie Mac has been duly authorized to execute this amendment.
 
NOW, THEREFORE , provided that the Plan is approved at the Annual Meeting, the Plan is hereby amended effective June 6, 2008 as follows:
 
1.  Plan Section 2.15 is amended to read as follows:
 
2.15.   Fair Market Value.   The closing sales price of a share of Common Stock reported for composite transactions in the New York Stock Exchange listed securities in print or electronically by The Wall Street Journal or by another recognized provider designated by the Committee for such date or, if no such prices are reported for such date, on the most recent trading day prior to such date for which such prices were reported;


 

provided, however, that the Committee may, in good faith, establish alternative methods or procedures for determining Fair Market Value.
 
2.  Plan Section 2.28 is amended to read as follows:
 
2.28   Senior Executive.   An employee of the Corporation or an Affiliate who is the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer, any officer in charge of a principal business unit, division or function, or any other officer who performs a significant policy-making function, as determined by the Committee.
 
3.  Plan Section 3.3 is amended to read as follows:
 
3.3   Delegation of Committee Authority.   The Committee may delegate any or all of its authority under this Article III relating to the selection of Employees for participation, the grant of Awards to Employees, and other actions under the Plan relating to Employees, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Such delegation shall be made only to the Chief Executive Officer, another Senior Executive, the Executive Vice President-Human Resources or a committee of two or more of such officers (which may include the Chief Executive Officer). In the case of any such delegation, references in the Plan to the Committee shall be deemed to include the Chief Executive Officer, Senior Executive, Executive Vice President-Human Resources or committee to which authority has been delegated with respect to Employees; provided, however, that the Committee may impose any term or limitation upon the exercise of such delegated authority hereunder not inconsistent with the Plan; and provided further that no officer acting pursuant to the authority delegated hereunder may take any action under the Plan with respect to his or her own compensation. The Committee may not make such delegation with respect to any Senior Executive, except as to ministerial functions. In this regard, the Committee may delegate to officers or other employees of the Corporation, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, the duty to perform ministerial functions under the Plan.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Freddie Mac has caused this FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION 2004 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN (as amended and restated as of June 6, 2008) to be executed by its duly authorized officer, this 6th day of June 2008.


2


 

FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
/s/  Paul G. George
Paul G. George
Executive Vice President — Human
Resources and Corporate Services
 
 
ATTEST:
 
/s/  Mollie D. Roy
Mollie D. Roy
Assistant Secretary


3

 
Exhibit 10.3
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
This NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT is dated                 , 2005 (the “Grant Date”) by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) and                        (“Grantee”), pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (the “Plan”).
 
1.   Grants . (a)   Nonqualified Stock Options .  The Corporation has granted to Grantee a Nonqualified Stock Option (the “Option”) to purchase            shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation ($0.21 par value) at a purchase price of $            per share. The Option is subject to all applicable provisions of the Plan, the relevant resolution of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and to the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Option is not intended to constitute an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
(b)   Dividend Equivalents .  The Corporation has also granted to Grantee the right to receive from the Corporation an amount equivalent to the dividends declared on the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option is exercised or has expired, the record dates for which dividends have occurred during the period the Option was outstanding (“Dividend Equivalents”), subject to Sections 3 and 4 hereof. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be subject to all terms and conditions (including forfeitures) otherwise applicable to the Option. Payment of such Dividend Equivalents shall be made in cash upon exercise of the Option (in whole or in part) or, to the extent that the Option is not exercised, upon the Expiration Date (as defined below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount so payable shall be reduced by the amount of all Federal, state, local and other taxes that may be required to be withheld by the Corporation with respect to such payment.
 
(c)   Restrictions .  Grantee acknowledges and agrees that (i), the Option and related Dividend Equivalents rights are nontransferable, except as provided in Section 5(a) hereof and Section 6.6 of the Plan; (ii) the Option and related Dividend Equivalents rights are subject to forfeiture in the event of Grantee’s Termination in certain circumstances, as specified in Section 2 hereof; (iii) Grantee is subject to the Corporation’s Code of Conduct and related policies on insider trading which restrict Grantee’s ability to sell shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option, which may include “blackout” periods during which Grantee may not engage in such sales; and (iv) the Option, and certain gains realized by Grantee upon exercise of the Option, are subject to forfeiture in the event Grantee fails to meet applicable requirements relating to non-competition, non-solicitation of employees and others, and other provisions protecting the Corporation’s business, as set forth in Section 4 hereof
 
(d)   Coordination with Plan .  All of the terms, conditions and other provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. A copy of the


 

Plan is available on the Human Resources homepage of the Corporation’s intranet site. Grantee hereby agrees to be bound by the Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (including any delegate) (the “Committee”) thereunder.
 
2.  Rights of Exercise .  (a)  Exercisability and Expiration Date .  Any portion of the Option that has become vested may be exercised by Grantee, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time on or before the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Expiration Date”) if Grantee remains continuously employed by the Corporation through the date of such exercise, and the Option otherwise will be exercisable if and to the extent so provided in Section 2(c) below. Except as provided in Section 2(c), the Option shall become vested and exercisable at the times and to the extent set forth below:
 
     
    Additional percentage of shares in
During the period
  respect of which the
commencing
 
Option may be exercised
 
1 st anniversary of the Grant Date
    25%
2 nd anniversary of the Grant Date
    25%
3 rd anniversary of the Grant Date
    25%
4 th anniversary of the Grant Date
    25%
 
provided, however, that only whole shares shall vest, and fractional shares (if any) produced by application of the relevant percentage will be added to the number of shares produced by application of the relevant percentage in the next vesting period, and will vest when a whole number is attained. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Option may not be exercised at any time other than as specified in this Section 2, and shall expire if not exercised in full on or before the Expiration Date.
 
(b)   Form of Exercise .  The Option shall be exercised by Grantee giving notice of such exercise to the Corporation (or its designee), in such form as the Corporation may require in its sole discretion. Such notice shall specify the number of shares to be purchased and shall be accompanied by full payment of the purchase price of such shares (the “Exercise Price”) plus an additional amount equal to the Federal, state, local and other taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation with respect to the exercise of the Option. Payment of the Exercise Price and related withholding taxes shall be made in cash or by any other method then approved by the Committee under Section 7.1(b) of the Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, permitted exercise methods shall include a method by which shares of Common Stock of the Corporation may be surrendered in payment of the Exercise Price and related withholding taxes. In addition, the Committee may determine to permit (i) shares subject to the Option to be withheld to pay the Exercise Price and related withholding taxes, and/or (ii) payment of the Exercise Price and related withholding taxes by Grantee irrevocably instructing a broker-dealer to sell part or all of the shares subject to the Option, simultaneously with such exercise or as soon as practicable thereafter, at the market in a broker’s transaction (within the meaning of Section 4(4) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), with proceeds of such sale to be remitted to the Corporation in an amount sufficient to pay such Exercise Price and related withholding taxes. The availability of any methods other than cash payment, and the right of Grantee to use a


2


 

combination of such methods, shall be subject to the determinations and rules of the Committee under Section 7.1(b) of the Plan and limitations under applicable law.
 
(c)   Termination Provisions .
 
(i)   Upon Death While Employed .  In the event of the death of Grantee while in the employ of the Corporation but on or before the Expiration Date, any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to the Option under Section 2(a) shall lapse immediately and Grantee’s Beneficiary shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option during the thirty-six month period that begins as of the date of death (but ends not later than the Expiration Date); provided, however, that, at the end of such thirty-six month period (or the Expiration Date, if earlier), the Option shall cease to be exercisable.
 
(ii)   Upon Disability .  In the event Grantee ceases to be an employee of the Corporation on or before the Expiration Date by reason of Disability (as defined in the Plan), any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to the Option under Section 2(a) shall lapse immediately and Grantee shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option at any time on or before the Expiration Date (except as limited under Section 2(c)(iv)).
 
(iii)   Upon a Qualifying Retirement .  In the event Grantee ceases to be an employee of the Corporation on or before the Expiration Date by reason of a Qualifying Retirement (as defined below), the Option shall not be forfeited upon such Termination, but the restrictions on exercise under Section 2(a) (if any) shall continue, so that Grantee thereafter may exercise the Option at such time and to the extent as it has become exercisable in accordance with Section 2(a) at any time on or before the Expiration Date (except as limited under Section 2(c)(iv)). For purposes of this Agreement, a “Qualifying Retirement” shall mean Grantee’s ceasing to be an employee of the Corporation (whether or not such Termination is a “Retirement” as defined in the Plan), other than a Termination by the Corporation for Gross Misconduct (as defined in Corporate Policy No. 3-254.1 or 3-254, as applicable (as may be amended or replaced from time to time) as determined by the Chief Executive Officer or a Termination subject to Section 2(c)(i) or (ii), at least one year after the date of grant of the Option, if, at the time of such Termination, (A) Grantee has attained (or exceeded) age 55 and has at least ten years of service with the Corporation or has attained (or exceeded) age 62 and at least five years of service with the Corporation, and (B) Grantee has executed and is subject to a written agreement containing such non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants, and a release of the Corporation, in form and substance satisfactory to the Chief Executive Officer in order to protect to the maximum extent practicable the confidential and proprietary business information of the Corporation. The Corporation’s remedies under any such agreement may include but shall not be limited to cancellation and forfeiture of the unexercised portion of the Option. For purposes of this Section 2(c)(iii), “years of service” shall be defined (and calculated) in the same manner as “year of qualifying service” under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employees’ Pension Plan
 
(iv)   Forfeiture .  In the event Grantee ceases to be an employee of the Corporation prior to the Expiration Date for any reason other than death, Disability or Qualifying Retirement, the portion of the Option which, as of the date of Termination, remains unvested and


3


 

subject to the exercise restrictions shall be forfeited, and Grantee shall have 90 days after the date of Termination in which to exercise any portion of the Option which, as of the date of Termination, was exercisable.
 
(v)   Upon Death After Employment .  In the event of the death of Grantee after Grantee has ceased to be in the employ of the Corporation but at a time that any portion of the Option remains exercisable under clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 2(c), any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to such portion of the Option under Section 2(a) shall lapse immediately and Grantee’s Beneficiary shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option during the 36-month period that begins as of the date of death; provided, however, that, at the end of such 36-month period, the Option shall cease to be exercisable (the provisions of clauses (ii) and (iii) of this Section 2(c) notwithstanding). The foregoing notwithstanding, nothing contained in this Section 2(c) shall be deemed to permit the exercise of any portion of the Option after the Expiration Date.
 
(d)   Automatic Exercise at Expiration Date .  If, at the date on which the Option or any portion thereof expires or terminates, the Fair Market Value of a share exceeds the exercise price per share and the Option or portion thereof that will expire or terminate is otherwise exercisable, the Option shall be automatically exercised by the withholding of Option shares sufficient to pay the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes, provided that this automatic exercise provision shall not apply unless the Corporation has previously implemented procedures permitting elective exercises by the withholding of Option shares and such procedures remain in effect and in compliance with applicable law.
 
3.   Dividend Equivalents .  (a)  Generally .  Dividend Equivalent rights granted under Section 1(b) hereof confer upon Grantee a right to receive Dividend Equivalents in respect of the Option, as follows:
 
(i)   Relating to Cash Dividends .  If the Corporation declares and pays any cash dividend or distribution on Common Stock other than an extraordinary dividend, the record date of which occurs while all or a portion of the Option remains outstanding, the Corporation shall credit to a bookkeeping account maintained on behalf of Grantee, as promptly as practicable after the payment date of such dividend or distribution, a cash amount equal to the amount of cash actually paid as a dividend or distribution per share of Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares subject to the Option on such record date.
 
(ii)   Relating to Extraordinary Stock Dividends, Stock Splits, and Other Extraordinary Dividends Resulting in Adjustments to Options .  If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution in the form of Common Stock payable on Common Stock, or if there occurs a forward stock split of the Common Stock, or if there occurs another extraordinary dividend resulting in an adjustment under Section 5(c) hereof, the record date of which occurs while all or a portion of the Option remains outstanding, the Corporation shall not credit any Dividend Equivalents to Grantee’s bookkeeping account in connection therewith, except as otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 5(c).
 
(b)   Forfeiture .  In the event any portion of an Option is forfeited, the Dividend


4


 

Equivalents theretofore credited to Grantee’s bookkeeping account in respect of that portion of the Option shall likewise be forfeited.
 
4.   Additional Forfeiture Provisions .
 
(a)   Forfeiture of Option and Gains Realized Upon Prior Exercises .   The Option and related Dividend Equivalents rights are subject to the following additional forfeiture conditions, to which Grantee, by accepting the Option, agrees. If any of the events specified in Section 4(b) occurs (a “Forfeiture Event”), all of the following forfeitures will result, such forfeitures to be effective at the time of the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event:
 
(i)  Any unexercised portion of the Option and related Dividend Equivalents rights, whether or not vested, will be immediately forfeited and canceled upon the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event; and
 
(ii)  Grantee will be obligated to repay to the Corporation, within five business days after demand is made therefor by the Corporation, the total amount of After-Tax Gain (as defined herein) realized by Grantee upon any exercise of the Option that occurred on or after the date that is 12 months prior to the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event. For purposes of this Section, the term “After-Tax Gain” shall mean, in respect of a given exercise of the Option, the sum of (A) Dividend Equivalents paid to Grantee upon such exercise (including any portion withheld for taxes) plus (B) the product of (X) the Fair Market Value per share acquired at the date of such exercise (without regard to any subsequent change in the market price of shares) times (Y) the number of shares as to which the Option was exercised at that date (treating any shares withheld to cover the exercise price or taxes as acquired by exercise), provided that, if the exercise occurred in a calendar year prior to the Corporation making demand for repayment, such sum shall be reduced by a percentage equal to Grantee’s marginal tax rate at the time of exercise as reasonably determined by the Committee. Such repayment may be in cash or in shares having a Fair Market Value at the repayment date equal to the After-Tax Gain.
 
(b)   Events Triggering Forfeiture .  The forfeitures specified in Section 4(a) will be triggered upon the occurrence of the following Forfeiture Event at any time during Grantee’s employment by the Corporation or during the noncompetition period following Termination of Employment specified in any agreement between the Corporation and Grantee in existence at the Date of Grant (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”):
 
Grantee, directly or indirectly, seeks or accepts employment with or provides professional services, directly or indirectly, to a “Competitor” in violation of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement. For purposes of this Section 4(b) and the second sentence of Section 2(c)(iii), references to the “Corporation” include any subsidiary, affiliate or joint venture of the Corporation.
 
The non-occurrence of the Forfeiture Event set forth herein is a condition to Grantee’s right to realize and retain value from the Option, shall remain a condition regardless of any subsequent change or challenge to or termination of such other agreement referenced herein and the


5


 

consequences hereunder if Grantee engages in an activity giving rise to any such Forfeiture Event or the forfeitures specified in Section 4(a).
 
(c)   Monitoring Compliance .   In order to allow the Corporation to monitor Grantee’s compliance with the conditions imposed under this Section 4, beginning with Grantee’s Termination of Employment Grantee shall provide written notice to the Executive Vice-President, Human Resources, of the identity of each new employer with whom Grantee accepts employment or of any other entity to which Grantee provides professional services, together with Grantee’s new job title and a brief description of job duties, during the noncompetition period specified in the Restrictive Covenant Agreement.
 
5.  Miscellaneous .  (a)   Limitations on Transfer .  The Option and Grantee’s rights and interests therein shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability and related terms set forth in Section 6.6 of the Plan.
 
(b)   No Right to Continued Employment .  Nothing contained herein or in the Plan shall be construed as giving Grantee any right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation, or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate the employment of Grantee at any time, with or without cause, without incurring any liability to Grantee due to the inability of Grantee thereafter to exercise the Option.
 
(c)   Adjustments .  The number of shares subject to the Option, the exercise price, and other terms of the Option shall be appropriately adjusted, in order to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of Grantee’s rights with respect to the Option, to reflect any changes in the number and kind of outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from any event referred to in Section 4.4 of the Plan, taking into account any Dividend Equivalents credited to Grantee in connection with such event under Sections 1(b) and 3 hereof.
 
(d)   Limitation on Rights Triggering Constructive Receipt.   The terms set forth or incorporated in this Agreement notwithstanding, if, under U.S. federal income tax laws as presently in effect or hereafter amended, and regulations thereunder, any rights or elections of Grantee with respect to the Option would result in Grantee’s constructive receipt of income relating to the Option prior to their actual exercise of the Option, such rights or elections shall be automatically modified and limited to the extent necessary such that Grantee will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of such income prior to the actual exercise of the Option.
 
(e)   No Stockholder Rights .  Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Corporation with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the valid exercise of the Option.
 
(f)   Legal Effect . This Agreement shall be legally binding when (i) executed by the Corporation attaching the typed name and title of its authorized officer as a legally binding electronic signature and (ii) delivered to Grantee who has consented and agrees to its terms electronically (or in such other manner as the Corporation may provide). This Agreement is governed by applicable federal law and, to the extent not governed by federal law, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (without regard to conflicts of law provisions), and is deemed executed


6


 

in the Commonwealth of Virginia.
 
(g)   Binding Agreement .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Option, and supersedes any prior agreements or documents with respect to the Option. Copies of this Agreement shall not represent additional obligations of the Corporation. No amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of this Agreement which may impose any additional obligation upon the Corporation or materially impair the rights of Grantee with respect to the Option shall be valid unless in each instance such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is expressed in a written instrument duly executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and by Grantee. The foregoing notwithstanding, equitable adjustments to the Options under Section 5(c), including those resulting from a transaction in which the Corporation’s Common Stock is no longer publicly traded, and changes that affect only the timing of federal income or other taxation to Grantee for compensation received hereunder, shall not be deemed material impairments and therefore shall not require approval of Grantee.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed by attaching the typed name and title of its authorized officer as a legally binding electronic signature as of the day and year first above written, and Grantee has consented to and has acknowledged receipt of the Agreement electronically (or in such other manner as the Corporation may provide).
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
/s/   Paul G. George
  By:   Paul G. George
Executive Vice President
Human Resources


7

 
Exhibit 10.4
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
This NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT is dated                        (the “Grant Date”) by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) and                        (“Grantee”), pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (the “Plan”).
 
1.  Grants . (a)   Nonqualified Stock Options . The Corporation has granted to Grantee a Nonqualified Stock Option (the “Option”) to purchase             shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation ($0.21 par value) at a purchase price of $            per share. The Option is subject to all applicable provisions of the Plan, the relevant resolution of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and to the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Option is not intended to constitute an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
(b)   Dividend Equivalents .  The Corporation has not granted the Option with related dividend equivalent rights.
 
(c)   Restrictions .  Grantee acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the Option is nontransferable, except as provided in Section 4(a) hereof and Section 6.6 of the Plan; (ii) the Option is subject to forfeiture in the event of Grantee’s Termination in certain circumstances, as specified in Section 2 hereof; (iii) Grantee is subject to the Corporation’s Code of Conduct and related policies on insider trading which restrict Grantee’s ability to sell shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option, which may include “blackout” periods during which Grantee may not engage in such sales; and (iv) the Option, and certain gains realized by Grantee upon exercise of the Option, are subject to forfeiture in the event Grantee fails to meet applicable requirements relating to non-competition, non-solicitation of employees and others, and other provisions protecting the Corporation’s business, as set forth in Section 3 hereof.
 
(d)   Coordination with Plan .  All of the terms, conditions and other provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. A copy of the Plan is available on the Human Resources homepage of the Corporation’s intranet site. Grantee hereby agrees to be bound by the Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (including any delegate) (the “Committee”) thereunder.
 
2.  Rights of Exercise .  (a)   Exercisability and Expiration Date .  Any portion of the Option that has become vested may be exercised by Grantee, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time on or before the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Expiration Date”) if Grantee remains continuously employed by the Corporation through the date of such exercise, and the Option otherwise will be exercisable if and to the extent so provided in Section 2(c)


 

 
below. Except as provided in Section 2(c), the Option shall become vested and exercisable at the times and to the extent set forth below:
 
     
    Additional percentage of shares in
During the period
  respect of which the
Commencing on the
 
Option may be exercised
 
1 st anniversary of the Grant Date
  25%
2 nd anniversary of the Grant Date
  25%
3 rd anniversary of the Grant Date
  25%
4 th anniversary of the Grant Date
  25%
 
provided, however, that only whole shares shall vest, and fractional shares (if any) produced by application of the relevant percentage will be added to the number of shares produced by application of the relevant percentage in the next vesting period, and will vest when a whole number is attained. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Option may not be exercised at any time other than as specified in this Section 2, and shall expire if not exercised in full on or before the Expiration Date.
 
(b)   Form of Exercise .  The Option shall be exercised by Grantee giving notice of such exercise to the Corporation (or its designee), in such form as the Corporation may require in its sole discretion. Such notice shall specify the number of shares to be purchased and shall be accompanied by full payment of the purchase price of such shares (the “Exercise Price”) plus an additional amount equal to the Federal, state, local and other taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation with respect to the exercise of the Option. Payment of the Exercise Price and related withholding taxes shall be made in cash or by any other method then approved by the Committee under Section 7.1(b) of the Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, permitted exercise methods shall include a method by which shares of Common Stock of the Corporation may be surrendered in payment of the Exercise Price and related withholding taxes. In addition, the Committee may determine to permit (i) shares subject to the Option to be withheld to pay the Exercise Price and related withholding taxes, and/or (ii) payment of the Exercise Price and related withholding taxes by Grantee irrevocably instructing a broker-dealer to sell part or all of the shares subject to the Option, simultaneously with such exercise or as soon as practicable thereafter, at the market in a broker’s transaction (within the meaning of Section 4(4) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), with proceeds of such sale to be remitted to the Corporation in an amount sufficient to pay such Exercise Price and related withholding taxes. The availability of any methods other than cash payment, and the right of Grantee to use a combination of such methods, shall be subject to the determinations and rules of the Committee under Section 7.1(b) of the Plan and limitations under applicable law.
 
(c)   Termination Provisions .
 
(i)   Upon Death While Employed .  In the event of the death of Grantee while in the employ of the Corporation but on or before the Expiration Date, any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to the Option under Section 2(a) shall lapse immediately and Grantee’s Beneficiary shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option at any time during the thirty-six month period that begins as of the date of death (but ends not later than


2


 

the Expiration Date); provided, however, that, at the end of such thirty-six month period (or the Expiration Date, if earlier), the Option shall cease to be exercisable.
 
(ii)   Upon Disability .  In the event Grantee ceases to be an employee of the Corporation on or before the Expiration Date by reason of Disability (as defined in the Plan), any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to the Option under Section 2(a) shall lapse immediately and Grantee shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option at any time on or before the Expiration Date.
 
(iii)   Upon Retirement .  In the event Grantee ceases to be an employee of the Corporation on or before the Expiration Date by reason of a Retirement (as defined below), the Option shall not be forfeited upon such Termination, but the restrictions on exercise under Section 2(a) (if any) shall continue so that Grantee thereafter may exercise the Option at such time and to the extent as it has become exercisable in accordance with Section 2(a) at any time on or before the Expiration Date. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Retirement” shall mean Grantee’s ceasing to be an employee of the Corporation (whether or not such Termination is a “Retirement” as defined in the Plan), at least one year after the date of grant of the Option, if, at the time of such Termination, (A) Grantee has attained (or exceeded) age 55 and has at least ten years of service with the Corporation or has attained (or exceeded) age 62 and has at least five years of service with the Corporation, and (B) Grantee has executed and is subject to a written agreement containing such non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants, and a release of the Corporation, in form and substance satisfactory to the Chief Executive Officer in order to protect the business relationships and confidential and proprietary business information of the Corporation. A “Retirement” shall not include a Termination by the Corporation for Gross Misconduct (as defined in Corporate Policy No. 3-254.1 or 3-254, as applicable (as it may be amended or replaced from time to time)) as determined by the Chief Executive Officer or a Termination subject to Section 2(c)(i) or (ii). The Corporation’s remedies under any such agreement may include but shall not be limited to cancellation and forfeiture of the unexercised portion of the Option. For purposes of this Section 2(c)(iii), “years of service” shall be defined (and calculated) in the same manner as “year of qualifying service” under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employees’ Pension Plan.
 
(iv)   Special Circumstances Terminations .  If the Corporation terminates Grantee’s employment due to Special Circumstances (as defined below), the Option shall not be forfeited upon such Termination, but the restrictions on exercise under Section 2(a) (if any) shall continue so that Grantee thereafter may exercise the Option at such time and to the extent as it has become exercisable in accordance with Section 2(a) at any time on or before the Expiration Date. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Special Circumstances Termination” shall mean Grantee’s ceasing to be an employee of the Corporation by action of the Corporation, other than the following Termination events: A Termination by the Corporation for Gross Misconduct (as defined in Corporate Policy No. 3-254.1 or 3-254, as applicable (as it may be amended or replaced from time to time)) as determined by the Chief Executive Officer, a Termination for violating any standard of performance, conduct or attendance embodied in Exhibit A to Corporate Policy No. 3-214 (as it may be amended or replaced from time to time) as determined by the Chief Executive Officer or a Termination subject to Section 2(c)(i), (ii) or (iii); provided, however, “Special Circumstances” shall exist only if, at the time of such Termination, (A)


3


 

Grantee’s position with the Corporation was eliminated due to a reorganization or job relocation or Grantee’s employment was terminated due to a restructuring or other no-fault displacement as determined in the absolute and sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer, and (B) Grantee has executed and is subject to a written agreement containing such non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants, and a release of the Corporation, in form and substance satisfactory to the Chief Executive Officer in order to protect the business relationships and confidential and proprietary business information of the Corporation. The Corporation’s remedies under any such agreement may include but shall not be limited to cancellation and forfeiture of the unexercised portion of the Option.
 
(v)   Forfeiture .  In the event Grantee ceases to be an employee of the Corporation prior to the Expiration Date for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement or a Termination due to Special Circumstances governed by Section 2(c)(iv) above, the portion of the Option which, as of the date of Termination, remains unvested and subject to the exercise restrictions shall be forfeited, and Grantee shall have 90 days after the date of Termination (but not beyond the Expiration Date) in which to exercise any portion of the Option which, as of the date of Termination, was exercisable, at which time the Option shall terminate.
 
(vi)   Upon Death After Employment .  In the event of the death of Grantee after Grantee has ceased to be in the employ of the Corporation but at a time that any portion of the Option remains exercisable under clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) of this Section 2(c), any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to such portion of the Option under Section 2(a) shall lapse immediately and Grantee’s Beneficiary shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option during the thirty-six month period that begins as of the date of death; provided, however, that, at the end of such thirty-six month period, the Option shall cease to be exercisable (the provisions of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 2(c) notwithstanding). The foregoing not withstanding, nothing contained in this Section 2(c) shall be deemed to permit the exercise of any portion of the Option after the Expiration Date.
 
(d)   Automatic Exercise at Expiration Date .  If, at the date on which the Option or any portion thereof expires or terminates, the Fair Market Value of a share exceeds the exercise price per share and the Option or portion thereof that will expire or terminate is otherwise exercisable (the “Exercisable Portion”), the Exercisable Portion shall be automatically exercised by the withholding of Option shares sufficient to pay the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes, provided that this automatic exercise provision shall not apply unless the Corporation has previously implemented procedures permitting elective exercises by the withholding of Option shares and such procedures remain in effect and in compliance with applicable law.
 
3.   Additional Forfeiture Provisions .
 
(a)   Forfeiture of Option and Gains Realized Upon Prior Exercises .   The Option is subject to the following additional forfeiture conditions, to which Grantee, by accepting the Option, agrees. If any of the events specified in Section 3(b) occurs (a “Forfeiture Event”), all of the following forfeitures will result, such forfeitures to be effective at the time of the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event:


4


 

(i)  Any unexercised portion of the Option, whether or not vested, will be immediately forfeited and canceled upon the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event; and
 
(ii)  Grantee will be obligated to repay to the Corporation, within five business days after demand is made therefor by the Corporation, the total amount of After-Tax Gain (as defined herein) realized by Grantee upon any exercise of the Option that occurred on or after the date that is 12 months prior to the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event. For purposes of this Section, the term “After-Tax Gain” shall mean, in respect of a given exercise of the Option, the product of (A) the Fair Market Value per share acquired at the date of such exercise (without regard to any subsequent change in the market price of shares) times (B) the number of shares as to which the Option was exercised at that date (treating any shares withheld to cover the exercise price or taxes as acquired by exercise), provided that, if the exercise occurred in a calendar year prior to the Corporation making demand for repayment, such sum shall be reduced by a percentage equal to Grantee’s marginal tax rate at the time of exercise as reasonably determined by the Committee. Such repayment may be in cash or in shares having a Fair Market Value at the repayment date equal to the After-Tax Gain.
 
(b)   Events Triggering Forfeiture .  The forfeitures specified in Section 3(a) will be triggered upon the occurrence of the following Forfeiture Event at any time during Grantee’s employment by the Corporation or during the noncompetition period following Termination of Employment specified in any agreement between the Corporation and Grantee in existence at the Date of Grant (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”):
 
Grantee, directly or indirectly, seeks or accepts employment with or provides professional services, directly or indirectly, to a “Competitor” in violation of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement. For purposes of this Section 3(b) and the second sentence of Section 2(c)(iii), references to the “Corporation” include any subsidiary, affiliate or joint venture of the Corporation.
 
The non-occurrence of the Forfeiture Event set forth herein is a condition to Grantee’s right to realize and retain value from the Option, shall remain a condition regardless of any subsequent change or challenge to or termination of such other agreement referenced herein and the consequences hereunder if Grantee engages in an activity giving rise to any such Forfeiture Event are the forfeitures specified in Section 3(a).
 
(c)   Monitoring Compliance .   In order to allow the Corporation to monitor Grantee’s compliance with the conditions imposed under this Section 3, beginning with Grantee’s Termination of Employment Grantee shall provide written notice to the Executive Vice-President, Human Resources, of the identity of each new employer with whom Grantee accepts employment or of any other entity to which Grantee provides professional services, together with Grantee’s new job title and a brief description of job duties, during the noncompetition period specified in the Restrictive Covenant Agreement.
 
4.  Miscellaneous .  (a)   Limitations on Transfer .  The Option and Grantee’s rights and interests therein shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability and related terms set forth in Section 6.6 of the Plan.


5


 

(b)   No Right to Continued Employment .  Nothing contained herein or in the Plan shall be construed as giving Grantee any right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation, or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate the employment of Grantee at any time, with or without cause, without incurring any liability to Grantee due to the inability of Grantee thereafter to exercise the Option.
 
(c)   Adjustments .  The number of shares subject to the Option, the exercise price, and other terms of the Option shall be appropriately adjusted, in order to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of Grantee’s rights with respect to the Option, to reflect any changes in the number and kind of outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from any event referred to in Section 4.4 of the Plan.
 
(d)   Limitation on Rights Triggering Constructive Receipt.   The terms set forth or incorporated in this Agreement notwithstanding, if, under U.S. federal income tax laws as presently in effect or hereafter amended, and regulations thereunder, any rights or elections of Grantee with respect to the Option or retained authority of the Corporation would result in Grantee’s constructive receipt of income relating to the Option prior to Grantee’s actual exercise of the Option, such rights or elections or retained authority of the Corporation shall be automatically modified and limited to the extent necessary such that Grantee will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of such income prior to the actual exercise of the Option.
 
(e)   No Stockholder Rights .  Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Corporation with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the valid exercise of the Option.
 
(f)   Legal Effect .  This Agreement shall be legally binding when (i) executed by the Corporation attaching the typed name and title of its authorized officer as a legally binding electronic signature and (ii) delivered to Grantee who has consented and agrees to its terms electronically (or in such other manner as the Corporation may provide). This Agreement is governed by applicable federal law and, to the extent not governed by federal law, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (without regard to conflicts of law provisions), and is deemed executed in the Commonwealth of Virginia.
 
(g)   Binding Agreement .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Option, and supersedes any prior agreements or documents with respect to the Option. Copies of this Agreement shall not represent additional obligations of the Corporation. No amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of this Agreement which may impose any additional obligation upon the Corporation or materially impair the rights of Grantee with respect to the Option shall be valid unless in each instance such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is expressed in a written instrument duly executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and, if it materially impairs the rights of Grantee, by Grantee. The foregoing notwithstanding, equitable adjustments to the Options under Section 4(c), including those resulting from a transaction in which the Corporation’s Common Stock is no longer publicly traded, and changes that affect only


6


 

the timing of federal income or other taxation to Grantee for compensation received hereunder, shall not be deemed material impairments and therefore shall not require approval of Grantee.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed by attaching the typed name and title of its authorized officer as a legally binding electronic signature as of the day and year first above written, and Grantee has consented to and has acknowledged receipt of the Agreement electronically (or in such other manner as the Corporation may provide).
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
/s/   Paul G. George
  By:   Paul G. George
Executive Vice President
Human Resources


7

 
Exhibit 10.5
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT
 
This RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT is dated                 , 2005 (the “Grant Date”) by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) and                        (the “Grantee”), pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (the “Plan”).
 
1.   Grant of Restricted Stock Units and Receipt by Grantee .
 
(a)   Grant . The Corporation hereby confirms the grant, under and pursuant to the Plan, to Grantee on the date hereof of             Restricted Stock Units (the “RSUs”). The RSUs are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, the relevant resolution of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors and this Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the “Agreement”). The Corporation shall maintain a bookkeeping account for Grantee (the “Account”) reflecting the number of RSUs then credited to Grantee hereunder as a result of such grant of RSUs and any additional RSUs attributable to Dividend Equivalents (not paid out in cash) as described in Section 5 hereof.
 
(b)   Restrictions . Grantee acknowledges and agrees that (i), until an RSU has become vested in accordance with Section 2(a), such RSU shall be subject to a risk of forfeiture as provided in the Plan and Section 2 hereof; (ii), until such time as each RSU becomes vested and is settled, as provided in Section 4 hereof, such RSU shall be generally nontransferable, as provided in the Plan and Section 3 hereof; (iii) Grantee is subject to the Corporation’s Code of Conduct and related policies on insider trading which restrict Grantee’s ability to sell shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock received in settlement of RSUs, which may include “blackout” periods during which Grantee may not engage in such sales; and (iv) the RSUs, and certain gains realized by Grantee upon settlement of the RSUs, are subject to forfeiture in the event Grantee fails to meet applicable requirements relating to non-competition, non-solicitation of employees and others, and other provisions protecting the Corporation’s business, as set forth in Section 6 hereof.
 
(c)   Coordination with Plan . All of the terms, conditions and other provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. A copy of the Plan is available on the Human Resources homepage of the Corporation’s intranet site. Grantee hereby agrees to be bound by the Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (including any delegatee) (the “Committee”) thereunder.


1


 

2.   Vesting and Forfeiture .
 
(a)   Vesting Date . Subject to Section 2(b), the vesting schedule for the grant shall be as follows:
 
  •  25% of such grant shall vest on the first anniversary of the Grant Date;
 
  •  an additional 25% of the grant shall vest on the second anniversary of the Grant Date;
 
  •  an additional 25% of the grant shall vest on the third anniversary of the Grant Date; and
 
  •  the remaining 25% of the grant shall vest on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date.
 
Each RSU credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents under Section 5(a)(ii) and (iii) (“Dividend Equivalent RSU”) shall vest at the time of vesting of the forfeitable RSU which gives rise, directly or indirectly, to the crediting of such Dividend Equivalent RSU, or shall be immediately vested if credited on a previously vested RSU.
 
(b)   Death or Disability . If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation as a result of Grantee’s death or Disability (as defined in the Plan), all unvested RSUs shall vest and become nonforfeitable immediately upon such termination.
 
(c)   Retirement Other Than Qualifying Normal Retirement . If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation due to Retirement (as defined in the Plan) other than a Qualifying Normal Retirement (as defined below), the vesting of any unvested RSUs may be accelerated at the discretion of the Committee; if the Committee does not accelerate such expiration date and vesting, the unvested RSUs will be forfeited.
 
(d)   Qualifying Normal Retirement . If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation due to a Qualifying Normal Retirement (as defined below), all unvested RSUs shall continue to vest after Qualifying Normal Retirement in accordance with the vesting schedule in Section 2(a) above. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Qualifying Normal Retirement” shall mean Grantee’s ceasing to be an employee of the Corporation (whether or not such Termination is a “Retirement” as defined in the Plan), other than a Termination by the Corporation for Gross Misconduct (as defined in Corporate Policy No. 3-254.1 or 3-254, as applicable (as may be amended or replaced from time to time) as determined by the Chief Executive Officer or a Termination subject to Section 2(b), at least one year after the date of grant of the Unit, if, at the time of such Termination, (A) Grantee has attained (or exceeded) age 62 and at least five years of service, and (B) Grantee has executed and is subject to a written agreement containing such non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants, and a release of the Corporation, in form and substance satisfactory to the Chief Executive Officer in order to protect to the maximum extent practicable the confidential and proprietary business information of the Corporation. The Corporation’s remedies under any such agreement may include but shall not be limited to the forfeiture of RSUs not theretofore settled. For purposes of this Section 2(d), “years of service” shall be defined (and calculated) in the same manner as “year of qualifying service” under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employees’ Pension Plan.
 
(e)   Other Terminations . If Grantee terminates employment with the


2


 

Corporation for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement (to the extent subject to Section 2(c) above), or Qualifying Normal Retirement, any unvested RSUs will be forfeited.
 
3.   Nontransferability . Until RSUs become settleable under Section 4 hereof, the RSUs and Grantee’s rights and interests therein shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability and related terms set forth in Section 6.6 of the Plan.
 
4.   Settlement . RSUs granted hereunder, together with RSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents under Section 5(a)(ii) and (iii), shall be settled by delivery of one share of the Corporation’s Common Stock ($0.21 par value) for each RSU being settled. Settlement of each RSU granted hereunder shall occur upon the vesting of such RSU under Section 2, except that, if vesting occurs pursuant to Section 2(c) and the Committee so specifies or if vesting occurs pursuant to Section 2(d), settlement of each RSU shall instead occur at the time the RSU would have become vested under Section 2(a) if Grantee’s employment by the Corporation had not terminated. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, if Grantee completed an Election Form for Deferral of Restricted Stock Units (the “Deferral Election”) regarding this Agreement prior to the Grant Date, settlement of each RSU granted hereunder shall occur in accordance with the terms of the Deferral Election. The terms set forth or incorporated in this Agreement notwithstanding, if, under U.S. federal income tax laws as presently in effect or hereafter amended, and regulations thereunder, any rights or elections of Grantee with respect to the RSUs would result in Grantee’s constructive receipt of income relating to the RSUs prior to their actual settlement by the Corporation, such rights or elections shall be automatically modified and limited to the extent necessary such that Grantee will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of such income prior to the actual settlement of the RSUs.
 
5.   Dividend Equivalents and Adjustments .
 
(a)   Dividend Equivalents . Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or credited on RSUs (other than RSUs that, at the relevant record date, previously have been settled or forfeited) in accordance with Section 7.6 of the Plan, as follows:
 
  (i)     Cash Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of cash, then an amount of cash shall be paid to Grantee, as promptly as possible after the payment date for such dividend or distribution, equal to the number of RSUs credited to Grantee’s Account hereunder as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the amount of cash actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date.
 
  (ii)    Non-Common Stock Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of property other than shares of Common Stock, then a number of additional RSUs shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution equal to the number of RSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the Fair Market Value of such property actually paid as


3


 

a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date, divided by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at such payment date.
 
  (iii)   Common Stock Dividends and Splits . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, or there occurs a forward split of Common Stock, then a number of additional RSUs shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution or forward split equal to the number of RSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution or split multiplied by the number of additional shares of Common Stock actually paid as a dividend or distribution or issued in such split in respect of each outstanding share of Common Stock.
 
The foregoing notwithstanding, any payment of Dividend Equivalents shall be reduced by the amount of all Federal, state, local and other taxes that may be required to be withheld by the Corporation with respect to such payment. In addition, the Committee may vary the manner and terms of crediting Dividend Equivalents from that specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, for administrative convenience or any other reason, provided that the Committee determines that any alternative manner and terms result in equitable treatment of Grantee.
 
(b)   Adjustments to RSUs . The number of RSUs credited to Grantee’s Account shall be appropriately adjusted, in order to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of Grantee’s rights with respect to RSUs, to reflect any changes in the number and kind of outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from any event referred to in Section 4.4 of the Plan, taking into account any RSUs credited to Grantee in connection with such event under Section 5(a) hereof.
 
6.   Additional Forfeiture Provisions .
 
(a)   Forfeiture of RSUs and Gains Realized Upon Prior Settlement of RSUs . The RSUs are subject to the following additional forfeiture conditions, to which Grantee, by accepting the RSUs, agrees. If any of the events specified in Section 6(b) occurs (a “Forfeiture Event”), all of the following forfeitures will result, such forfeitures to be effective at the time of the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event:
 
  (i)   The RSUs then outstanding, whether or not vested, will be immediately forfeited and canceled upon the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event; and
 
  (ii)   Grantee will be obligated to repay to the Corporation, within five business days after demand is made therefor by the Corporation, the total amount of After-Tax Gain (as defined herein) realized by Grantee upon any settlement of the RSUs that occurred on or after the date that is 12 months prior to the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event. For purposes of this Section, the term “After-Tax Gain” shall mean, in respect of a given settlement of RSUs, the product of (X) the Fair Market Value per share delivered at the date of such settlement (without regard to any


4


 

subsequent change in the market price of shares) times (Y) the number of shares delivered in such settlement, provided that, if the settlement occurred in a calendar year prior to the Corporation making demand for repayment, such product shall be reduced by a percentage equal to Grantee’s marginal tax rate at the time of settlement as reasonably determined by the Committee. Such repayment may be in cash or in shares having a Fair Market Value at the repayment date equal to the After-Tax Gain.
 
(b)   Events Triggering Forfeiture . The forfeitures specified in Section 6(a) will be triggered upon the occurrence of the following Forfeiture Event at any time during Grantee’s employment by the Corporation or during the noncompetition period following Termination of Employment specified in any agreement between the Corporation and Grantee in existence at the Date of Grant (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”):
 
Grantee, directly or indirectly, seeks or accepts employment with or provides professional services, directly or indirectly, to a “Competitor” in violation of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement. For purposes of this Section 6(b) and the second sentence of Section 2(d), references to the “Corporation” include any subsidiary, affiliate or joint venture of the Corporation.
 
The non-occurrence of the Forfeiture Event set forth herein is a condition to Grantee’s right to realize and retain value from the RSUs, shall remain a condition regardless of any subsequent change or challenge to or termination of such other agreement referenced herein and the consequences hereunder if Grantee engages in an activity giving rise to any such Forfeiture Event or the forfeitures specified in Section 6(a).
 
(c)   Monitoring Compliance . In order to allow the Corporation to monitor Grantee’s compliance with the conditions imposed under this Section 6, beginning with Grantee’s Termination of Employment Grantee shall provide written notice to the Executive Vice-President, Human Resources, of the identity of each new employer with whom Grantee accepts employment or of any other entity to which Grantee provides professional services, together with Grantee’s new job title and a brief description of job duties, during the noncompetition period specified in the Restrictive Covenant Agreement.
 
7.   Other Terms Relating to RSUs .
 
(a)   Fractional RSUs and Shares . The number of RSUs credited to a Grantee’s Account shall include fractional RSUs calculated to at least three decimal places, unless otherwise determined by the administrator (which shall be the Human Resources Division, unless otherwise specified by the Committee). Upon settlement of RSUs, Grantee shall be paid, in cash, an amount equal to the value of any fractional share that would have otherwise been deliverable in settlement of such RSUs.
 
(b)   Statements . An individual statement of each Grantee’s Account will be made available to each Grantee in such form and in such manner as the administrator may determine. Such statements may include information such as the amount of RSUs credited to


5


 

Grantee’s Account, transactions therein during the period covered by the statement, and other information deemed relevant by the administrator. Such statement may include information regarding other plans and compensatory arrangements for Grantee. A Grantee’s statements shall be deemed a part of this Agreement, and shall evidence the Corporation’s obligations under the Plan, including the number of RSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents (if any). Any statement containing an error shall not, however, represent a binding obligation to the extent of such error, notwithstanding the inclusion of such statement as part of this Agreement.
 
(c)   Tax Withholding . The Corporation may make such provisions and take such steps as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of all Federal, state, local and other taxes required by law to be withheld upon the vesting or settlement of RSUs including, but not limited to, (i) reducing the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise to be delivered to Grantee at that time, based on their value determined in accordance with Section 9.3(a) of the Plan, to permit deduction of the amount of any such withholding taxes from the amount otherwise payable under the Plan, (ii) deducting the amount required to be withheld from any other amount then or thereafter payable to Grantee, a beneficiary or legal representative, and (iii) requiring Grantee, a beneficiary or legal representative to pay to the Corporation the amount required to be withheld as a condition of delivering Common Stock in settlement of the RSUs or any other distributions related thereto.
 
8.   Miscellaneous .
 
(a)   Modifications . The Corporation acting through the Committee shall have the authority to modify or remove any or all restrictions or conditions on the vesting or settlement of the RSUs whenever it may determine that, by reason of a change in applicable laws or other change in circumstances arising after the date hereof, or for any other reason, such action is appropriate.
 
(b)   Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the RSUs, and supersedes any prior agreements or documents with respect to the RSUs. No amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of this Agreement which may impose any additional obligation upon the Corporation or materially impair the rights of Grantee with respect to the RSUs shall be valid unless in each instance such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is expressed in a written instrument duly executed in the name and on behalf of the party to be bound thereby. The foregoing notwithstanding, equitable adjustments to the RSUs under Section 5(b), including those resulting from a transaction in which the Corporation’s Common Stock is no longer publicly traded, and changes that affect only the timing of federal income or other taxation to Grantee for compensation received hereunder, shall not be deemed material impairments and therefore shall not require approval of Grantee.
 
(c)   Beneficiary Designations . All designations of Beneficiary shall be on such forms as are specified by and filed with the administrator. Any Beneficiary designation made by Grantee in accordance with this provision may be changed from time to time, without the consent


6


 

of any previously designated Beneficiary (but subject to any spousal consent as may be required), by filing with the administrator a notice of such change on the form provided by the administrator and such change of Beneficiary designation shall become effective upon receipt by the administrator. In the event Grantee’s Beneficiary would otherwise become entitled to a distribution hereunder, and all Beneficiaries designated by Grantee are not then living, or if no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect, Grantee’s estate or duly authorized personal representative shall be deemed to have been designated by Grantee.
 
(d)   No Security Interest or Trust Created . Any provision for distribution in settlement of Grantee’s Account hereunder shall be by means of bookkeeping entries on the books of the Corporation and shall not create in Grantee or any Beneficiary any right to, or claim against any, specific assets of the Corporation, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for Grantee or any Beneficiary. Grantee or any Beneficiary entitled to any distribution hereunder shall be a general creditor of the Corporation.
 
(e)   No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing contained herein or in the Plan shall be construed as giving Grantee any right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation, or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate the employment of Grantee at any time, with or without cause, without incurring any liability to Grantee due to the forfeiture of the RSUs.
 
(f)   No Stockholder Rights . Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Corporation with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to the RSUs prior to the settlement of the RSUs.
 
(g)   Notices . Any notice hereunder to the Corporation shall be in writing and addressed to it at its office, 8250 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, VA 22102, Attn: Human Resources Division, and any notice to Grantee shall be in writing and addressed to him or her at the latest address appearing in the records of the Corporation, subject to the right of either party to designate in writing another address at any time hereafter.
 
(h)   Legal Effect . This Agreement shall be legally binding when (i) executed by the Corporation attaching the typed name and title of its authorized officer as a legally binding electronic signature and (ii) delivered to Grantee who has consented and agrees to its terms electronically (or in such other manner as the Corporation may provide). This Agreement is governed by applicable federal law and, to the extent not governed by federal law, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (without regard to conflicts of law provisions), and is deemed executed in the Commonwealth of Virginia.


7


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed by attaching the typed name and title of its authorized officer as a legally binding electronic signature as of the day and year first above written, and Grantee has consented to and has acknowledged receipt of the Agreement electronically (or in such other manner as the Corporation may provide).
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
/s/   Paul G. George
  By:  Paul G. George
Executive Vice President
Human Resources


8

 
Exhibit 10.6
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT
 
This RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT is dated                        (the “Grant Date”) by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) and                        (the “Grantee”), pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (the “Plan”).
 
1.   Grant of Restricted Stock Units and Receipt by Grantee .
 
(a)   Grant . The Corporation hereby confirms the grant, under and pursuant to the Plan, to Grantee on the date hereof of             Restricted Stock Units (the “RSUs”). The RSUs are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, the relevant resolution of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors and this Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the “Agreement”). The Corporation shall maintain a bookkeeping account for Grantee (the “Account”) reflecting the number of RSUs then credited to Grantee hereunder as a result of such grant of RSUs and any additional RSUs attributable to Dividend Equivalents (not paid out in cash) as described in Section 5 hereof.
 
(b)   Restrictions . Grantee acknowledges and agrees that: (i) until an RSU has become vested in accordance with Section 2(a), such RSU shall be subject to a risk of forfeiture as provided in the Plan and Section 2 hereof; (ii) until such time as each RSU becomes vested and is settled, such RSU shall be generally nontransferable, as provided in the Plan and Section 3 hereof; (iii) Grantee is subject to the Corporation’s Code of Conduct and related policies on insider trading that restrict Grantee’s ability to sell shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock received in settlement of RSUs, which may include “blackout” periods during which Grantee may not engage in such sales; and (iv) the RSUs, and certain gains realized by Grantee upon settlement of the RSUs, are subject to forfeiture in the event Grantee fails to meet applicable requirements relating to non-competition, non-solicitation of employees and others, and other provisions protecting the Corporation’s business, as set forth in Section 6 hereof.
 
(c)   Coordination with Plan . All of the terms, conditions and other provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. A copy of the Plan is available on the Human Resources homepage of the Corporation’s intranet site. Grantee hereby agrees to be bound by the Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (including any delegatee) (the “Committee”) thereunder.
 
2.   Vesting and Forfeiture .
 
(a)   Vesting Date . Subject to Sections 2(b), 2(c) and 2(d), the vesting schedule for the grant shall be as follows:


 

  •  33% of such grant shall vest on the first anniversary of the Grant Date;
 
  •  an additional 33% of the grant shall vest on the second anniversary of the Grant Date; and
 
  •  the remaining 34% of the grant shall vest on the third anniversary of the Grant Date.
 
Each RSU credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents under Section 5(a)(ii) and (iii) (“Dividend Equivalent RSU”) shall vest at the time of vesting of the forfeitable RSU which gives rise, directly or indirectly, to the crediting of such Dividend Equivalent RSU, or shall be immediately vested if credited on a previously vested RSU.
 
(b)   Death or Disability . If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation as a result of Grantee’s death or Disability (defined for purposes of this Agreement as an event or condition arising before Termination which the Social Security Administration determines to render Grantee totally disabled), all unvested RSUs shall vest and become nonforfeitable immediately upon such death or Disability.
 
(c)   Retirement . If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation due to a Retirement (as defined below), all unvested RSUs shall vest and continue to settle under Section 4 below after the date of the Retirement in accordance with the dates in the vesting schedule in Section 2(a) above. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Retirement” shall mean Grantee’s Termination if at the time of such Termination (A) either Grantee has both attained age 55 and the sum of Grantee’s age and years of service is equal to (or greater than) 70, or Grantee has both attained (or exceeded) age 62 and has at least five years of service, and (B) Grantee has executed and is subject to a written agreement containing such non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants, and a release of the Corporation, in form and substance satisfactory to the Chief Executive Officer in order to protect the business relationships and confidential and proprietary business information of the Corporation. A “Retirement” shall not include a Termination by the Corporation for Gross Misconduct (as defined in Corporate Policy No. 3-254.1 or 3-254, as applicable (as it may be amended or replaced from time to time) as determined by the Chief Executive Officer or a Termination subject to Section 2(b). The Corporation’s remedies under any such covenant may include but shall not be limited to the forfeiture of RSUs not theretofore settled. For purposes of this Section 2(c), “years of service” shall be defined (and calculated) in the same manner as “years of qualifying service” under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employees’ Pension Plan.
 
(d)   Special Circumstances Termination . If the Corporation terminates Grantee’s employment due to Special Circumstances (as defined below), all unvested RSUs shall vest and continue to settle under Section 4 below after Termination in accordance with dates in the vesting schedule in Section 2(a) above. For purposes of this Agreement, “Special Circumstances” shall mean Grantee’s ceasing to be an employee of the Corporation by action of the Corporation, other than the following Termination events: a Termination by the Corporation for Gross Misconduct (as defined in Corporate Policy No. 3-254.1 or 3-254, as applicable, as it may be amended or replaced from time to time) as determined by the Chief Executive Officer, a Termination for violating any standard of performance, conduct or attendance embodied in


2


 

Exhibit A to Corporate Policy No. 3-214 (as it may be amended or replaced from time to time) as determined by the Chief Executive Officer, or a Termination upon death or following a Disability; provided, however, “Special Circumstances” shall exist only if, at the time of such Termination, (A) Grantee’s position with the Corporation was eliminated due to a reorganization or job relocation or Grantee’s employment was terminated due to a restructuring or other no-fault displacement as determined in the absolute and sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer, and (B) Grantee has executed and is subject to a written agreement containing such non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants, and a release of the Corporation, in form and substance satisfactory to the Chief Executive Officer in order to protect the business relationships and confidential and proprietary business information of the Corporation.
 
(e)   Other Terminations . If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation for any reason other than death, following a Disability, or Retirement, or if the Corporation terminates Grantee’s employment for any reason other than Special Circumstances, any unvested RSUs will be forfeited.
 
3.   Nontransferability . Until RSUs have settled under Section 4 hereof, the RSUs and Grantee’s rights and interests therein shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability and related terms set forth in Section 6.6 of the Plan.
 
4.   Settlement . RSUs granted hereunder, together with RSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents under Section 5(a)(ii) and (iii), shall be settled by delivery of one share of the Corporation’s Common Stock ($0.21 par value) for each RSU being settled. Settlement of each RSU granted hereunder shall occur upon the vesting of such RSU under Section 2, provided, however, that, in the case of Retirement pursuant to Section 2(c) or Termination by the Corporation due to Special Circumstances pursuant to Section 2(d), settlement of each RSU shall instead occur pursuant to the schedule under Section 2(a) (i.e., the time RSUs would have become vested under Section 2(a) if Grantee’s employment by the Corporation had not terminated). The terms set forth or incorporated in this Agreement notwithstanding, if, under U.S. federal income tax laws as presently in effect or hereafter amended, and regulations thereunder, any rights or elections of Grantee with respect to the RSUs would result in Grantee’s constructive receipt of income relating to the RSUs prior to their actual settlement by the Corporation, such rights or elections, and any reserved power of the Corporation, shall be automatically modified and limited to the extent necessary such that Grantee will not recognize taxable income prior to the settlement of the RSUs. In particular, distribution to a “key employee” as specified in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code upon a Disability may in some cases have to be delayed for six months after Termination, and the Corporation shall have no power to accelerate the distribution of shares of Common Stock except in conformity with Section 409A and regulations thereunder.
 
5.   Dividend Equivalents and Adjustments .


3


 

(a)   Dividend Equivalents . Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or credited on RSUs (other than RSUs that, at the relevant record date, previously have been settled or forfeited) in accordance with Section 7.6 of the Plan, as follows:
 
    (i)   Cash Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of cash, then an amount of cash shall be paid to Grantee, as promptly as possible after the payment date for such dividend or distribution, equal to the number of RSUs credited to Grantee’s Account hereunder as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the amount of cash actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date.
 
   (ii)   Non-Common Stock Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of property other than shares of Common Stock, then a number of additional RSUs shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution equal to the number of RSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the Fair Market Value of such property actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date, divided by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at such payment date.
 
  (iii)   Common Stock Dividends and Splits . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, or there occurs a forward split of Common Stock, then a number of additional RSUs shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution or forward split equal to the number of RSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution or split multiplied by the number of additional shares of Common Stock actually paid as a dividend or distribution or issued in such split in respect of each outstanding share of Common Stock.
 
The foregoing notwithstanding, any payment of Dividend Equivalents shall be reduced by the amount of all Federal, state, local and other taxes that may be required to be withheld by the Corporation with respect to such payment. In addition, the Committee may vary the manner and terms of crediting Dividend Equivalents from that specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, for administrative convenience or any other reason, provided that the Committee determines that any alternative manner and terms result in equitable treatment of Grantee.
 
(b)   Adjustments to RSUs . The number of RSUs credited to Grantee’s Account shall be appropriately adjusted, in order to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of Grantee’s rights with respect to RSUs, to reflect any changes in the number and kind of outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from any event referred to in Section 4.4 of the Plan, taking into account any RSUs credited to Grantee in connection with such event under Section 5(a) hereof.


4


 

6.   Additional Forfeiture Provisions .
 
(a)   Forfeiture of RSUs and Gains Realized Upon Prior Settlement of RSUs . The RSUs are subject to the following additional forfeiture conditions, to which Grantee, by accepting the RSUs, agrees. If any of the events specified in Section 6(b) occurs (a “Forfeiture Event”), all of the following forfeitures will result, such forfeitures to be effective at the time of the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event:
 
   (i)   The RSUs then outstanding, whether or not vested, will be immediately forfeited and canceled upon the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event; and
 
  (ii)   Grantee will be obligated to repay to the Corporation, within five business days after demand is made therefor by the Corporation, the total amount of After-Tax Gain (as defined herein) realized by Grantee upon any settlement of the RSUs that occurred on or after the date that is 12 months prior to the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event. For purposes of this Section, the term “After-Tax Gain” shall mean, in respect of a given settlement of RSUs, the product of (X) the Fair Market Value per share delivered at the date of such settlement (without regard to any subsequent change in the market price of shares) times (Y) the number of shares delivered in such settlement, provided that, if the settlement occurred in a calendar year prior to the Corporation making demand for repayment, such product shall be reduced by a percentage equal to Grantee’s marginal tax rate at the time of settlement as reasonably determined by the Committee. Such repayment may be in cash or in shares having a Fair Market Value at the repayment date equal to the After-Tax Gain.
 
(b)   Events Triggering Forfeiture . The forfeitures specified in Section 6(a) will be triggered upon the occurrence of the following Forfeiture Event at any time during Grantee’s employment by the Corporation or during the noncompetition period following Termination of Employment specified in any agreement between the Corporation and Grantee in existence at the Date of Grant (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”):
 
Grantee, directly or indirectly, seeks or accepts employment with or provides professional services, directly or indirectly, to a “Competitor” in violation of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement. For purposes of this Section 6(b) and the second sentence of Sections 2(d) and 2(e), references to the “Corporation” include any subsidiary, affiliate or joint venture of the Corporation.
 
The non-occurrence of the Forfeiture Event set forth herein is a condition to Grantee’s right to realize and retain value from the RSUs, and shall remain a condition regardless of any subsequent change or challenge to or termination of such other agreement referenced herein and the consequences hereunder if Grantee engages in an activity giving rise to any such Forfeiture Event are the forfeitures specified in Section 6(a).


5


 

(c)   Monitoring Compliance . In order to allow the Corporation to monitor Grantee’s compliance with the conditions imposed under this Section 6, beginning with Grantee’s Termination of Employment Grantee shall provide written notice to the Executive Vice-President, Human Resources, of the identity of each new employer with whom Grantee accepts employment or of any other entity to which Grantee provides professional services, together with Grantee’s new job title and a brief description of job duties, during the noncompetition period specified in the Restrictive Covenant Agreement.
 
7.   Other Terms Relating to RSUs .
 
(a)   Fractional RSUs and Shares . The number of RSUs credited to a Grantee’s Account shall include fractional RSUs calculated to at least three decimal places, unless otherwise determined by the administrator (which shall be the Human Resources Division, unless otherwise specified by the Committee). Upon settlement of RSUs, Grantee shall be paid, in cash, an amount equal to the value of any fractional share that would have otherwise been deliverable in settlement of such RSUs.
 
(b)   Statements . An individual statement of each Grantee’s Account will be made available to each Grantee in such form and in such manner as the administrator may determine. Such statements may include information such as the amount of RSUs credited to Grantee’s Account, transactions therein during the period covered by the statement, and other information deemed relevant by the administrator. Such statement may include information regarding other plans and compensatory arrangements for Grantee. A Grantee’s statements shall be deemed a part of this Agreement, and shall evidence the Corporation’s obligations under the Plan, including the number of RSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents (if any). Any statement containing an error shall not, however, represent a binding obligation to the extent of such error, notwithstanding the inclusion of such statement as part of this Agreement.
 
(c)   Tax Withholding . The Corporation may make such provisions and take such steps as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of all Federal, state, local and other taxes required by law to be withheld upon the vesting or settlement of RSUs (including at the time employees are eligible for retirement, or terminations related to Retirement or Special Circumstances) including, but not limited to, (i) reducing the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise to be delivered to Grantee at that time, based on their value determined in accordance with Section 9.3(a) of the Plan, to permit deduction of the amount of any such withholding taxes from the amount otherwise payable under the Plan, (ii) deducting the amount required to be withheld from any other amount then or thereafter payable to Grantee, a beneficiary or legal representative, and (iii) requiring Grantee, a beneficiary or legal representative to pay to the Corporation the amount required to be withheld as a condition of delivering Common Stock in settlement of the RSUs or any other distributions related thereto.
 
8.   Miscellaneous .
 
(a)   Modifications . The Corporation acting through the Committee shall have the authority to modify or remove any or all restrictions or conditions on the vesting or settlement


6


 

of the RSUs whenever it may determine that, by reason of a change in applicable laws or other change in circumstances arising after the date hereof, or for any other reason, such action is appropriate.
 
(b)   Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the RSUs, and supersedes any prior agreements or documents with respect to the RSUs. No amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of this Agreement which may impose any additional obligation upon the Corporation or materially impair the rights of Grantee with respect to the RSUs shall be valid unless in each instance such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is expressed in a written instrument duly executed in the name and on behalf of the party to be bound thereby. The foregoing notwithstanding, equitable adjustments to the RSUs under Section 5(b), including those resulting from a transaction in which the Corporation’s Common Stock is no longer publicly traded, and changes that affect only the timing of federal income or other taxation to Grantee for compensation received hereunder, shall not be deemed material impairments and therefore shall not require approval of Grantee.
 
(c)   Beneficiary Designations . All designations of Beneficiary shall be on such forms as are specified by and filed with the administrator. Any Beneficiary designation made by Grantee in accordance with this provision may be changed from time to time, without the consent of any previously designated Beneficiary (but subject to any spousal consent as may be required), by filing with the administrator a notice of such change on the form provided by the administrator and such change of Beneficiary designation shall become effective upon receipt by the administrator. In the event Grantee’s Beneficiary would otherwise become entitled to a distribution hereunder, and all Beneficiaries designated by Grantee are not then living, or if no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect, Grantee’s estate or duly authorized personal representative shall be deemed to have been designated by Grantee.
 
(d)   No Security Interest or Trust Created . Any provision for distribution in settlement of Grantee’s Account hereunder shall be by means of bookkeeping entries on the books of the Corporation and shall not create in Grantee or any Beneficiary any right to, or claim against any, specific assets of the Corporation, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for Grantee or any Beneficiary. Grantee or any Beneficiary entitled to any distribution hereunder shall be a general creditor of the Corporation.
 
(e)   No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing contained herein or in the Plan shall be construed as giving Grantee any right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation, or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate the employment of Grantee at any time, with or without cause, without incurring any liability to Grantee due to the forfeiture of the RSUs.
 
(f)   No Stockholder Rights . Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Corporation with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to the RSUs prior to the settlement of the RSUs.


7


 

(g)   Notices . Any notice hereunder to the Corporation shall be in writing and addressed to it at its office, 8250 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, VA 22102, Attn: Human Resources Division, and any notice to Grantee shall be in writing and addressed to him or her at the latest address appearing in the records of the Corporation, subject to the right of either party to designate in writing another address at any time hereafter.
 
(h)   Legal Effect . This Agreement shall be legally binding when (i) executed by the Corporation attaching the typed name and title of its authorized officer as a legally binding electronic signature and (ii) delivered to Grantee who has consented and agrees to its terms electronically (or in such other manner as the Corporation may provide). This Agreement is governed by applicable federal law and, to the extent not governed by federal law, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (without regard to conflicts of law provisions), and is deemed executed in the Commonwealth of Virginia.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed by attaching the typed name and title of its authorized officer as a legally binding electronic signature as of the day and year first above written, and Grantee has consented to and has acknowledged receipt of the Agreement electronically (or in such other manner as the Corporation may provide).
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
/s/   Paul G. George
  By:   Paul G. George
Executive Vice President
Human Resources


8

 
Exhibit 10.7
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
PERFORMANCE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT
 
This PERFORMANCE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT is dated                        (the “Grant Date”) by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) and                        (the “Grantee”), pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (the “Plan”).
 
1.   Grant of Performance Restricted Stock Units and Receipt by Grantee .
 
(a)   Grant . The Corporation hereby confirms the grant, under and pursuant to the Plan, including Sections 7.4 and 8.1 thereof, to Grantee on the date hereof of             Performance Restricted Stock Units (the “PRSUs”). The PRSUs are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, the relevant resolution of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors and this Performance Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the “Agreement”). The Corporation shall maintain a bookkeeping account for Grantee (the “Account”) reflecting the number of PRSUs then credited to Grantee hereunder as a result of such grant of PRSUs and any additional PRSUs attributable to Dividend Equivalents (not paid out in cash) as described in Section 5 hereof.
 
(b)   Restrictions . Grantee acknowledges and agrees that: (i)  until a PRSU has become earned in accordance with Section 2(a) and vested in accordance with Section 2(b), such PRSU shall be subject to a risk of forfeiture as provided in the Plan and Section 2 hereof; (ii)  until such time as each PRSU becomes earned and vested and is settled, such PRSU shall be generally nontransferable, as provided in the Plan and Section 3 hereof; (iii)  Grantee is subject to the Corporation’s Code of Conduct and related policies on insider trading which restrict Grantee’s ability to sell shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock received in settlement of PRSUs, which may include “blackout” periods during which Grantee may not engage in such sales; and (iv)  the PRSUs, and certain gains realized by Grantee upon settlement of the PRSUs, are subject to forfeiture in the event Grantee fails to meet applicable requirements relating to non-competition, non-solicitation of employees and others, and other provisions protecting the Corporation’s business, as set forth in Section 6 hereof.
 
(c)   Coordination with Plan . All of the terms, conditions and other provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. A copy of the Plan is available on the Human Resources homepage of the Corporation’s intranet site. Grantee hereby agrees to be bound by the Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (including any delegatee) (the “Committee”) thereunder.


 

2.   Earning, Vesting and Forfeiture .
 
The PRSUs shall be forfeited and shall not be settled unless they have both been earned and become vested under this Section 2.
 
(a)   Performance Condition to the Earning of the PRSUs . The PRSUs shall be deemed earned at such time as the Committee has determined that the Performance Goal (as defined in this Section 2(a)) has been met. The Performance Goal shall be that the performance of the Corporation’s management during calendar year 2007 improves the Corporation’s competitive position when considering the Corporation’s shareholders, Mission Objectives, and safety and soundness considerations. The determination of whether the Performance Goal has been met shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee, and the Committee’s determination shall be final. The Committee shall make this determination before the first anniversary of the date of grant of the PRSUs.
 
(b)   Vesting Date . Subject to Sections 2(c), 2(d), 2(e) and 2(f), the vesting schedule for PRSUs that have been earned under Section 2(a) shall be as follows:
 
  •  25% of such PRSUs shall vest on the first anniversary of the Grant Date;
 
  •  an additional 25% of such PRSUs shall vest on the second anniversary of the Grant Date;
 
  •  an additional 25% of such PRSUs shall vest on the third anniversary of the Grant Date; and
 
  •  the remaining 25% of such PRSUs shall vest on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date.
 
Each PRSU credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents under Section 5(a)(ii) and (iii) (“Dividend Equivalent PRSU”) shall vest at the time of vesting of the forfeitable PRSU which gives rise, directly or indirectly, to the crediting of such Dividend Equivalent PRSU, or shall be immediately vested if credited on a previously vested PRSU.
 
(c)   Death or Disability . If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation as a result of Grantee’s death or Disability (as defined in the Plan), all PRSUs not previously forfeited shall be deemed earned (i.e., the PRSUs will be deemed earned if such termination precedes the Committee’s determination regarding achievement of the Performance Goal), and all earned but unvested PRSUs shall vest and become nonforfeitable immediately upon such termination.
 
(d)   Retirement Other Than Qualifying Normal Retirement . If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation due to Retirement (as defined in the Plan) other than a Qualifying Normal Retirement (as defined below), the earning and/or vesting of any unvested PRSUs may be accelerated at the discretion of the Committee; if the Committee does not accelerate such earning and/or vesting, the unearned and/or unvested PRSUs will be forfeited.
 
(e)   Qualifying Normal Retirement . If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation due to a Qualifying Normal Retirement (as defined below), all previously earned but unvested PRSUs shall not be forfeited at that time but shall continue to settle under Section 4 below after a Qualifying Normal Retirement in accordance with the dates in the vesting schedule in


2


 

Section 2(b) above.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Qualifying Normal Retirement” shall mean Grantee’s ceasing to be an employee of the Corporation (whether or not such Termination is a “Retirement” as defined in the Plan), at least one year after the date of grant of the PRSUs, if, at the time of such Termination, (A)  Grantee has attained (or exceeded) age 62 and has at least five years of service, and (B)  Grantee has executed and is subject to a written agreement containing such non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants, and a release of the Corporation, in form and substance satisfactory to the Chief Executive Officer in order to protect the business relationships and confidential and proprietary business information of the Corporation. A “Qualifying Normal Retirement” shall not include a Termination by the Corporation for Gross Misconduct (as defined in Corporate Policy No. 3-254.1 or 3-254, as applicable (as it may be amended or replaced from time to time) as determined by the Chief Executive Officer or a Termination subject to Section 2(c). The Corporation’s remedies under any such agreement may include but shall not be limited to the forfeiture of PRSUs not theretofore settled. For purposes of this Section 2(e), “years of service” shall be defined (and calculated) in the same manner as “year of qualifying service” under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employees’ Pension Plan.
 
(f)   Special Circumstances Terminations . If the Corporation terminates Grantee’s employment due to Special Circumstances (as defined below), all previously earned but unvested PRSUs shall not be forfeited at that time but shall settle under Section 4 below after Termination in accordance with dates in the vesting schedule in Section 2(b) above. For purposes of this Agreement, “Special Circumstances” shall mean Grantee’s ceasing to be an employee of the Corporation by action of the Corporation, other than the following Termination events: a Termination by the Corporation for Gross Misconduct (as defined in Corporate Policy No. 3-254.1 or 3-254, as applicable, as it may be amended or replaced from time to time) as determined by the Chief Executive Officer, a Termination for violating any standard of performance, conduct or attendance embodied in Exhibit A to Corporate Policy No. 3-214 (as it may be amended or replaced from time to time) as determined by the Chief Executive Officer, or a Termination subject to Section 2(c), 2(d) or 2(e); provided, however, “Special Circumstances” shall exist only if, at the time of such Termination, (A)  Grantee’s position with the Corporation was eliminated due to a reorganization or job relocation or Grantee’s employment was terminated due to a restructuring or other no-fault displacement as determined in the absolute and sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer, and (B)  Grantee has executed and is subject to a written agreement containing such non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants, and a release of the Corporation, in form and substance satisfactory to the Chief Executive Officer in order to protect the business relationships and confidential and proprietary business information of the Corporation.
 
(g)   Other Terminations . If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement (to the extent subject to Section 2(d) above), or Qualifying Normal Retirement, or if the Corporation terminates Grantee’s employment for any reason other than Special Circumstances, any unvested PRSUs, whether or not earned, will be forfeited.
 
3.   Nontransferability . Until PRSUs have settled under Section 4 hereof, the PRSUs and Grantee’s rights and interests therein shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability and related terms set forth in Section 6.6 of the Plan.


3


 

4.   Settlement . PRSUs granted hereunder, together with PRSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents under Section 5(a)(ii) and (iii), shall be settled by delivery of one share of the Corporation’s Common Stock ($0.21 par value) for each PRSU being settled. Settlement of each PRSU granted hereunder shall occur for PRSUs that have been earned upon the vesting of such PRSU under Section 2, provided, however, that, in the case of Qualifying Normal Retirement pursuant to Section 2(e) or Termination by the Corporation due to Special Circumstances pursuant to Section 2(f), settlement of each such PRSU shall instead occur at the time the PRSU becomes vested under Section 2(b) (i.e., the time PRSUs would have become vested under Section 2(b) if Grantee’s employment by the Corporation had not terminated). Notwithstanding the previous sentence, if Grantee completed an Election Form for Deferral of Restricted Stock Units (the “Deferral Election”) regarding this Agreement prior to the Grant Date, settlement of each such PRSU granted hereunder shall occur in accordance with the terms of the Deferral Election. The terms set forth or incorporated in this Agreement notwithstanding, if, under U.S. federal income tax laws as presently in effect or hereafter amended, and regulations thereunder, any rights or elections of Grantee with respect to the PRSUs would result in Grantee’s constructive receipt of income relating to the PRSUs prior to their actual settlement by the Corporation, such rights or elections, and any reserved power of the Corporation, shall be automatically modified and limited to the extent necessary such that Grantee will not recognize taxable income prior to the settlement of the PRSUs. In particular, distribution to a “key employee” as specified in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code upon a Disability may in some cases have to be delayed for six months after Termination, and the Corporation shall have no power to accelerate the distribution of shares of Common Stock except in conformity with Section 409A and regulations thereunder.
 
5.   Dividend Equivalents and Adjustments .
 
(a)   Dividend Equivalents . Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or credited on PRSUs (other than PRSUs that, at the relevant record date, previously have been settled or forfeited) in accordance with Section 7.6 of the Plan, as follows:
 
  (i)   Cash Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of cash, then an amount of cash shall be paid to Grantee, as promptly as possible after the payment date for such dividend or distribution, equal to the number of PRSUs credited to Grantee’s Account hereunder as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the amount of cash actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date.
 
  (ii)   Non-Common Stock Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of property other than shares of Common Stock, then a number of additional PRSUs shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution equal to the number of PRSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the Fair Market Value of such property actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such


4


 

         payment date, divided by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at such payment date.
 
  (iii)   Common Stock Dividends and Splits . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, or there occurs a forward split of Common Stock, then a number of additional PRSUs shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution or forward split equal to the number of PRSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution or split multiplied by the number of additional shares of Common Stock actually paid as a dividend or distribution or issued in such split in respect of each outstanding share of Common Stock.
 
The foregoing notwithstanding, any payment of Dividend Equivalents shall be reduced by the amount of all Federal, state, local and other taxes that may be required to be withheld by the Corporation with respect to such payment. In addition, the Committee may vary the manner and terms of crediting Dividend Equivalents from that specified in clause (i), (ii)  or (iii)  above, for administrative convenience or any other reason, provided that the Committee determines that any alternative manner and terms result in equitable treatment of Grantee.
 
(b)   Adjustments to PRSUs . The number of PRSUs credited to Grantee’s Account shall be appropriately adjusted, in order to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of Grantee’s rights with respect to PRSUs, to reflect any changes in the number and kind of outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from any event referred to in Section 4.4 of the Plan, taking into account any PRSUs credited to Grantee in connection with such event under Section 5(a) hereof.
 
6.   Additional Forfeiture Provisions .
 
(a)   Forfeiture of PRSUs and Gains Realized Upon Prior Settlement of PRSUs . The PRSUs are subject to the following additional forfeiture conditions, to which Grantee, by accepting the PRSUs, agrees. If any of the events specified in Section 6(b) occurs (a “Forfeiture Event”), all of the following forfeitures will result, such forfeitures to be effective at the time of the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event:
 
  (i)   The PRSUs then outstanding, whether or not vested, will be immediately forfeited and canceled upon the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event; and
 
  (ii)   Grantee will be obligated to repay to the Corporation, within five business days after demand is made therefor by the Corporation, the total amount of After-Tax Gain (as defined herein) realized by Grantee upon any settlement of the PRSUs that occurred on or after the date that is 12 months prior to the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event. For purposes of this Section, the term “After-Tax Gain” shall mean, in respect of a given settlement of PRSUs, the product of (X)  the Fair Market Value per share delivered at the date of such settlement (without regard to


5


 

        any subsequent change in the market price of shares) times (Y) the number of shares delivered in such settlement, provided that, if the settlement occurred in a calendar year prior to the Corporation making demand for repayment, such product shall be reduced by a percentage equal to Grantee’s marginal tax rate at the time of settlement as reasonably determined by the Committee. Such repayment may be in cash or in shares having a Fair Market Value at the repayment date equal to the After-Tax Gain.
 
(b)   Events Triggering Forfeiture . The forfeitures specified in Section 6(a) will be triggered upon the occurrence of the following Forfeiture Event at any time during Grantee’s employment by the Corporation or during the noncompetition period following Termination of Employment specified in any agreement between the Corporation and Grantee in existence at the Date of Grant (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”):
 
Grantee, directly or indirectly, seeks or accepts employment with or provides professional services, directly or indirectly, to a “Competitor” in violation of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement. For purposes of this Section 6(b) and the second sentence of Sections 2(e) and 2(f), references to the “Corporation” include any subsidiary, affiliate or joint venture of the Corporation.
 
The non-occurrence of the Forfeiture Event set forth herein is a condition to Grantee’s right to realize and retain value from the PRSUs, and shall remain a condition regardless of any subsequent change or challenge to or termination of such other agreement referenced herein, and the consequences hereunder if Grantee engages in an activity giving rise to any such Forfeiture Event are the forfeitures specified in Section 6(a).
 
(c)   Monitoring Compliance . In order to allow the Corporation to monitor Grantee’s compliance with the conditions imposed under this Section 6, beginning with Grantee’s Termination of Employment Grantee shall provide written notice to the Executive Vice-President, Human Resources, of the identity of each new employer with whom Grantee accepts employment or of any other entity to which Grantee provides professional services, together with Grantee’s new job title and a brief description of job duties, during the noncompetition period specified in the Restrictive Covenant Agreement.
 
7.   Other Terms Relating to PRSUs .
 
(a)   Fractional PRSUs and Shares . The number of PRSUs credited to a Grantee’s Account shall include fractional PRSUs calculated to at least three decimal places, unless otherwise determined by the administrator (which shall be the Human Resources Division, unless otherwise specified by the Committee). Upon settlement of PRSUs, Grantee shall be paid, in cash, an amount equal to the value of any fractional share that would have otherwise been deliverable in settlement of such PRSUs.
 
(b)   Statements . An individual statement of each Grantee’s Account will be made available to each Grantee in such form and in such manner as the administrator may


6


 

determine. Such statements may include information such as the amount of PRSUs credited to Grantee’s Account, transactions therein during the period covered by the statement, and other information deemed relevant by the administrator. Such statement may include information regarding other plans and compensatory arrangements for Grantee. A Grantee’s statements shall be deemed a part of this Agreement, and shall evidence the Corporation’s obligations under the Plan, including the number of PRSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents (if any). Any statement containing an error shall not, however, represent a binding obligation to the extent of such error, notwithstanding the inclusion of such statement as part of this Agreement.
 
(c)   Tax Withholding . The Corporation may make such provisions and take such steps as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of all Federal, state, local and other taxes required by law to be withheld upon the earning and vesting or settlement of PRSUs including, but not limited to, (i)  reducing the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise to be delivered to Grantee at that time, based on their value determined in accordance with Section 9.3(a) of the Plan, to permit deduction of the amount of any such withholding taxes from the amount otherwise payable under the Plan, (ii)  deducting the amount required to be withheld from any other amount then or thereafter payable to Grantee, a beneficiary or legal representative, and (iii)  requiring Grantee, a beneficiary or legal representative to pay to the Corporation the amount required to be withheld as a condition of delivering Common Stock in settlement of the PRSUs or any other distributions related thereto.
 
8.   Miscellaneous .
 
(a)   Modifications . The Corporation acting through the Committee shall have the authority to modify or remove any or all restrictions or conditions on the earning, vesting or settlement of the PRSUs whenever it may determine that, by reason of a change in applicable laws or other change in circumstances arising after the date hereof, or for any other reason, such action is appropriate.
 
(b)   Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the PRSUs, and supersedes any prior agreements or documents with respect to the PRSUs. No amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of this Agreement which may impose any additional obligation upon the Corporation or materially impair the rights of Grantee with respect to the PRSUs shall be valid unless in each instance such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is expressed in a written instrument duly executed in the name and on behalf of the party to be bound thereby. The foregoing notwithstanding, equitable adjustments to the PRSUs under Section 5(b), including those resulting from a transaction in which the Corporation’s Common Stock is no longer publicly traded, and changes that affect only the timing of federal income or other taxation to Grantee for compensation received hereunder, shall not be deemed material impairments and therefore shall not require approval of Grantee.
 
(c)   Beneficiary Designations . All designations of Beneficiary shall be on such forms as are specified by and filed with the administrator. Any Beneficiary designation made by


7


 

Grantee in accordance with this provision may be changed from time to time, without the consent of any previously designated Beneficiary (but subject to any spousal consent as may be required), by filing with the administrator a notice of such change on the form provided by the administrator and such change of Beneficiary designation shall become effective upon receipt by the administrator. In the event Grantee’s Beneficiary would otherwise become entitled to a distribution hereunder, and all Beneficiaries designated by Grantee are not then living, or if no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect, Grantee’s estate or duly authorized personal representative shall be deemed to have been designated by Grantee.
 
(d)   No Security Interest or Trust Created . Any provision for distribution in settlement of Grantee’s Account hereunder shall be by means of bookkeeping entries on the books of the Corporation and shall not create in Grantee or any Beneficiary any right to, or claim against any, specific assets of the Corporation, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for Grantee or any Beneficiary. Grantee or any Beneficiary entitled to any distribution hereunder shall be a general creditor of the Corporation.
 
(e)   No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing contained herein or in the Plan shall be construed as giving Grantee any right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation, or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate the employment of Grantee at any time, with or without cause, without incurring any liability to Grantee due to the forfeiture of the PRSUs.
 
(f)   No Stockholder Rights . Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Corporation with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to the PRSUs prior to the settlement of the PRSUs.
 
(g)   Notices . Any notice hereunder to the Corporation shall be in writing and addressed to it at its office, 8250 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, VA 22102, Attn: Human Resources Division, and any notice to Grantee shall be in writing and addressed to him or her at the latest address appearing in the records of the Corporation, subject to the right of either party to designate in writing another address at any time hereafter.
 
(h)   Legal Effect . This Agreement shall be legally binding when (i)  executed by the Corporation attaching the typed name and title of its authorized officer as a legally binding electronic signature and (ii)  delivered to Grantee who has consented and agrees to its terms electronically (or in such other manner as the Corporation may provide). This Agreement is governed by applicable federal law and, to the extent not governed by federal law, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (without regard to conflicts of law provisions), and is deemed executed in the Commonwealth of Virginia.


8


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed by attaching the typed name and title of its authorized officer as a legally binding electronic signature as of the day and year first above written, and Grantee has consented to and has acknowledged receipt of the Agreement electronically (or in such other manner as the Corporation may provide).
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
/s/   Paul G. George
  By:   Paul G. George
Executive Vice President
Human Resources


9

 
Exhibit 10.8
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
PERFORMANCE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT
 
This PERFORMANCE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT is dated                        (the “Grant Date”) by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) and                        (the “Grantee”), pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (the “Plan”).
 
1.   Grant of Performance Restricted Stock Units and Receipt by Grantee .
 
(a)   Grant . The Corporation hereby confirms the grant, under and pursuant to the Plan, including Sections 7.4 and 8.1 thereof, to Grantee on the date hereof of             Performance Restricted Stock Units (the “PRSUs”). The PRSUs are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, the relevant resolution of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors and this Performance Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the “Agreement”). The Corporation shall maintain a bookkeeping account for Grantee (the “Account”) reflecting the number of PRSUs then credited to Grantee hereunder as a result of such grant of PRSUs and any additional PRSUs attributable to Dividend Equivalents (not paid out in cash) as described in Section 5 hereof.
 
(b)   Restrictions . Grantee acknowledges and agrees that: (i) until a PRSU has become earned in accordance with Section 2(a) and vested in accordance with Section 2(b), such PRSU shall be subject to a risk of forfeiture as provided in the Plan and Section 2 hereof; (ii) until such time as each PRSU becomes earned and vested and is settled, such PRSU shall be generally nontransferable, as provided in the Plan and Section 3 hereof; (iii) Grantee is subject to the Corporation’s Code of Conduct and related policies on insider trading that restrict Grantee’s ability to sell shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock received in settlement of PRSUs, which may include “blackout” periods during which Grantee may not engage in such sales; and (iv) the PRSUs, and certain gains realized by Grantee upon settlement of the PRSUs, are subject to forfeiture in the event Grantee fails to meet applicable requirements relating to non-competition, non-solicitation of employees and others, and other provisions protecting the Corporation’s business, as set forth in Section 6 hereof.
 
(c)   Coordination with Plan . All of the terms, conditions and other provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. A copy of the Plan is available on the Human Resources homepage of the Corporation’s intranet site. Grantee hereby agrees to be bound by the Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (including any delegatee) (the “Committee”) thereunder.


 

2.   Earning, Vesting and Forfeiture .
 
The PRSUs shall be forfeited and shall not be settled unless they have both been earned and become vested under this Section 2.
 
(a)   Performance Condition to the Earning of the PRSUs . The PRSUs shall be deemed earned at such time as the Committee has determined that the Performance Goal (as defined in this Section 2(a)) has been met. The Performance Goal shall be that the Corporation completes the process of filing a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and becomes a SEC registrant. The determination of whether the Performance Goal has been met shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee, and the Committee’s determination shall be final. The Committee shall make this determination no later than March 31, 2009.
 
(b)   Vesting Date . Subject to Sections 2(c), 2(d), and 2(e), the vesting schedule for PRSUs that have been earned under Section 2(a) shall be as follows:
 
  •  25% of such PRSUs shall vest on the first anniversary of the Grant Date;
 
  •  an additional 25% of such PRSUs shall vest on the second anniversary of the Grant Date;
 
  •  an additional 25% of such PRSUs shall vest on the third anniversary of the Grant Date; and
 
  •  the remaining 25% of such PRSUs shall vest on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date.
 
Each PRSU credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents under Section 5(a)(ii) and (iii) (“Dividend Equivalent PRSU”) shall vest at the time of vesting of the forfeitable PRSU which gives rise, directly or indirectly, to the crediting of such Dividend Equivalent PRSU, or shall be immediately vested if credited on a previously vested PRSU.
 
(c)   Death or Disability . If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation as a result of Grantee’s death or Disability (defined for purposes of this Agreement as an event or condition arising before termination which the Social Security Administration determines to render Grantee totally disabled), all PRSUs not previously forfeited shall be deemed earned (i.e., the PRSUs will be deemed earned if such termination precedes the Committee’s determination regarding achievement of the Performance Goal), and all earned but unvested PRSUs shall vest and become nonforfeitable immediately upon such termination.
 
(d)   Retirement . If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation due to Retirement (as defined below), all previously earned but unvested PRSUs shall vest and continue to settle under Section 4 below after the date of the Retirement in accordance with the dates in the vesting schedule in Section 2(b) above. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Retirement” shall mean Grantee’s Termination if, at the time of such Termination, (A) either Grantee has both attained age 55 and the sum of Grantee’s age and years of service is equal to (or greater than) 70, or Grantee has both attained (or exceeded) age 62 and has at least five years of service, and (B) Grantee has executed and is subject to a written agreement containing such non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants, and a release of the Corporation, in form and substance satisfactory to the Chief Executive Officer in order to protect the business relationships and confidential and


2


 

proprietary business information of the Corporation. A “Retirement” shall not include a Termination by the Corporation for Gross Misconduct (as defined in Corporate Policy No. 3-254.1 or 3-254, as applicable (as it may be amended or replaced from time to time) as determined by the Chief Executive Officer or a Termination resulting from death or following a Disability. The Corporation’s remedies under any such covenant may include but shall not be limited to the forfeiture of PRSUs not theretofore settled. For purposes of this Section 2(d), “years of service” shall be defined (and calculated) in the same manner as “years of qualifying service” under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employees’ Pension Plan.
 
(e)   Special Circumstances Termination . If the Corporation terminates Grantee’s employment due to Special Circumstances (as defined below), all previously earned but unvested PRSUs shall vest and continue to settle under Section 4 below after Termination in accordance with dates in the vesting schedule in Section 2(b) above. For purposes of this Agreement, “Special Circumstances” shall mean Grantee’s ceasing to be an employee of the Corporation by action of the Corporation, other than the following Termination events: a Termination by the Corporation for Gross Misconduct (as defined in Corporate Policy No. 3-254.1 or 3-254, as applicable, as it may be amended or replaced from time to time) as determined by the Chief Executive Officer, a Termination for violating any standard of performance, conduct or attendance embodied in Exhibit A to Corporate Policy No. 3-214 (as it may be amended or replaced from time to time) as determined by the Chief Executive Officer, or a Termination subject to Section 2(c) or 2(d); provided, however, “Special Circumstances” shall exist only if, at the time of such Termination, (A) Grantee’s position with the Corporation was eliminated due to a reorganization or job relocation or Grantee’s employment was terminated due to a restructuring or other no-fault displacement as determined in the absolute and sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer, and (B) Grantee has executed and is subject to a written agreement containing such non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants, and a release of the Corporation, in form and substance satisfactory to the Chief Executive Officer in order to protect the business relationships and confidential and proprietary business information of the Corporation.
 
(f)   Other Terminations . If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation for any reason other than death, following a Disability, or Retirement, or if the Corporation terminates Grantee’s employment for any reason other than Special Circumstances, any unvested PRSUs, whether or not earned, will be forfeited.
 
3.   Nontransferability . Until PRSUs have settled under Section 4 hereof, the PRSUs and Grantee’s rights and interests therein shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability and related terms set forth in Section 6.6 of the Plan.
 
4.   Settlement . PRSUs granted hereunder, together with PRSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents under Section 5(a)(ii) and (iii), shall be settled by delivery of one share of the Corporation’s Common Stock ($0.21 par value) for each PRSU being settled. Settlement of each PRSU granted hereunder shall occur for PRSUs that have been earned upon the vesting of such PRSU under Section 2, provided, however, that, in the case of Retirement pursuant to Section 2(d) or Termination by the Corporation due to Special Circumstances pursuant to Section 2(e), settlement of each such PRSU shall instead occur at the time the PRSU becomes vested under


3


 

Section 2(b) (i.e., the time PRSUs would have become vested under Section 2(b) if Grantee’s employment by the Corporation had not terminated). The terms set forth or incorporated in this Agreement notwithstanding, if, under U.S. federal income tax laws as presently in effect or hereafter amended, and regulations thereunder, any rights or elections of Grantee with respect to the PRSUs would result in Grantee’s constructive receipt of income relating to the PRSUs prior to their actual settlement by the Corporation, such rights or elections, and any reserved power of the Corporation, shall be automatically modified and limited to the extent necessary such that Grantee will not recognize taxable income prior to the settlement of the PRSUs. In particular, distribution to a “key employee” as specified in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code upon a Disability may in some cases have to be delayed for six months after Termination, and the Corporation shall have no power to accelerate the distribution of shares of Common Stock except in conformity with Section 409A and regulations thereunder.
 
5.   Dividend Equivalents and Adjustments .
 
(a)   Dividend Equivalents . Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or credited on PRSUs (other than PRSUs that, at the relevant record date, previously have been settled or forfeited) in accordance with Section 7.6 of the Plan, as follows:
 
  (i)     Cash Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of cash, then an amount of cash shall be paid to Grantee, as promptly as possible after the payment date for such dividend or distribution, equal to the number of PRSUs credited to Grantee’s Account hereunder as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the amount of cash actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date.
 
  (ii)   Non-Common Stock Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of property other than shares of Common Stock, then a number of additional PRSUs shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution equal to the number of PRSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the Fair Market Value of such property actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date, divided by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at such payment date.
 
  (iii)   Common Stock Dividends and Splits . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, or there occurs a forward split of Common Stock, then a number of additional PRSUs shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution or forward split equal to the number of PRSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution or split multiplied by the number of additional shares of Common Stock actually


4


 

         paid as a dividend or distribution or issued in such split in respect of each outstanding share of Common Stock.
 
The foregoing notwithstanding, any payment of Dividend Equivalents shall be reduced by the amount of all Federal, state, local and other taxes that may be required to be withheld by the Corporation with respect to such payment. In addition, the Committee may vary the manner and terms of crediting Dividend Equivalents from that specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, for administrative convenience or any other reason, provided that the Committee determines that any alternative manner and terms result in equitable treatment of Grantee.
 
(b)   Adjustments to PRSUs . The number of PRSUs credited to Grantee’s Account shall be appropriately adjusted, in order to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of Grantee’s rights with respect to PRSUs, to reflect any changes in the number and kind of outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from any event referred to in Section 4.4 of the Plan, taking into account any PRSUs credited to Grantee in connection with such event under Section 5(a) hereof.
 
6.   Additional Forfeiture Provisions .
 
(a)   Forfeiture of PRSUs and Gains Realized Upon Prior Settlement of PRSUs . The PRSUs are subject to the following additional forfeiture conditions, to which Grantee, by accepting the PRSUs, agrees. If any of the events specified in Section 6(b) occurs (a “Forfeiture Event”), all of the following forfeitures will result, such forfeitures to be effective at the time of the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event:
 
  (i)     The PRSUs then outstanding, whether or not vested, will be immediately forfeited and canceled upon the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event; and
 
  (ii)   Grantee will be obligated to repay to the Corporation, within five business days after demand is made therefor by the Corporation, the total amount of After-Tax Gain (as defined herein) realized by Grantee upon any settlement of the PRSUs that occurred on or after the date that is 12 months prior to the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event. For purposes of this Section, the term “After-Tax Gain” shall mean, in respect of a given settlement of PRSUs, the product of (X) the Fair Market Value per share delivered at the date of such settlement (without regard to any subsequent change in the market price of shares) times (Y) the number of shares delivered in such settlement, provided that, if the settlement occurred in a calendar year prior to the Corporation making demand for repayment, such product shall be reduced by a percentage equal to Grantee’s marginal tax rate at the time of settlement as reasonably determined by the Committee. Such repayment may be in cash or in shares having a Fair Market Value at the repayment date equal to the After-Tax Gain.
 
(b)   Events Triggering Forfeiture . The forfeitures specified in Section 6(a) will be triggered upon the occurrence of the following Forfeiture Event at any time during Grantee’s


5


 

employment by the Corporation or during the noncompetition period following Termination of Employment specified in any agreement between the Corporation and Grantee in existence at the Date of Grant (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”):
 
Grantee, directly or indirectly, seeks or accepts employment with or provides professional services, directly or indirectly, to a “Competitor” in violation of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement. For purposes of this Section 6(b) and the second sentence of Sections 2(d) and 2(e), references to the “Corporation” include any subsidiary, affiliate or joint venture of the Corporation.
 
The non-occurrence of the Forfeiture Event set forth herein is a condition to Grantee’s right to realize and retain value from the PRSUs, and shall remain a condition regardless of any subsequent change or challenge to or termination of such other agreement referenced herein, and the consequences hereunder if Grantee engages in an activity giving rise to any such Forfeiture Event are the forfeitures specified in Section 6(a).
 
(c)   Monitoring Compliance . In order to allow the Corporation to monitor Grantee’s compliance with the conditions imposed under this Section 6, beginning with Grantee’s Termination of Employment Grantee shall provide written notice to the Executive Vice-President, Human Resources, of the identity of each new employer with whom Grantee accepts employment or of any other entity to which Grantee provides professional services, together with Grantee’s new job title and a brief description of job duties, during the noncompetition period specified in the Restrictive Covenant Agreement.
 
7.   Other Terms Relating to PRSUs .
 
(a)   Fractional PRSUs and Shares . The number of PRSUs credited to a Grantee’s Account shall include fractional PRSUs calculated to at least three decimal places, unless otherwise determined by the administrator (which shall be the Human Resources Division, unless otherwise specified by the Committee). Upon settlement of PRSUs, Grantee shall be paid, in cash, an amount equal to the value of any fractional share that would have otherwise been deliverable in settlement of such PRSUs.
 
(b)   Statements . An individual statement of each Grantee’s Account will be made available to each Grantee in such form and in such manner as the administrator may determine. Such statements may include information such as the amount of PRSUs credited to Grantee’s Account, transactions therein during the period covered by the statement, and other information deemed relevant by the administrator. Such statement may include information regarding other plans and compensatory arrangements for Grantee. A Grantee’s statements shall be deemed a part of this Agreement, and shall evidence the Corporation’s obligations under the Plan, including the number of PRSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents (if any). Any statement containing an error shall not, however, represent a binding obligation to the extent of such error, notwithstanding the inclusion of such statement as part of this Agreement.


6


 

(c)   Tax Withholding . The Corporation may make such provisions and take such steps as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of all Federal, state, local and other taxes required by law to be withheld upon the earning and vesting or settlement of PRSUs (including at the time employees are eligible for retirement, or terminations related to Retirement or Special Circumstances) including, but not limited to, (i) reducing the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise to be delivered to Grantee at that time, based on their value determined in accordance with Section 9.3(a) of the Plan, to permit deduction of the amount of any such withholding taxes from the amount otherwise payable under the Plan, (ii) deducting the amount required to be withheld from any other amount then or thereafter payable to Grantee, a beneficiary or legal representative, and (iii) requiring Grantee, a beneficiary or legal representative to pay to the Corporation the amount required to be withheld as a condition of delivering Common Stock in settlement of the PRSUs or any other distributions related thereto.
 
8.   Miscellaneous .
 
(a)   Modifications . The Corporation acting through the Committee shall have the authority to modify or remove any or all restrictions or conditions on the earning, vesting or settlement of the PRSUs whenever it may determine that, by reason of a change in applicable laws or other change in circumstances arising after the date hereof, or for any other reason, such action is appropriate.
 
(b)   Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the PRSUs, and supersedes any prior agreements or documents with respect to the PRSUs. No amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of this Agreement which may impose any additional obligation upon the Corporation or materially impair the rights of Grantee with respect to the PRSUs shall be valid unless in each instance such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is expressed in a written instrument duly executed in the name and on behalf of the party to be bound thereby. The foregoing notwithstanding, equitable adjustments to the PRSUs under Section 5(b), including those resulting from a transaction in which the Corporation’s Common Stock is no longer publicly traded, and changes that affect only the timing of federal income or other taxation to Grantee for compensation received hereunder, shall not be deemed material impairments and therefore shall not require approval of Grantee.
 
(c)   Beneficiary Designations . All designations of Beneficiary shall be on such forms as are specified by and filed with the administrator. Any Beneficiary designation made by Grantee in accordance with this provision may be changed from time to time, without the consent of any previously designated Beneficiary (but subject to any spousal consent as may be required), by filing with the administrator a notice of such change on the form provided by the administrator and such change of Beneficiary designation shall become effective upon receipt by the administrator. In the event Grantee’s Beneficiary would otherwise become entitled to a distribution hereunder, and all Beneficiaries designated by Grantee are not then living, or if no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect, Grantee’s estate or duly authorized personal representative shall be deemed to have been designated by Grantee.


7


 

(d)   No Security Interest or Trust Created . Any provision for distribution in settlement of Grantee’s Account hereunder shall be by means of bookkeeping entries on the books of the Corporation and shall not create in Grantee or any Beneficiary any right to, or claim against any, specific assets of the Corporation, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for Grantee or any Beneficiary. Grantee or any Beneficiary entitled to any distribution hereunder shall be a general creditor of the Corporation.
 
(e)   No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing contained herein or in the Plan shall be construed as giving Grantee any right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation, or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate the employment of Grantee at any time, with or without cause, without incurring any liability to Grantee due to the forfeiture of the PRSUs.
 
(f)   No Stockholder Rights . Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Corporation with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to the PRSUs prior to the settlement of the PRSUs.
 
(g)   Notices . Any notice hereunder to the Corporation shall be in writing and addressed to it at its office, 8250 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, VA 22102, Attn: Human Resources Division, and any notice to Grantee shall be in writing and addressed to him or her at the latest address appearing in the records of the Corporation, subject to the right of either party to designate in writing another address at any time hereafter.
 
(h)   Legal Effect . This Agreement shall be legally binding when (i) executed by the Corporation attaching the typed name and title of its authorized officer as a legally binding electronic signature and (ii) delivered to Grantee who has consented and agrees to its terms electronically (or in such other manner as the Corporation may provide). This Agreement is governed by applicable federal law and, to the extent not governed by federal law, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (without regard to conflicts of law provisions), and is deemed executed in the Commonwealth of Virginia.


8


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed by attaching the typed name and title of its authorized officer as a legally binding electronic signature as of the day and year first above written, and Grantee has consented to and has acknowledged receipt of the Agreement electronically (or in such other manner as the Corporation may provide).
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
/s/   Paul G. George
  By:   Paul G. George
Executive Vice President
Human Resources


9

 
Exhibit 10.9
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
GLOBAL AMENDMENT TO AFFECTED STOCK OPTIONS UNDER
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENTS
AND SEPARATE GRANT OF DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS
 
WHEREAS, the Compensation and Human Resources Committee (including its predecessor committees) (the “Committee”) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) approved grants of nonqualified stock options with related dividend equivalent rights to certain employees under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Stock Compensation Plan (the “1995 Plan”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (the “2004 Plan”);
 
WHEREAS, section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and related regulatory guidance would result in certain unforeseeable negative tax consequences to the grantees of such nonqualified stock options (or portions thereof) that were not fully vested as of December 31, 2004 (including stock options issued in 2005) (“Affected Stock Options”), absent amendment to such options;
 
WHEREAS, Affected Stock Options generally include portions of options granted in 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and all options granted in 2004 and 2005; and
 
WHEREAS, the Committee authorized the Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President — Human Resources to modify the terms of the Affected Stock Options to remove the existing provisions regarding dividend equivalents, and to replace them with a right that is “explicitly set forth as a separate arrangement” within the meaning of Proposed Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E), such right to provide for the distribution, as soon as practical, of a dollar amount equal to the dividend equivalents accrued through the date of such distribution, and, as regards future dividend equivalents, for distribution of those amounts as soon as practical to the extent that they would otherwise have accrued.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that pursuant to Section 8.4 of the 1995 Plan and Section 9.4 of the 2004 Plan and applicable provisions of outstanding option agreements, the nonqualified stock option agreements that include an Affected Stock Option are hereby amended as set forth in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 below (as applicable), effective December 31, 2005:
 
  1.   As to the Affected Stock Options granted in 2003 or earlier, Section 1(b) is amended to add the following at the end thereof:


 

  The foregoing provision and other provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding (including Sections 3(a) and 4), no Dividend Equivalents are granted or will be credited under this Agreement as to that portion of the Option that was not vested and exercisable at December 31, 2004 (“Affected Stock Options”). The bookkeeping account described in Section 3(a)(i) will be adjusted to cancel any amounts credited as Dividend Equivalents on such Affected Stock Options prior to December 31, 2005. With respect to such Affected Stock Options, references to Dividend Equivalents in any other provision of this Agreement shall be understood to refer to a dollar amount equal to zero. Affected Stock Options will remain subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5(c) (ordinary cash dividends do not trigger such adjustments, however). The terms of this Section 1(b) are intended to meet the requirements of Proposed Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E) with respect to Affected Stock Options.
 
  2.   As to Affected Stock Options granted in 2004 or 2005, Section 1(b) is amended to read as follows:
 
  (b)  Dividend Equivalents. No right of the Grantee to receive from the Corporation amounts equivalent to dividends on Common Stock (“Dividend Equivalents”) is granted under this Agreement. References to Dividend Equivalents in any other provision of this Agreement shall be disregarded or understood to refer to a dollar amount equal to zero, as the context may require. The bookkeeping account maintained under this Agreement for Dividend Equivalents on and before December 31, 2005 will be cancelled. The Option will remain subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5(c) (ordinary cash dividends do not trigger such adjustments, however). The terms of this Section 1(b) are intended to meet the requirements of Proposed Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E).
 
  3.   As to Affected Stock Options granted in 2004 or 2005, Section 3 is amended by deleting it and inserting in its stead the term “[Reserved.]”
 
BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the Corporation hereby grants to the Grantee whose Options have been amended hereby the following rights to payments relating to dividends. These rights are an arrangement separate from those Options:
 
  A.   Dividends Accrued at December 31, 2005. The Corporation shall pay in cash to the Grantee, no later than March 15, 2006, an amount equal to the bookkeeping account balance that is cancelled as a result of the amendments to Grantee’s Option(s) under the preceding resolution (paragraphs 1 and 2).
 
  B.   Relating to Cash Dividends after December 31, 2005 . If the Corporation declares and pays a cash dividend or distribution on Common Stock, other than an extraordinary dividend, and the record date of which occurs while all or a portion of Grantee’s Affected Stock Option remains outstanding, then an amount of cash shall be paid to


2


 

Grantee, as promptly as practicable after the payment date for such dividend or distribution (and in no event more than 60 days thereafter), equal to the number of shares subject to the outstanding Affected Stock Option on such record date multiplied by the amount of cash actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date. This right will not apply in the case of any extraordinary dividend or distribution or non-cash dividend or distribution. This right is separate from the Affected Stock Option, and no amount is payable hereunder solely due to the exercise or expiration of the Affected Stock Option or in respect of the period following the latest record date preceding the exercise or expiration of the Affected Stock Option.
 
  C.   Dividend equivalents payable and paid to Grantee under A and B above are non-forfeitable.
 
  D.   Withholding. Amounts payable under A and B above shall be reduced by the amount of all Federal, state, local and other taxes that may be required to be withheld by the Corporation with respect to such payment.
 
BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the nonqualified stock options (or portions thereof) that were fully vested as of December 31, 2004 (i.e., options other than Affected Stock Options) are not modified or otherwise affected by the amendments set forth above, and the separate rights to dividend equivalents and related rights granted under the immediately preceding resolution do not apply to such options (or portions thereof).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Global Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer, effective as of the 31st day of December 2005.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/   Paul G. George
Paul G. George
Executive Vice President
Human Resources
ATTEST:
 
          
/s/   Stacy Papadopoulos
Assistant Secretary


3

 
Exhibit 10.10
 
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
1995 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN
 
 
Effective May 2, 1995
 


 

FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
1995 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN
 
ARTICLE I
Establishment of the Plan
 
1.1   Purposes . The purposes of this 1995 Stock Compensation Plan of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) are to promote the success of the Corporation and its stockholders by providing an additional means to attract, retain, motivate, and reward officers and employees of the Corporation and its Affiliates, to link compensation of such persons to measures of the Corporation’s performance in order to provide incentives for high levels of performance, and to enable such persons to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in the Corporation in order to promote a closer identity of interests between such persons and the Corporation’s stockholders.
 
1.2   Effective Date . This Plan shall be effective upon the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders as set forth in Section 8.10.
 
1.3   Plan Name . The name of the Plan is the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Stock Compensation Plan.
 
ARTICLE II
Definitions
 
2.1   Affiliate . An organization whose employees are designated by the Committee as eligible to participate in this Plan.
 
2.2   Award . Any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, Stock Bonus, Dividend Equivalent, Other Stock-Based Award, or any combination thereof, granted under the Plan.
 
2.3   Award Document . Any written agreement, contract, notice, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.
 
2.4   Beneficiary . The person, persons, trust, or trusts which have been designated by a Participant in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Committee to receive the benefits in connection with an Award upon such Participant’s death, or to which an Award or rights relating thereto are transferred if and to the extent permitted under Section 6.8. If, upon a Participant’s death, there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated


2


 

Beneficiary, then the term Beneficiary means the person, persons, trust, or trusts entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.
 
2.5   Board . The Board of Directors of the Corporation.
 
2.6   Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
 
2.7   Committee . The Human Resources Committee of the Board, or such other Board committee as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan; provided, however, that the Committee shall at all times consist of two or more directors each of whom is not an employee of the Corporation.
 
2.8   Common Stock . The Common Stock, $0.84 par value, of the Corporation and such other common stock as may be substituted or resubstituted for Common Stock pursuant to an adjustment under Section 4.3.
 
2.9   Corporation . The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.
 
2.10   Deferred Stock . An Award under Section 7.4 representing a right to receive delivery of a specified number of shares of Common Stock, or shares of Common Stock having a specified Fair Market Value at a specified date, at the expiration of a period or periods of deferral, and subject to such risk of forfeiture (which need not extend for the entire period of deferral) and other conditions as the Committee may specify.
 
2.11   Disability . A condition resulting in a Participant’s being considered disabled under the terms of the Corporation’s group long-term disability insurance contract applicable to such Participant and in force at the time of the Disability.
 
2.12   Dividend Equivalent . An Award under Section 7.6 giving the Participant a right (which may be conditional) to receive cash, Common Stock, other Awards, or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Common Stock, and subject to such other conditions as the Committee may specify.
 
2.13   Employee . Any officer or employee of the Corporation who is not a Senior Executive.
 
2.14   Fair Market Value . With respect to Common Stock, Awards, or other property, the fair market value of such Common Stock, Awards, or other property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Fair Market Value of Common Stock as of any given date means the mean of the high and the low sale prices of a share of Common Stock reported in the table entitled “New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions” contained in The Wall Street Journal (or an equivalent successor table) for such date or, if no such prices are


3


 

reported for such date, on the most recent trading day prior to such date for which such prices were reported.
 
2.15   Incentive Stock Option . Any Option that is designated as an incentive stock option and qualifies as such within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
 
2.16   1990 Plan . The Corporation’s Stock Compensation Plan that became effective June 8, 1990.
 
2.17   Nonqualified Stock Option . Any Option which is not an Incentive Stock Option.
 
2.18   Option . An Award under Section 7.1 representing a right to purchase, upon the exercise of the right by the Participant or his or her Beneficiary, a specified number of shares of Common Stock at a fixed price during a specified period or periods, and subject to such other conditions as the Committee may specify.
 
2.19   Other Stock-Based Award . An Award under Section 7.7 denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Common Stock or factors that may influence the value of Common Stock, as determined by the Committee, and subject to such other conditions as may be specified by the Committee.
 
2.20   Participant . A person who, as a Senior Executive or Employee of the Corporation or any Affiliate, has been granted an Award under the Plan.
 
2.21   Performance Award . An Award that is subject to any performance condition or conditions imposed by the Committee under Section 6.7.
 
2.22   Performance Shares . An Award of Deferred Stock denominated in shares which is subject to a performance condition or conditions imposed by the Committee under Section 6.7 which could result in forfeiture of the Award.
 
2.23   Performance Units . An Award of Deferred Stock denominated in cash which is subject to a performance condition or conditions imposed by the Committee under Section 6.7 which could result in forfeiture of the Award.
 
2.24   Plan . This 1995 Stock Compensation Plan.
 
2.25   Restricted Stock . An Award under Section 7.3 pursuant to which a specified number of shares of Common Stock are granted to the Participant, subject to a risk of forfeiture and restrictions on transferability until the expiration of a specified restricted period or periods, and subject to such other conditions as the Committee may specify.


4


 

2.26   Retirement . Retirement in accordance with the eligibility provisions and retirement benefit provisions of Articles V and VI, respectively, of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employees’ Pension Plan.
 
2.27   Senior Executive . An officer who is a Senior Vice President of the Corporation or who is senior to such an officer.
 
2.28   Stock Appreciation Right or SAR . An Award under Section 7.2 representing a right to receive cash, Common Stock, other Awards, or other property equal in value to the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise, over (b) the grant price of the SAR as determined by the Committee as of the date of grant of the SAR, which grant price shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of grant. SARs shall be subject to such other conditions as the Committee may specify.
 
2.29   Stock Bonus . An Award of Common Stock granted as a bonus under Section 7.5, subject to such conditions as the Committee may specify.
 
2.30   Termination . A termination of employment of the Participant immediately after which the Participant is not an employee of the Corporation or any Affiliate. Conversion from full-time to part-time employment shall not be deemed to be a Termination.
 
ARTICLE III
Administration
 
3.1   Authority of the Committee Generally . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full and final authority to take the following actions, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan:
 
(a)  to select officers and other employees to whom Awards may be granted;
 
(b)  to determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each person selected to become a Participant, and the time or times at which Awards may be granted;
 
(c)  to determine the number of Awards to be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Award, the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan including, but not limited to, any option price, grant price, or purchase price, any restriction or condition, any schedule or performance conditions for the lapse of restrictions or conditions relating to transferability, forfeiture, exercisability, or settlement of an Award, and waivers, accelerations, or modifications of any such schedule or performance conditions, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee shall determine, and all other matters to be determined in connection with an Award;


5


 

(d)  to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered, and the method of payment of the option price or purchase price of an Award, including but not limited to cash, Common Stock, other Awards, or other property;
 
(e)  to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Common Stock, other Awards, or other property payable with respect to an Award will be deferred either automatically, at the election of the Committee, or at the election of the Participant;
 
(f)  to prescribe the form of each Award Document, which need not be identical for each Participant;
 
(g)  to adopt, amend, suspend, waive, and rescind such rules and regulations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;
 
(h)  to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and any Award, rules and regulations, Award Document, or other instrument hereunder; and
 
(i)  to make all other decisions and determinations as may be required under the terms of the Plan or as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
 
3.2   Scope of Committee Authority . Unless authority is specifically reserved to the Board under the terms of the Plan, the Corporation’s Charter or Bylaws, or applicable law, the Committee shall have sole discretion in exercising authority under the Plan. Any action of the Committee with respect to the Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, including the Corporation, Participants, any Beneficiary or other person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant, and stockholders. The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee.
 
3.3   Delegation of Committee Authority . The Committee may delegate any or all of its authority under this Article 3 relating to the selection of Employees for participation, the grant of Awards to Employees, and other actions under the Plan relating to Employees, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Such delegation shall be made only to the Chief Executive Officer, another Senior Executive or a committee of two or more Senior Executives (which may include the Chief Executive Officer). In the case of any such delegation, references in the Plan to the Committee shall be deemed to include the Chief Executive Officer or committee to which authority has been delegated with respect to Employees; provided, however, that the Committee may impose any term or limitation upon the exercise of such delegated authority hereunder not inconsistent with the Plan. The Committee may not make such delegation with respect to any


6


 

Senior Executive, except as to ministerial functions. In this regard, the Committee may delegate to officers or other employees of the Corporation, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, the duty to perform ministerial functions under the Plan.
 
3.4   Good Faith Reliance . Each member of the Committee shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him by any officer or other employee of the Corporation, the Corporation’s independent public accountants, or any compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other professional retained by the Corporation to assist in the administration of the Plan. No member of the Committee, nor any officer or employee of the Corporation acting on behalf of the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and members of the Committee and any officer or employee of the Corporation acting on behalf of the Committee or members thereof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Corporation with respect to any such action, determination, or interpretation.
 
ARTICLE IV
Common Stock Available Under the Plan; Adjustments
 
4.1   Common Stock Available for Delivery . Subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided, the total number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan shall be 1,500,000, plus that number of shares of Common Stock that, at the date on which all further authority for the grant of awards under the 1990 Plan terminates, remain reserved and available for awards under the 1990 Plan but for such termination and less any shares allocated for use under the 1995 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan. No Award may be granted if the number of shares to which such Award relates, when added to the number of shares to which other then-outstanding Awards relate, exceeds the Committee’s good faith estimate of the number of shares then remaining available for delivery under this Article 4. If all or any portion of an Award is forfeited, is settled in cash, other Awards, or other property not resulting in the delivery of non-forfeitable shares of Common Stock, or otherwise is terminated without delivery of shares of Common Stock to the Participant, the shares to which such Award or portion thereof related shall again be available for Awards under the Plan. The Committee may adopt procedures for the counting of shares relating to any Award to ensure appropriate counting and avoid double counting (in the case of tandem or substitute awards).
 
4.2   Source of Common Stock . Any shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized but previously unissued shares, treasury shares, or shares acquired in market transactions on behalf of the Participant.


7


 

4.3   Adjustments .
 
(a)  In the event that the Committee shall determine that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, or other property), recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, share exchange, rights offering, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock then reserved and available for Awards under Section 4.1, (ii) the number and kind of shares of outstanding Restricted Stock or other outstanding Award in connection with which shares have been issued or delivered, (iii) the number and kind of shares that may be issued or delivered in respect of other outstanding Awards, and (iv) the option price, grant price, or purchase price relating to any Award (or, if deemed appropriate, the Committee may make provision for a cash payment with respect to any outstanding Award) and any other term relating to an Award.
 
(b)  The Committee is further authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, events described in the preceding sentence) affecting the Corporation or any Affiliate or the financial statements of the Corporation or any Affiliate, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles.
 
(c)  The foregoing notwithstanding, no adjustments shall be authorized under this Section 4.3 with respect to Incentive Stock Options or SARs in tandem therewith to the extent that such authority would cause Incentive Stock Option to fail to comply with Section 422(b) of the Code, and adjustments to such Incentive Stock Options shall be made in a manner that preserves their compliance with Section 422 of the Code unless otherwise requested by the Participant.
 
ARTICLE V
Eligibility
 
5.1   Persons Eligible . Senior Executives and Employees of the Corporation and its Affiliates, including directors of the Corporation who are also employees, are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. The foregoing notwithstanding, no member of the Committee shall be eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan.
 
5.2   No Rights to Awards . No Participant, Senior Executive, or Employee shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants, Senior Executives, and Employees.


8


 

ARTICLE VI
Terms of Awards
 
6.1   General . Awards may be granted generally on the terms and conditions set forth in Articles 6 and 7. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter, subject to Section 8.4, such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine and specify in an Award Document.
 
6.2   Minimum Vesting Requirements . The foregoing notwithstanding, Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, and Other Stock-Based Awards shall be forfeitable for at least one year after the date of grant in the event of the Participant’s Termination for reasons other than due to death, Disability, or Retirement. Options, SARs, and any other Award carrying a right to exercise shall not be exercisable prior to the time such risk of forfeiture shall lapse.
 
6.3   Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards . Awards granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for, any other Award granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan of the Corporation, an Affiliate, or any business entity to be acquired by the Corporation or an Affiliate, or any other right of a Participant to receive payment from the Corporation or an Affiliate. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards or awards may be granted either as of the same time as or a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards. In the case of Awards granted in substitution for other Awards or awards, the per share option price of any Option, grant price of any SAR, or purchase price of any other Award conferring a right to purchase Common Stock shall be deemed to equal or exceed the Fair Market Value of the underlying Common Stock if the Fair Market Value of the surrendered Award or award together with the nominal option price, grant price, or purchase price equal or exceed the Fair Market Value of the underlying Common Stock.
 
6.4   Term of Awards . The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee, except that such term shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant of the Award.
 
6.5   Form of Payment Under Awards . Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Document, payments to be made by the Corporation or an Affiliate upon the grant, exercise, or settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, Common Stock, other Awards, or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis as determined by the Committee. Such payments may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of Dividend Equivalents in respect of installment or deferred payments denominated in Common Stock.


9


 

6.6   Acceptance of Notes to Finance Exercise or Other Participant Obligations . With the written consent of the Committee, and subject at all times to, and only to the extent, if any, permitted under and in accordance with, laws and regulations and other binding obligations or provisions applicable to the Corporation, the Corporation may accept one or more promissory notes from any Participant in connection with the exercise of Options or payment of any other amount in connection with any Award, including withholding taxes. Any such note shall provide for full recourse against the maker thereof, and shall have such other terms, including as to principal amount, interest rate, and maturity, as may be specified by the Committee.
 
6.7   Performance Awards . The Committee may, in its discretion, impose conditions on any Award in order to make such an Award a Performance Award, including conditions imposed on Deferred Stock resulting in such Awards being deemed Performance Shares or Performance Units. In connection with a Performance Award, the Committee shall establish the business or other criteria for the measure of performance, the performance levels required, the period over which performance is to be measured, the right or benefit to accrue to the Participant upon achievement of the performance objective, the manner in which achievement of the performance objective shall be determined, and all other terms and conditions (including adjustments thereto) of the Performance Award.
 
6.8   Limitations on Transferability . Awards and any other rights under the Plan will not be transferable by a Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution (or to a designated Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death), and, if exercisable, shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Participant only by such Participant or his guardian or legal representative. The foregoing notwithstanding, if and to the extent expressly permitted by the Committee, such Awards and other rights (other than Incentive Stock Options and SARs in tandem therewith) may be transferred by a Participant after his or her Retirement to one or more Beneficiaries, and may be exercised by such transferees in accordance with the terms of such Award. Awards and other rights under the Plan may not be pledged, mortgaged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered, and shall not be subject to the claims of creditors. No transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution shall be effective to bind the Corporation unless the Corporation shall have been furnished with a copy of such will or other evidence as the Corporation may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer.
 
6.9   No Stockholder Rights . No Award shall confer on any Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Corporation unless and until Common Stock is duly issued or transferred to the Participant in accordance with the terms of the Award or, in the case of an Option, the Option is duly exercised.


10


 

ARTICLE VII
Forms of Awards
 
7.1   Options . The Committee is authorized to grant Options, which may be either Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options, to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
 
(a)   Option Price . The option price per share of Common Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that such option price shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share on the date of grant of such Option.
 
(b)   Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part (subject to Section 6.2); the methods by which such option price may be paid or deemed to be paid; the form of such payment, including, without limitation, cash, Common Stock, other Awards or awards granted under other plans of the Corporation, or other property, promissory notes as authorized under Section 6.7, or “cashless exercise” arrangements to the extent permitted by applicable law; and the methods by which Common Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants.
 
(c)   Incentive Stock Options . The terms of any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall comply in all respects with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no term of the Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options shall be interpreted, amended, or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify either the Plan or any Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code, unless the Participant has first requested such disqualification of the Incentive Stock Option.
 
7.2   Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
 
(a)   Grant Price . The grant price of an SAR shall be determined by the Committee as of the date of grant of the SAR, provided, however, that the grant price of an SAR shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of grant.
 
(b)   Exercise of SAR and Other Terms . The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an SAR may be exercised in whole or in part (subject to Section 6.2), the method of exercise, method of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, method by which Common Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants, whether an SAR shall be in tandem with any other Award or shall be free-standing, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR. An SAR may be exercised by the Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or automatically during a specified period or periods.


11


 

7.3   Restricted Stock . The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
 
(a)   Restrictions Generally . Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise as the Committee may determine. Except to the extent restricted under the terms of the Plan and any Award Document relating to the Restricted Stock, a Participant granted Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a stockholder including, without limitation, the right to vote Restricted Stock or the right to receive dividends thereon.
 
(b)   Forfeiture . In addition to the risk of forfeiture imposed under Section 6.2, upon Termination during the applicable restriction period Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited and reacquired by the Corporation; provided, however, that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Document, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of death, Disability, Retirement or Terminations resulting from specified causes, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.2.
 
(c)   Certificates for Common Stock . Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, such certificates shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, or shall be required to be transferred into the name of a custodian designated by the Corporation. In either case, the Corporation or such custodian shall retain physical possession of the certificate, and the Participant shall, upon the request of the Corporation at any time, deliver a stock power to the Corporation, endorsed in blank if so requested by the Corporation, relating to the Restricted Stock.
 
(d)   Dividends and Distributions . Dividends paid on Restricted Stock shall be either paid at the dividend payment date in cash or in shares of unrestricted Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, or the payment of such dividends shall be deferred and/or the amount or value thereof automatically reinvested in additional Restricted Stock, other Awards, or other investment vehicles, as the Committee shall determine or permit the Participant to elect. Common Stock distributed in connection with a Common Stock split or Common Stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Common Stock or other property is distributed.
 
7.4   Deferred Stock . The Committee is authorized to grant Deferred Stock to Participants, subject to the following terms and conditions:
 
(a)   Deferral of Delivery and Restrictions . Delivery of Common Stock will occur upon expiration of the deferral period specified for an Award of Deferred Stock by the


12


 

Committee (or, if permitted by the Committee, as elected by the Participant). In addition, Deferred Stock shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose, if any, which restrictions may lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at earlier specified times, separately or in combination, under such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise as the Committee may determine.
 
(b)   Forfeiture . In addition to the risk of forfeiture imposed under Section 6(b), upon Termination during the applicable deferral period or portion thereof to which forfeiture conditions apply (as specified by the Committee in the Award Document evidencing the Deferred Stock), all Deferred Stock that is at that time subject to such risk of forfeiture shall be forfeited; provided, however, that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Document, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Deferred Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of death, Disability, Retirement or Terminations resulting from specified causes, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.2.
 
7.5   Stock Bonus; Awards in Lieu of Other Obligations . The Committee is authorized to grant Stock Bonuses to Participants, which may be outright grants of Common Stock subject to no conditions. A Stock Bonus and other Awards under the Plan may be granted in lieu of other obligations of the Corporation to pay cash under other plans or compensatory arrangements. Bonus Stock granted hereunder, and any Award in lieu of another obligation of the Corporation, shall be subject to such other terms as shall be determined by the Committee.
 
7.6   Dividend Equivalents . The Committee is authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents to a Participant. Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another Award. The Committee may provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or shall be reinvested or deemed reinvested in additional Common Stock, Awards, or other investment vehicles, and subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture, as the Committee may specify.
 
7.7   Other Stock-Based Awards . The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Common Stock and factors that may influence the value of Common Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Common Stock delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 7.7 shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Common Stock, other Awards, or other property, as the Committee shall determine.


13


 

ARTICLE VIII
General Provisions
 
8.1   Compliance With Laws and Obligations . The Corporation shall not be obligated to issue or deliver Common Stock in connection with any Award or take any other action under the Plan in a transaction subject to any federal or state law, any requirement under any listing agreement between the Corporation and any national securities exchange or automated quotation system, or any other law, regulation, or contractual obligation of the Corporation, until the Corporation is satisfied that such laws, regulations, and other obligations of the Corporation have been complied with in full. Certificates representing shares of Common Stock delivered under the Plan will be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as may be applicable under such laws, regulations, and other obligations of the Corporation, including any requirement that a legend or legends be placed thereon.
 
8.2   No Right to Continued Employment . Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation or any Affiliate, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or any Affiliate to terminate any employee’s employment at any time.
 
8.3   Taxes . The Corporation or any Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award granted or to be settled, any delivery of Common Stock in connection with an Award, any other payment relating to an Award, or any payroll or other payment to a Participant amounts of federal, state, and local withholding taxes and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Corporation and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Common Stock or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant’s tax obligations. In such case, Common Stock shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the date the shares are withheld or received by the Corporation, and any such shares withheld shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Participant for purposes of Section 4.1.
 
8.4   Changes to the Plan and Awards . The Board may, with prospective or retroactive effect, amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant further Awards under the Plan without the consent of stockholders or Participants, except that any amendment shall be subject to the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders at or before the first annual meeting of stockholders for which the record date falls on or after the date of such Board action if such amendment is subject to a requirement of stockholder approval under any applicable federal or state law or regulation, the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Common Stock may then be listed or quoted, or the Corporation’s Bylaws, and the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such changes to the Plan to stockholders for approval; provided, however, that, without the consent of an affected Participant, except to the extent required by Section 8.1 hereof no such


14


 

action may materially impair the rights of such Participant under any Award therefore granted. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate, any Award therefore granted and any Award Document relating thereto; provided, however, that, except to the extent required by Section 8.1 hereof no such action may materially impair the rights of such Participant under such Award without the consent of an affected Participant.
 
8.5   Unfunded Status of Awards . The Plan is intended to constitute a generally “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Corporation.
 
8.6   Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor its submission to the stockholders of the Corporation for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other compensatory arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.
 
8.7   No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.
 
8.8   Awards Not Compensation Under Plans . No Award shall be considered as compensation under any employee benefit plan of the Corporation except as specifically provided in any such plan or otherwise determined by the Committee.
 
8.9   Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan, any rules and regulations under the Plan, and any Award Document will be determined in accordance with the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act of 1970, other federal laws regulating the Corporation, and other laws of the United States. This Plan and the respective rights and obligations of the Corporation and the Participants, except to the extent otherwise provided by Federal law, shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws).
 
8.10   Stockholder Approval, Termination of Authority to Grant Awards and Termination of the Plan . The Plan shall become effective not later than the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation at which the Plan shall have been approved by the affirmative votes of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Corporation present, or represented, and entitled to vote on the subject matter. No Award may be granted after December 31, 2004. The Plan will remain in effect thereafter until such time as the Corporation has no further rights or obligations under the Plan with respect to outstanding Awards under the Plan, unless the Plan is earlier terminated by the Board of Directors.


15

 
Exhibit 10.11
 
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
1995 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN
 
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE 1995 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN (the “Plan”) by the FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America.
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS , the Plan was adopted effective May 2, 1995, and
 
WHEREAS , the Corporation desires to amend the Plan to permit the Committee to authorize the transfer of certain awards made under the Plan and to give the Committee the authority to approve certain amendments to the Plan, and
 
WHEREAS , Section 8.4 of the Plan permits the Board of Directors to amend the Plan, and
 
WHEREAS , the appropriate officer of the Corporation has been duly authorized to execute this amendment.
 
NOW, THEREFORE , the Plan is hereby amended as follows:
 
1. Plan Section 6.8 is amended to read as follows effective January 1, 1999:
 
Limitations on Transferability.   Awards and any other rights under the Plan will not be transferable by a Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution (or to a designated Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death), and, if exercisable, shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Participant only by such Participant or his guardian or legal representative. The foregoing notwithstanding, if and to the extent expressly permitted by the Committee, and subject to such terms and conditions as established by the


 

Committee, such Awards and other rights (other than Incentive Stock Options and SARs in tandem therewith) may be transferred by a Participant after his or her Retirement to one or more Beneficiaries, or may be transferred by a Participant prior to Retirement to one or more Beneficiaries for purposes of the Participant’s estate planning, and may be exercised by such transferees in accordance with the terms of such Award. Awards and other rights under the Plan may not be pledged, mortgaged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered, and shall not be subject to the claims of creditors. No transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution shall be effective to bind the Corporation unless the Corporation shall have been furnished with a copy of such will or other evidence as the Corporation may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer.
 
2. Plan Section 8.4 is amended to add the following sentence after the first sentence of that Section, effective as of March 5, 1999:
 
Consistent with applicable law, the Board may delegate to the Committee the authority to amend the terms of the Plan; provided that no delegation will serve to permit the Committee to amend this Section, or Section 4.1.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION 1995 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN to be executed by its duly authorized officer, this 6th day of April, 1999.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
  By:  
/s/   Leland Brendsel
Leland Brendsel
 
ATTEST:
 
/s/   Keith Earley
Assistant Secretary

 
Exhibit 10.12
 
SECOND AMENDMENT
TO THE
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
1995 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN
 
SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE 1995 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN (the “Plan”) by the FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America.
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS , the Plan was adopted effective May 2, 1995, and
 
WHEREAS , the Plan was amended in March 1999, and
 
WHEREAS , the Corporation desires to amend the Plan to reflect market place developments since those two actions, and
 
WHEREAS , Section 8.4 of the Plan permits the Board of Directors to amend the Plan, and
 
WHEREAS , an appropriate officer of the Corporation has been duly authorized to execute this amendment.
 
NOW, THEREFORE , the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective March 6, 2003:
 
1. A new Section 3.5 is added to Article III, to read as follows:
 
3.5   Limitation on Stock Option Repricing.   Other provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, without the prior approval of the Corporation’s stockholders, the Committee will not amend or replace a previously granted Option in a transaction that constitutes a “repricing.” For this purpose, a “repricing” means: (i) amending the terms of an Option after it is granted to lower its exercise price; (ii) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; and (iii) canceling an Option at a time when its


 

exercise price is equal to or greater than the fair market value of the underlying Common Stock, in exchange for another Option, Restricted Stock, or other equity, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with a merger, acquisition, spin-off or other similar corporate transaction. A cancellation and exchange described in clause (iii) of the preceding sentence will be considered a repricing regardless of whether the Option, Restricted Stock or other equity is delivered simultaneously with the cancellation, regardless of whether it is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, and regardless of whether it is voluntary on the part of the Participant.
 
2. Plan Section 6.2 is amended to read as follows:
 
6.2.   Minimum Vesting Requirements.   The foregoing notwithstanding, Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, and Other Stock-Based Awards shall be forfeitable for at least one year after the date of grant in the event of the Participant’s Termination for reasons other than due to death, Disability, or Retirement. Options, SARs, and any other Award carrying a right to exercise shall not be exercisable prior to the time such risk of forfeiture shall lapse. In addition, if the vesting of Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, or other non-Option/non-SAR Awards granted on or after March 6, 2003 is not based on the achievement of one or more performance conditions, such Awards must vest ( i.e ., become non-forfeitable) over a minimum period of three years except in the event of a Participant’s death, Disability, or Retirement. For purposes of this Section 6.2, (i) vesting over a three-year period will include periodic vesting over such period, (ii) a pre-announced period in which service is required as a condition to the grant of an Award may count toward the minimum vesting period required under this Section 6.2, if so determined by the Committee, (iii) if an Award is granted in exchange for the surrender of an outstanding Award of substantially equal value, any vesting period of the surrendered Award can be counted toward satisfaction of the minimum vesting period applicable to the replacement Award, and (iv) up to 5% of the shares of Common Stock remaining authorized for issuance under the Plan at, or which become available on or after, March 6, 2003 may be made subject to non-performance based Awards other than Options and SARs with vesting terms not conforming to the three-year minimum vesting requirement of this Section 6.2 (the one-year minimum vesting period will apply, however).
 
3. Plan Section 6.6 is deleted in its entirety, and the ensuing sections in that article are renumbered accordingly.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION 1995


 

STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN to be executed by its duly authorized officer, this 4th day of April, 2003.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
  By:  
/s/   Michael W. Hager
Michael W. Hager
 
ATTEST:
 
/s/   Mollie Roy
Assistant Secretary

 
Exhibit 10.13
 
THIRD AMENDMENT
TO THE
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
1995 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN
 
This is the THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION 1995 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN (the “Plan”) by the FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America.
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS , the Plan was adopted effective May 2, 1995, and
 
WHEREAS , the Plan was amended in March 1999 and March 2003, and
 
WHEREAS , the Corporation desires to amend the Plan to modify the minimum vesting requirements for certain awards, and
 
WHEREAS , Section 8.4 of the Plan permits the Board of Directors to amend the Plan, and
 
WHEREAS , an appropriate officer of the Corporation has been duly authorized to execute this amendment.
 
NOW, THEREFORE , the Plan is hereby amended as follows:
 
1. Plan Section 6.2 is amended to read as follows:
 
6.2.   Minimum Vesting Requirements.   The foregoing notwithstanding, Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, and Other Stock-Based Awards shall be forfeitable for at least one year after the date of grant in the event of the Participant’s Termination for reasons other than due to death, Disability, or Retirement. Options, SARs, and any other Award carrying a right to exercise shall not be exercisable prior to the time such risk of forfeiture shall lapse.
 
2. This Third Amendment shall be effective upon the date such amendment is approved by the Board of Directors (December 5, 2003).


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION 1995 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN to be executed by its duly authorized officer, this 15th day of December, 2003.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/   Michael Hager
Michael Hager
 
ATTEST:
 
/s/   Stacy Papadopoulos
Assistant Secretary


2

 
Exhibit 10.14
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT is dated            , 2004 (“Grant Date”) by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) and                        (the “Grantee”), pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Stock Compensation Plan (the “Plan”):
 
1.   Grants.   (a) Nonqualified Stock Options.   The Corporation has granted to Grantee a Nonqualified Stock Option (the “Option”) to purchase            (       ) shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation ($.21 par value) at a purchase price of $            per share. The Option is subject to all applicable provisions of the Plan and to the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Option is not intended to constitute an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
(b)   Dividend Equivalents.   The Corporation also has granted to Grantee the right to receive from the Corporation an amount equivalent to the dividends declared on the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option is exercised or has expired, the record dates for which dividends have occurred during the period the Option was outstanding (“Dividend Equivalents”), subject to Section 3 hereof. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be subject to all terms and conditions (including forfeitures) otherwise applicable to the Option. Payment of such Dividend Equivalents shall be made in cash upon exercise of the Option (in whole or in part) or, to the extent that the Option is not exercised, upon the Expiration Date (as defined below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount so payable shall be reduced by the amount of all Federal, state, local and other taxes that may be required to be withheld by the Corporation with respect to such payment.
 
(c)   Coordination with Plan.   All of the terms, conditions and other provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and hereby agrees to be bound by the Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (including any delegate) (the “Committee”) thereunder.
 
2.   Rights of Exercise.   (a) Exercisability and Expiration Date.   The Option may be exercised by Grantee, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time within a period beginning on the first anniversary of the Grant Date and ending on the day prior to tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Expiration Date”); provided, however, that, except as provided in Paragraph 2(c) below, such Option: (i) may not be exercised unless Grantee is at the time of exercise an employee of the Corporation and shall have been such continuously from the date hereof to the date of such exercise; (ii) may not be exercised unless Grantee has been an employee of the Corporation for not less than one year; and (iii) shall be exercisable only at the


1


 

times and to the extent set forth below:
 
     
    Additional percentage of shares in
During the period
  respect of which the
commencing
 
Option may be exercised
 
1 st anniversary of the Grant Date
  25%
April 1, 2006
  25%
April 1, 2007
  25%
April 1, 2008
  25%
 
Except as provided in this Agreement, the Option may not be exercised at any time other than as specified in this Section 2, and shall expire if not exercised in full on or before the Expiration Date.
 
(b)   Form of Exercise.   The Option shall be exercised by Grantee giving notice of such exercise to the Corporation (or its designee), in such form as the Corporation may require in its sole discretion. Such notice shall specify the number of shares to be purchased and shall be accompanied by full payment of the purchase price of such shares, plus an additional amount equal to the Federal, state, local and other taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation with respect to delivery of the shares of Common Stock for which the Option is exercised (the “Exercise Price”). Payment of the Exercise Price shall be made (i) in cash, (ii) in shares of Common Stock of the Corporation having a “Fair Market Value” (as defined in the Plan) on the date of exercise at least equal to such purchase price, or (iii) in a combination of cash and shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock. In addition, such Exercise Price may be paid by irrevocably instructing such broker-dealer as may be designated by the Corporation to sell part or all of the shares to be purchased, simultaneously with such exercise or as soon as practicable thereafter, at the market in a broker’s transaction (within the meaning of section 4(4) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), the proceeds of which sale shall be at least equal to the Exercise Price for the shares to be purchased, plus applicable transaction costs, and to remit to the Corporation an amount equal to such Exercise Price.
 
(c)  (i) Upon Death While Employed.   In the event of the death of Grantee while in the employ of the Corporation but prior to the Expiration Date, any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to the Option under Paragraph 2(a) shall lapse immediately and Grantee’s Beneficiary shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option during the thirty-six month period that begins as of the date of death (but ends not later than the Expiration Date); provided, however, that, at the end of such thirty-six month period, the Option shall cease to be exercisable.
 
(ii)  Upon Disability.   In the event Grantee ceases to be an employee of the Corporation prior to the Expiration Date by reason of Disability (as defined in the Plan), any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to the Option, under Paragraph 2(a), shall lapse immediately and Grantee shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
 
(iii)  Upon a Qualifying Retirement.   In the event Grantee ceases to be an employee of the Corporation prior to the Expiration Date by reason of a Qualifying Retirement


2


 

(as defined below), any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to the Option under Paragraph 2(a)(i) and (ii) shall lapse immediately but restrictions on exercise under Paragraph 2(a)(iii) (if any) shall continue, and Grantee may exercise such Option in accordance with Paragraph 2(a)(iii) at any time prior to the Expiration Date. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Qualifying Retirement” shall mean Grantee’s ceasing to be an employee of the Corporation (whether or not such Termination is a “Retirement” as defined in the Plan), other than a Termination by the Corporation for Gross Misconduct (as defined in Corporate Policy No. 3-254.1 (as may be amended or replaced from time to time) as determined by the CEO or a Termination subject to Section 2(c)(i) or (ii), at least one year after the date of grant of the Option, if, at the time of such Termination, (A) Grantee has attained (or exceeded) age 55 and has at least ten years of service with the Corporation or has attained (or exceeded) age 62 and at least five years of service with the Corporation, and (B) Grantee has executed and is subject to a written agreement containing such non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants in form and substance satisfactory to CEO in order to protect to the maximum extent practicable the confidential and proprietary business information of the corporation and its subsidiaries, affiliates or joint ventures. The Corporation’s remedies under any such agreement may include but shall not be limited to cancellation and forfeiture of the unexercised portion of the Option. For purposes of this Section 2(c)(iii), “years of service” shall be defined (and calculated) in the same manner as “year of qualifying service” under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employees’ Pension Plan.
 
(iv)  Forfeiture.   In the event Grantee ceases to be an employee of the Corporation prior to the Expiration Date for any reason other than death, Disability or Qualifying Retirement, the portion of the Option which, as of the date of termination, remains subject to the exercise restrictions shall be forfeited, and Grantee shall have ninety days after the date of Termination in which to exercise any portion of the Option which, as of the date of Termination, was exercisable, during which ninety-day period the restrictions on exercise under Paragraph 2(a)(i) shall not apply.
 
(v)  Upon Death After Employment.   In the event of the death of Grantee after Grantee has ceased to be in the employ of the Corporation but at a time that any portion of the Option remains exercisable under clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Paragraph 2(c), any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to such portion of the Option under Paragraph 2(a) shall lapse immediately and Grantee’s Beneficiary shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option during the thirty-six month period that begins as of the date of death; provided, however, that, at the end of such thirty-six month period, the Option shall cease to be exercisable (the provisions of clauses (ii) and (iii) of this Paragraph 2(c) notwithstanding). The foregoing notwithstanding, nothing contained in this Paragraph 2(c) shall be deemed to permit the exercise of any portion of the Option after the Expiration Date.
 
3.   Dividend Equivalents.   (a) Generally.   Dividend Equivalent rights granted under Paragraph 1(b) hereof confer upon Grantee a right to receive Dividend Equivalents in respect of the Option, as follows:
 
(i)  Relating to Cash Dividends.   If the Corporation declares and pays any cash dividend or distribution on Common Stock, the record date of which occurs while all or a


3


 

portion of the Option remains outstanding, the Corporation shall credit to a bookkeeping account maintained on behalf of Grantee, as promptly as practicable after the payment date of such dividend or distribution, a cash amount equal to the amount of cash actually paid as a dividend or distribution per share of Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares subject to the Option on such record date.
 
(ii)  Relating to Extraordinary Stock Dividends, Stock Splits, and Other Extraordinary Dividends Resulting in Adjustments to Options.   If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution in the form of Common Stock payable on Common Stock, or if there occurs a forward stock split of the Common Stock, or if there occurs another extraordinary dividend resulting in an adjustment under Paragraph 4(c) hereof, the record date of which occurs while all or a portion of the Option remains outstanding, the Corporation shall not credit any dividend equivalents to Grantee’s bookkeeping account in connection therewith, except as otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with Paragraph 4(c).
 
(b)   Forfeiture.   In the event any portion of an Option is forfeited, the Dividend Equivalents theretofore credited to Grantee’s bookkeeping account in respect of that portion of the Option shall likewise be forfeited.
 
4.   Miscellaneous.   (a) Limitations on Transfer.   Neither the Option nor any of Grantee’s rights or interests therein shall be assignable or transferable by Grantee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or to a designated Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death. During the lifetime of Grantee the Option shall be exercisable only by Grantee (or his guardian or legal representative). The Option shall not be pledged or encumbered in any way and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar legal process. Other provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding, the portion of the Option which is not at that time subject to a risk of forfeiture upon termination of the employment of the Grantee to the Corporation shall be transferable, solely for estate-planning purposes, if and to the extent that rules adopted by the Committee and then in effect permit such transfers (the “Rules”), and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in such Rules. In addition, each agreement evidencing an option granted to Grantee under the Plan and outstanding at the Date of the Grant of the Option is hereby amended by inserting the preceding sentence as additional text at the end of any provision setting forth limitations on transferability.
 
(b)   No Right to Continued Employment.   Nothing contained herein or in the Plan shall be construed as giving Grantee any right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation, or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate the employment of Grantee at any time, with or without cause, without incurring any liability to Grantee due to the inability of Grantee thereafter to exercise the Option.
 
(c)   Adjustments.   In the event of any change in the Common Stock of the Corporation by reason of any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares, or similar corporate transaction or event that affects the Common Stock such that the Committee determines that an adjustment to the Option is appropriate, then the Committee will adjust the terms of the Option in a manner that is equitable to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights of Grantee. Any such


4


 

adjustment shall be effective and binding for all purposes under the Option. The Committee shall give notice of such adjustment to Grantee.
 
(d)   Surrender of Options.   If permitted or required by the Committee, the Option may be surrendered by Grantee conditioned on the grant of a new option for the same or different number of shares, or shall be surrendered by the Grantee as a condition to the grant of such a new option. Upon such surrender, and to the extent thereof, the Option shall be of no further force or effect.
 
(e)   No Stockholder Rights.   Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Corporation with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the valid exercise of the Option.
 
(f)   Legal Effect.   This Agreement shall be legally binding when executed by the Corporation and delivered to Grantee. This Agreement is governed by applicable federal law and, to the extent not governed by federal law, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (without regard to conflicts of law provisions), and is deemed executed in the Commonwealth of Virginia.
 
(g)   General.   This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Option, and supersedes any prior agreements or documents with respect to the Option. Copies of this Agreement shall not represent additional obligations of the Corporation. No amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of this Agreement which may impose any additional obligation upon the Corporation or impair the rights of Grantee with respect to the Option shall be valid unless in each instance such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is expressed in a written instrument duly executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and by Grantee.
 
Date of grant of the Nonqualified Stock Option:            , 2004.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE
CORPORATION
 
  By:
Michael Hager
Senior Vice President
Human Resources


5

 
Exhibit 10.15
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT
 
This Agreement dated                      , 2004 (“Grant Date”) by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) and                        (“Grantee”).
 
WITNESSETH THAT
 
WHEREAS, the stockholders of the Corporation have approved the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Stock Compensation Plan (the “Plan”); and
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation has, pursuant to the Plan, granted Restricted Stock Units to Grantee.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, the Corporation and Grantee agree as follows:
 
1.  Grant of Restricted Stock Units and Receipt by Grantee .
 
(a)  Grant .  The Corporation hereby confirms the grant, under and pursuant to the Plan, to Grantee on the Date of Grant of            (       ) Restricted Stock Units (the “RSUs”). The RSUs are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, the relevant resolution of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors and this Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the “Agreement”). The Corporation shall maintain a bookkeeping account for Grantee (the “Account”) reflecting the number of RSUs then credited to Grantee hereunder as a result of such grant of RSUs and any additional RSUs attributable to Dividend Equivalents (not paid out in cash) as described in Section 5 hereof.
 
(b)  Restrictions .  Grantee, by his or her execution of this Agreement, acknowledges and agrees that (i), until an RSU has become vested in accordance with Section 2(a), such RSU shall be subject to a risk of forfeiture as provided in the Plan and Section 2 hereof, and (ii), until such time as each RSU becomes vested and is settled (including any additional period of deferral elected by Grantee, to the extent permitted under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated), such RSU shall be generally nontransferable, as provided in the Plan and Section 3 hereof.
 
(c)  Coordination with Plan .  All of the terms, conditions and other provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and hereby agrees to be bound by the Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this


 

Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (including any delegatee) (the “Committee”) thereunder.
 
2.  Vesting and Forfeiture .
 
(a)  Vesting Date .  Subject to Paragraph 2(b), RSUs granted hereunder shall vest (meaning that the risk of forfeiture of such RSUs shall lapse) as follows:
 
  •  25% of the units subject to the grant shall vest on the first anniversary of the Grant Date;
 
  •  an additional 25% of the units subject to the grant shall vest on April 1, 2006;
 
  •  an additional 25% of the units subject to the grant shall vest on April 1, 2007; and
 
  •  the remaining 25% of the units subject to the grant shall vest on April 1, 2008.
 
Each RSU credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents under Section 5(a)(ii) and (iii) (“Dividend Equivalent RSU”) shall vest at the time of vesting of the forfeitable RSU which gives rise, directly or indirectly, to the crediting of such Dividend Equivalent RSU, or shall be immediately vested if credited on a previously vested RSU.
 
(b)  Death or Disability .  If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation as a result of Grantee’s death or Disability (as defined in the Plan), all unvested RSUs shall vest and become nonforfeitable immediately upon such termination.
 
(c)  Retirement Other Than Qualifying Normal Retirement .  If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation due to Retirement (as defined in the Plan) other than a Qualifying Normal Retirement (as defined below), the vesting of any unvested RSUs may be accelerated at the discretion of the Committee; if the Committee does not accelerate such vesting, the unvested RSUs will be forfeited.
 
(d)  Qualifying Normal Retirement .  If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation due to a Qualifying Normal Retirement (as defined below), all unvested RSUs shall continue to vest after Qualifying Normal Retirement in accordance with the vesting schedule in Section 2(a) above. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Qualifying Normal Retirement” shall mean Grantee’s ceasing to be an employee of the Corporation (whether or not such Termination is a “Retirement” as defined in the Plan), other than a Termination by the Corporation for Gross Misconduct (as defined in Corporate Policy No. 3-254.1 (as may be amended or replaced from time to time) as determined by the CEO or a Termination subject to Section 2(b), at least one year after the date of grant of the Unit, if, at the time of such Termination, (A) Grantee has attained (or exceeded) age 62 and at least five years of service, and (B) Grantee has executed and is subject to a written agreement containing such non-competition, non-solicitation, and other covenants in form and substance satisfactory to CEO in order to protect to the maximum extent practicable the confidential and proprietary business information of the corporation and its subsidiaries, affiliates or joint ventures. The Corporation’s remedies under any such agreement


2


 

may include but shall not be limited to the forfeiture of RSUs not theretofore settled. For purposes of this Section 2(d), “years of service” shall be defined (and calculated) in the same manner as “year of qualifying service” under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employees’ Pension Plan.
 
(e)  Other Terminations .  If Grantee terminates employment with the Corporation for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement (to the extent subject to Section 3(c) above), or Qualifying Normal Retirement, any unvested RSUs will be forfeited.
 
3.  Nontransferability .  Until RSUs become settleable under Section 4 hereof, RSUs shall not be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or to a designated Beneficiary in the event of Grantee’s death, and no such transfer shall be effective to bind the Corporation unless the Committee shall have been furnished with a copy of such will or such other evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer. During the lifetime of Grantee, only Grantee shall be entitled to receive delivery of shares in settlement of RSUs.
 
4.  Settlement .  RSUs granted hereunder, together with RSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents under Section 5(a)(ii) and (iii), shall be settled by delivery of one share of the Corporation’s Common Stock for each RSU being settled. Settlement of each RSU granted hereunder shall occur upon the vesting of such RSU under Section 2, except that, if vesting occurs pursuant to Section 2(c) and the Committee so specifies or if vesting occurs pursuant to Section 2(d), settlement of each RSU shall instead occur at the time the RSU would have become vested under Section 2(a) if Grantee’s employment by the Corporation had not terminated. The foregoing notwithstanding, settlement shall be deferred in accordance with the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated, if Grantee is permitted to elect such deferrals thereunder and files the required Election Form with the Human Resources Department of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 30th day after the Date of Grant.
 
5.  Dividend Equivalents and Adjustments .
 
(a)  Dividend Equivalents .  Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or credited on RSUs (other than RSUs that, at the relevant record date, previously have been settled or forfeited) in accordance with Section 7.6 of the Plan, as follows:
 
  (i)    Cash Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of cash, then an amount of cash shall be paid to Grantee, as promptly as possible after the payment date for such dividend or distribution, equal to the number of RSUs credited to Grantee’s Account hereunder as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the amount of cash actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date.
 
  (ii)   Non-Common Stock Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of property other than shares of


3


 

Common Stock, then a number of additional RSUs shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution equal to the number of RSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the Fair Market Value of such property actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date, divided by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at such payment date.
 
  (iii)  Common Stock Dividends and Splits . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, or there occurs a forward split of Common Stock, then a number of additional RSUs shall be credited to Grantee’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution or forward split equal to the number of RSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution or split multiplied by the number of additional shares of Common Stock actually paid as a dividend or distribution or issued in such split in respect of each outstanding share of Common Stock.
 
The foregoing notwithstanding, any payment of dividends shall be reduced by the amount of all Federal, state, local and other taxes that may be required to be withheld by the Corporation with respect to such payment.
 
(b)  Adjustments to RSUs .  The number of RSUs credited to Grantee’s Account shall be appropriately adjusted, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Grantee’s rights with respect to RSUs, to reflect any changes in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from any event referred to in Section 4.3 of the Plan, taking into account any RSUs credited to Grantee in connection with such event under Section 5(a) hereof.
 
6.  Other Terms Relating to RSUs .
 
(a)  Fractional RSUs and Shares .  The number of RSUs credited to a Grantee’s Account shall include fractional RSUs calculated to at least three decimal places, unless otherwise determined by the administrator (which shall be the Human Resources Division, unless otherwise specified by the Committee). Upon settlement of RSUs, Grantee shall be paid, in cash, an amount equal to the value of any fractional share that would have otherwise been deliverable in settlement of such RSUs.
 
(b)  Statements .  An individual statement of each Grantee’s Account will be issued to each Grantee not less frequently than annually. Such statements shall reflect the amount of RSUs credited to Grantee’s Account, transactions therein during the period covered by the statement, and other information deemed relevant by the administrator. Such statement may include information regarding other plans and compensatory arrangements for Grantee. A Grantee’s statements shall be deemed a part of this Agreement, and shall evidence the Corporation’s obligations under the Plan, including the number of RSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents (if any). Any statement containing an error shall not, however, represent a


4


 

binding obligation to the extent of such error, notwithstanding the inclusion of such statement as part of this Agreement.
 
(c)  Tax Withholding .  The Corporation may make such provisions and take such steps as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of all Federal, state, local and other taxes required by law to be withheld upon the vesting or settlement of RSUs including, but not limited to (i) reducing the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise to be delivered to Grantee at that time, based on their Fair Market Value, to permit deduction of the amount of any such withholding taxes from the amount otherwise payable under the Plan, (ii) deducting the amount required to be withheld from any other amount then or thereafter payable to Grantee, a beneficiary or legal representative, and (iii) requiring Grantee, a beneficiary or legal representative to pay to the Corporation the amount required to be withheld as a condition of delivering Common Stock in settlement of the RSUs or any other distributions related thereto.
 
7.  Miscellaneous .
 
(a)  Modifications .  The Corporation acting through the Committee shall have the authority to modify or remove any or all restrictions or conditions on the vesting or settlement of the RSUs whenever it may determine that, by reason of a change in applicable laws or other change in circumstances arising after the date hereof, or for any other reason, such action is appropriate.
 
(b)  Binding Agreement .  This Agreement shall be legally binding when executed by both the Corporation and the Grantee. The Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the RSUs, and supersedes any prior agreements or documents with respect to the RSUs. No amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of this Agreement which may impose any additional obligation upon the Corporation or impair the rights of Grantee with respect to the RSUs shall be valid unless in each instance such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is expressed in a written instrument duly executed in the name and on behalf of the party to be bound thereby.
 
(c)  Beneficiary Designations .  All designations of Beneficiary shall be on such forms as are specified by and filed with the administrator. Any Beneficiary designation made by Grantee in accordance with this provision may be changed from time to time, without the consent of any previously designated Beneficiary (but subject to any spousal consent as may be required), by filing with the Administrator a notice of such change on the form provided by the Administrator and such change of Beneficiary designation shall become effective upon receipt by the Administrator. In the event Grantee’s Beneficiary would otherwise become entitled to a distribution hereunder, and all Beneficiaries designated by Grantee are not then living, or if no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect, Grantee’s estate or duly authorized personal representative shall be deemed to have been designated by Grantee.
 
(d)  No Security Interest or Trust Created .  Any provision for distribution in settlement of Grantee’s Account hereunder shall be by means of bookkeeping entries on the


5


 

books of the Corporation and shall not create in Grantee or any Beneficiary any right to, or claim against any, specific assets of the Corporation, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for Grantee or any Beneficiary. Grantee or any Beneficiary entitled to any distribution hereunder shall be a general creditor of the Corporation.
 
(e)  Right to Continued Employment .  Nothing contained herein or in the Plan shall be construed as giving Grantee any right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation, or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate the employment of Grantee at any time, with or without cause, without incurring any liability to Grantee due to the forfeiture of the RSUs.
 
(f)  Notices .  Any notice hereunder to the Corporation shall be in writing and addressed to it at its office, 8250 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, VA 22102, Attn: Human Resources Division, and any notice to Grantee shall be in writing and addressed to him or her at the latest address appearing in the records of the Corporation to the right of either party to designate in writing another address at any time hereafter.
 
(g)  Applicable Law .  This Agreement is governed by applicable federal law and, to the extent not governed by federal law, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (without regard to conflicts of law provisions), and is deemed executed in the Commonwealth of Virginia.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation and Grantee have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
 
     
    FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
     
By:  ­ ­
    By:  ­ ­
       Grantee
           Michael W. Hager
         Senior Vice President
         Human Resources
 


6

 
Exhibit 10.16
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
As Amended and Restated
 
Effective January 1, 2005


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
       
Page
 
ARTICLE I  Establishment of the Plan
  1
1.1
 
Purpose
  1
1.2
 
Effective Date
  1
1.3
 
Name
  1
ARTICLE II  Definitions
  1
2.1
 
Board
  1
2.2
 
Compensation
  1
2.3
 
Committee
  1
2.4
 
Custodian
  2
2.5
 
Eligible Employee
  2
2.6
 
Employee
  2
2.7
 
Fair Market Value
  2
2.8
 
Holding Period
  2
2.9
 
Interest
  2
2.10
 
Offering
  2
2.11
 
Offering Period
  2
2.12
 
Option
  2
2.13
 
Option Grant Date
  2
2.14
 
Participant
  2
2.15
 
Participant Account
  3
2.16
 
Participant Share Account
  3
2.17
 
Plan Administrator
  3
2.18
 
Purchase Date
  3
2.19
 
Purchase Price
  3
ARTICLE III  Eligibility
  3
3.1
 
Generally
  3
3.2
 
Limitations
  3
ARTICLE IV  Offering
  4
4.1
 
Committee Discretion
  4
4.2
 
Changing the Terms and Conditions
  4
ARTICLE V  Participation
  4
5.1
 
Generally
  4
5.2
 
Grant of Option to Eligible Employees
  4
5.3
 
Payroll Deductions
  5
5.4
 
Lump Sum Payments
  5
ARTICLE VI  Purchase of Stock
  5
6.1
 
Participant Account; Exercise of Option on Purchase Date
  5
6.2
 
Excess Payments
  6
6.3
 
Limitation
  6
ARTICLE VII  Withdrawal, Employment Termination and Leave of Absence
  6
7.1
 
Withdrawal
  6
7.2
 
Employment Termination
  7
7.3
 
Leave of Absence
  7
ARTICLE VIII  Stock
  7
8.1
 
Generally
  7
8.2
 
Stockholder Rights
  7
8.3
 
Transfer and Forfeiture
  7
8.4
 
Removing Shares From the Participant Share Account
  7
8.5
 
Dividends
  8


 

         
       
Page
 
ARTICLE IX  Administration
  8
9.1
 
Generally
  8
9.2
 
Sale of Shares
  8
9.3
 
Expenses
  8
9.4
 
Custodian
  8
ARTICLE X  Miscellaneous
  9
10.1
 
Transferability
  9
10.2
 
Change in Capitalization
  9
10.3
 
Amendment or Termination
  9
10.4
 
No Right to Continued Employment
  10
10.5
 
Taxes
  10
10.6
 
Nonexclusivity of the Plan
  10
10.7
 
Stockholder Approval
  10
10.8
 
Equal Rights and Privileges
  10
10.9
 
Controlling Law
  10


 

 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
(Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2005)
 
ARTICLE I
Establishment of the Plan
 
1.1  Purpose.   This document constitutes a restatement of the employee stock purchase plan (the “Plan”) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) as originally adopted effective as of July 1, 1989, and as subsequently restated effective as of January 1, 1995. The purpose of the Plan is to allow employees to share in the growth of the Corporation through ownership of shares of the Corporation’s voting Common Stock, par value $0.21 per share (the “Common Stock”). It is the intention of the Corporation that the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Plan shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with that section of the Code.
 
1.2  Effective Date.   The Plan as restated herein shall be effective as of January 1, 2005 and shall apply to Offerings on and after such date; provided, however, that the terms of participation in any Offering that commenced before January 1, 2005 but which ends on or after that date will be governed by the Plan provisions as in effect at the commencement of such Offering, except that shares delivered in such Offering shall count against the limit set forth in Section 8.1 and the Plan shall remain continuously in effect through such Offering Period in accordance with Section 10.3.
 
1.3  Name.   The name of the Plan is the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
ARTICLE II
Definitions
 
2.1  Board.   The Corporation’s Board of Directors.
 
2.2  Compensation.   The non-deferred cash remuneration paid by the Corporation to an Employee, including salary, overtime pay, shift differentials, vacation pay, bonuses and commissions plus the amount of any elective deferrals under the Corporation’s Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan, the amount of any salary reduction amounts under the Corporation’s cafeteria plan, and amounts attributable to qualified transportation fringes that are excluded from gross income under Section 132(f)(4) of the Code; provided, however, that the Committee or Plan Administrator may include or exclude specific types of remuneration from Compensation for administrative convenience or otherwise to further the purposes of the Plan, subject to Section 10.8.
 
2.3  Committee.   The Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or such other Board committee as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan; provided, however, that the Committee shall at all times consist of two or more directors, each of whom is not an employee of the Corporation or any Affiliate. The full Board may perform any function of the Committee hereunder, in which case the term “Committee” shall refer to the Board.


1


 

2.4.  Custodian.   UBS Financial Services, Inc., Smith Barney Inc. or other custodian as may be appointed by the Plan Administrator.
 
2.5  Eligible Employee.   An Employee who has met the eligibility requirements under Article III, except as may be limited under Sections 7.2 and 7.3.
 
2.6  Employee.   Any person employed by the Corporation on a full- or part-time regular basis as defined in Freddie Mac Corporate Policy No. 3-221, except that any person whose customary employment is either less than 20 hours per week or less than 5 months in any calendar year shall not be deemed an Employee. For this purpose, a person on approved paid or approved unpaid leave for 90 days or less or who has a statutory or contractual right of continued employment upon the expiration of a leave of greater than 90 days shall be deemed to be an Employee.
 
2.7  Fair Market Value.   As of any given date, the average of the high and the low sale prices of a share of Common Stock reported for composite transactions in New York Stock Exchange listed securities in print or electronically by The Wall Street Journal or by another recognized provider designated by the Committee, or, if no such prices are reported for such date, on the most recent trading day prior to such date for which such prices were reported; provided, however, that the Committee may in good faith, establish alternative methods or procedures for determining Fair Market Value.
 
2.8  Holding Period.   The period of time, if any, following the Purchase Date during which Common Stock may not be sold, certificated, pledged, or otherwise transferred from the Participant Share Account. A Holding Period may be established by the Committee, in its discretion, with respect to any Offering, and may apply to all or a designated portion of the shares of Common Stock purchased by each Participant in the Offering, subject to Section 10.8.
 
2.9  Interest.   Interest may be credited on payroll deductions accumulated in each Participant Account and on any Interest previously credited thereon periodically (or on the dates otherwise specified in Sections 6.2, 7.1 and 7.2) and on the Purchase Date, if so determined by the Committee. Interest shall not be credited on any lump sum payments tendered pursuant to Section 5.4, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. The rate of such Interest, if any, and the periodic crediting dates shall be set by the Committee pursuant to Section 4.1.
 
2.10  Offering.   The opportunity extended to Eligible Employees to purchase Common Stock at the end of a specified Offering Period through participation in the Plan.
 
2.11  Offering Period.   The period of time established by the Committee from time to time for an Offering, extending from the Option Grant Date for a specified period; provided, however, that under no circumstances shall any Offering Period exceed 27 months or such other period as may be required under Code section 423(b)(7).
 
2.12  Option.   The conditional right of an Eligible Employee to purchase a specified dollar amount of shares or specified number of shares of Common Stock under the Plan in a specified Offering.
 
2.13  Option Grant Date.   The first day of the Offering Period on which the New York Stock Exchange is open, which shall be deemed to be the day on which an Option is granted to a Participant.
 
2.14  Participant.   An Eligible Employee who has been granted an Option in a given Offering and has taken any other required steps to participate in, and not withdrawn from, such Offering.


2


 

2.15  Participant Account.   An account established and maintained by the Corporation in the name of each Participant, to hold the Participant’s payroll deductions and any Interest accumulated thereon, together with lump sum payments tendered in accordance with Section 5.4.
 
2.16  Participant Share Account.   An account established and maintained by the Custodian in which the shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to this Plan and shares purchased by the reinvestment of dividends on such shares are held. This account may hold other shares of Common Stock acquired through the Corporation’s compensation programs or may be a subaccount under another account established in connection with the Corporation’s compensation programs, to the extent permitted by the Custodian and agreed to by the Plan Administrator in writing.
 
2.17  Plan Administrator.   The Senior Vice President, Human Resources, or other person or committee as designated by the Committee.
 
2.18  Purchase Date.   The last day of an Offering Period on which the New York Stock Exchange is open.
 
2.19  Purchase Price.   The exercise price of each Option established by the Committee with respect to a particular Offering; provided, however, that such price shall not be less than the lesser of: (i) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Option Grant Date or (ii) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Purchase Date. Subject to the foregoing, the Committee may establish the Purchase Price with reference to the Fair Market Value of Common Stock (or a specified percentage thereof) on one or more specified dates during the Offering Period, but it need not be established with reference to Fair Market Value on both the Grant Date and the Purchase Date.
 
ARTICLE III
Eligibility
 
3.1  Generally.   Provided that the Employee shall have timely enrolled in the manner specified by the Committee by the applicable deadline(s), an Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan for a given Offering if he or she (i) is an Employee on the Option Grant Date, and (ii) continuously meets any other eligibility requirements under the Plan or specified by the Plan Administrator through the Purchase Date for that Offering.
 
3.2  Limitations.   Other provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, no Employee may be granted an Option if and to the extent that (i), immediately after the Option is granted, such Employee would own stock representing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined value or voting power of all classes of the stock of the Corporation, determined in accordance with Code Sections 423(b)(3) and 424(d); or (ii) such Option would permit the Employee’s rights to purchase stock under all of the Corporation’s plans subject to Code Section 423 to accrue at a rate which exceeds the fair market value dollar limit of such stock (currently $25,000) for the calendar year determined in accordance with Code Section 423(b)(8).


3


 

ARTICLE IV
Offering
 
4.1  Committee Discretion.   The Committee shall establish the terms and conditions of each Offering in accordance with the applicable terms of the Plan, including:
 
(a) the Offering Period(s);
 
(b) the maximum Fair Market Value or other dollar limit on shares, or the maximum number of shares, that may be subject to the Option granted to each Participant; provided, however, that such maximum limit shall be established so as not to exceed the limit under Section 3.2;
 
(c) the formula for determination of the Purchase Price;
 
(d) the forms of payment that will be made available to pay for Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option;
 
(e) the Holding Period, if any;
 
(f) the rate of Interest and times at which Interest will be credited, if any; and
 
(g) whether to permit excess payments under Section 6.2 to be carried forward to a subsequent Offering Period.
 
Any determination under the Plan within the discretion of the Plan Administrator may instead be made by the Committee. Unless otherwise specified by the Committee, the Plan Administrator shall retain discretion to thereafter change such determination.
 
4.2  Changing the Terms and Conditions.   Once the terms and conditions in Section 4.1 are established by the Committee with respect to a particular Offering, they shall remain in effect with respect to subsequent Offerings unless expressly changed by the Committee.
 
ARTICLE V
Participation
 
5.1  Generally.   An Eligible Employee may elect to participate in an Offering by completing any enrollment procedures required by the Committee or the Plan Administrator by the applicable deadline(s). Such election shall be in such manner or form, and subject to such rules and limitations, as may be specified by the Committee or the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator may require any or all of such elections to be made by a specified date or dates before the Offering Period, or may permit such elections to be made by a specified date or dates prior to and including the Purchase Date.
 
5.2  Grant of Option to Eligible Employees.   Upon the Option Grant Date, each Eligible Employee shall be granted an Option to purchase a specified dollar amount or number of shares not exceeding the maximum limit on shares permitted to be purchased under Section 4.1(b). The grant of the Option may be made subject to requirements imposed by the Plan Administrator or the Committee that the Eligible Employee elect to participate in the Offering, and may be conditioned upon such election.


4


 

5.3  Payroll Deductions.   To the extent that the Committee has authorized payroll deductions with respect to the Offering, then:
 
(a)  Effective Date . An electing Participant’s payroll deductions shall become effective as soon as administratively feasible during the Offering Period.
 
(b)  Adoption of Administrative Rules. The Committee or Plan Administrator may adopt rules that require a Participant to accumulate in his or her Participant Account, through any combination of payroll deductions and/or lump sum payments under Section 5.4, an amount sufficient to pay the Purchase Price of the full Option or a specified portion thereof by the Purchase Date. Such rules will specify whether any failure to accumulate such amount (i) may be deemed an election to withdraw from the Offering, in which case the balance in the Participant Account shall be refunded as provided by Section 7.1, (ii) shall be deemed an election to exercise the Option to the extent of such balance as provided by Section 6.1, or (iii) shall have other specified consequences. The rules will also describe whether, and to what extent, Participants will be allowed to adjust their payroll deductions during the Offering Period, and the process for cessation of contributions described in Section 5.3(c).
 
(c)  Cessation and Resumption of Payroll Deductions. A Participant may instruct the Corporation to cease payroll deductions, which shall be effective on the first payroll date occurring at least fifteen (15) days (or such other period as specified by the Plan Administrator) after the Corporation receives notice (consistent with the administrative rules described in Section 5.3(b)) to cease deductions. Notice shall be provided by the Participant in a manner consistent with the procedures specified by the Plan Administrator. A Participant who has ceased payroll deductions may elect to: (i) withdraw from the Offering in accordance with Section 7.1; or (ii) have his or her Participant Account maintained through the Purchase Date (or such earlier date as the Plan Administrator may specify), at which time the amounts in the Participant Account will, to the extent permitted under the administrative rules described in Section 5.3(b), be used to pay the Purchase Price upon exercise of the Option (in full or in part). If the Participant has not withdrawn from the Offering, the Plan Administrator may determine to permit such a Participant to resume payroll deductions, subject to Section 10.8.
 
(d)  Participant Deduction Authorization. The election for payroll deductions shall authorize deductions by the Corporation from Compensation.
 
(e)  Interest. Interest, if any, credited to a Participant Account may not be applied to pay the Purchase Price, but may be withdrawn from the Account in accordance with such rules as the Plan Administrator may specify.
 
5.4  Lump Sum Payments.   To the extent that the Committee authorizes lump sum payments, a Participant who elects to pay the Purchase Price (or any portion thereof) by lump sum may tender such payment to the Corporation in a manner and at such time as may be specified by the Plan Administrator, provided that such time is not later than the Purchase Date.
 
ARTICLE VI
Purchase of Stock
 
6.1  Participant Account; Exercise of Option on Purchase Date.   Any amounts withheld as payroll deductions from a Participant’s Compensation during an Offering Period shall be reflected in a


5


 

Participant Account, to which balance shall be added any lump sum payment amounts tendered by the Participant under Section 5.4 (to the extent permitted by the terms of a particular Offering). Except as may be limited under rules adopted by the Plan Administrator, if a Participant has not withdrawn from participation in an Offering on the Purchase Date, the Participant’s Option shall be exercised automatically by applying all amounts accumulated in the Participant Account (other than Interest, if paid) to the purchase of Common Stock at the Purchase Price, subject to applicable limitations under Section 4.1(b). The Corporation or its designee shall allocate such shares purchased to the Participant Share Accounts. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Committee may provide for the automatic cancellation of an Offering based on specified circumstances arising at or before the Purchase Date, including the case in which the Purchase Price would equal or exceed the Fair Market Value of Common Stock at the Purchase Date.
 
6.2  Excess Payments.   Except as described herein, in the event that the sum of a Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions and any lump sum payment tendered under Section 5.4 exceeds the amount applied to the purchase of Common Stock on the Purchase Date under Section 6.1, the excess over the aggregate Purchase Price of Common Stock shall be refunded to the Participant within sixty (60) days of the Purchase Date. Such refund shall be entitled to Interest through the Purchase Date, if and to the extent authorized by the Committee, in accordance with the rules then in effect under the Plan. The Committee may, in establishing the terms of an Offering as described in Section 4.1, provide that such excess amounts accumulated in the Participant Accounts will be applied for the purchase of shares in a subsequent Offering Period.
 
6.3  Limitation.   If on any Purchase Date the total number of shares to be purchased would cause the aggregate number of shares delivered under the Plan to exceed the total number of shares available for delivery under Section 8.1 of the Plan, then the number of shares to be purchased on such Purchase Date by any Participant shall be reduced pro-rata based on the number of shares for which the Participant’s Option would have been exercised, so that the number of shares purchased by all Participants equals the number of remaining available shares.
 
ARTICLE VII
Withdrawal, Employment Termination and Leave of Absence
 
7.1  Withdrawal.   A Participant, by giving notice to the Corporation by such deadline and in such form as the Plan Administrator may establish, may withdraw from the Plan with respect to a specified Offering. In the event a Participant so withdraws: (i) payroll deductions, if any, previously authorized by such Participant shall cease, (ii) no shares shall be purchased for him or her on the Purchase Date for such Offering, and (iii) all amounts accumulated in his or her Participant Account, whether through payroll deduction, lump sum payment (if available) or crediting of Interest (if any, pursuant to Section 2.9), shall be refunded to him or her within sixty (60) days after the Purchase Date for the specified Offering. In such case, if the crediting of any Interest has been authorized by the Committee in accordance with Section 2.9, such crediting will apply only through the Purchase Date and not with respect to any period thereafter. A Participant who has instructed the Corporation to cease payroll deductions and who, pursuant to Section 5.3(c), receives a refund of the balance of his or her Participant Account shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Plan for that Offering. A Participant’s withdrawal will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate during any subsequent Offering.


6


 

7.2  Employment Termination.   In the event that a Participant’s employment terminates for any reason (including disability, retirement or death), no further payroll deduction shall be made from any Compensation due and owing to the Participant at such time and the Participant shall not be required or permitted to make a lump sum payment thereafter under the Plan. The Corporation shall refund the balance in the Participant Account with Interest, if any (pursuant to Section 2.9), credited through no later than the termination date, to the Participant, or, if the Participant is deceased, in accordance with Section 10.1, within sixty (60) days after the termination date. In such case, the Participant’s Option shall terminate at the time of termination of employment, and no shares may be purchased for a Participant thereafter for any reason.
 
7.3  Leave of Absence.   The Plan Administrator may adopt rules governing Participants who take a leave of absence in excess of 90 days (without a statutory or contractual right to return) or who have other changes in employment status not otherwise covered by this Section 7.3, which rules may specify that such Participants’ participation may be limited or terminated (subject to the explicit terms of the Plan and the requirements of Code Section 423).
 
ARTICLE VIII
Stock
 
8.1  Generally.   The shares of Common Stock of the Corporation to be delivered under the Plan upon purchase by Participants may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares, or shares acquired in market transactions on behalf of the Participants. The maximum number of shares that may be delivered upon purchase by Participants under the Plan shall be 3,600,000 plus the balance of any shares authorized for use under this Plan prior to its restatement effective January 1, 2005, subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Corporation as provided in Section 10.2. Any shares purchased by Participants pursuant to dividend reinvestment under Section 8.5 shall not be counted against the shares reserved for delivery under this Section 8.1.
 
8.2  Stockholder Rights.   Subject to Section 8.3, upon purchase of shares on each Purchase Date, a Participant shall acquire all the rights and privileges of a stockholder in the Corporation with respect to shares delivered to him or her under the Plan on such Purchase Date, including the right to direct the vote of the shares on any matter for which the record date for voting is on or after such Purchase Date and the right to receive any dividend for which the record date is on or after such Purchase Date, for so long as such shares are credited to the Participant Share Account. These rights shall be subject to the customary terms and conditions applicable to shares held for customers in a brokerage account, except as otherwise provided by the Plan Administrator.
 
8.3  Transfer and Forfeiture.   No Participant may sell, certificate, pledge or otherwise transfer the shares delivered to him or her under the Plan after the Effective Date until after the expiration of the applicable Holding Period, if any, except as permitted under Offering terms or rules adopted by the Committee. Shares purchased under the Plan are non-forfeitable.
 
8.4  Removing Shares From the Participant Share Account.   After the expiration of the Holding Period, if any, applicable to shares, a Participant may remove shares from his or her Participant Share Account by (i) directing the sale of such shares; (ii) directing the issuance and delivery of a share certificate evidencing such shares; or (iii) if the Plan Administrator so permits, transferring such shares to another brokerage account, in each case subject to such rules as the Plan Administrator may establish (which may limit the availability of any of these alternatives so long as


7


 

some means for removal of shares is provided). In addition, a Participant’s ability to remove shares from the Participant Share Account and subsequent transactions in such shares may be restricted by the Plan Administrator for administrative reasons, may be conditioned upon the Participant’s agreement to promptly disclose his or her subsequent sales or dispositions of the shares and the terms thereof, and shall be subject to the Corporation’s securities compliance and insider trading rules and its code of conduct. Shares that are sold, shares for which certificates are issued or delivered (other than to the Custodian or its nominee) or shares that are transferred to another brokerage account will no longer be deemed held for a Participant’s Share Account.
 
8.5  Dividends.   With regard to dividends declared and paid on shares held in a Participant Share Account at the record date for such dividends, a Participant may elect to: (i) receive such dividends in cash; or (ii) have such dividends reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock. Such dividend reinvestment purchases may be from the Corporation or in the open market on such terms and conditions as may be approved by the Plan Administrator, but in no event will any discount in the purchase price of shares provided under the Plan for regular Plan purchases apply to the dividend reinvestment purchases. Shares of Common Stock purchased through reinvestment of dividends shall not be regarded as purchased pursuant to the terms of this Plan.
 
ARTICLE IX
Administration
 
9.1  Generally.   Subject to Section 4.1, the Plan shall be administered by the Plan Administrator and persons to whom the Plan Administrator may delegate authority. The Plan Administrator shall be vested with full authority to make, administer, and interpret such rules and regulations as deemed necessary to administer the Plan, and any determination, decision, or action of the Plan Administrator or persons to whom authority has been delegated in connection with the construction, interpretation, administration or application of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all Participants. The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to employ agents to perform such of the administrative duties hereunder as may be delegated to such agents, and to authorize the payment of reasonable compensation for the performance of services by such agents. All actions by the Plan Administrator shall be deemed actions by or on behalf of the Corporation.
 
9.2  Sale of Shares.   The Plan Administrator shall establish a procedure pursuant to which a Participant may arrange, after expiration of any applicable Holding Period, for the sale of shares credited to his or her Participant Share Account. Neither the Plan Administrator nor the Corporation shall have responsibility for, or incur liability as a result of, any transaction described in Section 8.4.
 
9.3  Expenses.   Expenses associated with the purchase of shares pursuant to Article VI of the Plan and administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Corporation. Expenses incurred in connection with Participant’s sale of shares shall be borne by the Participant. Reasonable fees may be charged to Participants for other transactions and services under the Plan, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator.
 
9.4  Custodian.   The Plan Administrator may appoint a Custodian that shall perform such duties as may be set forth in the Plan or in any agreement between the Corporation and the Custodian.


8


 

ARTICLE X
Miscellaneous
 
10.1  Transferability.   No right or interest of a Participant under the Plan may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party, made subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant, or otherwise assigned, transferred, or disposed of except by will or the laws of descent and distribution (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7.2), and any right of a Participant under the Plan will be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, approve alternative forms of registration of a Participant Share Account to the extent permitted by applicable regulations under Section 423 of the Code.
 
10.2  Change in Capitalization.   The number and kind of shares of stock available for issuance or delivery under the Plan, and the calculated Purchase Price for any ongoing Offering, will be proportionately adjusted, as determined by the Committee, in the event of any large, special and non-recurring dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash or other property), recapitalization, forward or reverse split, dividend of Common Stock, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or share exchange, rights offering or other similar corporate transaction or event affecting the Common Stock. Alternatively, the Committee may terminate any ongoing Offering or accelerate the end of the Offering Period prior to such extraordinary event in order that the interests of Participants will not be impaired as a result of such an event.
 
10.3  Amendment or Termination.   The Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan without the consent of stockholders or Participants, except that any such action will be subject to the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders within twelve months after such Committee action if such stockholder approval is required by any applicable federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any automated quotation system or stock exchange on which the Common Stock may then be quoted or listed, and the Committee may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such actions to stockholders for approval; provided, however, that (i) any amendment or other action under this Section 10.3 by the Committee pursuant to delegated authority, to increase the shares available under the Plan (other than in connection with an adjustment under Section 10.2), reduce the minimum Purchase Price permitted under the Plan, or increase the maximum amount of Participant contributions under Section 3.2 to an amount in excess of the level then permitted under Code Section 423, or which otherwise exceeds the authority of the Committee under the Committee’s charter and applicable resolutions of the Board, shall require the approval of the Board as well; and (ii), without the consent of an affected Participant, no amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination of the Plan may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant with respect to any Offering that has been completed prior to such Committee action. The foregoing notwithstanding, (a) upon termination of the Plan, the Committee may elect to terminate all outstanding Options at such time as the Committee may designate; (b) in the event of such termination of any Option prior to its exercise, all amounts contributed to the Plan which remain in a Participant’s Account will be returned to the Participant as promptly as practicable; and (c) the Plan shall automatically terminate upon the earlier of: (i) the date on which the total number of shares authorized for purchase under the Plan have been purchased and any Plan requirements extending thereafter ( e.g ., any Holding Period) have been met; or (ii) January 1, 2015.


9


 

10.4  No Right to Continued Employment.   Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder, including the grant of an Option, will be construed as giving any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate any employee’s employment at any time.
 
10.5  Taxes.   The Corporation is authorized to withhold from any payment to be made to a Participant, including any payroll and other payments not related to the Plan, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction under the Plan, and a Participant’s enrollment in the Plan will be deemed to constitute his or her consent to such withholding. In addition, Participants may be required to advise the Corporation of sales and other dispositions of Common Stock acquired under the Plan in order to permit the Corporation to comply with tax laws and to claim any tax deductions to which the Corporation may be entitled with respect to the Plan.
 
10.6  Nonexclusivity of the Plan.   Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Committee nor its submission to the stockholders of the Corporation for approval will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Committee to adopt such other compensatory arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.
 
10.7  Stockholder Approval.   The Plan (as amended and restated) shall become effective on the Effective Date; provided, however, that the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Corporation in a manner sufficient to meet the requirements of Section 423(b)(2) of the Code.
 
10.8  Equal Rights and Privileges.   All Participants shall have the same rights, responsibilities and privileges with respect to Options granted and Common Stock purchased under the Plan, (i) except as limited under Section 3.2, (ii) except that the amount of Common Stock which may be purchased by any Employee under such Option may bear a uniform relationship to the Compensation of such Employee, and (iii) except as otherwise may be permitted under Section 423 of the Code.
 
10.9  Controlling Law.   This Plan and the respective rights and obligations of the Corporation and the Participants, except to the extent otherwise provided by applicable federal law, shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, exclusive of Virginia’s conflict of laws provisions.


10

 
Exhibit 10.17
 
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
1995 DIRECTORS’ STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN
 
 
Effective May 2, 1995
As Amended and Restated June 8, 2007
 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
       
Page
 
ARTICLE I — Establishment of the Plan
  1
1.1
 
Purposes
  1
1.2
 
Effective Date of Original Plan and Amendment and Restatement of Plan
  1
1.3
 
Plan Name
  1
ARTICLE II — Definitions
  1
2.1
 
Award
  1
2.2
 
Award Document
  1
2.3
 
Beneficiary
  1
2.4
 
Board
  1
2.5
 
Code
  1
2.6
 
Committee
  1
2.7
 
Common Stock
  2
2.8
 
Compensation
  2
2.9
 
Corporation
  2
2.10
 
Deferred Stock
  2
2.11
 
Disability
  2
2.12
 
Director
  2
2.13
 
Dividend Equivalents
  2
2.14
 
Early Retirement
  2
2.15
 
Fair Market Value
  2
2.16
 
Option
  3
2.17
 
Participant
  3
2.18
 
Plan
  3
2.19
 
Restricted Stock
  3
2.20
 
Restricted Stock Units
  3
2.21
 
Retirement
  3
2.22
 
Retirement Age
  3
2.23
 
Stock Election
  3
ARTICLE III — Administration
  3
3.1
 
Authority of the Committee Generally
  3
3.2
 
Authority of the Board
  4
3.3
 
Good Faith Reliance; Limitation on Liability
  4
3.4
 
Limitation on Repricing
  4
ARTICLE IV — Common Stock Available Under the Plan; Adjustments
  4
4.1
 
Common Stock Available for Delivery
  4
4.2
 
Source of Common Stock
  5
4.3
 
Adjustments in Response to Corporate Events
  5
ARTICLE V — Eligibility
  6
5.1
 
Persons Eligible
  6
5.2
 
Rights to Awards
  6
ARTICLE VI — Terms of Awards
  6
6.1
 
General
  6
6.2
 
Limitations on Transferability
  6
6.3
 
No Stockholder Rights
  6
6.4
 
Insider Trading Policies Apply
  6


i


 

         
       
Page
 
ARTICLE VII — Options
  6
7.1
 
Award
  6
7.2
 
Terms of Award
  7
7.3
 
Termination of Board Membership
  7
ARTICLE VIII — Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
  7
8.1
 
Award
  7
8.2
 
Vesting Schedule
  7
8.3
 
Termination of Board Membership
  7
8.4
 
Other Terms of Restricted Stock
  7
8.5
 
Other Terms of Restricted Stock Units
  8
ARTICLE IX — Stock Election
  8
9.1
 
Election to Receive Stock
  8
9.2
 
Amount of Stock or Deferred Stock
  9
9.3
 
Receipt of Common Stock Pursuant to a Stock Election
  9
9.4
 
Award of Deferred Stock Pursuant to a Stock Election
  10
ARTICLE X — General Provisions
  10
10.1
 
Consideration
  10
10.2
 
Compliance with Laws and Obligations
  11
10.3
 
No Right to Continued Membership
  11
10.4
 
Changes to the Plan and Awards
  11
10.5
 
Governing Law
  12
10.6
 
Certain Limitations on Awards to Ensure Compliance with Code Section 409A
  12
10.7
 
Continued Service as an Employee
  13
10.8
 
Plan Termination; Effect of Amendment and Restatement
  13


ii


 

 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
1995 DIRECTORS’ STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN
As Amended and Restated June 8, 2007
 
ARTICLE I
Establishment of the Plan
 
1.1   Purposes.   The purposes of this 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) are to advance the interests of the Corporation and its stockholders by providing a means to attract and retain highly-qualified persons who are not employees of the Corporation to serve as Directors, to provide reasonable compensation for service to the Corporation by such Directors, and to promote ownership by such Directors of a greater proprietary interest in the Corporation, thereby aligning such Directors’ interests more closely with the interests of stockholders of the Corporation.
 
1.2   Effective Date of Original Plan and Amendment and Restatement of Plan.   This Plan became effective May 2, 1995. This amendment and restatement of the Plan shall become effective when approved by the Corporation’s stockholders as set forth in Section 10.8.
 
1.3   Plan Name.   The name of the Plan is the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan.
 
ARTICLE II
Definitions
 
2.1   Award.   Any Option, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, or right to receive shares of Common Stock or Deferred Stock pursuant to a Stock Election, or any combination thereof, granted under the Plan.
 
2.2   Award Document.   Any written or electronic agreement, contract, notice, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award. The use of an “electronic record” and an “electronic signature” in connection with any Award Document shall be governed by the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act of 2000 (E-SIGN) or the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act (UETA) as enacted by the Commonwealth of Virginia, as applicable. The terms “electronic records” and “electronic signature” shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in E-SIGN or the Virginia UETA, as applicable.
 
2.3   Beneficiary.   The person(s) or trust(s) which have been designated by a Participant in his or her most recent beneficiary designation filed with the Committee to receive the benefits in connection with an Award upon such Participant’s death, or to whom or to which an Award or rights relating thereto are transferred if and to the extent permitted under Section 6.2. If, upon a Participant’s death, there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the term Beneficiary means the person(s) or trust(s) entitled by will or laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.
 
2.4   Board.   The Board of Directors of the Corporation.
 
2.5   Code.   The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
 
2.6   Committee.   The Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board, or such other Board committee as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan. No member of the Committee who is a Participant shall participate in any determination relating solely or primarily to his or her own Award. In addition, in any case in which the Board exercises any


1


 

authority granted to the Committee under the Plan, each reference to “Committee” shall be deemed to mean the Board, unless the context otherwise requires.
 
2.7   Common Stock.   The Common Stock, $0.21 par value, of the Corporation or such other common stock as may be substituted or resubstituted for Common Stock pursuant to an adjustment under Section 4.3.
 
2.8   Compensation.   The retainer and meeting fees and any other fees paid to a Director for services as such, including for service as a member of a committee of the Board.
 
2.9   Corporation.   The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.
 
2.10   Deferred Stock.   An Award, in lieu of other Compensation pursuant to a Stock Election under Article IX or as a result of Dividend Equivalents, which Award represents a generally nontransferable right to receive one share of Common Stock at a specified future date for each share of Deferred Stock awarded, together with a right to Dividend Equivalents and other rights, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Article IX.
 
2.11   Disability.   A Participant’s termination of service as a Director of the Corporation due to injury or sickness which the Participant’s personal physician has certified to the Committee prevents the Participant from performing the material duties of a Director.
 
2.12   Director.   A duly elected or appointed member of the Board who is not an employee of the Corporation or any subsidiary.
 
2.13   Dividend Equivalents.   With respect to each Restricted Stock Unit and each share of Deferred Stock, a right either to receive payments equal to the dividends or distributions declared or paid on a share of Common Stock at the same time as those dividends or distributions are paid to holders of Common Stock, or to receive such amounts, at the time the Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock is or would be otherwise settled, or to have such amounts credited to the Participant, at the time the dividends or distributions are paid to holders of Common Stock, in the form of additional Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock having a Fair Market Value, at the date such dividends or distributions are paid on Common Stock, equal to the amount of the dividends or distributions declared and paid on a share of Common Stock, subject to Section 9.4. Rights to Dividend Equivalents shall be non-forfeitable in all cases. The Committee shall determine the manner of payment or crediting of Dividend Equivalents at or before the grant date for any Award of Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock. No Dividend Equivalents will be credited or payable with respect to any Award other than Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock.
 
2.14   Early Retirement.   A Director’s termination of membership on the Board (other than due to Disability, Retirement or death) and (a), for a Director appointed by the President of United States (“President”), upon (i) notification by the President (or designee) that the Director will not be reappointed or (ii) failure of the President to reappoint the Director, or notify the Corporation of his intention to reappoint the Director, within 120 days after the end of that Director’s term of office; (b), for all other Directors, after completing ten consecutive terms in office as a Director.
 
2.15   Fair Market Value.   The closing sale price of a share of Common Stock reported for composite transactions in the New York Stock Exchange listed securities in print or electronically by The Wall Street Journal or by another recognized provider designated by the Committee for such date or, if no such prices are reported for such date, on the most recent trading day prior to such date for which such prices are reported; provided, however, that the Committee may, in good faith, establish alternative methods or procedures for determining Fair Market Value. Fair Market


2


 

Value of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Deferred Stock shall be based on the shares subject to such Award without regard to any risk of forfeiture or restriction on transferability applicable to such Award.
 
2.16   Option.   An Award under Article VII representing a conditional right to purchase, upon the exercise of the right by the Participant or his or her Beneficiary, a specified number of shares of Common Stock at a fixed price during a specified period or periods, and subject to such other conditions as the Committee may specify.
 
2.17   Participant.   A Director who has been granted an Award under the Plan.
 
2.18   Plan.   This 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan.
 
2.19   Restricted Stock.   An Award under Article VIII pursuant to which a specified number of shares of Common Stock are granted to the Participant, subject to a specified risk of forfeiture and restriction on transferability until the expiration of a specified restricted period or periods, and subject to such other conditions as the Committee may specify.
 
2.20   Restricted Stock Units.   An Award under Article VIII or as a result of Dividend Equivalents which represents a generally nontransferable right to receive one share of Common Stock at a specified future date for each Restricted Stock Unit awarded, together with a right to Dividend Equivalents and other rights, subject to a specified risk of forfeiture (except in the case of Restricted Stock Units resulting from Dividend Equivalents) until the expiration of a specified period or periods and other terms and conditions set forth in Article VIII, and subject to such other conditions as the Committee may specify.
 
2.21   Retirement.   A stockholder-elected Director’s termination of membership on the Board upon or after, and as a consequence of, attaining the Retirement Age.
 
2.22   Retirement Age.   The retirement age which, under the Board retirement policy adopted by the Board of Directors (as such policy may be modified from time to time), is applicable to the affected stockholder-elected Director.
 
2.23   Stock Election.   An election, made pursuant to Article IX, by an eligible Director, to receive Common Stock or Deferred Stock in payment of all or a portion of Compensation.
 
ARTICLE III
Administration
 
3.1   Authority of the Committee Generally.   The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, except insofar as administrative authority is expressly reserved to the Board. The Committee shall have full and final authority to take the following actions, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan:
 
(a) to recommend to the Board policies regarding the type or types of Awards to be granted to Directors for specified services, the time or times at which such Awards may be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to each Award, and the material terms and conditions of such Awards not otherwise specified in the Plan, and to determine all other matters in connection with an Award not otherwise specified in the Plan or determined by the Board;
 
(b) to prescribe the form of each Award Document;


3


 

(c) to adopt, amend, suspend, waive, and rescind such rules and regulations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan, including rules that reflect the advice of counsel, promoting compliance with applicable laws and regulations;
 
(d) to correct any defect, fill any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and any Award, rules and regulations, Award Document, or other instrument hereunder; and
 
(e) to make all other decisions and determinations as may be required under the terms of the Plan or as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
 
3.2   Authority of the Board.   In furtherance of the authority of the Board to establish policies providing for reasonable compensation to Directors and setting the form, timing, and other terms of such compensation, the Board shall have full and final authority to establish policies regarding the type or types of Awards to be granted under Articles VII and VIII to Directors for specified services, the time or times at which such Awards may be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to each Award, and the material terms and conditions of Awards, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan. In addition, the Board may exercise any authority of the Committee under the Plan.
 
3.3   Good Faith Reliance; Limitation on Liability.   Each member of the Committee or the Board shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or other employee of the Corporation, the Corporation’s independent public accountants, or any compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other professional retained by the Corporation or the Committee to assist in the administration of the Plan. No member of the Committee or Board, nor any officer or employee of the Corporation acting on behalf of the Committee or Board hereunder, shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and members of the Committee and Board and any officer or employee of the Corporation acting on behalf of the Committee or Board or members thereof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Corporation with respect to any such action, determination, or interpretation.
 
3.4   Limitation on Repricing.   Other provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, without the prior approval of the Corporation’s stockholders, the Committee will not amend or replace previously granted Options in a transaction that constitutes a “repricing.” “Repricing” means: (a) lowering the exercise price of an Option after it is granted; (b) canceling an Option at a time when its exercise price exceeds the fair market value of the underlying stock, in exchange for another Option, Restricted Stock, other Award, other equity, or cash or other property, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with a merger, acquisition, spin-off or other similar corporate transaction; (c) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; or (d) any other action that has the same effect as those itemized in (a) – (c); provided, however, that any adjustment authorized by Section 4.3 shall under no circumstances be considered a “repricing.”
 
ARTICLE IV
Common Stock Available Under the Plan; Adjustments
 
4.1   Common Stock Available for Delivery.   Subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided, the total number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan shall be 2,400,000, which is the number of shares originally authorized under


4


 

the Plan at its effective date (adjusted for stock splits since the effective date); provided, however, that not more than 40% of the total number of shares reserved and available under the Plan shall be subject to Awards of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units under Section 8.1 which become vested and nonforfeitable under Section 8.2. If all or any portion of any Award is forfeited, or otherwise is terminated without delivery of shares of Common Stock to the Participant, the shares to which such Award or portion thereof related shall again be available for Awards under the Plan. For this purpose, upon exercise of an Option, the gross number of shares subject to the portion of the Option so exercised shall be deemed to have been delivered upon exercise of the Award.
 
4.2   Source of Common Stock.   Any shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized but previously unissued shares, treasury shares, or shares acquired in market transactions on behalf of the Participants.
 
4.3   Adjustments in Response to Corporate Events.   In the event that the Committee shall determine that any large and non-recurring dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash or other property), recapitalization, forward or reverse split, dividend of Common Stock, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase or share exchange, rights offering, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Common Stock, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, (i) adjust any or all of the number and kind of shares of Common Stock then authorized for delivery for Awards under Section 4.1 and the number and kind of shares of Common Stock to be subject to each automatic grant of Options under Article VII or Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units under Article VIII in accordance with any granting policy of the Board then in effect; and (ii) if an adjustment is necessary in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants under the Plan, as determined by the Committee, adjust (A) the number and kind of shares of outstanding Restricted Stock or other outstanding Award in connection with which shares have been issued or delivered, (B) the number and kind of shares that may be issued or delivered in respect of other outstanding Awards, (C) the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price relating to any Award (or, if deemed appropriate, the Committee may make provision for a cash payment with respect to any outstanding Award), and (D) any other term relating to an Award; provided that any adjustment effecting any outstanding Award shall be made in accordance with Section 10.4(b). Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a forward split of Common Stock or a dividend in the form of Common Stock, each adjustment specified in Section 4.3(i) and (ii)(A), (B) and (C) shall be effected automatically by multiplying the relevant pre-transaction number of shares by the sum of one plus the number of shares deliverable in respect of each outstanding share, and dividing the exercise price of each outstanding Option by that same sum. In furtherance of the foregoing, in the event of an “equity restructuring” as defined in FAS 123R which affects the Common Stock, a Participant shall have a legal right to an adjustment to the Participant’s Award which shall preserve without enlarging the value of the Award, with the manner of such adjustment to be determined by the Committee in its discretion, and subject to any limitation on this right set forth in the applicable Award Document. If at any date an insufficient number of shares are available for the grant of Awards hereunder, then all Awards to be made at that date shall be reduced proportionately by applying a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares remaining and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares necessary for the grant of full Awards hereunder.


5


 

ARTICLE V
Eligibility
 
5.1   Persons Eligible.   Any Director of the Corporation is eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan.
 
5.2   Rights to Awards.   A Participant or Director eligible to be a Participant shall be entitled to Awards under the Plan as expressly provided in and as authorized by the Board under the Plan.
 
ARTICLE VI
Terms of Awards
 
6.1   General.   Awards shall be granted on the terms and conditions set forth herein and as specified by the Board and the Committee hereunder.
 
6.2   Limitations on Transferability.   Awards and any other rights under the Plan shall not be transferable by a Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution (or to a designated Beneficiary in the event of a Participant’s death) and, if exercisable, shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Participant only by such Participant or his or her guardian or legal representative. No transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution shall be effective to bind the Corporation unless the Corporation shall have been furnished with a copy of such will or other evidence as the Corporation may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer. Awards and other rights under the Plan may not be pledged, mortgaged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered, and shall not be subject to the claims of creditors. The foregoing notwithstanding, if and to the extent expressly permitted by the Committee, and subject to such terms and conditions as established by the Committee, such Awards and other rights may be transferred by a Participant to one or more Beneficiaries, and may be exercised by such Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of such Award, but such transfers may be permitted only for estate-planning purposes and shall not be transfers for value.
 
6.3   No Stockholder Rights.   No Award shall confer on any Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Corporation unless and until Common Stock is duly issued or transferred to the Participant in accordance with the terms of the Award or, in the case of an Option, at such time at or after the exercise of the Option as may be specified by the Committee in order to facilitate exercise procedures.
 
6.4   Insider Trading Policies Apply.   A Participant’s rights under any Award, including rights to exercise or receive settlement and rights to sell any Common Stock delivered in connection with an Award, are subject to the terms of the Corporation’s Code of Conduct (or any successor thereof) and related policies on insider trading and may be restricted by those documents. Such restrictions currently include limitations on the times at which the Participant may engage in such transactions.
 
ARTICLE VII
Options
 
7.1   Award.   Options shall be granted to Directors in accordance with policies established from time to time by the Board specifying the number of shares to be subject to each Option, the time or times at which such Options shall be granted, and other Award terms not inconsistent with this Article VII.


6


 

7.2   Terms of Award.   Each Option granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Document containing terms and conditions as follows:
 
(a)  Option Price.   The Option price per share shall be the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at time of grant.
 
(b)  Option Term.   Each Option awarded under this Plan shall expire on the date which is ten years after the date of grant (or such lesser period as may be specified by the Board at the time of grant), or such earlier date as the Option may no longer be exercised and cannot, by its terms, thereafter become exercisable.
 
(c)  Exercise.   The Board may establish terms regarding the times at which Options shall become vested and exercisable.
 
(d)  Payment.   The purchase price of the shares to which an Option relates shall be paid to the Corporation either in cash, in Common Stock owned by the Participant, or by directing the Corporation to withhold from the shares deliverable upon exercise of the Option shares sufficient to pay the exercise price, or any combination of these exercise methods, or by any other exercise method as may be authorized by the Committee, except to the extent that the Committee may restrict any of these exercise methods (providing that at least one exercise method must remain permitted).
 
7.3   Termination of Board Membership.   The Board may establish terms regarding the extent to which, upon or following termination of a Director’s membership on the Board, including upon death, Disability, Retirement or Early Retirement, Options shall become vested and exercisable on an accelerated basis, Options shall cease to become vested and exercisable, or Options shall cease to be exercisable or shall be forfeited.
 
ARTICLE VIII
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
 
8.1   Award.   Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be granted to Directors in accordance with policies established from time to time by the Board specifying the number of shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units to be granted, the time or times at which such Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall be granted, and other Award terms not inconsistent with this Article VIII.
 
8.2   Vesting Schedule.   The Board may establish terms regarding the times at which Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall vest and become nonforfeitable, and the times at which Restricted Stock Units will be settled.
 
8.3   Termination of Board Membership.   The Board may establish terms regarding the extent to which, upon or following termination of a Director’s membership on the Board, including upon death, Disability, Retirement or Early Retirement, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall become nonforfeitable on an accelerated basis, continue to vest or shall be forfeited.
 
8.4   Other Terms of Restricted Stock.   The Board or Committee shall specify terms and conditions applicable to Restricted Stock, subject to and consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the following:
 
(a)  Non-Cash Dividends or Distributions on Restricted Stock.   Unless otherwise determined by the Board, any non-cash dividend or distribution on Restricted Stock, including shares of Common Stock distributed as a dividend on Restricted Stock or other securities or


7


 

property other than shares of Common Stock, shall remain subject to all restrictions and risk of forfeiture as applied to the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which it or they were paid as a dividend or distribution. In the case of securities other than shares of Common Stock or in the case of other property, issued with respect to Restricted Stock, the Board may determine that such securities or other property may be held in an escrow account, whether such securities or property is issued by the Corporation or by another issuer, and such securities or other property and any cash or other proceeds thereof received by the escrow agent on account of a redemption or other transaction affecting such securities or other property shall be delivered out of escrow to a Participant or to the Corporation at the time of vesting or forfeiture of the related Restricted Stock. A Participant will be required to execute any instrument or document upon the reasonable request of the Corporation and deliver it to the Corporation, including for the purposes of enforcing any forfeiture of the Restricted Stock or other securities or property referred to in this Section 8.4(a) or the proceeds thereof, or otherwise to implement the provisions of this Plan or any applicable Award Document relating to Restricted Stock.
 
(b)  Stockholder Rights.   Except as otherwise provided herein, each Participant shall have all of the rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Corporation as to his or her Restricted Stock, including the right to receive any cash dividends and, subject to Section 8.4(a), other dividends declared with respect to such stock and the right to exercise voting rights.
 
(c)  Section 83(b) Elections.   A Participant who files an election with the Internal Revenue Service to include the Fair Market Value of any shares of Restricted Stock in gross income while such shares are subject to restrictions shall promptly furnish the Committee with a copy of such election. The Participant shall be responsible for paying the amount of any Federal, state, local, or other taxes required to be paid with respect to such election.
 
8.5   Other Terms of Restricted Stock Units.   The Board or Committee shall specify terms and conditions applicable to Restricted Stock Units, subject to and consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the following:
 
(a)  Deferral Period and Settlement.   The Board or Committee shall specify periods of deferral and the time or times (including events) that shall give rise to settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Such deferral periods may expire at the same time or later than the time the risk of forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units lapses under Section 8.2 and terms of the applicable Award Document. Restricted Stock Units shall be settled solely by delivery of one share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit to be settled; provided, however, that reasonable provisions may be made to pay cash in lieu of issuance or delivery of any fractional shares.
 
(b)  Dividend Equivalents.   Dividend Equivalents shall be credited on previously credited Restricted Stock Units, on terms and conditions specified by the Board or Committee.
 
(c)  Accounts.   The Board or Committee may authorize the creation of bookkeeping accounts to reflect transactions and events affecting Restricted Stock Units.
 
ARTICLE IX
Stock Election
 
9.1   Election to Receive Stock.   Any eligible Director who is entitled to receive Compensation may elect to receive all or a portion of such Compensation in the form of Common Stock, in lieu of


8


 

cash, or, if and to the extent authorized under Section 9.4, to defer receipt of such Compensation in the form of Deferred Stock, in accordance with this Article IX and subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified by the Board or Committee. A Director shall make such an election by executing a Stock Election, on or before such date as may be specified by the Board or Committee but not later than December 31 preceding the calendar year (the “Plan Year”) in which such Compensation would otherwise be payable in cash. If an eligible Director is not in office as of December 31 preceding a Plan Year, the Director may execute a Stock Election for such Plan Year not later than the earlier of the day before the date of the first meeting of the Board that such Director attends for such Plan Year or the date that is 30 days after the date the Director became eligible to participate in the Plan, provided that if the Director elects to receive Compensation in the form of Deferred Stock, the election shall apply only to Compensation for services to be performed after the election has been made. Such stock election shall be effective upon its receipt by the Corporation.
 
9.2   Amount of Stock or Deferred Stock.   On each date that Compensation would otherwise be paid (the “Payment Date”), a Director who has made a Stock Election to receive Common Stock hereunder shall be entitled to receive a number of shares of Common Stock the Fair Market Value of which is equal to the amount of the Compensation which would have been paid to such Director had such Stock Election not been made, and, if and to the extent authorized under Section 9.4, a Director who has made a Stock Election to receive Deferred Stock hereunder shall be entitled to receive a number of shares of Deferred Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock the Fair Market Value of which is equal to the amount of the Compensation which would have been paid to such Director had such Stock Election not been made. The number of shares of Common Stock or Deferred Stock to be acquired by a Director pursuant to a Stock Election shall be determined by dividing the amount of Compensation subject to the Stock Election by the Fair Market Value as of the Payment Date.
 
9.3   Receipt of Common Stock Pursuant to a Stock Election.   In the case of a Stock Election to receive shares of Common Stock in lieu of Compensation on a non-deferred basis, the following terms and conditions apply:
 
(a)  Source of Shares.   The shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to such a Stock Election may consist of authorized but previously unissued shares, treasury shares or shares acquired on the open market on the next business date following the Payment Date through the Corporation’s transfer agent, Computershare Limited, or any successor agent designated by the Committee to act under the provisions of this Plan.
 
(b)  Account.   A separate account will be maintained by an agent designated by the Corporation for each Participant and shares will be allocated to such account under this Section 9.3 as of the applicable Payment Date.
 
(c)  Stockholder Rights.   On each Payment Date, a Participant shall acquire all of the rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Corporation with respect to shares issued to him or her pursuant to such a Stock Election under the Plan as of such Payment Date, including the right to vote on any matter for which the record date for voting is on or after such Payment Date and the right to payment of a dividend the record date for which is on or after such Payment Date.
 
(d)  Delivery of Shares.   Shares of Common Stock acquired under this Section 9.3 shall be delivered to the Participant at such time and in such manner as the Corporation may reasonably determine. Unless otherwise permitted by the officers authorized to administer the Plan, shares delivered under this Section 9.3 shall be registered solely in the name of the


9


 

Participant and shall be delivered solely to the Participant (or, if deceased, to the Participant’s Beneficiary). If Participant has ownership and control of the account specified in Section 9.3(b), delivery of shares will be governed by the terms of that account.
 
(e)  Fractional Shares.   A Participant (or, if deceased, the Participant’s Beneficiary) shall be paid, in cash, an amount equal to the value of any fractional share credited to the Participant’s account under this Section 9.3 quarterly or as otherwise determined by the head of Human Resources. For this purpose, the value of a fractional share shall be based upon the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of such request or the date of termination. Any fractional share for which such a payment is made shall be deemed to have been sold on such date. If the Participant has ownership and control of the account specified in Section 9.3(b), the treatment of any fractional shares will be governed by the terms of that account.
 
(f)  Participation in Dividend Reinvestment Plan.   A Participant may elect to reinvest dividends paid on the shares held in his or her account under this Section 9.3 in the purchase of additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan offered by the Corporation to stockholders generally.
 
9.4   Award of Deferred Stock Pursuant to a Stock Election.   The Board may authorize the award of Deferred Stock in lieu of Compensation, pursuant to the Stock Elections by Directors. In such case, the Board or Committee shall specify terms and conditions applicable to such Stock Elections and Deferred Stock, subject to and consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the following:
 
(a)  Deferral Period and Settlement.   The Director shall elect the periods of deferral and the time or times (including events) which shall give rise to settlement of Deferred Stock, provided that the alternatives that may be elected shall be specified by the Board or Committee and shall meet the requirements of Section 9.1 and 10.6. Deferred Stock shall be settled solely by delivery of one share of Common Stock for each share of Deferred Stock to be settled; provided, however, that reasonable provisions may be made to pay cash in lieu of issuance or delivery of any fractional shares.
 
(b)  Dividend Equivalents.   Unless otherwise determined by the Board or Committee, a Participant shall be credited with Dividend Equivalents on his or her Deferred Stock, which may be payable in cash, on a current or deferred basis, or by the crediting of additional Deferred Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the value of such Dividend Equivalents, as specified by the Board or Committee.
 
(c)  Accounts.   The Board or Committee may authorize the creation of bookkeeping accounts to reflect crediting and other transactions and events affecting Deferred Stock.
 
ARTICLE X
General Provisions
 
10.1   Consideration.   Options, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units will be granted under the Plan in order to obtain for the Corporation the benefit of the services of Participants and, except for such services and the payment of the exercise price of an Option, no other consideration shall be required in connection with such Awards. The consideration for Common Stock issued or delivered pursuant to a Participant’s Stock Election or in settlement of Deferred Stock granted pursuant to a Participant’s Stock Election will be the Participant’s services during the period to which the Compensation paid in the form of Common Stock or Deferred Stock relates.


10


 

10.2   Compliance With Laws and Obligations.   The Corporation shall not be obligated to issue or deliver Common Stock in connection with any Award or take any other action under the Plan in a transaction subject to any federal or state law, any requirement under any listing agreement between the Corporation and any national securities exchange or automated quotation system, or any other law, regulation, or contractual obligation of the Corporation, until the Corporation is satisfied that such laws, regulations, and other obligations of the Corporation have been complied with in full. Certificates representing shares of Common Stock delivered under the Plan will be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as may be applicable under such laws, regulations, and other obligations of the Corporation, including any requirement that a legend or legends be placed thereon. In addition, the Corporation may affix to any shares issued as Restricted Stock an appropriate legend reflecting the restrictions imposed under the Plan. The Corporation shall make best efforts to satisfy the compliance obligations relating to the Plan and Awards in order to avoid adverse effects on Participants under this Section 10.2.
 
10.3   No Right to Continued Membership.   Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as (i) giving any Director the right to be retained as a member of the Board of the Corporation, or (ii) interfering in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate any Director’s membership at any time. Except as expressly provided in the Plan and an Award Document, neither the Plan nor any Award Document shall confer on any person other than the Corporation and the Participant any rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder.
 
10.4   Changes to the Plan and Awards.
 
(a)  Plan Amendments.   The Committee may, with prospective or retroactive effect, amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan without the consent of stockholders or Participants, except that any amendment shall be subject to the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders at or before the first annual meeting of stockholders for which the record date falls on or after the date of such Committee action if such amendment is required under Section 303A.08 of the Listed Company Manual of the New York Stock Exchange or is otherwise subject to a requirement of stockholder approval under any applicable law or regulation, the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Common Stock may then be listed or quoted, or the Corporation’s Bylaws. In addition, the Committee may otherwise, in its discretion, determine that any other such changes to the Plan also shall be subject to the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders. The foregoing notwithstanding, without the consent of an affected Participant, except to the extent required by Section 10.2 hereof, no such action may materially impair the rights of such Participant under any Award theretofore granted. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Committee shall not adopt a material amendment to this Section or Section 4.1, or adopt an amendment that would be subject to stockholder approval under this Section or otherwise would exceed the authority of the Committee under its charter and other corporate governance documents of the Corporation, without the approval of the Board.
 
(b)  Changes to the Terms of Outstanding Awards.   The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate, any Award previously granted and any Award Document relating thereto; provided, however, that, except to the extent required by Section 10.2 hereof, no such action may materially impair the rights of a Participant under such Award without the consent of the affected Participant, and provided further that, for Awards that are intended to be settled in Common Stock per their written terms, cash settlement should be rare and only in response to circumstances that are unique, outside of the Participant’s control, and perceived to result in a hardship to the


11


 

Participant. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, such cash settlements must receive prior approval of the Corporation’s Chief Financial Officer. Modifications that are in substance cash settlements are subject to this same requirement. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Committee shall have no authority to waive or modify any Award term after the Award has been granted to the extent the waived or modified term would be inconsistent with Section 3.4 (or otherwise would not be within the discretion of the Committee if it were then granting a new Award).
 
10.5   Governing Law.   The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan, any resolution or program implementing the Plan, any rules and regulations under the Plan, and any Award Document will be determined in accordance with the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act of 1970, other federal laws regulating the Corporation, and other laws of the United States. This Plan and the respective rights and obligations of the Corporation and the Participants, except to the extent otherwise provided by Federal law, shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws). The validity, enforceability and effectiveness of any electronic records or electronic signatures used in connection with any Award Document shall be governed by E-SIGN or the Virginia UETA, as applicable.
 
10.6   Certain Limitations on Awards to Ensure Compliance with Code Section 409A.
 
(a)  409A Deferrals.   Other provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, the terms of any Award that constitutes a deferral of compensation for purposes of Code Section 409A (a “409A Deferral”), including any authority of the Corporation and rights of the Participant with respect to the 409A Award, shall be limited to those terms permitted under Section 409A, and any terms not permitted under Section 409A shall be automatically modified and limited to the extent necessary to conform with Section 409A. The following rules will apply to 409A Awards (and other Awards, as indicated):
 
(i) If a Participant is permitted to make a deferral election in connection with the 409A Deferral, including an election to defer Compensation, such election will be permitted only at times in compliance with Section 409A (including transition rules thereunder);
 
(ii) The Committee may, in its discretion, require or permit on an elective basis a change in the distribution terms applicable to 409A Awards, and any other Award that qualifies for the short-term deferral exemption under Section 409A, during 2006 and 2007 in accordance with, and to the fullest extent permitted by, Proposed Treasury Regulation § 1.409A (including Preamble § XI.C) and IRS Notice 2005-1, and at any time in accordance with Section 409A and regulations thereunder. The head of Human Resources of the Corporation is authorized to modify any such outstanding Awards to permit election of different deferral periods, provided that any such modifications may not otherwise increase the benefits to Participants or the costs of such Awards to the Corporation;
 
(iii) The Corporation shall have no authority to accelerate distributions relating to 409A Awards in excess of the authority permitted under Section 409A;
 
(iv) Any distribution of a 409A Award triggered by a Participant’s termination of service and intended to qualify under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) shall be made only at the time that the Participant has had a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) (or earlier at such time, after a termination of service as a


12


 

Director, that there occurs another event triggering a distribution under the Plan or the applicable Award agreement in compliance with Section 409A), and any such distribution shall otherwise comply with 409A; and
 
(v) In the case of any distribution of a 409A Award, if the timing of such distribution is not otherwise specified in the Plan or an Award agreement or other governing document, the distribution shall be made not later than 75 days after the date at which the settlement of the Award is specified to occur.
 
(b)  Distributions Upon Vesting.   In the case of any Award providing for a distribution upon the lapse of a risk of forfeiture, if the timing of such distribution is not otherwise specified in the Plan or an Award Document or other governing document, the distribution shall be made not later than March 15 of the year following the year in which the risk of forfeiture lapsed.
 
(c)  Scope and Application of this Provision.   For purposes of this Section 10.6, references to a term or event (including any authority or right of the Corporation or a Participant) being “permitted” under Section 409A mean that the term or event will not cause the Participant to be deemed to be in constructive receipt of compensation relating to the 409A Award prior to the distribution of shares or cash or other property or to be liable for payment of interest or a tax penalty under Section 409A.
 
10.7   Continued Service as an Employee.   If a Participant ceases serving as a Director and, immediately thereafter, is employed by the Corporation or any affiliate, then, solely for purposes of Sections 7.3 and 8.3 of the Plan, such Participant will not be deemed to have ceased service as a Director at that time, and his or her continued employment by the Corporation or any subsidiary will be deemed to be continued service as a Director; provided, however, that such former Director will not be eligible for additional Awards under the Plan.
 
10.8   Plan Termination; Effect of Amendment and Restatement.   The amendment and restatement of the Plan shall be effective upon its approval by the stockholders of the Corporation by an affirmative vote that meets the requirements of the Corporation’s Bylaws and the Listed Company Manual of the New York Stock Exchange then in effect. Unless earlier terminated by action of the Board or Committee, the Plan will remain in effect until such time as no Common Stock remains available for delivery under the Plan and the Corporation has no further rights or obligations under the Plan with respect to outstanding Awards. No Awards shall be made under the Plan, including pursuant to Article IX, after the Corporation’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders in 2017. Any Award granted prior to the effectiveness of the Amendment and Restatement of the Plan on March 3, 2007 shall be governed by the terms of Articles VII and VIII of the Plan (as applicable) as in effect at the time such Award was granted.


13

 
Exhibit 10.18
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
DIRECTOR’S NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) and                        (the “Grantee”), pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan as amended and restated effective May 14, 1998, as subsequently amended (the “Plan”):
 
1.  Grant .
 
(a)  Nonqualified Stock Option .  The Corporation has granted to the Grantee a Nonqualified Stock Option (the “Option”) to purchase            (       ) shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation ($0.21 par value) at a purchase price of $            per share. The Option is subject to all applicable provisions of the Plan and to the terms and conditions set forth herein.
 
(b)  Coordination with Plan .  All of the terms, conditions, and other provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and hereby agrees to be bound by the Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”) thereunder.
 
2.  Rights of Exercise .
 
(a)  Exercisability and Expiration Date .  The Option may be exercised by Grantee, to the extent it has become exercisable as provided in clause (a)(ii) of this paragraph, in whole or in part, at any time within a period beginning on the Date of Grant (as defined on the last page of this Agreement) and ending on November 3, 2014 (the “Expiration Date”); provided, however, that such Option: (i) except as provided in Paragraph 2(c), below, may not be exercised unless the Grantee is at the time of exercise a Director of the Corporation and shall have been such continuously from the Date of Grant to the date of such exercise; and (ii) shall become exercisable at the rate of 20 percent of the shares subject to the Option at the end of the Grantee’s term of office that commenced on November 4, 2004, and an additional 20 percent at the end of each of the four succeeding terms of office thereafter.
 
(b)  Form of Exercise .  The Option shall be exercised by the Grantee giving notice of such exercise to the Corporation (or its designee) in such form as the Corporation may require in its sole discretion. Such notice shall specify the number of shares to be purchased and shall be accompanied by full payment of the purchase price of such shares (the “Exercise Price”). Payment of the Exercise Price shall be made (i) in cash, (ii) in shares of Common Stock of the Corporation


 

- 2 -
 
 
 
 
having a “Fair Market Value” (as defined in the Plan) on the date of exercise at least equal to such purchase price, or (iii) in a combination of cash and shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock; provided, however, that shares acquired upon exercise of an option during the six months prior to the exercise date of the Option may not be used to pay the Exercise Price except upon approval of the Committee. In addition, such Exercise Price may be paid irrevocably by instructing such broker-dealer as may be designated by the Corporation to sell part or all of the shares to be purchased, simultaneously with such exercise or as soon as practicable thereafter, at the market in a broker’s transaction (within the meaning of section 4(4) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), the proceeds of which sale shall be at least equal to the Exercise Price for the shares to be purchased, plus applicable transaction costs, and to remit to the Corporation an amount equal to such Exercise Price.
 
(c)  Termination .
 
(i)  Death While on Board .  In the event of the death of Grantee while serving on the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) but prior to the Expiration Date, any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to the Option under Paragraph 2(a) shall lapse immediately and Grantee’s Beneficiary shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option during the one year period that begins as of the date of death; provided, however that at the end of such one year period, the Option shall cease to be exercisable.
 
(ii)  Disability .  In the event that Grantee ceases to be a member of the Board prior to the Expiration Date by reason of Disability (as defined in the Plan), any restrictions on the exercise otherwise applicable to the Option, under Paragraph 2(a), shall lapse immediately and Grantee shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
 
(iii)  Retirement and Early Retirement .  In the event Grantee ceases to be a member of the Board prior to the Expiration Date by reason of “Retirement” or “Early Retirement” (as defined in the Plan), any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to the Option under Paragraph 2(a)(i) shall lapse immediately but restrictions on exercise under paragraph 2(a)(ii) (if any) shall continue, and Grantee may exercise such Option in accordance with Paragraph 2(a)(ii) at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
 
(iv)  Other Terminations .  In the event that Grantee’s membership on the Board terminates prior to the Expiration Date for any reason other than death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement, the portion of the Option which, as of the date of termination, remains subject to the exercise restrictions shall be forfeited, and Grantee shall have three months after the date of termination in which to exercise any portion of the Option which, as of the date of termination, was exercisable, during which three month period the restrictions on exercise under Paragraph 2(a)(i) shall not apply.


 

- 3 -
 
 
 
 
(v)  Death After Leaving Board .  In the event of the death of the Grantee after Grantee’s membership on the Board has ceased at a time that any portion of the Option remains exercisable under clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Paragraph 2(c), any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to such portion of the Option under Paragraph 2(a) shall lapse immediately and Grantee’s Beneficiary shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option during the one year period that begins as of the date of death; provided, however, that at the end of such one year period, the Option shall cease to be exercisable (the provisions of clauses (ii) and (iii) notwithstanding).
 
The foregoing notwithstanding, nothing contained in this Paragraph 2(c) shall be deemed to permit the exercise of any portion of the Option after the Expiration Date.
 
3.  Dividend Equivalents .
 
(a)  Generally .  Upon exercise of the Option (in whole or in part), or, to the extent that the Option is not exercised, upon the Expiration Date, Grantee (or the person or persons who acquired the right to exercise the Option upon Grantee’s death) shall be entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents from the Corporation with respect to which the Option is exercised or has expired, the record dates for which dividends have occurred during the period the Option was outstanding. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be subject to all terms and conditions (including forfeitures) otherwise applicable to the Option. Payment of such amounts shall be made in cash.
 
(i)  Relating to Cash Dividends .  If the Corporation declares and pays any cash dividend or distribution on Common Stock, the record date of which occurs while all or a portion of the Option remains outstanding, the Corporation shall credit to a bookkeeping account maintained on behalf of Grantee, as promptly as practicable after the payment date of such dividend or distribution, a cash amount equal to the amount of cash actually paid as a dividend or distribution per share of Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares subject to the Option on such record date.
 
(ii)  Relating to Extraordinary Stock Dividends, Stock Splits, and Other Extraordinary Dividends Resulting in Adjustments to Options .  If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution in the form of Common Stock payable on Common Stock, or if there occurs a forward stock split of the Common Stock, or if there occurs another extraordinary dividend resulting in an adjustment under Paragraph 4(b) hereof, the record date of which occurs while all or a portion of the Option remains outstanding, the Corporation shall not credit any dividend equivalents to Grantee’s bookkeeping account in connection therewith, except as otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with Paragraph 4(b).
 
(b)  Forfeiture .  In the event any portion of the Option is forfeited, the Dividend Equivalents theretofore credited to the Grantee’s bookkeeping account in respect to that portion of the Option shall likewise be forfeited.


 

- 4 -
 
 
 
 
4.  Miscellaneous .
 
(a)  Limitations on Transfer .  Except as otherwise provided herein, neither the Option nor any of Grantee’s rights or interests therein shall be assignable or transferable by Grantee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or to a designated Beneficiary in the event of a Grantee’s death. Except as otherwise provided herein, during the lifetime of Grantee the Option shall be exercisable only by Grantee (or his guardian or legal representative). The Option shall not be pledged or encumbered in any way and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar legal process. Other provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding, the portion of the Option which is not at that time subject to risk of forfeiture upon termination of service of the Grantee to the Corporation shall be transferable, solely for estate-planning purposes, if and to the extent that rules adopted by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board and then in effect (“Rules”) permit such transfers, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in such Rules. In addition, each agreement evidencing an option granted to the Grantee under the Plan (as amended and restated) and outstanding at the Date of Grant of the Option is hereby amended by inserting the preceding sentence as additional text at the end of any provision setting forth limitations on transferability.
 
(b)  Adjustments .  In the event of any change in the Common Stock of the Corporation by reason of any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares, stock dividend, or other similar corporate transaction or event that affects the Common Stock such that the Board determines that an adjustment to the Option is appropriate, then the Board will adjust the terms of the Option in a manner that is equitable to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights of the Grantee. Any such adjustment shall be effective and binding for all purposes under the Option when the Board gives notice of such adjustment to the Grantee.
 
(c)  No Stockholder Rights .  Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Corporation with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the valid exercise of the Option.
 
(d)  Legal Effect .  This Agreement shall be legally binding when executed by the Corporation and delivered to the Grantee.
 
(e)  General .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Option, and supersedes any prior agreements or documents with respect to the Option. No amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of this Agreement which may impose any additional obligation upon the Corporation or impair the rights of the Grantee with respect to the Option shall be valid unless in each instance such


 

- 5 -
 
 
 
 
amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is expressed in a written instrument duly executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and by the Grantee.
 
Date of Grant:  November 4, 2004
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
/s/   Michael W. Hager
  By:   Michael W. Hager
Senior Vice President
Human Resources
 
Exhibit 10.19
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
DIRECTOR’S NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) and                        (the “Grantee”), pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective May 14, 1998, and as may be subsequently amended (the “Plan”):
 
1.  Grant .
 
(a)  Nonqualified Stock Option .  The Corporation has granted to the Grantee a Nonqualified Stock Option (the “Option”) to purchase            (       ) shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation ($0.21 par value) at a purchase price of $       per share. The Option is subject to all applicable provisions of the Plan and to the terms and conditions set forth herein.
 
(b)  Coordination with Plan .  All of the terms, conditions, and other provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. The Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and hereby agrees to be bound by the Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) thereunder.
 
2.  Rights of Exercise .
 
(a)  Exercisability and Expiration Date .  The Option may be exercised by the Grantee, to the extent it has become exercisable as provided in clause (a)(ii) of this paragraph, in whole or in part, at any time within a period beginning on the Date of Grant (as defined on the last page of this Agreement) and ending on July 14, 2015 (the “Expiration Date”); provided, however, that the Option: (i) except as provided in Paragraph 2(c), below, may not be exercised unless the Grantee is at the time of exercise a Director of the Corporation and shall have been such continuously from the Date of Grant to the date of such exercise; and (ii) shall become exercisable at the rate of 25 percent of the shares subject to the Option at the end of the Grantee’s term of office that commenced on July 15, 2005, and an additional 25 percent at the end of each of the three succeeding terms of office thereafter.
 
(b)  Form of Exercise .  The Option shall be exercised by the Grantee giving notice of such exercise to the Corporation (or its designee) in such form as the Corporation may require in its sole discretion. Such notice shall specify the number of shares to be purchased and shall be accompanied by full payment of the purchase price of such shares (the “Exercise Price”). Payment of the Exercise Price shall be made (i) in cash, (ii) in shares of Common Stock of the Corporation


 

- 2 -
 
 
 
 
having a “Fair Market Value” (as defined in the Plan) on the date of exercise at least equal to such purchase price, or (iii) in a combination of cash and shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock. In addition, such Exercise Price may be paid irrevocably by instructing such broker-dealer as may be designated by the Corporation to sell part or all of the shares to be purchased, simultaneously with such exercise or as soon as practicable thereafter, at the market in a broker’s transaction (within the meaning of section 4(4) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), the proceeds of which sale shall be at least equal to the Exercise Price for the shares to be purchased, plus applicable transaction costs, and to remit to the Corporation an amount equal to such Exercise Price.
 
(c)  Termination .
 
(i)  Death While on Board .  In the event of the death of the Grantee while serving on the Board but prior to the Expiration Date, any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to the Option under Paragraph 2(a) shall lapse immediately and the Grantee’s Beneficiary shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option during the one year period that begins as of the date of death; provided, however that at the end of such one year period, the Option shall cease to be exercisable.
 
(ii)  Disability .  In the event that the Grantee ceases to be a member of the Board prior to the Expiration Date by reason of Disability (as defined in the Plan), any restrictions on the exercise otherwise applicable to the Option, under Paragraph 2(a), shall lapse immediately and the Grantee shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
 
(iii)  Retirement and Early Retirement .  In the event the Grantee ceases to be a member of the Board prior to the Expiration Date by reason of “Retirement” or “Early Retirement” (as defined in the Plan), any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to the Option under Paragraph 2(a)(i) shall lapse immediately but restrictions on exercise under paragraph 2(a)(ii) (if any) shall continue, and the Grantee may exercise such Option in accordance with Paragraph 2(a)(ii) at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
 
(iv)  Other Terminations .  In the event that the Grantee’s membership on the Board terminates prior to the Expiration Date for any reason other than death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement, the portion of the Option which, as of the date of termination, remains subject to the exercise restrictions shall be forfeited, and the Grantee shall have three months after the date of termination in which to exercise any portion of the Option which, as of the date of termination, was exercisable, during which three month period the restrictions on exercise under Paragraph 2(a)(i) shall not apply.


 

- 3 -
 
 
 
 
(v)  Death After Leaving Board .  In the event of the death of the Grantee after the Grantee’s membership on the Board has ceased at a time that any portion of the Option remains exercisable under clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Paragraph 2(c), any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to such portion of the Option under Paragraph 2(a) shall lapse immediately and the Grantee’s Beneficiary shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option during the one year period that begins as of the date of death; provided, however, that at the end of such one year period, the Option shall cease to be exercisable (the provisions of clauses (ii) and (iii) notwithstanding).
 
The foregoing notwithstanding, nothing contained in this Paragraph 2(c) shall be deemed to permit the exercise of any portion of the Option after the Expiration Date.
 
3.  Dividend Equivalents .
 
(a)  Generally .  Upon exercise of the Option (in whole or in part), or, to the extent that the Option is not exercised, upon the Expiration Date, the Grantee (or the person or persons who acquired the right to exercise the Option upon the Grantee’s death) shall be entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents from the Corporation with respect to which the Option is exercised or has expired, the record dates for which dividends have occurred during the period the Option was outstanding. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be subject to all terms and conditions (including forfeitures) otherwise applicable to the Option. Payment of such amounts shall be made in cash.
 
(i)  Relating to Cash Dividends .  If the Corporation declares and pays any cash dividend or distribution on Common Stock, the record date of which occurs while all or a portion of the Option remains outstanding, the Corporation shall credit to a bookkeeping account maintained on behalf of the Grantee, as promptly as practicable after the payment date of such dividend or distribution, a cash amount equal to the amount of cash actually paid as a dividend or distribution per share of Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares subject to the Option on such record date.
 
(ii)  Relating to Extraordinary Stock Dividends, Stock Splits, and Other Extraordinary Dividends Resulting in Adjustments to Options .  If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution in the form of Common Stock payable on Common Stock, or if there occurs a forward stock split of the Common Stock, or if there occurs another extraordinary dividend resulting in an adjustment under Paragraph 4(b) hereof, the record date of which occurs while all or a portion of the Option remains outstanding, the Corporation shall not credit any dividend equivalents to the Grantee’s bookkeeping account in connection therewith, except as otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with Paragraph 4(b).
 
(b)  Forfeiture .  In the event any portion of the Option is forfeited, the Dividend Equivalents theretofore credited to the Grantee’s bookkeeping account in respect to that portion of the Option shall likewise be forfeited.


 

- 4 -
 
 
 
 
4.  Miscellaneous .
 
(a)  Limitations on Transfer .  Except as otherwise provided herein, neither the Option nor any of the Grantee’s rights or interests therein shall be assignable or transferable by the Grantee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or to a designated Beneficiary in the event of the Grantee’s death. Except as otherwise provided herein, during the lifetime of the Grantee the Option shall be exercisable only by the Grantee (or his guardian or legal representative). The Option shall not be pledged or encumbered in any way and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar legal process. Other provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding, the portion of the Option which is not at that time subject to risk of forfeiture upon termination of service of the Grantee to the Corporation shall be transferable, solely for estate-planning purposes, if and to the extent that rules adopted by the Committee and then in effect (“Rules”) permit such transfers, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in such Rules. In addition, each agreement evidencing an option granted to the Grantee under the Plan (as amended and restated) and outstanding at the Date of Grant of the Option is hereby amended by inserting the preceding sentence as additional text at the end of any provision setting forth limitations on transferability.
 
(b)  Adjustments .  In the event of any change in the Common Stock of the Corporation by reason of any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares, stock dividend, or other similar corporate transaction or event that affects the Common Stock such that the Board determines that an adjustment to the Option is appropriate, then the Board will adjust the terms of the Option in a manner that is equitable to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights of the Grantee. Any such adjustment shall be effective and binding for all purposes under the Option when the Board gives notice of such adjustment to the Grantee.
 
(c)  No Stockholder Rights .  The Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Corporation with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the valid exercise of the Option.
 
(d)  Legal Effect .  This Agreement shall be legally binding when executed by the Corporation and delivered to the Grantee.
 
(e)  General .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Option, and supersedes any prior agreements or documents with respect to the Option. No amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of this Agreement which may impose any additional obligation upon the Corporation or impair the rights of the Grantee with respect to the Option shall be valid unless in each instance such


 

- 5 -
 
 
 
 
amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is expressed in a written instrument duly executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and by the Grantee.
 
Date of Grant: July 15, 2005
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
By:
 
/s/   Margaret A. Colon
Margaret A. Colon
Senior Vice President &
Chief Administrative Officer
 
Exhibit 10.20
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
DIRECTORS NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
This NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT is dated September 8, 2006 (the “Grant Date”) between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) and                        (the “Grantee”), pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective May 14, 1998, and as may be subsequently amended (the “Plan”):
 
1.   Grant .
 
(a) Nonqualified Stock Option . The Corporation has granted to the Grantee a Nonqualified Stock Option (the “Option”) to purchase                        (            ) shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation ($0.21 par value) at a purchase price of $             per share. The Option is subject to all applicable provisions of the Plan and to the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Option is not intended to constitute an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
(b) Dividend Equivalents . The Corporation has not granted the Option with related dividend equivalent rights.
 
(c) Coordination with Plan . All of the terms, conditions, and other provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Directors Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. The Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and hereby agrees to be bound by the Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) thereunder.
 
2.   Rights of Exercise .
 
(a) Exercisability and Expiration Date . The Option may be exercised by the Grantee, to the extent it has vested as provided in clause (a)(ii) of this paragraph, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time on or before the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Expiration Date”); provided, however, that the Option: (i) except as provided in Paragraph 2(c) below, may not be exercised unless the Grantee is at the time of exercise a Director of the Corporation and shall have been such continuously from the Grant Date to the date of such exercise; and (ii) shall become exercisable at the rate of 25 percent of the shares subject to the Option at the end of the Grantee’s term of office that commenced on the Grant Date, and an additional 25 percent at the end of each of the three succeeding terms of office thereafter; provided, however, that only whole shares shall vest, and fractional shares (if any) produced by application of the relevant percentage will be added to the number of shares produced by application of the relevant percentage in the next vesting period, and will vest when a whole number is attained.


 

- 2 -
 
 
 
 
(b) Form of Exercise . The Option shall be exercised by the Grantee giving notice of such exercise to the Corporation (or its designee) in such form as the Corporation may require in its sole discretion. Such notice shall specify the number of shares to be purchased and shall be accompanied by full payment of the purchase price of such shares (the “Exercise Price”). Payment of the Exercise Price shall be made (i) in cash, (ii) in shares of Common Stock of the Corporation having a “Fair Market Value” (as defined in the Plan) on the date of exercise at least equal to such purchase price, or (iii) in a combination of cash and shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock. In addition, such Exercise Price may be paid irrevocably by instructing such broker-dealer as may be designated by the Corporation to sell part or all of the shares to be purchased, simultaneously with such exercise or as soon as practicable thereafter, at the market in a broker’s transaction (within the meaning of section 4(4) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), the proceeds of which sale shall be at least equal to the Exercise Price for the shares to be purchased, plus applicable transaction costs, and to remit to the Corporation an amount equal to such Exercise Price.
 
(c) Termination .
 
(i) Death While on Board . In the event of the death of the Grantee while serving on the Board but prior to the Expiration Date, any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to the Option under Paragraph 2(a) shall lapse immediately and the Grantee’s Beneficiary shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option during the one year period that begins as of the date of death; provided, however that at the end of such one year period, the Option shall cease to be exercisable.
 
(ii) Disability . In the event that the Grantee ceases to be a member of the Board prior to the Expiration Date by reason of Disability (as defined in the Plan), any restrictions on the exercise otherwise applicable to the Option under Paragraph 2(a) shall lapse immediately and the Grantee shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
 
(iii) Retirement and Early Retirement . In the event the Grantee ceases to be a member of the Board prior to the Expiration Date by reason of “Retirement” or “Early Retirement” (as defined in the Plan), any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to the Option under Paragraph 2(a)(i) shall lapse immediately but restrictions on exercise under paragraph 2(a)(ii) (if any) shall continue, and the Grantee may exercise such Option in accordance with Paragraph 2(a)(ii) at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
 
(iv) Other Terminations . In the event that the Grantee’s membership on the Board terminates prior to the Expiration Date for any reason other than death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement, the portion of the Option which, as of the date of termination, remains subject to the exercise restrictions shall be forfeited, and the Grantee shall have three months after the date of termination in which to exercise any portion of the Option which, as of the date of termination, was exercisable, during which three month period the restrictions on exercise under Paragraph 2(a)(i) shall not apply.


 

- 3 -
 
 
 
 
(v) Death After Leaving Board . In the event of the death of the Grantee after the Grantee’s membership on the Board has ceased at a time that any portion of the Option remains exercisable under clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Paragraph 2(c), any restrictions on exercise otherwise applicable to such portion of the Option under Paragraph 2(a) shall lapse immediately and the Grantee’s Beneficiary shall have the right to exercise the unexercised portion of the Option during the one year period that begins as of the date of death; provided, however, that at the end of such one year period, the Option shall cease to be exercisable (the provisions of clauses (ii) and (iii) notwithstanding).
 
The foregoing notwithstanding, nothing contained in this Paragraph 2(c) shall be deemed to permit the exercise of any portion of the Option after the Expiration Date.
 
3.   Miscellaneous .
 
(a) Limitations on Transfer . Except as otherwise provided herein, neither the Option nor any of the Grantee’s rights or interests therein shall be assignable or transferable by the Grantee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or to a designated Beneficiary in the event of the Grantee’s death. Except as otherwise provided herein, during the lifetime of the Grantee the Option shall be exercisable only by the Grantee (or his guardian or legal representative). The Option shall not be pledged or encumbered in any way and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar legal process. Other provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding, the portion of the Option which is not at that time subject to risk of forfeiture upon termination of service of the Grantee to the Corporation shall be transferable, solely for estate-planning purposes, if and to the extent that rules adopted by the Committee and then in effect (“Rules”) permit such transfers, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in such Rules.
 
(b) Adjustments . In the event of any change in the Common Stock of the Corporation by reason of any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares, stock dividend, or other similar corporate transaction or event that affects the Common Stock such that the Board determines that an adjustment to the Option is appropriate, then the Board will adjust the terms of the Option in a manner that is equitable to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights of the Grantee. Any such adjustment shall be effective and binding for all purposes under the Option when the Board gives notice of such adjustment to the Grantee.
 
(c) No Stockholder Rights . The Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Corporation with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the valid exercise of the Option.
 
(d) Legal Effect . This Agreement shall be legally binding when executed by the Corporation and delivered to the Grantee.
 
(e) General . This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Option, and supersedes any prior agreements or documents


 

- 4 -
 
 
 
 
with respect to the Option. No amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of this Agreement which may impose any additional obligation upon the Corporation or impair the rights of the Grantee with respect to the Option shall be valid unless in each instance such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is expressed in a written instrument duly executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and by the Grantee.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
By:
 
/s/   Paul G. George
Paul G. George
Executive Vice President — Human Resources
 
Exhibit 10.21
 
BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that, pursuant to Section 10.7 of the [Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Director’s Stock Compensation Plan as amended and restated May 14, 1998], the Board authorizes the Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President — Human Resources to modify the terms of any outside director stock option outstanding as of December 31, 2005 that was not fully vested as of December 31, 2004 (including stock options issued in 2005), to remove the existing provisions regarding dividend equivalents and provide for the distribution, as soon as practical, of a dollar amount equal to the dividend equivalents accrued through the date of such distribution, and for future dividend equivalents, to distribute those amounts as soon as practical to the extent that they would otherwise have accrued.

 
Exhibit 10.22
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
DIRECTOR’S RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT
(“AGREEMENT”)
 
This Agreement dated November 4, 2004, by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) and                 (“Director”).
 
WITNESSETH THAT
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation has adopted the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective May 14, 1998, as subsequently amended (the “1995 Plan”); and
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation has, pursuant to the 1995 Plan, granted Restricted Stock Units to Director.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, the Corporation and Director agree as follows:
 
1.   Grant of Restricted Stock Units and Receipt by Director .
 
(a)  Grant .  The Corporation hereby confirms the grant, under and pursuant to the 1995 Plan, to Director on the date hereof (the “Date of Grant”) of                 (            ) Restricted Stock Units (the “RSUs”) . The RSUs are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the 1995 Plan and this Agreement. The Corporation shall maintain a bookkeeping account for Director (the “Account”) reflecting the number of RSUs credited to Director as a result of the grant hereunder and any additional RSUs attributable to Dividend Equivalents as described in Section 5 hereof.
 
(b)  Restrictions .  Director, by his or her execution of this Agreement, acknowledges and agrees that, (i) until an RSU has become vested in accordance with Section 2(a), such RSU shall be subject to a risk of forfeiture as provided in the 1995 Plan and Section 2 hereof, and (ii) until the later of the time each RSU becomes vested and is settled (or, in the case of nonforfeitable RSUs, which directly or indirectly result from Dividend Equivalents on forfeitable RSUs, the time of vesting and settlement of the related forfeitable RSU) or the end of any additional period of deferral previously elected by Director prior to the Date of Grant shall be generally nontransferable, as provided in the 1995 Plan and Section 3 hereof.
 
(c)  Coordination with Plan .  All of the terms, conditions and other provisions of the 1995 Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the 1995 Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the 1995 Plan, the provisions of the 1995 Plan shall govern. Director acknowledges receipt of a copy of the 1995 Plan and hereby agrees to be bound by the 1995 Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (including any delegatee) (the “Committee”) thereunder.
 
2.   Vesting and Forfeiture .
 
(a)  Vesting Date .  Subject to Paragraph 2(b), RSUs granted hereunder shall vest (meaning that the risk of forfeiture of such RSUs shall lapse) at the rate of 20 percent of the number of RSUs granted hereunder (to the nearest whole number of RSUs) at the end of the term of office of Director during which the RSUs were granted and at the end of each of the four succeeding terms of office thereafter. Each RSU credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents under Section 5(b) shall be fully


 

- 2 -
 
 
 
 
vested and nonforfeitable from and after the date of grant, except that each RSU credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents under Section 5(b)(iii) directly or indirectly on an RSU that is then forfeitable shall vest at the time of vesting of such forfeitable RSU.
 
(b)  Death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement .  If Director’s membership on the Board terminates by reason of death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement, all RSUs granted hereunder shall vest and become nonforfeitable immediately upon such termination of membership.
 
(c)  Other Terminations .  If Director’s membership on the Board terminates for any reason other than death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement, all RSUs, which, at the time of such termination, are not vested, shall be forfeited, subject to Section 10.6 of the 1995 Plan.
 
3.   Nontransferability .  Until settled pursuant to Section 4 hereof, RSUs shall not be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or to a designated Beneficiary in the event of Director’s death, and no such transfer shall be effective to bind the Corporation unless the Committee shall have been furnished with a copy of such will or such other evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer.
 
4.   Settlement and Irrevocable Election to Defer Settlement .  RSUs granted hereunder, together with RSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents, shall be settled by delivery of one share of the Corporation’s Common Stock for each RSU being settled. Settlement of an RSU granted hereunder shall occur upon the lapse of the risk of forfeiture of such RSU under Section 2.
 
5.   Dividend Equivalents and Adjustments .
 
(a)  In General. Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or credited on RSUs (other than RSUs that, at the relevant record date, previously have been settled or forfeited) in accordance with Sections 2.13 and 8.5 of the 1995 Plan, and this Section 5.
 
(b)  Crediting .  Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or credited on RSUs (other than RSUs that, at the relevant record date, previously have been settled or forfeited) as follows:
 
  (i)    Cash Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of cash, then a number of additional RSUs shall be credited to Director’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution equal to the number of RSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the amount of cash actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date, divided by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at such payment date.
 
  (ii)   Non-Common Stock Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of property other than shares of Common Stock, then a number of additional RSUs shall be credited to Director’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution equal to the number of RSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the Fair Market Value of such property actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date, divided by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at such payment date.
 
  (iii)  Common Stock Dividends and Splits . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, or


 

- 3 -
 
 
 
 
there occurs a forward split of Common Stock, then a number of additional RSUs shall be credited to Director’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution or forward split equal to the number of RSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution or split multiplied by the number of additional shares of Common Stock actually paid as a dividend or distribution or issued in such split in respect of each outstanding share of Common Stock.
 
(c)  Adjustments to RSUs .  The number of RSUs credited to Director’s Account shall be appropriately adjusted, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Directors’ rights with respect to RSUs, to reflect any changes in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from any event referred to in Section 4.3 of the 1995 Plan, taking into account any RSUs credited to Director in connection with such event under Section 5(b) hereof.
 
6.   Other Terms Relating to RSUs .
 
(a)  Fractional RSUs and Shares .  The number of RSUs credited to a Director’s Account shall include fractional RSUs calculated to at least three decimal places, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator (which shall be the Corporate Strategy and Administration Division, unless otherwise specified by the Committee). Upon settlement of RSUs, fractional shares resulting from dividend equivalents will be rounded up to the nearest whole share unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.
 
(b)  Statements .  An individual statement of each Director’s Account will be issued to each Director not less frequently than annually. Such statements shall reflect the amount of RSUs credited to Director’s Account, transactions therein during the period covered by the statement, and other information deemed relevant by the Administrator. Such statement may include information regarding other plans and compensatory arrangements for Directors. A Director’s Statements shall be deemed a part of this Agreement, and shall evidence the Corporation’s obligations under the 1995 Plan, including the number of RSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents (if any). Any Statement containing an error shall not, however, represent a binding obligation to the extent of such error, notwithstanding the inclusion of such Statement as part of this Agreement.
 
7.   Miscellaneous .
 
(a)   Execution .  This Agreement shall be legally binding when executed by the Corporation.
 
(b)   Entire Agreement .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the RSUs, and supersedes any prior agreements or documents with respect to the RSUs. No amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of this Agreement which may impose any additional obligation upon the Corporation or impair the rights of Director with respect to the RSUs shall be valid unless in each instance such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is expressed in a written instrument duly executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and by Director.
 
(c)   Beneficiary Designations .  All Beneficiary designations shall be on such forms as are specified by and filed with the Administrator. Any Beneficiary designation made by Director in accordance with this provision may be changed from time to time, without the consent of any previously designated Beneficiary (but subject to any spousal consent as may be required), by filing with the Administrator a notice of such change on the form provided by the Administrator and such change of


 

- 4 -
 
 
 
 
Beneficiary designation shall become effective upon receipt by the Administrator. In the event Director’s Beneficiary would otherwise become entitled to a distribution hereunder, and all Beneficiaries designated by Director are not then living, or if no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect, Director’s estate or duly authorized personal representative shall be deemed to have been designated by Director.
 
(d)   No Claim to Specific Assets. Any provision for distribution in settlement of Director’s Account hereunder shall be by means of bookkeeping entries on the books of the Corporation and shall not create in Director or any Beneficiary any right to, or claim against any, specific assets of the Corporation, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for Director or any Beneficiary. Director or any Beneficiary entitled to any distribution hereunder shall be a general creditor of the Corporation.
 
(e)   Notices .  Any notice hereunder to the Corporation shall be in writing and addressed to it at its office, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, MS 204, McLean, VA 22102, Attn: Corporate Governance Unit (Legal Division), and any notice to Director shall be in writing and addressed to him or her at                               , subject to the right of either party to designate in writing another address at any time hereafter.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation and Director have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
/s/   Michael W. Hager
  By:   Michael W. Hager
Senior Vice President
Human Resources
Date: November 4, 2004
 
Exhibit 10.23
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
DIRECTOR’S RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT
(“AGREEMENT”)
 
This Agreement dated July 15, 2005 (the “Date of Grant”), by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) and                      (“Director”).
 
WITNESSETH THAT
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation has adopted the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective May 14, 1998, as subsequently amended (the “1995 Plan”); and
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation has, pursuant to the 1995 Plan, granted Restricted Stock Units to Director.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, the Corporation and Director agree as follows:
 
1.   Grant of Restricted Stock Units and Receipt by Director .
 
(a)   Grant . The Corporation hereby confirms the grant, under and pursuant to the 1995 Plan, to Director on the Date of Grant of                      (         ) Restricted Stock Units (the “RSUs”). The RSUs are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the 1995 Plan and this Agreement. The Corporation shall maintain a bookkeeping account for Director (the “Account”) reflecting the number of RSUs credited to Director as a result of the grant hereunder and any additional RSUs attributable to Dividend Equivalents as described in Section 5 hereof.
 
(b)   Restrictions . Director, by his or her execution of this Agreement, acknowledges and agrees that, (i) until an RSU has become vested in accordance with Section 2(a), such RSU shall be subject to a risk of forfeiture as provided in the 1995 Plan and Section 2 hereof, and (ii) until the later of the time each RSU becomes vested and is settled (or, in the case of nonforfeitable RSUs, which directly or indirectly result from Dividend Equivalents on forfeitable RSUs, the time of vesting and settlement of the related forfeitable RSU) or the end of any additional period of deferral previously elected by Director prior to the Date of Grant shall be generally nontransferable, as provided in the 1995 Plan and Section 3 hereof.
 
(c)   Coordination with Plan . All of the terms, conditions and other provisions of the 1995 Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the 1995 Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the 1995 Plan, the provisions of the 1995 Plan shall govern. Director acknowledges receipt of a copy of the 1995 Plan and hereby agrees to be bound by the 1995 Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (including any delegatee) (the “Committee”) thereunder.
 
2.   Vesting and Forfeiture .
 
(a)   Vesting Date . Subject to Paragraph 2(b), RSUs granted hereunder shall vest (meaning that the risk of forfeiture of such RSUs shall lapse) at the rate of 25 percent of the number of RSUs granted hereunder (to the nearest whole number of RSUs) at the end of the term of office of Director during which the RSUs were granted and at the end of each of the three succeeding terms of office thereafter. Each RSU credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents under Section 5(b) shall be fully


 

- 2 -
 
 
 
 
vested and nonforfeitable from and after the date of grant, except that each RSU credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents under Section 5(b)(iii) directly or indirectly on an RSU that is then forfeitable shall vest at the time of vesting of such forfeitable RSU.
 
(b)   Death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement . If Director’s membership on the Board terminates by reason of death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement, all RSUs granted hereunder shall vest and become nonforfeitable immediately upon such termination of membership.
 
(c)   Other Terminations . If Director’s membership on the Board terminates for any reason other than death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement, all RSUs, which, at the time of such termination, are not vested, shall be forfeited, subject to Section 10.6 of the 1995 Plan.
 
3.   Nontransferability . Until settled pursuant to Section 4 hereof, RSUs shall not be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or to a designated Beneficiary in the event of Director’s death, and no such transfer shall be effective to bind the Corporation unless the Committee shall have been furnished with a copy of such will or such other evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer.
 
4.   Settlement and Irrevocable Election to Defer Settlement . RSUs granted hereunder, together with RSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents, shall be settled by delivery of one share of the Corporation’s Common Stock for each RSU being settled. Settlement of all RSUs granted hereunder, to the extent not forfeited, shall occur in accordance with the Director’s deferral election of 2010 made on July 14, 2005.
 
5.   Dividend Equivalents and Adjustments .
 
(a)   In General. Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or credited on RSUs (other than RSUs that, at the relevant record date, previously have been settled or forfeited) in accordance with Sections 2.13 and 8.5 of the 1995 Plan, and this Section 5.
 
(b)   Crediting . Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or credited on RSUs (other than RSUs that, at the relevant record date, previously have been settled or forfeited) as follows:
 
  (i)     Cash Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of cash, then a number of additional RSUs shall be credited to Director’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution equal to the number of RSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the amount of cash actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date, divided by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at such payment date.
 
  (ii)    Non-Common Stock Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of property other than shares of Common Stock, then a number of additional RSUs shall be credited to Director’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution equal to the number of RSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the Fair Market Value of such property actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date, divided by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at such payment date.


 

- 3 -
 
 
 
 
  (iii)   Common Stock Dividends and Splits . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, or there occurs a forward split of Common Stock, then a number of additional RSUs shall be credited to Director’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution or forward split equal to the number of RSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution or split multiplied by the number of additional shares of Common Stock actually paid as a dividend or distribution or issued in such split in respect of each outstanding share of Common Stock.
 
(c)   Adjustments to RSUs . The number of RSUs credited to Director’s Account shall be appropriately adjusted, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Directors’ rights with respect to RSUs, to reflect any changes in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from any event referred to in Section 4.3 of the 1995 Plan, taking into account any RSUs credited to Director in connection with such event under Section 5(b) hereof.
 
6.   Other Terms Relating to RSUs .
 
(a)   Fractional RSUs and Shares . The number of RSUs credited to a Director’s Account shall include fractional RSUs calculated to at least three decimal places, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator (which shall be the Corporate Strategy and Administration Division, unless otherwise specified by the Committee). Upon settlement of RSUs, fractional shares resulting from dividend equivalents will be rounded up to the nearest whole share unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.
 
(b)   Statements . An individual statement of each Director’s Account will be issued to each Director not less frequently than annually. Such statements shall reflect the amount of RSUs credited to Director’s Account, transactions therein during the period covered by the statement, and other information deemed relevant by the Administrator. Such statement may include information regarding other plans and compensatory arrangements for Directors. A Director’s Statements shall be deemed a part of this Agreement, and shall evidence the Corporation’s obligations under the 1995 Plan, including the number of RSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents (if any). Any Statement containing an error shall not, however, represent a binding obligation to the extent of such error, notwithstanding the inclusion of such Statement as part of this Agreement.
 
7.   Miscellaneous .
 
(a)   Execution . This Agreement shall be legally binding when executed by the Corporation.
 
(b)   Entire Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the RSUs, and supersedes any prior agreements or documents with respect to the RSUs. No amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of this Agreement which may impose any additional obligation upon the Corporation or impair the rights of Director with respect to the RSUs shall be valid unless in each instance such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is expressed in a written instrument duly executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and by Director.
 
(c)   Beneficiary Designations . All Beneficiary designations shall be on such forms as are specified by and filed with the Administrator. Any Beneficiary designation made by Director in accordance with this provision may be changed from time to time, without the consent of any previously


 

- 4 -
 
 
 
 
designated Beneficiary (but subject to any spousal consent as may be required), by filing with the Administrator a notice of such change on the form provided by the Administrator and such change of Beneficiary designation shall become effective upon receipt by the Administrator. In the event Director’s Beneficiary would otherwise become entitled to a distribution hereunder, and all Beneficiaries designated by Director are not then living, or if no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect, Director’s estate or duly authorized personal representative shall be deemed to have been designated by Director.
 
(d)   No Claim to Specific Assets. Any provision for distribution in settlement of Director’s Account hereunder shall be by means of bookkeeping entries on the books of the Corporation and shall not create in Director or any Beneficiary any right to, or claim against any, specific assets of the Corporation, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for Director or any Beneficiary. Director or any Beneficiary entitled to any distribution hereunder shall be a general creditor of the Corporation.
 
(e)   Notices . Any notice hereunder to the Corporation shall be in writing and addressed to it at its office, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, MS 204, McLean, VA 22102, Attn: Corporate Governance Unit (Legal Division), and any notice to Director shall be in writing and addressed to him or her at                               , subject to the right of either party to designate in writing another address at any time hereafter.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation and Director have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
By:
 
/s/   Margaret A. Colon
Margaret A. Colon
Senior Vice President &
Chief Administrative Officer
 
Date: July 15, 2005
 
Exhibit 10.24
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
DIRECTOR’S RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT
(“AGREEMENT”)
 
This Agreement is dated June 8, 2007 (the “Date of Grant”), by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “Corporation”) and            (“Director”).
 
WITNESSETH THAT
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation has adopted the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective June 8, 2007 (the “1995 Plan”); and
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation has, pursuant to the 1995 Plan, granted Restricted Stock Units to Director.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, the Corporation and Director agree as follows:
 
1.   Grant of Restricted Stock Units and Receipt by Director .
 
(a)   Grant . The Corporation hereby confirms the grant, under and pursuant to the 1995 Plan, to Director on the Date of Grant of                 (         ) Restricted Stock Units (the “RSUs”). The RSUs are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the 1995 Plan and this Agreement. The Corporation shall maintain a bookkeeping account for Director (the “Account”) reflecting the number of RSUs credited to Director as a result of the grant hereunder and any additional RSUs attributable to Dividend Equivalents and adjustments as described in Section 5 hereof.
 
(b)   Restrictions . Director, by his or her execution of this Agreement, acknowledges and agrees that, (i) until an RSU has become vested in accordance with Section 2(a), such RSU shall be subject to a risk of forfeiture as provided in the 1995 Plan and Section 2 hereof, and (ii), until the later of the time each RSU becomes vested and is settled (or, in the case of nonforfeitable RSUs, which directly or indirectly result from Dividend Equivalents on forfeitable RSUs, the time of vesting and settlement of the related forfeitable RSU) or the end of any additional period of deferral previously elected by Director prior to the Date of Grant, shall be generally nontransferable, as provided in the 1995 Plan and Section 3 hereof.
 
(c)   Coordination with Plan . All of the terms, conditions and other provisions of the 1995 Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the 1995 Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the 1995 Plan, the provisions of the 1995 Plan shall govern. Director acknowledges receipt of a copy of the 1995 Plan and hereby agrees to be bound by the 1995 Plan (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) and this Agreement, and by all decisions and determinations of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (including any delegatee) (the “Committee”) thereunder.
 
2.   Vesting and Forfeiture .
 
(a)   Vesting Date . Subject to Section 2(b), RSUs granted hereunder shall vest (meaning that the risk of forfeiture of such RSUs shall lapse) as follows:
 
  •  25% of such RSUs shall vest on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant;
 
  •  an additional 25% of such RSUs shall vest on the second anniversary of the Date of Grant;


 

- 2 -
 
 
 
 
  •  an additional 25% of such RSUs shall vest on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant; and
 
  •  the remaining 25% of such RSUs shall vest on the fourth anniversary of the Date of Grant;
 
provided that, if Director does not stand for re-election, any 25% installment scheduled to vest in that same calendar year shall vest on the earlier of the end of the term of office or the anniversary of the grant date. The number of RSUs so vesting and becoming nonforfeitable shall be rounded to the nearest number of whole Units. Each RSU credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents under Section 5(b) shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable from and after the Date of Grant and shall settle at the time of settlement of the underlying RSUs or the Director’s termination from the Board, but RSUs credited as a result of adjustments under Section 5(c) directly or indirectly on an RSU that is then forfeitable shall vest and settle at the time of vesting and settlement of such forfeitable RSU.
 
(b)   Death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement . If Director’s membership on the Board terminates by reason of death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement, all RSUs granted hereunder shall vest and become nonforfeitable immediately upon such termination of membership.
 
(c)   Other Terminations . If Director’s membership on the Board terminates for any reason other than death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement, all RSUs, which, at the time of such termination, are not vested, shall be forfeited, subject to Section 10.7 of the 1995 Plan.
 
3.   Nontransferability . Until settled pursuant to Section 4 hereof, RSUs shall not be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or to a designated Beneficiary in the event of Director’s death, and no such transfer shall be effective to bind the Corporation unless the Committee shall have been furnished with a copy of such will or such other evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer.
 
4.   Settlement and Irrevocable Election to Defer Settlement . RSUs granted hereunder, together with RSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents, shall be settled by delivery of one share of the Corporation’s Common Stock for each RSU being settled. Settlement of each RSU granted hereunder, to the extent not forfeited, shall occur upon the vesting of such RSU under Section 2, except that such settlement shall occur later in accordance with a valid deferral election filed by the Director in accordance with applicable requirements under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and any additional requirements relating to such deferral election as may be specified by the Executive Vice President — Human Resources and Corporate Services. If Director becomes eligible for Early Retirement or Retirement before the year of vesting of any RSUs (“Retirement Eligible”), the timing of settlement of such RSUs may be subject to applicable limitations under Code Section 409A. In such case, each vesting tranche of RSUs shall be treated as a separate grant for purposes of determining whether such RSUs constitute deferrals of compensation under Code Section 409A. Such RSUs (“409A RSUs”) will be subject to Section 10.6 of the Plan. In addition, if the Director is a “Specified Employee” (or “key employee”) as defined under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) at the time of settlement of the 409A RSUs, any settlement of 409A RSUs subject to Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) that would be made within six months following a separation from service of the Director shall instead occur at the expiration of the six-month period under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i). In the case of installments, this delay shall not affect the timing of any installment otherwise payable after the six-month delay period.
 
5.   Dividend Equivalents and Adjustments .
 
(a)   In General . Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or credited on RSUs (other than RSUs that, at the relevant record date, previously have been settled or forfeited) in accordance with Sections 2.13 and 8.5 of the 1995 Plan, and this Section 5.


 

- 3 -
 
 
 
 
(b)   Crediting . Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or credited on RSUs (other than RSUs that, at the relevant record date, previously have been settled or forfeited) as follows:
 
  (i)    Cash Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of cash, then a number of additional RSUs shall be credited to Director’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution equal to the number of RSUs credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the amount of cash actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date, divided by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at such payment date.
 
  (ii)   Other Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in a form other than cash, the Committee will adjust the outstanding RSUs in accordance with Section 4.3 of the Plan, which adjustment may be effected through the crediting of Dividend Equivalents if so determined by the Committee.
 
(c)   Adjustments to RSUs . The number of RSUs credited to Director’s Account shall be appropriately adjusted, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Directors’ rights with respect to RSUs, to reflect any changes in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from any event referred to in Section 4.3 of the 1995 Plan, taking into account any RSUs credited to Director in connection with such event under Section 5(b) hereof.
 
6.   Other Terms Relating to RSUs .
 
(a)   Fractional RSUs and Shares . The number of RSUs credited to a Director’s Account shall include fractional RSUs calculated to at least three decimal places, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator (which shall be the Human Resources Division, unless otherwise specified by the Committee). Upon settlement of RSUs, fractional shares resulting from dividend equivalents will be rounded up to the nearest whole share unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.
 
(b)   Statements . An individual statement of each Director’s Account will be issued to each Director not less frequently than annually. Such statements shall reflect the amount of RSUs credited to Director’s Account, transactions therein during the period covered by the statement, and other information deemed relevant by the Administrator. Such statement may include information regarding other plans and compensatory arrangements for Directors. A Director’s Statement shall be deemed a part of this Agreement, and shall evidence the Corporation’s obligations under the 1995 Plan, including the number of RSUs credited as a result of Dividend Equivalents (if any). Any Statement containing an error shall not, however, represent a binding obligation to the extent of such error, notwithstanding the inclusion of such Statement as part of this Agreement.
 
7.   Miscellaneous .
 
(a)   Execution . This Agreement shall be legally binding when executed by the Corporation.
 
(b)   Entire Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the RSUs, and supersedes any prior agreements or documents with respect to the RSUs. No amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination of this Agreement which may impose any additional obligation upon the Corporation or impair the rights of Director with


 

- 4 -
 
 
 
 
respect to the RSUs shall be valid unless in each instance such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination is expressed in a written instrument duly executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and by Director.
 
(c)   Beneficiary Designations . All Beneficiary designations shall be on such forms as are specified by and filed with the Administrator. Any Beneficiary designation made by Director in accordance with this provision may be changed from time to time, without the consent of any previously designated Beneficiary (but subject to any spousal consent as may be required), by filing with the Administrator a notice of such change on the form provided by the Administrator and such change of Beneficiary designation shall become effective upon receipt by the Administrator. In the event Director’s Beneficiary would otherwise become entitled to a distribution hereunder, and all Beneficiaries designated by Director are not then living, or if no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect, Director’s estate or duly authorized personal representative shall be deemed to have been designated by Director.
 
(d)   No Claim to Specific Assets . Any provision for distribution in settlement of Director’s Account hereunder shall be by means of bookkeeping entries on the books of the Corporation and shall not create in Director or any Beneficiary any right to, or claim against any, specific assets of the Corporation, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for Director or any Beneficiary. Director or any Beneficiary entitled to any distribution hereunder shall be a general creditor of the Corporation.
 
(e)   Notices . Any notice hereunder to the Corporation shall be in writing and addressed to it at its office, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, MS 204, McLean, VA 22102, Attn: Corporate Governance Department (Legal Division), and any notice to Director shall be in writing and addressed to him or her at the address on file with the Corporate Governance Department, subject to the right of either party to designate in writing another address at any time hereafter.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation and Director have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
By:
 
/s/   Paul G. George
Paul G. George
Executive Vice President — Human Resources and
Corporate Services
 
Exhibit 10.25
 
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
DIRECTORS’ DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 
 
As Amended and Restated
Effective April 3, 1998
 


 

FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
DIRECTORS’ DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 
ARTICLE I
Establishment of the Plan
 
1.1   Purpose . The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Corporation”) hereby amends and restates the Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, in its entirety (the “Plan”) as set forth herein. The purpose of the Plan is to allow each Director to defer his or her cash compensation to a later date and, by permitting the acquisition of Deferred Stock under the 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan, to promote the purposes of that plan. The Corporation intends that the Plan shall be maintained at all times on an unfunded basis for federal income tax purposes under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor thereto). The Plan is not covered by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
1.2   Effective Date; Amendment and Restatement . The Plan is effective as of January 1, 1996. The Plan has been amended and restated effective as of April 3, 1998.
 
1.3   Name . The name of the Plan is the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
ARTICLE II
Definitions
 
2.1   Account . The account established for each Participant pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof.
 
2.2   Administrator . The Human Resources Committee of the Board.
 
2.3   Beneficiary . The person, persons, trust, or trusts which have been designated by a Participant in his or her most recent beneficiary designation filed with the Administrator to receive the payments in settlement of a Participant’s Account upon the Participant’s death. If, upon a Participant’s death, there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the term Beneficiary means the person, persons, trust, or trusts entitled by will or laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.
 
2.4   Board . The Board of Directors of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or such committee thereof delegated authority to act on its behalf.
 
2.5   Cash Compensation . The retainer and meeting fees and any other fees payable to a


 

Director in cash for service as a director. Cash Compensation excludes stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other non-cash awards granted to a Director, except insofar as the Director is entitled to receive cash compensation but for the Director’s election to receive non-cash awards in lieu of cash, and Cash Compensation excludes any reimbursement of expenses.
 
2.6   Common Stock . The common stock, $0.21 par value, of the Corporation or such other securities as may be substituted therefor under the adjustment provisions of the 1995 Plan.
 
2.7   Corporation . The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.
 
2.8   Deferral Election . An annual election to defer Cash Compensation, specifying the amount and portions thereof to be allocated to Deferred Cash or Deferred Stock under the Plan and setting forth other elections under the Plan. The Deferral Election shall be set forth on a form specified by the Administrator, subject to the terms of the Plan.
 
2.9   Deferred Cash . Credits to a Participant’s Account in lieu of Cash Compensation otherwise payable to the Director, which represent rights to receive an equivalent amount of cash upon settlement of such Account, together with rights to accruals of interest and other rights under the Plan.
 
2.10   Deferred Compensation . The amount of Cash Compensation payment of which the Director and the Corporation mutually agree shall be deferred in accordance with the Plan in the form of Deferred Cash or Deferred Stock.
 
2.11   Deferred Stock . An award in lieu of Cash Compensation otherwise payable to the Director, pursuant to a Stock Election under Article IX of the 1995 Plan, or as a result of the crediting of Dividend Equivalents. Each share of Deferred Stock represents a generally nontransferable right to receive one share of Common Stock at a specified future date, together with a right to Dividend Equivalents and other rights, and subject to the terms and conditions of the 1995 Plan and the Plan, and any other terms and conditions imposed by the Board. Shares of Deferred Stock are bookkeeping units, and do not represent ownership of Common Stock or any other equity security.
 
2.12   Director . A duly elected or appointed member of the Board who is not an employee of the Corporation.
 
2.13   Disability . A Participant shall be considered disabled if he or she has a condition due to injury or sickness which his or her personal physician has certified to the Administrator prevents the Participant from performing the material duties of a Director.


2


 

2.14   Dividend Equivalents . Credits evidencing a Participant’s right to receive, in respect of each share of Deferred Stock, amounts equivalent to the dividends or distributions declared and paid on a share of Common Stock, which amounts are deemed to be reinvested in additional Deferred Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to such amounts, subject to Section 4.4 hereof.
 
2.15   Fair Market Value . “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock, as defined in the 1995 Plan.
 
2.16   Interest Rate . For a calendar year, the Prime Rate as of the first business day of such calendar year, plus 1%, or such other index or rate as is determined by the Administrator at its last meeting of the prior calendar year.
 
2.17   1995 Plan . The Corporation’s 1995 Directors’ Stock Compensation Plan, as amended and restated.
 
2.18   Participant . Each Director who has elected to defer any portion of his or her Cash Compensation, by executing and delivering a Deferral Election, in accordance with the terms hereof, and whose Deferred Compensation has not yet been settled.
 
2.19   Payment Date . The last business day of a specified calendar quarter.
 
2.20   Plan Year . The twelve- (12) month period from January 1 to December 31.
 
2.21   Prime Rate . The base rate on corporate loans at large U.S. money center commercial banks, as reported by   The Wall Street Journal .
 
2.22   Stock Election . A “Stock Election” as defined in the 1995 Plan.
 
2.23   Termination of Membership . The termination of a Director’s membership on the Board for any reason including resignation, retirement, removal, or expiration of term and failure to be reelected or reappointed, but not termination of membership for reason of Disability or death.


3


 

ARTICLE III
Deferral of Cash Compensation
 
3.1   Election to Defer Cash Compensation . Any Director may defer Cash Compensation under the Plan for the Plan Year beginning January 1, 1996, or any subsequent Plan Year, by executing a Deferral Election and delivering it to the Administrator on or before the December 31 preceding such Plan Year, in such form as is approved by the Administrator, electing to defer a set percentage or amount of Cash Compensation to be earned during such Plan Year, subject to the terms of the Plan. The foregoing notwithstanding, a newly-appointed or elected Director shall, with respect to the Plan Year in which such Director’s appointment or election first occurs, be entitled to make a Deferral Election in accordance with the rules and procedures established by the Administrator in order to ensure effective deferral of taxation and otherwise comply with applicable laws. A Director’s Stock Election to receive Common Stock on a non-deferred basis under Article IX of the 1995 Plan shall take precedence over a Deferral Election, so that an election to defer hereunder will not apply to Cash Compensation subject to such Stock Election. If a director has elected to defer less than 100% of his or her Cash Compensation under the Plan, the balance not deferred hereunder will be paid in accordance with the Corporation’s regular policies governing compensation of Directors.
 
3.2   Elections as to Allocation and Settlement of Deferred Compensation .
 
(a)  Generally . A Deferral Election applicable to Plan Years commencing after December 31, 1998 shall specify the percentage of Deferred Compensation to be allocated to Deferred Cash and the percentage to be allocated to Deferred Stock. A Deferral Election applicable to any Plan Year shall specify the date or event as of which the Deferred Cash (and, for Plan Years commencing after December 31, 1998, Deferred Stock) resulting from a given Plan Year’s Deferred Compensation shall be settled; provided, however, that the period of deferral shall be a number of whole years after which the given Plan Year’s Deferred Compensation shall be settled. Settlement shall occur in any event prior to the scheduled settlement date (i) for deferrals applicable to Plan Years commencing December 31, 1998 or earlier, and upon the occurrence of death or Disability for deferrals applicable to Plan Years commencing after that date, in the form of a single distribution as promptly as practicable following the Participant’s Termination of Membership, Disability or death, as the case may be and (ii) for deferrals applicable to Plan Years commencing after December 31, 1998, in the case of Termination of Membership, over the course of three years commencing in the year following the year in which the Termination of Membership occurred, in the form of three equal annual installments.


4


 

(b)  Settlement of Small Account Balances . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 3.2(a)(ii), in the event that the Administrator determines that the Participant’s Account has a value of $100,000 or less at the time Termination of Membership occurs, settlement will, upon Termination of Membership, take place in accordance with Section 3.2(a)(i), regardless of the Plan Year applicable to the deferrals.
 
3.3   Effectiveness of Elections, Modification and Revocation . An election to defer Cash Compensation set forth in a Deferral Election shall become effective on the December 31 preceding the Plan Year to which the election relates, except that such an election by a newly-appointed or elected Director shall become effective at a date specified by the Administrator. Once such election is effective, it may not be revoked. Elections as to the allocation of amounts previously credited to the Participant’s Account, including reallocations of Deferred Cash as Deferred Stock and vice versa, are not permitted. Elections as to the date or dates of settlement of a Participant’s Account may not be modified or revoked.
 
3.4   No Deferral of Cash Compensation after Termination of Service as a Director . If any Cash Compensation otherwise subject to a Deferral Election would be paid to a Participant after he or she has ceased to serve as a Director, such payment shall not be subject to deferral under this Article III, but shall instead be paid in accordance with the Corporation’s regular policies governing compensation of Directors.
 
ARTICLE IV
Accounts
 
4.1   Account . The Administrator shall establish, or cause to be established, an Account for each Participant hereunder.
 
4.2   Credit of Deferred Compensation to Account . Each Participant’s Account shall be credited by bookkeeping entries with Deferred Cash and/or Deferred Stock resulting from the amounts of Cash Compensation deferred by the Participant, in accordance with the Participant’s Deferral Election hereunder, as of the date such amounts would have been paid to such Participant had no such Deferral Election been in force. The amount of Deferred Cash to be


5


 

credited to the Participant’s Account shall be equal to the dollar amount of Cash Compensation being deferred and allocated to Deferred Cash. The amount of Deferred Stock to be credited to the Participant’s Account shall be equal to the dollar amount of Cash Compensation being deferred and allocated to Deferred Stock divided by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at the date of crediting of the Deferred Compensation to the Account.
 
4.3   Crediting of Interest on Deferred Cash . If a Participant’s Account has Deferred Cash credited to it, interest shall accrue and be credited on such Deferred Cash by bookkeeping entries at the Interest Rate specified in Section 2.16 hereof. Such interest shall accrue from the date as of which such Deferred Cash is credited under Section 4.2 hereof, compounded quarterly as of the end of each calendar quarter, until the earlier of the time such Deferred Cash and interest thereon is withdrawn in accordance with Section 5.2 hereof or the settlement date in accordance with Sections 3.2 and 5.1 hereof. Interest shall be credited quarterly as of the last day of the calendar quarter.
 
4.4   Dividend Equivalents on Deferred Stock . If a Participant’s Account has Deferred Stock credited to it, Dividend Equivalents shall be credited on such Deferred Stock as follows:
 
  (a)        Cash and Non-Common Stock Dividends . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of cash or property other than shares of Common Stock, then a number of additional shares of Deferred Stock shall be credited to a Participant’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution equal to (i) the number of shares of Deferred Stock credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by (ii) the amount of cash plus the Fair Market Value of any property other than shares actually paid as a dividend or distribution on each outstanding share of Common Stock at such payment date, divided by (iii) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at such payment date.
 
  (b)   Common Stock Dividends and Splits . If the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or distribution on Common Stock in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, or there occurs a forward split of Common Stock, then a number of additional shares of Deferred Stock shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as of the payment date for such dividend or distribution or forward split equal to (i) the number of shares of Deferred Stock credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend or distribution or split multiplied by (ii) the number of additional shares of Common Stock actually paid as a dividend or


6


 

distribution or issued in such split in respect of each outstanding share of Common Stock.
 
4.5   Adjustments to Deferred Stock . The number of shares of Deferred Stock credited to each Participant’s Account shall be appropriately adjusted, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights with respect to Deferred Stock, to reflect any changes in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from any event referred to in Section 4.3 of the 1995 Plan, taking into account any Deferred Stock credited to the Participant in connection with such event under Section 4.4 hereof.
 
4.6   Fractional Shares . The number of shares of Deferred Stock credited to a Participant’s Account shall include fractional shares calculated to at least three decimal places, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.
 
4.7   Statements . An individual statement of each Participant’s Account will be issued to each Participant with respect to each calendar quarter within 30 days following the close of each quarter. Such statements shall reflect the amount of Deferred Cash and Deferred Stock credited to the Participant’s Account, transactions therein during the period covered by the statement, and other information deemed relevant by the Administrator. Such statement may include information regarding other plans and compensatory arrangements for Directors.
 
ARTICLE V
Settlement of Account
 
5.1   Settlement and Distribution . A Participant’s Account will be settled at the time specified in the Participant’s Deferral Election, subject to Section 3.2 hereof. Distributions upon such settlement shall be as follows:
 
(a)   Lump-sum Payments in Settlement of Deferred Cash.
 
(i)  Settlement In Accordance with Deferral Election, or Upon Death or Disability . With respect to a given Plan Year’s Deferred Compensation, the balance of Deferred Cash credited to the Participant’s Account and interest thereon at the date of settlement shall be payable in a lump sum to the Participant (or in the event of the Participant’s death prior to payment, to the Participant’s Beneficiary) by the Corporation, at the direction of the Administrator, as of the applicable date of settlement under Section 3.2 hereof for such Plan Year’s Deferred Compensation. Such distribution shall occur within thirty (30) days after such applicable date of settlement, with interest credited through but not after such applicable settlement date.


7


 

(ii)  Settlement Upon Termination of Membership . With respect to Deferred Compensation for a given Plan Year commencing after December 31, 1998, one-third of the balance of Deferred Cash credited to the Participant’s Account at the date of Termination of Membership (and interest thereon) shall be settled at the beginning of each Plan Year commencing with the year after the year in which the Termination of Membership occurs. Payment shall be made in three equal annual installments, each paid within 30 days of the applicable date of settlement to the Participant by the Corporation, at the direction of the Administrator, with interest credited to the balance of the Account in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 up to (but not past) the date of settlement. In the event that a Participant dies while his or her Account is being paid out in accordance with this Section 5.1(a)(ii), the settlement date shall be accelerated by the Administrator, and a single distribution shall be made to the Beneficiary as soon as practicable.
 
(b)  Issuance of Shares of Common Stock in Settlement of Deferred Stock .
 
(i)  Settlement In Accordance with Deferral Election, or Upon Death or Disability . With respect to a given Plan Year’s Deferred Compensation, the balance of Deferred Stock credited to the Participant’s Account (which includes Deferred Stock resulting, directly and indirectly, from deemed reinvestment of Dividend Equivalents on such Plan Year’s Deferred Stock) at the date of settlement shall be settled by delivery of one share of Common Stock for each share of Deferred Stock to be settled, together with cash in lieu of any fractional share, to the Participant, or in the event of the Participant’s death prior to payment, to the Participant’s Beneficiary, by the Corporation, at the direction of the Administrator, as of the applicable date of settlement under Section 3.2 hereof for such Plan Year’s Deferred Compensation. Such distribution shall occur within thirty (30) days after such applicable date of settlement, provided that, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, Dividend Equivalents will be credited in cash on the Deferred Stock to be settled in respect of any dividend or distribution the record date for which occurs during such 30-day period and prior to the date the Participant or his Beneficiary becomes a record owner of the shares of Common Stock being delivered in settlement of the Deferred Stock, with such cash to be paid together with the delivery of the shares.
 
(ii)  Settlement Upon Termination of Membership . With respect to a given Plan Year’s Deferred Compensation, one-third of the balance of Deferred Stock credited to the Participant’s Account (which includes Deferred Stock resulting, directly and indirectly, from deemed reinvestment of Dividend Equivalents on such Plan Year’s


8


 

Deferred Stock) at the date of Termination of Membership shall be settled at the beginning of each Plan Year commencing with the year after the year in which the Termination of Membership occurs. Settlement shall be made by delivery of one share of Common Stock for each share of Deferred Stock to be settled, together with cash in lieu of any fractional share, to the Participant, or in the event of the Participant’s death prior to payment, to the Participant’s Beneficiary, by the Corporation, at the direction of the Administrator, as of the applicable date of settlement under Section 3.2 hereof for such Plan Year’s Deferred Compensation. Such distribution shall occur within thirty (30) days after such applicable date of settlement, provided that, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, Dividend Equivalents will be credited in cash on the Deferred Stock to be settled in respect of any dividend or distribution the record date for which occurs during such 30-day period and prior to the date the Participant or his Beneficiary becomes a record owner of the shares of Common Stock being delivered in settlement of the Deferred Stock, with such cash to be paid together with the delivery of the shares. In the event that a Participant dies while his or her Account is being paid out in accordance with this Section 5.1(b)(ii), the settlement date shall be accelerated by the Administrator, and a single distribution shall be made to the Beneficiary as soon as practicable.
 
(c)  Settlement of Small Account Balances Upon Termination . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 5.1(a) or (b), in the event that the Administrator determines that the Participant’s Account has a value of $100,000 or less at the time Termination of Membership occurs, settlement will, upon Termination of Membership, take place in accordance with Sections 5.1(a)(i) or 5.1(b)(i), as the case may be.
 
5.2   Hardship Withdrawals .
 
(a)   Unforeseeable Emergency . Upon written application to the Administrator, a Participant may request a withdrawal of all or any portion of the amounts of Deferred Cash and interest thereon or Deferred Stock then credited to his or her Account prior to the time of settlement applicable under Section 3.2 and 5.1(a) and (b) hereof in the case of an unforeseeable emergency. For purposes of this Section 5.2, an unforeseeable emergency is defined as severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The circumstances that will constitute an unforeseeable emergency will depend upon the facts of each case, as determined by the Administrator, provided that no withdrawal may be made to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved:


9


 

(i)  Through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise;
 
(ii)  By liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship; or
 
(iii)  By cessation of deferrals under the Plan.
 
Examples of what are not considered to be unforeseen emergencies include the need to send a Participant’s child to college or the desire to purchase a home.
 
(b)   Amounts Withdrawn . The amount to be withdrawn because of an unforeseen emergency need shall not exceed the amount reasonably needed to satisfy such need. Upon the Administrator’s approval of a hardship withdrawal, the Administrator shall specify the withdrawal date. Cash shall be paid in respect of a withdrawal of Deferred Cash and interest thereon, and Common Stock shall be delivered in respect of a withdrawal of Deferred Stock on such terms, similar to those of Section 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) hereof, respectively, as shall be determined by the Administrator and communicated to the Participant.
 
(c)   Administrator’s Determination . A Participant making a withdrawal application under this Section 5.2 shall be required to present to the Administrator evidence of such unforeseeable emergency need, and the Administrator shall not permit the withdrawal without first reviewing such evidence and making a determination as to the existence of the unforeseeable emergency. A Participant who is a member of the committee acting as Administrator shall not participate in, or influence in any way, the Administrator’s decision with respect to the Participant’s own application.
 
5.3   Designation of Beneficiary .
 
(a)   Designation . All designations of Beneficiary shall be on such forms as are specified by and filed with the Administrator. Any Beneficiary designation made by the Participant in accordance with this provision may be changed from time to time, without the consent of any previously designated Beneficiary (but subject to any spousal consent as may be required), by filing with the Administrator a notice of such change on the form provided by the Administrator and such change of Beneficiary designation shall become effective upon receipt by the Administrator.
 
(b)   Absence of Beneficiary . In the event a Participant’s Beneficiary would otherwise become entitled to a distribution hereunder, and all Beneficiaries designated by the Participant are not then living, or if no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect, the Participant’s


10


 

estate or duly authorized personal representative shall be deemed to have been designated by the Participant.
 
5.4   General Limitations . Neither a Participant nor a Beneficiary may elect to defer (or accelerate) payment of any distributions hereunder beyond (or before) the time of payment applicable under Section 3.2 and 5.1 (and Section 5.2) hereof.
 
ARTICLE VI
Administration
 
6.1   Administration of the Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Human Resources Committee, referred to herein as the Administrator. Members of the Human Resource Committee, if otherwise eligible, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan, but no such member shall be entitled to make or participate in decisions solely or primarily with respect to his or her participation. The Administrator shall be vested with full authority to make, administer and interpret such rules and regulations as it deems necessary to administer the Plan and to specify the form of agreements with or statements to Participants under the Plan. Any determination, decision or action of the Administrator in connection with the construction, interpretation, administration or application of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all Participants and any and all persons claiming under or through any Participant. The Administrator shall have the authority to:
 
  (i)   Employ agents to perform services on behalf of the Administrator and to authorize the payment of reasonable compensation for the performance of such services; and
 
  (ii)   Delegate to designated employees or departments of the Corporation the authority to perform such of the Administrator’s administrative duties hereunder as may be delegated to such employees or departments.
 
Pursuant to this authority and subject, in each case, to the right of the Administrator to revoke such delegations in writing at any time, the recordkeeping and bookkeeping responsibilities under the Plan are hereby delegated to the Senior Vice President of the Human Resources Department of the Corporation and/or such employees of that Department as the Senior Vice President shall designate.
 
6.2   Cost of Administering the Plan . The Corporation shall pay the cost of administering the Plan.


11


 

6.3   Status as Subplan Under 1995 Plan . Insofar as the Plan provides for the crediting of Deferred Stock in lieu of Cash Compensation and the delivery of shares of Common Stock in settlement of Deferred Stock, the Plan constitutes a subplan implemented under the 1995 Plan, to be administered in accordance with the terms of the 1995 Plan. Accordingly, all of the terms and conditions of the 1995 Plan are hereby incorporated by reference, and, if any provision of the Program or an agreement relating to Deferred Stock hereunder conflicts with a provision of the 1995 Plan, the provision of the 1995 Plan shall govern. Other provisions of this Article VI notwithstanding, any determination regarding Deferred Stock and the administration of the Plan relating to such Deferred Stock shall be subject to the terms of the 1995 Plan. Any shares deliverable in settlement of Deferred Stock shall be shares authorized for delivery under and derived from the 1995 Plan. No Deferred Stock may be credited to a Participant’s Account under the Plan at any time that the number of shares available under the 1995 Plan would, upon such crediting, be less than the number of shares deliverable in settlement of such Deferred Stock. In any case in which this limitation precludes the crediting of Deferred Stock, amounts that would have been credited to a Participant’s Account as Deferred Stock (including as a result of deemed reinvestment of Dividend Equivalents) shall instead be credited to such Account as Deferred Cash.
 
ARTICLE VII
Amendment and Termination
 
7.1   Amendment . The Board may at any time amend the Plan; provided, however that no amendment shall reduce amounts already credited to a Participant’s Account at the time of such amendment or accelerate the settlement of an Account or distributions from such Account hereunder.
 
7.2   Termination . The Corporation may at any time terminate the Plan provided that:
 
  (i)   No such termination shall reduce amounts already credited to a Participant’s Account at such time; and
 
  (ii)   Termination of the Plan will not accelerate the time of settlement under Section 5.1 hereof nor cease the accrual of interest or crediting of Dividend Equivalents prior to the applicable date or event under Section 5.1 hereof, unless the Corporation, by action of the Board, shall elect to settle all Accounts and accelerate all distributions at the time it elects to terminate the Plan.


12


 

ARTICLE VIII
Miscellaneous
 
8.1   Effect on Prior Deferred Compensation . The Plan amends, restates and supersedes any prior deferred compensation plan maintained by the Corporation for Directors. The foregoing notwithstanding:
 
  (i)   The timing of payment of distributions attributable to a deferral election previously made with respect to compensation which would have been paid prior to January 1, 1996, but for such election, shall be controlled by such prior plan; and
 
  (ii)   The terms of the Plan in effect prior to the effectiveness of the amendment and restatement of the Plan on April 3, 1998 governed Deferred Compensation under the Plan prior to the effective date of such amendment and restatement.
 
8.2   Non-Assignability . Participants may not borrow from their Accounts in the Plan. Neither the Participant, nor his Beneficiary, nor any other designee, shall have the right to commute, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, transfer or otherwise convey or dispose of the right to settlement of the Participant’s Account or to receive distributions hereunder, and all rights to settlement of such Accounts and distributions from such Account are expressly declared to be non-assignable and non-transferable. Any attempted assignment or transfer or other event prohibited under this Section 8.2 shall be null and void.
 
8.3   Prohibition Against Funding . Any provision for distribution in settlement of an Account hereunder shall be by means of bookkeeping entries on the books of the Corporation and shall not create in the Participant or Beneficiary any right to, or claim against any, specific assets of the Corporation, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for the Participant or Beneficiary. A Participant or Beneficiary entitled to any distribution hereunder shall be a general creditor of the Corporation.
 
8.4   Gender and Number . As used herein the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter genders, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural the singular, unless the context clearly indicates a different meaning.
 
8.5   Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan, any rules and regulations under the Plan, and any agreement or statement hereunder will be determined in accordance with the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act of 1970, other federal laws regulating the Corporation, and other laws of the United States. The Plan and the respective


13


 

rights and obligations of the Corporation and Participants and Beneficiaries, except to the extent otherwise provided by Federal law, shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws).
 
8.6   Non-Forfeitable Rights . The right and interest of each Participant relating to his or her Deferral Account shall be at all times non-forfeitable.
 
8.7   Continued Service as an Employee . If a Participant ceases serving as a Director and, immediately thereafter, is employed by the Corporation or any affiliate, then, solely for purposes of Article V of the Plan, such Participant will not be deemed to have ceased service as a Director at that time, and his or her continued employment by the Corporation or any subsidiary will be deemed to be continued service as a Director; provided, however, that such former Director will not be eligible to defer compensation under the Plan payable for services performed thereafter.
 
8.8   Investment Risk . A Participant and his or her Beneficiary shall assume all risk in connection with any decrease in value of Deferred Stock, and neither the Corporation, the Board, nor the Administrator shall be liable or responsible therefor.
 
8.9   Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the Plan shall not affect the other provisions, and the Plan shall be construed in all respects as if any invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this DIRECTORS’ DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN, as amended and restated, to be executed by its duly authorized officers, this 23 rd day of April, 1998.
 
     
    FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
     
   
By:  
/s/   Leland Brendsel

Leland Brendsel
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
ATTEST:    
/s/   Mollie Roy

Assistant Secretary
   


14


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
   
Page
 
ARTICLE I — Establishment of the Plan
  1
ARTICLE II — Definitions
  1
ARTICLE III — Deferral of Cash Compensation
  4
ARTICLE IV — Accounts
  5
ARTICLE V — Settlement of Account
  7
ARTICLE VI — Administration
  11
ARTICLE VII — Amendment and Termination
  12
ARTICLE VIII — Miscellaneous
  13

 
Exhibit 10.26
 
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 
 
As Amended and Restated
Effective January 1, 2002 (unless otherwise noted)
 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
     
Article I
Establishment of the Plan
  1
     
Article II
Definitions
  1
     
Article III
Eligibility and Participation
  3
     
Article IV
Account
  6
     
Article V
Payment of Distributions
  7
     
Article VI
Administration
  11
     
Article VII
Amendment and Termination
  12
     
Article VIII
Miscellaneous
  13


 

FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(Restated and Amended 1/1/2002)
 
ARTICLE I
Establishment of the Plan
 
1.1 Purpose. The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Corporation”) hereby amends and restates the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, which was last amended and restated effective January 1, 1994, and which was subsequently amended effective April 1, 1999. The purpose of the amended and restated Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (“Plan”) is to allow Corporation Executives to defer a portion of their annual salary and cash bonus, as well as to permit certain Corporation Executives to defer settlement of Restricted Stock Units granted by the Corporation. The Corporation intends that the Plan shall at all times be maintained on an unfunded basis for federal income tax purposes under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), and be administered as a “top hat” plan exempt from the substantive requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).
 
1.2. Effective Date . Unless otherwise indicated, this Plan as amended and restated shall be effective as of January 1, 2002.
 
1.3. Name . The name of the Plan is the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
ARTICLE II
Definitions
 
2.1. Administrator. The Human Resources Committee of the Board.
 
2.2. Beneficiary . The individual or individuals designated by the Participant to receive distributions under this Plan in the event of the Participant’s death.
 
2.3. Board . The Board of Directors of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or such Committee thereof delegated to act on its behalf.
 
2.4. Bonus . A cash bonus or cash incentive award paid for service and performance over a period of a year or more or in connection with transactions, and any other cash payment that does not constitute Salary which the Administrator determines shall constitute Bonus for purposes of the Plan.
 
2.5. Bonus Deferral Election. An annual election to defer a portion, portions or all of a Bonus award not yet awarded, in the form specified by the Administrator, and subject to the terms of this Plan.
 
2.6. Compensation . An Executive’s Salary and Bonus from the Corporation for the Plan Year.
 
2.7. Corporation . The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.
 
2.8. Deferral Election . The Bonus Deferral Election or the Salary Deferral Election.


 

2.9. Deferred Bonus. The amount of Bonus, or any portion or portions thereof, which the Executive and the Corporation mutually agreed, prior to the awarding thereof, shall be deferred in accordance with this Plan.
 
2.10. Deferred Compensation. Deferred Bonus and Deferred Salary.
 
2.11. Deferred Stock Units . The number of restricted stock units granted under other compensatory plans of the Corporation that have become vested thereunder but which the Executive and the Corporation mutually agreed, prior to vesting, shall be deferred as to settlement in accordance with this Plan.
 
2.12. Deferred Salary. The amount of Salary, or any portion or portions thereof, which the Executive and the Corporation mutually agreed, prior to the earning thereof, shall be deferred in accordance with this Plan.
 
2.13. Disability. A Participant shall have incurred a Disability under this Plan if he or she is considered disabled under the applicable terms of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Long-term Disability Plan.
 
2.14. Executive . An Employee of the Corporation eligible to make deferrals under the eligibility provisions of Section 3.1.
 
For purposes of this Plan, the term “Employee” shall mean any Regular Full-Time or Part-Time employee, as defined in Freddie Mac Policy No. 3-221, Employment Classifications Policy (as may be amended, replaced or redesignated from time to time), who is on the payroll of the Employer and not paid by Accounts Payable, and whose wages from the Employer are subject to withholding for the purposes of Federal income taxes and the Federal Insurance Contributions Act. For purposes of the Plan, Part-Time Employees include only those Employees who are regularly scheduled to work at least 20 hours per week.
 
The term Employee shall not include:
 
  (a)  individuals whom the Corporation classifies, pursuant to Freddie Mac Policy No. 3-221, Employment Classifications Policy (as may be amended, replaced or redesignated from time to time), as
 
  (i)  Co-Op, Work Study Students or Interns,
 
  (ii)  Employment Agency Temporaries,
 
  (iii)  Independent Contractors/Consultants, or
 
  (iv)  Temporary Employees
 
(or similar classification) regardless of the individuals’ employment status under applicable law;
 
  (b)  individuals who are retroactively classified as Regular Full-Time or Part-Time employees with respect to such period of retroactive classification; and
 
  (c)  Leased Employees (as defined in the FHLMC Employees’ Pension Plan).


2


 

2.15. Interest Rate . For a calendar year, the Prime Rate as of the first business day of such calendar year, plus 1%, or such other index or rate as is determined by the Administrator at its last meeting of the prior calendar year.
 
2.16. Participant . An Executive who has met the eligibility requirements under Article III hereof and, where the context requires, a retired or former Executive to whom payments are due under this Plan.
 
2.17. Plan Year . The twelve (12) month period beginning on January 1 of the calendar year and ending on December 31 of the same calendar year.
 
2.18. Prime Rate . The base rate on corporate loans at large U.S. money center commercial banks as reported by the Wall Street Journal.
 
2.19. Retirement . Retirement in accordance with the eligibility provisions of Article V and the retirement benefit provisions of Article VI of the FHLMC Employees’ Pension Plan.
 
2.20. Salary . An Executive’s annual cash base pay for the Plan Year, as determined by the Administrator.
 
2.21. Salary Deferral Election. An annual election to defer a portion, portions or all of Salary not yet earned, in the form specified by the Administrator, and subject to the terms of this Plan.
 
2.22. Stock Units Deferral Election . An election to defer settlement of a specific award of restricted stock units granted under the FHLMC 1995 Stock Compensation Plan (or successor thereto) in the form specified by the Administrator and subject to the terms of this Plan.
 
2.23. Termination of Employment . A separation from the service of the Corporation for any reasons other than Retirement, death or Disability.
 
ARTICLE III
Eligibility and Participation
 
3.1 Eligibility . For purposes of the Plan, Employees shall be deemed “Executives” eligible to make deferrals in a given Plan Year, subject to applicable limitations under Section 3.1(d) and other provisions of the Plan, as follows:
 
(a) Officers . Subject to Section 3.1(f), all Employees designated by the Corporation as occupying officer titles of Vice President and above.
 
(b) Other Employees in Specified Positions . Subject to Sections 3.1(d) and (f), effective March 1, 2002, an Employee who is not an Officer (as defined in Section 3.1(a)) is eligible to participate in the Plan if (i) his or her targeted annual compensation for the given Plan Year (beginning with 2002), including only such equity compensation as is delivered under the Funding & Investments Incentive Plan and the annual Securities Sales & Trading Group Incentive Plan (or the respective successors thereto), is at least $200,000 (indexed under Section 3.1(e) for each Plan Year after 2002), as determined by the


3


 

Administrator, and (ii) such employee is serving in a position with one of the following titles, or an equivalent position as determined by the Administrator:
 
  (i)  With respect to the Corporation’s Funding and Investment Division (“F&I”): Senior Portfolio Management Director, Senior Debt Securities Marketing Director, Senior Investment Strategy Director, Securities Marketing-Investment Director, Senior Research Analysis Director, Senior Securities Performance Director, Senior Investment Strategy Director, Senior Portfolio Management Director, Portfolio Management Director, Securities Strategy and Policy Director, Senior Debt Funding Portfolio Director, Credit Risk and Capital Management Director, Strategic Re-engineering Director, Arbitrage and Production Development Director; and
 
  (ii)  With respect to the Corporation’s Single Family Securities Sales and Trading Group in the Single Family Division (“SS&TG”): National Sales Director; Head Trader; Sales Director; and Research Director.
 
(c)  Other Employees Not in F&I or SS&TG . Subject to Sections 3.1(d) and (f), effective March 1, 2002, an Employee who is not an Officer and who is not working in F&I or SS&TG will be eligible to participate in the Plan if his or her projected Salary for the given Plan Year (beginning with 2002) is not less than $180,000 for 2002, with such amount indexed under Section 3.1(e) for each subsequent Plan Year.
 
(d)  Limitation on Number of Eligible Persons . The aggregate number of persons who may be eligible Executives for any given Plan Year shall not exceed 4.25% of the Company’s Employees (as defined in Section 2.14 hereof), as determined annually by the Administrator in the third or fourth quarter of each year for the following Plan Year. If the number of persons determined by the Administrator to be eligible for a given Plan Year under Section 3.1(a), (b) and (c) would exceed the limitation set forth in this Section 3.1(d), the Administrator will determine how to limit participation of employees eligible under Sections 3.1(b) and (c), based on compensation levels and such additional criteria as the Administrator may deem relevant, such that the aggregate number of persons who may be eligible Executives for the Plan Year will satisfy the requirement of this Section 3.1(d). The number of Officers eligible to participate in a given Plan Year under Section 3.1(a) shall not be subject to limitation under this Section 3.1(d).
 
(e)  Indexing of Compensation Thresholds . For each Plan Year for which a compensation threshold referenced in Section 3.1(b) or (c) is to be indexed, such threshold amount will be adjusted by the percentage determined by the Human Resources Division as the average actual percentage change in overall salary ranges in the preceding Plan Year.
 
(f)  Execution of Restrictive Covenant Agreement . The Administrator may, in its discretion, request that prior to commencing participation in the Plan, an otherwise eligible Executive execute a restrictive covenant agreement in such form and containing such provisions as the Administrator deems acceptable. If the Executive fails to timely execute the restrictive covenant agreement presented by the Administrator, the Executive shall be ineligible to participate in the Plan. The Administrator may, in its discretion, in ensuing Plan Years, decide to again offer the Executive such a restrictive covenant agreement and permit participation in the Plan to commence at some future date if that agreement is then timely executed.


4


 

3.2. Election to Defer Bonus . Any Executive may participate in the Deferred Bonus portion of this Plan for the Plan Year for which he or she is eligible under Section 3.1 by executing a Bonus Deferral Election on or before December 31 of the prior Plan Year, in such form as is approved by the Administrator, electing to defer a set amount or amounts of any Bonus which may be paid in the following Plan Year, not to exceed the Bonus less applicable withholding taxes thereon, subject to the terms of this Plan. A Participant’s Bonus Deferral with respect to his Bonus for the Plan Year shall be expressed as a percentage of at least ten (10) percent of the Bonus or in such other manner as designated by the Administrator. The Administrator may, in its discretion, permit Participants to make up to four (4) elections with respect to the Distribution (under Article V) of a particular Bonus Deferral.
 
3.3. Election to Defer Salary .
 
(a)  Timing of Election and Limit on Salary Deferral . An Executive may participate in the Deferred Salary portion of this Plan for any Plan Year for which he or she is eligible under Section 3.1 by executing a Salary Deferral Election on or before December 31 of the prior Plan Year, in such form as is approved by the Administrator, electing to defer a set amount or amounts of Salary to be earned in the following Plan Year, not to exceed Salary less authorized salary deductions and applicable withholding taxes thereon and on non-cash compensation for that Plan Year to the extent withholding is not otherwise provided for with respect to such compensation, subject to the terms of this Plan. A Participant’s Salary Deferral with respect to his Salary for the Plan Year shall be expressed as a percentage of at least ten (10) percent of the Salary or in such other manner as designated by the Administrator. The Administrator may, in its discretion, permit Participants to make up to four (4) elections with respect to the Distribution (under Article V) of a particular Salary Deferral.
 
(b)  Newly Hired and Promoted Executives . Any person who commences employment as an Executive, is promoted to Executive status or otherwise is first determined to be an Executive during a Plan Year may participate in the Deferred Salary portion of this Plan for such Plan Year by executing a Salary Deferral Election within thirty (30) days after the commencement of such employment or Executive status, as applicable, and shall be eligible to participate in the Deferred Bonus portion of the Plan for such Plan Year on terms specified by the Administrator.
 
3.4. Election to Defer Restricted Stock Units . An Executive eligible under Section 3.1(a) who is a Senior Vice President or above, and who receives equity awards in the form of restricted stock units under the FHLMC 1995 Stock Compensation Plan (or successor thereto), may participate in the Deferred Stock Units portion of this Plan for the Plan Year ending December 31, 2002 or any subsequent Plan Year for which he or she is eligible under Section 3.1(a) and this Section 3.4 by executing a Stock Units Deferral Election, in such form as is approved by the Administrator, electing to defer the settlement of a specific award of restricted stock units. The Stock Units Deferral Election shall be executed within thirty (30) days after the date of grant of the restricted stock units (or by such other deadline as the Administrator may specify), and at a time that the restricted stock units remain unvested. The Stock Units Deferral Election shall apply to the entire number of restricted stock units subject to the particular award, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.
 
3.5. Revocation . Except as provided in Section 5.1(d), (a) a Bonus Deferral Election, once made, may not be revoked; (b) a Salary Deferral Election, once made, may not be revoked, except to revoke an election pertaining to salary not yet earned for the remainder of the Plan Year in question, upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice; and (c) a Stock Units Deferral Election, once made, may not be revoked.


5


 

3.6. Change of Status .
 
(a)  Bonus Deferral and Salary Deferral . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the case of any Executive whose status changes to that of a non-Executive while still employed by the Corporation, any election to defer Salary or to defer part or all of Bonus for a prior year entered into prior to the occurrence of such change in status shall be unaffected hereunder by such change in status. As provided in Section 3.5 hereof, a deferral election pertaining to Salary not yet earned for the Plan Year in question may be revoked. No new elections to defer Salary or Bonus will be permitted hereunder while such employee remains in a non-Executive status. However, should such individual again become an Executive of the Corporation, his or her participation in the Plan thereafter while an Executive shall be governed by this Article III and other applicable provisions of the Plan.
 
(b)  Stock Unit Deferral. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the case of any Executive eligible for Stock Unit Deferral under Section 3.4 whose status changes so that he is no longer eligible for such deferral while still employed by the Corporation, any outstanding Stock Unit Deferral shall be unaffected hereunder by such change in status. No new Stock Unit Deferrals will be permitted hereunder while such employee remains ineligible. However, should such individual again become a Senior Executive of the Corporation, his or her participation in the Plan thereafter while an Executive shall be governed by this Article III and other applicable provisions of the Plan.
 
ARTICLE IV
Account
 
4.1. Account . The Administrator shall establish, or cause to be established, an Account for each Participant hereunder.
 
4.2. Deferral Contribution .
 
(a)  Cash Deferrals . Each Participant’s Account shall be credited by bookkeeping entries with cash amounts which the Participant has elected to defer by a Salary Deferral Election or Bonus Deferral Election hereunder as of the date such amounts would have been paid to such Participant had such Deferral Election not been in force.
 
(b)  Stock Unit Deferrals . The Account of each Participant participating under Section 3.4 shall be credited by bookkeeping entries with the number of Deferred Stock Units which the Participant has elected to defer by a Stock Units Deferral Election hereunder as of the date the restricted stock units being deferred would have been settled by delivery of shares of Common Stock to such Participant absent the Stock Units Deferral Election.
 
4.3. Adjustments . Each Participant’s Account shall be credited by bookkeeping entries with (a) interest at the Interest Rate on each cash deferral from the date as of which such amount is credited under Section 4.2 above, compounded daily, until the applicable date or event to which such amounts have been deferred in accordance with Article V hereof, and (b) cash and or additional Stock Units, in connection dividend equivalents and adjustments to the stock-denominated portion of the Account, to the extent such dividend equivalents are authorized for crediting to the Account and not for payment directly to the Participant. Each Participant’s Account shall be debited with any distribution hereunder. Interest shall be calculated as of the last day of each month, and credited within thirty (30) days following the end of each month. Dividend equivalents on Deferred Stock Units shall be paid or credited in accordance with the dividend equivalents provisions applicable to the restricted stock units prior to vesting, provided that the


6


 

Administrator may vary the terms of such payment or crediting in order to promote uniform treatment of Deferred Stock Units or otherwise for purposes of convenient administration.
 
4.4. Statements. An individual statement of each Participant’s Account will be issued to each Participant with respect to each calendar quarter within 30 days following the close of such quarter.
 
ARTICLE V
Payment of Distributions
 
5.1. Participant’s Salary and Bonus Deferral Elections .
 
(a)  Elections as to Deferral Period . A Participant shall elect at the time of his or her respective Deferral Election to have the amount or amounts of Deferred Salary or Deferred Bonus (as applicable) subject to such Deferral Election, plus interest at the applicable Interest Rate, deferred until (1) any number of whole years specified by the Participant in such Deferral Election or (2) such Participant’s Retirement; provided that in no event may (x) a Participant make a Deferral Election for a period longer than Participant’s life expectancy or (y) the commencement of any distribution be deferred beyond the earlier of the Participant’s Termination of Employment, Disability or death, if applicable; and provided further that the Administrator may impose such limitations on Deferral Elections as it may deem advisable for purposes of convenient administration of the Plan.
 
(b)  Deferrals for a Period of Years. If a Participant makes a Deferral Election for a period of years as specified in Section 5.1(a)(1), the following rules shall also apply:
 
(1) The Participant shall designate, at the time of such Deferral Election, one of the following methods of payment; (i) a lump-sum payment or (ii) reasonably equal annual installments over five (5), ten (10) or fifteen (15) years;
 
(2) With respect to any such Deferral Election relating to Deferred Salary to be earned or a Deferred Bonus to be paid in Plan Year 1995 and thereafter, the Participant shall also designate, at the time of such Deferral Election, one of the following methods of payment which shall apply in the event he or she experiences a Termination of Employment or suffers a Disability prior to the expiration of the period of years specified in the Deferral Election: (i) a lump sum or (ii) reasonably equal annual installments over three (3) years. Provided, however, that with respect to any such Deferral Elections relating to Deferred Salary to be earned or a Deferred Bonus to be paid in Plan Year 2003 and thereafter, in the event that the Participant is terminated for Gross Misconduct (as defined in Corporate Policy 3-254 or 3-254.1, as applicable and as may be modified or replaced from time to time) as determined by the Administrator, such Deferral Election shall be invalidated, and such Deferred Salary and/or Deferred Bonus shall be distributed in accordance with Section 5.3(a) in the form of a lump-sum.
 
(3) With respect to any such Deferral Elections relating to Plan Years prior to those described in (2) above, the Participant may designate, on a one-time irrevocable basis in a manner prescribed by the Administrator and subject to the Administrator’s approval, one of the methods of payment described in (2) above which shall apply in the event he or she experiences a Termination of Employment or incurs a Disability prior to the expiration of the period of years specified in such prior Deferral Elections. If the terminated or disabled Participant fails to make the one-time irrevocable election, he or she shall be deemed to have elected and shall be entitled to receive reasonably equal annual installments over three (3) years.


7


 

(c)  Deferrals until Retirement. If a Participant makes a Deferral Election until Retirement as specified in Section 5.1(a)(2) above, the following rules shall also apply:
 
(1) Subject to the approval of the Administrator, the Participant shall designate, at least ninety (90) days prior to the date of Retirement, one of the following methods of payment commencing with his or her Retirement: (i) a lump-sum payment or (ii) reasonably equal annual installments over five (5), ten (10) or fifteen (15) years.
 
(2) If such Participant separates from the service of the Corporation by reason of Retirement without having made an approved election under this Section 5.1(c), then the Participant will be deemed to have elected and shall be entitled to receive reasonably equal annual installments over fifteen (15) years, unless the Administrator and the Participant mutually agree to another method of payment otherwise allowable herein.
 
(3) With respect to any such Deferral Election relating to Deferred Salary to be earned or a Deferred Bonus to be paid in Plan Year 1995 and thereafter, the Participant shall also designate, at the time of such Deferral Election, one of the following methods of payment which shall apply in the event he or she experiences a Termination of Employment or suffers a Disability prior to Retirement: (i) a lump sum or (ii) reasonably annual installments over three (3) years. Provided, however, that with respect to any such designation with respect to Deferral Elections relating to Deferred Salary to be earned or a Deferred Bonus to be paid in Plan Year 2003 and thereafter, in the event that the Participant is terminated for Gross Misconduct (as defined in Corporate Policy 3-254 or 3-254.1, as applicable and as may be modified or replaced from time to time) as determined by the Administrator, such designation shall be invalidated, and such Deferred Salary and/or Deferred Bonus shall be distributed in accordance with Section 5.3(a) in the form of a lump-sum.
 
(4) With respect to any such Deferral Elections relating to Plan Years prior to those described in (3) above, the Participant may designate, on a one-time irrevocable basis in a manner prescribed by the Administrator and subject to the Administrator’s approval, one of the methods of payment described in (3) above which shall apply in the event he or she experiences a Termination of Employment or incurs a Disability prior to Retirement. If the terminated or disabled Participant fails to make the one-time irrevocable election, he or she shall be deemed to have elected and shall be entitled to receive reasonably equal annual installments over three (3) years.
 
(d)  Revocation of Payment Elections in Anticipation of Retirement . Subject to the approval of the Administrator, a Participant entitled to receive distributions after January 1, 1994, may revoke (i) the elections made pursuant to Section 5.1(b) above for each Deferral Election and (ii) any form of payment elections made prior to January 1, 1994 in connection with deferrals to commence at Retirement, provided that in either event any such revocation is made and new elections are filed with the Administrator not less than ninety (90) days prior to the date of Participant’s Retirement. If a Participant exercises his or her rights under this subsection and if approval is granted by the Administrator, the Participant may elect the following methods of payment commencing with his or her Retirement: (1) one lump-sum payment; or (2) reasonably equal annual installments over five (5), ten (10) or fifteen (15) years.
 
5.2 Participant’s Stock Units Deferral Elections . A Participant eligible to defer restricted stock units under Section 3.4 shall elect the period of deferral in his or her Stock Units Deferral Election as (a)


8


 

any number of whole years specified by the Participant in such Stock Units Deferral Election, but not less than one year after the latest vesting date of the restricted stock units, or (2) such Participant’s Retirement; provided that (x) in no event may a Participant make a Stock Units Deferral Election for a period longer than Participant’s life expectancy, (y) in no event may the commencement of any distribution be deferred beyond the earlier of the Participant’s Termination of Employment, Disability or death, if applicable, and (z) the Stock Units Deferral Election shall further specify, in the case of Retirement, whether the distribution will be in a lump sum or in equal installments over 5, 10 or 15 years, and in the case of Disability or Termination of Employment whether the distribution will be in a lump sum or equal installments over three years. In addition, the Administrator may impose such further limitations on, and rules governing, Stock Units Deferral Elections as it may deem advisable for purposes of convenient administration of the Plan. In the event that the Participant is terminated for Gross Misconduct (as defined in Corporate Policy 3-254 or 3-254.1, as applicable and as may be modified or replaced from time to time) as determined by the Administrator, such Deferral Election shall be invalidated, and such Deferred Salary and/or Deferred Bonus shall be settled in accordance with Section 5.3(c) within 30 days of the Participant’s termination for Gross Misconduct.
 
5.3 Scheduled Distributions.
 
(a)  Lump-Sum Cash Payments. (i) If a Participant elects a lump sum distribution under Section 5.1 and the Administrator has rendered its approval where required, all distributions equal to the cash balance in a Participant’s Account attributable to the Deferral Election in question shall be payable in a lump sum to the Participant by the Corporation, at the direction of the Administrator, as of the applicable date or event under Section 5.1 for such Deferral Election; (ii) if a Participant dies prior to receipt of the lump sum, the lump sum shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary. In either event, the distribution shall occur within thirty (30) days after such applicable date or event and interest shall be credited through such applicable date or event.
 
(b)  Installment Cash Payments . If a Participant elects (or is deemed to have elected) installment payments in accordance with Section 5.1, such installments shall be payable as follows:
 
(1)  Timing of Payments . (i) Except in the event of a Participant’s Termination of Employment or Disability, the first installment shall be made within thirty (30) days after the month in which occurs the relevant event requiring the commencement of benefits hereunder (the “Triggering Event”). The second installment shall be made in the January of the year next following the year in which the first installment was paid. All subsequent installments shall be made each January thereafter until the aggregate number of installments equals the number elected (or deemed elected) by the Participant. (ii) In the event of a Participant’s Termination of Employment (other than from Gross Misconduct) or Disability, the first installment shall be made during January of the following year. The second and subsequent installments shall be made as set forth in Section 5.3(b)(1)(i) herein.
 
(2)  Computation of Payments . (i) For payments to be made pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(1)(i), the first installment (the “Principal Amount”) shall be the quotient of (A) an amount equal to the portion of the Participant’s Account, including interest accrued thereon, attributable to the relevant Deferral Election and determined as of the Triggering Event divided by (B) the relevant number of installments elected (or deemed elected) by the Participant. (ii) For payments to be made pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(1)(ii), the Principal Amount shall be the quotient of (A) an amount equal to the balance of the Participant’s Account determined as of the date of Termination of Employment or Disability, and including interest accrued thereon through the end of the year preceding the day of payment, divided by (B) the relevant number of installments elected (or deemed elected) by the Participant. (iii) Each subsequent installment shall be equal to the Principal Amount plus interest at the Interest Rate on the remaining


9


 

balance of the relevant portion of the Participant’s Account through the end of the day preceding the date of payment.
 
(3)  Payment to Beneficiary . If a Participant dies prior to receipt of all of the applicable installment payments, the remaining cash balance of the applicable portion of the Participant’s Account shall be paid in a lump sum to the Participant’s Beneficiary within thirty (30) days after the date of death and interest shall be credited through that date.
 
(c)  Settlement of Deferred Stock Units . Deferred Stock Units shall be settled in accordance with the election of the Participant, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable rules adopted by the Administrator. Settlement shall be effected by delivery of one share of the Corporation’s Common Stock in settlement of each Deferred Stock Unit. Fractional shares shall be settled in the manner specified for the restricted stock units award to which the Deferred Stock Units relate. If a Participant dies prior to receipt in full of shares in settlement of his or her Deferred Stock Units, the remaining share balance of the applicable portion of the Participant’s Account shall be paid in shares in a lump sum to the Participant’s Beneficiary within thirty (30) days after the date of death.
 
5.4 Hardship Withdrawals . (a) Upon written application, a Participant may request a withdrawal of all or any portion of the amounts then credited to his or her Account prior to the time of payment applicable under Section 5.1 or 5.2 above in the case of an unforeseeable emergency. For purposes of this Section 5.4, an unforeseeable emergency is defined as severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependant of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The circumstances that will constitute an unforeseeable emergency will depend upon the facts of each case, but, in any case, payment may not be made to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved —
 
  (i)  Through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise,
 
  (ii)  By liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or
 
  (iii)  By cessation of deferrals under the Plan.
 
Examples of what are not considered to be unforeseeable emergencies include the need to send a Participant’s child to college or the desire to purchase a home.
 
(b) The amount to be withdrawn because of an unforeseeable emergency need shall not exceed the amount reasonably needed to satisfy such need. The decision-maker that makes the initial determination as to the existence of an unforeseeable emergency under Section 5.4(c) or (d) shall also determine whether the withdrawn amounts from the Participant’s Account shall be from the cash-denominated portion or the share-denominated portion or a combination thereof. No withdrawal of unvested shares shall be permitted.
 
(c) A Participant (who is not a retired or former Executive) shall make written application and present evidence of such need to the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Upon the advice of tax counsel, the Chief Executive Officer is authorized to make the initial determination as to the


10


 

existence of an unforeseeable emergency after reviewing the evidence presented by the Participant. Such determination shall not be made by the Chief Executive Officer as to an application made by himself or by the President of the Corporation. The Human Resources Committee shall make such determination for the Chief Executive Officer and President of the Corporation. If the Chief Executive Officer, after reviewing the evidence, makes an initial determination denying the Participant’s application, the Participant may make a written appeal to the Administrator no later than thirty (30) days from the date of the initial denial. The Chief Executive Officer’s authority to act under this Section 5.4 is subject to the Administrator’s right to revoke such authority in Section 6.1 hereof. The decision of the Administrator shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the Participant and any and all persons claiming through the Participant.
 
(d) A Participant who is a retired or former Executive to whom payments are due under this Plan may make written application for a hardship withdrawal and present evidence of such need as set forth in Section 5.4(c) above except that (i) the Senior Vice President of Human Resources shall perform the functions of the Chief Executive Officer set forth therein and (ii) the Chief Executive Officer shall perform the functions of the Human Resources Committee set forth therein.
 
5.5. Designation of Beneficiary.
 
(a) All designations of Beneficiary shall be on such forms as are specified by and filed with the Administrator. Any Beneficiary designation made by the Participant in accordance with this provision may be changed from time to time, without the consent of any previously designated Beneficiary, by filing with the Administrator a notice of such change on the form provided by the Administrator and such change of Beneficiary designation shall become effective upon receipt by the Administrator.
 
(b) In the event a Participant’s Beneficiary would otherwise become entitled to a distribution hereunder, and all Beneficiaries designated by the Participant are not then living, or if no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect, the Participant’s estate or duly authorized personal representative shall be deemed to have been designated by the Participant.
 
ARTICLE VI
Administration
 
6.1 Plan Administration . The Human Resources Committee, referred to herein as Administrator, shall administer the Plan. Members of the Human Resources Committee, if otherwise eligible, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan, but no such member shall be entitled to make decisions solely with respect to his or her participation. The Administrator shall be vested with full authority and complete and absolute discretion to make, administer and interpret such rules and regulations as it deems necessary to administer the Plan. Any determination, decision or action of the Administrator in connection with the construction, interpretation, administration or application of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all Participants and any and all persons claiming under or through any Participant. The Administrator shall have the authority to:
 
  (i)  Employ agents to perform services on behalf of the Administrator and to authorize the payment of reasonable compensation for the performance of such services; and
 
  (ii)  Delegate to designated employees or departments of the Corporation the authority to perform such of the Administrator’s administrative duties


11


 

hereunder as may be delegated to such employees or departments.
 
Pursuant to this authority and subject, in each case, to the right of the Administrator to revoke such delegations in writing at any time, (i) the record keeping and bookkeeping responsibilities under this Plan (including the drafting of forms, rules concerning settlement of deferred stock units, directions concerning lump-sum cash payments and decision-making with respect to the restrictive covenant agreement discussed in Section 3.1(f)) are hereby delegated to the Senior Vice President of the Human Resources Division of the Corporation and/or such employees of that Division as the Senior Vice President shall designate; (ii) the approval authority for the designation or revocation of payment elections as permitted in this Plan, by Participants other than the Chief Executive Officer and President of the Corporation, are hereby delegated to the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, provided that such approvals shall be rendered in the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer and in the best interests of the Corporation; (iii) the determinations of hardship to the extent set forth in Section 5.4 hereunder are hereby delegated to the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and (iv) the interpretation, application and enforcement of the percentage cap in Section 3.1(d) is hereby delegated to the Senior Vice President of the Human Resources Division of the Corporation and/or such employees of that Division as the Senior Vice President shall designate.
 
6.2. Cost of Administration. The Corporation shall pay the costs of administering the Plan.
 
ARTICLE VII
Amendment and Termination
 
7.1. Amendment. The Administrator may at any time amend this Plan; provided, however that (a) no amendment shall reduce amounts already credited to a Participant’s Account at the time of such amendment or, or except as provided in Section 7.2(b) hereof, accelerate the distributions hereunder, and (b) any amendment that would exceed the scope of the authority delegated by the Board to the Administrator shall be subject to the approval of the Board.
 
7.2. Termination. The Corporation may at any time terminate this Plan provided that:
 
(a) no such termination shall reduce amounts already credited to a Participant’s Account at such time; and
 
(b) termination of the Plan will not accelerate the time of distributions nor cease the accrual of interest prior to the applicable event under Section 5.1 hereof, unless the Corporation, by action of its Board, shall elect to accelerate all distributions at the time it elects to terminate this Plan.


12


 

ARTICLE VIII
Miscellaneous
 
8.1. Effect on Other Plans . This Plan amends, restates and supersedes any prior Corporation Executive deferred compensation and deferred bonus plans, except that the timing and method of payment of distributions attributable to Deferral Elections previously made with respect to salary or bonuses which would have been paid prior to January 1, 1991, but for such elections, shall be controlled by such prior plans, unless revoked pursuant to Section 5.1(d) hereof.
 
8.2. No Right of Employment . Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to grant an Executive any rights other than those specifically outlined in the Plan. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to create any right of, or contract for, employment between an Executive and the Corporation.
 
8.3. Withholding . The Corporation may deduct from any distributions due to any Participant or Beneficiary hereunder, any taxes required to be withheld by Federal, state or local governments. Withholding with respect to Deferred Stock Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of withholding as applied to the restricted stock units that gave rise to the Deferred Stock Units, including any authorization to withhold shares to satisfy mandatory tax withholding requirements.
 
8.4. Non-Assignability Clause . Participants may not borrow from their Accounts in this Plan. Neither the Participant, nor his Beneficiary, nor any other designee, shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, encumber, transfer or otherwise convey the right to receive any distributions hereunder which distributions and right thereto are expressly declared to be non-assignable and non-transferable; and, any such attempted assignment or transfer shall be null and void.
 
8.5. Prohibition Against Funding . Any provision for distributions hereunder shall be by means of bookkeeping entries on the books of the Corporation and shall not create in the Participant or Beneficiary any right to, or claim against any specific assets of the Corporation, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for the Participant or Beneficiary. A Participant or Beneficiary entitled to any distributions hereunder shall be a general creditor of the Corporation. A Participant or Beneficiary entitled to any distributions hereunder shall be a general creditor of the Corporation.
 
8.6. Gender and Number . As used herein the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter genders, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural the singular, unless the context clearly indicates a different meaning.
 
8.7. Controlling Law . This Plan and the respective rights and obligations of the Corporation and the Participants and Beneficiaries, except to the extent otherwise provided by Federal law, shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.
 
8.8. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Plan shall not affect the other provisions, and the Plan shall be construed in all respects as if any invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted.


13


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2002, to be executed by its duly authorized officers, this 28 th day of March, 2002.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
Signed:  
/s/  M. W. Hager
 
 
Printed Name:  M. W. Hager
 
 
Title:  Senior Vice President
 
ATTEST:
 
/s/  Alan Hausman
Assistant Secretary


14

 
Exhibit 10.27
 
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(As Amended and Restated January 1, 2002)
 
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN (the “Plan”) by the FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America.
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS, the Plan was restated effective January 1, 2002, and
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to amend the Plan to modify certain provisions as a result of the issuance of proposed regulations issued pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and
 
WHEREAS, the appropriate officer of the Corporation has been duly authorized to execute this amendment,
 
NOW THEREFORE the Plan is amended effective January 1, 2005, as follows:
 
1. Plan Sections 2.16 and 2.17 are renumbered as Sections 2.17 and 2.18. Plan Sections 2.18 through 2.23 are renumbered Sections 2.20 through 2.25.
 
2. A new Section 2.16 is added to the Plan to read as follows:
 
2.16  Key Employee.   A Participant who, at the date of his or her separation from service with the Corporation, is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i). The Corporation will determine the status of a Participant as a Key Employee on a yearly basis in accordance with Proposed Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(i) and any successor or other applicable guidance or regulation under Code section 409A.
 
3. A new Section 2.19 is added to the Plan to read as follows:
 
2.19.  Pre-2005 Deferrals.   Deferred Compensation that would have been payable before 2005 but for deferral under this Plan and which was not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture in 2005 or thereafter. Pre-2005 Deferrals, including Interest thereon, are deferred amounts that are deemed to be grandfathered for purposes of Code section 409A.


 

4. A new Section 2.26 is added to the Plan as follows:
 
2.26.  2005 and Later Deferrals.   Deferred Compensation other than Pre-2005 Deferrals.
 
5. Plan Section 3.5 is amended to read as follows:
 
3.5.  Revocation.   Except as provided in Section 5.1(d), (a) a Bonus Deferral Election, once made, may not be revoked; (b) a Salary Deferral Election, once made, may not be revoked, except, in or before 2005, an election pertaining to salary not yet earned for the remainder of the Plan Year in question may be revoked, upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice; and (c) a Stock Units Deferral Election, once made, may not be revoked. The foregoing notwithstanding, during 2005, any election that would result in a 2005 and Later Deferral then in effect may be revoked in reliance on, and such revocation is authorized to the fullest extent permitted by, IRS Notice 2005-1, Q/A 20.
 
6. The second sentence of Section 3.6(a) is deleted.
 
7. A new Plan subsection 5.3(d) is added as follows:
 
(d)  Special Rules for Compliance with Code Section 409A.
 
(1)  Delayed Payment of 2005 and Later Deferrals to Key Employees.   In the case of any distribution of 2005 and Later Deferrals upon a separation from service of a Participant who, at the date of such separation from service for a reason other than death or disability (as defined in Code §409A), is a Key Employee, if any distribution (including an initial installment) would be payable under this Section 5 at a date that is less than six months after the date of such separation from service, such distribution shall instead be paid at the date six months after the separation from service. Any calculation of the amount of the distribution (or installment) or interest thereon shall be calculated as of the day immediately preceding the date of such delayed distribution.
 
(2)  Authorization for Non-Delayed Payments to Key Employees in 2005.   Section 5.3(d)(1) notwithstanding, any distribution of 2005 and Later Deferrals to a Key Employee in 2005 that would be subject to Section 5.3(d)(1) shall be made at the date otherwise provided under the Plan (i.e., without the six-month delay specified by Section 5.3(d)(1)) in reliance on, and authorized to the fullest extent permitted by, IRS Notice 2005-1.
 
(3)  Certain Elections Permitted in 2005 and 2006.   Any election as to the time of distribution that may be made by a Participant with respect to Pre-


2


 

2005 Deferrals (including the election permitted under Section 5.1(c)(1)) may also be made by a Participant in 2005 and 2006 with respect to 2005 and Later Deferrals in accordance with IRS Notice 2005-1, Q/A 19(c) and 20, and Proposed Treasury Regulation §1.409A, Preamble Section XI.C, including an election that results in a distribution in 2005, except that no such election may be made in 2006 with respect to any 2005 and Later Deferrals (or portions thereof) that otherwise would be distributable in 2006, and the Administrator shall have no authority to disapprove an election that would otherwise meet the requirements of the Plan (excluding any limitation on such election for 2005 and Later Deferrals).
 
(4)  General Rules for Compliance with 409A.   It is intended that the terms of this Plan and deferrals hereunder meet applicable requirements of Code section 409A so that a Participant is not taxed under Code section 409A with respect to Deferred Compensation under this Plan and is not taxed otherwise with respect to Deferred Compensation under this Plan until such time as benefits are distributed to the Participant in accordance with the Plan’s terms. For this purpose, the following terms apply:
 
(i) The Plan will be administered in compliance with Code section 409A and any applicable Treasury or IRS guidance.
 
(ii) Pre-2005 Deferrals and associated Interest are intended to be “grandfathered” under Code section 409A, and Pre-2005 Deferrals will be subject to the rules in effect on October 3, 2004, unless expressly provided otherwise. No amendment or change to the Plan or other change, after October 3, 2004, shall be effective with respect to any Pre-2005 Deferral if such change would constitute a “material modification” within the meaning of applicable guidance or regulations under Code section 409A.
 
(iii) 2005 and Later Deferrals are intended to meet the requirements for deferred compensation under Code section 409A. All elections permitted with respect to 2005 and Later Deferrals must comply with applicable requirements of Code section 409A. In particular, except as provided in paragraph Section 5.3(d) above, no distribution of 2005 and Later Deferrals will be made earlier than an event described in Code section 409A(a)(2)(A). If a distribution of 2005 and Later Deferrals occurs pursuant to a “separation from service” under Code section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i), and if, at the time of such separation from service the Participant is a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) and a delay in distribution is required in order that the Participant will not be subject to tax under Code section 409A, any distribution that otherwise would occur less than six months after such separation from service will instead occur six months after such separation from service (without affecting the timing of any subsequent distribution). The Corporation will have no authority to accelerate distributions of 2005 and Later Deferrals except as may be


3


 

permitted under Code section 409A. Any other rights of a Participant or retained authority of the Corporation with respect to 2005 and Later Deferrals shall be automatically modified and limited to the extent necessary so that the Participant will not be deemed to be subject to taxation under Code section 409A, or otherwise subject to taxation prior to the distribution of the benefits under the Plan.
 
8. Section 7.2 is amended to read as follows:
 
7.2.  Termination.   The Corporation may at any time terminate this Plan provided that:
 
(a) no such termination shall reduce amounts already credited to a Participant’s Account at such time; and
 
(b) termination of the Plan will not accelerate the time of distributions nor cease the accrual of interest prior to the applicable event under Section 5.1 hereof, unless the Corporation, by action of its Board, shall elect to accelerate all distributions at the time it elects to terminate this Plan, except accelerated distributions of 2005 and Later Deferrals are authorized but only to the extent permitted under the Proposed Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(h)(2)(viii) and any successor or other applicable regulation or guidance.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN to be executed by its duly authorized officer, this 28th day of December, 2005.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  Paul George
Paul George, EVP — HR
 
ATTEST:
 
/s/  Stacy Papadopoulos


4

 
Exhibit 10.28
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 
As Amended and Restated
January 1, 2008


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
     
Article I
Establishment of the Plan
  1
     
Article II
Definitions
  1
     
Article III
Eligibility and Participation
  4
     
Article IV
Account
  5
     
Article V
Deferral Elections and Payment of Distributions
  5
     
Article VI
Administration
  10
     
Article VII
Amendment and Termination
  10
     
Article VIII
Miscellaneous
  11


 

FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(Restated and Amended 1/1/2008)
 
ARTICLE I
Establishment of the Plan
 
1.1  Purpose .  The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Corporation”) hereby amends and restates the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, which was last amended and restated effective January 1, 2002, and which was subsequently amended effective January 1, 2005. The purpose of the amended and restated Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (“Plan”) is to allow Corporation Executives to defer a portion of their Salary and Bonus. The Corporation intends that the Plan shall at all times be maintained on an unfunded basis for federal income tax purposes under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), and be administered as a “top hat” plan exempt from the substantive requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). The Plan is intended to provide deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), 401(a)(1) and 4021(b)(6) (or successor(s) thereto). Because the Plan is available to all officers, the Plan is intended to constitute a “benefit plan of general applicability” for purposes of 12 C.F.R. Section 1770.4(d)(3). No assets will be set aside to fund the Corporation’s liability under the Plan.
 
1.2.   Effective Date and Effect on Other Plans .  The Plan as herein amended and restated shall be effective as of January 1, 2008 (“Effective Date”). As of the Effective Date, the terms of this restated and amended Plan document shall apply to 2005 and Later Deferrals, and supersede the Plan document effective January 1, 2002 as applicable to the 2005 and Later Deferrals. The terms of the Plan applicable to Pre-2005 Deferrals are those contained in the Plan document effective January 1, 2002 (as amended).
 
1.3.   Name .  The name of the Plan is the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
ARTICLE II
Definitions
 
2.1.   Administrator .  The Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board.
 
2.2.   Beneficiary .  The individual or individuals designated by the Participant to receive distributions under this Plan in the event of the Participant’s death.
 
2.3.   Board .  The Board of Directors of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or such Committee thereof delegated to act on its behalf.
 
2.4.   Bonus .  A cash bonus paid pursuant to the Corporation’s corporate-wide annual bonus program.


1


 

2.5.   Bonus Deferral Election .  An annual election to defer a portion, portions or all of a Bonus award not yet awarded, in the form specified by the Administrator, and subject to the terms of this Plan.
 
2.6.   Compensation .  An Executive’s Salary and Bonus from the Corporation for the Plan Year.
 
2.7.   Corporation .  The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or any successor thereto.
 
2.8.   Deferral Election .  The Bonus Deferral Election or the Salary Deferral Election.
 
2.9.   Deferred Bonus .  The amount of Bonus, or any portion or portions thereof, which the Executive and the Corporation mutually agreed, by the applicable deferral election deadline, shall be deferred in accordance with this Plan.
 
2.10.   Deferred Compensation .  Deferred Bonus and Deferred Salary.
 
2.11.   Deferred Salary .  The amount of Salary, or any portion or portions thereof, which the Executive and the Corporation mutually agreed, by the applicable deferral election deadline, shall be deferred in accordance with this Plan.
 
2.12  Employee .  Any Regular Full-Time or Part-Time employee, as defined in Freddie Mac Policy No. 3-221, Employment Classifications Policy (as may be amended, replaced or redesignated from time to time), who is on the payroll of the Corporation and not paid by accounts payable, and whose wages from the Employer are subject to withholding for the purposes of Federal income taxes and the Federal Insurance Contributions Act. For purposes of the Plan, Part-Time Employees include only those Employees who are regularly scheduled to work at least 20 hours per week.
 
The term Employee shall not include:
 
(a) individuals whom the Corporation classifies, pursuant to Freddie Mac Policy No. 3-221, Employment Classifications Policy (as may be amended, replaced or redesignated from time to time), as
 
(i) Co-Op, Work Study Students or Interns,
 
(ii) Employment Agency Temporaries,
 
(iii) Independent Contractors/Consultants, or
 
(iv) Temporary Employees
 
(or similar classification) regardless of the individuals’ employment status under applicable law;
 
(b) individuals who are retroactively classified as Regular Full-Time or Part-Time employees with respect to such period of retroactive classification; and


2


 

(c) Leased Employees (as defined in the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employees’ Pension Plan).
 
2.13.   Executive .  An Employee of the Corporation who is an officer of the Corporation at the level of vice president or above.
 
2.14.   Interest Rate .  For a calendar year, the Prime Rate as of the first business day of such calendar year, plus 1%, or such other rate as the Administrator may determine in its discretion.
 
2.15  Key Employee .  A Participant who is a “key employee” of the Company as defined in Code section 416(i) (without regard to Code section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the 12-month period ending on December 31. If a Participant is a Key Employee as of December 31, the Participant will be treated as a Key Employee for the entire 12-month period beginning on the April 1 following that December 31. For purposes of determining Key Employees, the definition of compensation in Treasury Regulations section 1.415(c)-2(d)(3) will apply.
 
2.16.   Participant .  An Executive who has elected to participate in the Plan pursuant to Article III hereof and, where the context requires, a former Executive to whom payments are due under this Plan.
 
2.17.   Plan Year .  The twelve (12) month period beginning on January 1 of the calendar year and ending on December 31 of the same calendar year.
 
2.18.   Pre-2005 Deferrals .  Deferred Compensation that would have been payable before 2005 but for deferral under this Plan and which was not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture in 2005 or thereafter, together with earnings thereon. Pre-2005 Deferrals, including earnings thereon, are deferred amounts that are deemed to be grandfathered for purposes of Code section 409A.
 
2.19.   Prime Rate .  The base rate on corporate loans at large U.S. money center commercial banks as reported by the Wall Street Journal.
 
2.21.   Salary .  An Executive’s annual cash base pay for the Plan Year, as determined by the Administrator.
 
2.22.   Salary Deferral Election .  An annual election to defer a portion of Salary not yet earned (not to exceed 80% of such Salary), in the form specified by the Administrator, and subject to the terms of this Plan.
 
2.23.   Termination of Employment . A separation from the service of the Corporation which constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h) and any successor or other applicable regulation under Code section 409A.
 
2.24.   2005 and Later Deferrals .  Deferred Compensation, together with earnings thereon, other than Pre-2005 Deferrals.


3


 

ARTICLE III
Eligibility and Participation
 
3.1.   Election to Defer Bonus .
 
(a)  Current Executives .  A current Executive may participate in the Deferred Bonus portion of this Plan for any Plan Year by executing a Bonus Deferral Election on or before December 31 of the prior Plan Year, in such form as is approved by the Administrator, electing to defer a set amount or amounts of any Bonus which may be earned for service solely in the following Plan Year (or later Plan Years), not to exceed the Bonus less applicable withholding taxes thereon, subject to the terms of this Plan. A Participant’s Bonus Deferral with respect to his Bonus for the Plan Year shall be expressed in such manner as designated by the Administrator.
 
(b)  Newly Hired and Promoted Executives .  An Executive whose employment commences during the Plan Year shall be eligible to participate in the Deferred Bonus portion of the Plan for such Plan Year, if permitted by the Administrator and on terms specified by the Administrator, by filing an election (in such form as is approved by the Administrator) within thirty (30) days after commencement of employment; provided, however, that the election shall be irrevocable upon filing, and the election shall apply solely to compensation earned after the filing of the election (determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-2(a)(7)). Newly promoted Executives shall not be eligible to defer their Bonus applicable to their year of promotion.
 
3.2.   Election to Defer Salary .
 
(a)  Current Executives .  A current Executive may participate in the Deferred Salary portion of this Plan for any Plan Year by executing a Salary Deferral Election on or before December 31 of the prior Plan Year, in such form as is approved by the Administrator, electing to defer a set amount of Salary to be earned in the following Plan Year, , subject to the terms of this Plan. A Participant’s Salary Deferral with respect to his Salary for the Plan Year shall be expressed in such manner as designated by the Administrator, and shall not exceed eighty (80) percent of the Salary for that Plan Year, as determined in such manner as designated by the Administrator.
 
(b)  Newly Hired and Promoted Executives .  Any person who commences employment as an Executive, is promoted to Executive status or otherwise is first designated as an Executive during a Plan Year may participate in the Deferred Salary portion of this Plan for such Plan Year by executing a Salary Deferral Election within thirty (30) days after the commencement of such employment or Executive status, as applicable, provided, however, that the election shall be irrevocable upon filing, and the election shall apply solely to compensation earned after the filing of the election (determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-2(a)(7)). A new Executive’s Salary Deferral with respect to his Salary for the Plan Year shall be expressed in such manner as designated by the Administrator, and shall not exceed eighty (80) percent of the Salary for the Plan Year which is earned after the election.


4


 

3.3.   Revocation .  Once made, neither a Bonus Deferral Election nor a Salary Deferral Election, may be revoked, except as provided in Section 5.3.
 
3.4.   Change of Status .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the case of any Executive whose status changes to that of a non-Executive while still employed by the Corporation, any election to defer Salary or to defer part or all of Bonus earned in the year in which such status changed or a prior year entered into prior to the occurrence of such change in status, or any deferral election that otherwise is irrevocable, shall be unaffected hereunder by such change in status. No new elections to defer Salary or Bonus will be permitted hereunder while such Employee remains in a non-Executive status. However, should such individual again become an Executive of the Corporation, his or her participation in the Plan thereafter while an Executive shall be governed by this Article III and other applicable provisions of the Plan, with such Executive deemed to be newly eligible for purposes of elections to defer to the extent permitted under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-2(a)(7)(ii).
 
ARTICLE IV
Account
 
4.1.   Account .  The Administrator shall establish, or cause to be established, an Account for each Participant hereunder.
 
4.2.   Deferral Contribution .  Each Participant’s Account shall be credited by bookkeeping entries with cash amounts which the Participant has elected to defer by a Salary Deferral Election or Bonus Deferral Election hereunder as of the date such amounts would have been paid to such Participant had such Deferral Election not been in force.
 
4.3.   Adjustments .  Each Participant’s Account shall be credited by bookkeeping entries with interest at the Interest Rate on each cash deferral from the date as of which such amount is credited under Section 4.2 above, compounded daily, until the applicable date or event to which such amounts have been deferred in accordance with Article V hereof. Each Participant’s Account shall be debited with any distribution hereunder. Interest shall be credited as of the last day of each month, and within thirty (30) days following the end of each month.
 
ARTICLE V
Deferral Elections and Payment of Distributions
 
5.1.   Participant’s Salary and Bonus Deferral Elections .
 
(a)  Elections as to Deferral Period .  A Participant shall elect at the time of his or her respective Deferral Election to have the amount or amounts of Deferred Salary or Deferred Bonus (as applicable) subject to such Deferral Election, plus interest at the applicable Interest Rate, deferred until any number of whole years specified by the Participant in such Deferral Election (subject to Section 5.2(c)(1)); provided that in no event may the commencement of any distribution be deferred beyond the Participant’s Termination of Employment (plus any applicable period before payments begin under the Plan, including under Section 5.2(c)(1)); and provided further that the Administrator may impose such limitations on Deferral Elections as it may deem advisable for purposes of convenient administration of the Plan.


5


 

(b)  Deferrals for a Period of Years .  If a Participant makes a Deferral Election for a period of years as specified in Section 5.1(a), the following rules shall also apply:
 
(1) The Participant shall designate, at the time of such Deferral Election, one of the following methods of payment; (i) a lump-sum payment or (ii) reasonably equal annual installments over five (5), ten (10) or fifteen (15) years;
 
(2) With respect to any such Deferral Election, the Participant shall also designate, at the time of such Deferral Election, one of the following methods of payment which shall apply in the event he or she experiences a Termination of Employment prior to the expiration of the period of years specified in the Deferral Election: (i) a lump sum or (ii) reasonably equal annual installments over five (5), ten (10) or fifteen (15) years.
 
5.2  Scheduled Distributions.
 
(a)  Lump-Sum Cash Payments .  (i) If a Participant elects a lump sum distribution under Section 5.1, all distributions equal to the cash balance in a Participant’s Account attributable to the Deferral Election in question shall be payable in a lump sum to the Participant by the Corporation, as of the applicable date or event under Section 5.1 for such Deferral Election (subject to Section 5.2(c)(1)); (ii) if a Participant dies prior to receipt of the lump sum, the lump sum shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary. In the event of a lump-sum cash payment distributable under either (i) or (ii), the distribution shall occur within thirty (30) days after the applicable date or event and interest shall be credited through such applicable date or event.
 
(b)  Installment Cash Payments .  If a Participant elects installment payments in accordance with Section 5.1, such installments shall be payable as follows:
 
(1)  Timing of Payments .  The first installment shall be made during January of the Plan Year next following the Plan Year in which Termination of Employment or deferral expiration occurs, subject to Section 5.2(c)(1). The second installment shall be made in the January of the year next following the year in which the first installment was paid, subject to Section 5.2(c). All subsequent installments shall be made each January thereafter until the aggregate number of installments equals the number elected by the Participant.
 
(2)  Computation of Payments .  For payments to be made pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(1), the first installment (“Principal Amount”) shall be the quotient of (A) an amount equal to the balance of the Participant’s Account determined as of the date of Termination of Employment, and including interest accrued thereon through such date preceding the day of payment (subject to Section 5.2(c)(1)), divided by (B) the relevant number of installments elected by the Participant. Each subsequent installment shall be equal to the Principal Amount plus interest at the Interest Rate on the remaining balance of the relevant portion of the Participant’s Account through such date preceding the date of payment as the Administrator might determine.


6


 

(3) Payment to Beneficiary .  If a Participant dies prior to receipt of all of the applicable installment payments, the remaining cash balance of the applicable portion of the Participant’s Account shall be paid in a lump sum to the Participant’s Beneficiary within thirty (30) days after the date of death and interest shall be credited through such date preceding the date of payment as the Administrator might determine.
 
(c)  Special Rules for Compliance with Code Section 409A .
 
(1)  Delayed Payment of 2005 and Later Deferrals to Key Employees .  In the case of any distribution of 2005 and Later Deferrals triggered by a Termination of Employment of a Participant who, at the date of such Termination of Employment for a reason other than death or Disability , is a Key Employee, if any distribution (including an initial or subsequent installment) would be payable under this Section 5 at a date that is less than six months after the date of such Termination of Employment, such distribution shall instead be paid at the date six months after the Termination of Employment (without affecting the timing of any subsequent installment that is not within the six-month period following Termination of Employment). Any calculation of the amount of the interest due on the distribution (or installment) shall be calculated as of the day immediately preceding the date of such delayed distribution. Except as otherwise permitted under Code section 409A and guidance thereunder, a distribution subject to this Section 5.2(c)(1) cannot be paid out during the six month period upon the occurrence of any other event except in the event of death of the Participant.
 
(2)  Certain Elections Permitted in 2005, 2006 & 2007 .  Any election as to the time of distribution that may be made by a Participant with respect to Pre-2005 Deferrals may also be made by a Participant in 2005, 2006 and 2007 with respect to 2005 and Later Deferrals in accordance with IRS Notice 2007-86, and the additional applicable Code section 409A guidance made reference to therein.
 
(3)  General Rules for Compliance with 409A .  It is intended that the terms of this Plan and deferrals hereunder meet applicable requirements of Code section 409A so that a Participant is not taxed under Code section 409A with respect to Deferred Compensation under this Plan and is not taxed otherwise with respect to Deferred Compensation under this Plan until such time as benefits are distributed to the Participant in accordance with the Plan’s terms. For this purpose, the following terms apply:
 
(i) The Plan will be administered in compliance with Code section 409A and any applicable Treasury or IRS guidance.
 
(ii) Pre-2005 Deferrals and associated interest are intended to be “grandfathered” under Code section 409A, and Pre-2005 Deferrals will be subject to the rules in effect under the Plan on October 3, 2004, unless expressly provided otherwise. No amendment or change to the Plan or other change, after October 3, 2004, shall be effective with respect to any


7


 

Pre-2005 Deferral if such change would constitute a “material modification” within the meaning of applicable guidance or regulations under Code section 409A.
 
(iii) 2005 and Later Deferrals are intended to meet the requirements for deferred compensation under Code section 409A. All elections permitted with respect to 2005 and Later Deferrals must comply with applicable requirements of Code section 409A. In particular, the Administrator is authorized to permit elections with regard to 2005 and Later Deferrals in the form of Deferred Salary and Deferred Bonus in writing as specified in Article III and elsewhere in the Plan and otherwise in compliance with but to the fullest extent permitted under any other provision of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-2(a). No distribution of 2005 and Later Deferrals will be made earlier than an event described in Code section 409A(a)(2)(A), and the Corporation will have no authority to accelerate distributions of 2005 and Later Deferrals, except as may be permitted under Code section 409A (in particular Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(j)(4)). Any other rights of a Participant or retained authority of the Corporation with respect to 2005 and Later Deferrals shall be automatically modified and limited to the extent necessary so that the Participant will not be deemed to be subject to taxation under Code section 409A, or otherwise subject to taxation prior to the distribution of the benefits under the Plan.
 
5.3  Hardship Withdrawals .
 
(a) Upon written application, a Participant may request a withdrawal of all or any portion of the amounts then credited to his or her Account prior to the time of payment applicable under Section 5.1 above in the case of an unforeseeable emergency. An “unforeseeable emergency” is defined as a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Code section 152, without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, and otherwise meeting the definition set forth in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(3). The circumstances that will constitute an unforeseeable emergency will depend upon the facts of each case, but, in any case, payment may not be made to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved —
 
(1) Through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise,
 
(2) By liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or
 
(3) By cessation of deferrals under the Plan.


8


 

Examples of what are not considered to be unforeseeable emergencies include the need to send a Participant’s child to college or the desire to purchase a home.
 
(b) The amount to be withdrawn because of an unforeseeable emergency need shall not exceed the amount reasonably needed to satisfy such need, provided that such amount shall not exceed the amount necessary to relieve such emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the withdrawal.
 
(c) A Participant (who is not a retired or former Executive) shall make written application and present evidence of such need to the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Upon the advice of tax counsel, the Chief Executive Officer is authorized to make the initial determination as to the existence of an unforeseeable emergency after reviewing the evidence presented by the Participant. Such determination shall not be made by the Chief Executive Officer as to an application made by himself or by the President of the Corporation. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee shall make such determination for the Chief Executive Officer and President of the Corporation. If the Chief Executive Officer, after reviewing the evidence, makes an initial determination denying the Participant’s application, the Participant may make a written appeal to the Administrator no later than thirty (30) days from the date of the initial denial. The Chief Executive Officer’s authority to act under this Section 5.3 is subject to the Administrator’s right to revoke such authority in Section 6.1 hereof. The decision of the Administrator shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the Participant and any and all persons claiming through the Participant.
 
(d) A Participant who is a retired or former Executive to whom payments are due under this Plan may make written application for a hardship withdrawal and present evidence of such need as set forth in Section 5.3(c) above except that (i) the Executive heading the Human Resources Division shall perform the functions of the Chief Executive Officer set forth therein and (ii) the Chief Executive Officer shall perform the functions of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee set forth therein.
 
(e) Upon a finding under this Section 5.3 that an unforeseeable emergency has occurred with respect to a Participant, any election of the Participant to defer compensation that will be earned in whole or part by services in the year in which the unforeseeable emergency occurred or is found to continue will be immediately cancelled with respect to any amounts payable thereafter to the Participant.
 
5.5.   Designation of Beneficiary .
 
(a) All designations of Beneficiary shall be on such forms as are specified by and filed with the Administrator. Any Beneficiary designation made by the Participant in accordance with this provision may be changed from time to time, without the consent of any previously designated Beneficiary, by filing with the Administrator a notice of such change on the form provided by the Administrator and such change of Beneficiary designation shall become effective upon receipt by the Administrator.
 
(b) In the event a Participant’s Beneficiary would otherwise become entitled to a distribution hereunder, and all Beneficiaries designated by the Participant are not then


9


 

living, or if no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect, the Participant’s estate or duly authorized personal representative shall be deemed to have been designated by the Participant.
 
ARTICLE VI
Administration
 
6.1  Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, referred to herein as Administrator. Members of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, if otherwise eligible, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan, but no such member shall be entitled to make decisions solely with respect to his or her participation. The Administrator shall be vested with full authority to make, administer and interpret such rules and regulations as it deems necessary to administer the Plan. Any determination, decision or action of the Administrator in connection with the construction, interpretation, administration or application of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all Participants and any and all persons claiming under or through any Participant. The Administrator shall have the authority to:
 
(a) Employ agents to perform services on behalf of the Administrator and to authorize the payment of reasonable compensation for the performance of such services; and
 
(b) Delegate to designated employees or departments of the Corporation the authority to perform such of the Administrator’s administrative duties hereunder as may be delegated to such employees or departments.
 
Pursuant to this authority and subject, in each case, to the right of the Administrator to revoke such delegations in writing at any time, (i) the record keeping and bookkeeping responsibilities under this Plan are hereby delegated to the Executive heading the Human Resources Division of the Corporation and/or such employees of that division as such Executive shall designate; and (ii) the determinations of hardship to the extent set forth in Section 5.3 hereunder are hereby delegated to the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.
 
6.2.  Costs .  The Corporation shall pay the costs of administering the Plan.
 
6.3  Claims Procedure .  In the event that an Executive does not receive a Plan benefit that is claimed, the Executive shall be entitled to consideration and review conducted in a manner designed to comply with the applicable provisions of Section 503 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (or successor thereto).
 
ARTICLE VII
Amendment and Termination
 
7.1.   Amendment. The Administrator may at any time amend this Plan; provided, however that (a) no amendment shall reduce amounts already credited to a Participant’s Account at the time of such amendment or, except as provided in Section 7.2(b) hereof, accelerate the distributions hereunder, and (b) any amendment that would exceed the scope of the authority delegated by the Board to the Administrator shall be subject to the approval of the Board.


10


 

7.2.   Termination .  The Corporation, acting through the Administrator or the Board, may at any time terminate this Plan provided that:
 
(a) no such termination shall reduce amounts already credited to a Participant’s Account at such time; and
 
(b) termination of the Plan will not accelerate the time of distributions nor cease the accrual of Interest prior to the applicable event under Section 5.1 hereof, unless the Corporation, by action of its Board, shall elect to accelerate all distributions at the time it elects to terminate this Plan, except accelerated distributions of 2005 and Later Deferrals are authorized but only to the extent permitted under the Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) and any successor or other applicable regulation or guidance.
 
ARTICLE VIII
Miscellaneous
 
8.1.   No Right of Employment .  Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to grant an Executive any rights other than those specifically outlined in the Plan. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to create any right of, or contract for, employment between an Executive and the Corporation.
 
8.2.   Withholding .  The Corporation may deduct from any distributions due to any Participant or Beneficiary hereunder, any taxes required to be withheld by Federal, state or local governments.
 
8.3.   Non-Assignability Clause .  Participants may not borrow from their Accounts in this Plan. Neither the Participant, nor his Beneficiary, nor any other designee, shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, encumber, transfer or otherwise convey the right to receive any distributions hereunder. Distributions and right thereto are expressly declared to be non-assignable and non-transferable and any attempted assignment or transfer shall be null and void.
 
8.4.   Prohibition Against Funding .  Any provision for distributions hereunder shall be by means of bookkeeping entries on the books of the Corporation and shall not create in the Participant or Beneficiary any right to, or claim against any specific assets of the Corporation, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for the Participant or Beneficiary. A Participant or Beneficiary entitled to any distributions hereunder shall be a general creditor of the Corporation.
 
8.5.   Gender and Number .  As used herein the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter genders, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural the singular, unless the context clearly indicates a different meaning.
 
8.6.   Controlling Law .  This Plan and the respective rights and obligations of the Corporation and the Participants and Beneficiaries shall be construed, administered and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (other than the choice of law provisions thereof), except to the extent preempted by Federal law.


11


 

8.7.   Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Plan shall not affect the other provisions, and the Plan shall be construed in all respects as if any invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted.
 
8.8.   Anticipation of Benefits .  Neither the Participant nor any Beneficiary or Beneficiaries entitled to payments or any other benefits after the death of the Participant shall have the power to transfer, assign, anticipate, modify or otherwise encumber in advance any of the payments that may become due hereunder; nor shall any such payments be subject to attachment, garnishment or execution, or be transferable by operation of law in event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008, to be executed by its duly authorized officers, this 26th day of December, 2007.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/   Julie Peterson
Julie Peterson
Vice President, Compensation & Benefits
 
ATTEST:
 
/s/   Stacy Papadopoulos
Assistant Secretary


12

 
Exhibit 10.29
 
OFFICER SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PROGRAM
Parameters Document
March 2008
 
Objective The Officer Short-term Incentive Program is intended to align executive compensation with the performance of the corporation. The program provides cash awards to eligible officers based on a combination of corporate, division, and individual performance during the performance year. Bonus pool funding is based on the Compensation and Human Resources Committee’s determination of the Company’s performance against annual Corporate Scorecard objectives and other relevant unplanned accomplishments. The allocation of these funds to divisions is determined at the Chief Executive Officer’s discretion, and will take into account the division’s performance. The allocation of an award to individual officers will take into account performance against their objectives and available funds.
 
Performance Period The performance period runs from January 1 — December 31.
 
General Eligibility An officer is eligible to participate in the program if:
 
• As of the last business day of the performance period, s/he is classified by Freddie Mac (in its sole discretion) as an active, full-time or part-time officer, or an officer on short-term disability and/or approved leaves of absence. Individuals who are in terminated status (for whatever reason) as of the last business day of the performance period are not eligible to participate in the bonus program for that year unless their participation is authorized by the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”), the President and Chief Operating Officer (the “President”), or the Executive Vice President-Human Resources and Corporate Services. Individuals on terminated status include those on severance, retirement and long-term disability.
 
• On the bonus payment date (typically in February or March of the year following the performance period), s/he is classified by Freddie Mac (in its sole discretion) as an active, full-time or part-time officer, or an officer on short-term disability and/or approved leave of absence. Individuals who are in terminated status (other than as described in the proviso below) on the bonus payment date are not eligible to participate in the bonus program for that year. Individuals on terminated status include those on severance, retirement and long-term disability; provided, however , that an officer who retires (terminates and commences an immediate annuity under the FHLMC Employees’ Pension Plan) after the last business day of the performance period, but before the bonus payout date, is eligible to participate in the program; and, provided further , that an officer is eligible to participate in the program if his/her participation is authorized by the CEO, the President or the Executive Vice President-Human Resources and Corporate Services.


 

• S/He is not eligible to participate in a separate compensation, incentive and/or bonus plan or individually negotiated arrangement that provides separate bonus treatment.
 
Individualized eligibility criteria may be negotiated with officers and is subject to appropriate approval.
 
Bonus Targets Each year, a bonus target is developed for and communicated to each eligible officer. The targets may be expressed as a percent of base salary or a fixed dollar amount. Bonus targets are subject to appropriate approvals.
 
Discretionary Nature of the Program Freddie Mac’s officer short-term incentive program is discretionary — a payout under the program is not guaranteed and is only payable if the appropriate authority decides to award the bonus. Key performance areas are defined in the Corporate Scorecard and represent corporate performance goals for the year. The CHRC approves the Corporate Scorecard applicable to the performance period.
 
The amount of funding for the program is determined by the CHRC based upon an evaluation of the Company’s performance against the Corporate Scorecard objectives and other items, as the CHRC deems appropriate.
 
The Corporate Scorecard Objectives are generally communicated to eligible officers generally in the first quarter of the Performance Year.
 
Bonus Pool Funding Calculation The formula used to calculate the bonus pool funding is
 
Corporate Performance (0 – 200 percent), multiplied by either (a) agreed upon aggregate funding level or (b) aggregate bonus targets of participants, plus guaranteed minimum bonus commitments
 
= Officer Short-term Incentive Program Funding


 

Bonus Award Guidelines +
• Each division receives a bonus pool to allocate to participants.
 
• Bonus targets are calculated based on either a fixed dollar amount or actual base salary earnings (not annual salaries). If calculated on actual base salary earnings, this calculation does not include items such as the prior year’s bonus, other incentive or cash awards, FlexDollars or vacation payouts. If calculated on a fixed dollar amount, this calculation will be prorated using base salary earnings.
 
• Bonuses are calculated based on the bonus target developed for the officer.
 
• An officer’s total bonus cannot exceed two times his/her target absent approval of the CHRC for Executive Officers or an Authorized Officers for non-Executive Officers.
 
Payout Other Officers: Generally, bonuses are recommended by the division heads, approved by an Authorized Officer and paid no later than March in the year following the performance year.
 
Executive Officers: Bonuses are recommended by the CEO, approved by the CHRC (the Audit Committee for the Senior Vice President — General Auditor), and paid no later than March in the year following the performance year
 
CEO/President: Bonuses are approved by the CHRC, with input from the other independent members of the Board, and paid no later than March in the year following the performance year. The CEO, the CHRC, or the Audit Committee, as appropriate, may change payout dates noted above.
 
General Bonus amounts paid pursuant to this arrangement are considered compensation for purposes of the 401(k) plan, the pension plan and the SERP.
 
Nothing in this program is intended to create a contract to employ any employee for any particular term or period of time or otherwise abrogate Freddie Mac’s right to terminate an employee at any time for any reason.
 
Freddie Mac reserves the right to terminate this program or modify its provisions at anytime for any reason at the corporation’s sole discretion.

 
Exhibit 10.30
         
(FREDDIE MAC LOGO)   CORPORATE POLICY    
 
Subject: Severance — Officers
 
Policy Number: 3-254.1
 
Control Point: Director — Employee Relations
 
Approval Authority: EVP — Human Resources
 
Signature: Paul George [Signature on original kept by Legal]
 
Summary of Policy
 
This policy sets forth the eligibility requirements and amount of Severance Pay available to Eligible Officers . Defined terms are italicized. Please see Appendix A for definitions.
 
I.  Under what circumstances is Severance Pay provided?
 
Freddie Mac provides Severance Pay to a Severance Eligible Officer pursuant to the terms of this Policy. In addition, in the event an employee becomes a Severance Eligible Officer as a result of a Reduction in Force , Freddie Mac also provides Notice Pay , even if the Severance Eligible Officer does not sign an Agreement and Release of Claims .
 
A Severance Eligible Officer’s employment is terminated as of the Separation Date . Such former officer’s eligibility to receive any benefit from or to continue participation in other plans maintained by the corporation is governed by the terms and provisions of those plans.
 
II.  What procedures are followed to determine severance eligibility?
 
Business-area management will submit to the Human Resources Division for review any proposed termination of employment (including any proposed voluntary separation that could result in Severance Pay ) or proposed offer of Comparable Employment prior to discussing the same with the impacted employee. The Employee Relations Department of the Human Resources Division determines whether the employee is a Severance Eligible Officer , and interprets and applies this policy.
 
Employee Relations, after consulting with business-area management and the Legal Division, also determines whether a job position to be offered to an Eligible Officer is Comparable Employment. Eligible Officers will be evaluated for Comparable Employment , if at all, based on criteria including (but not limited to) their historical performance ratings and management’s assessment of relative skills.
 
After Employee Relations determines that the employee is a Severance Eligible Officer , business-area management provides Notice to the Severance Eligible Officer . Business-area management will give Notice in advance of the Separation Date, if at all, to the extent that advance notification is consistent with business circumstances or required by law.


 

         
(FREDDIE MAC LOGO)   CORPORATE POLICY    
 
Business-area management, after consulting with Employee Relations, also establishes the Separation Date of a Severance Eligible Officer. Business-area management may require an Eligible Officer to provide services to Freddie Mac up to and including the Separation Date as a condition of being a Severance Eligible Officer .
 
III.  What is required for a Severance Eligible Officer to receive Severance Pay?
 
As a condition of receiving Severance Pay , a Severance Eligible Officer must sign an agreement and release of claims. Freddie Mac has exclusive discretion to determine what terms will be included within the agreement and release of claims. Among other things, the agreement and release of claims may contain provisions related to the following:
 
ü  Full release of claims
ü  Non-participation in claims against Freddie Mac
ü  Notice of receipt of subpoenas
ü  Treatment of confidential information
ü  Non-competition
ü  Non-solicitation of Freddie Mac employees
ü  Notice of future employment
ü  Return of Freddie Mac property
ü  Non-disparagement
ü  Obligation to reasonably cooperate
ü  Damages in the event of breach
ü  Preclusion and/or restriction from future Freddie Mac employment
 
If a Severance Eligible Officer does not receive two-weeks of advance Notice of his/her Separation Date from Freddie Mac, and does not execute an agreement and release of claims proffered by the corporation, then the officer will receive two weeks’ pay following his/her Separation Date in lieu of advance Notice , and will receive no Severance Pay .
 
IV.  What is the Severance Period of a Severance Eligible Officer?
 
The suggested Severance Period of a Severance Eligible Officer is stated in Table A. If the Severance Eligible Officer is entitled to receive Notice Pay , then his/her Severance Period shall be the Severance Period specified in the applicable Table, minus the number of days of Notice Pay he/she is entitled to receive. In no event will a Severance Eligible Officer receive less than four weeks of Severance Pay in addition to Notice Pay . Freddie Mac has discretion to vary the length of the Severance Period and accordingly the amount of Severance Pay an officer receives.
 
If the officer has executed an written agreement with the company prior to receiving Notice that specifies a Severance Period different from what is provided below, then the length of the Severance Period is as specified in that agreement, and will be in addition to the Notice Pay .
 
 
2


 

         
(FREDDIE MAC LOGO)   CORPORATE POLICY    
TABLE A
Severance Period for Eligible Officers
 
       
Competed Service     Severance Period
< 1 year
    2 months
< 2 years
    3 months
< 3 years
    4 months
< 4 years
    5 months
< 5 years
    6 months
< 6 years
    7 months
< 7 years
    8 months
< 8 years
    9 months
< 9 years
    10 months
< 10 years
    11 months
> 10 years
    12 months
       
 
V.  How does a Severance Eligible Officer receive his/her Severance Pay?
 
A Severance Eligible Officer has the option of receiving his/her Severance Pay in periodic payments coinciding with Freddie Mac’s standard payroll procedures. Alternatively, the Severance Eligible Officer may receive his/her Severance Pay in a Lump Sum . If the Severance Eligible Officer elects periodic payments, he/she may be eligible to continue his/her participation in certain benefits plans at a reduced cost, in accordance with the terms of those plans.
 
If a former officer receiving Severance Pay dies before receiving his/her entire Severance Pay , then Freddie Mac will pay the balance to the former employee’s beneficiaries entitled by will or applicable law to receive such benefit.
 
VI.  When does a Severance Eligible Officer have to elect Lump Sum or Periodic Payments?
 
A Severance Eligible Officer must elect whether to receive his/her Severance Pay in a Lump Sum or in periodic payments on or before the date on which he/she signs the required agreement and release of claims. Failure to make an election by this time will result in the Severance Eligible Officer receiving his/her Severance Pay in a Lump Sum .
 
VII.  Restriction On Specified Employees.
 
If a Severance Eligible Officer is a Specified Employee , then he/she will not begin receiving his/her Severance Pay until six (6) months following his/her Separation Date , consistent with Prop. Treas. Reg. 1.409A-3(g)(2), or any successor thereto. If the Severance Eligible Officer elected to receive his/her Severance Pay in periodic payments within the required election period, then he/she shall receive six months of Severance Pay in a Lump Sum upon the expiration of the six-month wait period, and then will receive the balance of his/her Severance Pay in periodic payments according to the company’s standard payroll procedures.
 
VIII.  What happens to Severance Pay upon re-employment by Freddie Mac?
 
If a former officer receiving Severance Pay is re-employed by Freddie Mac before the end of the Severance Period , the former officer will forfeit any remaining unpaid Severance Pay . If the former officer received his/her Severance Pay as a
 
 
3


 

         
(FREDDIE MAC LOGO)   CORPORATE POLICY    
Lump Sum , and becomes re-employed by Freddie Mac before the end of the Severance Period , Freddie Mac reserves the right to require that some or all of the amount be repaid as a condition of re-employment.
 
IX.  Where can officers find additional information about Freddie Mac’s severance benefits?
 
Officers may find additional information about Freddie Mac’s severance benefits in Freddie Mac’s Severance Summary Plan Description.
 
X.  Reservation of Rights
 
Freddie Mac reserves the right to amend or terminate this Policy or any of its provisions at any time for any reason in its sole discretion without giving rise to legal liability. Nothing in this Policy is intended nor shall be interpreted to create a contract of employment or alter the at-will employment relationship that otherwise may exist between Freddie Mac and such employee, or otherwise limit the discretion of either Freddie Mac or such employee to terminate the employment relationship at any time for any reason.
 
Effective Date: March 1, 2008
 
o  New
x  Replaces Policy 3-254.1 dated January 15, 2007
 
 
4


 

         
(FREDDIE MAC LOGO)   CORPORATE POLICY    
 
Appendix A
Definitions
 
Comparable Employment Comparable Employment will be assessed on a case-by-case basis. Exact criteria the company will use include each of the following, all of which must be met for the position to be deemed comparable.
 
• The content of the job to which the employee may be assigned. To be comparable, the new position must require substantially the same skill set and technical knowledge.
 
• The commuting distance associated with the new position. To be comparable, the new position must not increase the commuting distance for the employee by more than 50 miles, or increase the commuting distance for the employee such that the total commuting distance exceeds 90 miles.
 
• To be comparable, the employee’s base salary must not decrease by more than 10%.
 
Eligible Officer An employee who is appointed by Freddie Mac as an officer of the corporation.
 
 
5


 

         
(FREDDIE MAC LOGO)   CORPORATE POLICY    
 
Gross Misconduct The occurrence or existence of any of the following:
 
ü  Recurrent or flagrant insubordination related to core job duties and responsibilities;
 
ü  Stealing property belonging to Freddie Mac, another employee, or other theft in connection with employment;
 
ü  Committing fraud, including computer fraud;
 
ü  Willfully destroying property;
 
ü  Inflicting bodily harm on another employee, threatening another employee with a weapon, or conviction (including any plea of nolo contendere ) of a crime;
 
ü  Committing harassment;
 
ü  Engaging in discriminatory behavior;
 
ü  Recurring or habitual tardiness or absenteeism which has resulted in a written reprimand;
 
ü  Intentionally disclosing or intentionally misusing Confidential Information (as that term is defined in the Freddie Mac policy, Code of Conduct, or applicable restrictive covenant and/or confidentiality agreement between the employee and Freddie Mac);
 
ü  Negligently disclosing or negligently misusing Confidential Information (as that term is defined in the Freddie Mac policy, Code of Conduct, or applicable restrictive covenant and/or confidentiality agreement between the employee and Freddie Mac) resulting in a significant adverse impact on Freddie Mac or on the business of Freddie Mac; or
 
ü  A material breach of any provision of any written policy of Freddie Mac required by law or established to maintain compliance with applicable legal or regulatory requirements.
 
Loss of Confidence Determination by senior executive management in its sole discretion that it no longer maintains a high level of confidence in an Eligible Officer’s decisions, judgment and/or conduct.
 
Lump Sum Payment Upon a Severance Eligible Officer’s election, or if the Severance Eligible Officer fails to make an election, Freddie Mac will pay the total Severance Pay in a single lump sum payment. The corporation will not make such payment until after: (1) the Severance Eligible Officer has executed an agreement and release of claims acceptable to Freddie Mac, (2) any applicable revocation period noted in the agreement and release of claims has expired without the Severance Eligible Officer revoking the agreement and release of claims, and (3) (applicable only to Specified Employees ) six months has elapsed since the Separation Date .
 
Notice Oral or written communication from business-area management to a Severance Eligible Officer about the termination of the officer’s employment, Separation Date , and expectations concerning his/her continued provision of services to Freddie Mac during the period between the Notice and the Separation Date .
 
 
6


 

         
(FREDDIE MAC LOGO)   CORPORATE POLICY    
 
Notice Pay The dollar amount of pay based on the number of days of continued pay required by applicable federal and/or state law upon triggering events, such as group layoffs that occur within a legally defined period of time. Laws that would trigger Notice Pay include, but are not limited to, the federal Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification (“WARN”) Act.
 
Position Elimination Loss of job due to company reorganization or job abolishment.
 
Reduction in Force An elimination of a certain minimum number of jobs that occurs within a defined time-period and triggers a requirement to pay Notice Pay . Laws that would require Notice Pay include (but are not limited to) the federal WARN Act.
 
Separation Date The date on which a Severance Eligible Officer’s employment with Freddie Mac terminates.
 
Severance Eligible Officer An Eligible Officer whose position is eliminated due to a Reduction in Force , job abolishment, or Loss of Confidence .
 
An Eligible Officer is not a Severance Eligible Officer if such employee :
 
ü  at the time of Notice is classified as a temporary employee pursuant to Policy 3-221, Worker Classifications (as may be amended, replaced or redesignated from time to time);
 
ü  is terminated for engaging in Gross Misconduct ;
 
ü  is regularly scheduled to work fewer than twenty (20) hours per week as of his/her receipt of Notice;
 
ü  is on “Leave of Absence” status as defined in Policy 3-236, Other Excused Absences (as may be amended, replaced or redesignated from time to time), for thirty (30) or more calendar days as of his/her receipt of Notice unless otherwise provided by law;
 
ü  fails to provide services to Freddie Mac in accordance with the Notice ;
 
ü  resigned employment as a result of a new assignment or reporting relationship;
 
ü  received a written offer of employment from a Successor, which is an entity that acquires (through consolidation, reorganization, transfer, sublease, assignment or otherwise) all or substantially all of the business or assets of any business unit of Freddie Mac, or an entity that contracts with Freddie Mac to perform activities of the business unit in which the employee is assigned contemporaneous with the commencement of the contractual relationship; or
 
ü  received a written offer of Comparable Employment from Freddie Mac.
 
Severance Pay The dollar amount that will be paid to a Severance Eligible Officer during the Severance Period , calculated using the Severance Eligible Officer’s base salary (which does not include items such as overtime, bonus and/or commissions) and/or actual hours of work as of the Separation Date .
 
 
7


 

         
(FREDDIE MAC LOGO)   CORPORATE POLICY    
 
Severance Period The period during which Severance Pay will be provided to a Severance Eligible Officer . The length of the Severance Period is based on the Severance Eligible Officer’s continuous service date or, if he/she previously received Severance Pay from Freddie Mac, then on his/her latest date of hire. The Severance Period begins the day following the Separation Date . Freddie Mac has discretion to vary the length of the Severance Period .
 
Sometimes, a Severance Eligible Officer may have received some, but not all, of his/her Severance Pay because he/she became re-employed by the company before the end of the Severance Period . In that event, Employee Relations will determine his/her continuous service date for purposes of this policy based on his/her rehire date and on the amount of Severance Pay he/she previously received.
 
If the Severance Eligible Officer has a written agreement with Freddie Mac that provides for a Severance Period that is different than the Severance Period specified in Table A, then the Severance Period shall be as specified in the written agreement.
 
Specified Employee A Severance Eligible Officer who is identified by Freddie Mac in its sole discretion as of the Separation Date as a “specified employee” as defined in Prop. Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1(i), or any successor thereto, and whose Severance Pay is determined by Freddie Mac to be subject to section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
 
8
 
Exhibit 10.31
 
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
SEVERANCE PLAN
 
 
Restated and Amended Effective January 1, 1997
 


 

FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
SEVERANCE PLAN
 
WHEREAS, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Corporation”) has established severance policies for the benefit of eligible employees, and
 
WHEREAS, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), requires that every “employee welfare benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) be established and maintained pursuant to a written instrument, and
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation became subject to ERISA effective with its first Board of Directors meeting as a private corporation on February 6, 1990, and
 
WHEREAS, the aforementioned policies provide for the payment of severance benefits and eligibility for such benefits, and
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation established the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Severance Plan on February 6, 1990, and
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation amended and restated the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Severance Plan effective November 1, 1991, and
 
WHEREAS the Corporation desires to amend and restate the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Severance Plan effective January 1, 1997, principally to clarify and update the Plan since its last restatement,
 
NOW, THEREFORE, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Severance Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE
 
1.1.   Purpose.   This document together with Corporate Policy No. 3-254 and Corporate Policy No. 3-254.1 (each the “Policy” and together the “Policies”), as the same may be from time to time amended, which are incorporated herein by reference, constitute the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Severance Plan (“Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to provide severance benefits to certain employees who are involuntarily terminated.
 
1.2.   Effective Date.   The Plan shall be effective as of February 6, 1990. The effective date of this restatement is January 1, 1997. Except as otherwise provided herein, a person who is not employed by the Company at any time after December 31, 1996 shall


2


 

be entitled to benefits, if any, under the Plan based upon the provisions of the Plan in effect on or prior to that date.
 
ARTICLE II
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
2.1  Plan Administration.   The Corporation shall be the Plan Administrator within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(16)(A) and shall be the “named fiduciary” as defined in ERISA Section 401(a)(2). The Plan Administrator shall have the exclusive right and discretionary authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, and to interpret the Plan’s provisions. The Plan Administrator’s exclusive responsibilities shall include (but not be limited to) the following: determining eligibility to participate in the Plan and the amount of benefits payable under the Plan (the President and/or CEO shall have the authority to determine the amount of benefits to be paid to officers, as described in Policy 254.1); interpreting the terms and provisions of the Plan and determining any and all questions arising under the Plan or in connection with the administration thereof, including the right to remedy or resolve possible ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions; and making any finding of fact necessary or appropriate for any purpose under the plan. The findings of fact, determinations, interpretations and decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all person having or claiming to have any interest or right under the Plan.
 
2.2  Source of Funds.   The Corporation shall pay for the costs of the severance pay to the employees from its general assets. No contributions from employees shall be permitted. This Plan shall not be funded by any trust, asset reserve or other pool of assets set aside by the Corporation.
 
2.3  Eligibility and Benefits.   The employees or classes of employees of the Corporation eligible for coverage under the Plan, the effective dates upon which they become eligible, the conditions which they must satisfy to become eligible to receive severance pay, the benefits payable, and other provisions affecting the Plan are those set forth in the Policies. The applicable Policy shall be determined based on the eligible employee’s status (including his or her job title) on the date of termination of employment. The term “employee” as used in the Plan shall mean those individuals who are Regular Full-Time or Part-Time employees as defined in Corporate Policy No. 3-221, Employment Classifications Policy. The term “employee” as used herein shall not include individuals classified as (i) Co-Op, Work Study Students or Interns, (ii) Employment Agency Temporaries or (ii) Independent Contractors/ Consultants, all as defined in the Employment Classifications Policy. The term “employee” shall not include individuals who are retroactively classified as Regular Full-Time or Part-Time Employees with respect to such retroactive period of classification.
 
2.4  Claims Procedures.   In the event that an employee does not receive a Plan benefit that is claimed, the employee shall be entitled to consideration and review as


3


 

provided in this Section 2.4. Such consideration and review shall be conducted in a manner designed to comply with Section 503 of ERISA. The Plan Administrator (or any designated delegate) shall act as Claims Administrator.
 
Upon receipt of any claim for benefits the Claims Administrator shall be notified and shall give due consideration to the claims presented. If the claim is denied to any extent by the Claims Administrator, the Claims Administrator shall furnish the employee with a written notice setting forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the employee, (i) the reasons for the denial of the claim, (ii) references to the Plan provisions upon which the denial is based, (iii) a description of any additional materials or information necessary to complete the claim and why such materials or information are needed and (iv) the provisions of this Section 2.4.
 
The employee may request a review of a denial of severance pay by giving written notice to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receipt of notice of the claims denial. If the request for review is not made within sixty (60) days, then the employee will have waived his right to review. The employee may submit issues and comments in writing. In preparing for the appeal, the employee will be given an opportunity to review all pertinent documents. After consideration of the merits of the appeal, the Plan Administrator shall issue a final written decision within sixty (60) days from the date of receipt of the request for review. However, if the Plan Administrator decides in its discretion that additional time is necessary and so notifies the employee, then the time for rendering a decision shall be within one hundred twenty (120) days of the date of receipt of the request for review.
 
ARTICLE III
MISCELLANEOUS
 
3.1  Nonassignability.   Benefits under the Plan are not in any way subject to the debts or other obligations of the persons entitled thereto and may not voluntarily or involuntarily be sold, transferred or assigned.
 
3.2  No Vested Interest.   Except for the right to receive any benefit payable under the existing terms of the Plan after an eligible termination as described in the Policies, no person shall have any right, title or interest in or to the assets of the Corporation as a participant in the Plan. There is no vesting in, or accrual of, benefits under the Plan.
 
3.3  Employment Rights.   The terms of employment of any employee shall not be modified or in any way affected hereby.
 
3.4  Plan Descriptions.   The Summary Plan Descriptions for the Plan summarize the principal features of this Plan. However, all rights and obligations of the Corporation under the Plan are governed only by the terms of the Plan.


4


 

3.5  Availability of Documents and Records.   Copies of the Plan are available for inspection by any employee at the Corporation’s regional Human Resources offices or at the Benefits Unit of the Human Resources Department in McLean, Virginia.
 
3.6  Amendment and Termination.   The Plan may be amended in whole or in part, or terminated, at any time and from time to time by the Corporation. No such amendment, however, shall affect any severance pay benefit awarded to an eligible employee who severs prior to the effective date of the amendment or termination.
 
3.7  Duration of Benefits.   No award under the Plan will be extended beyond a period of time which will result in the Policies being considered pension plans under ERISA.
 
3.8  Gender and Number.   Words in the masculine gender include the feminine gender and the singular includes the plural, unless the context otherwise indicates.
 
3.9  Plan Year.   The Plan Year shall be the twelve (12) month period from January 1 to December 31.
 
3.10  Governing Law.   The provisions of this Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, except to the extent that they are preempted by Federal law, or as otherwise required by ERISA.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 22nd day of December, 1997.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
  By:  
/s/  Leland C. Brendsel
Leland C. Brendsel
Chief Executive Officer
 
Attest:  
/s/  Keith Earley
Assistant Secretary


5

 
Exhibit 10.32
 
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
SEVERANCE PLAN
 
(As Restated and Amended January 1, 1997)
 
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION SEVERANCE PLAN (the “Plan”) by the FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America.
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS , the Plan was restated effective January 1, 1997, and
 
WHEREAS , the Corporation desires to amend the Plan, and
 
WHEREAS , section 3.6 of the Plan permits the Corporation to amend the Plan, and
 
WHEREAS , the appropriate officer of the Corporation has been duly authorized to amend the Plan and to execute this amendment,
 
NOW, THEREFORE , the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective January 1, 2001:
 
1. Section 2.3 is amended to read as follows:
 
2.3  Eligibility and Benefits . The employees or classes of employees of the Corporation eligible for coverage under the Plan, the effective dates upon which they become eligible, the conditions which they must satisfy to become eligible to receive severance pay, the benefits payable, and other provisions affecting the Plan are those set forth in the Policies. The applicable Policy shall be determined based on the eligible employee’s status (including his or her job title) on the date of termination of employment. The term “employee” as used in the Plan and Policies shall mean any Regular Full-Time or Part-Time employee, as defined in Freddie Mac Policy No. 3-221, Employment Classifications Policy (as may be


 

amended, replaced or redesignated from time to time), who is on the payroll of the Corporation and not paid by accounts payable, and whose wages from the Corporation are subject to withholding for the purposes of Federal income taxes and the Federal Insurance Contributions Act. For purposes of the Plan, Part-Time Employees include only those Employees who are regularly scheduled to work at least 20 hours per week.
 
The term Employee shall not include:
 
(a) individuals whom the Corporation classifies, pursuant to Freddie Mac Policy No. 3-221, Employment Classifications Policy (as may be amended, replaced or redesignated from time to time), as
 
(i) Co-Op, Work Study Students or Interns,
 
(ii) Employment Agency Temporaries,
 
(iii) Independent Contractors/Consultants, or
 
(iv) Temporary Employees
 
(or similar classification) regardless of the individuals’ employment status under applicable law;
 
(b) individuals who are retroactively classified as Regular Full-Time or Part-Time employees with respect to such period of retroactive classification; and
 
(c) Leased Employees (as defined in the FHLMC Employees’ Pension Plan).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION SEVERANCE PLAN to be executed by its duly authorized officer, this 31st day of December, 2001.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
  Signature: 
/s/  C. E. Almer
 
  Printed Name:  C. E. Almer
 
Attest: 
/s/  Mollie Roy
Assistant Secretary


2

 
Exhibit 10.33
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
 
As Amended and Restated
January 1, 2008


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
     
Article I
Establishment of the Plan
  1
     
Article II
Definitions
  1
     
Article III
Eligibility and Participation
  4
     
Article IV
The Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit
  4
     
Article V
The Pension SERP Benefit
  5
     
Article VI
Payment of Benefits
  6
     
Article VII
Administration
  11
     
Article VIII
Amendment and Termination
  12
     
Article IX
Miscellaneous
  13
     
Appendix 1
  16


 

FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
 
ARTICLE I
Establishment of the Plan
 
1.1. Purpose . The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Corporation”) hereby amends and restates the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, which was last amended and restated effective January 1, 1998, and subsequently amended effective January 1, 1999 and January 1, 2005. The amended and restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“Plan”) is a non-qualified plan intended to make up to Executives (as defined below) employer provided contributions and/or benefits under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Employees’ Pension Plan (the “Pension Plan”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Thrift/401(k) Savings Plan (the “Thrift/401(k) Plan”) which Executives lose due to:
 
(a) The application of Internal Revenue Code Section 415,
 
(b) The cap on annual compensation which can be considered for inclusion under the Thrift/401(k) Plan and the Pension Plan set by Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) (or successor thereto), and
 
(c) The exclusion of Deferred Amounts from the definition of compensation (or its equivalent) under the Thrift/401(k) Plan and Pension Plan.
 
A Supplemental Retirement Benefit may also be granted under the Plan, in accordance with Section 9.1.
 
The Corporation intends that the Plan shall at all times be maintained on an unfunded basis for federal income tax purposes under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and administered as a “top hat” plan exempt from the substantive requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). The Plan is intended to provide deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), 401(a)(1) and 4021(b)(6) (or successor(s) thereto). Because the Plan is available to all officers, it is intended to constitute a “benefit plan of general applicability” for purposes of 12 C.F.R. Section 1770.4(d)(3). No assets will be set aside to fund the Corporation’s liability under the Plan.
 
1.2. Effective Date . The Plan as amended and restated at January 1, 2008 shall be effective as of January 1, 2008, except that elections in 2007 within the scope of Section 6.5(b)(i) shall be governed by that provision as restated herein.
 
ARTICLE II
Definitions
 
2.1 Accrual . A recordkeeping mechanism to track projected benefits for Participants. Accruals shall be deemed either “Pre-2005 Accruals” or “2005 and Later Accruals.” A Participant’s “Pre-2005 Accrual” is his or her “grandfathered” Accrual (accrued and fully vested as of December 31, 2004), including any applicable Earnings and Interest thereon, under Code


1


 

section 409A, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.409A-6(a)(3) and any successor regulation or other applicable guidance or regulation under Code section 409A. A Participant’s “2005 and Later Accrual” is his or her Accrual in excess of his or her Pre-2005 Accrual.
 
2.2. Administrator . The Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board.
 
2.3. Basic Contribution . The “Basic Contribution” as defined in the Thrift/401(k) Plan.
 
2.4. Beneficiary . The individual or individuals designated by the Participant to receive benefits under this Plan in the event of the Participant’s death.
 
2.5. Board . The Board of Directors of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or such Committee thereof delegated to act on its behalf.
 
2.6. Compensation . An Executive’s “Compensation” as defined in the Pension Plan.
 
2.7. Corporation . The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.
 
2.8. Deferred Amounts . Any amount deferred by Executives for future payment under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan determined at time of deferral.
 
2.9. Disability . With respect to 2005 and Later Accruals, a Participant shall be considered disabled if the Participant has been determined by the Social Security Administration to be totally disabled. With respect to Pre-2005 Accruals, a Participant shall be considered disabled if the Participant is eligible, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, to receive disability benefits under Title II of the Federal Social Security Act or disability benefits under the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan.
 
2.10. Disability Retirement Date . The date on which, under the Pension Plan, a Participant who is Disabled would commence receiving benefits.
 
2.11 Earnings . The net gain or loss, determined on a percentage basis, on the aggregate of the Participant’s Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit accruals to be credited with earnings under the Plan, such gain or loss based upon the Participant’s direction of the “investment” of such accruals in the investment funds made available under this Plan (such funds to be limited to one or more of the investment options available under the Thrift/401(k) Plan) and calculated on a daily basis. The mechanism by which Participants shall invest their accruals to be credited with Earnings, as well as any rules or procedures for such investment (including treatment of Earnings should no “investment” election be made by a Participant for a particular year), shall be determined by the Administrator (or its delegate) in its sole discretion.
 
2.12. Executive . All Corporation officers at the level of vice president or above; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, an Executive whose status changes to that of a non-Executive while still employed by the Corporation will be treated as an Executive hereunder until the end of the calendar year in which such change of status occurs. After such year such person shall not be eligible to actively participate in this Plan with respect to the period in which he remains a non-Executive. In the event an Executive’s status changes to that


2


 

of a non-Executive, Accruals attributable to Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefits will be maintained under the Plan (and will continue to be credited with Interest or Earnings, as the case may be) and Accruals attributable to the portion of the Pension SERP Benefit described in Section 5.2(a) will be maintained under the Plan until such time as distribution occurs in accordance with Article VI hereof, and Accruals attributable to the portion of the Pension SERP Benefit described in Section 5.2(b) will be readjusted at the time of such distribution.
 
2.13. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan . The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
2.14. Interest . From the Effective Date until such time as designated by the Administrator, the average annual yield of the Thrift/401(k) Plan’s Guaranteed Investment Contract Fund for the most recent calendar year. At such time as is determined by the Administrator, Interest shall be the average annual yield of the Money Market Fund of the Thrift/401(k) Plan for the most recent calendar year. Interest shall be compounded for each calendar year based on the applicable rate for the year.
 
2.15. Key Employee . A Participant who is a “key employee” of the Company as defined in Code section 416(i) (without regard to Code section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the 12-month period ending on December 31. If a Participant is a Key Employee as of December 31, the Participant will be treated as a Key Employee for the entire 12-month period beginning on the April 1 following that December 31. For purposes of determining Key Employees, the definition of compensation in Treasury Regulations section 1.415(c)-2(d)(3) will apply.
 
2.16. Matching Contribution . The “Matching Contribution” as defined in the Thrift/401(k) Plan.
 
2.17. Normal Form of Payment . The form of payment described in Article VI and designated as the Normal Form of Payment for each distributable event and for each of the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit and the Pension SERP Benefit.
 
2.18. Participant . An Executive who has met the eligibility requirements under Section 3.1 and who has completed such enrollment process as may be required under Section 3.2.
 
2.19. Pension SERP Benefit . The Accrual, as adjusted each calendar year, which is recorded by the Corporation to compensate Participants for benefits lost because of Compensation which is ineligible under the Pension Plan as prescribed in Code Section 401(a)(17) (or successor thereto), the imposition of the Code Section 415(b) limit under the Pension Plan, and the exclusion of Deferred Amounts in the definition of compensation (or equivalent term) under the Pension Plan.
 
2.20. Retirement . In the case of Pre-2005 Accruals, retirement in accordance with the eligibility provisions of Article V and the retirement benefit provisions of Article VI of the Pension Plan as in effect October 3, 2004. The term “Retirement” is not applicable to 2005 and Later Accruals.
 
2.21. Spouse . The person legally married to the Participant on the date of the Participant’s death under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the marriage was entered.


3


 

2.22 Supplemental Retirement Benefit . The supplemental retirement benefit provided under Article IX.
 
2.23. Termination of Employment . With respect to 2005 and Later Accruals, a separation from the service of the Corporation which constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(h) and any successor or other applicable regulation under Code section 409A. With respect to Pre-2005 Accruals, the earlier of a Participant’s separation from service, Retirement or Disability.
 
2.24. Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit . The annual Accrual, as adjusted periodically, which is recorded by the Corporation to compensate Participants for the portion of the Matching Contribution and Basic Contribution (to the Thrift/401(k) Plan) lost due to the Code Section 415(c) limitation, the compensation cap as set forth in Code Section 401(a)(17) (or successors thereto), and the exclusion of Deferred Amounts in the definition of compensation (or equivalent term) under the Thrift/401(k) Plan.
 
ARTICLE III
Eligibility and Participation
 
3.1. Eligibility . In order to be eligible for this Plan, Executives must be eligible to participate in the Corporation’s Pension Plan and be eligible for Matching Contributions and Basic Contributions under the Thrift/401(k) Plan for at least a portion of a calendar year. In addition, to be eligible for the portion of the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit attributable to Matching Contributions the Executive must contribute the maximum amount permitted under the terms of the Thrift/401(k) Plan on a pre-tax basis throughout the entire calendar year (or for the portion of the year for which the Executive is eligible to participate in the Thrift/401(k) Plan). If an Executive contributes less than such maximum amount, he or she will not be eligible for the portion of the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit attributable to the Matching Contribution for that calendar year, but he or she will be eligible for that portion of the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit in the next year in which the Executive contributes the maximum amount for the full calendar year.
 
3.2. Participation . If an Executive meets the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 3.1 above, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. In order to become a Participant the Executive shall complete such enrollment process as may be required by the Administrator.
 
ARTICLE IV
The Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit
 
4.1. Basis of Benefit .
 
(a) The Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit will be determined based on: (i) the Executive’s calendar year Compensation; (ii) the limitation set forth in Code Section 415(c) (or successor thereto) for the calendar year; (iii) the compensation cap described in Code Section 401(a)(17) (or successor thereto) for the calendar year and; (iv) the exclusion of Deferred Amounts from the definition of compensation (or its equivalent) under the Thrift/401(k) Plan.


4


 

(b) No Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit will be accrued for a Participant (i) with respect to the Basic Contribution unless the Participant is employed on the last day of the calendar year in question and (ii) with respect to the Matching Contribution, unless the Participant has made the maximum contribution described in Section 3.1 above.
 
4.2. Calculation . The Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit equals the excess of (a) over (b) where:
 
(a) is the amount of the Matching Contribution and Basic Contribution which would have been made to the Thrift/401(k) Plan for the calendar year in question without regard to the limitations set forth in Code Section 415(c) and the cap described in Code Section 401(a)(17) (or successor sections thereto), but based on including the Deferred Amounts as if they were included in the definition of compensation under the Thrift/401(k) Plan, and
 
(b) is the amount of the Matching Contribution and Basic Contribution to the Thrift/401(k) Plan for the calendar year in question with the application of the limitations, caps and exclusions referred to in subparagraph (a) above.
 
4.3. Accrual of Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit . The Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit for each Participant as calculated pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be accrued (as to timing and amount) in a manner consistent with that in which a Basic Contribution and Matching Contribution would have been made by the Corporation on the Participant’s behalf to the Thrift/401(k) Plan.
 
4.4. Crediting of Earnings and Interest . A Participant’s Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit, once accrued, shall be (a) retroactively adjusted to reflect any failure by the Participant to either satisfy the Thrift/401(k) Plan maximum contribution requirement set forth in Section 3.1 (such adjustment to include a corresponding change in Earnings on the adjusted amounts; and (b) credited with Earnings, except that as of the date of Termination of Employment and until a total distribution (if any) is made in accordance with the Plan such Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit shall be credited with Interest, unless otherwise provided in Article VI.
 
ARTICLE V
The Pension SERP Benefit
 
5.1. Basis of Benefit . The Pension SERP Benefit will be determined based on: (i) the Executive’s calendar year Compensation; (ii) the limitation set forth in Code Section 415(b) (or successor thereto) for the calendar year; (iii) the compensation cap described in Code Section 401(a)(17) (or successor thereto) for the calendar year and; (iv) the exclusion of Deferred Amounts from the definition of compensation (or its equivalent) under the Pension Plan. A Pension SERP Benefit shall be payable only if the Participant is vested under the Pension Plan.
 
5.2. Calculation . The Pension SERP Benefit, determined for each Participant and adjusted each calendar year equals the excess of (a) over (b) where:
 
(a) is the Participant’s accrued annuity benefit payable at 65 (or current age, if greater) under the Pension Plan calculated (i) without regard to the limits of Code Section 401(a)(17) and Code Sections 415 (or successor sections thereto), and (ii) based on all of the Participant’s Compensation plus any Deferred Amounts, and


5


 

(b) is the Participant’s accrued annuity benefit payable at age 65 (or current age, if greater) under the Pension Plan.
 
The amount of a Participant’s Pension SERP Benefit calculated in accordance with this Section 5.2 may decrease or increase from one year to the next, and nothing contained in this document should be interpreted to preclude this possibility.
 
5.3. Lump Sum Pension SERP Benefit. The present value, as of the “specified date” in the “year of calculation”, of the annuity benefit described in Section 5.2. The present value is calculated based on the same actuarial assumptions and the same methodology used by the Corporation for calculating a lump sum benefit under the Pension Plan.
 
ARTICLE VI
Payment of Benefits
 
6.1. Payment of Benefits — 2005 and Later Accruals. The Payment of Benefits provisions applicable to the Pre-2005 Accruals are located in Appendix 1 to this document, which is a part hereof. This Section 6.1 applies solely to 2005 and Later Accruals.
 
Thrift/401(k) SERP benefits shall be paid in the form of payment described in Section 6.2(a). The Pension SERP Benefit shall be paid in the form of payment described herein as the “Normal Form of Payment” for the Pension SERP Benefit under Section 6.2(b), unless the Participant has validly elected to receive payment in an alternate form otherwise available under the Plan (if any) to the extent the Administrator has authorized such elections.
 
(a) The portion of Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit funds accrued for the Basic Contribution shall be payable in accordance with the payment provisions of this Article, to the extent that the Participant is vested in his/her Basic Contribution under the Thrift/401(k) Plan; any Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit relating to a Basic Contribution that is not vested at the time of a Participant’s Termination of Employment shall be forfeited.
 
(b) The portion of Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit funds accrued for the Matching Contribution shall be payable in accordance with the payment provisions of this Article.
 
(c) The Pension SERP Benefit will be paid out in accordance with this Article provided the Participant is vested in his/her Pension Plan benefit in accordance with the Pension Plan; any Pension SERP Benefit relating to a benefit under the Pension Plan that is not vested at the time of a Participant’s Termination of Employment shall be forfeited.
 
6.2. Termination of Employment (for Reasons Other Than Death or Disability) — 2005 and Later Accruals . The terms applicable to the payment of Pre-2005 Accruals are located in Appendix 1 to this document, which is a part hereof. This Section 6.2 applies solely to 2005 and Later Accruals.
 
Upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment (for reasons other than death or Disability), benefits shall be paid as follows:


6


 

(a)  Distribution of Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit . The Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit accrued for the Participant hereunder, as adjusted for Earnings and Interest thereon, shall be paid in the form of a lump sum within ninety (90) days after the end of the calendar year in which such Termination of Employment (for reasons other than death or Disability) occurs (subject to delay in accordance with Section 6.5(c)(iii), if applicable). As of the date of Termination of Employment (for reasons other than death or Disability) and thereafter, any accrued balance shall be credited with Interest until paid.
 
(b)  Distribution of Pension SERP Benefit. The Pension SERP Benefit accrued for a Participant hereunder shall be paid:
 
(i) If no alternative distribution applies under Section 6.2(b)(ii), in the form of the Normal Form of Payment, which shall be a Lump Sum Pension SERP Benefit, within ninety (90) days after the end of the calendar year in which such Termination of Employment occurs (subject to delay in accordance with Section 6.5(c)(iii), if applicable). The “year of calculation” for purposes of Section 5.3 shall be the calendar year in which the first payment would be made under this Section 6.2(b)(i), and the “specified date” shall be January 1; or
 
(ii) In accordance with the Participant’s valid election, in one of the following forms:
 
(X) a single life annuity payable for the life of the Participant commencing at age 65 (subject to Section 6.5(c)(iii) if applicable), or;
 
(Y) in five (5), ten (10) or fifteen (15) equal annual installments (the “Installment Period”), of which the first such installment shall be paid within ninety (90) days following the end of the calendar year in which such Termination of Employment occurs (subject to delay in accordance with Section 6.5(c)(iii), if applicable), and the remaining installments within the same period following the end of each of the four (4), nine (9) or fourteen (14) succeeding calendar years, as the case may be. Each installment payable pursuant to this subsection (Y) shall be equal to an amount calculated by multiplying the lump sum amount in 6.2(b)(i) by a fraction, the numerator of which is 1 and the denominator of which is the applicable Installment Period, plus Interest on the distributable portion from the date of Termination through the date of distribution.
 
In order to be valid, a Participant’s election regarding an available alternative distribution form must be made pursuant to such rules that the Administrator, in its discretion, might promulgate, and comply with the requirements of Section 6.5(b).
 
(c)  Minimum Payment Size. Notwithstanding (b) above, the balance of the Pension SERP Benefit shall be paid to a Participant in a lump sum if the balance of the SERP Pension Benefit, excluding Pre-2005 Accruals, is $50,000 or less at any time, then the Participant’s SERP Pension Benefit 2005 and Later Accruals shall be paid out automatically in a lump sum; provided that benefit payments have not commenced in the form of an annuity described in Section 6.2(b)(ii)(X), above. Benefit payments which have commenced in the form of a single life annuity shall not be accelerated. Lump-sum


7


 

payment under this Section shall be made within ninety (90) days following the end of the year as of which the balance did not exceed $50,000.
 
6.3. Death Benefits — 2005 and Later Accruals . The Death Benefits provisions applicable to the Pre-2005 Accruals are located in Appendix 1 to this document, which is a part hereof. This Section 6.3 applies solely to 2005 and Later Accruals.
 
(a)  Prior to Termination of Employment . In the event of a Participant’s death prior to Termination of Employment, his or her Beneficiary will receive the full vested amount of the accrued Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit and Pension SERP Benefit (if any) in the form of lump sum within ninety (90) days of notification of death without additional Interest or Earnings accruing after date of death. For purposes of Section 5.3, the “year of calculation” shall be the calendar year in which death occurs, and the “specified date” shall be the date of death.
 
(b)  After Termination of Employment . In the event of a Participant’s death after Termination of Employment (or Disability Retirement Date to the extent applicable under Section 6.4), the Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive any remaining vested amounts of Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit and Pension SERP Benefits accrued but unpaid (if any) as of the Participant’s date of death, provided that the Participant’s accruals were not being distributed in the form of a single life annuity, in which case no additional amounts shall be paid. Payment will be made in a lump sum within ninety (90) days of notification of death, without additional Earnings, Interest or adjustment for early payment of installments. For purposes of Section 5.3, the “year of calculation” shall be the calendar year in which the death occurs, and the “specified date” shall be the date of death.
 
(c)  Designation of Beneficiary . All Beneficiary designations shall be on such forms as are specified by and filed with the Administrator. Any Beneficiary designation made by the Participant in accordance with this provision may be changed at any time prior to death by filing with the Administrator a notice of such change on the form provided by the Administrator. In the event of a Participant’s death, if all Beneficiaries designated by the Participant are not then living, or if no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect, the following shall be deemed to have been designated by the Participant, in the following order of priority: (i) the Participant’s Spouse, if surviving; or, if not, (ii) equally to any surviving children of the Participant, or, if none, (iii) to the Participant’s estate or duly authorized personal representative.
 
6.4. Disability Benefits -2005 and Later Accruals . The Disability Benefits provisions applicable to Pre-2005 Accruals are located in Appendix 1 to this document, which is a part hereof. This Section 6.4 applies solely to 2005 and Later Accruals.
 
Notwithstanding other provisions of this Article, in the event of Disability of a Participant the provisions of this Section 6.4 shall govern in lieu of Section 6.2, and Section 6.3 shall apply as modified herein.
 
(a)  Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefits. In the event of Disability, the full amount of the Participant’s Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit accruals as of the date on which the Disability is found to have occurred shall be paid in a lump sum, which shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the


8


 

determination as to the Participant’s Disability is made, without additional Interest accruing after the date of Disability.
 
(b)  Pension SERP Benefit. In the event of Disability, the Participant’s Pension SERP Benefit hereunder shall be paid:
 
(i) If no alternative distribution applies under Section 6.4(b)(ii), in the form of the Normal Form of Payment, which shall be a Lump Sum Pension SERP Benefit payable as soon as administratively practicable after the Disability Retirement Date but in no event later than ninety (90) days after that date, without additional interest accruing. For purposes of Section 5.3, the “year of calculation” shall be the calendar year in which the Disability Retirement Date falls, and the “specified date” shall be the first day of the month in which the Disability Retirement Date falls; or
 
(ii) If validly elected by the Participant, at the time and by the method of payment that would have applied upon Participant’s Termination of Employment under Section 6.2(b)(ii).
 
Notwithstanding the above, if the distribution is being made in accordance with (b)(ii) then if at any time the lump sum value of the Pension SERP Benefit is equal to or less than $50,000, a lump-sum payment of such amount shall be made within ninety (90) days following the end of the calendar year in which such Disability Retirement Date occurs; provided however, that benefit payments which have commenced in the form of a single life annuity shall not be accelerated.
 
(c)  Death During Disability . In the event of the death of a disabled Participant prior to the Participant’s Disability Retirement Date, Section 6.3(a) shall be applied by substituting the term “Disability Retirement Date” for the term “Termination of Employment”. In the event of the death of a disabled Participant after the Participant’s Disability Retirement Date, but before payments under Section 6.4(b)(ii) have been completed, Section 6.3(b) shall be applied by substituting the term “Disability Retirement Date” for “Termination of Employment.”
 
6.5. General Provisions .
 
(a)  Limited Right to Elect Deferrals; No Borrowing; No Hardship Withdrawals . Except as provided in this Section 6.5, neither a Participant nor a Beneficiary may elect to defer (or accelerate) payment of any benefit provided hereunder beyond (or before) the time of payment specified in this Article. Participants may not borrow from the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit or Pension SERP Benefit Accruals recorded for their benefit, or from any Supplemental Retirement Benefit accrued under this Plan. No hardship withdrawals shall be permitted under the Plan.
 
(b)  Elections as to Form of Benefit . A Participant may make elections as to the form of payment of 2005 and Later Accruals, to the extent such elections are specified in Sections 6.2(b)(ii), and 6.4(b)(ii), above, in accordance with subsection (i) and (ii) below, subject to any limitations and additional conditions as may be established by the Administrator and in any event in compliance with Code section 409A. This election is permitted by, and authorized in reliance on, IRS Notice 2007-86 and the additional applicable Code Section 409A guidance made reference to therein:


9


 

(i) A Participant may file an election described in this paragraph (b) not later than December 31, 2007, which election shall apply to the full amount of existing and future 2005 and Later Accruals. If this election is made in 2006 or 2007, such election shall not delay any distribution otherwise payable in the calendar year in which the election is made, and any distribution that would result from this election in the year in which it was made will be automatically delayed until January of the following calendar year. This election is permitted, and authorized in reliance on, IRS Notice 2007-86 and the additional applicable Code Section 409A guidance made reference to therein.
 
(ii) A Participant, upon first becoming eligible to participate in the Plan, may file an election described in this paragraph (b) not later than 30 days after becoming eligible to participate (the “Initial Election Period”), which election shall apply to 2005 and Later Accruals in accordance with Code Section 409A(a)(4)(B)(ii) and regulations thereunder, which shall become irrevocable at the conclusion of the Initial Election Period.
 
(iii) After that Initial Election Period, with respect to 2005 and Later Accruals a Participant may elect an available alternative distribution form available under Sections 6.2(b)(ii) or 6.4(b)(ii), which new election shall be irrevocable upon the Administrator’s receipt thereof (the “Alternative Distribution Election”). A single change to an Alternative Distribution Election may be made, and shall be irrevocable upon receipt by the Administrator (the “Alternative Distribution Re-election”). A distribution election shall apply to the Participant’s entire Pension SERP Benefit. There shall be no other opportunities to elect an alternative distribution form under the Plan.
 
Alternative Distribution Elections and Alternative Distribution Re-elections will be administered pursuant to the terms of Treas. Reg. 1.409A-2. An Alternative Distribution Election and an Alternative Distribution Re-election must be filed with the Administrator at least 12 months prior to the date that payment would otherwise commence, shall not take effect until 12 months after the date the election is made, and commencement of payment shall be delayed 5 years from the date such payment would have otherwise commenced, but for the new election.
 
(c)  General Rules for Compliance with 409A . It is intended that the terms of this Plan and Participant rights hereunder meet applicable requirements of Code section 409A so that a Participant is not taxed under Code section 409A with respect to Accruals under this Plan and is not taxed otherwise with respect to Accruals under this Plan until such time as benefits are distributed to the Participant in accordance with the Plan’s terms. For this purpose, the following terms apply:
 
(i) The Plan will be administered in compliance with Code section 409A and any applicable Treasury or IRS guidance.
 
(ii) Pre-2005 Accruals and associated Earnings and Interest are intended to be “grandfathered” under Code section 409A, and Pre-2005 Accruals will be subject to the rules in effect under the Plan on October 3, 2004, unless expressly provided otherwise. No amendment or change to the Plan or other change, after


10


 

October 3, 2004, shall be effective with respect to any Pre-2005 Accrual if such change would constitute a “material modification” within the meaning of applicable guidance or regulations under Code section 409A.
 
(iii) 2005 and Later Accruals are intended to meet the requirements for deferred compensation under Code section 409A. All elections permitted with respect to such 2005 and Later Accruals must comply with applicable requirements of Code section 409A. In particular, no distribution of 2005 and Later Accruals will be made earlier than the Participant’s death, Disability or Termination of Employment. If a distribution of 2005 and Later Accruals occurs as a result of a “separation from service” under Code section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i), and if, at the time of such separation from service the Participant is a Key Employee, any distribution that otherwise would occur less than six months after such separation from service will instead occur six months after such separation from service (without affecting the timing of any subsequent distribution). The Corporation will have no authority to accelerate distributions of 2005 and Later Accruals except to the extent permitted under Code section 409A, in particular Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(j)(4). Any other rights of a Participant or retained authority of the Corporation with respect to 2005 and Later Accruals shall be automatically modified and limited to the extent necessary so that the Participant will not be deemed to be subject to taxation under Code section 409A, or otherwise subject to taxation prior to the distribution of the benefits under the Plan.
 
6.6. Payment of Supplemental Retirement Benefit . To the extent that a Supplemental Retirement Benefit has been awarded in accordance with Section 9.1, the entire Supplemental Retirement Benefit shall be distributed in accordance with the documents authorizing the grant of the Supplemental Retirement Benefit.
 
ARTICLE VII
Administration
 
7.1. Administrator. The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. The Administrator shall be vested with full authority to make, administer and interpret such rules and regulations, as it deems necessary to administer the Plan. Any determination, decision or action of the Administrator in connection with the construction, interpretation, administration or application of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all Participants and any and all persons claiming under or through any Participant. The Administrator shall have the authority to:
 
(a) Employ agents to perform services on behalf of the Administrator and to authorize the payment of reasonable compensation for the performance of such services.
 
(b) Delegate to designated employees or departments of the Corporation the authority to perform such of the Administrator’s administrative duties hereunder as may be delegated to such employees or departments.
 
Pursuant to this authority and subject, in each case, to the right of the Administrator to revoke such delegations in writing at any time, (i) the recordkeeping responsibilities (including the determination to change the measure of Earnings under Section 2.11 and Interest under Section 2.14 hereof) under this Plan are hereby delegated to the executive in charge of the Human


11


 

Resources Division of the Corporation and/or such employees of that Department as that executive shall designate, and (ii) the approval authority for any form of payment other than the Normal Form of Payment (as limited under Appendix 1), for Participants other than the Chief Executive Officer and the President of the Corporation, is hereby delegated to the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, provided that such approvals shall be rendered in the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer and in the best interests of the Corporation.
 
7.2. Cost. The Corporation shall pay the costs of administering the Plan.
 
7.3 Claims Procedure . In the event that an Executive does not receive a SERP benefits that is claimed, the Executive shall be entitled to consideration and review conducted in a manner designed to comply with the applicable provisions of Section 503 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (or successor thereto).
 
ARTICLE VIII
Amendment and Termination
 
8.1. Amendment . The Corporation, acting through its Board or the Board’s designee, may at any time amend this Plan, in whole or in part, by an instrument in writing, executed by the Board or its designee; provided, however that no amendment shall affect the accruals already made for Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit and Pension SERP Benefit purposes or, except as provided in Section 8.2(b) below, accelerate the payment of benefits prior to Termination of Employment or death.
 
8.2. Termination . The Corporation, acting through its Board or the Board’s designee, may at any time terminate this Plan by an instrument in writing executed by the Board or its designee; provided, however that:
 
(a) No such termination shall affect the accruals already made for Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit and Pension SERP Benefit purposes,
 
(b) Termination of the Plan will not accelerate the time of payment of benefits hereunder, nor cease the accrual of Earnings or Interest, unless the Corporation, by action of its Board or designee, shall elect to accelerate the payment of all benefits at the time it terminates the plan; provided, however, that no authority shall exist to terminate the plan and accelerate payment of benefits with respect to 2005 and Later Accruals to the extent such authority exceeds what is permissible under Code section 409A without causing Participants to incur tax under Code section 409A.
 
ARTICLE IX
Miscellaneous
 
9.1. Supplemental Retirement Benefit for Executives . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Administrator, in its discretion, may grant an Executive a Supplemental Retirement Benefit, in addition to the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit and Pension SERP Benefit provided for in this Plan.
 
9.2. No Right of Employment . Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to grant an Executive any rights other than those specifically outlined in the Plan. Nothing in the Plan shall


12


 

be deemed to create any right of, or contract for, employment between an Executive and the Corporation.
 
9.3. Withholding . The Corporation may deduct, with respect to any payments due or benefits accrued under this Plan, any taxes it deems necessary to comply with Federal, state or local government withholding requirements.
 
9.4. Anticipation of Benefits . Neither the Participant nor any Beneficiary or Beneficiaries entitled to payments or any other benefits after the death of the Participant shall have the power to transfer, assign, anticipate, modify or otherwise encumber in advance any of the payments that may become due hereunder; nor shall any such payments be subject to attachment, garnishment or execution, or be transferable by operation of law in event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise.
 
9.5. Non-Assignability Clause . It is agreed that neither the Participant, nor his/her Beneficiary, nor any other designee, shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, encumber or transfer or otherwise convey the right to receive any payments hereunder which payments and right thereto are expressly declared to be non-assignable and non-transferable; and, in the event of any attempted assignment or transfer, the Corporation shall have no further liability hereunder.
 
9.6. Prohibition Against Funding . Any provision for payments hereunder shall be by means of bookkeeping entries on the books of the Corporation and shall not create in the Participant or Beneficiary any right to, or claim against any specific assets of the Corporation, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for the Participant or Beneficiary. Any Participant or Beneficiary entitled to payment of benefits hereunder shall be a general creditor of the Corporation.
 
9.7. Gender and Number . As used herein the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter genders, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural the singular, unless the context clearly indicates a different meaning.
 
9.8. Controlling Law . This Plan and the respective rights and obligations of the Corporation and the Participants, shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (other than the choice of law provisions thereof), except to the extent otherwise provided by Federal law.
 
9.9. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Plan shall not affect the other provisions, and the Plan shall be construed in all respects as if any invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted.


13


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this amended and restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officers, this 26th day of December 2007.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
  By:  
/s/   Julie Peterson
Julie Peterson
Vice President, Compensation & Benefits
 
ATTEST:
 
/s/     Stacy Papadopoulos
Assistant Secretary


14


 

APPENDIX 1—Pertaining to Pre-2005 Accruals
 
Appendix to Article VI
 
App.   6.1 Payment of Benefits (Pre-2005 Accruals Only).
 
Benefits shall be paid in the form of payment described herein and designated as the “Normal Form of Payment” for each of the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefits and the Pension SERP Benefit under each distributable event, unless a determination is made by the Administrator or its delegate, in accordance with Section 7.1 of the SERP, that the payment should be made in an alternate form otherwise available under the Plan (if any).
 
(a) The portion of Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit funds accrued for the Basic Contribution shall be payable in accordance with the payment provisions of this Appendix to Article VI, provided the Participant is vested in his/her Basic Contribution under the Thrift/401(k) Plan; any Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit relating to a Basic Contribution that is not vested at the time of a Participant’s Termination of Employment shall be forfeited.
 
(b) The portion of Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit funds accrued for the Matching Contribution shall be payable in accordance with the payment provisions of this Appendix to Article VI.
 
(c) The Pension SERP Benefit will be paid out in accordance with this Appendix to Article VI provided the Participant is vested in his/her Pension Plan benefit in accordance with the Pension Plan; any Pension SERP Benefit relating to a benefit under the Pension Plan that is not vested at the time of a Participant’s Termination of Employment shall be forfeited.
 
App.   6.2. Termination of Employment (for Reasons Other Than Disability or Retirement) .
 
Upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment for Reasons other than Disability or Retirement, benefits shall be paid as follows:
 
(a)  Distribution of Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit . The Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit accrued for the Participant hereunder, as adjusted for Earnings thereon, shall be paid in the Normal Form of Payment, which in this case shall be three (3) annual installments, the first within ninety (90) days after the end of the calendar year in which such Termination of Employment occurs, and the second and third installments within the same period following the end of the next two (2) succeeding calendar years. As of the date of Termination of Employment and thereafter, any accrued balance shall be credited with Interest until paid. Each installment paid shall be equal to one-third (1/3rd) of the vested balance of Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit accruals, plus the Interest on that distributable portion from the date of Termination through the distribution date.
 
(b)  Distribution of Pension SERP Benefit. The Pension SERP Benefit accrued for a Participant hereunder shall be paid:
 
(i) If no alternative distribution applies under App. Section 6.2(b)(ii), in the form of the Normal Form of Payment, which in this case shall be a single life annuity, payable for the life of the Participant commencing at age 65; or
 
(ii) Upon the Administrator’s determination in three (3) annual installments, of which the first such installment shall be paid within ninety (90) days following the end of the calendar year in which such Termination of Employment occurs, and the send and third installments within the same period following the end of each of the two (2) succeeding


15


 

calendar years. The single life annuity described in App. Section 6.2 (b)(i) shall be converted to a lump sum, in accordance with Plan Section 5.3. The “year of calculation” for purposes of Plan Section 5.3 shall be the calendar year in which the first payment would be made under this Section App. 6.2(b)(ii) and the specified date shall be January 1. Each installment shall be equal to one-third (1/3rd) of this converted amount plus Interest on the distributable portion from the date of Termination through the date of distribution.
 
(c)  Minimum Payment Size. Notwithstanding (a) or (b) above, the balance of the Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit accruals, together with the balance of the Participant’s Pension SERP Benefit shall be paid to a Participant in a lump sum as follows:
 
(i) The Administrator may determine to pay out the entire balance of Pre-2005 Accruals to the Participant if at any time after Termination of Employment either (A) or (B) is true:
 
(A) The total value of the Participant’s combined benefits resulting from Pre-2005 Accruals is $50,000 or less; or
 
(B) The Administrator determines in its sole discretion that it is in the best interests of the Corporation to pay out the Participant’s Pre-2005 Accruals (without any request by or influence of the Participant in this decision).
 
(ii) In either case, such lump-sum payment shall be made within ninety (90) days following the end of the calendar year in which such Termination of Employment occurs or ninety (90) days following the end of the calendar year as of which the combined balance did not exceed $50,000; provided, however, that benefit payments which have commenced in the form of a single life annuity shall not be accelerated and shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the Participant’s combined account balances.
 
App.   6.3. Death Benefits .
 
(a)  Prior to Termination of Employment . In the event of a Participant’s death prior to Termination of Employment, his or her Beneficiary will receive the full vested amount of the accrued Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit and Pension SERP Benefit (if any) in the form of lump sum within ninety (90) days of notification of death without additional Interest or Earnings accruing after date of death. For purposes of Plan Section 5.3, the “year of calculation” shall be the year in which death occurs, and the “specified date” shall be the date of death.
 
(b)  After Termination of Employment . In the event of a Participant’s death after Termination of Employment (or Disability Retirement Date, if and to the extent this provision applies under App. Section 6.4(c)), the Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive any remaining vested amounts of Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit and Pension SERP Benefits accrued but unpaid (if any) as of the Participant’s date of death, provided that the Participant’s accruals were not being distributed in the form of a single life annuity (or such a form selected), in which case no additional amounts shall be paid. Payment will be made in a lump sum within ninety (90) days of notification of death, without additional Earnings, Interest or adjustment for early payment of installments. For purposes of Plan Section 5.3, the “year of calculation” shall be the year in which death occurs, and the “specified date” shall be the date of death.
 
(c)  Designation of Beneficiary . All Beneficiary designations shall be on such forms as are specified by and filed with the Administrator. Any Beneficiary designation made by the Participant in accordance with this provision may be changed at any time prior to death by


16


 

filing with the Administrator a notice of such change on the form provided by the Administrator. In the event of a Participant’s death, if all Beneficiaries designated by the Participant are not then living, or if no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect, the following shall be deemed to have been designated by the Participant, in the following order of priority: (i) the Participant’s Spouse, if surviving; or, if not, (ii) equally to any surviving children of the Participant, or, if none, (iii) to the Participant’s estate or duly authorized personal representative.
 
App.   6.4. Disability Benefits .
 
Notwithstanding other provisions of this Article, in the event of Disability of a Participant the provisions of this App. Section 6.4 shall govern in lieu of App. Section 6.2 or 6.5, and App. Section 6.3 shall apply as modified herein.
 
(a)  Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefits. In the event of Disability, the full amount of the Participant’s Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit Pre-2005 Accruals as of the date on which the Disability is found to have occurred shall be paid in the Normal Form of Payment, which in this case is a lump sum, which shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the determination as to the Participant’s Disability is made, without additional Interest accruing after the date of Disability. If Termination of Employment occurs subsequent to such a payment and as a result of the Disability, any further Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit accruals shall be paid to the Participant within ninety (90) days after the Termination of Employment.
 
(b)  Pension SERP Benefit. In the event of Disability, the Participant’s Pension SERP Benefit attributable to Pre-2005 Accruals hereunder shall be paid:
 
(i) If no alternative distribution applies under App. Section 6.4(b)(ii), in the Normal Form of Payment, which in this case shall be a single life annuity payable for the Participant’s life commencing at age 65 (or later, depending upon a Participant’s age at Disability); or
 
(ii) Upon the Administrator’s determination, by converting the benefit into a lump sum described in Plan Section 5.3, determined as of the Participant’s Disability Retirement Date which shall be payable in three (3) annual installments. For purposes of Plan Section 5.3, the “year of calculation” shall be the calendar year in which the Disability Retirement Date falls and the “specified date” shall be the first day of the month in which the Disability Retirement Date falls. The first installment shall be paid as of the Disability Retirement Date and the second and third installments shall be paid as of the first and second anniversaries of such Disability Retirement Date, respectively. The first installment shall be equal to one-third (1/3rd) of the lump sum computed as of the Participant’s Disability Retirement Date. Each subsequent installment shall be equal to one-third (1/3rd) of this converted amount plus Interest on the distributable portion from the Disability Retirement Date through the date of distribution.
 
Notwithstanding the above, if the distribution is being made in accordance with (b)(ii) then if at any time the lump sum value of the Pension SERP Benefit is equal to or less than $50,000, a lump-sum payment of such amount shall be made within ninety (90) days following the end of the calendar year in which such Disability Retirement Date occurs.
 
(c)  Death During Disability . In the event of the death of a disabled Participant prior to the Participant’s Disability Retirement Date, App. Section 6.3(a) shall be applied by substituting the term “Disability Retirement Date” for the term “Termination of Employment.” In the event of the death of a disabled Participant after the Participant’s


17


 

Disability Retirement Date, but before payments under App. Section 6.4(b)(ii) have been completed, App. Section 6.3(b) shall be applied by substituting the term “Disability Retirement Date” for “Termination of Employment.”
 
App.   6.5. Retirement Benefits .
 
The Normal Form of Payment for a Participant’s combined Thrift/401(k) SERP Benefit and Pension SERP Benefits is the option listed in either (i) or (ii), below, which, using the Applicable Mortality Table as provided in the Pension Plan at the date of Retirement, yields the longest estimated period of payment, where
 
(i) is a single life annuity payable at age 65 (or at the participant’s age at Retirement, if later) for the life of the Participant, and
 
(ii) is a series of equal annual installments over fifteen (15) calendar years commencing with the Participant’s Retirement.
 
This Normal Form of Payment shall be waived and an alternative form of payout shall apply if the Administrator has so determined, in its sole discretion. Such determination or election shall specify that the full distribution shall be made in the form of (a) a lump sum payment commencing with Participant’s Retirement, (b) in equal annual installments of five (5), ten (10) or fifteen (15) calendar years commencing with the Participant’s Retirement, or (c) a single life annuity commencing with Participant’s Retirement, in each case (i.e., under alternatives (a), (b), and (c)). If a Participant is paid in the form of an installment payment for 5, 10 or 15 calendar years, such payout shall be made in a manner consistent with App. Section 6.2. For purposes of Plan Section 5.3, the “year of calculation” shall be the calendar year after the year in which the Participant retires and the “specified date” shall be January 1.


18

 
Exhibit 10.34
 
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
 
LONG-TERM DISABILITY PLAN
 
 
RESTATED AND AMENDED
EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1997
 


 

FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
LONG-TERM DISABILITY PLAN
 
WHEREAS, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Corporation”) has obtained a group long-term disability insurance policy from an insurance company (The Prudential Insurance Company of America (“Prudential”) or any successor thereto) for the benefit of eligible employees, and
 
WHEREAS, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), requires that every “employee welfare plan,” as defined in ERISA, be established and maintained pursuant to a written instrument, and
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation became subject to ERISA effective with its first Board of Directors meeting as a private corporation on February 6, 1990,
 
WHEREAS, the aforementioned insurance policy provides for the payment of disability benefits and eligibility for such benefits, and
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to amend and restate the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan as of January 1, 1997 principally to clarify and update the Plan,
 
NOW THEREFORE, in accordance with the above, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
Purpose and Effective Date
 
1.1.   Purpose . This document, together with those portions of Corporate Procedure No. 3-235 as concern long-term disability and Group Contract G-39782 issued by Prudential to the Corporation (“Policy”), as the same from time to time may be amended, renewed or substituted, incorporated herein by reference, constitutes the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan (“Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to provide long-term disability benefits to eligible employees as specified in the Policy.
 
1.2.   Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective as of February 6, 1990. The effective date of this restatement is January 1, 1997. Except as otherwise provided herein, a person who is not actively at work at anytime after December 31, 1996 shall be entitled to benefits, if any, under the Plan based upon the provisions of the Plan in effect on or prior to that date.


 

ARTICLE II
 
General Provisions
 
2.1.   Plan Administration . The Corporation shall be the Plan Administrator within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(16)(A) and shall be the “named fiduciary” as defined in ERISA Section 402(a)(2). The Plan Administrator shall have the exclusive right and discretionary authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan (except as may be allocated to the Claims Administration, as discussed below), and to interpret the Plan’s provisions. The Plan Administrator’s exclusive responsibilities shall include (but not be limited to) the following: determining eligibility to participate in the Plan, interpreting the terms and provisions of the Plan and determining any and all questions arising under the Plan or in connection with the administration thereof, including the right to remedy or resolve possible ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions; and making any finding of fact necessary or appropriate for any purpose under the Plan. In carrying out its responsibilities, the Plan Administrator shall have the utmost discretion permitted by law, and all findings of fact, determinations, interpretations and decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all person having or claiming to have any interest or right under the Plan.
 
Prudential (or any successor thereto) shall be the Claims Administrator, unless such function is undertaken by the Plan Administrator, and shall be the “named fiduciary” for purposes of claims, as provided under ERISA Section 503. The Claims Administrator shall have the exclusive responsibility for determining the amount of benefits (if any) payable under the Plan, for processing all claims, making all payments to eligible participants and otherwise acting as administrator for purposes of processing and paying claims.
 
2.2.   Source of Contributions . The Corporation pays for the cost of certain “core” long-term disability benefits, set forth in the Policy, for eligible employees. Eligible employees may voluntarily elect and pay for additional disability benefits on a post-tax basis as provided in the Policy.
 
2.3.   Eligibility and Benefits . The employees or classes of employees of the Corporation eligible for coverage under the Plan, the effective dates upon which they become eligible, the conditions which they must satisfy to become eligible to receive disability benefits, the benefits payable, and other provisions affecting the Plan are those set forth in the Policy. The term “employee” as used in the Plan shall mean those individuals who are Regular Full-Time or Part-Time employees as defined in Corporate Policy No. 3-221, Employment Classifications Policy. The term “employee” as used herein shall not include individuals classified as (i) Co-Op, Work Study Students or Interns, (ii) Employment Agency Temporaries or (iii) Independent Contractors/Consultants, all as defined in the Employment Classifications Policy. The term “employee” shall not include individuals who are retroactively classified as Regular Full-Time or Part-Time Employees with respect to such retroactive period of classification.


 

2.4.   Claims Procedure . The Claims Procedure for this Plan is based on the underlying Policy, which should be referred to in order to determine things such as how and when claims must be made. In the event that an employee does not receive a Plan benefit that is claimed, the employee shall be entitled to consideration and review as provided in this Section 2.4. Such consideration and review shall be conducted in a manner designed to comply with Section 503 of ERISA.
 
ARTICLE III
 
Miscellaneous
 
3.1.   Nonassignability . Benefits under the Plan are not in any way subject to the debts or other obligations of the persons entitled thereto and may not voluntarily or involuntarily be sold, transferred or assigned.
 
3.2.   No Vested Interest . Except for the right to receive any benefit payable under the terms of the Plan, no person shall have any right, title or interest in or to the assets of the Corporation as a participant in the Plan. There is no vesting in, or accrual of, benefits under the Plan.
 
3.3.   Employment Rights . The terms of employment of any employee shall not be modified or in any way affected hereby.
 
3.4.   Plan Description . The Summary Plan Description for the Plan summarizes the principal features of this Plan. However, all rights and obligations of the Corporation under the Plan are governed only by the terms of the Plan.
 
3.5.   Availability of Documents and Records . Copies of the Plan are available for inspection to any employee at the Corporation’s regional Human Resources offices or at the Benefits Unit of the Human Resources Department in McLean, Virginia.
 
3.6.   Amendment and Termination . The Plan may be amended or terminated, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time by the Corporation.
 
3.7.   Gender and Number . Where the context admits, words in the masculine gender include the feminine gender and the singular includes the plural unless the context otherwise indicates.
 
3.8.   Plan Year . The Plan year shall be the twelve (12) month period from January 1 to December 31.
 
3.9.   Governing Law . The provisions of the Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, except to the extent preempted by Federal law or otherwise required by ERISA.


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation has caused the Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officers this 22 nd day of December, 1997.
 
     
   
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION

   
By:  
/s/   Leland Brendsel

Leland Brendsel
Chief Executive Officer

ATTEST:

/s/   Keith Earley

Assistant Secretary
   

 
Exhibit 10.35
 
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
LONG-TERM DISABILITY PLAN
 
(As Restated and Amended January 1, 1997)
 
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE FEDERAL LONG TERM DISABILITY PLAN (the “Plan”) by the FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America.
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS , the Plan was restated effective January 1, 1997, and
 
WHEREAS , the Corporation desires to amend the Plan, and
 
WHEREAS , section 3.6 of the Plan permits the Corporation to amend the Plan, and
 
WHEREAS , the appropriate officer of the Corporation has been duly authorized to amend the Plan and to execute this amendment,
 
NOW, THEREFORE , the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective January 1, 2001:
 
1. Section 2.3 is amended to read as follows:
 
2.3.   Eligibility and Benefits.   The employees or classes of employees of the Corporation eligible for coverage under the Plan, the effective dates upon which they become eligible, the conditions which they must satisfy to become eligible to receive disability benefits, the benefits payable, and other provisions affecting the Plan are those set forth in the Policy. The term “employee” as used in the Plan and Policy shall mean an individual who is a Regular Full-Time or Part-Time employee, as defined in Freddie Mac Policy No. 3-221, Employment Classifications Policy (as may be amended, replaced or redesignated from time to time), who is on the payroll of the Corporation and not paid by accounts payable, and whose wages from the Corporation are subject to withholding for the purposes of Federal income taxes and the Federal Insurance Contributions Act.


 

For purposes of the Plan, Part-Time Employees include only those Employees who are regularly scheduled to work at least 20 hours per week.
 
The term Employee shall not include:
 
  (a)  individuals whom the Corporation classifies, pursuant to Freddie Mac Policy No. 3-221, Employment Classifications Policy (as may be amended, replaced or redesignated from time to time), as
 
(i) Co-Op, Work Study Students or Interns,
 
(ii) Employment Agency Temporaries,
 
(iii) Independent Contractors/Consultants, or
 
(iv) Temporary Employees
 
(or similar classification) regardless of the individuals’ employment status under applicable law;
 
  (b)  individuals who are retroactively classified as Regular Full-Time or Part-Time employees with respect to such period of retroactive classification; and
 
  (c)  Leased Employees (as defined in the FHLMC Employees’ Pension Plan).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION LONG TERM DISABILITY PLAN to be executed by its duly authorized officer, this 31st day of December, 2001.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
  Signature: 
/s/   C. E. Almer
 
  Printed Name:  C. E. Almer
 
Attest: 
/s/   Mollie Roy
Assistant Secretary


2

 
Exhibit 10.36
 
SECOND AMENDMENT
TO THE
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
LONG-TERM DISABILITY PLAN
 
(As Restated and Amended January 1, 1997 and amended December, 2001)
 
SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION LONG-TERM DISABILITY PLAN (the “Plan”) by the FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America.
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS , the Plan was restated effective January 1, 1997 and amended December, 2001, and
 
WHEREAS , the Corporation desires to amend the Plan to provide procedures for handling its receipt of cash and/or stock proceeds from the demutualization of Prudential Insurance Company of America (the “Demutualization Proceeds”) attributable to employee contributions for premiums for additional coverage (“Buy Up Contributions”) and
 
WHEREAS , section 3.6 of the Plan permits the Corporation to amend the Plan, and
 
WHEREAS , the appropriate officer of the Corporation has been duly authorized to amend the Plan and to execute this amendment,
 
NOW, THEREFORE , Article II of the Plan is hereby amended to add a new section 2.5 as follows, effective January 1, 2002 to adopt the following procedures for handling the receipt of the Demutualization Proceeds attributable to employee contributions.
 
2.5.  Demutualization Proceeds.
 
(a)  Identification of Plan Assets/Plan Proceeds    Upon receipt of cash and/or stock proceeds from the demutualization of Prudential Insurance Company of America


 

(“Demutualization Proceeds”), that portion of the Demutualization Proceeds attributable to voluntary employee contributions (“Buy-Up Contributions”) shall be identified and considered “plan assets” (as such term is used in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) for purposes of the Plan and shall hereafter be referred to as the “Plan Proceeds”. With respect to any Demutualization Proceeds received in the form of cash, Plan Proceeds shall include the amount of cash received multiplied by the Buy-In Fraction. With respect to any Demutualization Proceeds received in the form of stock, Plan Proceeds shall include the number of shares of stock received multiplied by the Buy-Up Fraction and rounded up to the next whole share.
 
The “Buy-Up Fraction” shall mean the fraction, the numerator of which equals the total Buy-Up Contributions collected during the Determination Period and the denominator of which equals the total premiums paid with respect to the Policy during the Determination Period. The “Determination Period” shall mean the period beginning January 1, 1996 and ending on the December 31, 2001.
 
(b)   Safekeeping As soon as reasonably possible following the identification of the Plan Proceeds, the Plan Proceeds and any earnings thereon shall be placed in the name of the Plan in an interest-bearing account (in the case of cash) and in a custodial account (in the case of stock).
 
(c)   Distribution As soon as reasonably possible following the receipt of the Demutualization Proceeds, any Plan Proceeds held in the form of stock shall be sold and converted into cash (net of transaction costs) and the Plan Proceeds (and any earnings thereon) shall be distributed, per capita , to those employees who have, as of January 1, 2002, made valid elections pursuant to section 2.2 of the Plan to make Buy-Up Contributions in the current year.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION LONG-TERM DISABILITY PLAN to be executed by its duly authorized officer, this 12th day of August, 2002.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
  Signature: 
/s/   Michael W. Hager
 
  Printed Name:  Michael W. Hager
 
Attest: 
/s/   Mollie Roy
Assistant Secretary


2


 

Attachment A
 
                                                 
            Buy Up
  Buy Up
  Total
       
    Core Lives   Core Premium   Lives   Premium   Premiums Paid   %   %
        Employer Paid       Employer Paid       Employer Paid   Employer Paid
 
1996
  3279   $ 482,855.60     1703   $ 73,385.76     $ 556,241.36       87%       13%  
1997
  3305   $ 550,300.97     1732   $ 84,119.53     $ 634,420.50       87%       13%  
1998
  3261   $ 588,735.08     1733   $ 86,767.54     $ 675,502.62       87%       13%  
1999
  3710   $ 694,009.87     1945   $ 55,408.09     $ 749,417.96       93%       7%  
2000
  3666   $ 610,144.99     1835   $ 106,652.98     $ 716,797.97       85%       15%  
2001
  3861   $ 637,667.53     1907   $ 114,365.59     $ 752,033.12       85%       15%  
        $ 3,563,714.04         $ 520,699.49     $ 4,084,413.53       87%       13%  


3

 
Exhibit 10.37
 
EXECUTION COPY
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH RICHARD F. SYRON
 
This Agreement provides the terms and conditions of the employment of Richard F. Syron (“Executive”) as Chief Executive Officer of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise created pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act (Title III of the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended) (“Freddie Mac”).
 
The provisions of this Agreement represent the understanding of Executive and Freddie Mac with respect to the duties, responsibilities, and terms of employment for Executive in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac. In consideration of the mutual promises set forth in this Agreement, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, Executive and Freddie Mac agree as follows:
 
SECTION 1. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT
 
During the Term (as defined in the next sentence) Freddie Mac agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to serve Freddie Mac, in accordance with the terms provided in this Agreement. The Term of his Agreement shall be the period commencing on December 31, 2003, and ending on the earlier to occur of (a) December 31, 2008 (the “Scheduled Termination Date”) or (b) the occurrence of an event described in Section 5 hereof. The Term, and Executive’s employment hereunder, maybe terminated only as a result of the occurrence of the Scheduled Termination Date or in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 hereof. The compensation and other terms of Executive’s employment as set forth in this Agreement were contingent upon the approval of the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”). The termination benefits of the Agreement were also contingent upon the prior approval of the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (“OFHEO”), which also has authority to prohibit any compensation of any executive officer of Freddie Mac that is not reasonable and comparable with that paid by other similar businesses to executives doing similar work. Such approvals were obtained from the Committee on December 4, 2003 and from OFHEO on December 5, 2003.
 
SECTION 2. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES
 
During the Term, Executive agrees to serve as Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac. In such capacity, Executive shall be the highest-ranking officer of Freddie Mac and shall have the same status, privileges, and responsibilities normally inherent in such capacity in public corporations of similar size and character. Executive shall also perform such additional duties as the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac (the “Board of Directors”) may from time to time reasonably assign to him. In addition, for so long as Executive remains Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors shall nominate him as a director of Freddie Mac and, provided he is elected as a director, shall elect him to serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors. If so elected, Executive agrees to serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors throughout his employment hereunder and to perform such duties and responsibilities as are customary for such position. As Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors, Executive shall abide by Freddie Mac’s Code of Conduct and any rules or restrictions applicable to senior


 

executives of Freddie Mac regarding the purchase or sale of securities of Freddie Mac. In addition, Executive shall actively assist Freddie Mac in developing a succession plan for the replacement of Executive as Chief Executive Officer by a successor chief executive officer (the “Successor CEO”) of Freddie Mac to occur prior to the Scheduled Termination Date. Upon the appointment of the Successor CEO, Executive shall cease to be Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac and shall remain Chairman of the Board of Directors through the Scheduled Termination Date (such period during which Executive serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors following the appointment of the Successor CEO, the “Transition Period”), and shall continue to perform such duties and responsibilities as are customary for the Chairman of the Board of Directors. During the Transition Period, Executive shall continue to be an employee of Freddie Mac entitled to receive the compensation and benefits payable during the Term of this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the provisions relating to the termination of Executive’s employment set forth in this Agreement shall continue to apply.
 
SECTION 3. DEVOTION TO DUTIES
 
During his employment hereunder, Executive agrees to devote substantially his full time, attention, and energies to Freddie Mac’s business, and not be engaged in any other business activity, whether or not such business activity is pursued for gain, profit, or other pecuniary advantage. This restriction shall not prevent Executive from devoting a reasonable amount of time to charitable or public interest activities or from making passive investments of his assets in such form or manner as he desires, provided that such investments: (i) do not require his services in the operations or the affairs of the entities in which such investments are made; and (ii) are not made in entities that compete with Freddie Mac or otherwise cause or create a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest on the part of Executive, unless the stock (or other voting security) or any such entity is listed on a national securities exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market and the Executive owns no more than one (1) percent of the outstanding voting securities thereof. In addition, this restriction shall not prevent Executive from serving on the boards of directors of two other corporations subject to the approval of the Board of Directors in each case (which approval has been given as to the two boards set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto) and continued compliance by Executive with Freddie Mac’s Code of Conduct.
 
SECTION 4. COMPENSATION
 
In consideration for all services to be rendered by Executive under this Agreement, Freddie Mac shall pay Executive total compensation consisting of the following:
 
4.1   Base Salary . During the Term, Freddie Mac shall pay Executive a Base Salary at an annual rate of $1,100,000, which amount may be increased in the discretion of the human resources committee of the Board of Directors or its successor (the “Committee”). The Base Salary shall be paid to Executive in equal installments throughout the year, consistent with the normal payroll practices of Freddie Mac.
 
4.2   Annual Bonus . In addition to the Base Salary, during each calendar year of Freddie Mac during the Term commencing with calendar year 2004, Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus (the “Bonus”), pro-rated in the case of any partial


2


 

calendar year, based on performance criteria determined by the Committee. During the Term, the targeted annual Bonus will be 120% of Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”) and the maximum annual Bonus will be 200% of the Target Bonus (the “Maximum Bonus”). The annual Bonus in respect of a calendar year will only be payable if Executive remains actively employed with Freddie Mac through the end of the applicable calendar year, and shall be paid to Executive at the same time that other senior executives of Freddie Mac are paid their annual cash incentive awards. The actual amount of Executive’s bonus in respect of any calendar year shall be determined based on a variety of subjective and objective factors, as determined by the Committee; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing the minimum Annual Bonus payable to Executive in respect of calendar year 2004 shall be $1,320,000.
 
4.3   Initial Equity Award . As soon as practicable after the commencement of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement and in no event later than December 31,2003 (assuming that the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement has commenced prior to such date), Freddie Mac shall grant Executive a number of Restricted Stock Units (the “Initial RSUs”) pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Stock Compensation Plan, as amended (the “Stock Compensation Plan”) having a value on the date of grant, as determined by the Committee, of $8,800,000. The Initial RSUs shall vest in three equal annual installments of thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1 / 3 %) each on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to Executive’s continued employment with Freddie Mac through the applicable vesting dates. In addition, the vesting of the Initial RSUs shall be subject to acceleration upon the terms and conditions described in Sections 4.4 and 6 of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, all other terms and conditions of the Initial RSUs shall be as set forth in the Stock Compensation Plan, the resolution making the grant and the related award agreement.
 
4.4   Annual Equity Grants . During each year of the Term, Freddie Mac shall make a grant to Executive of a long-term equity incentive award (the “Annual Equity Grant”) pursuant to the Stock Compensation Plan (or any successor plan) at the same time annual long-term equity incentive awards are granted to other senior executives. Each Annual Equity Grant shall have an aggregate value on the date of grant, as determined by the Committee, equal to $8,800,000. 50% of each Annual Equity Grant shall be restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and 50% of each Annual Equity Grant shall be stock options to acquire shares of Freddie Mac (“Options”), provided that the Committee may in its discretion from time to time, grant a higher percentage of the Annual Equity Grant in RSUs. The exercise price of the Options shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with the terms of the Stock Compensation Plan.
 
The RSUs shall vest on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant, and the Options shall vest in four equal annual installments of approximately 25% each beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant, in each case subject to Executive’s continued employment with Freddie Mac through the applicable vesting date, provided that the Committee may in its discretion from time to time (a) permit the acceleration of the vesting of the RSUs or the Options and (b) provide for a different vesting schedule for the RSUs or Options, provided, however, that in no event shall the vesting schedule applicable for the RSUs provide for a vesting period longer than five years and in no event shall the vesting schedule applicable to the Options provide for the Options to vest less frequently than 25% each year over a four year vesting period. In addition, the vesting of the Options and RSUs shall be subject to acceleration upon the terms and


3


 

conditions described in the following paragraph and Section 6 of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, all other terms and conditions of the RSUs and Options shall be as set forth in the Stock Compensation Plan, the resolution making the grant and the related award agreement.
 
In addition to the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined below) during the Term: (a) the Initial RSUs, if they were granted to Executive at least twelve months prior to such Change in Control, and all other RSUs that were granted to Executive pursuant to this Agreement at least twelve months prior to such Change in Control shall immediately vest and be paid-out subject to any right of Executive to defer payment of the Initial RSUs and RSUs under any non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement in which senior executives of Freddie Mac are permitted to defer payment of restricted stock units, (b) all Options that were granted to Executive pursuant to this Agreement at least twelve months prior to such Change in Control shall immediately vest and remain exercisable until the scheduled expiration date applicable to such Options, (c) the Initial RSUs, if they were granted to Executive less than twelve months prior to such Change in Control, shall be cancelled immediately upon the occurrence of such Change in Control in consideration for a cash payment by Freddie Mac to Executive in the amount of $8,800,000, and (d) with respect to each Annual Equity Grant that was granted to Executive less than twelve months prior to such Change in Control, all Options and RSUs that formed part of such Annual Equity Grant shall be cancelled immediately upon the occurrence of the Change in Control and in consideration for such cancellation, Freddie Mac shall pay to Executive a lump sum cash payment in the amount of $8,800,000. For purposes of this Section 4.4, a Change in Control shall mean: (i) any person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Freddie Mac representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of Freddie Mac’s then outstanding securities, other than (A) beneficial ownership by Freddie Mac, any employee benefit plan of Freddie Mac or any person or entity organized, appointed or established pursuant to the terms of any such benefit plan and (B) beneficial ownership by any person or group with respect to which more than 50% of the total combined voting power of such person or group is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the persons who beneficially owned Freddie Mac’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such acquisition; or (ii) consummation of a merger of Freddie Mac unless securities representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor corporation are, immediately after the consummation of such merger, beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned Freddie Mac’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or (iii) if, during any period, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are elected by any person or entity other than Freddie Mac’s shareholders or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are appointed by any governmental entity.
 
4.5   Term Life Insurance Policy . During the Term: (a) so long as Executive remains employed by Freddie Mac, Freddie Mac shall maintain, at its cost, term life insurance on the life of Executive for the benefit of his beneficiaries with a face amount equal to $10,000,000, and (b) provided that Executive remains employed by Freddie Mac through the Scheduled Termination Date, upon the later to occur of the Scheduled Termination Date and Executive’s attainment of age 65, Freddie Mac shall deliver to Executive a fully paid-up permanent life insurance policy


4


 

with a face amount equal to $4,000,000. In each case, Freddie Mac’s obligation to provide such term life insurance and permanent life insurance to Executive shall be subject to the provision by Executive of proof of Executive’s insurability at standard rates.
 
4.6   Relocation Expenses . Freddie Mac shall reimburse Executive for all costs reasonably incurred by Executive in connection with Executive’s relocation to the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, in accordance with Freddie Mac’s written relocation policy applicable to senior executives of Freddie Mac.
 
4.7   Other Compensation . Executive shall be eligible to participate in all other incentive and other compensation programs adopted from time to time by Freddie Mac and generally applicable to senior executives, subject to the applicable terms, conditions and limitations of such programs.
 
4.8   Executive Benefits . During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all executive and employee benefit plans or programs of Freddie Mac at a level that is commensurate with his position and duties with Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac does not guarantee the adoption or continuance of any particular executive or employee benefit plan or program during the Term and Executive’s participation in any such plan or program shall be subject to the provisions, rules and regulations applicable thereto.
 
4.9   Perquisites . During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all special benefit or perquisite programs generally available from time to time to senior executives of Freddie Mac, on the terms and conditions then prevailing under each such program and shall be entitled to a number of weeks of paid vacation on an annualized basis equal to the number of weeks of paid vacation per year applicable to senior executives of Freddie Mac in accordance with its vacation policy as in effect from time to time.
 
4.10   Expenses . Freddie Mac shall pay or reimburse Executive for all ordinary and necessary business expenses that Executive reasonably incurs in performing his duties under this Agreement, subject to the presentment by Executive of appropriate vouchers in accordance with Freddie Mac’s normal executive policies for expense verification.
 
SECTION 5. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
 
5.1   Termination Due to Disability . In the event of any Disability of Executive during the Term and his employment under this Agreement that causes him to become eligible to receive benefits under Freddie Mac’s long-term disability policy in which Executive participates, Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of such eligibility. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall have the meaning applicable to senior executives who participate in Freddie Mac’s long-term disability policy in which Executive participates.
 
In the event that Executive is absent from work more than thirty consecutive work days due to incapacity or disability, the Board of Directors or its designee, after considering such medical advice, if any, as the Board or its designee deems appropriate, may determine that, as a result of such incapacity or disability, some or all of Executive’s duties and responsibilities as described in Section 2 shall be delegated to one or more other persons. Such delegation shall


5


 

terminate upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the date or event specified by the Board of Directors or its designee; (ii) the date on which Executive’s employment under this Agreement terminates by reason of Disability (under this Section 5.1); or (iii) a determination by the Board of Directors or its designee, upon receipt of such medical advice, if any, as the Board or its designee deems appropriate, that Executive is able to resume the duties and responsibilities so delegated. It is expressly understood that any delegation of Executive’s duties and responsibilities pursuant to this paragraph shall not constitute Good Reason for termination of employment by Executive (under Section 5.3 hereof) and shall not be deemed a breach or default by Freddie Mac.
 
5.2   Termination Due to Death . In the event of Executive’s death prior to the Scheduled Termination Date, the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of Executive’s death.
 
5.3   Termination for Good Reason . Prior to the Scheduled Termination Date, Executive may terminate the Term and his employment under this Agreement for Good Reason by giving the Board of Directors thirty (30) days prior written notice of his intent to terminate. Such notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination. The Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of the 30-day notice period.
 
For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean, without Executive’s express written consent, the occurrence of anyone or more of the following:
 
(i)  A reduction in Executive’s then current Base Salary or Target Bonus or Maximum Bonus opportunity;
 
(ii)  The removal by the Board of Directors of Executive from the position of Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac or Chairman of the Board of Directors or otherwise from the Board of Directors;
 
(iii)  A material diminution or change in Executive’s duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 2 of this Agreement;
 
(iv)  A change in the reporting structure so that Executive reports to any person or entity other than the Board of Directors;
 
(v)  A request by Freddie Mac that Executive resign his employment, unless such resignation is requested as a result of conduct by Executive that would constitute Cause (as defined below);
 
(vi)  Executive is not elected to the Board of Directors or, if Executive is so elected, Executive is not appointed as Chairman of the Board of Directors;
 
(vii)  The failure of Freddie Mac to obtain the assumption in writing of its obligation to perform this Agreement by any successor to all or substantially all of the assets of Freddie Mac within 15 days after the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 4.4);


6


 

(viii)  A material breach of this Agreement by Freddie Mac.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall not constitute Good Reason as defined in this Section 5.3 (including without limitation under 5.3(ii), (iii) or (viii)) if, during the Term, a Successor CEO who is reasonably acceptable to Executive is appointed, and Executive ceases to be Chief Executive Officer and remains Chairman of the Board of Directors under the circumstances described in Section 2 of this Agreement.
 
5.4   Termination by Freddie Mac without Cause . Prior to the Scheduled Termination Date, Freddie Mac may terminate the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement without Cause (which, for purposes of clarification, shall not include: (a) a termination of the Term or Executive’s employment under this Agreement due to Executive’s death or Disability, or (b) if a Successor CEO is appointed during the Term, Executive ceases to be Chief Executive Officer and remains Chairman of the Board of Directors under the circumstances described in Section 2 of this Agreement). Any termination by Freddie Mac pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall be communicated by a written ”Notice of Termination” addressed to Executive stating that the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement has been or will be terminated.
 
5.5   Termination for Cause . Prior to the Scheduled Termination Date, Freddie Mac may terminate the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement for Cause. The Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall terminate upon the determination by the Board of Directors of the existence of Cause.
 
For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following:
 
(i)  Executive commits a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude;
 
(ii)  In carrying out his duties, Executive engages in conduct that constitutes gross neglect or gross misconduct or any material violation of applicable Freddie Mac rule or policy, including any policy relating to investment by Freddie Mac employees in securities, the violation of which amounts to gross neglect or gross misconduct;
 
(iii)  A material breach of this Agreement by Executive; or
 
(iv)  Any other willful or malicious misconduct on the part of Executive that is substantially injurious to Freddie Mac.
 
In each case, Cause shall not exist unless and until Freddie Mac has delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (excluding the Executive if Executive is a Board member) at a meeting of the Board of Directors called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for Executive, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board of Directors), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors an event set forth in subclauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) has occurred and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the period commencing on the date Freddie Mac notifies the Executive that it intends to call a meeting of the Board of Directors to terminate the Term and Executive’s employment


7


 

under this Agreement for Cause until such meeting is held, Freddie Mac may reduce Executive’s responsibilities and duties and any such reduction or diminishment in Executive’s responsibilities and duties during such period shall not give rise to “Good Reason.”
 
SECTION 6. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION
 
6.1   Disability or Death . In the event the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement is terminated prior to the Scheduled Termination Date by reason of Executive’s Disability (under Section 5.1 hereof) or by reason of Executive’s death (under Section 5.2 hereof), Freddie Mac’s obligations to Executive (or his assigns as provided in Section 8.2 hereof) shall be as follows:
 
(i)   Base Salary . Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid to Executive (or his assigns) through the end of the month in which the termination of employment occurs within five (5) days following such termination. Freddie Mac shall have no further obligation to make payments of Base Salary to Executive (or his assigns).
 
(ii)   Bonus . Freddie Mac shall pay Executive (or his assigns) any and all earned but unpaid bonus amounts from the most recent completed calendar year of Freddie Mac. In addition, Freddie Mac shall pay Executive (or his assigns) a prorated percentage of Executive’s Target Bonus for the calendar year in which the employment termination occurs, based upon the number of months elapsed in such year through the last day of the month in which such termination occurs. All such amounts shall be paid to Executive (or his assigns) within thirty (30) days after the termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement.
 
(iii)   Long-Term Incentives . At the date of termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement for Disability or death, the Initial RSUs and all other RSUs awarded to Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall immediately vest and be paid-out, subject to any right of Executive to defer payment of such Initial RSUs or RSUs under any non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement in which senior executives of Freddie Mac are permitted to defer payment of restricted stock units, and all Options granted to Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall become immediately exercisable and shall remain outstanding: (A) in the event such termination occurs as a result of Executive’s death, until the earlier to occur of (1) the third anniversary of such termination of employment and (2) the scheduled expiration date applicable to such Options, and (B) in the event such termination occurs as a result of Executive’s Disability, until the scheduled expiration date applicable to such Options. To the extent there is any inconsistency between the terms of the long term incentive plan under which the Initial RSUs, the RSUs and the Options were granted on the one hand and this Section 6.1(iii), on the other hand, this Section 6.1(iii) shall supersede such plans.
 
Except as provided in this Section 6.1 and for any vested benefits to which Executive is entitled under any benefit plans maintained by Freddie Mac in which Executive participated during the Term (other than the Freddie Mac Severance Policy and any other plan providing for benefits in the nature of severance, which Executive is not entitled to participate in by virtue of having entered into this Agreement), continuation of health insurance benefits under


8


 

the law commonly referred to as “COBRA” and any other similar benefits required to be provided by law, Freddie Mac shall have no additional obligations to Executive.
 
(iv)   Long Term Disability Benefits . In addition, in the event that such termination of the Term and Executive’s employment hereunder occurs as a result of Executive’s Disability, Freddie Mac shall provide Executive with long-term disability benefits equal to 70% of Executive’s Base Salary during the period beginning on the first day of the month that immediately follows the month in which such termination occurred through the earlier to occur of (a) the Scheduled Termination Date or (b) the date Executive no longer has a Disability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Freddie Mac’s obligation to provide such long term disability benefits to Executive shall be subject to the provision by Executive of proof of Executive’s insurability at standard rates.
 
6.2   For Good Reason or by Freddie Mac without Cause . In the event the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement is terminated prior to the Scheduled Termination Date by Executive for Good Reason (under Section 5.3 hereof), or by Freddie Mac without Cause (under Section 5.4 hereof), Freddie Mac’s obligations to Executive shall be as follows, in each case, subject to Executive’s execution of a general release and waiver in a form provided to Executive by Freddie Mac which conforms to the requirements of the officer severance policy in effect as of the date hereof (the “Release”):
 
(i)   Base Salary . Freddie Mac shall pay Executive a lump sum cash payment equal to the Base Salary that would have been payable to Executive for the period beginning on the termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement and ending on the Scheduled Termination Date if the Executive had remained employed during such period. All such amounts shall be paid to Executive on the effective date of Executive’s Release.
 
(ii)   Bonus . Freddie Mac shall pay Executive any and all earned but unpaid bonus amounts from the most recent complete calendar year of Freddie Mac. In addition, Freddie Mac shall pay Executive a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of the Target Bonuses that would have been paid to Executive in respect of each calendar year of Freddie Mac that ends during the period beginning on the termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement and ending on the Scheduled Termination Date. All such amounts shall be paid to Executive on the effective date of Executive’s Release.
 
(iii)   Long-Term Incentives . On the effective date of Executive’s Release, (a) the Initial RSUs, if they were granted to Executive at least twelve months prior to such termination, and all other RSUs that were granted to Executive pursuant to this Agreement at least twelve months prior to such termination, shall immediately vest and be paid-out subject to any right of Executive to defer payment of the Initial RSUs and RSUs under any non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement in which senior executives of Freddie Mac are permitted to defer payment of restricted stock units, (b) the Initial RSUs, if they were granted to Executive less than twelve months prior to such termination, shall be cancelled immediately upon such termination in consideration for a cash payment by Freddie Mac to Executive on the effective date of Executive’s Release in the amount of $8,800,000, (c) all Options that were granted to Executive pursuant to this Agreement at least twelve months prior to such termination shall vest and become immediately exercisable and shall remain outstanding until the earlier to occur of


9


 

(A) three (3) years following such termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement and (B) the scheduled expiration date applicable to such Options, and (d) with respect to each Annual Equity Grant that was granted to Executive less than twelve months prior to such termination, all Options and RSUs that formed part of such Annual Equity Grant shall be cancelled immediately upon the occurrence of the termination and in consideration for such cancellation, Freddie Mac shall pay to Executive on the effective date of Executive’s Release a lump sum cash payment in the amount of $8,800,000. To the extent there is any inconsistency between the terms of the stock compensation plan under which the Initial RSUs, the RSUs and the Options were granted on the one hand and this Section 6.2(iii), on the other hand, this Section 6.2(iii) shall supersede such plans.
 
In addition, in the event such termination of the Term and Executive’s employment hereunder occurs prior to the date on which Freddie Mac grants Executive his Annual Equity Grant for calendar year 2004, in lieu of such grant Freddie Mac shall pay Executive, on the effective date of Executive’s Release, a lump sum cash payment in the amount of $8,800,000.
 
(iv)   Supplemental Nonqualified Retirement Plans . Executive shall participate in and receive benefits under Freddie Mac’s non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”) in accordance with the terms of such plan; provided that, for purposes of this Section 6.2, if upon Executive’s termination of employment he is not entitled to the “Restoration Benefit” (as such term is defined in the SERP) under the SERP solely because he is not yet vested under the FHLMC Employees’ Pension Plan (“Pension Plan”), then Freddie Mac will pay Executive the Restoration Benefit that would have been payable under the SERP as of the date of such termination without regard to such vesting requirement, and Executive will be entitled to the Make Up Contribution (as defined in the SERP) in accordance with the terms of the SERP. The terms of the Pension Plan shall not be affected by this Agreement, and this Agreement does not contemplate a payment of unvested Pension Plan benefits (or any equivalent thereof).
 
(v)   Health Benefits . Freddie Mac shall provide continued coverage for Executive and his eligible dependents under Freddie Mac’s medical, dental and other similar welfare benefit plans in which Executive and such dependents participated immediately prior to the termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement (the “Continued Benefits”) during the period commencing on the termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement and ending on the Scheduled Termination Date, or, in the event that Executive’s participation in such plans is prohibited or impracticable under the terms of such plans, Freddie Mac shall arrange to provide Executive with benefits substantially similar to those available under the applicable plans in which Executive participated prior to the termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement. In either case, the provision of such benefits by Freddie Mac shall be subject to timely payment by Executive of all premiums, contributions and other co-payments required to be paid by senior executives of Freddie Mac under the terms of such plans as in effect from time to time (or the equivalent thereto in the case Freddie Mac arranges to provide Executive with substantially similar benefits to those available under the Freddie Mac plans), and shall be considered to be part of, and not in addition to, the benefit continuation required by the federal law commonly referred to as “COBRA.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, such continued coverage (or provision of substantially similar benefits) described in this paragraph 6.2(v) shall cease prior to the


10


 

Scheduled Termination Date with respect to any plan at the time that Executive is eligible to obtain substantially similar coverage to that provided by such plan from a subsequent employer. Executive shall notify Freddie Mac promptly upon his employment with a subsequent employer, and shall provide Freddie Mac with such information as Freddie Mac reasonably requests regarding his coverage under medical, dental and life insurance plans of such employer.
 
Except as provided in this Section 6.2 and for any vested benefits to which Executive is entitled under any benefit plans maintained by Freddie Mac in which Executive participated during the Term (other than the Freddie Mac Severance Policy and any other plan providing for benefits in the nature of severance, which Executive is not entitled to participate in by virtue of having entered into this Agreement), continuation of health insurance benefits under the law commonly referred to as “COBRA” and any other similar benefits required to be provided by law, Freddie Mac shall have no additional obligations to Executive.
 
6.3   Termination for Cause . In the event the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement is terminated by Freddie Mac for Cause (under Section 5.5 hereof), Freddie Mac’s obligations to Executive shall be as follows:
 
(i)   Base Salary . Freddie Mac shall pay Executive within five (5) days following such termination his earned but unpaid Base Salary through the date of the termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement.
 
(ii)   Bonus . Freddie Mac shall pay Executive within thirty (30) days following such termination any earned but unpaid bonus from the most recent complete calendar year of Freddie Mac. Executive shall not be entitled to any portion of his bonus in the year in which employment termination occurs.
 
Except as provided in this Section 6.3 and for any vested benefits to which Executive is entitled under any benefit plans maintained by Freddie Mac in which Executive participated during the Term (other than the Freddie Mac Severance Policy and any other plan providing for benefits in the nature of severance, which Executive is not entitled to participate in by virtue of having entered into this Agreement), continuation of health insurance benefits under the law commonly referred to as “COBRA” and any other similar benefits required to be provided by law, Freddie Mac shall have no additional obligations to Executive.
 
6.4   Termination following the Scheduled Termination Date . In the event Executive remains employed by Freddie Mac through the Scheduled Termination Date and the termination of the Term and, thereafter, Executive terminates his employment with Freddie Mac by reason of his retirement (and Freddie Mac at the time of such termination of employment by reason of Executive’s retirement could not have terminated the employment of Executive for Cause), (a) all RSUs awarded to Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall vest immediately as of the date of Executive’s retirement, but such RSUs shall be paid-out at the time such RSUs would have vested and been paid-out to Executive had his employment with Freddie Mac not been terminated, or at such earlier time as the Committee in its discretion may permit, subject to any right of Executive to defer payment of such RSUs under any non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement in which senior executives of Freddie Mac are permitted to defer payment of restricted stock units and (b) all Options granted to Executive pursuant to this


11


 

Agreement shall become immediately exercisable and shall remain outstanding until the scheduled expiration date applicable to such Options.
 
Except as provided in this Section 6.4 and for any vested benefits to which Executive is entitled under any benefit plans maintained by Freddie Mac in which Executive participated during the Term (other than the Freddie Mac Severance Policy and any other plan providing for benefits in the nature of severance, which Executive is not entitled to participate in by virtue of having entered into this Agreement), continuation of health insurance benefits under the law commonly referred to as “COBRA” and any other similar benefits required to be provided by law, Freddie Mac shall have no additional obligations to Executive.
 
SECTION 7. RESTRICTIONS ON EXECUTIVE
 
7.1   Disclosure of Information . Executive recognizes that he has access to and knowledge of confidential and proprietary information of Freddie Mac and/or its customers which is essential to the performance of his duties under this Agreement. Except as required by law, Executive shall not, during or after his employment of Freddie Mac, in whole or in part, disclose such information to any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity (other than (i) to, or as directed by, Freddie Mac or (ii) during his employment by Freddie Mac, as he shall determine to be in the best interests of Freddie Mac) for any reason or purpose whatsoever or use such information for his own or another’s purposes, unless and until such information has become generally known to the public.
 
Executive agrees to hold as Freddie Mac’s property, all memoranda, books, papers, letters, and other data in any way relation to Freddie Mac’s business and affairs, whether made by him or otherwise coming into his possession, and on termination of his employment, or on demand of Freddie Mac at any time, to deliver the same to Freddie Mac.
 
7.2   Covenant Not to Compete . During Executive’s employment under this Agreement, and for two (2) years following the termination of his employment under this Agreement, without prior written consent of the Board of Directors (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), Executive shall not compete with Freddie Mac or interfere with, disrupt or attempt to disrupt the relationship, contractual or otherwise, between Freddie Mac and any customer, client, supplier or consultant of Freddie Mac. For purposes of this Agreement, prohibited competition shall mean becoming an employee, officer, consultant or director of, or being an investor (representing more than a five (5) percent equity interest) in, any entity or person engaged in a business that directly competes with all or some material portion of the business that directly competes with all or some material portion of the business then engaged in by Freddie Mac.
 
In addition, Executive agrees that for the one (1) year period following the termination of employment under this Agreement, he shall not directly or indirectly, on his own behalf of or on behalf of any other person, corporation, partnership, firm, financial institution or other business entity, solicit or induce any person who, at the time of such solicitation or inducement, is employed as an officer (or the equivalent) of Freddie Mac to leave or cease their employment relationship with Freddie Mac for any reason whatsoever or hire or otherwise engage such employees of Freddie Mac; provided that this section shall not be construed as a prohibition on


12


 

the ability of Executive to provide references on an officer (or equivalent) to persons or entities with which Executive has no affiliation.
 
SECTION 8. ASSIGNMENT
 
8.1   Assignment by Freddie Mac . This Agreement may and shall be assigned or transferred to, and shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor of Freddie Mac, and any such successor shall be deemed substituted for Freddie Mac for all purposes of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the term “successor” shall mean any person, firm, corporation, or business entity which at any time, whether by merger, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, acquires all or essentially all of the assets or business of Freddie Mac. Notwithstanding such assignment, Freddie Mac shall remain, with such successor, jointly and severally liable for all its obligations hereunder.
 
8.2   Assignment by Executive . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributes devisees, and legatees. If Executive shall die while any amounts payable to Executive hereunder remain outstanding, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisees, legatees, or other designee or, in the absence of such designee, to Executive’s estate.
 
The rights and duties of Executive hereunder are personal and may not be assigned or transferred.
 
SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS
 
9.1   Entire Agreement . This document contains the entire Agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.
 
9.2   Representations . Subject to approval by the HRC and, to the extent applicable OFHEO, Freddie Mac represents and warrants that it is fully authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any agreement between it and any other person or organization. Executive represents that he is fully authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance of his obligations hereunder will not violate any agreement between him and any other person, firm or organization.
 
Executive hereby represents and warrants to Freddie Mac that Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or other party that would be violated by Executive’s entering into this Agreement and/or providing services to Freddie Mac pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Executive further represents and warrants that Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of Freddie Mac does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by Executive in confidence or in trust prior to Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac. Executive will not disclose to Freddie Mac or induce Freddie Mac to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous


13


 

employer or others. Executive will not hereafter grant anyone any rights inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement.
 
9.3   Modification . This Agreement shall not be amended except by mutual agreement of the parties in a written instrument executed by the parties hereto or their legal representatives.
 
9.4   Exclusive Remedies . This Agreement is intended to encompass all obligations of Freddie Mac to Executive: (a) for compensation and benefits in respect of his employment, and (b) arising out of the termination of his employment. Executive shall not be entitled to any compensation, benefits, damages or other remedies not provided for herein. Executive hereby waives, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the right to bring any action against Freddie Mac, in law, equity or otherwise for compensation for his employment, other than for the enforcement of Freddie Mac’s obligations to pay the compensation, benefits and other amounts provided for herein.
 
9.5   Taxes . Freddie Mac may withhold from any payments made under this Agreement all applicable taxes, including but not limited to income, employment and social insurance taxes, as shall be required by law.
 
9.6   Severability . In the event that any provision or portion of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect.
 
9.7   Notice . Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provide for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and if sent by registered or certified mail to Executive at the last address he filed in writing with Freddie Mac or, in the case of Freddie Mac, addressed to the Secretary of Freddie Mac, and sent to its principal executive offices.
 
9.8   Governing Law . The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.
 
Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.


14


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of December 6, 2003.
 
     
    FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
     
ATTEST:

/s/   Mollie D. Roy


Assistant Secretary
 
By:  
/s/   John B. McCoy


Title:    Chairman — Compensation Committee
     
   
/s/   Richard F. Syron

Richard F. Syron


 

Exhibit A
 
The Board of Directors has approved Executive’s service on the following two boards of directors:
 
1. John Hancock Financial Services, Inc./Manulife Financial Corporation
 
2. Thermo Electron Corporation

 
Exhibit 10.38
 
[Freddie Mac letterhead]
 
December 12, 2003
 
Mr. Richard Syron
394 Hammond St.
Chestnut Hill, MA 02467
 
Dear Dick:
 
This letter supplements the Employment Agreement you entered into with us on December 5, 2003 (the “Employment Agreement”). All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Employment Agreement.
 
In the event that the Term of the Employment Agreement and your employment with Freddie Mac terminates for any reason, you hereby agree that you shall be deemed to have resigned, effective as of the date of such termination of the Term and your employment with Freddie Mac, as a member of Freddie Mac’s Board of Directors and from all positions, titles, duties, authorities and responsibilities arising out of or relating to your employment or such Board membership, including any directorships or any fiduciary positions in which you were serving at the request of, or appointment by, Freddie Mac. You also agree that you will execute any such additional documents and take any such further steps as may be reasonably requested by Freddie Mac’s Board of Directors to effectuate such resignations.
 
Sincerely,
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
 
  By  
/s/   John B. McCoy
      Name:  John B. McCoy
        Title:   Chairman, Human Resources
Committee of the Board of Directors
 
Agreed to:
 
By  
/s/   Richard F. Syron
Richard F. Syron

 
Exhibit 10.39
 
         
(FREDDIE MAC LETTERHEAD)
CONFIDENTIAL
Date   To    
June 1, 2006   Richard F. Syron    
From        
Geoffrey T. Boisi        
Subject        
Your Short-term Incentive Target for 2006 Performance    
 
 
This memorandum sets forth the terms and conditions pertaining to your annual short-term incentive target under the officer short-term incentive program (the “Bonus Program”) for 2006 performance (payable in 2007). The terms established in this memorandum are in lieu of the target Annual Bonus set forth in Section 4.2 of your December 6, 2003 Employment Agreement with Freddie Mac.
 
Effective upon the execution date stated below, your annual short-term incentive target for the 2006 performance period (payable in 2007) under the Bonus Program shall be 240% of your base salary earnings (or $2,640,000) (the “Bonus Target”) and, as set forth in Section 4.2 of your Employment Agreement, the maximum annual short-term incentive payment for 2006 shall be 200% of the Bonus Target, provided that you remain actively employed with Freddie Mac through the end of 2006.
 
In consideration of receiving the Bonus Target described above, you:
 
1. Waive any rights you have under your Employment Agreement with respect to your short-term incentive for 2006 (payable in 2007), including receipt of the Annual Bonus for 2006 that otherwise may be payable pursuant to the terms set forth in Section 4.2 of your Employment Agreement.
 
2. Agree that for performance years after 2006, the payment of an annual short-term incentive pursuant to the target specified in Section 4.2 of your Employment Agreement shall not constitute “Good Reason” as defined in Section 5.3 of your Employment Agreement (including without limitation under Section 5.3(i)).
 
3. Agree that a termination of employment benefit paid pursuant to Section 6 of your Employment Agreement, if any, shall be based on the Annual Bonus target set forth in Section 4.2 of such Agreement and that the Bonus Target established by this Resolution shall not be used to calculate any termination of employment


 

Richard F. Syron
June 1, 2006
Page 2
 
 
benefit that may be paid pursuant to any of the terms of your Employment Agreement.
 
As a result of your waiver in paragraph 1 above, this memorandum shall not be deemed to be an amendment to your Employment Agreement.
 
This memorandum sets forth the entirety of Freddie Mac’s and your obligations with respect to the payment of annual short-term incentive target for the 2006 performance period (payable in 2007), if any, and such terms may be modified only by approval of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board and a written agreement entered into by both you and Freddie Mac. This memorandum shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without regard to its conflict-of-laws provisions.
 
Should you agree to the terms set forth herein, please return an executed copy of this memorandum to Paul George, Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice-President, Human Resources and to Robert Bostrom, Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice-President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary.
 
     
    FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
     
Date:           June 1, 2006
  By:  
/s/   Geoffrey T. Boisi

Geoffrey T. Boisi
Chair of the Compensation and
  Human Resources Committee
     
Date:           June 4, 2006
 
/s/   Richard F. Syron

Richard F. Syron

 
Exhibit 10.40
 
         
(FREDDIE MAC LETTERHEAD)
 
Date   To    
March 3, 2007   Richard F. Syron    
From        
Geoffrey T. Boisi        
Subject        
Your Short-term Incentive Target for 2007 Performance and 2007 Long-Term Incentive Grant
 
 
Effective upon the execution date stated below, this memorandum sets forth the terms and conditions pertaining to your annual: (i) short-term incentive target under the officer short-term incentive program (the “Bonus Program”) for 2007 performance (payable in 2008); and (ii) 2007 long-term incentive grant (the “Annual Equity Grant”). The terms established in this memorandum are in lieu of the target Annual Bonus set forth in Section 4.2 and the Annual Equity Grant set forth in Section 4.4 of your December 6, 2003 Employment Agreement (“Employment Agreement”) with Freddie Mac.
 
I.  Short-Term Incentive
 
Your annual short-term incentive target for the 2007 performance period (payable in 2008) under the Bonus Program shall be 240% of your base salary earnings (or $2,640,000) (the “Bonus Target”) and, as set forth in Section 4.2 of your Employment Agreement, the maximum annual short-term incentive payment for 2007 shall be 200% of the Bonus Target, provided that you remain actively employed with Freddie Mac through the end of 2007.
 
In consideration of receiving the Bonus Target described above, you:
 
A. Waive any rights you have under your Employment Agreement with respect to your short-term incentive for 2007 (payable in 2008), including receipt of the Annual Bonus for 2007 that otherwise may be payable pursuant to the terms set forth in Section 4.2 of your Employment Agreement.
 
B. Agree that for performance years after 2007, the payment of an annual short-term incentive pursuant to the target specified in Section 4.2 of your Employment Agreement shall not constitute “Good Reason” as defined in


 

Richard F. Syron
March 3, 2007
Page 2
 
 
Section 5.3 of your Employment Agreement (including without limitation under Section 5.3(i)).
 
C. Agree that a termination of employment benefit paid pursuant to Section 6 of your Employment Agreement, if any, shall be based on the Annual Bonus target set forth in Section 4.2 of such Agreement and that the Bonus Target established by this memorandum shall not be used to calculate any termination of employment benefit that may be paid pursuant to any of the terms of your Employment Agreement.
 
II.  Long-Term Incentive
 
Your Annual Equity Grant for calendar year 2007 shall be $8,600,000. In consideration of receiving that Annual Equity Grant, Freddie Mac:
 
D. Acknowledges that in the event that you are due a lump-sum cash payment attributable to such Annual Equity Grant upon either a “Change of Control” or the termination of your employment for “Good Reason” or without “Cause,” pursuant to Sections 4.4 (d) and 6.2(iii)(B), respectively, of your Employment Agreement, then you shall receive $8,800,000.
 
As a result of your waiver in Paragraph A and of Freddie Mac’s acknowledgement in Paragraph D of its payment obligations, above, this memorandum shall not be deemed to be an amendment to your Employment Agreement.
 
This memorandum sets forth the entirety of Freddie Mac’s and your obligations with respect to the payment of: (i) an annual short-term incentive target for the 2007 performance period (payable in 2008), if any; and (ii) the 2007 Annual Equity Grant. Such terms may be modified only by approval of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board and a written agreement entered into by both you and Freddie Mac. This memorandum shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without regard to its conflict-of-laws provisions.
 
Should you agree to the terms set forth herein, please return an executed copy of this memorandum to Paul George, Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice-President, Human


 

Richard F. Syron
March 3, 2007
Page 3
 
 
Resources and to Robert Bostrom, Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice-President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary.
 
     
    FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
     
Date:           March 7, 2007
  By:  
/s/   Geoffrey T. Boisi

Geoffrey T. Boisi
Chair of the Compensation and
  Human Resources Committee
     
Date:           March 13, 2007
 
/s/   Richard F. Syron

Richard F. Syron

 
Exhibit 10.41
 
Amendment Extending the Employment Agreement Between Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation and Richard F. Syron Dated December 6, 2003
 
WHEREAS, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise created pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Corporation Act (Title III of the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended) (“Freddie Mac” or “Company”) entered into an employment agreement with Richard F. Syron ( the “Executive”) dated December 3, 2003 for a period of five (5) years to end on December 31, 2008 (the “Original Employment Agreement”), with the expectation that Executive would transition his role as Chief Executive Officer to a successor Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac during that period:
 
WHEREAS, Freddie Mac as of this date has not identified or recruited a successor to Executive as Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac:
 
WHEREAS, Freddie Mac believes that it is in the best interest of the Company, its shareholders and the mission it serves to extend the Original Employment Agreement with Executive by an Amendment (the “Employment Agreement As Amended”) for a period of twelve (12) additional months to ensure continuity of leadership and to permit the recruitment of a new Chief Executive Officer and the transition Executive’s role and responsibilities in that regard:
 
WHEREAS, the Executive’s agreement to enter into the Employment Agreement As Amended is contingent on OFHEO’s approval of the termination benefits of the Employment Agreement As Amended and OFHEO’s lack of objection to the arrangements set forth in Section 7.3(b).
 
NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:
 
The Original Employment Agreement between Freddie Mac and the Executive dated December 3, 2003 is amended as set forth below (the “Employment Agreement As Amended”). The provisions of the Employment Agreement As Amended and the terms of


 

the Original Employment Agreement not modified herein represent the understanding of Executive and Freddie Mac with respect to the duties, responsibilities, and terms of employment for Executive in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac and thereafter as Executive Chairman of the Board on the occasion of the appointment of a Successor Chief Executive Officer. In consideration of the mutual promises set forth in the Employment Agreement As Amended, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, Executive and Freddie Mac agree as follows:
 
Section 1. Terms of Employment
 
The Term of the Employment Agreement As Amended shall end on the earlier of (a) December 31, 2009 (the “Revised Scheduled Termination Date”) or (b) the occurrence of an event described in Section 5 (“Revised Term”). The revised compensation and other terms of the Executive’s employment as set forth in the Employment Agreement As Amended are contingent upon the approval of the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”). The termination benefits of the Employment Agreement As Amended are also contingent upon the approval, as required, of OFHEO. Such approvals were obtained from the Committee on June 7, 2007 and from OFHEO on November 8, 2007.
 
Section 2. Position and Responsibilities
 
During the Revised Term, Executive agrees to serve as Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac or as Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac (the “Board of Directors”). In such capacity, Executive shall have the same status, privileges and responsibilities normally inherent in such capacity in public corporations of similar size and character. Executive shall also perform such additional duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time reasonably assign him. During the Revised Term,


2


 

Executive shall actively assist Freddie Mac in the recruitment and retention of a replacement of Executive as Chief Executive Officer (the “Successor CEO”) of Freddie Mac to occur prior to the Revised Scheduled Termination Date. Upon the appointment of the Successor CEO, Executive shall cease to be Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac and shall become Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors and remain in that capacity through the Revised Scheduled Termination Date (the “Transition Period”) and shall continue to perform such duties and responsibilities as are customary for the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors during such Transition Period. During the Transition Period, Executive shall continue to be an employee of Freddie Mac, subject to Freddie Mac’s Code of Conduct and any rules or restrictions applicable to senior executives of Freddie Mac regarding the purchase or sale of securities of Freddie Mac and shall be entitled to receive the compensation and benefits payable during the Revised Term. Executive agrees to cooperate fully with the Board in connection with the recruitment of the Successor CEO and the transition of his responsibilities to such Successor CEO.
 
Section 4. Compensation
 
In consideration for all services to be rendered by Executive under the Employment Agreement As Amended, Freddie Mac shall adjust Executive’s total compensation as follows:
 
4.1 Base Salary . During the Revised Term, Freddie Mac shall increase Executive’s Base Salary from the annual rate of $1,100,000 (“Original Base Salary”) to $1,300,000 effective July 1, 2007 (“Adjusted Base Salary”).
 
4.2 Extension Bonus and Annual Bonus . In addition to the Base Salary, Executive shall be paid a special Extension Bonus for his agreement to extend the term of the Employment Agreement As Amended. Such bonus amount will be for the sum of


3


 

$3,500,000 and will be payable in installments of $1,250,000 on the first payroll period following the effective date of this Amended Agreement, $1,500,000 on the first payroll period after July 1, 2008 and $750,000 on the first payroll period after on July 1, 2009. Each such bonus installment will be payable only if Executive remains actively in the employ of Freddie Mac through the specified payment date of each applicable calendar year. Such extension bonus paid to Executive shall be repaid by him in the event his employment with Freddie Mac is terminated prior to December 31, 2009 other than for Good Reason, as defined herein. In addition, Executive will have the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus (“Annual Bonus”) based on performance criteria determined by the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors or its successor (the “Committee”). The Annual Bonus set forth in the Original Employment Agreement will be increased for calendar year 2007 to a target of 278% of bonus eligible earnings (i.e., weighted average salary for 2007), and for calendar years 2008 and 2009 the target will be increased to 302% and 322%, respectively, of Adjusted Base Salary (“Adjusted Annual Bonus”). The Annual Bonus in respect of a calendar year will only be payable if Executive remains actively employed with Freddie Mac through the end of the applicable calendar year, and shall be paid to Executive at the same time that other senior executives of Freddie Mac are paid their annual cash incentive awards. The minimum bonus in each year is 0% and the maximum bonus is 200% of the Adjusted Annual Bonus (i.e., 200% of the target for such year) and will be based on the Executive’s performance in each calendar year. During Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, earned Base Salary and actual Annual Bonuses received will be considered for purposes of the FHLMC Employees’ Pension Plan (“Pension Plan”) and the non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”), but the Extension Bonuses will not be considered under any benefit plan.


4


 

4.4 Annual Equity Grants . During calendar year 2007, Freddie Mac shall increase the 2007 grant for Executive relating to a long-term equity incentive award (the “Annual Equity Grant”) by $800,000. Said additional grant will be in the form of time vested restricted stock units (RSUs) and will be made as of the first regularly scheduled Committee meeting after the effective date of the Employment Agreement As Amended. In calendar year 2008 the Executive will be entitled to an Annual Equity Grant Target valued at $9,400,000, (the “Adjusted Annual Equity Grant”) $8,800,000 of which (the “Original Annual Equity Grant”) will be guaranteed. In calendar year 2009, Executive will be entitled to an Adjusted Annual Equity Grant Target valued at $10,000,000 none of which will be guaranteed. The size of the actual grant will be determined by an assessment of the performance criteria established by the Committee. In terms of the Adjusted Annual Equity Grants provided for under the Employment Agreement As Amended, no more than 25% of the awards will be in the form of performance-based RSUs.
 
Options shall vest in four equal annual installments of approximately 25% each beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant, in each case subject to Executive’s continued employment with Freddie Mac through the applicable vesting date, provided that the Committee may in its discretion from time to time (a) permit the acceleration of the vesting of Options and (b) provide for a different vesting schedule for Options, provided, however, that in no event shall the vesting schedule applicable to Options provide for the Options to vest less frequently than 25% each year over a four year vesting period. In addition, the vesting of the Options and RSUs shall be subject to acceleration upon the terms and conditions described in the following paragraph and Section 6 of the Employment Agreement As Amended. Except as expressly provided in the Employment Agreement As Amended, all other terms and conditions of the RSUs and Options shall be as set forth in the Stock Compensation Plan, the resolution making the grant and the related award agreement.


5


 

In addition to the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined below) during the Revised Term: (a) all RSUs that were granted to Executive pursuant to the Employment Agreement and this Amendment at least twelve months prior to such Change in Control shall immediately vest and be settled subject to any right of Executive to defer payment of the RSUs under any non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement in which senior executives of Freddie Mac are permitted to defer payment of restricted stock units, (b) all Options that were granted to Executive pursuant to this Agreement at least twelve months prior to such Change in Control shall immediately vest and remain exercisable until the scheduled expiration date applicable to such Options, (c) with respect to each Annual Equity Grant that was granted to Executive less than twelve months prior to such Change in Control, all Options and RSUs that formed part of such Annual Equity Grant or Adjusted Annual Equity Grant shall be cancelled immediately upon the occurrence of the Change in Control and in consideration for such cancellation, Freddie Mac shall pay to Executive a lump sum cash payment in the amount of $8,800,000.
 
Section 5. Termination of Employment
 
5.3 Termination for Good Reason . Prior to the Revised Scheduled Termination Date, Executive may terminate the Revised Term and his employment under the Agreement for Good Reason by giving the Board of Directors sixty (60) days prior written notice of his intent to terminate stating in reasonable detail and particularity the factual basis Executive claims to support his claim for a Good Reason basis for termination as defined in the Employment Agreement As Amended. After receipt of Executive’s sixty (60) day written notice, Freddie Mac will have thirty (30) days in which to cure the basis for such claim. The Revised Term and Executive’s employment under the Employment Agreement As Amended shall terminate upon the expiration of the 60-day notice period unless Freddie Mac cures such basis in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors.


6


 

For purposes of the Employment Agreement As Amended, “Good Reason” shall mean, without Executive’s express written consent, the occurrence of anyone or more of the following:
 
(i) A reduction in Executive’s then current Adjusted Base Salary or Adjusted Annual Target Bonus or Maximum Bonus opportunity;
 
(ii) The removal by the Board of Directors of Executive from the position of Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac or Chairman of the Board of Directors or otherwise from the Board of Directors unless such removal is for “Cause”:
 
(iii) A material diminution or change in Executive’s duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 2 of the Employment Agreement;
 
(iv) A change in the reporting structure so that Executive reports to any person or entity other than the Board of Directors;
 
(v) A request by Freddie Mac that Executive resign his employment, unless such resignation is requested as a result of conduct by Executive that would constitute Cause (as defined below);
 
(vi) Executive is not elected to the Board of Directors or, if Executive is so elected, Executive is not appointed as Chairman or Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors unless such action is for “Cause”;
 
(vii) The failure of Freddie Mac to obtain the assumption in writing of its obligation to perform the Employment Agreement and by any successor to all or substantially all of the assets of Freddie Mac within 15 days after the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 4.4);
 
(viii) A material breach of the Employment Agreement As Amended by Freddie Mac;


7


 

(ix) Good Reason shall include the removal by the Board of Directors of Executive from the position as Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors after the appointment of a Successor CEO and prior to the Revised Scheduled Termination Date unless such removal is for “Cause”:
 
Notwithstanding the “Good Reason” terms set forth in the Employment Agreement and herein, Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall not constitute Good Reason as defined in Section 5.3 [(including without limitation under 5.3 (ii), (iii), (vi) or (viii)] if during the Revised Term, a Successor CEO is appointed by the Board and Executive ceases to be Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors and becomes Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors under the circumstances described in Section 2 above.
 
Section 6. Compensation Upon Termination
 
6.1 Disability or Death . In the event the Revised Term and Executive’s employment under the Employment Agreement and this Amendment is terminated prior to the Revised Scheduled Termination Date by reason of Executive’s Disability (under Section 5.1 of the Employment Agreement) or by reason of Executive’s death (under Section 5.2 of the Employment Agreement), Freddie Mac’s obligations to Executive (or his assigns as provided in Section 8.2 of the Employment Agreement) shall be as follows:
 
(i)  Base Salary . Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid to Executive (or his assigns) through the end of the month in which the termination of employment occurs within five (5) days following such termination. Freddie Mac shall have no further obligation to make payments of Base Salary to Executive (or his assigns). For purposes of this clause, Base Salary shall be defined as the current Base Salary at the time of such disability or death.
 
(ii)  Bonus . Freddie Mac shall pay Executive (or his assigns) any and all earned but unpaid bonus amounts from the most recent completed calendar year of Freddie


8


 

Mac. In addition, Freddie Mac shall pay Executive (or his assigns) a prorated percentage of Executive’s Target Bonus of $1,320,000 for the calendar year in which the employment termination occurs, based upon the number of months elapsed in such year through the last day of the month in which such termination occurs. All such amounts shall be paid to Executive (or his assigns) within thirty (30) days after the termination of the Revised Term and Executive’s employment under the Employment Agreement. For purposes of this clause, Target Bonus shall be defined as the Target Bonus in the Original Employment Agreement.
 
(iii)  Long-Term Incentives . At the date of termination of the Revised Term and Executive’s employment under the Employment Agreement As Amended for Disability or death, all RSUs that are outstanding pursuant to the Employment Agreement As Amended shall immediately vest and be settled in shares, subject to any right of Executive to defer payment of such RSUs under any non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement in which senior executives of Freddie Mac are permitted to defer payment of restricted stock units, and all Options granted to Executive pursuant to the Employment Agreement As Amended shall become immediately exercisable and shall remain outstanding: (A) in the event such termination occurs as a result of Executive’s death, until the earlier to occur of (1) the third anniversary of such termination of employment and (2) the scheduled expiration date applicable to such Options, and (B) in the event such termination occurs as a result of Executive’s Disability, until the scheduled expiration date applicable to such Options.
 
(iv)  Timing of Payments for Disability . Payments under paragraphs (i) — (iii) of subsection 6.1 due to termination for Disability, including payments of vested RSUs, shall be paid immediately upon Executive’s termination of employment, or if required for compliance with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “IRC”), the date that is six months following the date of the termination of Executive’s employment, or, if


9


 

earlier date of the Executive’s death after his termination of employment (the “Six-month Payment Date”).
 
6.2 For Good Reason or by Freddie Mac Without Cause . In the event the Revised Term and Executive’s employment under the Employment Agreement As Amended is terminated prior to December 31, 2009 by Executive for Good Reason (under Section 5.3 of the Employment Agreement As Amended), or by Freddie Mac without Cause (under Section 5.4 of the Employment Agreement As Amended), Freddie Mac’s obligations to Executive shall be as follows, in each case, subject to Executive’s execution of a general release and waiver in a form provided to Executive by Freddie Mac which conforms to the requirements of the officer severance policy in effect as of the date hereof (the “Release”):
 
(i)  Base Salary . Freddie Mac shall pay Executive a lump sum cash payment equal to the Base Salary that would have been payable to Executive for the period beginning on the termination of the Revised Term and Executive’s employment under the Employment Agreement and ending on December 31, 2008 as if the Executive had remained employed during such period. All such amounts shall be paid to Executive on the effective date of Executive’s Release. For purposes of this clause, Base Salary shall be defined as the Base Salary in the Original Employment Agreement. In the event of a termination under this section at any time in calendar year 2009, Executive will receive only his Adjusted Base Salary up to the date of termination.
 
(ii)  Bonus . Freddie Mac shall pay Executive any and all earned but unpaid bonus amounts from the most recent complete calendar year of Freddie Mac. In addition, Freddie Mac shall pay Executive a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of the Target Bonuses that would have been paid to Executive in respect of each calendar year of Freddie Mac that ends during the period beginning on the termination of the Revised Term and Executive’s employment under the Employment Agreement and ending on December 31,


10


 

2008. All such amounts shall be paid to Executive on the effective date of Executive’s Release. For purposes of this clause, Target Bonus shall be defined as the Target Bonus in the Original Employment Agreement. In the event of a termination under this section at any time in calendar year 2009, Executive will not be eligible to receive either a Target Bonus or an Adjusted Target Bonus.
 
(iii)  Long Term Incentives . On the effective date of Executive’s Release, (a) all RSUs that were granted to Executive pursuant to the Employment Agreement As Amended at least twelve months prior to such termination but prior to the Scheduled Termination Date, shall immediately vest and be settled subject to any right of Executive to defer payment of the Initial RSUs and RSUs under any non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement in which senior executives of Freddie Mac are permitted to defer payment of restricted stock units, (b) all Options that were granted to Executive pursuant to the Employment Agreement or this Amendment at least twelve months prior to such termination but prior to the Scheduled Termination Date shall vest and become immediately exercisable and shall remain outstanding until the earlier to occur of (A) three (3) years following such termination of the Revised Term and Executive’s employment under the Employment Agreement and (B) the scheduled expiration date applicable to such Options, and (c) with respect to each Annual Equity Grant that was granted to Executive less than twelve months prior to such termination and prior to the Scheduled Termination Date, all Options and RSUs that formed part of such Annual Equity Grant or Adjusted Annual Equity Grant shall be cancelled immediately upon the occurrence of the termination and in consideration for such cancellation, Freddie Mac shall pay to Executive on the effective date of Executive’s Release a lump sum cash payment in the amount of $8,800,000. Any option or RSU, other than performance-based RSUs, granted less than twelve months prior to Executive’s termination but after the Scheduled Termination Date shall continue to vest. Performance-based RSUs


11


 

will be governed by the terms of their grant. To the extent there is any inconsistency between the terms of the stock compensation plan under which the Initial RSUs, the RSUs and the Options were granted on the one hand and this Section 6.2(iii), on the other hand, this Section 6.2(iii) shall supersede such plans.
 
(iv)  Supplemental Nonqualified Retirement Plans . The terms of the Pension Plan shall not be affected by the Employment Agreement As Amended, and the Employment Agreement As Amended does not contemplate a payment of unvested Pension Plan benefits (or any equivalent thereof).
 
(v)  Health Benefits . Executive shall notify Freddie Mac promptly upon his employment with a subsequent employer, and shall provide Freddie Mac with such information as Freddie Mac reasonably requests regarding his coverage under medical, dental and life insurance plans of such employer. In all events, the Continued Benefits shall cease as to both Executive and his spouse as of the date each attains age 65.
 
(vi)  Timing of Payments . All such amounts under paragraphs (i)-(iv) of this Section 6.2 shall be paid to the Executive, subject to the Executive’s Release, during the period beginning with the Effective Date of the Release and ending on the 53rd day after the termination of Executive’s employment under the Employment Agreement As Amended. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if required for compliance with section 409A of the IRC, amounts under paragraphs (i)-(iv) of this Section 6.2 shall be paid on the Six-month Payment Date.
 
6.3. Termination for Cause . In the event the Revised Term and Executive’s employment under the Employment Agreement As Amended is terminated by Freddie Mac for Cause (under Section 5.5 of the Employment Agreement As Amended), Freddie Mac’s obligations to Executive shall be as follows:


12


 

(i)  Base Salary . Freddie Mac shall pay Executive within five (5) days following such termination his earned but unpaid Base Salary through the date of the termination of the Revised Term and Executive’s employment under the Employment Agreement.
 
(ii)  Bonus . Freddie Mac shall pay Executive within thirty (30) days following such termination any earned but unpaid bonus from the most recent complete calendar year of Freddie Mac. Executive shall not be entitled to any portion of his bonus in the year in which employment termination occurs. Notwithstanding the preceding, if such unpaid bonus constitutes deferred compensation for purposes of section 409A of the IRC, and if required for compliance with section IRC 409A, such bonus shall not be paid prior to the Six-month Payment Date.
 
Except as provided in this Section 6.3 and for any vested benefits to which Executive is entitled under any benefit plans maintained by Freddie Mac in which Executive participated during the Revised Term (other than the Freddie Mac Severance Policy and any other plan providing for benefits in the nature of severance, which Executive is not entitled to participate in by virtue of having entered into the Employment Agreement and the Amendment), continuation of health insurance benefits under the law commonly referred to as “COBRA” and any other similar benefits required to be provided by law, Freddie Mac shall have no additional obligations to Executive. For purposes of this clause, Bonus shall be defined as the Target Bonus in the Original Employment Agreement.
 
6.4 Employment Through the Scheduled Termination Date . In the event Executive remains employed by Freddie Mac through December 31, 2008 (and Freddie Mac as of that date could not have terminated the employment of Executive for Cause), (a) all RSUs awarded to Executive under the Original Employment Agreement as a part of the Original Annual Equity Grant (i.e., all grants prior to the date hereof and the guaranteed portion of the


13


 

2008 Annual Equity Grant), with the exception of performance based RSUs that have been voided because of the failure to achieve performance standards, shall vest immediately as of December 31, 2008, but such RSUs shall be settled in shares at the time the RSUs would have been settled to Executive as a consequence of his continued employment with Freddie Mac, subject to any right of Executive to defer payment of such RSUs under any non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement in which senior executives of Freddie Mac are permitted to defer payment of restricted stock units and (b) all Options granted to Executive pursuant to the Original Employment Agreement as a part of the Original Annual Equity Grant (i.e., all grants prior to the date hereof and the guaranteed portion of the 2008 Annual Equity Grant) shall become immediately exercisable as of December 31, 2008 and shall remain outstanding until the scheduled expiration date applicable to such Options.
 
The RSUs or Options granted under the Employment Agreement As Amended for calendar years 2007 and 2008 but not under the Original Employment Agreement or as a part of the Original Annual Equity Grant shall vest or be settled pursuant to the terms of each of those grants or awards.
 
6.5 Termination on or after the Revised Scheduled Termination Date . In the event Executive remains employed by Freddie Mac through the Revised Scheduled Termination Date and the termination of the Revised Term and, thereafter, Executive terminates his employment with Freddie Mac by reason of his retirement (and Freddie Mac at the time of such termination of employment by reason of Executive’s retirement could not have terminated the employment of Executive for Cause), (a) all RSUs awarded to Executive pursuant to the Employment Agreement As Amended shall vest immediately as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment, but such RSUs shall be settled in shares at the time such RSUs would have been settled to Executive had Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac not been terminated, subject to any right of Executive to defer payment of such RSUs


14


 

under any non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement in which senior executives of Freddie Mac are permitted to defer payment of restricted stock units and (b) all Options granted to Executive pursuant to the Employment Agreement As Amended shall become immediately exercisable and shall remain outstanding until the scheduled expiration date applicable to such Options. Notwithstanding the preceding, if required for compliance with section 409A of the IRC, no RSUs shall be settled prior to the Six-month Payment Date.
 
Freddie Mac shall provide continued access to coverage for Executive and his eligible dependents under Freddie Mac’s medical and dental benefit plans in which Executive and such dependents participated immediately prior to the termination of the Revised Term and Executive’s employment under the Employment Agreement As Amended (the “Continued Benefits”) or, in the event that Executive’s participation in such plans is prohibited or impracticable under the terms of those plans, Freddie Mac shall arrange to provide Executive with benefits substantially similar to those available under the applicable medical and dental plan in which Executive participated prior to the termination of the Revised Term and Executive’s employment under the Employment Agreement As Amended. In either case, the provision of such benefits by Freddie Mac shall be subject to the timely payment by Executive of all premiums, contributions and other co-payments required to be paid by senior executives of Freddie Mac under the terms of such plans as in effect from time to time (or the equivalent thereto in the case Freddie Mac arranges to provide Executive with substantially similar benefits to those available under the Freddie Mac plans) and shall be considered to be part of, and not in addition to, the benefit continuation required under federal law commonly referred to as “COBRA” Notwithstanding the foregoing, such continued coverage described herein shall cease with respect to any plan at the time that Executive is eligible to obtain substantially similar coverage to that provided by such plan from a subsequent employer. To the extent that such Continued Benefits are paid beyond the COBRA continuation period,


15


 

Freddie Mac shall make all premium or other payments necessary to provide such Continued Benefits annually, on or before December 31 of each year. In all events, the Continued Benefits shall cease as to both Executive and his spouse as of the date each attains age 65.
 
Section 7. Restrictions on Executive
 
7.3. Restrictions on Payments .
 
a.  IRC Section 409A . Payments under the Employment Agreement As Amended, including distributions with respect to vested RSUs, are intended to satisfy the requirements of IRC Section 409A, and all provisions of the Employment Agreement As Amended shall be interpreted consistent with this intent.
 
b.  Escrow Arrangement . Section III.a.3 D and F of the OFHEO’s Examination Guidance shall be fully satisfied by Executive acknowledging that if, for a period of one year after the grant of an award under the Special Performance Award opportunity afforded to him, OFHEO communicates allegations of misconduct by the Executive to the Company by filing a Notice of Charges alleging conduct that was knowing and caused or would be likely to cause a substantial loss to the Company and directs the Company to escrow up to a maximum of $4 million of the Special Performance Award actually paid, the Company will comply with any such valid directive or order, provided that nothing herein shall prevent Executive from seeking judicial or administrative review of such action. The Special Performance Award is a discretionary, one-time cash award for the Executive established by the Compensation and Human Resource Committee of the Freddie Mac Board of Directors designed to recognize the successful completion of key tasks by Executive over the twenty-nine (29) month period starting June 1, 2007 through September 30, 2009.
 
Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.


16


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended Agreement as of November 9, 2007.
 
     
    FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
     
ATTEST: 
/s/   Kristen Brewer

  By: 
/s/   Geoffrey T. Boisi

Geoffrey T. Boisi, Chairman
Compensation and Human Resources
  Committee of the Board of Directors
     
   
/s/   Richard F. Syron

Richard F. Syron


17

 
Exhibit 10.42
 
Chief Executive Officer Special Performance Award
Opportunity — Parameter Document
 
Purpose
 
The Compensation and Human Resources Committee (CHRC) and other non-employee members of the Board of Directors (Outside Directors) of Freddie Mac approved the establishment of a special, one-time cash performance award opportunity for its Chief Executive Officer, Richard Syron. The award opportunity was designed to provide additional incentive and recognition for the completion of key tasks over the 29 month-period starting June 1, 2007 through September 30, 2009. These key tasks are beyond the performance measures established by the 2007 Scorecard used for the corporate annual incentive plan. This award is consistent with our pay-for-performance philosophy, which requires the demonstration and evaluation of performance prior to payment.
 
Timing of Award
 
This award will be based on performance over the 29-month period starting June 1, 2007 through September 30, 2009. The performance determination will be approved by the CHRC at a meeting in the third quarter of 2009 after considering the views of the Outside Directors. The actual payment, if any, will be made as soon as administratively practicable following the determination of performance (see below) but no later than October 31, 2009.
 
Main Design Provisions
 
The maximum award is $6,000,000 and the specific award amount will be determined by the CHRC, in its sole discretion, based on a reasonable relationship to the number and relative significance and/or strategic value of “Performance Milestones” (described below) that the Company achieves either in whole or part. In determining the award amount, the CHRC shall obtain and consider the view of the Outside Directors. The CHRC will also consider Mr. Syron’s actual compensation under Freddie Mac’s standard annual compensation program during the performance period, and how it compares to the compensation of Chief Executive Officers in the Comparator Group.
 
The amount of the actual award will range from $0 to $6 million, with no guarantee that any payment will be made.
 
         
    Award Size
   
Payout Level
  as % of Target   Description
 
Minimum
  0%   No milestones achieved
    1% - 99%   Some, but not all milestones are achieved in whole or part as described above.
Maximum
  100%   All milestones achieved


1


 

Performance Milestones
 
The performance milestones which shall be measured from June 2007 through September 2009 are:
 
( Note: Information/data listed in parentheses following certain measures are the type of information, both objective and subjective, which the CHRC will take into consideration in determining whether the milestone has been achieved.)
 
• Remediate all material weaknesses and significant deficiencies disclosed in 2006 annual report dated March 23, 2007.
 
• Return to timely and sustainable financial reporting with the expectation that we will achieve Sox 404(a) compliance (with the issuance of our 2009 financial statements and substantial completion of each element of the Comprehensive Plan listed in the material presented to the Governance, Nominating and Risk Oversight Committee on September 6, 2007).
 
• Make material improvements in the information technology infrastructure. (Sustained and reliable operation of IT General Controls, remediation of all technology-related material weaknesses and significant deficiencies, consistent application of SDLC, progress on the development of mortgage conduit for distributing credit risk exceeding the company’s risk profile, completion of systems work necessary to support SEC registrant reporting, timely completion of major system projects as reported from time to time to the Mission, Sourcing and Technology Committee, improving ability of legacy systems to interface easily with external, third-party IT solutions.)
 
• Complete SEC registration and become an SEC reporting company.
 
• Manage a smooth Chief Executive Officer succession process. (Quality of the CEO search process, speed and success of integrating the new CEO into the company’s management team, success in transitioning day-to-day business operations responsibilities to the new CEO.)
 
• Substantially enhance the leadership strength of Freddie Mac’s executive team and the Board. Enhance the level of alignment and collaboration within both Freddie Mac’s executive team and the Board. (Increase in ready-now candidates for Tier 1-3 critical succession roles, increase success in filling critical succession roles with internal candidates, increase representation of minority and female officers, success expanding key experience/competency needs when new Board members are selected.)
 
• Position the company to be more proactive in its ability to identify and respond to new Mission needs and capital market changes and execute on those opportunities that enhance our housing mission and long-term shareholder value. (Success aligning the company’s efforts to improve its financial performance consistent with our mission, success helping shape the new affordable housing goals to focus on delivering housing opportunity directly to our Mission constituents, success developing and delivering to


2


 

market viable, non-predatory sub-prime loan products, providing liquidity, affordability and stability to residential mortgage markets.)
 
• Demonstrate substantial progress toward imbedding a pay-for-performance culture. (Increasing the level of bonus differentiation versus 2005 results, maintaining an appropriate distribution of performance ratings that aligns with business performance, maintaining bonus payouts linked directly to actual performance against annual Scorecard, utilizing performance features in multiple elements of the pay structure for executive officers.)
 
• Demonstrate substantial progress in managing the company within the current and future legislative and regulatory framework. (Informing regulators, Congress and industry groups on the impact of proposed legislative and regulatory actions on the GSEs and providing constructive solutions to respond to legislative and regulatory changes and concerns; addressing concerns raised by Congress, regulators and industry groups regarding how GSEs fulfill their mission as well as concerns regarding potential safety and soundness issues; achieving compliance with the rules and standards under which the GSEs will operate.)
 
• Achieve meaningful enhancement of shareholder economic value. (Determining appropriate metrics to measure fair value; year-over-year adjusted GAAP results; return on capital; changes in market share; credit performance; quality and effectiveness of profitability measures.)
 
The accomplishment of most or all of these milestones would result in a dramatic transformation of the company as compared to its position in late 2003, when Mr. Syron assumed leadership.
 
The Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board is responsible to exercise its judgment at the end of the performance period in a responsible and deliberate fashion to assess all relevant information, including the information outlined above, to determine the extent to which the performance milestones have been achieved in whole or part (as defined above), in deciding what amount, if any, of the award opportunity should be paid.
 
Form of Award
 
The award will be paid in cash.
 
Termination Provisions
 
This is a special award intended to recognize the achievement of specific performance criteria prior to September 30, 2009. Freddie Mac’s normal plan termination provisions do not apply to this opportunity. In the event of death, disability or involuntary termination by Freddie Mac without cause or termination by Mr. Syron for Good Reason (as such term is defined in Mr. Syron’s Employment Agreement), the entire award will be forfeited unless the CHRC, in its sole discretion, determines that some or all of the performance milestones had been achieved prior to the event of death, disability, or involuntary termination by Freddie Mac without cause or termination by Mr. Syron for Good Reason. In determining whether


3


 

any of the performance milestones were achieved, the CHRC shall obtain and consider the view of the Outside Directors. In the event of termination by Freddie Mac for cause or voluntary termination by Mr. Syron other than for Good Reason, the entire award will be forfeited.
 
Additional Design Features
 
The award will not be considered “earnings” or “base salary” for purposes of any bonus or short-term incentive program calculations or for calculating any qualified or nonqualified retirement or retirement-related benefit provided by Freddie Mac. The award is subject to the conditions outlined in the Amendment to the Employment Agreement between Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and Richard F. Syron dated December 6, 2003.
 
The award will not be eligible for a deferral opportunity.


4

 
Exhibit 10.43
 
EXECUTION COPY
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH EUGENE M. McQUADE
 
This Agreement provides the terms and conditions of the employment of Eugene M. McQuade (“Executive”) as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a government-sponsored enterprise created pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act (Title III of the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended) (“Freddie Mac”).
 
The provisions of this Agreement represent the understanding of Executive and Freddie Mac with respect to the duties, responsibilities, and terms of employment for Executive in his capacity as President and Chief Operating Officer of Freddie Mac. In consideration of the mutual promises set forth in this Agreement, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, Executive and Freddie Mac agree as follows:
 
SECTION 1. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT
 
During the Term (as defined in the next sentence) Freddie Mac agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to serve Freddie Mac, in accordance with the terms provided in this Agreement. Unless sooner terminated pursuant to the occurrence of an event described in Section 5 hereof, Freddie Mac agrees to employ Executive for a three (3) year period beginning on September 1, 2004 (the “Commencement Date”) and ending on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date (such period, the “Initial Term”), which shall be extended automatically for an additional successive one (1) year period as of the third anniversary of the Commencement Date and as of the last day of each successive one (1) year period of time thereafter that this Agreement is in effect, and such Initial Term and any such additional period shall be referred to as the “Term”; provided, however, that if, prior to the date which is 90 days before the last day of the Initial Term or any one (1) year Term either party shall give written notice to the other that no such automatic extension shall occur, then Executive’s employment shall terminate on the last day of the Term during which such notice is given (the “Scheduled Termination Date”). The Term, and Executive’s employment hereunder, may be terminated only as a result of the occurrence of the Scheduled Termination Date or in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 hereof. The compensation and other terms of Executive’s employment as set forth in this Agreement are contingent upon the approval of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors or its successor (the “Committee”). The terms of this Agreement with respect to benefits that apply upon termination of employment are contingent upon the approval of Freddie Mac’s regulator, the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (“OFHEO”).
 
SECTION 2. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES
 
During the Term, Executive agrees to serve as President and Chief Operating Officer of Freddie Mac. In such capacity, Executive shall have the same status, privileges, and responsibilities normally inherent in such capacity in public corporations of similar size and character. Executive shall also perform such additional duties, not inconsistent with the foregoing, as the Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac or the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac (the “Board of Directors”) may from time to time reasonably assign to him. In addition, so


 

long as Executive remains President and Chief Operating Officer through the mailing date for Freddie Mac’s proxy statement for Freddie Mac’s first annual meeting that follows the Commencement Date, which is currently scheduled for November 2004, the Board of Directors shall nominate Executive to serve on the Board of Directors in such proxy mailing. If so elected, Executive agrees to serve as a director on the Board of Directors throughout his employment hereunder and to perform such duties and responsibilities as are customary for such position. As President and Chief Operating Officer, and if elected, as director on the Board of Directors, Executive shall abide by Freddie Mac’s Code of Conduct and any rules or restrictions applicable to senior executives of Freddie Mac regarding the purchase or sale of securities of Freddie Mac. In the event that the Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac terminates for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned, effective as of the date of such termination of the Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, as a member of Freddie Mac’s Board of Directors and from all positions, titles, duties, authorities and responsibilities arising out of or relating to Executive’s employment or Board of Director’s membership, including any directorships or any fiduciary positions in which Executive was serving at the request of, or appointment by, Freddie Mac.
 
SECTION 3. DEVOTION TO DUTIES
 
During his employment hereunder, Executive agrees to devote substantially his full time, attention, and energies to Freddie Mac’s business, and not be engaged in any other business activity, whether or not such business activity is pursued for gain, profit, or other pecuniary advantage. This restriction shall not prevent Executive from devoting a reasonable amount of time to charitable or public interest activities or from making passive investments of his assets in such form or manner as he desires, provided that such investments: (i) do not require his services in the operations or the affairs of the entities in which such investments are made; and (ii) are consistent with the applicable provisions of Freddie Mac’s Investment Limitations Policy. In the event that the Executive intends to serve on a board of directors of another corporation while employed at Freddie Mac, Executive must first request the written approval of the Committee to serve (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) and if such approval is obtained, the Executive may hold such directorship only so long as it does not interfere with the performance by Executive of his duties as President and Chief Operating Officer and, if applicable, director of Freddie Mac, provided that in no event will Executive be permitted to serve on the board of directors of more than two (2) corporations other than Freddie Mac.
 
SECTION 4. COMPENSATION
 
In consideration for all services to be rendered by Executive under this Agreement, Freddie Mac shall pay Executive total compensation consisting of the following:
 
4.1  Base Salary .  During the Term, Freddie Mac shall pay Executive a Base Salary at an annual rate of $900,000, which amount may be increased in the discretion of the Committee. The Base Salary shall be paid to Executive in equal installments throughout the year, consistent with the normal payroll practices of Freddie Mac.
 
4.2  Annual Bonus .  In addition to the Base Salary, during each calendar year of Freddie Mac during the Term commencing with calendar year 2004, Executive shall have the


2


 

opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus (the “Bonus”), pro-rated in the case of any partial calendar year, based on performance criteria determined by the Committee. During the Term, the targeted annual Bonus will be 100% of Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”) and the maximum annual Bonus will be 200% of the Target Bonus (the “Maximum Bonus”). The annual Bonus in respect of a calendar year will only be payable if Executive remains actively employed with Freddie Mac through the end of the applicable calendar year, and shall be paid to Executive at the same time that other senior executives of Freddie Mac are paid their annual cash incentive awards. The actual amount of Executive’s bonus in respect of any calendar year shall be determined based on a variety of subjective and objective factors, as determined by the Committee; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, the minimum Annual Bonus payable to Executive in respect of calendar year 2004 shall be $400,000.
 
4.3  Initial Equity Award .  As soon as practicable after the commencement of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement, Freddie Mac shall grant Executive a number of Restricted Stock Units (the “Initial RSUs”) pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1995 Stock Compensation Plan, as amended (the “Stock Compensation Plan”), which number shall be 92,650. The Initial RSUs shall vest in three equal annual installments of thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1 / 3 %) each on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to Executive’s continued employment with Freddie Mac through the applicable vesting dates. In addition, the vesting of the Initial RSUs shall be subject to acceleration upon the terms and conditions described in Sections 4.4 and 6 of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, all other terms and conditions of the Initial RSUs shall be as set forth in the Stock Compensation Plan, the resolution making the grant and the related award agreement.
 
4.4  Annual Equity Grants .  During each year of the Term commencing with calendar year 2005, Freddie Mac shall make a grant to Executive of a long-term equity incentive award (the “Annual Equity Grant”) pursuant to the Stock Compensation Plan (or any successor plan) at the same time annual long-term equity incentive awards are granted to other senior executives. Each Annual Equity Grant shall have an aggregate value on the date of grant, as determined by the Committee, equal to $6,000,000. 50% of each Annual Equity Grant shall be restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and 50% of each Annual Equity Grant shall be stock options to acquire shares of Freddie Mac (“Options”), provided that the Committee may in its discretion from time to time, grant a higher percentage of the Annual Equity Grant in RSUs. The exercise price of the Options shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with the terms of the Stock Compensation Plan.
 
The RSUs shall vest on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, and the Options shall vest in four equal annual installments of approximately 25% each beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant, in each case subject to Executive’s continued employment with Freddie Mac through the applicable vesting date, provided that the Committee may in its discretion from time to time (a) permit the acceleration of the vesting of the RSUs or the Options and (b) provide for a different vesting schedule for the RSUs or Options, provided, however, that in no event shall the vesting schedule applicable for the RSUs provide for a vesting period longer than four years and in no event shall the vesting schedule applicable to the Options provide for the Options to vest less frequently than 25% each year over a four year vesting period. In addition, the vesting of the Options and RSUs shall be subject to acceleration upon the terms and


3


 

conditions described in the following paragraph and Section 6 of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, all other terms and conditions of the RSUs and Options shall be as set forth in the Stock Compensation Plan, the resolution making the grant and the related award agreement.
 
In addition to the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined below) during the Term: (a) the Initial RSUs, if they were granted to Executive at least twelve months prior to such Change in Control, and all other RSUs that were granted to Executive pursuant to this Agreement at least twelve months prior to such Change in Control shall immediately vest and be paid-out subject to any right of Executive to defer payment of the Initial RSUs and RSUs under any non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement in which senior executives of Freddie Mac are permitted to defer payment of restricted stock units, (b) all Options that were granted to Executive pursuant to this Agreement at least twelve months prior to such Change in Control shall immediately vest and remain exercisable until the scheduled expiration date applicable to such Options, (c) the Initial RSUs, if they were granted to Executive less than twelve months prior to such Change in Control, shall be cancelled immediately upon the occurrence of such Change in Control in consideration for a cash payment by Freddie Mac to Executive in the amount of $6,000,000, and (d) with respect to each Annual Equity Grant that was granted to Executive less than twelve months prior to such Change in Control, all Options and RSUs that formed part of such Annual Equity Grant shall be cancelled immediately upon the occurrence of the Change in Control and in consideration for such cancellation, Freddie Mac shall pay to Executive a lump sum cash payment in the amount of $6,000,000. For purposes of this Section 4.4, a Change in Control shall mean: (i) the acquisition by any person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of “beneficial ownership” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), whether direct or indirect, of securities of Freddie Mac representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of Freddie Mac’s then outstanding securities, provided, however, that any acquisition by (A) Freddie Mac, any employee benefit plan of Freddie Mac or any person or entity organized, appointed or established pursuant to the terms of any such benefit plan or (B) any corporation with respect to which, immediately following such acquisition, more than 50% of the total combined voting power of such corporation is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the persons who were the beneficial owners of Freddie Mac’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such acquisition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to such acquisition, of Freddie Mac’s outstanding voting securities, shall not constitute a Change in Control; or (ii) consummation of a merger of Freddie Mac unless securities representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor corporation are, immediately after the consummation of such merger, beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned Freddie Mac’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction; or (iii) if, during any period, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are elected by any person or entity other than Freddie Mac’s shareholders or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are appointed by any governmental entity, unless (A) such election or appointment of the Board of Directors by a governmental entity is a result of safety and soundness concerns and Executive’s continuing authority and role at Freddie Mac (as contemplated by this Agreement) has not been significantly diminished or adversely affected, or


4


 

(B) such election or appointment of the Board of Directors by a governmental entity results from safety and soundness concerns attributable in significant part to actions of Executive.
 
4.5  Signing Bonus .  Freddie Mac shall pay Executive a signing bonus in the amount of $2,000,000. If Executive terminates his employment other than for Good Reason (as defined below) or if he is terminated for Cause (as defined below), within ten (10) days of such termination Executive will pay Freddie Mac an amount equal to $2,000,000 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining until the Scheduled Termination Date and the denominator of which is 1,095.
 
4.6  Term Life Insurance Policy .  During the Term: (a) so long as Executive remains employed by Freddie Mac, Freddie Mac shall maintain, at its cost, term life insurance on the life of Executive for the benefit of his beneficiaries with a face amount equal to $7,000,000, and (b) provided that Executive remains employed by Freddie Mac through both the Scheduled Termination Date and attainment of age 60, upon the later to occur of termination of Executive’s employment or Executive’s attainment of age 60, Freddie Mac shall deliver to Executive a fully paid-up permanent life insurance policy with a face amount equal to $2,800,000. In each case, Freddie Mac’s obligation to provide such term life insurance and permanent life insurance to Executive shall be subject to the provision by Executive of proof of Executive’s insurability at standard rates.
 
4.7  Relocation Expenses .  Freddie Mac will reimburse the Executive for reasonable temporary living expenses incurred by Executive for up to six (6) months following the Commencement Date. If and when the Executive permanently relocates to the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, Freddie Mac shall reimburse Executive for all costs reasonably incurred by Executive in connection with such relocation, in accordance with Freddie Mac’s written relocation policy applicable to senior executives of Freddie Mac.
 
4.8  Other Compensation .  Executive shall be eligible to participate in all other incentive and other compensation programs adopted from time to time by Freddie Mac and generally applicable to senior executives, subject to the applicable terms, conditions and limitations of such programs.
 
4.9  Executive Benefits .  During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all executive and employee benefit plans or programs of Freddie Mac at a level that is commensurate with his position and duties with Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac does not guarantee the adoption or continuance of any particular executive or employee benefit plan or program during the Term and Executive’s participation in any such plan or program shall be subject to the provisions, rules and regulations applicable thereto.
 
4.10  Perquisites .  During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all special benefit or perquisite programs generally available from time to time to the Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac, on the terms and conditions then prevailing under each such program and shall be entitled to a number of weeks of paid vacation on an annualized basis equal to the number of weeks of paid vacation per year applicable to senior executives of Freddie Mac in accordance with its vacation policy as in effect from time to time.


5


 

4.11  Expenses .  Freddie Mac shall pay or reimburse Executive for all ordinary and necessary business expenses that Executive reasonably incurs in performing his duties under this Agreement, subject to the presentment by Executive of appropriate vouchers in accordance with Freddie Mac’s normal executive policies for expense verification.
 
SECTION 5. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
 
5.1  Termination Due to Disability .  In the event of any Disability of Executive during the Term and his employment under this Agreement that causes him to become eligible to receive benefits under Freddie Mac’s long-term disability policy in which Executive participates, Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of such eligibility. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall have the meaning applicable to senior executives who participate in Freddie Mac’s long-term disability policy in which Executive participates.
 
In the event that Executive is absent from work more than thirty consecutive work days due to incapacity or disability, the Board of Directors or its designee, after considering such medical advice, if any, as the Board of Directors or its designee deems appropriate, may determine that, as a result of such incapacity or disability, some or all of Executive’s duties and responsibilities as described in Section 2 shall be delegated to one or more other persons. Such delegation shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the date or event specified by the Board of Directors or its designee; (ii) the date on which Executive’s employment under this Agreement terminates by reason of Disability (under this Section 5.1); or (iii) a determination by the Board of Directors or its designee, upon receipt of such medical advice, if any, as the Board or its designee deems appropriate, that Executive is able to resume the duties and responsibilities so delegated. It is expressly understood that any delegation of Executive’s duties and responsibilities pursuant to this paragraph shall not constitute Good Reason for termination of employment by Executive (under Section 5.3 hereof) and shall not be deemed a breach or default by Freddie Mac.
 
5.2  Termination Due to Death .  In the event of Executive’s death prior to the Scheduled Termination Date, the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of Executive’s death.
 
5.3  Termination for Good Reason .  Prior to the Scheduled Termination Date, Executive may terminate the Term and his employment under this Agreement for Good Reason by giving the Board of Directors thirty (30) days prior written notice of his intent to terminate. Such notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination. The Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of the 30-day notice period.
 
For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean, without Executive’s express written consent, the occurrence of any one or more of the following:
 
(i) A reduction in Executive’s then current Base Salary or Target Bonus or Maximum Bonus opportunity;


6


 

(ii) A material diminution or change in Executive’s duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 2 of this Agreement;
 
(iii) A change in the reporting structure so that Executive reports to any person or entity other than Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac or the Board of Directors;
 
(iv) A request by Freddie Mac that Executive resign his employment, unless such resignation is requested as a result of conduct by Executive that would constitute Cause (as defined below);
 
(v) The failure of Freddie Mac, prior to December 31, 2014, to extend the Term;
 
(vi) The failure of Freddie Mac to obtain the assumption in writing of its obligation to perform this Agreement by any successor to all or substantially all of the assets of Freddie Mac within 15 days after the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 4.4);
 
(vii) Failure of the Board of Directors to nominate the Executive for election in the proxy mailing for the first annual meeting that follows the Commencement Date, or, if nominated, the failure of the shareholders to elect him to serve as a director;
 
(viii) During the Term, if Richard Syron ceases to serve as Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac and someone other than the Executive is appointed Chief Executive Officer of Freddie Mac as Mr. Syron’s successor, except for the appointment of an interim Chief Executive Officer for a period not to exceed six (6) months;
 
(ix) Failure of Freddie Mac to appoint the Executive as Chief Executive Officer by September 1, 2007, including as a result of Freddie Mac’s decision not to renew the Term effective September 1,2007 (a “ Non-Appointment Event ”); or
 
(x) A material breach of this Agreement by Freddie Mac.
 
5.4  Termination by Freddie Mac without Cause .  Prior to the Scheduled Termination Date, Freddie Mac may terminate the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement without Cause (which, for purposes of clarification, shall not include a termination of the Term or Executive’s employment under this Agreement due to Executive’s death or Disability). Any termination by Freddie Mac pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall be communicated by a written “Notice of Termination” addressed to Executive stating that the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement has been or will be terminated.
 
5.5  Termination for Cause .  Prior to the Scheduled Termination Date, Freddie Mac may terminate the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement for Cause. The Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall terminate upon the determination by the Board of Directors of the existence of Cause.
 
For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following:


7


 

(i) Executive commits a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude;
 
(ii) In carrying out his duties, Executive engages in conduct that constitutes gross neglect or gross misconduct or any material violation of applicable Freddie Mac rule or policy, including any policy relating to investment by Freddie Mac employees in securities, the violation of which amounts to gross neglect or gross misconduct;
 
(iii) A material breach of this Agreement by Executive; or
 
(iv) Any other willful or malicious misconduct on the part of Executive that is substantially injurious to Freddie Mac.
 
In each case, Cause shall not exist unless and until Freddie Mac has delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (excluding the Executive if Executive is a member of the Board of Directors) at a meeting of the Board of Directors called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for Executive, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board of Directors), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors an event set forth in subclauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) has occurred and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the period commencing on the date Freddie Mac notifies the Executive that it intends to call a meeting of the Board of Directors to terminate the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement for Cause until such meeting is held, Freddie Mac may reduce Executive’s responsibilities and duties and any such reduction or diminishment in Executive’s responsibilities and duties during such period shall not give rise to “Good Reason.”
 
SECTION 6. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION
 
6.1  Disability or Death .  In the event the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement is terminated prior to the Scheduled Termination Date by reason of Executive’s Disability (under Section 5.1 hereof) or by reason of Executive’s death (under Section 5.2 hereof), Freddie Mac’s obligations to Executive (or his assigns as provided in Section 8.2 hereof) shall be as follows:
 
(i)  Base Salary .  Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid to Executive (or his assigns) through the end of the month in which the termination of employment occurs within five (5) days following such termination. Freddie Mac shall have no further obligation to make payments of Base Salary to Executive (or his assigns).
 
(ii)  Bonus .  Freddie Mac shall pay Executive (or his assigns) any and all earned but unpaid bonus amounts from the most recent completed calendar year of Freddie Mac. In addition, Freddie Mac shall pay Executive (or his assigns) a prorated percentage of Executive’s Target Bonus for the calendar year in which the employment termination occurs, based upon the number of months elapsed in such year through the last day of the month in which such termination occurs. All such amounts shall be paid to Executive (or his assigns) within thirty (30) days after the termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement.


8


 

(iii)  Long-Term Incentives . At the date of termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement for Disability or death, the Initial RSUs and all other RSUs awarded to Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall immediately vest and be paid-out, subject to any right of Executive to defer payment of such Initial RSUs or RSUs under any non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement in which senior executives of Freddie Mac are permitted to defer payment of restricted stock units, and all Options granted to Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall become immediately exercisable and shall remain outstanding: (A) in the event such termination occurs as a result of Executive’s death, until the earlier to occur of (1) the third anniversary of such termination of employment and (2) the scheduled expiration date applicable to such Options, and (B) in the event such termination occurs as a result of Executive’s Disability, until the scheduled expiration date applicable to such Options. To the extent there is any inconsistency between the terms of the long-term incentive plan under which the Initial RSUs, the RSUs and the Options were granted on the one hand and this Section 6.1 (iii), on the other hand, this Section 6.1 (iii) shall supersede such plans.
 
Except as provided in this Section 6.1 and for any vested benefits to which Executive is entitled under any benefit plans maintained by Freddie Mac in which Executive participated during the Term (other than the Freddie Mac Severance Policy and any other plan providing for benefits in the nature of severance, which Executive is not entitled to participate in by virtue of having entered into this Agreement), continuation of health insurance benefits under the law commonly referred to as “COBRA” and any other similar benefits required to be provided by law, Freddie Mac shall have no additional obligations to Executive.
 
(iv)  Long-Term Disability Benefits .  In addition, in the event that such termination of the Term and Executive’s employment hereunder occurs as a result of Executive’s Disability, Freddie Mac shall provide Executive with long-term disability benefits equal to 70% of Executive’s Base Salary during the period beginning on the first day of the month that immediately follows the month in which such termination occurred through the earlier to occur of (a) the Scheduled Termination Date or (b) the date Executive no longer has a Disability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Freddie Mac’s obligation to provide such long-term disability benefits to Executive shall be subject to the provision by Executive of proof of Executive’s insurability at standard rates.
 
6.2  For Good Reason or by Freddie Mac without Cause .  In the event the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement is terminated prior to the Scheduled Termination Date by Executive for Good Reason (under Section 5.3 hereof), or by Freddie Mac without Cause (under Section 5.4 hereof), Freddie Mac’s obligations to Executive shall be as follows, in each case, subject to Executive’s execution of a general release and waiver in a form provided to Executive by Freddie Mac which conforms to the requirements of the officer severance policy in effect as of the date hereof (the “Release”):
 
(i)  Base Salary .  Freddie Mac shall pay Executive a lump sum cash payment equal to the Base Salary that would have been payable to Executive for the longer of (a) the period beginning on the termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement and ending on the Scheduled Termination Date if the Executive had remained employed during such period and (b) one (1) year (such period, the “Severance Period”). All such amounts shall be paid to Executive on the effective date of Executive’s Release.


9


 

(ii)  Bonus .  Freddie Mac shall pay Executive any and all earned but unpaid bonus amounts from the most recent complete calendar year of Freddie Mac. In addition, Freddie Mac shall pay Executive a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of the Target Bonuses that would have been paid to Executive during the Severance Period. All such amounts shall be paid to Executive on the effective date of Executive’s Release.
 
(iii)  Long-Term Incentives .  On the effective date of Executive’s Release, (a) the Initial RSUs, if they were granted to Executive at least twelve months prior to such termination, and all other RSUs that were granted to Executive pursuant to this Agreement at least twelve months prior to such termination, shall immediately vest and be paid-out subject to any right of Executive to defer payment of the Initial RSUs and RSUs under any non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement in which senior executives of Freddie Mac are permitted to defer payment of restricted stock units, (b) the Initial RSUs, if they were granted to Executive less than twelve months prior to such termination, shall be cancelled immediately upon such termination in consideration for a cash payment by Freddie Mac to Executive on the effective date of Executive’s Release in the amount of $6,000,000, (c) all Options that were granted to Executive pursuant to this Agreement at least twelve months prior to such termination shall vest and become immediately exercisable and shall remain outstanding until the earlier to occur of (A) three (3) years following such termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement and (B) the scheduled expiration date applicable to such Options, and (d) with respect to each Annual Equity Grant that was granted to Executive less than twelve months prior to such termination, all Options and RSUs that formed part of such Annual Equity Grant shall be cancelled immediately upon the occurrence of the termination and in consideration for such cancellation, Freddie Mac shall pay to Executive on the effective date of Executive’s Release a lump sum cash payment in the amount of $6,000,000; provided, however, if Executive resigns for Good Reason as a result of a Non-Appointment Event or if he otherwise resigns for Good Reason during 2007 pursuant to clause (viii) of Section 5.3, then the foregoing shall apply to the Initial RSUs and any Options and RSUs that were granted to Executive pursuant to this Agreement in calendar years 2005 and 2006, but shall not apply to any Options and RSUs that were granted to Executive pursuant to this Agreement in 2007; and provided, further, if Executive resigns for Good Reason as a result of non-renewal of the Term by Freddie Mac (other than as a result of a Non-Appointment Event), then in lieu of the foregoing, Executive will be entitled to credit for one (I) additional year of service for vesting purposes with respect to the Initial RSUs and each Annual Equity Grant. To the extent there is any inconsistency between the terms of the stock compensation plan under which the Initial RSUs, the RSUs and the Options were granted on the one hand and this Section 6.2(iii), on the other hand, this Section 6.2(iii) shall supersede such plans.
 
(iv)  Supplemental Nonqualified Retirement Plans .  Executive shall participate in and receive benefits under Freddie Mac’s non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”) in accordance with the terms of such plan; provided that, for purposes of this Section 6.2, if upon Executive’s termination of employment he is not entitled to the “Restoration Benefit” (as such term is defined in the SERP) under the SERP solely because he is not yet vested under the FHLMC Employees’ Pension Plan (“Pension Plan”), then Freddie Mac will pay Executive the Restoration Benefit that would have been payable under the SERP as of the date of such termination without regard to such vesting requirement, and Executive will be entitled to the Make Up Contribution (as defined in the SERP) in accordance with the terms of the SERP.


10


 

The terms of the Pension Plan shall not be affected by this Agreement, and this Agreement does not contemplate a payment of unvested Pension Plan benefits (or any equivalent thereof).
 
(v)  Health Benefits .  Freddie Mac shall provide continued coverage for Executive and his eligible dependents under Freddie Mac’s medical, dental and other similar welfare benefit plans in which Executive and such dependents participated immediately prior to the termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement (the “Continued Benefits”) during the Severance Period, or, in the event that Executive’s participation in such plans is prohibited or impracticable under the terms of such plans, Freddie Mac shall arrange to provide Executive with benefits substantially similar to those available under the applicable plans in which Executive participated prior to the termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement. In either case, the provision of such benefits by Freddie Mac shall be subject to timely payment by Executive of all premiums, contributions and other copayments required to be paid by senior executives of Freddie Mac under the terms of such plans as in effect from time to time (or the equivalent thereto in the case Freddie Mac arranges to provide Executive with substantially similar benefits to those available under the Freddie Mac plans), and shall be considered to be part of, and not in addition to, the benefit continuation required by the federal law commonly referred to as “COBRA.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, such continued coverage (or provision of substantially similar benefits) described in this paragraph 6.2(v) shall cease prior to the Scheduled Termination Date with respect to any plan at the time that Executive is eligible to obtain substantially similar coverage to that provided by such plan from a subsequent employer. Executive shall notify Freddie Mac promptly upon his employment with a subsequent employer, and shall provide Freddie Mac with such information as Freddie Mac reasonably requests regarding his coverage under medical, dental and life insurance plans of such employer.
 
Except as provided in this Section 6.2 and for any vested benefits to which Executive is entitled under any benefit plans maintained by Freddie Mac in which Executive participated during the Term (other than the Freddie Mac Severance Policy and any other plan providing for benefits in the nature of severance, which Executive is not entitled to participate in by virtue of having entered into this Agreement), continuation of health insurance benefits under the law commonly referred to as “COBRA” and any other similar benefits required to be provided by law, Freddie Mac shall have no additional obligations to Executive.
 
6.3  Termination for Cause .  In the event the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement is terminated by Freddie Mac for Cause (under Section 5.5 hereof), Freddie Mac’s obligations to Executive shall be as follows:
 
(i)  Base Salary .  Freddie Mac shall pay Executive within five (5) days following such termination his earned but unpaid Base Salary through the date of the termination of the Term and Executive’s employment under this Agreement.
 
(ii)  Bonus .  Freddie Mac shall pay Executive within thirty (30) days following such termination any earned but unpaid bonus from the most recent complete calendar year of Freddie Mac. Executive shall not be entitled to any portion of his bonus in the year in which employment termination occurs.


11


 

Except as provided in this Section 6.3 and for any vested benefits to which Executive is entitled under any benefit plans maintained by Freddie Mac in which Executive participated during the Term (other than the Freddie Mac Severance Policy and any other plan providing for benefits in the nature of severance, which Executive is not entitled to participate in by virtue of having entered into this Agreement), continuation of health insurance benefits under the law commonly referred to as “COBRA” and any other similar benefits required to be provided by law, Freddie Mac shall have no additional obligations to Executive.
 
SECTION 7. RESTRICTIONS ON EXECUTIVE
 
7.1  Disclosure of Information .  Executive recognizes that he has access to and knowledge of confidential and proprietary information of Freddie Mac and/or its customers which is essential to the performance of his duties under this Agreement. Except as required by law, Executive shall not, during or after his employment of Freddie Mac, in whole or in part, disclose such information to any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity (other than (i) to, or as directed by, Freddie Mac or (ii) during his employment by Freddie Mac, as he shall determine to be in the best interests of Freddie Mac) for any reason or purpose whatsoever or use such information for his own or another’s purposes, unless and until such information has become generally known to the public.
 
Executive agrees to hold as Freddie Mac’s property, all memoranda, books, papers, letters, and other data in any way relation to Freddie Mac’s business and affairs, whether made by him or otherwise coming into his possession, and on termination of his employment, or on demand of Freddie Mac at any time, to deliver the same to Freddie Mac.
 
7.2  Covenant Not to Compete .  During Executive’s employment under this Agreement, and for two (2) years following the termination of his employment under this Agreement, without prior written consent of the Board of Directors (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), Executive shall not compete with Freddie Mac or interfere with, disrupt or attempt to disrupt the relationship, contractual or otherwise, between Freddie Mac and any customer, client, supplier or consultant of Freddie Mac. For purposes of this Agreement, prohibited competition shall mean becoming an employee, officer, consultant or director of, or being an investor (representing more than a five (5) percent equity interest) in, any entity or person principally engaged in a business that directly competes with all or some material portion of the business then engaged in by Freddie Mac; provided that in the event that the Executive resigns for Good Reason or is terminated without Cause, prohibited competition shall mean becoming an employee, officer, consultant or director of, or being an investor (representing more than a five (5) percent equity interest) in, Fannie Mae or any substantially similar entity.
 
In addition, Executive agrees that for the one (1) year period following the termination of employment under this Agreement, he shall not directly or indirectly, on his own behalf of or on behalf of any other person, corporation, partnership, firm, financial institution or other business entity, solicit or induce any person who, at the time of such solicitation or inducement, is employed as an officer (or the equivalent) of Freddie Mac to leave or cease their employment relationship with Freddie Mac for any reason whatsoever or hire or otherwise engage such employees of Freddie Mac; provided that this section shall not be construed as a prohibition on


12


 

the ability of Executive to provide references on an officer (or equivalent) to persons or entities with which Executive has no affiliation.
 
SECTION 8. ASSIGNMENT
 
8.1  Assignment by Freddie Mac .  This Agreement may and shall be assigned or transferred to, and shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor of Freddie Mac, and any such successor shall be deemed substituted for Freddie Mac for all purposes of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the term “successor” shall mean any person, firm, corporation, or business entity which at any time, whether by merger, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, acquires all or essentially all of the assets or business of Freddie Mac. Notwithstanding such assignment, Freddie Mac shall remain, with such successor, jointly and severally liable for all its obligations hereunder.
 
8.2  Assignment by Executive .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributes devisees, and legatees. If Executive shall die while any amounts payable to Executive hereunder remain outstanding, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisees, legatees, or other designee or, in the absence of such designee, to Executive’s estate.
 
The rights and duties of Executive hereunder are personal and may not be assigned or transferred.
 
SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS
 
9.1  Entire Agreement .  This document contains the entire Agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.
 
9.2  Representations .  Subject to approval by the Committee and, to the extent applicable, OFHEO, Freddie Mac represents and warrants that it is fully authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any agreement between it and any other person or organization. Executive represents that he is fully authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance of his obligations hereunder will not violate any agreement between him and any other person, firm or organization.
 
Executive hereby represents and warrants to Freddie Mac that Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or other party that would be violated by Executive’s entering into this Agreement and/or providing services to Freddie Mac pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Executive further represents and warrants that Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of Freddie Mac does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by Executive in confidence or in trust prior to Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac. Executive will not disclose to Freddie Mac or induce Freddie Mac to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous


13


 

employer or others. Executive will not hereafter grant anyone any rights inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement.
 
9.3  Modification .  This Agreement shall not be amended except by mutual agreement of the parties in a written instrument executed by the parties hereto or their legal representatives.
 
9.4  Exclusive Remedies .  This Agreement is intended to encompass all obligations of Freddie Mac to Executive: (a) for compensation and benefits in respect of his employment, and (b) arising out of the termination of his employment. Executive shall not be entitled to any compensation, benefits, damages or other remedies not provided for herein. Executive hereby waives, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the right to bring any action against Freddie Mac, in law, equity or otherwise for compensation for his employment, other than for the enforcement of Freddie Mac’s obligations to pay the compensation, benefits and other amounts provided for herein.
 
9.5  Taxes .  Freddie Mac may withhold from any payments made under this Agreement all applicable taxes, including but not limited to income, employment and social insurance taxes, as shall be required by law.
 
9.6  Severability .  In the event that any provision or portion of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect.
 
9.7  Notice .  Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provide for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and if sent by registered or certified mail to Executive at the last address he filed in writing with Freddie Mac or, in the case of Freddie Mac, addressed to the Secretary of Freddie Mac, and sent to its principal executive offices.
 
9.8  Governing Law .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.
 
Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.


14


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of August 3, 2004.
 
     
    FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
     
ATTEST:  
By:   
/s/  Richard F. Syron

     
/s/  Ella Lee


 
Title:   CEO
     
By:   
/s/  John D. McCoy


   
Title:  Chairman, Compensation
& Human Resources Committee

 
/s/  Eugene M. McQuade

Eugene M. McQuade


15

 
Exhibit 10.44
 
         
(FREDDIE MAC LETTERHEAD)
CONFIDENTIAL
Date   To    
June 1, 2006   Eugene M. McQuade    
From        
Geoffrey T. Boisi        
Subject        
Your Short-term Incentive Target for 2006 Performance    
 
 
This memorandum sets forth the terms and conditions pertaining to your annual short-term incentive target under the officer short-term incentive program (the “Bonus Program”) for 2006 performance (payable in 2007). The terms established in this memorandum are in lieu of the target Annual Bonus set forth in Section 4.2 of your August 3, 2004 Employment Agreement with Freddie Mac.
 
Effective upon the execution date stated below, your annual short-term incentive target for the 2006 performance period (payable in 2007) under the Bonus Program shall be 180% of your base salary earnings (or $1,620,000) (the “Bonus Target”) and, as set forth in Section 4.2 of your Employment Agreement, the maximum annual short-term incentive payment for 2006 shall be 200% of the Bonus Target, provided that you remain actively employed with Freddie Mac through the end of 2006.
 
In consideration of receiving the Bonus Target described above, you:
 
1. Waive any rights you have under your Employment Agreement with respect to your short-term incentive for 2006 (payable in 2007), including receipt of the Annual Bonus for 2006 that otherwise may be payable pursuant to the terms set forth in Section 4.2 of your Employment Agreement.
 
2. Agree that for performance years after 2006, the payment of an annual short-term incentive pursuant to the target specified in Section 4.2 of your Employment Agreement shall not constitute “Good Reason” as defined in Section 5.3 of your Employment Agreement (including without limitation under Section 5.3(i)).
 
3. Agree that a termination of employment benefit paid pursuant to Section 6 of your Employment Agreement, if any, shall be based on the Annual Bonus target set forth in Section 4.2 of such Agreement and that the Bonus Target established by this Resolution shall not be used to calculate any termination of employment benefit that may be paid pursuant to any of the terms of your Employment Agreement.


 

Eugene M. McQuade
June 1, 2006
Page 2
 
 
As a result of your waiver in paragraph 1 above, this memorandum shall not be deemed to be an amendment to your Employment Agreement.
 
This memorandum sets forth the entirety of Freddie Mac’s and your obligations with respect to the payment of annual short-term incentive target for the 2006 performance period (payable in 2007), if any, and such terms may be modified only by approval of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board and a written agreement entered into by both you and Freddie Mac. This memorandum shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without regard to its conflict-of-laws provisions.
 
Should you agree to the terms set forth herein, please return an executed copy of this memorandum to Paul George, Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice-President, Human Resources and to Robert Bostrom, Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice-President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary.
 
     
    FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
     
Date:           June 1, 2006
  By:  
/s/   Geoffrey T. Boisi

Geoffrey T. Boisi
Chair of the Compensation and
  Human Resources Committee
     
Date:           June 6, 2006
 
/s/   Eugene M. McQuade

Eugene M. McQuade

 
Exhibit 10.45
 
         
(FREDDIE MAC LETTERHEAD)
CONFIDENTIAL
Date   To    
March 3, 2007   Eugene M. McQuade    
From        
Geoffrey T. Boisi        
Subject        
Your Short-term Incentive Target for 2007 Performance and 2007 Long-Term Incentive Grant
 
 
Effective upon the execution date stated below, this memorandum sets forth the terms and conditions pertaining to your annual: (i) short-term incentive target under the officer short-term incentive program (the “Bonus Program”) for 2007 performance (payable in 2008); and (ii) 2007 long-term incentive grant (the “Annual Equity Grant”). The terms established in this memorandum are in lieu of the target Annual Bonus set forth in Section 4.2 and the Annual Equity Grant set forth in Section 4.4 of your August 3, 2004 Employment Agreement (“Employment Agreement”) with Freddie Mac.
 
I.   Short-Term Incentive
 
Your annual short-term incentive target for the 2007 performance period (payable in 2008) under the Bonus Program shall be 180% of your base salary earnings (or $1,620,000) (the “Bonus Target”) and, as set forth in Section 4.2 of your Employment Agreement, the maximum annual short-term incentive payment for 2007 shall be 200% of the Bonus Target, provided that you remain actively employed with Freddie Mac through the end of 2007.
 
In consideration of receiving the Bonus Target described above, you:
 
A. Waive any rights you have under your Employment Agreement with respect to your short-term incentive for 2007 (payable in 2008), including receipt of the Annual Bonus for 2007 that otherwise may be payable pursuant to the terms set forth in Section 4.2 of your Employment Agreement.
 
B. Agree that for performance years after 2007, the payment of an annual short-term incentive pursuant to the target specified in Section 4.2 of your Employment Agreement shall not constitute “Good Reason” as defined in


 

Eugene M. McQuade
March 3, 2007
Page 2
 
 
Section 5.3 of your Employment Agreement (including without limitation under Section 5.3(i)).
 
C. Agree that a termination of employment benefit paid pursuant to Section 6 of your Employment Agreement, if any, shall be based on the Annual Bonus target set forth in Section 4.2 of such Agreement and that the Bonus Target established by this memorandum shall not be used to calculate any termination of employment benefit that may be paid pursuant to any of the terms of your Employment Agreement.
 
II.  Long-Term Incentive
 
Your Annual Equity Grant for calendar year 2007 shall be $5,725,000. In consideration of your receiving that Annual Equity Grant, Freddie Mac:
 
D. Acknowledges that in the event that you are due a lump-sum cash payment attributable to such Annual Equity Grant upon either a “Change of Control” or the termination of your employment for “Good Reason” or without “Cause,” pursuant to Sections 4.4 (d) and 6.2(iii)(B), respectively, of your Employment Agreement, then you shall receive $6,000,000.
 
As a result of your waiver in Paragraph A and Freddie Mac’s acknowledgement in Paragraph D of its payment obligations, above, this memorandum shall not be deemed to be an amendment to your Employment Agreement.
 
This memorandum sets forth the entirety of Freddie Mac’s and your obligations with respect to the payment of: (i) annual short-term incentive target for the 2007 performance period (payable in 2008), if any, (ii) the 2007 Annual Equity Grant. Such terms may be modified only by approval of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board and a written agreement entered into by both you and Freddie Mac. This memorandum shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without regard to its conflict-of-laws provisions.
 
Should you agree to the terms set forth herein, please return an executed copy of this memorandum to Paul George, Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice-President, Human


 

Eugene M. McQuade
March 3, 2007
Page 3
 
 
Resources and to Robert Bostrom, Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice-President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary.
 
     
    FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
     
Date:           March 7, 2007
  By:  
/s/   Geoffrey T. Boisi

Geoffrey T. Boisi
Chair of the Compensation and
  Human Resources Committee
     
Date:           March 15, 2007
 
/s/   Eugene M. McQuade

Eugene M. McQuade

 
Exhibit 10.46
 
[Freddie Mac letterhead]
 
July 8, 2004
 
Patricia L. Cook
3 Red Fox Lane
Upper Brookville, New York 11545
 
 
Dear Ms. Cook:
 
I am pleased to offer to you the position of Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice President, Investments, reporting to me. Should you accept this offer, you will begin your employment with Freddie Mac on a mutually agreed upon date. The actual start date shall be referred to as the “Employment Date.” This offer of employment expires as of Monday July 12, 2004.
 
This offer of employment is expressly contingent upon:
 
  •  Your execution of the attached “Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement;” and
 
  •  Your demonstration of compliance on your Employment Date with the work eligibility requirements if the Immigration Reform and Control Act.
 
In addition, Freddie Mac must be completely satisfied with your references and the results of your credit and criminal background check, to which you have already consented.
 
This terms and conditions set forth in this letter supersede any previous communication you have had with Freddie Mac and/or its agents concerning the terms and conditions of your employment with Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac agrees to employ you pursuant to, and you agree to accept as conditions of employment, the terms and conditions set forth in this Letter Agreement (“Agreement” or “Letter Agreement”), the enclosed Restrictive Covenant Agreement and the enclosed Code of Conduct.
 
I.  Base Salary
 
Your annualized base salary will be $600,000 (which is approximately $50,000 per month). You will be eligible for a salary review and a potential merit increase in 2005 that takes into consideration, among other things, your performance based upon performance criteria that I establish with your input. Freddie Mac has the sole discretion and absolute authority in determining whether, and to what extent performance against criteria has been achieved with respect to any particular period, and whether to implement a salary adjustment.


 

Patricia L. Cook
Page 2
July 8, 2004
 
II.  Short Term and Long Term Performance-Based Incentives
 
During the Term you will be eligible for consideration for a discretionary short-term performance-based incentive bonus subject to corporate executive compensation plans, practices and policies in effect as of the date of payment. However, assuming continued employment in the above-specified position through the bonus payment date, your actual bonus for the 2004 performance period (payable in 2005) will be no less than $1,000,000. Thereafter, your target bonus will be one hundred and sixty-seven percent (167%) of your bonus eligible earnings (currently defined as base salary) and the maximum short-term incentive bonus payable will be 200% of your target incentive. Freddie Mac currently pays such bonuses in cash.
 
You will also be eligible for consideration for a discretionary long-term performance-based incentive award. Such awards currently are made in a combination of restricted stock units and stock options. Assuming continued employment in the above-specified position through the actual grant date, the amount of your initial long-term incentive award will be 250% of your base salary or $1,500,000. Sixty-six and two thirds percent of your first such award (currently anticipated to be no earlier than in July 2004) will be paid in the form of restricted stock units and thirty-three and one-third percent of such award will be paid in the form of stock options. Such stock option award will ratably vest and the restrictions on such restricted stock unit grant will ratably lapse twenty-five percent (25%) on the anniversary of the Grant Date over four years. All other aspects of the award, including the number of units and/or shares subject to the grants and other details, shall be subject to the corporate plans, practices and policies in effect at that time.
 
Thereafter, any annual long-term incentive compensation award you receive pursuant to current long-term incentive compensation plans and practices will not exceed two hundred and fifty percent (250%) of your base salary and will be made pursuant to corporate plans, practices and policies in effect at that time, which currently provide that awards are paid fifty percent (50%) in the form of restricted stock units and fifty percent (50%) in the form of stock options. Nothing in the plans and practices generally applicable to all employees precludes the Board of Directors from approving special or one-time incentive compensation awards in recognition of extraordinary contributions or accomplishments.
 
III.  One-Time Sign-On Cash Bonus
 
Subject to your beginning employment with Freddie Mac, you will receive a one-time sign-on cash bonus of $2,000,000. This cash bonus will be paid to you in your first full semi-monthly paycheck, and will be subject to such withholdings as Freddie Mac determines are required by law. This sign-on bonus is subject to repayment-in-full in the event that, prior to the first anniversary of your Employment Date, you terminate your employment with Freddie Mac for any reason or Freddie Mac terminates your employment for violating any standard of conduct, attendance or behavior embodied in


 

Patricia L. Cook
Page 3
July 8, 2004
 
Exhibit A to Freddie Mac Policy 3-214 (as may be modified from time to time), the most recent copy of which is enclosed herewith.
 
IV.  One-Time Sign-On Grant of Restricted Stock Units
 
Subject to your beginning employment with Freddie Mac, you also will receive a one-time restricted stock unit grant with a total dollar value of $750,000. This grant will be subject to the terms of Freddie Mac’s 1995 Stock Compensation Plan (“Plan”) or any successor plan thereto in effect at the time of such grant, the applicable resolution of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and any grant agreement that Freddie Mac provides to you. The number of restricted stock units subject to this grant will be calculated by dividing $750,000 by the fair market value (as defined in the Plan) of a share of Freddie Mac common stock on the date the Committee designates as the grant date (the “Grant Date”).
 
The restrictions on the restricted stock units subject to this one-time grant will lapse pursuant to the following schedule: thirty-three percent (33%) on the first anniversary of the Grant Date; thirty-three percent (33%) on the second anniversary of the Grant Date; and thirty-four percent (34%) on the third anniversary of the Grant Date. In the event that your employment with Freddie Mac terminates for any reason (other than Disability or Death as defined in the Plan) prior to the lapse of restrictions, you will forfeit all the units.
 
V.  Employment-At-Will; Termination of Employment Payment
 
Except as set forth in Paragraphs I, II, III, IV and this Paragraph V as pertains to a term of compensation set forth therein, this Letter Agreement does not set forth any express or implied contractual obligation on the part of either Freddie Mac or you to continue employment for a specified or agreed upon duration and Freddie Mac retains the right to change any other terms and conditions of your employment, including any benefits offered, at any time in its sole discretion. Freddie Mac and you each retain the right to terminate your employment at any time for any reason with or without cause.
 
In the event Freddie Mac terminates your employment prior to the second anniversary of the Employment Date for any reason other than “Gross Misconduct” as such term is defined in Policy 3-254.1 — Officer Severance (as it may be modified or amended from time to time in Freddie Mac’s sole discretion), Freddie Mac agrees to pay you in cash an amount equal to the sum of $3,800,000 minus $133,333.33 per month for each whole month worked beginning on your Employment Date and ending the day prior to the second anniversary of your Employment Date.
 
In the event Freddie Mac terminates your employment on or after the second anniversary of the Employment Date but prior to your sixty-second (62) birthday for any reason other than “Gross Misconduct” as such term is defined Policy 3-254.1 — Officer Severance (as


 

Patricia L. Cook
Page 4
July 8, 2004
 
it may be modified or amended from time to time in Freddie Mac’s sole discretion), Freddie Mac agrees to pay you in cash an amount equal to $600,000.
 
Any such payment, minus lawful deductions, shall be made in one lump sum within thirty (30) days after the termination date. The payment, if any, shall be in addition to any amounts that may be due you pursuant to the terms of any applicable restrictive covenant agreement and/or corporate severance policy.
 
The terms of the termination of employment payment referenced in this Paragraph V are contingent upon the approval of Freddie Mac’s regulator, the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight.
 
VI.  Other Benefits
 
You will be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans pursuant to the terms of those plans (as may be modified or terminated from time to time).
 
In your first calendar year of employment you will accrue vacation at a rate of fifteen days annually, which will be prorated based on your Employment Date. We currently provide 10 days of vacation to full-time employees in their second calendar year of employment, with an option to purchase up to 15 additional days on a pre-tax basis through our cafeteria plan, for a combined maximum of 25 days starting in your second calendar year of employment. Freddie Mac provides pre-tax dollars to subsidize the purchase of five of these additional days in the second year of employment. Of course, Freddie Mac’s vacation policy and cafeteria plan may change from time to time.
 
VII.  Relocation Assistance
 
Your relocation information will follow under separate cover from Emily Stover, Relocation Program Manager. Should you have any questions regarding those benefits, please call Emily at (703) 918-5776.
 
VIII.  Confidentiality
 
Subject to Paragraph IV (D) of the enclosed “Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement”, you agree that prior to, during and after the cessation of your employment for any reason, you will not disclose either the existence of or any information about this letter to any person other than your attorney, accountant, tax advisor or members of your immediate family, and then only if they agree to keep such information confidential. Please also note that your continuing obligation to treat as confidential certain information that you use, receive or access during the course of your employment is covered in the attached “Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement.”


 

Patricia L. Cook
Page 5
July 8, 2004
 
IX.  Code of Conduct and Investment Limitations Policy
 
As a Freddie Mac employee you will be subject to Freddie Mac’s Code of Conduct (“Code”) and to Corporate Policy 1-906, Investment Limitations Policy (“Policy”) that, among other things, limit the investment activities of Freddie Mac employees. We expect that you will fully comply with the Code and the Policy, copies of which are enclosed for your review.
 
You should consult with Freddie Mac’s Chief Compliance Officer as soon as practical about any investments that you or a “covered household member,” as that term in defined in the Policy, may have that may be prohibited by the Policy. You also should disclose any other matter or situation that may create a conflict of interest as such term is defined in the Code.
 
In addition, please provide copies of any employment, confidentiality or stock grant agreements to which you may be currently subject so that we can ensure that your employment by Freddie Mac and conduct as a Freddie Mac employee, are not inconsistent with any of their terms.
 
X.  Other Matters
 
This letter will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without regard to its conflict-of-laws provisions.
 
By signing and returning a copy of this Letter Agreement and the enclosed “Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement,” you acknowledge that you have read, understand and agree to be bound by its terms, that you have been given an opportunity for your legal, tax and/or financial advisors to review this Letter Agreement and enclosed Restrictive Covenant Agreement, and that the provisions are reasonable.
 
On your first day of work (or soon thereafter), you will be invited to attend a mandatory new employee orientation and a new officer briefing.
 
We are delighted that you have decided to join Freddie Mac and look forward to your becoming a valuable member of the team.
 
Sincerely,
 
/s/   R. F. Syron
Richard Syron
 
         
Signed and Agreed to:
 
/s/   Patricia L. Cook
  July 8, 2004
         
    Patricia L. Cook   June   , 2004
 
cc: Michael Hager, SVP — Human Resources

 
Exhibit 10.47
 
[Freddie Mac letterhead]
 
July 9, 2004
 
Patricia L. Cook
3 Red Fox Lane
Upper Brookville, New York 11545
 
Dear Ms. Cook:
 
This letter confirms the agreement between you and Freddie Mac to modify the second and third full paragraphs of Section V, captioned “Employment-At-Will; Termination of Employment Payment,” of your July 8, 2004 offer letter in order to add the text in bold font as follows:
 
In the event Freddie Mac terminates your employment prior to the second anniversary of the Employment Date for any reason other than “Gross Misconduct” as such term is defined in Policy 3-254.1 — Officer Severance (as it may be modified or amended from time to time in Freddie Mac’s sole discretion) or any other willful or malicious misconduct on your part that is substantially injurious to Freddie Mac , Freddie Mac agrees to pay you in cash an amount equal to the sum of $3,800,000 minus $133,333.33 per month for each whole month worked beginning on your Employment Date and ending the day prior to the second anniversary of your Employment Date.
 
In the event Freddie Mac terminates your employment on or after the second anniversary of the Employment Date but prior to your sixty-second (62) birthday for any reason other than “Gross Misconduct” as such term is defined in Policy 3-254.1 — Officer Severance (as it may be modified or amended from time to time in Freddie Mac’s sole discretion) or any other willful or malicious misconduct on your part that is substantially injurious to Freddie Mac , Freddie Mac agrees to pay you in cash an amount equal to $600,000.
 
Please return one signed original to me at your earliest convenience. Should you have any questions or need additional information, please do not hesitate to contact me.
 
Sincerely,
 
         
/s/   Margaret A. Colon
       
         
Margaret A. Colon
       
         
Signed and Agreed to:
 
/s/   Patricia Cook
   
         
    Patricia L. Cook   July 9, 2004
 
cc:   Richard Syron, CEO
Michael Hager, SVP — Human Resources

 
Exhibit 10.48
 
RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AND CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
 
In exchange for the mutual promises and consideration set forth below, this Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac” or “Company”) and Patricia L. Cook (“Executive”), effective as of this 15th day of June, 2004.
 
I.  Definitions
 
The following terms shall have the meanings indicated when used in this Agreement.
 
A.   Competitor : The following entities, and their respective parents, successors, subsidiaries, and affiliates are competitors: (i) Fannie Mae (ii) all Federal Home Loan Banks (including the Office of Finance); and (iii) such other entities to which Executive and the Company may agree in writing from time-to-time.
 
B.   Confidential Information : Information or materials in written, oral, magnetic, digital, computer, photographic, optical, electronic, or other form, whether now existing or developed or created during the period of Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, that constitutes trade secrets and/or proprietary or confidential information. This information includes, but is not limited to: (i) all information marked Proprietary or Confidential; (ii) information concerning the components, capabilities, and attributes of Freddie Mac’s business plans, methods, and strategies; (iii) information relating to tactics, plans, or strategies concerning shareholders, investors, pricing, investment, marketing, sales, trading, funding, hedging, modeling, sales and risk management; (iv) financial or tax information and analyses, including but not limited to, information concerning Freddie Mac’s capital structure and tax or financial planning; (v) confidential information about Freddie Mac’s customers, borrowers, employees, or others; (vi) pricing and quoting information, policies, procedures, and practices; (vii) confidential customer lists; (viii) proprietary algorithms; (ix) confidential contract terms; (x) confidential information concerning Freddie Mac’s policies, procedures, and practices or the way in which Freddie Mac does business; (xi) proprietary or confidential data bases, including their structure and content; (xii) proprietary Freddie Mac business software, including its design, specifications and documentation; (xiii) information about Freddie Mac products, programs, and services which has not yet been made public; (xiv) confidential information about Freddie Mac’s dealings with third parties, including dealers, customers, vendors, and regulators; and/or (xv) confidential information belonging to third parties to which Executive received access in connection with Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac. Confidential Information does not include general skills, experience, or knowledge acquired in connection with Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac that otherwise are generally known to the public or within the industry or trade in which Freddie Mac operates.
 
C.   Severance : Cash compensation paid pursuant to Freddie Mac’s Severance Policy.
 
D.   Severance Policy : Freddie Mac Policy 3-254.1 (Severance — Officers), or any subsequent and superceding severance policy.


 

2
 
 
 
 
II.  Non-Competition
 
Executive recognizes that as a result of Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, Executive has access to and knowledge of critically sensitive Confidential Information, the improper disclosure or use of which would result in grave competitive harm to Freddie Mac. Therefore, Executive agrees that neither during Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, nor for the twelve (12) months immediately following termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, will Executive consider offers of employment from, seek or accept employment with, or otherwise directly or indirectly provide professional services to any Competitor. Executive acknowledges and agrees that this covenant has unique, substantial and immeasurable value to Freddie Mac, that Executive has sufficient skills to provide a livelihood for Executive while this covenant remains in force, and that this covenant will not interfere with Executive’s ability to work consistent with Executive’s experience, training and education. This non-competition covenant applies regardless of whether Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive, by Freddie Mac, or by a joint decision.
 
III.  Non-Solicitation and Non-Recruitment
 
During Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac and for a period of twelve (12) months after Executive’s termination date, Executive will not solicit or recruit, attempt to solicit or recruit or assist another in soliciting or recruiting any Freddie Mac managerial employee (including manager-level, Executive-level, or officer-level employee) with whom Executive worked, or any employee whom Executive directly or indirectly supervised at Freddie Mac, to leave the employee’s employment with Freddie Mac for purposes of employment or for the rendering of professional services. This prohibition against solicitation does not apply if Freddie Mac has notified the employee being solicited or recruited that his/her employment with the Company will be terminated pursuant to a corporate reorganization or reduction-in-force.
 
IV.  Treatment of Confidential Information
 
A.   Non-Disclosure . Executive recognizes that Freddie Mac is engaged in an extremely competitive business and that, in the course of performing Executive’s job duties, Executive will have access to and gain knowledge about Confidential Information. Executive further recognizes the importance of carefully protecting this Confidential Information in order for Freddie Mac to compete successfully. Therefore, Executive agrees that Executive will neither divulge Confidential Information to any persons, including to other Freddie Mac employees who do not have a Freddie Mac business-related need to know, nor make use of the Confidential Information for the Executive’s own benefit or for the benefit of anyone else other than Freddie Mac. Executive further agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent the disclosure of Confidential Information to unauthorized persons or entities, and to comply with all Company policies, procedures, and instructions regarding the treatment of such information.
 
B.   Return of Materials . Executive agrees that upon termination of Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac for any reason whatsoever, Executive will deliver to Executive’s immediate supervisor all tangible materials embodying Confidential Information, including, but not limited to, any documentation, records, listings, notes, files, data, sketches, memoranda, models, accounts, reference materials, samples, machine-readable media, computer disks, tapes, and


 

equipment which in any way relate to Confidential Information, whether developed by Executive or not. Executive further agrees not to retain any copies of any materials embodying Confidential Information.
 
C.   Post-Termination Obligations . Executive agrees that after the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will not use in any way whatsoever, nor disclose any Confidential Information learned or obtained in connection with Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac without first obtaining the written permission of the Executive Vice President of Human Resources of Freddie Mac. Executive further agrees that, in order to assure the continued confidentiality of the Confidential Information, Freddie Mac may correspond with Executive’s future employers to advise them generally of Executive’s exposure to and knowledge of Confidential Information, and Executive’s obligations and responsibilities regarding the Confidential Information. Executive understands and agrees that any such contact may include a request for assurance and confirmation from such employer(s) that Executive will not disclose Confidential Information to such employer(s), nor will such employer(s) permit any use whatsoever of the Confidential Information. To enable Freddie Mac to monitor compliance with the obligations imposed by this Agreement, Executive further agrees to inform in writing Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice President of Human Resources of the identity of Executive’s subsequent employer(s) and Executive’s prospective job title and responsibilities prior to beginning employment . Executive agrees that this notice requirement shall remain in effect for twelve (12) months following the termination of Executive’s Freddie Mac employment.
 
D.   Ability to Enforce Agreement and Assist Government Investigations . Nothing in this Agreement prohibits or otherwise restricts you from: (1) making any disclosure of information required by law; (2) assisting any regulatory or law enforcement agency or legislative body to the extent you maintain a legal right to do so notwithstanding this Agreement; (3) filing, testifying, participating in or otherwise assisting in a proceeding relating to the alleged violation of any federal, state, or local law, regulation, or rule, to the extent you maintain a legal right to do so notwithstanding this Agreement; or (4) filing, testifying, participating in or otherwise assisting the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other proper authority in a proceeding relating to allegations of fraud.
 
V.  Consideration Given to Executive
 
In exchange for agreeing to be bound by the terms, conditions, and restrictions stated in this Agreement, Freddie Mac will provide the Executive with the following consideration, each of which itself is adequate consideration for Executive’s agreement to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement:
 
A.   Employment. Executive will be employed by Freddie Mac as Executive Vice-President — Investments.
 
B.   Severance . Executive acknowledges that under Freddie Mac’s Severance Policy, Executive may be eligible to receive Severance upon termination of employment, the duration of which is within the discretion of Freddie Mac. In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated and the circumstances of the termination qualify the Executive for Severance under the Severance Policy, then the Executive shall receive Severance for twelve (12) months following termination. If at the time this Agreement is entered into, Executive occupies a


 

position that is an “executive officer” of Freddie Mac, as determined by the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (“OFHEO”) under section 1303(7) of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 and under OFHEO’s executive compensation regulation (66  Federal Register  47550 (2001)), then Executive acknowledges that receipt of the twelve (12) months severance under this paragraph is contingent upon any legally required approval from the Director of OFHEO. If such approval is not received, then Executive will not be eligible for Severance. The Severance guarantee provided by this Paragraph V(B) is in place of, and not in addition to, Severance to which Executive would otherwise be entitled under any other agreement between Executive and Freddie Mac.


 

VI.  Reservation of Rights
 
Executive agrees that nothing in this Agreement constitutes a contract or commitment by Freddie Mac to continue Executive’s employment in any job position for any period of time, nor does anything in this Agreement limit in any way Freddie Mac’s right to terminate Executive’s employment at any time for any reason.
 
VII.  Compliance with the Code of Conduct and Corporate Policies
 
Executive understands that, among other things, Freddie Mac’s Code of Conduct (“Code”) restrict the ways in which Freddie Mac employees may interact either as employees or in their personal activities with companies that either compete with Freddie Mac in the mortgage industry or that do business or would like to do business with Freddie Mac (including as a supplier). The Code and Freddie Mac’s Investment Limitations Policy may restrict Executive’s ability to trade, and own financial interests, in certain public and private entities.
 
Executive has received a copy of the company’s Investment Limitations Policy (the “Policy”) and hereby represents that she will consult as soon as practical with Freddie Mac’s Chief Compliance Officer about whether she or any “covered household member,” as that term is defined in the Policy, holds financial interests that are prohibited under that Policy. Executive further agrees to be bound by, and comply fully with, her obligations under the Investment Limitations Policy. Executive also will disclose any other situation that appears to be a conflict of interest under the Code, a copy of which Executive has received and reviewed prior to Executive’s execution of this Agreement.
 
VIII.  Absence of Any Conflict of Interest
 
Executive represents that Executive does not have any confidential information, trade secrets or other proprietary information that Executive obtained as the result of Executive’s employment with another employer that Executive will be using in Executive’s position at Freddie Mac. Executive also represents that Executive is not subject to any employment, confidentiality or stock grant agreements, or any other restrictions or limitations imposed by a prior employer, which would affect Executive’s ability to perform the duties and responsibilities for Freddie Mac in the job position offered, and further represents that Executive has provided Freddie Mac with copies of any such agreements or limitations so that Freddie Mac can make an independent judgment that Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac is not inconsistent with any of its terms.
 
IX.  Enforcement
 
A.  Executive acknowledges that Executive may be subject to discipline, up to and including termination of employment, for Executive’s breach or threat of breach of any provision of this Agreement.
 
B.  Executive agrees that irreparable injury will result to Freddie Mac’s business interests in the event of breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the full extent of Freddie Mac’s damages


 

will be impossible to ascertain, and monetary damages will not be an adequate remedy for Freddie Mac. Therefore, Executive agrees that in the event of a breach or threat of breach of any provision(s) of this Agreement, Freddie Mac, in addition to any other relief available, shall be entitled to temporary, preliminary, and permanent equitable relief to restrain any such breach or threat of breach by Executive and all persons acting for and/or in concert with Executive, without the necessity of posting bond or security, which Executive expressly waives.
 
C.  Executive agrees that each of Executive’s obligations specified in this Agreement is a separate and independent covenant, and that all of Executive’s obligations set forth herein shall survive any termination, for any reason, of Executive’s Freddie Mac employment. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it is overbroad, that provision shall be limited and enforced to the extent permitted by applicable law. Should any provision of this Agreement be declared or determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid under applicable law, the validity of the remaining obligations will not be affected thereby and only the unenforceable or invalid obligation will be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.
 
D.  This Agreement is governed by, and will be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without regard to its or any other jurisdiction’s conflict-of-law provisions. Executive agrees that any action related to or arising out of this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, and Executive hereby irrevocably consents to personal jurisdiction and venue in such court and to service of process by United States Mail or express courier service in any such action.
 
E.  If any dispute(s) arise(s) between Freddie Mac and Executive with respect to any matter which is the subject of this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute(s) shall be entitled to recover from the other party all of its costs and expenses, including its reasonable attorneys’ fees.
 
Executive has been advised to discuss all aspects of this Agreement with Executive’s private attorney. Executive acknowledges that Executive has carefully read and understands the terms and provisions of this Agreement and that they are reasonable. Executive signs this Agreement voluntarily and accepts all obligations contained in this Agreement in exchange for the consideration to be given to Executive as outlined above, which Executive acknowledges is adequate and satisfactory, and which Executive further acknowledges Freddie Mac is not otherwise obligated to provide to Executive. Neither Freddie Mac nor its agents, representatives, directors, officers or employees have made any representations to Executive concerning the terms or effects of this Agreement, other than those contained in this Agreement.
 
     
By: 
/s/  Patricia L. Cook

Patricia L. Cook
 
Date: June 15, 2004
     
By: 
/s/  
Michael W. Hager
 
Date: June 18, 2004

 
Exhibit 10.49
 
[Freddie Mac letterhead]
 
     
Date
October 14, 2006

From
Paul G. George

Subject
Employment Agreement
  To
Anthony S. Piszel
 
This agreement sets forth Freddie Mac’s agreement to employ you pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein (“Agreement). Your employment with Freddie Mac will begin no later than           November 15, 2006. The actual start date is referred to as the “Employment Date.”
 
This Agreement supersedes any previous communications you may have had with Freddie Mac or anyone acting on its behalf concerning the terms and conditions of your employment with Freddie Mac.
 
I.  Employment
 
Freddie Mac agrees to employ you as its Executive Vice-President — Finance and Chief Financial Officer, subject to your execution of the enclosed Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement, and Freddie Mac’s complete satisfaction with the results of your background check and substance abuse test. Initially, you will report to Gene McQuade, Freddie Mac’s President and Chief Operating Officer. Thereafter, during the course of your employment Freddie Mac may have you report to the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, any combination of those positions, or any other reporting relationship mutually agreed to by both parties.
 
II.  Compensation
 
Subject to the termination of employment provisions set forth in Paragraph IV, below, Freddie Mac agrees to pay you the following:
 
A. Base Salary
 
Beginning on your Employment Date and subject to your continued employment, your annualized base salary will be no less than $650,000 (which is approximately $54,166.66 per month). All employees receive performance evaluations in accordance with Freddie Mac’s corporate employee performance management program. Freddie Mac has the sole discretion and absolute authority in determining whether to implement a salary adjustment.
 
If you terminate your employment with Freddie Mac at any time for any reason, your salary will terminate as of the date your employment terminates.


 

Employment Agreement — Anthony S. Piszel
October 14, 2006
Page 2 of 7
 
B. Short-Term and Long-Term Performance-Based Incentive Compensation
 
You will be eligible for consideration for a discretionary short-term performance-based incentive bonus, which, if received, will be based on Freddie Mac’s assessment of your performance against objectives, as well as company and division performance, and your performance relative to others. Your target incentive will be equal $1,007,500. The actual bonus you receive attributable to any performance period shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac, subject to the guaranteed amounts outlined below. The Committee has the sole discretion and absolute authority in determining whether to increase your target incentive. While Freddie Mac currently pays such bonuses in cash, any such payment, if made, shall be subject to corporate executive compensation plans, practices and policies in effect as of the date of payment.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, Freddie Mac agrees that you will receive short-term performance-based incentive attributable to performance during calendar year 2006 (payable in 2007 when other Freddie Mac executive officers receive such bonus) and attributable to performance during calendar year 2007 (payable in 2008 when other Freddie Mac executive officers receive such bonus) of no less than $600,000 and $1,007,500, respectively.
 
You also will be eligible for consideration for a discretionary long-term performance-based incentive award, which, if received, also will be based on Freddie Mac’s assessment of your performance and potential relative to others. The award you receive attributable to any performance period shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, subject to the guaranteed amount outlined below. Such awards currently are made in a combination of restricted stock units and stock options and your target amount for this incentive will be $3,000,000. The Committee has the sole discretion and absolute authority in determining whether to increase your target incentive. All aspects of the award, including vesting schedule, the number of units and/or shares subject to the grants, shall be subject to the corporate plans, practices and policies in effect at that time of the grant.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, Freddie Mac agrees that the long-term performance-based incentive granted in calendar year 2007 (granted in 2007 when other Freddie Mac executive officers receive such award) will be no less than $3,000,000.
 
III.  One-Time Sign-On Bonus
 
Subject to your beginning employment with Freddie Mac, you will receive a one-time sign-on bonus of $7,500,000, which will be comprised of $2,500,000 cash and $5,000,000 in the form of restricted stock units.
 
The cash portion of this sign-on will be paid to you in your first full semi-monthly paycheck, and will be subject to repayment in the event that, prior to the second anniversary of your Employment Date, you


 

Employment Agreement — Anthony S. Piszel
October 14, 2006
Page 3 of 7
 
terminate your employment with Freddie Mac for any reason or Freddie Mac terminates your employment for reason that constitutes “Cause” as defined in Exhibit A hereto.
 
The number of restricted stock units subject to your sign-on grant will be 78,940, which is equal to $5,000,000 divided by $63.34, the fair market value of a share of Freddie Mac common stock on September 7, 2006, which is the date that the Committee approved the terms of compensation set forth in this Agreement. The effective date of grant shall be the date of the next regular scheduled meeting of the Committee following your Employment Date (the “Grant Date”). The restricted stock units subject to this one-time grant will have a four-year vesting schedule, with 25% of the grant vesting on the each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the Grant Date. The treatment of such award in the event that Freddie Mac terminates your employment for any reason other than “Cause” (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) prior to the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date is set forth in the succeeding Paragraph.
 
IV.   Compensation In the Event That Freddie Mac Terminates Your Employment
 
A. Termination of Employment Payment
 
In the event that prior to the fourth anniversary of your Employment Date Freddie Mac terminates your employment for any reason other than “Cause” (as defined in Exhibit A hereto), then you will receive a lump-sum cash payment equal to two-times your annualized base salary in effect at the time of termination. Such payment will be made to you no later than ten (10) business days after your employment termination date.
 
In the event that you terminate your employment for any reason or Freddie Mac terminates your employment for “Cause” (as defined in Exhibit A), then you will not receive the termination of employment payment outlined in this section.
 
The termination of employment payment provided pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any right you may have to payment pursuant to the terms of any otherwise applicable severance plan, policy or practice. Consequently, by entering into this Agreement you agree that in the event of the termination of your employment prior to the fourth anniversary of your Employment Date you will not be eligible to receive and you will not receive severance pay pursuant to any Freddie Mac severance plan, policy or practice.
 
In the event of the termination of your employment after the fourth anniversary of your Employment Date, you will be eligible to receive severance pay pursuant to the terms of any applicable Freddie Mac severance plan or policy.


 

Employment Agreement — Anthony S. Piszel
October 14, 2006
Page 4 of 7
 
B. Treatment of One-Time Sign-On Grant of Restricted Stock Units
 
In the event that Freddie Mac terminates your employment for any reason other than “Cause” (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) between the first and fourth anniversaries of the Grant Date, then the one-time sign-on restricted stock unit award granted pursuant to the terms of Paragraph III herein shall continue to vest pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the grant agreement.
 
In the event that Freddie Mac terminates your employment for any reason other than “Cause” (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) prior to the first anniversary of the Grant Date, then the one-time sign on grant shall be cancelled and in consideration Freddie Mac will pay you $5,000,000. Freddie Mac will make such payment not later than ten (10) business days after your employment termination date.
 
In the event that you terminate your employment for any reason or Freddie Mac terminates your employment for “Cause” (as defined in Exhibit A), then any unvested restricted stock units shall be forfeited.
 
The termination of employment benefits set forth in this Paragraph IV are not effective and will not be paid unless and until approved by Freddie Mac’s regulator, the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight.
 
V.  Relocation Benefit
 
In addition to Freddie Mac’s standard senior executive-officer relocation benefits, you will receive the following supplemental benefits:
 
• Four months temporary living at a local hotel or a comparable living arrangement in lieu of Freddie Mac’s standard temporary living relocation benefit;
 
• Reimbursement of up to $40,000 in travel costs incurred by you and your immediate family members traveling between the metropolitan D.C. area and your current residence prior to permanent relocation of your family to the D.C. area; and
 
• A cash payment of $200,000 which is intended to be used for relocation expenses not covered by Freddie Mac’s standard senior executive officer relocation benefit, and such amount will be grossed-up to offset your personal tax liability associated with the $200,000 payment.
 
VI.  Other Benefits
 
You will be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans pursuant to the terms of those plans offered to Freddie Mac senior executives (as may be modified or terminated from time to time by Freddie Mac in its sole discretion). Freddie Mac will reimburse you up to $25,000 for legal expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and your separation of employment from your current employer.


 

Employment Agreement — Anthony S. Piszel
October 14, 2006
Page 5 of 7
 
VII.  Confidentiality
 
Subject to Paragraph IV(D) of the attached Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement and except to the extent of Freddie Mac’s public disclosure of any specific terms and conditions of this Agreement, you agree that prior to, during and after the cessation of your employment for any reason, you will not disclose either the existence of or any information about this letter to any person other than your attorney, accountant, tax advisor or members of your immediate family, and then only if they agree to keep such information confidential.
 
VIII.  Other Matters
 
Freddie Mac is an at-will employer. Accordingly, Freddie Mac and you each retain the right to terminate your employment at any time for any reason with or without cause. Nothing in this letter sets forth any express or implied contractual obligations on the part of either Freddie Mac or you to continue employment for a specified or agreed-upon duration. In the event that your employment terminates for any reason, you will be deemed to have resigned, effective as of the date of such termination, from all positions, titles, duties, authorities and responsibilities arising out of or relating to your employment, including any directorships or fiduciary positions in which you were serving at the request of, or appointment by, Freddie Mac.
 
Paragraphs II, III, IV, V and VII of this Agreement sets forth the entirety of Freddie Mac’s and your obligation with respect to the terms and conditions of your compensation and such terms may be modified only by approval of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac and written agreement signed by Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice-President of Human Resources and you.
 
In the event of a conflict between a specific term and condition of your compensation or employment as set forth in this Agreement and a term and condition of your compensation or employment as set forth in any Freddie Mac plan, policy or procedure, then the term and condition of this Agreement shall govern.
 
This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without regard to its conflicts-of-laws provisions.
 
During the course of your review of this Agreement, we expect that you have had the opportunity to receive assistance from appropriate advisors, including legal, tax, and financial advisors. You agree that, except to the extent of Freddie Mac’s public disclosure of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, you will not disclose any specific information about this Agreement to any person other than your attorney, accountant, tax advisor or members of your immediate family, and then only if they agree to keep such information confidential.


 

Employment Agreement — Anthony S. Piszel
October 14, 2006
Page 6 of 7
 
To indicate your acceptance of and agreement to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, please return to me one executed copy together with an executed copy of the enclosed Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement. Additional copies of the agreements are enclosed for your records.
 
     
/s/   Anthony S. Piszel
  Date:  October 14, 2006
     
Anthony S. Piszel
   
 
Attachment


 

EXHIBIT A TO
 
OCTOBER 14, 2006 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
DEFINITION OF “CAUSE”
 
For purposes of the October 14, 2006 Employment Agreement between Freddie Mac and Anthony Piszel, the term “Cause” shall mean the following:
 
  •  Employee’s unwillingness or inability to adequately perform the employee’s job duties;
 
  •  Insubordination;
 
  •  Intentional conduct materially detrimental to Freddie Mac, or its reputation, or its operations or activities;
 
  •  Intentional violation of the Code of Conduct;
 
  •  Stealing property belonging to Freddie Mac, another employee, or other theft in connection with employment;
 
  •  Committing fraud, including computer fraud;
 
  •  Willfully destroying property;
 
  •  Inflicting or threatening bodily harm on another employee, threatening another employee with a weapon, or conviction (including any plea of nolo contendere ) of a crime;
 
  •  Committing unlawful harassment or intentional discrimination;
 
  •  Recurring or habitual tardiness or absenteeism which has resulted in a written reprimand;
 
  •  Intentionally disclosing or intentionally misusing Confidential Information (as that term is defined in the Freddie Mac Code of Conduct or applicable restrictive covenant and/or confidentiality agreement between the Employee and the corporation);
 
  •  Negligently disclosing or negligently misusing Confidential Information (as that term is defined in the Freddie Mac Code of Conduct or applicable written restrictive covenant and/or confidentiality agreement between the employee and the corporation) resulting in a significant adverse impact on Freddie Mac or on the business of Freddie Mac; or
 
  •  A material breach of any provision of any written policy of Freddie Mac required by law or established to maintain compliance with applicable legal or regulatory requirements.
 
###

 
Exhibit 10.50
 
RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AND CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
 
In exchange for the mutual promises and consideration set forth below, this Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac” or “Company”) and Anthony S. Piszel (“Executive”), effective as of this 14th day of October, 2006.
 
I.  Definitions
 
The following terms shall have the meanings indicated when used in this Agreement.
 
A.   Competitor : The following entities, and their respective parents, successors, subsidiaries, and affiliates are competitors: (i) Fannie Mae (ii) all Federal Home Loan Banks (including the Office of Finance); and (iii) such other entities to which Executive and the Company may agree in writing from time-to-time.
 
B.   Confidential Information : Information or materials in written, oral, magnetic, digital, computer, photographic, optical, electronic, or other form, whether now existing or developed or created during the period of Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, that constitutes trade secrets and/or proprietary or confidential information. This information includes, but is not limited to: (i) all information marked Proprietary or Confidential; (ii) information concerning the components, capabilities, and attributes of Freddie Mac’s business plans, methods, and strategies; (iii) information relating to tactics, plans, or strategies concerning shareholders, investors, pricing, investment, marketing, sales, trading, funding, hedging, modeling, sales and risk management; (iv) financial or tax information and analyses, including but not limited to, information concerning Freddie Mac’s capital structure and tax or financial planning; (v) confidential information about Freddie Mac’s customers, borrowers, employees, or others; (vi) pricing and quoting information, policies, procedures, and practices; (vii) confidential customer lists; (viii) proprietary algorithms; (ix) confidential contract terms; (x) confidential information concerning Freddie Mac’s policies, procedures, and practices or the way in which Freddie Mac does business; (xi) proprietary or confidential data bases, including their structure and content; (xii) proprietary Freddie Mac business software, including its design, specifications and documentation; (xiii) information about Freddie Mac products, programs, and services which has not yet been made public; (xiv) confidential information about Freddie Mac’s dealings with third parties, including dealers, customers, vendors, and regulators; and/or (xv) confidential information belonging to third parties to which Executive received access in connection with Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac. Confidential Information does not include general skills, experience, or knowledge acquired in connection with Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac that otherwise are generally known to the public or within the industry or trade in which Freddie Mac operates.
 
C.   Severance : Cash compensation paid pursuant to Freddie Mac’s Severance Policy.
 
D.   Severance Policy : Freddie Mac Policy 3-254.1 (Severance — Officers), or any subsequent and superceding severance policy.


 

II.  Non-Competition
 
Executive recognizes that as a result of Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, Executive has access to and knowledge of critically sensitive Confidential Information, the improper disclosure or use of which would result in grave competitive harm to Freddie Mac. Therefore, Executive agrees that neither during Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, nor for the twelve (12) months immediately following termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, will Executive consider offers of employment from, seek or accept employment with, or otherwise directly or indirectly provide professional services to any Competitor, if the Executive will be render duties, responsibilities or services for the Competitor that are of the type and nature rendered or performed by you during the past two years of your employment with Freddie Mac. Executive acknowledges and agrees that this covenant has unique, substantial and immeasurable value to Freddie Mac, that Executive has sufficient skills to provide a livelihood for Executive while this covenant remains in force, and that this covenant will not interfere with Executive’s ability to work consistent with Executive’s experience, training and education. This non-competition covenant applies regardless of whether Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive, by Freddie Mac, or by a joint decision.
 
III.  Non-Solicitation and Non-Recruitment
 
During Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac and for a period of twelve (12) months after Executive’s termination date, Executive will not solicit or recruit, attempt to solicit or recruit or assist another in soliciting or recruiting any Freddie Mac managerial employee (including manager-level, Executive-level, or officer-level employee) with whom Executive worked, or any employee whom Executive directly or indirectly supervised at Freddie Mac, to leave the employee’s employment with Freddie Mac for purposes of employment or for the rendering of professional services. This prohibition against solicitation does not apply if Freddie Mac has notified the employee being solicited or recruited that his/her employment with the Company will be terminated pursuant to a corporate reorganization or reduction-in-force.
 
IV.  Treatment of Confidential Information
 
A.   Non-Disclosure . Executive recognizes that Freddie Mac is engaged in an extremely competitive business and that, in the course of performing Executive’s job duties, Executive will have access to and gain knowledge about Confidential Information. Executive further recognizes the importance of carefully protecting this Confidential Information in order for Freddie Mac to compete successfully. Therefore, Executive agrees that Executive will neither divulge Confidential Information to any persons, including to other Freddie Mac employees who do not have a Freddie Mac business-related need to know, nor make use of the Confidential Information for the Executive’s own benefit or for the benefit of anyone else other than Freddie Mac. Executive further agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent the disclosure of Confidential Information to unauthorized persons or entities, and to comply with all Company policies, procedures, and instructions regarding the treatment of such information.
 
 
Page 2 of 6


 

B.   Return of Materials . Executive agrees that upon termination of Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac for any reason whatsoever, Executive will deliver to Executive’s immediate supervisor all tangible materials embodying Confidential Information, including, but not limited to, any documentation, records, listings, notes, files, data, sketches, memoranda, models, accounts, reference materials, samples, machine-readable media, computer disks, tapes, and equipment which in any way relate to Confidential Information, whether developed by Executive or not. Executive further agrees not to retain any copies of any materials embodying Confidential Information.
 
C.   Post-Termination Obligations . Executive agrees that after the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will not use in any way whatsoever, nor disclose any Confidential Information learned or obtained in connection with Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac without first obtaining the written permission of the Executive Vice President of Human Resources of Freddie Mac. Executive further agrees that, in order to assure the continued confidentiality of the Confidential Information, Freddie Mac may correspond with Executive’s future employers to advise them generally of Executive’s exposure to and knowledge of Confidential Information, and Executive’s obligations and responsibilities regarding the Confidential Information. Executive understands and agrees that any such contact may include a request for assurance and confirmation from such employer(s) that Executive will not disclose Confidential Information to such employer(s), nor will such employer(s) permit any use whatsoever of the Confidential Information. To enable Freddie Mac to monitor compliance with the obligations imposed by this Agreement, Executive further agrees to inform in writing Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice President of Human Resources of the identity of Executive’s subsequent employer(s) and Executive’s prospective job title and responsibilities prior to beginning employment. Executive agrees that this notice requirement shall remain in effect for twelve (12) months following the termination of Executive’s Freddie Mac employment.
 
D.   Ability to Enforce Agreement and Assist Government Investigations . Nothing in this Agreement prohibits or otherwise restricts you from: (1) making any disclosure of information required by law; (2) assisting any regulatory or law enforcement agency or legislative body to the extent you maintain a legal right to do so notwithstanding this Agreement; (3) filing, testifying, participating in or otherwise assisting in a proceeding relating to the alleged violation of any federal, state, or local law, regulation, or rule, to the extent you maintain a legal right to do so notwithstanding this Agreement; or (4) filing, testifying, participating in or otherwise assisting the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other proper authority in a proceeding relating to allegations of fraud.
 
V.  Consideration Given to Executive
 
In exchange for agreeing to be bound by the terms, conditions, and restrictions stated in this Agreement, Freddie Mac will provide the Executive with the following consideration, each of which itself is adequate consideration for Executive’s agreement to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement:
 
A.   Employment . Executive will be employed by Freddie Mac as Executive Vice President — Finance and Chief Financial Officer.
 
 
Page 3 of 6


 

B.   Long-Term Incentive Grant . Executive will receive a 2007 Long-Term Incentive Grant pursuant to the terms approved by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Freddie Mac Board of Directors.
 
VI.  Reservation of Rights
 
Executive agrees that nothing in this Agreement constitutes a contract or commitment by Freddie Mac to continue Executive’s employment in any job position for any period of time, nor does anything in this Agreement limit in any way Freddie Mac’s right to terminate Executive’s employment at any time for any reason.
 
VII.  Compliance with the Code of Conduct and Corporate Policies & Procedures
 
As a Freddie Mac employee, Executive will be subject to Freddie Mac’s Code of Conduct (“Code”) and to Corporate Policy 1-906, Investment Limitations Policy (“Policy”) that, among other things, limit the investment activities of Freddie Mac employees. Executive agrees to fully comply with the Code and the Policy, copies of which are enclosed for Executive’s review.
 
Executive further agrees to be bound by, and comply fully with, his/her obligations under the Investment Limitations Policy. Executive agrees to consult with Freddie Mac’s Chief Compliance Officer as soon as practical prior to beginning employment about any investments that Executive or a “covered household member,” as that term is defined in the Policy, may have that may be prohibited by the Policy. Executive also agrees to disclose prior to beginning employment any other matter or situation that may create a conflict of interest as such term is defined in the Code.
 
In addition, prior to beginning employment, Executive agrees to disclose to Freddie Mac’s Human Resources Division the terms of any employment, confidentiality or stock grant agreements to which Executive may currently be subject that may affect Executive’s future employment or recruiting activities so that Freddie Mac may ensure that Executive’s employment by Freddie Mac and conduct as a Freddie Mac employee are not inconsistent with any of their terms.
 
VIII.  Absence of Any Conflict of Interest
 
Executive represents that Executive does not have any confidential information, trade secrets or other proprietary information that Executive obtained as the result of Executive’s employment with another employer that Executive will be using in Executive’s position at Freddie Mac. Executive also represents that Executive is not subject to any employment, confidentiality or stock grant agreements, or any other restrictions or limitations imposed by a prior employer, which would affect Executive’s ability to perform the duties and responsibilities for Freddie Mac in the job position offered, and further represents that Executive has provided Freddie Mac with copies of any such agreements or limitations so that Freddie Mac can make an independent judgment that Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac is not inconsistent with any of its terms.
 
 
Page 4 of 6


 

IX.  Enforcement
 
A.  Executive acknowledges that Executive may be subject to discipline, up to and including termination of employment, for Executive’s breach or threat of breach of any provision of this Agreement.
 
B.  Executive agrees that irreparable injury will result to Freddie Mac’s business interests in the event of breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the full extent of Freddie Mac’s damages will be impossible to ascertain, and monetary damages will not be an adequate remedy for Freddie Mac. Therefore, Executive agrees that in the event of a breach or threat of breach of any provision(s) of this Agreement, Freddie Mac, in addition to any other relief available, shall be entitled to temporary, preliminary, and permanent equitable relief to restrain any such breach or threat of breach by Executive and all persons acting for and/or in concert with Executive, without the necessity of posting bond or security, which Executive expressly waives.
 
C.  Executive agrees that each of Executive’s obligations specified in this Agreement is a separate and independent covenant, and that all of Executive’s obligations set forth herein shall survive any termination, for any reason, of Executive’s Freddie Mac employment. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it is overbroad, that provision shall be limited and enforced to the extent permitted by applicable law. Should any provision of this Agreement be declared or determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid under applicable law, the validity of the remaining obligations will not be affected thereby and only the unenforceable or invalid obligation will be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.
 
D.  This Agreement is governed by, and will be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without regard to its or any other jurisdiction’s conflict-of-law provisions. Executive agrees that any action related to or arising out of this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, and Executive hereby irrevocably consents to personal jurisdiction and venue in such court and to service of process by United States Mail or express courier service in any such action.
 
E.  If any dispute(s) arise(s) between Freddie Mac and Executive with respect to any matter which is the subject of this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute(s) shall be entitled to recover from the other party all of its costs and expenses, including its reasonable attorneys’ fees.
 
Executive has been advised to discuss all aspects of this Agreement with Executive’s private attorney. Executive acknowledges that Executive has carefully read and understands the terms and provisions of this Agreement and that they are reasonable. Executive signs this Agreement voluntarily and accepts all obligations contained in this Agreement in exchange for the consideration to be given to Executive as outlined above, which Executive acknowledges is adequate and satisfactory, and which Executive further acknowledges Freddie Mac is not otherwise obligated to provide to Executive. Neither Freddie Mac nor its agents, representatives, directors, officers or employees have made any representations to
 
 
Page 5 of 6


 

Executive concerning the terms or effects of this Agreement, other than those contained in this Agreement.
 
     
/s/  Anthony S. Piszel

 
Date: October 14, 2006
Anthony S. Piszel
   
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
     
By:
/s/  Paul G. George

 
Date: October 17, 2006
 
 
Page 6 of 6
 
Exhibit 10.51
 
[Freddie Mac letterhead]
 
November 1, 2004
 
Mr. Joseph A. Smialowski
 
 
Dear Mr. Smialowski:
 
I am pleased to offer to you the position of Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations, reporting to Eugene McQuade, Freddie Mac’s President and Chief Operating Officer. Should you accept this offer, you will begin your employment with Freddie Mac on December 1, 2004.
 
This offer of employment is expressly contingent upon:
 
  •  Your execution of the enclosed “Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement”;
 
  •  Your demonstration of compliance on your employment date with the work eligibility requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act; and
 
  •  Freddie Mac’s complete satisfaction with the results of your credit and criminal background check, to which you have already consented.
 
The terms and conditions set forth in this letter supersede any previous communication you have had with Freddie Mac and/or its agents concerning the terms and conditions of your employment with Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac agrees to employ you pursuant to, and you agree to accept as conditions of employment, the terms and conditions set forth in this Letter Agreement (“Agreement” or “Letter Agreement”), the enclosed Restrictive Covenant Agreement and the enclosed Code of Conduct.
 
I.  Base Salary
 
Your annualized base salary will be $500,000 (which is approximately $41,667 per month).


 

Mr. Joseph A. Smialowski
November 1, 2004
Page 2
 
II.  Short-Term and Long-Term Performance-Based Incentives
 
You will be eligible for consideration for a discretionary short-term performance-based incentive bonus subject to corporate executive compensation plans, practices and policies in effect as of the date of payment. However, assuming continued employment in the above-specified position through the bonus payment date, your target and actual bonus for the 2005 performance period (payable in 2006) will be no less than one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of your bonus eligible earnings and the maximum short-term incentive bonus payable will be 200% of your target incentive. Freddie Mac currently pays such bonuses in cash.
 
You also will be eligible for consideration for a discretionary long-term performance-based incentive award. Assuming continued employment in the above-specified position through the actual grant date, the amount of your initial long-term incentive award will be 300% of your base salary or $1,500,000. All other aspects of the award, including the number of units and/or shares subject to the grants, vesting schedule and other details, shall be made pursuant to the corporate long-term incentive plans, practices and policies in effect at that time, which currently provide that awards are paid fifty percent (50%) in the form of restricted stock units and fifty percent (50%) in the form of stock options.
 
III.  One-Time Sign-On Cash Bonus
 
Subject to your beginning employment with Freddie Mac, you will receive a one-time sign-on cash bonus of $400,000. This cash bonus will be paid to you in your first full semi-monthly paycheck, and will be subject to such withholdings as Freddie Mac determines are required by law. This sign-on bonus is subject to repayment in full in the event that, prior to the second anniversary of your Employment Date, you terminate your employment with Freddie Mac for any reason or Freddie Mac terminates your employment for a “Loss of Confidence” (as such term is defined in Corporate Policy 3-254.1 — Officer Severance) or for violating any standard of conduct, attendance or behavior embodied in Exhibit A to Freddie Mac Policy 3-214 (as may be modified from time to time). The most recent copy of each Policy is enclosed herewith.
 
IV.  One-Time Sign-On Grant of Restricted Stock Units
 
Subject to your beginning employment with Freddie Mac, you also will receive a one-time long-term incentive grant with a total dollar value of $750,000, which will be paid in the form of restricted stock units. The number of restricted stock units subject to this grant will be calculated by dividing $750,000 by the Economic Value (as defined in the Plan), of a share of Freddie Mac common stock on the date the Committee designates as the grant date, which will not be later than thirty (30) days after your Employment Date (the “Grant Date”).


 

Mr. Joseph A. Smialowski
November 1, 2004
Page 3
 
IV.   One-Time Sign-On Grant of Restricted Stock Units and Award of Stock Options (continued)
 
The restrictions on the restricted stock units subject to this one-time grant will lapse pursuant to the following schedule: thirty-three percent (33%) on the first anniversary of the Grant Date; thirty-three percent (33%) on the second anniversary of the Grant Date; thirty-four percent (34%) on the third anniversary of the Grant Date. In the event that your employment with Freddie Mac terminates for any reason (other than Disability or Death as defined in the Plan) prior to the lapse of restrictions on the restricted stock units, you will forfeit all the unvested units.
 
V.   Employment-At-Will; Termination of Employment Payment
 
Except as set forth in Paragraph II with respect to your target short-term incentive award for 2005 performance and long-term incentive award for 2005, in Paragraph III regarding the terms and conditions of your one-time sign-on cash bonus and in Paragraph IV regarding the terms of your one-time sign-on grant of restricted stock units, nothing in this Letter Agreement sets forth any express or implied contractual obligation on the part of either Freddie Mac or you to continue employment for a specified or agreed-upon duration and Freddie Mac retains the right to change any other terms and conditions of your employment, including any benefits offered, at any time in its sole discretion. Freddie Mac and you each retain the right to terminate your employment at any time for any reason with or without cause. In the event you terminate your employment with Freddie Mac at any time for any reason, your salary will terminate as of the date of your termination. If Freddie Mac terminates your employment, your salary will cease as of the date of your termination and you will be entitled to cash severance (if any) in accordance with the terms of the attached “Restrictive Covenant Agreement/Section (V)(B).”
 
VI.  Other Benefits
 
You will be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans pursuant to the terms of those plans (as may be modified or terminated from time to time).
 
In your first calendar year of employment you will accrue vacation at a rate of fifteen days annually, which will be prorated based on your Employment Date. We currently provide 10 days of vacation to full-time employees in their second calendar year of employment, with an option to purchase up to 15 additional days on a pre-tax basis through our cafeteria plan, for a combined maximum of 25 days starting in your second calendar year of employment. Freddie Mac provides pre-tax dollars to subsidize the purchase of five of these additional days in the second year of employment. Of course, Freddie Mac’s vacation policy and cafeteria plan may change from time to time.


 

Mr. Joseph A. Smialowski
November 1, 2004
Page 4
 
VII.  Relocation Assistance
 
Your relocation information will follow under separate cover from Emily Stover, Relocation Program Manager. Should you have any questions regarding those benefits, please call Emily at (703) 918-5776.
 
VIII.  Confidentiality
 
Subject to Paragraph IV (D) of the enclosed “Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement,” you agree that prior to, during and after the cessation of your employment for any reason, you will not disclose either the existence of or any information about this letter to any person other than your attorney, accountant, tax advisor or members of your immediate family, and then only if they agree to keep such information confidential. Please also note that your continuing obligation to treat as confidential certain information that you use, receive or access during the course of your employment is covered in the attached “Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement.”
 
IX.  Code of Conduct and Investment Limitations Policy
 
As a Freddie Mac employee you will be subject to Freddie Mac’s Code of Conduct (“Code”) and to Corporate Policy 1-906, Investment Limitations Policy (“Policy”) that, among other things, limit the investment activities of Freddie Mac employees. We expect that you will fully comply with the Code and the Policy, copies of which are enclosed for your review.
 
You should consult with Freddie Mac’s Chief Compliance Officer as soon as possible about any investments that you or a “covered household member,” as that term is defined in the Policy, may have that may be prohibited by the Policy. You also should disclose any other matter or situation that may create a conflict of interest as such term is defined in the Code.
 
In addition, please provide copies of any employment, confidentiality or stock grant agreements to which you may be currently subject so that we can ensure that your employment by Freddie Mac and conduct as a Freddie Mac employee, are not inconsistent with any of their terms.


 

Mr. Joseph A. Smialowski
November 1, 2004
Page 5
 
X.  Other Matters
 
This letter will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without regard to its conflict-of-laws provisions.
 
By signing and returning a copy of this Letter Agreement and the enclosed “Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement,” you acknowledge that you have read, understand and agree to be bound by its terms, that you have been given an opportunity for your legal, tax and/or financial advisors to review this Letter Agreement and enclosed Restrictive Covenant Agreement, and that the provisions are reasonable.
 
We are delighted that you have decided to join Freddie Mac and look forward to your becoming a valuable member of the team.
 
Sincerely,
 
         
/s/  Eugene M. McQuade
       
         
Eugene M. McQuade
       
         
Signed and Agreed to:
 
/s/   Joseph A. Smialowski
  November 3, 2004
         
    Joseph A. Smialowski   November 3, 2004
 
Enclosures
 
cc:   Michael W. Hager, SVP - Human Resources

 
Exhibit 10.52
 
         
(FREDDIE MAC LETTERHEAD)
 
Date   To    
May 18, 2007   Joe Smialowski    
From        
Paul George        
Subject
Transition Period Agreement        
 
 
The purpose of this memorandum is to confirm you verbally communicated to Dick Syron on May 7, 2007 your desire to voluntarily terminate your employment with Freddie Mac effective June 30, 2007. Your acceptance of this memorandum will confirm your decision to remain an employee of Freddie Mac through December 31, 2007 (the “Transition Period”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.
 
In consideration for remaining with Freddie Mac during the Transition Period, Freddie Mac will provide you with the following.
 
  1.  Continued base salary at your current rate through December 31, 2007.
 
  2.  A cash payment of $1,150,000, less applicable deductions, payable on January 31, 2008. This amount is equal to your target bonus for the 2007 performance year.
 
  3.  A supplemental cash payment of $200,000, less applicable deductions, payable on January 31, 2008.
 
During the Transition Period, you will remain in your role as Executive Vice President — Operations and Technology functioning in a role and with responsibilities as determined by the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and as set forth below:
 
  •  During the Transition Period, Freddie Mac may assign leadership for the Comprehensive Plan to the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, who will have authority to make all final decisions regarding the Comprehensive Plan, including, but not limited to timing, prioritization, project definition and monitoring, and resource allocation on an enterprise-wide basis, including those decisions affecting the Operations and Technology division.
 
  •  Once a successor Executive Vice President — Operations and Technology has been named, you will carry out in good faith and cooperate fully with the transition of your responsibilities and the management of the Operations and Technology division.
 
  •  Freddie Mac has the right to re-assign you to an on-call consulting role once your successor has been named and a transition, as designated by Freddie Mac, has been completed.
 
Freddie Mac reserves the right to terminate your employment at any time. In the event we terminate your employment prior to December 31, 2007 for reasons other than for Gross Misconduct (as such term is defined in Policy 3-254.1 — Officer Severance) or for violating any standard of conduct, attendance or behavior embodied in Exhibit A to Freddie Mac Policy 3-214, you will be entitled to receive the above


 

Memorandum — Transition Period Agreement
May 18, 2007
Page 2 of 2
 
termination benefits exclusively and in lieu of any other benefits you may otherwise be entitled to receive under any other officer severance plan, but shall remain otherwise subject to all of the terms and provisions of your Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement.
 
Implementing the terms outlined above will not constitute a severance eligible event under company programs nor will it constitute a “Special Circumstances” termination with respect to outstanding and unvested long-term incentive awards.
 
The terms and conditions outlined above are subject to review and approval by both the
Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of Freddie Mac and the
Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight.
 
Please return one signed copy of this letter to confirm you verbally communicated to Dick Syron on May 7, 2007 your intent to voluntarily terminate your employment with Freddie Mac effective June 30, 2007 and your acceptance of the terms and conditions of the Transition Period agreement.
 
Please return the signed copy to me.
 
Signed and Agreed To: 
/s/   Joseph Smialowski
 
Date:  May 20, 2007
 
Signed and Agreed To: 
/s/   Paul George
 
Date:  June 29, 2007

 
Exhibit 10.53
 
RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AND CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
 
In exchange for the mutual promises and consideration set forth below, this Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac” or “Company”) and Joseph E. Smialowski (“Executive”), effective as of this 3rd day of November, 2004.
 
I.  Definitions
 
The following terms shall have the meanings indicated when used in this Agreement.
 
A.   Competitor : The following entities, and their respective parents, successors, subsidiaries, and affiliates are competitors: (i) Fannie Mae (ii) all Federal Home Loan Banks (including the Office of Finance); and (iii) such other entities to which Executive and the Company may agree in writing from time-to-time.
 
B.   Confidential Information : Information or materials in written, oral, magnetic, digital, computer, photographic, optical, electronic, or other form, whether now existing or developed or created during the period of Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, that constitutes trade secrets and/or proprietary or confidential information. This information includes, but is not limited to: (i) all information marked Proprietary or Confidential; (ii) information concerning the components, capabilities, and attributes of Freddie Mac’s business plans, methods, and strategies; (iii) information relating to tactics, plans, or strategies concerning shareholders, investors, pricing, investment, marketing, sales, trading, funding, hedging, modeling, sales and risk management; (iv) financial or tax information and analyses, including but not limited to, information concerning Freddie Mac’s capital structure and tax or financial planning; (v) confidential information about Freddie Mac’s customers, borrowers, employees, or others; (vi) pricing and quoting information, policies, procedures, and practices; (vii) confidential customer lists; (viii) proprietary algorithms; (ix) confidential contract terms; (x) confidential information concerning Freddie Mac’s policies, procedures, and practices or the way in which Freddie Mac does business; (xi) proprietary or confidential data bases, including their structure and content; (xii) proprietary Freddie Mac business software, including its design, specifications and documentation; (xiii) information about Freddie Mac products, programs, and services which has not yet been made public; (xiv) confidential information about Freddie Mac’s dealings with third parties, including dealers, customers, vendors, and regulators; and/or (xv) confidential information belonging to third parties to which Executive received access in connection with Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac. Confidential Information does not include general skills, experience, or knowledge acquired in connection with Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac that otherwise are generally known to the public or within the industry or trade in which Freddie Mac operates.
 
C.   Severance : Cash compensation paid pursuant to Freddie Mac’s Severance Policy.
 
D.   Severance Policy : Freddie Mac Policy 3-254.1 (Severance — Officers), or any subsequent and superceding severance policy.


 

2
 
 
 
 
II.  Non-Competition
 
Executive recognizes that as a result of Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, Executive has access to and knowledge of critically sensitive Confidential Information, the improper disclosure or use of which would result in grave competitive harm to Freddie Mac. Therefore, Executive agrees that neither during Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, nor for the twelve (12) months immediately following termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, will Executive consider offers of employment from, seek or accept employment with, or otherwise directly or indirectly provide professional services to any Competitor. Executive acknowledges and agrees that this covenant has unique, substantial and immeasurable value to Freddie Mac, that Executive has sufficient skills to provide a livelihood for Executive while this covenant remains in force, and that this covenant will not interfere with Executive’s ability to work consistent with Executive’s experience, training and education. This non-competition covenant applies regardless of whether Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive, by Freddie Mac, or by a joint decision.
 
III.  Non-Solicitation and Non-Recruitment
 
During Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac and for a period of twelve (12) months after Executive’s termination date, Executive will not solicit or recruit, attempt to solicit or recruit or assist another in soliciting or recruiting any Freddie Mac managerial employee (including manager-level, Executive-level, or officer-level employee) with whom Executive worked, or any employee whom Executive directly or indirectly supervised at Freddie Mac, to leave the employee’s employment with Freddie Mac for purposes of employment or for the rendering of professional services. This prohibition against solicitation does not apply if Freddie Mac has notified the employee being solicited or recruited that his/her employment with the Company will be terminated pursuant to a corporate reorganization or reduction-in-force.
 
IV.  Treatment of Confidential Information
 
A.   Non-Disclosure . Executive recognizes that Freddie Mac is engaged in an extremely competitive business and that, in the course of performing Executive’s job duties, Executive will have access to and gain knowledge about Confidential Information. Executive further recognizes the importance of carefully protecting this Confidential Information in order for Freddie Mac to compete successfully. Therefore, Executive agrees that Executive will neither divulge Confidential Information to any persons, including to other Freddie Mac employees who do not have a Freddie Mac business-related need to know, nor make use of the Confidential Information for the Executive’s own benefit or for the benefit of anyone else other than Freddie Mac. Executive further agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent the disclosure of Confidential Information to unauthorized persons or entities, and to comply with all Company policies, procedures, and instructions regarding the treatment of such information.
 
B.   Return of Materials . Executive agrees that upon termination of Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac for any reason whatsoever, Executive will deliver to Executive’s immediate supervisor all tangible materials embodying Confidential Information, including, but not limited to, any documentation, records, listings, notes, files, data, sketches, memoranda, models, accounts, reference materials, samples, machine-readable media, computer disks, tapes, and


 

equipment which in any way relate to Confidential Information, whether developed by Executive or not. Executive further agrees not to retain any copies of any materials embodying Confidential Information.
 
C.   Post-Termination Obligations . Executive agrees that after the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will not use in any way whatsoever, nor disclose any Confidential Information learned or obtained in connection with Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac without first obtaining the written permission of the Executive Vice President of Human Resources of Freddie Mac. Executive further agrees that, in order to assure the continued confidentiality of the Confidential Information, Freddie Mac may correspond with Executive’s future employers to advise them generally of Executive’s exposure to and knowledge of Confidential Information, and Executive’s obligations and responsibilities regarding the Confidential Information. Executive understands and agrees that any such contact may include a request for assurance and confirmation from such employer(s) that Executive will not disclose Confidential Information to such employer(s), nor will such employer(s) permit any use whatsoever of the Confidential Information. To enable Freddie Mac to monitor compliance with the obligations imposed by this Agreement, Executive further agrees to inform in writing Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice President of Human Resources of the identity of Executive’s subsequent employer(s) and Executive’s prospective job title and responsibilities prior to beginning employment. Executive agrees that this notice requirement shall remain in effect for twelve (12) months following the termination of Executive’s Freddie Mac employment.
 
D.   Ability to Enforce Agreement and Assist Government Investigations . Nothing in this Agreement prohibits or otherwise restricts you from: (1) making any disclosure of information required by law; (2) assisting any regulatory or law enforcement agency or legislative body to the extent you maintain a legal right to do so notwithstanding this Agreement; (3) filing, testifying, participating in or otherwise assisting in a proceeding relating to the alleged violation of any federal, state, or local law, regulation, or rule, to the extent you maintain a legal right to do so notwithstanding this Agreement; or (4) filing, testifying, participating in or otherwise assisting the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other proper authority in a proceeding relating to allegations of fraud.
 
V.  Consideration Given to Executive
 
In exchange for agreeing to be bound by the terms, conditions, and restrictions stated in this Agreement, Freddie Mac will provide the Executive with the following consideration, each of which itself is adequate consideration for Executive’s agreement to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement:
 
A.   Employment. Executive will be employed by Freddie Mac as Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations.
 
B.   Severance . Executive acknowledges that under Freddie Mac’s Severance Policy, Executive may be eligible to receive Severance upon termination of employment, the duration of which is within the discretion of Freddie Mac. In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated and the circumstances of the termination qualify the Executive for Severance under the Severance Policy, then the Executive shall receive Severance for twelve (12) months following termination. If at the time this Agreement is entered into, Executive occupies a


 

position that is an “executive officer” of Freddie Mac, as determined by the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (“OFHEO”) under section 1303(7) of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 and under OFHEO’s executive compensation regulation (66 Federal Register  47550 (2001)), then Executive acknowledges that receipt of the twelve (12) months severance under this paragraph is contingent upon any legally required approval from the Director of OFHEO. If such approval is not received, then Executive will not be eligible for Severance. The Severance guarantee provided by this Paragraph V(B) is in place of, and not in addition to, Severance to which Executive would otherwise be entitled under any other agreement between Executive and Freddie Mac.
 
VI.  Reservation of Rights
 
Executive agrees that nothing in this Agreement constitutes a contract or commitment by Freddie Mac to continue Executive’s employment in any job position for any period of time, nor does anything in this Agreement limit in any way Freddie Mac’s right to terminate Executive’s employment at any time for any reason.
 
VII.  Compliance with the Code of Conduct and Corporate Policies & Procedures
 
As a Freddie Mac employee, Executive will be subject to Freddie Mac’s Code of Conduct (“Code”) and to Corporate Policy 1-906, Investment Limitations Policy (“Policy”) that, among other things, limit the investment activities of Freddie Mac employees. Executive agrees to fully comply with the Code and the Policy, copies of which are enclosed for Executive’s review.
 
Executive further agrees to be bound by, and comply fully with, his/her obligations under the Investment Limitations Policy. Executive agrees to consult with Freddie Mac’s Chief Compliance Officer as soon as practical prior to beginning employment about any investments that Executive or a “covered household member,” as that term is defined in the Policy, may have that may be prohibited by the Policy. Executive also agrees to disclose prior to beginning employment any other matter or situation that may create a conflict of interest as such term is defined in the Code.
 
In addition, prior to beginning employment, Executive agrees to disclose to Freddie Mac’s Human Resources Division the terms of any employment, confidentiality or stock grant agreements to which Executive may currently be subject that may affect Executive’s future employment or recruiting activities so that Freddie Mac may ensure that Executive’s employment by Freddie Mac and conduct as a Freddie Mac employee are not inconsistent with any of their terms.
 
VIII.  Absence of Any Conflict of Interest
 
Executive represents that Executive does not have any confidential information, trade secrets or other proprietary information that Executive obtained as the result of Executive’s employment with another employer that Executive will be using in Executive’s position at Freddie Mac. Executive also represents that Executive is not subject to any employment, confidentiality or stock grant agreements, or any other restrictions or limitations imposed by a prior employer, which would affect Executive’s ability to perform the duties and responsibilities for Freddie Mac


 

in the job position offered, and further represents that Executive has provided Freddie Mac with copies of any such agreements or limitations so that Freddie Mac can make an independent judgment that Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac is not inconsistent with any of its terms.
 
IX.  Enforcement
 
A.  Executive acknowledges that Executive may be subject to discipline, up to and including termination of employment, for Executive’s breach or threat of breach of any provision of this Agreement.
 
B.  Executive agrees that irreparable injury will result to Freddie Mac’s business interests in the event of breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the full extent of Freddie Mac’s damages will be impossible to ascertain, and monetary damages will not be an adequate remedy for Freddie Mac. Therefore, Executive agrees that in the event of a breach or threat of breach of any provision(s) of this Agreement, Freddie Mac, in addition to any other relief available, shall be entitled to temporary, preliminary, and permanent equitable relief to restrain any such breach or threat of breach by Executive and all persons acting for and/or in concert with Executive, without the necessity of posting bond or security, which Executive expressly waives.
 
C.  Executive agrees that each of Executive’s obligations specified in this Agreement is a separate and independent covenant, and that all of Executive’s obligations set forth herein shall survive any termination, for any reason, of Executive’s Freddie Mac employment. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it is overbroad, that provision shall be limited and enforced to the extent permitted by applicable law. Should any provision of this Agreement be declared or determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid under applicable law, the validity of the remaining obligations will not be affected thereby and only the unenforceable or invalid obligation will be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.
 
D.  This Agreement is governed by, and will be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without regard to its or any other jurisdiction’s conflict-of-law provisions. Executive agrees that any action related to or arising out of this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, and Executive hereby irrevocably consents to personal jurisdiction and venue in such court and to service of process by United States Mail or express courier service in any such action.
 
E.  If any dispute(s) arise(s) between Freddie Mac and Executive with respect to any matter which is the subject of this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute(s) shall be entitled to recover from the other party all of its costs and expenses, including its reasonable attorneys’ fees.
 
Executive has been advised to discuss all aspects of this Agreement with Executive’s private attorney. Executive acknowledges that Executive has carefully read and understands the terms and provisions of this Agreement and that they are reasonable. Executive signs this Agreement voluntarily and accepts all obligations contained in this Agreement in exchange for the consideration to be given to Executive as outlined above, which Executive acknowledges is adequate and satisfactory, and which Executive further acknowledges


 

Freddie Mac is not otherwise obligated to provide to Executive. Neither Freddie Mac nor its agents, representatives, directors, officers or employees have made any representations to Executive concerning the terms or effects of this Agreement, other than those contained in this Agreement.
 
     
By: 
/s/   Joseph A. Smialowski

Joseph A. Smialowski
 
Date: November 3, 2004
     
By: 
/s/   Michael W. Hager

Freddie Mac
 
Date: November 5, 2004

 
Exhibit 10.54
 
[Freddie Mac letterhead]
 
July 24, 2007
 
Michael Perlman
51 Starr Court
Atlantic Highlands, NJ 07716
 
Dear Michael:
 
I am pleased to confirm our offer of employment for the position of Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology, reporting to Dick Syron, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Once a successor Chief Operating Officer has been named your reporting relationship will switch to that individual. In your role as Executive Vice President, Operations and Technology you will be a member of Freddie Mac’s Senior Executive Team. This letter provides you more details on the offer and outlines the actions you will need to complete to accept the offer.
 
I.  Base Salary
 
Beginning on your Employment Date, your annualized base salary will be $500,000 (which is approximately $41,667 per month). The Corporation’s pay dates are on the 15th and last working day of each month. All employees receive performance evaluations in accordance with Freddie Mac’s corporate merit review program. Freddie Mac has the sole discretion and absolute authority in determining whether, and to what extent performance against criteria has been achieved with respect to any particular period, and whether to implement a salary adjustment.
 
II.  Cash Sign-On Payment
 
You will receive a one-time cash sign-on payment in the amount of $550,000 minus legally required and applicable deductions. Such payment will be made on the same date that you receive a first payment of base salary. Should you fail to remain employed at Freddie Mac for the required minimum two-year period, you will be required to repay the sign-on payment to Freddie Mac.
 
During the course of your review of this offer, you have had the opportunity to consult with appropriate financial, legal or tax advisors about the possible tax consequences arising from such repayment obligation. Additionally, this cash payment is subject to your consent to the terms set forth in the attached Cash Sign-On Payment Agreement.
 
III.  Restricted Stock Unit Grant Sign-On
 
You also will receive a one-time restricted stock unit grant with a total dollar value of $1,200,000. This grant will be subject to the terms of Freddie Mac’s 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (“Plan”), applicable resolutions of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (“Committee”) and the grant agreement that Freddie Mac will provide to you.
 
The date of grant will be the date of the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Committee following your Employment Date (the “Grant Date”). The Committee generally holds at least six regularly scheduled meetings each year. The number of restricted stock units subject to this grant will be calculated by dividing $1,200,000 by the fair market value of a share of Freddie Mac common stock on the Grant Date.


 

Michael Perlman
Page 2
July 24, 2007
 
The restricted stock units will vest (and the units will become fully transferable) over a three-year period, with 1 / 3 of the shares subject to the grant vesting on the first anniversary of the Grant Date, 1 / 3 of the shares subject to the grant vesting on the second anniversary of the Grant Date, and 1 / 3 of the shares subject to the grant vesting on the third anniversary of the Grant Date.
 
IV.  Short Term and Long Term Performance-Based Incentives
 
You will be eligible for a discretionary short-term performance-based incentive bonus, which, if received, will be based on Freddie Mac’s assessment of your performance against objectives, as well as company, division, and your performance relative to others. Your current target bonus is equal to 245% of your bonus eligible earnings. The actual bonus you receive attributable to any performance period shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, subject to the guaranteed amount outlined below. The Committee has the sole discretion and absolute authority in determining whether to increase your target incentive. While Freddie Mac currently pays such bonuses in cash, any such payment, if made, shall be subject to corporate executive compensation plans, practices and policies in effect as of the date of payment.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, Freddie Mac agrees that your actual bonus attributable to performance during calendar year 2007 (payable in 2008 when other Freddie Mac executive officers receive such bonus) will be at least $1,225,000; the decision to pay a larger bonus award shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.
 
You also will be eligible for a discretionary long-term performance-based incentive award, which, if received, also will be based on Freddie Mac’s assessment of your performance and potential. The award you receive attributable to any performance period shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, subject to the guaranteed amount outlined below. Such awards are currently delivered in a combination of restricted stock units and performance restricted stock units and your target amount for this incentive will be $1,525,000. The Committee has the sole discretion and absolute authority in determining whether to increase your target incentive. All aspects of the award, including vesting schedule, the number of units and/or shares subject to the grants, shall be subject to your performance and the corporate plans, practices and policies in effect at that time of the grant.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, Freddie Mac agrees that the long-term incentive grant attributable to performance during calendar year 2007 (granted in 2008 when other Freddie Mac executive officers receive such award) will have a grant date value of at least $1,525,000; the decision to grant a larger award value shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.
 
V.  Compensation In the Event That Freddie Mac Terminates Your Employment
 
In the event that on or before the second anniversary of your Employment Date Freddie Mac terminates your employment for any reason other than Gross Misconduct (as such term is defined in Policy 3-254.1 — Officer Severance, as it may be modified or amended from time to time in Freddie Mac’s sole discretion) or for violating any standard of conduct, attendance or behavior embodied in Exhibit A to Freddie Mac Policy 3-214 (as may be modified from time to time), then you will receive a lump-sum cash payment equal to two-times the sum of your annualized base salary and target short-term incentive in effect at the time of termination. Such payment will be made to you no later than ten (10) business days after your employment termination date.


 

Michael Perlman
Page 3
July 24, 2007
 
In the event that after the second anniversary and on or before the third anniversary of your Employment Date Freddie Mac terminates your employment for any reason other than Gross Misconduct or for violating any standard of conduct, attendance or behavior, then you will receive a lump-sum cash payment equal to the sum of your annualized base salary and target short-term incentive in effect at the time of termination. Such payment will be made to you no later than ten (10) business days after your employment termination date.
 
In addition, in the event that on or before the third anniversary of your Employment Freddie Mac terminates your employment for any reason other than Gross Misconduct or for violating any standard of conduct, attendance or behavior, 1) you will be eligible to receive a pro-rata portion of your target bonus for the year in which you are terminated, based on the number of months elapsed in that year as of your termination date and 2) all outstanding restricted stock and/or options will continue to vest according to the normal vesting schedule specified in the award agreement.
 
The termination of employment payment provided pursuant to the terms of this Section shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any right you may have to payment pursuant to the terms of any otherwise applicable severance plan, policy or practice. Consequently, you agree that in the event of the termination of your employment on or before the third anniversary of your Employment Date you will not be eligible to receive and you will not receive severance pay pursuant to any Freddie Mac severance plan, policy or practice.
 
In the event of the termination of your employment after the third anniversary of your Employment Date, you will be eligible to receive severance pay pursuant to the terms of any applicable Freddie Mac severance plan or policy.
 
The termination of employment benefits set forth in this Paragraph are not effective and will not be paid unless and until approved by Freddie Mac’s regulator, the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight.
 
VI.  Other Benefits
 
You will be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans pursuant to the terms of those plans (as may be modified or terminated from time to time.) As a new employee, when you first become eligible for benefits, you may select the plans that best meet your needs and those of your family by logging on to http://netbenefits.fidelity.com . Shortly after your start date, you will receive an email from the “ Benefits Center” instructing you to log on to Fidelity NetBenefits to make your benefits elections.
 
You will not receive any information at your home address. Your enrollment window is 30 days. During Orientation, FOCUS, our flexible benefits program and information about enrollment, will be explained in greater detail. Please visit our new hire website, Step Inside, http://www.freddiemac.com/careers/stepinside/ , for information about working at Freddie Mac.
 
VII.  Vacation
 
As an officer, you are eligible to accrue up to 20 days of core vacation during your first calendar year of employment. This equates to 6.46 hours each pay period; you begin accruing vacation starting your first complete pay period.


 

 
Michael Perlman
Page 4
July 24, 2007
 
Starting next year (your second calendar year of employment), you will have the opportunity to accrue 20 days vacation during each calendar year. You will be provided more information following your start of employment.
 
VIII.  Relocation Assistance
 
A relocation summary will be provided for your review and additional relocation information will follow under separate cover from Emily Stover, Relocation Program Manager. Should you have any questions regarding those benefits, please call her at (703) 918-5776.
 
IX.  Restrictive Covenant Agreement
 
Your employment also is contingent on your agreement to be bound by the enclosed Restrictive Covenant Agreement. This document must be signed no later than your start date. Failure to do so will preclude you from holding this position. Please review the agreement carefully; it impacts your ability to work for other entities in the event you leave Freddie Mac.
 
X.  Confidentiality
 
Subject to Paragraph IV (D) of the enclosed Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement, you agree that prior to, during and after the cessation of your employment for any reason, you will not disclose either the existence of or any information about this letter to any person other than your attorney, accountant, tax advisor or members of your immediate family, and then only if they agree to keep such information confidential. Please also note that your continuing obligation to treat as confidential certain information that you access during the course of your employment is covered in the attached “Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement.”
 
XI.  Code of Conduct and Personal Securities Investments Policy
 
As a Freddie Mac employee you will be subject to Freddie Mac’s Code of Conduct (“Code”) and to Corporate Policy 3-206, Personal Securities Investments Policy (“Policy”) that, among other things, limit the investment activities of Freddie Mac employees. We expect that you will fully comply with the Code and the Policy, copies of which are enclosed for your review.
 
You should consult with Freddie Mac’s Chief Compliance Officer as soon as practicable prior to beginning employment about any investments that you or a “covered household member,” as that term in defined in the Policy, may have that may be prohibited by the Policy. You also should disclose any other matter or situation that may create a conflict of interest as such term is defined in the Code.
 
In addition, prior to beginning employment please provide to Freddie Mac’s Human Resources Division copies of any employment, confidentiality or stock grant agreements to which you may currently be subject and that may affect your future employment, solicitation or recruiting activities so that we can ensure that your employment by Freddie Mac and conduct as a Freddie Mac employee, are not inconsistent with any of their terms.


 

 
Michael Perlman
Page 5
July 24, 2007
 
XII.  Other Matters
 
Freddie Mac is an at-will employer. Accordingly, nothing in this letter sets forth any express or implied contractual obligations on the part of Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac retains the right to change any of the terms and conditions of employment at any time, including any compensation and benefits offered. In addition, Freddie Mac and you each have the right to terminate the employment relationship at any time for any reason with or without cause, without giving rise to liability on the part of Freddie Mac (except as provided in the attached “Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement”).
 
This offer of employment is contingent upon:
 
  •  Starting employment with Freddie Mac no later than August 15, 2007
 
  •  Your ability to establish your eligibility to work in the United States within three (3) days of your Employment Date, in compliance with the Immigration Reform and Control Act, and
 
  •  Your execution of the enclosed “Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement”.
 
This letter supersedes any previous communications you may have had with Freddie Mac or anyone acting on its behalf concerning the terms and conditions of your employment with Freddie Mac.
 
Please return one executed copy of this letter to my office. We look forward to your joining Freddie Mac and becoming a valuable member of the team.
 
Sincerely,
 
/s/  Paul G. George
 
Paul G. George
Executive Vice President, Human Resources and Corporate Services
 
         
Signed and Agreed to:  
/s/  Michael Perlman

  July 25, 2007
    Michael Perlman   Date
 
Enclosures
cc: Julie Peterson

 
Exhibit 10.55
 
[Freddie Mac letterhead]
 
July 24, 2007
 
Michael Perlman
51 Starr Court
Atlantic Highlands, NJ 07716
 
Re:   Cash Sign-On Payment Letter Agreement
 
Dear Mike:
 
As additional consideration for your acceptance of Freddie Mac’s offer of employment as set forth in your July 24, 2007 offer letter, Freddie Mac has agreed to pay you a cash sign-on payment in the amount of $550,000 minus appropriate lawful deductions. You will receive this payment within thirty (30) days of your actual start date.
 
You understand and agree that you are obligated to repay Freddie Mac the full amount of this sign-on payment in the event that, prior to the second anniversary of your actual start date: (1) Freddie Mac terminates your employment pursuant to Freddie Mac Policy 3-214 (Progressive Discipline) (or any subsequent policy thereto); (2) Freddie Mac terminates your employment due to “Gross Misconduct” or a “Loss of Confidence” as such terms are defined in Policy 3-254.1 (Severance — Officers and Covered Directors) (or any subsequent policy thereto), as applicable; or (3) you resign from Freddie Mac.
 
You also understand and agree that any payment that you may be required to make to Freddie Mac under the terms of this letter agreement must be paid in full immediately prior to your termination or resignation of employment. In the event that you fail immediately prior to termination to make the requisite reimbursement: (1) you agree and authorize Freddie Mac to withhold any unpaid sums (or a portion thereof) from your final paycheck and (2) you understand and agree that you will pay any and all of Freddie Mac’s reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees and other costs, incurred in its obtaining repayment and collection of any unpaid sums.
 
During the course of your review of your offer of employment, including this letter agreement, you have had the opportunity to consult with appropriate financial, legal or tax advisors about the possible consequences arising from the terms and conditions thereof.


 

Michael Perlman
Page 2
July 24, 2007
 
You further understand and agree that nothing in this letter agreement is intended nor shall be interpreted to represent a contract of employment for a specified term or duration. As such, in the absence of any other contract between you and Freddie Mac to the contrary, your employment with Freddie Mac remains at will and may be terminated at any time for any lawful reason by the company or by you.
 
Please retain a copy of this letter agreement for your files. In addition, kindly sign the enclosed copy of this letter agreement to signify that you accept its terms, and return the signed copy to Julie L. Peterson, Freddie Mac, 8250 Jones Branch Drive, MS A35, McLean, VA 22102 at your earliest convenience. Please note that we will not be able to process payment of the sign-on payment until we have received your signed copy of this letter agreement.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
By:  
/s/   Paul G. George
Paul G. George
Executive Vice President, Human Resources and Corporate Services
 
/s/   Michael Perlman
Michael Perlman
 
Agreed to as of the 25th day of July, 2007.
 
Enclosure

 
Exhibit 10.56
 
RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AND CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
 
In exchange for the mutual promises and consideration set forth below, this Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac” or “Company”) and Michael Perlman (“Executive”), effective as of this 25th day of July 2007.
 
I.  Definitions
 
The following terms shall have the meanings indicated when used in this Agreement.
 
A.   Competitor : The following entities, and their respective parents, successors, subsidiaries, and affiliates are competitors: (i) Fannie Mae (ii) all Federal Home Loan Banks (including the Office of Finance); and (iii) such other entities to which Executive and the Company may agree in writing from time-to-time.
 
B.   Confidential Information : Information or materials in written, oral, magnetic, digital, computer, photographic, optical, electronic, or other form, whether now existing or developed or created during the period of Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, that constitutes trade secrets and/or proprietary or confidential information. This information includes, but is not limited to: (i) all information marked Proprietary or Confidential; (ii) information concerning the components, capabilities, and attributes of Freddie Mac’s business plans, methods, and strategies; (iii) information relating to tactics, plans, or strategies concerning shareholders, investors, pricing, investment, marketing, sales, trading, funding, hedging, modeling, sales and risk management; (iv) financial or tax information and analyses, including but not limited to, information concerning Freddie Mac’s capital structure and tax or financial planning; (v) confidential information about Freddie Mac’s customers, borrowers, employees, or others; (vi) pricing and quoting information, policies, procedures, and practices; (vii) confidential customer lists; (viii) proprietary algorithms; (ix) confidential contract terms; (x) confidential information concerning Freddie Mac’s policies, procedures, and practices or the way in which Freddie Mac does business; (xi) proprietary or confidential data bases, including their structure and content; (xii) proprietary Freddie Mac business software, including its design, specifications and documentation; (xiii) information about Freddie Mac products, programs, and services which has not yet been made public; (xiv) confidential information about Freddie Mac’s dealings with third parties, including dealers, customers, vendors, and regulators; and/or (xv) confidential information belonging to third parties to which Executive received access in connection with Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac. Confidential Information does not include general skills, experience, or knowledge acquired in connection with Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac that otherwise are generally known to the public or within the industry or trade in which Freddie Mac operates.
 
C.   Employment Agreement : Written agreement entered into by and between the Freddie Mac and Executive, effective as of this 25th day of July 2007 that sets forth the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment.
 
D.   Severance : Cash compensation paid pursuant to Freddie Mac’s Severance Policy.


 

2
 
 
 
 
E.   Severance Policy : Freddie Mac Policy 3-254.1 (Severance — Officers), or any subsequent and superceding severance policy.
 
II.  Non-Competition
 
Executive recognizes that as a result of Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, Executive has access to and knowledge of critically sensitive Confidential Information, the improper disclosure or use of which would result in grave competitive harm to Freddie Mac. Therefore, Executive agrees that neither during Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, nor for the twelve (12) months immediately following termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, will Executive consider offers of employment from, seek or accept employment with, or otherwise directly or indirectly provide professional services to any Competitor, if the Executive will be render duties, responsibilities or services for the Competitor that are of the type and nature rendered or performed by you during the past two years of your employment with Freddie Mac. Executive acknowledges and agrees that this covenant has unique, substantial and immeasurable value to Freddie Mac, that Executive has sufficient skills to provide a livelihood for Executive while this covenant remains in force, and that this covenant will not interfere with Executive’s ability to work consistent with Executive’s experience, training and education. This non-competition covenant applies regardless of whether Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive, by Freddie Mac, or by a joint decision.
 
III. Non-Solicitation and Non-Recruitment
 
During Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac and for a period of twelve (12) months after Executive’s termination date, Executive will not solicit or recruit, attempt to solicit or recruit or assist another in soliciting or recruiting any Freddie Mac managerial employee (including manager-level, Executive-level, or officer-level employee) with whom Executive worked, or any employee whom Executive directly or indirectly supervised at Freddie Mac, to leave the employee’s employment with Freddie Mac for purposes of employment or for the rendering of professional services. This prohibition against solicitation does not apply if Freddie Mac has notified the employee being solicited or recruited that his/her employment with the Company will be terminated pursuant to a corporate reorganization or reduction-in-force.
 
IV.  Treatment of Confidential Information
 
A.   Non-Disclosure . Executive recognizes that Freddie Mac is engaged in an extremely competitive business and that, in the course of performing Executive’s job duties, Executive will have access to and gain knowledge about Confidential Information. Executive further recognizes the importance of carefully protecting this Confidential Information in order for Freddie Mac to compete successfully. Therefore, Executive agrees that Executive will neither divulge Confidential Information to any persons, including to other Freddie Mac employees who do not have a Freddie Mac business-related need to know, nor make use of the Confidential Information for the Executive’s own benefit or for the benefit of anyone else other than Freddie Mac. Executive further agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent the disclosure of Confidential Information to unauthorized persons or entities, and to comply with all Company policies, procedures, and instructions regarding the treatment of such information.


 

B.   Return of Materials . Executive agrees that upon termination of Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac for any reason whatsoever, Executive will deliver to Executive’s immediate supervisor all tangible materials embodying Confidential Information, including, but not limited to, any documentation, records, listings, notes, files, data, sketches, memoranda, models, accounts, reference materials, samples, machine-readable media, computer disks, tapes, and equipment which in any way relate to Confidential Information, whether developed by Executive or not. Executive further agrees not to retain any copies of any materials embodying Confidential Information.
 
C.   Post-Termination Obligations . Executive agrees that after the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will not use in any way whatsoever, nor disclose any Confidential Information learned or obtained in connection with Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac without first obtaining the written permission of the Executive Vice President of Human Resources of Freddie Mac. Executive further agrees that, in order to assure the continued confidentiality of the Confidential Information, Freddie Mac may correspond with Executive’s future employers to advise them generally of Executive’s exposure to and knowledge of Confidential Information, and Executive’s obligations and responsibilities regarding the Confidential Information. Executive understands and agrees that any such contact may include a request for assurance and confirmation from such employer(s) that Executive will not disclose Confidential Information to such employer(s), nor will such employer(s) permit any use whatsoever of the Confidential Information. To enable Freddie Mac to monitor compliance with the obligations imposed by this Agreement, Executive further agrees to inform in writing Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice President of Human Resources of the identity of Executive’s subsequent employer(s) and Executive’s prospective job title and responsibilities prior to beginning employment. Executive agrees that this notice requirement shall remain in effect for twelve (12) months following the termination of Executive’s Freddie Mac employment.
 
D.   Ability to Enforce Agreement and Assist Government Investigations . Nothing in this Agreement prohibits or otherwise restricts you from: (1) making any disclosure of information required by law; (2) assisting any regulatory or law enforcement agency or legislative body to the extent you maintain a legal right to do so notwithstanding this Agreement; (3) filing, testifying, participating in or otherwise assisting in a proceeding relating to the alleged violation of any federal, state, or local law, regulation, or rule, to the extent you maintain a legal right to do so notwithstanding this Agreement; or (4) filing, testifying, participating in or otherwise assisting the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other proper authority in a proceeding relating to allegations of fraud.
 
V.  Consideration Given to Executive
 
In exchange for agreeing to be bound by the terms, conditions, and restrictions stated in this Agreement, Freddie Mac will provide the Executive with the following consideration, each of which itself is adequate consideration for Executive’s agreement to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement:
 
A.   Employment. Executive will be employed by Freddie Mac as Executive Vice President — Operations and Technology.


 

B.   Termination of Employment Payment . Executive acknowledges that under Section V of the July 24, 2007 offer letter, Executive may be eligible to receive a payment upon termination of employment.
 
In the event that anytime after the third anniversary of the Executive’s Employment Date (as such term is defined in the offer letter) the Executive’s employment is terminated by Freddie Mac and the circumstances of the termination qualify the Executive for Severance under any applicable Severance Policy, then the Executive shall receive Severance for twelve (12) months following termination. If at the time this Agreement is entered into, Executive occupies a position that is an “executive officer” of Freddie Mac, as determined by the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (“OFHEO”) under section 1303(7) of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 and under OFHEO’s executive compensation regulation (66 Federal Register 47550 (2001)), then Executive acknowledges that receipt of the twelve (12) months severance under this paragraph is contingent upon any legally required approval from the Director of OFHEO. If such approval is not received, then Executive will not be eligible for Severance.
 
C.   One-Time Sign-On Bonus. As an inducement to commence employment, Executive shall receive a one-time-sign-on bonus pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement.
 
VI.  Reservation of Rights
 
Executive agrees that nothing in this Agreement constitutes a contract or commitment by Freddie Mac to continue Executive’s employment in any job position for any period of time, nor does anything in this Agreement limit in any way Freddie Mac’s right to terminate Executive’s employment at any time for any reason.
 
VII.  Compliance with the Code of Conduct and Corporate Policies & Procedures
 
As a Freddie Mac employee, Executive will be subject to Freddie Mac’s Code of Conduct (“Code”) and to Corporate Policy 1-906, Investment Limitations Policy (“Policy”) that, among other things, limit the investment activities of Freddie Mac employees. Executive agrees to fully comply with the Code and the Policy, copies of which are enclosed for Executive’s review.
 
Executive further agrees to be bound by, and comply fully with, his/her obligations under the Investment Limitations Policy. Executive agrees to consult with Freddie Mac’s Chief Compliance Officer as soon as practical prior to beginning employment about any investments that Executive or a “covered household member,” as that term is defined in the Policy, may have that may be prohibited by the Policy. Executive also agrees to disclose prior to beginning employment any other matter or situation that may create a conflict of interest as such term is defined in the Code.
 
In addition, prior to beginning employment, Executive agrees to provide to Freddie Mac’s Human Resources Division the terms of any employment, confidentiality or stock grant agreements to which Executive may currently be subject that may affect Executive’s future employment, solicitation or recruiting activities so that Freddie Mac may ensure that Executive’s employment


 

by Freddie Mac and conduct as a Freddie Mac employee are not inconsistent with any of their terms.
 
VIII.  Absence of Any Conflict of Interest
 
Executive represents that Executive does not have any confidential information, trade secrets or other proprietary information that Executive obtained as the result of Executive’s employment with another employer that Executive will be using in Executive’s position at Freddie Mac. Executive also represents that Executive is not subject to any employment, confidentiality or stock grant agreements, or any other restrictions or limitations imposed by a prior employer, which would affect Executive’s ability to perform the duties and responsibilities for Freddie Mac in the job position offered, and further represents that Executive has provided Freddie Mac with copies of any such agreements or limitations so that Freddie Mac can make an independent judgment that Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac is not inconsistent with any of its terms.
 
IX.  Enforcement
 
A.  Executive acknowledges that Executive may be subject to discipline, up to and including termination of employment, for Executive’s breach or threat of breach of any provision of this Agreement.
 
B.  Executive agrees that irreparable injury will result to Freddie Mac’s business interests in the event of breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the full extent of Freddie Mac’s damages will be impossible to ascertain, and monetary damages will not be an adequate remedy for Freddie Mac. Therefore, Executive agrees that in the event of a breach or threat of breach of any provision(s) of this Agreement, Freddie Mac, in addition to any other relief available, shall be entitled to temporary, preliminary, and permanent equitable relief to restrain any such breach or threat of breach by Executive and all persons acting for and/or in concert with Executive, without the necessity of posting bond or security, which Executive expressly waives.
 
C.  Executive agrees that each of Executive’s obligations specified in this Agreement is a separate and independent covenant, and that all of Executive’s obligations set forth herein shall survive any termination, for any reason, of Executive’s Freddie Mac employment. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it is overbroad, that provision shall be limited and enforced to the extent permitted by applicable law. Should any provision of this Agreement be declared or determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid under applicable law, the validity of the remaining obligations will not be affected thereby and only the unenforceable or invalid obligation will be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.
 
D.  This Agreement is governed by, and will be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without regard to its or any other jurisdiction’s conflict-of-law provisions. Executive agrees that any action related to or arising out of this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, and Executive hereby irrevocably consents to personal jurisdiction and venue in such court and to


 

service of process by United States Mail or express courier service in any such action.
 
E.  If any dispute(s) arise(s) between Freddie Mac and Executive with respect to any matter which is the subject of this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute(s) shall be entitled to recover from the other party all of its costs and expenses, including its reasonable attorneys’ fees.
 
Executive has been advised to discuss all aspects of this Agreement with Executive’s private attorney. Executive acknowledges that Executive has carefully read and understands the terms and provisions of this Agreement and that they are reasonable. Executive signs this Agreement voluntarily and accepts all obligations contained in this Agreement in exchange for the consideration to be given to Executive as outlined above, which Executive acknowledges is adequate and satisfactory, and which Executive further acknowledges Freddie Mac is not otherwise obligated to provide to Executive. Neither Freddie Mac nor its agents, representatives, directors, officers or employees have made any representations to Executive concerning the terms or effects of this Agreement, other than those contained in this Agreement.
 
     
By:  
/s/   Michael Perlman

Michael Perlman
 
Date:  July 25, 2007
     
By:  
/s/   Paul G. George

Freddie Mac
 
Date:  July 27, 2007

 
Exhibit 10.57
 
RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AND CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
 
In exchange for the mutual promises and consideration set forth below, this Restrictive Covenant and Confidentiality Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac” or “Company”) and Michael May (“Executive”), effective as of this 14th day of March, 2001.
 
I.  Definitions
 
The following terms shall have the meanings indicated when used in this Agreement.
 
A.   Competitor : The following entities, and their respective parents, successors, subsidiaries, and affiliates are competitors: (i) Fannie Mae (ii) all Federal Home Loan Banks (including the Office of Finance); and (iii) such other entities to which Executive and the Company may agree in writing from time-to-time.
 
B.   Confidential Information : Information or materials in written, oral, magnetic, digital, computer, photographic, optical, electronic, or other form, whether now existing or developed or created during the period of Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, that constitutes trade secrets and/or proprietary or confidential information. This information includes, but is not limited to: (i) all information marked Proprietary or Confidential; (ii) information concerning the components, capabilities, and attributes of Freddie Mac’s business plans, methods, and strategies; (iii) information relating to tactics, plans, or strategies concerning shareholders, investors, pricing, investment, marketing, sales, trading, funding, hedging, modeling, sales and risk management; (iv) financial or tax information and analyses, including but not limited to, information concerning Freddie Mac’s capital structure and tax or financial planning; (v) confidential information about Freddie Mac’s customers, borrowers, employees, or others; (vi) pricing and quoting information, policies, procedures, and practices; (vii) confidential customer lists; (viii) proprietary algorithms; (ix) confidential contract terms; (x) confidential information concerning Freddie Mac’s policies, procedures, and practices or the way in which Freddie Mac does business; (xi) proprietary or confidential data bases, including their structure and content; (xii) proprietary Freddie Mac business software, including its design, specifications and documentation; (xiii) information about Freddie Mac products, programs, and services which has not yet been made public; (xiv) confidential information about Freddie Mac’s dealings with third parties, including dealers, customers, vendors, and regulators; and/or (xv) confidential information belonging to third parties to which Executive received access in connection with Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac. Confidential Information does not include general skills, experience, or knowledge acquired in connection with Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac that otherwise are generally known to the public or within the industry or trade in which Freddie Mac operates.
 
C.   Severance : Cash compensation paid pursuant to Freddie Mac’s Severance Policy.


 

2
 
 
 
 
D.   Severance Policy : Freddie Mac Policy 3-254.1 (Severance — Officers), or any subsequent and superceding severance policy.
 
II.  Non-Competition
 
Executive recognizes that as a result of Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, Executive has access to and knowledge of critically sensitive Confidential Information, the improper disclosure or use of which would result in grave competitive harm to Freddie Mac. Therefore, Executive agrees that neither during Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac, nor for the twelve (12) months immediately following termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, will Executive consider offers of employment from, seek or accept employment with, or otherwise directly or indirectly provide professional services to any Competitor. Executive acknowledges and agrees that this covenant has unique, substantial and immeasurable value to Freddie Mac, that Executive has sufficient assets and skills to provide a livelihood for Executive while this covenant remains in force, and that this covenant will not interfere with Executive’s ability to work consistent with Executive’s experience, training and education. This non-competition covenant applies regardless of whether Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive, by Freddie Mac, or by a joint decision.
 
III.  Non-Solicitation and Non-Recruitment
 
During Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac and for a period of twelve (12) months after Executive’s termination date, Executive will not solicit, attempt to solicit or assist another in soliciting any Freddie Mac managerial employee (including manager-level, Executive-level, or officer-level employee) with whom Executive worked, or any employee whom Executive directly or indirectly supervised at Freddie Mac, to leave the employee’s employment with Freddie Mac for purposes of employment or for the rendering of professional services. This prohibition against solicitation does not apply if Freddie Mac has notified the employee being solicited that his/her employment with the Company will be terminated pursuant to a corporate reorganization or reduction-in-force.


 

IV.  Treatment of Confidential Information
 
A.   Non-Disclosure . Executive recognizes that Freddie Mac is engaged in an extremely competitive business and that, in the course of performing Executive’s job duties, Executive will have access to and gain knowledge about Confidential Information. Executive further recognizes the importance of carefully protecting this Confidential Information in order for Freddie Mac to compete successfully. Therefore, Executive agrees that Executive will neither divulge Confidential Information to any persons, including to other Freddie Mac employees who do not have a Freddie Mac business-related need to know, nor make use of the Confidential Information for the Executive’s own benefit or for the benefit of anyone else other than Freddie Mac. Executive further agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent the disclosure of Confidential Information to unauthorized persons or entities, and to comply with all Company policies, procedures, and instructions regarding the treatment of such information.
 
B.   Return of Materials . Executive agrees that upon termination of Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac for any reason whatsoever, Executive will deliver to Executive’s immediate supervisor all tangible materials embodying Confidential Information, including, but not limited to, any documentation, records, listings, notes, files, data, sketches, memoranda, models, accounts, reference materials, samples, machine-readable media, computer disks, tapes, and equipment which in any way relate to Confidential Information, whether developed by Executive or not. Executive further agrees not to retain any copies of any materials embodying Confidential Information.
 
C.   Post-Termination Obligations . Executive agrees that after the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will not use in any way whatsoever, nor disclose any Confidential Information learned or obtained in connection with Executive’s employment with Freddie Mac without first obtaining the written permission of the Executive Vice President of Human Resources of Freddie Mac. Executive further agrees that, in order to assure the continued confidentiality of the Confidential Information, Freddie Mac may correspond with Executive’s future employers to advise them generally of Executive’s exposure to and knowledge of Confidential Information, and Executive’s obligations and responsibilities regarding the Confidential Information. Executive understands and agrees that any such contact may include a request for assurance and confirmation from such employer(s) that Executive will not disclose Confidential Information to such employer(s), nor will such employer(s) permit any use whatsoever of the Confidential Information. To enable Freddie Mac to monitor compliance with the obligations imposed by this Agreement, Executive further agrees to inform in writing Freddie Mac’s Executive Vice President of Human Resources of the identity of Executive’s subsequent employer(s) and Executive’s prospective job title and responsibilities prior to beginning employment . Executive agrees that this notice requirement shall remain in effect for twelve (12) months following the termination of Executive’s Freddie Mac employment.


 

V.  Consideration Given to Executive
 
In exchange for agreeing to be employed by Freddie Mac on the terms, conditions, and restrictions stated in this Agreement, Freddie Mac will provide the Executive with the following consideration, each of which itself is adequate consideration for Executive’s agreement to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement:
 
A.   Twelve-Month’s Severance . Executive acknowledges that under Freddie Mac’s Severance Policy, Executive may be eligible to receive Severance upon termination of employment, the duration of which is within the discretion of Freddie Mac. In exchange for Executive agreeing to be bound by this Agreement, Freddie Mac agrees to provide Executive with Severance pursuant to the Severance Policy for a period of twelve (12) months following termination, provided the circumstances of the Executive’s termination qualify for Severance under the Severance Policy. In the event that at the time of termination, Executive occupies a position that is an “Executive Officer” of Freddie Mac, as Freddie Mac interprets that term to be defined in Section 1303(7) of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 and related administrative guidance, then Executive acknowledges that receipt of the twelve (12) months severance under this paragraph is contingent upon any legally required approval from the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (“OFHEO”). If such approval is not received, then Executive will not be eligible for Severance. The twelve (12)-month Severance guarantee provided by this Paragraph V(A) is in place of, and not in addition to, Severance to which Executive would otherwise be entitled under any other agreement between Executive and Freddie Mac.
 
B.   Long-Term Incentive Grant. In exchange for Executive agreeing to be bound by this Agreement, Freddie Mac further agrees to provide Executive with a long-term incentive grant as approved by the Human Resources Committee of the Freddie Mac Board of Directors on March 2, 2001. Executive’s failure to execute and return this Agreement to Freddie Mac on or before March 30, 2001, will result in Executive’s ineligibility for such long-term incentive grant otherwise provided pursuant to this Paragraph V(B).
 
VI.  Reservation of Rights
 
Executive agrees that nothing in this Agreement constitutes a contract or commitment by Freddie Mac to continue Executive’s employment in any job position for any period of time, nor does anything in this Agreement limit in any way Freddie Mac’s right to terminate Executive’s employment at any time for any reason.
 
VII.  Enforcement
 
A.  Executive acknowledges that Executive may be subject to discipline, up to and including termination of employment, for Executive’s breach or threat of breach of any provision of this Agreement.


 

B.  Executive agrees that irreparable injury will result to Freddie Mac’s business interests in the event of breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the full extent of Freddie Mac’s damages will be impossible to ascertain, and monetary damages will not be an adequate remedy for Freddie Mac. Therefore, Executive agrees that in the event of a breach or threat of breach of any provision(s) of this Agreement, Freddie Mac, in addition to any other relief available, shall be entitled to temporary, preliminary, and permanent equitable relief to restrain any such breach or threat of breach by Executive and all persons acting for and/or in concert with Executive, without the necessity of posting bond or security, which Executive expressly waives.
 
C.  Executive agrees that each of Executive’s obligations specified in this Agreement is a separate and independent covenant, and that all of Executive’s obligations set forth herein shall survive any termination, for any reason, of Executive’s Freddie Mac employment. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it is overbroad, that provision shall be limited and enforced to the extent permitted by applicable law. Should any provision of this Agreement be declared or determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid under applicable law, the validity of the remaining obligations will not be affected thereby and only the unenforceable or invalid obligation will be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.
 
D.  This Agreement is governed by, and will be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without regard to its or any other jurisdiction’s conflict-of-law provisions. Executive agrees that any action related to or arising out of this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, and Executive hereby irrevocably consents to personal jurisdiction and venue in such court and to service of process by United States Mail or express courier service in any such action.
 
E.  If any dispute(s) arise(s) between Freddie Mac and Executive with respect to any matter which is the subject of this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute(s) shall be entitled to recover from the other party all of its costs and expenses, including its reasonable attorneys’ fees.
 
VIII.  Prior Restrictive Covenant, Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation Agreements
 
Except as provided in Paragraph V(A), this Agreement does not supercede and prior agreement(s) between Executive and Freddie Mac. To the extent that any prior agreement(s) between Executive and Freddie Mac contain provisions regarding any of the subject matters discussed herein, the provisions that are more restrictive of Executive prevail.
 
Executive has been advised to discuss all aspects of this Agreement with Executive’s private attorney. Executive acknowledges that Executive has carefully read and understands the terms and provisions of this Agreement and that they are reasonable. Executive signs this Agreement voluntarily and accepts all obligations contained in this Agreement in exchange for the consideration to be given to Executive as outlined above, which Executive acknowledges is adequate and satisfactory, and which Executive further acknowledges Freddie Mac is not otherwise obligated to provide to Executive. Neither Freddie Mac nor its agents, representatives, directors, officers or employees have made any representations to


 

Executive concerning the terms or effects of this Agreement, other than those contained in this Agreement.
 
By:    
/s/  Michael May
[name of employee]
 
Freddie Mac
 
By:    
/s/  Margaret A. Colon

 
Exhibit 10.58
 
Description of Non-Employee Director Compensation
 
The following table shows the cash and equity compensation levels for the non-employee directors of Freddie Mac that were in effect in 2007.
 
         
Board Service
       
Cash Compensation
       
Annual Retainer
  $ 60,000  
Annual Supplemental Retainer for Lead Director
    100,000  
Per Meeting Fee
    1,500  
Initial and Annual Equity Compensation (1)
       
RSUs
  $ 120,000  
Committee Service (Cash)
       
Annual Retainer for Committee Chair (other than Audit)
  $ 10,000  
Annual Retainer for Audit Committee Chair
    30,000  
Per Meeting Fee (other than Audit)
    1,500  
Per Meeting Fee for Audit Committee Members
    3,000  
Per Interview Fee for Director Recruiting
    1,500  
Per Interview Fee for Litigation-Related Interviews (2)
    1,500  
Supplemental Payments to Working Group, Effective September 7, 2007
       
Annual Retainer for Members of Current Working Group (3)
  $ 40,000  
(1)  Newly elected and newly appointed non-employee directors during their first term received initial grants of RSUs with a fair market value of approximately $120,000 on the date of the annual stockholders’ meeting, or, if the election or appointment occurred midterm, on the date of such director’s election or appointment, prorated based on the number of whole months from the date of election or appointment until the next expected stockholders’ meeting.
(2)  No such fees were paid in 2007.
(3)  On September 7, 2007, the Board approved the payment of an annual retainer of $40,000 to each member of the working group that was formed in May 2007 to lead the Board’s efforts on management succession planning matters (the “Current Working Group”). Members of the Current Working Group are Robert Glauber, Geoffrey Boisi, Thomas Johnson and Shaun O’Malley. The retainer is paid in equal quarterly installments, beginning with the fourth quarter of 2007. On September 7, 2007, the Board also approved a supplemental payment of $20,000 to each member of the Current Working Group in recognition of the Current Working Group’s services from May to September 2007 and a supplemental payment of $20,000 to each member of a prior working group (the “Original Working Group”) in recognition of the Original Working Group’s services from December 2006 to April 2007 on succession planning for the Chief Executive Officer. Members of the Original Working Group were Messrs. Boisi, Johnson and O’Malley.

 
Exhibit 10.59
 
Freddie Mac
 
PC MASTER TRUST AGREEMENT
 
THIS PC MASTER TRUST AGREEMENT is entered into as of March 17, 2008, by and among Freddie Mac in its corporate capacity as Depositor, Administrator and Guarantor, Freddie Mac in its capacity as Trustee, and the Holders of the PCs offered from time to time pursuant to Freddie Mac’s Offering Circular referred to herein.
 
WHEREAS:
 
(a) Freddie Mac is a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the Freddie Mac Act and has full corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to undertake the obligations undertaken by it herein; and
 
(b) Freddie Mac may from time to time (i) purchase Mortgages, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Freddie Mac Act, (ii) as Depositor, transfer and deposit such Mortgages into various trust funds that are established pursuant to this Agreement and that are referred to herein as “PC Pools,” (iii) as Trustee, create and issue hereunder, on behalf of the related PC Pool, PCs representing undivided beneficial ownership interests in the assets of that PC Pool and otherwise act as trustee for each such PC Pool, (iv) as Guarantor, guarantee the payment of interest and principal for the benefit of the Holders of such PCs and (v) as Administrator, administer the affairs of each such PC Pool.
 
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties to this Agreement, do hereby declare and establish this Agreement and do hereby undertake and otherwise agree as follows with respect to the transfer of the Mortgages to various PC Pools, the issuance of the PCs and the establishment of the rights and obligations of the parties.
 
Definitions
 
The following terms used in this Agreement have the respective meanings set forth below.
 
Accrual Period:   As to any PC and any Payment Date, (i) the calendar month preceding the month of the Payment Date for Gold PCs or (ii) the second calendar month preceding the month of the Payment Date for ARM PCs.
 
Administrator:   Freddie Mac, in its corporate capacity, as administrator of the PC Pools created under this Agreement.
 
Agreement:   This PC Master Trust Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008, by and among Freddie Mac in its corporate capacity as Depositor, Administrator and Guarantor, Freddie Mac in its capacity as Trustee, and the Holders of the various PCs, as originally executed, or as modified, amended or supplemented in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. Unless the context requires otherwise, the term “Agreement” shall be deemed to include any applicable Pool Supplement entered into pursuant to Section 1.01.
 
ARM:   An adjustable rate Mortgage.


1


 

ARM PC:   A PC with a Payment Delay of 75 days and which is backed by ARMs. ARM PCs include Deferred Interest PCs.
 
Book-Entry Rules:   The provisions from time to time in effect, currently contained in Title 24, Part 81, Subpart H of the Code of Federal Regulations, setting forth the terms and conditions under which Freddie Mac may issue securities on the book-entry system of the Federal Reserve Banks and authorizing a Federal Reserve Bank to act as its agent in connection with such securities.
 
Business Day:   A day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday and (ii) a day when the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or other agent acting as Freddie Mac’s fiscal agent) is closed or, as to any Holder, a day when the Federal Reserve Bank that maintains the Holder’s account is closed.
 
Conventional Mortgage:   A Mortgage that is not guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality of the United States.
 
Custodial Account:   As defined in Section 3.05(e) of this Agreement.
 
Deferred Interest:   The amount by which the interest due on a Mortgage exceeds the borrower’s monthly payment, which amount is added to the unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage.
 
Deferred Interest PC:   A PC representing an undivided beneficial ownership interest in a PC Pool that includes Mortgages providing for negative amortization.
 
Depositor:   Freddie Mac, in its corporate capacity, as depositor of Mortgages into the PC Pools created under this Agreement.
 
Eligible Investments:   Any one or more of the following obligations, securities or holdings maturing on or before the Payment Date applicable to the funds so invested:
 
(i) obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to the full and timely payment of principal and interest by, the United States;
 
(ii) obligations of any agency or instrumentality of the United States (other than Freddie Mac) or taxable debt obligations of any state or local government (or political subdivision thereof) that have a long-term rating or a short-term rating, as applicable, from S&P, Moody’s or Fitch in any case in one of its two highest rating categories for long-term securities or in its highest ratings category for short-term securities;
 
(iii) time deposits of any depository institution or trust company domiciled in the Cayman Islands or Nassau and affiliated with a financial institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System, provided that the short-term securities of the depository institution or trust company are rated by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch in the highest applicable ratings category for short-term securities;
 
(iv) federal funds, certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances with a fixed maturity of no more than 365 days of any depository institution or trust company, provided that the short-term securities of the depository institution or trust company are rated by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch in the highest applicable ratings category for short-term securities;
 
(v) commercial paper with a fixed maturity of no more than 270 days, of any corporation that is rated by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch in its highest short-term ratings category;


2


 

(vi) debt securities that have a long-term rating or a short-term rating, as applicable, from S&P, Moody’s or Fitch, in any case in one of its two highest ratings categories for long-term securities or in its highest ratings category for short-term securities;
 
(vii) money market funds that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, are entitled, pursuant to Rule 2a-7 of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor to that rule, to hold themselves out to investors as money market funds, and are rated by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch in one of its two highest ratings categories for money market funds;
 
(viii) asset-backed commercial paper that is rated by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch in its highest short-term ratings category;
 
(ix) repurchase agreements on obligations that are either specified in any of clauses (i), (ii), (iv), (v), (vi) or (viii) above or are mortgage-backed securities insured or guaranteed by an entity that is an agency or instrumentality of the United States; provided that the counterparty to the repurchase agreement is an entity whose short-term debt securities are rated by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch in its highest ratings category for short-term securities; and
 
(x) any other investment without options that is approved by Freddie Mac and is within the two highest ratings categories of the applicable rating agency for long-term securities or the highest ratings category of the applicable rating agency for short-term securities.
 
The rating requirement will be satisfied if the relevant security, issue or fund at the time of purchase receives at least the minimum stated rating from at least one of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch. The rating requirement will not be satisfied by a rating that is the minimum rating followed by a minus sign or by a rating lower than Aa2 from Moody’s.
 
Event of Default:   As defined in Section 5.01 of this Agreement.
 
FHA/VA Mortgage:   A Mortgage insured by the Federal Housing Administration or by the Rural Housing Service or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs.
 
Final Payment Date:   As to any PC, the first day of the latest month in which the related Pool Factor will be reduced to zero. The Administrator publishes the Final Payment Date upon formation of the related PC Pool.
 
Fitch:   Fitch, Inc., also known as Fitch Ratings, or any successor thereto.
 
Freddie Mac:   The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a corporation created pursuant to the Freddie Mac Act for the purpose of establishing and supporting a secondary market in residential mortgages. Unless the context requires otherwise, the term “Freddie Mac” shall be deemed to refer to Freddie Mac acting in one or more of its corporate capacities, as specified or as provided in context, and not in its capacity as Trustee.
 
Freddie Mac Act:   Title III of the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended, 12 U.S.C. §§ 1451-1459.
 
Gold PC:   A PC with a Payment Delay of 45 days and which is backed by fixed-rate Mortgages.
 
Guarantor:   Freddie Mac, in its corporate capacity, as guarantor of the PCs issued by each PC Pool.


3


 

Guide:   Freddie Mac’s Single-Family Seller/Servicer Guide, as supplemented and amended from time to time, in which Freddie Mac sets forth its mortgage purchase standards, credit, appraisal and underwriting guidelines and servicing policies.
 
Holder:   With respect to any PC Pool, any entity that appears on the records of a Federal Reserve Bank as a holder of the related PCs.
 
Monthly Reporting Period:   The period during which servicers report Mortgage payments to the Administrator, generally consisting of the calendar month preceding the related Payment Date for Gold PCs and the second calendar month preceding the related Payment Date for ARM PCs, which period the Administrator has the right to change as provided in Section 3.05(d); provided, however , that with respect to prepayments on PCs issued before September 1, 1995, the Monthly Reporting Period generally is from the 16th of a month through the 15th of the next month.
 
Moody’s:   Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.
 
Mortgage:   A mortgage loan or a participation interest in a mortgage loan that is secured by a first or second lien on a one-to-four family dwelling and that has been purchased by the Depositor and transferred by the Depositor to the Trustee for inclusion in the related PC Pool. With respect to each PC Pool, the Mortgages to be included therein shall be identified on the books and records of the Depositor and the Administrator.
 
Mortgage Coupon:   The per annum fixed or adjustable interest rate of a Mortgage.
 
MultiLender Swap Program:   A program under which Freddie Mac purchases Mortgages from one or more sellers in exchange for PCs representing undivided beneficial ownership interests in a PC Pool consisting of Mortgages that may or may not be those delivered by the seller(s).
 
Negative Amortization Factor:   With respect to PCs backed by Mortgages providing for negative amortization, a truncated eight-digit decimal number that reflects the amount of Deferred Interest added to the principal balances of the related Mortgages in the preceding month.
 
Offering Circular:   Freddie Mac’s Mortgage Participation Certificates Offering Circular dated March 17, 2008, as amended and supplemented by any Supplements issued from time to time, or any successor thereto, as it may be amended and supplemented from time to time.
 
Payment Date:   The 15th of each month or, if the 15th is not a Business Day, the next Business Day.
 
Payment Delay:   The delay between the first day of the Accrual Period for a PC and the related Payment Date.
 
PC:   With respect to each PC Pool, a Mortgage Participation Certificate issued pursuant to this Agreement, representing a beneficial ownership interest in such PC Pool. The term “PC” includes a Gold PC or an ARM PC unless the context requires otherwise.
 
PC Coupon:   The per annum fixed or adjustable rate of a PC calculated as described in the Offering Circular or the applicable Pool Supplement, computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
 
PC Issue Date:   With respect to each PC Pool, the date specified in the related Pool Supplement or, if not specified therein, the date on which Freddie Mac issues a PC in exchange for the Mortgages delivered by a dealer or other customer.


4


 

PC Pool:   With respect to each PC, the corpus of the related trust fund created by this Agreement, consisting of (i) the related Mortgages and all proceeds thereof, (ii) amounts on deposit in the Custodial Account, to the extent allocable to such PC Pool, (iii) the right to receive payments under the related guarantee and (iv) any other assets specified in the related Pool Supplement, excluding any investment earnings on any of the assets of that PC Pool. With respect to each PC Pool, and unless expressly stated otherwise, the provisions of this Agreement will be interpreted as referring only to the Mortgages included in that PC Pool, the PCs issued by that PC Pool and the Holders of those PCs.
 
Person:   Any legal person, including any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, financial institution, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or governmental unit or political subdivision of any governmental unit.
 
Pool Factor:   With respect to each PC Pool, a truncated eight-digit decimal calculated for each month by the Administrator which, when multiplied by the original principal balance of the related PCs, will equal their remaining principal amount. The Pool Factor for any month reflects the remaining principal amount after the payment to be made on the Payment Date in the same month for Gold PCs or in the following month for ARM PCs.
 
Pool Supplement:   Any physical or electronic document or record (which may be a supplement to the Offering Circular or any other supplemental document prepared by Freddie Mac for the related PCs), which, together herewith, evidences the establishment of a PC Pool and modifies, amends or supplements the provisions hereof in any respect whatsoever. The Pool Supplement for a particular PC Pool shall be binding and effective upon formation of the related PC Pool and issuance of the related PCs, whether or not such Pool Supplement is executed, delivered or published by Freddie Mac.
 
Purchase Documents:   The mortgage purchase agreements between Freddie Mac and its Mortgage sellers and servicers, which are the contracts that govern the purchase and servicing of Mortgages and which include, among other things, the Guide and any negotiated modifications, amendments or supplements to the Guide.
 
Record Date:   As to any Payment Date, the close of business on the last day of (i) the preceding month for Gold PCs or (ii) the second preceding month for ARM PCs.
 
S&P:   Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.
 
Transferor:   For purposes of Section 7.06(a) with respect to each PC Pool created on or after the date hereof, (a) a Person, acting in its capacity as principal, that transfers Mortgages to the Depositor in exchange for cash or PCs, or a combination of cash and PCs, for conveyance to such PC Pool; or (b) if the Depositor transfers Mortgages that it has previously been holding in its own portfolio into such PC Pool, Freddie Mac, in its corporate capacity as the Depositor.
 
Trustee:   Freddie Mac, in its capacity as trustee of each PC Pool formed under this Agreement, and its successors and assigns, which will have the trustee responsibilities specified in this Agreement, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
 
Trustee Event of Default:   As defined in Section 6.06 of this Agreement.


5


 

ARTICLE I
 
Conveyance of Mortgages; Creation of PC Pools
 
Section 1.01. Declaration of Trust; Transfer of Mortgages.   The Depositor, by delivering any Mortgages pursuant to this Agreement, unconditionally, absolutely and irrevocably hereby transfers, assigns, sets over and otherwise conveys to the Trustee, on behalf of the related Holders, all of the Depositor’s right, title and interest in and to such Mortgages, including all payments of principal and interest thereon received after the month in which the PC Issue Date occurs. Once Mortgages have been identified as being part of a related PC Pool for which at least one PC has been issued, they shall remain in that PC Pool unless removed in a manner consistent with this Agreement. Concurrently with the Depositor’s transferring, assigning, setting over and otherwise conveying the Mortgages to the Trustee for a PC Pool, the Trustee hereby accepts the Mortgages so conveyed and acknowledges that it holds the entire corpus of each PC Pool in trust for the exclusive benefit of the related Holders and shall deliver to, or on the order of, the Depositor, the PCs issued by such PC Pool. The Administrator agrees to administer the related PC Pool and such PCs in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. On the related PC Issue Date and upon payment to the Depositor for any such PC by a Holder, such Holder shall, by virtue thereof, acknowledge, accept and agree to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
 
A Pool Supplement shall evidence the establishment of a particular PC Pool and shall relate to specific PCs representing the entire beneficial ownership interests in such PC Pool. If for any reason the creation of a Pool Supplement is delayed, Freddie Mac shall create one as soon as practicable, and such delay shall not affect the validity and existence of the PC Pool or the related PCs. With respect to each PC Pool, the collective terms hereof and of the related Pool Supplement shall govern the issuance and administration of the PCs related to such PC Pool, and all matters related thereto, and shall have no applicability to any other PC Pool or PCs. As applied to each PC Pool, the collective terms hereof and of the related Pool Supplement shall constitute an agreement as if the collective terms of those instruments were set forth in a single instrument. In the event of a conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of a Pool Supplement for a PC Pool, the terms of the Pool Supplement shall control with respect to that PC Pool. A Pool Supplement is not considered an amendment to this Agreement requiring approval pursuant to Section 7.05.
 
Section 1.02. Identity of the Mortgages; Substitution and Repurchase.
 
(a) In consideration for the transfer of the related Mortgages by the Depositor to a PC Pool, the Depositor (i) shall receive the PCs issued by such PC Pool and (ii) may retain such PCs or transfer them to the related Mortgage seller or otherwise, as the Depositor deems appropriate.
 
(b) After the PC Issue Date but prior to the first Payment Date, the Depositor may, in accordance with its customary mortgage purchase and pooling procedures, adjust the amount and identity of the Mortgages to be transferred to a PC Pool, the PC Coupon and/or the original unpaid principal balance of the PCs and the Mortgages in the PC Pool, provided that any changes to the characteristics of the PCs shall be evidenced by an amendment or supplement to the related Pool Supplement.
 
(c) Except as provided in this Section 1.02 or in Section 1.03, once the Depositor has transferred a Mortgage to a particular PC Pool, such Mortgage may not be transferred out of such PC Pool, except (x) if a mortgage insurer exercises an option under an insurance contract to purchase such Mortgage or (y) in the case of repurchase by the Guarantor, the Administrator or the related Mortgage seller or servicer, under the following circumstances:
 
(i) The Guarantor may repurchase from the related PC Pool a Mortgage in connection with a guarantee payment under Section 3.09(a)(ii).


6


 

(ii) The Administrator may repurchase from the related PC Pool, or require or permit a Mortgage seller or servicer to repurchase, any Mortgage if a repurchase is necessary or advisable (A) to maintain servicing of the Mortgage in accordance with the provisions of the Guide, or (B) to maintain the status of the PC Pool as a grantor trust for federal income tax purposes.
 
(iii) The Guarantor may repurchase from the related PC Pool, or require or permit a Mortgage seller or servicer to repurchase, any Mortgage if (A) such Mortgage is 120 or more days delinquent, or (B) the Guarantor determines, on the basis of information from the related borrower or servicer, that loss of ownership of the property securing a Mortgage is likely or default is imminent due to borrower incapacity, death or hardship or other extraordinary circumstances that make future payments on such Mortgage unlikely or impossible.
 
(iv) The Guarantor may repurchase from the related PC Pool a Mortgage if a bankruptcy court approves a plan that materially affects the terms of the Mortgage or authorizes a transfer or substitution of the underlying property.
 
(v) The Administrator may require or permit a Mortgage seller or servicer to repurchase from the related PC Pool any Mortgage or (within six months of the issuance of the related PCs) substitute for any Mortgage a Mortgage of comparable type, unpaid principal balance, remaining term and yield, if there is (A) a material breach of warranty by the Mortgage seller or servicer, (B) a material defect in documentation as to such Mortgage or (C) a failure by a seller or servicer to comply with any requirements or terms set forth in the Guide and, if applicable, other Purchase Documents.
 
(vi) The Administrator shall repurchase from the related PC Pool any Mortgage or (within two years of the issuance of the related PCs) substitute for any Mortgage a Mortgage of comparable type, unpaid principal balance, remaining term and yield, if (A) a court of competent jurisdiction or a federal government agency duly authorized to oversee or regulate Freddie Mac’s mortgage purchase business determines that Freddie Mac’s purchase of such Mortgage was unauthorized and Freddie Mac determines that a cure is not practicable without unreasonable effort or expense or (B) such court or government agency requires repurchase of such Mortgage.
 
(vii) To the extent a PC Pool includes convertible ARMs or Balloon/Reset Mortgages (each, as defined in the Offering Circular), the Administrator shall repurchase from the related PC Pool or require or allow the Mortgage seller or servicer to repurchase such Mortgages (a) when the borrower exercises its option to convert the related interest rate from an adjustable rate to a fixed rate, in the case of a convertible ARM; and (b) shortly before such Mortgage reaches its scheduled balloon repayment date, in the case of a Balloon/Reset Mortgage.
 
(d) The purchase price of a Mortgage repurchased by a Mortgage seller or servicer shall be equal to the then unpaid principal balance of such Mortgage, less any principal on such Mortgage that the Mortgage seller or servicer advanced to the Depositor or the Administrator. The purchase price of a Mortgage repurchased by the Administrator or the Guarantor under this Agreement shall be equal to the then unpaid principal balance of such Mortgage, less any outstanding advances of principal on such Mortgage that the Administrator, on behalf of the Trustee, distributed to Holders. The Administrator, on behalf of the Trustee, agrees to release any Mortgage from the PC Pool upon payment of the applicable purchase price.
 
(e) In determining whether a Mortgage shall be repurchased from the related PC Pool as described in this Section 1.02, the Guarantor and the Administrator may consider such factors as they deem appropriate, including the reduction of administrative costs (in the case of the Administrator) or possible exposure as Guarantor under its guarantee (in the case of the Guarantor).


7


 

Section 1.03. Post-Settlement Purchase Adjustments
 
(a) The Administrator shall make any post-settlement purchase adjustments necessary to reflect the actual aggregate unpaid principal balance of the related Mortgages or other Mortgage characteristics as of the date of their purchase by the Depositor or their delivery to the Trustee in exchange for PCs, as the case may be.
 
(b) Post-settlement adjustments may be made in such manner as the Administrator deems appropriate, but shall not adversely affect any Holder’s rights to monthly payments of interest at the PC Coupon, any Holder’s pro rata share of principal or any Holder’s rights under the Guarantor’s guarantees. Any reduction in the principal balance of the Mortgages held by a PC Pool shall be reflected by the Administrator as a corresponding reduction in the principal balance of the related PCs with a corresponding principal payment to the related Holders, on a pro rata basis.
 
Section 1.04. Custody of Mortgage Documents.   With respect to each PC Pool, the Administrator, a custodian acting as its agent (which may be a third party or a trust or custody department of the related seller or servicer), or the originator or seller of the Mortgage may hold the related Mortgage documents, including Mortgage notes and participation certificates evidencing the Trustee’s legal ownership interest in the Mortgages. The Administrator may adopt and modify its policies and procedures for the custody of Mortgage documents at any time, provided such modifications are prudent and do not materially and adversely affect the Holders’ interests.
 
Section 1.05. Interests Held or Acquired by Freddie Mac.   Freddie Mac shall have the right to purchase and hold for its own account any PCs. Subject to Section 7.06, PCs held or acquired by Freddie Mac from time to time and PCs held by other Holders shall have equal and proportionate benefits, without preference, priority or distinction. In the event that Freddie Mac retains any interest in a Mortgage, the remaining interest in which is part of a PC Pool, Freddie Mac’s interest in such Mortgage shall rank equally with that of the related PC Pool, without preference, priority or distinction. No Holder shall have any priority over any other Holder.
 
Section 1.06. Intended Characterization.   It is intended that the conveyance, transfer, assignment and setting over of the Mortgages by the Depositor to the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement be a true, absolute and unconditional sale of the related Mortgages by the Depositor to the Trustee, and not a pledge of the Mortgages to secure a debt or other obligation of the Depositor, and that the Holders of the related PCs shall be the beneficial owners of such Mortgages. Notwithstanding this express intention, however, if the Mortgages are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or other competent authority to be the property of the Depositor, then it is intended that: (a) this Agreement be deemed to be a security agreement within the meaning of Articles 8 and 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code; (b) the conveyances provided for in Section 1.01 shall be deemed to be (1) a grant by the Depositor to the Trustee on behalf of the related Holders of a security interest in all of the Depositor’s right (including the power to convey title thereto), title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in and to the related Mortgages, any and all general intangibles consisting of, arising from or relating to any of the foregoing, and all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, of the foregoing into cash, instruments, securities or other property, including without limitation all amounts from time to time held or invested in the Custodial Account and allocable to such Mortgages, whether in the form of cash, instruments, securities or other property and (2) an assignment by the Depositor to the Trustee on behalf of the related Holders of any security interest in any and all of the Depositor’s right (including the power to convey title thereto), title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in and to the property described in the foregoing clause (1); and (c) notifications to Persons holding such property, and acknowledgments, receipts or confirmations from Persons holding such property, shall be deemed notifications to, or acknowledgments, receipts or confirmations from, financial intermediaries, bailees or agents (as applicable) of the Trustee on behalf of the related Holders, for the purpose of perfecting such security interest under applicable law.


8


 

Section 1.07. Encumbrances.   Except as may otherwise be provided expressly in this Agreement, neither Freddie Mac nor the Trustee shall directly or indirectly, assign, sell, dispose of or transfer all or any portion of or interest in any PC Pool, or permit all or any portion of any PC Pool to be subject to any lien, claim, mortgage, security interest, pledge or other encumbrance of any other Person. This Section shall not be construed as a limitation on Freddie Mac’s rights with respect to PCs held by it in its corporate capacity.
 
ARTICLE II
 
Administration and Servicing of the Mortgages
 
Section 2.01. The Administrator as Primary Servicer.   With respect to each PC Pool, the Administrator shall service or supervise servicing of the related Mortgages and administer, on behalf of the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of the Guide and this Agreement, including management of any property acquired through foreclosure or otherwise, all for the benefit of the related Holders. The Administrator shall have full power and authority to do or cause to be done any and all things in connection with such servicing and administration that the Administrator deems necessary or desirable. The Administrator shall seek from the Trustee, as representative of the related Holders, any consents or approvals relating to the control, management and servicing of the Mortgages included in any PC Pool and that are required hereunder.
 
Section 2.02. Servicing Responsibilities.   With respect to each PC Pool, the Administrator shall service or supervise servicing of the related Mortgages in a manner consistent with prudent servicing standards and in substantially the same manner as the Administrator services or supervises the servicing of unsold mortgages of the same type in its portfolio. In performing its servicing responsibilities hereunder, the Administrator may engage servicers, subservicers and other independent contractors or agents. The Administrator may discharge its responsibility to supervise servicing of the Mortgages by monitoring servicers’ performance on a reporting and exception basis. Except as provided in Articles V and VI and Sections 7.05 and 7.06 of this Agreement, Freddie Mac, as Administrator shall not be subject to the control of the Holders in the discharge of its responsibilities pursuant to this Article. Except with regard to its guarantee obligations pursuant to Section 3.09 with respect to a PC Pool, the Administrator shall have no liability to any related Holder for the Administrator’s actions or omissions in discharging its responsibilities under this Article II other than for any direct damage resulting from its failure to exercise that degree of ordinary care it exercises in the conduct and management of its own affairs. In no event shall the Administrator have any liability for consequential damages.
 
Section 2.03. Realization Upon Defaulted Mortgages.   With respect to each PC Pool, unless the Administrator deems that another course of action (e.g., charge-off) would be in the best economic interest of the Holders, the Administrator (or its authorized designee or representative) shall, as soon as practicable, foreclose upon (or otherwise comparably convert the ownership of) any real property securing a Mortgage which comes into and continues in default and as to which no satisfactory arrangements can be made for collection of delinquent payments. In connection with such foreclosure or conversion, the Administrator (or its authorized designee or representative) shall follow such practices or procedures as it deems necessary or advisable and consistent with general mortgage servicing standards.
 
Section 2.04. Automatic Acceleration and Assumptions.
 
(a) With respect to each PC Pool, to the extent provided in the Guide, the Administrator shall enforce the terms of each applicable Mortgage that gives the mortgagee the right to demand full payment of the unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage upon sale or transfer of the property securing the Mortgage regardless of the creditworthiness of the transferee (a right of “automatic acceleration”), subject to applicable state and federal law and the Administrator’s then-current servicing policies.


9


 

(b) With respect to each PC Pool, the Administrator shall permit the assumption by a new mortgagor of an FHA/VA Mortgage upon the sale or transfer of the underlying property, as required by applicable regulations. Any such assumption shall be in accordance with applicable regulations, policies, procedures and credit requirements and shall not result in loss or impairment of any insurance or guaranty.
 
Section 2.05. Prepayment Penalties.   Unless otherwise provided in the Pool Supplement for a PC Pool, the related Holders shall not be entitled to receive any prepayment penalties, assumption fees or other fees charged on the Mortgages included in such PC Pool, and either the related servicer or the Administrator shall retain such amounts.
 
Section 2.06. Mortgage Insurance and Guarantees.
 
(a) With respect to each PC Pool, if a Conventional Mortgage is insured by a mortgage insurer and the mortgage insurance policy is an asset of such PC Pool, the related Holders acknowledge that the insurer shall have no obligation to recognize or deal with any Person other than the Administrator, the Trustee, or their respective authorized designees or representatives regarding the mortgagee’s rights, benefits and obligations under the related insurance contract.
 
(b) With respect to each PC Pool, each FHA/VA Mortgage shall have in full force and effect a certificate or other satisfactory evidence of insurance or guaranty, as the case may be, as may be issued by the applicable government agency from time to time. None of these agencies has any obligation to recognize or deal with any Person other than the Administrator, the Trustee, or their respective authorized designees or representatives with regard to the rights, benefits and obligations of the mortgagee under the contract of insurance or guaranty relating to each FHA/VA Mortgage included in such PC Pool.
 
ARTICLE III
 
Distributions to Holders; Guarantees
 
Section 3.01. Monthly Reporting Period.   For purposes of this Agreement with respect to any PC Pool, any payment or any event with respect to any Mortgage included in such PC Pool that is reported to the Administrator by the related servicer as having been made or having occurred within a Monthly Reporting Period shall be deemed to have been received by the Administrator or to have in fact occurred within such Monthly Reporting Period used by the Administrator for such purposes. Payments reported by servicers include all principal and interest payments made by a borrower, insurance proceeds, liquidation proceeds and repurchase proceeds. Events reported by servicers include foreclosure sales, payments of insurance claims and payments of guarantee claims.
 
Section 3.02. Holder’s Undivided Beneficial Ownership Interest.   With respect to each PC Pool, the Holder of a PC on the Record Date shall be the owner of record of a pro rata undivided beneficial ownership interest in the remaining principal balance of the Mortgages in the related PC Pool as of such date and shall be entitled to interest at the PC Coupon on such pro rata undivided beneficial ownership interest, in each case on the related Payment Date. Such pro rata undivided beneficial ownership interest shall change accordingly if any Mortgage is added to or removed from such PC Pool in accordance with this Agreement. A Holder’s pro rata undivided beneficial ownership interest in the Mortgages included in a PC Pool is calculated by dividing the original unpaid principal balance of the Holder’s PC by the original unpaid principal balance of all the Mortgages in the related PC Pool.
 
Section 3.03. Distributions of Principal.   With respect to each PC Pool, the Administrator, on behalf of the Trustee, shall withdraw from the Custodial Account and shall distribute to each related Holder its pro rata share of principal collections with respect to the Mortgages in such PC Pool, including, if applicable, each Holder’s pro rata share of the aggregate amount of any Deferred Interest that has been


10


 

added to the principal balance of the related Mortgages; provided, however , that with respect to guarantee payments, the Guarantor’s obligations herein shall be subject to its subrogation rights pursuant to Section 3.10. The Administrator may retain from any prepayment or delinquent principal payment on any Mortgage, for reimbursement to the Guarantor, any amount not previously received with respect to such Mortgage but paid by the Guarantor to the related Holders under its guarantee. For Mortgages purchased by the Depositor in exchange for PCs under its MultiLender Swap Program, the Depositor shall retain principal payments made on such Mortgages in the amount of any difference between the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Mortgages as of delivery by the seller and the aggregate unpaid principal balance as of the PC Issue Date, and the Depositor shall purchase additional Mortgages with such principal payments; such additional Mortgages may or may not be included in the related PC Pool represented by the PCs received by the seller.
 
Section 3.04. Distributions of Interest.   With respect to each PC Pool, the Administrator, on behalf of the Trustee, shall withdraw from the Custodial Account and shall distribute to each related Holder its pro rata share of interest collections with respect to the Mortgages included in such PC Pool, at a rate equal to the PC Coupon (excluding, if applicable, each Holder’s pro rata share of any Deferred Interest that has been added to the principal balance of the related Mortgages). Interest shall accrue during the applicable Accrual Periods. The Administrator may retain from any delinquent interest payment on any Mortgage, for reimbursement to the Guarantor, any amount not previously received with respect to such Mortgage but paid by the Guarantor to the related Holders under its guarantee. With respect to each PC Pool, a partial month’s interest retained by Freddie Mac or remitted to the related Holders with respect to prepayments shall constitute an adjustment to the fee payable to the Administrator and the Guarantor pursuant to Section 3.08(a) for such PC Pool.
 
Section 3.05. Payments.
 
(a) With respect to each PC Pool, distributions of principal and interest on the related PCs shall begin in the month after issuance for Gold PCs and in the second month after issuance for ARM PCs. The Administrator, on behalf of the Trustee, shall calculate, or cause to be calculated, for each PC the distribution amount for the current calendar month.
 
(b) On or before each Payment Date, the Administrator, on behalf of the Trustee, shall instruct the Federal Reserve Banks to credit payments on PCs from the Custodial Account to the appropriate Holders’ accounts. The related PC Pool’s payment obligations shall be met upon transmittal of the Administrator’s payment order to the Federal Reserve Banks provided sufficient funds are then on deposit in the Custodial Account. A Holder shall receive the payment of principal, if applicable, and interest on each Payment Date on each PC held by such Holder as of the related Record Date.
 
(c) The Administrator relies on servicers’ reports of mortgage activity to prepare the Pool Factors. There may be delays or errors in processing mortgage information, such as a servicer’s failure to file an accurate or timely report of its collections of principal or its having filed a report that cannot be processed. In these situations the Administrator’s calculation of scheduled principal to be made on Gold PCs may not reflect actual payments on the related Mortgages. The Administrator shall account for and reconcile any differences as soon as practicable.
 
(d) The Administrator reserves the right to change the period during which a servicer may hold funds prior to payment to the Administrator, as well as the period for which servicers report payments to the Administrator, including adjustments to the Monthly Reporting Period. Either change may change the time at which prepayments are distributed to Holders. Any such change, however, shall not impair Holders’ rights to payments as otherwise provided in this Section.
 
(e) The Administrator shall maintain one or more accounts (together, the “Custodial Account”), segregated from the general funds of Freddie Mac, in its corporate capacity, for the deposit of collections of


11


 

principal (including full and partial principal prepayments) and interest received from or advanced by the servicers in respect of the Mortgages. Mortgage collections in respect of the PC Pools established by Freddie Mac under this Agreement or trust funds established by Freddie Mac pursuant to any other trust agreements may be commingled in the Custodial Account, provided that the Administrator keeps, or causes to be kept, separate records of funds with respect to each such PC Pool and other trust fund. Collections due to Freddie Mac, in its corporate capacity as owner of mortgages held in its portfolio, may also be commingled in the Custodial Account, provided that the Administrator shall withdraw such amounts for remittance to Freddie Mac on a monthly basis. Funds on deposit in the Custodial Account may be invested by the Administrator in Eligible Investments. Investment earnings on deposits in the Custodial Account shall be for the benefit of the Administrator, and any losses on such investments shall be paid by the Administrator. On each Payment Date, amounts on deposit in the Custodial Account shall be withdrawn upon the order of the Administrator, on behalf of the Trustee, for the purpose of making distributions to the related Holders, in accordance with this Agreement.
 
Section 3.06. Pool Factors.
 
(a) The Administrator, on behalf of the Trustee, shall calculate and make payments to Holders on each Payment Date based on the monthly Pool Factors (including Negative Amortization Factors) until such time as the Administrator determines that a more accurate and practicable method for calculating such payments is available and implements that method. Pursuant to Section 7.05(e), the Administrator may modify the Pool Factor methodology from time to time, without the consent of Holders. With respect to each PC Pool, the Administrator, on behalf of the Trustee, shall do the following:
 
(i) The Administrator shall publish or cause to be published for each month a Pool Factor with respect to each PC Pool. Beginning in the month after formation of a PC Pool, Pool Factors shall be published on or about the fifth Business Day of the month, which Pool Factors may reflect prepayments reported to the Administrator after the end of the related Monthly Reporting Period and before the publication of the applicable Pool Factors. However, the Administrator may, in its own discretion, publish Pool Factors on any other Business Day. The Pool Factor for the month in which the PC Pool is established is 1.00000000 and need not be published.
 
(ii) The Administrator shall distribute principal each month to a Holder of a Gold PC in an amount equal to such Holder’s pro rata share of such principal, calculated by multiplying the original principal balance of the Gold PC by the difference between its Pool Factors for the preceding and current months.
 
(iii) The Administrator shall distribute principal each month to a Holder of an ARM PC in an amount equal to such Holder’s pro rata share of such principal, calculated by multiplying the original principal balance of the ARM PC by the difference between its Pool Factors for the two preceding months.
 
(iv) The Administrator shall distribute interest each month in arrears to a Holder (assuming no Deferred Interest) in an amount equal to 1/12th of the applicable PC Coupon multiplied by such Holder’s pro rata share of principal, calculated by multiplying the original principal balance of such Holder’s PC by the preceding month’s Pool Factor for Gold PCs or by the second preceding month’s Pool Factor for ARM PCs.
 
(v) For any month that Deferred Interest has accrued on a Deferred Interest PC, the Administrator shall distribute principal (if any is due) to a Holder in an amount equal to such Holder’s pro rata share of principal, calculated by (A) subtracting the preceding month’s Pool Factor from the second preceding month’s Pool Factor, (B) adding to the difference the Negative Amortization Factor for the preceding month and (C) multiplying the resulting sum by the original PC principal balance. The interest payment on the Deferred Interest PC in that month shall be (i) 1/12th of the PC Coupon


12


 

multiplied by (ii) the original principal balance of the Holder’s PC multiplied by (iii) the preceding month’s Pool Factor minus the preceding month’s Negative Amortization Factor.
 
(b) With respect to each PC Pool, a Pool Factor shall reflect prepayments reported for the applicable Monthly Reporting Period. The Administrator, on behalf of the Trustee, may also, in its discretion, reflect in a Pool Factor any prepayments reported after the end of the applicable Monthly Reporting Period. To the extent a given Pool Factor (adjusted as necessary for payments made pursuant to the Guarantor’s guarantee of timely payment of scheduled principal on Gold PCs) does not reflect the actual unpaid principal balance of the related Mortgages, the Administrator shall account for any difference by adjusting subsequent Pool Factors as soon as practicable.
 
(c) In the case of a PC Pool that is comprised of ARMs, a Pool Factor shall be based upon the unpaid principal balance of the related Mortgages that servicers report to the Administrator for the Monthly Reporting Period that ended in the second month preceding the month in which the Pool Factor is published. The Administrator, on behalf of the Trustee, may also, in its discretion, include as part of the aggregate principal payment in any month any prepayments received after the Monthly Reporting Period that ended in the second month preceding the month in which the Pool Factor is published. To the extent a given Pool Factor does not reflect the actual aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Mortgages, the Administrator shall account for any difference by adjusting subsequent Pool Factors as soon as practicable.
 
(d) The Pool Factor method for a PC Pool may affect the timing of receipt of payments by related Holders but shall not affect the Guarantor’s guarantee with respect to such PC Pool, as set forth in Section 3.09. The Guarantor’s guarantee shall not be affected by the implementation of any different method for calculating and paying principal and interest for any PC Pool, as permitted by this Section 3.06.
 
Section 3.07. Servicing Fees; Retained Interest.
 
(a) To the extent provided by contractual arrangement with the Administrator, with respect to each PC Pool, the related servicer of each Mortgage included in such PC Pool shall be entitled to retain each month, as a servicing fee, any interest payable by the borrower on a Mortgage that exceeds the servicer’s required remittance with respect to such Mortgage. Each servicer is required to pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its servicing activities and shall not be entitled to reimbursement for those expenses, except as provided in Section 3.08(c). If a servicer advances any principal and/or interest on a Mortgage to the Administrator prior to the receipt of such funds from the borrower, the servicer may retain (i) from prepayments or collections of delinquent principal on such Mortgage any payments of principal so advanced, or (ii) from collections of delinquent interest on such Mortgage any payments of interest so advanced. To the extent permitted by its servicing agreement, the servicer is entitled to retain as additional compensation certain incidental fees related to Mortgages it services.
 
(b) With respect to a PC Pool, pursuant to the related Purchase Documents, a seller may retain each month as extra compensation a fixed amount of interest on a Mortgage included in such PC Pool. In such event, the related servicer shall retain each month as a servicing fee the excess of any interest payable by the borrower on such Mortgage (less the seller’s retained interest amount) over the servicer’s required remittance with respect to such Mortgage.
 
Section 3.08. Administration Fee; Guarantee Fee.
 
(a) Subject to any adjustments required by Section 3.04, with respect to any PC Pool, the Administrator and the Guarantor shall be entitled to receive from monthly interest payments on each related Mortgage a fee (to be allocated between the Administrator and the Guarantor as they may agree) equal to the excess of any interest received by the Administrator from the servicer over the amount of interest payable to the related Holders; provided, however, that the aggregate fee amount shall be automatically adjusted with respect to each PC Pool to the extent a Pool Factor does not reflect the unpaid principal


13


 

balance of the Mortgages. Any such adjustment shall equal the difference between (i) interest at the applicable PC Coupon computed on the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Mortgages for such month based on monthly principal payments actually received by the Administrator and (ii) interest at the applicable PC Coupon computed on the remaining balance of the Mortgages included in the PC Pool derived from the Pool Factor. The Administrator shall (i) withdraw the aggregate fee amount from the Custodial Account prior to distributions to the related Holders, (ii) retain its portion of the fee for the Administrator’s own account and (iii) remit the remaining portion of the fee to the Guarantor as the guarantee fee. In addition, the Administrator is entitled to retain as additional compensation certain incidental fees on the Mortgages as provided in Section 2.05 and certain investment earnings as provided in Section 3.05(e).
 
(b) The Depositor shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with the transfer of the Mortgages, the establishment and administration of each PC Pool and the issuance of the PCs. Any amounts (including attorney’s fees) expended by the Trustee or the Administrator (or the servicers on the Administrator’s behalf) for the protection, preservation or maintenance of the Mortgages, or of the real property securing the Mortgages, or of property received in liquidation of or realization upon the Mortgages, shall be expenses to be borne pro rata by the Administrator and the Holders in accordance with their interests in each Mortgage. The Administrator, on behalf of the Trustee, may retain an amount sufficient to pay the portion of such expenses borne pro rata by the Depositor and the Holders from payments otherwise due to Holders, which may affect the timing of receipt of payments by Holders but shall not affect the Guarantor’s obligations under Section 3.09.
 
(c) The Administrator shall reimburse a servicer for any amount (including attorney’s fees) it expends (on the Administrator’s behalf and with its approval) for the protection, preservation or maintenance of the Mortgages, or of the real property securing the Mortgages, or of property received in liquidation of or realization upon the Mortgages. Such expenses shall be reimbursable to the servicer from the assets of the related PC Pool, to the extent provided in the Guide.
 
(d) Any fees and expenses described above shall not affect the Guarantor’s guarantee with respect to any PC Pool, as set forth in Section 3.09.
 
Section 3.09. Guarantees.
 
(a) With respect to each PC Pool, the Guarantor guarantees to the Trustee and to each Holder of a PC:
 
(i) the timely payment of interest at the applicable PC Coupon;
 
(ii) the full and final payment of principal on the underlying Mortgages on or before the Payment Date that falls (A) in the month of its Final Payment Date, for Gold PCs, or (B) in the month after its Final Payment Date, for ARM PCs; and
 
(iii) for Gold PCs only, the timely payment of scheduled principal on the underlying Mortgages.
 
In the case of Deferred Interest PCs, the Guarantor’s guarantee of principal includes, and its guarantee of interest excludes, any Deferred Interest added to the principal balances of the related Mortgages. The Guarantor shall make payments of any guaranteed amounts by transfer to the Custodial Account for distribution to the related Holders, in accordance with Sections 3.03 and 3.04. The guarantees pursuant to this Section will inure to the benefit of each PC Pool and its related Holders, and shall be enforceable by the Trustee of that PC Pool and by such Holders, as provided in Article V of this Agreement.
 
(b) The Guarantor shall compute guaranteed scheduled monthly principal payments on any Gold PC, subject to any applicable adjustments, in accordance with procedures adopted by the Guarantor from time to time. With respect to each PC Pool, any payment the Guarantor makes to the Administrator, on behalf


14


 

of the Trustee, on account of the Guarantor’s guarantee of scheduled principal payments shall be considered to be a payment of principal for purposes of calculating the Pool Factor for such PC Pool and the Holder’s pro rata share of the remaining unpaid principal balance of the related Mortgages.
 
(c) The Guarantor’s guarantees shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated (i) in the event that any principal or interest payment made to a Holder is for any reason returned by the Holder pursuant to an order, decree or judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction that the Holder was not entitled to retain such payment pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) notwithstanding any provision hereof permitting fees, expenses, indemnities or other amounts to be paid from the assets of any PC Pool.
 
Section 3.10. Subrogation.   With respect to each PC Pool, the Guarantor shall be subrogated to all the rights, interests, remedies, powers and privileges of each related Holder in respect of any Mortgage included in such PC Pool on which it has made guarantee payments of principal and/or interest to the extent of such payments. Nothing in this Section shall impair the Guarantor’s right to receive distributions in its capacity as Holder, if it is a Holder of any PCs.
 
Section 3.11. Termination Upon Final Payment.   Each PC Pool is irrevocable and will terminate only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Except as provided in Sections 3.05(e), 6.06 and 7.01, with respect to each PC Pool, Freddie Mac’s and the Trustee’s obligations and responsibilities under this Agreement shall terminate as to a PC Pool and its Holders upon (i) the full payment to such Holders of all principal and interest due to the Holders based on the Pool Factors or by reason of the Guarantor’s guarantees or (ii) the payment to the Holder of all amounts held by Freddie Mac and the Trustee, respectively, and required to be paid hereunder; provided, however , that in no event shall any PC Pool created hereby continue beyond the expiration of 21 years from the death of the survivor of the descendants of Joseph P. Kennedy, the late ambassador of the United States to the Court of St. James’s, living on the date hereof.
 
Section 3.12. Effect of Final Payment Date.   The actual final payment on a PC may occur prior to the Payment Date specified in Section 3.09(a)(ii) due to prepayments of principal, including prepayments made in connection with the repurchase of any Mortgage from the related PC Pool.
 
Section 3.13. Payment Error Corrections.   In the event of a principal or interest payment error, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may effect corrections by the adjustment of payments to be made on future Payment Dates or in such other manner as it deems appropriate.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
PCs
 
Section 4.01. Form and Denominations.   With respect to each PC Pool, the principal balances, PC Coupons and other characteristics of the PCs to be issued shall be specified in the related Pool Supplement. Delivery of the PCs of a PC Pool shall constitute the issuance of the PCs for that PC Pool. PCs shall be issued, held and transferable only on the book-entry system of the Federal Reserve Banks in minimum original principal amounts of $1,000 and additional increments of $1. PCs shall at all times remain on deposit with a Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with the provisions of the Book-Entry Rules. A Federal Reserve Bank will maintain a book-entry recordkeeping system for all transactions in PCs with respect to Holders.
 
Section 4.02. Transfer of PCs.   PCs may be transferred only in minimum original principal amounts of $1,000 and additional increments of $1. PCs may not be transferred if, as a result of the transfer, the


15


 

transferor or the new Holder would have on deposit in its account PCs of the same issue with an original principal amount of less than $1,000. The transfer, exchange or pledge of PCs shall be governed by the fiscal agency agreement between Freddie Mac and a Federal Reserve Bank, the Book-Entry Rules and such other procedures as shall be agreed upon from time to time by Freddie Mac and a Federal Reserve Bank. A Federal Reserve Bank shall act only upon the instructions of the Holder in recording transfers of a PC. A charge may be made for any transfer of a PC and shall be made for any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection with a transfer of a PC. Freddie Mac hereby assigns to the Trustee Freddie Mac’s rights under each fiscal agency agreement with respect to PCs issued by any PC Pool.
 
Section 4.03. Record Date.   The Record Date for each Payment Date shall be the close of business on the last day of the preceding month for Gold PCs and the second preceding month for ARM PCs. A Holder of a PC on the books and records of a Federal Reserve Bank on the Record Date shall be entitled to payment of principal and interest on the related Payment Date. A transfer of a PC made on or before the Record Date in a month shall be recognized as effective as of the first day of such month.
 
ARTICLE V
 
Remedies
 
Section 5.01. Events of Default.   With respect to each PC Pool, an “Event of Default” means any one of the following events:
 
(a) Default by the Guarantor or the Administrator in the payment of interest or principal to the related Holders as and when the same shall become due and payable as provided in this Agreement, and the continuance of such default for a period of 30 days.
 
(b) Failure by the Guarantor or the Administrator to observe or perform any other covenants of this Agreement relating to their respective obligations, and the continuance of such failure for a period of 60 days after the date of receipt by such party of written notice of such failure and a demand for remedy by the affected Holders representing not less than 65 percent of the remaining principal balance of any affected PC Pool.
 
(c) The entry by any court having jurisdiction over the Guarantor or the Administrator of a decree or order for relief in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian or sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Guarantor or the Administrator or for any substantial part of its property, or for the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, if such decree or order remains unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days.
 
(d) Commencement by the Guarantor or the Administrator of a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent by the Guarantor or the Administrator to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or its consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian or sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Guarantor or the Administrator or for any substantial part of their respective properties, or any general assignment made by the Guarantor or the Administrator for the benefit of creditors, or failure by the Guarantor or the Administrator generally to pay their debts as they become due.
 
The appointment of a conservator (or other similar official) by a regulator having jurisdiction over the Guarantor or the Administrator, whether or not such party consents to such appointment, shall not constitute an Event of Default.


16


 

Section 5.02. Remedies.
 
(a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to a PC Pool, the Holders of PCs representing a majority of the remaining principal balance of such PC Pool may, by written notice to Freddie Mac, remove Freddie Mac as Administrator and nominate its successor under this Agreement with respect to such PC Pool. The nominee shall be deemed appointed as Freddie Mac’s successor as Administrator unless Freddie Mac objects within 10 days after such nomination. Upon such objection:
 
(i) The Administrator may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of its successor; or
 
(ii) Any bona fide Holder that has been a Holder for at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for appointment of the Administrator’s successor.
 
(b) If a successor Administrator is appointed, the Administrator shall submit to its successor a complete written report and accounting of the Mortgages in the affected PC Pool and shall take all other steps necessary or desirable to transfer its interest in and administration of such PC Pool to its successor.
 
(c) Subject to the Freddie Mac Act, a successor may take any action with respect to the Mortgages as may be reasonable and appropriate in the circumstances. Prior to the designation of a successor, the Holders of PCs representing a majority of the remaining principal balance of any affected PC Pool may waive any past or current Event of Default.
 
(d) Appointment of a successor shall not relieve Freddie Mac, in its capacity as Guarantor, of its guarantee obligations as set forth in this Agreement.
 
Section 5.03. Limitation on Suits by Holders.
 
(a) With respect to any PC Pool, except as provided in Section 5.02, no Holder shall have any right to institute any action or proceeding at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise or seek any other remedy whatsoever against Freddie Mac or the Trustee with respect to this Agreement or the related PCs or Mortgages, unless:
 
(i) Such Holder previously has given the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and the continuance thereof;
 
(ii) The Holders of PCs representing a majority of the remaining principal balance of any affected PC Pool have made a written request to the Trustee to institute an action or proceeding in its own name and have offered the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred;
 
(iii) The Trustee has failed to institute any such action or proceeding for 60 days after its receipt of the written notice, request and offer of indemnity described above; and
 
(iv) The Trustee has not received from such Holders any direction inconsistent with the written request described above during the 60-day period.
 
(b) No Holder shall have any right under this Agreement to prejudice the rights of any other Holder, to obtain or seek preference or priority over any other Holder or to enforce any right under this Agreement, except for the ratable and common benefit of all Holders of PCs representing interests in any affected PC Pool.


17


 

(c) For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, Freddie Mac, the Trustee and each and every Holder shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Holder’s right to receive payment (or to institute suit to enforce payment) of principal and interest as provided herein on or after the due date of such payment shall be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
Trustee
 
Section 6.01. Duties of Trustee.
 
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to a PC Pool, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
 
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement and shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Agreement and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Trustee.
 
(c) The Trustee and its directors, officers, employees and agents may not be protected from liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their respective duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement, except that:
 
(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;
 
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, or not taken, by the Trustee in good faith pursuant to this Agreement or for errors in judgment; and
 
(iii) the Trustee shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any default or Event of Default, unless the Trustee obtains actual knowledge or written notice of such default or Event of Default. In the absence of such actual knowledge or notice, the Trustee may conclusively assume that there is no default or Event of Default.
 
(d) Every provision of this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and Section 6.02.
 
(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for indebtedness evidenced by or arising under this Agreement, including principal of or interest on the PCs, or interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing.
 
(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or the terms of this Agreement.
 
(g) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Trustee to expend, advance or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.


18


 

(h) The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, undertake any legal action that it deems necessary or desirable in the interest of Holders. The Trustee may be reimbursed for the legal expenses and costs of such action from the assets of the related PC Pool.
 
Section 6.02. Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee.
 
(a) The Trustee, and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Trustee may rely in good faith on any certificate, opinion or other document of any kind which, prima facie, is properly executed and submitted by any appropriate Person respecting any matters arising hereunder. The Trustee may rely on any such documents believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person and on their face conforming to the requirements of this Agreement. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in such documents.
 
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an officer’s certificate or an opinion of counsel, which shall not be at the expense of the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an officer’s certificate or opinion of counsel. The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Agreement shall not be construed as a duty and the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of such act.
 
(c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys or a custodian or nominee.
 
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence. In no event shall the Trustee have any liability for consequential damages.
 
(e) The Trustee may consult with and rely on the advice of counsel, accountants and other advisors and shall not be liable for errors in judgment or for anything it does or does not do in good faith if it so relies. Any opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Agreement and the PCs shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with any opinion of such counsel.
 
(f) Any fees, expenses and indemnities payable from the assets of any PC Pool to Freddie Mac, in its capacity as Trustee, in the performance of its duties and obligations hereunder shall not affect Freddie Mac’s guarantee with respect to that PC Pool, as set forth in Section 3.09.
 
Section 6.03. Trustee’s Disclaimer.   The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Agreement, the assets of the PC Pool or the PCs.
 
Section 6.04. Trustee May Own PCs.   Subject to Section 7.06, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of PCs with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Trustee.
 
Section 6.05. Indemnity.   Each PC Pool shall indemnify the Trustee and the Trustee’s employees, directors, officers and agents, as provided in this Agreement, against any and all claims, losses, liabilities or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties under this Agreement (to the extent not previously reimbursed above), including, without limitation, the execution and filing of any federal or state tax returns and information returns and being the mortgagee of record with respect to the related Mortgages. The Trustee shall notify the Administrator promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so


19


 

notify the Administrator shall not relieve the related PC Pool of its obligations hereunder. A PC Pool shall not be required to reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence.
 
The Trustee’s rights pursuant to this Section shall survive the discharge of this Agreement.
 
Section 6.06. Replacement of Trustee.   The Trustee may resign at any time. Any successor Trustee shall resign if it ceases to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.09. In either case, the resignation of the Trustee shall become effective, and the resigning Trustee shall be discharged from its obligations with respect to the PC Pools created under this Agreement by giving 90 days’ written notice of the resignation to the Depositor, the Guarantor and the Administrator and upon the effectiveness of an appointment of a successor Trustee, which may be as of a date prior to the end of the 90-day period. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Depositor shall promptly appoint one or more successor Trustees by written instrument, one copy of which is delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy of which is delivered to the successor Trustee. The successor Trustee need not be the same Person for all PC Pools. If no successor Trustee has been appointed for a PC Pool, or one that has been appointed has not accepted the appointment within 90 days after giving such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
Prior to an Event of Default, or if an Event of Default has occurred and has been cured with respect to a PC Pool, Freddie Mac cannot be removed as Trustee with respect to that PC Pool. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing while Freddie Mac is the Trustee, at the direction of Holders of PCs representing a majority of the remaining principal balance of such PC Pool, Freddie Mac shall resign or be removed as Trustee, and to the extent permitted by law, all of the rights and obligations of the Trustee with respect to the related PC Pool only, will be terminated by notifying the Trustee in writing. Holders of PCs representing a majority of the remaining principal balance of the PC Pool will then be authorized to name and appoint one or more successor Trustees. Notwithstanding the termination of the Trustee, its liability under this Agreement and arising prior to such termination shall survive such termination.
 
If a successor Trustee is serving as the Trustee, the following events are “Trustee Events of Default” with respect to a PC Pool:
 
(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.09;
 
(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
 
(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
 
(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
 
If at any time a Trustee Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantor (or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Depositor) may, and if directed by Holders of PCs representing a majority of the remaining principal balance of such PC Pool, shall, remove the Trustee as to such PC pool and appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument, one copy of which shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy of which shall be delivered to the successor Trustee, and the Guarantor (or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Depositor) shall give written notice of the successor Trustee to the Holders affected by the succession. Notwithstanding the termination of the Trustee, its liability under this Agreement arising prior to such termination will survive such termination.
 
If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Depositor shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee that satisfies the eligibility requirements of Section 6.09.


20


 

The retiring Trustee agrees to cooperate with the Depositor and any successor Trustee in effecting the termination of the retiring Trustee’s responsibilities and rights hereunder and shall promptly provide such successor Trustee all documents and records reasonably requested by it to enable it to assume the Trustee’s functions hereunder.
 
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Depositor, the Guarantor and the Administrator. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Agreement with respect to such PC Pool. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the related Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee.
 
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Depositor may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
Section 6.07. Successor Trustee By Merger.   If a successor Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided, that such corporation or banking association shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under Section 6.09.
 
Section 6.08. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.
 
(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which any part of a PC Pool may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of such PC Pool and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the related Holders, such title to such PC Pool, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 6.09 and no notice to the related Holders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 6.06 hereof.
 
(b) With respect to each PC Pool, every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:
 
(i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the related PC Pool or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee;
 
(ii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and


21


 

(iii) the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.
 
(c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions of this Article VI. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee.
 
(d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.
 
Section 6.09. Eligibility; Disqualification.   Freddie Mac is eligible to act as the Trustee and is initially the Trustee for the PC Pools created under this Agreement. Any successor to Freddie Mac (i) at the time of its appointment as Trustee, must be reasonably acceptable to Freddie Mac and (ii) must be organized as a corporation or association doing business under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, be authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, have combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and be subject to supervision or examination by federal or state financial regulatory authorities. If any successor Trustee shall cease to satisfy the eligibility requirements set forth in (ii) above, that successor Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.06.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
Miscellaneous Provisions
 
Section 7.01. Annual Statements.   Within a reasonable time after the end of each calendar year, the Administrator (or its agent) shall furnish to each Holder on any Record Date during such year information that the Administrator deems necessary or desirable to enable Holders and beneficial owners of PCs to prepare their United States federal income tax returns, if applicable.
 
Section 7.02. Limitations on Liability.   Neither Freddie Mac, in its corporate capacity, nor any of its directors, officers, employees, authorized designees, representatives or agents (“related persons”) shall be liable to Holders for any action taken, or not taken, by them or by a servicer in good faith pursuant to this Agreement or for errors in judgment. This provision shall not protect Freddie Mac or any related person against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement. In no event shall Freddie Mac or any related person be liable for any consequential damages. Freddie Mac and any related person may rely in good faith on any document or other communication of any kind properly executed and submitted by any Person with respect to any matter arising under this Agreement. Freddie Mac has no obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its duties to service or supervise the servicing of the Mortgages in accordance with this Agreement and which in its opinion may involve any expense or liability for Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac may, in its discretion, undertake or participate in any action it deems necessary or


22


 

desirable with respect to any Mortgage, this Agreement, the PCs or the rights and duties of the parties hereto and the interests of the Holders hereunder. In such event, the legal expenses and costs of such action and any resulting liability shall be expenses for the protection, preservation and maintenance of the Mortgages borne pro rata by Freddie Mac and Holders as provided in Section 3.08(b).
 
Section 7.03. Limitation on Rights of Holders.   The death or incapacity of any Person having an interest in a PC shall not terminate this Agreement or any PC Pool. Such death or incapacity shall not entitle the legal representatives or heirs of such Person, or any Holder for such Person, to claim an accounting, take any action or bring any proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the related PC Pool, nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto or any of them.
 
Section 7.04. Control by Holders.   With respect to any PC Pool, except as otherwise provided in Articles V and VI and Sections 7.05 and 7.06, no Holder shall have any right to vote or to otherwise control in any manner the operation and management of the Mortgages included in such PC Pool, or the obligations of the parties hereto. This Agreement shall not be construed so as to make the Holders from time to time partners or members of an association. Holders shall not be liable to any third person by reason of any action taken by the parties to this Agreement pursuant to any provision hereof.
 
Section 7.05. Amendment.
 
(a) Freddie Mac and the Trustee may amend this Agreement (including any related Pool Supplement) from time to time without the consent of any Holders to (i) cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement, provided, however, that any such amendment shall not have a material adverse effect on any Holder; (ii) maintain the classification of any PC Pool as a grantor trust for federal income tax purposes; or (iii) avoid the imposition of any state or federal tax on a PC Pool; it being understood that any amendment permitting the repurchase of a Mortgage by Freddie Mac due to a delinquency of less than 120 days, other than in the circumstances described in Section 1.02(c)(iii), may not be adopted under this clause (a).
 
(b) Except as provided in Section 7.05(c), Freddie Mac and the Trustee may amend this Agreement as to any PC Pool, with the consent of Holders representing not less than a majority of the remaining principal balance of the affected PC Pool.
 
(c) Freddie Mac and the Trustee may not amend this Agreement, without the consent of a Holder, if such amendment would impair or affect the right of such Holder to receive payment of principal and interest on or after the due date of such payment or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date.
 
(d) To the extent that any provisions of this Agreement differ from the provisions of any Freddie Mac Mortgage Participation Certificates Agreement or PC Master Trust Agreement dated prior to the date of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed to amend such provisions of the prior agreement, but only to the extent that Freddie Mac, under the terms of such prior agreement, could have effected such change as an amendment of such prior agreement without the consent of Holders of PCs thereunder; provided, however, that the trust declarations and related provisions set forth in Section 7.05(d) of the PC Master Trust Agreement dated as of December 31, 2007 are hereby reaffirmed with respect to each PC Pool created before December 31, 2007.
 
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, (i) the Administrator (in its own discretion and in its own interest) and the Trustee (at the Administrator’s direction) may amend this Agreement to reflect any modification in the Administrator’s methodology of calculating payments to Holders, including any modifications described in Section 3.05(d) and Section 3.06(a) and the manner in which it distributes prepayments to Holders, (ii) the Administrator (in its own discretion and in its own interest) and the Trustee (at the Administrator’s direction) may amend this Agreement to cure any inconsistency between this


23


 

Agreement and the provisions of the Guide and (iii) the Depositor (in its own discretion and in its own interest) and the Trustee (at the Administrator’s direction) may amend any Pool Supplement to make the adjustments described in Section 1.02(b) to the characteristics of the Mortgages to be transferred to a PC Pool or to the related PCs.
 
Section 7.06. Voting Rights.
 
(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.06(b), in determining whether Holders of the requisite amount of PCs of a PC Pool have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver requested or permitted under this Agreement, any PCs beneficially held by a Transferor of Mortgages in such PC Pool, or the affiliates or agents of a Transferor, will be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding. In addition, if Freddie Mac is acting as Administrator or Trustee and an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any PCs held by Freddie Mac shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for purposes of exercising the remedies set forth in Section 5.02 and the second paragraph of Section 6.06.
 
(b) The first sentence of Subsection 7.06(a) shall not apply when determining whether Holders of the requisite amount of PCs of a PC Pool have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver under this Agreement (i) in respect of any matter regarding an Event of Default or a Trustee Event of Default or succession upon such Event of Default or Trustee Event of Default, (ii) in accordance with Section 7.05(c) of this Agreement or (iii) in respect of any matter the outcome of which would not affect the classification of the transfer of Mortgages by the Depositor to the related PC Pool as a sale under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
 
Section 7.07. Persons Deemed Owners.   With respect to each PC Pool, Freddie Mac, the Trustee, the Administrator and a Federal Reserve Bank (or any agent of any of them) may deem and treat the related Holder(s) as the absolute owner(s) of a PC and the undivided beneficial ownership interests in the Mortgages included in the related PC Pool for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes, and none of Freddie Mac, the Trustee, the Administrator or a Federal Reserve Bank (nor any agent of any of them) shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to a Holder, or upon such Holder’s order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the payment, shall satisfy and discharge the related PC Pool’s payment obligations with respect to the Holder’s PC. None of Freddie Mac, the Trustee, the Administrator or any Federal Reserve Bank shall have any direct obligation to any beneficial owner unless it is also the Holder of a PC.
 
Section 7.08. Governing Law.   THIS AGREEMENT AND THE PARTIES’ RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO PCs, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES. INSOFAR AS THERE MAY BE NO APPLICABLE PRECEDENT, AND INSOFAR AS TO DO SO WOULD NOT FRUSTRATE THE PURPOSES OF THE FREDDIE MAC ACT OR ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS GOVERNED HEREBY, THE LOCAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL BE DEEMED REFLECTIVE OF THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES.
 
Section 7.09. Grantor Trust Status.   No provision in this Agreement shall be construed to grant Freddie Mac, the Trustee or any other Person authority to act in any manner which would cause a PC Pool not to be treated as a grantor trust for federal income tax purposes.
 
Section 7.10. Payments Due on Non-Business Days.   If the date fixed for any payment on any PC is a day that is not a Business Day, then such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, with the same force and effect as though made on the date fixed for such payment, and no interest shall accrue for the period after such date.


24


 

Section 7.11. Successors.   This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, including any successor by operation of law, and permitted assigns.
 
Section 7.12. Headings.   The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.
 
Section 7.13. Notice and Demand.
 
(a) Any notice, demand or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement to be given to or served upon any Holder may be given or served (i) in writing by deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to such Holder as such Holder’s name and address may appear on the books and records of a Federal Reserve Bank or (ii) by transmission to such Holder through the communication system of the Federal Reserve Banks. Any notice, demand or other communication to or upon a Holder shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon mailing or transmission.
 
(b) Any notice, demand or other communication which is required or permitted to be given to or served under this Agreement may be given in writing addressed as follows (i) in the case of Freddie Mac in its corporate capacity, to Freddie Mac, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attention: Executive Vice President — General Counsel and Secretary and (ii) in the case of the Trustee, to: Freddie Mac (as Trustee), 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attention: Executive Vice President — General Counsel and Secretary.
 
(c) Any notice, demand or other communication to or upon Freddie Mac or the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon its actual receipt of the writing.


25


 

THE SALE OF A PC AND RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A PC BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER, WITHOUT ANY SIGNATURE OR FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT, SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER AND ALL OTHERS HAVING A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH PC OF ALL THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THE RELATED POOL SUPPLEMENT) AND THE AGREEMENT OF FREDDIE MAC, SUCH HOLDER AND SUCH OTHERS THAT THOSE TERMS AND PROVISIONS SHALL BE BINDING, OPERATIVE AND EFFECTIVE.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION,
  in its corporate capacity and as Trustee
 
/s/   Philip G. Guth
Authorized Signatory


26

 
Exhibit 10.60
 
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
 
Agreement dated            ,            , between the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States (the “Corporation”), and            , (the “Indemnitee”), a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
 
WHEREAS, persons have become reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors, or in other capacities, unless they are provided with additional protection from the risk of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of such corporations; and
 
WHEREAS, the current uncertainty as to the availability of adequate insurance and the uncertainties related to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons; and
 
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has determined that the inability to attract and retain such persons would be detrimental to the best interests of the Corporation’s stockholders and that such persons should be assured that they will have sufficient protection in the future; and
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to obligate itself contractually to indemnify such persons in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Corporation and the Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:
 
Section 1. Definitions.   
 
For purposes of this Agreement:
 
(a) “Change of Control” means a change in control of the Corporation of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “’34 Act”), if the Corporation were subject to such reporting requirement; provided a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the ’34 Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the ’34 Act) of securities of the Corporation representing 20% or more of the voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding shares of voting common stock without the prior approval of at least two-thirds of the members of the Board in office immediately prior to such person’s attaining such percentage interest; (ii) the Corporation is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other reorganization, or a proxy contest, as a consequence of which members of the Board elected by the stockholders in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the members of the Board elected by the stockholders thereafter; or (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the members of the Board elected by the stockholders (including for this purpose any new director whose nomination for election by the Corporation’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors elected by the stockholders then still in office who were


 

directors at the beginning of such period) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board elected by the stockholders. References to sections of the ’34 Act or to the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder shall be deemed to refer to any successor provisions or any other provisions with substantially the same import.
 
(b) “Corporate Status” means the status of a person who is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of the Corporation.
 
(c) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by the Indemnitee.
 
(d) “Expenses” means all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend or investigating a Proceeding.
 
(e) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Corporation or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s rights in this Agreement.
 
(f) “Proceeding” means any action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal.
 
Section 2. Indemnification — Proceedings.   
 
The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Agreement if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending, or completed Proceeding, as follows:
 
2.1.  Proceedings — General.   The Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all liabilities (including the obligation to pay a judgment (and interest thereon), settlement, penalty or fine, including any excise tax with respect to an employee benefit plan) and Expenses reasonably incurred or suffered by the Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with any such Proceeding, except such liabilities or Expenses as are incurred because of the Indemnitee’s willful misconduct or knowing violation of the criminal law, or are incurred in connection with a Proceeding charging personal benefit to the Indemnitee, whether or not involving action in the


2


 

Indemnitee’s official capacity, to the extent the Indemnitee was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by the Indemnitee. The Indemnitee shall notify the Corporation in writing within thirty days after being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered by this Agreement.
 
2.2.  Successful Defense of Proceedings.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent the Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to, and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding, the Corporation shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For the purposes of this Section 2.2, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
 
2.3.  Proceedings Initiated by the Indemnitee.   Except as provided in Section 6.1 of this Agreement, the Corporation shall indemnify the Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by the Indemnitee only if the Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.
 
2.4.  Retention of Counsel in Proceedings.   The Indemnitee shall be entitled to select counsel to defend the Indemnitee in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, subject to the approval by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the full Board, by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of a committee selected by the Board, by outside counsel representing the Corporation in the Proceeding or by the General Counsel of the Corporation, which approval may not be withheld unreasonably.
 
Section 3. Advancement of Expenses.   
 
The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding for which the Indemnitee would be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1 of this Agreement within twenty days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded by (a) a written statement by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct required for indemnification pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1 of this Agreement and (b) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.


3


 

Section 4.   Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.   
 
4.1.   Written Requests.   To obtain indemnification under this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Secretary of the Corporation a written request, including such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Corporation shall, promptly upon receipt of any such request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that the Indemnitee has requested indemnification.
 
4.2.   Determination of Entitlement; Authorization of Payments.   Upon written request by the Indemnitee for indemnification as provided in Section 4.1 of this Agreement, a determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made, as follows:
 
(a) if there has not been a Change of Control of the Corporation, the full Board shall elect one of the following methods to determine whether the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement (and directors who are not Disinterested Directors may participate in such election):
 
(i) by a majority vote of a quorum of the Board consisting of Disinterested Directors,
 
(ii) by a majority vote of a committee (consisting of two or more Disinterested Directors) selected by the Board,
 
(iii) by a written opinion of Independent Counsel, (A) selected by the Board or a committee in the manner prescribed by Subsections (a)(i) and (ii) of this Section 4.2 or (B) if a quorum of the Board cannot be obtained in the manner prescribed by Subsection (a)(i) of this Section 4.2 and a committee cannot be selected in the manner prescribed by Subsection (a)(ii) of this Section 4.2, selected by a majority vote of the full Board (and directors who are not Disinterested Directors may participate in such selection), a copy of which written opinion shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or
 
(iv) by a majority vote of the stockholders of the Corporation, excluding any shares owned by or voted under the control of any director who is not a Disinterested Director; or,
 
(b) if there has been a Change of Control of the Corporation, Independent Counsel, selected in the manner provided in Subsection (a)(iii) of this Section 4.2, shall determine whether the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement by written opinion, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, provided that, if the Indemnitee so requests, such determination shall be made by the


4


 

Board, in the manner provided in Subsection (a)(i) of this Section 4.2, or a committee selected by the Board, in the manner provided in Subsection (a)(ii) of this Section 4.2.
 
If it is determined that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, then, absent an intentional misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an intentional omission of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s request for indemnification (and all documentation and information supplied in connection therewith) not materially misleading, payment to the Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event Independent Counsel shall have made a determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification as provided in this Section 4.2, the authorization of the amount of liabilities and Expenses payable hereunder (i) shall be determined by the Board, in the manner provided in Subsection (a)(i) of this Section 4.2, or a committee selected by the Board, in the manner provided in Subsection (a)(ii) of this Section 4.2, or, (ii) if a quorum of the Board cannot be obtained under Subsection (a)(i) of this Section 4.2 and a committee cannot be selected under Subsection (a)(ii) of this Section 4.2, shall be determined by a majority vote of the full Board (and directors who are not Disinterested Directors may participate in such determination). The Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Corporation (irrespective of the determination as to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification), and the Corporation shall indemnify and hold the Indemnitee harmless from such costs or expenses.
 
4.3.   Selection of Independent Counsel.   The Corporation shall give written notice to the Indemnitee advising the Indemnitee of the identity of any Independent Counsel selected. The Indemnitee, within seven days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, may deliver to the Corporation a written objection to such selection. Such objection may be asserted only on the ground that Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. If such written objection is made, either the Corporation or the Indemnitee may petition the United States District Court for the district within which the Corporation’s principal office is located or the court where the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by the Indemnitee is pending, if any, for resolution of the objection and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom an objection is so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 4.2 of this Agreement. The Corporation shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with its actions pursuant to this Agreement, and the Corporation shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 4.3.


5


 

Section 5. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.   
 
5.1.  Presumptions as to Entitlement to Indemnification. If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 4.2 of this Agreement to determine whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within ninety days after receipt by the Corporation of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made, and the Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (a) an intentional misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an intentional omission of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s request for indemnification (and all documentation and information supplied in connection therewith) not materially misleading or (b) prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 5.1 set forth above shall not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 4.2 of this Agreement and if (A) within twenty days after receipt by the Corporation of the request for such determination the Board has resolved to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting to be held within eighty days after such determination is made at such meeting, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within twenty days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within eighty days after having been so called and such determination is made at such meeting, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 4.2 of this Agreement.
 
5.2.   Effect of Certain Proceedings.   The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by settlement, judgment, order or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of the Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the standard of conduct required for indemnification pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1 of this Agreement.
 
5.3.   Presumptions — Change of Control.   If a Change of Control shall have occurred, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement, the Board, committee or stockholders (but not Independent Counsel) making such determination shall presume that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if the Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with the terms of Section 4.1 of this Agreement, and the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.
 
Section 6. Remedies of the Indemnitee.   
 
6.1  Remedies.   In the event that (a) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Agreement within ninety days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request therefor, (b) advancement of Expenses is not made pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement within twenty days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request therefor, (c) a determination is made pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement that the


6


 

Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (d) a determination is not made pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification within ninety days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request therefor (or such longer period of time as may be set forth for a determination by the stockholders or by Independent Counsel as set forth in Section 5.1 of this Agreement), or (e) payment of indemnification is not made within ten days after a determination has been made pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement or deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in the United States District Court for the district within which the Corporation’s principal office is located or the court where the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by the Indemnitee is pending, if any, of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, the Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within one hundred eighty days following the date on which the Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 6.1. The Corporation shall not oppose the Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
 
6.2.   Presumptions in Judicial or Arbitration Proceedings.   If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Agreement shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial or arbitration on the merits, and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the prior adverse determination.
 
6.3.   Corporation Bound by Determinations.   If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement or deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Agreement, absent (a) an intentional misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an intentional omission of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s request for indemnification (and all documentation and information supplied in connection therewith) not materially misleading in connection with the request for indemnification, or (b) prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
 
6.4.   Corporation Bound by Procedures and Presumptions.   The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Agreement that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.
 
6.5.   Indemnification if Indemnitee Prevails in Judicial or Arbitration Proceedings.   In the event the Indemnitee, pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Agreement, seeks a judicial adjudication, or an award in arbitration, of the Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the


7


 

Corporation, and shall be indemnified by the Corporation against, any and all expenses (of the kinds described in the definition of Expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication or arbitration, but only if the Indemnitee prevails therein. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that the Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advancement of Expenses sought, the expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be prorated.
 
Section 7. Non-Exclusivity; Insurance; Subrogation.   
 
7.1.   Non-Exclusivity.   The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law (including the Corporation’s enabling legislation), the Bylaws of the Corporation, any agreement, vote of stockholders, resolution of directors, or otherwise.
 
7.2.   Insurance.   To the extent that the Corporation maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers or employees of the Corporation, or directors, officers, partners, trustees, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Corporation, the Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer or employee under such policy or policies.
 
7.3.   Subrogation by the Corporation.   In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Corporation to bring suit to enforce such rights.
 
7.4.   Limitation on Liability.   The Corporation shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
 
Section 8. Termination.   
 
This Agreement shall be terminable by the Board upon sixty days prior written notice to the Indemnitee in the event the Board shall have determined it to be advisable for the Corporation to terminate all current indemnification agreements with directors. Such termination shall in no event affect the Indemnitee’s rights of indemnification provided in this Agreement for liabilities and Expenses in connection with Proceedings arising out of or relating to any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Indemnitee prior to the date this Agreement shall have been terminated in accordance with the terms of this Section 8.


8


 

Section 9. Notices.   
 
All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been duly given, if delivered by hand, or, if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage postpaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:
 
If to the Indemnitee, to:
 
 
If to the Corporation to:
 
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel & Secretary
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
8200 Jones Branch Drive, MS 200
McLean, Virginia 22102
 
or to such other address as may have been furnished by one party to the other.
 
Section 10. Governing Law.   
 
This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the United States, provided that the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall serve as the federal rule of decision in all instances except where such law is inconsistent with the Corporation’s enabling legislation or its public purposes.
 
Section 11. Miscellaneous.   
 
11.1.   Severability.   If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.
 
11.2  Modification and Waiver.   No modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.


9


 

11.3  Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.
 
 
Member, Board of Directors of
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
By: 


10

 
Exhibit 10.61
 
OFFICE LEASE
 
between
 
WEST*MAC ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Landlord
 
and
 
THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
Tenant


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
OFFICE LEASE
BETWEEN
WEST*MAC ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
AND
THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
         
       
Page
 
1.
 
Demised Premises; Tenant Improvements
  1
2.
 
Rent
  1
3.
 
Term
  3
4.
 
Use
  3
5.
 
Adjustment of Basic Annual Rent for Cost of Living Increases
  4
6.
 
Assignment and Subletting
  5
7.
 
Maintenance by Tenant
  5
8.
 
Operating Costs and Real Estate Taxes
  5
9.
 
Insurance; Damage to the Building, the Demised Premises, or Tenant Improvements
  6
10.
 
Alterations and Additions
  7
11.
 
Tenant’s Contractor’s Insurance
  7
12.
 
Mechanic’s Liens
  8
13.
 
Signs and Advertisements
  8
14.
 
Default of Tenant
  8
15.
 
Waiver
  9
16.
 
Subordination
  9
17.
 
Condemnation
  10
18.
 
Indemnification
  10
19.
 
No Partnership
  11
20.
 
No Representations by Landlord
  11
21.
 
Brokers
  11
22.
 
Notices
  11


- i -


 

         
       
Page
 
23.
 
Estoppel Certificates
  12
24.
 
Holding Over
  12
25.
 
Warranties and Covenants of Landlord and Tenant
  13
26.
 
Bankruptcy of Tenant
  13
27.
 
Gender
  14
28.
 
Benefit and Burden
  14
29.
 
Governing Law
  14
30.
 
Renewal Options
  14


- ii -


 

OFFICE LEASE
 
 
THIS LEASE is made and entered into on this 22nd day of December, 1986, by and between West*Mac Associates Limited Partnership, a Virginia limited partnership, hereinafter called “Landlord”, and The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a federally chartered corporation hereinafter called “Tenant”.
 
WITNESSETH, that for and in consideration of the rents, mutual covenants, and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto do hereby mutually agree as follows:
 
1.   DEMISED PREMISES; TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.
 
(A) Landlord does hereby lease to Tenant, and Tenant does hereby lease from Landlord, for the term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, the building(s) located at the corner of Jones Branch Drive and International Drive in Tysons Corner, Virginia (hereinafter referred to as the “Building”), together with associated parking areas and the land legally described on Exhibit A attached hereto (the Building, parking areas and land being hereinafter referred to as the “Demised Premises”), subject to all easements, rights of way and encumbrances of record.
 
(B) Tenant shall be responsible for constructing all the improvements to be made to the Demised Premises in connection with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Building. Prior to commencing any such improvements, Tenant shall, at its own expense, secure all necessary building permits and shall comply with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations. All improvements made to the Demised Premises and any equipment installed therein (except for Tenant’s trade fixtures) shall immediately become the property of Landlord and shall remain attached to the Demised Premises upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and shall not be removed by Tenant, provided, however, that Tenant at its election may remove any such improvements or equipment upon such expiration or termination, provided Tenant restores any damage caused by such removal and the Building is in compliance with applicable building codes after such removal. Tenant may alter or change the exterior of the Building or the exterior of any parking structures, provided, however, that Tenant shall be obligated to restore such exteriors to their original condition upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not make any alteration or improvement and shall not remove any property which requires the consent of the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust on the Property without obtaining such consent.
 
2.   RENT
 
(A) The minimum annual rent (“Basic Annual Rent”) payable hereunder for the first year of the term of this Lease shall be determined in accordance with the following formula:


 

 
Total Cost of Building Shell for the Demised Premises (including land, but excluding 1.1 times construction period interest on land if drawn by the borrower)
 
  ×   Mortgage Constant (as defined in Landlord’s Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement) on the Permanent Financing for the Demised Premises
 
  ×   1.1
 
Plus (+)
 
1.1 × Construction Period Interest on Land
 
  ×   Mortgage Constant on the Permanent Financing for the Demised Premises
 
  =    Base Annual Rent
 
For purposes of calculating the “Total Cost of Building Shell” the definition of Building Shell set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto shall be used. Basic Annual Rent shall be payable monthly, in advance, in installments of one-twelfth of Basic Annual Rent, with the first such monthly installment being due and payable on the Lease Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined) and the remaining monthly installments being due and payable on the first day of each calendar month following the Lease Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Lease Commencement Date falls on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then the first monthly installment of Basic Annual Rent, which shall cover the period from the Lease Commencement Date to the last day of the calendar month during which the Lease Commencement Date occurs, shall be adjusted on a per diem basis. Basic Annual Rent shall be adjusted each year following the first Lease year as provided in Paragraph 5 hereof. Any sums owing to Landlord from Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease other than Basic Annual Rent, including, but not limited to, Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes shall be additional rent and may hereinafter be referred to as “Additional Rent”.
 
(B) All monthly installments of Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent shall be due and payable without notice or demand and shall not be subject to any deduction, set-off or counterclaim by Tenant. If Landlord shall at any time accept an installment of Basic Annual Rent after the same shall become due and payable, such acceptance shall not excuse a delay upon subsequent occasions, or constitute, or be construed as, a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder arising from such late payment.
 
(C) Tenant agrees to pay each installment of Basic Annual Rent and all Additional Rent as and when due. If Tenant shall fail to pay any such rent on the due date therefor and if such failure shall cause a late payment or default by Landlord under any mortgage or deed of trust secured by the Demised Premises and if Landlord’s mortgagee shall assess and collect any penalty, fee or increased interest in connection therewith, Tenant shall reimburse all such amounts to Landlord.


- 2 -


 

(D) It is the intent of Landlord and Tenant that this shall be a “triple net” lease and Landlord shall not have any obligation with respect to operating and capital expenses and costs, including, but not limited to, insurance and real estate taxes incurred in connection with the operation and maintenance of the Demised Premises, Tenant agreeing to bear sole responsibility for all such costs, expenses and taxes.
 
3.   TERM
 
(A) The term of this Lease shall be for a period of twenty (20) years, commencing on the Lease Commencement Date and terminating at 11:59 p.m. on the date (the “Expiration Date”) immediately preceding the twentieth annual anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Lease Commencement Date falls on a date other than the first day of a calendar month, then the Expiration Date shall be extended to the last day of the calendar month following the twentieth anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date.
 
(B) For purposes of this Lease, the “Lease Commencement Date” shall be the first to occur of (i) Tenant’s actual occupancy of all or any portion of the Building, or (ii) six months after a final non-residential use permit for the shell of the Building is issued by the appropriate governmental authority.
 
(C) If Tenant shall occupy less than all of the usable space in the Building after the Lease Commencement Date determined in accordance with Section 3(B)(i) above, the Basic Annual Rent shall be adjusted to reflect the portion of the Building actually occupied by Tenant, provided that in all events the total Basic Annual Rent provided for in this Lease shall be due and payable commencing on the date determined in accordance with Section 3(B)(ii) above.
 
(D) From and after the date the Owner reasonably determines that the Demised Premises are ready for commencement of construction and installation of leasehold improvements, Tenant shall be entitled to enter the Demised Premises for the purpose of construction and installation of Tenant’s leasehold improvements. During said period, neither Tenant nor Tenant’s contractors shall interfere with work being performed at the Demised Premises by Landlord or Landlord’s contractor. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of all utilities and scavenger service from and after the date the final non-residential use permit for the shell of the Building is issued by the appropriate governmental authority.
 
4.   USE
 
Tenant will use and occupy the Building solely for general office purposes and in accordance with applicable laws, ordinances and zoning regulations. The Building will not be used for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant will not use or occupy the Building for any unlawful purpose, and will comply with all present and future laws, ordinances, regulations, and orders of all governments, government agencies and any other public authority having jurisdiction over the Building.


- 3 -


 

5.   ADJUSTMENT OF BASIC ANNUAL RENT FOR COST OF LIVING INCREASES.
 
(A) Commencing on the first anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date and thereafter on each successive anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date (each such anniversary shall, for purposes of this Paragraph, be referred to as the “Adjustment Date”) for the first ten (10) years of the term hereof, on the Adjustment Date the Basic Annual Rent (and the monthly installments thereof) shall be increased by an amount determined as follows: Basic Annual Rent shall be multiplied by a fraction, the denominator of which shall be the CPI (as hereinafter defined) for the most recently published period ending prior to the Lease Commencement Date, and the numerator of which shall be the difference between the CPI for the most recently published period immediately prior to the Lease Commencement Date and the CPI for the most recently published period immediately prior to the applicable Adjustment Date, multiplied by thirty percent (30%); provided, however, that in no event shall the Basic Annual Rent increase more than three percent (3%) on any Adjustment Date. Such increased Basic Annual Rent shall be the Basic Annual Rent payable hereunder until again adjusted as provided herein. Written notice of the amount of the adjusted Basic Annual Rent and the monthly installments thereof shall be delivered to Tenant by Landlord, although the payment of such increased Basic Annual Rent shall not be contingent upon the delivery of such notice and such increase shall be self effectuating.
 
(B) For purposes of this Lease, the “CPI” shall be the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) — All Items (1967=100) for the Washington, D.C.-Md.-Va. metropolitan area prepared by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor and published bi-monthly. If, during the term of this Lease, the CPI ceases to be published, then Landlord shall have the right to substitute another similar index generally recognized as authoritative by reconciling the base thereof with the base of the CPI. If the concept of the CPI is substantially changed but the index itself is retained with such substantial changes, Landlord shall have the right to make equitable adjustments in the published indices in order to fairly reflect what would have been future increases in the CPI had such substantial changes not been made.
 
(C) Commencing with the tenth anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, the Basic Annual Rent shall be adjusted so as to be ninety percent (90%) of then effective market rent for similar class office buildings in Tysons Corner or comparable markets. Said effective market rent shall be determined by excluding from the actual market rents for such similar class office buildings any amounts attributable to brokerage or leasing commissions, rent abatement or free rent periods and other marketing factors. Basic Annual Rent shall be adjusted over the remaining ten years of the Lease in accordance with market adjustments for leases of similar duration in effect on the tenth anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date. The effective market rent for similar properties shall be determined by appraisers selected by the partners of Landlord in accordance with Section 5.4(7) of Landlord’s Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement. In no event shall the Basic Annual Rent payable in the eleventh year of the Lease be less than the Basic Annual Rent payable during the immediately preceding year.


- 4 -


 

6.   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
 
Tenant shall have the right, without the need for Landlord’s consent in any instance, to assign this Lease or sublet the Demised Premises or any portions thereof subject to this Lease and the terms and conditions hereof, on such terms and conditions as Tenant shall decide. In the event of an assignment of all or any portion of the Lease or a subletting of all or any portion of the Demised Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such assignment or subletting and Tenant shall remain fully liable for the obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Tenant will not mortgage or encumber this Lease.
 
7.   MAINTENANCE BY TENANT
 
Tenant shall keep the Demised Premises and the fixtures and equipment therein in clean, safe and sanitary condition, will take good care thereof, will suffer no waste or injury thereto, and shall at all times keep the Demised Premises in good order and repair including without limitation all necessary structural repairs and replacements. At the expiration or other termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Demised Premises broom clean and in the same order and condition in which it was upon completion of the tenant improvements, ordinary wear and tear accepted. Landlord shall have the right to enter upon the Demised Premises during regular business hours to ensure Tenant’s compliance with the terms and provisions of this Lease, and to cure any default by Tenant with regard to upkeep, maintenance and repair of the Demised Premises, and to exhibit the Demised Premises to prospective tenants during the last year of this Lease prior to the expiration of the term hereof or of any Extension Term (as hereinafter defined).
 
8.   OPERATING COSTS AND REAL ESTATE TAXES.
 
(a) Tenant shall, be responsible for all Operating Costs of the Demised Premises incurred in the operation, maintenance and repair of the Demised Premises. Tenant shall also be responsible for and shall pay directly to the appropriate taxing authority 100% of all Real Estate Taxes imposed against the Demised Premises. It is intended that Landlord shall have no obligation for Operating Costs or Real Estate Taxes in connection with the Demised Premises and the same shall be borne solely by the Tenant.
 
(b) The term “Operating Costs of the Demised Premises” is defined as any and all expenses incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair (including structural repair and maintenance) of the Building and related exterior appurtenances, associated parking areas and land, including, but not limited to, utilities (whether they be electric, gas, telephone, water, sewer, and/or heat), char (cleaning) services, trash removal, landscaping, and repair and replacement costs, excluding only interest and amortization of mortgages and depreciation of the Building.
 
(c) The term “Real Estate Taxes” shall mean the total amount of all taxes and assessments, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, of every kind, character or description, now or hereafter assessed, levied


- 5 -


 

or imposed upon the Demised Premises; together with any tax in the nature of a real estate tax or any tax on income if imposed in lieu of real estate taxes and assessments; any taxes and assessments which may hereafter be substituted for real estate taxes; and any taxes which may be imposed with respect to mortgage indebtedness on the Demised Premises. In the event that any business tax, rental tax or other taxes which are now or hereafter levied upon (i) Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Demised Premises, (ii) Tenant’s leasehold improvements, (iii) Tenant’s business at the Demised Premises, or (iv) Landlord by virtue of Tenant’s occupancy of the Demised Premises, are enacted, changed or altered so that any of such taxes are levied against Landlord, or in the event that the mode of collection of such taxes is changed so that Landlord is responsible for collection or payment of such taxes, any and all such taxes (and increases thereof) shall be included within the definition of Real Estate Taxes and Tenant shall pay the full amount of all of such taxes as provided in this Paragraph 8.
 
(d) Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of paid receipts for Real Estate Taxes and the insurance required by Section 9 hereof, at least five (5) prior to the due date thereof or the expiration of any required policy of insurance, as the case may be.
 
9.   INSURANCE; DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING, THE DEMISED PREMISES, OR TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
 
(A) Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, at all times during the term of this Lease to keep the Demised Premises insured against loss or damage by fire, lightning, windstorm, hail, explosion, aircraft, vehicles and smoke, in an amount as reasonably determined by Landlord, with a full replacement cost endorsement. Tenant shall carry such other insurance as Landlord’s mortgagee may reasonably require. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall be named as an additional insured on such insurance policy, and that Landlord’s mortgagee shall be named as mortgagee therein pursuant to a standard mortgagee clause, naming mortgagee as loss payee.
 
(B) Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to carry and keep in full force and effect at all times during the term of this Lease, a comprehensive general liability policy with single limit coverage of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00), including coverage for bodily injury, property damage and personal injury. Tenant agrees that Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagee shall be named as an additional insured on such insurance policy.
 
(C) Tenant shall be responsible for insuring all personal property and equipment of Tenant within the Demised Premises. All personal property of the Tenant, its employees, agents, business invitees, licensees, customers, clients, family members, guests or trespassers in and on the Demised Premises shall be and remain on the Demised Premises at Tenant’s sole risk, and Landlord shall not be liable to such persons for any damage to, or for loss of, such personal property.
 
(D) If the Demised Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall repair such damage. If the Demised Premises shall be damaged by fire or


- 6 -


 

other casualty there shall be no abatement of Basic Annual Rent or Additional Rent by reason of such damage and Tenant shall continue to pay such rent during any repair or rebuilding of the Demised Premises. Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant all warranties from any contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers received by Landlord in connection with construction of the Demised Premises, including all warranties on all equipment installed in the Demised Premises and Landlord shall assist Tenant in pursuing such warranties in the event any warrantied item or work shall prove faulty or defective.
 
(E) All insurance policies required by the terms of Paragraph 9 to be carried by Tenant shall contain a provision to the effect that such policies cannot be cancelled or materially changed without at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagee and shall be with companies approved by Landlord’s mortgagee. If Tenant fails to obtain any insurance it is required to obtain pursuant to this Lease after thirty (30) days’ notice, then Landlord may obtain such insurance, in which case the premium for such insurance shall be deemed additional rent due and payable from Tenant with the next regular installment of Basic Annual Rent.
 
10.   ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS
 
After completion of construction of Tenant’s initial improvements to the Demised Premises, Tenant will not make any alterations, additions or changes, in or to the Demised Premises without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord. If Landlord’s consent is obtained, all work performed by Tenant must be done at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in a good and workmanlike manner, by duly licensed contractors, in accordance with plans approved by Landlord and all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. In the event Landlord approves any alterations by Tenant, such work shall be commenced promptly, performed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications, and prosecuted diligently to completion. Any work performed by Tenant shall be subject to Landlord’s inspection and approval after completion to determine whether the same complies with the requirements of this Lease and the terms of Landlord’s approval.
 
11.   TENANT’S CONTRACTOR’S INSURANCE
 
Tenant shall require any contractor of Tenant performing work on the Building to carry and maintain, at no expense to Landlord the following insurance:
 
(1) comprehensive general liability insurance, including contractor’s liability coverage, contractual liability coverage, completed operations coverage, broad form property damage endorsement and contractor’s protective liability coverage, to afford protection with limits for each occurrence of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) with respect to personal injury or death, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) with respect to property damage, such limits to be increased from time to time to the customary limits or as required by Landlord; and
 
(2) worker’s compensation or similar insurance in form and amounts required by law.


- 7 -


 

12.   MECHANIC’S LIENS
 
If any mechanic’s lien is filed against the Land or the Building or any portion thereof, for work claimed to have been done for or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, such mechanic’s lien shall be discharged by Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, within fifteen (15) days from the filing of such lien, by the payment thereof or by filing any bond required by law to satisfy such lien. If Tenant shall fail to discharge any such mechanic’s lien as aforesaid, Landlord may, at its option, discharge the same and treat the cost thereof as Additional Rent payable with the monthly installment of Annual Rent next becoming due; it being hereby expressly covenanted and agreed that such discharge of any mechanic’s lien by Landlord shall not be deemed to waive or release the default of Tenant in not discharging the same.
 
13.   SIGNS, ADVERTISEMENTS
 
Tenant shall have complete control over all signs on the Building (both interior and exterior) subject only to applicable laws, ordinances and regulations governing the same.
 
14.   DEFAULT OF TENANT
 
If (i) Tenant shall fail to pay in full any monthly installment of Annual Rent within ten (10) days after written notice of such failure from Landlord (or any Partner of Landlord), or (ii) Tenant shall vacate, abandon or otherwise not occupy the Building, or (iii) Tenant shall violate or fail to perform any of the other conditions, covenants or agreements herein made by Tenant and such violation or failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant (unless such violation is of a nature such that, in Landlord’s judgment, the passage of thirty (30) days would result in a material adverse effect to the Building or Landlord, in which event Landlord’s notice may specify a period of time shorter than thirty (30) days and there shall be no right to extension or postponement of such period), this Lease shall, at the option of Landlord, cease and terminate, any notice to quit or of Landlord’s intention to re-enter being hereby expressly waived, and Landlord may proceed to recover possession of the Building under and by virtue of the provisions of the laws of the State of Virginia or by such other proceedings, including re-entry and possession, as may be applicable. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, everything herein contained on the part of Landlord to be done and performed shall cease without prejudice to the right of Landlord to recover from Tenant all Annual Rent and other sums owing hereunder accrued up to the time of termination of this Lease or the recovery of possession of the Building by Landlord, whichever is later. Should this Lease be terminated prior to the Expiration Date by reason of Tenant’s default as hereinabove provided, or if Tenant shall abandon or vacate the Building before the Expiration Date, the Demised Premises may be relet by Landlord for such rent and upon such terms as Landlord may determine and, if the full Annual Rent and other sums owing hereunder shall not be realized by Landlord pursuant to such reletting, Tenant shall be liable for all damages sustained by Landlord, including, without limitation, deficiency in Annual Rent and other sums owing hereunder, reasonable attorneys’ fees, brokerage fees, and the expense of placing


- 8 -


 

the Building in first class rentable condition. Any damage or loss of Annual Rent and other sums owing hereunder sustained by Landlord may be recovered by Landlord, at Landlord’s option, at the time of such reletting, or in separate actions, or, at Landlord’s option, may be deferred until the expiration of the term of this Lease, in which event Landlord’s cause of action against Tenant shall not be deemed to have accrued until the Expiration Date. The provisions contained in this Paragraph 14 shall be in addition to and shall not prevent the enforcement of any claim Landlord may have against Tenant for anticipatory breach of the unexpired term of this Lease.
 
15.   WAIVER
 
If under the provisions hereof Landlord shall institute proceedings and a compromise or settlement thereof shall be made, the same shall not constitute a waiver of any covenant herein contained nor of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder except as set forth in such compromise or settlement. No waiver by Landlord of any breach of any covenant, condition, or agreement herein contained shall operate as a waiver of any future breach of such covenant, condition or agreement. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of Annual Rent then due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated Annual Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a check for payment of Annual Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Annual Rent or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease. No re-entry by Landlord and no acceptance by Landlord of keys from Tenant shall be considered an acceptance of a surrender of this Lease.
 
16.   SUBORDINATION
 
(A) This Lease is subject and subordinate to the lien of any and all mortgages (which term “mortgages”, for purposes of this Lease, includes any security instrument securing financing upon the Demised Premises or any portion thereof) which may now or hereafter encumber or otherwise affect the Demised Premises and to all and any renewals, extensions, modifications, recastings or refinancings thereof. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, promptly execute any requisite or appropriate certificate or other document. Tenant agrees that in the event that any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage, Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser at such foreclosure sale, if requested to do so by such purchaser, and shall recognize such purchaser as the Landlord under this Lease, and Tenant waives the provisions of any statute or rule of law, now or hereafter in effect, which may give or purport to give Tenant any right to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event that any such foreclosure proceeding is prosecuted or completed.
 
(B) If the Demised Premises, or any part thereof is at any time subject to a mortgage and in connection with such mortgage, this Lease or the rentals under this Lease, are assigned to the mortgagee, trustee or beneficiary under such mortgage, and Tenant is given written notice thereof, including the post office


- 9 -


 

address of such assignee, then Tenant shall not terminate this Lease for any default on the part of the Landlord without first giving written notice by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to such assignee specifying the default in reasonable detail, and affording such assignee a reasonable opportunity to cure such default of Landlord, at its election, for and on behalf of the Landlord.
 
17.   CONDEMNATION
 
If the whole or a substantial part of the Building shall be taken or condemned by any governmental authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, then the term of this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date when title vests in such governmental authority, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or the condemning authority for any portion of the amount that may be awarded as damages as a result of such taking or condemnation or for the value of any unexpired term of the Lease. Tenant may make a separate claim against the condemning authority for a separate award for the value of all improvement installed or constructed in the Building by Tenant and any of Tenant’s tangible personal property and trade fixtures or consequential damages as may be allowed by law, provided that the awards for such claims are made by the applicable adjudicatory body in addition to, and separate from, the award made by such adjudicatory body for the Land, Building or portions thereof so taken. If less than a substantial part of the Building is taken or condemned by any governmental authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, the monthly installments of Basic Annual Rent due hereunder shall be equitably adjusted on the date when title vests in such governmental authority and the Lease shall otherwise continue in full force and effect. For purposes of this Paragraph 17 a substantial part of the Building shall be considered to have been taken if more than fifty percent (50%) of the Building is unusable by Tenant.
 
18.   INDEMNIFICATION
 
Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to save harmless Landlord and any mortgagee of the Leased Premises from and against any and all claims expenses, losses, liabilities or obligations (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which do not result from the gross negligence of Landlord or Landlord’s employees and which (i) arise from or in connection with the possession, use or control of the Demised Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s concessionaires, licensees, guests, customers, agents, employees, or trespassers, or (ii) arise from or in connection with the performance of, or the failure to perform, Tenant’s initial improvements or subsequent alterations in or to the Demised Premises, or (iii) arise from or are in connection with any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, invitees, licensees or customers, or (iv) result from any default, breach, violation or non-performance by Tenant of this Lease or of any provision hereof, or (v) result in injury to persons or property or loss of life sustained in, on or about the Demised Premises. Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, defend any and all actions, suits and proceedings which may be brought against Landlord and/or any mortgagee of the Demised Premises with respect to the foregoing or in which they may be impleaded. Tenant shall pay, satisfy and discharge any and all judgments, orders and decrees which may be


- 10 -


 

recovered against Landlord and/or any such mortgagee in connection with the foregoing.
 
19.   NO PARTNERSHIP
 
Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed to create a partnership, or joint venture of or between Landlord and Tenant, or to create any other relationship between the parties hereto other than that of Landlord or Tenant.
 
20.   NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD
 
Neither Landlord nor any agent or employee of Landlord has made any representations or promises with respect to the Building except as herein expressly set forth, and no rights, privileges, easements or licenses are required by Tenant except as herein set forth. Landlord represents that the Building will be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner.
 
21.   BROKERS
 
Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant to each other that it has not employed a broker in carrying on the negotiations relating to this Lease. Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless, and Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless, from and against any cost, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred as a result of the assertion(s) or claim(s) by any person, firm or entity for brokerage or other commissions, finder’s fees or any other compensation arising (i) from or out of any breach of the foregoing representations and warranties by Landlord or Tenant, whichever the case may be, and/or (ii) as a result of the acts of Tenant or any of its employees, agents or representatives.
 
22.   NOTICES
 
All notices or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if delivered in person or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, first-class, postage prepaid, (i) if to Landlord, at c/o The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, 1771 Business Center Drive, Reston, Virginia 22090, with a copy to Westpark Associates Limited Partnership, 1600 Anderson Road, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attention: Gerald T. Halpin, and (ii) if to Tenant, at the Building. The party to receive notices and the place notices are to be sent for either Landlord or Tenant may be changed by a party by giving notice to the other party in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 22.
 
23.   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
 
Tenant agrees, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than five (5) days prior written notice by Landlord, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the Lease is in full force and effect as modified and stating the


- 11 -


 

modifications), (ii) stating the dates to which the Annual Rent and other charges hereunder have been paid by Tenant, (iii) stating whether Landlord is in default in the performance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Lease, and, if so, specifying each such default, (iv) stating the address to which notices to Tenant should be sent, and (v) stating that it has not paid any monthly installment of Annual Rent more than thirty (30) days in advance (or if it has paid any monthly installment of Annual Rent more than thirty (30) days in advance, specifying the amount of such advance) and (vi) that this Lease has not been amended (or if it has been amended, specifying the manner in which it has been amended). Any such statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by any owner of the Building, any prospective purchaser of the Building, any mortgagee or prospective mortgagee of the Building or of Landlord’s interest, or any prospective assignee of any mortgage encumbering the Building.
 
24.   HOLDING OVER
 
In the event that Tenant shall not immediately surrender the Demised Premises on the Expiration Date or any extension thereof, Tenant shall, by virtue of the provisions hereof, become a month-to-month Tenant at a monthly Basic Annual Rent equal to the then current market rent for similar properties, as Landlord shall determine, which said monthly tenancy shall commence with the first day after the expiration of the term of this Lease. The Tenant, as a month to month tenant, shall be subject to all of the conditions and covenants of this Lease as though the same had originally been a month to month tenancy. In the event of such month to month tenancy, Tenant shall give to Landlord at least thirty (30) days written notice of any intention to quit the Building, and Tenant shall be entitled to thirty (30) days written notice to quit the Building, except in the event of nonpayment of Basic Annual Rent in advance, in which event Tenant shall not be entitled to any notice to quit, the usual thirty (30) days notice to quit being hereby expressly waived. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time either prior to the expiration date of this Lease or after Tenant shall become a month-to-month tenant, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice stating that Landlord has another potential tenant for the Demised Premises and naming said Tenant, and Tenant shall fail to quit the Demised Premises on the expiration date of this Lease or thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice, whichever is later, then Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all damages resulting from Tenant’s failure to quit the Demised Premises as required.
 
25.   WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF LANDLORD AND TENANT
 
(A) Landlord covenants that it has the right to make this Lease for the term aforesaid, and that if Tenant shall pay the Annual Rent and perform all of the covenants, terms and conditions under this Lease to be performed by Tenant, Tenant shall, during the term hereby created, freely, peaceably and quietly occupy and enjoy the full possession of the Building without molestation or hindrance by Landlord or any party claiming through or under Landlord.
 
(B) Tenant covenants, represents and warrants that (i) Tenant is a federally chartered corporation, duly organized,


- 12 -


 

validly existing and in good standing; Tenant has all necessary power and authority and has obtained all necessary governmental approvals (if applicable) to enter into and perform all of its obligations under this Lease, (iii) neither the execution and delivery of this Lease will result in any violation of the terms of the Articles of Incorporation or bylaws, or other organizational or governing documents of Tenant.
 
26.   BANKRUPTCY OF TENANT
 
(A) The following shall be Events of Bankruptcy under this Lease:
 
(1) Tenant’s becoming insolvent, as that term is defined under the Bankruptcy Code, or under the insolvency laws of any state, district, commonwealth or territory of the United States (the “Insolvency Laws”);
 
(2) The appointment of a receiver or custodian for any or all of Tenant’s property or assets, or the institution of a foreclosure action upon any of Tenant’s real or personal property;
 
(3) The filing of a voluntary petition under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code or Insolvency Laws;
 
(4) The filing of an involuntary petition against Tenant as the subject debtor under the Bankruptcy Code or Insolvency Laws, which either (i) is not dismissed within seventy-five (75) days of filing, or (ii) results in the issuance of an order for relief against the debtor; or
 
(5) Tenant’s making or consenting to an assignment for the benefit of creditors or a common law composition of creditors.
 
(B) (1) Upon occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy, Landlord shall have all rights and remedies available to Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 15 hereof; provided that while a case in which Tenant is the subject debtor under the Bankruptcy Code is pending and only for so long as Tenant or its Trustee in Bankruptcy (hereinafter referred to as “Trustee”) is in compliance with the provisions of Paragraph 26(B)(2) and (3) below, Landlord shall not exercise its rights and remedies pursuant to Paragraph 15 hereof.
 
(2) In the event Tenant becomes the subject debtor in a case pending under the Bankruptcy Code, Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 26(B)(1) shall be subject to the rights of Trustee to assume or assign this Lease. Trustee shall not have the right to assume or assign this Lease unless Trustee promptly (i) cures all defaults under this Lease, (ii) compensates Landlord for monetary damages incurred as a result of such defaults, and (iii) provides adequate assurance of future performance on the part of Tenant as debtor in possession or on the part of the assignee tenant.
 
(3) In the event Tenant is unable to (i) cure its defaults, (ii) reimburse the Landlord for its monetary damages, (iii) pay the Annual Rent due under this Lease and all other payments required of Tenant under this Lease on time (or within


- 13 -


 

five (5) days of the due date) or (iv) meet the criteria and obligations imposed by Paragraph 26(B)(2) above, Tenant agrees in advance that it has not met its burden to provide adequate assurance of future performance, and this Lease may be terminated by Landlord in accordance with Paragraph 26(B)(1) above.
 
27.   GENDER
 
Feminine or neuter pronouns shall be substituted for those of the masculine form and the plural shall be substituted for the singular number in any place or places herein in which the context may require such substitution or substitutions.
 
28.   BENEFIT AND BURDEN
 
The provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and each of their respective representatives, successors and assigns.
 
29.   GOVERNING LAW
 
This Lease and the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.
 
30.   RENEWAL OPTIONS
 
Subject to the provisions of this Paragraph, Tenant shall have the right to extend the initial term of this Lease on the same terms and conditions as provided in this Lease (except for Basic Annual Rent, as hereinbelow provided) for four (4) consecutive “Extension Terms” of five (5) years each commencing upon the expiration of the initial term of this Lease. The Basic Annual Rent for the Extension Terms shall be equal to ninety (90%) percent of the then effective market rent for similar class office buildings determined in the same manner and in accordance with the same terms and conditions as provided for in determining the Basic Annual Rent for the eleventh lease year in paragraph 5(C) above and shall escalate annually during each Extension Term in accordance with current market adjustments for leases of similar duration in effect on the commencement of the applicable Extension Term. In the event Tenant elects not to extend the term of this Lease, Tenant shall vacate the Demised Premises on the Expiration Date. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of its intention, if any, to extend the term of this Lease at least one (1) year prior to the Expiration Date or the expiration date of the current Extension Term, as the case may be. Tenant’s right to extend the term of this Lease shall be subject to Tenant not being in default in the payment of rent and not otherwise being in default under this Lease (i) at the time Tenant exercises its option to extend and (ii) from the time Tenant exercises its option to extend until the date of commencement of the Extension Term in question.


- 14 -


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto affixed their hands and seals as of the date first above written.
 
         
    LANDLORD :
     
WEST*MAC ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Virginia limited partnership
         
ATTEST:   By:    THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION, a federally chartered corporation, General Partner
         
     

[Corporate Seal]
     
By:  
/s/  Leland Brendsel


Name:  Leland Brendsel

Title:  President
         
ATTEST:   By:    WEST*PARK MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a Virginia Corporation, General Partner
         
     

[Corporate Seal]
     
By:  
/s/  G. T. Halpin


Name:  G. T. Halpin

Title:  President
         
    TENANT :
 
ATTEST:
   
THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION, a federally chartered corporation
         
     

[Corporate Seal]
 
By:  
/s/  Leland Brendsel

   
Name:  Leland Brendsel
         
   
Title:  President


- 15 -


 

 
EXHIBIT A
 
 
BEGINNING AT A POINT on the northern right of way of JONES BRANCH DRIVE, ROUTE #5062, 100 feet wide, said point being N85°53’13”E 860.20 feet from the intersection of the northern right of way of JONES BRANCH DRIVE and the eastern right of way of SPRINGHILL ROAD, ROUTE #684, variable width.
 
THENCE from said point of beginning through the land of WESTPARK ASSOCIATES, N04°06’47”W 370.89 feet to a point on the southern right of way of DULLES AIRPORT ACCESS ROAD, variable width.
 
THENCE with said southern right of way of DULLES AIRPORT ACCESS ROAD the following courses and distances: N76°58’59”E 193.21 feet to a point; S89°44’26”E 225.50 feet to a point; N03°33’17”W 30.47 feet to a point; N86°51’35”E 541.33 feet to a point; S76°55’52”E 154.64 feet to a point; N13°30’08”E 45.06 feet to a point.
 
THENCE leaving said southern right of way of DULLES AIRPORT ACCESS ROAD and proceeding through the land of WESTPARK ASSOCIATES S03°08’05”E 595.81 feet to a point on the aforementioned northern right of way of JONES BRANCH DRIVE.
 
THENCE with said northern right of way of JONES BRANCH DRIVE the following courses and distances: N77°22’06”W 364.51 feet to a point; 610.32 feet along the arc of a curve to the left, having a radius of 2,109.71 feet, a chord of 488.77 feet, and a chord bearing of N84°01’13”W to a point; S85°53’13”W 157.75 feet to the point of beginning and containing 511,000 square feet of land or 11.7309 acres of land.


 

EXHIBIT B
 
 
“Building Shell” shall include the following items:
 
  –    All Fire Rated Building Assemblies
 
  –    Branch Panels with Risers to Main Distribution Panels plus Distribution to General Building Lighting except Fixtures, Fixture Wiring to Junction Boxes and Individual Light Switches
 
  –    Public Toilets & Water Fountains, and Plumbing Fixtures
 
  –    Complete Fire Protection System to Include but not Limited to Sprinklers, Standpipes, Automatic Fire Alarm & Annunciation
 
  –    Telephone Conduit Riser System
 
  –    Plumbing Risers (Sanitary, Hot and Cold Domestic Water, Vent)
 
  –    Base Emergency Power and Light System Required by Code, Including Exit Signs
 
  –    HVAC System to Include Air Handlers, Cooling Towers, Chillers, Exhaust Fans, Main Distribution Duct Work (Tapped and Capped) Pneumatic Air Line Mains, and All Required Vertical Ductwork and Shafts. HVAC System shall Include All Primary Equipment Control Wiring, Fire Dampers, Smoke Detectors and Smoke Removal Components if Applicable.
 
  –    Exterior Doors/Frames/Hardware
 
  –    Exterior Windows
 
  –    Mechanical Housekeeping Pads and Supporting Structure
 
  –    Site Lighting
 
  –    Parking (Structured and Surface)
 
  –    Site Utilities and Connections (Electric, Sanitary Sewer, Storm Sewer, Water, Gas and Telephone)
 
  –    Site Preparation (Grading and Landscaping)
 
  –    Exterior Enclosure (Walls/Roof)
 
  –    All Work Required to Obtain Shell Certificate of Non-Residential Use (Shell Occupancy Permit)
 
For the purposes of clarification, although not meant as an exclusive list, the following items shall not be included in the definition of “Building Shell”, except that work required to obtain Shell Certificate of Non-Residential use (Shell Occupancy Permit) and that work installed with shell construction for the convenience of the Owner:
 
  –    Interior Partitions
 
  –    Interior Doors/Frames/Hardware
 
  –    Access Flooring
 
  –    Floor Finishes
 
  –    Furniture (Movable and Built-in)
 
  –    Audio-Visual Equipment and Connections
 
  –    Food Service Equipment and Connections
 
  –    Ceiling Finish


 

 
  –    Office Light Fixtures, Installation and Connection to Lighting Grid and Light Switches
 
  –    Power Outlets, Installations and Connection to Power Grid
 
  –    Fire/Security/AIC Integrated CCMS System if Supplementary to Building Fire Protection System
 
  –    Halon System if Supplementary to a Complete Building Fire Protection System
 
  –    Blinds/Draperies/Window Coverings
 
  –    PBX Equipment/Rough-ins
 
  –    Plumbing Branch Piping from Risers (Sanitary, Hot and Cold Domestic Water, Vent)
 
  –    VAV Boxes, Diffusers, Registers and Grills/Connections to Main Distribution Ductwork and Control Mains
 
  –    Wall Finishes
 
  –    Special Mechanical (Such as Computers)


- 2 -

 
Exhibit 10.62
 
FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE
 
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE is made and entered into as of the 15th day of December, 1990, by and between West*Mac Associates Limited Partnership, a Virginia limited partnership, hereinafter called “Landlord,” and The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a federally-chartered corporation, hereinafter called “Tenant.”
 
RECITALS
 
A.  On December 22,1986, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease (the “Lease”) for the lease of the building to be constructed located at the corner of Jones Branch Drive and International Drive in McLean, Virginia (the “Building”) together with associated parking areas and the land legally described on Exhibit A attached to the Lease (the Building, parking areas and land are hereinafter referred to as the “Demised Premises”).
 
B.  Landlord and Tenant have agreed that: (i) Tenant may occupy a portion of the Building prior to completion of construction of the entire Building and (ii) the formula for calculating the Basic Annual Rent (as defined in the Lease) set forth in the Lease shall be modified until such time as the construction of the Building is completed.
 
C.  As a result, Landlord and Tenant have agreed to modify certain terms and provisions of the Lease as more fully set forth herein.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:
 
1. Section 2 of the Lease is hereby amended to add the following as new Section (E):
 
(E)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, Landlord and Tenant agree that Tenant shall pay an estimated Basic Annual Rent for the period (the “Estimated Rental Period”) commencing on the Lease Commencement Date through and including the date (the “Loan Conversion Date”) on which the loan (the “Loan”) from Tenant to Landlord is converted to a permanent loan pursuant to the provisions contained in a certain Substitute Deed of Trust Note (the “Note”) dated June 8, 1991 made by Landlord and payable to the order of Tenant in the face amount of $90,000,000. The estimated Basic Annual


 

 
Rent (the “Estimated Rent”) shall be determined in accordance with the formula set forth in Section 2(A) above with the following terms:
 
             
Cost of Building Shell for the
Demised Premises (estimated as
of December 31, 1990)
  =   $81,682,768    
             
Estimated Construction Period
Interest on Land as of
December 31, 1990
  =   5,424,804    
             
Estimated Mortgage Constant
on the Permanent Financing
for the Demised Premises
  =   8%    
 
Based upon the terms set forth above, the Estimated Rent for the first year of the Lease term is $17.60 per gross square foot of space in the Building. The Estimated Rent due on the Lease Commencement Date and throughout the Estimated Rental Period shall be equal to $17.60 times the gross square footage of space in the Building occupied by Tenant on the Lease Commencement Date and throughout the Estimated Rental Period. For example, Tenant initially will occupy 91,695 gross square feet of space in the Building, therefore the Estimated Rent on the Lease Commencement Date will be $1,613,832.00 per annum or $134,486.00 per month. As Tenant occupies additional space in the Building, the Estimated Rent shall be increased from the date Tenant occupies such additional space by an amount equal to $17.60 per gross square foot times the number of additional square feet of space in the Building occupied by Tenant. On the Loan Conversion Date, the amount of the Basic Annual Rent shall be recalculated based upon the actual Total Cost of Building Shell, the actual Construction Period Interest and the actual Mortgage Constant on the Permanent Financing, and Tenant shall be obligated commencing with the first day of the month following the month in which the Loan Conversion Date occurs to pay the recalculated Basic Annual Rent. Within thirty (30) days after the recalculation of the Basic Annual Rent, Tenant shall be obligated to pay to Landlord the difference between the Estimated Rent paid during the Estimated Rental Period and the amount of Basic Annual Rent that would have been paid by Tenant based on the square footage occupied if the recalculated Basic Annual Rent had been payable during the entire Estimated Rental Period, other than the abatement period set forth in Section 3(B) below.
 
2.  Section 3(B) of the Lease shall be amended to delete that Section in its entirety and insert the following in lieu thereof:
 
For purposes of this Lease, the “Lease Commencement Date” shall be December 15, 1990. The Basic Annual Rent shall be abated for the first sixteen (16) days of the Lease term, so that Tenant’s obligation to pay the Basic Annual Rent shall commence on January 1, 1991.
 
3.  Except as set forth herein, the Lease remains unmodified, free from default and in full force and effect.


- 2 -


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto affixed their hands and seals as of the date first above written.
 
     
    LANDLORD :
     
    WEST*MAC ASSOCIATES
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Virginia
limited partnership
     
ATTEST:  
By:  THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION,
a federally-chartered corporation,
General Partner
     
/s/   Keith Earley

[Corporate Seal]
 
By:  
/s/   Maxine B. Stokes


Name:  MAXINE B. STOKES

Title:  VICE PRESIDENT, A&CP
     
ATTEST:   By: WESTPARK MANAGEMENT
COMPANY, a Virginia
Corporation, General Partner
     
/s/   [ Illegible ]

[Corporate Seal]
 
By:  
/s/   G. T. Halpin


Name:  G. T. Halpin

Title:  
     
    TENANT :
     
ATTEST:
  THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION,
a federally-chartered corporation,
General Partner
     
/s/   Keith Earley

[Corporate Seal]
 
By:  
/s/   Maxine B. Stokes


Name:  MAXINE B. STOKES

Title:  VICE PRESIDENT, A&CP


- 3 -

 
Exhibit 10.63
 
SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE
 
THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE is made and entered into as of the 30 th  day of August, 1992, by and between WEST*MAC Associates Limited Partnership, a Virginia limited partnership (hereinafter called “Landlord”), and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a federally chartered corporation (hereinafter called “Tenant”).
 
RECITALS:
 
A.  Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease dated December 22, 1986, as amended by a certain First Amendment to Office Lease dated as of December 15, 1990 (the “Lease”), whereby Tenant is leasing from Landlord a certain building located at 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102 (the “Building”), together with associated parking areas and certain appurtenant land described on Exhibit A attached to the Lease.
 
B.  Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to alter the property description of the land covered thereby.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:
 
1.  Exhibit A to the Lease, which contains a metes-and-bounds description of the land demised under the Lease, is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the description attached hereto as Exhibit A is hereby substituted in its place.
 
2.  The parties agree that the final amount of Basic Annual Rent payable for the first year of the term of the Lease is $7,903,262.10, calculated as follows:
 
         
Total Cost of Building Shell (excluding 1.1 times
construction period interest on land):
  $ 81,162,364.40  
Mortgage Constant on Permanent Financing:
    $8.27%  
Construction Period Interest on Land:
  $ 5,715,310.65  
 
($81,162,364.40 × 8.27% × 1.1) + ($5,715,310.65 × 8.27% × 1.1) = $7,903,262.10
 
3.  Except as expressly modified herein, the Lease remains unmodified and is in full force and effect.


 

-2-
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto affixed their hands and seals as to the date first above written.
 
TENANT :
 
THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE
CORPORATION, a federally chartered corporation
 
By:  
/s/  Leland C. Brendsel
 
LANDLORD :
 
WEST*MAC ASSOCIATES
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
By:   THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION,
a federally chartered corporation,
Managing General Partner
 
  By:  
/s/  Leland C. Brendsel
 
By:   WESTPARK MANAGEMENT COMPANY
a Virginia Corporation, General Partner
 
  By:  
/s/  G. T. Halpin


 

EXHIBIT A
 
DESCRIPTION OF
A PORTION OF
THE LAND OF
WEST*MAC ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
PROVIDENCE DISTRICT
FAIRFAX COUNTY, VIRGINIA
 
BEGINNING at a point on the northern right-of-way of JONES BRANCH DRIVE ROUTE 5062 (100’ wide) and the south westerly most point in the herein described parcel.
 
THENCE proceeding through the land of WEST*MAC ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP N03°08’25”W 397.54 feet to a point on the southern right-of-way of WASHINGTON DULLES AIRPORT ACCESS ROAD. (variable width).
 
THENCE proceeding along the southern right-of-way of WASHINGTON DULLES AIRPORT ACCESS ROAD the following courses and distances S89°44’26”E 148.65 feet to a point; N03°33’17”W 30.47 feet to a point; N86°51’35”E 541.33 feet to a point; S76°55’52”E 154.64 feet to a point N13°30’08”E 45.06 feet to a point; N86°51’55”E 388.20 feet to a point.
 
THENCE departing said right-of-way and proceeding through the land of WEST*MAC ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP the following courses and distances S05°49’15”W 144.07 feet to a point; S52°18’26”W 425.44 feet to a point; S20°15’50”W 210.23 feet to a point on the aforementioned northern right-of-way of JONES BRANCH DRIVE.
 
THENCE with the said right-of-way of JONES BRANCH DRIVE, N77°22’06”W 293.76 feet to a point. 507.27 feet along an arc of a circle curving to the left having a radius of 2088.36 feet a delta of 13°55’03” and a chord bearing and distance N84°19’37”W 506.03 feet to the point and place of BEGINNING AND CONTAINING 11.5245 ACRES OF LAND.
 
HUNTLEY, NYCE AND ASSOCIATES
June 5, 1992
29-2-15-4B1
2634PH1.DES

 
Exhibit 10.64
 
THIRD AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE
 
THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 20 th  day of December, 1995, by and between WEST*MAC Associates Limited Partnership, a Virginia limited partnership (hereinafter called “Landlord”), and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, a federally chartered corporation (hereinafter called “Tenant”).
 
RECITALS:
 
A.  Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease dated December 22, 1986, as amended by a First Amendment to Office Lease dated as of December 15, 1990 and a Second Amendment to Office Lease dated as of August 30, 1992 (the “Lease”), whereby Tenant is leasing from Landlord a certain building located at 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, together with associated parking areas and certain appurtenant land described on Exhibit A attached to the Lease.
 
B.  Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to modify the property description.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:
 
1.  Exhibit A to the Lease is hereby deleted, and Exhibit A to this Amendment is hereby substituted in its place.
 
2.  The parties hereby confirm that the Lease Commencement Date is December 15, 1990 and the Expiration Date is December 31, 2010 (subject to Tenant’s right to renew the term of the Lease, as set forth therein).
 
3.  Except as expressly modified herein, the Lease remains unmodified and is in full force and effect.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto affixed their hands and seals as to the date first above written.
 
TENANT :
 
THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE
CORPORATION, a federally chartered corporation
 
By:     
/s/  Maxine B. Stokes
Title:   VP — Administration & Corporate Properties
 
(signatures continued on next page)  


 

2
 
 
 
 
LANDLORD :
 
WEST*MAC ASSOCIATES
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
By:   THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION,
a federally chartered corporation,
Managing General Partner
 
  By:  
/s/  Maxine B. Stokes
 
By:   WESTPARK MANAGEMENT COMPANY
a Virginia corporation, General Partner
 
  By:  
/s/  G. T. Halpin


 

[Letterhead of HUNTLEY, NYCE & ASSOCIATES, LTD.]
 
Exhibit A
 
DESCRIPTION OF
A PORTION OF
THE LAND OF
WEST*MAC ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
PROVIDENCE DISTRICT
FAIRFAX COUNTY, VIRGINIA
 
BEGINNING at a point on the northerly right-of-way of JONES BRANCH DRIVE #5062 (100’ wide); said point lying N85°53’13”E 514.60 ft. And 103.06 ft. along an arc of a circle curving to the right having a radius of 2088.36 ft. A delta of 02°49’39” and a chord bearing and distance N87°18’02”E 103.05 ft. From the southeast comer of outparcel “A” land of FAIRFAX COUNTY BOARD OF SUPERVISORS.
 
THENCE proceeding through the land of WEST*MAC ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP N03°08’25”W 397.54 feet to a point on the southern right-of-way of WASHINGTON DULLES AIRPORT ACCESS ROAD. (Variable width).
 
THENCE proceeding along the southern right-of-way of WASHINGTON DULLES AIRPORT ACCESS ROAD the following courses and distances S89°44’26”E 148.65 feet to a point; N03°33’l7”W 30.47 feet to a point; N86°51’35”E 541.33 feet to a point.
 
THENCE departing said right-of-way and proceeding along the land of WEST*PARK ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP the following courses and distances S76°55’52”E 154.64 feet; N13°30’08”E 45.06 feet to a point on the southern right-of-way of WASHINGTON DULLES AIRPORT ACCESS ROAD.
 
THENCE proceeding along the southern right-of-way of WASHINGTON DULLES AIRPORT ACCESS ROAD the following course and distance N86°51’55”E 388.20 feet to a point.
 
THENCE departing said right-of-way and proceeding through the land of WEST*MAC ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP the following courses and distances S05°49’15”W 144.07 feet to a point; S52°18’26”W 425.44 feet to a point; S20°15’50”W 210.23 feet to a point on the aforementioned northern right-of-way of JONES BRANCH DRIVE.
 
THENCE with the said right-of-way of JONES BRANCH DRIVE, N77°22’06”W 293.76 feet to a point. 507.27 feet along an arc of a circle curving to the left having a radius of 2088.36 feet a delta of 13°55’03” and a chord bearing and distance N84°19’37”W 506.03 feet to a point and place of BEGINNING AND CONTAINING 11.5245 ACRES OF LAND.

 
Exhibit 10.65
 
UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION,
100 F St., NE
Washington, D.C. 20549,
 
Plaintiff,
 
v.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE
  CORPORATION,
DAVID W. GLENN,
VAUGHN A. CLARKE,
ROBERT C. DEAN, and
NAZIR G. DOSSANI,
 
Defendants.
 
CONSENT OF DEFENDANT FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
1. Defendant Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Defendant”) waives service of a summons and the Complaint in this action, enters a general appearance, and admits the Court’s jurisdiction over Defendant and over the subject matter of this action.
 
2. Without admitting or denying the allegations of the Complaint (except as to personal and subject matter jurisdiction, which Defendant admits), Defendant hereby consents to the entry of the final Judgment in the form attached hereto (the “Final Judgment”) and incorporated by reference herein, which, among other things:
 
  (a)  permanently restrains and enjoins Defendant from violation of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) [15


1


 

U.S.C. §§ 78j(b)], and Rule 10b-5 [17 C.F.R. § 240.10b-5] promulgated thereunder, and Section 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”) [15 U.S.C. §§ 77q(a)]; and
 
  (b)  orders Defendant to pay disgorgement of $1, and a civil penalty in the amount of $50,000,000 pursuant to Section 20(d) of the Securities Act [15 U.S.C. § 77t(d)] and Section 21(d)(3) of the Exchange Act [15 U.S.C. § 78u(d)(3)].
 
3. Defendant acknowledges that the civil penalty paid pursuant to the Final Judgment may be distributed pursuant to the Fair Fund provisions of Section 308(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Regardless of whether any such Fair Fund distribution is made, the civil penalty shall be treated as a penalty paid to the government for all purposes, including all tax purposes. To preserve the deterrent effect of the civil penalty, Defendant agrees that it shall not, after offset or reduction of any award of compensatory damages in any Related Investor Action based on Defendant’s payment of disgorgement in this action, argue that it is entitled to, nor shall it further benefit by, offset or reduction of such compensatory damages award by the amount of any part of Defendant’s payment of a civil penalty in this action (“Penalty Offset”). If the court in any Related Investor Action grants such a Penalty Offset, Defendant agrees that it shall, within 30 days after entry of a final order granting the Penalty Offset, notify the Commission’s counsel in this action and pay the amount of the Penalty Offset to the United States Treasury or to a Fair Fund, as the Commission directs. Such a payment shall not be deemed an additional civil penalty and shall not be deemed to change the amount of the civil penalty imposed in this action. For purposes of this paragraph, a “Related Investor Action”


2


 

means a private damages action brought against Defendant by or on behalf of one or more investors based on substantially the same facts as alleged in the Complaint in this action.
 
4. Defendant agrees that it shall not seek or accept, directly or indirectly, reimbursement or indemnification from any source, including but not limited to payment made pursuant to any insurance policy, with regard to any civil penalty amounts that Defendant pays pursuant to the Final Judgment, regardless of whether such penalty amounts or any part thereof are added to a distribution fund or otherwise used for the benefit of investors. Defendant further agrees that it shall not claim, assert, or apply for a tax deduction or tax credit with regard to any federal, state, or local tax for any penalty amounts that Defendant pays pursuant to the Final Judgment, regardless of whether such penalty amounts or any part thereof are added to a distribution fund or otherwise used for the benefit of investors.
 
5. Defendant waives the entry of findings of fact and conclusions of law pursuant to Rule 52 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
 
6. Defendant waives the right, if any, to a jury trial and to appeal from the entry of the Final Judgment.
 
7. Defendant enters into this Consent voluntarily and represents that no threats, offers, promises, or inducements of any kind have been made by the Commission or any member, officer, employee, agent, or representative of the Commission to induce Defendant to enter into this Consent.
 
8. Defendant agrees that this Consent shall be incorporated into the Final Judgment with the same force and effect as if fully set forth therein.


3


 

9. Defendant will not oppose the enforcement of the Final Judgment on the ground, if any exists, that it fails to comply with Rule 65(d) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, and hereby waives any objection based thereon.
 
10. Defendant waives service of the Final Judgment and agrees that entry of the Final Judgment by the Court and filing with the Clerk of the Court will constitute notice to Defendant of its terms and conditions. Defendant further agrees to provide counsel for the Commission, within thirty days after the Final Judgment is filed with the Clerk of the Court, with an affidavit or declaration stating that Defendant has received and read a copy of the Final Judgment.
 
11. Consistent with 17 C.F.R. 202.5(f), this Consent resolves only the claims asserted against Defendant in this civil proceeding. Defendant acknowledges that no promise or representation has been made by the Commission or any member, officer, employee, agent, or representative of the Commission with regard to any criminal liability that may have arisen or may arise from the facts underlying this action or immunity from any such criminal liability. Defendant waives any claim of Double Jeopardy based upon the settlement of this proceeding, including the imposition of any remedy or civil penalty herein. Defendant further acknowledges that the Court’s entry of a permanent injunction may have collateral consequences under federal or state law and the rules and regulations of self-regulatory organizations, licensing boards, and other regulatory organizations. Such collateral consequences include, but are not limited to, a statutory disqualification with respect to membership or participation in, or association with a member of, a self-regulatory organization. This statutory disqualification has consequences that are separate from any sanction imposed in an administrative proceeding.
 
12. Defendant understands and agrees to comply with the Commission’s policy “not to permit a defendant or respondent to consent to a judgment or order that imposes a sanction


4


 

while denying the allegation in the complaint or order for proceedings.” 17 C.F.R. § 202.5. In compliance with this policy, Defendant agrees: (i) not to take any action or to make or permit to be made any public statement denying, directly or indirectly, any allegation in the Complaint or creating the impression that the Complaint is without factual basis; and (ii) that upon the filing of this Consent, Defendant hereby withdraws any papers filed in this action to the extent that they deny any allegation in the Complaint. If Defendant breaches this agreement, the Commission may petition the Court to vacate the Final Judgment and restore this action to its active docket. Nothing in this paragraph affects Defendant’s: (i) testimonial obligations; or (ii) right to take legal or factual positions in litigation or other legal proceedings in which the Commission is not a party.
 
13. Defendant hereby waives any rights under the Equal Access to Justice Act, the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, or any other provision of law to seek from the United States, or any agency, or any official of the United States acting in his or her official capacity, directly or indirectly, reimbursement of attorney’s fees or other fees, expenses, or costs expended by Defendant to defend against this action. For these purposes, Defendant agrees that Defendant is not the prevailing party in this action since the parties have reached a good faith settlement.
 
14. In connection with this action and any related judicial or administrative proceeding or investigation commenced by the Commission or to which the Commission is a party. Defendant (i) agrees to make available its employees and agents to appear and be interviewed by Commission staff at such times and places as the staff requests upon reasonable notice; (ii) will accept service by mail or facsimile transmission of notices or subpoenas issued by the Commission for documents or testimony at depositions, hearings, or trials, or in


5


 

connection with any related investigation by Commission staff; (iii) appoints Defendant’s undersigned attorney as agent to receive service of such notices and subpoenas; (iv) with respect to such notices and subpoenas, waives the territorial limits on service contained in Rule 45 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and any applicable local rules, provided that the party requesting the testimony reimburses Defendant’s travel, lodging, and subsistence expenses at the then-prevailing U.S. Government per diem rates; and (v) consents to personal jurisdiction over Defendant in any United States District Court for purposes of enforcing any such subpoena.
 
15. Defendant agrees that the Commission may present the Final Judgment to the Court for signature and entry without further notice.


6


 

16. Defendant agrees that this Court shall retain jurisdiction over this matter for the purpose of enforcing the terms of the Final Judgment.
 
     
    Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
     
Dated:   September 18, 2007
 
By:   
/s/   Robert Bostrom

 
Commonwealth of Virginia, County of Fairfax
 
On September 18, 2007, Robert Bostrom, a person known to me, personally appeared before me and acknowledged executing the foregoing Consent with full authority to do so on behalf of Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation as its Executive Vice President and General Counsel.
 
/s/   Linda Pitts
Notary Public
Commission expires: November 30, 2007
Notary Registration Number: 180186
 
Approved as to form:
 
/s/   Hyacinth Kucik
Hyacinth Kucik, Esq.
Vice President and Deputy General Counsel — Litigation
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation


7


 

UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION,
100 F St., NE
Washington, D.C. 20549,
 
Plaintiff,
 
v.
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE
  CORPORATION,
DAVID W. GLENN,
VAUGHN A. CLARKE,
ROBERT C. DEAN, and
NAZIR G. DOSSANI,
 
Defendants.
 
FINAL JUDGMENT AS TO
DEFENDANT FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) having filed a Complaint and Defendant Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation having entered a general appearance; consented to the Court’s jurisdiction over Defendant and the subject matter of this action; consented to entry of this Final Judgment without admitting or denying the allegations of the Complaint (except as to jurisdiction); waived findings of fact and conclusions of law; and waived any right to appeal from this Final Judgment:


8


 

I.
 
IT IS HEREBY ORDERED, ADJUDGED, AND DECREED that Defendant and Defendant’s agents, servants, employees, attorneys, and all persons in active concert or participation with them who receive actual notice of this Final Judgment by personal service or otherwise are permanently restrained and enjoined from violating, directly or indirectly, Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) [15 U.S.C. § 78j(b)] and Ru1e 10b-5 promulgated thereunder [17 C.F.R. § 240.10b-5], by using any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce, or of the mails, or of any facility of any national securities exchange, in connection with the purchase or sale of any security:
 
  (a)  to employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud;
 
  (b)  to make any untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or
 
  (c)  to engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any person.
 
II.
 
IT IS FURTHER ORDERED, ADJUDGED, AND DECREED that Defendant and Defendant’s agents, servants, employees, attorneys, and all persons in active concert or participation with them who receive actual notice of this Final Judgment by personal service or otherwise are permanently restrained and enjoined from violating Section 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. § 77q(a)] in the offer or sale of any security by the use of any means or instruments of transportation or communication in interstate commerce or by use of the mails, directly or indirectly:


9


 

  (a)  to employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud;
 
  (b)  to obtain money or property by means of any untrue statement of a material fact or any omission of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
 
or
 
  (c)  to engage in any transaction, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the purchaser.
 
III.
 
IT IS FURTHER ORDERED, ADJUDGED, AND DECREED that Defendant is liable for disgorgement of $1, and a civil penalty in the amount of $50,000,000.00 (fifty million) pursuant to Section 20(d) of the Securities Act [15 U.S.C. § 77t(d)] and Section 21(d)(3) of the Exchange Act [15 U.S.C. § 78u(d)(3)]. Defendant shall satisfy this obligation by paying $50,000,001.00 within ten business days to the Clerk of this Court, together with a cover letter identifying Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation as a defendant in this action; setting forth the title and civil action number of this action and the name of this Court; and specifying that payment is made pursuant to this Final Judgment. Defendant shall simultaneously transmit photocopies of such payment and letter to the Commission’s counsel in this action. By making this payment, Defendant relinquishes all legal and equitable right, title, and interest in such funds, and no part of the funds shall be returned to Defendant. Defendant shall pay post-judgment interest on any delinquent amounts pursuant to 28 USC § 1961.
 
The Clerk shall deposit the funds into an interest bearing account with the Court Registry Investment System (“CRIS”) or any other type of interest bearing account that is utilized by the Court. These funds, together with any interest and income earned thereon (collectively, the


10


 

“Fund”), shall be held in the interest bearing account until further order of the Court. In accordance with 28 U.S.C. § 1914 and the guidelines set by the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts, the Clerk is directed, without further order of this Court, to deduct from the income earned on the money in the Fund a fee equal to ten percent of the income earned on the Fund. Such fee shall not exceed that authorized by the Judicial Conference of the United States.
 
The Commission may by motion propose a plan to distribute the Fund subject to the Court’s approval. Such a plan may provide that Fund shall be distributed pursuant to the Fair Fund provisions of Section 308(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Regardless of whether any such Fair Fund distribution is made, amounts ordered to be paid as civil penalties pursuant to this Judgment shall be treated as penalties paid to the government for all purposes, including all tax purposes. To preserve the deterrent effect of the civil penalty, Defendant shall not, after offset or reduction of any award of compensatory damages in any Related Investor Action based on Defendant’s payment of disgorgement in this action, argue that it is entitled to, nor shall it further benefit by, offset or reduction of such compensatory damages award by the amount of any part of Defendant’s payment of a civil penalty in this action (“Penalty Offset”). If the court in any Related Investor Action grants such a Penalty Offset, Defendant shall, within 30 days after entry of a final order granting the Penalty Offset, notify the Commission’s counsel in this action and pay the amount of the Penalty Offset to the United States Treasury or to a Fair Fund, as the Commission directs. Such a payment shall not be deemed an additional civil penalty and shall not be deemed to change the amount of the civil penalty imposed in this Judgment. For purposes of this paragraph, a “Related Investor Action” means a private damages action brought


11


 

against Defendant by or on behalf of one or more investors based on substantially the same facts
 
as alleged in the Complaint in this action.
 
IV.
 
IT IS FURTHER ORDERED, ADJUDGED, AND DECREED that the Consent is incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if fully set forth herein, and that Defendant shall comply with all of the undertakings and agreements set forth therein.
 
V.
 
IT IS FURTHER ORDERED, ADJUDGED, AND DECREED that this Court shall retain jurisdiction of this matter for the purposes of enforcing the terms of this Final Judgment.
 
VI.
 
There being no just reason for delay, pursuant to Rule 54(b) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, the Clerk is ordered to enter this Final Judgment forthwith and without further notice.
 
Dated:  ­ ­ , ­ ­
 
UNITED STATES DISTRICT JUDGE


12

 
Exhibit 10.66
 
United States of America
Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight
 
In the Matter of
THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION (“FREDDIE MAC”)
December 9, 2003
 
STIPULATION AND CONSENT TO THE ISSUANCE OF A CONSENT ORDER
 
The Director of the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (“OFHEO”) has determined to initiate cease and desist proceedings and has determined to impose a civil money penalty against the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac” or “Enterprise”) pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 4631 and 12 U.S.C. § 4636.
 
The Enterprise, in the interest of compliance and cooperation, consents to the issuance of a Consent Order, dated December 9, 2003 (“Order”), before the filing of any notice and before the finding of any issues of fact or law.
 
In consideration of the above premises, the Director and the Enterprise, through its duly authorized representative, hereby stipulate and agree to the following:
 
ARTICLE I
 
Jurisdiction
 
(1) The Enterprise is a corporation chartered pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act of 1970, 12 U.S.C. §§ 1451 to 1459, and subject to supervision and regulation by OFHEO pursuant to the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, 12 U.S.C. §§ 4501 et seq .
 
ARTICLE II
 
Agreement
 
(2) The Enterprise hereby consents and agrees to the issuance of the Order by the Director. In so doing, the Enterprise neither admits nor denies any wrongdoing or any asserted or implied finding or other basis for the Order. The


 

Enterprise further consents and agrees that said Order shall become effective upon its issuance and shall be fully enforceable by OFHEO under the provisions of 12 U.S.C. §§ 4635 and 4636.
 
ARTICLE III
 
Waivers
 
(3) The Enterprise, by signing this Stipulation and Consent, hereby waives:
 
(a) the issuance of a Notice of Charges pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 4631(c)(1);
 
(b) written notice of the Director’s determination to impose a penalty on the record pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 4636(c)(1)(A);
 
(c) any and all procedural rights available in connection with the issuance of the Order;
 
(d) all rights to seek any type of administrative or judicial review of the Order; and
 
(e) any and all rights to challenge or contest the validity of the Order.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
Other Action
 
(4) The Enterprise agrees that the provisions of this Stipulation and Consent shall not inhibit, estop, bar, or otherwise prevent the Director from taking any other action affecting the Enterprise in connection with OFHEO’s ongoing regulatory oversight of the Enterprise with respect to matters occurring subsequent to the date of the Order or with respect to matters relating to third parties not affiliated with the Enterprise (including separated senior officers of the Enterprise) if, at any time, the


 

Director deems it appropriate to do so to fulfill the responsibilities placed upon him by the several laws of the United States of America.
 
(5) The Enterprise agrees that the provisions of this Stipulation and Consent shall not be construed to limit or otherwise affect regulatory actions by other federal regulatory agencies.
 
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned, the Director of OFHEO, has hereunto set his hand on behalf of himself and OFHEO.
 
/s/  Armando Falcon, Jr.
DATED: December 9, 2003
Armando Falcon, Jr.
Director, Officer of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight
 
 
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned, as the duly authorized representative of the Enterprise, has hereunto set his hand on behalf of the Enterprise.
 
/s/  Shaun F. O’Malley
DATED: December 9, 2003
Shaun F. O’Malley
Chairman of the Board of Directors
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”)


 

 
United States of America
Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight
 
Order No. 2003-02
 
In the Matter of
The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
 
Consent Order
 
Whereas, the Director of the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (“OFHEO”) has determined to initiate cease and desist proceedings against the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac” or “Enterprise”) pursuant to 12 USC § 4631.
 
Whereas, the Director has determined to initiate such proceedings based on his view that Freddie Mac engaged in conduct that does not conform with the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 (“Safety and Soundness Act”), OFHEO rules, guidances and standards, and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act and that such conduct has resulted in harm to the Enterprise;
 
Whereas, the Director believes that the conduct involved provides sufficient grounds to initiate administrative or enforcement proceedings against the Enterprise, including a claim for the award of civil money penalties and other relief;
 
Whereas, the Enterprise has executed a “Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order,” dated December 9, 2003, that is accepted by the Director, and by such Stipulation and Consent the Enterprise has consented to the issuance of this Consent Order (“the Order”) by the Director.
 
Whereas the Director believes that it would be in the public interest to enter into this Consent Order with the Enterprise,


 

 
Therefore, the Director, pursuant to the authority vested in him by the Safety and Soundness Act, 12 U.S.C. §§ 4631 and 4636, hereby orders that:
 
Article I     Cooperation
 
1. The Enterprise shall use good faith reasonable efforts to cooperate with OFHEO in OFHEO’s pursuit of administrative or enforcement proceedings with respect to other persons, including, upon reasonable prior notice and at reasonable times and places, in making Enterprise’s documents and records relating to such proceeding available to OFHEO without subpoena (subject to any privilege or other protection available under applicable law), and, upon reasonable prior notice and at reasonable times and places, in making the Enterprise’s personnel (including officers, directors and employees) available for interview and/or testimony without subpoena (subject to any privilege or other protection available under applicable law), provided that the duty to cooperate under this paragraph shall not require cooperation between the Enterprise and OFHEO in respect of claims or proceedings making any allegation that would, if proven, adversely affect the Enterprise, as determined by the Enterprise.
 
2. The Enterprise shall use good faith reasonable efforts to cooperate with OFHEO in OFHEO’s pursuit of litigation with respect to other persons or in litigation involving other persons, including, upon reasonable prior notice and at reasonable times and places, in making the Enterprise’s documents and records relating to such litigation available to OFHEO without subpoena (subject to any privilege or other protection available under applicable law), and, upon reasonable prior notice and at reasonable times and places, in making the Enterprise’s personnel (including officers, directors and employees) available for interview and/or testimony without subpoena (subject to any privilege or other protection available under applicable law), provided that the duty to cooperate under this paragraph shall not require cooperation between the Enterprise and OFHEO in respect of claims or proceedings making any allegation that would, if proven, adversely affect the Enterprise, as determined by the Enterprise.


2


 

Article II     Board of Directors and Senior Management
 
3. Within 120 days from the date of this Order, the Board shall cause to be conducted a review of the Enterprise’s bylaws in light of the factors contributing to the restatement and revision of the Enterprise’s financial statements for 2000, 2001 and 2002. Based on this review, the Board shall cause such revisions to be made in the Enterprise’s bylaws as the Board determines to be appropriate.
 
The Enterprise shall report to OFHEO on the results of the review and on any revisions to be made to the Enterprise’s bylaws.
 
4. Within 120 days From the date of this Order, the Board shall cause to be conducted a review of the Enterprise’s codes of conduct for the Board and for employees in light of the factors contributing to the restatement and revision of the Enterprise’s financial statements for 2000, 2001 and 2002, and shall cause such revisions to be made in those codes of conduct as the Board determines to be appropriate and such employee training programs to be developed and implemented as the Board determines to be appropriate.
 
Enterprise shall report to OFHEO on the results of the review of the Enterprise’s codes of conduct for the Board and employees, on any revisions to be made in such codes of conduct and on any employee training programs to be developed and implemented.
 
In addition, for the first 24 months following the implementation of any employee training programs pursuant to this paragraph, the Enterprise shall submit to OFHEO at the end of each six-month period a report on the implementation of such training programs by the Enterprise.
 
5. Within 180 days from the date of this Order, the Board shall cause to be prepared a succession plan for the Enterprise’s senior management. The Board shall consult with OFHEO in preparing this succession plan, and shall submit a copy of this succession


3


 

plan to OFHEO. (For purposes of this paragraph, senior management means the Enterprise’s chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer and general counsel, and the heads of the Investment & Capital Markets Division and the Mortgage Sourcing, Operations & Funding Division.)
 
6. Within 120 days from the date of this Order, the Board shall cause to be conducted a review of its committee structure and shall determine what changes, if any, are appropriate to make in such committee structure. This review shall take into account the need for effective Board oversight of essential Enterprise functions, including management implementation of internal controls and operational risk planning. The Board shall report to OFHEO any changes it determines to make in its committee structure as a result of this review.
 
7. Within 150 days from the date of this Order, the Board shall cause to be reviewed the frequency of regular Board meetings, the Board’s process (including the amount of time allotted) for full Board consideration of Board committee reports, and the Board’s processes for obtaining information from management with respect to both the Enterprise’s ongoing operations and issues of special importance to the Enterprise.
 
Based on this review, the Board shall determine what revisions, if any, are appropriate to make in the frequency of regular Board meetings, in the Board’s process (including the amount of time allotted) for full Board consideration of Board committee reports, and in the Board’s processes for obtaining information from management with respect to both the Enterprise’s ongoing operations and issues of special importance to the Enterprise.
 
The Board shall report to OFHEO any changes it determines to make as a result of this review with respect to the frequency of regular Board meetings, the Board’s process (including the amount of time allotted) for full Board consideration of Board committee reports, and the Board’s processes for obtaining information from management with


4


 

respect to both the Enterprise’s ongoing operations and issues of special importance to the Enterprise.
 
8. Within 120 days from the date of this Order, the Board shall determine what limits, if any, to establish on the terms of members of the Board. The Board shall report to OFHEO any such term limits that are to be established and how such limits are to be implemented.
 
9. Within 120 days from the date of this Order, the Board shall develop required qualifications for service as a director of Enterprise. Such qualifications may include limits on service of Enterprise directors on boards of directors of other companies; standards for determining independence for outside directors that meet or exceed existing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange; and standards for the continuation of service as a director for executive officer directors who cease to be employees of Enterprise. The Board shall report to OFHEO any such qualifications that are to be established and how such qualifications are to be implemented.
 
10. At least once annually, the Board shall review, with appropriate professional assistance, the legal and regulatory requirements that are applicable to its activities and duties.
 
11. At least once annually, the Enterprise’s senior management shall review, with appropriate professional assistance, the legal and regulatory requirements applicable to their activities and duties.
 
12. At least once annually, the Board shall meet with senior representatives of OFHEO to ensure that the Board is appropriately apprised regarding any significant regulatory issues relating to the Enterprise’s operations and activities.
 
13. The Enterprise shall separate the position of Chairman and the position of Chief Executive Officer within a reasonable period of time.


5


 

14. Within 180 days from the date of this Order, Enterprise shall submit to OFHEO an acceptable plan setting forth specific actions that Enterprise will take to foster a management culture in which appropriate consideration is given to operational stability and legal and regulatory compliance throughout the Enterprise, as essential elements of a management approach that seeks properly to address all relevant risks and to maximize the Enterprise’s long-term value. Such actions shall include appropriate training of the Enterprise’s officers and employees, and steps to make the Enterprise’s compensation system for executive officers consistent with fostering the management culture contemplated under this paragraph.
 
Article III     Internal Controls
 
15. Within 60 days from the date of this Order, the Enterprise shall submit to OFHEO a report on the nature and status of PricewaterhouseCoopers’ and any other consultant’s review of the Enterprise’s design, assessment and evaluation of controls with respect to financial reporting. Upon completion of such reviews, the Enterprise shall submit to OFHEO a report analyzing the results of such reviews and setting forth a plan for remedial steps to be taken by management.
 
16. (a) Within 60 days from the date of this Order, the Enterprise shall engage an independent consultant to conduct a review of the Enterprise’s internal controls with respect to the following:
 
(i)  Reporting to the Enterprise’s Board of Directors.
 
(ii)  Reporting to the Enterprise’s senior management.
 
     (b) Within 180 days from the date of its engagement, the consultant shall prepare a written report setting forth any recommended changes in the Enterprise’s internal controls with respect to the following:
 
(i)  Reporting to the Enterprise’s Board of Directors.
 
(ii) Reporting to the Enterprise’s senior management.


6


 

The consultant shall provide a copy of its report to OFHEO at the same time that the report is provided to the Enterprise.
 
     (c) Within 60 days after receipt of the consultant’s report, the Enterprise shall submit to OFHEO an acceptable written plan to address the recommendations of the consultant’s report.
 
17. At least once annually, the Enterprise’s senior management shall review the effectiveness of the internal controls that are the subject of paragraphs 15-16, and shall report to the Board, or an appropriate Board committee, on the results of its review. A copy of senior management’s report shall be submitted to OFHEO.
 
18. The Enterprise shall have established the position of chief risk officer with responsibility for the Enterprise’s risk oversight function. Within 60 days of the date of this Order, the Enterprise shall report to OFHEO on the functions of the chief risk officer and to whom such officer shall report.
 
19. The Enterprise shall have established the position of chief compliance officer. Within 60 days of the date of this Order, the Enterprise shall report to OFHEO on the functions of the chief compliance officer and to whom such officer shall report.
 
Article IV     Internal Audit
 
20. Within 120 days from the date of this Order, the Enterprise shall submit to OFHEO an acceptable plan setting forth specific actions that the Enterprise will take in order to address the effectiveness of its internal audit function, including but not limited to:
 
(a) The independence of the internal audit function;
 
(b) The adequacy of information provided to the audit committee;
 
(c) The adequacy of internal audit staffing;
 
(d) The adequacy of internal audit planning;


7


 

(e) The adequacy of internal audit work programs; and
 
(f) The adequacy of formal management responses to audit findings.
 
Article V     Internal Accounting
 
21. (a) Within 60 days of the date of this Order, the Enterprise shall engage an independent consultant to conduct a review of:
 
(i)   The current staffing of the Enterprise’s internal accounting function in relation to Enterprise’s accounting requirements.
 
(ii)  Any plans to augment the staffing of the Enterprise’s internal accounting function in relation to the Enterprise’s accounting requirements.
 
(iii) The structure for ongoing management oversight of the internal accounting function, including with respect to ensuring timely implementation of new accounting standards and requirements.
 
     (b) Within 90 days from the date of its engagement, the consultant shall prepare a written report setting forth any recommendations with respect to:
 
(i)  The staffing of the Enterprise’s internal accounting function in relation to the Enterprise’s accounting requirements.
 
(ii) The structure for ongoing management oversight of the internal accounting function, including with respect to ensuring timely implementation of new accounting standards and requirements.
 
     (c) Within 60 days of receipt of the consultant’s report, the Enterprise shall submit to OFHEO an acceptable written plan to address the recommendations of the consultant’s report.
 
Article VI     Risk Management Transactions
 
22. (a) Within 90 days after the date of this Order, the Enterprise shall develop procedures with respect to:


8


 

(i)  Appropriate management oversight that a business purpose exists for unique transactions relating to risk management or where a business purpose is required under generally accepted accounting principles for a transaction relating to risk management.
 
(ii) Maintaining appropriate records of the business purpose of unique transactions relating to risk management or where a business purpose is required under generally accepted accounting principles for a transaction relating to risk management.
 
     (b) The Enterprise shall submit to OFHEO a copy of the procedures developed pursuant to paragraph 22(a).
 
Article VII     Public Disclosures and Regulatory Reporting
 
23. Within 90 days from the date of this Order, the Enterprise shall submit to OFHEO an acceptable plan setting forth specific actions that the Enterprise will take to address the adequacy of its public disclosures practices and to have in place effective ongoing management oversight of its public disclosure practices.
 
24. Within 90 days from the date of this Order, the Enterprise shall review its procedures for ensuring that reports, including data, submitted to OFHEO meet all applicable legal and regulatory requirements, and shall submit to OFHEO a report setting forth those procedures, including any steps the Enterprise has made or has determined it should make to enhance those procedures.
 
Article VIII     Oversight and Reporting
 
25. The Board shall designate a committee of the Board that shall be responsible for overseeing the Enterprise’s compliance with the provisions of this Order.


9


 

26. Management shall prepare quarterly a report on the Enterprise’s progress in complying with the provisions of this Order, and shall submit such quarterly progress report to the designated Board committee for its review and approval.
 
27. Following approval by the Board committee, a copy of such quarterly progress report shall be submitted to OFHEO.
 
28. The first quarterly progress report pursuant to paragraph 27 shall be submitted to the designated Board committee by no later than March 15, 2004.
 
Article IX.     Civil Money Penalty
 
29. Within ten days from the date of this Order, the Enterprise shall transfer $125 million, in the manner specified by the General Counsel of OFHEO, in the name of the United States Treasury. This amount shall constitute a civil money penalty imposed on the Enterprise pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 4636.
 
 
It is so ordered, this 9th day of December, 2003.
 
/s/  Armando Falcon, Jr.
Armando Falcon, Jr.
Director, Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight


10

 
Exhibit 10.67
 
[Freddie Mac letterhead]
 
September 1, 2005
 
The Honorable Stephen A. Blumenthal
Acting Director
Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight
1700 G Street, NW
Washington DC 20552
 
Dear Acting Director Blumenthal:
 
On October 19, 2000, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (the corporations) announced their voluntary adoption of a series of financial risk management and disclosure commitments designed to enhance market discipline, liquidity and capital. In consultation with OFHEO, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have reviewed these commitments, are updating them to ensure their continuing effectiveness, and are setting forth the process by which the commitments are being implemented. 1
 
1.   Issuance of Subordinated Debt
 
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac will issue subordinated debt for public secondary market trading and rated by no less than two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations:
 
  •  The purpose of the subordinated debt is to provide market information on the perceived risks of each corporation and, in addition to capital, to provide protection to senior debt holders.
 
  •  Subordinated debt will be issued in a quantity such that the sum of total capital (core capital plus general allowance for losses) plus the outstanding balance of qualifying subordinated debt will equal or exceed the sum of outstanding net MBS times 0.45 percent and total on-balance sheet assets times 4 percent. 2
 
1  The interim risk-based capital stress test, an initiative undertaken by the corporations in 2000, was superseded by the implementation by OFHEO of the risk based capital stress test in 2002.
 
2  Qualifying subordinated debt is defined as subordinated debt that contains the interest deferral feature described below.
•  The interest deferral requires the deferral of interest payments for up to 5 years if:
  Ø   The corporation’s core capital falls below 125% of critical capital or
  Ø   The corporation’s core capital falls below minimum capital AND, pursuant to the corporation’s request, the Secretary of the Treasury exercises discretionary authority to purchase the company’s obligations under Section 306(c) of the Freddie Mac Charter Act and Section 304(c) of the Fannie Mae Charter Act.


 

Honorable Stephen A. Blumenthal
September 1, 2005 — Page 2
 
  •  The corporations shall take reasonable steps to maintain outstanding subordinated debt of sufficient size to promote liquidity and reliable market quotes on market values.
 
  •  Every 6 months, commencing January 1, 2006, each corporation will submit to its OFHEO Examiner-in-Charge a subordinated debt management plan that includes any issuance plans for the upcoming six months. The plan also will include:
  Ø   An assessment of the liquidity of current outstanding issuances including, where available, bid-offer spreads and dealer price quotes
  Ø   An assessment of the prevailing market conditions for new issuances
  Ø   The capital needs of the corporation
  Ø   Where available, information on the investor base of outstanding subordinated debt
  Ø   Other relevant factors, including, but not limited to, excessive cost.
 
The plan may be updated, as appropriate, to reflect changes in circumstances and market conditions.
 
  •  OFHEO will evaluate each plan submitted and provide the corporation with its views. 3
• If OFHEO does not object to a plan submitted to it by a corporation, then the corporation may proceed to implement the plan.
• Each quarter the corporation shall submit to OFHEO calculations of its quantity of subordinated debt and total capital as part of its quarterly capital report. OFHEO will disclose each corporation’s calculation as a separate item in its quarterly capital classification of each corporation.
 
2.   Liquidity Management and Contingency Planning
 
Each corporation will comply with principles of sound liquidity management consistent with industry practice. In addition, each corporation will:
  •  Maintain a portfolio of highly liquid assets.   The size of this liquid asset portfolio will be established by each corporation and assessed by the OFHEO Examiner in Charge.
  •  Maintain a functional contingency plan providing for at least three months’ liquidity (using internal forecasts) without relying upon issuance of unsecured debt.
 
Calculations of percentages and remaining life will be as of the last day of each month and effective until the last day of the following month.
 
Subordinated debt meeting all the conditions specified above will be discounted for the purposes of this calculation as it approaches maturity in the following manner: one-fifth of the outstanding amount is excluded each year during the instrument’s last five years before maturity. When remaining maturity is less than one year, the instrument is entirely excluded. Remaining life to maturity for subordinated debt that is callable before maturity will be calculated by the final maturity of the subordinated debt.
 
3  The plan submitted to OFHEO may include information including, but not limited to, the amount, timing and feasibility of issuing such debt, particularly in situations where current financial statements for a corporation are not available.


 

Honorable Stephen A. Blumenthal
September 1, 2005 — Page 3
 
  •  Periodically test the contingency plan in consultation with its OFHEO Examiner-in-Charge.
 
3.   Public Disclosures
 
Each corporation will provide periodic public disclosures on its risks and risk management practices and will inform its OFHEO Examiner-in-Charge of the disclosures. 4 These disclosures for each corporation will include:
 
Subordinated Debt Disclosure
 
  •  Compliance of the corporation with the commitment regarding subordinated debt, including a comparison of the quantity of subordinated debt and total capital to the levels set forth above.
 
Liquidity Management Disclosure
 
  •  Compliance of the corporation with the plan for maintaining three months’ liquidity and meeting the commitment for periodic testing.
 
Interest Rate Risk Disclosures
 
  •  Monthly averages of its duration gap.  Each corporation will work with OFHEO to try to align its measures as much as practicable.
  •  Monthly disclosures of the impact on its financial condition of both a 50-basis point shift in rates and a 25-basis point change in the slope of the yield curve.
 
Credit Risk Disclosures
 
  •  Quarterly assessments of the impact on the corporation’s expected credit losses from an immediate 5 percent decline in single-family home prices for the entire U.S.
  •  Impact will be reported in present value terms and measure losses to the corporation both before and after receipt of private mortgage insurance claims and other credit enhancements.
 
Public Disclosure of Risk Rating
 
  •  Each corporation will seek to obtain a rating that will be continuously monitored by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
  •  The rating will assess, among other things, the independent financial strength or “risk to the government” of the corporation operating under its authorizing legislation but without assuming a cash infusion or extraordinary support of the government in the event of a financial crisis.
 
4  Disclosures may be affected by situations where current financial statements are not available for a corporation; this should be reported to OFHEO.


 

Honorable Stephen A. Blumenthal
September 1, 2005 — Page 4
 
4.   Monitoring, Review and Amendment
 
  •  OFHEO will monitor and report whether each corporation is meeting the terms of the above commitments.
  •  Each corporation will be responsible for reporting to OFHEO concerning its implementation of these commitments, changes in circumstances and market conditions affecting the corporation’s ability to implement the commitments, and possible amendments to any of these commitments.
  •  The OFHEO Examiner-in-Charge for each corporation, in consultation with the corporation, will routinely monitor the effectiveness of these commitments and all materials submitted to OFHEO shall be provided to the Examiner-in-Charge. The OFHEO Examiner-in-Charge will serve as the primary contact for the corporations.
 
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are pleased to agree with OFHEO regarding the process for implementation of the commitments set forth above. We believe this step will significantly enhance the flexibility and continuing effectiveness of the above commitments. We appreciate the opportunity to work with you on this subject and we will of course continue to do so as we move forward.
 
Sincerely,
 
/s/  Richard F. Syron
 
Richard F. Syron


 

[OFHEO LETTERHEAD]
 
September 1, 2005
 
Mr. Richard F. Syron
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Freddie Mac
8200 Jones Branch Drive
McLean, VA 22102-3110
 
Dear Mr. Syron:
 
I am in receipt of your letter of September 1, 2005 proposing an agreement under which Freddie Mac would issue subordinated debt pursuant to a bi-annual plan reviewed by OFHEO and subject to the continuing oversight of the agency. The agreement also encompasses Freddie Mac making public disclosures related to risk and represents the transformation of the “voluntary initiative” announced by your company on October 19, 2000, into an enforceable agreement with your federal regulator.
 
OFHEO agrees to your proposal. This exchange of letters constitutes a written agreement for the purposes of subtitle C of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992.
 
The evolution of the voluntary nature of the initiatives into a formal regulatory process enhances the strength of the commitments of the enterprise to public disclosure and furthers the goal of ensuring the safe and sound operation of the company in an environment which includes discipline imposed by the financial markets. OFHEO will address any additional implementation matters that may be required as they arise.
 
We look forward to working with you on this matter.
 
Sincerely,
 
/s/  Stephen A. Blumenthal
Stephen A. Blumenthal
Acting Director

 
Exhibit 12.1
 
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 
                                                         
    Three Months
    Year Ended December 31,  
    Ended March 31,           Adjusted  
    2008 (1)     2007 (1)     2007 (1)     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ (151 )   $ (133 )   $ (3,094 )   $ 2,327     $ 2,172     $ 2,603     $ 4,809  
Add:
                                                       
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (423 )     (397 )     (2,883 )     (45 )     358       609       2,198  
Minority interests in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries
    3       9       (8 )     58       96       129       157  
Low-income housing tax credit partnerships
    117       108       469       407       320       282       199  
Total interest expense
    8,769       9,487       38,482       37,270       29,899       26,566       26,509  
Interest factor in rental expenses
    2       2       7       6       6       6       5  
                                                         
Earnings, as adjusted
  $ 8,317     $ 9,076     $ 32,973     $ 40,023     $ 32,851     $ 30,195     $ 33,877  
                                                         
Fixed charges:
                                                       
Total interest expense
  $ 8,769     $ 9,487     $ 38,482     $ 37,270     $ 29,899     $ 26,566     $ 26,509  
Interest factor in rental expenses
    2       2       7       6       6       6       5  
Capitalized interest
                                  1        
                                                         
Total fixed charges
  $ 8,771     $ 9,489     $ 38,489     $ 37,276     $ 29,905     $ 26,573     $ 26,514  
                                                         
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)
                      1.07       1.10       1.14       1.28  
                                                         
(1)  For the ratio of earnings to fixed charges to equal 1.00, earnings, as adjusted must increase by $0.5 billion and $0.4 billion for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively. For the ratio of earnings to fixed charges to equal 1.00, earnings, as adjusted must increase by $5.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007.
(2)  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing earnings, as adjusted by total fixed charges.

 
Exhibit 12.2
 
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS
 
                                                         
    Three Months
    Year Ended December 31,  
    Ended March 31,           Adjusted  
    2008 (1)     2007 (1)     2007 (1)     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ (151 )   $ (133 )   $ (3,094 )   $ 2,327     $ 2,172     $ 2,603     $ 4,809  
Add:
                                                       
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (423 )     (397 )     (2,883 )     (45 )     358       609       2,198  
Minority interests in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries
    3       9       (8 )     58       96       129       157  
Low-income housing tax credit partnerships
    117       108       469       407       320       282       199  
Total interest expense
    8,769       9,487       38,482       37,270       29,899       26,566       26,509  
Interest factor in rental expenses
    2       2       7       6       6       6       5  
                                                         
Earnings, as adjusted
  $ 8,317     $ 9,076     $ 32,973     $ 40,023     $ 32,851     $ 30,195     $ 33,877  
                                                         
Fixed charges:
                                                       
Total interest expense
  $ 8,769     $ 9,487     $ 38,482     $ 37,270     $ 29,899     $ 26,566     $ 26,509  
Interest factor in rental expenses
    2       2       7       6       6       6       5  
Capitalized interest
                                  1        
Preferred stock dividends (2)
    272       89       398       270       260       260       315  
                                                         
Total fixed charges including preferred stock dividends
  $ 9,043     $ 9,578     $ 38,887     $ 37,546     $ 30,165     $ 26,833     $ 26,829  
                                                         
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends (3)
                      1.07       1.09       1.13       1.26  
                                                         
(1)  For the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends to equal 1.00, earnings, as adjusted must increase by $0.7 billion and $0.5 billion for the first quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively. For the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends to equal 1.00, earnings, as adjusted must increase by $5.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007.
(2)  Preferred stock dividends represent pre-tax earnings required to cover any preferred stock dividend requirements computed using our effective tax rate, whenever there is an income tax provision, for the relevant periods.
(3)  Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends is computed by dividing earnings, as adjusted by total fixed charges including preferred stock dividends.

 
Exhibit 21
 
Subsidiaries
 
       
Name
   
  Jurisdiction of Incorporation

West*Mac Associates Limited Partnership
   
  Virginia

Home Ownership Funding Corporation
   
  Delaware

Home Ownership Funding Corporation II
      Delaware